Skip to main content

Full text of "Handbook for architects and builders"

See other formats 


HANDBOOK  FOR 


Architects  ^  Builders 


PUBLISHED 
UNDER  THE  AUSPICES 


Illinois  Society  of  Architects 

VOL.XXII.1919 


not  al 
antici 
appro 

The  s 
favori 


THE   UNIVERSITY 

OF  ILLINOIS 

LIBRARY 


HL1t  p 


s  were 
-mind 
>ublic 


rrow  s 


W "  in 


West  Woodworking  Company 
Chicago    -     liY   U.S.A. 


West  Woodworking  Company 

Manufacturers  Contractors 

Special  Interior  Finish  Commercial  Fixtures 

308-324  N.  Ada  Street 
CHICAGO 


ESTABLISHED  1881 


REORGANIZED  1909 


Directors    Room.    First    National    Bank,    Chicago 


T^^iF  ^KM  ^^ 


THE  PECK  OVERLAPPING 
PIVOTED  BUCKET  CARRIER 

THE  superiority  of  the  pivoted  bucket  carrier,  over  the 
ordinary  bucket  or  flight  conveyors,  for  handling  coal, 
ashes,  stone  and  similar  materials  is  recognized  by  architects 
and  engineers  everywhere.  The  material  is  CARRIED,  eliminating 
injury  or  degradation,  and  reducing  friction  to  a  minimum,  as  well  as 
the  power  required. 

The  Peck  Carrier  is  the  only  overlapping  carrier  in  which  throughout  its 
entire  path  the  buckets  can  always  maintain  their  carrying  position  by  gravity. 
It  is  the  only  one  in  which  a  fully  loaded  bucket  can  make  a  complete  circuit 
without  discharging. 
Investigate  the  Peck  Carrier.  Write  for  our  new  catalog,  No.  220,  just  off  the  press. 

Link-Belt  Company 


INDIANAPOLIS 


ELEVATORS  AND   CONVEYORS 


i 


HANDBOOK 


FOR 


ARCHITECTS  AND  BUILDERS 


PUBLISHED 

UNDER  THE  AUSPICES 

OF  THE 


Illinois  Society  of  Architects 


TWENTY-SECOND  YEAR 

1919 


Emery  Stanford  Hall,  Editor 
Copyright  1919  by  H.  L.  Palmer 


The  Franklin  Company.  Chicago 


The 


ShurloX 

AWNING 

Patented 


The  only  inside  operated  awning 
with  a  POSITIVE  Locking  De- 
vice. 


ITS    LOCKING    DEVICE 


"THE 

LOCK 

THAT 

LOCKS" 


TRANSLUCENT  WINDOW  SHADES: 
^Ba^^ig^Saa  WINDOW  SHADES 

With  and  Without  Self  Balancing   Adjustable   Fixtures 


Steel  Sash  Shade's 

The  Cnly  Practical  Shade  for  Steel  Sash  Windows  with  Pivoted  Ventilators 


THE  ORIGINAL 


dlDNING  £AttPrtNY 


Established  1905 


£61  WEST  MONROE  STREET,  CHICAGO 

Telephone,    Main   4347    and   4348 


no  ' 


ir*** 


ILLINOIS  SOCIETY  OF  ARCHITECTS 


Charles  Herrick  Hammond 
Robert  C.  Berlin 
X.  .Max  Dunning 
John     A.     ARMSTRONG 
Ralph    C.    Harris 
H.  L.  Palmer 


/'resident 

First  I  'ice-President 

Second   I  'ice-President 

Treasurer 

Secretary 

Financial  Secretary 


Birectors 

George  Beaumont 
F.  E.  Davidson 

John    Reed    Fugard 
A.  F.  Hussander 

Howard  P.  Sturges 

Harry  B.  Wheelock 


Jioarb  of  Arbitration 

Alfred  S.  Alschuler 
Elmef  C.  Jensen 

Joseph   C.  Llewellyn 
George  C.  Nimmons 

Dwight   H.   Perkins 
[rving  K.   Pond 

Richard  E.  Schmidt 


Committee  on  public  Action 


F.  E.  Davidson.  Chairman 
Walter   Ahlschlager 
F.  A.  Carpenter 
H.  R.   Helmle 
Herbert  Hewitt 
Ralph  C.  Harris 


Geo.  C.  Nimmons 
John  A.   Nyden 
Chas.   H.   Prindeville 
George  L.  Rapp 
Prof.  J.  A.  White 


legislative  Committee 


Harry  B.  Wheelo*  k,  Chairman 
J.  C.  Llewellyn 


R.  E.  Sch  midt 
P.  J.  Weber 


ittembersrtjip  Committee 


H.  P.  Sturges,  Chairman 
J.  T.  Fortin 

B.    H.    JlLLSON 


H.   L.    Palmer 
William   Rohm 


entertainment  Committee 


John  R.  Fugard,  Chairman 

A.    P.    DlPPOLD 

C.  L.  Morgan 


R.    C.   OSTl  RGR]  N 

H.   L.    Palmer 


(Cnmmtttrr  on  JhtrisiHrtumal  Otspntrs 


George  Beaumont,  Chairman 
Chas.  E.  Fox 


M.  J.  Mori  hoi  si 
I.  K.   Pond 


(Cnmmittrr  on  ittatrrials  and  ^nrrifiratuitui 


E.    S.    M  all,   t  hairman 
Georgi    A.  Iwait 

L.    H.     PL]  [NS 


E.   1 1.    Probs  i 
I..   \\ .   Riddle 


Committee  on  JDnblicitp 


B,    II.    JlLLSON,    Chairman 
D.    II.    BURNHAW 

F.  E.  Davidson 


k.  ( '.   II  arris 

i     W.    Maun; 
Victoh    \.   Mai 


Committee  on  Pageants  anb  Arcfjitectttral  Cxbibitsf 


S.  S.  Beman,  Chairman 

Hubert  Burn  ham 
H.  H.  Green 


Ira  W.  I  [COVER 

Wai  m  k    F.    So  \ttuck 


Cut  Down  Your  Clients9 
Water  Bills 


Did  you  ever  stop  to  figure  out  the  daily 
waste  ot'  water  from  a  single  water 
closet?  That  is.  if  you  art'  now  depending 
on  closets  operating  on  the  ordinary 
syphon  jet  principle,  all  of  which  require 
from  5  to  7  gallons  of  water  for  flush 
and  refill,  and  even  then,  with  uncertain 
results. 

Multiply  the  waste  from  one  closet  by 
the  number  installed,  and  you  will  readily 
appreciate  why  the  Watrous  Duojet 
Closet  is  being  substituted  for  syphon 
jet  closets  by  so  many  progressive  archi- 
tects and  builders. 


Watrous   Duojet   Floor  Closet.     Note 

the    two    converging   jets    and 

straight  outlet  passage. 


TIh  Watrous  Duojet,  using  about  half  the  amount  of  water  that  ordinary 
closets  require — Flushes  instantaneously — Uses  every  drop  of  water  to  clean; 
wastes  none  in  building  up  a  flush  for  a  weak  final  action — Saves  users  the  cost 
of  thousands  of  gallons  annually  for  each  closet  in  operation — Conserves  coal 
at  pumping  stations — Will  not   foul   nor  clog. 


Watrous    Duojet  Wall   Closet.      Sec- 
tional   view    showing    method 
ipport. 


The  Watrous  Line: — Duojet  Closets,  Flush- 
ing Valves,  Urinals,  Self-Closing  Cocks, 
Drinking  Fountains,  Liquid  Soap  Fixtures. 
etc. — has  become  famous  as  the  first  radical 
improvement  for  years  in  this  branch  of 
sanitary  science.  Most  efficient,  economical 
and   easy   to   install. 

A  request  on  your  letterhead  will  bring  the 
Xew  Watrous  Catalog  giving  complete  data, 
roughing-in    dimensions,    etc. 


Man  ufa  c  tun  A    <i  n  J    Sold    Ex  c  I  u  s  i  -z>  e  I  y    b  y 

The  Imperial  Brass  Mfg.  Co. 

1200  West  Harrison  Street,  Chicago 


PREFACE 


The  Twenty-second  Edition  of  the  Handbook  for  Architects  and   Builders  is 

before  yon.  Xo  radical  changes  have  been  made  from  former  editions  and  the 
plan  and  arrangement  is  similar.  Subject  matter  republished  from  previous  edi- 
tions has  been   carefully  revised,  corrected  and  extended. 

All  Special  Rulings  of  the  Building  Department  are  published  in  this  issue 
and  can  be  found  at  the  end  of  the  Building  Ordinances  on  page  213,  and  while 
they  are  not  a  part  of  the  Code  of  the  City  (if  Chicago,  liny  have  been  issued  as 
requirements  and  will  be  insisted  upon   by   the   Building  Department. 

We  welcome  Professor  Duff  A.  Abrams  as  a  contributor  to  the  pages  of  this 
Edition  of  an  article  on  Design  of  Concrete  Mixtures.  Mr.  L.  J.  Mensch,  Engineer, 
contributes  an  article  on  Building  Construction  entitled.  "Will  Structural  Steel 
Come  Into  Its  Own  Again."  Mr.  R.  W.  Lindsay.  Chemist,  contributes  an  article 
on  Stains,  Fillers  and  Varnishes.  Mr.  Leo  H.  Pleins,  Architect  and  Sanitary 
Engineer,  contributes  an  illustrated  article  on  Modern  Sanitation  of  Buildings. 
Mr.  Thomas  J.  Claffey,  Sanitary  Engineer,  contributes  an  illustrated  article  on 
Plumbing  Design  in  Tall  Buildings.  The  balance  of  the  Stall'  of  our  contributors 
continue  in   the  various  departments. 

Our  Classified  List  furnishes  the  architect  with  a  list  of  those  engaged  in  the 
manufacture  and  sale  of  building  material  and  the  contracting  business.  We 
have  exercised  our  best  judgment  in  the  selection  of  those  represented  in  our 
book  and  we  urge  architects  desiring  the  names  of  contractors  and  material  firms 
to  use  this  list. 

The  Handbook  for  Architects  and  Builders  covers  a  peculiarly  exclusive 
field  and  is  a  recognized  reference  work  for  everyone  interested  in  Architecture 
and  Building  in  the  middle  west.  Great  care  lias  been  taken  to  check  up  all  the 
rules,  tables  and  examples  so  as  to  avoid  errors.  The  demand  for  this  publica- 
tion is  constantly  increasing  and  it  has  become  almost  indispensable  to  Architects, 
Engineers.  Contractors.   Builders  and  those  connected   with   the   Building   Trades. 

Tlie  influence  and  effectiveness  of  the  Illinois  Society  of  Architects  is  evi- 
denced by  the  effective  work  done  by  its  various  Committees.  The  new  Registra- 
tion Law  for  Architects,  The  Zoning  Act  and  other  beneficial  Legislation  which 
was  passed   by  the   last    Legislature  affecting  the   Architectural    Profession    in   this 

State,    was    the    WOrk    of    the    Committees    of    the    Society    and    WaS    closely    watched 

by   them. 


rt.fi.to£uu< 


T 


L^>i^^a>,iL.. 


~^€o%ci^     / O -CiXA-t^Ttyir^iyL 


COMMITTEE   ON    PUBLICATION 


>VERS 
THE  CONTINENT^ 


Johns-Manville  Service  to  the  Architect 


JOHNS-MANVILLE  SERVICE  con- 
cerns  itself  primarily  with  the  ques- 
tion     of      what      will      fulfil]      your 

requirements  and  thus  best  serve  the 
needs  of  your  clients.  When  a  Johns- 
Manville  Product  is  found  to  answer 
your  requirements  you  may  specify  it  in 
absolute  assurance  that  its  fullest  service 
is  guaranteed  by  Johns-Manville  Res- 
ponsibility. 


LOCAL  SUPERVISION  of  distant 
building  operations  is  not  the  least 
important  phase  of  Johns-Manville 
Service  to  the  Architect.  It  is  a  real  sat- 
isfaction to  know  that  your  distant  build- 
ing is  protected  by  the  watchfulness  and 
care  of  an  adjacent  Johns-Manville 
Branch.  Johns-Manville  Service  offers 
this  precaution  with  ever}-  product  it 
installs. 


Leading  Johns-Manville  Building  Materials 

Johns-Manville  Asbestos  Roofing:  Math  only  of  Asbestos  and  Asphalt,  both  naturally 
durable  and  fire-resisting.  Approved  by  underwriters;  protected  by  Johns-Manville 
Registration.     Built-up  for  so-called  flat  surfaces,  in  prepared  sheets  for  sloping  roofs. 

Johns-Manville  Transite  Asbestos  Shingles:  Different  colors,  shapes,  sizes,  and 
thicknesses  afford  an  opportunity  to  vary  roof  texture  and  so  obtain  distinctive  and 
attractive   architectural   effect-.     Ask   about  "Colorblende"'   roofs. 

Johns-Manville  Keystone  Hair  Insulator:  Highly  desirable  in  buildings  where  the 
localizing  of  noise  is  paramount,  as  in  apartments,  hotels,  clubs,  residences,  and  office 
buildings.  Also  an  effective  insulator  against  heat  and  cold,  not  only  in  floors  and 
walls,  but  also  under  roofings. 

Johns-Manville  Waterproofing  Service:  An  investigation  of  your  conditions  by  experts 
furnishing  full  specifications  for  the  solving  of  your  problems  by  the  membrane 
method.      (Engineering   Service — men,   methods,   and   materials.) 

Johns-Manville  Mastic  Flooring:  Not  a  stock  flooring,  but  built  to  meet  specific  ser- 
vice demands.  Can  be  laid  to  resist  chemical  action  by  ordinary  commercial  acids, 
alkali,   or   brine.      Noiseless,   dustless,   absolutely   damp-proof. 

Johns-Manville  Pipe  and  Boiler  Insulation:  With  the  knowledge  of  the  actual  saving, 
under  given  conditions,  effected  by  each  type  of  insulations,  we  can  intelligently  select 
the  one  insulation  best  adapted   to  your  requirements,  with   commensurate  outlay. 

Johns-Manville  Acoustical  Correction:  Sound  control  is  as  effective  a  contribution  to 
comfort  and  efficiency  as  is  heat  or  light.  Johns-Manville  Acoustical  Service  special- 
izes in   sound  control.     It  can  help  you  in  your  building  problems. 

Johns-Manville  Underground  System  of  Insulation:  A  complete  installation — including 
conduit,  fittings,  supports,  drains,  and  insulation — for  underground  pipes  carrying 
Steam,  water,  etc.  Installed  under  guarantee  of  a  minimum  of  90%  efficiency  on 
approved    test. 

Johns-Manville  Radiator  Trap:  A  simple  device — one  moving  part  operated  directly 
by  the  condensate  and  not  by  temperature,  delivers  all  water  and  gases  to  return  line 
without   steam   loss. 

All  these  and  oilier  Johns-Manville  materials,  harked  by  Johns-Manville 
Service    and    Responsibility,    arc    at    your    command.      Please    address 

H.  W.  Johns-Manville  Co. 


Michigan  Avenue  and  Eighteenth  Street 


JO   Factories 


CHICAGO 


Branches  in  63  Large  Cities 


g 


We  call  especial  attention  to 
the  business  announcements 
on  these  pages.  We  have  ac- 
cepted only  such  houses  as  are 
absolutely  first-class  and  reli- 
able. In  the  light  of  knowl- 
edge which  we  have  upon  the 
subject,  acquired  by  experi- 
ence, we  feel  that  we  have 
used  every  discretion  in  the 
matter  of  those  repre- 
sented   herein 


MpiotiwisstitesW 

is  a  short  form  of 
specification  forarchi' 
tectural  Terra  Cotta 
of  superior   quality. 


The  Northwestern  Terra  Cotta  Co. 

General  Offices  and  Works 

2525    Clybourn  Avenue 

Chicago 


10 


11 


THE 
RAYMOND   METHOD 

A  collapsible  core  or  man- 
drel is  encased  in  a  spirally 
reinforced  steel  shell.  Shell 
and  core  are  driven  to  re- 
sistance -  -  the  core  with- 
drawn the  shell  left  in  the 
ground.  Then,  the  shell 
interior  is  inspected  and, 
finally,  concrete  poured 
into  it.  Simple — and  cer- 
tain    surely  ! 


/I  form  /or  oven/  pife 
/Ipi/e  /or  every  purpose 


Study  this  Drawing  Carefully 


You  have  read  the  Raymond  method. 
Now  study  its  illustration. 

You  see  a  method  whereby  excava- 
tion, pumping,  shoring  and  sheeting 
expenses  are  reduced  to  the  minimum. 

Except  when  certain  conditions  pre- 
vent it,  the  excavation  necessary  for  a 
pier  of  Raymond  Concrete  Piles  is  an 
extremely  shallow  one.  In  most  cases, 
just  enough  to  leave  the  tops  exposed. 


There's  no  digging  down  to  reach 
below  water  level. 

And  note  that  the  continuity  of  pile 
driving  is  unbroken.  No  waiting  for 
the  preceding  concrete  pile  to  set  be- 
fore driving  alongside  it — no  danger  of 
disturbing  freshly  poured  concrete.  The 
spirally  reinforced  steel  shell  protects  it. 

For  economy,  speed  and  safety  — 
Raymond  Concrete  Piles. 


RAYMOND  CONCRETE  PILE  COMPANY 

New  York:    140  Cedar  Street 

Chicago:  111  West  Monroe  Street  Raymond  Concrete  Pile  Co.,  Montreal,  Canada 


H.  B.WHEELOCK 


-o 


GEO.BEAUMONT 


CONVEYING  EQUIPMENT 


FOR  ALL  PURPOSES 

Belt  Conveyors 
Gravity  Conveyors 
Apron  Conveyors 
Spiral  Chutes 
Automatic  Elevators 

Matter  of  fact  we  manufacture 

equipment  to  handle  any 

type  of  commodity. 


SAMUEL  OLSON  &  COMPANY 

Engineers,  Manufacturers  and  Contractors 
2418-2426  Bloomingdale  Ave.  CHICAGO 


14 


c^?   \l 


r   ELMER  C.JENSEN    I 


BOARD  OFARBITRATION 


>y1j>i 


15 


Federal  Cement  Tile  Company 


CHICAGO 


UNITED    STATES    ARSENAL 
Covered    with    Federal    Pitched    Tile    and    Federal    Glass    Tile    to    make    the 
Famous    "Daylight    Roof" 


TJ  FOR  FLAT  and  PITCHED  SURFACES^ 
jWade,  L  aid  and  Guaranteed  by 

cnERAL  CEMENT  TILE  coMf»Alu 

l^pE-V     *m  "°  S   DEARBORN  ST  '   "^V 

^!«K^    ^~      CHICAGO  J*>1 


HAMMOND,  INDIANA. 


JWorAzs^. 


.  DETROIT,  MICHIGAN 


16 


DURAND 
STEEL  LOCKERS 

are  made  in  many  types  and  sizes  for 
schools,  colleges,  factories,  clubs,  stores 
and  offices.  They  are  built  of  steel  spe- 
cially rolled  for  the  purpose;  made  to 
stand  long  and  hard  use;  they  are  fire- 
proof, handsome,  sanitary  and  indestruc- 
tible. All  moving  parts  are  smooth-ht- 
ting  and  easy- working;  nothing  can  rust 
or  warp. 

Durand  Steel  Lockers  are  the  result  of 
years  of  experience  and  specialization, 
careful  thought  and  scientific  skill  applied 
to  the  making  of  every  part. 

Send   for   Catalog   J   of   all   types   of 
Durand  Steel  Lockers 


DURAND  STEEL  RACKS 


are  scientifically  designed,  easily 
adjustable,  and  capable  of  an  in- 
finite number  of  variations  by 
movable  shelving,  dividers,  bin 
fronts,  etc.  They  are  fire-proof, 
and  will  stand  up  under  heavy 
loads  and  rough  usage.  They  are 
easily  knocked  down  and  re- 
erected;  will  increase  storage  ca- 
pacity as  much  as  60%,  making 
stock  more  accessible,  reducing 
the  help  needed  and  making  the 
stock  room  more  efficient. 

Send    for    Catalogue    K    of    steel    racks, 
bins    and   shelving 

Our  Engineering  Department  will  glad- 
ly prepare  plans,  specifications  and 
estimates  on  steel  locker  or  steel  rack 
requirements.  Write  us  of  your  special 
needs. 


DURAND  STEEL  LOCKER  COMPANY 


1515  Ft.  Dearborn  Bank  Building 
Chicago 


915  Vanderbilt  Building 
New   York   City 


18 


19 


QUALITY 


SERVICE 


M 


Specify 

AMERICAN 

Products 


\}k)L^li\}   U    IL/y^QJJ  u  L^U 


fn) 


AMERICAN  GYPSUM  BLOCKS 

PLASTER 

WHITE  ROCK  CRYSTAL  ROCK 

EAGLE— GREAT  WESTERN— AGATITE 

SUNFLOWER  MOLDING— SATIN  SPAR  FINISH 

AMERICAN  PREPARED  DARK  OR  WHITE  TROWEL  FINISH 

AMERICAN  BONDING  PLASTER 


THE  AMERICAN  CEMENT  PLASTER  COMPANY 

CHICAGO  LAWRENCE,   KANS.  NEW  YORK 


Fort    Dodge,    Iowa 
Gypsum,    Ohio 


Location    of    Mines   and    Mills: 

Blue  Rapids,   Kans. 
Agatite,    Texa9 

GYPSUM  for  PROTECTION 


Grand    Rapids,    Mich. 
Akron,  New  York 


20 


ILLINOIS  SOCIETY  OF  ARCHITECTS 


Organized  January  12,  1897 
Incorporated  June  25.  1897 


EDITORIALS. 
By  Emery  Stanford  Hall. 


LABOR     AND      CAPITAL. 

For  the  year  past  architects  have  been 
interested,  but  helpless  bystanders,  while 
labor  and  capital  have  become  almost  hope- 
lessly entangled  in  endlessly  complicated 
misunderstandings,  misunderstandings  which 
have  been  allowed  to  develop  into  bitter 
warfare.  At  the  present  time  labor  seems 
to  be  the  complete  victor,  but  as  when 
wolves  and  buzzards  fight  for  the  poisoned 
carcass,  victory  may  yet  prove  defeat.  Ulti- 
mate justice  and  probity  must  prevail.  God's 
laws  cannot  be  set  aside  by  man's  weakness. 
There  must  be  equity  for  all. 

Mr.  Gompers,  national  spokesman  for  la- 
bor, in  testifying  before  the  United  States 
senate  committee  said:  "What  we  want  is 
the  right  to  have  workers  represented  be- 
fore their  employers,  represented  by  counsel 
of  ability,  of  courage  and  of  intelligence, 
that  can  cope  with  the  power  of  the  cor- 
poration chiefs,  and  can  fitly  set  forth  the 
evils  of  plant  and  mill  life."  No  one  can 
successfully  deny  that  Mr.  Gompers  was 
right  in  his  contention  so  far  as  he  went. 
Why  did  Mr.  Gompers  omit  honesty  from 
his  statement  of  qualifications  for  counsel 
to  represent?  Certainly  not  because  Mr. 
Gompers  feared  that  such  qualification  might 
prove  inconvenient  on  occasions.  Possibly 
"ability"  or  "intelligence"  presupposes  the 
qualification  of  fair-minded,  but  for  the  sake 
of  clarity,  it  would  have  been  well  for  Mr. 
Gompers  to  have  used  both  of  these  words. 
Who  shall  say,  however,  whether  the  men 
who  have  dictated  in  the  present  and  recent 
controversies  have  always  been  "counsel  of 
ability"  of  "courage"  and  of  "intelligence"? 
Certainly  no  one  can  set  up  the  claim  to 
honesty  who  advocates  the  abrogations  of 
contracts  entered  into  after  careful  deliber- 
ate consideration  by  both  of  the  principals 
subscribing  thereto,  and  surely  no  one  can 
be  accused  of  a  high  order  of  intelligence, 
who  willfully  disregards  fundamental,  econ- 
omic laws  and  substitutes  in  lieu  thereof 
arbitrary  statement  of  conditions  for  settle- 
ment which  must  be  accepted  irrespective 
of  possible  consequence  to  the  economic 
structural    support    of    society. 

Mr.  Gary,  representing  one  of  the  largest 
corporations  in  the  United  States,  although 
hardly  speaking  for  capital  as  a  whole,  stated 
before  the  United  States  senate  committee, 
"It  is  a  fundamental  principle  which  you 
cannot  arbitrate.  The  open  shop  is  essential 
to  our  prosperity.  The  closed  shop  means  less 
production,  less  work,  and  higher  costs.  There 
is  nothing  more  important  in  reducing  the 
cost  of  living  than  that  a  manufacturing 
establishment  may  operate  unrestricted  by 
labor  unions."  Some  may  deny  the  full  force 
of  Mr.  Gary's  statement,  many  will  agree 
with  him,  but  all  must  admit  that  if  there 
were  no  labor  unions  to  represent  labor, 
then  there  would  have  to  be  some  agency 
that  could  convincingly  speak  to  capital  con- 
cerning matters  of  justice  and  fair-dealing 
with  the  wage  earner.  History  shows  us 
that    combinations    of    capital    have    been    un- 


safe to  trust  with  the  welfare  of  their  em- 
ployees. Practically  every  concession  that 
has  been  wrenched  from  organized  capital 
has  been  secured  either  through  the  direct 
power  of  labor  unions  or  by  the  indirect 
power  induced  through  observation  of  what 
might  be  expected  if  the  labor  unions  should 
obtain  control  of  the  employees  in  any  con- 
cern. Because  of  this  fear,  many  corpora- 
tions have  granted  numerous  concessions  in 
the  way  of  working  conditions  and  increased 
remuneration  in  order  to  prevent  their  em- 
ployees from  having  a  desire  to  become  affil- 
iated  with   labor  unions. 

Acknowledging  the  good  accomplished  by 
abor  unions,  the  fact  must  yet  be  faced 
that  if  all  the  labor  in  the  country  were 
combined  into  one  big  union,  it  would  force 
all  of  the  capital  to  likewise  combine  and 
there  would  immediately  issue  either  a  life 
and  death  struggle  between  these  interests 
or  a  combination  to  rob  the  public  Like- 
wise from  an  economic  standpoint  or  by  the 
dictates  of  common  sense  both  methods  are 
unsound  and  neither  can  find  justification 
from  a  humane  standpoint.  The  first  is 
appalling,  the  second  is  overwhelming  and 
neither    secures    justice    to    every    one. 

The  architect,  from  his  intimate  knowledge 
of  labor  conditions  as  revealed  in  building: 
operations,  notes  that  the  best  work  cannot 
be  secured,  except  where  there  is  an  inti- 
mate understanding  and  mutual  appreciation 
between  employer  and  employee  and  also 
except  where  meritorious  service  is  rewarded 
in  proportion  to  the  value  of  that  service 
rather  than  in  proportion  to  the  number  of 
hours  involved  in  rendering  same.  In  other 
words,  men  are  not  equal  in  ability  or  integ- 
rity and  the  innate  sense  of  justice  which 
lies  in  every  man,  no  matter  what  his  ac- 
tions may  be,  causes  a  rankling  within  him 
when  he  sees  the  reckless,  careless  and  in- 
efficient time  server  rewarded  the  same  for 
an  hour's  service  as  the  industrious  and 
competent.  True  artistic  expression  will 
never  be  attained  until  the  leveling  handicap 
ot  unionism  is  eliminated  and  worth  pro 
portionately  recognize,!,  but  unionism  will 
never  be  eliminated  until  some  method  shall 
be  found  for  ensuring  reasonable  working 
conditions  and  adequate  remuneration  for 
those    that    work    by    their    hands    or    brain. 

These  facts  seem  to  indicate  that  ulti- 
mately some  way,  some  how,  some  agencj 
other  than  either  capita]  or  labor  must  opei 
ate  to  bring  about  equity  and  fair  deal- 
ing for  all.  This  may  mean  the  ultimate 
employment  of  scientific  commissions  work- 
ing under  the  auspices  of  the  Governmenl 
to  iix  fair  remuneration  tor  service  and  to 
limit  the  percentage  of  profit  on  commodities 
produced. 

THE  ARCHITECT  AND  HIS  PROBLEM. 
Architect,  in  common  with  all  other  brain 
workers  constituting  the  professional  classes, 
finds  himself,  figuratively  speaking,  between 
the  upper  and  lower  mill  stone.  Capital  as 
represented  by  many  of  the  larger  Industrial 


21 


Why  the  Underwriters  approve 
Barrett  Specification  Roofs— 


Ashton  B/</?.,  Grand 
Rapids.  Mich.  Gen'l 
Conti's:  Campbell  & 
McXabb.  Grand  Rap- 
ids, Mich.  Roofers: 
F.  J.  Sokup  &  Co., 
Grand   Rapids,    Mich. 


Photo  above  shows  the  roof  of  the  Ashton 
Building  in  Grand  Rapids  after  a  recent 
fire. 

The  building  carried  a  Barrett  Specifica- 
tion type  of  roof  which  served  as  an  air- 
proof  fire-blanket — and  served  well! 
A  report  of  the  fire  states  that  the  firemen 
played  two  heavy  streams  on  this  roof  for 
two  hours  while  the  fierce  fire  raged  in 
the  upper  stories.  Yet  the  roof  did  not 
burn  and  only  succumbed  where  the  de- 
struction of  the  roof  hoards  and  beams 
brought  about  a  complete  collapse  of  the 
support. 

In  fire  that  twisted  steel  and  melted  cop- 
per, the  roofing  only  smoked,  softened 
and  cooked;  but  it  did  not  blaze  or  fur- 
nish fuel  to  the  flames!  Notice  how 
strips  of  it  hung  on  the  rafters  where 
flames  could  attack  it  edgewise,  and  yet 
it  was  not  consumed  ! 

No  wonder  the  Underwriters  Laborato- 
ries   put    Barrett    Specification    Roofs    in 


"Class  A"  and  accord  them  the  base  rate 

of  fire  insurance ! 

20-Year  Guaranty 

We  now  guarantee  Barrett  Specification  Roofs 
to  last  for  twenty  years  without  cost  for  main- 
tenance. The  guaranty  is  a  Surety  Bond  is- 
sued by  one  of  the  largest  surety  companies  in 
America,  the  United  States  Fidelity  and  Guar- 
anty Company  of  Baltimore.  It  is  offered  on 
all  roofs  of  fifty  squares  and  over  in  all  cities 
in  the  United  States  and  Canada  of  25,000 
population  or  more,  and  in  smaller  places  also 
where  our  Inspection  Service  is  available. 

A  copy  of  The  Barrett  20-Year  Specification, 
ivith    roofing   diagrams,   sent   free   on   request. 


The 


Company 


New  York.  Chicago,  Philadelphia,  Cleveland, 
Cincinnati,  Pittsburgh,  Boston,  St.  Louis,  Detroit, 
New    Orleans,  Birmingham,  Kansas    City, 

Minneapolis,     Dallas,     Nashville,     Salt     Lake     City, 
Seattle,       Peoria,       Atlanta,       Duluth,       Milwaukee, 
or,  Washington,         Johnstown,  Lebanon, 

Youngstown,  Toledo,  Columbus,  Richmond, 
Latrobe,    Bethlehem,    Elizabeth,    Buffalo,    Baltimore. 

THE  BARRETT  CO.,  Limited: 
Montreal,         Toronto,         Winnipeg,         Vancouver, 

St.   John,   X.   B.,   Halifax,   X.   S.,   Sydney,   N.    S. 


22 


corporations  insists  that  he  must  work  for 
wages  based  on  time  of  service  and  not  tak- 
ing into  consideration  just  return  on  capital 
invested  in  preparation  for  service.  The  re- 
sult is  the  encouragement  of  insufficient 
preparation  and,  as  an  outcome  of  insuffi- 
cient preparation,  incompetent  service.  The 
majority  of  the  buildings  for  industrial  cor- 
porations are  designed  and  supervised  in 
construction  by  low  salaried,  illy-equipped 
and  inefficient  architects,  with  small  con- 
ception of  professional  obligations.  The  out- 
come being  poorly  planned,  uneconomieally 
arranged,  unsanitary  and  unattractive  build- 
ings which  tend  to  increase  the  dissatisfac- 
tion of  labor,  breed  contempt  of  the  honor- 
able profession  of  architecture  and  form  a 
serious  menace  to  community  welfare.  Spec- 
ulative real  estate  interests  engaged  in  the 
exploitation  of  land  values  to  a  large  ex- 
tent, secure  their  plans  by  piracy  and  since 
they  constitute  a  very  large  percentage  of 
the  building  public,  much  work  is  being  car- 
ried on  without  the  interested  service  of 
competent  architects  and  probably  a  major- 
ity of  all  the  houses  built  are  built  without 
the  personal  service  of  a  competent  archi- 
tectural adviser.  Courts  noting  the  cheap 
value  placed  on  architectural  service  in  the 
majority  of  building  operations  are  led  to 
place  a  very  small  value  on  architectural 
service  of  any  sort.  Thus  forming  a  pre- 
conceived notion  on  the  part  of  courts  and 
making  it  difficult,  if  not  impossible,  at  least 
in  the  lower  courts,  for  an  architect,  or  for 
that  matter  any  professional  man,  to  receive 
adequate  justice.  Time  and  time  and  again 
during  the  past  year  it  has  been  discovered 
that  municipal  and  justice  courts  have  re- 
fused to  acknowledge  as  binding  written  con- 
tracts or  perfectly  understood  verbal  con- 
tracts between  architects  and  their  clients. 
These  courts  have  arrived  at  their  conclu- 
sion on  the  ground  that  the  charges  con- 
tained in  such  contracts  were  unreasonable 
and  exorbitant  and  therefore  contrary  to 
public  policy.  While  this  method  of  reason- 
ing does  not  apply  for  the  very  good  reason 
that  the  charges  in  the  controversies  re- 
ferred to  were  not  unreasonable  or  exorbi- 
tant and  the  decision  rendered  against  t lie 
contracts  would  not  be  sustained  by  the 
higher  courts,  still  the  average  architect 
is  either  unable  or  unwilling  to  incur  the 
expense  of  carrying  these  contests  to  higher 
jurisdiction.  All  architects  must  realize  that 
every  time  a  court  decision,  even  in  the 
lower  courts,  does  an  injustice  to  an  archi- 
tect, that  a  precedent  is  being  established 
which  will  warrant  further  injustice  to  other 
architects.  All  of  these  abuses  go  to  show 
that  under  present  conditions  the  only  way 
for  the  architectural  profession  to  secure 
justice  for  all  of  its  members  is  to  follow 
the  example  of  capital  and  labor  and  effect 
for  themselves  a  strong  central  organiza- 
tion, which  will  undertake  the  duty  of  en- 
suring the  prestige  and  defend  the  rights  of 


all  architects.  To  the  thin-skinned  ideal- 
ists the  idea  of  such  an  organization  rep- 
resenting the  profession  is  obnoxious,  but 
obnoxious  or  no,  it  is  what  will  have  to  be 
done  sooner  or  later  not  only  for  architec- 
ture, but  for  all  of  the  professions,  if  they 
are  to  maintain  existence  and  secure  ade- 
quate public  recognition  of  their  value  to 
the  community.  Regrettable  though  it  may  be, 
this  is  an  age  of  force.  Might  is  not  always 
on  the  side  of  right,  but  right  must  invoke 
might  in  order  to  secure  recognition  of  its 
just  deserts. 

The  Illinois  Society  (if  Architects  should 
contain  in  its  membership  every  architect 
practicing  within  the  confines  of  the  State 
of  Illinois.  It  should  bring  its  members 
to  a  recognition  of  community  of  interest 
and  it  should  be  provided  with  adequate 
revenue  to  enable  it  to  look  after  in  a 
vigorous  way,  both  the  legal  and  moral  in- 
terest of  the  profession  of  the  state.  If  so 
organized  and  so  operated,  it  could  be  made 
a  powerful  ally  to  the  American  Institute 
of  Architects  in  looking  after  the  interests 
of  the  architectural  profession  of  the  en- 
tire United  States.  The  American  Institute 
of  Architects  should  likewise  contain  either 
by  affiliation  or  by  direct  membership  all 
of  the  architects  of  the  entire  United  States, 
so  that  it  could  speak  for  the  entire  pro- 
fession and  could  make  its  influence  felt  in 
all  matters  of  national  import  affecting  the 
practice  of  architecture.  These  objects  are 
some  of  the  things  to  be  accomplished  by 
the  various  post-war  committees  which  are 
now  engaged  in  the  study  of  architectural 
problems. 

LEGISLATION  CONCERNING  ARCHITEC- 
TURAL PRACTICE. 
During  the  last  year  the  Legislative  Com- 
mittee of  the  Illinois  Society  of  Architects 
in  co-operatidi  with  a  like  committee  from 
the  Illinois  Chapter  of  the  American  Insti- 
tute of  Architects  has  been  engaged  in  a 
study  of  the  Illinois  law  with  reference  to 
He-  licensing  of  architects  for  the  practice 
of  their  profession  in  this  state,  the  result 
of  their  collaboration  has  been  the  drift- 
ing, revision  and  re-revision  of  an  amend- 
ment to  the  original  law.  regulating  the 
practice  of  architecture,  so  as  to  change 
that  law  from  a  licensing  law  to  a  registra- 
tion law.  Their  efforts  have  resulted  in  the 
new  "Illinois  Architectural  Act"  passed,  ap- 
proved and  in  force  on  June  24,  1919.  This 
piece  of  legislation  puts  the  arch 
in  accord  with  the  spirit  and  intent  of  the 
new  civil  administration  code  of  the  state, 
which  places  ail  mailers  affecting  tic  .  \- 
aminat ion.  certification  ami  regulation  of  the 
practice  of  the  Learned  professions  under 
the  jurisdiction  and  supervision  of  a  depart- 
ment of  the  state  government,  known  as 
the  Department  of  Registration  and  Educa- 
tion. This  law  takes  away  the  Stigma  at- 
tached   to    the    old    license    law.       An    archi- 


23 


Mitch  Depends 

The  safety,  popularity  and  profit  of  any  building  are 
all  three  in  the  hands  of  its  elevator  equipment. 

Much  always  depends,  therefore,  on  the  elevator  speci- 
fications. 

OTIS 

ELEVATORS 

show  a  sixty-year  record  of  protecting  property  and 
person. 

Because  Architects  know  this  record  so  well,  they  know 
they  are  standing  on  safe  ground  in  recommending 
Otis  Elevators  to  all  clients. 

OTIS  ELEVATOR  COMPANY 

Eleventh  Ave.  and  Twenty-sixth  St.,  New  York 

Offices  in  All  Principal  Cities  of  the  World 


24 


tect.  registered  under  the  amended  act 
passed  this  year,  states  to  the  public  by 
the  announcement  of  his  registration  that 
he  holds  certification  of  registration  on  the 
basis  of  demonstrated  merit  in  his  chosen 
profession.  The  term  •'registration"  im- 
plies something  of  merit  to  be  registered, 
the  term  "licensing"  may  imply  something 
of  merit,  but  really  says  that  some  one  has 
paid  a  fee  for  the  privilege  of  doing  some- 
thing and  that  thing  which  he  is  licensed 
tn  tin  may  be  something  which  is  dangerous 
to   the  best   interest  of  society. 

The  new  law  is  not  as  prohibitory  on  the 
public  as  the  old  law,  but  is  positive  in  its 
pointing  out  to  the  public  where  it  may 
secure  competent  assistance.  It  is  made 
unlawful  for  any  person  to  practice  archi- 
tecture or  advertise  or  put  out  any  sign 
or  card  or  other  device  which  might  indicate 
to  the  public  that  he  or  she  is  entitled  to 
practice  as  an  architect  without  a  certif- 
icate of  registration  as  a  registered  archi- 
tect, duly  issued  from  the  Department  of 
Registration  and  Education  and  any  one  or 
any  combination  of  the  following  practices 
by  a  person  constitutes  practice  of  archi- 
tecture, namely:  Planning  or  supervision, 
of  the  erection,  enlargement,  or  alteration, 
of  any  building  or  buildings  or  any  part 
thereof    to    be    constructed    for    others. 

The  new  law  prescribes  as  preliminary 
qualifications  essential  to  taking  an  exam- 
ination for  registration,  that  the  applicant 
has  graduated  from  a  High  School  or  Sec- 
ondary School,  approved  by  the  Department 
of  Registration  and  Education  or  has  com- 
pleted an  equivalent  course  of  study  as 
determined  by  an  examination  conducted  by 
the  department  and  has  subsequently  there- 
to completed  such  courses  in  mathematics, 
history  and  language  as  may  be  prescribed 
by  the  department,  and  further  the  new  law 
prescribes  that  every  such  applicant  shall 
have  had  at  least  three  years  experience  or 
equivalent  thereof,  in  the  office  or  offices 
of    a    reputable    architect    or    architects. 

It  has  been  clearly  demonstrated  that  a 
person  may  be  a  graduate  of  an  acknowl- 
edged technical  school  and  yet  wholely  un- 
fitted for  the  responsibilities  of  architec- 
tural   practice. 

The  provision  of  the  new  act.  requiring 
three  years  experience  under  the  supervision 
of  an  architect  is  a  wise  provision  and 
sliniild  operate  to  keep  the  incompetent  and 
impractical  from  securing  registration.  The 
provision  in  the  act  allowing  the  Depart- 
ment to  prescribe  additional  work  beyond 
High  School  graduation  or  equivalent,  makes 
it  possible  for  the  department  to  gradually 
i: i  rease  the  standards  of  entrance  to  prac- 
tice as  increased  educational  advantages  are 
made  available  for  all.  so  that  ultimately 
we  may  hope  for  an  educational  standard 
mi  registration  which  will  mean  teal  attain- 
ment  of  the   highest    sort. 

POST-WAR     INVESTIGATIONS. 

The  joint  committee  of  the  Illinois  So- 
i  i<  t  y  or  Architects  and  I  he  Illinois  Chapter 
of  the  American  Institute  of  Architects  has 
devoted  much  study  to  the  reconstruction 
problem.  All  recognize  that  conditions  are 
imt  what  they  should  be  with  reference  to 
architectural  practice.  This  committee  his 
endeavored  to  dig  up  the  various  causes 
leading  to  these  unsatisfactory  conditions 
and   to   work   out    plans    for   remedying    exist- 


ing   evils    and    establishing    higher    plains    of 
practice. 

Not  the  least  among  the  objectionable 
features  which  have  been  observed  has  been 
a  lack  of  public  appreciation  of  the  proper 
functions  of  an  architect,  methods  of  se- 
curing uniform  justice  in  the  matter  of  ade- 
quate remuneration  and  prompt  payment  of 
same,  relationship  between  the  architect  and 
the  contractor,  methods  of  administering 
building  operations;  all  of  these  various  sub- 
jects have  been  treated  in  resolutions, 
which  have  been  given  general  publicity 
through  the  society  bulletin  and  the  archi- 
tectural press.  The  joint  committee  of  the 
local  architectural  bodies  has  been  actively 
co-operating  with  the  post-war  committee 
of    the    American    Institute    of   Architects. 

SIMPLIFICATIONS     OF     PRACTICE. 

The  joint  Committee  on  materials  and 
methods  of  the  Illinois  Society  of  Archi- 
tects and  the  Illinois  Chapter  of  the  Ameri- 
can Institute  of  Architects  has  been  engaged 
throughout  the  year  in  an  attempt  to  sim- 
plify and  unify  practice  in  standards  for 
material,  specification  writing,  cost  account- 
ing, bookkeeping  methods,  etc.  It  has  only 
been    able    to    report    progress. 

Certainly  we  cannot  hope  for  any  material 
reduction  in  the  cost  of  producing  buildings 
by  a  reduction  in  the  wage  scale  of  workmen 
engaged  thereon.  History  proves  that 
are  rarely  reduced,  yet  the  high-priced  labor 
in  America  has  been  able  in  the  past  to 
compete  with  the  cheap  labor  of  Europe  by 
increasing  the  efficiency  of  her  man  power. 
This  has  not  been  done  by  increasing  the 
hours  of  labor  or  the  arduousness  of  its 
tasks.  It  has  been  accomplished  by  the  use 
of  machinery  and  efficiency  of  organiza- 
tion. 

The  committee's  study  of  the  building 
situation  reveals  much  duplication  of  work 
in  specification  writing,  of  work  in  study- 
ing advertising  literature,  of  work  in  re- 
viewing accounts  and  of  work  in  preparing 
estimates,  due  to  the  lack  of  uniformity  In 
practice  and  due  to  the  repeated  re-prep- 
aration of  specifications  for  materials  and 
labor,  which  are  duplicated  in  nearly  even 
operation.  It  hopes  that  by  study  of  these 
problems,  that  the  architect  may  he  saved 
much  waste  of  time  in  the  preparation  of 
specifications  and  contracts  and  the  con- 
tractor much  waste  of  time  in  the  prepara- 
tion of  estimates,  also  in  tin-  execution  of 
work  and  the  material  man  large  saving  in 
in,,  cost  of  manufacture,  because  of  the  use 
of  standard  specifications,  which  will  en- 
able him  to  introduce  factory  economies. 
Impossible  with  the  diversified  modes  now 
commonly  specified  to  accomplish  the  same 
purpi  ises. 

The  committee  very  soon  discovered  that 
in  carry  on  its  work  effectively,  it  would  be 
necessary  to  secure  the  co-operation  of  all 
the  diversified  interests  involved  in  build- 
ing product  c  hi  Thej  have  t  herefore  In- 
vited and  secured  the  co-operation  ■ 
Western  Society  of  Engineers,  the  Illinois 
Society  of  structural  Engineers,  The  Build- 
ing <  'oust  ruction  Employers'  Association  and 
they   hope   to  sei  co-operation   of   the 

Building  Material  interests,  s.i  that  the  re- 
ports of  the  combined  committees  shall  rep- 
resent the  conclusion  of  all  of  the  interests 
involved  .11111  will  exercise  such  an  influenc" 
as  to  procure  universal  adoption  of  1' 
forms    suggested. 


Standard  Gypsum  Products 

of 

United  States  Gypsum  Company 


For  fire-resisting,  sound  deadening,  1 
duced,  U.  S.  G.  Cos  products  excel 
PYROBAR  Gypsum  Partition  Tile 
is  the  only  structural  building  ma- 
terial that  has  successfully  passed 
the  rigid  tests  and  received  the  ap- 
proval of  the  Underwriters  Labora- 
tory. PYROBAR  is  used  for  steel 
protection,  elevator  enclosures,  wall 
furring,  etc.  Their  light  weight 
makes  a  decided  saving  in  dead 
load.  They  are  economical,  requir- 
ing 30',  less  plaster  than  clay  tile, 
and  it  is  impossible  for  any  rust 
staining  to  show  thru  the  plaster. 


ightness  in  weight,  scientifically  pro- 
all  other  gypsum  building  materials. 


PYROBAR  Reinforced  Gypsum 
Roof  Tile,  made  of  "STRUCTO- 
LITE,"  insure  a  decided  saving  in 
steel  framework.  These  tile  are 
superior  insulators  and,  there- 
fore, the  transmission  of  heat  and 
cold  is  minimized.  No  "sweat- 
ing." Tile  are  not  disintegrated 
by  acid.  They  may  be  erected  in 
freezing  weather  and  any  type  of 
roof  covering  immediately  ap- 
plied. 


SACKETT  PLASTER  BOARD  replaces  inflam- 
mable  wood  lath,  costs  less  than  metal  lath,  is  eco- 
nomical. 

JESTER-SACKETT  PARTITION,  solid  or  hol- 
low, are  constructed  of  SACKETT  Plaster  Board  on 
steel  studs.  This  system  is  ideal  for  many  types  of 
buildings. 

WALL  PLASTERS  manufactured  for  every  pur- 
pose, base  coats,  finishing,  moulding  plasters,  etc. 
All  are  tested,  insuring  scientifically  correct  ma- 
terial. 

IVORY  HYDRATED  LIME  from  the  famous 
quarries  of  Genoa,  Ohio,  is  one  of  our  spe- 
cialties. 

Among  a  long  list  of  other  products,  we 
manufacture  PYROBAR  Floor  Tile,  SHEETROCK 
Wall    Board,    IVORY    Keene's   Cement. 

Architects  are  invited  to  consult  with  our  Engineering  Department,  who  will  render  every 
assistance  in  design  and  estimate  on  Gypsum  building  products.  We  are  glad  to  submit 
our  bid  on  PYROBAR  Roof  Tile,   Partition  Tile  and  JESTER  SACKETT  System  erected. 

UNITED  STATES  GYPSUM  COMPANY 


World's  Largest  Producers   of  Gypsum  Products 


205  West  Monroe  Street 


CHICAGO,  ILL. 


New    York  Boston  Buffalo  Washington  Philadelphia  Cleveland 

Detroit  Milwaukee  Minneapolis  Kansas  Citv  Denver  Los  Angeles 

Pittsburgh  Cincinnati  Omaha  St.    Louis 


26 


MODERN     SANITATION. 

The  article  prepared  by  Mr.  Leon  C. 
Pleins  on  "Plumbing  and  Sanitation"  fills 
a  long  felt  want  for  an  authoritative  state- 
ment of  what  constitutes  good  plumbing 
practice.  This  article  should  be  carefully 
studied  by  every  architect  to  whom  the  Hand 
Book    is    available. 

OUB    ADVERTISERS. 

The  subscribers  to  the  advertising  pages 
of  this  Hand  Book  make  possible  the  pub- 
lication of  this  book  for  free  distribution  to 
architects,  legally  practicing  their  profession 
in  the  State  of  Illinois,  and  the  sale  of  the 
book  to  others  at  a  nominal  fee,  covering  a 
little  more  than  the  cost  of  binding.  The 
convenience  and  value  of  this  book  to  the 
architects  should  be  a  sufficient  obligation 
on  their  part  toward  the  subscribers  to  ad- 
vertising pages,  to  require  them  to  give 
careful  consideration  to  the  meritorious 
claims  of  products  advertised,  but  all  such 
claims  must  be  judged  wholely  on  the  basis 
of  merit.  All  advertising  is  sold  solely  on 
the  basis  of  the  value  of  the  publicity  se- 
cured by  this  medium.  The  Hand  Book  is 
useful  to  the  architects  of  Illinois  and  is 
therefore  frequently  consulted  by  them. 
Therein  lies  its  value  as  an  advertising 
medium  to  those  wishing  to  present  the 
claims   of  their  wares   to   architects. 

OUR    SOCIETY. 

The  Illinois  Society  of  Architects  states 
in  its  constitution  that  its  object  is  "To  pro- 
mote the  business  interests  and  efficiency 
of  its  members."  In  the  carrying  out  of 
this  object  it  has  found  it  necessary  to  as- 
sign different  departments  of  work  to  vari- 
ous committees.  Members  of  these  com- 
mittees, if  faithful  to  their  trust,  must 
spend  long  hours  away  from  their  private 
business  in  attending  to  matters  concern- 
ing the  profession  as  a  whole.  Some  of 
these  tasks  are  disagreeable.  All  require 
the  expenditure  of  nerve  force  and  valuable 
time. 

The  membership  of  the  society  should  ap- 
preciate  the  unselfish  labors  of  the  various 
committees  which  have  served  them  faith- 
fully and  well.  No  member  of  the  profes- 
sion in  the  State  of  Illinois  has  a  right  to 
accept  the  benefits  conferred  upon  him  by 
the  Illinois  Society  of  Architects  without  at 
least  joining  the  society  ami  paying  the 
small  membership  dues  which  are  used  to 
defray  the  expense  of  its  work.  This  is 
the  smallest  duty  of  an  architeel  in  tin- 
state,  but  every  one  ought  to  do  more  than 
this.  They  ought  to  give  time  and  energy 
to  committee  work  and  to  attend  the  meet- 
ings and  take  a  part  in  the  discussions.  No 
office  is  too  busy  to  take  on  another  re- 
munerative job.  No  architeel  is  too  busy 
to  bear  his  share  of  the  common  responsi- 
bility   of    the    profession     to     the    community 


in  which  he  lives,  the  state  and  to  his  pro- 
fessional compeers.  The  man  who  refuses 
to  bear  his  just  share  of  these  responsibil- 
ities simply  passes  on  the  burden  to  others 
already  overburdened.  He  is  a  slacker,  yea, 
he  is  more  than  a  slacker,  he  is  a  consum- 
mate   ingrate. 

The  prate  which  is  often  heard  about  what 
the  society  ought  to  do  and  with  reference 
to  the  shortcomings  of  the  society,  when 
it  comes  from  those  who  are  not  bearing 
their  full  share  of  the  society  responsibility 
and  duties,  is  typical  of  that  self-seeking 
spirit  which  is  commonly  attributed  to  the 
base    occupant    of    the    wallow    and    the    sty. 

ZONING  SYSTEM. 

The  last  Legislature  passed  a  Zoning  Law 
intending  to  make  possible  the  correction 
of  the  evils  incident  to  mixed  building  in 
the  same  community.  Any  one  at  all  con- 
versant with  the  destructive  effect  of  build- 
ing an  out-of-class  building  in  any  district 
cannot  help  but  appreciate  the  value  of  a 
proper    zoning    law. 

Unfortunately  conditions  were  introduced 
into  the  law  that  was  passed  which  will 
operate  against  its  practical  application. 
One  condition  requires  that  every  property 
owner  in  a  district  to  be  zoned  must  be 
notified  in  writing  of  a  public  hearing  to 
consider  the  problem  of  zoning  that  district. 
Notice  cannot  be  had  by  publication,  as  in 
the  case  of  most  laws  of  this  character. 
Such  a  provision  in  the  law  makes  it  im- 
practical for  a  city  to  put  in  operation  a 
comprehensive  zoning  system  for  the  en- 
tire city  and  limits  the  practical  applica- 
tion   of    the    law    to    small    districts. 

Now  the  principal  justification  for  a  zon- 
ing law  is  the  welfare  of  the  public.  This 
being  of  more  importance  than  the  conser- 
vation of  property  interests.  No  zoning 
system  can  best  take  care  of  the  interests 
of  the  public  that  is  not  comprehensive  for 
practically  the  entire  city  in  which  it  is 
proposed    to    be    introduce,]. 

Architects  are  urged  to  take  the  initiative 
in  bringing  about  a  draft  of  a  comprehen- 
sive zoning  plan  for  the  cities  in  which 
they  live.  They  should  bring  to  their  assis- 
tance all  public  spirited  citizens  and  it' 
possible  obtain  the  co-operation  of  the  munic- 
ipal or  village  authorities.  Such  plans. 
carefully  prepared,  should  be  brought  to 
the  attention  of  committees  working  on  the 
zoning  of  small  districts,  so  as  to  persuade 
them  to  keep  these  smaller  districts  in 
accord  with  a  comprehensive  zoning  plan 
for  their  city.  If  this  method  Is  followed 
and  the  Importance  of  a  comprehensive  sys- 
tem Is  proven  by  the  presentation  of  these 
plans  in  the  villages  and  cities  throughoul 
the  state,  the  nexl  Legislature  may  be  pei 
suaded  to  amend  the  presenl  law  so  as  to 
correct  some  of  the  difficulties  incident  to 
putting    same    into    operation. 


27 


Union  Insulating  Company 


S.   E.   McPartlin 


Great  Northern  Building,  Chicago 
I.   II.  Bracken 


E.   S.   Main 


Contractors  for  Corkboard  Insulation  for  every  type 
of  refrigerated  building 


Built-in   Butcher   Refrigerator   installed   for 
J.  C.  .Idler  Company,  Joliet,  III. 


Contractors  for  built-in  refrigerators  of  every  type 

in  Hotels,  Restaurants,  Provision  Houses,  Hospitals, 

etc. 

Sound  Deadening  Felts  for  Homes  and  Apartments. 

UNIVERSAL  INSULITE— An  insulation,  a  wall 
board,  a  plaster  base,  a  sound  deadener. 

Insulating  Felts  for  Dwellings. 


Members    of    this    firm    have    specialized    in 
Heat  and  Cold  Insulation  for  Twenty  Years 


Estimates  and  Sketches  cheerfully  furnished. 


Telephone  Harrison  1848 


28 


THE  ILLINOIS  SOCIETY  OF  ARCHITECTS 
CANONS  OF  PROFESSIONAL  ETHICS 


Preamble. 

The  architect  is  engaged  in  a  profession 
which  carries  with  it  grave  responsibilities 
to  the  public.  These  duties  and  responsi- 
bilities cannot  be  met  unless  the  motives, 
conduct  and  ability  of  the  members  of  the 
profession  are  such  as  to  command  respect 
and  confidence. 

The  profession  of  architecture  calls  for 
men  of  the  highest  integrity,  and  execu- 
tive and  artistic  ability. 

The  architect  is  entrusted  with  financial 
undertakings  where  his  honesty  of  pur- 
pose must  be  above  suspicion;  he  acts  as 
professional  adviser  to  his  client,  and  his 
advice  must  be  absolutely  disinterested: 
he  is  charged  with  the  exercise  of  judicial 
functions  as  between  client  and  contractor, 
and  must  act  with  entire  impartiality,  and 
he  has  moral  responsibilities  toward  his 
professional   associates   and   subordnates. 

The  people  of  the  State  of  Illinois  have 
a  right  to  expect  a  high  standard  of  prac- 
tice and  conduct  on  the  part  of  the  archi- 
tects whom  they  have  licensed  to  practice. 
Because  an  architect  is  a  quasi  public  of- 
ficial it  is  imperative  that  he  assume  no 
obligations  which  shall  place  official  duty 
and  self-interest  in  conflict. 

The  Canons  of  Ethics. 

No  set  of  rules  can  be  framed  which 
particularize  all  the  duties  of  the  architect 
in  his  various  relations  to  the  public,  to 
his  client,  to  the  building  trades  and  to  his 
professional  brethren. 

The  following  canons  of  ethics  cover  cer- 
tain broad  principles  which  should  govern 
the  conduct  of  members  of  the  profession 
and  should  serve  as  a  guide  in  circum- 
stances other  than  those  enumerated: 
I. — On  Certain   Duties  to  the   Public. 

The  architect's  more  important  work  is 
of  a  character  so  permanent  and  endur- 
ing that  he  owes  it  to  the  public  to  use 
his  best  efforts  to  make  it  such  as  may 
raise  the  standard  of  taste  in  the  commu- 
nity and  be  in  itself  a  public  ornament. 
He  should  design  with  due  regard  to  sur- 
roundings and  should  endeavor  to  check 
any  individualism,   whether  in   himself  or 


his  client,  that  is  opposed  to  the  public 
good.  He  should  take  part  in  those  move- 
ments for  public  betterment  in  which  his 
training  and  experience  enable  him  to 
give  useful  service.  He  should  insist  on 
safe  and  sanitary  construction  and  he 
should  at  all  times  hold  the  safe  guard- 
ing of  human  life  and  health  as  of  para- 
mount importance  to  the  interests  of  client, 
contractor  or  self. 

II. — On    the    Architect's    Status. 

The  architect's  relation  to  his  client  is 
primarily  that  of  professional  advisor.  This 
relation  maintains  throughout  the  entire 
period  of  his  service.  When,  however,  a 
contract  is  executed  between  his  client  and 
a  builder  or  other  person  by  the  terms  of 
which  the  architect  becomes  the  official  in- 
terpreter of  its  conditions  and  the  judge 
of  its  performance,  a  new  relation  is  cre- 
ated. In  respect  to  the  matters  under 
contract,  it  is  incumbent  upon  the  arcni 
tect  to  side  neither  with  the  client  nor 
contractor,  but  to  endeavor,  in  so  far  as  his 
action  may  determine,  that  the  contract  be 
faithfully  carried  out  according  to  its  true 
spirit  and  intent. 

It  is  not  proper  for  the  arcnuect  to  as- 
sume to  act  as  the  owner's  agent  unless 
he  has  been  specifically  empowered  so  to 
act:  by  so  doing  he  becomes  a  party  to  the 
contract  and  in  a  sense  disqualified  in  his 
judicial  capacity. 

The  fact  that  the  architect's  payment 
comes  through  the  client  does  not  invali- 
date his  professional  obligation  to  act  with 
impartiality  to  both  parties  to  the  con- 
tract. It  is  essential,  however,  in  order 
to  eliminate  the  influence  of  self-interest, 
that  the  architect  shall  not  enter  into  any 
contract  with  the  client  which  shall  con- 
dition his  payment  upon  his  decisions  or 
advice. 

III. — On    Preliminary    Drawings    and    Estl 
mates. 

The  architect  should  impress  upon  his 
client  at  the  outset  the  importance  of 
sufficient  time  for  the  study  and  prepara- 
tion of  drawings  and  specifications.  If. 
on    the    basis     of     approved     preliminary 


29 


RESPONSIBLE 

ELEVATOR 

COMPETITION 


K  &  H  Elevators — 

are  being  installed  in  many  promi- 
nent buildings  because  the  efforts 
of  this  organization  to  produce  ele- 
vators of  unsurpassed  excellence 
have  been  appreciated  by  archi- 
tects who  have  desired  and  encour- 
aged responsible  competition. 


Kaestner&HechtCo. 

ELECTRIC  ELEVATOR  BUILDERS 

CHICAGO 

DETROIT  SIX   FRANCISCO 

MILWAUKEE  ST.  LOUIS 

CLEVELAND  PITTSBURGH 


30 


sketches,  the  approximate  cost  of  the  work 
has  been  mutually  considered,  the  architect 
should  endeavor  to  bring  his  working  draw- 
ings to  meet  such  approximate  cost,  pro- 
vided that  his  client  has  requested  no 
departure  from  the  original  basis  of  esti- 
mate. But  at  the  same  time  he  should 
acquaint  his  client  with  the  conditional 
character  of  preliminary  estimates.  Com- 
plete and  final  figures  can  be  had  only 
from  complete  and  final  drawings  and 
specifications.  If  an  unconditional  limit  of 
cost  is  imposed  before  such  drawings  are 
made  and  estimated,  the  architect  must  be 
free  to  make  such  adjustments  as  seem 
necessary  to  that  end. 

IV. — On    Superintendence    and    Expert 
Service. 

On  all  work  except  the  simplest,  it  Is 
to  the  interest  of  the  client  to  employ  an 
inspector  or  clerk-of-the-works;  in  many 
engineering  problems  and  in  certain 
esthetic  problems  such  as  sculpture,  deco- 
rative painting,  gardening  and  the  like,  it 
is  to  the  interest  of  the  client  to  have 
specialized  expert  service.  The  architect 
should  so  inform  the  client  and  assist  him 
in  obtaining  such  service.  In  order  to  se- 
cure unified  and  harmonious  working  or- 
ganization, only  such  persons  should  be 
selected  by  the  owner  for  consulting  ex- 
perts as  shall  work  in  harmony  with  the 
architect  and  shall  be  approved  by  him. 

V. — On    the    Architect's    Charges. 

The  schedule  of  charges  of  the  Illi- 
nois Society  of  Architects  is  recognized 
as  a  proper  minimum  of  payment,  but 
where  no  other  architect  is  affected  it 
is  allowable  for  an  architect  to  make 
such  an  arrangement  with  his  client  as  is 
mutually  satisfactory.  He  may  not  reduce 
his  fee  below  the  schedule  of  charges  in 
an  attempt  to  supplant  another  architect; 
It  is  reasonable  and  proper  to  charge  high- 
er rates  than  those  of  the  schedule  when 
his  special  skill  and  the  quality  of  his 
service  justify  the  increase. 

A  system  of  compensation  based  on  the 
actual  cost  to  the  architect  on  a  given 
piece  of  work  plus  an  agreed  professional 
fee,  has  much  to  commend  it. 

VI. — On  Needless  Expenditure. 
The  architect  should  scrupulously  guard 
cost,   and    refrain    from   introducing   need- 


less expense  or  any  extravagance  In 
material  or  construction  that  may  add  to 
cost  of  building,  without  compensating 
gain  to  the  client. 

VII. — On  Payments  for  Expert  Service. 
When  retained  as  an  expert,  whether  in 
connection  with  competitions  or  otherwise, 
the  architect  should  receive  a  compensa- 
tion proportionate  to  the  responsibility 
and  difficulty  of  the  service.  No  duty  cf 
the  architect  is  more  exacting  than  such 
service,  and  the  honor  of  the  profession 
is  involved  in  it.  Under  no  circumstances 
should  experts,  knowingly,  name  prices  in 
competition  with  each  other  for  a  given 
employment.  Where  governmental  regu- 
lations prohibit  adequate  compensation  for 
expert  service,  it  is  better  to  render  such 
service  without  emolument  than  to  ac- 
cept a  payment  out  of  proportion  to  the 
importance  of  the  service  rendered. 

VIII. — On  the  Selection  of  Bidders  or  Con- 
tractors. 

The  architect  should  advise  his  client 
in  the  selection  of  bidders  and  in  the 
award  of  contract. 

In  selecting  none  but  worthy  bidders  and 
in  advising  the  award  only  to  contrac- 
tors who  are  honest  and  competent,  the 
architect  protects  the  interests  of  his 
client  and  helps  to  raise  the  ethical  stand- 
ard in  building. 

IX. — On  Duties  to  the  Contractor. 
On  the  signing  of  a  contract  between 
owner  and  builder,  the  architect  is  placed 
in  a  judicial  position  and  is  bound  to  act 
with  absolute  fairness;  he  is  also  judge 
in  his  own  right,  deciding  whether  or  not 
the  intent  of  his  plans  or  specifications  is 
properly  carried  out,  and  exercising  his 
judgment  as  to  the  true  meaning  thereof. 
He  should,  therefore,  take  special  care  to 
see  that  these  drawings  and  specifications 
are  complete  and  accurate,  and  he  should 
never  call  upon  the  contractor  to  make 
good  his  own  oversights  or  errors,  or  at- 
tempt to  shirk  responsibility  by  "blanket" 
clauses. 

X. — On  Engaging  in  the  Building  Trades. 
The  architect  should  not  engage  in  any 
of  the  building  trades,  nor  should  he  form 
any  trade  partnership  or  agreement  with 
any  person   or  firm   connected   therewith: 


31 


'V- 


% 


NG 


RESilSTSi     COmiOSilOK 


YEARS    OF    SERVICE,    under    the   severity   of 
modern     corrosive     conditions,     have     proven 
Toncan    Metal    to    be    unsurpassed    in    lasting 
qualities  by  any  sheet  metal  made  from  iron  ore. 

Ordinary  sheet  metal  is  often  full  of  tiny  clusters  of  im- 
purities that  quickly  corrode  through,  producing  the 
familiar  pinholes  and  corroded  patches. 

In  Toncan  Metal,  impurities  are  reduced  to  the  least 
practicable  minimum  and  that  minimum  is  evenly  dis- 
tributed by  slow,  careful  methods  of  manufacture. 

The  use  of  Toncan  Metal  means  real  economy  for  your 
client  and  longer  life  for  the  sheet  metal  work  of  the 
buildings  which  you  design. 

Every  sheet  is  stenciled  and  all  pipe  and  trough  die 
stamped  with  the  brand.    As  ferric  sheet  metals  look  very 

much  alike,  this  is  protection  for 

you. 


Our  Sheet 
Metal  Hand- 
book should 
be     in     your 

library 

Send    for    it. 


Specify    Toncan   Metal   by    name 
for  all  your  sheet  metal  work. 


Toncan 
Metal     Lasts 

A  s  k       us 

for         evi- 
dence. 


The  Stark  Rolling  Mill  Go. 

Canton,  Ohio 

Sole  Makers 


\t 


G.  W.  Scott,  1119  Marquette  Bldg.,  Chicago,  111. 

Telephone  Randolph  1116 


*A 


32 


nor  shouid  he  have  any  financial  interests 
in  any  building  material  or  device  of  such 
a  nature  as  to  render  his  professional  ac- 
tion liable  to  a  suspicion  of  self-interest: 
if  he  have  any  interest  in  building  ma- 
terial or  device,  he  should  not  specify  or 
use  the  same  without  the  full  knowledge 
and  approval  of  his  client. 

XI. — On   Accepting   Commission   or  Favors. 

The  architect  may  not  receive  any  com- 
mission or  any  substantial  service  or  favor 
from  a  dealer,  a  contractor,  or  from  any 
interested  person  other  than  his  client. 
XII. — On   Encouraging  Good  Workmanship. 

In  his  authority  to  interpret  and  enforce 
the  provisions  of  the  contract,  the  archi- 
tect is  vested  with  large  powers  which  he 
should  use  with  unbiased  judgment.  While 
he  must  condemn  bad  work,  he  should  also 
make  a  point  of  commending  that  which 
is  good. 

Intelligent  initiative,  artistic  or  me- 
chanical, on  the  part  of  craftsmen  and 
workmen,  should  be  promptly  recognized 
and  encouraged,  and  the  architect  should 
make  evident  his  appreciation  of  the  dig- 
nity and  importance  of  their  work. 
XIII. — On   Offering   Service   Gratuitously. 

The  offering  of  professional  service  on 
approval,  unless  warranted  by  personal  or 
previous  business  relations,  tends  to  lower 
the  dignity  and  standing  of  the  profession: 
also  to  provide  motive  for  dishonest  repre- 
sentation and  is  to  be  condemned. 
XIV. — On  Advertising. 

Advertising  in  any  form  is  to  be  dis- 
couraged as  tending  to  lower  the  stand- 
ing of  the  profession.  The  presentation 
of  ordinary  business  cards  is  a  matter  of 
individual  taste  and  not  per  se  improper; 
but  the  solicitation  of  work  by  circulars 
or  advertisements  and  the  inspiring  or 
inserting  of  self-laudatory  notice  in  the 
press  are  unprofessional. 

The  best  recommendation  of  an  architect 
is  a  well-merited  reputation  for  profes- 
sional capacity  and  fidelity  to  trust. 

XV. — On    Signing    Buildings    and     Use    of 
Titles. 

The  signing  of  buildings  has  the  In- 
dorsement of  the  Chicago  Architect's 
Business  Association.  The  use  of  the 
Initials  designating  degrees  or  technical 
society  membership  is  proper  in  connection 
with  any  professional  service  and  is  en- 
couraged as  helping  to  make  known  the 
nature  of  the  honor  they  imply. 

XVI. — On  Competitions. 
In  no  way  does  the  architect  come 
more  conspicuously  before  the  public  than 
through  competitions.  It  is  especially  de- 
sirable that  in  such  circumstances  he 
should  conduct  himself  with  self-respect 
and  dignity.  To  under  value  and  cheapen 
his   service   or   to   compete   where   a  just 


award  is  not  safe  guarded  is  inconsistent 
with  this  position.  Competitions  are  un- 
desirable from  the  standpoint  of  both  the 
client  and  the  architect  and  a  member  of 
of  the  Association  should  discourage  the 
holding  of  same.  If  a  competition  becomes 
inevitible,  because  of  governmental  regu- 
lations, he  should  not  enter  either  as  a 
competitor  or  a  professional  advisor  un- 
less the  competition  is  to  be  conducted 
according  to  the  best  practice  and  usage 
of  the  profession  as  formulated  from  time 
to  time  by  the  American  Institute  of  Archi- 
tects. Except  as  an  authorized  competi- 
tor lie  may  not  attempt  to  secure  work  for 
which  competition  has  been  instituted. 

He  may  not  present  drawings  to  secure 
work  for  which  competition  has  been 
closed   tut  not  decided. 

He  may  not  attempt  to  influence  the 
award  in  any  competition. 

XVII. — On  the  Expert's  Future  Status. 

An  architect  may  not  undertake  a  fur- 
ther commission  on  any  building  or  work 
after  having  acted  in  an  expert  capacity 
in  formulating  a  program  which  later  ia 
put  into  effect,  or  after  having  acted  in  an 
advisory  capacity  in  the  matter  of  awards 
in  competition.  Having  acted  in  either 
or  both  of  such  capacities  should  bar  an 
architect  from  eligibility  to  execute  com- 
missions upon  the  work  in  question. 

XVIII. — On  Criticising  the  Work  of  Others. 
An  architect  may  not  criticise  publicly 
in  the  press  the  work  of  a  fellow  architect 
except  over  his  own  signature,  or  edito- 
rially; and  he  may  not  intentionally  injure, 
directly  or  indirectly,  the  reputation,  pros- 
pects or  business  of  a  fellow  architect. 

XIX.— On  Undertaking  the  Work  of  An 
other. 
An  architect  may  not  undertake  a  com 
mission  while  the  just  claim  of  a  fellow 
architect,  who  had  previously  undertaken 
it,  remains  unsatisfied;  nor  may  he  at- 
tempt to  supplant  a  fellow  architect  or  to 
obtain  a  commission  after  steps  have  been 
taken  toward  the  appointment  of  another 
architect. 

XX. — On    Duties   Toward    the    Student 
Draughtsman. 

It  is  the  duty  of  the  architect  to  ad- 
vise and  assist  those  who  intend  making 
architecture  their  career.  The  intending 
student  should  be  urged  to  secure  a  prepa- 
ration of  broad  general  culture  equivalent 
to  that  required  for  the  degree  of  A.  13., 
concurrently  with  or  followed  by  a  thor- 
ough course  in  a  well  organized  school  of 
architecture. 

In  cases  where  such  preparation  is  out 
of  the  question  and  the  beginner  must  get 
his  training  in  the  office  of  an  architect, 
the  latter  should  assist  him  to  the  best  of 


33 


How  Back  Plastering  can  be 
Satisfactorily  Omitted 

Un  work  where  cost  must  be  kept  down  to  a  minimum,  back  plastering  can  be  satis- 
factorily omitted  by  using  KNO-BURN  CORRUGATED  Metal  Lath  over  heavy  build- 
ing paper. 

The    studs    are    erected    just    as    though    the    usual    wood  sheathing    was    to    be    applied. 

Heavy  waterproofed  building  paper  is  then   fastened  on  the  outside   to  prevent  the  wet 

stucco  from  coming  in  contact  with  the  wood  and  also  to  act  as  backing  for  the  lath. 
Over  this  is  applied 

KNO-BURN 

CORRUGATED  METAL  LATH 

— a  rigid,  self-furring  lath.  The  stucco  is  then  put  on  the  exterior  of  the  lath  only. 
The  wet  plaster  forces  itself  through  the  corrugated  mesh,  completely  embedding  it 
and   forming  an  almost  smooth  surface  on  the  back. 

The  merits  of  this  type  of  construction  have  repeatedlv  been  endorsed  by  prominent 
architects,  and  contractors. 

May  <we  send  you  our  KNO-BURN  Hook — "Fireproof  Construction" 
and    a    sample     of    KNO-BURN     CORRUGATED     Metal     Lath? 

NORTH   WESTERN   EXPANDED    METAL   CO. 

930   Old    Colony   Building,    Chicago 


34 


nls  ability  by  instruction  and  advice.  An 
architect,  should,  as  far  as  possible,  urge 
his  draughtsmen  to  avail  themselves  of 
educational  opportunities.  To  this  end  he 
should  give  encouragement  to  all  worthy 
schemes  and  institutions  for  architectural 
education. 

Members  of  the  society  cannot  too 
strongly  insist  that  a  thorough  technical 
preparation  for  the  practice  of  architect- 
ure should  rest  upon  a  foundation  of  gen- 
eral culture. 

XXI. — On   Duties  Toward    Building  Author- 
ities. 

The  architect  should  support  all  federal, 
state  and  municipal  officials  who  have 
charge  of  matters  relating  to  building  and 
endeavor  to  maintain  or  improve  the  stand- 
ards of  their  departments.  His  quasi  pub- 
lic official  capacity  requires  him  to  show 
respect  for  law  by  careful  and  conscien- 
tious compliance  with  all  building  regula- 
tions, and  if  any  such  appear  to  him  un- 
wise or  unfair,  he  should  endeavor  to  have 
such  regulations  altered,  but  until  so  al- 
tered he  should  comply  with  them.  An 
architect  because  of  his  official  relation  to 
the  state  and  of  his  moral  obligation 
should  not  even  under  his  client's  instruc- 
tions encourage  any  practices  contrary  to 
law  or  hostile  to  public  interests;  for  he 
is  not  obliged  to  accept  a  given  piece  of 
work,  hence  he  cannot  urge  in  extenuation 
and  to  escape  the  condemnation  attaching 
to  his  acts  that  he  has  but  followed  his 
client's  instructions. 

XXII. — On    Professional    Qualifications. 

The  assumption  of  the  title  of  archi- 
tect should  be  held  to  mean  that  the  bearer 
has  the  professional  knowledge,  both  the- 
oretical and  practical,  and  the  natural 
ability  needed  for  the  proper  invention, 
illustration  and  supervision  of  all  building 
operations  which  he  may  undertake. 
XXIII. — On  Matters  Adjudged  Unprofes- 
sional. 

The  following  code,  based  on  a  report 
of  a  special  committee  of  the  American 
Institute  of  Architects,  is  adopted  by  the 
Illinois  Society  of  Architects  as  a  gen- 
eral guide,  yet  the  enumeration  of  partic- 


ular duties  should  not  be  construed  as 
the  denial  of  the  existence  of  others 
equally  imperative  though  not  specifically 
mentioned.  It  should  also  be  noted  that 
these  sections  indicate  offenses  of  greatly 
varying  degrees  of  gravity: 

It   is   unprofessional   for   an   architect — 

1.  To  engage  in  any  of  the  building 
trades  or  to  form  any  trade  partnership 
or  agreement  with  any  person  or  firm  en- 
gaged therein. 

2.  To  guarantee  an  estimate  or  con- 
tract  by    bond   or   otherwise. 

3.  To  accept  a  commission  or  any  sub- 
stantial service  or  favor  from  a  contrac- 
tor, or  anyone  connected  with  the  build- 
ing trades. 

4.  To  advertise  in  any  form. 

5.  To  enter  any  competition  the  terms 
of  which  are  not  in  harmony  with  prin- 
ciples approved  by  the  American  Institute, 
especially  if  such  terms  have  been  spe- 
cifically condemned  by  the  American  In- 
stitute or  a  local  chapter  thereof. 

6.  To  attempt  in  any  way  except  as  a 
duly  authorized  competitor  to  secure  work 
for  which  a  competition  has  been  insti- 
tuted. 

7.  To  attempt  to  influence  the  award  of 
a  competition. 

8.  To  injure  intentionally  the  fair  repu- 
tation, prospects  or  business  of  another 
architect. 

9.  To  criticise  anonymously  in  the  pub- 
lic prints,  except  editorially,  the  profes- 
sional conduct  or  work  of  a  fellow  archi- 
tect. 

10.  To  undertake  a  commission  while 
the  just  claim  of  another  architect  who  has 
previously  undertaken  it  remains  unsatis- 
fied. 

11.  To  attempt  to  supplant  a  fellow 
architect  after  definite  steps  have  been 
taken  toward  his  employment. 

12.  To  offer  or  perform  services  at 
rates  lower  than  those  approved  as  mini- 
mum by  the  Illinois  Society  of  Architects 
in  an  attempt  to  supplant  or  underbid  an- 
other architect. 

13.  To  act  in  a  manner  detrimental  to 
the  best  interests  of  the  profession. 


SCHEDULE  OF  PROPER  MINIMUM 
PRACTICE  OF  ARCHITECTS 
ILLINOIS  SOCIETY 

1.  The  architect's  professional  services 
consist  of  the  necessary  conferences,  the 
preparation  of  preliminary  studies,  work- 
ing drawings,  specifications,  large  scale 
and  full  size  detail  drawings,  and  of  the 
general  direction  and  supervision  of  the 
work,  for  which,  except  as  hereinafter 
mentioned,  the  minimum  charge  is  six  per 
cent  (6%),  based  upon  the  total  cost  of 
the  work  complete. 

In  case  of  the  discontinuance  or  aban- 
donment    of     the     work,     the     architect's 


CHARGES  AND  PROFESSIONAL 
RECOMMENDED  BY  THE 
OF  ARCHITECTS 

charge  shall  be  based  upon  an  estimated 
total  cost,  which  estimated  total  cost  may 
be  determined  by  the  architect,  by  experts, 
or  by  the  lowest  bids  of  responsible  con- 
tractors. Total  cost  is  to  be  interpreted 
as  the  cost  of  all  materials  and  labor  nec- 
essary to  complete  the  work,  plus  contrar;- 
ors'  profits  and  expenses,  as  such  ccst 
would  be  if  all  materials  were  new  and  all 
labor  fully  paid,  at  market  prices  current 
when  the  work  was  ordered. 


35 


BRIKWH 
mms.  pat.  oY^mmmt^mmmmm 


Made    of  Steel  Wire  Mesh,    surrounded    with  Brick-Clay  baked  by  a 

special  patented  process 


A    BR1KLATH    Partition 
Note    the    superiority    of    this    mode    of    construction.       Studs    and    channels    are    elim- 
inated.       BRIKLATH     gives    a     clean     job     quickly     completed.        Rust-proof,     sound- 
proof and  fire-proof. 

Write   for   particulars 

COMPOSITE  METAL  LATH  COMPANY 

OF  CHICAGO 
Phone  Central  30^3  Suite  4-o£ —  C  North  Michigan  Avenue  —  Chicago 


36 


2.  On  residential  work,  on  alterations 
to  existing  buildings,  on  monuments,  fur- 
niture, decorative  and  cabinet  work,  and 
landscape  architecture,  it  is  proper  to 
make  a  higher  charge  than  above  indi- 
cated. 

3.  The  architect  is  entitled  to  compen- 
sation for  articles  purchased  under  his 
direction,  even  though  not  designed  by 
him. 

4.  If  an  operation  is  conducted  under 
separate  contracts,  rather  than  under  a 
general  contract,  it  is  proper  to  charge 
a  special  fee  in  addition  to  the  charges 
mentioned    elsewhere   in    this    schedule. 

5.  Where  the  architect  is  net  other- 
wise retained,  consultation  fees  for  pro- 
fessional advice  are  to  be  paid  in  pro- 
portion to  the  importance  of  the  questions 
involved  and  services  rendered. 

6.  Where  heating,  ventilating,  mechan- 
ical, structural,  electrical  and  sanitary 
problems  are  of  such  a  nature  as  to  re- 
quire the  services  of  a  specialist,  the 
owner  is  to  pay  for  such  services  in  ad- 
dition to  the  architect's  regular  commis- 
sion. Chemical  and  mechanical  tests  and 
surveys,  when  required,  are  to  be  paid  for 
by  the  owner. 

7.  Necessary  traveling  expenses  are  to 
be  paid  by  the  owner. 

8.  If,  after  a  definite  scheme  has  been 
approved,  changes  in  drawings,  specifi- 
cations or  other  documents  are  required 
by  the  owner;  or  if  the  architect  be  put 
to  extra  labor  or  expense  by  the  delin- 
quency or  insolvency  of  a  contractor,  the 
architect  shall  be  paid  for  such  additional 
services  and  expense. 

9.  The  architect's  entire  fee  is  item- 
ized and  proportionate  payments  on  ac- 
count are  due  the  architect,  as  the  fol- 
lowing items  are  completed: 

Preliminary  Studies    2 

General  drawings • 3 

Specifications     1 

Scale  and  full  size  details 1 

General  Supervision  of  the  work... 3 

Total     1.00 

Fee  for  complete  services  as  agreed, 
or  see  paragraphs  1  and  12. 

10.  Items  of  service  are  comprehended 
as   follows: 

(a)  Preliminary  Studies  consist  of  the 
necessary  conferences,  inspections,  stud- 
ies and  sketches  modified  and  remodified 
to  determine  the  client's  problem  and 
illustrate  a  satisfactory  general  solution 
of  same,  both  as  to  plan  and  elevation. 
Illustrative  sketches  for  this  purpose  need 
not  be  to  accurate  scale,  but  should  be 
approximately  correct  as  to  general  di- 
mensions and  proportion. 

(b)  General  Drawings  include  figured 
scale  plans   of  the  various   stories,  eleva- 

X.  B. — Above  schedule  Is  considered  minimum* for  ord 
fair  or  reasonable  for 


tions  of  all  the  fronts,  such  general  verti- 
cal sections  as  may  be  necessary  to  eluci- 
date the  design,  and  such  details,  drawn  to 
still  larger  scale  as,  with  the  assistance 
of  printed  notes,  and  of  the  accompanying 
specifications,  may  make  the  whole  scheme 
clearly  evident  to  the  mind  of  the  com- 
petent builder  and  give  him  a  full  and 
complete  comprehension  of  all  the  struc- 
ture conditions  as  they  affect  the  vital 
questions  of  quality  and  quantity  of  ma- 
terials, of  character  of  workmanship,  and 
of  cost. 

(c)  Specifications  consist  of  a  supple- 
mentary statement  in  words,  of  at  least 
all  those  items  of  information  regarding 
a  proposed  building  which  are  not  set 
forth  in  the  drawings. 

(d)  Detail  Drawings  include  all  the 
necessary  supplementary  drawings  re- 
quired for  the  use  of  the  builders,  to 
enable  them  to  so  provide  and  shape  their 
material  that  it  may  be  adjusted  to  its 
proper  place  or  function  in  the  building 
with  the  least  delay,  and  the  smallest 
chance  for  errors  and  misfits.  If  not  pre- 
pared until  after  the  contract  for  the 
building  is  let  they  must  not  impose  on 
the  contractor  any  labor  or  material  which 
is  not  called  for  by  the  spirit  and  intent 
of  the  "General  Drawings"  and  "Specifi- 
cations." 

(e)  The  Supervision  of  an  architect 
(as  distinguished  from  the  continuous  per- 
sonal superintendence  which  may  be  se- 
cured by  the  employment  of  a  clerk-of- 
tbe-works  or  inspector  of  construction) 
means  such  inspection  by  the  architect 
or  his  deputy,  of  work  in  studios  and 
shops  or  a  building  or  other  work  in  pro- 
cess of  erection,  completion  or  altera- 
tion, as  he  finds  necessary  to  ascertain 
whether  it  is  being  executed  in  general 
conformity  with  his  drawings  and  speci- 
fications or  directions.  He  has  authority 
to  reject  any  part  of  the  work  which  does 
not  so  conform  and  to  order  its  removal 
and  reconstruction.  He  has  authority  to 
act  in  emergencies  that  may  arise  in  the 
course  of  construction,  to  order  necessary 
changes,  and  to  define  the  intent  and 
meaning  of  the  drawings  and  specifica- 
tions. On  operations  where  a  clrrk-of 
the-works  or  inspector  of  construction  is 
required,  the  architect  shall  employ  such 
assistance    at    the    owner's   expense. 

11.  Drawings  and  specifications,  as  In- 
struments of  service,  are  the  property  of 
the  architect. 

12.  Exceptions. 

Dwellings  costing  less  than  $10,000.  .107c 
Lofts    not   requiring    special    planning 

for  machinery  or  arrangement. . . .  57c 
Additions  and  alterations  to  dwellings.  127c 
Additions   and   alterations  to  business 

buildings     10% 

Inarj  and  usual  professional  service,    it  i-  not  -  onsidered 
highly  specialized  service. 


17 


2PANESHIG1  r 

YHe,fH 

Zfcigh  I 3  '5V         32       32,60 


3PANES  HIGH 
Yhe,fht48~ 
ZHeijhtS'2' 


;::: 


42  42180 


43         43181 


4 PANES  HIGH 
Yheiffir- 
2Hei%M6'tOK     ' 


5PANESMI6H 
YfttMeht78i~ 
ZHeight86i. ' 


YHerthtdSs' 
ZHeight  IO'Sb 


it 

1  II  1 

52 

52160 

53 

53161 

54 

54161 

55 

5SI6I 

3PANESW1DE 
Y  Width  3  '2T 
ZWidth  3  8' 


4  PANES  WIDE 
Y  Width  4  2%' 
1  Width  4'IOh 


5  PANES  WIDE 
Y Width  S'2%' 
I Width  6'OH- 


=  U"xl8"Gla 
=  I4"x20"GIi 


Combine  Y  Widths  wilh  Y  Height;, 
Combine  Z  Widths  with  Z  Heights 


Glass  Sizes — Ventilator  lights  which 
abut  on  the  top  or  sides  must  be 
trimmed  1"  along  the  abutting  edge. 
Ventilator  lights  which  abut  on  the 
sill  must  be  trimmed  "g"  on  the 
abutting  edge.  Any  kind  of  glass 
from  '  <"  to  Y%"  can  be  used.  Glaz- 
ing clips  furnished  with  the  sash. 

Fenestra  Stock  Sash   for  Service   and   Satisfaction 

r  I  "HE  thirty  types  and  sixty  sizes  of  Fenestra  Solid  Steel  Windows 
-"-  listed  above  are  especially  recommended  for  all  types  of  industrial 
buildings. 

They  may  be  ordered  for  immediate  shipment  and  in  addition  possess 
exclusive  essential  features  that  produce  service  and  satisfaction. 


The  Joint — The  patented  interlocked  Fenestra 
Joint  retains  80%  of  the  metal  at  the  point  of 
intersection. 

The  Butt — The  External  Adjustable  Fenestra 
Butt  is  guarded  against  loosening  by  being 
double  riveted  through  the  sash  bar  and 
weathering.  The  mere  turning  of  a  nut  allows 
ventilators  to  be  adjusted  into  tight  weather- 
ing contact. 

Weathering — Fenestra  has  flat  surface,  double 
ci  mtact  weathering  which  baffles  air  currents 
by  turning  them  at  right  angles.  Early  makes 
iif  steel  sash  used  curved  weathering,  or,  at 
single  contact. 

Z-Bar  Bracket — Fenestra  Fittings  don't  come 
off.      Both  the  Cam  Latch  and  the  Stay  Oper- 


ator are  attached  to  the  ventilator  by  a  Z- 
Bar  Bracket  which  is  triple  riveted  to  the  sill 
of  the  ventilator.  Made  extra  strong  to  stand 
extra  stress  put  upon  it. 

The  Cam  Latch — The  Fenestra  Automatic 
Cam  Latch  locks  the  ventilator  as  it  closes. 
It  is  fastened  to  the  Z-Bar  Bracket  which  is 
riveted  to  the  sill  of  the  ventilator.  This 
latch  is  recognized  as  one  of  the  biggest  im- 
provements in  locking  devices  ever  made  for  a 
steel    sash. 

T-Bar  Mullion — T-Bar  Mullions  are  used  as 
standard  equipment  in  combining  two  or  more 
units  of  Fenestra.  They  assure  good  weath- 
ering and  provide  for  variations  in  overall 
window  dimensions.  This  is  impossible  where 
the  old  type  narrow  mullion  is  used. 


For  further  information  write  for  our  catalog  and  set  of  installation 
details.    Copies  gladly  sent  on  request. 

DETROIT  STEEL  PRODUCTS  COMPANY 

Geo.   P.    Clayson,   Manager 
451-457     Conway    Building  CHICAGO,     ILLINOIS 

Telephone Majestic    7900-7901-7902 

Large    Stock    of    Sash    Carried    in    Chicago    Warehouse — Immediate    Delivery 


LIST  OF  LICENSEDARCHITECTS 

Members  of  the  Profession  who  will  be  Permitted  to  Practice  in  the 

State  of  Illinois. 


Every  means  has  been  used  to  get  a  correct  List  of  Licensed  Architects 
who  are  permitted  to  practice  Architecture  in  the  State  of  Illinois  for  the 
ensuing  year.  The  names  have  been  compared  with  the  Official  Records  of 
the  State  of  Illinois. 


CHICAGO. 

Abbott,  Frank  B.,  1649-140  S.  Dearborn  St. 

Ahlschlager,  Walter  W.,  Ill  W.  Washing- 
ton St. 

Allen,  Alfred  P.,  189  W.  Madison  St. 

Allen,  James  Roy,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 

Alexander,  James  F.,  76  W.  Monroe  St. 

Allison,  Lyman  J.,  115  S.  Dearborn  St. 

Almquist,  Carl  M.,  4730  N.  St.  Louis  Ave. 

Alschuler,  Alfred  S.,  28  E.  Jackson  Blvd. 

Anderson,   Helge  A.,  3116  Sunnyside  Ave. 

Anderson,  Pierce,  80  E.  Jackson  Blvd. 

Anderson,  William  C,  Rm.  1000  Central 
Station. 

Andresen,  Theodore,  643  Barry  Ave. 

Anis,  Albert,  139  N.  Clark  St. 

Ansel,  Anton,  5047  Cullom  Ave. 

Apfelbach,  Henry  J.,  2133  Fremont  St. 

Archer,  Chas.  S.,  6849  Dorchester  Ave. 

Armstrong,  John  A.,  11  S.  La  Salle  St. 

Aroner,  Jacob  S.,  343  S.  Dearborn  St. 

Ashby,  Geo.  William,  178  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 

Ashby,  Wilbert  B.,  178  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 

Awsumb,  George,  108  S.  La  Salle  St. 

Bacon,  Earl  James,  25  E.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Bailey,  Cyrus,  28  E.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Bannister,  George  S.,  115  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Barfield,  William  G.,  58  W.  Washington  St. 
Bargman,  Ewald  F.,  1408  Jarvis  Ave. 
Barrett,  Fred  L.,  700-910  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Barthel,   Bernard,   127   N.  Dearborn   St. 
Barton,  F.  M.,  310  S.  Wabash  Ave. 
Beaudry,  Ralph  L.,  7047  Princeton   Ave. 
Beaumont.  George,  25  N.  Dearborn  st. 
Beck,   Willis  J.,   1221   Leland   Ave. 
Beers,  Herbert  P.,  38  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Behrns,  Elmer  F.,  3429  N.  Troy  St. 
Beiler,  Henry  P.,  1924  Waveland  Ave. 
Beman,  Spencer  S.,  332  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Bennett,  A.  J.  T.,  38  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Bennett,    Edward    H.,    1800-80    E.    Jackson 

Blvd. 
Benson,  Edward,  5676  Ridge  Ave. 
Berlin,  Robert  C,  19  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Pernham,  Felix  M.,  4630  Prairie  Ave. 
Bernhard.  Willhelm,  138  N.  I  .a  Salle  St. 
Bessler,  Edward  \V.,  1837  W.  Roosevelt  Rd. 
Bicknell,  Alfred  H.,  3801   X.  Hoyne  Ave. 
Bischof,  Jacob  H..  1324-10  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Bishop,  Thomas  R.,  35  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Blondin,  Edward  A.,  4  W.   Garfield  Blvd. 
Bollenbacher,  J.  C.  14  E.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Blourke,   Pierce.   2907   Washington    Blvd. 
Bourke,  Robt.  E.,  10440  S.  Seeley  Ave. 
Bowen,  Howard,  30  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Bouchard,  Lewis  C.  64  \Y.  Randolph   Si 


Braband,    Frank    J.    E.,    901    Wrightwood 

Ave. 
Brabant,  Gifford,  2717  N.  Kedzie  Ave. 
Brand,  Herbert  A.,  1947-111  W.  Washington 

St. 
Bradley,  Harold  S.,  5334  Hyde  Park  Blvd. 
Brandner,  Louis  T.,   1437   Berteau  Ave. 
Brandt,   Berkeley,   30   N.   Michigan  Ave. 
Branitzky,  Wm.  Thomas,   64  W.  Randolph 

St. 
Braucher,  Ernest  N.,  6  N.  Clark  St. 
Braun,  Isadore  H.,  13319  Baltimore  Ave. 
Braun,  Wm.  T.,  155  N.  Clark  St. 
Bristle,  Joseph  H.,  5660  Ridge  Ave. 
Britton,  Frank,  6950  S.  Peoria  St. 
Brown,    Arthur    George,    109    X.    Dearborn 

St. 
Brown,  Arthur  V.,  7104  Lowe  Ave. 
Bruns,  Benedict  J.,  1548  Belmont  Ave. 
Brydges,  E.  Xorman,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
Buck,  Lawrence,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
Buck,  Niels,  105  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Buckley,  Ashbury  W.,  5470  Hyde  Park  Blv. 
Buerger,  A.  J.,  Jr.,  4819  Gladys  Ave. 
Bullock,  Edwin  C.  A.,  190  N.  State  St. 
Baumeister,  George  E.,  201  E.  70th  St. 
Burnham,  Daniel  H.,  Jr.,  209  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Burnham,  Hubert,  209  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Burns,  James,  64  W.  Randolph  St. 
Byerly,  Fred  I.,  11131   S.  Irving  Ave. 
Byrne,  Francis  B.,  104  S.  Michigan  Ave. 

Cable,  Max  Lowell,  417  X.  Western  Ave. 
Cady,  J.  K.,  179  W.  Washington  St. 
Camp,  Ervin  M.,  2409  X.  Ashland  Ave. 
Capraro,    Alexander    V.,    923    Blue    Island 

Ave. 
Carey,  James  L.,  208  N.  Laramie  Ave. 
Carnegie,  Wm.  G.,  189  W.  Madison  St. 
Carpenter,  Martin  R.,  30  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Carr,  George  Wallace,     122     S.    Michigan 

Ave. 
Cerny,  Jerry  J.,  1458  S.  Harding  Ave. 
Charles,  Walter  E.,  913-155  X.  Clark  St. 
Charvat,  Anton,  2621  Millard  Ave. 
Chase,  Frank  D..  645  X.  Michigan  Ave.    ' 
Chatten,  Melville  C,  64  E.  Van  Buren  '° 
Chenev,  Howard  Lovewell,  20S'S.  La  Sa. 

St. 
ChildS,  Frank   A..  64   E.  Van   Buren  St 
Christensen,    Chas.    \\'..    2060    Birehwoo, 

Ave. 
Christiansen,    Eli,    7n47    Indiana    Ave 
Christensen,    Hans    ('..    7_">s    Union    Ave. 
Christensen,  John  ('.,  .",255   Evergreen    Ave 
Chubb.  John  D.,  109  N.  Dearborn  St. 
Church,  Myron  H..  157  w.  Division  St, 


39 


EETJEE 


HALE     boNE-    TE 


The  Quality   Toilet  Seat 


NO.   18-59    FOREXTENDED 

LIP   BOWLS 
18'    59  FOR  REGULAR  BOWL 


No   219   FOR  EXTENDED 


< 


Permanent  Service 
Assured 

Note  Construction  cut  —  The 
reason  why  UNQUALIFIED- 
LY GUARANTEED  against 
splitting,  cracking,  craizing. 
No  deterioration.  Acid-proof 
and  impervious.  A  seat  for  all 
standard  type  bowls. 

USED  BY 
Graham,  Anderson,  Probst  &  White 
Holabird  &  Roach 
Schmidt,  Garden  &  Martin 
Perkins,  Fellows  &.  Hamilton 
Marshall  &  Fox 
Chas.  S.  Frost 
Mundie  &  Jensen 
C.  A.  Eckstrom 
A.  S.  Aschuler 
Meyer  C.  Sturm 
State  of  Illinois 
City  of  Chicago 

And  many  well  known  archi- 
tects and  engineers. 

Academic  and  Time  Tests 
convinced  them 

For  life  long  economical  sani- 
tary service 

Say—WHALE-BONE-ITE 


No    16-98   SPRING   HINGE 

FITS   ANY    TYPE   SEAT 


Ihe  DRUNSWICK-D  ALKE  YOLLENDER  (0 

\mU SO. WABASH  DAVE.   ViCHICAGO.  V> 


40 


Church,  Walter  S.,  157  W.  Division  St. 
Clark,  Edwin  H.,  6  N.  Michigan  Ave. 
Clark,  Robert  C,  7216  Harvard  Ave. 
Clark,  Wm.  J.,  4850  Blackstone  Ave. 
Clay,  William  W.,  226  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Cloyes,    Frederick    O.,    404-310    S.    Wabash 

Ave. 
Cobb,  Wm.  H.,  2156  Sunnyside  Ave. 
Coffin,  Arthur  S.,  39  W.  Adams  St. 
Cohen,  Isadore,   4933   Prairie  Ave. 
Cohen,  Joseph,  1206  S.  Keeler  Ave. 
Colcord,  Albert  E.,  6143  St.  Lawrence  Ave. 
Cole,  Arthur  W.,  155  N.  Clark  St. 
Coleman,  John  Nevin,   6257   St.   Lawrence 
Cook,  Norman  W.,  5655  Ridge  Ave. 
Coolidge,  Charles  A.,  134  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Coughlen,  Gardner  C,   19  S.  Wells  St. 
Crosby,  Wm.  S.,  179  W.  Washington  St. 
Crowen,  Samuel  N.,  30  N.  La  Salle  St. 

Dalsey,  H.  I.,  2321  W.  North  Ave. 
Darrell,  George  Chas.,  7944  Burnham  Ave. 
Davidson,  Frank  E.,   53  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Davis,  Chas.  G.,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
Davis,  Zachary  T.,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
Dean,  Arthur  R.,  137  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Dean,  George  R.,  137  S.  La  Salle  St. 
De  Arment,  F.   H.,   343   S.   Dearborn   St. 
De  Golyer,  Robt.  S.,  76  W.  Monroe  St. 
De  Money,  Frank  O.,  5  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Dennis,  Charles  A.,  4031  Patterson  Ave. 
Dibelka,  James  B.,  130  N.  5th  Ave. 
Dillard,  Frank  G.,  343  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Dinkelberg,  Fred'k  P.,  80  E.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Dippold,  Albert  P.,  4747  Cottage  Grove  Ave. 
Doerr,  Harold  F.,  5210  Cornell  Ave. 
Doerr,  Jacob   F.,   28   E.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Doerr,  William  P.,  28  E.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Doerr,  Wm.  P.,  2nd,  1380  Hyde  Park  Blvd. 
Dornfeld,  J.  F.,   2148  Washington  Blvd. 
Dorr,  John  I.,  7120  Langley  Ave. 
Dougherty,  Floyd  E.,  35  N.  Dearborn  St. 
Dowling,  Edward  F.,  6  N.  Michigan  Ave. 
Downton,  Herbert  E.,  946  N.  Central  Ave. 
Dubin,  George  H.,  724  W.  12th  St. 
Duesing,  Theodore,  312  Garfield  Ave. 
Dunford,  S.  H.,  38  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Dunlap,  Francis  E.,  1225  Chase  Ave. 
Dunning,  N.  Max,  310  S.  Wabash  Ave. 
Durkee,  Arthur  R.,  6359  S.  Peoria  St. 
Dvorak,  Jos.,  3219  W.  22nd  St. 
Dwen,  Robert  G.,  3736  Ellis  Ave. 
Dyer,   Scott  C,   38   S.   Dearborn   St. 

Eckstorm,  Christian  A.,  5  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Eich,  George  B.,  39  S.  State  St. 
Eichberg,  S.  Milton,  64  W.  Randolph  St. 
Ehmann,      Wm.     Frederick,     3748     Maple 

Square. 
Eliel,    Arthur    G.,    420    Wrightwood    Ave., 

c/o  Shore  Crest  Hotel. 
Ellert,  Frank  J.,  2219  E.  70th  St. 
Elmslie,  Geo.  C,  122  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Erickson,  Carl  A.,  104  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Ermeling,  Ralph  W.,  155  N.  Clark  St. 
Eskridge,  Fred  A.,  6600  S.  Union  Ave. 
Esser,  Paul  T.,  1304  Hood  Ave. 
Ewer,  Warren  B.,  332  S.  Michigan  Ave 
Falls,  Alexander  S.,  50  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Faulkner,  Chas.  D.,  140  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Fellows,   Wm.  K.,  814  Tower  Court. 


Ferrenz,  Tirrell  John,  4747  Kenwood  Ave. 
Fielder,  Fred  A.,  4642  Woodlawn  Ave. 
Finck,  Sidney  C,  1907  S.  Sawyer  Ave. 
Fischer,  F.  Wm.,  9129  Commercial  Ave. 
Fischer,  John  B.,  140  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Fisher,  Albert  J.,  4011  N.  Robey  St. 
Fisher,  Joseph  G.,  4011  N.  Robey   St. 
Fishman,  M.  Maurice,  1342  S.  Halsted  St. 
Flaks,  Francis  A.,  2743  W.  22nd  St. 
Fletcher,  Robert  C,  179  W.  Washington  St. 
Flinn,  Raymond  W.,  1412-8  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Flizikowski,  John  S.,  4848  Barry  Ave. 
Floto,  Julius,  189  W.  Madison  St. 
Foehringer,  Frederick,  2672  Orchard  St. 
Fogel,  R.  W.,  1839  Warner  Ave. 
Foltz,  Frederick  C,  111  W.  Washington  St. 
Fortin,  Joseph  T.,   600  Blue  Island  Ave. 
Foster,  Arthur,  155  N.  Clark  St. 
Foster  Winslow  H.,  9238  Pleasant  Ave. 
Fox,  C.  E.,  721  N.  Michigan  Ave. 
Fox,  Elmer  J.,  9209  University  Ave. 
Fox,  John  J.,  Ill  W.  Washington  St. 
Fox,  William  Paul,  111  W.  Washington  St. 
France,  Roy  F.,  155  N.  Clark  St. 
Francisco,  Ferris  Le  Roy,  39  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Franklin,  Robert  L.,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
Frazier,  Clarence  E.,  30  N.  Dearborn  St. 
Friedl,  Herman,  154  W.  Randolph  St. 
Friedman,  Raphael  N.,   521  E.  60th  St. 
Frodin,  Rube  S.,  1462  Carmen  Ave. 
Frommann,  Emil   H.,   64  W.   Randolph   St. 
Frost,  Charles  S.,  105  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Frost,  Harry  Talfourd,  1800  Railway  Exch. 
Fry,  Frank  L.,  140  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Fugard,  John  Reed,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
Fullenwider,  Arthur  E.,  6  N.  Michigan  Av. 
Fuller  Alex  A.,  1435  E.  60th  St. 
Fuller,  Ravilo  Franklyn,  1001  N.  Dearborn 
Furst,  Wm.  H.,  122  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Garden,  Hugh  M.  G.,  104  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Gardner,    Horace    C,    140    S.   Dearborn   St. 
Garnsey,  Geo.  O.,  802-25  N.  Dearborn  St. 
Gassmann,  Andrew  P.,  3416  Grenshaw  Ave. 
Gatterdam,  Fred  E.,  154  W.  Randolph  St. 
Gauger,  Wm.,  36  W.  Randolph  St. 
Gaul,  Hermann,  111  W.  Washington  St. 
Gerber,  Arthur  U.,  72  W.  Adams  St. 
Gerhardt,   Paul,    64   W.   Randolph   St. 
Gibb,  William  R.,  160  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Gibson,  Bayard  K.,  7801  Carpenter  St. 
Gillette,  Edwin  F.,  8  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Goodman,  Wm.  C,  2932  W.  Adams  St. 
Graham,  Ernest  R..  80  E.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Granger,  Alfred  H.,  72  W.  Adams  St. 
Graves,    George    Palmer,    310    S.    Wabash 

Ave. 
Green,  Herbert  H.,  30  N.   Michigan   Ave, 
Greenfield,  Geo.  H..  4455  Woodlawn  Ave. 
Greengard,    Bernhard    C.    17."    W.    Jackson 

Blvd. 
Grlesser,  Richard,  64  W.  Randolph  St. 
Griser,  Keith  L.,  2109  Leland   Ave. 
Ciot/.,  Chas.  .1.,  2618  N.  Sawyer  Ave. 
Grussing,  George  H.,  154  W.  Randolph  St. 
Gubbins,  Wm.  F.,  155  N.  Clark  St. 
Guenzel,   Louis.    Ill    W.    Washington    St. 
Gurnee,  Daniel  S..  1432  E.  67th  PI. 

Haagen,   Paul  T„   L55   X.  Clark   St. 
Hagerup,  Leonard  O.,  1462  Carmen  Ave. 


41 


The  Corn  Exchange  National  Bank 

OF    CHICAGO 

Capital  and  Surplus,  $10,000,000 


United  States 
Depositary 

Foreign 

Exchange 


■ .  ■  ■  -  'j  ■  '- 


■  -  %? 


$Sji 


Letters  of 

Credit  Issued 

Savings 

Department 


Corn   Exchange   Bank   Building 


OFFICERS 

ERNEST  A.  IIAMILL.  President  JAMES  G.  WAKEFIELD.  Cashier 

CHARLES  L.  HUTCHINSON. V.-Prest.  LEWIS  E.  GARY,  Ass't  Cashier 

I).  A.  MOULTON.  Vice-President  EDWARD  F.SCHOENECK.  Ass't  Cashier 

OWENT.  REEVES,  JR.,  Vice-President  JAMES  A.  WALKER,  Ass't  Cashier 

J.EDWARD   MAASS,  Vice-President  CHARLES  NOVAK,  Ass't  Cashier 

NORMAN  J.  FORD,  Vice-President  JOSEPH  C.  ROVENSKY,  Ass't  Cashier 

DIRECTORS 

WATSON  I.  BLAIR  CHAUNCEY  B.  BORLAND  EDWARD  B.  BUTLER 

CHARLES  H.  HULBURD  CHARLES  L.  HUTCHINSON 

BENJAMIN  CARPENTER  CLYDE  M,  CARR  ERNEST  A  HAMILL 

MARTIN  A.  RYERSON  J.  HARRY  SELZ 

EDWARD  A.  SHEDD  ROBERT  J.  THORNE  CHARLES  H.  WACKER 


42 


Hall,  E.  Stanford,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 

Hall,  Eric  E„  123  W.  Madison  St. 

Hallberg,  L.  G.,  116  S.  Michigan  Ave. 

Hamilton,  John  L.,  814  Tower  Court. 

Hammond,   Charles   H.,   64  E.   Van   Buren 

Halperin,  Casriel,  1105  S.  Richmond  St. 

Hanifen,  Arthur  O,  4161  Byron  St. 

Hanna,  John  Paul,  111  W.  Washington  St. 

Hanselmann,  Herman.     (No  address.) 

Hansen,  Christian  O.,  852  N.  Dearborn  St. 

Hansen,  Harald  M.,  112  N.  La  Salle  St. 

Hansen,  Paul,     830  Lawrence  Ave. 

Happell,    Otto   Gottlieb,   568   Arlington   PI. 

Harlev,  William  H.,  Jr.,  565  W.  Washing- 
ton St. 

Harris,   Mandel  H.,   1533    S.   Central   Park 

Harris,  Ralph  W.,  190  N.  State  St. 

Hartigan,  W.  B.,  2832  W.  Congress  St. 

Harvey,  George  L.,  105  S.  Dearborn  St. 

Hatzfeld,  Clarence,  7  S.  Dearborn  St. 

Hawk,  A.  T.,  813  La  Salle  St.,  R.  R.  Sta- 
tion. 

Hawkinson,  Carl  W.,  332  S.  Michigan  Ave. 

Hay,  Mark,  5818  Magnolia  Ave. 

Hecht,  Albert  S.,  64  W.  Randolph  St. 

Heimbeck,  Walter  C,  1736  W.  102nd  St. 

Heinz,  Lorenz  H.,  128  N.  La  Salle  St. 

Henschien,  H  Peter,  37  W.  Van  Buren  St. 

Hetherington,  John  T.,  9236  S.  Winchester 

Hettinger,  John  P.,  4708  Dover  St. 

Heun,  Arthur,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 

Higgins,  Francis  J.,  154  W.  Randolph  St. 

Hild,  Edward  G.,  105  S.  Dearborn  St. 

Himelblau,  A.  L.,  179  W.  Washington  St. 

Hine,  Cicero,  3221  Broadway. 

Hirschfield,  Leo  S.,  139  N.  Clark  St. 

Hodgdon,  Charles,  134  S.  La  Salle  St. 

Hodgdon,    Frederick    M.,    1409    Greenleaf 

Hodgkins,  Howard  G..  179  W.  Washing- 
ton St. 

Hoermann,  Carl,  8  S.  Dearborn  St. 

Hoffman,  Wm.  L.,  Jr.,  144  W.  47th  St. 

Hogenson,  Edward  A.,  5818  Magnolia  Ave. 

Holabird,  John  Augur,  104  S.  Michigan 
Ave. 

Holabird,  Wm.,  104  S.  Michigan  Ave. 

Holmboe,  Leonard  C.  P.,  2034  E.  72nd  St. 

Holmes,  Harold,  30  N.  Michigan  Ave. 

Holmes,  Morris  G..  8  S.  Dearborn  St. 

Holsman,  Henry  K.,  175  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 

Hooper,  Wm.  F.,  2721  S.  Michigan  Ave. 

Hoover.  Ira  W.,  105  S.  La  Salle  St. 

Horwich,  Louis  J.,  1425  S.  Clifton  Park  Ave. 

Hoskins,  John  M.,  2837  W.  Madison  St. 

Hosmer,  Clare  C,  175  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 

Hotton,  B.  J.,  1113  Drummond  PI. 

Hubbard,    Archie    H.,    101S-3S    S.    Dearborn 

Hubbard,  Bert  Charles,  10331  Hale  Ave 

Huber,  Julius  H.,  6712  N.  Clark  St. 

Hughes,    Andrew   F..   7012   Eggleston    Ave. 

Hulla,  John,  140  S.  Dearborn  St. 

Hunt,  Jarvis,  30  N.  Michigan  Ave. 

Hussander,  Arthur  F.,  Tribune  Bldg. 

Hussey,  Harry  H.,  19   S.  La  Salle  St. 

Huston.    Sanford    K.,   Jr.,   5468    Woodlawn 

Hyett,  Robert  L.,  r> o 1 1 x  Forrestville  Ave. 

Hyland,  Paul  V..  29  S.  La  Salle  St. 

Ingalls,    Arthur    R.,    7207    Yale    Ave. 
Ingram,  Horace  C,  5718  Kenwood  Ave. 


Isensee,  Frederic  M.,  6417  Minerva  Ave. 
Jacobs,  Arthur,  128  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Jebsen,  Ernest.  64  W.  Randolph  St. 
Jeckel  Philip  F.,  569  Arlington  St. 
Jenkins,  A.  D.,  6  N.  Michigan  Ave. 
Jensen,  Clarence  A.,  3857  N.  Keeler  Ave. 
Jensen.  Elmer  C.  39  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Jensen,  Jens  J.,  1510-310  S.  Wabash  Ave. 
Jillson,  B.  H.,  9111  S.  Robey  St. 
Jobson,  C.  Frank,  79  E.  Adams  St. 
Johnck,  Frederick,   14  W.  Washington  St. 
Johnson,   Oscar,   4937   N.   Talman   Ave. 
Johnston,   William   K.,    6805    Yale   Ave. 
Johnstone,  Percy  T.,  1254  Pratt  Blvd. 
Jones,  Wm.  C,  30  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Joy,  Samuel  Scott,  2001  W.  39th  St. 

Kallal,  Chas.  W.,  City  Hall. 

Kallenbach,   Henry,  Jr.,  3426  N.   Hamilton 

Ave. 
Kane,   Robert  L.,   6643   Stewart  Ave. 
Kellogg,  Alfred  K.,  6  N.  Clark  St. 
Kilroy,  John  G.,  4431  Indiana  Ave. 
Kingsley,  George  S.,  109  N.  Dearborn  St. 
Kirkpatrick,    Robert    A.,    4967    Lake    Park 

Ave. 
Klafter,  David  Saul,  64  W.  Randolph  St. 
Klamt,  Edward  A.,  713  Wrightwood  Ave. 
Klewer,  Arthur,   64  W.   Randolph   St. 
Klewer,  Geo.  W.,  1005,  5  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Knapp,   George   Arnold,    64   E.   Van   Buren 

St. 
Knox,  Arthur  H.,  14  W.  Washington  St. 
Knudson,  Johan  F.,  5122  Hutchinson  St. 
Kocher,  Jaques  J.,  806  W.  79th  St. 
Koenig,  Fred,  2252  Clifton  Ave. 
Koenigsberg,  Nathan,  934  N.  Oakley  Ave. 
Kohfeldt,  Walter  G.,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
Koll,  Henry  C,  2155  Elston  Ave. 
Kopp,  Jos.  D.,  154  W.  Randolph  St. 
Koster,  John  L.,  6243  Ingleside  Ave. 
Kramer,  William  F.,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
Krause,  Edmund  R.,  22  W.  Monroe  St. 
Kuehne,   Carl   Oskar,   1572   N.   Halsted   St. 
Kupfer,  Otto  A.,  1865  Millard  Ave. 
Kurzon,  Bernard  R.,  1347-122  S.    .Michigan 

Ave. 

Laist,  Theodore  F.,  910  8.  Michigan  Ave. 
Lampe,  Clarence  W.,  155  N.  Clark  St. 
Lang,  Albert,  7  W.  Madison  St. 
Langille,  Louis  E.,  127  N.  Dearborn  St. 
Larmon,  Philip,  c/o  Libby,  McNeil  &  Libby. 
Lautz,  William  II.,  35  S.  Dearborn  Si. 
Layer,  Robert,  118  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Leavell,  John  C,  6047  Kimbark  Ave. 
Lehle,  Louis.  38  S.  Dearborn   St. 
Lenske,  Charles  H..  1510  Talman  Ave. 
Leviton,  Morton,  53  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Levy,  Alexander  L,  ill  W.  Washington  St. 
Lewis,  Jacob,   5711'    Indiana    Ave. 
Lewis,  John,  2414  Gladys  Ave. 
Lewis,  Le  Roy,  Jr.,   104   S.   Michigan  Ave. 
Liedberg,  Hugo  J.,  154  W.  Randolph  St. 
Linderoth,  Swen,  1342  w.  Marquette  Rd. 
Lindquist,   Frederick,    179   W.    Washington 
Lindstrand,  John  a..  L054  x.  Kedzie  Ave. 
Lindstrom,  R.  S.,  17G  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 
I.iska.  Charles  <>..  8  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Liska,  Emil,  9603   Prospecl   Ave 


milcor  Puttyless  skylights 

Are  a  great  success,  and  their  use  eliminates  the  troubles  which  obtain  where 
glass  is  laid  in  putty.  In  case  of  breakage  the  replacing  of  glass  is  a  simple 
matter.  Made  of  26  gauge  galvanized  steel.  The  ribs  that  hold  the  glass 
in  place  are  fastened  with  copper  cleats  extending  from  sash  through  ribs 
and  clinched.  Rain  passes  off  in  the  rib  gutters,  while  condensation  on 
underside  is  taken  care  of  by  special  gutters  and  outlets.  Positively  will  not 
leak.  Made  single  and  double  pitch — also  hipped.  Ask  for  Catalog  and 
Skylight  Specifications.     Also  Skylights  with  glass  laid  in  putty. 

"NFTMFSH"    EXPANDED   DIAMOND   METAL   LATH   is  a   high   grade,   uniform,    cleancut  lath 
l**-*  1  IVlI-iOn.         with     %-inch    mesh.       Furnished    in    2  7,    26,    25,    24    and    22    gauge,    painted    or 
galvanized. 

Galvanized   "Netmesh"   Metal    Lath   is   hot    galvanized   after   formed. 

Corrugated   "Netmesh"   Metal  Lath  has    %-inch   corrugations    (center   to    center),    %-inch   deep. 
Samples  sent  on  request. 

<<Cf  TPPRIOR''  'NS1DE  CORNER  BEAD  eliminates  the  radial  cracks  at  inside  corners  of 
►J vJi  L«r\.lvyr\.  plastered  wall  and  furnishes  grounds  for  plasterer  to  work  to,  preventing  skin- 
ning of  the  plaster  coat.  Patented  March  12,  19  12.  "Superior"  Outside  Corner  Bead  prevents  marring 
or  nicking  of  the  plastered  corner,  making  a  uniform,  even,  slightly  rounded  corner.  Also  furnishes 
grounds  for  plasterer  to  work  to  and  prevents  skinning  of  the  plaster  coat.  "Superior"  Corner  Bead, 
both  inside  and  outside,  furnish  excellent  plaster  key.  Samples  on  request. 
i»V/III    pnp"       BULL  NOSE  BEAD  No.   5   is  specially  designed  for  hospitals  and  public  buildings. 

IVllLiV^V-JIx  its    rouncJed    front    gives    the   corner   protection   from    trucks,    etc. 

"TITFT   P|pVf> y     AMERICAN    METAL    SHINGLES    are    fire,    storm    and    lightning    proof.      They 
111  LLULN  make    an    artistic,    tight,    durable    roof,    easily    laid.      Stamped    from    IC    or    IX 

Terne   Plate  with   Copperoid   base.      They   reduce   insurance   cost. 

Styles  A.  B  and  C  Titelock  shingles  are  more  ornate,  but  have  same  Tight-Lock  device. 
"TITELOCK."    Spanish    Metal   Tile   cannot   be   distinguished   from    clay   tile,   but   is   much    lighter 
and   does   not   require    the   expensive   supporting   roof. 

((ii  DIM  A"  SIPHON  REVOLVING  VENTILATORS,  The  Peak  of  Efficiency  in  Ventilation.  Un- 
ALl  lll/\  equalled  for  Industrial  Buildings,  such  as  factories,  foundries,  machine  shops,  etc., 
or  public  buildings,  such  as  schools,  hospitals,  theatres,  churches,  etc.  Dampers  with  chain  and 
fusible  link  furnished  when  ordered.  Bases  for  any  kind  of  roof  also  furnished  when  ordered. 
«IM\7ICIDI  IT  miMT"  METAL  CEILINGS  AND  SIDE  WALLS  have  repressed  beads  and 
111  V  DIdLL  JVJUl  1  die  cut  nail  holes.  Wide  variety  of  designs,  representing  various 
periods  of  decorative  art.      300-page  Catalog  sent  on   request. 


MILWAUKEE    CORRUGATING    CO. 

MILWAUKEE,  WIS. 
Branch  at  Kansas  City,  Mo.;  Minneapolis  Sales  Office  929  Lumber  Exchange 


44 


Llewellyn,   Joseph   C,   38   S.   Dearborn   St. 
Llewellyn,  Ralph  C,  38  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Lonek,  Adolph,  1658  S.  Central  Park  Ave. 
Lorenc,    Joseph   A.,    2858    S.    Clifton    Park 

Ave. 
Lovdall,  Geo.  F.,  7424  N.  Paulina  Ave. 
Lovell,  Sidney,  30  N.  Michigan  Ave. 
Lovell,  McDonald,  30  N.  Michigan  Ave. 
Lowe,  Elmo  C,  14  E.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Loewenberg,  Israel  S.,  29  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Ludgin,  J.  G.,  53  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Luebkert,  Otto,  643  Wellington  Ave. 
Lund,  Anders  G.,  453  W.  63rd  St. 

MacBride,  E.  Everett,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 

MacBride,  Owen  Earl,  5637  Drexel  Ave. 

Mahaffey,  David,  118  N.  La  Salle  St. 

Maher,  George  W.,  206  S.  La  Salle  St. 

Maher,  Harry  E.,  6611  Minerva  Ave. 

Maiwurm,  Arthur  B.,  C45  N.  Michigan  Ave. 

Marley,  Joseph  J.,  2959  W.  39th  St. 

Mallinger,  John,  3626  N.  Racine  Ave. 

Manierre,  Alfred  E.,  335  Belden  Ave. 

Mann,  William  D.,  155  N.  Clark  St. 

Marienthal,  Oscar  B.,  5124  University  Ave. 

Marshall,  Benjamin  H.,  700  N.  Michigan 
Ave. 

Marston,  Louis  H.,  6415  Vernon  Ave. 

Martin,  Edgar  D.,  104  S.  Michigan  Ave. 

Martin,  Edwin  D.,  5  N.  La  Salle  St. 

Martini,  Elisabeth  A.,  155  N.  Clark  St. 

Marx,   Sam'l  A.,  175  W.   Jackson  Blvd. 

Maurer,  Wm.,  2426  Augusta  St. 

Mayo,  Ernest  A.,  53  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 

McArthur,  Albert  Chase,  39  W.  Adams  St. 

McCarthy,  Jos.  W.,  139  N.  Clark  St. 

McClellan,  Edward  G.,  38  S.  Dearborn  St. 

McConley,  Charles  H.,  418  St.  James  PI. 

McDonald,  Luther  Wilson,  849  E.  73rd  St. 

McDougall,  Walter  A.,  7017  Calumet  Ave. 

McGavick,  J.  P.,  4561  Oakenwald  Ave. 

McHugh,  Thomas,  5526  Indiana  Ave. 

McLaren,  Robert  J.,  37  W.  Van  Buren  St. 

McLaughlin,  Daniel  F.,  2035  E.  72nd  PI. 

McMurry,  Oscar  L.,  1971  W.  93rd  St. 

Meldahl,  Jens  J.,  104  S.  Michigan  Ave. 

Meles,  Edmund  J.,  1048  N.  Springfield  Ave. 

Meredith,  Davis  D.,  3409  W.  Congress  St. 

Meyer,  Frederic  H.,  64  W.  Randolph  St. 

Michaelsen  C.  S.,  80  E.  Jackson  Blvd. 

Miller,  Grant  C,  6  N.  Michigan  Ave. 

Miller,   H.   Clyde,   112   W.  Adams   St. 

Miller,  John  W.,  1650  Carmen  Ave. 

Miller,  Jos.  A.,  155  N.  Clark  St. 

Miller,  ,L.ee,  4337  Calumet  Ave. 

Miller,  Walter  F.,   46th  and   Packers  Ave. 

Miller,  Wm.  C,  204  N.  Karlov  Ave. 

Minchen,  Sidney  H.(  140  S.  Dearborn  St. 

Mohr,  Frederick  J.,  721  N.  Michigan   Ave. 

Monaco,  Armand  R.,  806  S.  Ashland  Blvd. 

Morehouse,  Merritt  J.,  343  S.  Dearborn  St. 

Morgan,  Charles  L.,  104  S.  Michigan   Ave. 

Morrison,  James  R.  M.,  20  W.  Jackson 
Blvd. 

Morphett,  Archibald  S.,  6018  Harper  Ave. 

Morrow,  Archibald  Wm.,  1461-53  W.  Jack- 
son Blvd. 

Mosher,  E.  Bradford,  5830  Harper  Ave. 

Mozier,  Henry  P.,  100  E.  Lawrence  St. 

Mrazek,  Joseph   M.,   1239   S.  Tripp  Ave. 


.Mueller,  Carl  Oscar,  3715  Rokeby  St. 
Mueller,  Herbert  E.,  3715   Rokeby  St. 
Mulder,  Herman  A.,  6108  Greenwood  Ave. 
Mullay,  Thomas  H.,  550  Surf  St. 
Mundie,  Wm.  Bryce,  39  S.  La  Salle  St 

Nadherny,   Joseph  J.,   1531-38   S.   Dearborn 

St. 
Nathan,  Myer  O.,  5409  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Neebe,  John,  2522  Aubert  Ave. 
Nelson,  Edward  O.,  1401-39  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Nelson,  Melvin  A.,  4521  N.  Troy  St. 
Nettenstrom,  Joel  W.,  2425  Canton  St. 
Neu,  Matthew,  2514  E.  91st  St. 
Newberry,  Robert  T.,  108  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Newhouse,  Henry  L.,  4630  Prairie  Ave. 
Newman,  Edgar  M.,  30  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Nicholson,  Jos.  T.,  7514  Chappel  Ave. 
Nicholson,  Wm.  A.,  6437  Harvard  Ave. 
Nielsen,  C,  1853  Greenleaf  Ave. 
Nielsen,  Elker  Rosehill,  3059  Augusta  St. 
Niemz,  Arthur  R.,  847  Bradley  PI. 
Nimmons,  George  C,  122  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Nitsche,  Edward  A.,  3204  16th  Ave. 
Norman,  A.  E.,  1526  Devon  Ave. 
Novy,  Jos.  J.,  3223  W.  22nd  St. 
Nyden,  John  A.,  190  N.  State  St. 

Ohrenstein,  Ernest  J.,  105  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Oliver,  Ralph  H.,  6958  S.  Peoria  St. 
Olsen,  Paul  F.,  127  N.  Dearborn  St. 
Olson,  Benjamin  Franklin,  4720  Clarendon 

Ave. 
Ording,  Carl  Henry,  4808  West  End  Ave. 
Ostergren,  Robert  O,  5  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Otis,    Samuel    Shockford,    6.    N.    Michigan 

Ave. 
Otis,  Wm.  A.,  6  N.  Michigan  Ave. 

Packard,  Allyn  A.,  7609  Eastlake  Terrace. 
Pagels,  Wm.  F.,  130  N.  Wells  St. 
Parsons,  Wm.  Edward,  80  E.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Pashley,  Alfred  F.,  431  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Patelski,  Erich  J.,  2741  Wilcox  Ave. 
Pearson,  Gustav  E.,  1930  N.  Keystone  Ave. 
Pentecost,  D.  S.,  4137  Greenwood  Ave. 
Perkins,  Dwight  Heald,  814  Tower  Court. 
Perkins,  Frank  W.,  7524  Stewart  Ave. 
Perkins,  Fred'k  W.,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
Perry,  Walter  E.,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
Pierce,  Richard  Gordon,  10  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Pingrey,  Roy  E.,  208  S.  La  Salle  St. 
I'iontek,   Clement   L.,   4930   Hutchinson   St. 
Pischel,  Frederick,  4017  Milwaukee  Ave. 
Pleins,  Leo.  H.,   544  S.  Franklin   St. 
Pomeroy,  Jim  T.,  S47  Irving  Park  Blvd. 
Pond,  Allen  Bartlit,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
Pond,  Irving  K.,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
Pope,  John  Francis.  3126  W.  Monroe  St. 
Postle,  David  E.,  140  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Poulsen,  Edward  J.,  4019  N.  Harding  Ave. 
Poulsen,  George  F,  208  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Powers,  Horace  S.,  5  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Pridmore,  John  E.   O.,  38   S.  Dearborn  St. 
Prindiville,    ('has.    H,   c/o    Union    League 

Club. 
Probst,  Edward,  80  E.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Proskaner,  Adolph,  109  N.  Dearborn  St. 
Pruyn,  Wm.  H.,  122  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Puckey,  F.  W.,  6  Michigan  Ave. 
Pugh,  Myron  K..  2919  Jackson  Blvd. 


15 


46 


Purcell,   Wm.  Gray,  122  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Purssell,  G.  E.,  3938  Monroe  St. 

Quackenboss,  Leonard  G.,  35  N.  Dearborn 
Quinn,  James  Edwin,  123  W.  Madison  St. 
Quitsow,  Anthony  H„  1036  Dakin  St. 

Rabig,  Charles  E.  Klari,  1321  E.  64th  St. 
Haeder,  Henry,  20  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Randak,  Frank,  3643  W.  26th  St. 
Rapp,  C.  W.,  190  N.  State  St. 
Rapp,  Geo.  L.,  190  N.  State  St. 
Rappaport,  Benjamin  J.,  1504  Farwell  Ave. 
Rawson,  Chas.  P.,  4920  Drake  Ave. 
Rawson,   Lorin  A.,   323   W.    Madison   St. 
Reed,  Earl  Howell,  Jr.,  108  N.  Dearborn  St. 
Reily,  S.  L.,  112  W.  Adams  St. 
Renwick,  Edward  A.,  104  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Repp,  George  W.,  7421  Harvard  Ave. 
Reynertson,  Theis  J.,  1937    N.  Crawford  Ave 
Rezny,  James  B.,  2202  S.  Crawford  Ave. 
Rice,  Josiah  L.,  1625  Sunnyside  Ave. 
Rich,  Evert,  10420  Prospect  Ave. 
Richards,  H.  H.,  5467  Washington  Blvd. 
Riddle,  Herbert  H.,  122  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Riddle,  Lewis  W.,  122  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Riegert,  Emil,  550*1  N.  Racine  Ave. 
Rinn,  Charles,  2439  N.  Drake  Ave. 
Rippel,  Fred  O.,  4715  Flournoy  St. 
Rissman,  Maurice  B.,  139  N.  Clark  St. 
Hitter,  Louis  E.,  1707  Marquette  Bldg. 
Roberts,  Eben  E.,  82  W.  Washington  St. 
Robertson,  D.,  155  N.  Clark  St. 
Robinson,  Argyle  E.,  5227  Harper  Ave. 
Roche,  Martin,  104  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Roeddiger,  F.  W.  C,  5328  Drexel  Ave. 
Rognstad,  Sigurd  A.,  845  N.  Le  Claire  Ave. 
Rohm,  Jean  Baptist,  138  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Rohm,  Wm.,  138  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Roller,  Herman  D.,  3823  N.  Lawndale  Ave. 
Root,  John  Wellborn,  104  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Ross,  Henry,  6741  Sheridan  Road. 
Roth,  Edgar,  7550  Saginaw  Ave. 
Rother,  Eugene  Paul,  2507  N.  Cullom  Ave. 
Rowe,  Charles  Barr,  5944   Prairie  Ave. 
Rowe,  Lindley  P.,  6906  Lakewood  Ave. 
Roy,  Franz,  7817  S.  Shore  Drive. 
Runde,  Otto,  4831  Barry  Ave. 
Rupert,  Edward  P.,  154  W.  Randolph  St. 
Ruttenberg,   Albert,    4706    N.    Winchester 

Ave. 
Russell,  Lewis  E.,  25  N.  Dearborn  St. 
Rusy,  Anthony  F.,  1339  S.  Avers  Ave. 
Ryan,  William  Jr.,  2533  N.  Ballou  St. 

Sailor,  Homer  G.,  417  W.  61st  St. 
Sandegren,  Andrew  R.,  25  N.  Dearborn  St. 
Sandel,  Monroe  R.,  4912  Drake  Ave. 
Sanders,  Lewis  Miles,  1907  Nebraska  Ave. 
Saxe,  Albert  Moore,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
Saxe,  Ira  C,  127  N.  Dearborn  St. 
Schaffner,  Daniel  J.,  139  N.  Clark  St. 
Schaub,  Louis  J.,  3305  Wrightwood  Ave. 
Scheller,  Jesse   E.,   7606   Crandon   Ave. 
Schenck,  Rudolph,  122  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Schlacks,    Henry    John,    721    N.    Michigan 
Schmalz,   Emil  C,   5041  W.   Madison   St. 
Schmid,  Richard  G.,  154  W.  Randolph  St. 
Schmidt,  Hugo,  7320  Yates  Ave. 
Schmidt,  Richard  Ernest,  104  S.  Michigan 
Schmidt,  Frederic  B.,  76  W.  Monroe  St. 


Schnakenberg,  Henry,  2943  N.  Racine  Ave. 
Schoenfeldt,  Frank,  5  N.  Karlov  Ave. 
Schopp,  Lawrence  O.,  4651  Maiden  St. 
Schroeder,  John  M.,  6823  Ridgeland  Ave. 
Schultz.   Martin   M.,   1955   W.   20th   St. 
Schulze,  Carl  Elliott,  178  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Schulze,  William,  2009  W.  North  Ave. 
Schwartz,  Albert  A.,  5301    Prairie  Ave. 
Seator,  Sinclair  M.,  35  N.  Dearborn  St. 
Seipp,  Edwin  A.,  179  W.  Washington  St. 
Seyfarth,  Robert  E.,  134  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Shank,  Edward  D.,  38  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Shankland,  Edward  Clapp,  209  S.  La  Salle 
Shannon,  James  S.,  740,  608  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Shattuck,  Walter  F.,  19  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Shaw,  H.  Van  Doren,  39  S.  State  St. 
Sierks,   Henry,    180    N.    Dearborn   St. 
Slovinec,  John,  5138  S.  Artesian  Ave. 
Slupkowski,  Joseph  A.,  2312  Iowa  St. 
Smith,  Z.  Erol,  305  E.  55th. 
Smith,  Robert  S.,  Ill  W.  Monroe  St. 
Smith,  Wm.  Jones,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
Somers,  Elbert  S.,  6959  N.  Ashland  Ave. 
Spencer,  Charles  B.,  37  W.  Van  Buren  St. 
Spencer,  Nelson  S.,  37  W.  Van  Buren  St. 
Spencer,  R.  C,  Jr.,  5  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Speyer,  Oscar  P.,  6507  Greenview  St. 
Spitz,  Alexander  H.,  105  W.  Monroe  St. 
Spitzer,  Maurice,  5  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Spohr,    George    S.,    1538    Greenfield   Ave. 
Stanhope,   Leon,   59   E.   Madison   St. 
Stebbings,  Walter  L.,  6033  Calumet  Ave. 
Steif,  Benjamin  L.,  30  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Steinbach,  J.  G.,  155  N.  Clark  St. 
Steinborn,    Edward,    1305    N.    Maplewood 

Ave. 
Stern,  Isaac  S.,  220  S.  State  St. 
Steuben,  Theo.,  3432  Southport  Ave. 
Stevens,  Harry  E.,  53  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Stoetzel,  Ralph  E.,  208  N.  Wells  St. 
Stone,  John  R.,  8  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Strandel,  Charles  A.,  118  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Strauch,  Moriz  F.,  1356  Diversey  Parkway. 
Sturges,  Howard  P.,  19  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Sturm,  Meyer  J.,  116  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Sturnfield,  Chas.  H.,  600  Blue  Island  Ave. 
Sullivan,  Louis  H.,  1808  Prairie  Ave. 
Swern,  Perry  W.,  19  S.  La  Salle  St. 

Taggart,  John  A.,  1539  E.  65th  PI. 
Tallmadge,  Thos.  E.,   189  W.   Madison   St. 
Teich,  Frederich  J.,  305  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Teisen,  Axel  Valdemar,  3400  Fullerton  Ave. 
Thisslew,  Charles,  14  W.  Washington  St. 
Thomas,  Stafford  F.,  555  Surf  St. 
Thomsen,    Frederick   W.,     1949     Seminary 

Ave. 
Thorne,  A.  Thomsen,  1514  E.  ".Ttli  St. 
Tilton,  John  Neal,  226  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Tocha,  Anton  A.,   1225  N.  Ashland   Ave. 
Turbyfill,  David  \V.  T.,  4514  N.  Racine  Ave. 
Tyson,  Herbert,  344  N.   Mason  Ave. 

Urbain,  Jules,  Jr.,  5212  Greenwood  Ave. 

Uffendell,  William  G.,  39  S.  State  St. 
Underbill,  Harold  \Y..   Ill   W.  Washington 
Urbanek,  ('has.  A..  1  123  S.  Avers  Ave. 

Vade.  Louis  Henri.  216  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Van  Guilder,  Arthur,  21  18  W.  103rd  St. 


17 


o 

< 

<u> 

3c 
<u> 


C 


0> 

CQ 


s 
o 

C/2 

UJ 
UJ 

E-< 

CO 


O 
<U> 

Z 


x2 


a.   •<  a 


£«g;z; 

-  —  *2 

-"    S  2 

=  r  7.  .  • 

—  i"2 


Hi 


>  -  ■' 
~>i-  - 

Mfrg 

-  =  =.- 

-     w 

"3    . 


«£.§  a 

p.'i:    Q 
»S§  13 

gS  o  < 

MS 

H  •"! 

« 


«p!jg 


t-  ■  ■ 


>-'    •  •  >  =  £   s  <  3 

<£■§-  =  <  £-  = 
20**= 


Hg-3 


S        Ph 


•      £    -    -    r 

p>   a  '- ".  H  ft.  £  S  : 

■sSe  ■ wSS 

>    2  "i  -  71  —    '  r-  : 

c"t~ 0""       ■ 

OH         S 


Sag     X 


3   :.  ?; 

.inH 


©         £    £ 


e0 


I  g  §  M 

s-o 

°     s 


S2 

r*  H  *  t,° 

•°  :>  — "3 
ggcoS 

t,z;  sh 

flaw 

o  —  -r-  5 

■3  >  o    • 
"O  ~~ 

-  s»0 
Sims 


0  £  H  O  t 

<  H-,_£        w    2  ti ' 

y.  ~-L  '^->        i-   ■*  M 

3  a  S  d  *    :  S 

—  c  ~  n  lj 


„-Sh    -Sh 


|  _•  ~.  6 


go*' A 
feOgS 

.KJ 


^     "3  — ■  .a     wW 

fl    HO g    H^ 


J  *  CO 

-.2  5 

J  -  i— i 

—  —  r 


5  B 


X   o 

o  — > 


0    N 


o  Uh 


z 


UJ 

H 

— 

DC 


c 
a 

< 
O 

z 

w 
z 


♦J     >.  o 

a  *j  a 

S  "«  § 

2  '3  -f 

Qu   a  s 

-o  g 

c  b  -■ 

.  0  £■ 

flu  s 


u  Q 


$X       Hi 


eg 

2  a 


48 


Valerio,  Francis  M.,   600  Blue  Island  Ave. 
Vesely,  William  J.,  240  E.  Huron  St. 
Viehe-Naess,  Ivar,   64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
Vigeant,  Gregory,  Jr.,  175  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Vigeant,  Xavier,  175  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Viker,  Guttorm  A.,  2426  N.  Sawyer  Ave. 
Vittner,  Clement,  2420  Clifton  Park  Ave. 
Vitzthum,  Karl  M.,  21  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
Von  Hoist,  Herman  V.,  72  W.  Adams  St. 

VVach,  Edward  F.,  5311  S.  Kedzie  Ave. 
Waful,  Edward  E.,  140  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Walcott,  Chester  H.,  76  W.  Monroe  St. 
Walcott,  Russell  S.,  76  W.  Monroe  St. 
Walker,  Frank  Chase,  20  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Walker,  Fred  G.,  4712  Beacon  St. 
Wall,  Richard  J.,  2330  N.  Halsted  St. 
Wallace,  Dwight  G.,  6  N.  Clark  St. 
Walter,  Wayne  M.,  127  N.  Dearborn  St. 
Warren,  Wm.  A.,  10  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Waterman,  Harry  Hale,  10  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Watson,  Robert  Bruce,  225  S.  Central  Park 

Ave. 
Watson,  Vernon  S.,  189  W.  Madison  St. 
Weber,  Alfred  P.,  Ill  W.  Washington  St. 
Weber,  Peter  J.,  343  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Weiss,  John  W.,  53  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Weisfeld,  Leo  H.,  422-53  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Wenderoth,  Oscar,  1732  Michigan  Ave. 
Wheeler,  Chas.  F.,  4635  N.  Kenton  Ave. 
Wheelock,   Harry   B.,   64   W.   Randolph   St. 
White,  Chas.  E.,  Jr.,  343  S.  Dearborn  St. 
White,  Howard  J.,  1417-80  E.  Jackson  Blvd. 
White,  Kesson,  4227  Prairie  Ave. 
Whitney,  Wm.  P.,  122  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Wilkowski,  Jos.  A.,  2142  N.  Leavitt  St. 
Williamson,  Robert  B„  19  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Williamson,  W.  G.,  19  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Wilmanns,  August  C,  35  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Winsauer,  Louis  M.,  4309  N.  Whipple  St. 
Winslow,  Benj.  E.,  2617  N.  Richmond  St. 
Witherspoon,  John  M.,  53  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Wittekind,  Henry,  Jr.,  1749  Jarvis  Ave. 
Woerner,  Adolph,  3166  Lincoln  Ave. 
Woerner,  Adolph,  Jr.,  4210  N.  Lincoln  Ave. 
Wolfley,  Chester  E.  H.,  1312  Farwell  Ave. 
Woltersdorf,    Arthur   F.,    138    N.    La    Salle 

St. 
Work,  Robert  G.,  220  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Works,  William,  6415  Greenwood  Ave. 
Worthmann,  Henry,  155  N.  Clark  St. 
Wright,  Clark  C,  122  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Wright,    Frank  L.,   104    S.   Michigan   Ave. 
Wright,  Wm.  Campbell,  7542  Harvard  Ave. 
Wuehrman,  Wm.  G.,  6954  Yale  Ave. 

York,  J.  Devereux,  1323  N.  Clark  St. 
Youngberg,  J.  E.,   30  N.  Dearborn   St. 

Zaldokas,  Mathew  EL,  3261  S.  Halsted  St. 
Zarbell,  Iver  C,    4132   Ellis  Ave. 
Zarnowiecki,  Joseph  Corwin,  1268  Milwau- 
kee Ave. 
Zidek,  Jos.,  4021  W.  North  Ave. 
Zimmerman,  W.  Carbys,  64  E.  Van  Buren 
Zimmerman,  Ralph  W.,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
Zimmerman,  Hugo  H.,  1711   Fullerton  Ave. 
Zippwald,  Otto,  3743  N.  Tripp  Ave. 
Zook,  R.  Harold,  1538  E.  61st  St. 


COOK   COUNTY  OUTSIDE   OF   CHICAGO. 

BERWYN. 
Hyde,  Robert  M. 

CHICAGO    HEIGHTS. 

Kelley,   Irving   W.,    1536  N.   Blvd. 

CICERO. 
Filas,  Thos.  M.,  5322  W.  25th  St. 
Klucina,  John,  1932   S.  57th  Ct. 

EVANSTON. 

Andrews,  Alfred  B.,  847  Forest  Ave. 
Ayars,  Chas.  A.,  2419  Lincoln  Ave. 
Blake,  Edgar  O.,  802  Davis  St. 
Denell,  R.  A.,  1417  Rosalie  St. 
Fairclough,   Stanley  D.,  826  Forest  Ave. 
Henderson,    Charles    Clinton,    1405    Forest. 

Ave. 
McCall,  Thomas,  843  Ridge  Ave. 
Small,  John  S.,  748  Hinman  Ave. 
Woodgatt,  Ernest,  619  Colfax  Ave. 
Wright,  Harvey,  2711  Woodbine  Ave. 

FOREST    PARK. 

Burtar,   Adolph   G.,  7616   Madison   St. 

KOLZE. 

Ohlhaber,   Wm. 

LA  GRANGE. 

Krausch.   Walter  T.,   40  S.   Stone  Ave. 

MELROSE  PARK. 
Chiaro,  John  A.,  145  Broadway  Ave. 

NORWOOD    PARK. 
Odgers,  Philip  G.,  5913  Circle  Ave. 

OAK   PARK. 

Ellis,  Francis  M.,  231  S.  Oak  Park  Ave. 
Fiddelke,  Henry  G.,  1026  North  Blvd. 
Fyfe,  James  L.,  316  S.  Euclid  Ave. 
Harlev,  William  H.,  Jr. 
Hoffman,  H.  Curtis,  418  N.   Harvey  Ave. 
Hotchkiss,  Roy  James,  r,l.;  Euclid  Ave. 
Johnson,  Robert  U.,  7  N.  Parkside  Ave, 
Manard,  Robert  P.,  220  Iowa  St. 
Miller,  Chas.  A.,  Jr.,  204  N.  Harvey  Ave. 
Pray,  Frank   M.,  426   N.  Parkside  Ave. 
Roos,  Bernard  L.,  320  S.  Oak  Park  Ave 
Sheldon,  Karl  H.,  127  N.  Oak  Park  Ave. 
Stoddard,   Herbert    H.,  411    N.   Cuyler   Ave 
Washburn,   Fred   R.,   547   Belleforte  Ave. 

PARK    RIDGE. 
Mills.  Alber  Brown,  370  S.  Prospect  Ave. 

RIVER    FOREST. 
Drummond,  William  !•:..  288  Edgewood  PI. 
Robinson,  Harry  P.,  294  Edgewood  PI. 

RIVERSIDE. 

Kattelle,  W.  R.,  17  Addison  St. 
Keeher,    c.    Hamilton,    Maplewood    Rd,    ><■ 
Desplaines  Ave, 

WILMETTE. 
Anderson,  Russell  A.,  suit  Lake  Ave, 
Buckett,  Arthur  C,  I L33  Lake  Ave. 
Naper,  Herbert   .1.,   lli'T  Lake  Ave. 
Rae,   Robert,  Jr.,   431   Greenleaf  Ave. 


19 


50 


WINNETKA. 
Varney,  Ralph  W.,  119  E.  Huron  St. 

CITIES     OUTSIDE     OF     CHICAGO    AND 
COOK   COUNTY. 

ALHAMBRA    (Madison    Co.) 
Oswald,  Fridolin,  Main  St. 

ALTON   (Madison  Co.) 

Kusener,  Casper,  603  Henry  St. 
Maupin,  James  M.,   518   Commercial  Bldg. 
Nixon,  Utten  S.,  727  Langdon  St. 
Stelle,  Oliver  G.,  3112  Leverett  Ave. 

ANTIOCH. 
Jyrch,   Karl,   Petite   Park. 

ATKINSON    (Henry   Co.) 
Chapler,  Elijah  C. 

AURORA   (Kane  Co.) 
Gray,  Frank  B.,  344  Coulter  Bldg. 
Maimer,  Eugene,  97  W.  Park  St. 

BELLEVILLE. 
Rubach,  Otto  W.,  10  West  Blk. 

BLOOMINGTON    (McLean   Co.) 
Miller,  George  H.,  403  Evans  Bldg. 
Moratz,  Arthur  M.,  701  Peoples  Bank  Bldg. 
Pillsbury,   Arthur  L.,    Peoples    Bank   Bldg. 
Simmons,  A.  T.,  1st  Nat.  Bank  Bldg. 

CAMBRIDGE. 
Kirkland,  Archibald  F. 

CARBONDALE. 
Dippell,  George  F. 
Thompson,  Thomas  S.,  1000  Thompson  St. 

CARTHAGE    (Hancock    Co.) 

Payne,  Edgar  A.,  429  Main  St. 

CHAMPAIGN    (Champaign    Co.) 
Clark,  Chas.  R.,  105  Chalmers  St. 
Ramey,  George  Edwin,  Robeson  Bldg. 
Temple,  Harry  R„  Lincoln  Bldg. 

CHARLESTON    (Coles  Co.) 
Maxwell,  Benjamin  R.,  411   Harrison  Ave. 
Mitchell,  Chas.  D. 

COLLINSVILLE    (Madison   Co.) 
Eberhardt,  Henry  W.,  207  E.  Main  St. 

CRYSTAL    LAKE. 
Bowes,  Frederick  Wm.,  552  N.  Vine  St. 

DANVILLE   (Vermilion  Co.) 
Garrett,  Urias  E.,  9  W.  Harrison  St. 
Lewis,  Chas.  M.,  509  The  Temple. 
Liese,  Geo.  C,  Temple  Bldg. 
Ludwig,  Geo.  W.,  Temple  Bldg. 
McCoy,  John  F.,   Dale   Bldg. 
Skadden,  Harvey  F.,  206  Dale  Bldg. 
Stuebe,  L.  F.  W.,  Adams  Bldg. 

DECATUR    (Macon    Co.) 
Aschauer,  Chas.  J.,  Citizens  Bank  Bids. 
Bramhall,    Arthur   E.,    209    National    Bank 

Bldg. 
Brooks,    Barkley    S.,    209    National    Bank 

Bldg. 
Clausen,  Swen  A.,  Milliken  Bldg. 
McNabb,  Willie  O.,  272  N.  Williams  St. 
Scribbins,  John  A.,  401  Powers  Bldg. 


Stauffer,  Ernest  L.,  315  W.  North  St. 
Waggoner,    Arthur    M.,    Citizens    Title    & 
Trust  Bldg. 

DIXON. 

Vail,  Morrison  H.,  814  Chula  Vista  Ave. 

EAST    ST.    LOUIS    (St.    Clair   Co.) 
Frankel,  Albert  B.,  206  Collinsville  Ave. 
Kennedy,  John  W.,  Cohokia  Bldg. 
Mueller,  Bernard  A.,  216  Arcade  Bldg. 
Pfeiffenberger,   George  D.,  102  W.  3rd   St. 
Riester,  Frank  P.,  Murphy  Bldg. 

EDWARDSVILLE    (Madison    Co.) 
Kane,    Michael    B.,    Bohm    Bldg. 

ELGIN    (Kane    Co.) 
Abell,  Ralph  Elliott,   Exposition  Bldg. 
Corbey,  Leon  J.,  225  Villa  St. 
Morris,   G.   E.,   Sherwin  Bldg. 

FAIRBURY    (Livingston    Co.) 
Schnetzler,  Chas.  H.,  309  E.  Locust  St. 

FREEPORT     (Stephenson    Co.) 
Clark,  Leslie  Doane,  151  Winneshiek  St. 

GALESBURG  (Knox  Co.) 
Aldrich,  Harry  G.,  Mail  Bldg. 
Aldrich,  Norman  K.,  Mail  Bldg. 
Beadle,  John  Grant,  234  E.  Main  St. 

GLEN  ELLYN. 

Bentley,  Harry  H. 
Clare,  Wm.  H. 
Hoskins,  Henry  J.  B. 

GRANITE    CITY. 

Pauly,    Charles,    19th    &   C    Sts. 

HOOPESTON. 
Richards,  James  V.,  William  Bldg. 
Love,  Robert  James,   William   Bldg. 

JACKSONVILLE    (Morgan   Co.) 
Buckingham,    Clarence    W.,     21iy2     State 

Bldg. 
Pierson,  James  K.  C,  Ayers  Bank  Bldg. 

JOLIET    (Will    Co.) 

Cowell,  Herbert,  1  Jefferson  St. 

Hoen,  Rudolph  G.,  Joliet  Nat.  Bank  Bldg. 

Jennings,  John  T.  W.,  415  Joliet  Nat.  Bank 
Bldg. 

Tomlinson,  Henry  Webster,  616  N.  Nichol- 
son Ave. 

Wallace,   Chas.   L.,   227  Jefferson   St. 

Wallace,  Elizabeth  B.,  227  Jefferson  St. 

Webster,  Charles  Woods,  400  Cutting  Bldg. 

KANKAKEE   (Kankakee  Co.) 
Henry,  Charles  D.,  Arcade  Bldg. 

LINCOLN    (Logan    Co.) 
Deal,  Joe  Mindert,  I.  O.  O.  F.  Bldg. 
Ginzel,  Roland  F.,  I.  O.  O.  F.  Bldg. 

MACOMB    (McDonough    Co.) 
Fuhr.  John  H.,  602  E.  Jackson  St. 
Holmes,  Willis  B..  21S  N.  Campbell  Ave. 

METROPOLIS. 
Daly,  Samuel  L.,  708  Upper  Market  St. 

MORRIS. 
Reeves,  Alfred  J. 


51 


© 


m 


h 


qq   g 


^ 


y 


y 


Ml 


o  <^ 


3J 

0 

n 


&* 


,*" 


52 


MOLINE    (Rock    Island    Co.) 
Eckerman,  Oscar  A.,  640  10th  St. 
Eckland,   Henry,   McKinnie  Bldg. 
Gamble,  L.  Jay,  Box  56. 
Schulzke,  Wm.  H.,  People's  Bank  Bldg. 
Whitsitt,  H.  W.,  Peoples  Bank  Bldg. 

MOUNT    MORRIS. 
Buser,   Nathaniel  E.,   Buser  Bldg. 

MOWEAQUE. 
Harris,  Charles. 

MURPHYSBORO. 
Gill,   Rudolph  Z.,   13   N.   13th   St. 

OTTAWA   (La  Salle  Co.) 
Hanifen,  John,  Nertney  Bldg. 
Richardson,  Jason  F.,  Jr.,  Central  Life  Bldg. 

PEKIN. 

Zimmer,  John  E.,  421  Caroline  St. 

PEORIA   (Peoria  Co.) 

Baillie,  John  McLellan,  145  N.  Jefferson  St. 
Chaffee,  Dudley  C,  141  N.  Jefferson  St. 
Davis,  Geo.  H.,  411  Perry  Ave. 
Day,  Warren  W.,  527  Main  St. 
Dox,  Hamilton  B.,   141  N.  Jefferson  St. 
Emerson,  Frank  N.,  321  Main  St. 
Hercules,  Jacob  W.,  308  W.  Sherman  St. 
Hewitt,  Herbert,  321  Main  St. 
Hotchkiss,  Robert  J.,  233  S.  Jefferson  St. 
Hulsebus,    Bernhard    S.,   Jefferson   Bldg. 
Kiefer,  Albert,  Jefferson  Bldg. 
Klein,  Frederick  J.,  127  S.  Jefferson  St. 
Koch,  Henry  A.,  722  Thrush  Ave. 
Montgomery,  Max  A.,  212  Frye  Ave. 
Reeves,  Wm.  C,  145  N.  Jefferson  St. 
Sedgwick,    Wm.    C,    2033    California   Ave, 

A.  F.  D.  No.  7. 
Whitmeyer,    Mark    H.,    204    S.    Greenwood 

Ave. 

PERU. 

Wachter,   H.  F.,  504  Grant  St. 

PONTIAC  (Livingston  Co.) 
Furrow,  Edward,  409  Sterry  Blk. 
Young,  Richard  A.,  Sterry  Blk. 

QUINCY  (Adams  Co.) 
Batschy,  J.,  Wells  Bldg. 
Behrensmeyer,  George  A.,  530%   Main  St. 
Chattan,  Harvey,  Wells  Bldg. 

Geise,  Martin  J.,  800V2  Main  St. 
Ledebrink,    Frederick    C,    615    Hampshire 

St. 
Wood,  Ernest  M.,  128  N.  8th  St. 

ROCKFORD    (Winnebago    Co.) 
Barloga,  Jesse  A..  710  Trust  Bldg. 
Bradley,  Charles  W.,  519-20  Brown  Bldg. 
Carpenter,  Frank  A.,  226  S.  Main  St. 
Johnson,    Gilbert    A.,    Swedish    Am.    Nat. 

Bank  Bldg. 
Peterson,    Edward    A.,    Swedish    Am.    Nat. 

Bank  Bldg. 
Vander  Meer,  Wybe  J.,  20S  Trusi   Bldg. 

RUSHVILLE. 
Thompson,  J.  Arthur. 


ROCK    ISLAND    (Rock    Island    Co.) 
Cervin,  Olaf  Z.,  Safety  Bldg. 
Horn,  Benjamin  A.,  Safety  Bldg. 
Hogner,   Pierre,  c/o  Rock  Island  Arsenal. 
Lerch,  Edward,  4:;i  4th  St. 
Lundeen,  Curt,  Horst  Bldg. 
Stauduhar,  George  P.,  1608  21st  St. 

SANDWICH     (De    Kalb    Co.) 
Howison,    Charles. 

SPRINGFIELD   (Sangamon  Co.) 
Bullard,  Robert  A.,  318  Unity  Bldg. 
Bullard,   Samuel  A.,   318   Unity   Bldg. 
Conway,  Wm.  H.,  104  E.  Side  Square. 
Crow,  Ralph   M.,   1020  S.   2nd   St. 
Gault,  James  C,  Arcade  Bldg. 
Hamilton,  Frank  H.,   City  Hall. 
Hanes,  Murray  S.,  205y2  S.  6th  St. 
Hanes,  Samuel  J.,  205y2  S.  6th  St. 
Helmle,    George    B.,    Ferguson    Bldg. 
Helmle,  George  Henry,  430  S.  5th  St. 
Helmle,  Henry  R.,  430  S.  5th  St. 
Reiger,  Harry  J.,  Booth  Bldg. 
Rinaker,    John    I.,    Ridgeley    Bank    Bldg. 

STREATOR    (La    Salle    Co.) 
Allen,  Alonzo  W.,  401  E.  Main  St. 

Foster,  Wm.  G.,  114  N.  Monroe  St. 

URBANA    (Champaign    Co.) 
Bullard,  Clark  W.,  care  University  of  111. 
Danely,  Paul,  405  W.  Green  St. 
Ricker,  Nathan  C,  612  W.  Green  St. 
Royer,  Joseph  W.,  Flat  Iron  Bldg. 
Soderberg,  Andrew  F.,  7414  Harvard  Ave. 
White,  James  M.,  Engineering  Hall. 

WATSEKA. 
Boonstra,  Samuel  P.,  207  E.  Walnut  St. 

WAUKEGAN. 
Angell,  Arnold  Arthur,  907  Sheridan  Rd. 

WESTERN   SPRINGS. 
Heimbrodt,  Carl  Edward. 

WHEATON. 

Salisbury,  R.  H.,  239  E.  Chicago  Ave. 
Mitchell,  Lewis  M.,   Manchester  Rd. 


ARCHITECTS  OUTSIDE  OF  THE  STATE 
OF    ILLINOIS. 

CALIFORNIA. 
LOS    ANGELES. 

Mueller.  Lloyd  E..   100   S.    Mariposa    St. 
Noerenberg.   Clarence  Eugene,  17.">1    Buck- 
ingham Rd. 
Norton,  Francis  J.,  Box  L233. 

PASADENA. 
Herr,  Thornton  A..  710  s\  El  Molino   \\>' 

SACRAMENTO. 

Peterson,  .lens  c.   Peoples  Savings   Bldg. 

SAN     DIEGO. 
Johnson,   Harold   S.,    L026   W.   Washington 

St. 


53 


COLORADO. 
DENVER. 

Winkel,  Benno,  care  Colo.  Southern  Ry.  Co. 

TRINIDAD. 

Laughlin,  John  A.,  care  Southern  Colo.  Lbr. 
Co. 

DELAWARE. 
WILMINGTON. 
Lawrence,  Edgar  H.,  1001   Rodney  St. 

DISTRICT    OF    COLUMBIA. 
WASHINGTON. 
Matteson,  Victor  A.,   1402  L  St. 

FLORIDA. 
MIAMI. 
Newell,  Frank  V.,  1108  Ave.  A. 

INDIANA. 
BRAZIL. 

Johnson,  McMillan  H.,  Jr.,  210  N.  Walnut 
St. 

EVANSVILLE. 
Boyle,  Harry  E.,  Furniture  Bldg. 
Fowler,  Frank  E.,  1211  Linwood  Ave. 
Schlotter,  Frank  J.,  113%  Upper  4th  St. 
Shopbell,  Clifford,  Furniture  Bldg. 

FORT    WAYNE. 

Reidel,  John  M.  E.,  Noll  Blk. 
Weatherhogg,    Charles    R.,    Citizens   Trust 
Bldg. 

GARY. 
Cenek,  Robert  R.,  673  Broadwav. 

HAMMOND. 
Berry,  Addison  C,  Ruff  Bldg. 
Hutton,  J.  T.,  Hammond  Bldg. 

INDIANAPOLIS. 

Bendus,    William    Quincy,    430    Am.    Life 

Bldg. 
Dietz,  Henry  Z.,  147  E.  Market  St. 
Dunlap,  Elmer  Edgar,  909  State  Life  Bldg. 
Foltz,  Herbert  W.,  Lemcke  Annex. 
Hill,  Norman  H.,  601  Lombard  Bldg. 
Sturges,    Lewis    H.,    527    Board    of    Trade 

Bldg. 

LOGANSPORT     (Cass    Co.) 
Horn,  Carl  J.,  Citizens  Loan  &  Trust  Bldg. 

SOUTH    BEND. 

Austin,  Ennis  R.,  J.  M.  S.  Bldg. 

TERRE     HAUTE     (Vigo     Co.) 

Miller,  Warren  D.,  105  S.  7th  St. 
Vrydagh,  Jupiter  G.,  9  N.  6th  St. 
Vrydagh,  Robert  T.,  612  Ohio  St. 

VINCENNES    (Knox  Co.) 
Bayard,  John  B.,  302 J,i  Main  St. 
Caddis,  John  W.,  Am.  Nat.  Bank   Bldg. 
Osterhage,  Louis  H.,  2nd  Nat.  Bank  Bldg. 
Schucker,  Rudolph  W.,  807  Perry. 
Sutton,  Byron,  2nd  Nat.  Bank  Bldg. 

IOWA. 

CEDAR  RAPIDS. 
Klein,  Win.  J.,  325  Masonic  Temple. 


CLINTON. 

Furrow,  Edward,  care  Y.  M.  C.  A. 
Morrell,   John,    410    Howes   Blk. 
Saenger,  Louis  P.,  1000  5th  Ave. 

DAVENPORT  (Scott  Co.) 
Burrows,    Parke    Tunis,    McManus    Bldg. 
Ebeling,  Arthur  H.,  1106  W.  15th  St. 
Temple,  Seth  Justin,  McManus  Bldg. 

DUBUQUE. 

Carkeek,  Thos.  T.,  Lincoln  Bldg. 
Heer,  Fridolin,  Jr.,  Bank  &  Ins.  Bldg. 

MARSHALLTOWN. 

Herlin,  George  W.,  1420  W.  Main  St. 

OTTUMWA. 

Kerns,  Geo.  M.,  Commercial  Club  Bldg. 

WATERLOO. 

Shockley,  Clinton  P.,  720  Black  Bldg. 

KANSAS. 
ELDORADO. 

Simon,  Walter  H. 

KANSAS  CITY. 
Haviland,  Chas.  A.,  1715  Reynolds  Ave. 

KENTUCKY. 

LOUISVILLE. 
Davis,  Brenton  B.,  1417  Stark  Bldg. 
Rosen,   Richard   O.,   106   Todd  Bldg. 

LOUISIANA. 
NEW   ORLEANS. 
Allerton,  Oscar  J. 

WINNSBORO. 
Jones,  F.   W. 

MARYLAND. 
BALTIMORE. 
Long,  Maurice  A.,  B.  &  O.  Office  Bldg. 

MASSACHUSETTS. 
BOSTON. 
Cram,  Ralph  Adams,  15  Beacon  St. 
Ferguson,  Frank  W.,  15  Beacon  St. 
Reynolds,  Wm.  F.,  60  Federal  St. 

BROOKLINE. 
Voss,    Walter    C,    22    Garrison   Road. 

MICHIGAN. 
BENTON    HARBOR. 
Harper,  Homer  \\\,  Farmers  &   .Merchants 
Bank  Bldg. 

DETROIT. 
Baver,  Leo  M.,  70  Seeboldt  Ave. 
Dunlap,  E.  R.,  708  Hammond  Bldg. 
Stanton,  Frederick  C.  H.,  38  Bogg  Si. 

GRAND    RAPIDS. 
Crow,  Henry  E.,  The  Gilbert. 

THREE    RIVERS. 
Brompton,   Jos.    <". 

MINNESOTA. 

DULUTH. 

Lagergren,  Custav  P.,  c  0  Morgan  Bark  Co. 

MINNEAPOLIS. 

Wilson.  Samuel   II..  Route   I.  Archlield  Sta- 
tion. 


:,:, 


<  n 

z  tj 

s  £ 

<  S 


c 

0 

c 

0) 

6 

Q 

T3 

s 

^ 

o 

2 

I* 

5 
o 
o 

s 

H 

0) 

.5 
Qu 

a 

— ' 

& 

H 

< 

TJ 

^ 

Q 

>> 

& 

2 

< 

- 
0 

J 

< 
O 

c 

>« 

>> 
> 

(6 
<U 

X 

>  <  £ 
<  _  in 


•  s  "° 

w   E  io 


56 


ST.   PAUL. 

Seymour,  Bud  W.,  care  Union  Stock  Yards. 

MISSOURI. 
CAPE    GIRARDEAU. 
Webb,  Rayburn  Stokes. 

HANNIBAL. 
Martin,  Malcolm,  507  Hannibal  Trust  Bldg. 

KANSAS  CITY. 

Gloyd,  Galen  V.  R.,  321  Reliance  Bldg. 
Peterson,   David  B.,  715   Minneapolis  Ave. 

MISSOURI. 
ST.    LOUIS. 

Barnett,   George  D.,   Century  Bldg. 
Barnett,  T.  P.,  Central  Nat.  Bank  Bldg. 
Clymer,   Harry   G.,  Wainwright  Bldg. 
Davis,  Neal  C,  Central  Nat.  Bank  Bldg. 
Groves,  Albert  B.,  314  N.  4th  St. 
Haynes,  John  I.,  Century  Bldg. 
Helfensteller,   Ernest,   Jr.,    Chemical    Bldg. 
Imbs,  Thomas  F.,   2442   Grand  Ave. 
Ittner,  Wm.  B.,  care  Board  of  Education. 
Janssen,  Ernest  C,  Chemical  Bldg. 
Kennerly,   Geo.   H.,   504   Benoist  Bldg. 
Kirsch,  Robert  G.,  4067  Magnolia  Ave. 
Klipstein,   Ernest  C,   Chemical  Bldg. 
Klutho,   Victor  J.,   Syndicate   Trust  Bldg. 
La  Beaume.  Louis  C,  Chemical  Bldg. 
Levy,  W.,  1815  Wright  Bldg. 
Link,  Theo.  C,  Carleton  Bldg. 
Mauran,  John  Lawrence,  Chemical  Bldg. 
May,  Charles  F.,  408  Olive  St. 
Rathmann,  Walter  L.,  Chemical  Bldg. 
Roach,  H.  F.,  915  Olive  St. 
Russell,  E.  J.,  Chemical  Bldg. 
Stauder,  Adolph  F.,  4932  Finkman  Bldg. 
Walsh,  Robert  W.,  Wainwright  Bldg. 
Watson,  Jesse  N.,  1004  Chemical  Bldg. 
Wessbecker,  Louis,  Pontiac  Bldg. 
Widmann,  Fred,  Wainwright  Bldg. 
Wuest,  Gustav  P.,  922  Wainwright  Bldg. 
Young,  Thomas  C,  1702  Wright  Bldg. 

NEBRASKA. 
OMAHA. 
Bialles,  Theodore  P.,  2217  Ogden  Ave. 
Carr,  Charles  A.,  1303  S.  28th  St. 
Wellman,  William  Thomas,  Hotel  Keen. 

NEW  YORK. 
NEW  YORK  CITY. 

Barnes,  Julian,  39  E.  8th  St. 
Goodhue,  Bertram  G..  2  W.  47th  St. 
Hewitt,   George,   1123   Broadway. 
Jacobus,  Robert   P.,  511  5th  Ave. 
Lee,    Elsworth    M.,    1123    Broadway. 
Llndeberg,  Harrie  T.,  2  W.  47th  St. 
Mann,  Horace  B.,  70  E.   45th  St. 
Mead,  Wm.  R.,   101   Park  Ave. 
Palmer,  Geo.  Carnegie,  63  William  St. 
Preis,  Carl  G.,  120  Broadway. 
Torrance,  James  R.,  409  W.  15th  St. 
Visscher,  Theodore  C,  363  Lexington  Ave. 
Westervelt,   John   C,   36  W.   34th   St. 
Zimmermann,  Albert  G.,  85  9th  Ave. 

NIAGARA     FALLS. 
Beck,  Frederic  H.,  Box  557. 


SYRACUSE. 

Ganung,  Howard  D.,  209  Elk  St. 

YONKERS. 
Lee,  Harry  Vernon,  324  MacLean  Ave. 

NORTH  CAROLINA. 
BILTMORE. 
Dreyer,  Detlef  J.,  Kenilworth. 

OHIO. 
CLEVELAND   (Cuyahoga   Co.) 
Elliot,  John  H.,  1248  Rockefeller  Bldg. 

TOLEDO. 

Lane,  Harry  Leonard,  1234  Ohio  Bldg. 
Mills,  Geo.  S.,  Ohio  Bldg. 

ZANESVILLE. 
McLane,  Cyrus  D.,  Box  412. 

OKLAHOMA. 
BARTLESVILLE. 
Wallace,  Wellington  J.,  1118  Keeler  Ave. 

PENNSYLVANIA. 
PHILADELPHIA. 

McLanahan,    Martin    H.,    1418    Walnut    St. 
Stuckert,  F.  Russell,  1420  Chestnut  St. 

PITTSBURGH. 
Cooley,  Charles  D.,  530  4th  Ave. 
Kennedy,   Julian,    Bessemer   Bldg. 
Prack,  Bernhard  H.,  Keystone  Bldg. 

TEXAS. 
FORT  WORTH. 
Kelley,  Ralph  L.,  Box  712. 

WISCONSIN. 
BELOIT. 

Hetherington,   Murry  D. 

Kemp,  Frank  H.,  318  Grand  Ave. 

MADISON. 

Claude,  Louis  W.,  8  S.  Carroll  Ave. 

Dunlap,  Matthew  E.,  Forest  Product  Lab- 
oratory. 

Mead,  Daniel  W.,  530  State  St. 

Park,  John  W.,  Strand  Theatre  Bldg..  c  o 
James  R.  Law. 

MILWAUKEE  (Milwaukee  Co.) 
Barkhauser,  Carl  H.,   79  Wisconsin   St. 
Brielmaier,  Joseph,  432  Broadway. 
Foster,  John  W.,  Caswell  Blk. 
Hengels,  Henry  C.   1st  Nat.  Bank. 
Reiehert,   William,  601    Park  St. 

RACINE. 
Chandler,  .lames  G..  803   Lake   Ave 

WAUSAU. 
Oppenhamer,   William    Adam.   605%   3rd   SI. 

OUTSIDE    OF    U.    S. 

AUSTRALIA. 
MELBOURNE. 
Griffin,  Walter  B. 

REPUBLIC  OF   PANAMA. 
BALBOA. 
Kratz.  Klwin  Valentine,  B<>\  307. 


57 


jUlmntH  §0rirty  of  Arrbttrrtfi 


OFFICERS 

CHARLES  HERRICK  HAMMOND,  President 
ROBERT   C.    BERLIN,   1st  Vice-President    . 
N.  MAX  DUNNING,  2nd  Vice-President  .      . 
JOHN  A.  ARMSTRONG,   Treasurer    .      .      . 
RALPH    C.    HARRIS,    Secretary    .... 


64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
19  S.  La  Salle  St. 
310   S.  Wabash  Ave. 
11  S.   La  Salle  St. 
192  N.  State  St. 


H.  L.   PALMER,  Financial   Secretary      ....  1211,  19  S.  La  Salle  St. 

DIRECTORS 

GEORGE   BEAUMONT 25  N.  Dearborn  St. 

FRANK  E.  DAVIDSON 53  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 

JOHN  REED  FUGARD 64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 

ARTHUR    F.     HUSSANDER 7  S.  Dearborn  St. 

HOWARD   PUTNAM   STURGES 19  S.  La  Salle  St. 

HARRY  B.  WHEELOCK 64  W.  Randolph  St. 

BOARD    OF    ARBITRATION 

ALFRED  S.  ALSCHULER 28  E.  Jackson  Blvd. 

ELMER     C.     JENSEN 39  S.  La  Salle  St. 

JOSEPH  C.  LLEWELLYN 38  S.  Dearborn  St. 

GEORGE  C.  NIMMONS 122  S.  Michigan  Ave. 

DWIGHT  H.   PERKINS 814  Tower  Court. 

IRVING  K.   POND C4  E.  Van  Buren  St. 

RICHARD    E.    SCHMIDT 104   S.   Michigan  Ave. 

EDITOR    MONTHLY    BULLETIN 

F.  E.  DAVIDSON 1448  Monadnock  Block. 

COMMITTEE    ON    PUBLIC    ACTION 

FRANK  E.    DAVIDSON,    Chairman 53  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 

WALTER   W.   AHLSCHLAGER Ill   W.  Washington  St. 

FRANK    CARPENTER Rockford,   111. 

RALPH  C.  HARRIS 192  N.   State  St. 

HENRY  R.   HELMLE Springfield,  111. 

HERBERT      HEWITT Peoria,  111. 

GEORGE  C.  NIMMONS 122  S.  Michigan  Blvd. 

JOHN    A.    NYDEN  196  N.  State  St. 

CHARLES  H.  PRINDEVILLE c/o  Union  League  Club. 

GEORGE    L.    RAPP 190  N.  State  St. 

JAMES    M.  WHITE Urbana.  111. 

LEGISLATIVE    COMMITTEE 

HARRY  B.  WHEELOCK,  Chairman 64  W.  Randolph  St. 

J.    C.   LLEWELLYN 38  S.  Dearborn  St. 

RICHARD   E.    SCHMIDT 104   S.   Michigan  Ave. 

PETER    J.    WEBER 343   S.   Dearborn    St. 


59 


Put  the  INFALLIBLE  SHUR-LOC 

IN  CHARGE  OF  YOUR  ELEVATORS 


SCIENTIFIC 

AMERICAN 

GOLD 

MEDAL 

DEVICE 


o 

^^^^            

J 

I 

g 

PURELY 
MECHANI- 
CAL 
INTERLOCK- 
ING 
SYSTEM 


Shur-Loc  Company  of  Illinois 

waba°she53o  208  South  La  Salle  Street  Chicago 


aw  neer 


KAWNEER  MFG.  CO.  at  Building  Material  Exhibit 


175   W.   Jackson   Blvd.,   Chicago. 


Phone  Wabash    2020 


60 


MEMBERSHIP    COMMITTEE 

HOWARD  P.   STURGES,   Chairman 19  S.  La  Salle  St. 

JOSEPH    T.    FORTIN GOO  Blue  Island  Ave. 

BYRON    H.    JILLSON 9111  S.  Robey  St. 

WILLIAM  ROHM 138  N.  La  Salle  St. 

H.  L.  PALMER,  Secretary 19   S.  La  Salle   St. 

ENTERTAINMENT  COMMITTEE 

JOHN    REED    FUGARD,    Chairman 64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 

ALBERT  P.  DIPPOLD 4747  Cottage  Grove  Ave. 

CHARLES    L.    MORGAN 104  S.  Michigan  Ave. 

ROBERT  C.  OSTERGREN 5  N.  La  Salle  St. 

H.  L.  PALMER,  Secretary 19  S.  La  Salle  St. 

COMMITTEE    ON    PUBLICITY 

B.  H.  JILLSON,  Chairman c/o  Swift  &  Co.,  Un.  Stk.  Yds. 

D.    H.    BURNHAM 209  S.  La  Salle  St. 

F.  E.  DAVIDSON 53  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 

GEORGE    W.    MAHER 208  S.  La  Salle  St. 

VICTOR  A.   MATTESON La  Salle,  Illinois. 

COMMITTEE  ON  PAGEANTS  AND    ARCHITECTURAL    EXHIBITS 

S.   S.   BEMAN 332  S.  Michigan  Ave. 

HUBERT    BURNHAM 209  S.  La  Salle  St. 

H.  H.  GREEN 30  N.  Michigan  Ave. 

IRA    W.    HOOVER 105  S.  La  Salle  St. 

WALTER    F.    SHATTUCK 19  S.  La  Salle  St. 

COMMITTEE  ON    MATERIALS   AND   SPECIFICATIONS. 
EMERY  STANFORD  HALL,  Chairman     ....      64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 

GEORGE  A.   KNAPP 64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 

EDWARD  H.  PROBST 80  E.  Jackson  Blvd. 

LEWIS  W.  RIDDLE 122  S.  Michigan  Ave. 

COMMITTEE     ON     JURISDICTIONAL     DISPUTES 

GEORGE    BEAUMONT,    Chairman 25  N.  Dearborn  St. 

CHARLES    E.    FOX 721  N.  Michigan  Ave. 

IRVING    K.    POND 64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 

MERRITT   .1.    MOREHOUSE 343  S.  Dearborn  St. 


61 


/jmencan 


'-V=,  .T'Ji  '/— 


ire  Ifopc 


/« 


or 

Elevators,  dredges,  lumber- 
ing, mining,  oil  well  drilling, 
suspension  bridges,  stump 
pulling,  cranes,  derricks, 
ships'  rigging  and  every 
other  form  of  wire  rope  use. 


Illustrated    Catalogue — Free 


American  Steel  &  Wire 


Chicago — New  York 


Company 


MacADAMS  &  CALL 


111  WEST  WASHINGTON  STREET 


Telephone  Franklin  542.3 


CHICAGO 


62 


PAST   OFFICERS 


1897 
John  M.  Van  Osdel,  President. 
Harry  B.  Wheelock,  1st  Vice-President. 
Samuel  A.  Treat,  2d  Vice-President. 
Lawrence  G.  Hallberg  Treasurer. 
Charles  R.  Adams,  Secretary. 

1898 
Harry    B.   Wheelock,   President. 
Samuel  A.  Treat,  1st  Vice-President. 
Normand  S.  Patton,  2d  Vice-President. 
Lawrence  G.  Hallberg,  Treasurer. 
Charles  R.  Adams,  Secretary. 

1899 
Samuel  A.  Treat,  President. 
Normand  S.  Patton,  1st  Vice-President. 
George  Beaumont,  2d  Vice-President. 
O.  H.  Postle,  Treasurer. 
Charles  R.  Adams,  Secretary. 

1900 
George   Beaumont,    President. 
Charles  W.  Nothnagel,  1st  Vice-President. 
Lawrence  G.  Hallberg,  2d  Vice-President. 
Samuel  A.  Treat,  Treasurer. 
Charles  R.  Adams,  Secretary. 

1901 
George  Beaumont,    President. 
Emery  Stanford  Hall,  1st  Vice-President. 
Edgar  M.   Newman,  2d   Vice-President. 
Samuel  A.  Treat,  Treasurer. 
Charles  R.  Adams.  Secretary. 

1902 
Emery  Stanford  Hall,  President. 
Edgar  M.  Newman,  1st  Vice-President. 
Arthur  F.  Woltersdorf,  2d  Vice-President. 
Samuel   A.   Treat,    Treasurer. 
Charles  R.  Adams,  Secretary. 

1903 
Edgar  M.  Newman,  President. 
Arthur  F.  Woltersdorf,  1st  Vice-President. 
Henry  Lord  Gay,  2d  Vice-President. 
Samuel   Treat,   Treasurer. 
Charles  R.  Adams,   Secretary. 

1904 
George  L.  Pfeiffer,  President. 
William  W.  Clay,  1st  Vice-President. 
S.  Milton  Eichberg,  2d  Vice-President. 
Samuel  A.  Treat,  Treasurer. 
Charles  R.  Adams,  Secretary. 

1905 
William  C.  Clay,  President. 
Joseph  T.  Fortin,  1st  Vice-President. 
Charles  J.  Furst,  2d  Vice-President. 
Samuel  A.   Treat,   Treasurer. 
Charles  R.  Adams,  Secretary. 
H.  L.  Palmer,  Asst.  Secretary. 


1906 
Harry  B.  Wheelock,  President. 
Charles  J.  Furst,  1st  Vice-President, 
kcbert  C.  Berlin,  2d  Vice-President. 
Samuel    A.   Treat,    Treasurer. 
Emery   Stanford   Hall,    Secretary. 
H.  L.  Palmer,  Asst.  Secretary. 

1907 
Normand  S.  Patton,  President. 
Arthur  F.  Woltersdorf,  1st  Vice-President. 
Irving  K.  Pond,  2d  Vice-President. 
Samuel  A.  Treat,  Treasurer. 
Emery  Stanford  Hall,  Secretary. 
H.  L.  Palmer,  Asst.  Secretary. 

1908 
Irving  K.  Pond,  President. 
Richard  G.  Schmid,  1st  Vice-President. 
Edmund  R.  Krause,  2d  Vice-President. 
Samuel   A.   Treat,    Treasurer. 
Emery  Stanford  Hall,  Secretary. 
H.  L.  Palmer,  Asst.  Secretary. 

1909 
George   Beaumont,   President. 
Samuel  N.   Crowen,  1st  Vice-President. 
Leon  E.  Stanhope,  2d  Vice-President. 
Samuel  A.  Treat,  Treasurer. 
Emery  Stanford  Hall,  Secretary. 
H.  L.  Palmer,  Asst.  Secretary. 

1910 
Arthur  F.  Woltersdorf,  President. 
Robert  C.  Berlin,   1st  Vice-President. 
Argyle  E.  Robinson,  2d  Vice-President. 
Samuel   N.    Crowen,   Treasurer. 
Emery    Stanford   Hall,   Secretary. 
H.  L.  Palmer,  Asst.  Secretary. 

1911 
Julian    Barnes,    President. 
Argyle  E.  Robinson,  1st  Vice-President. 
Peter  J.  Weber,  2d  Vice-President. 
Samuel   N.    Crowen,    Treasurer. 
Emery  Stanford  Hall,  Secretary. 
H.  L.   Palmer,   Asst.   Secretary. 

1912 
Argyle  E.  Robinson,  President. 
George  W.  Maher,  1st  Vice-President. 
George  Beaumont,  2d  Vice-President, 
feamuel  N.  Crowen,  Treasurer. 
Emery  Stanford  Hall,  Secretary. 
H.  L.   Palmer,   Asst.   Secretary. 

1913 
Meyer   J.    Sturm,   President. 
Arthur  F.  Woltersdorf,  1st  \  ice-President. 
Joseph  C.  Llewellyn,  2d  Vice-President. 
Samuel  N.  Crowen,  Treasurer. 
Emery  Stanford  Hall,  Secretary. 
H.   L.   Palmer,   Asst.   Secretary. 

1914 
Emery  Stanford  Hall,  President. 
Frank  E.  Davidson,  1st  Vice-President. 
John  Devereux  York,  2d  Vice-President 
Samuel  N.  Crowen,  Treasurer. 
John  Reed  Fugard,  Secretary. 
H.  L.  Palmer.  Financial  Secretary. 


r,:: 


Insurance  at  Actual  Cost 

THE  BUILDERS  &  MANUFACTURERS 
MUTUAL  CASUALTY  COMPANY 


816   CHAMBER   OF   COMMERCE   BUILDING 

FRANKLIN  2182 

Recommended    by    All 
Contractors'  Associations 

^DIRECTORS: —  ^- 


AXDREW  LANQUIST,  President 
H.  B.  BARNARD,  Vice-President 
C.  G.  FANNING,  Treasurer 
J.W.  SNYDER 
A.  C.  WARREN 


J.  P.  MONAHAN 


O.  C.   HOLTZ,  Secretary 


J.  B.  NOELLE 
A.  E.  COLEMAN 
GEO.  M.  GETSCHOW 
F.  VOIGTMANN 
J.  \Y.  MOULDING 
F.  W.  JUNGCLAUS 


BEST     BY     TEST 
THE  COLONIAL  HEAD -THROAT-DAMPER 


T 

t 

BUt. 


r— »        raw... 


a 


L 


•The  HEART  or  the 
HOME  is  the  FIREPLACE^ 

HE  BRAINS  OF  THE 

FIREPLACE  ARE  in 
the  COLONIAL  HEAD 
THROAT  and  DAMPER 


. .  -  a  a^.iii----- 


THE  OLD  WAY 


Patented  June  29.  'OH 


THE  COLONIAL  WAY 


The  ONLY  FIREPLACE  DAMPER  made  which 
Provides  for  EXPANSION  and  CONTRACTION 

Not    merely    a    casting,    but    a    number    of    castings    assembled built    together   like    a 

stove reinforced    with    steel    angle    and    constructed    into    the    COLONIAL    HEAD 

THROAT    and    DAMPER    providing    for    EXPANSION    and    CONTRACTION    and 

DURABILITY    in    itself.       Overcomes    warping    of    castings    and    prevents    cracking    of 
Fireplace  Facings. 

EASY   TO   SET— EASY  TO   OPERATE— MEETS  ALL   CONDITIONS. 


Eleven    Sizes — Four    Styles    Operating.       Blue    Prints    on    Request. 
See    Sweets'    Index,    Page    2  79. 


ANDIRONS 
GRATES 


COLONIAL  FIREPLACE  COMPANY 


4626  Roosevelt  Rd. 
CHICAGO,  ILL. 


04 


1915 
Frank    E.    Davidson,    President. 
Stafford   Fox   Thomas,   1st  Vice-President. 
Robert  Seth  Lindstrom,  2d  Vice-President. 
Samuel  N.  Crowen,  Treasurer. 
John  Reed  Fugard,  Secretary. 
H.  L.  Palmer,  Financial  Secretary. 

1916 
Frank  E.  Davidson,  President. 
Stafford  Fox  Thomas,  1st  Vice-President. 
William  G.  Carnegie,  2d  Vice-President. 
Samuel  N.  Crowen,  Treasurer. 
John  Reed  Fugard,  Secretary. 
H.  L.  Palmer,  Financial  Secretary. 


1917 
Stafford  Fox  Thomas,  President. 
Arthur  F.  Hussander,  1st  Vice-President. 
James  B.  Dibelka,  2d  Vice-President. 
Samuel  N.  Crowen,  Treasurer. 
John  Reed  Fugard,  Secretary. 
H.  L.  Palmer,  Financial  Secretary. 

1918 

Arthur   F.    Hussander,    President. 
James  B.  Dibelka,  1st  Vice-President. 
George  W.  Maher,  2nd  Vice-President. 
Samuel   N.   Crowen,   Treasurer. 
George  A.  Knapp,  Secretary. 
H.  L.  Palmer,  Financial  Secretary. 


MEMBERS 


Abell,  Ralph  E.,  Exposition  Bldg.,  Elgin,  111. 

Ahlschlager,  Walter  W.,  Ill  W.  Washing- 
ton St. 

Aldrich,  Harry  G.,  Mail  Bldg.,  Galesburg,  111. 

Allison,  Lyman  J.,  115  S.  Dearborn  St. 

Almquist,  Carl  M.,  4730  N.  St.  Louis  Ave. 

Alschuler,  Alfred  S.,  28  E.  Jackson  Blvd. 

Armstrong,  John  A.,  11  S.  La  Salle  St. 

Aroner,  J.  S.,  343  S.  Dearborn  St. 

Aschauer,  C.  J.,  Citizens  Bank  Bldg.,  De- 
catur,  111. 

Ashby,  G.  W.,  178  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 

Ashby,  Wilbert  B.,  178  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 

Bannister,  Geo.  S.,  115  S.  Dearborn  St. 

Barrett,  Frederick  L.,  700-910  So.  Michigan. 

Barton,  Francis  M.,  310  S.  Wabash  Ave. 

Beaudry,  Ralph  L.,  7047  Princeton  Ave. 

Beaumont,  George,  25  N.  Dearborn  St. 

Behel,  Vernon  W.,  25  E.  Jackson  Blvd. 

Beman,  S.  S.,  332  S.  Michigan  Ave. 

Bennett,  Wm.   Arthur,   Berwyn,   111. 

Benson,  Edward,  5676  Ridge  Ave. 

Berlin,  R.  C,  19  S.  La  Salle  St. 

Bernhard,  Wilhelm,  138  N.  La  Salle  St. 

Bishop,   Thomas   R.,   35   S.  Dearborn   St. 

Bjork,  David  T.,  5240  N.  Sawyer  Ave. 

Blondin,  Edw.  A.,  6  W.  Garfield  Blvd. 

Bouchard,  Louis  C,  64  W.  Randolph  St. 

Braband,    F.    J.    E.,   901    Wrightwood   Ave. 

Bradley,  Chas.  W.,  Brown  Bldg.,  Rock- 
ford,    111. 

Branitzky,  Wm.  Thomas,  64  W.  Randolph 
St. 

Bristle,  Joseph  H.,  5660  Ridge  Ave. 

Brockmeyer,  Edwin  C,  Arcade  Bldg.,  East 
St.    Louis,    111. 

Buckett,  Arthur  C,  1133  Lake  St.,  Wil- 
mette,  111. 

Buckingham,  Clarence  W.,  Morrison  Bldg., 
Jacksonville,  111. 

Buerger,  Albert  J.,  Jr.,  4819  Gladys  Ave. 

Burnham,  D.  H.,  Jr.,  209  S.  La  Salle  St. 

Burnham,  Hubert,  209  S.  La  Salle  St. 

Buser,    Nathaniel    E.,    Mount    Morris,    111. 

Byerly,  F.  A.,  11131  S.  Irving  Ave. 

Cady,  J.   K.,  179  W.  Washington   St. 
Carnegie,  Wm.  G.,  189  W.  Madison  St. 
Carpenter,  Frank  A.,  226  S.  Main  St.,  Rock- 
ford,  111. 


Carr,  Chas.  Alban,  1303  S.  28th  St.,  Omaha, 

Nebraska. 
Carr,  Geo.   Wallace,  122  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Cerny,  Jerry  J.,  1458  S.  Harding  Ave. 
Cervin,  Olaf  Z.,  Safety  Bldg.,  Rock  Island. 
Chaffee,  Dudley  C,  204  S.  Glenwood  Ave.,' 

Peoria,  111. 
Charvat,  Anton,  2621  Millard  Ave. 
Chatten,  Melville  C,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
Christensen,  Chas.  W.,  2060  Birchwood  Ave. 
Christensen,  John  C,  3255  Evergreen  Ave. 
Chubb,  John  D.,  109  N.  Dearborn  St. 
Clark,  C.  R.,  105  Chalmers  St.,  Champaign, 

111. 
Clark,  Edwin,  6  N.  Michigan  Ave. 
Clark,    Robert  C,   7216   Harvard  Ave. 
Cloyes,  Frederick  O.,  1404  Kimball  Bldg. 
Cobb,  Wm.  H„  2156  Sunnyside  Ave. 
Coffin,  A.  S.,  39  W.  Adams  St. 
Colcord,  Albert  E.,  6143  St.  Lawrence  Ave. 
Cole,  Arthur  W.,  155  N.  Clark  St. 
Cook,  Norman  W.,  5655  Ridge  Ave. 
Conway,   Wm.   H.,   104   East   Side   Square, 

Springfield,    111. 
Crosby,  Wm.  Spencer,  179  W.  Washington 
Crowen,  S.  N.,  30  N.  La  Salle  St. 

Dalsey,  Harry  I.,  2321  W.  North  Ave. 
Davidson,  F.  E.,  53  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Davis,  George  H.,  411  Perry  Ave.,  Peoria, 

111. 
Davis,  Z.  T.,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
Day,  Warren  W.,  527  Main  St.,  Peoria,  111. 
De  Arment,  Frank  H.,  343  S.  Dearborn  St. 
De  Money,  Frank  O.,  5  N.  La  Salle  St. 
De  Golyer,  Robert  S.,  76  W.  Monroe  St. 
Dennis,  Chas.  A.,  4031  Patterson  Ave. 
Dibelka,  James  B.,  130  N.  Wrells  St. 
Dippold,  Albert  P.,  4747  Cottage  Grove  Ave. 
Doerr,  Wm.  P.,  1380  Hyde  Park  Blvd. 
Dougherty,  Floyd  E...  35  N.  Dearborn  St. 
Dowling,  E.  F.,  6  N.  Michigan  Ave. 
Dreyer,  Detlef  J.,  Kenilworth.  Biltmore,  N. 

Carolina. 
Drummond,  Wm.,  River  Forest,  111. 
Dubin,  Geo.  H.,  724  W.  12th  St. 
Duesing,  Theodore,  312  Garfield  Ave. 
Dunford,  Samuel  H.,  38  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Dunning,  N.  Max,  310  S.  Wabash  Ave. 
Dwen,  Robert  G.,  3736  Ellis  Ave. 


65 


J 

|  Sherman  &  Ellis  Service 


f      CONTRACTORS 
Jur   ARCHITECTS 


Workmen's  Compensation  Insurance  \ 

Public  Liability  Insurance  AT  NET    COST 

All  Forms  of  Contingent  Insurance  ) 

Through  INTER  INSURANCE  —  the  LOGICAL  MODERN  SOLUTION  of  the  Insurance  Problem 

SHERMAN  &  ELLIS,  Inc. 

11  SOUTH  LA  SALLE  STREET 
Your  Inquiry  Solicited 

OFFICES  AT 

CHICAGO  Kansas    City  Milwaukee        Coeurd'Alene,  Idaho      Indianapolis 

Topeka,   Kan.  Oklahoma    City  Austin,    Tex.  Louisville,    Ky. 


SAFETY  SERVICE  SAVING 


In  your  plans 
either  remodel 
an  old  building  or  erec 
\  -include  the  McCRAY 
.,•-'     The  many  desirable 
venience  of  location,  ( 
rangement,   sanitary   drain   system, 
accessibility,  exterior  finish,  etc.,  can 
be  provided  for  best  when  the  plans  are  being  made. 

Sanitary  Refrigerators 

include  every  possible  convenience  in  refrigerators.  Their  patented  system  of  refiig- 
eration  which  keeps  all  food  in  a  dry  cold  state,  eliminating  all  dampness  and  impur- 
ities— their  sanitary  conveniences,  water-sealed  drain  trap,  opal  glass  linings,  and 
many  other  features  make  them  the  most  desirable  and  efficient  refrigerators  for  the 
modern  building. 

Get  these  catalogs  and  complete  your  files: 


No.  94  for  residences. 

No.  52  for  hotels,  clubs  and  institutions. 


No.  71  for  grocers.  No.  74  for 

No.  63  for  meat  markets.  florists. 

McCray  Refrigerator  Co.,  957  Lake  St.,  Kendallville,  Ind. 

New    York    Office:    McCray    Bldg.  Chicago  Office: 

56   West  46th   St.  1000  S.  Michigan  Ave. 

Salesrooms   in   all   principal   cities. 


FREE 

Plan  Service 

We  will  gladly  fur- 
nish you  with  sug- 
gestions,blue  prints 
and  specifications 
for  any  type  or  size 
refrigerator,  for  we 
maintain  trained 
ar  chitectural 
draftsmen  and  give 
you  this  service 
without  cost. 


66 


Eckland,   Henry,   McKinnie  Bldg.,   Moline. 
Eckstrom,  Christian  A.,  5  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Eichberg,  S.  M.,  64  W.  Randolph  St. 
Emerson,  Frank  N.,  321  Main  St.,  Peoria, 

111. 
Ermeling,  Ralph  W.,   155  N.  Clark  St. 

Fairclough,    Stanley   D.,    826    Forest   Ave., 

Evanston,  111. 
Ferrenz,  Tirrell  J.,  4747  Kenwood  Ave. 
Fiddelke,  H.  G.,  1026  North  Blvd.,  Oak  Park 
Fischer,  F.  W.,  9129  Commercial  Ave. 
Fischer,  John  B.,  140  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Fishman,  M.  Maurice,  1342  S.  Halsted  St. 
Flaks,  Francis  A.,  2743  W.  22nd  St. 
Fletcher,   Robert   C,    179    W.   Washington 
Flinn,  Raymond  W.,  8  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Foltz,  Frederick  C,  111  W.  Washington  St. 
Fortin,  Joseph  T.,  600  Blue  Island  Ave. 
Foster,  Arthur,  155  N.  Clark  St. 
Foster,  Wm.  G.,  114  N.  Monroe  St.,  Strea- 

tor,  111. 
Fox,  Chas.  E.,  721  N.  Michigan  Ave. 
France,  Roy  F.,  155  N.  Clark  St. 
Friedman,  Raphael  N.,  521  E.  60th  St. 
Frommann,  Emil  H.,  64  W.  Randolph  St. 
Frost,  Charles  S.,  105  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Fry,  Frank  L.,  140  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Fugard,  John  Reed,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 

Gaddis,  John  W.,  Vincennes,  Ind. 
Gatterdam,  F.  E.,  154   W.   Randolph   St. 
Gaul,  Herman  J.,  Ill  W.  Washington  St. 
Gerber,  Arthur,  72  W.  Adams  St. 
Gerhardt,  Paul,  64  W.  Randolph  St. 
Gibb,  Wm.   R.,  160  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Gilbert,  Geo.  H.,  4967  Lake  Park  Ave. 
Gill,  Rudolph  Z.,  Murphysboro,  111. 
Gillette,  Edwin  F.,  8  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Green,  H.  H.,  30  N.  Michigan  Ave. 
Gubbins,  Wm.  F.,  155  N.  Clark  St. 
Guenzel,  Louis,  111  W.  Washington  St. 

Haagen,  Paul  T.,  155  N.  Clark  St. 

Hall,  E.  Stanford,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 

Hamilton,  J.  L.,  814  Tower  Court. 

Hammond,  Chas.  H.,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 

Hanifen,  John,  Nertney  Bldg.,  Ottawa,  111. 

Hansen,  Harald  M.,  112  N.  La  Salle  St. 

Hansen,  Paul,  830  Lawrence  Ave. 

Harris,  Ralph  C,  192  N.  State  St. 

Hatzfeld,  Clarence,  7  S.  Dearborn  St. 

Hecht,  Albert  S.,  64  W.  Randolph  St. 

Heimbeck,  Walter  C,  1736  W.  102d  St. 

Heinz,  L.  H.,  128  N.  La  Salle  St. 

Helfensteller,  Ernest,  Chemical  Bldg.,  St. 
Louis,   Mo. 

Helmle,  George  B.,  Ferguson  Bldg.,  Spring- 
field, 111. 

Helmle,  Henry  R.,  Ferguson  Bldg.,  Spring- 
field, 111. 

Henry,  Chas.  D.,  Arcade  Bldg.,  Kankakee. 

Henschien,  H.  Peter,  37  W.  Van  Buren  St. 

Hercules,  J.  W.,  308  W.  Sherman  Ave.,  Pe- 
oria, 111. 

Herlin,   George   W.,    Marshalltown,    la. 

Hetherington,  J.  T.,  9236  S.  Winchester 
Ave. 

Hettinger,  John  P.,  4708  Dover  St. 

Hewitt,  Herbert,  321  Main  St.,  Peoria,  111. 

Himelblau,  A.  L.,  179  W.  Washington  St. 


Hine,  Cicero,  3221  Broadway. 
Hodgdon,  Charles,  134  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Hodgkins,   H.   G.,   179   W.   Washington   St. 
Hogner,  Lt.  Pierre  R.  L.,  c/o  Rock  Island 

Arsenal. 
Holsman,  Henry  K,  175  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Hooper,  William  F.,  2721  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Hoover,    Ira   W.,   105    S.   La   Salle   St. 
Hosmer,  Clare  C,  175  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Hotchkiss,  Robert  J.,  233  S.  Jefferson  Ave., 

Peoria,  111. 
Hubbard,   Archie   H.,   1018-38   S.   Dearborn 

St. 
Huber,  Julius  H.,  6712  N.  Clark  St. 
Hulsebus,  Bernard  L.,  1001  Jefferson  Bldg., 

Peoria,  111. 
Hunt,  Jarvis,  30  N.  Michigan  Ave. 
Huston,    Sanford    K.,   Jr.,    5468    Woodlawn 

Ave. 
Hussander,  A.  T.,  care  Board  of  Education, 

7  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Hussey,  Harry  H.,  5  San  Tias  Huting  East, 

Pekin,  China. 
Hyde,  Robert  M.,  Berwyn,  111. 
Hyland,  Paul  V.,  29  S.  La  Salle  St. 

Jensen,  Elmer  C,  39  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Jillson,  B.  H.,  9111  S.  Robey  St. 
Jobson,  C.  F.,  79  E.  Adams  St. 
Johnson,    Gilbert    A.,    Swedish    Am.    Nat. 

Bank  Bldg.,   Rockford,  111. 
Johnston,  W.  K,  6805  Yale  Ave. 
Johnstone,  Percy  T.,  1254  Pratt  Ave. 
Jones,  Wm.  C,  30  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Joy,  Samuel  Scott,  2001  W.  39th  St. 
Jyrch,  Karl  E.,  Petite  Park,  Antioch,  111. 

Kallal,  Chas.  W.,  City  Hall. 

Kane,   Michael   B.,   Bohm   Bldg.,   Edwards- 

ville,    111. 
Kane,  Robert  L.,  6643  Stewart  Ave. 
Kattelle,  Walter  R.,  Riverside,  111. 
Kiefer,  Albert,  905  Jefferson  Bldg.,  Peoria, 

111. 
King,   John   F.,   Central   Nat.   Bank   Bldg., 

Peoria,   111. 
Kingsley,  Geo.  S.,  109  N.  Dearborn  St. 
Knapp,  George  Arnold,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
Kocher,  Jacques  J.,  806  W.  79th  St. 
Kohfedt,  Walter  G.,   64  E.   Van  Buren  St. 
Koster,  John  L.,  6243  Ingleside  Ave. 
Kupfer,  Otto  A.,  1865  Millard  Ave. 

Lagergren,    Gustav    P.,    c/o    Morgan    Park 

Co.,  Duluth,  Minn. 
Layer,  Robert  H.,  118   N.  La  Salle  St. 
Lehle,  Louis,  38  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Leviton,   Morton,   53  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Levy,  Alex.  L.,  28  N.  Clark  St. 
Lewis,  Le  Roy,  Jr.,  104  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Liedberg,  Hugo  J.,  154  W.  Randolph  St. 
Linderoth,  S.  L.,  1432  W.  Marquette  Rd. 
Lindquist,  F.,  179  W.  Washington  St. 
Lindstrom,  Robert  S.,  175  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Liska,  Emil,  9601  Prospect  Ave. 
Llewellyn,  J.  C,  38  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Lonek.  Adolph,  1865  S.  Avers  Ave. 
Lovdall,  George  F.,  7424  N.  Paulina  St. 
Lovell,  Sidney,  30  N.  Michigan  Ave. 
Ludgln,  Joseph  H.,  53  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Lund,  A.  G.,  453  W.  63rd  St. 


67 


I 

I 

r 

) 

H 

^ 

" 

■ 

/ 

r 

r^ 

r 

/I 

J 

Y 

J 

I 

\ 

J 

l\ 

STEEL  SASH 

FACTORY  TYPE 
COUNTERBALANCED  TYPE 
COUNTERWEIGHTED  TYPE 
TUBULAR  STEEL  DOORS 
STEEL  PARTITIONS 
POND  CONTINUOUS  SASH 
POND  OPERATING  DEVICE 
ROLLED  STEEL  SKYLIGHT 
STEEL  SHELVING 

DAVID  LUPTON  SONS  CO. 

PHILADELPHIA 
NEW  YORK                                                  CLEVELAND 
PITTSBURGH                   BOSTON                      DETROIT 

\ 
\ 

v 

/ 
/ 

\ 
\ 
\ 

> 

\  / 

/ 

/ 

/ 

/ 

A 

/      N 

\ 
\ 

\ 

/ 

/ 

A 

\ 

\ 

CHICAGO  OFFICE 
1  123  STEGER  BUILDING 

For  Smooth 
Easy  Drafting 


ELdoradO 

l/ie  master  drawing  pencil" 


Leads  of  Strength 
and  Smoothness 

At  All  Dealers 


68 


Mahaffey,  D.,  118  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Maher,  Geo.  W.,  206  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Mahler,  Harry  H.,  1600  W.  Madison  St. 
Mallinger,  John,  3626  N.  Racine  Ave. 
Maimer,  Eugene,  97  W.  Park  St.,  Aurora, 

111. 
Marienthal,  Oscar  B.,  5124  University  Ave. 
Martin,  Edgar  D.,  104  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Martini,  Elisabeth  A.,  155  N.  Clark  St. 
Matteson,  Victor  Andre,  1402  L  St.,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 
Maupin,     James     M.,     Commercial    Bldg., 

Alton,  111. 
Mauran,   John   Lawrence,    Chemical   Bldg., 

St.  Louis,  Mo. 
McArthur,  Albert  C,  39  W.  Adams  St. 
McCall,  Thomas,  849  Ridge  Ave.,  Evanston, 

111. 
McCarthy,   Jos.   W.,   139   N.   Clark   St. 
McClellan,  Edward  George,  38  S.  Dearborn 

St. 
McDonald,  Luther  W.,  849  E.  73d  St. 
McLane,  C.  D.,  Box  412,  Zanesville,  Ohio. 
Meldahl,  Jens  J.,  104  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Meyer,  Frederic  H.,  64  W.  Randolph  St. 
Miller,  Chas.  A.,  204  N.  Harvey  Ave.,  Oak 

Park,  111. 
Miller,  John  W.,  1650  Carmen  Ave. 
Miller,  Joseph  A.,  155  N.  Clark  St. 
Miller,   Lee,    4337    Calumet   Ave. 
Minchin,  Sidney  A.,  140  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Morehouse,  M.  J.,  343  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Morgan,  Chas.  L.,  104  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Morrell,  John,  Howes  Blk.,  Clinton,  la. 
Mueller,   Bernard   A.,   Arcade   Bldg.,    East 

St.  Louis,  111. 
Mueller,  Floyd  E.,  100  S.  Mariposa  St.,  Los 

Angeles,   Calif. 
Mundie,  W.  B.,  39  S.  La  Salle  St. 

Neebe,  John  K.,  2522  Aubert  Ave. 
New,  Matthew,  2514  E.  91st  St. 
Newell,  Frank  V.,  1108  Ave.  A,  Miami,  Fla. 
Newhouse,  Henry  L.  4630  Prairie  Ave. 
Newman,  E.  M.,  30  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Nielsen,  Carl,  1853  Greenleaf  Ave. 
Nimmons,    Geo.    C,    122    S.    Michigan   Ave. 
Norman,  Andrew,  1526  Devon  Ave. 
Nyden,  John  A.,  196  N.  State  St. 

Oliver,  Ralph  H,  6958  S.  Peoria  St. 
Olsen,   Paul   F.,   127  N.   Dearborn   St. 
Ostergren,  Robert  O,  5  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Otis,  William  A.,  6  N.  Michigan  Ave. 

Pagels,  Wm.  F.,  130  N.  Wells  St. 
Pashley,  Alfred  F.,  431   S.  Dearborn  St. 
Pentecost,  D.  S.,   4137  Greenview  Ave. 
Perkins,  Dwight  H.,  814  Tower  Court. 
Perkins,  Frank  W.,  7524  Stewart  Ave. 
Perkins,  Frederick   W.,   64   E.   Van   Buren 

St. 
Perry,  Walter  E.,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
Peterson,    Edward    A.,    Swedish    Am.    Nat. 

Bank  Bldg.,  Rockford,  111. 
Pfeiffenberger.    Geo.    D.,    102    W.    3rd    St., 

East  St.  Louis,  III. 
Pillsbury,  Arthur  L.,   Peoples   Bank   Bldg., 

Bloomington,  111. 
Pingrey,  Roy  E„  209  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Pleins,  Leo.  H.,  554  S.  Franklin  St. 
Pond,  Allen  B.,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 


Pond,  Irving  K.,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
Postle,  D.  E.,  140  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Poulsen,  Edward  J.,  4019  N.  Harding  Ave. 
Poulsen,  George  F.,  208  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Powers,  Horace  S.,  5  N  La  Salle  St 
Preis,  Carl  G.,  120   Broadway,  New  York, 

N.  Y. 
Pridmore,  J.  E.  O.,  38  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Prindeville,    Chas.    H.,    c/o    Union   League 

Club. 
Probst,  Edward,  80  E.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Pruyn,  William  H.,  Jr.,  122  S.  Michigan  Av. 

Rae,  Robert,  431  Greenleaf  Ave.,  Wilmette. 

Rapp,  George  L.,  190  N.  State  St. 

Rawson,  Chas.  P.,  4920  Drake  Ave. 

Reeves,  Wm.  H.,  221  S.  Jefferson  Ave., 
Peoria,  111. 

Reichert,  William  G.,  601  Park  St..  Milwau- 
kee, Wis. 

Reynertson,  Theis  J.,  1937  Crawford  Ave. 

Rezny,  J.  B.,  2202  S.  Crawford  Ave. 

Rich,  Harry  F.,  431  S.  Dearborn  St. 

Richards,  H.  H.,  5467  Washington  Blvd. 

Richardson,  Jason  F.,  Central  Life  Bldg., 
Ottawa,   111. 

Riddle,   Herbert  H.,   122  S.   Michigan  Ave. 

Riddle,  Lewis  W.,  122  S.  Michigan  Ave. 

Riester,  Frank  P.,  641  N.  24th  St.,  East  St. 
Louis,  111. 

Rinaker,  John  L.,  Ridgeley  Bank  Bldg., 
Springfield,  111. 

Roberts,  E.  E.,  82  W.  Washington  St. 

Robertson,  David,  155  N.  Clark  St. 

Robinson,  Argyle  E.,  5227  Harper  Ave. 

Roeddiger,  F.  W.  C,  5328  Drexel  Ave. 

Rohm,  Wm.,  138  N.  La  Salle  St. 

Rosen,  Richard  O.,  1151  S.  2nd  St.,  Louis- 
ville, Ky. 

Rother,  Eugene  Paul,  2507  Cullom  Ave. 

Roy,  Franz,  7817  S.  Shore  Drive. 

Royer,  Joseph  W.,  Flat  Iron  Bldg.,  Urbana. 

Rowe,  Charles  B.,  5944  Prairie  Ave. 

Rowe,  Lindley  P.,  6906  Lakewood  Ave. 

Russell,  Lewis  E.,  25  N.  Dearborn  St. 

Rusy,  Anthony  F.,  1339  S.  Avers  Ave. 

Salisbury,   Robert  H.,   Wheaton,   111. 

Sandegren,  A.,   25   N.   Dearborn   St. 

Sandel,  Monroe  R.,  4912  Drake  Ave. 

Sanders,  Lewis  Miles,  1907  Nebraska  Ave. 

Saxe,  Albert  Moore,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 

Scheller,  Jesse  E.,  7606  Crandon  Ave. 

Schenck,   Rudolph,   122   S.   Michigan  Ave. 

Schlacks,  H.  J.,  721  X.  .Michigan  Ave. 

Schmid,  R.  G.,  154  W.  Randolph  St. 

Schmidt,  Hugo,  7320  Yates  Ave. 

Schmidt,  Richard  E..  104  S.  Michigan  Ave. 

Schoenfeldt,  Frank,  5  X.  Karlov  Ave. 

Schroeder,  John  M.,  682::  Ridgeland  Ave. 

Schultz,  Martin  M..  195.".  W.  20th  St. 

S'chulze,   Carl  E.,   178  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 

Schulze,  William.  2009  \Y.  North  we. 

Schulzke,  Wm.  H.,  People's  Bank  Bldg., 
Moline,    111. 

Schwartz,  Albert  A..  5301  Prairie   \\<\ 

Scribbins,  John  A.,  401  Powers  Bldg.,  De- 
catur,   Ills. 

Seator,  S.  M.,  35  N.  Dearborn  St. 

Seyfarth,   Robert.    830-134    S.    I. a    Sail,-    St. 

Shattuck,   W.   F.,   19    S.   La   Salle   St. 


69 


VULCANITE  BUILT-UP  ASPHALT  ROOF 

Specifications 

ROOFING T"   be   VULCANITE   Roofing.    weighing1   50   lbs.   per  square,   single   thickness. 

ASPHALT To  be  VULCANITE,   Asphalt,  using  50  lbs.  per  square. 

SAIl.s —  To  be    7S   in.   No.  10   Roofing   nails. 

ROOF   DECK— Consists  of  well-seasoned   sheathing,   surfaced   one  side,   swept   clean. 


Vulcanite 

Built-Up 

Four-Ply 

Asphalt 

Roof 


Can  be 

Applied 

Over 

Concrete 

or  Wood 


APPLICATION    INSTRUCTIONS 
All    projections   shall   be   in   place   before  roofing  is  laid,    and   provided   with   suitable   flashings. 
A   four-Inch   Kant   Strip  shall   be   placed  at  the   intersection  of  roof,   firewalls,   skylights,   etc. 
FIRST —  Starting   at    the   lowest    edge   of   roof   lay   one-half    sheet    of   VULCANITE   Roofing   and 

nail   at   the   lower  edge   to    hold   in   place. 

SECOND Coat    entire    surface    uniformly    with    Vulcanite    Asphalt,    into    which    while    hot.    roll    a 

full  sheet  of  Vulcanite  Roofing  making  two  layers  of  roofing  at  the  lowest  edge.     Nail 
every  six  inches  into  each  upper  edge  of  one-half  sheet. 

THIRD Proceed   over   the  entire   surface   of   roof,   lapping   each   sheet   one  inch   more   than   half 

its   width   over  preceding  sheet,   mopping  full   width   of  lap. 
FOURTH —  Coat    entire   surface   uniformly   with    Vulcanite   Asphalt   to   weigh    25    lbs.    per   square. 

FLASHING —     Shall    be   made   bv    extending   all   the   roofing   six   inches  up   all    walls,    chimneys,    etc. 
COUMER  FLASHING — According  to  specifications  of  Architect. 

CHICAGO 

49th   Street   and   Oakley  Avenue 

NEW   YORK  KANSAS   CITY  CINCINNATI 

BIRMINGHAM  MINNEAPOLIS  ALBANY 


PATENT  VULCANITE  ROOFING  CO. 


SAFETY    TREADS 

Prevent  Slipping  and  Falling  Accidents 

Where  Safety  Treads  Are  Used 

Government,  state,  county,  and  city  public 
buildings,  as  well  as  public  libraries  and  schools 
in  large  numbers,  nave  been  users  of  Mason 
Safety  Treads  for  years  for  all  steps  and  in- 
clines where   traffic   is  unusually  heavy. 

Factories,  warehouses,  office  buildings,  restau- 
rants, department  stores  and  banks  are  very 
large  users  of  Mason  Safety  Treads,  as  the 
quality  product  which  can  be  placed  in  the  finest 
corridors  and  on  the  finest  marble  stairways 
with  the  assurance  that  it  will  improve  rather 
than  disfigure  their  appearance.  The  Tread  is 
also  used  for  dangerous  places,  around  machin- 
ery and  holes  where  the  dangers  of  slipping  are 
especially  great. 

Apartment  buildings,  large  or  small,  use  Mason 
Safety  Treads  for  stairways,  ash  runways  and 
inclines. 

Write  for  Detcriptivm  Catalog 


GOLD  MEDAL  AWARDED  BY 

AMERICAN  MUSEUM 

OF   SAFETY 


Joseph  T.  Ryerson  &Son. 

Telephone    Lawndale    1 

Down   Town   Offices,   910   Corn    Exchange   Bldg. 

General    Offices    and    Warehouses,    16th    and    Rockwell    Sts.,    Chicago 


70 


Shaw,  Howard,  39  S.  State  St. 

Shopbell,  Clifford,  Furniture  Bldg.,  Evans- 

ville,  Ind. 
Sierks,   Henry,   180   N.   Dearborn   St. 
Spencer,  N.  S.,  37  W.  Van  Buren  St. 
Spitz,  Alexander  H.,  105  W.  Monroe  St. 
Spitzer,  Maurice,  5  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Stanhope,  Leon  E.,  59  E.  Madison  St. 
Stevens,   Harry   E.,   53   W.   Jackson   Blv. 
Steube,  Len  F.  W.,  Adams  Bldg.,  Danville. 
Stone,  John  R.F  8  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Strandel,  Charles  A.,  118  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Strauch,  Moriz  F.,  1356  Diversey  Parkway. 
Sturges,  Howard  Putman,  19  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Sturm,  Meyer  J.,  116  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Sturnfield,  C.  H.,  600  Blue  Island  Ave. 
Swern,  Perry  W.,  19  S.  La  Salle  St. 

Teesdale,  Lawrence  V.,  6949  Prairie  Ave. 
Teich,  Frederick,  305  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Thisslew,  Charles,  14  W.  Washington  St. 
Thomas,  Stafford  F.,  555  Surf  Ave. 
Tocha  Anton,   1225   N.   Ashland  Ave. 
Tomlinson,  H.  Webster,  616  W.  Nicholson 
Ave.,  Joliet,  111. 

Uffendell,  William  G.,  39  S.  State  St. 
Urbain,  Leon  F.,  2434  Nordica  Ave. 
Urbanek,  Chas.  A.,  1423  S.  Avers  Ave. 

Vail,    Morrison  H.,    123  E.  1st  St.,  Dixon, 

111. 
Van  Bergen,  John  S.,  Caldwell  Bldg.,  Oak 

Park,   111. 
Van  der  Meer,  Wybe  J.,  208  Trust  Bldg., 

Rockford,  111. 
Vlehe-Naess,  Ivar,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 


Vitzthum,  Karl  M.,  21  E.  Van  Buren  St. 

Wach,  Edward  F.,  5311  S.  Kedzie  Ave. 

Wallace,  Chas.  L.,  227  Jefferson  St.,  Joliet. 

Waterman,  H.  H.,  10  S.  La  Salle  St. 

Watson,  Jesse  N.,  Chemical  Bldg.,  St. 
Louis,  Mo. 

Watson,  Vernon  S.,  189  W.  Madison  St. 

Weber,  Alfred  P.,   Ill   W.  Washington  St. 

Weber,   Peter  J.,  343  S.   Dearborn  St. 

Webster,  Chas.  Woods,  Cutting  Bldg.,  Joliet 

Weiss,  John  W.,  53  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 

Westerlind,    Carl   W.,    Ill    W.    Washington 

Wheelock,  H.  B.,  64  W.  Randolph  St. 

White,  Howard  J.,  1417-80  E.  Jackson  Blvd. 

White,  James  M.,  Prof.,  Administration 
Bldg.,    Urbana,    HI. 

Whitmeyer,  Mark  H.,  204  S.  Glenwood 
Ave.,  Peoria,  111. 

Whitsitt,  H.  W.,  Peoples  Bank  Bldg.,  Mo- 
line,    111. 

Williamson,  W.  G.,  19  S.  La  Salle  St. 

Wilmanns,   August  C,  35   S.  Dearborn  St. 

Winkel,  Benno,  care  Colo.  Southern  Ry. 
Co.,  Denver,  Colo. 

Winslow,   Benj.  E.,   2617  N.  Richmond   St. 

Woltersdorf,  A.  F.,  138  N.  La  Salle  St. 

Woodyatt,  Ernest,  169  Colfax  Ave.,  Evans- 
ton,  111. 

WTorthmann,  Henry,  155  N.  Clark  St. 

York,  John  D.,  1323  N.  Clark  St. 
Youngberg,  John  E.(  30  N.  Dearborn  St. 

Zidek,   Joseph,   4021  W.  North  Ave. 
Zimmermann,  Hugo  H.,  1711  Fullerton  Ave. 
Zippwald,  Otto,  3743  N.  Tripp  Ave. 


HONORARY    MEMBERS. 


Baumann,  Frederick,  2744  Pine  Grove  Ave. 
Clay,  W.  W.,  226  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Hill,  Henry  W.,  138  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Goodnow,    Charles    N.,    Municipal    Courts, 

City  Hall. 
Palmer,  H.  L.,  19  S.  La  Salle  St. 


Pfeiffer,  Geo.   L.,  Lemon  City,  Florida. 
Randolph,  S.  M.,  106  Parkside  Bldg.,  Oak 

Park. 
Shepardson,  Francis  W.,  Springfield,  111. 
Wight,  P.  B.,  677  Summitt  Ave.,  Pasadena, 

Calif.  i 


Jn  iflemnrtam 

harris  w.  huehl        henry  l.  ollenheimer 
henry  j.  Mcmullen    william  ernestwalker 


mm 


mi 


71 


A  CCTO2T  MNl 


fUTE  69 


MADE    TO    ORDER 
CARRIED    IN    STOCK 

DELIVERED  ON  TIME 


LUMBER  EXCHANGE 
CHICAGO 


An    interior   view   of    Federal    Bldg.,    San    Francisco,    Cal. 

F.  O.  BAUMANN  MFG.  CO. 

Contractors  for  Fine  Interior  Cabinet  Work  for  Residences, 
Public  Buildings,  Banks  and  Offices 

Telephone  Lincoln  602  Blackhawk  St.  and  Smith  Ave.,  Chicago,  111. 


72 


iH?mb?ra  iUlinma  Qlljapfrr  Ammran  ilnattttrte 

nf  Arrlnterta 

OFFICERS  FOR  1919-1920 

HENRY  K.  HOLSMAN,  President.         FRANCIS  W.  PUCKEY,  Second  Vice-President. 
THOMAS  E.   TALLMADGE,  First  Vice-President.  ALBERT  MOORE  SAXE,  Secretary. 
RICHARD  E.  SCHMIDT,  Treasurer. 


Fellows. 

Austin,  Ennis  R.,  731  J.  M.  S.  Bldg.,  South 
Bend,  Ind. 

Beaumont,  George,  25  N.  Dearborn  St. 

Berlin,  Robert  C,  19  S.  La  Salle  St. 

Bohlen,  Oscar  D.,  Majestic  Bldg.,  Indianap- 
olis, Ind. 

Clay,  W.  W.,  226  S.  La  Salle  St. 

Conway,  Wm.  H.,  104  E.  Side  Sq.,  Spring- 
field, 111. 

Fellows,  Wm.  K.,  814  Tower  Court. 

Foltz,  Herbert  W.,  Lemcke  Bldg.,  Indian- 
apolis, Ind. 

Frost,    Charles   S.,   105   S.   La  Salle   St. 

Helmle,  George  H.,  Ferguson  Bldg.,  Spring- 
field,   111. 

Holabird,  William,  104  S.  Michigan  Ave. 

Jensen,  Elmer  C,  1401  New  York  Life  Bldg. 

Maher,  George  W.,  206  S.  La  Salle  St. 

Mundie,  W.  B.,  39  S.  La  Salle  St. 

Nimmons,  George  C,  122  S.  Michigan  Ave. 

Otis,  William  A.,  6  N.  Michigan  Ave. 

Pashley,  Alfred  S.,  431  S.  Dearborn  St. 

Perkins,  Dwight  H.,  814  Tower  Court. 

Perkins,  Frederick  W.,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 

Pond,  A.  B.,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 

Pond,  Irving  K.,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 

Prindeville,  Chas.  H.,  c/o  The  Union 
League  Club. 

Quackenboss,  L.  G.,  35  N.  Dearborn  St. 

Roche,  Martin,  104  S.  Michigan  Ave. 

Schmidt,  Richard  E.,  104  S.  Michigan  Ave. 

Shaw,  Howard  Van  Doren,  39  S.  State  St. 

Spencer,  Robert,  5  N.  La  Salle  St. 

Wheelock,  Harry  B.,  64  W.  Randolph  St. 

Woltersdorf,  Arthur  F.,  138  S.  La  Salle  St. 

Zimmerman,  W.  Carbys,  64  E.  Van  Buren. 

Institute    Members. 

Bass,  Herbert  G,  Hume  Mansur,  Indian- 
apolis, Ind. 

Beers,  Herbert  P.,  38  S.  Dearborn  St. 

Beman,  S.  S.,  332  S.  Michigan  Ave. 

Bennett,  Edward  H.,  80  Jackson  Blvd. 

Bollenbacher,  J.  Carlisle,  14  E.  Jackson. 

Brown,  Arthur  George,  109  N.  Dearborn  St. 

Burnham,  Daniel  Hudson,  209  S.  La  Salle 
St. 

Burnham,  Hubert,  209  S.  La  Salle  St. 


Carpenter,  Frank  A.,  Rockford,  111. 

Carr,  George  Wallace,  122  S.  Michigan  Ave. 

Chat  ten.  Melville,  C,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 

Church,  Walter  S.,  157  W.  Division  St. 

Clark,  Edwin  H.,  6  N.  Michigan  Ave. 

Clark,  William  J.,  4850  Blackstone  Ave. 

Crowen,  Samuel  N.,  30  N.  La  Salle  St. 

Curtis,  N.  C,  University  of  111.,  Urbana,  111. 

Davidson,   F.   E.,   53   W.  Jackson  Blvd. 

De  Golyer,  Robert  S.,  76  \y.  Monroe  St. 

Dinkelberg,  Fred'k  P.,  751  Ry.  Ex.  Bldg. 

Dippold,  Albert  P.,  4747  Cottage  Grove  Ave. 

Dunning,  N.  Max,  310  S.  Wabash  Ave. 

Fletcher,  Robert  C,  179  W.  Washington  St. 

Foltz,  Herbert  W.,  Lemcke  Bldg.,  Indian- 
apolis, Ind. 

Fox,  Charles  E.,  721  N.  Michigan  Ave. 

Fugard,  John  Reed,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 

Gillette,  Edwin  F.,  8  S.  Dearborn  St. 

Granger,  Alfred  H.,  72  W.  Adams  St. 

Griffin,  Walter  B.,  175  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 

Guenzel,  Louis,  111  W.  Washington  St. 

Hall,  Emery  Stanford,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 

Hallberg,  Lawrence  G.,  116  S.  Michigan 
Ave. 

Hamilton,  John  L.,  814  Tower  Court. 

Hammond,  Charles  H.,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 

Heun,  Arthur,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 

Holden,  Benj.  Edwin,  c/o  F.  A.  Holden,  56 
\V.  45th  St.,  New  York  City. 

Holmes,  Morris  G,  8  S.  Dearborn  St. 

Holsman,  Henry  K..  175  w.  Jackson  Blvd 

Hoover,  Ira   Wilson,   105   S.   La  Salle  St. 

Hoskins,  John  M.,  2837   \\\   Madison  St. 

Hosmer,  Clare  C,  175  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 

Hussander,  Arthur  F.,  720  Tribune  Bldg. 

Johnck,  Frederick,  L04  S.  Michigan  Ave. 

Llewellyn,  Joseph  C,  38  S.  Dearborn  St. 

Lovell,  Sidney.  30  X.  Michigan  Ave. 

Lowe,  Elmo  C,   L08  S.  La  Salle  St. 

Marshall,  Benj.   II..  Tl'l    X.  Michigan   A.ve 

Marx,  Samuel  A..   175  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 

Matteson,  Victor  A..  Construction  Division 
U.  S.  Army,  Washington,  D.  C. 

McCarthy.   Joseph  W..  139  N.  Clark  St. 

Xy.ien,  John  A  .  196  X.  State  St. 

Ostergren.   Robert   <'..  ."   X.  La   Salle  St. 

Parsons,  Wm.  E.,  1800  Ry.  Exchange  Bldg 

Pillshury,  Arthur  L.,  Peoples  Bank  Bldg., 
Bloomington.   111. 


73 


Portal  Wall  Beds 

MARSHALL  AND  STEARNS  CO.,  SAN   FRANCISCO 

MONARCH 
METAL  WEATHER  STRIPS 

WINDOW  SCREENS 

METAL  FRAME— WOOD  FRAME— ROLL  SCREENS 


METAL  DOORS  AND  TRIM 

COUNTERS— PARTITIONS— SHELVING,    ETC. 

INTERIOR  METAL  MFG.   CO.,   JAMESTOWN,   N.  Y. 


W.  L.  VAN  DAME  CO. 

58  E.  WASHINGTON  STREET,  CHICAGO 


Trade  Mark 


Approved   by 

Underwriters 

Laboratories,    Inc. 


Castle  Die  Pressed  Steel  Stair  Treads.    Sub-Treads  for  Concrete  Filling. 
Castle  "Star"  Steel  Post-Caps  and  Caps  made  to  Your  Order. 

Post-bases — Wall-boxes — Wall  plates,  Hangers,  Stirrups,  Anchors,  etc. 
Also  Pressed  Steel  Stringers. 


BUILDING    SPECIALTIES    DEPT. 


A.  M.  Castle  &,  Co. 


715  NORTH  MORGAN  ST. 


CHICAGO,  ILLINOIS 


74 


Pingrey,  Roy  C,  209  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Powers,  Horace  S.,  5  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Pridmore,  John  E.  O.,  38  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Puckey,  Francis  W.,  6  N.  Michigan  Ave. 
Renwick,  Edward  A.,  104  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Robinson,  Argyle  E.,  5227  Harper  Ave. 
Saxe,  Albert  M.,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
Schlacks,  H.  J.,  721  N.  Michigan  Ave. 
Smith,  Wm.  J.,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
Stanhope,  Leon  E.,  59  E.  Madison  St. 
Stevens,  Will  A.,  1417  Railway  Exchange. 
Sturm,  Meyer  J.,  116  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Swern,  Perry  W.,  19  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Tallmadge,  Thomas  E.,  189  W.  Madison  St. 
Tomlinson,  H.  Webster,  616  N.  Nicholson 

Ave.,  Joliet,  111. 
Turnock,   E.   Hill,   Elkhart,   Ind. 
Vail,  Morrison  H.,  Dixon,  111. 
Van  Bergen,  John  S.,  Caldwell  Bldg.,  Oak 

Park,   111. 
Viehe-Naess,  Ivar,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
Von  Hoist,  Hermann  V.,  72  W.  Adams  St. 
Waterman,  H.  H.,  10  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Weber,  Peter  J.,  343   S.  Dearborn  St. 
Weiss,  John  W.,  53  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 
White,  Prof.  James  M.,  U.  of  I.,  Urbana,  111. 
Winslow,  Benjamin  E.,  2517  N.  Richmond. 
Woodyatt,    Ernest,    619    Colfax    Ave.,    Ev- 

anston,  111. 
Work,  Robert  G.,  220  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Wright,  Clark  C,  122  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Wuehrmann,  Wm.  G.,  6954  Yale  Ave. 
Youngberg,  John  E.,  30  N.  Dearborn  St. 
Zimmerman,  Ralph  W.,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 

Chapter  Members. 

Armstrong,  John  A.,  11  S.  La  Salle  St. 

Brabant,  Gifford,   2717  N.  Kedzie  Ave. 

Brydges,  E.  Norman,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 

Buckett,  A.  C,  1133  Lake  St.,  Wilmette,  111. 

Cady,  Jermiah  Kiersted,  179  W.  Washing- 
ton  St. 

Cheney,  Howard  Lovewell,  208  S.  La  Salle 
St. 

Childs,  Frank  A.,  122  S.  Michigan  Ave. 

Colcord,  Albert  E.,  6113  St.  Lawrence  Ave. 

Cook,  Norman  W.,  5655  Ridge  Ave. 

Corbey,  Leon  J.,  225  Villa  St.,  Elgin,  111. 

Corse,  Redmond  P.,  1212  Fullerton  Ave. 

Dean,  George  R.,  137  S.  La  Salle  St. 

De  Arment,  F.  H,  343  S.  Dearborn  St. 

Frost,  Charles  S.,  105  S.  La  Salle  St. 

Graham,   Ernest    R.,   Ry.   Exchange   Bldg. 

Hall,   Gilbert   F.,    1400   Monroe   Bldg. 

Holabird.   John  A.,   104   S.   Michigan  Ave. 

Jackson,  Emery  B.,  1614-134  S.  La  Salle  St. 


Kohfeldt,  Walter,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
Langille,  Louis  E.,  127  N.  Dearborn  St. 
Llewellyn,  Ralph  C,  38  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Martin,  Edwin  C,  5  N.  La  Salle  St. 
McBride,  E.  E.,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
McLaren,  Robert  James,  37  W.  Van  Buren 
St. 

Morehouse,  M.  J.,  343  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Morse,   Jared   K.,   1619   Ridge  Ave.,   Evan- 

ston,  111. 
Ramey,   George  E.,  Champaign,  111. 
Reed,  Earl  H.,  Jr.,  108  N.  Dearborn  St. 
Rogers,  John  A.,  3200  W.  Madison  St. 
Root,  John  Wellborn,  104  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Shattuck,  Walter  F.,  19  S.  La  Salle  St. 

Honorary    Members. 

Baumann,  Frederick,  2744  Pine  Grove  Ave. 
Hill,   Henry  W.,  138  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Hutchinson,  Charles  L.  134  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Taft,  Lorado,  6016  Ellis  Ave. 
Wacker,  Charles  H.,  134  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Whitehouse,  F.   M.,  Manchester,  Mass. 
Wight,  Peter  R,  677  Summit  Ave.,  Pasa- 
dena, California. 

Affiliated   Societlea 

American  Federation  of  Arts,  1741  N.  Y. 
Ave.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Chicago  Architectural  Club,  R.  L.  Franklin, 
Secy.,  175  W.  Jackson  Blvd.,  Chicago,  111. 

Illinois  Society  of  Architects,  H.  L.  Palmer, 
Secy.,  19  S.  La  Salle  St.,  Chicago,  111. 

Western  Society  of  Sculptors,  Anna  L. 
Matthews,  6016  Ellis  Ave.,  Chicago,   111. 

Art  Crafters,  T.  Vinette  Morse,  129  E. 
Garfield  Blvd.,  Chicago.  111. 

Chicago  Chapter,  Am.  Ceramic  Society, 
Fred  B.  Ortman,  2525  Clybourn  Ave., 
Chicago,  111. 

Chicago  Association  of  Commerce,  Arch. 
Div.,  E.  C.  Jensen,  10  S.  La  Salle  St., 
Chicago,  111. 

Art  Institute  of  Chicago  and  Ferguson 
Fund,  "Trustees." 

Western  Society  of  Engineers,  Edgar  S. 
Nethercut,  1735  Monadnuck  Blk.,  Chi- 
cago, 111. 

Chicago  Society  of  Artists,  I.  B.  Birrin, 
362  Aldine  Ave. 

Alpha  Rho  Chi,  624  E.  Green  St.,  Uni- 
versity of  Illinois,  Champaign,  Illinois. 

Renaissance  Society  of  University  of  Chi- 
cago, Mr.  Robertson,  Secy.,  Chicago  Uni- 
versity, Chicago,  111. 


75 


A.  J.  SABATH,   President 


OLIVER   F.   ROBERTS,   Vice-President   and   General   Manager 


CHICAGO  BONDING  AND  INSURANCE  COMPANY 


Fidelity  and  Surely 
Plate  Glass 
Burglary 
General  Liability 


Net  Admitted  Assets, 

$1,527,576.62 

Capital,  $500,000.00 

Net  Admitted  Surplus, 

$148,753.05 


11th  Floor  Rector  Building 
Phone  Majestic  8080 

CHICAGO,  ILL. 


Automobile  Liability 

Property  Damage 

and  Collision 

Accident  and  Health 
Monthly  Payment 


The  Architect's  attention  is  called 
to  the  fact  that  you  deal  direct 
with  the  Home  Office  in  the  ad- 
justment of  claims  —  call  us  on  any 
Bonding  Proposition  and  our  ex- 
pert representatives  will  be  pleased 
to  advise  and  co-operate  with  you 


"YOUR  HOME  COMPANY" 


Federal 

STEEL    LOCKERS  and 
STEEL  SHELVING 


ARE 
STRUCTURALLY 
RIGHT- 
WILL  GIVE 
LASTING 
SERVICE- 
WITHOUT 
REPAIR  BILLS 


FIFTEEN 

YEARS' 

EXPERIENCE 

HAS   PROVIDED 

A  FUND  OF 

INFORMATION 

WHICH  WE 

WILL  GLADLY 

SHARE 


Federal  Steel  Fixture  Company 
chicago,  ill. 

Represented  in  'Principal  Cities 


Qltjiragn  Arrfjttedural  (tlnb 

ART  INSTITUTE,  CHICAGO 
1919-1920 


Officers 
ARCHIBALD  S.  MORPHETT,  President. 
FRED  M.   HODGDON,  Vice-President. 
SIGUARD  A.  ROGNSTAD,  Treasurer. 
ELMER  J.  FOX,  Secretary. 


Directors 
HERBERT  E.  DOWNTON. 
FRED  O.  RIPPEL. 
E.  S.  NELSON. 
A.  J.  LAWRENCE. 
CHARLES  H.  SIERKS. 


Active  Members. 


Alschuler,  Alfred  S.,  1900  Steger  Bldg. 
Anderson,  Edwin  F.,  910  Belden  Ave. 
Andrews,  Alfred  B.,  25  N.  Dearborn  St. 
Archer,  Charles  S.,  834  E.  64th  PI. 
Ashton,  R.  J.,  843  Gait  Ave. 
Awsumb,  George  108  S.  La  Salle  St. 

Barnum,  George  L.,  4846  Hutchinson  St. 
Barry,  Gerald,  Jr.,  926  N.  Hamlin  Ave. 
Behrns,  Elmer  F.,  3429  N.  Troy  St. 
Bentley,  Harry  H.,  Glen  Ellyn,  111. 
Bicknell,  Alfred  H.,  1443  Foster  Ave. 
Blake,  Charles  G.,  720-104  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Blouke,  Pierre,  2907  Washington  Blvd. 
Bodett,  Roy  O,   627  Humphrey  Ave.,  Oak 

Park,  111. 
Burdett,    Samuel,    c/o    Armour    &    Co.,    U. 

S    Yards. 
Burnham,   Hubert,   209    S.   La    Salle   St. 

Carlson,  Clifford,  2442  N.  Lawndale  Ave. 
Carlson,  Elmer  C,  6827  S.  Morgan  St. 
Cenek,  Robert  R.,  2849  W.  22nd  St. 
Church,  Myron  H.,  157  W.  Division  St. 
Coolidge,  Charles  A.,  134  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Corwin,  Eugene  D.,  U.  S.  Navy. 
Cramer,    Ambrose    C,    Ensign,    U.    S.    N., 
Lake  Bluff,  111. 

Downton,  Herbert  E.,  926  N.  Central  Park 

Ave. 
Dunning,  N.  Max,  310  S.  Wabash  Ave. 

Eberly,  Walter  K.,  4649  Sheridan  Road. 
Ernst,  Henry  P.,  La  Grange,  111. 
Esser,  Paul  F.,  1304  Hood  Ave. 
Evans,  Floyd,  5460  Woodlawn  Ave. 

Farrier,  C.  W.,  U.  S.  Army. 
Fehlow,  Albert  O,  1515  W.  Monroe  St. 
Fellows,  William  K.,  814  Tower  Court. 
Fox,  Elmer  J.,  9209  University  Ave. 
Franklin,  Robert  L.,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 

Gillette,  Edw.  F.,  8  S.  Dearborn  St. 

Gorges,  Franz,  V.  S.  Army. 

Graham,  Ernest  R.,  80  E.  Jackson  Blvd. 

Hanifin,  Arthur  C,  1208  Montana  St. 
Hess,  Louis  F.,  1055  Loyola  Ave. 


Heun,  Arthur,  64  E.  Van  Buren  St. 
Hodgdon,  Fred  M.,  1409  Greenleaf  Ave. 

Jensen,  Elmer  O,  39  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Johnstone,  Percy  T.,  1254  Pratt  Blvd. 

Lampe,    Clarence   W.,     3817     N.   Lawndale 

Ave. 
Larson,  Roy,  3102  E.  83rd  St. 
Lawrence,  A.  J.,  441  N.  LeClaire  Ave. 
Leavell,   John   O,   Engineers   Corps,   U.   S. 

Army. 
Lilleskau,  John,  2447  Ballou  St. 
Lindblad,  Alfred,  2349  S.  Clifton  Park  Ave. 
Lindquist,  Joseph  B.,  3923  Grand  Blvd. 
Llewellyn,  Ralph  C,  38  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Lundberg,  D.  R.,  3542  Walton  Ave. 

Manasse,  DeWitt  J.,  1534  N.  Maplewood 
Ave. 

Matthes,  Carl  E.,  U.   S.   Navy. 

Mayer,  Carl  H.,  5344  Winthrop  Ave. 

Maynard,  Henry  S.,  Glenview,  111. 

Monberg,  H.  Lawrence,  2523  N.  Spring- 
field  Ave. 

Morden,  W.  W.,  c/o  Armour  &  Co.,  U.  S. 
Yards. 

Morgan,  Charles  L.,  104  S.  Michigan  Ave. 

Morin,  H.  J.,  British  Army. 

Mork,  Raymond,  3608  N.  Crawford  Ave. 

Morphett,  Archibald  S.,  6018  Harper  Ave. 

Mueller,  Floyd  O,  100  Mariposa  Ave.,  Los 
Angeles,  Calif. 

Nelson,  De  Witte,  Downers  Grove,   111. 
Nettenstrom,  Elmer  T.,  5642  Wayne  Ave. 
Nimmons,  George  C,  122  S.  Michigan  Ave. 

Oldefest,  Edward   <;..    I    E.   Amario  St. 

Presto,  William  c.  3239   Leland  Ave. 

Quinn,  P.  Edwin,  518  W.  58th  St. 

Happ,  George  L,  69  W.   Washington  St. 
Rippel,  Fred  O.,  471",  Flournoy  St. 
Rognstad,  Siguard  a..  846   Le  Claire    We. 
Rouleau,  Harvey,    1006  W.  Van  Buren   Si. 
Ruge,  P.  H„  lis   X.   la   Salle  St. 
Rusy,  Anthony  F.,  1339  S.  Avers  Ave. 


77 


We   guarantee   satisfaction 
to   the  user 


SIMPLEX  IRONERS,  WASHERS 

WRINGERS  AND 

EXTRACTORS 

American 
Ironing  Machine  Co. 

168  North  Michigan  Avenue 
CHICAGO,  ILL. 

Phone   Randolph    1064 


We  Specialize  on 
Laundering  Machines 
and  Equipment 

especially    adapted    to     the    need    of 
the    smaller    Hotels,    Hospitals,    Insti- 
tutions,     A  p  a  r  t- 
ment    Houses    and 
Residences, 
are      preparec 
assist     the     Ar 
tect     and     Bui 
with       plans 
suggestions. 


SCULLY  WROUGHT  STEEL  FLOOR  PLATES 

DIAMOND  AND  RIBBED  PATTERN 


Made     of 

Open 

Hearth 

Steel      of 

high 

tensile 

strength. 

Diamonds 

raised 

giving 

rugged     and     firm     foot- 

hold. 

In    stock 

for    immediate 

shipment. 

For  Floor,  Stairs,  Plat- 
forms, Thresholds,  Fire 
Escapes,  Approaches, 
Sidewalk  doors,  Gutter 
covers,  Trench  covers, 
etc. 

Write  for  catalog,  also 
our  Stock  List  and  Ref- 
erence Book. 


WE   ALSO   CARRY   A   COMPLETE   STOCK   OF   STRUCTURAL   STEEL,   REINFORCING   BARS 
AND   STEEL  FOR   BUILDING   PURPOSES 

SCULLY  STEEL  &  IRON  CO.,  CHICAGO,  ILL. 


Phone  Canal  2500 


P.  O.  Box  814 


78 


Sandegren,  Andrew,  25  N.  Dearborn  St. 
Sandstrom,  R.  S.,  1342  Winnemac  Ave. 
Schaefer,  Wellington  J.,  Hinsdale,  111. 
Sierks,  Chas.  H.,  2525  Clybourne  Ave, 
Silbert,  I.  J.,  2952  W.  Polk  St. 
Sillani,  Muzio,  2515%  N.  Clark  St. 
Sommer,  A.  L.,  Apt.  1,  7533  Oglesby  Ave. 
Steinborn,  Edward,  1305  N.  Maplewood  Ave. 
Sutter,   Barnard,   1907   Michigan  Ave. 
Swensson,  Walter,  Engineer  Corps,  A.  E.  F. 


Venning,  Frank  L.,  Glen  Ellyn,  111. 
Vesely,  Wm.  J.,  240  E.  Huron  St. 

Wagner,   Fritz,   Jr.,   561   Hawthorne  Lane, 

Winnetka, 
Walker,  Frank  C,  20  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Wenisch,  W.  F.,  1420  Balmoral  Ave. 
Wamness,  Leonard,  2520  Linden  PI. 
Wentworth,  John,  1240  Lake  Shore  Drive. 


Allied   Member. 
Brand,  Gustave  A.,  1428  Michigan  Ave. 


Associate   Members. 


Anderson,  Carl  A.,  133  W.  Washington  St. 

Barnes,  H.  H.,  320  W.  26th  St. 

Beil,  Carl,  19  E.  Pearson  St. 

Bonner,  Charles,  133  W.  Washington  St. 

Combs,  Roger  M.,  133  W.  Washington  St. 
Crofoot,  Fred,  180  W.  Washington  St. 

Gage,  Thomas  G.,  Ill  W.  Monroe  St. 
Goetz,  Martin  H.,  U.  S.  Army  (7604  Langley 
Ave.). 

Haigh,  Arthur,  140  S.  Dearborn  St. 
Hale,  Alfred  R.,  24  W.  Kinzie  St. 
Huey,  Wm.  B.,  SO  E.  Jackson  Blvd. 

Kehm,  August,  13  W.  Kinzie  St. 
Kimbell,  Arthur,  133  W.  Washington  St. 

Lanquist,  Andrew,  1100  N.  Clark  St. 
Lucas,  H.  J.,   2525  Clybourn  Ave. 


Marling,  Franklin,  Jr.,  2860  Broadway. 
Matz,  Herman  L.,  133  W.  Washington  St. 

Nelson,  E.  S.,  2570  N.  Clark  St. 

Ott,  Chas.  F.,  210  S.  La  Salle  St 

Perron,  Nelson  J,  2100  Elston  Ave. 
Pringle,  Wm.  L.,  1428  E.  67th  St. 

Rodatz,  Jacob,  868  The  Rookery. 

Saunders,  Geo.  L.,  3263  Broadway. 
Schardt,  Otto,  9142  S.  Hamilton  Ave. 
Schmidt,  Richard  O.,  1600  S.  Jefferson  St. 
Sheffield,  A.  H.,  2010-122  S.  Michigan  Ave. 
Snell,  H.  W.,  1335  Byron  St. 
Snyder,  J  W.,  122  S.  Michigan  Ave. 

Van  Dort,  G.  Broes,  19  W.  Jackson  Blvd. 
Vogel,  Louis  C,  2606  Federal  St. 


Non-Resident    Members. 


Baldwin,   John    E.    The    Burlington   Lines, 

Valuation  Dept. 
Chase,  Robert,  Janesville,  Wis. 
Davis,  Frank  L.,  1713  Flatiron  Bldg.,  New 

York,  N.  Y. 
Hoeppner,  E.  A.,  824  Am.  Nat.  Bank  Bldg., 

San  Francisco,  Calif. 
Horn,    Benjamin    A.,    Safety    Bldg.,    Rock 

Island,  111. 
Love,  Robert  J.,  Hoopeston,  111. 
Meadowcroft,    Miner    T.,    710    Washington 

Arcade,  Detroit,  Mich. 


Nitsche,  Edw.  A.,  Safety  Bldg.,  Rock  Is- 
land, 111. 

Rabig,  Chas.  E.  K.,  Toronto,  Ontario. 

Reichert,  William  G.,  601  Park  Ave.,  Mil- 
waukee, Wis. 

Schuchardt,  Wm.  H.,  268  Knapp  St.,  Mil- 
waukee, Wis. 

Stanton,  Fred  C.  H.,  Detroit,  Mich. 

Williams,  Paul  Gilmore,  Carew  Bldg.,  Cin- 
cinnati,  Ohio. 

Zimmermann,  Albert  G.,  85  9th  Ave.,  New 
York,  N.  Y. 


Allen,  John  K.,  43  Salisbury  Road,  Brook- 
line,  Mass. 

Blake,  Theodore  L.,  225  Fifth  Ave.,  New 
York,  N.  Y. 

Clark,  Robert,  2505  Kenmore  Ave. 

Clow,  William  E.,  Harrison  and  Franklin 
Sts. 

Elcock,  Edward  G.,  4806  Grand  Blvd. 

Gates,  Wm.  D.,  2008  Peoples  Gas  Bldg. 

Gay,  Henry  Lord,  McNeese  Bldg.,  San 
Diego,  Cal. 


Honorary   Members. 

Lowrie,  Harry,  Caxton  Bldg.,  Omaha,  Neb. 


McLean,    Robert    C,    Western    Architect, 

Minneapolis,  Minn. 
Mundie,  William  B.,  1401  N.  Y.  Life  Bldg. 

Pond,  Irving  K.,  1109  Steinway  Hall. 
Puckey,  Francis  W.,  6  N.  Michigan  Ave. 

Sullivan,  Louis  H.,  1808  Prairie  Ave. 

Taft,  Lorado,  6016  Ellis  A\<\ 

Wagner,  Fritz,  Sr.,  1049  Oakdale  Ave. 


79 


"Better  Than  Marble'* 

TOILET  PARTITIONS 
AND  WAINSCOTING 

Vitrolite  happily  combines  the  lowest  possible 
maintenance  cost  with  the  utmost  sanitation  and 
permanence. 

It  is  white,  acid  resisting,  non-absorbent,  easy  to 
clean  and  keep  clean.  Our  Construction  Com- 
panies afford  you  a  complete  service.  May  we 
mail  you  a  copy  of  "VITROLITE"? 

THE  VITROLITE  COMPANY 

133  W.  Washington  St.,    Chicago,  Illinois 


THE  SUPER  s^fsteekrcte*^  Reinforcement 


EXPANDED  METAL 

Flat  Sheets  —  Lengths  up  to  16' 


Your  files  are  not  complete  without  our  new 
"STEELCRETE    HAND-BOOK" 


The  Consolidated  Expanded  Metal  Co's 

OF  ILLINOIS 

Office  and  Warehouse:  560-62  W.  Monroe  Street,  CHICAGO 

NEW  YORK  PHILADELPHIA  PITTSBURG 


80 


THE  ILLINOIS  ARCHITECTURAL  ACT 


ARCHITECTS  LICENSE  LAW 
STATE  OF  ILLINOIS 


For  an  Act  to  provide  for  the  licensing  of 
architects  and  to  regulate  the  practice  of 
architecture  as  a  profession  and  to  repeal 
certain    Acts    therein    named. 

Section  1.  Be  it  enacted  by  the  People  of 
the  State  of  Illinois,  represented  in  the  Gen- 
eral Assembly:  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any 
person  to  practice  architecture  or  advertise 
or  put  out  any  sign  or  card  or  other  device 
which  might  indicate  to  the  public  that  he 
"i  she  is  entitled  to  practice  as  an  architect, 
without  a  certificate  of  registration  as  a 
registered  architect  duly  issued  by  the  De- 
partment of  Registration  and  Education  un- 
der this  Act,  and  as  provided  for  in  the  civil 
administrative    code    of    Illinois. 

Sec.  2.  Any  one,  or  any  combination  of 
the  following  practices  by  a  person  shall  con- 
stitute the  practice  of  architecture,  namely: 
The  planning  or  supervision  of  the  erection, 
enlargement  or  alteration  of  any  building  or 
buildings  or  of  any  parts  thereof,  to  be  con- 
structed for  others.  A  building  is  any  struc- 
ture consisting  of  foundations,  floors,  walls, 
columns,  girders,  beams  and  roof,  or  a  com- 
bination of  any  number  of  these  parts,  with 
or   without    other  parts. 

Sec.  3.  No  corporation  shall  be  licensed  to 
practice  architecture  in  this  State  or  be 
granted  a  certificate  of  registration  under 
this  Act,  but  it  shall  be  lawful  for  a  stock 
company  or  a  corporation  to  prepare  drawings, 
plans  and  specifications  for  buildings  and 
structures  as  defined  in  this  Act  which  are 
constructed,  erected,  built,  or  their  construc- 
tion supervised  by  such  stock  company  or 
corporation,  provided  that  the  chief  execu- 
tive officer  or  managing  agent  of  such  stock 
company  or  corporation  in  the  State  of  Illi- 
nois shall  be  a  registered  architect  under 
this  Act;  And.  provided,  further,  that  the  su- 
pervision of  such  buildings  and  structures 
shall  be  under  the  personal  supervision  of 
said  registered  architect  and  that  such  draw- 
ings, plans  and  specifications  shall  be  pre- 
pared under  the  personal  direction  and  su- 
pervision of  such  registered  architect  and 
bear   the   stamp   of   his   official    seal. 

It  shall  be  lawful,  however,  for  one  or 
more  registered  architects  to  enter  into  a 
partnership  with  one  or  more  licensed  struc- 
tural engineers,  Licensed  under  the  laws  of 
this  State,  for  the  practice  of  their  profes- 
sions. 

Sec.  I.  Nothing  contained  in  this  Act  shall 
prevenl  the  draftsmen,  students,  clerks  of 
works,  superintendents  and  other  employees 
of  those  lawfully  practicing  as  registered 
architects  under  the  provisions  of  this  Act, 
from  acting  under  the  instruction,  control  or 
supervision  of  their  employers,  or  to  prevent 
the  employment  of  superintendents  of  the 
construction,  enlargement  or  alteration  of 
buildings  or  any  parts  thereof,  or  prevenl 
such   superintendents   from   acting   under   the 

iinmedia  It-   pel  s 1 1   supcr\  ision    of   I  he   reg  Is- 

tered  architect  by  whom  the  plans  and  speci- 
fications of  any  such  building.  enlargement  or 
alteration  were  prepared.  Nor  shall  anything 
contained  in  this  Act  prevent  persons,  me- 
chanics or  builders  from  making  plans,  sped 
fications  for  or  supervising  the  erection,  en- 
largement or  alteration  of  buildings  or  any 
parts  thereof  to  be  constructed  by  them- 
selves or  their  own  employees  for  their  own 
use,  provided  thai  the  working  drawings  for 
such  construction  are  signed  by  the  authors 
thereof  with  a  true  statement  thereon  or 
their  relation  to  such  construction  and  that 
the  makers  thereof  are  not   architects. 

Provided  nothing  in  this  Act  contained 
shall  be  held  or  construed  to  have  any  appli- 
cation to  any  building,  remodeling*  or  re- 
pairing of  any  building'  or  other  structure 
outside  of  the  corporate  limits  of  any  city 
or   village,   where  such   building  or  structure 


is  to  be,  or  is  used  for  residential  or  farm 
purposes,  or  for  the  purposes  of  outbuildings 
or  auxiliary  buildings  in  connection  with  such 
residential  or  tarm  premises,  nor  shall  said 
Acl  apply  to  any  building  remodeling  or  re- 
pairing of  any  building  or  structure  within 
the  corporate  limits  of  any  city  or  village, 
where  the  total  cost  of  said  building,  remod- 
eling or  repairing  does  not  exceed  the  sum 
of  seventy-live  hundred  dollars. 

Sec.  5.  Any  person  who  is  twenty-one 
years  of  age  and  of  good  moral  character 
is  qualified  for  an  examination  for  a  cer- 
tificate of  registration  as  a  registered  archi- 
tect, provided  he  or  she  has  graduated  from 
a  lngn  school  or  secondary  school,  approved 
by  tne  Department  of  Registration  and  Edu- 
cation, or  has  completed  an  equivalent  course 
of  study  as  determined  by  an  examination 
conducted  by  the  Department  of  Registration 
and  Education,  and  has  subsequently  thereto 
completed  such  course  in  mathematics,  his- 
tory and  language,  as  may  be  prescribed  by 
said  Department,  and  has  had  at  least  three 
years'  experience  in  the  office  or  offices  of  a 
reputable   architect  or  architects. 

Sec.  6.  Upon  payment  of  the  required  fee, 
an  applicant  who  is  an  architect,  registered 
or  licensed  under  the  laws  of  another  state 
or  territory  of  the  United  States,  or  of  for- 
eign country  or  province,  may.  without  ex- 
amination, be  granted  a  certificate  of  regis- 
tration as  a  registered  architect  by  the  De- 
partment of  Registration  and  Education  in  its 
discretion    upon    the    followingg    conditions: 

(a)  That  the  applicant  is  at  least  twenty- 
one  years  of  age,  of  good  character  and  tem- 
perate  habits;   and 

(b)  That  the  requirements  for  the  regis- 
tration or  licensing  of  architects  in  the  par- 
ticular state,  territory,  county  or  province, 
were,  at  the  date  of  the  license,  substantially 
equal  to  the  requirements  then  in  force  in 
this  State. 

Sec.  7.  Every  person  who  desires  to  obtain 
a  certificate  of  registration  shall  apply  there- 
tor  to  the  Department  of  Registration  and 
Education  in  writing,  upon  blanks  prepared 
and  furnished  by  the  Department  of  Regis- 
tration and  Education.  Each  application 
shall  be  verified  by  the  applicant  under  oath 
and  shall  be  accompanied  by  the  required  fee. 

Sec.  S.  The  Department  of  Registration 
and  Education  shall  hold  examinations  of 
applicants  for  certificates  of  registration  as 
registered  architects  at  such  times  and  places 
as  il    may  determine. 

The  examination  of  applicants  for  certifi- 
cates of  registration  as  registered  architects 
shall  consist  of  written  tests  and  shall  em- 
brace  the   fol lowing   subjects  . 

la)  The  planning,  designing  and  construc- 
tion   of    buildings. 

(D)       The  strength  of  building   materials. 

ici  The  principles  of  sanitation  and  ven- 
tilation  as  applied   tO   buildings. 

<d»  The  ability  of  the  applicant  to  make 
practical  application  of  his  knowledge  in  tin' 
ordinary    professional    work    of   an    architeel 

and  in  the  duties  of  a  supervisor  of  mechan- 
ical  work  on   buildings. 

The  Department  of  Registration  and  Edu- 
cation may  by  rule  prescribe  additional  sub- 
jects  for  examination. 

Sec.  9.  Whenever  the  provisions  of  this 
Act  have  been  complied  with  by  an  applicant 
the  Department  of  Registration  and  educa- 
tion shall  issue  a  certificate  of  registration  to 
the  applicant  as  a  registered  architect 
winch   certificate   shall    have   the   effect    of  a 

license  to  the  person  to  whom  it  is  issued  to 
practice  architecture  In  this  stale,  subject  to 
t  he  provisions  of  this  Act. 

Any  license  or  certificate  of  registration 
i  i  retofore  Issued  under  the  laws  of  this  State 
authorizing  Its  holder  to  practice  architec- 
ture   shall,    during    the    unexpired    period    for 


81 


Central  Creosoting  Company 

General    Offices 

111  West  Washington  Street 
CHICAGO 


Manufacturers  of 

CREOSOTED  WOOD  BLOCKS 

for 

Warehouse,  Machine  Shop  and  Foundry  Floors, 

Loading  Platforms,  Driveways,  Etc. 

Creosoters  of 

Piling  and  Timbers  for  Heavy  Construction 
For  durability — Creosoted  Wood  Block  Floors 


Plant 
NORTH  BEND,  OHIO 


The  Power  Fan's 
Only  Rival 


AREX 

means    more 
AiREXhaust 


TRASE    t.URK    REO    U  S.  PAT.  OFFICE 

Original   Siphonage 
Ventilator 

SPECIFIED  AND  APPROVED 

BY   LEADING 

ARCHITECTS    AND    ENGINEERS 

FULL  INFORMATION  ON 
REQUEST 

Sold    Exclusively   by 

AREX  COMPANY 

J.    C.    Kernchen,   President 

Industrial  Ventilating  Engineers 
1586  Conway  Bldg.,  Chicago 

Telephone   Franklin   54S3-S454 


52 


which  it  was  issued,  serve  the  same  purpose 
as  the  certificate  of  registration  provided  for 
by  this  Act. 

Sec.  10.  Any  person  licensed  to  practice 
architecture  in  this  State  or  registered  as  an 
architect  under  this  Act  shall  be  exempt  from 
the  provisions  of  any  and  all  Acts  in  force  in 
this  State  regulating  the  practice  of  struc- 
tural engineering. 

Sec.  11.  Every  holder  of  a  certificate  of 
registration  as  a  registered  architect  shall 
display  it  in  a  conspicuous  place  in  his  prin- 
cipal office,  place  of  business  or  place  of  em- 
ployment. 

Every  registered  architect  shall  have  a 
seal,  the  impression  of  which  shall  contain 
the  name  of  the  architect  and  the  words 
"Registered  Architect,"  "State  of  Illinois." 
He  shall  stamp  with  this  seal  all  working 
drawings  and  specifications  prepared  by  him 
or  under  his  supervision.  Any  seal  hereto- 
fore authorized  under  the  laws  of  this  State 
shall  serve  the  same  purpose  as  the  seal 
provided  for  by  this  Act. 

Sec.  12.  Every  registered  architect  who 
continues  in  active  practice  shall,  annually, 
on  or  before  the  first  day  of  July,  renew  his 
certificate  of  registration  and  pay  the  re- 
quired renewal  fee.  Every  license  or  cer- 
tificate of  registration  which  has  not  been 
renewed  during  the  month  of  July  in  any 
year,  shall  expire  on  the  first  day  of  August 
in  that  year.  A  registered  architect  whose 
certificate  of  registration  has  expired  may 
have  his  certificate  restored  only  upon  pay- 
ment of  the  required  restoration  fee. 

Any  architect  registered  or  licensed  in  this 
State  who  has  retired  from  the  practice  of 
architecture  for  a  period  of  not  more  than 
five  (5)  years  may  have  his  certificate  of 
registration  renewed,  at  any  time  within  a 
period  of  five  (5)  years  after  so  retiring, 
upon  making  application  to  the  Department 
for  such  renewal  and  upon  payment  of  all 
lapsed  annual   renewal   fees. 

Sec.  13.  The  Department  of  Registration 
and  Education  may  refuse  to  renew,  or  may 
suspend,  or  may  revoke,  any  certificate  of 
registration  for  any  one  or  any  combination 
of  the  following  causes: 

(a)  Gross    incompetency. 

(b)  Recklessness  in  the  construction  of 
buildings    or    their   appurtenances. 

(c)  Dishonest  practice. 

(d)  "When  the  architect  has  been  twice 
convicted  for  a  violation  of  any  of  the  pro- 
visions of  this   Act. 

(e)  A  person  who  has  by  false  or  fraud- 
ulent representation  obtained  or  sought  to 
obtain  a  certificate  of  registration  as  an 
architect. 

The  Department  of  Registration  and  Edu- 
cation shall  not  refuse  to  renew,  nor  suspend, 
nor  shall  it  revoke  any  certificate  of  regis- 
tration for  any  of  the  above  causes  until  the 
person  accused  shall  have  been  given  at  least 
twenty  (20)  days'  notice  in  writing  of  the 
charge  against  him  and  a  public  hearing  upon 
such  charge  has  been  had  by  the  Department 
of   Registration   and   Education. 

Upon  the  hearing  of  any  such  proceeding, 
the  Director  of  Registration  and  Education, 
the  Assistant  Director  of  Registration  and 
Education,  or  the  Superintendent  of  Registra- 
tion may  administer  oaths,  and  the  Depart- 
ment of  Registration  and  Education  may  is- 
sue subpoenas  and  procure  and  compel  the  at- 
tendance of  and  the  giving  of  testimony  by 
witnesses  and  may  compel  the  production 
of  any  books  and  papers  deemed  relevant  to 
the  inquiry  by  the  Department  or  by  the 
persons  designated  by  the  Department  under 
the  Civil  Administrative  Code  of  Illinois  to 
conduct  such  inquiry.  The  accused  mav  have 
the  subpoena  of  the  Department  of  Registra- 
tion and  Education  for  his  witnesses,  and 
may  be  heard  in  person  and  by  counsel,  in 
open  public  hearing. 

Any  circuit  court,  or  any  judge  of  a  circuit 
court,  either  in  term  time  or  in  vacation, 
upon  the  application  either  of  the  Department 
of  Registration   and  Education   or  of  the  ac- 


cused may,  by  order  duly  entered,  require  the 
attendance  and  enforce  the  giving  of  testi- 
mony of  such  witnesses  and  require  the  pro- 
duction of  such  books  and  papers  as  are 
above  in  this  section  referred  to  before  the 
Department  of  Registration  and  Education 
or  the  persons  designated  by  said  Depart- 
ment under  said  Civil  Administrative  Code 
to  conduct  the  inquiry  in  any  hearing  re- 
lating to  the  refusal,  suspension,  renewal  or 
revocation  of  any  certificate  of  registration. 
Upon  refusal  or  neglect  to  obey  the  order 
of  the  said  court  or  judge,  the  said  court  or 
judge  may  compel,  by  attachment  or  pro- 
ceedings for  contempt  of  courts,  or  otherwise, 
obedience  to  the  order. 

Sec.  14.  The  fee  to  be  paid  by  an  appli- 
cant for  an  examination  to  determine  his  fit- 
ness to  receive  a  certificate  of  registration  as 
a  registered  architect  shall  be  ten  dollars 
($10). 

The  fee  to  be  paid  by  an  applicant  for  a 
certificate  of  registration  as  a  registered 
architect  shall  be  five  dollars   ($5). 

The  fee  to  be  paid  for  the  restoration  of  an 
expired  certificate  of  registration  shall  be  five 
dollars    ($5). 

The  fee  to  be  paid  upon  renewal  of  a  cer- 
tificate of  registration  shall  be  one  dollar 
($1). 

The  fee  to  be  paid  by  an  applicant  for  a 
certificate  of  registration  who  is  an  architect 
registered  or  licensed  under  the  laws  of  an- 
other state  or  territory  of  the  United  States, 
or  of  a  foreign  country  or  province,  shall 
be    fifteen    dollars    ($15). 

Sec.  15.  The  Department  of  Registration 
and  ducation  shall  adopt  rules  and  regu- 
lations in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of 
section  60  of  said  Civil  Administrative  Code, 
and  not  inconsistent  with  this  Act,  to  carry 
out  fully  and  enforce  the  provisions  of  this 
Act. 

Sec.  16.  Each  of  the  following  Acts  con- 
stitutes a  misdemeanor  punishable  upon  con- 
viction by  a  fine  of  not  less  than  twenty-five 
dollars  ($25)  nor  more  than  two  hundred 
dollars  ($200)  for  each  offense: 

(a)  The  practice  of  architecture  by  any 
person  or  the  advertising  or  putting  out  of 
any  sign  or  card  or  other  device  which 
might  indicate  to  the  public  that  he  or  she 
is  entitled  to  practice  as  an  architect,  with- 
out a  certificate  of  registration  as  a  regis- 
tered architect  issued  by  the  Department  of 
Registration  and  Education  of  this   State. 

(b)  The  making  of  any  willfully  false 
oath  or  affirmation  in  any  matter  or  proceed- 
ing where  an  oath  or  affirmation  is  required 
by  this  Act. 

(c)  The  affixing  of  a  registered  architect's 
seal  to  any  plans,  specifications  or  drawings 
which  have  not  been  prepared  by  him  or 
under  his  immediate  personal  supervision. 

(d)  The  violation  of  any  provision  of 
Section   11  of  this   Act. 

All  fines  and  penalties  shall  inure  to  the 
Department  of  Registration  and  Education 
Of   this   State. 

Sec.  IT.  The  Department  of  Registration 
and  Education  shall  keep  a  record  open  to 
public  inspection  ;,t  all  reasonable  times  of 
its  proceedings  relating  to  the  issuance,  re- 
fusal, renewal,  suspension  and  revocation  Of 
certificates  of  registration,  This  record  shall 
also  contain  the  name,  place  of  business  and 
residence,  and  the  date  and  number  of  regis- 
tration   of    each     registered    architect    in    this 

State. 

Sec.  IS.  The  following  Acts  arc  hereby  re- 
pealed: "An  Act  to  provide  for  the  licensing 
Of    architects    and    regulating    the    practice    Of 

architecture,  as  a  profession,"  approved  June 

'■'<■  1S!I7,  and  in  force  .Inly  1,  1897,  and  the 
following  Ads  amendatory  thereof,  to-wit: 
Aii  Act  approved  April  19,  1899,  and  in  force 
July  1,  1899.  An  Act  approved  Mav  16,  1906 
and  in  force  July  l.  1906;  and  an  Act  ap- 
proved    May     26,     L911,    and     in     force    July     i. 

Sec.  D».  This  Act  may  he  known  and  cited 
as     "The    Illinois    Architectural    Act." 


83 


QUANTITY 


QUALITY 


SERVICE 

AMERICAN   SAND    &   GRAVEL  COMPANY 

YEARLY  OUTPUT 

TWO  MILLION  YARDS 

22  City  Delivery  Yards — Five  Docks 
Delivery  by  Car,  Boat  or  Trucks 


GENERAL  OFFICES 

905-909    Chamber   of   Commerce    BIdg. 

Chicago,   Illinois 


PHONE   FRANKLIN   366 

Private  Exchange 
All   Departments 


WelleryU^pquipment 


MECHANICAL  devices  the  Architect 
and  Builder  is  warranted  in  rec- 
ommending at  all  times.  Coal  and  Ash 
Handling  Systems,  Package  Elevators 
and  Conveyors,  Power  Transmitting 
Machinery. 


THE  WELLER  GONDOLA  CAR  UNLOADER 

Will  handle  run  of  mine  and  smaller  coal, 
sand,  gravel,  etc.,  at  the  rate  of  about  one 
car   per   hour. 


Weller  Manufacturing  Co. 

1856   North  Kostner  Avenue,   Chicago,   111. 

New  York  Baltimore  Birmingham  Salt  Lake  City 


BUCKET 
ELEVATORS 

Built  in  any  style 
with  steel  orwood 
casings,  any  type 
of  buckets  fitted 
to  chains  or  belts 
according  to  re- 
quirements of  ma- 
terials, capacity 
and   conditions. 


84 


OFFICE  PRACTICE 


Circular    of    Advice    by    Illinois     Society 

Believing  that  uniform  practice  in  various 
architects'  offices  is  desirable  for  all  con- 
cerned, this  Society  recommends  that  the  fol- 
lowing conditions  prevail  in  architects'  offi- 
ces of  the  State  of  Illinois: 

Classification    of    Employes. 

First.  That  employes  be  classed  as  Regu- 
lar and  Special; 

Second.  Employes  classified  as  "Regular" 
will  be  those  continually  engaged  for  a  period 
of  not  less  than  one  year,  on  a  weekly  salary 
basis;  it  is  expected  that  such  employes  will 
assume  greater  responsibilities  to  their  em- 
ployers and  be  granted  special  privileges,  in 
consideration  of  faithful  service; 

Third.  Employes  classified  as  "Special" 
will  be  those  engaged  temporarily.  It  is 
deemed  proper  that  such  employes  be  paid 
by  the  hour  for  actual  service  rendered, 
making  no  allowance  for  vacations  or  holi- 
days, it  being  considered  fair  under  these 
circumstances  to  allow  these  draughtsmen  a 
slightly  higher  rate  per  hour  than  regular 
employes  who  enjoy  privileges  of  vacations 
and   holidays. 

Office   Hours. 

First.  It  is  understood  that  draughtsmen 
are  expected  to  be  in  their  respective  offices 
ready  to  begin  actual  work  at  the  hours 
stated,  and  that  they  will  continue  in  service 
at  least  until  the  hours  fixed  for  cessation 
of   work; 

Second.  The  regular  opening  time  of  of- 
fices shall  be  8:30  A.  M.,  throughout  the 
year; 

Third.  Period  of  service  for  Monday, 
Tuesday,  Wednesday,  Thursday  and  Friday, 
in  the  morning,  shall  be  four  hours,  extend- 
ing to  12:30  P.  M.;  that  the  lunch  hour  shall 
be  one  hour,  extending  from  12:30  to  1:30 
P.  M.;  that  the  afternoon  period  shall  be  four 
hours,   extending  from    1:30   to   5:30    P.    M.; 

Fourth.  That  the  Saturday  period  of  serv- 
ice shall  consist  of  4V2  hours,  extending  from 
8.30  A.  M.  continuously  to   1:00  P.  M. 

Units  of  Service. 
First.      One   week's   service   will    consist   of 
A4Y2   hours; 

Second.  One  year's  service  will  consist  of 
2,1  SO1/;,   hours. 

Pay-Day. 

First.  That  pay-day  shall  be  on  Monday 
of  every  week; 

Second.  That  each  pay-day  draughtsmen 
be  paid   up  to   the   Saturday  night  preceding. 


of    Architects   Adopted   April   28,   1914. 
Holidays  and  Vacations. 

Firrt.  We  recommend  that  "Regular' 
draughtsmen  be  given  the  following  holidays 
on  full  pay:  New  Year's,  Decoration  Day. 
July  Fourth,  Labor  Day,  Thanksgiving. 
Christmas; 

Second.  That  all  "Regular"  draughtsmen 
having  been  in  the  employ  of  an  architect 
for  more  than  one  year  be  given  two  weeks' 
vacation  on  full  pay,  at  time  most  convenient 
for  employer; 

Third.  It  should  be  understood  that  "Reg- 
ular" draughtsmen,  quitting  the  employer's 
service  of  their  own  volition,  preceding  the 
completion  of  any  year's  service,  shall  not 
be  entitled  to  vacation  allowance; 

Fourth.  "Regular"  employes  terminating 
service  at  the  request  of  their  employer  shall 
be  entitled  to  an  allowance  in  cash  propor- 
tionate to  two  weeks'  salary  allowed  for  va- 
cation in  the  same  ratio  as  period  of  service 
bears   to  one   year; 

Fifth.  Vacations  and  holidays  are  under- 
stood to  be  granted  to  employes  for  rest  and 
recuperation,  the  employe  being  understood 
to  be  in  the  service  of  the  employer  during 
vacation  and  holiday  time  just  to  the  same 
extent  as  when  regularly  engaged  in  the  of- 
fice; 

Sixth.  It  is  recognized  that  an  average  of 
4  1*2  hours  per  week's  service  is  the  maxi- 
mum efficient  service  that  can  be  continu- 
ously rendered  without  detriment  to  the 
health  or  efficiency  of  the  employe,  and  that 
where  the  employe  engages  in  outside  archi- 
tectural service  of  any  sort  for  others,  he 
does  so  at  the  expense  of  his  employer,  and 
his  employer  should  be  credited  for  corre- 
sponding loss  of  time.  The  practice  of  em- 
ployes of  one  employer  working  nights  or 
holidays  for  another  is  condemned  as  detri- 
mental to  the  best  interests  of  both  employ- 
er and  employe; 

Seventh.  In  case  of  emergencies  of  short 
duration,  "Regular"  employes  are  expected 
to  work  over-time  for  the  employer  without 
extra  remuneration  other  than  a  reasonable 
allowance  for  the  expense  of  taking  meals 
away  from  regular  lodging  place.  In  such 
cases,  however,  the  employes  will  be  cred- 
ited with  (iff  time  on  account  of  sickness  or 
otherwise,  equivalent  to  the  amount  of  Over- 
time service  rendered  in  cases  of  emergencj  ; 

Eighth.  Draughtsmen  are  encouraged, 
however,  to  make  use  of  a  portion  of  their 
time   off  for  educational   improvement. 

Illinois  Society  of  Architects, 

1211-19  S.  LaSalle  St. 


85 


Jllmnts  Swtety  ttf  Arrhttota 

Suite  1211,  19  S.  La  Salle  Street,  Chicago. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  publications  of  the  Society;  further  information  regarding 
same  may  be  obtained  from  the  Financial  Secretary. 


FORM    NO.    21,    "INVITATION    TO    BID" — Letter    size,    S^xll    in.,    two-page    document,    in 
packages  of  fifty  at  75c,  broken  packages,  two  for  5c. 

FORM  NO.  22,  "PROPOSAL" — Letter   size,    8^x11    in.,    two-page   documents,    in   packages  of 
fifty,  at  75c,  broken  packages,   two  for  5c. 


FORM    NO.    23,    "ARTICLES    OF    AGREEMENT" — Letter    size,    8%xll    in.,    two-page    docu- 
ment,  in  packages  of  fifty,   at  75c,   broken  packages,   two   for  5c. 

FORM   NO.    24,    "BOND" — Legal    size,    8x13    in.,    one-page    document,    put    up    in    packages    of 
twenty-live,   at  25c  per  package,  broken  packages,  three  for  5c. 


FORM  NO.  25,  "GENERAL  CONDITIONS  OF  THE  CONTRACT" — Intended  to  be  bound  at 
the  side  with  the  specifications,  letter  size,  8%xll  in.,  ten-page  document,  put  up  in 
packages  of  fifty  at  $2.50,  broken  packages,  three  for  25c. 


FORM  26.   CONTRACT  BETWEEN  ARCHITECT  AND    OWNER.      Price,   two  for  5c,  in  pack- 
ages of  fifty,  75c. 


THE  ANNUAL — A  handbook  containing  useful  information  for  Architects  and  Builders  and 
the  building  code  of  the  City  of  Chicago,  distributed  free  to  Architects  licensed  to  prac- 
tice  in   Illinois.      Price   to   others,   cloth   binding,    $2.00;    leather   binding,   $2.50. 


FORM   1,   BLANK    CERTIFICATE    BOOKS — Either   stub   or   carbon   copy,    form    4x6    in.,    100 
blanks,  price,  50c. 


FORM  4,   CONTRACT  BETWEEN  THE   OWNER   AND    CONTRACTOR — (Old   Form.)      Price, 
two  for  5c,   five   for   10c,   put   up   in   packages   of   50    for   $1.00. 


FORM    E,    CONTRACTOR'S    LONG    FORM    STATEMENT— As    required    by    lien    law.      Price, 
two  for  5c,  five  for  10c. 


FORM  13,   CONTRACTOR'S   SHORT  FORM  STATEMENT— Price,  lc  each. 

CODES    OF    PRACTICE    AND    SCHEDULE    OF     CHARGES — In    mailing    envelopes,    4x6    in. 
Price,  5c  each. 

These  documents  may  be  secured  at  the  Financial  Secretary's  office,  suite  1211,  19  S. 
La  Salle  St.,  telephone  Cent.  4214.  We  have  no  deUvery  service.  The  prices  quoted  above 
are  about  the  cost  of  production.  An  extra  charge  will  be  made  for  mailing  or  expressing 
same.  Terms  strictly  cash,  in  advance,  with  the  order;  except  that  members  of  the  Society 
may  have  same  charged  to    their  account. 


87 


Interior 


Fxterior 

ACME  STEEL  GOODS  CO. 
10"   Hoop  Mill,   Riverdale,   111. 

Schmidt.  Garden  &  Martin,  Architects.  R.   F.   Wilson   &   Co.,   Builders. 

84    ft.    Clear    Span    Reinforced    Concrete    Roof.       Building    erected    in    70    days 


Phone   Haymarket   1836-37 


R.  F.  Wilson  &  Company 

Building  Construction 


1841-51   Elston  Avenue 


CHICAGO 


SUGGESTIONS  FOR  FIRMS  ISSUING  CATALOGUES 
AND  PRINTED  MATTER 


Architects  are  technically  educate.!  and  arc 
charged    with    selection    on    technical    merit. 

Exact  and  specific  technical  detail  appeals 
to  an  architect  because  it  enables  him  to 
judge  quickly  and  correctly. 

Drawings  to  scale  of  parts  or  the  whole 
make  arrangement  or  mechanism  most  quick- 
ly  clear  to   the  technically  educated. 

Testimonials  from  those  technically  in- 
competent to  judge  carry  no  weight  with 
the    competent. 

Architects  want  authentic  technical  in- 
formation about  all  building  materials  and 
devices. 

Architects  do  not  want  to  wade  through 
a  sea  of  laudatory  verbiage  in  order  to  dis- 
cover   an    islet    of    real    usable    information. 

Architects  must  cover  an  immense  va- 
riety and  amount  of  detail  in  selecting  the 
numerous  materials  that  enter  into  a  build- 
ing. 

Where  much  detail  is  handled  by  a  single 
individual,   success   is   dependent  on   system. 

Information  to  be  immediately  available 
for  architects  must  be  classified  so  that 
each  detail  can  be  considered  separately  and 
in    order. 

Advertisers  recognizing  these  principles 
and  presenting  exact  technical  information 
under  proper  classification,  free  from  ir- 
relevant matter  and  in  convenient  form  for 
filing,  so  as  to  be  available  when  that  item 
is  up  for  consideration,  are  most  likely  to 
secure  satisfactory  results  from  their  ef- 
forts. 

It  is  believed  that  most  architects  have 
their  own  particular  system  of  filing  and 
classification  and  would  not  take  kindly  to 
any  advertising  scheme  contemplating  the 
placing  of  filing  cabinets  in  architects'  of- 
liees  and  distribution  by  those  interested  in 
the  promotion  of  advertising  scheme.  Ar- 
chitects do  not  take  kindly  to  allowing  out- 
siders access  to  their  private  catalogue  fil- 
ing cabinets,  and  it  is  impractical  to  have 
two    filing    systems    in    the    same    office. 

Practical  requirements  in  the  preparation 
of  specifications  make  it  necessary  I'm-  archi- 
tects to  divide  their  specifications  into  tup 
ics  very  similar  to  trade  divisions  brought 
about  by  divisions  of  labor  promulgated  by 
labor  authorities,  and  no  single  division  or 
chapter  of  a  catalogue  should  contain  mat- 
ter   pertaining    to    more    than    one    trade;    un- 


less the  material  referred  to  is  used  by 
several  trades.  It  is  hoped  that  eventually 
the    architects    may    agree    on    a    satisfactory 

universal  building  material  classification  or 
index.  But  it  is  certain  that  this  time  has 
no1  yet  arrived  and  that  no  person  not  actn 
ally  having  had  extended  experience  in  the 
preparation  of  architects'  specifications  is 
capable  of  preparing  such  an  index  that 
would   be   practical 

STANDARD     SIZES 

Requested    by    Architects 

Believing  that  uniform  practice  by  the 
various  publishers  of  catalogues  and  litera- 
ture for  distribution  to  architects  is  desir- 
able for  all  concerned,  and  wishing  to  be  in 
accord  with  the  recommendations  of  the 
American  Institute  of  Architects,  the  Illi- 
nois Society  of  Architects  advise  that  all 
literature  for  this  purpose  be  prepared  to 
compl5r  as  nearly  as  possible  with  the  con- 
ditions   set    forth,    as    follows: 

First:  That  SV2"xll"  shall  be  the  stand- 
ard sized  page  for  all  general  catalogues 
and  bulletins  intended  for  permanent  liliny 
by  architects;  thus  making  a  size  convenient 
for  filing  in  the  standard  Letter-size  vertical 
filing  cabinets,  such  as  may  be  procured  from 
any  concern   dealing    in   office   filing  devices. 

Second:  That  3%"x8%"  shall  be  the 
standard  size  for  post  cards  and  pocket  cdi- 
tions  intended  for  the  use  of  architects; 
thus  making  a  size  convenient  for  filing 
three  to  the  page,  side  by  side,  in  standard 
letter-size  vertical  filing  cabinets;  or  om  to 
the  page,  on  side,  in  standard  vertical  check 
hhs;  or  on  end  in  standard  legal  document 
files;  also  convenient  Cor  mailing  in  stand- 
ard  legal   size   envelopes. 

Third:  That  all  catalogues  should  be  is- 
sued in  the  form  of  separate  bulletins,  or 
chapters  separated  bj  a  blank  page,  each 
treating  of  but  one  subject,  on  both  sides 
of  the  same  sheet,  so  as  to  make  separation 
easy    for    classification    purposes. 

Fourth:  That  it  is  important  to  have 
pages  ent  to  exact  size;  if  over  size  In  any 
pa  it  Icular  thej  maj  w  >1  go  Into  tiles;  If 
under  size,  they  may  be  overlooked  In  run- 
ning   through    the    tiles    hastily. 

Fifth:  That  these  recommendations  go 
Into  effect  January  I.  L915,  and  that  fol- 
lowing that  date,  architects  be  advised  to 
decline  to  receive  literatun  Cor  filing  which 
does    not   comply    with    standard    sizes. 

Illinois  ^nrirUi  nf  Arrlittrrts 


89 


Hotel   Somerset 


S.   N.   Crowen,   Architect 


Frank   Paschen 


Henry   Paschen 


Paschen  Brothers 

General  Contractors 


Conway  Building,  Chicago 


Telephone  Franklin  4770 


90 


CITY  OFFICIALS 


WM.    HALE    THOMPSON Mayor. 

CHARLES     C.     FITZMOBBIS Secretary  to   the   Mayor. 

HUGH  NOBBIS Oil  Inspector. 

MOBBIS    eller    City  Sealer. 

GEORGE    F.    HARDIN j City  Comptroller. 

L OUIS    E.    GOSSELIN    Deputy  City  Comptroller. 

CHARLES    B.   FRANCIS Commissioner   of   Public  Works. 

HENRY    STUCKABT     City  Treasurer. 

JAMES    T.    IGOE    City   Clerk. 

EDWARD    J.    PADDEN    Chief  Clerk,  City  Clerk's  Office. 

J.    WYATT    McSAFFEY    Beading-    Clerk,    City    Council. 

WM.    Q.    KEITH     City  Electrician. 

JAMES    BEA    Department  of  Supplies. 

WM.   H.   WESBEY City  Collector. 

GEO.    LOHMAN    Deputy  City  Collector. 

JOHN    DILL    BOBEBTSON    Health  Department. 

DB.    GOTTFBIED    KOEHLEB    Asst.   Comr.  of  Health. 

DB.  HEMAN  SFAULDING    Chief   Medical  Inspector. 

FELIX  S.  MITCHELL    Superintendent  of  Streets. 

JOS.    F.    GEABY ) 

FEBCY  B.  COFFIN  (Fres.)    ,-  Civil  Service  Commission. 

ALEX.   J.   JOHNSON ) 

HABBY    E.    WALLACE Secretary,   Civil  Service  Commission. 

CHAS.  BOSTBOM Building-   Commissioner. 

BOBEBT    KNIGHT     Chief    Deputy,    Building-    Commissioner. 

JOHN    J.    GABBITY Chief  of  Police. 

JOHN    H.    ALCOCK 1st  Deputy  Sup't  of  Police. 

CHAS.   E.   FBAZIEB    2nd  Deputy  Sup't  of  Police. 

PHILIP   B.    CBIPPEN Department  Inspector. 

SAMUEL  ETTELSON    Corporation   Counsel. 

WM.  H.  DEVENISH City   Attorney. 

HABBY    B.    MILLER City  Prosecutor. 

JOHN   D.    BILEY Map  Department. 

JOHN  B.  STBASBUBGEB    City  Statistician. 

C.  W.  LEIGH City  Physician. 

DB.   CLABA  P.   SEIFPEL Asst.  City  Physician. 

WILLIAM   J.    McCOUBT Superintendent,  Bureau  of  Water. 

WM.  H.  BEID Comr.   of  Puhlic  Service. 

EDW.  F.  MOOBE ~| 

J.    SPENCEB    l-Bcard  of  Examining-  Engineers. 

E.    L.    MILLER     J 

JAS.  L.  MOONEY    Chief  Detective  Bureau. 

GEO.    E.    NYE    Inspector  of  Steam  Boilers  and  Steam  Plants. 

N.   E.    MURRAY    Superintendent  of  Sidewalks. 

CHABLES   B.   BALL    Chief  of  Sanitary  Bureau. 

EDWABD   PBITCHABD    Secretary,   Health  Department. 

SIMON  MAYEB    Secretary  of  Police. 

JOHN  EBICSON    City  Engineer. 

M.    J.    FAHEBTY    (Prest.) -, 

DAVID    W.    CLABK     

OSCAB  WOLFF    I  Board  of  Local  Improvements. 

MBS.  IRENE  MONTONYA | 

LEONARD  WITHALL   J 

EDWARD  J.   GLACKIN    Secretary  of  Board  of  Local  Improvements. 

THOS.  O'CONNOB   Fire  Marshal. 

GEO.  E.  McGBATH Supt.  of  Sewers. 

CABL  RODIN   Librarian. 

SHELDON    GOVIEB    Chairman,  Special  Park  Commission. 

HENRY  D.  McGUBBEN Supt.  Bureau  of  Co-npensation. 

JOS.  SIMAN   Supt.   House  of   Correction. 

CHABLES  W.  KALLAL   City    Architect. 

LOUISE  O.  BOWE    Supt.  of  Public  Welfare. 

CHARLES     TODD  ) 

WM.  W.  PBTBIE   (Journeyman) '. '. '.  .  .  .  \  Board  of  Examinin?  Fibers. 

CHAS.  STEWABT   (Member) f 

WM.  P.  CBOWE   (Member)  .  .  \  Board   of   Examining-  Mason    Contractor*. 

91 


Tliompson-Sfarrett  Company 


Graham,  Anderson,  Probst  &  White 

Architects 

CHICAGO 


Thompson-Starrett  Co. 

General  Contractors 

CHICAGO 


Building  Construction 

INSURANCE  EXCHANGE  BUILDING 
CHICAGO 


CENTRAL  8345 


Henry  Ericsson  Company 

General  Contractors 

city  hall  square  bldg. 
Chicago 


92 


CITY  HALL  AND  COUNTY  BUILDING 

AND  GUIDE. 


NFORMATION 


TAXES:     When  and  Where  to  Fay. 

GENEHAL  TAXES:  State,  County  and  City. 
Annually  at  County  Treasurer's  Office, 
County  Building,  1st  floor,  north  end. 
Must  be  paid  before  May  1  of  each  year. 
Failure  to  pay  before  May  1  means  a 
penalty  of  one  (1%)  per  cent  per  month 
until  sold.  (Then  heavier  penalty;  and 
trouble.) 

SPECIAL     ASSESSMENTS:     (Street     Paving-, 
Water  Pipes,  etc.) 

Payable  before  July  1  at  City  Collector's 
Office,    City    Hall,    first    floor,    south    end. 

Payable  on  and  after  August  1  at  County 
Treasurer's  Office,  County  Building,  first 
floor,    north   end. 

WATEB    TAX: 

At  Bureau  of  Water,  City  Hall,  1st  floor, 
north  end. 

DOG  TAX: 

City  Clerk,   1st   floor,   south  end. 

OFFICES — CITY    HALL. 

Ambulance     Service,     Bureau     of,     6th     floor. 

South   end. 
Architect,    City,    10th    floor,    south    end. 
Architecture,    Bureau   of,   R.    1012,  south   end. 
Bailiff,  Municipal  Court,   8th  floor,  north  end. 
Board    of    Election    Commissioners,    3rd    floor, 

south   end. 
Board    of   Examiners: 

Motor  Vehicle  Operators,  180  N.  LaSalle  St. 
Moving  Picture   Operators,    6th   floor,   south 

end. 
Plumbers,   10th  floor,  south  end. 
Stationary  Engineers,   10th  floor,  south  end. 
Board   of   Inspectors    of   Public    Vehicles,    3rd 

floor,   north  end. 
Board    of    Local    Improvements: 

General  Offices,   2nd  floor,   south   end. 
Public  Hearing  Room,    1st  floor,   north  end. 
Law   Department,    2nd   floor,    south    end. 
Boiler    Inspection,    1st    floor,    Washington    St. 

entrance. 
Buildings,    Department    of,     7th    floor,    north 

end. 
Bridge   Division,   4th   floor,   north   end. 
Business   Agent,   vault   floor,    north   end. 
Chief     Justice     Municipal     Court,     0th     floor, 

south   end. 
City  Attorney,    6th    floor,    north    end. 
City  Clerk,   1st  floor,  south  end. 
City  Collector,    1st  floor,   south  end. 
City  Comptroller    (5th    floor,    north    end): 
General  Office. 
Auditor. 
Paymaster. 
Real  Estate  Agent. 

City  Council: 

Council    Chamber,    2nd   floor,    north    end. 

General  Committee  Rooms,  2nd  floor,  north 
end. 

Committee  on  Finance.  3rd  floor,  north  end. 

Committee  on  Local      Transportation.      2nd 
floor,   north   end. 
City  Electrician,   6th  floor,  south  end. 
City  Forester,   10th  floor,  north  end. 
City  Hall: 

Engineer,   basement,   south   end. 

Chief    Janitor,    basement. 
City  Sealer,   vault   floor,    south    end. 


City  Statistician,   10th  floor,  north  end. 
City  Treasurer,    2nd   floor,   center. 
civil   Service  Commission: 

General   Offices,    6th  floor,   south  end. 
Examining   Room,    10th   floor,   center. 
Clerk,  City,  1st  floor,  south  end. 
Clerk,   Municipal   Court,    8th  floor,    south   end. 
Compensation,    Bureau    of,    vault    floor,    south 

end. 
Corporation   Counsel,   5th   floor,   south   end. 
Dog   Pound,    W.    29th    St.    and   S.    Sacramento 

Ave. 
Downtown    Municipal    Improvements,    Comm. 

on,    105    N.    Clark    St. 
Education,    Board    of,    Tribune    Bldg. 
Engineering,   Bureau   of    (City  Engineer),   4th 

floor,    north   end. 
Election   Commissioners,    Board  of,    3rd   floor, 

center. 
Electricity,    Department    of,    6th    floor,    south 

end. 
Electrical    Supervisor,    R.    613,    south    end. 
Fire   Department: 

Fire  Marshal,   1st  floor,   north  end. 
Fire  Alarm   Telegraph,   6th  floor,  center. 
Firemen's      Pension      Fund.      Secretary      of 
Board     of     Trustees      (City     Clerk),     1st 
floor,    south    end. 
Department  Attorney,    1st  floor,   south   end. 
Fire  Prevention  &  Public  Safety,   Bureau   of, 

6th   floor,    north   end. 
Foods,  Markets  &  Farm  Products,  Bureau  of, 

7th   floor,    south   end. 
Gas  &  Electricity,  Dept.   of,  R.   614,   center. 
Gas    Litigation    Committee,    139    N.    Clark    St. 
Gas,    Oil    &    Electric    Light,    Committee    on, 

2nd    floor,    north    end. 
Gas  Supervisor,   6th  floor,  south  end. 
Harbor  Board,   R.    406,  south   end. 
Harbor   Division,    4th   floor,    north    end. 
Health,  Department  of,  7th  floor. 
Commissioner    of    Health. 
Bureau  of  Food    Inspection. 
Bureau  of  Sanitary    Inspection. 
Bureau   of  Contagious  Diseases. 
Bureau  of  Vital    Statistics. 
House     of    Correction,     W.     26th     St.     and     S. 

California    Ave. 
Laboratory,  Health  Department,  R.  713,  south 

end. 
Law,   Department  of: 

Corporation    Counsel.    5th    floor,    south    end. 
City    Attorney.    6th    floor,    north    end. 
Prosecuting   Attorney,    6th   floor,    north   end 
Special     Assessment     Attorney,     2nd     floor, 
south    end. 
Library,    Chicago    Public.     N.    Michigan     Ave. 

and    E.    Washington    St. 
Library,      Municipal     Reference,      10th     floor, 

north   end. 
T.ocai     Transportation,     Committee     on.     2nd 

floor,    north    end. 
Maps   and   Plats,    Bureau   of.    4th   floor,    south 

end. 
Mason    Contractors.    Board    of    Examiners    of. 

R.    1008,    south    end. 
Mayor's   Office,    5th    floor,    center. 
Morals  Commission.   R.    710.   south   end. 
Motor    Vehicle    Operators,     Hoard    of    Exam- 
iners,   180   N.   La  Salle  St. 
Moving    Picture    Operators,    Board    of    Exam- 
iners,   fith   floor,    south    end. 


93 


George  A.  Fuller  Co. 

Building 
Construction 


MARQUETTE  BLDG.  CHICAGO,  ILLINOIS 


New  York      Boston      Pittsburgh      Philadelphia      Kansas  City      Washington 
St.  Louis  Detroit        New  Orleans       Cleveland       Cincinnati       Montreal 


Telephone  Randolph  4664 


John  Griffiths  &  Son  Co. 
BUILDERS 


1009  and  1011 
The  Merchants  Loan  and  Trust  Building 

CHICAGO 


94 


Municipal    Court: 

Chief  Justice,   9th  floor,  south   end. 
Bailiff,    8tn    floor,    north    end. 
Clerk,    8th   floor,    south    end. 
Court    Rooms,    8th,    9th    and    11th    floors. 
Municipal  Lodging  House,   162   N.   Union  Ave. 
Municipal   Pension  Fund,   R.    1005,   north   end. 
Municipal  Pier,  foot  of  East  Grand  Ave. 
Municipal  Reference      Library,       10th      floor, 

north   end. 
Oils,   Inspector  of,    10th   floor,  -south   end. 
Parks,   Playgrounds  &  Bathing   Beaches,    Bu- 
reau of,   10th  floor,    north   end. 
Physician,   City,    25   E.   Washington   St. 
Plan  Commission,  Chicago,   Hotel  Sherman. 
Police   Department: 

General     Superintendent,     5th     floor,     north 

end. 
Assistant  General  Superintendent,  3rd  floor, 
north    end. 
Police   Pension   Fund,    R.    1004,   north    end. 
Plumbers,.  Boardof -Examiners  of,-  14th  floor, 
south    end. 

Prosecuting    Attorney,    6th    floor,    north    end. 
Public    Service,    Dept.    of,    R.    613,   -south    end. 
Public  Welfare,  Dept  of,  139  N.  Clark  St. 
Public    Works: 

Commissioner,    4th    floor,    center. 

Bureau    of    Engineering,     4th    floor,     north 
end. 

Bridge   Division,    4th   floor,   north   end. 

Harbor  Division,    4th   floor,    north   end. 

Bureau  of  Maps  and  Plats,   4th  floor,  south 
end. 

Bureau  of  Sewers,   4th   floor,  south   end. 

Bureau  of  Streets,   4th  floor,    south    end. 

Bureau  of  Water,    1st    floor,    north    end. 

Water    Pipe    Extension    Division,    4th    floor, 
north    end. 

Railway    Terminal    Commission,    R.    559,    175 

W.    Jackson    Blvd. 
Sanitary    Inspection,     Bureau     of,     7th     floor, 

north  end. 
Schools,   Supt.  of,   Tribune   Bldg. 
Sewers,    Bureau    of,    4th    floor,    south    end. 
Smoke  Inspection,  Bureau  of,  6th  floor,  south 

end. 

Special  Assessments  (Board  of  Local  Im- 
provements),   2nd   floor,   south   end. 

Special  Assessments  (Law  Department),  2nd 
floor,    south   end. 

Stationary  Engineers,  Board  of  Examiners 
of,   10th  floor,   south   end. 

Statistician,   City,    10th  floor,   north   end. 

Steam  Boilers  and  Steam  Plants,  Department 
of  Inspection  of,  1st  floor,  Washington 
St.   entrance. 

Streets,  Bureau  of,   4th  floor,  south  end. 

Supervising  Engineers,  Board  of,  105  S.  La 
Salle   St. 

Supplies,  Department  of  (Business  Agent), 
vault    floor,    north    end. 

Telephone   Supervisor,    R.    61?.,    south    end. 

Transportation  Supervisor,  R.   613,  south  end. 

Treasurer,  City,    2nd  floor,   center. 

Tuberculosis  Sanitarium,  Municipal,  105  W. 
Monroe  St. 

"Vehicles,  Board  of  Inspectors  of,  180  N.  La 
Salle   St. 

Waste  Disposal,  Bureau  of,  R.  2001,  139  N. 
Clark    St. 

Water,   Bureau  of,   1st  floor,   north   end. 

Water  Pipe  Extension  Division,  4th  floor, 
north  end. 

Weights  and  Measures,  Department  of,  vault 
floor,    south   end. 


OFFICES — COUNTY     BUILDING. 
APPELLATE    COURT,     CLERK    OF: 
R.    1400   Michigan  Blvd.   Bldg. 

BOARD    OF    ASSESSORS: 
Members    of   the   Board: 

Charles    Ringer, 
Wm.    H.    Weber, 
Adam    Wolf, 
George   K.    Schmidt, 
Charles    Krutckoff. 

Chief    Clerk: 

Paul   H.    Wiedel, 
R.    312,    3rd    floor. 

BOARD    OF    REVIEW: 

Members   of  Board: 

Edward    Litsinger, 
P.   A.   Nash, 
Charles    V.    Barrett. 

Chief  Clerk: 

Stephen   D.    Griffln. 
R.    337,    3rd   floor: 

CIRCUIT   COURT: 
Clerk: 

August    W.    Miller. 
R.    412,    4th   floor. 

Judg-es : 

Hon.  Victor  P.  Arnold, 
Hon.  Robert    E.    Crowe, 
Hon.  Jesse   A.    Baldwin, 
Hon.   George   F.    Barrett, 
Hon.  David  M.    Brothers, 
Hon.  Jesse    Holdom, 
Hon.   George   Kersten, 
Hon.  David   F.    Matchett, 
Hon.  John    P.    McGoorty, 
Hon.   Merritt   W.    Pinckney, 
Hon.   Kickham    Scanlan. 
Hon.   Frederick   A.    Smith, 
Hon.  Thomas    Taylor,    Jr., 
Hon.   Charles   M.    Thomson, 
Hon.   Oscar  M.  Torrison, 
Hon.   Richard   S.    Tuthill, 
Hon.   Charles    M.    Walker, 
Hon.   Thomas  G.   Windes, 
Hon.   Frank  Johnston, 
Hon.   Anton    T.    Zeman. 

CIVII.    SERVICE    COMMISSION: 

Harry   A.   Lipsky. 
James    M.    Whelen. 
Ralph    H.   Peck.   Secretary. 
R.    547,   5th   floor. 

CLERK.    COUNTY: 
Robert    M.    Sweitzer. 
R.    233,    2nd  floor. 

COMPTROLLER.    DEPUTY    COUNTY: 
William    J.    Graham. 
R.    511,    5th   floor. 

CORONER: 

Peter   M.    Hoffman. 
R.    500,    5th   floor. 

COUNTY    AGENT: 

213    S.   Peoria   St. 

COUNTY    CLERK : 

Robert   M.    Sweitzer. 
R.    233,    2nd   floor. 


95 


R.C.WIEBDLDT 

GENERAL  CONTRACTOR 

ASHLAND  BLVD. &  VAN  BUREN  ST.  CHICAGO. 


Marshall  Field  &  Company  Garage,  Polk  and  Desplaines  Sts.,  Chicago 
Archts.  Graham,  Anderson,  Probst  &  White  Two  Sections — Each  72'  x  240' 

The  "Lattis-Truss"  Roof  is  used  on  all  types  of  buildings  requiring  clear  floor  space. 
CHEAPEST.         STRONGEST.         BEST. 

McKEOWN  BROS. 

Exclusive   Builders   of   the   Original   "Lattis-Truss"  Roof 

112  West  Adams  Street       CHICAGO,  ILL.      Telephone  Central  7950 


96 


COUNTY     COMMISSIONERS.     BOARD     Of: 

Peter    Reinberg-,    President. 
Commissioners,    City    Districts: 

Peter    Reinberg, 

Charles    N.    Goodnow, 

Robert  W.  McKinlay, 

h  rank    J.    Wilson, 

Emmett    Whealan, 

Joseph    M.    Fitzgerald, 

Bartley    Burg, 

Albert   Nowak, 

Daniel    Ryan, 

John    Budinger, 

Country    Districts: 

William    Busse, 
Joseph  Carolan, 
Dudley    D.    Pierson, 
George   A.    Miller, 
William    H.    McLean. 


REGISTRAR     OP      TITLES      (TorrenB     Sys- 
tem) : 
Joseph     F.    Haas. 

1st   Moor,   .south   end. 

REVIEW.    BOARD    OP: 
K.    337,   3rd   floor. 

SHERIFF : 

(has.    \v.   Peters. 
R.    42  3,    4th    floor. 

SOCIAL    SERVICE,    BUREAU    OF: 

Miss    Katherine    Meade,    Superintendent. 
R.    1130,    11th    door. 

STATE'S     ATTORNEY: 
Maclay   Hoyne. 

Austin   and   Dearborn   Aves. 


Committee    Clerk: 
Peter  J.   Ellert. 
R.    537. 

COUNTY    COURT: 

Hon.  James    T.    Burns,   Judge 

R.    602,    6th   floor. 
Robert    M.    Sweitzer,   Clerk. 

R.   600,   6th   floor. 

COUNTY     HOSPITAL: 

Michael    Zimmer,    Warden. 
Harrison  and  Wood  Sts. 

COUNTY  SUPERINTENDENT  OF 
SCHOOLS: 

Edward    J.    Tobin. 
R.    546,    5th   floor. 

COUNTY    TREASURER: 

Harry    Gibbons. 

Office.    R.    212,    2nd    floor. 

General  Office,    1st   floor,   north   end. 

CUSTODIAN,     COUNTY    BUILDING: 

Albert    F.    Peters. 
R.    1026,    10th   floor. 

FOREST    PRESERVE    COMMISSIONERS, 
BOARD    OF: 

R.    547.    5th    floor. 

HIGHWAYS,    SUPERINTENDENT    OF: 

R.   325,   3rd  floor. 

JURY    COMMISSIONERS: 

Joseph    H.    Barnett. 
Chas.    W.    Seinwerth. 
B.    J.    Mullaney 
Martin    Peterson,    Clerk 
R.    824,    8th   floor. 

JUVENILE    COURT: 

9th    floor. 


MORGUE,     COUNTY: 

Harrison   and   Wo< 


d    Sts. 


OAK    FOREST    INFIRMARY: 

H.    L.    Bailey,    Superintendent. 
Oak    Forest,    Illinois. 

PROBATE    COURT: 

R.    643,    6th    floor. 

John    F.    Devine,    Clerk. 

R.    623,    6th    floor. 

RECORDER    OF     DEEDS: 

Joseph     F.    Haas. 
1st   floor,   south   end 


SUPERIOR    COURT: 

Judges : 

Hon.    Albert    C.    Barnes, 

Hon.    William    Fennimore    Cooper, 

Hon.   Theodore   Brentano, 

Hon.   Joseph   B.    David, 

Hon.   William    E.   Dever, 

Hon.   Joseph    H.    Fitch, 

Hon.  Charles    M.    Foell, 

Hon.   Martin    B.    Gridley, 

Hon.   Henry    Guerin    (Deceased), 

Hon.   Jacob    H.    Hopkins, 

Hon.   Oscar  Jiebel, 

Hon.   Joseph    Sabath, 

Hon.   Marcus    A.    Kavanagh, 

Hon.   Charles    A.    MacDonald, 

Hon.   M.   L.    McKinley, 

Hon.   Hugo    Pam, 

Hon.   Denis    E.    Sullivan, 

Hon.   John    J.    Sullivan, 

Hon.   William    H.    McSurely, 

Hon.  John    M.    O'Connor. 


Clerk: 

John   Kjellander 
R.    437,    4th    floor. 

SUPERINTENDENT  OF  PUBLIC  SERVICE. 

Henry   A.    Zender. 
R.    519,   5th   floor. 

SUPERINTENDENT     OF     SCHOOLS 
(COUNTY): 

E.   J.    Tobin. 

R.    1122,    11th    floor. 

SURVEYOR : 

H.    L».    Emerson. 
R.    903,    9th    floor. 

TAX  EXTENSION  DEPARTMENT: 

M.    J.    O'Brien,    Chief. 
R.    217,    2nd   floor. 

TORRENS    SYSTEM: 

Joseph   F.   Haas,   Registrar. 
1st  floor,  south  end. 

COUNTY    ARCHITECT: 

Erlck    E.    1 1. mi. 

TREASURER,    COUNTY: 
Office.    R.    212,    2nd    floor. 
General    Offices.     1st    Hour,    lmrth    end. 

CLERK    OF    CRIMINAL    COURT: 
Wm.    R,    Parker. 
Austin   and    Dearborn    Aves. 


97 


RUDOLPH  S.  BLOME  WILLIAM  J.  SINEK 

ESTABLISHED   1866 

Blome  Sinek  Co. 

(A  CO-PARTNERSHIP) 

Building  Construction 


CHICAGO 

CITY  HALL  SQUARE  BUILDING 

NEW  YORK,    EQUITABLE  BUILDING 


SHORELAND   BUILDING 

229    Lake    Shore    Drive,    Chicago 

Fugard    &    Knapp,    Architects 


HUGH    McLENNAN,    President 

McLennan 

Construction 

Company 

Building 
Construction 

DD 
McLennan  Building 

31st  and  Calumet  Ave. 

CHICAGO 

Douglas   944 


98 


BUILDING  CONSTRUCTION  EMPLOYERS'  ASSOCIATION 

OF  CHICAGO 


807-808-809-810   Chamber  of   Commerce  Bldg. 


A.   E.    COLEMAN,   President 
GEO.    MEHBING,    1st   Vice-Pies. 
EDWARD   HAUPT,  2nd  Vice-Fres. 


SUMNER  SOEXITT,  3rd  Vice-Pres. 
THOS.  J.  McNUIiTY,  4th  Vice-Pres. 
E.    F.    PIERCE,    Treasurer 


E.  M.  CRAIG,  Secretary 


ASSOCIATIONS  AFFILIATED  WITH  THE  BUILDING  CONSTRUCTION 
EMPLOYERS*  ASSOCIATION  OF  CHICAGO 


Builders'   Association   of  Chicago. 

Carpenter   Contractors"    Association. 

Chicago  Mantle  &  Tile  Contractors'  Associa- 
tion. 

Chicago   Marble   Dealers'    Association. 

Chicago    Master    Plumbers'    Association. 

Chicago    Master    Steam-Fitters'    Association. 

Chicago  Mosaic  &  Terrazzo  Dealers'  Associa- 
tion. 

Composition    Floor    Manufacturers'    Assn. 

Concrete   Contractors'    Association. 

Cut  Stone  Contractors'  Association. 

Decorating  &  Painting  Contractors  of  Chi- 
cago. 

Electrical   Contractors'    Association. 

Employing    Lathers'    Association. 


Employing  Plasterers'  Association. 

Evanston-Wilmette-Konilworl  h-Winnetka- 
Glencoe  Master  Plumbers'   Assn. 

Illinois    Fireproof    and    Manufacturing    Con- 
tractors'   Association. 

Iron    League    of  Chicago. 

Lighting    Fixture   Employers. 

Master  Floor  Manufacturers'    Association. 

Master    Roofers    Association    of   Chicago. 

Plate  and  Window  Glass  Jobbers 

Pipe    and   Boiler   Covering    Employers'    Asso- 
ciation. 

Sheet   Metal    Contractors'    Association. 

United    Glass    Manufacturers'    Association. 

Woodworkers'  Employers'  Association  of  Chi- 
cago. 


MEMBERS    OP    EXECUTIVE    BOARD — 1919 


William  Adams 

William     Adams     Co. 
Robert  Beck 

Weary   &   Beck 
Edgar   S.   Belden 

George   A.    Fuller   Co. 
L.  Andersen 

Andersen  &  Arm- 
strong 
R.  S.  Blome 

Blome-Sinek    Co. 
C.    R.    Borchardt 

Standard  Mosaic  Tile 

Co. 

Ira   G.  Brown 

J.     S.     Hawkinson     & 

Co. 
!■.  R.  Case 

F.    O.    Baumann    Mfg. 

Co. 
Henry  I.  Charbonneau 

Henry  I.  Charbonneau 

Co. 
A.  E.  Coleman 

Ornamental     Iron 
John  A.  Corboy 

M.  J.  Corboy  &  Co. 
Frank  E.  Doner  ty 

Carpentry 
John  A.  Dorsey 

Hurlbert    &    Dorsey 
F.  deConingh 

The    Sykes   Co. 
C.  G.  Fanning 

C.   G.    Fanning   &   Co. 

A.  C.    Flynn 

A.    c.    Flynn    Heating 
Co. 

H.  A.  Framburg 
H.    A.    Framburg    & 
Co. 

B.  J.  Farwell 
Plumbing 


Wm.  McGuineai 
W.    G.    Kimball 
B.    F.    Pierce 
H.    C.    Knisely 


Chas.  W.  Gindele 

Honorary   Member 
W.    B.    Graves 

Graves    Heating    Co. 
H.   W.    Grebe 

Central     Asbestos     & 

Magnesia    Co. 
John    Griffiths 

Jno.    Griffiths    &    Son 

Co. 
S.  L.  Haas 

Advance   Heating   Co. 
Jas.    Hagan 

Atlas   Roofing   Co. 
J.    A.   Hammett 

National       Fireproof- 

ing   Co. 
E.   Haupt 

Strobel       Steel       Con- 
struction  Co. 
H.  S.  Heavenrich 

Am.    Magnesia    Prod- 
ucts  Co. 
W.  H.  Helmerich 

\V.     H.    Helmerich    & 

Co. 
G.    Hottinger 

Northwestern      Terra 

Cotta   Co. 
E.    V.    Johnson 

Kin-proofing 
L.    W.    Kessling 

Peoria         stone        & 

Marble  Co. 
W.   G.   Kimball 

Pittsburgh  Plate 

Glass  Co. 
H.    C.    Knisely 

Harry  C.  Knisely  Co. 
L.   H.   Lamont 

L.    If.    Lamont   &   Co. 


A.  Lanquist 
Lanquist      &      Illsley 
Co. 

B.  C.   Leichsenring 
Art    Marble    Co. 

Chas.  F.  Lorenzen 

Chas.       F.       Lorenzen 

Co. 
Jas.    McCarty 

McCarty    Bros. 
Wm.  McGuineas 

United      Electrical 

<  Jon.    Co. 

T.  J.  McNulty 

McNulty    Brothers 

Co. 
George  Mehring 

M  Hi  ring      &      Hanson 

Co. 
James   P.   Monahan 

Monahan    Brothers 
Henry    Newgara 

Henry      Newgard      & 

<  !o. 

Chas.   A.   Nichols 

Keasbey     Mattison 

Co. 
T.   B.   Noelle 

J.    B.    Noelle    Com- 
pany 
F.   M.   Novak 

Novak    Mosaic   Co. 
Jas.   Park 

Plumbing 
A.  H.  Peterson 

Thompsi  m-Starre1 1 

Co. 
E.  F.  Pierce 

''.    Everetl    <'laii<   Co. 
A.   C.   Preble 

Harris-Preble         Door 

i  Jo. 


EXECUTIVE    COMMITTEE. 


John    Griffiths 
A.  C.  Warren 
Geo.  Mehring- 
T.    J.   McNulty 


A.  E.  Coleman 
A.    Lanquist 
E.  V.  Johnson 
Edward   Haupt 


J.   P.  Rising 
Rising        Decorating 

Co. 
Oscar  A.  Reum 

Zandw-Reum    Co. 
Geo.  L.  Rood 

Steam   Heating 
R.  G.  Saxer 

Plumbing 
T.    P.    Shean 

Knisely    Bros. 
Simmer   Sollitt 

Sumner    Sollitt    Co. 
J.  W.  Snyder 

J.   W.    Snyder  Co. 
Carl  Stein 

Stein,    Ebertshaeusei 
&  Co. 
P.   M.   Stresenreuter 

Stresenreuter     Broth- 
ers 
J.  P.   Sullivan 

Painting 
E.   A.   Thomas 

Thomas    Elevator 

<  ip'  rat  [ng    I  Jo. 
A.  C.  'Warren 

EToeffer  &   Co. 
W.   G.   Warren 

Walter      G.      Warren 

Co. 
A.   E.   Wells 

Wells   Brothers  Co. 
A.  E.  Wernle 

North      Shore      Stom 

i  ro. 

Chas.  Ii.  west 
Wesl       Woodworking 

<  Jo. 

H.    E.    Williams 
Williams-Wendt    Co. 


Oscar    A.    Reum 
A.   E.   Wells 
Sumner    Sollitt 
Edgar   S.   Belden 


99 


The   Allbright-Nell   Co.   Building 
Roy    E.    Pingrey,    Architect  E.   C.    &    R.    M.    Shankiand,    Engineers 

E.  L.  ARCHIBALD  CO. 

General  Contractors 


Telephone:      Franklin   274;    Main   4920 

111   W.  Washington  Street 


CHICAGO 


«***! 


SSfl  mm  fimi  HMU  »ii 


McCord  Manufacturing  Co.  Plant  No.  1,  Detroit,  Mich. 
II.  J.  Schlacks,  Architect  Pleas  Construction  Co.,  General  Contractors 

Pleas  Construction  Co. 

Phone  Main  4395 

General  Contractors 

6  No.  Clark  Street  CHICAGO,  ILL. 


100 


1919-1920 

THE  CITY  COUNCIL,  CHICAGO 

WILLIAM  HALE  THOMPSON,    Mayor 

JAMES  T.  IGOE,  City  Clerk                                                                    EDWARD  J.  PADDEN,   Chief  Clerk 

1ST  "WARD      MICHAEL,  KENNA,   D,   307   S.   Clark  st Har.  872 

JOHN  J.  COUGHLIN,  D,  17  N.  La  Salle  st Main  1157 

2ND   WARD      LOUIS    B.    ANDERSON,    R,    508,    184    W.    Washington    st Frank.  2717 

ROBERT  R.  JACKSON,  R,  3300  S.  State  st Douglas  2344 

3RD   WARD      JOHN   H.    PASSMORE,    R,    1652.    10    S.    La    Salle    st Main  1488 

U.  S.  SCHWARTZ,  D,  906,  6  N.  Clark  st Frank.  3230 

4TH  WARD      TIMOTHY    A.    HOGAN,    D,    3023    Throop    st Drover  9155 

JOHN  A.  RICHERT,  D,  2603  S.  Halsted  st Yards  1148 

5TH  WARD      JOS.    B.   McDONOUGH,   D.   538   W.    37th   st Yards  1951 

ROBERT   J.   MULCAHY,   D,    1741    W.    33rd   st McKinley  3^69 

6TH  WARD      ALEX.  A.  McCORMICK,  R,  954,  209  S.  La  Salle  st Wab.  4272 

CHARLES    S.    EATON,    R,    500,    35    N.    Dearborn    st Rand.  281 

7TH  WARD      WM.    R.    FETZER,    R,    806    Title   &   Trust    bldg Rand.  3507 

GUY  GUERNSEY,  R,  1515  Harris  Trust  bldg Rand.  901 

8TH  WARD      ROSS  A.  WOODHULL,  D,  9103  Commercial  av S.  Chgo.  1800 

MARTIN   S.    FURMAN,    D,    8745    Commercial    av S.    Chgo.  296 

9TH  WARD      GUY   MADDEROM,    R.    11030    S.    Michigan   av Pull.  264 

SHELDON    W.    GOVIER,    D,    11350    Forrestville    av Pull.  1991 

10TH  WARD      FRANK  KLAUS,  D,   1334  W.   18th  st Canal  2076 

JAMES   McNICHODS,  D,    1322   Washburne  av Canal  2866 

11TH  WARD      E.   F.  CULLERTON,  D,  23,  154  W.  Randolph  st Main  822 

HERMAN  KRUMDICK,  D,   1941  W.  23rd  st Canal  1032 

12TH  WARD      ANTON  J.   CERMAK,   D,    705,    139    N.    Clark   st Rand.  212 

JOSEPH  I.  NOVAK,  D,  2401  S.  Trumbull  av Lawndale  108 

13TH   WARD      SAMUEL   O.    SCHAFFER.    R,   3916   W.    Van    Buren    st Cent.  6442 

JOHN  G.  HORNE,  D,  3230  W.  Madison  st Kedzie  3370 

14TH  WARD      GEO.    M.    MAYPOLE,    D,    3339    Fulton    st Garfield  9128 

JOSEPH  H.  SMITH,  D,  2342  W.  Superior  st Seeley  135 

15TH  WARD      EDWARD  J.  KAINDL,  D,   2600  W.  Chicago  av Humb.  5684 

OSCAR   H.    OLSEN,    R,    1905,    139   N.   Clark   st Cent.  1625 

16TH  WARD      STANLEY  H.  KUNZ,   D,   1916   Potomac   av Humb.  318 

JOHN  A.  PIOTROWSKI,  D,  1459  Blackhawk  st Monroe     342 

17TH  WARD      STANLEY  ADAMKIEWICZ.  D,  1029  Milwaukee  av Hay.  243 

S.  S.  WALKOWIAK,  D,  1317,  139  N.  Clark  st Rand.  3564 

18TH  WARD      JOHN   J.    TOUHY,    D,    1339   W.   Adams    st Havmarket  2629 

MAURICE  F.  KAVANAGH,  D,  666  W.  Madison  st Mon.  6130 

19TH  WARD      JOHN  POWERS,  D,   12S4  Macalaster  pi Franklin  3895 

JAMES  B.  BOWLER,  D,  1223  Taylor  st Monroe  4943 

20TH  WARD      HENRY   L.    FICK,   D,    319    W.    12th    st Canal  816 

MATT.   FRANZ,   D,    1700   S.   Halsted  st Canal  3046 

21ST  WARD      ROB.   H.   McCORMICK,   R,   11   S.   La   Salle   st Har.  616 

EARL  J.   WALKER,   R,    1317,    139    N.   Clark   st Rand.  6645 

22ND   WARD      MATH   HIBBELER,    R,    917    Center   st Lincoln  449 

JOHN  H.  BAULER,  D,  515  W.  North  av Diversey  9045 

23RD   WARD      THOS.  O.  WALLACE,  R,  846  Center  st Lincoln  705 

WALTER  P.  STEFFEN,  R,  3153  Hudson  av Wellington  7140 

24TH  WARD      JAMES    DORNEY,    R,    2128    Sheffield    av Lincoln  6906 

JOHN    HADERLIN,    D,    1917    Barry    av Wellington  8963 

25TH  WARD      HENRY  D.  CAPITAIN,  R,   184  W.   Lake  st Main  232 

FRANK  J.  LINK,  R,  430  Orleans  st Main  1026 

26TH  WARD      WILLIAM    F.    LIPPS,    R.    21S0    Wilson    av Ravenswood  1696 

GEORGE  PRETZEL,  R,  3830  N.  Hoyne  av Lake  V.  3970 

27TH  WARD      EDWARD   R.    ARMITAGE.    R,    5826    Berenice   ave Kildare  4630 

OLIVER  L.  WATSON,  R,  405,  69  W.  Washington  st Cent.  8670 

28TH  WARD      CLAYTON   F.    SMITH.   D,    1861    N.    Leavitt    st Humb.  149 

MAX  ADAMOWSKI,   D,   2812   Fullerton   av Armitage  300 

29TH.  WARD     JAMES   F.    KOVARIK,   D.    5022    S.    Marshfleld    av Repub.  322 

THOMAS    F.    BYRNE,   D,    6743    S.    Irving   av Prospect  1259 

30TH  WARD     JOHN   BFRNS.   R,   r.19,    133    W.    Washington   st Frank.  134 

WM.  R.  O'TOOLE.  D,  1048  W.  55th  st Drover  ISO 

31ST   WARD      TERRANCE    F.    MORAN,    D,    5634    S.     Ada    st EnglewOOd  6693 

Scott    M.    HOGAN,    R,    912    Ashland    l.lk Rand.  649 

32ND   WARD      ALBERT   J.    FISHER,   R,    7157   Yale  av Stewart  31 

JOHN  H.  LYLE,  R,  300-4,   108   S.  La  Salle  st Main  935 

33RD   WARD      JOHN    I'.    GARDNER,    R,    5615     \V.     Lake    st \ustin  1806 

ALBERT  O.  ANDERSON,  R,  4346  Fullerton  av Belmont  78 

34TH   WARD      JOS.  O.  KOSTNER,  D.   1404   Indopendenee  blvd Lawndale  515 

JOHN    TOMAN,   D,    4141    W.    21st    p] Lawndale  4986 

35TH  WARD      JOHN  S.  CLARK.  D,  4259  W.  North  av Belmont  8810 

THOS.   J.   LYNCH,   D,    602   Ashland    blk Cent.  2881 

WILLIAM   F.   HARRAH,   Sergeant-at-Arms.      Residence   'phone,    Lake   View   9609. 

JOHN  TWOHIG,  Assistant  Sergeant-at-Arms. 

(Continued  on  Page   103) 


101 


First    Cavalry    Armory,    I.    X.    G. — Holabird    &    Roche,   Architects 

HANSON  BROTHERS  COMPANY 

CENTRAL  CONTRACTORS 

Telephone   Central   6824  127   North   Dearborn   Street,   Chicago 


Dwight    H.    Perkins    and    A.    F.    Hussander,    Archts. 
Carl   Schurz   High   School,    Chicago 

S.  N.  NIELSEN 

Mason   and   General   Contractor 
3059  AUGUSTA  STREET,   CHICAGO 
Telephone  Garfield  323  Have  built  numerous  Public  Schools,  Public  Park  Buildings,  Swimming 

shed   1S94  Pools,     Garages,     Warehouses,     Factories,     Churches     and     Residences 


102 


STANDING  COMMITTEES,   1919-20 


Finance — RICHERT,  Schwartz,  McCormick, 
Fetzer,  Woodhull.  Maypole,  Walker,  Wallace, 
Capitaln,  Lipps,  Watson,  C.  F.  Smith,  Moran, 
Fisher,   A.   O.   Anderson,     Kostner,   Clark. 

Local  Transportation — CAPITAIN,  Schwartz, 
McDonough.  Guernsey,  McNichols,  J.  H. 
Smith,  Olsen,  Walkowiak,  Franz,  Bauler, 
Wallace,  Lipps,  Watson,  Byrne,  Fisher,  To- 
man,   Lynch. 

Gas,  Oil  and  Electric  Light — LYNCH,  T.  A. 
Hogan,  McDonough,  Furman,  McNichols, 
Novak,  Home,  Walkowiak,  Bowler,  Walker, 
Bauler,  Wallace,  Link,  Pretzel,  Adamowski, 
O'Toole,     Toman. 

Railway  Terminals  —  LIPPS,  Kenna, 
Schwartz,  Mulcahy,  Eaton,  Guernsey,  McNich- 
ols, Cermak,  Home,  Touhy,  Bowler,  Walker, 
Capitain,    A.    O.    Anderson.    Kostner. 

Local  Industrie! — FISHER,  T.  A.  Hogan, 
Fetzer,  Madderom,  Klaus,  Cullerton,  Novak, 
Home,  J.  H.  Smith,  Olsen,  Bauler,  StefTen, 
Pretzel,    O'Toole.    Clark. 

Harbors,  Wharves  and  Bridges— WOOD- 
HULL,  Kenna,  L.  B.  Anderson,  Govier,  Cul- 
lerton, Shaffer,  Kaindl,  Adamkiewicz,  Kava- 
nagh.  Powers,  Hibbeler,  Haderlein,  Moran, 
Lyle,     Garner. 

"Judiciary — CERMAK,  Coughlin,  T.  A.  Ho- 
gan, McDonough,  McCormick,  Fetzer,  Wood- 
hull,  J.  H.  Smith,  Kaindl,  Powers,  Crowe, 
Steffen.  Dorney,  Link,  Byrne,  Kostner,  Lynch. 

Streets  and  Alleys — TOMAN,  Coughlin,  L. 
B.  Anderson,  Mulcahy,  Krumdick,  Kunz,  Ad- 
amkiewicz, Touhy,  Fick,  Crowe,  Hibbeler, 
Dorney,    Moran,    Lyle,    Garner. 

license — J.  H.  SMITH,  Coughlin,  L.  B. 
Anderson,       Furman,       Krumdick,       Cermak, 


Kaindl,  Adamkiewicz,  Powers,  Franz,  Had- 
erlein, C.  F.  Smith,  Kovarik,  O'Toole,  S.  M. 
Hogan. 

Buildings  and  City  Hall—  KOSTNER.  Jack- 
son, Mulcahy,  Eaton,  Madderom,  Klaus, 
Krumdick,  Piotrowski,  Kavanagh,  Powers, 
Flck,  Crowe,  Hibbeler,  Adamowski,  S.  M. 
Hogan. 

Schools,  Fire  and  Civil  Service — CLARK, 
Kenna,  Jackson,  McDonough,  Madderom.  No- 
vak, Home,  Piotrowski,  Adamkiewicz,  Bow- 
ler, Fick,  Link.  Armitage,  Adamowski,  Byrne. 

Public  Health. — FETZEK,  Kenna,  Jackson, 
Passmore,  Furman,  Klaus,  Cullerton,  Shaf- 
fer, Kunz,  Kavanagh,  Franz,  Pretzel,  Armi- 
tage,   Burns,    A.    O.    Anderson. 

Track  Elevation — MAYPOLE,  Coughlin,  L. 
B.  Anderson,  Mulcahy.  Govier,  McNichols, 
Shaffer,    Fick.    S.    M.    Hogan. 

Compensation — WATSON,  Richert,  Kava- 
nagh, Lipps,  Kovarik,  Moran,  Fisher,  Garner, 
Toman. 

Parks,  Playgrounds  and  Beaches — GOVIER. 
Jackson,  Passmore,  Piotrowski,  Haderlein. 
Armitage,    Kovarik,    O'Toole,    Lvle. 

Gas  Litigation — CAPITAIN,  Richert,  Mc- 
Cormick,   Olsen,    Lipps,    Lvneh. 

Police  —  STEFFEN,  Passmore,  Eaton, 
Guernsey,  Furman,  Govier,  Krumdick,  Cer- 
mak, Maypole,  Kunz,  Touhy,  Dorney,  C.  P. 
Smith,    Byrne,    Burns. 

Efficiency,  Economy  and  Rehabilitation — 
McCORMICK,  Schwartz,  Richert,  Guernsey, 
Woodhull.  Novak.  Olsen,  Walkowiak,  Touhy, 
Bowler,  Franz,  Walker,  Steffen,  Link,  Pretzel, 
Watson,  Adamowski,  Burns,  Fisher,  A.  I  ' 
Anderson,    Clark. 


THE 


RIGHTS   OF    DRAFTSMEN  TO   MAKE  PLANS  FOR  BUILDINGS 
IN  THE  STATE  OF  ILLINOIS  DEFINED 


(Many  requests  have  been  made  for  in- 
formation regarding  the  rights  of  Drafts- 
men to  make  plans  for  buildings  in  the 
State  of  Illinois  and  for  this  reason  we 
publish  the  opinion  of  the  Attorney  for  the 
State  of  Examiners  of  Architects,  rendered 
several  years  ago.  They  have  no  right  to 
make  plans  for  other  than  licensed  archi- 
tects, unless  such  other  persons  do  such  a 
part  of  the  work  as  to  make  the  plans  and 
specifications  essentially  and  practically 
their  own.) 

Office   of  the  State  Board  of  Examiners   of 
Architects. 

Chicago.    111.,   March,    1912. 
To   all  Persons   Concerned: 

The  State  Board  of  Examiners  of  Archi- 
tects, at  its  meeting  held  March  8,  1912, 
received  a  written  opinion  from  its  attorney, 
Charles  E.  Pope,  defining  what  rights,  drafts- 
men and  office  assistants  have,  under  the  law, 
in  making  plans  for  buildings,  and  what 
rights  are  forbidden  to  them.  Notice,  there- 
fore, is  hereby  given  to  all  draftsmen  em- 
ployed in  this  state  and  all  licensed  archi- 
tects and  other  persons  employing  draftsmen, 
that  the  law  will  be  strictly  enforced  against 
all  draftsmen,  acting  illegally  in  making 
plans  for  buildings. 

In  Section  9,  Chapter  10a,  of  Hurd's  Re- 
vised Statutes  of  Illinois  (the  Architects' 
License  Law)  it  is  provided  that  "Any  per- 
son, who  shall  be  engaged  111  the  planning 
or  supervision  of  the  erection,  enlargement 
or  alteration  of  buildings  for  others,  and  to 
be  constructed  by  other  persons  than  himself, 
shall  be  regarded  as  an  architect  within  the 
provision  of  this  act,  and  shall  be  held  to 
comply  with   the   same." 

Another  portion  of  Section  9,  of  the  same 
Chapter,  says  "nothing  contained  in  this  act 
shall  be  construed  to  prevent  any  person 
mechanic  or  builder,  from  making  plans  and 
specifications  for  or  supervising  the  erection. 
enlargement  or  alteration  of  any  building, 
that  is  to  be  constructed  by  himself  or  em- 
ployes." 


Mr.  Pope  states  in  his  opinion  that  it  will 
be  seen  from  this  last  quotation  that  in 
erecting  the  building,  for  which  "any  person, 
mechanic  or  builder"  is  allowed  to  make 
plans  and  specifications,  'such  person  may 
have  employes  to  aid  him.  But  there  is 
nothing  said  in  the  act  as  to  whether  "any 
person,  mechanic  or  builder"  may  employ 
persons  to  assist  him  in  making  plans  and 
specifications  for  such  buildings  so  to  be. 
erected  by  himself  or  employes. 

Mr.  Pope  further  says,  "I  do  not  believe 
that  said  Section  9  requires  that  any  such 
'person,  mechanic  or  builder'  must  necessarily 
by  himself,  and  with  only  his  own  hands, 
make  plans  and  specifications  for  buildings 
to  be  constructed  by  himself;  but  he  must 
do  such  a  part  of  the  work  of  making  said 
plans  and  specifications  as  to  make  said  plans 
and  specifications  essentially  and  practically 
his  own.  He  cannot,  under  the  act,  either 
have  his  regular  draftsmen,  employes  or 
persons  not  his  regular  employes,  perform 
such  work  on  plans  and  specifications  for 
buildings  to  be  constructed  by  himself,  as 
to  make  said  plans  and  specifications  essen- 
tially and  practically  their  plans  and  speci- 
fications, and  not  His,  and  have  such  em- 
ployes, whether  regular  or  occasional,  neces- 
sarily exempt  from  prosecution  under  the 
act.  The  pivotal  question  is  as  to  whether 
such  plans  and  specifications  are  essentially 
the  work  or  such  'person,  mechanic  or  build- 
er', or  essentially  the  work  of  someone  else. 

"I  am  of  the  opinion  that  any  such  drafts- 
men employes,  whether  regular  or  onlj 
sional  draftsmen  employes,  of  such  'person, 
mechanic  or  builder.'  who  are  engaged  In 
the  making  of  plans  and  specifications  for 
buildings  to  be  erected  l > >-  such  'person,  me- 
chanic or  builder,'  and  who  perform  such 
work  on  such  plans  and  specifications  as  to 
make  the  plans  and  specifications  essentially 
their  own,  must  be  regarded  as  practicing 
architecture  within  the  meaning  of  said  Sec- 
lion  '.'.  an  1  are  liable  to  the  penalties  de- 
nounced under  the  act  for  practicing  archi- 
tecture without  being  licensed  so  to  do." 


103 


Lanquist  &  Illsley  Company 

GENERAL 
CONTRACTORS 
AND  BUILDERS 


1100  North  Clark  Street 

CHICAGO 

Telephones  Superior  207  and  2049 


J.  W.  SNYDER   CO. 


General  Contractors 

MASONRY 
CARPENTRY 
REINFORCED 
CONCRETE 


Peoples     Gas     Building 

Telephones   Harrison  5926  and  iv4'  VxlllCcl^O 


104 


BUILDING  TRADES  WAGES  FOR  1919. 


Effective   October   1,   1919. 


Per  Hour. 

Art  Glass  Workers $  -75 

Boiler  Makers   1-00 

Bricklayers   1-00 

Bricklayers,  Tile    1.02% 

Carpenters    1-00 

Cement  Finishers  1-00 

Cement  Finishers  Foreman 1.05 

Cement  Floor  Layers   1.00 

Cement  Floor  Layers  Foreman 1.00 

Caulkers    1.00 

Derrickmen 72% 

Drain  Layers'  Helpers 70 

Electricians    1.00 

Elevator  Constructors 1.00 

Helpers    62% 

Fixture  Hangers 87% 

Gas  Fitters  1.00 

Glaziers 1.00 

Hoisting  Engineers  1.00 

Iron  Workers,  Ornamental  1.00 

Iron  Workers,  Structural    1.00 

Laborers,   Building    70 

Laborers,   Caisson    82 % 

Laborers,  Caisson  Diggers   90 

Laborers,    Windlass    82% 

Laborers,  Plasterer 76% 

Lathers     1.00 

Machinery  Movers 90 

Foreman    90 

Machinists    95 

Marble    Workers    1.00 

Marble  Setters'  Helpers    70 

Mosaic  Workers 92% 

Plasterers 1.00 

Painters    87% 

Pipe  Coverers   9  I  "•  i 

Pile    Drivers    88 

Foreman     1.10 

Plumbers    1.00 

Roofers,  Composition   1.00 

Foreman    1.10 

Helpers    72% 

Roofers,  Slate  1.00 

Stone  Cutters    93  • , 

Sheet  Metal  Workers  1.00 

Steam  Fitters   1.00 

Sprinkler  Fitters 1.00 

Helpers    68% 

Tile    Setters    1.00 

Helpers    70 

Tuck  Pointer  1.00 


Overtime. 

Time  and  one-half 
Double  time 
Time  and  one-half 
Time  and  one-half 
Double  time 
Time  and  one-half 
Time  and  one-half 
Time  and  one-half 
Time  and  one-half 
Double  time 


Double  time 

Double  time 

Double  time 

Double  time 

Double  time 

Time  and  one-half 

Double  time 

Double  time  after  7  p.  m. 

Time  and  one-half  for  one 
hour  before  8  a.  m.  and  one 
hour  after  4:30  p.  m. 

Time  and  one-half 

Time  and  one-half 

Time  and  one-half 

Time  and  one-half 

Time  and  one-half 

Double  time 

Double  time 

Double  time 

Double  time 

Double  time  after  10  p.  m. 

Time  and  one-half 

Double  time 

Double  time 

Double  time 

Double  time 

Double  time  after  10  P.  M. 

Double  time 

Time  and  one-half 

Time  and  one-half 

Time  and  one-half 

Double  time 

Time  and  one-half 

Double  time 

Double  time 

Double  time 

Double  time 

Time  and  one-half 

Time  and  one-half 

Time  and  one-half 


105 


Union    Petroleum    Bldg.,    Argyle    E.    Robinson,    Architect 

H.  B.  BARNARD 

BUILDING  CONTRACTOR 

404-405,  140  So.  Dearborn  Street 


Marquette    Building 


Phone   Central   2804 


CHICAGO 


L 


Standard    Cap    &    Seal    Co.,    Fullerton    and    Racine    Aves.,    Chicago. 
Davidson   &  Weiss,   Architects 

PETER  OLSON  COMPANY 

GENERAL   CONTRACTORS 

Phone  Central    1920  1 9   S.   La  Salle   Street,   CHICAGO 


106 


EXTRACTS  FROM  THE  NEW  CIVIL  ADMINISTRATIVE 
CODE  OF  THE  STATE  OF  ILLINOIS 

Which  Affects  the  practice  of  the  Architectural  Profession  in  this  State 


The     Department     of     Registration     and 
Education : 

The  director  of  registration  and  educa- 
tion   shall   receive   five   thousand    dollars; 

The  assistant  director  of  registration  and 
education  shall  receive  three  thousand  six 
hundred   dollars; 

The  superintendent  of  registration  shall 
receive  four  thousand  two  hundred  dollars. 

10.  No  member  of  an  advisory  and  non- 
executive board  shall  receive  any  compensa- 
tion. 

11.  Each  executive  and  administrative  of- 
ficer, except  the  two  food  standard  officers, 
the  members  of  the  mining  board,  and  the 
members  of  the  normal  school  board  shall 
devote  his  entire  time  to  the  duties  of  his 
office  and  shall  hold  no  other  office  or  posi- 
tion of  profit. 

12.  Each  officer  whose  office  is  created 
by  this  Act  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Gov- 
ernor, by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent 
of  the  Senate.  In  any  case  of  vacancy  in 
such  offices  during  the  recess  of  the  Senate, 
the  Governor  shall  make  a  temporary  ap- 
pointment until  the  next  meeting  of  the 
Senate,  when  he  shall  nominate  some  per- 
son to  fill  such  office;  and  any  person  so 
nominated,  who  is  confirmed  by  the  Senate, 
shall  hold  his  office  during  the  remainder 
of  the  term  until  his  successor  shall  be 
appointed  and  qualified.  If  the  Senate  is 
not  in  session  at  the  time  this  Act  takes 
effect,  the  Governor  shall  make  a  temporary 
appointment    as    in    case    of   a    vacancy. 

14.  Each  officer  whose  office  is  created 
by  this  Act  shall,  before  entering'  upon  the 
duties  of  his  office,  take  and  subscribe  the 
constitutional  oath  of  office,  which  shall  be 
filed  in  the  office  of  the  Secretary  of  State. 

15.  Each  executive  and  administrative 
officer  whose  office  is  created  by  tnis  Act 
shall,  before  entering  upon  the  discharge 
of  the  duties  of  his  office,  give  bond,  with 
security  to  be  approved  by  the  Governor, 
in  such  penal  sum  as  shall  be  fixed  by  the 
Governor,  not  less  in  any  case  than  ten  thou- 
sand dollars,  conditioned  for  the  faithful 
performance  of  his  duties,  which  bond  shall 
be  filed  in  the  office  of  the  Secretary  of  State. 

16.  The  director  of  each  department  is 
empowered  to  prescribe  regulations,  nut  in- 
consistent with  law,  for  the  government  of 
his  department,  the  condud  C)f  its  employees 
and  clerks,  the  distribution  and  performance 
of  its  business  and  the  custody,  use  and 
preservation  of  the  records,  papers,  bunks, 
documents,    and    property    pertaining    thereto. 

17.  Each  department  shall  maintain  a 
central  office  in  the  capitol  building  at  Spring- 
field, in  rooms  provided  by  the  Secretary  of 
State.  The  director  of  each  department  may, 
in  his  discretion  and  witli  the  approval  of 
the  Governor,  establish  and  maintain,  at 
places  other  than  the  seat  of  government, 
branch  offices  for  the  conduct  of  any  one  or 
more    functions   of   his   department. 

is.     Each  department   shall  I pen   Cor  the 

transaction  of  public  business  at  least  from 
eight-thirty  o'clock  in  the  morning  until 
five  o'clock  in  the  evening  of  each  day  except 
Sundays  and  days  declared  by  the  negotiable 
instrument    Act    to    be    holidays. 

19.  Each  department  shall  adopt  and  keep 
an   official   seal. 

20.  Each  department  is  empowered  to  em 
ploy,  subject  to  civil  service  laws  in  force 
at  the  time  the  employment  is  made,  neces- 
sary employees,  and.  if  the  rate  of  compen- 
sation is  not  otherwise  fixed  by  law.  to  h\ 
their  compensation. 

26.  The  directors  of  departments  shall 
devise  a  practical   and  working   basis   for  co- 


operation and  coordination  of  work,  elimi- 
nating duplication  and  overlapping  of  func- 
tions. They  shall,  so  far  as  practicable,  co- 
operate with  each  other  in  the  employment  of 
services  and  the  use  of  quarters  and  equip- 
ment. The  director  of  any  department  may 
empower  or  require  an  employee  of  another 
department,  subject  to  the  consent  of  the 
superior  officer  of  the  employee,  to  perform 
any  duty  which  he  might  require  of  his  own 
subordinates. 

27.  The  gross  amount  of  money  received 
by  every  department,  from  whatever  source, 
belonging  to  or  for  the  use  of  the  State,  shall 
be  paid  into  the  State  treasury,  without  de- 
lay, not  later  in  any  event  than  ten  days 
after  the  receipt  of  the  same,  without  any 
deduction  on  account  of  salaries,  fees,  costs, 
charges,  expenses  or  claim  of  any  descrip- 
tion whatever.  No  money  belonging  to,  or 
for  the  use  of,  the  State  shall  be  expended 
or  applied  by  any  department  except  in  con- 
sequence of  an  appropriation  made  by  law 
and  upon  the  warrant  of  the  Auditor  of  Pub- 
lic  Accounts. 

28.  In  the  construction  of  buildings  for 
the  various  departments,  or  in  doing  other 
construction  work  in  or  about  buildings  and 
grounds,  exceeding  the  estimated  value  of 
one  thousand  dollars,  contracts  therefor  shall 
be  let  to  the  lowest  responsible  bidder.  Sup- 
plies for  the  several  departments,  except  in 
cases  of  emergency  and  in  the  case  of  per- 
ishable goods,  shall  be  purchased  in  large 
quantities  and  contracts  therefor  shall  be 
let  to  the  lowest  responsible  bilder.  Adver- 
tisements for  bids  for  doing  such  construc- 
tion work,  or  furnishing  such  supplies,  shall 
be  published  for  at  least  three  days,  the  first 
and  last  of  which  publications  shall  be  at 
least  ten  days  apart,  in  one  or  more  news- 
papers of  general  circulation  published  in 
each  of  the  seven  largest  cities  of  the  State 
determined  by  the  then  last  preceding  Fed- 
eral census,  and,  also,  in  one  secular  Eng- 
lish newspaper  selected  by  the  Department 
of  Public  Works  and  Buildings  by  competi- 
tive bidding  in  the  same  manner  as  it  is 
herein  provided  other  contracts  may  be  let 
and  designated  as  an  "official  newspaper," 
which  newspaper  so  selected  shall  continue 
to  be  the  official  newspaper  for  :i  period  of 
one  year  from  the  time  of  its  selection.  The 
proposals  shall  lie  publicly  opened  on  the  daj 
and  hour  anil  at  tin'  place  mentioned  in  the 
advertisement    and    any    and    all    bids    may    be 

rejected  and  when  rejected  a  re-advertise- 
ment shall  be  made  in  the  manner  above 
provided. 

32.  Whenever  rights,  powers  and  duties. 
which  have  heretofore  been  vested  in  or 
exercised  by  any  officer,  board,  commission, 
institution  or  department,  or  any  deputy, 
inspector  or   subordinate  officer   thereof,    are. 

by    this    Act.    transferred,    either    in     whole    01 

in  part,  to  or  vested  tn  a  department  cre- 
ated by  this  Aet.  such  rights,  powers  and 
duties  shall  be  vested  in.  and  shall  be  e\er 
eised    by,    the    department     to    which    the    same 

are  hereby  transferred,  and  not  otherwise. 
and  every  act  done  in  the  exercise  of  such 
lights,  powers  and  duties  shall  have  the 
same    legal    effect    as   if   done   by    tin'    former 

Officer,    board,    commission,     institution    or    de- 
partment, or  any  deputy,   Inspector  or  suboi 
dinate  officer  thereof.     Every  person  and  cor 
poration  shall  he  subject   to  the  same  obliga- 
tions    ami     duties     and     shall     have     the    same 

rights    arising    from     the    exercise    of    such 

rights,    powers    and    duties    as    if    such    rights. 

powers  ami  duties  were  exercised  by  the  of- 
ficer, hoard,  commission,  department  or  in- 
stitution, or  deputy,  Inspector  or  subordinate 
thereof,     designate]     in     the     respective     laws 


107 


TELEPHONES  {BSSftBl 


A.  &  E.  Anderson  Co. 

Building 
Contractors 


927-19  So.  La  Salle  Street 


CHICAGO 


University   of    Michigan    Union    Building,    Ann    Arbor,    Mich. 
Pond   &   Pond,   Architects 

DAHL-STEDMAN  CO. 

Builders 

Lumber    Exchange    Building,    Chicago 

Telephone  Randolph  219 

GEO.   V.   DAHL,   Pres.  E.   W.   STEDMAN,   Sec'y 


10S 


which  are  to  be  administered  by  departments 
created  by  this  Act.  Every  person  and  cor- 
poration shall  be  subject  to  the  same  pen- 
alty or  penalties,  civil  or  criminal,  for  failure 
to  perform  any  such  obligation  or  duty,  or 
for  doing  a  prohibited  act,  as  if  such  obli- 
gation or  duty  arose  from,  or  such  act  were 
prohibited  in,  the  exercise  of  such  right, 
power  or  duty  by  the  officer,  board,  commis- 
sion, or  institution,  or  deputy,  inspector  or 
subordinate  thereof,  designated  in  the  re- 
spective laws  which  are  to  be  administered 
by  departments  created  by  this  Act.  Every 
officer  and  employee  shall,  for  any  offense, 
be  subject  to  the  same  penalty  or  penalties, 
civil  or  criminal,  as  are  prescribed  by  ex- 
isting law  for  the  same  offense  by  any  officer 
or  employee  whose  powers  or  duties  de- 
volved upon  him  under  this  Act.  All  books, 
records,  papers,  documents,  property,  real 
and  personal,  unexpended  appropriations, 
and  pending  business  in  any  way  pertaining 
to  the  rights,  powers  and  duties  so  trans- 
ferred to  or  vested  in  a  department  created 
by  this  Act,  shall  be  delivered  and  trans- 
ferred to  the  department  succeeding  to  such 
rights,   powers  and  duties. 

33.  Wherever  reports  or  notices  are  now 
required  to  be  made  or  given,  or  papers  or 
documents  furnished  or  served  by  any  per- 
son to  or  upon  any  officer,  board,  commis- 
sion, or  institution,  or  deputy,  inspector  or 
subordinate  thereof,  abolished  by  this  Act, 
the  same  shall  be  made,  given,  furnished, 
or  served  in  the  same  manner  to  or  upon  tne 
department  upon  which  are  devolved  by  this 
Act  the  rights,  powers  and  duties  now  exer- 
cised or  discharged  by  such  officer,  board, 
commission,  or  institution,  or  deputy,  in- 
spector or  subordinate  thereof;  and  every 
penalty  for  failure  so  to  do  shall  continue 
in   effect. 

34.  This  Act  shall  not  affect  any  act  done, 
ratified  or  confirmed,  or  any  right  accrued 
or  established,  or  any  action  or  proceeding 
had  or  commenced  in  a  civil  or  criminal 
cause  before  this  Act  takes  effect;  but  such 
actions  or  proceedings  may  be  prosecuted 
and  continued  by  the  department  having 
jurisdiction,  under  this  Act,  of  the  subject 
matter  to  which  such  litigation  or  proceed- 
ing   pertains. 

35.  The  following  offices,  boards,  commis- 
sions, arms,  and  agencies  of  the  State  gov- 
ernment heretofore  created  by  law,  are  here- 
by   abolished. 

State  board  of  examiners  of  architects. 
State  board  of  examiners  of  structural 
engineers,  secretary  of  the  State  board  of 
examiners  of  structural  engineers,  secretary- 
treasurer  of  the  State  board  of  examiners 
of  architects,  State  inspector  of  masonry, 
public  buildings  and  works,  assistant  State 
inspectors  of  masonry,  public  buildings  and 
works,  the  board  of  administration. 


The    Department    of    Public    Works    and 
Building's. 

49.  The  department  of  public  works  and 
buildings    shall    have    power: 

1.  To  exercise  the  rights,  powers  and 
duties  vested  by  law  in  the  State  highway 
department,  the  State  highway  commission, 
the  chief  State  highway  engineer,  the  assist- 
ant State  highway  engineer,  and  other  officers 
and  employees  of  the  State  highway  service; 

2.  To  exercise  the  rights,  powers  anil 
duties  vested  by  law  in  "The  Canal  Com- 
missioners,"  their   officers   and   employees; 

3.  To  exercise  the  rights,  powers  and 
duties  vested  by  law  in  the  rivers  and  lakes 
commission  of  Illinois,  its  officers  and  em- 
ployees; 

4.  To  exercise  the  rights,  powers  and 
duties  vested  by  law  in  the  Illinois  waterway 
commission,  its  secretary,  chief  engineers, 
its    other    officers    and    employees; 

5.  To  exercise  the  rights,  powers  and 
duties  vested  by  law  in  the  Illinois  park 
commission,    its    officers    and    employees; 

6.  To    exercise    the    rights,    powers    and 


duties    vested    by    law    in    the    Fort    Massac 
trustees,    their    officers    and    employees; 

7.  To  exercise  the  rights,  powers  and 
duties  vested  by  law  in  the  Lincoln  home- 
stead  trustees,    their    officers   and   employees; 

8.  To  exercise  the  rights,  powers  and 
duties  vested  by  law  in  the  board  of  com- 
missioners of  and  for  the  Lincoln  monument 
grounds,    its   officers   and   employees; 

9.  To  exercise  the  rights,  powers  and 
duties  vested  by  law  in  the  superiniendent 
of  printing,  his  officers  and  employees; 

10.  To  make  contracts  for  and  superin- 
tend the  telegraph  and  telephone  service  for 
the   several   departments; 

11.  To  purchase  and  supply  all  fuel,  light, 
water  and  other  like  office  and  building  serv- 
ices for  the  several  departments  except  where 
the  same  are  now  supplied  by  the  Secretary 
of    State. 

12.  To  procure  and  supply  all  furniture, 
general  office  equipment  and  general  office 
supplies  (other  than  stationery  and  office 
supplies  distributed  through  the  office  of 
the  Secretary  of  State)  needed  by  the  several 
departments; 

13.  To  procure  and  supply  all  clothing, 
instruments  and  apparatus,  subsistence  and 
provisions  for  the  charitable,  penal  and  re- 
formatory   institutions; 

14.  To  procure  and  supply  all  cots,  beds, 
bedding,  general  room  and  cell  equipment, 
table,  kitchen  and  laundry  equipment,  agri- 
cultural implements,  harness,  stable  and 
garage  supplies,  household  supplies,  periodi- 
cals, machinery  and  tools,  medicines  anu 
medical  supplies,  plumbing,  light  and  engine 
supplies,  wagons  and  other  vehicles  and 
workshop  supplies  needed  by  the  several 
departments; 

14a.  To  purchase  and  supply  all  necessary 
tools,  machinery,  supplies  and  materials  to 
be  used  by  the  State  in  or  about  constructing 
or    maintaining    State    highways; 

15.  To  prepare,  or  cause  to  be  prepared, 
general  plans,  preliminary  sketches  and  esti- 
mates for  the  public  buildings  to  be  erected 
for   any   department; 

16.  To  have  general  supervision  over  the 
erection  and  construction  of  public  build- 
ings erected  for  any  department,  and  over 
the  inspection  of  all  materials  previous  to 
their  incorporation  into  such  buildings  or 
work; 

17.  To  make  contracts  for,  and  supervise 
the  construction  and  repair  of  buildings 
under    the    control    of    any    department; 

18.  To  prepare  and  suggest  comprehen- 
sive plans  for  the  development  of  grounds 
and  buildings  under  the  control  of  any  de- 
partment; 

19.  To  make  and  provide  all  drawings, 
plans,  specifications  and  models  for  the  con- 
struction and  perfection  of  all  systems  of 
sewerage,  drainage  and  plumbing  for  the 
State  in  connection  with  the  buildings  and 
grounds  under  the  control  of  any  depart- 
ment; 

20.  To  erect,  supervise  and  maintain  all 
public  monuments  and  memorials  erected 
by  the  State  except  where  the  supervision 
and  maintenance  thereof  is  otherwise  pro- 
vided  by  law; 

21.  To  lease,  for  a  term  nut  exceeding 
two  years,  storage  acommodations  for  the 
several    depa  rl  orients; 

22.  To  lease,  for  a  term  no1  exceeding 
two  years,  unproductive  and  unused  lands  or 
other  property  under  the  control  of  any 
department,      unless      longer     leases      n 

are    expressly    authorized    by    some    law    en- 
forced   by   the   department; 

23.  To  lease,  fur  a  term  not  exceeding 
two  years,  office  space  in  buildings  for  the 
use    uf    the    several    departments; 

24.  To  have  general  supervision  and  .are 
,,!'  storerooms  and  offices  leased  for  the  use 
of  the  deparl  ments. 

50.  The  advisory  and  nonexecutive  boards 
in  the  department  of  public  works  shall  dis- 
charge the  following  advisory  powers  and 
functions: 


109 


iiiiuii 
urn  II 


w** 


Bauer    &     Black    Bldg.      Holabird    &    Roche,    Architects 

AVERY  BRUNDAGE 

General  Contractor 

Telephone   Central   7762  110   S.    DEARBORN    STREET,    CHICAGO 


C.    A.    Moses,    Pres. 


O.    O.    Carpenter,    Vice-Pres. 


G.    D.    Miller,    Sec'y 


C.  A.  Moses  Construction  Co. 

General  Contractors 

1004  Chamber  of  Commerce  Building 


Reinforced 
Concrete 


CHICAGO 

Phone   Main   3316 


Industrial 
Buildings 


Libby.    McNeil    &    Libby    Plant,    Blue    Island,    111. 


110 


The  board  of  art  advisors  shall  advise 
to  the  artistic  character  of  State  buildings, 
works  and  monuments,  now  or  hereafter  con- 
structed, and  to  any  work  of  a  permanent 
character  intended  for  decoration  or  com- 
memoration; 

The  board  of  water  resource  advisors  shall 
advise  relative  to  riparian  rights  of  the 
State,  and  the  conservation,  use  and  develop- 
ment of  water  resources; 

The  board  of  highway  advisors  shall  ad- 
vise relative  to  the  construction,  improve- 
ment   and    maintenance    of    State    highways; 

The  board  of  park  and  buildings  advisors 
shall  advise  relative  to  the  construction,  im- 
provement and  maintenance  of  State  parks, 
buildings    and    monuments. 

51.  The  director  of  public  works  is  au- 
thorized, with  the  consent  in  writing  of 
the  Governor,  to  acquire,  by  private  purchase 
or  by  condemnation  under  the  eminent  do- 
main Act,  the  necessary  lands  for  the  public 
buildings   and    grounds    for   the    departments. 

52.  All  moneys  received  by  the  director 
of  public  works  from  rents,  leases,  sale  of 
property  or  from  any  other  source  in  connec- 
tion with  the  management  of  the  Illinois  and 
Michigan  Canal  shall  be  covered  into  the 
State  treasury,  and  shall  be  placed  by  the 
State  Treasurer  to  the  credit  of  a  special 
fund  to  be  known  as  the  "Illinois  and  Michi- 
gan   Canal    fund." 


The    Department    of    Registration    and    Edu- 
cation. 

58.  The  department  of  registration  and 
education    shall    have   power: 

1.  To  exercise  the  rights,  powers  and 
duties  vested  by  law  in  the  board  of  edu- 
cation of  the  State  of  Illinois,  the  board  of 
trustees  of  the  Southern  Normal  University 
at  Carbondale,  the  board  of  trustees  of  the 
Northern  Illinois  State  Normal  School  at 
DeKalb,  the  board  of  trustees  of  the  Eastern 
Illinois  State  Normal  School  at  Charleston, 
and  the  board  of  trustees  of  the  Western 
Illinois    State    Normal    School    at    Macomb; 

2.  To  exercise  the  rights,  powers  and 
duties  vested  by  law  in  the  board  of  veteri- 
nary examiners  and  the  State  board  of  live 
stock  commissioners  relating  to  the  practice 
of  veterinary  medicine  and  surgery  in  the 
State    of    Illinois; 

3.  To  exercise  the  rights,  powers  and 
duties  vested  by  law  in  the  board  of  exami- 
ners   of    horseshoers; 

4.  To  exercise  the  rights,  powers  and 
duties  vested  by  law  in  the  State  board  of 
examiners   of   architects; 

5.  To  exercise  the  rights,  powers  and 
duties  vested  by  law  in  the  State  board  of 
examiners    of   structural    engineers. 

60.  The  department  of  registration  and 
education  shall,  wherever  the  several  laws 
regulating  professions,  trades  and  occupa- 
tions which  are  devolved  upon  the  depart- 
ment for  administration  so  require,  exer- 
cise, in  its  name,  but  subject  to  the  provi- 
sions  of   this   Act,    the    following   powers: 

1.  Conduct  examinations  to  ascertain  the 
qualifications  and  fitness  of  applicants  to 
exercise  the  profession,  trade  or  occupation 
for  which  an  examination  is  held;  and  pass 
upon  the  qualifications  of  applicants  for 
resiprocal  licenses,  certificates  and  authori- 
ties; 

2.  Prescribe  rules  and  regulations  for  a 
fair  and  wholly  Impartial  method  of  exami- 
nation of  candidates  to  exercise  the  respec- 
tive    professions,     trades     or     occupations; 

3.  Prescribe  rules  and  regulations  defin- 
ing, for  the  respective  professions,  trades 
and  occupations,  what  shall  constitute  a 
school,  college  or  university,  or  department 
of  a  university,  or  other  institutions,  repu- 
table and  in  good  standing  and  to  determine 
the  reputability  and  good  standing  of  a 
school,  college  or  university,  or  department 
of  a  university,  or  other  institution,  reputable 
and  in  good  standing  by  reference  to  a  com- 


pliance   with    such    rules    and    regulations; 

4.  Adopt  rules  providing  for  and  estab- 
lishing a  uniform  and  reasonable  standard 
of  maintenance,  instruction  and  training  to 
be  observed  by  all  schools  for  nurses  which 
are  to  be  deemed  reputable  and  in  good  stand- 
ing and  to  determine  the  reputability  and 
good  standing  of  such  schools  for  nurses  by 
reference  to  compliance  with  such  rules  and 
regulations; 

5.  Establish  a  standard  of  preliminary 
education  deemed  requisite  to  admission  to 
a  school,  college,  or  university,  and  to  re- 
quire satisfactory  proof  of  the  enforcement 
of  such  standard  by  schools,  colleges  and 
universities; 

fi.  Conduct  hearings  on  proceedings  to 
revoke  or  refuse  renewal  of  licenses,  cer- 
tificates or  authorities  of  persons  exercising 
the  respective  professions,  trades  or  occu- 
pations, and  to  revoke  or  refuse  to  renew 
such    licenses,    certificates    or    authorities; 

7.  Formulate  rules  and  regulations  when 
required    in    any    act    to    be    administered. 

None  of  the  above  enumerated  functions 
and  duties  shall  be  exercised  by  the  depart- 
ment of  registration  and  education,  except 
upon  the  action  and  report  in  writing  of 
persons  designated  from  time  to  time  by 
the  director  of  registration  and  education 
to  take  such  action  and  to  make  such  re- 
port, for  the  respcetive  professions,  trades 
and    occupations   as   follows: 

For  the  architects,  five  persons,  one  of 
whom  shall  be  a  member  of  the  faculty  of 
the  University  of  Illinois,  and  the  other  four 
of  whom  shall  be  architects  residing  in  this 
State,  who  have  been  engaged  in  the  prac- 
tice   of   architecture    at    least    ten    years; 

For  the  structural  engineers,  five  persons, 
one  of  whom  shall  be  a  professor  in  the  civil 
engineering  department  of  the  University  of 
Illinois,  and  the  others  of  whom  shall  be 
structural  engineers  of  recognized  standing, 
who  have  had  not  less  than  ten  years'  prac- 
tical experience,  then  practicing  as  structural 
engineers   in   this   State. 

The  action  or  report  in  writing  of  a  ma- 
jority of  the  persons  designated  for  any 
given  trade,  occupation  or  profession,  shall 
be  sufficient  authority  upon  which  the  di- 
rector of  registration  and  education  may  act. 

In  making  the  designations  of  persons  to 
act  for  the  several  professions,  trades  and 
occupations,  the  director  shall  give  due  con- 
sideration to  recommendations  by  members 
of  the  respective  professions,  trades  and  oc- 
cupations  and   by  organizations    therein. 

Whenever  the  director  is  satisfied  that 
substantial  justice  has  not  been  done  either 
in  an  examination  or  in  the  revocation  of  or 
refusal  to  renew  a  license,  certificate  or  au- 
thority, he  may  order  reexaminations  or  re- 
hearings   by   the  same  or  other   examiners. 

61.  All  certificates,  licenses  and  authori- 
ties shall  be  issued  by  the  department  of 
registration  and  education,  in  the  name  of 
such  department,  with  the  seal  thereof  at- 
tached. 


Repeal. 

64.  The  following  Acts  and  parts  of  Acts 
are    hereby    repealed: 

"An  Act  creating   ti n |    supervising 

architect  of  the  State  of  Illinois  and  defining 
his  powers  and  duties."  approved  April  24, 
L899,    in    force    July    I,    1899; 

"An  Act  creating  the  office  of  supervising 
engineer  for  the  General  Assembly,  its  mem- 
bers and  committees,  and  the  Board  of  Ad- 
ministration Of  the  Stat.'  of  Illinois,  and  fix- 
ing his  compensation,"  approved  June  10, 
L91  i.    in    force   July    L,    1911: 

"An    A'l     to    Create    a    Stale    art    commission. 

and  t.i  define  i,s  powers  and  duties."  approved 
June    i.    1909,    In    force  July   1.   1909: 

An    Act    creating    ti ffice    of    State    in- 

spector  of  masonry,  public  buildings  and 
works,  and  prescribing  qualifications,  duties 
and  compensation."  approved  June  28,  1915, 
in    force    July    1,    1915. 


Ill 


Industrial  Housing  Problems 


Every  architect  who  has  industrial  housing  problems 
to  solve  will  find  in  Curtis  Woodwork  a  solution  of 
his  sash,  door  and  woodwork  requirements. 

The  Curtis  Catalog  No.  300  pictures  scores  of  Stand- 
ard Designs  of  Curtis  Woodwork  which  can  be  had 
i?i  quantities,  at  quantity  prices,  and  for  immediate 
delivery. 

There  are  designs  of  doors,  windows,  frames,  cabinet 
work,  trim  and  exterior  and  interior  woodwork  of  all 
kinds  for  all  kinds  of  houses,  from  the  workman's 
cottage  to  the  superintendent's  home. 

Our  catalog  will  be  supplied  upon  request.  Tell  us 
of  your  requirements. 

CURTIS  DOOR  &  SASH  CO. 

1414  So.  Western  Ave.  CHICAGO  Telephone  Canal  4900 


CURTlS 

WOODWORK 

"%e  Permanent  TaTmtnreJbryouTjKbme 


112 


INDEX  TO  BUILDING  ORDINANCE 


(SEE  PAGES  119-245) 


Copyright  1919  by  H.  L.  Palmer. 
Everything  grouped  or  belonging  to  a  Class  Is  Indexed  under  the  item  CLASS  I, 
CLASS  II,  etc.,  and  embraces  the  law  as  applied  to  such  grouping.  Otherwise  every  section 
of  the  Building  Ordinnnce  is  separately  Indexed.  A  too  voluminous  guide  or  index  is  as 
much  a  vexation  as  one  with  too  few  references.  We  present,  herewith,  what  we  believe 
to  be  a  concise,  yet  complete   guide.      


Section  No. 
A 
Acetylene  Gas: 

Buildings    for.    requirements 247(d) 

Alterations  of  Building's: 

Requirements    (general   provisions)  499,   502 
Amusement  Park: 

Classed    under    "Class    IV." 
Roller    coaster    devices — frontage    con- 
sents— building    requirements — space 

between    buildings 359-364 

Amusements: 

License    not    to    issue    without    certifi- 
cate   of    Commissioner    of    Buildings 

et    al     698 

Apartment    (Tenement)    Building': 

Classed   under  Class  VI. 
Arbitration: 

Appeal   in    case   of   dispute 207 

Form   of  decision 207 

Oath    of    arbitrators    208 

Power    to    examine    witnesses 208 

Architects: 

Certification    of   plans    232,    239,   604 

Authority    to   certify   plans   also    given 
to  any  licensed  Structural  Engineer. 
See   232. 
Asbestos  (fused)  board  as  insulating  ma- 
terial   for    chimneys    566 

Ash  Chutes  In  Walls:    Wall  construction   571 
Ashlar  Pacing1 — when   considered   part   of 

wall     522 

Assembly  Hall: 

Classed  under   "Class  IV." 
Asylum: 

Classed  under   "Class  II." 
Athletic  Park: 

Classed    under    "Class   IV." 


Bakeries:     Ventilation    258(d) 

Balustrade:      See    Parapet    Walls. 
Barn: 

Classed    under    "Classes    I    and    III." 
Base  Ball  Park: 

Classed    under    "Class    IV." 
Basement: 

Definition     419,    584 

(See  also   441b.) 

"English"     basement      419 

Floor    construction:      See    ordinance    at 

end  of  Building  Ordinance,  page  222. 

Frame     building — basement     or     story 

placed     beneath     644 

Living     rooms     in     basements     of     new 

tenements     436 

Living    rooms    in    existing    tenements..    464 
Salesrooms       in       sub-basements       per- 
mitted.      See     ordinance     at     end     of 
Building    Ordinance,     page     221. 
Sub-basement       and       cellar — construc- 
tion          5S5 

Bay   Winlows:      Construction    588 

Beams: 

T    Beams.      See    under    "  'T'    Beams." 
Belt   Courses: 

Permits    for 231(d) 

Billboards.  Signboards,  Sisrns  and  Fences: 
Bond    (billboards  and   signboards)    ....    681 
Frontage    consents    for    billboards    and 

signboards       682 

General    provisions     670-685 

Boarding  Stable: 

See    tinder    "Stables    and    Barns";    also 
under    "Frontage    Consents." 


Section  No. 
Boilers: 

Location — permit     573 

Bonds: 

Department  of  Buildings — subordinates  227 

Street    obstruction     600 

Wreckers     236 

Brick: 

Brickwork  —  bonding         requirements 

(general    provisions)     524 

Soft,     where     not     permitted     (general 
provisions)      523 

Brick   Buildings: 

Requirements  as  to  moving 502 

Building    Inspector    In    Charge    and    As- 
sistants:       See      under      "Buildings, 
Dep't  of." 
Building      Permit      Pees:        See      under. 

"Fees." 
Buildings: 

Arbitration    in    case    of    dispute    as    to 

security,    etc 207-8 

Classification    of    all 241 

Continued    use    unlawful    when    not    in 

compliance    with    ordinances    202 

Construction — stoppage     206 

Construction  in  violation  of  this  chap- 
ter— consequences     304 

Elevators    (grain,    etc.);    construction.    254 
Encroachment    on    streets:       See    ordi- 
nance at  end  of  Building  Ordinance, 
page    227. 
Frame    buildings.      See    under    "Frame 

Buildings." 
Inspection   where   complaint   is   made..    202 
Night-time     building    restriction.       See 
ordinance    at    end    of    Building    Ordi- 
nance, page   229. 
Purposes    of    more    than    one    class    In 

same    building;    requirements    242 

Removal    or   wrecking   by    Fire   Dep't..    205 
Safety:      Commissioner's   power    in    ur- 
gent    cases     209 

Space    allowed    between    buildings    276    (b) 

Stoppage      206 

Toilet  facilities  for  workmen.     See  or- 
dinance at  end  of  Building  Ordinance, 
page   231. 
Two   or   more   classes — use   in   any   one 

building;    requirements     242 

Fnsafe — authority  of  Commissioner    .  .    203 
Wrecking   or   removal    by    Fire   Dep't..    205 

Buildings,  Department  of: 

Bonds    of    subordinates    227 

Building    Inspector    in    charge    and    as- 
sistants— appointment — -duties.     .218.    219 

Certificates    issued    by    Department    of 
Buildings — signing — record     211 

Clerical    assistants     226 

Commissioner: 

Appointment;  qualifications:  bond...  200 
Police;  may  call  assistance  ot....  210 
Powers  and  duties.  .201,  202,  203,  204,  205, 
206,  209,  210,  2  11.  22:',  2  tit.  241(r),  698 
Responsibility    of    Commissioner...,    201 

Departmental    estimate    for    Appropri- 
ation   Bill    212 

Deputy  Commissioner  of  Buildings: 
Offic    created  200 

Deputy   Commissioner: 

Qualifications      —      appointment      — 
powers    in     absence     of    superior — 

duty     214 

Elevator    Inspector    in    ("harRe    and    as- 
sistants— appointment — duties    ..221,   222 


113 


Employees  not  to  engage  in  outside 
business     228 

Engineer  in  Charge  and  assistants — 
appointment,   duties    215,   216 

Engineering  Staff — appointment  of  four 
architectural    engineers — duties    ....    217 

Establishment    of    Department 199 

Fees:  account  kept — annual  report 
(See  also  under   "Fees") 212 

Fire  Escape  Inspector  in  Charge  and 
assistants — office  created — appoint- 
ment— duties     223,   22  t 

Inspections    and    Complaints    record...'   213 

Officers    other    than    Commissioner....    200 
Plans: 

Examination   and  approval 213 

Certification    232 

Police    to   assist   when    called    upon...'.'    210 

Records — inspection  open  to  certain 
city     officials 211 

Secretary:  office  created — appointment 
— duty       225 

C 

Canopy: 

Construction — plans — fee     586 

Cellar:      See   under    "Basement." 

Cement  used  in  reinforced  concrete  work 
— tests    54  j 

See   also   under    "Concrete"   and   "Rein- 
forced  Concrete." 
Certificate:     See    under    "Buildings,    De- 
partment of". 
Certification  of  Plans  by  either  a  licensed 
Architect  or  a  licensed  Structural  En- 
gineer         232 

Cinder  Concrete:     See  under  "Concrete." 
Chimneys: 

Alley      or      street — not      to      encroach 

upon    568 

Flue    linings — insulating    cavities 564 

Frame     buildings 645 

Height    above    roof 563 

Isolated — stress     requirements 569 

Insulating    material    for    metal 566 

Interior — framing     around 567 

Metal    or    reinforced    concrete 560-1 

Metal,  in  slow-burning  or  mill  con- 
struction         565 

Tenement  or  apartment  house 562 

Walls  forming  smoke  flues — require- 
ments        570 

Church:      Classed    under    Class    IV. 

Class  I.  Embraces  structures  for  mer- 
chandise (other  than  department 
stores),  barns,  stables  and  garages,  or 
for  housing  automobiles.  (Ground 
area  for   500   or  more  sq.   feet.) 

Definition   and    construction 244-254 

Class  II.  Embraces  office,  clubhouse,  ho- 
tel, lodging  house,  hospital,  "homes." 
for  housing  sick,  infirms  or  imbecile 
people,  house  of  correction  or  deten- 
tion,  jail   or   asylum   buildings. 

Definition   and   construction 255-270 

Class    IH.      Embraces    private    residence, 
barn,      stable      or      garage      buildings 
(ground  area  of  less  than  500  sq.  feet). 
Definition    and    construction 27l-284 

Class  IV.  Embraces  church,  hall  used 
for  parish,  lodge,  dance,  banquet,  skat- 
ing rink,  assembly,  exposition  and  ex- 
hibition, instruction  (other  than 
schools),  theatres  (except  such  as  are 
included  in  Classes  IV-a,  IV-c.  IV-d 
and  V),  moving  picture,  vaudeville 
(limited  to  300  seating  capacity) 
buildings:  also  baseball,  athletic  and 
amusement    parks. 

Definition    and    construction 282-358 

Class  V.  Embraces  theater  buildings  of 
the  first    class. 

Definition    and   construction    365-416 

Class  VI.  Embraces  tenement  and  apart- 
ment  buildings. 

Definition     and     construction 417-465 

Class  VH.  Embraces  department  store 
(so-called)     buildings. 

Definition     and     construction 466-479 


Class    nO,      Embraces   school   buildings. 

Definition     and     construction 480-497 

Class  IX.    Embraces  police  station  build- 
ings. 

Definition    and    construction    511    (a) 
to   (k). 
Class    in    doubt— Comr.    Bldgs    to    deter- 
mine     241(r) 

Classification   of   Building's 241 

Cleaning'    Windows      safety     device 589 

Closing1    of    buildings    for    cause: 

Theaters     368 

Schools     498 

Clubhouse: 

Classed   under   "Class  II." 
Coal,    brick,    stone,    cement,    salt    sheds; 
also  for  icing  cars.     See  under  "Sheds." 
Columns: 

Also     see     under     "Walls,     Piers     and 

Columns." 
Reinforced        concrete.  See        under 

"columns"      under     "reinforced     con- 
crete." 
Structural    steel: 

Concrete     filling 539 

Commissioner     of     Building's,     and     As- 
sistants. 

See  under   "Buildings,   Department   of." 
Complaints: 

Record    of    all 2i3 

Concrete: 

Cinder    concrete — requirements 554 

Fireproof    construction 550-2 

Floors    in    basements.      See    ordinance, 

page   222. 
Piling.      See   under    "Foundations." 
Reinforced.        See     under     "Reinforced 
Concrete    Construction." 
Conflict  between  g  eneral  and  special  pro- 
visions— what  governs    243 

Contractors: 

Registry   with   Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings.    See  Ordinance  at  end  of  Build- 
ing  Ordinance,    page    229. 
Construction: 

Bay     windows 588 

Billboards,        signboards,       signs       and 

fences      670-679 

Cellar    585 

Canopv      586 

Class  "I      245  to  254 

Class   II    256  to  258 

Class  H-a    260 

Class  H-b  262  to  264 

Class  II-c  266  to  ;270 

Class  III    272  to  idl 

Class   IV     283  to  288 

Class    IV-a    292-301 

Class   IV-b     304-329 

Class   IV-c     332-351 

Class   IV-d    354-358 

Class  V    (now   in   existence) 370-393 

Class  V    (hereafter     erected) 394-416 

Class  VI     418-465 

Class  VII     467-479 

Class  VIII    481-497 

Class   IX  follows   Sec.    498   on   page   168. 

511   (b)   to   (k). 
Construction      contrary      to      approved 

plans — power   to   stop    202 

Courts    and     light     shafts 587-8 

Fireproof    construction 605-631 

Garages:  See  ordinance  (as  last 
amended  June  29,  1917)  at  end  of 
Building   Ordinance,   page    223. 

Grain,    etc.,    elevators 254 

Ice    houses 649 

Metal    lath,    use 247 

Mill    construction 635-7 

Ordinary    construction 638 

Permit       pre-requisite       to       beginning 

work    240 

Power    to    stop 240 

Reinforced     concrete 532-549 

Sheds     647-8 

Skeleton        construction        (Reinforced 

concrete)     555 

Skeleton  steel  walls — metal  lath — 
buildings  for  explosives,  for  motor 
vehicles,  for  smoking  meats,  for 
dry    cleaning:      requirements 247 


114 


Skylights     578 

Slow-burning    construction 632-4 

Smoking   meats — buildings    for    247 

Structural    details    (with    table)     (gen- 
eral    provisions) 504 

Sub-basement  and  cellar 585 

Tenement      and      apartment      building 

(special    regulations)     418-465 

Toilet  facilities  for  the  men  on  the  job. 
See  ordinance  at  end  of  Building  Or- 
dinance,  page  231. 

Corner    lot    denned 424 

Cornices: 

Construction      and      material      require- 
ments          575 

Permits     for 231  (d  ) 

Projection    beyond    lot    lines 231 

Court  and  Light  Shafts: 

Construction     587-8 

Courts — Inner     and     Outer     (lot     line)  — 

Specifications    429 

Crushed  Stone,  Sand  &   Gravel:   Regulat- 
ing  sale,    ordinance    in    re,   passed   Oct. 
19,    1914. 
Cupolas:      See   under   "Foundry  Cupolas." 

Definition:  r> 

Apartment     419 

Basement    419,  584 

(See  also  441   (b).) 
"Block,"      used      in      connection      with 

frontage    consents 686 

Cellar 419 

Class     1 244 

Class     II 255 

Class   Il-a 259 

Class   Il-b 261 

Class   II-c 265 

Class    III 271 

Class    IV 282 

Class    IV-a 289 

Class    IV-b 302 

Class    IV-c 330 

Class    IV-d 353 

Class    V 365 

Class    VI 417 

Class    VII 466 

Class    VIII 480 

Class    IX     [follows    Sec.     49S    on    page 

158,    and    comprises    Sec.    511    (a;    to 

(k)] 511(a) 

Corner     lot 424 

Court     419 

Fireproof     construction 605 

Habitable     room 276 

Live    and    dead    loads 503 

Mill    construction     635 

Ordinary    construction    638 

Public    Hall 419 

Reinforced    concrete 532 

Reinforced    hollow    tile 553 

Shaft     419 

Slow-burning     construction 632 

Stair    nail 419 

Story    .  .    419 

Tenement    house     (new) 419 

Tile — reinforced     hollow 553 

Walls,    terms    used    with    reference    to 

construction.      (General  provisions.).  521 

Yard     419 

Department  of  Buildings: 

Employees    not    to    engage    in    outside 

businesses     228 

Department   Store: 

Classed   under   "Class  VII." 
Deposits    and    Pees 234-5 

(oee  also   "Fees.") 
Derrick:     See  under  "Sidewalk  and  Street." 
Dividing   Walls:      See   under    "Walls." 
Domes:      See   under   "Towers,   Domes  and 

Spires." 
Door    and    Window    Openings: 

Iron    door    and    shutter    protection....    558 

Wired     glass     protection 558 

Doors: 

Iron    doors    in    dividing   walls;    require- 
ments        559 

Openings:     Widths 248 

Revolving    24S.    477 


Dry    Cleaning    Plants  : 

Building    requirements 247  (h) 

(See  also  ordinance  at  end  of  Build- 
ing  Ordinance,   page   222.) 

E 

Eaves:      See  under   "Cornices." 
Elevators     (Lifts) : 

Hospitals:     requirement 269 

.    Inspector    in    charge    and    assistants. 
See  under  "Bldgs,  Dep't.  of." 

Requirements   660-9 

Elevators — Grain    254 

Employees    of    Department    of    Buildings 

not    to    engage    in    outside    work 228 

Engineer  in   Charge   and   Assistants: 

See     under     "Buildings,     Department 
of." 
Engineering    Staff:       See    under     "Build- 
ings,   Department    of." 

English  Basement    419 

Entry:      Power    Given    City    Officials: 

Commissioner   of    Buildings    229 

Theaters    (certain   officials) 285,   367 

Exits:     Revolving   doors — where  crediteu 

as    exits     248 

Explosives: 

Buildings    for    247(c) 

Exposition   and    Exhibition    Hall: 
Classed    under    "Class    IV." 

Pees:  F 

Billboards    and    signboards     681 

Canopy     586 

Building    permits     235 

Inspection   of  buildings    238 

Roller    coasters     363 

Street    obstruction     600 

Tanks   on    roof    (substructure)    557 

Water     234 

Pences: 

Construction     requirements     684 

Films — Storage  Buildings.  Ordinance 
in  re,  passed  June  28,  1918,  Council 
Journal. 

Pire    Clay   Brick:      Chimney    linings 566 

Fire  Escapes: 

Hospitals;     requirement     270 

Inspector     in     charge     and     assistants. 

See  under   "Buildings,   Dept.   of." 
Number         and         location;          require- 
ments       653-58 

Fire  limits    695 

Fire  Limits: 

Height     of     certain     structures     inside 

and     outside     limits     5  7  7 

Fireproof  Concrete  Construction: 

Acceptance     for     fireproof     buildings — 

requirements     550-2 

Fireproof  Construction:      Definition  ...  605-631 
Fire   Walls:.    See   under    "Walls." 
Flat    Slah: 

See   Special   ruling    111,   page   23^ 
Floors: 

Basements:  Construction.  See  under 
"Basements." 

Floor  levels  in  skating  rinks 308 

Dive     loads     253 

Strength    placards    252 

Forms  Used  in  Concrete  Work: 

Removal — time    551 

Foundations: 

Allowable  stresses  (special  require- 
ments)   (general  provisions)    512 

Bearing   on    soils    (general    provisions)   512 
Concrete     piles     test      piles     allowable 
compression — tests        (general       pro- 
visions)           51S 

Construction,     character     of     (general 

provisions)      515 

Encroachment     on     street     or     alley — 

when   permitted    23lc 

Masonry:  Allowable  stresses— spe- 
cial requirements  (general  provi- 
sions)          520 

New  and  old  walls;  requirements  (gen- 
eral   provisions) 516 


115 


Not   permitted    (general   provisions)    .  .    514 
Pile  borings;   safe  load   formula;   other 

requirements    (general    provisions)  .  .    517 
Soils:       Requirements    and    limitations 

(general    provisions)     512,    513,    517 

Steel    rails    nr    beams    in    concrete;    re- 
quirements   (general    provisions)     . . .    519 
Support     on     city-owned     underground 
structures     forbidden     (general    pro- 
visions)          514 

Walls,  new  and  old;  requirements  (gen- 
eral  provisions)    516 

When    in    wet    soil — trenches   necessary 

(general   provisions)    53* 

roundry    Cupolas:     Construction — height 

above    roof     574 

Frame  Buildings: 

Basement    or    story    placed    beneath...    644 

Changed     to     flats — requirements 641 

Chimneys     in — flues — requirements.  .  .  .    645 

Height — uniformity      643 

Dot    line    limitations    646 

Prohibitions  and  exceptions    640 

Raising — requirements      642 

Repair  within  fire  limits   639 

Roofs — changing  gable  or  hip    642 

Width    and    depth    dimensions    646 

Frontage     Consents: 

Amusement   parks,    requirement    360 

Amusements    (where    a    license    Is    re- 
quired)           691 

"Block"  as  used  In  this  chapter:     Defi- 
nition          686 

Building    for    sale    of    merchandise    in 

residence    block     688 

Garage   (public).     See  ordinance  at  end 

of  Building  ordinance,  page  223. 
Gas  reservoir,  packing  house,  render- 
ing- plant,  soap  factory,  tannery, 
blacksmith  shop,  foundry,  smelter, 
metal  refinery,  machine  shop,  fac- 
tory combined  with  a  foundry,  laun- 
dry run  by  machinery,  livery,  board- 
ing or  sales  stables,  medical  dispen- 
sary, textile  factory,  second  hand 
store,    smoke    house;    requirement...    687 

Hospitals     267 

Ice     Houses.       See     ordinance     passed 

January  8.  1913,  Council  Journal. 
Meats,     poultry,     fish,     butter,     cheese, 
lard,  vegetables  or  provisions    (busi- 
ness of  selling)   in  residence  block.  .    693 

Moving    buildings     690 

Reformatories     or     sheltering     institu- 
tions  in   residence  block  or   square.  .    689 
Shavings,    sawdust    or    excelsior — stor- 
age   of     692 

Frontage    on    Streets — Requirement: 
Class     IV-a:        Building     seating     less 

than    800    290 

Over    800     291 

Class   IV-b    (less   than    800)     303 

Class    IV-c    (over    800)     331 

G 

Garages    (ground   area  of   more   than   500 
sq.  feet),  Class  I. 
Less   than   500   sq.    feet.   Class   III. 

Basement  requirements    247    (e) 

Building   restrictions    247    (e)    (f) 

levins;  rooms  or  flat  over  garage.. 247    (f) 
Restrictions  as  to  location.     See   ordi- 
nance, page  223. 

Gas: 

Reservoir — locality  limitation    603 

General   Provisions    499-604 

(Indexed   according  to  subject-matter.) 

Girders:      See    under    "Plate    Girders." 

Grandstands:      Requirements     355,    356 

Gravel  Roofs:      See   under   "Roofs." 

Gutters:      See   under   "Cornices." 

K 
Hall   (all  kinds   other  than   school): 

Classed    under   "Class   IV." 
Height: 

Buildings — fireproof     583 

Buildings — non-fireproof     583 

Frame  buildings — when  carried  to  uni- 
form    height      643 

Structures  inside  and   outside  fire  lim- 
its         577 


Hoists  used  While  Buildings  is  in  Progress. 667 
"Homes"    (so-called): 

Classed    under    "Class    II." 
Hospitals: 

Classed    under    "Class    II." 

Frontage    consents     267 

I. (nation      limitation,      ordinance      con- 
cerning, passed  April  29,  1912,  Coun- 
cil  Journal. 
Hotel: 

i  lassed    under    "Class    II." 
House  of  Correction: 

Classed    under    "Class    II." 
Fouse   Moving: 

Kramt — Permits    for    690 

Brick     502 

I 
Ice   Houses: 

Construction    and    location    649 

Ice   Houses   and    Cooling   Plants: 

Ordinance  limiting  location,  passed 
Dec.  30,  1912,  and  that  requiring 
frontage  consents,  passed  January 
8,    1913,    Council   Journal. 

Illuminated  Roof  Signs 685 

Infirm,      Sick      or     Imbecile      Institution 
Buildings : 
Classed  under  "Class  II." 
Inspection: 

Annual   inspection  of  buildings — fees.  .    238 
Buildings     complained     of     to     be     in- 
spected         202 

Record  to   be  kept    213 

Inspectors   in  Charge: 

See  under   "Buildings.  Department  of." 
Insulating   Material  for  Metal   Chimneys 

and    Stacks 566 

J 
Jail:     Classed  under  "Class  II." 

L 

lathing-    (wood)    and    Plastering1 590 

Ledges:       (General    provisions)     507 

License   of   Theaters:      When   revocable.  .    369 
Light    Shafts:      See    under    "Courts    and 

Light    Shafts." 
Living-   Rooms   in   Basements : 

When    permitted     464 

Loads: 

Floors    in    Class   IV-b   buildings    309 

Live    and     dead    defined     (with     table) 

(general  provisions)    .  .  .  .  i 503 

Live   loads   in   theatres   of  Class  V. . . .    375 
Live   and    dead — stress    (general   provi- 
sions)          529 

Lodging*  House: 

Classed   under   "Class   II." 
Lot  line  limitations  for  frame  buildings.    646 
Lumber: 

Storage  within  fire  limits.  Ordinance 
concerning,  passed  January  16,  1914, 
and  November  1,  1915,  Council  Jour- 
nal. 

M 

Magnesia   block   insulation    (chimneys) .  .    566 
Mason  Contractors: 

Licensing  and   regulation.      See  page   227. 
Masonry  Foundations:    See  under  "Foun- 
dations." 
Marquise:      See  under   "Canopy." 
Material  for  Buildings   on  Street: 

See    under    "Sidewalk    and    Street." 
Metal  Frames   and    Sash:      Requirements   558 
Metal   Lath:      See    under    "Construction." 
Metal  Structural   Roof  Members: 

Omission    of    fireproofing 618    (d),    632 

Metals : 

Stresses  (allowable)  and  special  re- 
quirements   (general    provisions)  ....    528 

Mill    Construction:      Definition,   etc 635-7 

Miscellaneous    Provisions    55  6-604 

(Indexed   also  as   to   subjects.) 
Motor     Vehicles:       Buildings     for     hous- 
ing     247(e),    (f) 

Moving  Picture  Buildings: 
Classed    under    "Class    IV." 
Film    storage    building.      Ordinance    In 
re     construction,      passed      June      28, 
1918.      (See  Council   Journal.) 


116 


N 

Nuisance:      What   constitutes    696 

Office  Building's:  O 

Classed    under    "Class    II." 
Ordinary    Construction:      Definition     ....    638 

P 
Parapet  Walls    (and   balustrades)  ...  .511,   583 
Partitions : 

Smoke    pipes    through — size    limitation   572 
Penalty:     Violation  of  any  of  provisions 

of    this    chapter    697 

Permits : 

Application — approval    by    Bldg.    j^ept. 
approval  by  other  City  Depts..  231(a),  (b) 

Cornices    and    belt    courses 231(d) 

Foundation    encroachment    into    street 

or    alley 231(c) 

Issue     of,     pre-requisite     to     beginning 

work     240 

Non-issue    unless,    etc 231(d) 

Requirement — void   if   not   used   within 

six    months    230 

Revocation  for  cause    237 

Water,    used    in    construction    234 

Wreckers    (and    bond)     236 

Piers:     See  under  "Walls,  Piers  and  Col- 
umns." 
Filing':      See   under    "Foundations." 
Pipes     (conductor)    from    roof -material.  .    575 
Plans : 

Alterations    not    permitted   on    stamped 

plans — exception. 
Approval    by    Commissioner    of    Build- 
ings     231    (a)    (b)    (c) 

Architect's    certification 239,    604 

Essentials     232 

Examination     and    approval     by     Com- 
missioner and  assistants   213 

Filing      with      Dept.      and      return      to 

owner    231(d) 

On   the  job — to  be  kept 231(e) 

Reinforced    concrete    construction 532 

Structural   Engineer's    certification....    232 

Voided   by  deviation    240 

Plastering-:      See   Lathing   and    Plastering. 
Plate         Girders — Flanges — Compression : 

(General    provisions)     531 

Police:      Assistance    to    be    given    Bldg. 

Dept.   on   request    210 

Police  Station  Building: 

Classed   under    "Class    IX." 
Porches,   Verandas,   Porticos:      Construc- 
tion   inside    fire    limits     556 

Portland  Cement  only  to  be  used  in  rein- 
forced  concrete  construction    542 

Private   Residence: 

Classed  under  "Class  III." 
Private  Stable:     See  under   "Stables  and 

Barns." 
Provisions : 

General    provisions    499-604 

(Indexed  according  to  subject-matter.) 
Provisions,    General   and   Special: 

Conflict  between — what  governs    243 

R 
Red  lantern:      See  under   "Sidewalk  and 

Street." 
Removal   of   Buildings:      Requirements: 

(General    provisions)     502 

Residence    (private) : 

Classed  under  "Class   TIT." 

Revocation   of   permits    for   cause    23  7 

Reinforced   Concrete   Construction : 

Definition — plans     532 

Cement,    Portland    only    to    be    used — 

tests      542 

Chimneys     560-1 

Columns:      Per    cent    of    reinforcement 

and    other    requirements    538 

Columns  of  steel — concrete  filling.  .  .  .  539 
Concrete  finish  not  to  be  calculated   in 

the    strength,    etc 549 

Curtain  walls  in  skeleton  construction  540 
Flange — limiting  width  in  T  beams...  537 
Freezing    weather,    requirement    where 

work   is   carried   on    547 

Mixing      545 

Moments    of    external    forces     536 

Placing     concrete     around     reinforcing 

steel     546 

Plans,    filing    of     532 

Portland   cement — use   of    542 


Ratio    of    moduli    of    elasticity — adhe- 
sion— bond    533 

Sand   and   stone,   quality   to   be   used.. 543-4 
Steel — bending       and       elongation — re- 
quirements         541 

Unit  stresses  for  steel  and  concrete.  .    534 
Warm      weather,      requirement      where 

work   is  carried   on    548 

Reinforced     Hollow     Tile:        See     under 

"Terra   Cotta." 
Riveting:      Tension    (general    provisions)    530 
Roller      Coaster      Devices:        See      under 
"Amusement  Parks." 

Roof-houses      583 

Roofs: 

Enclosures    for   skylights,   water   tanks 

or  elevator  machinery   579 

Frame     buildings — changing     gable     or 

hip     642 

Illuminated    signs — requirements    685 

Pitch — requirements       580 

Rise   above   limit   of  height    630 

Shingle    or    gravel     581 

Structures     (skylights,     inclosures    for 

tanks,    etc.) ;    requirements    579 

Tanks    on;    requirements    557 

Use     of — when     considered     an     added 

story     358 

Rooms: 

Habitable — definition     276 

Rubble,  definition.     See  under  "Definition 

of  terms,"   under   "Walls." 
Rulings     (special)     of    Building    Depart- 
ment        231 

Runways  for  Stock    577 

S 
Safety    device    for   window-cleaning    ....    589 
Sales    Stable:      See    under    "Stables    and 

Barns." 
Sand,    quality    called    for    in    reinforced 

concrete    work     543 

Scaffolds  and   Temporary  Floors: 

Requirements     591 

School    Buildings: 

Classed  under   "Class  VIII." 

Scuttles     on    Roofs 583 

Seats: 

Not  fixed — computation   as   to  space...    307 
Temporary  seating  structures  for  spe- 
cial    occasions     357 

Widths    between    in    Class    IVc    and   V 

(theaters)    338,   378 

Sheds: 

Coal,    brick,     stone,    cement    and     salt, 
and    for   icing   cars;    requirements...    648 

Open   shelter — requirements    647 

Shingle  Roofs:     See  under  "Roofs." 
Sick   or  Infirm,  or  Imbecile   Institutions: 

Classed   under   "Class    II." 
Sidewalk    and    Street: 

Building  material — storage 595 

Delivery   of   material    593 

Derrick — use — limitation     597 

Excavated    material    or    rubbish — care 

of     596 

Frontage    adjacent    to    building    opera- 
tions—consent  of  owner    599 

Occupation — extent    of    592 

Red    lantern — display    599 

Street     obstruction — -permit — bond — fee   600 

Temporary   roof  over  sidewalk 594 

Signs: 

"Dangerous     building";      when     to     be 

posted      203 

Illuminated    roof    685 

In     general.       See     under     "Billboards, 
Signboards,   Signs  and   Fences." 
Skating  Rink: 

Classed  under  "Class  IV." 

Requirements     308 

Skeleton   Construction: 

Curtain    walls    540 

Definition    and    special    ruling    555 

Skeleton    Steel    Walls:      See    under    "Con- 
struction." 
Skylights: 

Construction — glass    in     578 

When   permitted    579 

Roof   Skylights    583 

Slow-burning   Construction: 

Definition,     etc 632-4 

Smoke  Houses:  Building  requirements.  247(g) 


117 


Smoke   Pipes    passing    through   partitions 

— size    limitation     572 

Smoking'  Meats,  Building's  for: 

S<  e   under   "<  )<  mst  ruction." 
Soils:      In    connection    with    foundations 

(general   provisions)    512,   513,    517 

Space  Allowed  Between  Building's.  ...276    (b) 
Special    Rulings    of    the    Department    of 

Buildings. 
Spires:      See    under   "Towers,    Domes   and 

Spires." 
Stables   and    Barns: 

Classed   under  "('lasses  l  and   HI." 

Frontage  consents   for    bOl 

Regulations     conversion — consent       re- 
quired —distance   from  school,  church, 
hospital,    public    park    or   playground   601 
Stacks:     See   under   "Chimneys." 
Stairs: 

Sub-basement    or  cellar     leading   to  or 

from    585 

Stairways: 

In    general     650-652 

Steel: 

Cen. ling,    etc.,    in    reinforced    concrete 

construction     541 

Steel    Bails    or    Beams    Used    in    Founda- 
tions.    See  under  "Foundations." 
Stone:      Quality    called    for    in    reinforced 

concrete     work     5  11 

Store      (merchandise — other      than      "De- 
partment" store) : 

Classed    under    "('lass    I." 

Story!      Definition    

Street     Obstruction:       See     under     "Side- 
walk   and    Street." 
Street  and  Sidewalk  Occupation:    See  un- 
der  "Sidewalk  and  Street." 
Stresses: 

Foundations       (special       requirements) 

(general    provisions)     

Loads — alive   and   dead    (general   provi- 
sions)       

Masonry    foundations     

Metals:      See  under   "Metals." 
Timber:      See  under  "Timber." 
Unit   stresses  for   steel   and   concrete. 
Structural     Details:        See     under      "Con- 
struction." 
Structural  Engineer   (licensed): 

Certification   of  plans 

Structures: 

Inside    and    outside    fire    limits — limita- 
tions   as    to    height    

Sub-basement     Salesrooms:        See     under 
"Basements." 


419 


512 


529 

520 


534 


232 


537 
583 

00  2 


:::.; 


565 


"T"  Beams:  Width  of  flange  in  connec- 
tion with  reinforced  concrete  work.. 

Tanks    on    Roofs    5  5  7. 

Tannery:      Location    limitation    

Temporary  Floors:  See  under  "Scaffolds 
and   Temporary   Floors." 

Temporary  Seating  Structures  for  spe- 
cial   occasions     

Tenement  (Includes  Apartment)  Build- 
ing: 

Classed    under    "Class  VI." 
Tenement  and  Apartment  Buildings: 

Building   regulations    (special)     ....417- 
Tension  of  Rivets:    See  under  "Biveting." 
Terra   Cotta: 

Hollow   tile    (reinforced);    construction 

requirements    553 

Theater  (except  such  as  is  included  in 
('lasses  IV-a.  IV-C,  IV-d  and  V) 
bail  cling: 

( Massed    under   Class    I  V. 
Theater  (of  the  first  class): 
Classed  under  "Class  V." 
Theaters: 

Closing    by    the    authorities    286 

Construction     and     other     requirements 

283    to    356   and    365    to    416 

Frame       buildings — prohibition — excep- 
tion          287 

Frontage    on    streets,    etc.       See    under 
"Frontage   on   Streets." 


License,   cause   for   revocation    369 

Located    above    first    floor    declared    a 
nuisance;    exception:      See    ordinance 
at       end       of       Building       Ordinance, 
page  22:;. 
Timber: 

Stresses     (allowable)     and    special    re- 
quirements)   (general    provisions) . . .    526 
Tin-clad  Doors:      See   under  "Iron  Doors" 

under  "Doors." 
Toilet  Facilities  for  workmen  on  build- 
ings in  course  of  construction.  See 
ordinance  al  end  of  Building  Ordi- 
nance,  page  231, 
Towers,  Domes  and  Spires:  Construction 
of     


Unsafe   Buildings: 

Notice — sign — authority      of      Commis- 
sioner      


76 


203 


Vaudeville       Theater:         Classed       under 

"Classes   IV   and   V." 
Vent     Shafts:       See     under     "Courts     and 

Light    Shafts." 
Ventilation: 

Buildings    of    Classes    IV,    V,    VTI    and 

VIII       659 

Ducts    in    walls;    construction    571 

Window     and     Mechanical     ventilation, 

Class   II 258 

Violations:      Record   of   complaints  of.  . .    213 


Walls: 

Altered  buildings  (general  provisions) 
Ashlar  facing  (general  provisions).. 
Bracing    during    construction    (general 

provisions)    

Brick    on    wooden    sills — level    of    sills. 
Curtain    walls   in   skeleton   construction 
Definition    of    terms    used    with    refer- 
ence   to   construction    (general    provi- 
sions)       

Dividing    walls — when    required    

Dividing  walls.     Iron  doors  in;  require- 
ments      

During  construction;  height  allowed  in 
comparison    to    other    walls    of    same 

building    (general    provisions)     

Fnclosing   structures — requirements    .  . 

Fire    walls    

Forming  smoke  flues — requirements.. 
Foundation  —  projection     beyond     lot 

lines — requirements    231 

Isolated — limitations      

New  and  old;   foundation   requirements 

(general    provisions)     

Parapet;     requirements     (general     pro- 
visions)       

Parapet   walls  and   balustrades 

Party   wall — (general    provisions) 

Skeleton    steel;    requirements     

Ventilating    ducts    and    chutes    in    .... 
Walls,  Piers   and   Columns: 

Bequirements     (with    tables)      (general 

provisions)      

Water;    permits    fees    

Wind  Pressure: 

As   to  certain   structures    

Window    and    Door    Openings — protection 
(wired      glass,      iron      shutters      and 

doors)      

Window  and  Door  Sills:      Material   used. 

Windows:      Cleaning — safety    device 

Wood  Lathing  and  Plastering: 

Requirements     

Workmen:        Toilet      facilities      at      now 
buildings.       See     ordinance     at     end    of 
Building    Ordinance,   page   231. 
Wrecking: 

Power  of  Commissioner  in  case  of  vio- 
lation of  Building  Ordinance.  204,  205, 

Wreckers:        Permit — bond 

Revocation     . 

Zoning Pages    243, 


508 

522 

510 
280 
540 


521 
251 


559 


510 
577 
250 
570 

(c) 

6S4 

516 


511 
583 
509 
247 
571 


506 
234 


577 


55  8 
582 
589 

590 


206 
236 
237 
245 


118 


BUILDING  ORDINANCE 

OF  THE  CITY  OF  CHICAGO 

(Originally    passed    by    the    City   Council    December   5,    1910.) 


The  Building  Ordinances  of  the  City  of  Chicago  were  radically  revised  and  passed 
by  the  City  Council  on  June  25,  1917.  This  revision  necessitated  an  entirely  new  ar- 
rangement which  has  afforded  an  opportunity  of  changing  the  plan  of  publication,  which 
we  believe  will  prove  a  great  benefit  to  the  users   of  the  Hand   Book. 

To  eliminate  obscurity  in  the  meaning  of  the  ordinances,  a  plan  of  illustrating  the 
difficult  passages  by  means  of  illustrative  diagrams  has  been  adopted  with  the  approval 
of  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings.  All  diagrams  used,  having  first  been  submitted  to 
the  commissioner  to  determine  their  correctness  of  interpretation  and  are  published  with 
his    sanction. 

The  illustrative  drawings  and  diagrams  with  their  description  and  arrangement 
are  copyrighted  and  the  system  protected  and  all  rights  are  reserved  in  this  as  well  as 
other  cities  of  the   United  States. 

Comprising  Chapter  XVI,  Sections  199  to  698.  inclusive,  of  The  Chicago  Code  of 
1911,    with    all    amendments    thereto    up    to   and    including   July    31,    1919. 

Attention  is  called  to  the  several  new  ordinances  following  the  building  ordinance, 
having   to   do,   or   in   connection   with   the   ere  ction    or   location    of   buildings. 

(Copyright    by   H.    L.    Palmer,    1919.) 


CHAPTER    XVI. 

Buildings. 
ARTICLE     I. 

199.  Department  of  Buildings  Established 

Officers.)      There    is   hereby    established    an 

executive  department  of  the  municipal  gov- 
ernment of  the  City  of  Chicago  which  shall 
be  known  as  the  Department  of  Buildings 
and  which  shall  embrace  a  Commissioner  of 
Buildings,  a  Deputy  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings, an  Engineer  in  charge,  a  Building  In- 
spector in  charge,  an  Elevator  Inspector  in 
charge,  a  Fire  Escape  Inspector  in  charge, 
a  Secretarv  to  the  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings and  such  number  of  Assistant  Engineers 
in  charge,  Assistant  Building  Inspectors  in 
charge,  Building  Inspectors,  Elevator  Inspec- 
tors, Fire  Escape  Inspectors  and  such  other 
officers,  assistants  and  employes  as  may  be 
from  time  to  time  provided  for  in  the  annual 
appropriation  ordinance. 

200.  Building  Commissioner — Appointment 
— Bond — Other  Officers — Offices  Created.)  (a) 
There  is  hereby  created  the  office  of  Com- 
missioner of  Buildings.  He  shall  be  the 
head  of  said  department  of  buildings  and 
shall  be  an  experienced  architect,  or  a 
civil,  structural  or  architectural  engineer  or 
a  building  contractor  or  an  efficient  build- 
ing mechanic  and  shall  have  been  engaged 
as  an  architect  or  a  civil,  structural  or  ar- 
chitectural engineer  or  building  contractor 
or  building  mechanic  for  a  period  of  not  less 
than  ten  vears  prior  to  his  appointment;  and 
during  his  term  of  011100  as  Commissioner 
of  Buildings  he  shall  not  be  engaged  in  any 
other   business. 

(b)  He  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Mayor, 
by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
City  Council. 

(c)  The  Commissioner  of  Buildings  be- 
fore entering  upon  the  duties  of  his  office 
shall  execute  a  bond  to  the  city  in  the  sum 
of  twenty-five  thousand  dollars,  with  such 
sureties    as    the    City    Council    shall    approve. 

conditioned    for   the    faithful    performan I 

his  duties  as  the  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings. 

(d)  There  are  hereby  created  the  offices 
of  Deputy  Commissioner  of  Buildings,  Engi- 
neer in  charge,  Building  Inspector  in  charge, 
Elevator    Inspector    in    charge.    Fire    Escape 


Inspector  in  charge,  Secretary  to  the  Com- 
missioner of  Buildings,  Assistant  Engineer 
in  charge  and  of  such  number  of  Assistant 
Building  Inspectors  in  charge,  Building  In- 
spectors, Elevator  Inspectors  and  Fire  Es- 
cape Inspectors  as  may  be  from  time  to 
time  provided  for  in  the  annual  appropria- 
tion ordinance.  The  incumbents  of  these  of- 
fices shall  be  known  and  designated  by  their 
respective   titles  as   herein   set   forth. 

201.  Appointment  of  Subordinates — Duties 
of  Commissioner — Responsibility  of  Commis- 
sioner— Power  to  Pass  upon  Ordinances.) 
(a)  The  Commissioner  of  Buildings  shall 
have  the  management  and  control  of  all  mat- 
ters and  things  pertaining  to  the  department 
of  buildings,  and  shall  appoint,  and  may  re- 
move according  to  law.  all  subordinate  of- 
ficers and  assistants  in  his  department.  All 
subordinate  officers,  assistants,  clerks  and 
employes  in  said  department  shall  be  sub- 
ject to  such  rules  and  regulations  as  shall 
be  prescribed  from  time  to  time  by  said 
( 'ommissioner. 

(b)  The  Commissioner  of  Buildings  shall 
institute  such  measures  and  prescribe  such 
rules  and  regulations  for  the  control  and 
guidance  of  his  subordinate  officers  and  em- 
ployes as  shall  secure  the  careful  inspec- 
tion of  all  buildings  while  in  process  of 
construction,  alteration,  repair  or  removal 
and  the  strict  enforcement  of  the  several 
provisions    of    this    chapter. 

iei  it  shall  he  the  , 1 1 1 1 y  of  said  commis- 
sioner and  his  assistants  to  enforce  all  or- 
dinances relating  to  the  erection,  construc- 
tion, alteration,  repair,  removal  or  the 
safety   oi    buildings. 

(d)  In  all  eases  where  any  action  is  taken 
by  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  to  en- 
force the  provisions  of  any  of  the  sections 
contained  in  this  chapter  or  to  enforce  the 
provisions  Of  aH3  Of  the  building  ordinances 
■  it  the  city  now  or  at  any  time  hereafter  in 
force,  whether  such  action  is  taken  in  pur- 
suance oi'  the  express  provisions  of  such  sec- 
tions or  ordinances  or  in  a  ease  where  dis- 
cretionary power  is  given  i>\-  the  ordinances 
of  saiil  city  to  the  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings, such  acts  shall  In'  done  in  the  nam.'  •>! 
and  on  behalf  of  the  City  .if  Chicago,  and  the 
said  Commissioner  of  Buildings  in  so  acting 
for  the  city  shall  not  render  himself  liable 
personally,  ami  he  is  hereby  relieved  from 
all    persona]    liability,    Cor   any    damage    that 


119 


may  accrue  to  persons  or  property  as  a  result 
of  any  such  act  permitted  in  good  faith  in 
the  discharge  of  his  duties,  and  any  suit 
brought  against  the  said  Commissioner  of 
Buildings  by  reason  thereof  shall  be  defended 
by  the  Department  of  Law  of  said  city  until 
the  final  termination  of  the  proceedings 
therein. 

(vi  The  Commissioner  of  Buildings  shall 
have  full  power  to  pass  upon  anj  question 
arising  under  the  provisions  of  this  chapter, 
subject  to  the  conditions,  modifications  and 
limitations   contained    therein. 

202.  Inspection  of  Buildings  or  Struc- 
tures Where  Complaint  is  Made — Duty  of 
Commissioner — Unlawful  to  Continue  Use  of 
Building's  Not  in  Compliance  with  Ordi- 
nances.) (a)  It  shall  be  the  duty  Of  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings  where  any  citizen 
represents  that  any  building  or  structure  or 
part  thereof  is  in  an  unsafe  or  dangerous 
condition,  or  that  the  stairways,  corridors, 
exits  or  Are  escapes  in  any  factory  or  work- 
shop or  other  place  of  employment  are  in- 
sufficient for  the  escape  of  employes  in  case 
of  fire,  panic  or  accident,  or  the  stairways, 
exits  and  lire  escapes  of  any  building  or 
structure  in  the  city  do  not  comply  with  the 
requirements  of  this  chapter,  to  make  an 
examination  of  such  building  or  structure, 
and  if  such  representation  is  found  to  be 
true  the  said  Commissioner  shall  give  notice 
in  writing  to  the  owner,  occupant,  lessee  or 
person  in  possession,  charge  or  control  of 
such  building  or  structure  to  make  such 
changes,  alterations  or  repairs  as  safety  or 
the  ordinances  of  the  city  may  require.  Up- 
on failure  of  parties  so  notified  to  comply 
with  the  requirements  of  said  notice  the 
matter  shall  be  placed  in  the  Department  of 
Law  of  the  City  of  Chicago  for  prosecution, 
(b)  It  shall  be  unlawful  to  continue  the 
use  of  such  building  until  the  changes,  al- 
terations or  repairs  found  necessary  by  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings  to  make  such 
building  or  part  thereof  safe  or  to  bring  it 
into  compliance  with  this  Chapter,  shall  have 
been  made. 

203.  Buildings  Found  in  Unsafe  Condi- 
tion— Notice  to  Owner — Authority  of  Com- 
missioner.) (a)  Whenever  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Buildings  shall  find  any  building, 
or  structure  or  part  thereof  in  the  city  in 
such  an  unsafe  condition  as  to  endanger 
life  but  in  such  condition  that  by  the  im- 
mediate application  of  precautionary  meas- 
ures such  danger  may  be  averted,  he  shall 
have  authority,  and  it  shall  be  his  duty,  to 
forthwith  notify,  in  writing,  the  owner, 
agent  or  person  in  possession,  charge  or 
control  of  such  building  or  structure  or 
part  thereof,  to  adopt  and  put  into  effect 
such  precautionary  measures  as  may  be 
necessary  or  advisable  in  order  to  place 
such  building  or  structure  or  part  thereof 
In  a  safe  condition;  such  notice  shall  state 
briefly  the  nature  of  the  work  required  to 
be  done  and  shall  specify  the  time  within 
which  the  work  required  to  be  done  shall 
be  completed  by  the  person,  firm  or  corpora- 
tion notified,  which  shall  be  fixed  by  said 
Commissioner  of  Buildings,  upon  taking  into 
consideration  the  condition  of  such  building 
or  structure  or  part  thereof,  and  the  danger 
to  life  or  property  which  may  result  from 
its   unsafe    condition. 

(b)  Whenever  such  Commissioner  of 
Buildings  shall  be  unable  to  find  the  owner 
of  such  building,  structure  or  part  thereof, 
or  any  agent  or  person  in  possession,  charge 
or  control  thereof,  upon  whom  such  notice 
may  be  served,  he  shall  address,  stamp  and 
mail  such  notice  to  such  person  or  persons 
at  their  last  known  address,  and  in  addition 
thereto  shall  place  or  cause  to  be  placed 
the  notice  herein  provided  for  upon  such 
building  at  or  near  its  principal  entrance, 
and  shall  also  post  or  cause  to  be  posted  in 
a  conspicuous  place  at  each  entrance  to  such 
building,  in  large  letters,  a  notice  as  fol- 
lows: 


"THIS  BUILDING  IS  IN  A  DAN- 
GEROUS CONDITION  AND  HAS 
BEEN  CONDEMNED  BY  THE 
COMMISSIONER    OF    BUILDINGS." 

(c)  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person, 
firm  or  corporation  to  remove  said  notice 
or  notices  without  written  permission  from 
the    Commissioner    of    Buildings. 

(d)  If  at  the  expiration  of  the  time 
specified  in  such  notice  for  the  completion 
of  the  work  required  to  be  done  by  the 
terms  of  such  notice,  in  order  to  render  the 
building  or  structure  safe,  said  notice  shall 
not  have  been  complied  with,  and  said 
building  or  structure  is  in  such  an  unsafe 
condition  as  to  endanger  life  or  property,  it 
shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings  to  proceed  forthwith  to  tear  down 
or  destroy  that  part  of  said  building  or 
structure  that  is  in  such  unsafe  condition 
as  to  endanger  life  or  property,  and  in  cases 
where  an  unsafe  building  or  structure  can- 
not be  repaired  or  rendered  safe  by  the 
application  of  precautionary  measures,  such 
building  or  structure,  or  the  dangerous  parts 
thereof,  shall  be  torn  down  by  said  Com- 
missioner of  Buildings  or  by  his  order  and 
the  expense  of  tearing  down  any  part  of 
such  building  or  structure  shall  be  charged 
to  the  person  owning  or  in  possession, 
charge  or  control  of  such  building  or  struc- 
ture or  part  thereof,  and  the  said  commis- 
sioner shall  recover  or  cause  to.be  recovered 
from  such  owner  or  person  in  possession, 
charge  or  control  thereof  the  cost  of  doing 
such  work,  by  legal  proceedings  prosecuted 
by   the  Law  Department. 

(e)  If  the  owner,  agent  or  person  in 
possession,  charge  or  control  of  such  build- 
ing or  structure,  or  part  thereof,  when  so 
notified,  shall  fail,  neglect  or  refuse  to  place 
such  building  or  structure,  or  part  thereof. 
in  a  safe  condition,  and  to  adopt  such  pre- 
cautionary measures  as  shall  have  been 
specified  by  said  commissioner  within  the 
time  specified  in  such  notice,  in  such  case, 
at  the  expiration  of  such  time  it  shall  be 
unlawful  for  any  person,  firm  or  corpora- 
tion to  occupy  or  use  said  building  or 
structure,  or  any  part  thereof,  until  said 
building  or  structure  or  part  thereof  is 
placed  in  a  safe  condition,  and  in  case  where 
a  building  or  structure,  or  part  thereof,  is 
in  a  dangerous  or  unsafe  condition  and  has 
not  been  placed  in  a  safe  condition  within 
the  time  specified  in  the  notice  of  the  Com- 
missioner of  Buildings,  such  building  or 
structure,  or  such  part  thereof,  shall  be 
forthwith  vacated,  and  it  shall  be  unlawful 
for  any  person  or  persons  to  enter  same  ex- 
cept for  the  purpose  of  making  repairs  re- 
quired by  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings 
and  the  ordinances  of  the  City  of  Chicago. 

20  4.  Building-  or  Part  of  Building  Con- 
structed or  Being  Constructed  in  Violation 
of  Chapter — Authority  of  Commissioner  to 
Tear  Down.)  (a)  Whenever  it  shall  be 
found  that  any  building  or  structure,  or  part 
thereof,  is  being,  or  shall  have  been  con- 
structed or  built  in  violation  of  any  of  the 
provisions  of  this  chapter,  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Buildings  shall  forthwith  notify 
the  owner,  agent,  superintendent  or  archi- 
tect of,  or  the  contractor  engaged  in  erect- 
ing such  building  or  structure,  or  part 
thereof,  of  the  fact  that  such  building  or 
structure,  or  part  thereof,  has  been,  or  is 
being,  constructed  or  erected  contrary  to 
the  provisions  of  this  chapter  and  shall 
specify  briefly  in  such  notice  in  what  man- 
ner the  provisions  o-f  this  chapter  or  any 
of  them,  have  been  violated,  and  shall  re- 
quire the  person  so  notified  to  forthwith 
make  such  building,  structure,  or  part 
thereof,  conform  to  and  comply  with  the 
provisions  of  this  chapter,  specifying  m 
such  notice  the  time  within  which  such 
work  shall  be  done. 

(b)     If,  at  the  expiration  of  the  time  set 


120 


forth  in  such  notice,  the  person  so  notified 
shall  have  refused,  neglected  or  failed  to 
comply  with  the  request  made  in  such  notice 
and  to  have  such  building  or  structure,  or 
part  thereof,  concerning  which  notice  was 
sent,  changed  so  as  to  conform  to  and  com- 
ply with  the  provisions  of  this  chapter,  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings  shall  have  the 
authority,  and  it  shall  be  his  duty  to  proceed 
forthwith  to  tear  down  or  cause  to  be  torn 
down  such  building  or  structure,  or  such 
part  thereof  as  snail  or  may  have  been 
erected  and  constructed  in  violation  of  the 
provisions  or  any  of  the  provisions  of  this 
chapter,  and  the  cost  of  such  work  shall  be 
charged  to  and  recovered  from  the  owner  of 
such  building  or  structure  or  from  the  per- 
son for  whom  such  building  or  structure  is 
being  erected,  in  legal  proceedings  prose- 
cuted  by    the    Law    Department. 

205.  May  Direct  Fire  Department  to  Re- 
move.) The  Commissioner  of  Buildings 
shall  have  authority  to  direct  the  Fire 
Marshal  to  tear  down  any  defective  or  dan- 
gerous wall  or  structure  or  any  building  or 
structure  or  part  thereof  which  may  be  con- 
structed in  violation  of  the  terms  of  this 
chapter,  after  written  notice  has  been  served 
upon  the  owner,  lessee,  occupant,  agent  or 
person  in  possession,  charge  or  control, 
directing  him  or  them  to  tear  down  or  re- 
move any  defective  wall,  building  or  struc- 
ture, or  any  part  thereof,  which  is  in  a 
dangerous  condition,  which  has  been,  or  is 
being,  constructed  or  maintained  in  viola- 
tion of  the  terms  of  this  chapter.  In  case 
of  the  destruction  or  partial  destruction  of 
buildings  by  fire,  decay  or  otherwise,  when 
any  department  of  the  city  government, 
pursuant  to  the  ordinances  of  the  city,  shall 
make  an  outlay  of  money  or  incur  any  lia- 
bility for  the  payment  of  any  expense  on 
behalf  of  the  city  in  an  effort  to  preserve  or 
prevent  the  destruction  of  such  building  or 
buildings,  or  structure,  or  for  the  preserva- 
tion of  life  of  its  citizens,  it  shall  be  the 
duty  of  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  to 
ascertain  the  amount  of  such  outlay  or  ex- 
penditure and  present  a  bill  therefor  to  the 
owner  or  owners  of  any  such  building  or 
buildings,  or  its  or  their  agent  or  agents, 
and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  said  Commis- 
sioner of  Buildings  to  refuse  to  issue  a  per- 
mit for  the  construction,  re-construction, 
alteration  or  repair  of  any  building  or  build- 
ings or  structure  by  any  such  owner  or 
owners,  lessee,  occupant,  agent  or  person  in 
possession,  charge  or  control  thereof  until 
such  outlay  or  expenditure  shall  be  repaid 
to  the  city  by  the  owner,  lessee,  occupant, 
agent  or  person  in  possession,  charge  or 
control  of  such  building  or  buildings  thus 
totally  or  partially  destroyed  in  the  manner 
aforesaid.  Said  commissioner  shall  also 
proceed  forthwith  to  collect  the  amount  of 
such  bill  from  such  owner  or  owners,  by 
legal  proceedings  prosecuted  by  the  Law 
Department. 

200.  May  Stop  Construction  and  Wreck- 
ing   of   Buildings.)       (a)       Said    ( lmissioner 

shall  have  power  to  stop  the  construction 
of  any  building  or  the  making  of  any  alter- 
ations or  repairs  of  any  building  within  said 
city  when  the  same  is  being  done  in  a  reck- 
less or  careless  manner  or  in  violation  of 
any  ordinance,  and  to  order,  in  writing  or 
by  parole,  any  and  all  persons  in  any  way 
or  manner  whatever  engaged  In  so  con- 
structing, altering  or  repairing  any  such 
building,    to    stop    and    desist    therefrom. 

(b)  And  the  said  commissioner  shall 
have  power  to  stop  the  wrecking  or  tearing 
down  of  any  building  or  structure  within 
said  city  when  the  same  Is  being  done  In 
a  reckless  or  careless  manner  or  in  violation 
of  any  ordinance  or  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
endanger  life  or  property,  and  to  order  any 
and  all  persons  engaged  in  said  work  to 
stop  and  desist  therefrom.  When  such 
work  has  been  stopped  by  the  order  of  said 


commissioner,  it  shall  not  be  resumed  until 
said  commissioner  shall  be  satisfied  that 
adequate  precautions  will  be  taken  for  the 
protection  of  life  and  property,  and  that 
said  work  will  be  prosecuted  carefully  and 
in  conformity  with  the  ordinances  of  the 
city. 

207.  Arbitration — Appeal  from  Decision.) 
(a.)  In  all  cases  where  discretionary  power 
is  given  to  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings 
to  estimate  damage  to  buildings,  as  also  in 
questions  relating  to  the  security  of  any 
building  or  buildings  or  structures,  or  part 
thereof,  and  in  all  other  cases  where  dis- 
cretionary powers  are  given  by  ordinance  to 
the  Commissioner  of  Buildings,  any  party 
or  parties  believing  themselves  injured  or 
wronged  by  the  decision  of  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Buildings  must,  before  instituting 
any  suit,  make  an  appeal  for  arbitration  as 
follows,    to-wit: 

(b)  Any  person  wishing  to  make  an  ap- 
peal shall  do  so  within  five  days  after  writ- 
ten notice  of  the  decision  or  order  of  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings  has  been  given. 
An  appeal  made  later  than  five  days  after 
the  serving  of  the  notice  of  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Buildings  shall  not  entitle  the 
appellant  to  any  arbitration.  The  request 
for  arbitration  shall  be  in  writing  and  shall 
state  the  object  of  the  proposed  arbitration 
and  the  name  of  the  person  who  is  to  repre- 
sent  the   appellant   as   arbitrator. 

(c)  The  Commissioner  of  Buildings  shall 
thereupon  inform  the  appellant  of  the  cost 
of  such  arbitration  and  such  appellant  shall, 
within  twenty-four  hours  from  the  receipt 
cf  such  information,  deposit  with  the  Com- 
missioner of  Buildings  the  sum  of  money 
requested  for  defraying  the  expense  of  the 
same,  which  sum  shall  be  fixed  in  each  case 
by  said  commissioner  in  proportion  to  the 
time  it  vill  take  and  the  difficulty  and  im- 
portance of  the  case,  but  shall  in  no  case 
be  more  than  the  cost  of  similar  service  in 
the  course  of  ordinary  business  of  private 
individuals  or  corporations.  As  soon  as  such 
sum  of  money  shall  have  been  deposited 
with  him,  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings 
shall  appoint  an  arbitrator  to  represent  the 
city  and  the  two  arbitrators  thus  chosen 
shall,  if  they  cannot  agree,  select  a  third 
arbitrator,  and  the  decision  of  any  two  of 
these  arbitrators  shall,  after  Investigation 
and  consideration  of  the  matter  in  question, 
be  final  and  binding  upon  the  appellant  as 
well  as  the  city  unless  an  appeal  is  taken 
"..herefrom,  as  provided  in  case  of  an  appeal 
under  a  statutory  arbitration,  within  five 
days    thereafter. 

208.  Arbitrators  to  Take  Oath — Power  to 
Examine  Witnesses.)  The  arbitrators  shall 
themselves,  before  entering  upon  the  dis- 
charge of  their  duties,  be  placed  under  oath 
by  the  City  Clerk,  to  the  effect  that  they 
are  unprejudiced  as  to  the  matter  in  ques- 
tion and  that  they  will  faithfully  discharge 
the  duties  of  their  position.  They  shall 
have  the  power  to  call  witnesses  and  place 
them  under  oath,  and  their  decision  or 
award  shall  bo  rendered  in  writing,  both  to 
the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  and  to  the 
appellant.  The  Pee  deposited  by  the  appel- 
lant with  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings 
shall  be  paid  by  the  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings to  the  arbitrators  upon  the  rendering 
of  their  report  and  shall  bo  in  full  of  all 
COStS  incident  to  the  arbitration;  but  should 
the  derision  of  said  board  of  arbitration  be 
rendered  against  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings,  thou  the  money  deposited  by  the 
aforesaid  appellant  shall  be  returned  to  him 
and  the  entire  cost  of  such  arbitration  shall 
be  paid   by   the   city. 

20f>.  In  Urgent  Cases — Commissioner's 
Power  Final.)  Whenever  the  decision  of 
the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  upon  the 
safety  of  any  building  or  any  part  thereof 
is   made   In   a   case   which   is   so   urgent   that 


121 


failure  to  properly  carry  out  his  orders  to 
demolish  or  strengthen  such  building  or  part 
thereof  may  endanger  life  and  limb,  the 
decision  and  order  of  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings     shall     be     absolute    and     final. 

Duty  of  Police  to  Assist  Commis- 
sioner in  Enforcing  Provisions  of  this 
Chapter.)  Whenever  it  shall  l>.>  necessary, 
inn  of  the  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings, to  call  upon  the  Department  of  Police 
for  aid  or  assistance  in  carrying  nut  o'r 
enforcing  any  of  the  provisions  of  this 
chapter,  he  shall  have  the  authority  so  to 
rid  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Police,  or  of  any  member  of  said 
rtment,  when  called  upon  by  said  com- 
missioner,  to  act  according  to  the  instruc- 
tions of.  and  to  perform  such  duties  as  may 
be  required  by  said  commissioner  in  order 
to  enforce  or  put  into  effect  the  provisions 
of  this   chapter. 

-11.  Certificates — Notices — Register.)  (a) 
The  Commissioner  of  Buildings  shall  sign 
or  cause  to  be  signed  all  certificates  and 
notices  required  to  be  issued  from  the  De- 
partment of  Buildings  and  shall  keep  a 
record  of  the  same,  and  shall  issue  or  cause 
to  be  issued  all  permits  authorized  by  this 
chapter. 

(b)  lie  shall  also  keep  a  proper  record  of 
all  transactions  and  operations  of  the  de- 
partment and  such  record  shall  be  at  all 
times  open  to  the  inspection  of  the  Mayor, 
Comptroller,  Superintendent  of  Police,  Fire 
Marshal    and    members    of    the    City    Council. 

212.  Miist  Keep  Account  of  Fees  Paid — 
Annual  Reports  and  Estimates.)  (a)  Said 
commissioner  shall  keep  in  proper  books 
for  that  purpose  an  accurate  account  of  all 
fees  charged,  giving  the  name  of  person  to 
whom  same  is  charged,  date  on  which  said 
charge  is  made,  and  the  amount  of  each  such 
fee. 

(b)  He  shall  also,  annually,  on  or  before 
the  first  day  of  February  in  each  year  pre- 
pare and  present  to  the  City  Council  a  report 
showing  the  receipts  and  expenditures  and 
entire  work  of  the  Department  of  Buildings 
during  the  previous  fiscal  year  and  he  shall 
on  or  before  November  first  of  each  year 
prepare  and  submit  to  the  Comptroller  an 
estimate  of  the  whole  cost  and  expense  of 
providing  for  and  maintaining  his  office  dur- 
ing  the   ensuing  fiscal   year. 

213.  Examination  and  Approval  of  Plans 
— Record  of  Inspections  and  Complaints.) 
The  Commissioner  of  Buildings  and  his 
assistants  shall  pass  upon  all  questions  re- 
lating to  the  strength  and  durability  of 
buildings  or  structures;  shall  examine  and 
approve  all  plans  before  a  permit  is  issued 
for  the  construction  of  any  building  or 
structure.  The  Commissioner  of  Buildings 
shall  cause  to  be  kept  a  complete  record 
showing  the  location  and  character  of  every 
building  or  other  structure  for  which  a  per- 
mit is  issued  and  shall  cause  to  be  filed 
every  report  of  inspection  made  on  such 
building,  which  reports  shall  bear  the  sig- 
natures of  the  inspectors  making  such  in- 
spections. He  shall  cause  to  be  kept  a 
recnrd  nf  all  complaints  of  violations  of  the 
building  laws  and  shall  cause  all  such  com- 
plaints   to    be    investigated. 

214.  Deputy  Commissioner  of  Buildings 
— Duty.)  (a)  There  is  hereby  created  the 
office  of  Deputy  Commissioner  of  Buildings. 
He  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Commissioner 
of  Buildings  according  to  law.  The  person 
certifiea  to  fill  this  office  shall  be  either  a 
civil,  structural  or  architectural  engineer  or 
an  architect,  an  experienced  building  con- 
tractor or  an  efficient  building  mechanic  with 
at   least    five   years'    experience   and   training. 

(b)  The  Deputy  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings shall  act  as  Commissioner  of  Buildings 
in  the  absence  of  the  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings from  his  office  and  while  ^o  acting  shall 


discharge  all  the  duties  and  possess  all  the 
powers  imposed  upon  or  vested  in  the  Com- 
missioner   of    Buildings. 

(ii  The  deputy  commissioner  of  buildings 
shall,  under  the  direction  of  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Buildings,  have  general  control  of 
all  matters  and  tilings  pertaining  to  the 
work  of  the  Department  of  Buildings  and 
shall  perform  such  other  duties  as  may  be 
required  of  him  by  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings. 

215.  Engineer  in  Charge — Duties.)  (a) 
There  is  hereby  created  the  office  of  En- 
gineer in  Charge,  of  the  Department  of 
Buildings.  He  shall  be  appointed  by  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings  according  to  law. 
The  person  certified  to  fill  this  position  shall 
be  a  civil,  structural,  or  architectural  en- 
gineer of  at  least  five  years'  experience  and 
training. 

(b)  The  Engineer  in  Charge  shall  be  in 
immediate  charge  of  the  engineering  work 
and  staff  of  the  Department  of  Buildings. 
The  examination  of  plans  submitted  for  the 
purpose  of  obtaining  a  permit,  except  as  to 
matters  elsewhere  expressly  assigned  by  law 
to  some  other  department  of  the  city  gov- 
ernment, shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Engineer 
in  Charge  and  the  engineering  staff  under 
his  charge.  The  approval  and  stamp  of  the 
Engineer  in  Charge  shall  be  required  on  the 
plans  for  the  erection,  enlargement,  altera- 
tion, repair  or  removal  of  every  building 
before  a  permit  for  such  erection,  enlarge- 
ment, alteration,  repair  or  removal  shall  be 
issued.  The  Engineer  in  Charge  shall  have 
charge  of  all  tests  of  materials  and  systems 
of  construction  submitted  for  the  approval 
of  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings.  The  En- 
gineer in  Charge  shall  pass  upon  the  number, 
location,  width  and  design  of  all  fire-escapes 
required  for  new  buildings,  and  he  shall  also 
pass  upon  the  number,  location,  width  and 
design  of  fire-escapes  to  be  erected  on  exist- 
ing buildings  wherever  such  existing  build- 
ings are  being  enlarged,  altered  or  remodeled 
under  a  building  permit  issued  for  such  en- 
largement, alteration  or  remodeling.  He 
shall  perform  such  other  duties  as  may  be 
reoulred  of  him  by  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings. 

216.  Assistant  Engineer  in  Charge — Du- 
ties.) (a")  There  is  hereby  created,  the 
office  of  Assistant  Engineer  in  Charge,  of  the 
Department  of  Buildings.  He  shall  be  ap- 
pointed by  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings 
according  to  law.  The  person  certified  to  fill 
this  position  shall  be  a  civil,  structural  or 
architectural  engineer  of  at  least  five  years 
experience  and  training. 

(b)  In  the  absence  of  the  Engineer  in 
Charge,  the  Assistant  Engineer  in  Charge 
shall  act  as  Engineer  in  Charge.  The  As- 
sistant Engineer  in  Charge  shall  perform 
such  other  duties  as  may  be  required  of  him 
by   the   Engineer   in   Charge. 

217.  Engineering  Staff.)  (a)  The  Com- 
missioner of  Buildings  shall  appoint  accord- 
ing to  law  at  least  four  Architectural  En- 
gineers, and  such  other  engineers  and  assist- 
ants as  the  City  Council  may  by  ordinance 
provide,  for  service  on  the  engineering  staff 
of  the  Department  of  Buildings.  Every  per- 
son certified  to  fill  the  position  of  Architec- 
tural Engineer  shall  be  a  civil,  structural  or 
architectural  engineer  of  at  least  five  years' 
training   and    experience. 

(b)  The  Architectural  Engineers  shall, 
under  the  direction  of  the  Engineer  in 
Charge,  examine  all  plans  submitted  for  the 
purpose  of  obtaining  a  permit.  They  shall 
also  examine  and  verify  the  figures  on  all 
floor  load  placards  before  such  placards  are 
approved  for  posting.  They  shall  perform 
such  other  duties  as  may  be  required  of 
them    by    the    Engineer    in    Charge. 

218.  Btiilding  Inspector  in  Charge — 
Duties.)  (a)  The  office  of  Assistant  Dep- 
uty   Commissioner    of    Buildings     is    hereby 


122 


abolished  and  in  lieu  thereof  there  is  hereby 
created  the  office  of  Building  Inspector  in 
Charge  of  the  Department  of  Buildings.  He 
shall  be  appointed  by  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings  according  to  law.  The  person 
certified  to  fill  this  position  shall  be  a  civil, 
structural,  architectural  or  fire  protection 
engineer,  or  an  architect,  or  a  building 
superintendent  or  a  building  mechanic  with 
at  least  five  years'  experience  in  general 
building    construction. 

(b)  In  the  absence  of  the  Commissioner 
of  Buildings  and  the  Deputy  Commissioner 
of  Buildings  from  their  offices  the  Building 
Inspector  in  Charge  shall  act  as  Commis- 
sioner of  Buildings,  and  while  so  acting  he 
shall  discharge  all  of  the  duties  and  possess 
all  of  the  powers  imposed  upon  or  vested 
in  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings. 

(c)  He  shall  have  immediate  charge  of 
the  periodical  inspection  of  buildings  and 
of  the  inspection  of  buildings  and  structures 
being  erected,  enlarged,  altered  or  repaired, 
excepting  only  such  inspection  as  is  ex- 
pressly assigned  to  the  elevator  or  fire- 
escape  inspectors  or  is  by  law  assigned  to 
some  other  department  of  the  city  govern- 
ment. 

219.  Assistant  Building  Inspectors  In 
Charge.)  (a)  The  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings shall  appoint,  according  to  law,  at  least 
four  Assistant  Building  Inspectors  in 
Charge. 

(b)  Every  person  certified  to  fill  the  posi- 
tion of  Assistant  Building  Inspector  in 
Charge  shall  be  a  civil,  structural,  architec- 
tural or  fire  protection  engineer,  or  an 
architect,  or  a  building  superintendent  or  a 
building  mechanic  with  at  least  five  years' 
experience  in  general  building  construction. 
The  Assistant  Building  Inspectors  in  Charge 
shrill  have  immediate  charge  of  the  several 
districts  assigned  to  them  by  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Buildings  and  shall  perform  such 
other  duties  as  the  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings shall  require  them. 

220.  Building  Inspectors.)  (a)  The 
Commissioner  of  Buildings  shall  appoint 
according  to  law  such  Building  Inspectors 
as   may   be   necessary. 

(b)  Every  person  certified  to  fill  the 
position  of  Building  Inspector  shall  be  a 
civil,  structural,  architectural  or  fire  pro- 
tection engineer,  or  an  architect,  or  a  build- 
ing superintendent  or  a  building  mechanic 
with  at  least  five  years'  experience  in  general 
building  construction.  The  Building  In- 
spectors shall,  under  the  direction  of  the 
Building  Inspector  in  Charge,  examine  all 
buildings  and  structures  in  the  course  of 
erection,  enlargement,  alteration,  repair  or 
removal,  as  often  as  is  required  for  efficient 
supervision,  and  shall  make  such  periodical 
examinations  of  existing  structures  as  shall 
be  assigned  to  them.  They  shall  examine  all 
buildings,  structures  and  walls  reported  to 
be  in  dangerous  condition.  They  shall  ex- 
amine all  buildings  and  other  structures  for 
the  enlarging,  altering,  raising  or  removing 
of  which,  application  for  permit  shall  be 
made. 

(c)  Every  building  inspector  shall  make 
written  reports  daily  to  the  Commissioner 
of  Buildings  as  to  the  condition  in  which 
he  found  each  building  examined  and  as  to 
violations,  if  any,  of  the  ordinances  which 
the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  is  required  to 
enforce,  together  with  the  street  and  number 
of  the  premises  where  such  violations,  if 
any,  were  found,  the  names  of  the  owner, 
agent,  lessee  and  occupant  thereof,  and  of 
the  architect  and  the  contractor  engaged  in 
and  about  the  work  in  question.  The  Build- 
ing Inspectors  shall  perform  such  other 
duties  as  may  be  required  of  them  by  the 
Commissioner   of   Buildings. 

221.  Elevator  Inspector  in  Charge.)  (a) 
There  is  herebv  created  the  office  of  Elevator 


Inspector  in  Charge.  He  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  according 
to    law. 

(b)  The  person  certified  to  fill  the  posi- 
tion of  Elevator  Inspector  in  Charge,  shall 
be  a  graduate  in  engineering  from  a  recog- 
nized technical  school,  shall  be  versed  in  the 
essentials  of  both  mechanical  and  electrical 
engineering  and  shall  have  had  at  least  five 
years  experience  in  shop  or  construction 
work. 

(c)  The  Elevator  Inspector  in  Charge 
shall  examine  all  plans  for  the  installation 
of  elevators  and  for  the  installation  of 
mechanical  devices  and  apparatus  in 
theaters,  amusement  parks  and  the  like,  and, 
no  such  elevator,  mechanical  device  or  ap- 
paratus shall  be  installed  or  operated  with- 
out the  approval  of  the  Elevator  Inspector  in 
Charge.  The  Elevator  Inspector  in  Charge 
shall  cause  such  inspection  to  be  made  of 
all  new  installations,  as  may  be  necessary 
to  insure  the  carrying  out  of  the  approved 
plans  and  shall  cause  such  periodic  inspec- 
tion to  be  made  of  existing  installations  of 
such  mechanisms,  devices  and  apparatus,  as 
may  De  required  by  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings,  and  shall  perform  such  other 
duties  as  may  be  required  of  him  by  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings. 

222.  Elevator  Inspectors.)  (a)  The 
Commissioner  of  Buildings  shall  appoint 
according  to  law  such  Elevator  Inspectors  as 
may   be    necessary. 

(b)  Every  person  certified  to  fill  the  posi- 
tion of  Elevator  Inspector  shall  be  a  me- 
chanical engineer,  machinist  or  elevator 
builder,  and  shall  be  well  grounded  in  the 
rudiments  of  mechanical  and  electrical  en- 
gineering. 

(c)  The  Elevator  Inspectors  shall  inspect 
all  elevators  and  such  other  mechanisms, 
devices  and  apparatus  as  shall  be  assigned 
to  them  by  the  Inspector  in  Charge,  both 
existing  and  in  process  of  being  erected  or 
installed,  together  with  all  the  equipment 
and  enclosures  thereof.  They  shall  make 
written  reports  daily  to  the  Commissioner 
of  Buildings  as  to  the  condition  in  which 
they  find  the  elevators,  equipment,  en- 
closures, mechanisms,  devices  and  ap- 
paratus, inspected  by  them,  and  of  any  vio- 
lations of  the  requirements  of  this  Chapter 
pertaining  to  such  matters,  together  with 
the  street  and  number  of  the  premises  where 
such  violations,  if  any,  occur,  the  names  of 
the  owner,  agent,  lessee  and  occupant 
thereof,  and  of  the  architect  and.  contractor 
engaged  in  or  about  the  construction  and 
installation  of  such  elevators,  equipment, 
enclosures,  mechanisms,  devices  or  appar- 
atus. They  shall  perform  such  other  duties 
as  may  be  required  of  them  by  the  Commis- 
sioner   of    Buildings. 

223.  Pire-escape  Inspector  in  Charge.) 
(a)  There  is  hereby  created  the  office  of 
Fire-escape  Inspector  in  Charge.  He  shall 
be  appointed  by  the  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings according  to   law. 

(b)  The  person  certified  to  fill  the  posi- 
tion of  Fire-escape  Inspector  in  Charge 
shall  be  a  civil,  structural  or  architectural 
engineer,  or  a  man  who  has  had  not  less 
than  five  years'  experience  in  the  design  and 
election  of  structural  steel  or  in  the  design 
and  construction  of  fire-escapes,  and  he 
shall  be  qualified  to  make  all  necessary 
computations  as  to  the  strength  of  any  fire- 
escape,  the  design  of  which  may  be  sub- 
mitted for  approval  and  to  pass  upon  the 
relative  merits  of  such  various  types  of 
design    as    may    be    so    submitted. 

(c)  The  Fire-escape  Inspector  In  Charge 
Shall  have  immediate  charge  of  the  inspec- 
tion of  the  erection  of  all  fire-escapes  and 
of  the  periodic  inspection  of  fire-escapes, 
and  shall  pass  upon  the  number,  location. 
width  and  design  of  fire-escapes  to  be 
erected      upon      existing      buildings,      except 


123 


Permits 


where  the  existing  building  is  being  en- 
larged, altered  or  remodeled  under  a  build- 
ing permit  issued  for  such  enlargement, 
alteration  or  remodeling,  in  which  case  the 
Engineer  in  Charge  shall  pass  upon  the 
number,  location,  width  and  design  of  all 
Ore-escapes  required  for  new  buildings. 
The  Fire-escape  Inspector  in  Charge  shall 
also  perform  such  other  duties  as  may  be 
required  of  him  by  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings. 

224.  Fire-escape  Inspectors.)  (a)  The 
Commissioner  oi  Buildings  shall  appoint 
according  to  law  such  Fire-escape  inspei  bus 
as   may   be   necessary. 

(b)  Every  person  certified  to  fill  the 
position  of  Fire-escape  Inspector  shall  be 
a  person  who  has  had  at  least  four  years' 
experience  in  superintending  the  erection 
of  buildings,  or  in  the  design  or  erection  of 
fire-escapes  or  other  steel  construction,  or 
who  is  a  graduate  of  a  recognized  technical 
school. 

(c)  The  Fire-escape  Inspectors  shall, 
under  the  direction  of  the  Fire-escape  In- 
spector in  Charge,  inspect  all  fire-escapes  in 
course  of  erection  and  shall  make  periodic 
inspection  of  the  fire-escape  equipment  of 
existing  buildings.  Every  such  inspector 
shall  make,  daily,  a  written  report  to  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings  as  to  the  condi- 
tion of  the  fire-escape  equipment  of  each 
building    or    premises    examined,    as    to    the 

iccessibility  of  and  means  of  egress  to  such 
equipment,  as  to  the  presumptive  adequacy 
of  such  equipment,  and  as  to  any  violations 
of  any  ordinance  in  relation  to  such  equip- 
ment, together  with  the  street  and  number 
of  the  building  or  premises  inspected,  the 
names  of  the  owner,  agent,  lessee  and  oc- 
cupant thereof  and  of  the  architect  and 
contractor,  if  any,  engaged  in  operation  in 
connection  with  such  equipment.  The  Fire- 
escape  Inspectors  shall  perform  such  other 
duties  as  may  be  required  of  them  by  the 
Commissioner   of   Buildings. 

225.  Secretary — Dtities.)  (a)  There  is 
hereby  created  the  office  of  Secretary  to 
the  Commissioner  of  Buildings.  He  shall 
be  appointed  by  the  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings   according    to    law. 

(b)  The  Secretary  to  the  Commissioner 
of  Buildings  shall,  under  the  supervision 
and  direction  of  the  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings, preserve  and  keep  all  books,  records 
and  papers  belonging  to  the  office  of  the 
Department  of  Buildings  or  which  are  re- 
quired by  law  to  be  filed  therein.  He  shall 
perform  such  other  duties  as  may  be  re- 
quired of  him  by  the  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings. 

226.  Clerical  Assistants.)  The  Commis- 
sioner of  Buildings  shall  appoint  according 
to  law,  such  clerical  assistants,  stenogra: 
phers  and  messengers  as  may  be  necessary; 
and  they  shall  perform  such  duties  as  may 
be  required  of  them  by  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings. 

227.  Bonds.)  The  Deputy  Commissioner 
of  Buildings,  the  Engineer  in  Charge,  the 
Assistant  Engineer  in  Charge,  the  Building 
inspector  in  Charge,  the  Assistant  Building 
Inspectors  in  Charge,  the  Elevator  Inspector 
in  Charge,  the  Fire-escape  Inspector  in 
Charge  and  the  Architectural  Engineers 
shall,  before  entering  upon  the  duties  of 
their  offices  or  positions,  each  execute  to 
the  City  of  Chicago  a  bond,  conditioned  for 
the  faithful  performance  of  their  duties, 
with  such  sureties  as  the  City  Council  shall 
approve  in  the  following  sums:  The  Deputy 
Commissioner  of  Buildings,  ten  thousand 
dollars;  the  Engineer  in  Charge,  the  Assist- 
ant Engineer  in  Charge,  the  Building  In- 
spector in  Charge,  the  Assistant  Building 
Inspectors  in  Charge,  the  Elevator  Inspector 
in     Charge,     the     Fire-escape     Inspector     in 


Charge,     and     the    Architectural     Engineers, 
five    thousand    dollars   each. 

228.  Employees  Not  to  Engage  in  An- 
other Business.)  Every  employee  in  the 
Department  of  Buildings  shall  devote  his 
entire    time    to    such    employment    and    shall 

i  be  engaged  in  any  other  business  or 
\  i  ication. 

229.  Power  of  Entry.)  The  Commis- 
sioner  of  Buildings  and  his  Assistants  are 
empowered  to  enter  any  building  or  struc- 
ture or  premises,  whether  completed  or  in 
proi  ess  of  erection,  for  the  purpose  of  de- 
termining whether  the  same  has  been  or  is 
being  constructed  and  maintained  in  ac- 
cordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  chapter 
and  it  shall  be  unlawful  to  exclude  them 
from  any  such  building,  structure  or 
premises. 

ARTICLE   II. 

2"0.  Permits — When  Required — limita- 
tions of  Time  For.)  Before  proceeding 
witli  the  erection,  enlargement,  alteration, 
repair  or  removal  of  any  building  or  struc- 
ture in  the  city,  a  permit  for  such  erection, 
enlargement,  alteration,  repair  or  removal 
shall  first  be  obtained  by  the  owner  or  his 
agent  from  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings, 
and  it  shall  be  unlawful  to  proceed  with  the 
erection,  enlargement,  alteration,  repair  or 
removal  of  any  building  or  of  any  struc- 
tural part  thereof  within  the  city  unless 
such  permit  shall  first  have  been  obtained 
from  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings.  And 
if  after  such  permit  shall  have  been  granted, 
the  operations  called  for  by  the  said  permit 
shall  not  be  begun  within  six  months  after 
the  date  thereof,  or  if  such  operations  are 
not  completed  within  a  reasonable  time  then 
such  permit  shall  be  void,  and  no  opera- 
tions thereunder  shall  be  begun  or  completed 
until  an  extended  permit  shall  be  taken  out 
by  the  owner  or  his  agent,  and  a  fee  of 
ten  per  cent,  of  the  original  cost  of  permit 
shall    be   charged    for   such    extended   permit. 

231.  Permits — Application  For — Approval 
and  Filing  of  Plans — Approval  of  Plans 
by  Other  City  Departments — Encroach- 
ments Beyond  Street  or  Alley  Line — Flans 
to  Be  Kept  on  Work.)  (a)  Application 
for  building  permits  shall  be  made  by  the 
owner  or  his  agent  to  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings.  When  --mch  application  is  made, 
plans  in  conformity  with  the  provisions 
of  this  chapter  which  have  been  examined 
and  approved  by  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings  and  his  assistants,  as  hereinbe- 
fore provided  for,  shall  be  filed  with  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings.  He  shall  then 
issue  a  permit,  and  shall  file  such  applica- 
tion, and  shall  apply  to  such  plans  a  final 
official  stamp,  stating  that  the  drawings  to 
which  the  same  has  been  applied  comply 
with  the  terms  of  this  chapter.  The  plans 
so  stamped  shall  then  be  returned  to  such 
applicant.  True  copies  of  so  much  of  such 
plans  as  may  be  required  in  the  opinion  of 
the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  to  illustrate 
the  features  of  construction  and  equipment 
of  the  building  referred  to,  shall  be  filed 
with  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings,  and 
shall  remain  on  file  in  his  office  for  a  period 
of  six  months  after  the  occupation  of  such 
building,  after  which  such  drawings  shall 
be  returned  by  the  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings to  the  person  by  whom  they  have  been 
deposited  with  him,  upon  demand.  It  shall 
not  be  obligatory  upon  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings  to  retain  such  drawings  in  his 
custody  for  more  than  six  month  after 
the  occupation  of  the  building  to  which 
they   rela  1 1  . 

(b)  All  plans  and  drawings  for  the  con- 
struction or  alteration  of  any  building  or 
other  structure  for  which  building  permits 
are  required  shall,  before  such  permits  are 
issued,  be  presented  to  the  Commissioner  of 
Health  for  examination  and  approval  as 
to    the   proposed    plan    for   the   ventilation    of 


124 


Permits 


rooms,  light  and  air  shafts,  windows,  the 
ventilation  of  water  closets,  drainage  and 
plumbing.  They  shall  also  be  presented  to 
the  Chief  of  Fire  Prevention  and  Public 
Safety  for  examination  and  approval  with 
regard  to  such  ordinances  as  are  his  duty 
to  enforce.  They  shall  also  be  presented 
to  the  Boiler  Inspector  and  the  Smoke 
Inspector  in  all  cases  where  permits  from 
these  departments  are  required  to  be  pro- 
cured   by    the    ordinances    of    the    City. 

(c)  All  plans  and  drawings  for  the  con- 
struction or  alteration  of  any  building  or 
other  structure  for  which  a  building  permit 
is  required  may,  at  the  option  of  the  ap- 
plicant for  a  building  permit  and  by  pay- 
ment of  a  fee  of  one  dollar  for  each  plan, 
be  filed  in  the  office  of  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings,  and  a  receipt  or  check  will  be 
given  for  said  plans  which  must  be  pre- 
sented for  the  return  of  same  after  they 
have  been  examined  and  passed  upon.  The 
Commissioner  of  Buildings  shall  appoint  a 
clerk  with  such  necessary  assistants  whose 
duty  it  shall  be,  under  the  direction  of  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings,  to  receive,  take 
charge  of  and  return  all  plans  and  draw- 
ings filed  as  aforesaid.  Every  plan  or  draw- 
ing so  filed  in  the  office  of  the  Commissioner 
of  Buildings  shall  be  forwarded  by  him 
successively  to  the  Department  of  Smoke 
Inspection,  the  Department  of  Boiler  In- 
spection, the  Department  of  Public  Works, 
the  Bureau  of  Fire  Prevention  and  Public 
Safety,  and  the  Sanitary  Bureau,  and  there 
submitted  to  the  proper  officials  of  these 
respective  departments  and  bureaus  for 
examination  and  approval,  and  after  said 
plans  have  been  examined  and  passed  upon, 
the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  shall  cause 
said  plans  or  drawings  to  be  returned  to 
his  office  where  they  shall  be  taken  up  for 
examination  and  approval  by  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Buildings.  At  the  proper  time 
notice  shall  be  given  by  the  Commissioner 
of  Buildings  to  the  applicant  that  his  plans 
have  been  examined  and  are  ready  to  be 
returned  to  him,  and  if  such  plans  have 
been  approved  as  submitted  by  the  various 
departments  and  bureaus  as  aforesaid,  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings  then  shall,  ac- 
cording to  ordinance,  issue  a  permit  for  the 
construction  or  erection  of  such  building  or 
structure. 

The  Commissioner  of  Buildings  may  issue 
permits  for  buildings  for  which  it  is  con- 
templated that  there  shall  be  projections 
of  the  foundation,  or  a  part  or  parts  there- 
of, into  a  public  street,  a  public  alley  or 
a  public  thoroughfare  under  the  following 
conditions:  Where  such  street,  alley  or 
thoroughfare  is  sixteen  (16)  feet  or  more 
in  width  such  foundations  shall  have  no 
projection  at  the  sidewalk  or  alley  grade, 
but  may  project  at  the  ratio  of  four  and 
cno-half  (4%)  inches  to  one  (1)  foot  for 
each  one  (1)  foot  of  depth  such  foundation 
may  extend  below  the  sidewalk  or  alley 
grade  to  a  maximum  projection  of  thirty- 
six  (38)  inches  at  a  depth  of  eight  (8)  feet 
below  said  sidewalk  or  alley  grade,  and  such 
foundations,  or  such  part  or  parts  thereof, 
which  are  higher  than  a  point  twenty  (20) 
feet  below  city  datum  and  are  lower  than 
a  point  eight  (8)  feet  below  the  sidewalk 
or  alley  grade  may  project  into  such  street. 
alley  or  thoroughfare  for  a  distance  nol 
to  exceed  thirty-six  C  3  r,  >  inches  for  thai 
part  of  their  extent  as  is  Included  between 
a  point  eight  (8)  feet  below  the  said  side- 
walk or  alley  grade  and  a  point  twenty 
(20)  feet  below  said  city  datum,  and.  \vl<  re 
said  street,  allev  or  thoroughfare  is  less 
than  sixteen  (16)  feet  in  width,  founda- 
tions, or  any  part  or  parts  thereof,  may 
project  into  such  street,  alley  or  thorough- 
fare at  a  ratio  of  four  and  one-half  u1  > 
inches  of  projection  to  one  (1)  foot  of  depth, 
but  no  foundation,  or  part  or  parts  thereof, 
shall  be  built  nearer  than  five  (5)  feet  to 
the  middle  line  of  such  street,  alley  or 
thoroughfare.      No    foundation,    or    any    part 


or  parts   thereof,   shall  project  into  a  public 
street,    a   public    alley   or   a   public    thorough- 


Fig.   1. 


FOUNDATIONS. 
See   Section  231c. 

(A)  Width    of    street. 

Provision    made   for   10'   0"   or  over. 
Provision    made   for   less    tliiin    10'    0". 

(B)  Allowable    projection. 

A   ratio  of  4%"    to   every    foot    of    (C). 

(C)  Depth  of  foundation  below  Inside  sidewalk 
grade    or    alley    grade     See    iR). 

(D)  Maximum  allowable  projection  at  point  (E) 
B'   0"    below    said    sidewalk    or   alley   grade   =   3'    0". 

i  !•;  i      Point    af   deptb    of    formation    is'    0")    below 

Sidewalk     c.r     alley     jtrr;i  >1 ,  ■     where     maximum     projection 

begins.      See    (D). 

ii'i  Allowable  maximum  projection  from  (F.)  to 
20'    0"    below    pivs    or    minus    0    City    dafum       -    3'    0" 

(G)  For  streets,  alleys,  etc.,  less  than  16'  0" 
hi  wiilHi.  Foundations  may  nol  be  bull)  nearer 
than     (G)     5'    0"    to    middle    line    Of    streets    or    alleys. 

etc. 

(II)  Allowable  projection  below  20'  0"  city  'latum 
to  be  determined  bo  far  as  in  fhe  opinion  of  the  Com- 
missioner of    Buildings    is    necessary. 

fare  in  such  manner  as  to  add  area  to  the 
superstructure  of  any  building  or  structure. 
The  construction  of  caisson  and  other 
types  of  foundations,  part  or  parts  of  which 
may  extend  to  a  greater  depth  than  twenty 
(20)  feet  below  city  datum,  shall  conform 
to  the  requirements  of  this  section  as  here- 
inbefore contained   in   such   part  or  parts  as 


125 


Permits 


are  higher  than  twenty  (20)  feet  below- 
city  datum  and  lower  than  eight  (S>  feel 
below  the  sidewalk  or  alley  grade  and  in 
such  part  or  parts  as  are  higher  than  eight 
(8)  feel  below  the  sidewalk  or  alley  grade, 
t>ut  such  part  or  parts  of  such  last  men- 
tioned foundations  as  are  constructed  lower 
than  twenty  (  _<M  feet  below  city  .latum 
may    p  to    a    public    street,    a    public 

alley  or  a  public  thoroughfare  so  far  as,  in 
the  opinion  of  the  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings, is  necessary  for  the  stability  of  the 
building    or    structure    of    which    they    are    a 

part. 

it  is  expressly  made  a  condition  in  the 
issuance  of  any  permit  for  the  construction 
of  a  building  or  structure  whose  foundations, 
or  any  pari  or  parts  thereof,  project  into  a 
public  street,  a  public  alley  or  a  public 
thoroughfare  at  any  point  higher  than 
twentj  i  20 1  ft  el  below  city  datum  thai  If 
during  the  construction  of  or  after  the  com- 
pletion of  such  structure  or  building  the 
said  foundation,  or  any  pari  or  parts  there- 
of, shall  project  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
interfere  with  or  be  an  obstruction  to  the 
building  of,  maintaining,  conducting  or 
operating  any  public  utility  now  or  hereafter 
to  be  constructed,  or  any  part  or  parts  of 
any  construction  in  connection  therewith. 
that  such  projecting  foundation's,  projecting 
part  or  projecting  parts  thereof,  shall  be 
■subject  to  removal  upon  notice  from  the 
Commissioner  of  Public  Works  so  to  do. 
Such  notice  shall  be  in  writing  and  shall 
allow  such  length  of  time  as  said  Com- 
missioner of  Public  "Works  shall  deem  a 
reasonable  time  for  the  purpose  of  making 
the  changes  required  thereunder,  but  the 
owner  or  owners  of  the  said  building  or 
structure  shall  proceed  at  once  upon  receipt 
of  said  notice  to  remove  all  projecting  part 
or  parts  of  such  foundations  without  any 
expense,  loss  or  damage  accruing  to  the  City 
of  Chicago.  Upon  failure  of  such  owner 
or  owners  to  comply  with  said  notice  by 
beginning  the  work  required  thereunder 
within  thirty  (.30)  days  after  the  receipt 
of  such  notice  or  upon  failure  to  complete 
same  within  such  reasonable  time  thereafter 
as  the  said  Commissioner  of  Public  Works 
shall  deem  sufficient,  the  Commissioner  of 
Public  Works  mav  proceed  at  once  to  re- 
move such  projecting  part  or  parts  of  such 
foundations  and  the  City  of  Chicago  may 
recover  the  cost  and  expense  of  such  removal, 
unless  otherwise  reimbursed,  by  an  action 
at  law  against  the  owner  or  owners,  lessee 
or   lessees    of  said    premises. 

(dl  The  Commissioner  of  Buildings  shall 
not  issue  any  permit  authorizing  the  con- 
struction, erection,  repair  or  alteration  of 
any  building  or  structure  unless  the  plans 
submitted  for  his  approval  clearly  show  that 
such  building  or  structure  with  all  its  ap- 
purtenances, foundations  and  attachments 
r-an  be  erected  entirely  within  the  limits 
of  the  lot  or  tract  of  land  upon  which  it 
is  proposed  to  erect  such  building  or  struc- 
ture, except  as  hereinafter  provided  and 
eve,  pt  as  provided  by  the  ordinances  of  the 
City  of  Chicago,  and  no  permit  to  erect, 
repair  or  alter  any  building  or  structure 
shall  authorize  the  use  of  any  part  of  any 
public  highway  or  other  public  ground  for 
the  construction  or  maintenance  of  such 
building  or  structure  except  as  hereinafter 
provided  and  except  as  provided  by  the 
ordinal  ces  of  the  City  of  Chicago,  nor  shall 
any  permit  be  issued  for  the  construction 
or  maintenance  of  any  balcony  or  canopy 
extending  over  any  public  highway  or  other 
public  ground  unless  permits  therefor  have 
ben  obtained  from  the  proper  department 
of  the  city  government  pursuant  to  an 
ordinance,  specifically  authorizing  the  same. 
The  plans  of  every  building  or  structure 
which  show  that  any  part  of  said  building 
or  structure  or  any  of  its  appurtenances,  or 
attachments  thereto,  extend  over  any  part 
r.f  any  public  highway  or  other  public 
ground    other    than    hereinafter    provided    for 


shall,  previous  to  being  submitted  to  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings,  be  submitted  to 
the  Commissioner  of  Public  Works  and 
notice  thereby  given  to  him  of  the  proposed 
encroachment  upon  any  public  highway  or 
Other  public  ground.  Proof  of  such  notice 
to  the  (  omnrssioner  of  Public  W'orks  must 
accompany  plans  when  same  are  presented 
to    the   Commissioner   of   Buildings. 

The  Commissioner  of  Buildings  may  issue 
permits  for  horizontal  cornices  and  belt 
courses  so  called  to  be  constructed  on 
buildings    as    follows: 

Wler,.  -ill  parts  of  a  cornice  of  any  build- 
in-  or  structure  are  more  than  twelve  feet 
above  the  inside  grade  of  the  sidewalk,  and 
where  tin-  sidewalk  grade  varies,  are  more 
than  twelve  feel  above  the  average  or  mean 
inside  grade  of  the  sidewalk  and  where  such 
cornice  extends  in  whole  or  in  part  along 
the  slreet  frontage,  of  a  building,  and  where 
the  return  of  such  cornice  if  any  along  an 
alley  wall  is  not  longer  than  a  distance 
equal  to  the  width  of  the  alley,  such  cornice 
may  proji  ct  into  the  street  or  alley  a  dis- 
tance of  twenty-four  inches.  For  each  ad- 
ditional one  foot  in  height  such  cornice  is 
placed  above  the  height  of  twelve  feet  as 
aforesaid  up  to  the  limits  of  height  fixed 
by  ordinances  for  the  particular  building  of 
which  such  cornice  is  a  part,  such  cornice 
may  project  into  the  street  or  alley  an  ad- 
ditional one-quarter  inch,  until  the  total 
projection  has  reached  the  maximum  of 
four  feet  six  inches  where  the  width  of  the 
street  is  less  than  sixty-six  feet  and  to 
a  maximum  of  five  feet  where  the  width 
of    the    street    is    sixty-six    feet    or   more. 

Horizontal  belt  courses,  water  tables  and 
other  horizontal  architectural  features, 
which  do  not  add  floor  area  to  a  building  or 
structure  and  which  extend  in  whole  or 
in  part  along  the  street  frontage  of  a 
building  with  a  return  if  any  around  an 
alley  wall  not  longer  than  a  distance  equal 
to  the  width  of  the  alley,  and  where  all 
parts  of  such  horizontal  belt  courses,  water 
tables  and  other  horizontal  architectural 
features  are  more  than  twelve  feet  above 
the  inside  grade  of  the  sidewalk,  may  pro- 
ject into  the  street  or  alley  a  distance  not 
to    exceed    eighteen    inches. 

The  Commissioner  of  Buildings  may  issue 
permits  for  buildings  for  which  it  is  con- 
templated that  there  shall  be  projections 
of  the  foundation,  or  a  part  or  parts  there- 
of, into  a  public  street,  a  public  alley  or  a 
public  thoroughfare  under  the  following 
conditions:  Where  such  street,  alley  or 
thoroughfare  is  sixteen  (16)  feet  or  more  in 
width  such  foundations  shall  have  no  pro- 
jection at  the  sidewalk  or  alley  grade,  but 
may  project  at  the  ratio  of  four  and  one- 
half  (4%)  inches  to  one  (1)  foot  for  each 
one  (1)  foot  of  depth  such  foundation  may 
extend  below  the  sidewalk  or  alley  grade  to 
a  maximum  projection  of  thirty-six  (36) 
inches  at  a  depth  eight  (8)  feet  below  said 
sidewalk  or  alley  grade,  and  such  founda- 
tions, or  such  part  or  parts  thereof,  which 
are  higher  than  a  point  twenty  (201  feet 
below  city  datum  and  are  lower  than  a 
point  eight  (8)  feet  below  the  sidewalk  or 
alley  grade,  may  project  into  such  street, 
alley  or  thoroughfare  for  a  distance  not  to 
exceed  thirty-six  (36)  inches  for  that  part 
of  their  extent  as  is  included  between  a 
point  eight  (8)  feet  below  the  said  sidewalk 
or  alley  grade  and  a  point  twenty  (20)  feet 
below  said  city  datum,  and.  where  said 
street,  alky  or  thoroughfare  is  less  than 
sixteen  (16)  feet  in  width,  foundations,  or 
any  part  or  parts  thereof,  may  project  into 
such  street,  alley  or  thoroughfare  at  a  ratio 
of  four  and  one-half  (4V2)  inches  of  pro- 
jection to  one  (1)  foot  of  depth,  but  no 
foundation,  or  part  or  parts  thereof,  shall 
he  built  nearer  than  five  (5)  feet  to  the 
middle  line  of  such  street,  alley  or  thorough- 
fare. No  foundation,  or  any  part  or  parts 
thereof,    shall    project    into    a    public    street, 


12G 


Permits 


a  public  alley  or  a  public  thoroughfare  in 
such  manner  as  to  add  area  to  the  super- 
structure  of   any   building   or    structure. 

The  construction  of  caisson  and  other 
types  of  foundations,  part  or  parts  of 
which  may  extend  to  a  greater  depth  than 
twenty  (20)  feet  below  city  datum,  shall 
conform  to  the  requirements  of  this  section 
as  hereinbefore  contained  in  such  part  or 
parts  as  are  higher  than  twenty  (20)  feet 
below  city  datum  and  lower  than  eight  (8) 
feet  below  the  sidewalk  or  alley  grade  and 
in  such  part  or  parts  as  are  higher  than 
eight  (8)  feet  below  the  sidewalk  or  alley 
grade,  but  such  part  or  parts  of  such  last 
mentioned  foundations  as  are  constructed 
lower  than  twenty  (20)  feet  below  city  da- 
tum may  project  into  a  public  street,  a 
public  allry  or  a  public  thoroughfare  so  far 
as,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings,  is  necessary  for  the  stability 
of  the  building  or  structure  of  which  they 
are  a  part. 

It  is  expressly  made  a  condition  in  the 
issuance  of  any  permit  for  the  construction 
of  a  building  or  structure  whose  founda- 
tions, or  any  part  or  parts  thereof,  project 
into  a  public  street,  a  public  alley  or  a  pub- 
lic thoroughfare  at  any  point  higher  than 
twenty  (20)  feet  below  city  datum  that  if 
during  the  construction  of  or  after  the  com- 
pletion of  such  structure  or  building  the 
said  foundation  or  any  part  or  parts  there- 
of, shall  project  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
interfere  with  or  be  an  obstruction  to  the 
building  of,  maintaining,  conducting  or 
operating  any  public  utility  now  or  here- 
after to  be  constructed,  or  any  part  or  parts 
of  any  construction  in  connection  there- 
with, that  such  projecting  foundations,  pro- 
jecting part  or  projecting  parts  thereof, 
shall  be  subject  to  removal  upon  notice 
from  the  Commissioner  of  Public  Works  so 
to  do.  Such  notice  shall  be  in  writing  and 
shall  allow  such  length  of  time  as  said 
Commissioner  of  Public  Works  shall  deem 
a  reasonable  time  for  the  purpose  of  making 
the  changes  required  thereunder,  but  the 
owner  or  owners  of  the  said  building  or 
structure  shall  proceed  at  once  upon  receipt 
of  said  notice  to  remove  all  projecting  part 
or  parts  of  such  foundations  without  any 
expense,  loss  or  damage  accruing  to  the 
City  of  Chicago.  I'pon  failure  of  such 
owner  or  owners  to  comply  with  said  notice 
by  beginning  the  work  required  thereunder 
within  thirty  (30)  days  after  the  receipt  of 
such  notice  or  upon  failure  to  complete 
same  within  such  reasonable  time  there- 
after as  the  said  Commissioner  of  Public 
Works  shall  deem  sufficient,  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Public  Works  may  proceed  at  once 
to  remove  such  projecting  part  or  parts  of 
such  foundations  and  the  City  of  I  hicago 
may  recover  the  cost  and  expense  of  such 
removal,  unless  otherwise  reimbursed,  by 
an  action  at  law  against  the  owner  or  own- 
ers,   lessee    or   lessees    of   said   premises. 

In  addition  to  the  general  plan  of  the 
building  or  structure  as  required  in  other 
sections  of  this  ordinance,  a  detailed  plan 
drawn  to  a  large  scale  of  any  proposed 
cornice  or  any  projection  contemplated  In 
this  section,  shall  be  submitted  1<>  the  Com- 
missioner of  Buildings  for  his  examination 
and     approval. 

(e)  In  all  cases,  the  approved  plan,  to- 
gether with  building  permits,  must  be  kept 
on   the  job  while  the   work   is   in  progress. 

232.  Plans — Essentials  of.)  All  plans 
and  drawings  for  buildings  or  for  struc- 
tures other  than  buildings  shall  !>••  present- 
ed to  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  for  his 
approval,  and  each  set  of  plans  presented 
shall  be  approved  by  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings  before  a  permit  will  be  granted. 
All  such  plans  and  drawings  shall  ]<•■  drawn 
to  a  scale  of  not  less  than  one-eighth  Of  an 
inch  to  the  foot,  on  paper  or  cloth,  in  ink. 
or    by    some    process    that    will    nol     fai 


obliterate.  All  distances  and  dimensions 
shall  be  accurately  figured,  and  drawings 
made  explicit  and  complete,  showing  the  lot 
lines  and  the  entire  sewerage  and  drain 
pipes  and  the  location  of  all  plumbing  fix- 
tures within  such  building  or  structure.  No 
permit  shall  be  granted  or  plans  approved 
unless  such  plans  are  signed  and  sealed 
either  by  a  licensed  architect  or  provided 
in  "An  Act  to  provide  for  the  licensing  of 
architects  and  regulating  the  practice  of 
architecture  as  a  profession  in  the  State  of 
Illinois,"  approved  June  3,  1897,  or  by  a 
licensed  structural  engineer  as  provided  in 
"An  Act  to  provide  for  the  licensing  of 
structural  engineers."  approved  July  5, 
1915,  or  both,  as  may  be  required  by  said 
Acts. 

233.  Plans — Alterations  Upon  Stamped 
Plans  Not  Permitted  Without  Permission — 
Certain  Alterations  Excepted.)  It  shall  be 
unlawful  to  erase,  alter  or  modify  any  lines, 
figures,  or  coloring  contained  upon  such 
drawings  so  stamped  by  the  Commissioner 
of  Buildings  or  filed  with  him  for  reference. 
If,  during  the  progress  of  the  execution  of 
such  work,  it  is  desired  to  deviate  in  any 
manner  affecting  the  construction  or  other 
essentials  of  the  building  from  the  terms 
of  the  application,  or  drawing,  notice  of  such 
intention  to  alter  or  deviate  shall  be  given 
to  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings,  and  his 
written  assent  shall  first  be  obtained  before 
such  alteration  or  deviation  may  be  made; 
but  alterations  in  buildings  which  do  not 
involve  any  change  in  their  structural  parts 
or  of  their  stairways,  elevators,  fire-escapes 
or  other  means  of  communication  or  ingress 
or  egress  or  in  lighting  or  ventilation  and 
that  are  not  in  violation  of  any  of  the  pro- 
visions of  this  chapter,  may  be  made  without 
the  permission  of  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings. 

234.  Deposit  "With  Water  Department — 
How  Made — Indemnifying  Bonds — Fees  for 
Water  Used.)  (a)  Before  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Buildings  issues  a  permit  as  afore- 
said he  shall  require  evidence  from  the  ap- 
plicant that  payment  has  been  made  to  the 
Bureau  of  Water  of  the  city  for  the  water 
to  be  used  or  for  a  water  meter  for  measur- 
ing all  the  water  to  be  used  in  the  construc- 
tion of  such  building,  under  the  regulations 
of  the  Bureau  of  Water.  Such  applicant 
shall  produce  evidence  that  he  has  filed  with 
and  had  approved  by  the  Commissioner  of 
Public  Works  of  the  city  an  indemnifying 
bond  protecting  the  city  against  any  and 
all  damage  that  may  arise  to  the  streets  or 
alleys  upon  which  such  building  abuts,  and 
to  the  city  and  to  any  person  in  consequence, 
or  by  reason  of,  the  proposed  operations  to 
be  authorized  by  such  permit,  or  by  reason 
of  any  obstruction  or  occupation  of  any 
street  or  sidewalk  in  and  about  such  build- 
ing operations. 

(b)  The  fees  to  be  paid  for  water  used 
in  connection  with  the  erection  of  buildings' 
shall  be  as  follows,   to-wit: 

At  the  rate  of  five  cents  for  every  one 
thousand  bricks,  wall  measure,  used  in  con- 
nection   therewith. 

At  the  rate  of  six  cents  for  every  one 
hundred  cubic  feet  of  rubble  stone  used  in 
connection   therewith. 

At  the  rate  of  eight  cents  for  every  one 
hundred  cubic  feet  of  concrete  used  in  con- 
nection   therewith. 

At  the  rate  of  fifteen  cents  for  every  one 
hundred  yards  of  plastering  used  in  con- 
n.  ei  ion    therewith. 

At  the  rate  of  Ave  cents  for  every  one 
hundred  cubic  feel  of  hollow  tile  arch,  par- 
tition or  tire). roof  covering  used  in  connec- 
tion   therewith. 

235.  Amount  of  Permit  Pees.)  (a)  The 
fees  to  be  charged  for  building  permits 
shall  be  as  follows:  For  sheds  nol  .xceed- 
ing  three   hundred   square   feet    In    area.   Two 


lL'7 


Permits 


Dollars;  for  open  shelter  sheds,  at  the  rate 
of  Fifty  Cents  for  each  one  thousand  cubic 
feet  or  fractional  part  thereof;  for  all 
buildings  or  other  structures,  other  than 
sheds  and  open  shelter  sheds,  as  hereinafter 
described,  the  fee  for  the  permit  shall  be  at 
the  rate  of  Ten  Cents  for  every  one  thousand 
cubic  feet  or  fractional  part  thereof  con- 
tained therein,  the  cubic  contents  being 
measured  to  include  every  part  of  the  build- 
ing from  the  basement  floor  to  the  highest 
point  of  the  roof,  and  to  include  all  bay 
windows  and  other  projections;  but  in  no 
case,  shall  any  permit  be  issued  for  a  less 
fee  than  Two  Dollars,  except  that  a  fee  of 
One  Dollar  shall  be  charged  for  recovering 
or   recoating   the   roof   of   any   building. 

(b)  The  fee  to  be  charged  for  permits 
issued  for  alterations  and  repairs  in  or  to 
any  building  or  other  structure  shall  be 
based  on  the  cost  of  such  alterations  and 
repairs  and  shall  be  at  the  rate  of  Two 
Dollars  for  each  Five  Thousand  Dollars  or 
part  thereof  to  be  expended  therefor.  The 
fee  for  permit  to  raise  any  building  other 
than  a  frame  building  shall  be  Two  Dollars 
for  every  twenty-five  feet  or  fractional  part 
thereof    of    frontage. 

(c)  In  addition  to  the  above  permit  fees 
for  buildings,  permit  and  inspection  fee 
shall    be    charged    as    follows: 

For  erection  of  fire  escapes.   $2.00; 
For    installation    or   alteration    of    elevator, 
$2.00; 

For     semi-annual     inspection     of     elevator, 

$2.00; 

For  erection  of  billboard  or  sign-board. 
$2.00  for  every  25  lineal  feet  or  fractional 
part    thereof; 

For  annual  inspection  of  billboard  or  sign- 
board, 35  cents  for  each  25  lineal  feet  of 
billboard  or  signboard  or  fractional  part 
thereof; 

For  erection  of  illuminated  and  other 
roof  signs  under  Section  6S5  of  this  Chap- 
ter, $50.00  for  the  first  500  square  feet  of 
superficial  area  or  fractional  part  thereof, 
and  twro  cents  for  each  additional  square 
foot    area. 

For  annual  inspection  of  illuminated  and 
other  roof  signs  under  Section  685  of  this 
Chapter,     $50.00; 

For  tearing  down  or  wrecking  a  building, 
$2.00  for  every  25  feet  of  frontage  or  frac- 
tional   part    thereof; 

For  annual  inspection  of  building  required 
to  be  inspected  by  Section  238  of  this;  Chap- 
ter. $2.00  for  each  25.000  square  feet  or 
fractional    part    thereof; 

For  semi-annual  inspection  of  iron  or 
steel     curtain,     (5.00; 

For  semi-annual  inspection  of  asbestos 
curtain.     $2.on: 

For  permit  for  tank  or  tower  on  roof  in 
excess    of    400-gallon    capacity.    $5.00; 

For  permit  for  isolated  chimneys  or  for 
chimneys  extending  over  fifty  feet  above 
the   roof  of   any   building.    So.nri. 

236.  Permit  for  "Wrecking-  Building.) 
(a)  Before  proceeding  with  the  wrecking 
or  tearing  down  of  any  building  or  other 
structure  more  than  one  story  in  height  or 
of  any  structure  of  greater  area  than  2,800 
square  feet,  a  permit  for  such  wrecking  or 
tearing  down  shall  first  be  obtained  by  the 
owner  or  his  agent  from  the  Commissioner 
of  Buildings,  and  it  shall  be  unlawful  to 
proceed  with  the  wrecking  or  tearing  down 
of  any  building  or  structure  or  any  struc- 
tural part  of  such  building  or  structure  un- 
less such  permit  shall  first  have  been  ob- 
tained. Application  for  such  permit  shall 
be  made  by  such  owner  or  his  agent  to  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings  wrho  shall  issue 
such  permit  upon  such  application  and  the 
payment  of  the  fee  herein  provided  for. 
Such  application  shall  state  the  location  and 
describe  the  building  which  it  is  proposed 
to  wreck  or  tear  down.  The  fee  for  such 
permit     shall     be     Two     Dollars     for     every 


twenty-five  feet,  or  fractional  part  thereof, 
of  frontage.  Upon  the  issuance  of  such 
permit,  such  building  may  be  wrecked  or 
turn  down,  provided  that  all  the  work  done 
thereunder  shall  be  subject  to  the  super- 
vision of  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  and 
to  such  reasonable  restrictions  as  he  may 
impose  in  regard  to  elements  of  safety  and 
health,  and  provided,  further,  that  the  work 
shall  be  kept  sprinkled  and  sufficient  scaf- 
folding be  provided  to  insure  safety  to 
human    life. 

(b)  Before  any  permit  is  issued  grant- 
ing authority  to  wreck  a  building  or  struc- 
ture for  which  such  permit  is  required,  the 
person,  firm  or  corporation  engaged  in  the 
work  of  wrecking  same  shall  file  with  the 
City  Clerk  a  bond  with  sureties  to  be  ap- 
proved by  the  City  Comptroller  to  in- 
demnify, keep  and  save  harmless  the  City 
against  any  loss,  cost,  damage,  expense, 
judgment  or  liability  of  any  kind  whatso- 
ever which  the  City  may  suffer,  or  which 
may  accrue  against,  be  charged  to  or  be 
recovered  from  said  City,  or  any  of  its 
officials,  from  or  by  reason  or  on  account 
of  accidents  to  persons  or  property  during 
any  such  wrecking  operations,  and  from  or 
by  reason  or  on  account  of  anything  done 
under  or  by  virtue  of  any  permit  granted 
for  any  such  wrecking  operations.  Such 
bond  in  each  case  shall  extend  to  and  cover 
all  such  wrecking  operations  carried  on 
through  permits  obtained  thereunder  by 
such  person,  firm  or  corporation  during  any 
fiscal  year  beginning  January  first  and  end- 
ing December  thirty-first,  and  no  permit 
shall  be  issued  for  any  wrecking  work  ex- 
cept as  hereinbefore  otherwise  provided 
during  such  fiscal  year  until  such  bond  is 
filed.  Said  bond  shall  be  In  the  penal  sum 
of  twenty  thousand  dollars  for  all  wrecking 
operations  on  such  buildings  and  other 
structures  not  more  than  three  stories  in 
height,  and  there  shall  be  an  additional  bond 
filed  in  the  penal  sum  of  twenty  thousand 
dollars  or  a  bond  in  the  penal  sum  of 
forty  thousand  dollars  shall  be  filed  in  the 
first*  instance  in  case  of  wrecking  operations 
on  buildings  and  other  structures  four  or 
more  stories  in  height.  Fpon  the  filing  of 
such  bond  or  bonds  the  person,  firm  or  cor- 
poration engaged  in  the  work  of  wrecking 
such  buildings  and  other  structures  mav 
obtain  permits  for  such  wrecking  operations 
as  are  authorized  under  the  said  bond  or 
bonds  as  hereinabove  provided  for  during 
the  fiscal  vear  in  which  the  same  is  or  are 
filed:  Provided,  that,  in  case  of  accident  or 
casualty  in  the  progress  of  any  wrecking 
operations  carried  on  under  any  permit  so 
issued,  or  the  happening  of  any  circum- 
stance which  misrht  in  the  opinion  of  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings  render  such  bond 
or  bonds  inadeouate,  the  said  Commissioner 
mav.  in  his  discretion,  require  such  ad- 
ditional bond  as  he  may  deem  necessarv  to 
fully  protect  the  city  from  loss  resulting 
from  the  issuance  of  such  permits  before 
he  allows  the  work  to  proceed  or  before  any 
additional    pcimils    are    issued    by    him. 

237.        Permit — Revocation      of.)        If      the 

work  in.  upon  or  about  any  building  or 
structure  shall  be  conducted  in  violation  of 
any  of  the  provisions  of  this  chapter,  it 
shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings  to  revoke  the  permit  for  the 
building  or  wrecking  operations  in  connec- 
tion with  which  such  violation  shall  have 
taken  place.  It  shall  be  unlawful,  after 
the  revocation  of  such  permit,  to  proceed 
with  such  building  or  wrecking  operations 
unless  such  permit  shall  first  have  been 
re-instated  or  re-issued  bv  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Buildings.  Before  a  permit  so  re- 
voked mav  be  lawfully  re-issued  or  re-in- 
stated, the  entire  building  and  building  site 
shall  first  be  put  into  condition  correspond- 
ing with  the  requirements  of  this  chapter, 
and  any  work  or  material  applied  to  the  same 
in     violation     of    any    of    the    provisions    of 


128 


Permits 


this     chapter    shall    be    first     removed     from 
such    buildings. 

23S.  Annual  Inspection  of  Buildings — 
Stairways  and  Means  of  Egress — Inspection 
Fee.)  (a)  The  Commissioner  of  Buildings 
and  his  assistants  shall  make  an  annual  in- 
spection of  all  theaters  and  places  of  amuse- 
ment, worship,  instruction  or  entertain- 
ment, and  also  of  all  other  buildings  over 
two  stories  in  height,  except  residences,  and 
except  buildings  in  which  automobiles  are 
housed,  and  except  tenements  three  stories 
or  less  in  height.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of 
every  owner,  agent,  lessee  or  occupant  of 
any  such  building  as  is  referred  to  in  this 
section  and  of  the  person  in  charge  or  con- 
trol of  same  to  permit  the  making  of  such 
annual  inspection  by  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings,  or  by  a  duly  authorized  Build- 
ing Inspector,  at  any  time  upon  demand 
being    duly    made. 

(b)  Whenever  any  such  inspection  shows 
the  building  to  be  in  compliance  with  the 
requirements  of  this  Chapter  with  respect 
to  stairways,  means  of  egress,  and  in  all 
other  respects,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings  to  issue,  or  cause 
to  be  issued,  a  certificate  setting  forth  the 
result  of  such  inspection,  containing  the 
date  thereof,  and  a  statement  to  the  effect 
that  such  building  complies  in  all  respects 
with  the  provisions  of  this  Chapter,  upon  the 
payment  of  the  inspection  fee  herein  re- 
quired. 

(c)  It  shall  be  the  joint  and  several  duty 
of  the  owner,  agent,  lessee  or  occupant  of 
the  building  so  inspected  and  of  each  and 
every  person  in  charge  and  control  of  the 
same  to  frame  the  said  certificate  and  place 
it  in  a  conspicuous  place  near  the  main 
entrance   of   such   building. 

(d)  It  shall  be  the  joint  and  several  duty 
of  the  owner,  agent,  lessee  or  occupant  of 
every  building  described  in  this  section  to 
provide  a  typical  floor  plan  of  such  build- 
ing reproduced  on  a  -sheet  eight  by  ten  inches 
in  size.  Said  plan  shall  be  drawn  on  as 
large  a  scale  as  will  be  practicable  on  such 
sheet,  and  said  sheet  shall  also  state  the 
street  address  of  such  building,  and  shall 
give  the  class  of  the  building,  the  kind  of 
construction  used  therein,  the  height  and 
number  of  -stories  contained  therein  and  the 
nature  of  the  occupancy: 

(e)  It  shall  also  be  the  joint  and  several 
duty  of  such  owner,  agent,  lessee  or  occu- 
pant to  deliver  a  copy  of  said  sheet  to  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings  and  to  frame  a 
copy  of  said  sheet  and  place  the  same  near 
the   framed    certificate    hereinabove    required. 

(f)  It  shall  also  be  the  joint  and  several 
duty  of  the  said  owner,  agent,  lessee  or 
occupant  to  substitute  a  new  sheet  for  the 
sheet  on  file  with  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings,  and  also  the  sheet  framed  as 
above  required,  whenever  such  changes  or 
alterations  are  made  in  such  building  as 
will  affect  the  substantial  accuracy  of  the 
sheet  previously  furnished  such  Commis- 
sioner and   framed   as   above    required. 

(g)  "Where  the  result  of  such  inspection 
shall  show  that  such  building  fails  in  any 
respect  to  comply  with  the  requirements  of 
this  Chapter,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings  to  notify  the 
owner,  agent,  lessee  or  occupant  of  such 
building  to  this  effect  and  to  specify  wherein 
such  building  fails  to  comply  with  the  re- 
quirements of  this  chapter;  and  it  shall 
thereupon  become  the  joint  and  several  duty 
of  such  owner,  agent,  lessee  or  occupant  to 
proceed  forthwith  to  make  whatever  changes 
or  alterations  may  be  necessary  to  make 
such  building  comply  In  all  respects  with 
the  requirements  of  this  chapter  and  to 
complete  such  changes  and  alterations  within 
thirty  days  after  the  receipt  of  such   notice. 

(h)  Upon  making  such  annual  Inspec- 
tion,   it   shall   be    the    duty   of   the   owner   to 


pay  to  the  City  Collector  an  annual  inspec- 
tion fee  for  the  same,  amounting  to  12.00  for 
each  25,000  square  feet  of  floor  area,  or 
fractional  part  thereof:  Provided  however 
that  no  charge  for  such  annual  inspection 
shall  be  made  against  religious,  charitable 
or  educational  institutions.  For  the  pur- 
pose of  determining  the  amount  of  the  fee 
herein  required  to  be  paid  every  part  of  a 
structure  separated  by  dividing  walls  as  re- 
quired by  Section  251  of  this  Chapter  shall 
be  considered  as  a  separate  building. 

239.  Architect  Must  Certify  That  Plans 
Comply  With  the  Building  Ordinances.) 
It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  architect,  or 
other  person  permitted  under  the  laws  of 
the  state  to  make  plans,  to  prepare  or  sub- 
mit to  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  for  his 
approval  any  final  plans  for  any  building  or 
structure  which  do  not  comply  with  the 
structural  requirements  of  this  chapter.  It 
shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings  to  require  that  all  plans  submitted 
to  him  for  approval  for  any  building  or 
structure  shall  be  accompanied  by  a  certifi- 
cate of  such  architect  or  such  other  person 
preparing  such  plans  that  the  plans  sub- 
mitted comply  with  the  structural  require- 
ments    of    this    chapter. 

2  40.  Constructing  Buildings  Contrary  to 
Approved  Plans — Permit  Made  Void  by  Devi- 
ation   from    Plans — Power    to    Stop    Work.) 

(a)  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  owner, 
agent  or  architect,  or  for  any  contractor  or 
builder  engaged  in  erecting,  altering  or  re- 
pairing any  building,  to  make  any  departure 
from  the  plans  as  approved  by  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Buildings  of  such  nature  that  such 
departure  involves  any  violation  of  the  re- 
quirements of  this  chapter  as  to  buildings 
of  the  class  in  which  such  building  is,  or 
to  make  any  changes  in  plans  or  construc- 
tion affecting  means  of  egress,  ventilation, 
natural  lighting,  or  sanitary  conditions  with- 
out first  obtaining  the  written  consent  of 
the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  and  of  the 
Commissioner  of  Health  to  such  changes. 
Any  such  departure  from  the  approved  plans 
involving  a  violation  of  the  requirements  of 
this  chapter  or  any  such  change  in  the  plans 
or  construction  without  the  consent  of  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings  and  the  Com- 
missioner of  Health  being  obtained,  as  re- 
quired herein,  shall  operate  to  annul  the 
permit  which  has  been  issued  for  such  work 
and   shall   render  the   same  void. 

(b>  In  case  any  work  is  done  under  a 
permit  authorizing;  the  erection,  alteration 
or  repair  of  a  building  or  structure,  which 
work  is  contrary  to  the  approved  plans,  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings  or  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Health  and  their  assistants  shall 
have  power  1o  at  once  stop  such  work  and 
to  order  all  persons  engaged  therein  to  stop 
and  desist  therefrom.  Such  work  shall  not 
be  resumed  until  satisfactory  assurance  has 
been  given  to  the  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings or  the  Commissioner  of  Health  that  it 
will  be  done  according  to  the  approved  plan 
or  until  said  Commissioner  of  Buildings  or 
Commissioner  of  T  T  ■  ■ .-  i  1 1 1 1  has  consented  in 
writing  to  the  changes  made  In  such  ap- 
proved plans,  and  if  such  changes  in  the 
approved  plan  involve  additional  work  a 
new  permit  or  an  extended  permit  shall  !"■ 
issued  for  Which  an  additional  fee  shall  be 
paid   by   the  contractor   doing   such   work. 

(c)  No  contra. -tur  or  builder  shall  begin 
any  work  on  any  building  or  structure  for 
whii-h  a  permit  Is  required  until  such  per- 
mit shall  have  been  secured.  In  case  any 
work  is  begun  on  the  erection,  alteration, 
repair»or  removal  of  any  building  or  struc- 
ture without  a  permit  authorizing  the  same 
being-  issued  therefor,  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings  and  hi-s  assistants  shall  have  pow- 
er to  at  once  stop  such  work  and  to  order 
any  and  all  persons  engaged  therein  to  stop 
and  desist  therefrom  until  the  proper  per- 
mit   is    secured. 


129 


Class  of  Building-* 


ARTICLE  III. 
Classification   of   Buildings. 
241.       Buildings — Class      Of.)  (.a)  All 

buildings  other  than  sheds  and  shelter  sheds 
as  ht-reafter  described,  now  existing  or  here- 
after erected,  altered  or  enlarged,  shall  be 
classified    as    follows: 

Class  I.)  In  Class  I  shall  be  in- 
cluded every  building  used  for  the  sale, 
Storage  or  manufacture  of  merchandise, 
other  than  department  stores  as  described 
in  this  chapter.  Also  such  buildings,  struc- 
tures or  places  with  a  ground  area  of  five 
hundred  square  feet  or  more  used  as  and  for 
the  purposes  of  a  barn,  stable  or  a  garage 
or  for  the  housing  or  keeping  of  automo- 
biles. 

(c)  Class  II.)  In  Class  II  shall  be  in- 
cluded everv  building  referred  to  in  sub- 
divisions Class   Ha,   Class   lib  and  Class   He. 

(d)  In  Class  Ha  shall  be  included  every 
building  used  for  office  purposes,  and  also 
every  building  used  for  club  house  purposes 
where  sleeping  accommodations  are  pro- 
vided   for    less    than    twenty    persons. 

(e)  In  Class  lib  shall  be  included  every 
building  used  for  hotel,  club,  lodging  or 
rooming  house  purposes  where  such  build- 
ing has  sleeping  accommodations  for  twenty 
or    more    persons. 

(f)  In  Class  lie  shall  be  included  every 
building  used  for  a  hospital  where  sleeping 
accommodations  for  more  than  ten  persons 
are  provided  in  such  building,  and  every 
building  used  for  a  home,  day  nursery  or 
asylum  where  any  such  building  shall  have 
accommodations  for  more  than  twenty  per- 
sons or  where  more  than  ten  bedridden  or 
decrepit  persons  are  housed,  and  every  build- 
ing used  for  a  jail,  house  of  correction  or 
detention. 

(g)  Class  m.)  In  Class  III  shall  be  in- 
cluded every  building  used  as  a  private  resi- 
dence, also  every  building  used  for  a  hos- 
pital where  sleeping  accommodations  for 
ten  >>r  less  persons  are  provided  in  such 
building,  and  every  building  used  for  a  home. 
day  nursery  or  asylum  where  any  such 
building  shall  have  accommodations  for 
twenty  or  less  persons  or  where  not  more 
than   "ten    bedridden    or    decrepit   persons   are 

ed,  and  also  every  building,  structure 
or  place  with  a  ground  area  of  less  than  five 
hundred  square  feet  used  as  and  for  the  pur- 
poses of  a  barn,  stable  or  garage  or  for  the 
housing    or   keeping   of   automobiles. 

(h)  Class  IV.)  In  Class  IV  shall  be  in- 
cluded every  building  referred  to  in  sub- 
divisions Class  IVa,  Class  IVb,  Class  IVc, 
and    Class    IVd,   as   follows: 

(i)  In  Class  IVa  shall  be  included  every 
building  used  as  a  church  or  place  of  wor- 
ship. 

(j)  In  Class  IVb  shall  be  included  every 
building  having  a  parish  hall,  Lodge  hall, 
dance  hall,  banquet  hall,  skating  rink,  as- 
sembly hall,  halls  used  for  the  purpose  of 
exposition  and  exhibition,  and  buildings  hav- 
ing a  hall  for  the  purpose  of  instruction 
other  than  schools.  Included  in  Class  VIII, 
and  also  every  existing  building  having  a 
hall  used  for  theatrical  purposes  at  the  time 
of  the  passage  of  this  ordinance,  except  such 
buildings  as  are  included  in  Classes  IVa, 
IVc,    IVd,    and    V. 

(k)  In  Class  IVc  shall  be  included  every 
building  hereafter  erected  used  for  moving 
picture  and  vaudeville  shows  and  similar 
entertainments,  where  an  admission  fee  is 
charged  and  regular  performances  are  given, 
and  where  the  seating  capacity  does  not 
exceed  three  hundred,  provided,  that  every 
building  of  Class  IVc  existing  at  the  time 
if  the  passage  of  this  ordinance  shall  com- 
ply   with    the   provisions   of   Class    IVb. 


(1)  In  Class  IVd  shall  be  included  every 
grand  stand  and  every  baseball  athletic  and 
amusement   park. 

(m)  Class  V.)  In  Class  V  shall  be  in- 
cluded every  building  which  is  used  as  a 
public  theatre  where  an  admission  fee  is 
charged  and  in  which  movable  scenery  is 
used,  and  every  assembly  hall  hereafter 
erected  having  a  seating  capacity  of  over 
300  and  containing  a  permanent  stage  on 
which  scenery  and  theatrical  apparatus  are 
used  and  regular  theatrical  vaudeville  per- 
formances are  given;  provided,  however,  that 
public  halls  and  club  halls  with  a  seating 
capacity  of  less  than  600,  although  oc- 
casionally used  for  theatrical  presentations, 
shall  not  be  construed  to  be  public  theatres 
within  the  meaning  of  the  term  as  used  in 
this  section,  notwithstanding  the  fact  that 
movable  scenery  is  used  upon  the  stages 
thereof  on  such  occasions,  and  such  public 
halls  and  club  halls  shall  not  be  considered 
as  buildings  of  Class  V  as  herein  defined. 
Such  public  halls  and  club  halls  shall  be 
included  in  Class  IVb,  as  denned  In  this 
section. 

(n)  Class  VI.)  In  Class  VI  shall  be  in- 
cluded every  tenement  and  apartment  house 
or  building  or  portion  thereof  which  is  used 
or  intended  to  be  used  as  a  home  or  resi- 
dence for  two  or  more  families  living  in 
separate  apartments. 

(o)  Class  TO.)  In  Class  VII  shall  be 
included  every  building  used  for  the  sale  at 
retail  of  dry  goods  and  other  articles  of 
general  merchandise  and  commonly  known 
and   described   as   a   department   store. 

(p)  Class  VDI)  In  Class  VIII  shall  be 
included  every  building  used  for  school  pur- 
poses and  every  building  containing  class 
rooms  for  special  or  general  instruction, 
other  than  halls  for  the  purpose  of  instruc- 
tion as  included  in  Class  IV,  where  such 
building  so  used  shall  hare  a  seating  ca- 
pacity   of    more    than    fifty    students. 

(q)  Class  IX.)  In  Class  IX  shall  be  in- 
cluded every  building  maintained  by  the  City 
of   Chicago   for  police   station   purposes. 

(r)  Requirements  with  regard  to  build- 
ings not  within  any  of  the  above  classes 
shall  be  determined  by  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings  subject  to  arbitration  in  the  same 
manner  as  provided  in  Sections  207  and  208 
of  this  chapter. 

2  42.  Buildings  Used  for  the  Purposes  of 
More  Than  One  Class.)  Where  any  build- 
ing is  used  for  the  purposes  of  two  or  more 
classes,  as  herein  specified,  and  defined,  such 
portion  of  any  such  building  as  is  devoted 
to  the  uses  and  purposes  of  any  particular 
class  shall  be  constructed,  operated  and 
maintained  in  accordance  with  the  require- 
ments of  this  chapter  relating  to  such  class, 
unless  such  construction  shall,  in  the  opin- 
ion of  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings,  prove 
impracticable,  or  unless  there  would  be  a 
conflict  between  the  provisions  of  this  chap- 
ter relating  to  the  construction  of  buildings, 
in  either  of  which  cases  the  provisions  which 
relate  to  and  govern  the  construction  of 
buildings  of  the  class  requiring  the  best  and 
safest  form  of  construction  shall  govern  the 
entire   building. 

243.  Confllst  Between  Special  and  Gener- 
al Provisions.)  Whenever  any  provision  or 
requirement  of  this  chapter  relating  specific- 
ally to  the  construction.  equipment,  main- 
tenance, or  operation  of  any  building  or 
part  of  a  building  used  for  the  purpose  of 
any  specified  class,  shall  conflict  with  the 
general  provisions  of  this  chapter  relating 
to  the  construction,  equipment,  maintenance 
and  operation  of  buildings  generally,  the 
special  provisions  shall  govern  in  each  case, 
except  in  the  case  of  Section  501,  which  shall 
govern  in  all  cases  coming  within  its  pro- 
visions. 


130 


Class  X 


ARTICLE  IV. 
Class    I. 

244.  Class  I  Defined.)  In  Class  I  shall  be 
included  every  building  used  for  the  sale, 
storage  or  manufacture  of  merchandise, 
other  than  department  stores  as  described 
in  this  chapter.  Also  such  buildings,  struc- 
tures or  places  with  a  ground  area  of  five 
hundred  square  feet  or  more  used  as  and  for 
the  purpose  of  a  barn,  stable  or  a  garage 
or  for  the  housing  or  keeping  of  autmobiles. 

215.  Must  Comply  With  General  and 
Special  Provisions.)  Every  building  of  Class 
I  shall  comply  with  the  general  provisions 
of  this  chapter,  and  shall,  in  addition,  com- 
ply   with    the    following    special    provisions: 

246.  Buildings — Construction  of — In  Re- 
lation to  Height.)  (a)  The  construction 
of  buildings  of  Class  I  shall  be  as  follows: 
Buildings  of  Cass  I  which  are  more  than 
90  feet  in  height  shall  be  built  of  fireproof 
construction. 

(b)  Buildings  of  Class  I  which  are  less 
than  90  feet  in  height  and  more  than  50 
feet  in  height  shall  be  built  of  slow-burning, 
mill   or   fireproof  construction. 

(c)  Buildings  of  Class  I  of  ordinary  con- 
struction shall  not  be  built  more  than  four 
stories   in    height. 

2  47.  Skeleton  Steel  Walls — Metal  Lath 
and  Solid  Cement  Plaster  Covers — Buildings 
for  Explosives — Buildings  for  Housing 
Motor  Driven  Vehicles — Buildings  for 
Smoking  Meats — Buildings  for  Dry  Clean- 
ing.) (a)  A  one  or  two  story  building  used 
for  the  purposes  of  Class  I,  no  part  of  which 
is  within  twenty  feet  of  any  lot  line,  alley 
line  or  street  line,  having  a  complete  self- 
supporting  steel  frame  consisting  of  wall 
columns,  supporting  steel  trusses,  with  steel 
trusses  and  steel  diagonals,  designed  to  re- 
sist safely,  within  the  safe  limits  of  stress 
provided  by  this  chapter,  a  wind  pressure 
of  twenty  pounds  per  square  foot,  for  each 
and  every  exterior  surface  exposed  to  the 
wind,  in  addition  to  the  dead  weight  of  the 
completed  structure,  and  in  addition  to  the 
live  load  of  100  pounds  per  square  foot  pro- 
vided for  by  this  chapter,  and  any  other  live 
loads  which  may  be  imposed  on  such  struc- 
ture, may  have  exterior  walls  measuring 
not  less  than  one  and  one-third  inches  thick 
of  metal  lath  or  metal  fabric  plastered  on 
both  sides  with  a  mortar  consisting  only  of 
Portland  cement  and  torpedo  sand.  Com- 
plete reinforced  concrete  framework,  built 
in  every  manner  equally  as  strong  and  as 
safe  as  provided  for  a  steel  trame.  in  this 
section,  may  have  exterior  walls  built  in  the 
same  manner,  of  the  same  materials  and  of 
the  same  thickness. 

Cb)  The  enclosing  walls  of  buildings 
which  are  built  not  less  than  fifty  feet  from 
any  lot,  alley  or  street  line  may  be  con- 
structed of  corrugated  iron,  supported  on  a 
steel  frame  built  as  specified  in  this  section, 
fc)  Buildings  for  the  storage  of  fireworks 
and  of  similar  substances  or  articles  of  an 
explosive  nature  shall  have  walls  of  masonry 
construction,  shall  not  exceed  one  story  in 
height,  shall  not  exceed  sixteen  hundred 
CI. 600)  square  feet  in  area  unless  such 
building  is  divided  into  areas  of  sixteen 
hundred  (1.600)  square  feet  or  less  by  di- 
viding walls  the  construction  of  which  and 
the  equipment  of  openings  in  same  being  in 
compliance  with  the  requirements  of  Sec- 
tion 251  of  this  chapter.  The  roof  of  such 
building  may  be  constructed  of  wood  joists 
and  roof  boards  covered  with  incombustible 
material  or  of  wood  joists  covered  with 
sheet  meial  or  of  common  glass  sel  In 
metal  frames,  but  in  everv  case  al  least 
thirty  (30%)  per  rent  of  the  area  of  such 
roof  shall  be  constructed  of  common  glass 
and  metal  frames.  Such  buildings  shall  be 
situated  not  less  than  one  hundred  feet 
from  any  Other  building  or  structure  and 
■shall  be  situated  not  less  than  one  hundred 
feet  from  any  lot  line,  or  where  such  lot  line 


abuts  a  street,  alley  or  public  thoroughfare 
said  building  shall  be  situated  not  less  than 
one  hundred  feet  away  from  the  opposite 
side  of  such  street,  alley  or  public  thorough- 
fare. 

idi  Buildings  erected  for  the  collection 
or  compression  of  acetylene  gas  at  a  pres- 
sure of  exceeding  fifteen  U5)  pounds  to  the 
square  inch  shall  be  of  fireproof  construc- 
tion throughout  and  shall  be  located  at  least 
two  hundred  and  fifty  feet  away  from  any 
other  building  or  structure  and  at  least  two 
hundred  and  fifty  feet  from  any  lot  line  and 
any   street,    alley   or   public   thoroughfare. 

(e)      Even,'     building     or     structure     here- 
after  erected   and    every  existing  building  or 
structure    hereafter      increased      in     size     or 
otherwise    altered    or    hereafter    converted    or 
used  for  the  purpose  of  housing  five  or  more 
self-propelled   vehicles   or   other  wheeled   ma- 
chines,     containing     in      the      tanks     thereof 
volatile  inflammable  liquid  for  fuel  or  power, 
and    all    adjoining    buildings    and    structures 
not    separated    therefrom    by    dividing    walls 
of  brick  or  concrete  extending  at  least  three 
feet   above   the   roof  and   having  openings,    if 
any,    protected    on    both    sides    by    approved 
automatic  fire  doors,   where  such   building  or 
structure    is    more    than    one    story    and    less 
than    four   stories   in   height   shall   be   of   fire- 
proof   construction    throughout,    or    shall    be 
equipned      throughout      with      an      automatic 
sprinkler   system.      Where  any   such  building 
is    two    stories    or    less    in    height    and    com- 
plies  in   all   other   respects   with    the   require- 
ments    for     fireproof     construction     and     the 
second    floor    area    is    co-extensive    with    the 
area    of    the    building    and    without    openings 
other  than  for  stairs  and  elevators,  such  one 
or  two-storv  building  as  aforesaid  mav  have 
a  roof  of  ordinarv.  slow-burning  or  mill  con- 
struction.      Where     anv     such     bui'ding    two 
stories    or    less    in    height    has    a    mezzanine 
floor  or  floors   with   a   total   area   larger   than 
twentv  per  cent   of  the   area   of  the  building 
it  shall  be  considered  an  additional  floor  and 
that  part  or  those  parts  of  building  contain- 
ing   such    additional    floor    or    floors    shall    be 
separated     from     every    other     part     of    said 
building  by  a  wall  of  brick  or  concrete  built 
of  thickness   as   required   for  enclosing  walls 
by  the   provisions   of  this   chapter,    and   such 
parts    of   building    so    separated    by   such    di- 
viding  wall    shall    have   no   openings    in   their 
floors    from    story    to    story   other   than   is   re- 
quired   for    stairs    and    elevators.      The    open- 
ings   connecting    the    different    areas    of    such 
buildings   shall   be   protected   by  double   auto- 
matic    fire     door     equipment.        Every     such 
building  or  structure  m">re  than  three  stories 
in    heie-ht    shall    be    of    fireproof    construction 
throughout  and  shall  be  equipped  throughout 
with    an    automatic    sprinkler    system.     In    all 
such     buildings     more     than     two     stories     in 
height    rill    window    openings,    except   in   walls 
'hat   adjoin   a  public  street   fifty  feet   or  more 
in     width,     shall     be    equipped     with     approved 
metal     frames    and    sash     glazed     with     wired 
glass.        Buildings     less     than     three     stories 
high    shall    eomplv    with    the    reouirements   of 
Section    55S    of   this    chapter.      All    floor   open- 
ings   in    non-fireproof    buildings    shall    be    en- 
closed in  walls  of  masonry  r>f  such   thickness 
as    required    by    the   provisions   of   this   chap- 
ter     and      shall      extend      from      the      ground 
through    the    roof    of    the    building;    in    fire- 
proof  buildings,  all  elevator  shafts  and  other 
vertical     shafts     excepl     stairways     shall      be 
enclosed   in   every  story  with   walls   of  brick, 
tile,    plain    or    reinforced    concrete    al    least 
eighl     inches     thick,     all     stairways     shall     be 
enclosed   tn   every  story  with   walls  of  brick, 
tile    or     reinforced     concrete    al     least     four 
Inches     thick     and     all     openings     in     such     en- 
Closing    walls    shall     be    equipped    with    ap- 
proved   automatic   or   self-closing    fire   doors. 
There     shall     be     no     basement     in     anv     such 
building,    except    for    boiler    room    pur] 
unless   such    building,    including  the   roof   and 
the    protection    of    the    roof    beams    and    roof 
ra,    Is  of  fireproof  construction   through- 
out and   is   equipped   throughout   with   an   ati- 


T.n,l 


Class  I 


tomatlc  sprinkler  system,  and  with  no  floor 
openings  between  the  basement  and  other 
floors,  exeept  for  stairs  and  elevators,  and 
such  openings  shall  be  enclosed  in  botli  the 
basement  and  first  floor  by  wall's  of  brick  or 
concrete  at  least  eight  inches  thick  or  of 
fireproof  tile  at  hast  twelve  inches  thick  and 
equipped  with  door-;  as  hereinbefore  speci- 
fied. There  shall  be  no  openings  from  the 
boiler  room  except  to  the  outside  of  the 
building.  Where  such  building  is  on  a  lot 
that  adjoins  two  streets  or  a  street  and  an 
alley  whoso  established  grades  are  not  at 
the  same  elevation  the  story  whose  floor  is 
1  igher  than  two  feet  below  the  lower  of 
these  grades  shall,  for  the  purpose  of  this 
section,  be  deemed  the  first  story  of  said 
building. 

(f)  Every  building,  structure  or  place 
not  now  used  for  the  housing  of  four  or  less 
vehicles  containing  volatile  inflammable 
liquid  in  the  tanks  thereof  hut  hereafter 
converted  to  such  use.  and  every  building 
or  structure  hereafter  erected  for  the  hous- 
ing of  four  or  less  such  vehicles,  where  so 
used,  must  be  occupied  and  used  exclusively 
for  such  purposes  under  the  following  con- 
ditions and  with  the  exceptions  hereinafter 
noted: 

Frame  sheds  or  buildings  may  be  so  used 
if  such  sheil  stands  at  least  five  feet  from 
every  other  building  or  structure  on  the 
same  lot  or  plot  of  ground;  provided,  how- 
ever, that  in  frame  buildings  used  exclusive- 
ly for  Class  I  purposes  a  portion  of  such 
building  may  be  so  us?d  if  the  part  so  oc- 
cupied is  separated  from  all  other  parts  of 
the  building  by  a  brick  dividing  wall  extend- 
ing three  feet  above  the  highest  point  of  the 
roof,  and  in  such  dividing  wall  all  openings, 
if  any.  shall  be  equipped  with  standard  au- 
tomatic or  self-closing  fire  doors  on  each 
side  of  the  wall. 

Brick  buildings  with  roof  of  ordinary  con- 
struction may  be  so  used  if  they  are  located 
three  feet  or  more  from  every  other  build- 
ing or  structure  upon  the  same  lot  or  plot 
of  ground.  In  buildings  of  ordinary,  slow- 
burning  or  mill  construction  used  exclusive- 
ly for  Class  I  purposes,  four  or  less  such 
vehicles  may  be  housed  providing  that  part 
of  the  building  so  occupied  is  separated 
from  all  other  parts  of  such  building  by  a 
brick  wall  extending  three  feet  above  the 
highest  point  of  the  roof  and  in  which  the 
openings,  if  any,  are  equipped  with  approved 
automatic  or  self-closing  fire  doors  on  each 
side  thereof.  If  such  building  is  more  than 
one  story  high  in  lieu  of  extending  herein- 
before required  wall  through  upper  stories 
and  through  the  roof  as  described,  the  floor 
system  immediatelv  above  space  in  which 
such  vehicles  are  kept  may  be  built  of  fire- 
proof construction  connecting  with  wall 
■separating  such  space  from  other  parts  of 
the  building  and  which  is  carried  through 
the   story   so   occupied   by   such   vehicles. 

Brick  buildings  with  a  roof  of  fireproof 
construction  may  be  so  used  and  may  ad- 
join any  other  building  or  structure,  but  no 
openings  shall  connect  the  same  with  any 
building  other  than  a   building  of  Class  I. 

Buildings  containing  not  to  exceed  one  liv- 
ing apartment  and  in  which  four  or  less 
vehicles  containing  volatile  inflammable 
liquid  are  housed,  must  have  brick  or  mason- 
i  y  walls  and  not  exceed  two  stories  in 
height.  The  floor  of  the  second  story  shall 
be  of  fireproof  construction  throughout  or  if 
of  combustible  material  shall  be  protected 
on  the  underside  for  the  entire  area  of  such 
floor  by  two  complete  coverings  of  metal 
lath  and  fire-resisting  plaster  applied  sepa- 
rately. There  shall  be  two  stairways  from 
said  apartment  to  the  ground  placed  as  far 
apart  as  practicable,  one  of  such  stairways 
may  be  an  outside  stairway.  The  interior 
stairway  or  stairways  shall  be  enclosed  on 
the  first  floor  by  partitions  of  four-inch  tile 
or    partitions    of    metal    lath    and    plaster    on 


metal  studding  in  such  a  manner  that  exit 
by  means  of  the  stairway  shall  be  direct  to 
the  outside  of  building,  and  there  shall  be 
no  doorways  or  other  openings  from  en- 
closure containing  such  stairway  into  the 
first    story. 

(g)  Buildings  or  structures  for  the  pur- 
pose of  smoking  meats  or  fish  shall  have 
brick  walls  and  shall  have  a  roof  of  fire- 
proof construction.  No  combustible  material 
shall  be  used  in  the  erection  of  such  build- 
ing. Where  smoke  houses  are  built  inside  of 
another  building,  they  shall  be  constructed 
entirely  of  metal  or  have  brick  walls  with 
a  fireproof  roof  or  ceiling  and  no  combusti- 
ble material  shall  be  used  in  their  con- 
struction. 

(h)  Buildings  in  which  machinery  and 
equipment  is  installed  for  the  purpose  of  dry 
cleaning  shall  stand  at  least  three  feet  from 
any  lot  line  and  not  nearer  than  three  feet 
to  the  nearest  point  of  approach  of  any  other 
buildings  or  structure  upon  the  same  lot. 
Such  buildings  shall  be  of  fireproof  con- 
struction, shall  not  be  over  two  stories  in 
height  and  shall  have  no  basement  or  attic. 
Walls  shall  be  at  least  twelve  inches  thick. 
All  window  openings  in  outside  walls  shall 
be  equipped  with  approved  metal  frames, 
metal  sash  and  wired  glass.  All  exterior 
and  interior  door  openings  shall  be  equipped 
with  an  approved  three-ply  laminated 
door  covered  with  sheet  metal  or  its  equiva- 
lent in  fire-resisting  quality.  There  shall  be 
no  floor  openings  except  for  one  interior 
stairway  and  said  stairway  shall  be  enclosed 
upon  the  first  floor  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
give  direct  exit  from  stair  and  stair  hall  to 
the  outside  without  any  doorway  or  other 
opening  from  stair  or  stair  hall  to  first  story 
of  building.  An  additional  outside  metallic 
stairway  or  additional  stairways  at  least 
three  feet  wide  shall  also  be  provided.  The 
boiler  shall  be  located  in  a  separate  build- 
ing and  so  situated  that  the  line  of  travel 
for  gases  between  any  opening  in  boiler 
room  and  the  opening  in  the  dry  cleaning 
or  dry  room  shall  be  not  less  than  twentv 
feet.  Such  drv  cleaning  and  dry  room  shall 
be  provided  with  vent  holes  at  the  floor  line 
not  less  than  sixteen  square  inches  in  area, 
at   least   six    feet   apart. 

(i)  Buildings  for  the  storage  of  more  than 
two  thousand  (2000)  feet  of  motion  picture 
films,  or  buildings  in  which  more  than  two 
thousand  (2000)  feet  of  motion  picture  films 
are  stored  shall  be  of  ordinary,  slow-burning, 
mill  or  fireproof  construction  and  not  more 
than  two  stories  high,  unless  of  fireproof 
construction.  In  all  buildings  in  which  mo- 
tion picture  films  are  stored  all  elevators 
and  stairs  shall  be  enclosed  in  all  stories 
where  such  film  storage  occurs,  and  in  all 
stories  above  such  stories  where  motion  pic- 
ture films  are  stored.  In  buildings  of  or- 
dinary construction  such  stair  and  elevator 
enclosure  shall  be  of  brick  walls  at  least 
twelve  CI  2")  inches  thick  supported  on  the 
ground  or  upon  fire-proofed  structural  steel. 
In  fireproof  buildings  all  elevators  and  stairs 
shall  be  enclosed  with  brick  walls  at  least 
eight  (S)  inches  thick,  or  with  reinforced 
concrete  or  with  fireproof  tile  at  least  four 
(4)    inches   thick. 

Vaults  for  the  storage  of  motion  y.ieture 
films  in  non-fireproof  buildings  shall  be  of 
brick  or  reinforced  concrete  at  least  twelve 
(12)  inches  thick.  The  floors  and  tops  of 
such  vaults  shall  be  of  brick  or  of  concrete 
or  of  reinforced  hollow  tile  at  least  twelve 
(12)  inches  thick,  or  of  reinforced  concrete 
at  least  eight  (8)  inches  thick.  In  fireproof 
buildings  vault  walls  shall  be  of  fireproof 
tile  or  of  brick  or  of  concrete  or  of  rein- 
forced concrete.  The  floors  and  tops  shall 
be  of  brick  or  of  concrete  at  least  twelve 
i  12 1  inches  thick,  or  of  reinforced  concrete 
at  least  eight  (8)  inches  thick,  or  of  fire- 
proof tile  or  of  reinforced  hollow  tile  at 
least    ten    (10)    inches    thick.      The   thickness 


132 


Class  I 


of  vault  walls  shall  be  the  same  as  herein 
specified  for  floors  and  tops  where  the  same 
material  is  used  for  their  construction,  ex- 
cept that  walls  of  fireproof  tile  shall  be  at 
least  twelve   (12)   inches  thick. 

The  vent  flues  for  vaults  shall  be  of  the 
same  construction  as  is  required  for  smoke 
flues  of  the  same  area  for  such  buildings. 
In  fireproof  buildings  such  vent  flues  may 
have  walls  at  least  four  (4)  inches  thick  of 
stone  or  gravel  concrete  reinforced  with 
three-eighths  (%)  inch  diameter  round 
steel  rods.  Rods  shall  be  set  both  vertically 
and  horizontally,  shall  be  spaced  twelve 
(12)  inches  on  centers  where  set  horizontally 
and  shall  be  spaced  eighteen  (18)  inches  on 
centers  where  set  vertically.  Or  the  walls 
may  be  four  (4)  inches  thick  of  hollow  clay 
tile  set  with  the  voids  vertical  and  having 
all  voids  filled  with  stone  or  gravel  concrete 
and  with  all  joints  filled  with  cement  mortar 
and  have  metal  bands  at  least  one-fourth 
(M)  inch  thick  by.  one  (1)  inch  wide  em- 
bedded within  the  horizontal  joints  en  all 
sides  of  the  flue  at  intervals  of  not  less 
than  four  (4)  feet  in  height,  said  bands  be- 
ing secured  to  metal  plates  four  (4)  inches 
square  and  one-fourth  ( V± )  inch  thick  placed 
flat  against  the  outside  face  of  the  tile,  or 
bands  shall  be  secured  to  each  other  in  a 
manner  to  effectually  prevent  walls  of  the 
flue  from  spreading  when  subjected  to  heat. 
Where  two  or  more  flues  are  built  together 
the  bands  may  extend  from  outside  to  out- 
side of  the  group  or  be  arranged  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  effectually  prevent  the  spread- 
ing of  the  walls  of  any  flue  within  the 
group.  Where  tile  is  used  for  flues  the 
exterior  walls  of  detached  flues  or  the  out- 
side walls  of  a  group  of  flues  shall  be  cov- 
ered with  two  coats  of  cement  plaster  on 
wire  lath  brought  close  to  the  intersecting 
walls,  floors  and  ceiling.  Above  the  roof 
level  tile  walls  shall  be  encased  with  four 
(4)  inches  of  brick  laid  in  cement  mortar. 
Vent  flues  for  vaults  which  are  located  in 
the  top  story  of  a  fireproof  building  may  be 
constructed  of  No.  14  U.  S.  gauge  metal 
from  the  vault  connection  to  the  termination 
of  the  flue,  and  all  that  portion  of  the  flue 
which  is  within  the  building  and  that  por- 
tion eighteen  (18)  inches  above  the  roof 
shall  have  a  coating  of  asbestos  plaster  at 
least  two  (2)  inches  thick  covered  with  two 
coats  of  cement  plaster  on  metal  lath.  Such 
other  construction  of  vent  flues  will  be  per- 
mitted as  will  meet  with  the  approval  of  a 
Board  consisting  of  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings  and  the  Chief  of  Fire  Prevention 
and  Public  Safety  as  being  equal  in  char- 
acter and  fire-resisting  qualities  to  the  fore- 
going. 

In  buildings  of  fireproof  construction 
rooms  for  examining  and  for  repairing  mo- 
tion picture  films  shall  be  enclosed  in  par- 
titions of  fireproof  or  incombustible  material 
at  least  four    (4)    inches  thick. 

In  buildings  of  fireproof  construction 
rooms  used  for  receiving,  distributing  or  the 
shipping  of  motion  picture  films  shall  be 
enclosed  in  partitions  or  walls  of  brick  or 
concrete  or  fireproof  tile  at  least  eight  (8) 
inches  thick,  or  of  reinforced  concrete  at 
least  six    (6)    inches  thick. 

Such  partitions  and  the  enclosing  walls 
of  such  rooms,  except  where  same  face  upon 
a  public  street  at  least  fifty  (50)  foot  wide, 
shall  have  window  openin.es  in  same 
equipped  with  approved  metal  frames  and 
sash  and  glazed  witli  wired  glass,  and  all 
door  openings  shall  be  equipped  with  ap- 
proved single  automatio-clnsing  fire  doors. 
In  non-fireproof  buildings  in  addition  to 
all  of  the  above  requirements,  the  floors  and 
ceilings  of  such  rooms  or  compartments 
must  br-  of  fireproof  construction  as  defined 
i'r.   this  chapter. 

248.  Door  Openings — Revolving  Boors.) 
(a)  The  aggregate  width  of  door  open- 
ings  at   or  approximately   at   the   street    level 


in  buildings  of  Class  I  shall  be  equal  to  the 
aggregate  width  of  stairways,  as  specified 
in  Section  650  of  this  chapter  for  buildings 
of  Class  I.  Where  locks  are  used  on  exit 
doors  or  on  doors  or  gates  leading  to  hall- 
ways or  stairways  which  lead  to  exit  doors 
they  shall  be  so  arranged  that  the  door  or 
gate  may  be  opened  from  the  inside  without 
the  use  of  a  key.  In  every  building  of  this 
class  every  door  to  an  exit  which  is  a  means 
of  egress  for  twenty  or  more  persons  shall 
open  outward,  and  every  door  which  is  a 
means  of  exit  from  any  floor  above  the  first, 
shall  open  outwardly  from  the  space  or  hall- 
way in  which  the  stairway  from  such  up- 
per floor  is  located.  A  door  or  doors  when 
open  shall  not  project  over  a  public  side- 
walk  or  public   space. 

(b)  Revolving  doors  shall  not  be  in- 
stalled in  any  door  opening  of  any  building 
unless  the  revolving  wings  of  such  revolv- 
ing doors  are  so  arranged  that,  by  the  ap- 
plication of  a  force  slightly  more  than  is 
necessary  to  revolve  said  doors  and  which 
one  person  of  ordinary  strength  is  capable 
of  exerting,  all  the  wings  of  said  door  fold 
flat  on  each  other  and  in  an  outward  direc- 
tion, or  unless  the  revolving  wings  of  -said 
revolving  doors  are  so  arranged  that  they 
may  be  readily  collapsed  or  removed  by 
pressure  or  simple  mechanical  means,  to  be 
approved  by  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings, 
and  leave  sufficient  opening  for  .two  or 
more  persons  to  pass  through  with  a  mini- 
mum width  of  not  less  than  twenty-two 
inches   on    each    side   of  said   collapsed   doors. 

Where  revolving  doors  are  used  as  exits 
they  shall  be  credited  as  exits  only  to  the 
extent  of  the  clear  space  remaining  when 
the  doors  are  collapsed  and  all  deficiency  of 
required  exits  must  be  made  up  by  addition- 
al  doors. 

249.  Existing  Buildings  of  Class  I — In- 
creasing Height  of.)  In  all  cases  where 
buildings  of  Class  I  of  ordinary  construc- 
tion built  prior  to  the  passage  of  this  or- 
dinance, are  to  be  increased  in  height  above 
the  height  of  fifty  feet,  or  of  mill  or  slow- 
burning  construction  above  the  height  of 
ninety  feet,  the  additional  parts  of  such 
buildings  shall  be  constructed  as  herein  pro- 
vided for  buildings  over  fifty  feet  in  height 
or  over  ninety  feet  in  height,  respectively, 
and  said  additional  parts  shall  be  made  to 
conform  in  all  respects  to  the  requirements 
for  buildings  of  this  class  more  than  fifty 
feet  In  height  or  more  than  ninety  feet  in 
height,  respectively,  before  it  shall  be  law- 
ful  to  occupy   them. 

250.  Pire  Walls.)  (a)  Buildings  occu- 
pied by  more  than  one  person,  firm  or  cor- 
poration, or  for  more  than  one  business  en- 
terprise conducted  by  the  same  person,  firm 
or  corporation,  in  separate  enclosures  on  any 
one  floor,  shall  have  a  brick  dividing  wall 
for  every  fifty  feet  of  street  frontage,  if 
of  ordinary  construction,  or  for  every  eighty 
feet  of  street  frontage,  if  of  slow-burning 
or  mill  construction,  and  such  dividing  walls 
shall  extend  from  the  front  to  the  rear  wall 
and  such  dividing  walls  and  the  doors  there- 
in shall  be  built  in  accordance  with  the  pro- 
visions  of   Section    559    of   this    chapter. 

(b)  All  of  the  partitions  between  the 
parts  of  such  buildings  occupied  by  differ- 
ent persons,  firms  or  corporations,  shall  be 
built  of  incombustible  material  from  the 
floor  to  the  floor  boards  or  roof  boards  next 
above    such    story   or   stories   so   occupied. 

(c)  Only  metal  framed  windows  glazed 
with  one-quarter  inch  thick  wire  glass  may 
be   used    in    such    partitions. 

251.  Bividing  Walls — When  Required.) 
(a)  Dividing  walls  will  be  required  in 
buildings   of  Class    I  as   follows: 

(b)  Every  building  of  ordinary  construc- 
tion having  a  greater  area  than  9.000  square 
fi  e1  shall  ba  divided  into  areas  of  9.000 
square  feet  or  less  by  dividing  walls:  every 
building  of  slow-burning  or  mill  construc- 
tion   more    than    one    story    in    height    having 


133 


Class  II 


greater  area  than  12,000  square  feet,  shall 
be  divided  into  areas  of  12,000  square  feet 
or  less  by  dividing  walls;  provided,  however, 
that  buildings  of  slow-burning  or  mill  con- 
struction more  than  one  story  in  height  and 
having  in  addition  to  the  requirements  of 
this  ordinance  relating  to  buildings  of  slow- 
burning  and  mill  construction  having  areas 
not  greater  than  12,000  square  feet,  a 
frontage  on  at  least  two  public  thorough- 
fares, and  having  all  stairways  and  elevator 
shafts  and  other  floor  openings  enclosed 
with  brick  masonry  walls  with  all  openings 
in  same  protected  with  approved  autom 
fire  doors  and  all  stairhalls  at  street  or 
ground  level  to  open  directly  or  through  a 
fireproof  tunnel  to  a  streel  or  public  alley 
and  equipped  throughout  on  all  floors  and 
basement  with  an  automatic  sprinkler  sys- 
tem meeting  with  the  approval  of  the  Chief 
of  Fire  Prevention  and  Public  Safety  may 
be  built  of  an  area  of  16,000  square  feet  and 
if  of  greater  area  shall  be  divided  into  areas 
Of  16.000  square  feet  or  less  by  dividing 
walls. 

Every  fireproof  building  more  than  two 
stories  in  height  and  having  greater  area 
than  .TO. 000  square  feet,  shall  be  divided  into 
areas  of  30.000  square  feet  or  less  by  di- 
viding walls. 

(e)  Where  dividing  walls  are  required 
in  any  of  the  above  mentioned  buildings, 
such  building  shall  be  subdivided  by  brick 
walls,  built  of  the  thickness  given  in  the 
table  for  the  thickness  of  enclosing  walls 
and  all  doors  or  other  openings  in  such  walls 
shall  have  at  each  side  of  the  same,  iron 
doors,  tin  clad  doors  or  shutters,  as  de- 
scribed in  Section  559  of  this  chapter,  and 
said  buildings  as  subdivided  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  stairs  and  fire  escapes  the  same 
as  hereinafter  required;  provided,  however, 
that  one-story  buildings  of  ordinary  mill 
or  slow-burning  construction  and  two- 
story  buildings  of  fireproof  construc- 
tion of  any  size  when  used  as  one  store, 
room  or  workshop  and  occupied  by  only  one 
person,  firm  or  corporation,  may  be  erected 
without  any  dividing  walls. 

252.  Display  of  Placard — Indicating  Floor 
Strength.)  (a)  It  shall  be  the  duty  of 
the  owner  of  every  building  of  Class  I  now 
in  existence  or  hereafter  erected,  or  of  his 
agent,  or  of  the  occupant,  or  person  in 
possession,  charge  or  control  of  same,  to 
affix  and  display  conspicuously  on  each  floor 
of  such  building,  a  placard,  stating  the  uni- 
formly distributed  load  per  square  foot  of 
floor  surface,  which  may  with  safety  be 
applied  to  that  particular  floor,  as  provided 
by  this  chapter,  or  if  the  strength  of  dif- 
ferent parts  of  any  floor  varies,  then  there 
shall  be  such  placards  for  each  varying  part 
of  such  floor.  It  shall  be  unlawful  to  load 
any  such  floors  or  any  part  thereof  to  a 
greater  extent  than  the  loads  indicated  upon 
such   placards. 

(b)  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  occupants 
of  such  buildings  to  maintain  such  placards 
during  their  occupation  of  the  premises  and 
of  the  owners  of  buildings,  or  their  agents, 
to  cause  the  same  to  be  properly  affixed 
with  each  change  of  occupation.  It  shall 
be  the  dutv  of  the  owner,  agent  or  lessee  of 
each  such  building,  now  in  existence,  as  well 
i  s  hereafter  erected,  to  procure  and  submit 
evidence  of  th<=-  correctness  of  the  figures 
on  such  placards  to  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings.  Whenever  such  evidence  as  to 
tlie  correctness  of  the  figures  shall  be  satis- 
factory to  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings,  he 
shall  approve  such  placards.  Such  placards 
so  approved  by  the  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings shall  then  be  affixed  upon  the  respective 
floors  of  the  different  buildings.  The  calcu- 
lations and  loads  shall  be  in  accordance  with 
the    provisions    of    this    chapter. 

(c)  It  shall  be  the  dutv  of  the  owner, 
ag^nt  or  lessee  to  pav  to  the  City  Collector 
a  fee  amounting  to  five  dollars  ($5.00)  for 
onoh  flftv  thousand  (50.000)  square  feet  of 
floor     area,     or    fractional    part     thereof,    for 


each    building    for    which    such    placards    are 
approved. 

For  the  purpose  of  determining  the 
amount  of  the  fee  herein  required  to  be 
paid  every  part  of  a  structure  separated  by 
dividing  walls  as  required  by  Section  251 
of  this  chapter  shall  be  considered  as  a 
separate  building. 

253.  Live  Loads  for  Floors.)  The  floors 
of  all  buildings  of  ('lass  I  h  reafter  erected 
shall  be  designed  and  constructed  in  such 
a  manner  as  to  be  capable  of  bearing,  in 
addition  to  the  weight  of  floor  construction, 
partitions,  permanent  fixtures  and  mechan- 
isms that  may  be  set  upon  the  same,  a  live 
load  of  one  hundred  pounds  for  every  square 
foot  of  surface,  and  the  strength  of  such 
building  shall  be  increased  above  the  capac- 
ity to  carry  such  a  live  load  of  one  hundred 
pounds  per  square  foot  of  floor  surface,  when 
the  uses  to  which  such  building,  or  part 
thereof,  is  to  be  applied,  involve  greater 
stress.  The  calculations  and  loads  shall  be 
in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this 
chapter.  In  every  building  of  Class  I  now 
constructed  and  in  use,  whenever  it  shall  be 
found  by  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings 
that  the  floors  of  same,  or  any  part  or  parts 
thereof,  are  not  capable  of  bearing,  in  addi- 
tion to  the  weight  of  the  floor  construction, 
partitions,  permanent  fixtures  and  mechan- 
isms that  may  be  upon  the  same,  a  live 
load  of  forty  pounds  for  every  square  foot 
of  surface,  he  shall  condemn  the  same  and 
order  such  floor  or  floors  to  be  repaired  or 
reconstructed  within  a  reasonable  time  by 
the  owner  or  occupant  thereof,  and  shall 
proceed  in  the  manner  prescribed  in  sections 
202  and  203  of  The  Chicago  Code  of  1911, 
and  in  such  case  it  shall  be  unlawful  for 
the  owner  or  occupant  to  continue  to  use 
such  building  until  the  said  floors  shall  be 
repaired  or  reconstructed  in  accordance  here- 
with. 

254.  Elevator  Buildings.)  Flevator  build- 
ings intended  solely  for  the  receipt,  storage 
and  delivery  of  grain  in  bulk,  shall  be  of  fire- 
proof construction  as  described  in  this  chap- 
ter. 

ARTICLE  V. 
Class   II. 

255.  Class  II  Defined.)  (a)  In  Class  II 
shall  be  included  every  building  referred  to 
in  subdivisions  Class  Ha,  Class  lib  and 
Class    lie. 

(b)  In  Class  Ha  shall  be  included  every 
building  used  for  office  purposes,  and  also 
every  building  used  for  clubhouse  purposes 
where  sleeping  accommodations  are  pro- 
vided  for  less   than   twenty  persons. 

(c)  In  Class  lib  shall  be  included  every 
building  used  for  hotel,  club,  lodging  or 
rooming  house  purposes  where  such  build- 
ing has  sleeping  accommodations  for  twen- 
ty or  more  persons. 

(d)  In  Class  He  shall  be  included  every 
building  used  for  a  hospital  where  sleeping 
accommodations  for  more  than  ten  persons 
are  provided  in  such  building,  and  every 
building  used  for  a  home,  day  nursery  or 
asvlum  where  any  such  building  shall  have 
accommodations  for  more  than  twenty  per- 
sons or  where  more  than  ten  bedridden  or 
decrepit  persons  are  housed,  and  every  build- 
ins-  used  for  a  jail,  house  of  correction  or 
detention. 

256.  Must  Comply  with  General  and 
Special  Provisions.)  Every  building  of 
Class  II  shall  comply  with  the  general  pro- 
visions of  this  chapter,  and  in  addition  to 
the  general  provisions  shall  comply  with 
the   following   special    provisions: 

257.  Requirements  for  Load  Bearing  Ca- 
pacity of  Floors  in  Buildings  of  Class  II.) 
For  all  buildings  of  Class  II  the  floors  shall 
be  designed  and  constructed  in  such  a  man- 
ner as  to  be  capable  of  bearing  in  all  their 
parts,     in     addition    to    the    weight    of    floor 


134 


Class  II 


construction,  partitions,  permanent  fixtures 
and  mechanisms  that  may  be  -set  upon  the 
same,  a  live  load  of  fifty  pounds  per  square 
foot  of  surface,  and  such  floor  bearing  ca- 
pacity shall  be  computed  in  accordance  with 
the   provisions    of   this    chapter. 

258.  "Windows  and  Mechanical  Ventila- 
tion.) (a)  In  every  building  hereaftei 
erected  for  or  converted  to  the  purposes  ol 
this  class,  courts  shall  be  of  the  minimum 
widths  and  areas  prescribed  in  Section  429 
of  this   chapter,   and  vent   shafts  as   defined 


in  Section  419  of  this  chapter,  shall  be  of  the 
following    minimum    width    and    areas: 
Height   of  Least  Width         Square 

Shaft.  in  Feet.  Feet. 

1  story     3  21 

2  stories     3  22% 

3  stories     3  27 

4  stories     3  36 

5  stories     5  48 

6  stories      6  72 

7  stories      8  96 

8  or  more  stories 8  120 


E.  LEVAT  I  ON 


/Lme     op.  rv.< 


_       — 

^™ 

D 

A 

DCTAl'l.    OF     5A5M 


Section  258b, 


(A) 
(B) 
(C) 
(D) 


Where    measurement    of    glass    is    taken. 
Top   of   window. 
One-half    of     window. 

Detail   of    sash    showing   where    (A)    is    taken, 
under   ordinary    conditions. 

Area    of   glass   would   be    (A  x   A). 
Total   area   would   be   summation   of   all    (A   x   A). 
Windows    to    be     constructed     so    that    upper    half 
(C)     can    be    opened. 

(E)      If   E   is   less   than    15   ft.    wide,    metal   frames 
ntvi    wire   glass    to   he    used ;    and    the    glazed    portion 


Tig.   2. 
WINDOWS. 
!84,    '-'TO,    435,   462,   463,   558,   5S9. 


of   tninies    to   be   set   with    fire   resisting  glass,    as    pro- 
vided  in   ordinance.      (Sec.   558). 

(F)  If  F  Is  less  than  30  ft.,  metal  frames  and 
wire  glass  to  be  used ;  and  the  glazed  portion  of 
frames  to  be  set  with  fire  resisting  glass,  as  pro- 
vlded    in    ordinance.      (Sec.    558). 

For  exceptions  where  steel  rolling  shutters,  etc., 
are   used   see   ordinance    (Sec.    558a). 

(G)  Provision  made  for  safety  device  in  cleaning 
.r    windows.       (Sec.    589j. 


L35 


Class  II,  Ha,  lib 


(b)  In  every  building  hereafter  erected 
for  or  converted  to  the  purposes  of  this 
class,  every  room  used  as  a  private  sitting 
room  or  as  a  sleeping  room,  shall  have  at 
least  one  window  which  opens  directly  upon 
a  street,  alley,  yard  or  court.  The  total  glass 
area  of  such  window  or  windows  opening 
directly  upon  a  street,  alley,  yard  or  court 
shall  be  not  less  than  one-tenth  of  the  floor 
area  of  such  room.  The  top  of  at  least  one 
such  window  shall  be  at  least  seven  feet 
above  the  floor  and  at  least  the  upper  half 
of  such  window  shall  be  capable  of  being 
opened.  No  such  window  shall  have  a  glass 
area  of  less  than  ten  square  feet  unless  it 
be  a  window  in  excess  of  the  one-tenth  of 
the  floor  area  as  required  by  this  paragraph. 
Provided  that  sleeping  cells  in  prisons,  jails, 
police  stations  and  houses  of  detention  need 
not  have  each  a  window  opening  directly  on 
a  street,  alley,  yard  or  court  if  such  cells  are 
in  a  cell  block  which  has  windows  with  a 
glass  area  equal  to  one-fourth  of  the  floor 
area  of  such  block  and  arranged  so  that  each 
window  may  be  opened  for  one-half  of  Its 
area,  and  provided  further  that  such  cell 
block  and  cells  shall  be  equipped  with  a  sys- 
tem of  mechanical  ventilation  approved  by 
the  Commissioner  of  Health. 

(c)  In  every  building  hereafter  erected 
for  or  converted  to  the  purposes  of  this 
class,  every  pantry,  bath  room  and  water 
closet  and  urinal  compartment  shall  have  at 
least  one  window  which  opens  directly  upon 
a  street,  alley,  yard,  court  or  vent  shaft; 
the  total  glass  area  of  such  window  or  win- 
dows opening  directly  upon  a  street,  alley, 
yard,  court  or  vent  shaft  shall  be  not  less 
than  one-tenth  of  the  floor  area  of  such 
room  or  compartment.  The  top  of  at  least 
one  such  window  shall  be  at  least  seven 
feet  above  the  floor  and  at  least  the  upper 
half  of  such  window  shall  be  capable  of  be- 
ing opened:  and  no  such  window  shall  have 
a  glass  area  of  less  than  six  square  feet  or 
a  glass  width  of  less  than  one  foot:  pro- 
vided, however,  that  such  room  or  compart- 
ment, if  located  in  the  upper  story  of  any 
such  building,  may  be  lighted  and  ventilated 
by  means  of  a  skylight  having  a  glass  area 
equal  to  one-tenth  of  the  floor  area  of  the 
room  it  serves  and  be  equipped  with  an  ef- 
ficient ventilator  or  ventilators  equal  in  ef- 
fective area  to  one-twentieth  of  the  floor 
area  of  such  room;  and  provided  further, 
that  any  such  room  or  compartment  in  a 
building  used  for  office,  club  or  hotel  pur- 
poses, in  lieu  of  such  window  or  windows, 
may  be  ventilated  by  an  approved  mechani- 
cal ventilation  system  which  shall  effect  at 
least   six   complete   changes   of  air  per   hour. 

(d)  In  every  building  hereafter  erected 
for  or  converted  to  office,  hotel  or  club  pur- 
poses, every  room,  except  a  room  used  as  a 
bakery,  which  is  below  street  grade  and 
which  is  frequented  by  the  public  or  in 
which  there  are  regularly  employed  five  or 
more  persons,  shall  be  ventilated  by  an  ap- 
proved mechanical  ventilating  system  which 
shall  effect  at  least  six  complete  changes 
of  air  per  hour;  provided  that  in  case  of 
store  rooms  below  street  grade  having  1,500 
cubic  feet  of  space  per  person  employed 
therein  two  changes  of  air  per  hour  will  be 
deemed  sufficient.  In  buildings  of  this  class 
every  room,  either  above  or  below  grade, 
used  as  a  bakery,  shall  comply  with  the  pro- 
visions of  the  ordinances  of  the  City  of 
Chicago    in    respect   to    bakeries. 

(e)  In  every  building  hereafter  erected 
for  or  converted  to  the  purposes  of  this 
class,  every  room  not  otherwise  specifically 
provided  for  in  this  section  shall,  where 
practicable,  have  a  window  or  windows, 
with  a  total  grlass  area  not  less  than  one- 
tenth  of  the  floor  area  of  such  room,  open- 
ing directly  onto  a  street,  alley,  yard  or 
nnurt,    and    no    such    window    shall    have    a 

Ith  of  less  than  one  foot  or  a   total  glass 


area  of  less  than  ten  square  feet,  unless 
such  window  is  in  excess  of  the  ten  per  cent 
of  floor  area  requirement;  provided  that,  if 
it  be  impracticable  to  ventilate  any  such 
room  by  windows  as  aforesaid,  such  rooms 
shall  be  ventilated  by  an  approved  mechan- 
ical ventilating  system  which  shall  effect  at 
least  six  complete  changes  of  air  per  hour; 
the  air  supply  being  taken  from  the  outer 
air  at  a  point  not  less  than  ten  feet  above 
the    street    level. 

(f)  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  owner, 
agent,  architect,  or  party  in  possession  or 
control  of  any  building  in  which  a  mechani- 
cal system  of  ventilation  shall  have  been 
installed  under  the  requirements  of  this 
section,  upon  completion  of  such  system,  to 
notify  the  Commissioner  of  Health  in  writ- 
ing at  least  twenty-four  hours  in  advance  of 
the  making  of  a  test  of  such  system;  and 
each  such  system  or  unit  shall  be  tested  for 
volumetric  efficiency  by  the  owner  or  his 
representative  in  the  presence  of  the  repre- 
sentative of  the  Commissioner  of  Health  and 
such  system  shall  not  be  considered  as  meet- 
ing the  requirements  of  this  section  until 
it  shall  have  been  approved  by  the  Com- 
missioner of  Health.  Every  such  mechani- 
cal ventilating  system  shall  at  all  times  be 
kept  in  good  repair  and  in  operation  so  as 
to  insure  the  required  ventilation  of  all 
rooms  and  compartments  planned  to  be  ven- 
tilated thereby,  during  all  hours  of  human 
occupancy. 

Class    Ha. 

259.  Class  Ha  Defined.)  In  Class  Ila 
shall  be  included  every  building  used  for 
office  purposes,  and  also  every  building  used 
for  club  house  purposes  where  sleeping  ac- 
commodations are  provided  for  less  than 
twenty   persons. 

260.  Buildings — Construction  of — Height 
of.)  (a)  Buildings  of  Class  Ha  which  are 
ninety  feet  or  more  in  height  shall  be  built 
entirely   of   fireproof   construction. 

(b)  Buildings  of  Class  Ila  less  than 
ninety  feet  and  more  than  fifty  feet  in 
height  shall  be  built  either  of  slow-burning, 
mill    or    fireproof    construction. 

(c)  Buildings  of  Class  Ila  not  exceed- 
ing fifty  feet  in  height  may  be  built  of  or- 
dinary  construction. 

Class    lib. 

261.  Class  lib  Defined.)  In  Class  lib 
shall  be  included  every  building  used  for 
hotel,  club,  lodging  or  rooming  house  pur- 
poses where  such  building  has  sleeping  ac- 
commodations  for   twenty   or   more   persons. 

262.  Buildings — Construction  of — Height 
of.)  (a)  Buildings  of  Class  lib  more  than 
five  stories  and  basement  high  shall  be  of 
fireproof   construction. 

(b)  Buildings  of  Class  lib  more  than 
three  stories  and  basement  high  but  not 
more  than  five  stories  and  basement  high 
shall  be  of  slow-burning  or  fireproof  con- 
struction. In  case  slow-burning  construc- 
tion be  required  the  cellar  and  basement 
construction,  including  the  floor  construc- 
tion of  the  first  story  above  the  cellar  or 
basement,   shall  be  of   fireproof   construction. 

263.  "Walls — Divisions  and  Partitions — 
Tire  Stops.)  (a)  In  buildings  hereafter 
erected  used  wholly,  or  in  part  for  the  pur- 
poses of  Class  lib  of  ordinary,  slow-burn- 
ing or  mill  construction,  there  shall  be  for 
every  eight  rooms  in  any  one  story,  divid- 
ing walls  or  partitions  of  incombustible  ma- 
terial separating  such  eight  rooms  from  the 
contiguous    spaces. 

(b)  In  all  buildings  hereafter  erected  to 
be  used  wholly  or  in  part  for  the  purposes 
of  Class  lib.  all  elevators  and  stairs  shall 
be  enclosed  in  partitions  of  Incombustible  or 
fireproof  material,  and  the  partitions  of  all 
corridors     leading     to     such     elevators     and 


136 


Class  He,  III 


stairs  shall  be  of  fireproof  or  incombustible 
material.  Such  partitions  shall  be  carried 
on  self-supporting  masonry  or  a  framework 
of  steel  or  iron.  Where  glass  is  used  in 
said  partitions,  the  same  shall  be  wired 
glass  set  in  metal  frames  but  such  glass 
shall  not  exceed  sixty  per  centum  of  the 
superficial   area   of   said   partitions. 

(c)  In  all  non-fireproof  buildings  of 
Class  lib  there  shall  be  between  joists  a 
stop  of  brick,  concrete  or  tile  not  less  than 
four  inches  in  thickness,  extending  the  full 
height  of  joists  and  spaced  not  more  than 
twenty-five  feet  apart,  measured  in  the  di- 
rection of  the  length  of  the  joist. 

264.  Sleeping  Stalls  in  Rooms — When  Al- 
lowed.) Sleeping  stalls  shall  not  be  con- 
structed or  used  in  any  room  in  any  build- 
ing now  existing  or  hereafter  erected  and 
devoted,  in  whole  or  in  part,  to  the  purposes 
of  a  lodging  or  rooming  house  unless  such 
room  has  two  or  more  windows  which  open 
directly  upon  a  street,  alley,  yard  or  court 
and  which  windows  have  a  total  area  equal 
to  at  least  one-tenth  of  the  floor  area  of  such 
room,  nor  unless  the  semi-partitions  form- 
ing such  stalls  are  so  constructed  that  there 
is  a  clear  and  unobstructed  interval  of  at 
least  thirty  inches  between  the  top  of  such 
semi-partitions  and  the  ceiling  of  the  room, 
nor  unless  each  such  stall  shall  open  directly 
into  an  aisle  or  passageway  leading  di- 
rectly to  a  stairway  or  stairway  fire  escape, 
the  location  of  which  is  indicated  by  a  red 
sign  and  at  night  by  a  red  light  also.  Such 
sleeping  stalls  shall  not  be  installed  in  any 
such  room  in  such  numbers  that  there  shall 
be  less  than  400  cubic  feet  of  air  per  per- 
son when  all  stalls  are  occupied  to  their 
full  capacity.  The  semi-partitions  form- 
ing such  stalls  hereafter  constructed  shall 
be    of    incombustible    material. 

(See    Illustration    Sec.    258b). 

Class    He. 

265.  Class    He    Defined.)       In     Class    He 

shall  be  included  every  building  used  for  a 
hospital  whore  sleeping  accommodations  for 
more  than  ten  persons  are  provided  in  such 
building  and  every  building  used  for  a 
home,  day  nursery  or  asylum  where  any  such 
building  shall  have  accommodations  for 
more  than  twenty  persons  or  where  more 
than  ten  bedridden  or  decrepit  persons  are 
housed,  and  every  building  used  for  a  jail, 
house  of  correction   or  detention. 

266.  Buildings — Construction  of — Height 
of.)  (a)  All  buildings  of  Class  He  not  more 
than  two  stories  and  basement  in  height  may 
be  of  ordinary,  mill  or  slow-burning  con- 
struction. 

(b)  All  buildings  of  Class  He  more  than 
two  stories  and  basement  in  height  shall  be 
of  fire-proof  construction. 

267.  Frontage  Consents  for  Hospitals.) 
It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person,  firm  or 
corporation  to  build,  construct,  maintain, 
conduct  or  manage  in  any  block  in  which 
two-thirds  of  the  buildings  fronting  on  both 
sides  of  the  street  or  streets  on  which  the 
proposed  hospital  may  front  are  devoted  to 
exclusive  residence  purposes,  any  hospital 
unless  the  owners  of  a  majority  of  the 
frontage  in  such  block  and  the  owners  of  a 
majority  of  the  frontage  on  the  opposite 
side  or  sides  of  the  street  or  streets  on 
which  said  building  faces  consent  in  writing 
to  the  building,  constructing  or  maintaining, 
managing  or  conducting  of  any  such  hos- 
pital in  said  block.  Such  written  consents 
of  the  majority  of  said  property  owners 
shall  be  filed  with  the  Commissioner  of 
Health  before  a  permit  shall  be  granted  for 
the  building  or  constructing,  or  a  license  be 
issued  for  the  maintaining,  conducting  or 
managing   of   any   such   hospital. 

268.  Coves  in  Booms  and  Corridors  of 
Hospitals.)      In      every      building      hereafter 


constructed  for  or  converted  to  hospital  pur- 
poses, in  all  corridors  and  rooms  used  by 
patients,  all  intersections  of  walls,  floors 
and  ceilings  shall  be  formed  with  tangent 
coves. 

269.  Elevators  in  Hospitals.)  Every 
building  over  three  stories  in  height  here- 
after constructed  for  or  converted  to  hos- 
pital purposes  shall  have  at  least  one  ele- 
vator, the  floor  dimensions  of  which  shall 
be  not  less  than  seven  feet  by  five  feet,  and 
said  elevator  shall  be  enclosed  in  a  fireproof 
shaft  with  incombustible  doors  closing  off 
each  opening  and  shall  comply  with  all  the 
general   provisions   of   this   chapter. 

270.  Fire  Escapes,  Balconies,  Platforms.) 
All  buildings  of  Class  He  shall  be  equipped 
with  stairway  fire  escapes  not  less  than 
three  feet  in  width  which  shall,  in  number, 
location  and  structural  features,  comply 
with  the  general  provisions  of  this  chapter 
relating  to  fire  escapes.  The  balconies  and 
platforms  of  such  fire  escapes  shall  be  not 
less  than  three  feet  in  width  and  may  be 
made  with  a  smooth  surface  of  incombus- 
tible material  laid  flush  with  the  floor  and 
with  a  pitch  of  one-third  inch  to  the  foot. 


ARTICLE    VI. 
Class    III. 

271.  Class  III  Denned.)  In  Class,  III  shall 
be  included  every  building  used  as  a  private 
residence,  also  every  building  used  for  a 
hospital  where  sleeping  accommodations  for 
ten  or  less  persons  are  provided  in  such 
building,  and  every  building  used  for  a 
home,  day  nursery  or  asylum  where  any 
such  building  shall  have  accommodations 
for  twenty  or  less  persons  or  where  not  more 
than  ten  bedridden  or  decrepit  persons  are 
housed,  and  also  every  building,  structure 
or  place  with  a  ground  area  of  less  than 
five  hundred  square  feet  used  as  and  for  the 
purposes  of  a  barn,  stable  or  garage  or  for 
the  housing  or  keeping  of  automobiles. 

272.  Must  Comply  With  General  and 
Special  Provisions.)  Every  building  of  Class 
III  shall  comply  with  the  provisions  of  this 
chapter,  and,  in  addition  to  the  general  pro- 
visions, shall  comply  with  the  following 
special    provisions: 

273.  Buildings — Construction  of — Height 
of — Space  Occupied  on  Lot.)  (a)  Every 
building  of  Class  III  which  is  ninety  feet 
or  more  in  height  shall  be  built  entirely  of 
fireproof    construction. 

(b)  Every  building  of  Class  III  less  than 
ninety  feet  and  more  than  fifty  feet  in 
height  shall  be  built  entirely  of  slow-burn- 
ing,   mill   or    fireproof   construction. 

(c)  Every  building  of  Class  III  less  than 
fifty  feet  in  height  may  be  built  of  ordi- 
nary  construction. 

(d)  The  amount  of  space  occupied  on  any 
lot  by  Class  III  buildings  shall  comply  with 
the  requirements  of  Section  427  of  this 
chapter. 

(e)  Buildings  used  for  garage  purposes 
only,  having  a  ground  area  of  four  hundred 
(400)  square  feet  or  less,  may  be  built  with 
enclosing  walls  and  roof  of  corrugated  iron 
or  galvanized  sheet  steel  supported  on  a 
frame    of   steel    construction. 

274.  Skylights — Construction  of  —  Glass 
in.)  (a)  Tin'  skylighl  en  the  roof  of  every 
building  of  Class  III  erected  within  the  fire 
limits  shall  have  its  sides,  sashes  and 
frames  constructed  of  metal  or  of  metal 
clad    wood   on   all  exterior  surfaces. 

(b)  Such  skylights  shall  be  covered  by 
a  strong  wire  netting  witli  mesh  not  more 
than  one  and  one-half  inches  square  placed 
not  less  than  six  inches  above  the  glass, 
supported  on  uprights  of  incombustible  ma- 
terial, unless  wired  glass  is  used. 


137 


Clags  IV,  IYa 


2  75.  Allowance  of  Live  Loads  in  Con- 
struction of  Ploors.)  In  every  building  of 
Class  III,  the  floors  shall  be  designed  and 
constructed  in  such  manner  as  to  be  capa- 
ble of  bearing  in  all  their  parts,  in  addition 
to  the  weight  of  the  floor  construction,  par- 
titions, permanent  fixtures  and  mechanisms 
that  may  be  set  upon  the  same,  a  live  load 
of  40  pounds  for  every  square  foot  of  sur- 
face. 

276.  Habitable  Rooms — Definition  of — 
Requirements    as    to    Size    and    Ventilation.) 

(a)  For  the  purposes  of  this  chapter  the 
term  "habitable  room"  shall  be  held  to  in- 
clude every  room  In  every  building  of 
Classes  III  and  VI.  and  every  room  In  build- 
ings of  other  classes  if  such  rooms  are  used 
for  the  purposes  of  Classes  III  and  VI,  in 
which  a  family  or  the  individual  members 
thereof  regularly  sleep  or  eat  or  carry  on 
their  usual  domestic  or  social  vocations  or 
avocations.  Laundries,  bath  rooms,  water 
closet  compartments,  serving  and  storage 
pantries,  storage  rooms  and  closets,  boiler 
and  machinery  rooms,  cellars,  corridors,  and 
similar  spaces  used  neither  frequently  nor 
during  extended  periods,  shall  not  be  deemed 
as   coming   within    the   scope   of   this   term. 

(b)  In  every  building  hereafter  erected 
for  or  converted  to  the  purposes  of  Class  III, 
every  habitable  room  shall  have  a  window 
or  windows  with  a  total  glass  area  equal 
to  at  least  one-tenth  of  its  floor  area,  open- 
ing onto  a  street,  alley,  or  yard,  as  denned 
in  Section  419  of  this  chapter;  provided,  that 
there  shall  be  a  space  of  at  least  three  feet 
between  the  building  and  the  lot  line  on  one 
side,  and  a  space  of  at  least  one  foot  be- 
tween the  building  and  the  lot  line  on  the 
other  side.  None  of  such  required  windows 
shall  have  a  glass  area  of  less  than  ten 
square  feet;  and  each  such  window  shall 
have  its  top  not  less  than  seven  feet  above 
the  floor  and  shall  be  so  constructed  that  at 
least  its  upper  half  may  be  opened  its  full 
width.  No  such  habitable  room  shall  have 
a  floor  area  of  less  than  eighty  square  feet, 
nor  a  clear  height  from  floor  to  ceiling  of 
less  than  eight  feet  and  six  inches;  provided 
that  attic  rooms  need  not  be  eight  feet  six 
inches  high  for  more  than  one-half  of  their 
area,  and  that  such  attic  rooms  shall  have 
total  cubic  contents  of  not  less  than  seven 
hundred   and   fifty   cubic   feet   each. 

(c)  No  living  room  shall  be  partitioned 
off  or  constructed  in  any  existing  building 
or  portion  thereof,  until  plans  of  such  build- 
ing and  room  have  been  filed  with,  and  a 
permit  for  such  partitioning  or  constructing 
obtained  from  the  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings and  the  Commissioner  of  Health;  and 
every  room  so  partitioned  off  or  constructed 
shall  comply  with  all  the  requirements  for 
habitable  rooms  as  contained  in  this  section. 

(See    Illustration    Sec    258b). 

-7  7.  Alcoves.)  livery  alcove  and  alcove 
room  shall  comply  with  the  requirements  of 
Section   433   of  this  chapter. 

27S.  Pantries,  Bath  Rooms,  Water  Clos- 
et and  Urinal  Compartments — Requirements 
in  Relation  Thereto.)  In  every  build- 
ing hereafter  erected  for  or  converted  to  the 
purposes  of  Class  III,  every  pantry,  bath 
room,  water  closet  or  urinal  compartment 
shall  have  at  least  one  window  with  a  glass 
area  of  at  least  six  square  feet  and  a  min- 
imum width  of  at  least  one  foot  opening 
upon  a  street,  alley,  or  yard  as  defined  in 
Section  419  of  this  chapter,  or  upon  a  vent 
shaft  not  less  in  area  than  said  window;  and 
no  habitable  room  shall  open  into  or  connect 
with   a  vent  shaft  thus  used. 

2  7'.«.  Bav  Windows  and  Light  Shafts — 
Materials  Por.)  Bay  or  oriel  windows  may 
be  built  of  combustible  material  on  front  or 
rear  elevations  of  buildings  of  Class  III  of 
two  stories  or  less  in  height,  within  the 
Are  limits,  provided  such  bay  and  oriel  win- 
dows   shall    not    have    a    greater    width    than 


twelve  feet  at  the  wall  line  of  the  building, 
and,  provided,  that  the  outside  walls,  roofs 
and  soffits  of  such  bay  or  oriel  windows, 
when  so  constructed,  shall  be  covered  with 
sheet  metal  or  other  incombustible  mater- 
ial. Light  shafts  wholly  within  the  walls  of 
a  two-story  building  of  Class  III  may  be 
built  of  combustible  material  covered  with 
sheet  metal  or  other  incombustible  material. 
In  all  other  cases,  bay  and  oriel  windows 
and  light  shafts  and  their  supports  shall  be 
constructed  entirely  of  incombustible  ma- 
terial. 

280.  Walls — Brick  Walls  Upon  Wooden 
Sills — Level  of  Sills  Allowed.)  Every  build- 
ing of  Cass  III  not  exceeding  one  story  or 
twenty  feet  in  height  from  top  of  sills  to 
the  highest  point  of  the  roof,  and  with  the 
side  walls  not  exceeding  fourteen  feet  in 
neight,  and  with  floor  area  not  exceeding 
twelve  hundred  square  feet,  may  have  brick 
walls  not  less  than  eight  inches  in  thick- 
ness erected  upon  wooden  sills,  the  sills  sup- 
ported on  iron,  masonry,  or  concrete  sup- 
ports extending  four  feet  below  the  surface 
of  the  ground,  provided  that  the  portion  of 
the  supports  above  the  ground  may  con- 
sist of  cypress  or  cedar  posts.  The  foun- 
dations under  such  supports  shall  be  of  con- 
crete, stone  or  brick,  each  covering  not  less 
than  five  square  feet  area  and  not  more  than 
eight  feet  apart,  to  support  with  safety  the 
weight  that  may  rest  upon  them;  sills  shall 
be  placed  not  higher  than  four  feet  above 
the  established  grade  of  the  street  upon 
which  the  lot  fronts  and  upon  which  lot  the 
building  is  erected,  where  grades  are  es- 
tablished, and  not  exceeding  Sviven  feet  above 
the  ground  where  grades  are  not  established. 
Every  building  more  than  one  story  and 
less  than  two  stories  high,  having  a  gable 
or  hip  roof  with  a  rise  of  not  more  than 
thirty  degrees,  may  have  eight-inch  walls  of 
solid  brick  or  stone  masonry,  provided  the 
side  walls  do  not  exceed  fourteen  feet  in 
height  measured  from  the  first  floor  joist, 
and  provided  such  building  has  a  floor  area 
not  exceeding  1,200  feet  and  is  not  over  22 
feet   in    width. 

281.  Stairways  in  Buildings  of  Class  XIX 
Hereafter  Erected  Three  Stories  or  More  in 
Height.)       (a)       In    every    building    of    Class 

III  hereafter  erected,  and  three  stories  or 
more  in  height,  there  shall  be  either  two 
stairways  from  the  first  to  the  top  story  or 
one  such  stairway  and  a  stairway  fire  es- 
cape. 

(b)  In  every  building  of  Class  III  now 
in  existence,  and  three  stories  or  more  in 
height  with  a  floor  area  of  1,000  square  feet 
above  the  second  floor,  which  is  not  equipped 
with  two  stairways  or  with  one  stairway 
and  a  stairway  fire  escape,  safe  and  adequate 
means  of  egress  from  all  floors  shall  be  pro- 
vided by  the  erection  of  additional  stair- 
ways or  stairway  fire  escapes,  or  such  other 
means  as  in  the  judgment  of  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Buildings  are  required  for  the 
safety  of  the  occupants  of  such  building  or 
the  public. 

(c)  In  every  building  of  Class  III  now 
in  existence  or  hereafter  erected  used  for 
hospital,  home,  day  nursery  or  asylum  pur- 
poses there  shall  be  provided  at  least  two 
stairways  located  as  far  apart  as  practicable 
and  extending  from  the  top  story  to  the 
ground.  A  separate  door  exit  shall  be  pro- 
vided for  each  stairway  to  the  outside  of  the 
building. 

ARTICLE    VII. 
Class  IV. 
2S2.       Class    IV    Defined.)        (a)       In    Class 

IV  shall  be  included  every  building  referred 
to  in  subdivisions  Clnss  IVa.  Class  IVb, 
Class    TVc    nnd    Class    IVd,    as    follows: 

(b)  In  Class  TVa  shall  be  included  every 
building  used  as  a  church  or  place  of  wor- 
ship. 


138 


Class  IVa 


(c)  In  Class  IVb  shall  be  included  every 
building  having  a  parish  hall,  lodge  hall, 
dance  hall,  banquet  hall,  skating  rink,  as- 
sembly hall,  halls  used  for  the  purpose  of 
exposition  and  exhibition,  and  buildings 
having  a  hall  for  the  purpose  of  instruc- 
tion, other  than  schools,  included  in  Class 
VIII,  and  also  every  existing  building  hav- 
ing a  hall  used  for  theatrical  purposes  at 
the  time  of  the  passage  of  this  ordinance, 
except  such  buildings  as  are  included  in 
Classes    IVa,    IVc,    IVd,    and   V. 

(d)  Class  IVc  shall  include  every  build- 
ing hereafter  erected  used  for  moving  pic- 
ture and  vaudeville  shows  and  similar  en- 
tertainments, where  an  admission  fee  is 
charged  and  regular  performances  are  given, 
and  where  the  seating  capacity  does  not  ex- 
ceed three  hundred;  provided,  that  every 
building  of  Class  IVc  existing  at  the  time 
of  the  passage  of  this  ordinance  shall  com- 
ply   with    the   provisions   of    Class    IVb. 

(e)  In  Class  IVd  shall  be  included  every 
grandstand  and  every  baseball,  athletic  and 
amusement    park. 

283.  Must  Comply  With  General  and 
Special  Provisions.)  Every  building  or 
structure  of  Class  IV  shall  comply  with  the 
general  provisions  of  this  chapter  and  shall, 
in  addition,  comply  with  the  following  spec- 
ial   provisions: 

284.  Must  Comply  With  AH  Ordinances.) 
It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person,  firm  or 
corporation  to  construct  or  alter  any  theatre 
except  in  conformity  with  the  ordininces  of 
the  City  of  Chicago  relative  thereto,  or  to 
operate  any  theatre  that  does  not  conform 
thereto. 

285.  City    Officials   Empowered   to    Enter.) 

The  Commissioner  of  Buildings,  Commis- 
sioner of  Health,  City  Electrician,  Fire  Mar- 
shal, Superintendent  of  Police,  and  their  re- 
spective assistants,  shall  have  the  right  to 
enter  any  building  used  in  whole  or  in  part 
for  the  purposes  of  Class  IV  at  any  rea- 
sonable time,  and  at  any  time  when  occu- 
pied by  the  public,  in  order  to  examine  such 
building,  and  it  shall  be  unlawful  for  any 
person  to  interfere  with  them  in  the  per- 
formance  of   their    duties. 

286.  City  Officials  Empowered  to  Close.) 
The  Commissioner  of  Buildings,  Commis- 
sioner of  Health,  Fire  Marshal,  City  Elec- 
trician, or  Superintendent  of  Police,  or  any 
one  of  them,  shall  have  the  power,  and  it 
shall  be  their  joint  and  several  duty,  to  or- 
der any  building  used  wholly  or  in  part  for 
the  purposes  of  Class  IV,  to  be  closed,  where 
it  is  discovered  that  there  is  any  violation 
of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  chapter, 
and  kept  closed  until  the  same  are  com- 
plied  with. 

287.  Theaters  in  Frame  Buildings  Pro- 
hibited.) On  and  after  June  1,  1911,  no 
frame  building  or  part  thereof  shall  be  used 
as  a  moving  picture,  vaudeville  or  other 
theatre. 

288.  Buildings  —  Height  —  Construction  — 
When  Used  in  Part  as  Class  IV.)  Every 
building  higher  than  sixty  feet,  used  in 
whole  or  in  part  for  the  purposes  of  Class 
IV  or  connected  with  or  made  part  of  any 
building  so  used,  shall  be  entirely  of  fire- 
proof construction.  Every  such  building 
less  than  sixty  feet  in  height  shall  be  made 
of  fireproof,  slow-burning  or  mill  construc- 
tion,   except   as   provided    In    this    chapter. 

CLASS  IVa 

289.  Cxass  IVa  Defined.)  In  Class  [Va 
shall  be  Included  every  building  used  as  a 
church  or  place  of  worship. 

290.  Frontage — Seating  Less  Than  Eight 
Hundred.)  Every  building  of  Class  IVa 
hereafter  erected  containing  an  aggregate 
capacity  of  800  persons  or  less,  shall  have 
for  the  auditorium  a  frontage  upon  two  open 
spaces,    of    which    at    least    one    shall    be    a 


street,  and  the  other,  if  not  a  street,  shall 
be  a  public  or  private  alley,  not  less  than 
ten  feet  wide,  opening  directly  on  a  public 
street  or  alley. 

291.  Frontage — Seating  Over  Eight  Hun- 
dred.) Every  building  of  Class  IVa  here- 
after erected  containing  an  aggregate  seat- 
ing capacity  greater  than  eight  hundred 
persons,  shall  have  a  frontage  upon  three 
open  spaces  of  which  at  least  one  shall  be  a 
public  street  and  the  others,  if  not  streets, 
shall  be  public  or  private  alleys  of  a  width 
of  not  less  than  ten  feet  each,  opening  di- 
rectly on  a  public  street  or  alley,  with  at 
least    one   exit   into   each    open   space. 

292.  Construction  of.)  (a)  Every  build- 
ing of  Class  IVa,  which  has  a  seating  ca- 
pacity of  less  than  600  may  be  built 
of  ordinary  construction.  Every  building 
Class  IVa  having  a  seating  capacity  of  more 
than  600  and  less  than  1,800  shall  be  built 
of  slow-burning,  mill  or  fireproof  construc- 
tion. 

(b)  Every  building  of  Class  IVa  having 
an  aggregate  seating  capacity  greater  than 
1,800  persons  shall  be  built  of  fireproof  con- 
struction. 

293.  Limitations  of  Floor  Level  in  Class 
IVa — Height  Above  Sidewalk.)  (a)  The 
limitations  of  floor  levels  in  buildings  here- 
after erected,  occupied  either  wholly  or  in 
part  for  the  purposes  of  Class  IVa.  shall  be 
as   follows: 

(b)  No  auditorium  of  a  greater  seating 
capacity  than  1,000,  shall  have  the  highest 
part  of  its  main  floor  at  a  greater  distance 
than  10  feet  above  the  adjacent  sidewalk 
grade.  No  room  or  rooms  having  a  greater 
seating  capacity  than  Ave  hundred  shall  be 
at  a  greater  distance  above  the  sidewalk 
grade  than  twenty  feet.  No  room  or  rooms 
used  for  the  purposes  of  Class  IVa  having  a 
greater  seating  capacity  than  two  hundred 
shall  be  at  a  higher  level  above  the  side- 
walk grade  than  thirty  feet;  provided,  how- 
ever, that  in  the  case  of  a  building  used 
either  wholly  or  in  part  for  the  purposes  of 
Class  IVa,  and  built  of  fireproof  construc- 
tion, a  room  or  rooms  to  be  used  for  the 
purposes  of  Class  IVa  and  of  an  aggregate 
seating  capacity  of  less  than  five  hundred 
may  be  located  in  any  story  thereof,  but  in 
such  case,  there  shall  be  at  least  two  separ- 
ate and  distinct  flights  of  stairs  from  the 
floor  or  floors  in  which  such  room  or  rooms 
are  located,  to  the  ground,  each  of  which 
stairs  shall  be  not  less  than  4  feet  wide  in 
the  clear  and  shall  be  equipped  with  emer- 
gency exits  and  not  less  than  one  stairway 
fire  escape. 

294.  Allowance  for  Live  Loads  in  Con- 
struction of  Floors  of  Buildings  of  Class 
IVa — Stairways — Entrances  and  Exits, 
Width  of.)  Every  floor  in  buildings  of 
Class  IVa  shall  be  designed  and  constructed 
in  such  a  manner  as  to  be  capable  of  bear- 
ing in  all  its  parts,  in  addition  to  the  weight 
of  floor  construction,  partitions,  and  perma- 
nent fixtures  that  may  be  set  upon  same,  a 
live  load  of  100  pounds  for  every  square 
foot  of  surface  on  such  floor.  The  width  of 
stairways  in  buildings  of  this  class  shall 
be  twenty  inches  for  every  one  hundred  of 
the  aggregate  seating  capacity,  and  for 
fractional  parts  of  one  hundred  seating  ca- 
pacity, a  proportionate  part  of  twenty 
inches  shall  be  added  to  the  width  of  such 
stairway,  but  no  stairway  in  such  building 
shall  be  less  than  four  feet  wide  in  the  clear, 
except  as  hereinafter  provided,  and  pro- 
vided further,  that  in  any  such  building 
having  a  gallery,  the  seating  capacity  of 
which  does  not  exceed  two  hundred  and  fifty 
persons,  two  separate  :in<l  distinct  stairways. 
each  not  loss  than  three  feet  wide,  shall  be 
permitted 

295.  Galleries — Exit   and   Entrance.)      Ins 
tinct    and    separate    exits    shall    be    provided 
for    each    gallery.     A    common    place   of    exit 


L39 


Class  ivb 


and  entrance  may  serve  for  the  main  floor 
of  the  auditorium  and  the  gallery  or  gal- 
leries, provided  its  capacity  be  equal  to  the 
aggregate  capacity  of  all  aisles  or  corridors 
leading  from  the  main  floor  and  such  gallery 
or  galleries  to  such  place  of  exit  or  entrance. 
Not  more  than  two  galleries,  placed  one 
above  the  other,  shall  be  permitted  in  any 
building    of    (Class    IVa). 

296.  Width  of  Aisles — Steps  in  Aisles — 
Class  IVa.)  Aisles  in  buildings  of  Class 
£Va  shall,  in  the  aggregate,  be  eighteen 
inches  in  width  for  each  100  of  the  seat- 
ing capacity  of  the  auditorium,  and  for 
fractional  parts  of  100,  a  proportionate  part 
of  18  inches  shall  be  added,  but  no  aisle  shall 
be  less  than  two  feet  six  inches  in  width 
in  its  narrowest  part.  Steps  shall  be  per- 
mitted in  aisles  only  as  extending  from 
bank  to  bank  of  seats,  and  whenever  the 
rise  from  bank  the  bank  of  seats  is  less 
than  5  inches,  the  floor  of  the  aisles  shall 
be  made  on  an  inclined  plane;  and  where 
steps  occur  in  outside  aisles  or  corridors, 
they  shall  not  be  isolated,  but  shall  be 
grouped  together,  and  there  shall  be  a  light 
so  placed  as  to  illuminate  such  steps  in 
such    outside    aisles    or    corridors. 

297.  Corridors,  Passageways,  Hallways 
and  Doors — Width  of.)  The  width  of  cor- 
ridors, passageways,  hallways  and  doors,  ad- 
jacent to,  connected  with,  or  a  part  of  the 
auditorium,  shall  be  computed  in  the  same 
manner  as  is  herein  provided  for  stairways 
and  aisles,  excepting,  however,  that  no  such 
corridor,  passageway  or  hallway  shall  be 
less  than  four  feet  in  width,  and  no  such 
doorway  shall  be  less  than  three  feet  in 
width. 

29S.  Seats,  Number  of,  in  Bows.)  There 
shall  not  be  more  than  fourteen  seats  in  any 
one  row  between  aisles.  Rows  of  seats 
shall  not  be  less  than  two  feet  eight  inches 
from  back  to  back,  and  no  bank  of  seats 
shall  be  of  greater  rise  than  twenty  inches. 

299.  Emergency  Exits — All  Doors  to 
Open  Outward.)  (a)  Emergency  exits  and 
outside  stairways  shall  be  provided  for 
every  building  of  Class  IVa,  which  has  a 
larger  seating  capacity  than  800.  Such 
emergency  exits  shall  be  one-half  the  ag- 
gregate width  of  the  main  exits,  but  no  such 
emergency  exits  shall  be  less  than  three  feet 
in  width.  Provided,  that  such  stairways 
may  be  built  inside  the  walls  of  the  build- 
ing in  a  corridor  or  passageway  not  less 
than  seven  feet  wide  and  enclosed  by  a  fire- 
proof partition  not  less  than  four  inches 
thick.  Such  stairway  shall  be  of  fireproof 
construction.  All  emergency  exits  and 
stairways  therefrom  shall  be  kept  free  from 
obstructions  of  any  kind  including  snow  and 
ice. 

(b)  All  doors  affording  egress,  directly 
or  indirectly  from  the  auditorium  to  a 
street  or  alley,  shall  open  outward.  Exit 
doors  shall  not  be  obscured  by  draperies  and 
shall  not  be  locked  or  fastened  in  any  man- 
ner during  the  time  that  the  building  is  oc- 
cupied, and  shall  be  so  constructed  and 
maintained  that  they  may  be  easily  opened 
from    within. 

300.  Buildings  in  Which  Seats  are  Not 
Fixed — Seating  Capacity.)  In  computing  the 
seating  capacity  of  any  room  or  building 
used  for  the  purposes  of  this  class  in  which 
the  seats  are  not  fixed,  an  allowance  of  six 
square  feet  of  floor  area  shall  be  made  for 
each  person,  and  all  space  between  the  walls 
cr  partitions  of  such  room  or  building  shall 
be  measure'.1  in  this  computation.  Provided, 
that  in  buildings  of  Class  IVa  standing  at 
least  seven  feet  from  any  other  building  and 
not  having  more  than  two  stories  and  each 
floor  having  its  own  separate  exits,  the 
seating  capacity  of  such  floor  shall  be  esti- 
mated alone  as  determining  the  kind  of  con- 
struction   under   this   article. 


301.  Lighting  Service  Bequirement — Class 
IVa.)       Gas    or    electricity    or    both    may    be 

used  for  illuminating  purposes  in  buildings 
of  Class  IVa.  Provisions  shall  be  made  to 
properly  light  every  portion  of  a  building 
of  Class  IVa  and  every  outlet  therefrom 
Leading  to  the  outside  of  the  building,  and 
all  open  courts,  passageways  and  emergency 
exits.  Lights  in  vestibules,  halls,  corridors, 
passageways,  stairways,  and  other  means  of 
egress  from  the  building  and  premises  shall 
be  on  an  independent  system  or  circuit  or 
service  and  shall  be  controlled  separately  and 
exclusively  by  a  switch  or  a  shutoff  located 
near  the  main  entrance.  In  rooms,  halls  and 
auditoriums  used  for  the  purpose  of  Class 
IVa  provisions  shall  be  made  to  furnish  a 
light  above,  if  possible,  otherwise  closely  ad- 
joining every  opening  to  an  exit  or  emergency 
exit  from  the  room,  hall  or  auditorium. 
Where  the  capacity  of  the  room,  hall  or 
auditorium  is  400  or  less  provisions  shall 
be  made  to  supply  such  light  with  either 
gas  or  electricity.  Where  the  capacity  of 
the  room,  hall  or  auditorium  is  greater  than 
400  provisions  shall  be  made  to  supply  such 
light   by   gas   only. 

Class    IVb. 

302.  Class  IVb  Defined.)  In  Class  IVb 
shall  be  included  every  building  having  a 
parish  hall,  lodge  hall,  dance  hall,  banquet 
hall,  skating  rink,  assembly  hall,  halls  used 
for  the  purpose  of  exposition  and  exhibition, 
and  buildings  having  a  hall  for  the  purpose 
of  instruction,  other  than  schools,  included 
in  Class  VIII,  and  also  every  existing  build- 
ing having  a  hall  used  for  theatrical  pur- 
poses at  the  time  of  the  passage  of  this 
ordinance,  except  such  buildings  as  are 
included   in   Classes   IVa,   IVc,   IVd,  and  V. 

303.  Erontage — Seating  Less  Than  Eight 
Hundred — Seating  More  Than  Eight  Hun- 
dred.) (a)  Every  building  of  Class  IVb, 
containing  a  hall  or  halls  of  an  aggregate 
seating  capacity  of  800  persons  or  less, 
shall  have  a  frontage  upon  two  public 
spaces,  of  which  at  least  one  shall  be  a 
street,  and  the  other,  if  not  a  street,  shall 
be  a  public  or  private  alley,  not  less  than 
ten  feet  wide,  opening  directly  on  a  public 
street    or    alley. 

(b)  Buildings  of  Class  IVb,  containing 
halls  or  rooms,  used  for  the  purpose  of 
Class  IVb,  of  greater  aggregate  seating 
capacity  than  800,  shall  have  a  frontage 
upon  three  open  spaces,  of  which  at  least 
one  shall  be  a  public  street,  while  the  other 
two,  if  not  streets,  shall  be  public  or  private 
alleys,  of  a  width  of  not  less  than  ten  feet, 
each  opening  directly  on  a  public  street  or 
alley;  provided  that  a  fireproof  passageway 
at  grade  level,  and  not  less  than  seven  feet 
in  width  may  be  used  in  place  of  one  such 
alley,  if  such  passageway  connects  with  a 
public    thoroughfare. 

304.  Auxiliary  Buildings — Height  and 
Construction  of — Communicating  Doors.) 
(a)  Every  building  hereafter  erected  and 
connected  with  or  made  part  of  any  build- 
ing used  in  whole  or  in  part  for  the  pur- 
poses of  Class  IVb.  shall,  if  sixty  or  less 
feet  in  height,  be  of  fireproof,  mill  or  slow- 
burning  construction,  except  as  otherwise 
provided  in  this  chapter,  and,  if  more  than 
sixty  feet  in  height,  of  fireproof  construc- 
tion. 

(b)  No  existing  building,  other  than  of 
fireproof  construction,  shall  be  connected 
to  any  building  of  Class  IVb  now  existing 
or  hereafter  constructed,  unless  there  is, 
between  such  buildings,  a  fire  wall  con- 
structed as  required  by  Section  506  of  this 
chapter  and  extending  from  the  ground  to 
and  through    the  roof. 

(c)  In  all  such  cases  where  both  build- 
ings are  not  of  fireproof  construction,  each 
opening  in  the  intervening  walls  shall  be 
equipped  with  automatic  double  fire-doors  as 
required   by   Section   559   of   this  chapter. 


140 


Class  IVb 


305.  Existing-  Building's — Used  for  Class 
IVb  and  for  Other  Purposes.)  No  part  of 
an  existing  building-,  other  than  of  fireproof 
construction  shall  be  used  for  the  purposes 
of  Class  IVb  unless  such  part  is  separated 
from  all  portions  of  the  same  building  used 
for  other  purposes  by  a  fire  wall  constructed 
as  required  by  Section  506  of  this  chapter 
and  extending  from  the  ground  to  the  roof 
and  unless  all  openings  in  such  fire  wall  are 
equipped  with  automatic  double  fire  doors  as 
required  by  Section  559  of  this  chapter;  in 
which  case  such  other  portions  may  be  con- 
structed in  the  manner  permitted  for  sepa- 
rate   buildings    of   s.uch    class. 

306.  Construction — Depending  on  Capac- 
ity.) Every  building  used  for  the  pur- 
pose of  Class  IVb,  hereafter  erected,  con- 
taining a  hall  or  room  of  an  aggregate 
seating  capacity  of  not  more  than  1,500 
persons,  except  as  hereinafter  provided,  shall 
be  built  of  mill,  slow-burning  or  fireproof 
construction  provided,  that  every  building 
hereafter  erected  used  in  whole  or  in  part 
for  the  purpose  of  Class  IVb  containing  a 
hall  or  room  of  an  aggregate  seating  capac- 
ity of  not  more  than  300  persons,  where 
such  building  does  not  exceed  two  stories 
and  basement  in  height  and  the  floor  level 
of  the  hall  or  room  is  not  more  than  eight 
feet  above  the  grade  of  the  street  on  which 
such  building  fronts,  shall  be  built  of  or- 
dinary, mill,  slow-burning  or  fireproof  con- 
struction.      If    a    hall    or    room    or    halls    or 

rooms  have  a  total  seating  capacity  of 
more  than  1,500  persons,  such  building  shall 
be  built  of  fireproof  construction;  provided, 
that  buildings  mainly  used  for  exposition  or 
exhibition  purposes,  and  not  used  for  the- 
atrical purposes,  and  not  exceeding  two 
stories  in  height  which  have  for  public  use 
only  a  main  floor  and  one  gallery  and  which 
have  their  walls  and  structural  members  of 
incombustible  material  and  which  comply 
with  the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  as  to 
stairways,  exits  and  fire  escapes,  may  have 
their  temporary  seats,  boxes,  show  cases, 
platforms,  or  booths,  constructed  of  com- 
bustible material;  provided,  however,  that 
any  and  all  draperies,  buntings,  or  other 
inflammable  decorations  shall  be  treated 
with  a  fire-retarding  solution,  subject  to  the 
approval  of  the  Chief  of  Fire  Prevention 
and  Public   Safety. 

307  Buildings  in  Which  Seats  Are  Not 
Fixed — Seating  Capacity.)  In  computing  the 
seating  capacity  of  any  room  or  building 
used  for  the  purposes  of  this  Class,  in  which 
the  seats  are  not  fixed,  an  allowance  of  six 
square  feet  of  floor  area  shall  be  made  for 
each  person,  and  all  space  between  the  walls 
or  partitions  of  such  room  or  building  shall 
be  measured  in  this  computation.  Provided, 
that  in  buildings  of  Class  IVb  standing  at 
least  seven  feet  from  any  other  building  and 
not  having  more  than  two  stories  and  each 
floor  having  its  own  separate  exits,  the 
seating  capacitv  of  each  floor  shall  be  esti- 
mated alone  as  determining  the  kind  of 
construction    under    this   article. 

308  Limitations  of  Floor  Levels — Height 
Above  Sidewalks — Skating  Rinks.)  (a)  The 
following  limitations  of  floor  levels  in  build- 
ings hereafter  erected,  occupied  either  wholly 
or  in  part  for  the  purposes  of  ('lass  IVb, 
Other  than  skating  rinks,  shall  be  as  follows: 
No  auditorium  of  a  greater  seating  capacity 
than  one  thousand  shall  have  the  highest  part 
of  its  main  floor  at  a  greater  distance  than 
ten  feet  above  the  adjacent  sidewalk  grade. 
No  room  or  rooms  having  a  greater  seating 
capacity  than  five  hundred  shall  be  at  a 
greater  distance  above  the  sidewalk  grade 
than  twenty  feet.  No  room  or  rooms  used 
for  the  purposes  of  Class  IVb  having  a 
greater  seating  capacity  than  two  hundred 
shall  be  at  a  higher  level  above  the  side- 
walk grade  than  thirty  feet;  provided,  how- 
ever    that    in    the    case    of    a    building    used 


either  wholly  or  in  part  for  the  purposes  of 
Class  IVb,  and  built  of  fireproof  construc- 
tion, a  room  or  rooms  to  be  used  for  the 
purposes  of  Class  IVb  and  of  an  aggregate 
seating  capacity  of  less  than  five  hundred 
may  be  located  in  any  story  thereof,  but  in 
such  case,  there  shall  be  at  least  two  sep- 
arate and  distinct  flights  of  stairs  from  the 
floor  or  floors  in  which  such  room  or  rooms 
are  located,  to  the  ground,  each  of  which 
stairs  shall  be  not  less  than  four  feet  wide 
in  the  clear  and  such  floor  or  floors  shall 
be  equipped  with  emergency  exits  and  have 
not  less  than  one  stairway  fire  escape. 

(b)  In  buildings  of  fireproof  construction 
hereafter  erected,  banquet  halls  or  ball 
rooms  having  a  seating  capacity  of  not  more 
than  900  may  be  located  on  any  floor.  Such 
banquet  halls  or  bail  rooms  shall  have  ac- 
cess to  at  least  two  interior  stairways  and 
not  less  than  one  stairway  fire  escape,  the 
combined  width  of  which  shall  be  equal 
to  at  least  18  inches  for  each  one  hundred 
persons  for  whom  accommodations  are  pro- 
vided  in   said   banquet   hall  or  ball   room. 

(c)  No  room  or  hall  used  for  the  pur- 
poses of  a  skating  rink  shall  be  constructed, 
operated  or  maintained  with  its  main  floor 
level  more  than  two  feet  above  the  inside 
sidewalk  grade  of  the  street  upon  which 
such  building  containing  same  fronts,  or  more 
than  one  foot  above  the  ground  level  in 
front  of  such  building  when  it  does  not  face 
upon  a  street,  or  more  than  one  foot  below 
the  inside  sidewalk  grade  of  the  street  upon 
which  such  building  fronts,  or  more  than 
one  foot  below  the  ground  level  in  front 
of  such  building  when  it  does  not  face  upon 
a    street. 

309.  Allowance  for  Loads  in  Construction 
of  Floors.)  All  floors  of  all  buildings  of 
Class  IVb  shall  be  designed  and  constructed 
in  such  a  manner  as  to  be  capable  of  bear- 
ing in  all  their  parts,  in  addition  to  the 
weight  of  floor  construction,  partitions,  per- 
manent fixtures  and  mechanisms  that  may 
be  set  upon  the  same,  a  live  load  of  one 
hundred  pounds  for  every  square  foot  of 
surface  in  such  floor,  in  accordance  with  the 
general    provisions   of  this   chapter. 

310.  Stairways — Entrances  and  Exits — 
Width  of.)  The  width  of  stairways  in 
buildings  used  wholly  or  in  part  for  the 
purposes  of  Class  IVb,  shall  be  18  inches 
for  every  100  persons  of  the  aggregate  seat- 
ing capacity  of  all  rooms  used  for  the  pur- 
poses of  Class  IVb  in  such  buildings;  but 
no  stairway  in  such  building  shall  be  less 
than  four  feet  wide  in  the  clear;  provided, 
that  in  any  such  building  having  a  room  or 
rooms,  balcony  or  gallery,  used  for  the  pur- 
poses of  Class  IVb,  the  aggregate  seating 
capacity  of  which  does  not  exceed  250  per- 
sons, two  separate  and  distinct  stairways, 
each  three  feet  wide,  shall  be  permitted,  but 
no  such  building  hereafter  erected  shall  have 
less  than  two  interior  stairways  of  the  width 
required  by  this  ordinance,  and  located  as 
far  apart  as  practicable.  Every  hall  or 
room  used  for  the  purposes  of  Class  IVb 
in  a  building  hereafter  erected,  *  *  *  shall 
have  access  to  not  less  than  two  stair- 
ways. Every  stairway  shall  have  handrails 
on  each  side  thereof;  stairways  which  are 
over  seven  feet  wide  shall  have  double 
intermediate  handrails  with  end  newel  posts 
at  least  five  and  a  half  feet  high;  no  stair- 
way shall  ascend  a  greater  height  than  13 
feel  G  inches  without  a  level  landing,  which 
tending  shall  be  not  less  than  four  feet 
wide  measured  In  the  direction  of  the  run 
of  the  stairs.  Every  stairway  leading  to 
a  box  or  boxes  shall  be  independent  of  all 
Other  stairs  or  seats;  and  such  stairway 
shall  not  be  less  than  2  feet  6  inches  wide 
in  the  clear  when  such  box  or  boxes  seat 
not  to  exceed  thirty  people,  and  an  addi- 
tional width  of  one  inch  shall  be  added  to 
such  stairway  for  each  additional  five  per- 
sons  for   whom  seating  capacity  is  provided. 


141 


Class  IVb 


311.  Balconies  and  Galleries — Designation 
of.)  Where  there  are  balconies  or  galleries, 
the  first  balcony  or  gallery  shall  be  desig- 
nated "balcony"  and  the  second  and  third 
balconies  or  galleries  shall  he  designated 
respectively    "gallery"    and    "second    gallery." 

312.  Balconies  and  G-alleries — Exit  and 
Entrance.)  Distinct  and  separate  places  of 
exit  and  entrance  shall  be  provided  for  each 
gallery.  A  common  place  of  exit  and  en- 
trance may  serve  for  the  main  door  of  the 
auditorium  and  the  balcony,  provided  its 
capacity  be  equal  to  the  aggregate  required 
capacity  of  all  aisles  or  corridors  leading 
from  the  main  floor  and  such  balcony  to 
such   place   of  exit   and   entrance. 

313.  Aisles — Steps  in  Aisles — Passageways 
— Cross  Aisles  Leading-  to  Emergency  Exits.) 
(a)  Aisles  in  rooms  used  for  the  purposes 
ol  Class  IVh  shall  have  in  the  aggregate 
a  width  of  is  inches  for  each  100  of  the 
seating  capacity  of  such  room,  and  for  frac 
tional  parts  of  100  a  proportionate  part  of 
L8  inches  shall  be  added;  hut  no  aisle  shall 
be  less  than  two  feet  six   inches  in  width. 

(b)  Steps  shall  be  permitted  in  aisles 
only  as  extending  from  bank  to  hank  of  seals. 
and  whenever  the  rise  from  bank  to  hank 
of  seats  is  less  than  five  inches  the  floor  of 
the  aisles  shall  be  made  as  an  inclined  plane, 
and  where  steps  occur  in  outside  aisles  or 
corridors,  they  shall  not  be  isolated,  but 
shall  be  grouped  together,  and  there  shall 
be  a  light  so  placed  as  to  illuminate  such 
steps    in    such    outside   aisles   or   corridors. 

314.  Corridors,  Passageways,  Hallways 
and  Doors — Width  of.)  The  width  of  cor- 
ridors, passageways,  hallways  and  doors 
adjacent  to,  connected  with  or  a  part  of  such 
rooms,  shall  be  computed  in  the  same  man- 
ner as  is  herein  provided  for  stairways  and 
aisles,  excepting,  however,  that  no  such 
corridor,  passageway  or  hallway  shall  be 
less  than  four  feet  in  width,  and  no  such 
door   shall   be   less   than   three   feet   in   width. 

315.  Seats — Number  in  Rows.)  There 
shall  be  not  more  than  fourteen  seats  in 
any  one  row  between  aisles,  and  in  a  room 
or  rooms  used  for  the  purposes  of  Class 
IVh,  of  a  seating  capacity  greater  than  '400 
persons,  there  shall  be  an  aisle  on  each  side 
of  any  bank  of  seats,  where  there  are  over 
seven  seats  in  a  row.  Rows  of  seats  shall 
not  be  less  than  thirty-two  inches  from 
back  to  back  and  no  bank  of  seats  shall  be 
of  a  greater   rise  than   twenty   inches. 

316.  Emergency  Exits.)  fa)  Emergency 
exits  and  stairways  shall  be  provided  out- 
side of  any  and  all  rooms  used  for  the  pur- 
poses of  Class  IVb  which  have  a  seating 
capacity  larger  than  eight  hundred,  and 
such  emergency  exits  shall  have  a  width 
equal  to  one-half  of  the  width  provided  for 
the  main  exits  and  such  emergency  exits 
shall  lead  directly  to  a  public  thoroughfare. 
Provided,  however,  that  any  room  or  rooms 
used  for  the  purposes  of  Class  IVb  in  any 
building  hereafter  erected,  having  a  seating 
capacity  of  more  than  400,  shall  have  emer- 
gency exits  outside  of  the  walls  of  such 
building  equal  in  width  to  one-half  of  the 
exits  required  for  the  main  exits,  and  such 
emergency  exits  shall  lead  directly  to  a 
public  thoroughfare.  Doors  leading  to 
emergency  exits  shall  not  be  less  than  three 
feet  wide.  Stairs  shall  be  not  less  than 
four  feet  wide.  Such  emergency  exits  and 
stairways  may  be  built  inside  the  walls  of 
such  building-  of  a  width  not  less  than  four 
feet,  provided  that  they  are  enclosed  by  a 
fireproof  partition  not  less  than  4  inches 
thick;  and  further  provided,  that  the  stairs 
themselves  are  constructed  of  incombustible 
material.  Emergency  stairways  may  descend 
into  open  spaces  or  passageways,  provided 
they  do  not  obstruct  more  than  one-half  of 
the  width  of  such  open  spaces  or  passage- 
ways. 

(b)  Every  stairway  fire  escape  shall  be 
located    and    constructed    in    accordance    with 


the  requirements  of  Sections  653,  654  and 
,;~.7.  hut  in  no  case  shall  anv  room  used  for 
the  purposes  of  Class  IVb  located  above  the 
third  story  of  any  building  have  less  than 
one  stairway  fire  escape. 

::  1  7.  Doors  to  Open  Outward.)  All  doors 
affording  access  directly  or  indirectly  to  the 
street,  alley  or  corridor  from  anv  room 
used  for  the  purposes  of  class  IVh  shall 
open    outward, 

318.  Walls  Between  Auditorium  and 
Stage.)  There  shall  be  a  solid  brick  wall 
of  the  same  thickness  as  required  for  out- 
side walls  between  the  auditorium  and 
stage  in  buildings  hereafter  erected  for  or 
converted  to  the  use  of  Class  IVb  and  used 
either  wholly  or  in  part  for  that  purpose; 
and  in  existing  non-fireproof  buildings  such 
wall  must  extend  to  a  height  of  three  (3) 
feet  above  the  roof.  Provided,  however,  that 
in  existing  buildings  any  room  used  for  the 
purposes  of  Class  IVb  at  the  date  of  the 
passage  of  this  ordinance  having  a  greater 
seating  capacity  than  four  hundred  (400) 
shall  have  a  proscenium  wall  built  of  ma- 
sonry   or    incombustible    material. 

319.  Curtain  Shall  Be  of  Iron,  Steel  or 
Asbestos — Inspection  of — Fee.)  The  main 
curtain  opening  in  any  such  room  shall 
have  a  wrought  iron  or  steel  or  three-ply 
asbestos  curtain  with  a  wire  mesh  imbedded 
therein,  which  shall  be  inspected  by  the 
Building  Department  semi-annually,  for 
which  inspection  a  charge  of  five  dollars 
shall  be  made,  and  all  other  openings  in 
the  proscenium  wall  shall  have  self-closing 
iron    doors. 

320.  Structures  Over  Ceiling — Construc- 
tion.) If  any  structure  intended  to  be 
occupied  by  people  is  built  over  the  ceiling 
of  any  room,  used  wholly  or  in  part  for 
the  purposes  of  Class  IVb,  the  girders  or 
trusses  supporting  the  same  shall  be  of 
steel  protected  with  fireproofing  as  required 
for   interior   columns    in   Section   611. 

321.  Standpipe  and  Hose  on  Stage.)  In 
every  room  used  for  the  purpose  of  Class 
IVb  and  having  a  seating  capacity  of  250 
or  more,  and  where  scenery  is  used,  a  stand- 
pipe  with  hose  connection  and  hose  shall 
be  installed  on  each  side  of  the  stage  under 
the  direction  of  the  Chief  of  Fire  Prevention 
and   Public   Safety. 

322.  Vents  or  Flue  Pipes.)  (a)  One  or 
more  vents  of  flue  pipes  of  metal  construc- 
tion or  other  incombustible  material  ap- 
proved by  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings 
shall  be  built  over  the  stage,  and  shall  ex- 
tend not  less  than  ten  feet  above  the  high- 
est point  of  the  roof,  and  shall  be  equivalent 
in  area  to  one-twentieth  of  the  area  of  the 
stage. 

(b)  In  buildings  where  additional  stories 
are  built  above  the  stage,  such  vents  or  flue 
pipes  may  be  carried  out  near  the  top  of 
the  stage  walls,  and  shall  be  continued  and 
run  up  on  the  exterior  of  the  building  to  a 
point  five  feet  above  the  highest  point  of 
the    additional    stories. 

(c)  All  such  flues  or  vents  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  metal  dampers  which  shall  be 
controlled  or  operated  by  a  small  tarred 
hempen  cord  and  also  by  *.wo  electric 
switches,  one  at  the  electrician's  station  on 
the  stage,  which  station  shall  be  fireproof, 
and  the  other  at  the  stage  fireman's  station 
on  the  opposite  side  of  the  stage;  the  ar- 
rangement of  said  cord  and  said  electric 
switches  shall  be  such  that  the  cord  will 
operate  as  a  fusible  link  between  the  elec- 
tric control  and  the  damper  and  will  release 
said  damper,  should  the  switches,  or  either 
of  them,  fail  to  operate.  Such  stations  shall 
be  located  in  such  places  on  the  stage  as 
may  be  determined  by  the  Fire  Marshal, 
subject  to  the  provisions  of  this  paragraph, 
and    each    switch    shall    have    a    sign    with 


142 


Class  IVc 


plain    directions   as    to   the   operation    of   the 
same  printed   thereon. 

323.  Tuse  Boxes.)  Every  fuse  box  shall 
be  surrounded  by  two  thicknesses  of  tire- 
proof  material  with  an  air  space  between, 
and  no  fuse  shall  be  exposed  to  the  air 
between  the  switchboards;  all  electrical 
equipment  in  such  rooms  shall  be  installed 
and  maintained  to  the  satisfaction  and  ap- 
proval  of   the   City   Electrician. 

324.  Capacity — Certification  for  License.) 
(a)  The  Commissioner  of  Buildings  shall 
determine  the  number  of  persons  which  every 
room  used  for  the  purposes  of  Class  [Vb 
may  accommodate  according  to  the  provi- 
sions of  this  chapter,  and  shall  certify  the 
same   to  the  City  Clerk. 

(b)  No  amusement  license  shall  be  is- 
sued for  any  room  used  for  the  purposes 
of  Class  IVb  until  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings  shall  first  have  certified,  in  writ- 
ing, that  such  room  complies  with  the  pro- 
visions  of   this   chapter   in  every   respect. 

325.  Lighting-  Service  Requirement — Class 
IVb.)  Gas  or  electricity  or  both  may  be 
used  for  illuminating  purposes  in  buildings 
of  Class  IVb  but  the  use  of  gas  is  prohibited 
in  that  part  of  the  building  known  as  the 
stage  side  of  the  proscenium  wall.  Provi- 
sions shall  be  made  to  properly  light  every 
portion  of  a  building  of  Class  IVb  and  every 
outlet  therefrom  leading  to  the  outside  of 
the  building,  and  all  open  courts,  passage- 
ways and  emergency  exits.  Lights  in  vesti- 
bules, halls,  corridors,  passageways,  stair- 
ways and  other  means  of  egress  from  the 
building  and  premises  shall  be  on  an  in- 
dependent system  or  circuit  or  service,  and 
shall  be  controlled  separately  and  exclusively 
by  a  switch  or  a  shutoff  located  near  the 
main  entrance.  In  rooms,  halls  and  auditor- 
iums used  for  the  purposes  of  Class  IVb 
provisions  shall  be  made  to  furnish  a  light 
above,  if  possible,  otherwise  closely  ad- 
joining every  opening  to  an  exit  or  emer- 
gency exit  from  the  room,  hall  or  auditorium. 
Where  the  capacity  of  the  room,  hall  or 
auditorium  is  400  or  less  provisions  shall 
be  made  to  supply  such  light  with  either 
gas  or  electricity.  Where  the  capacity  of 
the  room,  hall  or  auditorium  is  greater 
than  400  provisions  shall  be  made  to  supply 
such   light   by   gas   only. 

326.  Scenery — Definition — Movable  Scen- 
ery.) (a)  "Scenery"  as  used  in  this  chap- 
ter shall  include  all  scenery,  drop  curtains 
and  wings  which  are  constructed  or  made 
of  cloth,  canvas  or  combustible  material, 
whether    stationary    or    movable. 

"Movable  scenery"  shall  include  all  scen- 
ery, drop  curtains,  borders  and  wings  which 
are  made  movable  for  the  purpose  of  chang- 
ing scenery  and  substituting  another  set 
during  or  between   the  various  stage  acts. 

327.  Scenery  to  be  Non-inflammable.)  All 
scenery  or  stage  paraphernalia  of  any  sort 
used  upon  the  stage  of  any  room  used  for 
the  purpose  of  Class  IVb  shall,  previous  to 
such  use,  be  treated  with  a  fireproof  solu- 
tion and  shall  be  tested  and  approved  by  the 
Chief  of  Fire   Prevention   and   Public   Safety. 

328.  Amount  of  Scenery  Allowed — Sprin- 
kler System.)  Two  sets  of  house  scenery 
and  three  drops,  exclusive  of  asbestos  fire 
curtain  and  picture  screen  shall  be  allowed 
in  existing  rooms  used  for  theatrical  pur- 
poses in  buildings  of  ("lass  IVb  where  the 
same  are  on  the  first  floor  level,  or  in  a 
building  of  fireproof  construction  or  which 
conformed  with  the  requirements  of  fireproof 
buildings  at  the  time  same  was  erected,  and 
the  same  shall  also  be  allowed  in  such  exist- 
ing rooms  used  for  theatrical  purposes 
above  the  first  floor  level  when  the  seating 
capacity  of  such  room  does  not  exceed  300. 
Such  scenery  shall  be  known  and  designated 
upon  the  licenses  issued  by  the  city  as  "Per- 
manent House  Scenery,"  and  the  use  and 
moving  of  such  scenery  shall  not  be  con- 
strued   as    placing    said    building,    hall,    room 


or  theater  within  the  provisions  of  the  or- 
dinance   relating   to   Class   V    buildings. 

A  set  of  house  scenery  as  contemplated 
by  this  section  is  hereby  defined  to  mean 
sufficient  scenery  to  make  one  stage  setting, 
such  scenery  being  in  continuous  use  in 
such  house;  provided,  however,  that  the  low- 
ering of  a  drop  shall  not  constitute  a  new 
stage    setting. 

No  other  scenery  except  as  above  enumer- 
ated shall  be  permitted  on,  above  or  under- 
neath   the   stage. 

Every  existing  Class  IVb  theatre  affected 
by  this  section  shall  be  equipped  with  an 
approved  sprinkler  system  and  also  with 
stand-pipe  and  hose  subject  to  the  approval 
of  the  Chief  of  Fire  Prevention  and  Public 
Safety. 

No  existing  Class  IVb  theatre  affected  by 
this  section  shall  increase  its  seating  ca- 
pacity   after    the    passage    of    this    ordinance. 

No  scenery  or  stage  paraphernalia  of  com- 
bustible materials  shall  be  used  on  the  stage 
of  any  room  or  theatre  used  for  the  pur- 
poses of  Class  IVb,  unless  such  scenery  and 
paraphernalia  shall  have  been  treated  with 
a  paint  or  chemical  solution  which  shall 
make  it  non-inflammable,  and  which  treated 
scenery  or  stage  paraphernalia,  or  both,  shall 
be  tested  and  approved  by  the  Chief  of  Fire 
Prevention   and   Public    Safety. 

329.  Dressing  Boom  Partitions.)  Parti- 
tions forming  dressing  rooms,  except  where 
already  built,  shall  be  constructed  of  in- 
combustible material,  and  such  dressing 
rooms  shall  be  properly  ventilated. 

CLASS     IVc. 

330.  Class  IVc  Defined — Moving  Picture 
and    Vaudeville     Shows — Seating     Capacity.) 

Class  IVc  shall  include  every  building  here- 
after erected  used  for  moving  picture  or 
vaudeville  shows  and  similar  entertainments, 
where  an  admission  fee  is  charged  and  regu- 
lar performances  are  given,  and  where  the 
seating  capacity  does  not  exceed  three  hun- 
dred, provided  that  every  building  of  Class 
IVc  existing  at  the  time  the  passage  of  the 
ordinance  known  as  The  Chicago  Code  of 
1911  shall  comply  with  the  provisions  of 
Class  IVb.  All  buildings  hereafter  erected 
for  moving  picture  and  vaudeville  shows  and 
similar  entertainments,  where  an  admission 
fee  is  charged  and  regular  performances  are 
given,  with  a  seating  capacity  of  over  three 
hundred,  and  for  the  exhibition  of  moving 
pictures  only,  where  the  seating  capacity  is 
more  than  one  thousand,  shall  be  built  to 
conform  with  the  requirements  for  buildings 
of  Class  V  hereafter  erected  as  contained  in 
this  chapter.  Buildings  for  the  exhibition  of 
moving  pictures  only  and  with  a  seating  ca- 
pacity of  over  three  hundred,  but  not  to  ex- 
ceed one  thousand,  shall  also  be  built  to  con- 
form with  the  requirements  for  buildings  of 
Class  V  hereafter  erected,  in  all  their  struc- 
tural requirements  and  equipment  except  in 
so  far  as  such  requirements  and  equipment 
are  modified    in   Sections   33  I    and   332   hereof. 

331.  Frontage  of  Class  IVc — Frontage, 
Open  Spaces  and  Fireproof  Passageways  of 
Moving  Picture  Theatres  Containing  a  Seat- 
ing Capacity  of  more  Than  Three  Hundred.) 
Every  room  used  for  the  purposes  of  Class 
IVc  shall  have  a  frontage  upon  at  least  two 
public  thoroughfares,  of  which  at  least  one 
shall  be  a  street,  and  the  other  a  street  or 
a  public  or  private  alley  not  less  than  ten 
feet  wide  and  opening  directly  on  a  public 
si  iiit    or    alley. 

Buildings  I'm-  the  exhibition  of  moving  pic- 
tures only,  wiiii  a  seating  capacity  of  over 
three  hundred  but  not  to  exceed  one  thou- 
sand, shall  in-  located  so  that  they  adjoin 
at  least  two  public  thoroughfares,  one  of 
which  shall  be  a  public  street  and  the  other 
may    be   a    public   alley   not    less    than    ten   feet 

iii  width.  Except  as  hereinafter  otherwise 
provided,  the  audience  room  of  such  build- 
ing shall  have  either  a  public  thoroughfare 
or     an     open     space     unobstructed     from     the 


143 


ground  to  the  sky  on  each  side  thereof.  Such 
open  space,  when  the  audience  room  has  a 
capacity  not  to  exceed  six  hundred  seats, 
shall  be  five  feet  wide,  and  six  inches  shall 
be  added  to  the  width  of  same  for  every 
additional  one  hundred  scats  in  said  au- 
dience room  up  to  the  maximum  of  one 
thousand  scats,  in  all  cases  where  there  is 
a  public  alley  in  the  rear  of  such  building, 
said  open  space  must  connect  directly  with 
the  alley.  In  case  the  entire  audience  is 
seated  on  the  ground  level  said  open  spaces 
shall  extend  alongside  of  the  audience  room 
so  as  to  connect  with  exit  doors  placed  ap- 
proximately in  the  middle  of  the  audience 
room  between  the  opposite  ends  of  same. 
Where  there  is  a  balcony  or  gallery  installed, 
such  open  spaces  must  extend  along  the 
entire  length  of  the  audience  room  so  as  to 
connect  with  exits  from  the  balcony  or  gal- 
lory  at  their  highest  and  lowest  levels. 
Where  such  a  building  is  located  on  a  cor- 
ner lot  and  adjoins  a  public  street  on  one 
side  and  a  public  street  or  an  alley  not  less 
than  ten  feet  wide  on  two  of  the  remain- 
ing sides  and  the  building  is  so  located  that 
it  adjoins  such  public  thoroughfares  on 
three  sides  for  its  entire  extent,  it  shall  not 
be  necessary  to  construct  an  open  space  on 
the  remaining  side  thereof,  but  in  all  such 
cases  there  shall  be  either  an  open  space  un- 
obstructed from  the  ground  to  the  sky  or 
a  fireproof  passageway  at  least  five  feet 
wide  leading  from  the  side  of  the  audience 
room  not  bordering  on  a  street  or  other 
public  space  to  the  street  in  front  of  the 
theatre  and  another  leading  to  the  alley  or 
other  public  space  in  the  rear  of  the  theatre. 
If  the  seating  capacity  of  such  theatre  is 
over  six  hundred,  six  inches  shall  be  added 
to  the  width  of  such  open  space  or  passage- 
way for  every  one  hundred  seats  or  frac- 
tion thereof  in  excess  of  six  hundred  and 
up  to  the  maximum  of  one  thousand.  If 
access  to  the  street  and  alley  or  other  pub- 
lic space  as  herein  provided  is  by  means  of 
a  fireproof  passageway,  such  fireproof  pas- 
sageway must  be  constructed  in  all  respects 
according  to  the  provisions  of  Section  395 
of  The  Chicago  Code  of  1911,  except  as  here- 
in  otherwise   provided. 

332.  Construction.)  Buildings  of  Class 
IVc  hereafter  erected,  of  a  seating  capacity 
not  to  exceed  three  hundred,  shall  not  be 
built  more  than  thirty  feet  in  height  and 
may  be  built  of  ordinary  construction,  but 
the  enclosing  walls  shall  be  constructed  of 
masonry.  No  moving  picture,  vaudeville  or 
theatrical  show  shall  hereafter  be  installed 
in  a  frame  building.  No  room  or  hall  used 
for  the  purposes  of  Class  IVc  shall  here- 
after be  installed  underneath  any  living  or 
sleeping  room. 

Buildings  for  the  exhibition  of  moving  pic- 
tures only  with  a  seating  capacity  of  more 
than  three  hundred  but  not  to  exceed  one 
thousand,  when  the  same  shall  be  located  as 
provided  for  in  Section  331  hereof,  may  be 
built  as  herein  provided.  Said  buildings 
shall  contain  no  stage,  proscenium  wall  nor 
scenery  of  any  description.  The  screen  for 
the  display  of  the  pictures  must  be  attached 
to  the  rear  wall  of  the  building,  not  to  ex- 
ceed six  inches  away  from  same.  No  deco- 
rative walls  or  paintings  or  other  effects 
shall  be  constructed  inside  the  audience  room 
in  such  a  manner  as  to  allow  any  rooms  or 
spaces  between  same  and  the  enclosing  walls 
of  the  building.  An  open  platform  not  to 
exceed  seventy-two  square  feet  in  area  may 
be  built  before  the  picture  screen.  On  the 
main  floor  of  such  building  there  shall  be 
at  least  two  main  aisles  with  direct  exits  at 
front  and  rear  and  two  cross  aisles  with  di- 
rect exits  from  the  side.  When  such  build- 
ing contains  a  balcony  or  gallery  there  shall 
be  emergency  exits  from  the  highest  and 
lowest  levels  of  same  on  one  side  and  on  the 
other  side  there  shall  be  either  emergency 
exits  or  enclosed  interior  stairs  from  the 
highest  level  of  the  balcony,  and  the  lowest 
level  of  the  balcony  shall  be  connected  with 


such  side  stairs  by  means  of  a  tunnel.  All 
seats  in  the  audience,  room  shall  be  at  least 
twenty  inches  wide  and  space  thirty-four 
inches  from  back  to  back.  The  booth  for  the 
moving  picture  machine  must  be  of  con- 
struction in  conformity  with  the  require- 
ments  for  such  machine  booths  in  buildings 
of  class  I  Ye;  in  all  other  respects  such 
buildings  shall  comply  both  in  structural  re- 
quirements and  equipment  with  the  provi- 
sions of  the  ordinances  relating  to  theatres 
of   Class   V   hereafter   erected. 

Provided,  however,  that  where  such  build- 
ing has  no  balcony  or  gallery  and  the  seats 
in  the  audience  room  are  all  on  the  ground 
floor  of  same,  and  where  no  portion  of  the 
building  connected  with  or  made  a  part  of  or 
used  in  conjunction  therewith  exceeds  two 
stories  in  height,  and  where  the  lobbies  and 
entrances  leading  to  such  part  of  the  build- 
ing used  for  purposes  of  Class  IVc  have 
brick  dividing  walls  separating  them  from 
the  portions  of  the  building  connected  there- 
with used  for  the  purpose  of  any  other  class 
as  defined  in  this  ordinance,  and  the  floors 
of  said  lobbies  and  entrances  and  the  floors 
and  ceilings  above  such  lobbies  and  en- 
trances are  of  fireproof  construction  and 
there  are  no  doors  or  windows  leading  from 
such  lobbies  and  entrances  to  any  portion 
of  the  said  building  used  for  any  other  pur- 
pose than  Class  IVc,  such  portion  of  said 
building  as  is  not  used  for  purposes  of  Class 
IVc  may  be  built  in  accordance  with  the  pro- 
visions of  the  ordinances  designating  the 
manner   of   construction    for   such   classes. 

333.  Floor  levels — Limitations.)  The  fol- 
lowing limitations  of  floor  levels  shall  apply 
to  every  building  used  for  the  purposes  of 
Class  IVc;  the  highest  part  of  the  audi- 
torium floor  shall  not  exceed  four  feet  above 
the  sidewalk  level.  The  floor  level  at  the 
entrance  shall  not  be  at  a  greater  height 
than  eight  inches  above  the  sidewalk.  The 
aisles  shall  not  have  a  greater  incline  than 
\y2    inches    to    the   foot. 

334.  Stairways.)  Where  external  stair- 
ways are  required,  such  stairways  shall  be 
at  least  six  inches  wider  than  the  exits, 
and  shall  have  treads  not  less  than  ten 
inches  wide  and  risers  not  more  than  9 
inches  high,  and  shall  be  provided  with  suit- 
able handrails  on  each  side  thereof,  and  the 
width  of  such  stairs  shall  comply  with  the 
requirements  of  Class   IVb. 

335.  Balconies  and  Galleries.)  In  non- 
fireproof  buildings  hereafter  erected  for,  or 
converted  to  the  purposes  of  Class  IVc,  not 
more  than  one  balcony  and  no  galleries 
shall    be    constructed. 

33  fi.  Width  of  Aisles — Steps  in  Aisles.) 
Aisles  and  rooms  used  for  the  purpose  of 
Class  IVc  shall  have  in  the  aggregate  a 
width  of  not  less  than  twenty  inches  for 
each  100  of  seating  capacity  of  such  room 
and  for  fractional  parts  of  100  a  proportion- 
ate part  of  twenty  inches  shall  be  added, 
and  no  aisles  shall  have  a  width  of  less  than 
two  feet  six  inches.  "When  side  emergency 
exits  are  permitted,  there  shall  be  a  cross 
aisle  not  less  than  three  feet  wide,  leading 
directly  to  said  exit.  Steps  shall  not  be  per- 
mitted in  any  aisle  or  in  any  portion  of  the 
auditorium   floor. 

337.  Corridors  —  Passageways  —  Doors  — 
Width  Of.)  The  width  of  corridors,  pas- 
sageways and  doors  shall  be  computed  in 
the  same  manner  as  provided  in  Sections 
313    and    314. 

338.  Seats — Size — Location.)  There  shall 
not  be  more  than  ten  seats  in  any  one  row 
between  aisles,  nor  more  than  six  seats  be- 
tween an  aisle  and  side  wall.  Seats  shall 
not  be  less  than  thirty-two  inches  from 
back  to  back  and  shall  not  be  less  than 
twenty  inches  in  width  measured  at  the  top 
of  the  seat  back,  and  shall  be  secured  firmly 
to  the  floor. 


144 


339.  Exits.)  In  every  building  of  Class 
IVc,  there  shall  be  provided  at  least  two 
entrance  doors.  No  entrance  doors  shall  be 
less  than  four  feet  in  width.  If  the  rear 
of  the  building  abuts  upon  an  alley,  there 
shall  be  provided  not  less  than  two  emer- 
gency exits  leading  directly  to  the  said 
alley.  Wherever  emergency  exits  pass  over 
or  under  the  stage  floor  level,  they  shall  be 
enclosed  with  walls  of  masonry  nine  inches 
in  thickness,  or  four-inch  hollow  tile,  or  of 
two-inch  solid  plaster,  composed  of  iron 
studs  and  metal  lath  and  plaster,  and  shall 
have  floors  and  ceilings  of  slow-burning, 
mill,  or  fireproof  construction.  If  the  side 
of  the  auditorium  abuts  upon  a  street  or 
alley,  such  emergency  exits  shall  be  located 
as  follows:  one  exit  shall  be  located  at  a 
distance  not  greater  than  five  feet  from  the 
proscenium  wall  or  stage,  and  the  other 
exit  shall  be  located  at  a  distance  half  way 
between  the  foyer  and  the  stage  wall.  Exits 
by  means  of  stairways  or  stairway  fire 
escapes,  equal  in  width  to  eighteen  inches 
for  each  one  hundred  persons,  shall  be  pro- 
vided, and  for  fractional  parts  of  one  hun- 
dred, proportionate  part  of  eighteen  inches 
shall  be  added.  No  such  exit  shall  be  less 
than   two  feet   six   inches   in   width. 

340.  Boors  to  Open  Outward.)  All  doors 
affording  ingress  or  egress  in  buildings  of 
Class  IVc  shall  open  outward,  and  no  door 
shall  be  less  than  three  feet  wide.  Such 
doors  shall  be  so  constructed  that  they  may 
be   easily   opened   from   within. 

341.  Walls  Between  Auditorium  and 
Stage.)  Where  the  area  of  the  stage  ex- 
ceeds 72  square  feet,  there  shall  be  provided 
a  proscenium  wall  of  solid  masonry  of  not 
less  than  nine  inches  in  thickness,  extending 
from  ground  to  the  roof.  Where  the  stage 
area  is  less  than  72  square  feet  its  pro- 
senium  wall  may  be  constructed  of  two-inch 
solid  plaster  walls,  composed  of  metal  studs 
and  metal  lath  and  plaster  or  three-inch 
hollow  tile.  In  no  case  shall  the  underside 
of  ceiling  or  roof  over  stage  house  behind 
proscenium  wall  be  at  a  higher  level  than 
three  feet  over  the  highest  point  of  main 
proscenium  opening.  And  there  shall  be  no 
trap  doors  or  other  openings  in  the  stage 
floor. 

342.  Curtain.)  (a)  The  main  curtain  in 
the  opening  of  the  proscenium  wall  shall  be 
composed  of  long  fibre  asbestos  twisted  on 
brass  wire  and  woven  into  a  close  cloth. 
The  laps  shall  be  sewed  with  two  lines  of 
brass  and  asbestos  stitching,  which  laps 
shall  not  be  less  than  one-inch  wide.  Said 
cloth  shall  be  lapped  at  least  four  times 
around  the  top  and  around  the  bottom  bars 
with  at  least  three  lines  of  the  stitching 
above  specified. 

(b)  The  edge  of  the  curtain  shall  be 
continuously  reinforced  by  lapping  and 
stitching  and  also  with  pieces  of  sheet 
metal  for  clips.  The  curtain  shall  be  at 
least  thirty  inches  wider  and  higher  than 
the  masonry  opening,  and  shall  have  steel 
top  and  bottom  bars  of  not  less  than  two 
square  inches  in  cross  section  which  bars 
shall  be  connected  by  four  three-sixteenth- 
inch   steel   cables. 

(c)  There  shall  be  three-eighth-inch 
spanning  cables  with  upper  ends  secured  to 
steel  brackets  fastened  to  the  wall  and  the 
lower  ends  sufficiently  counter-weighted  to 
keep  the  cables  taut  and  where  cables  pass 
through  the  stage  floor,  the  holes  shall  be 
metal    bushed. 

(d)  The  curtain  shall  have  hard  wood 
eyelets  not  over  eighteen  inches  center  to 
center,  around  the  standing  cables  on  both 
vertical  edges,  which  eyelets  shall  be  secured 
to  the  curtain  by  bent  brass  clips  riveted 
to  the  curtain  with  double  sheet  metal  re- 
inforcing. 

(e)  There  shall  be  steel  lifting  cables, 
one-half    inch    in    diameter,    at    each    end    of 


the  curtain  and  at  intermediate  points  not 
over  ten  feet  apart  attached  to  drums  on 
shafts    located    above    the    curtain. 

(f)  The  operating  machinery  shall  be 
built  according  to  good  mechanical  engin- 
eering  practice. 

(g)  There  shall  be  emergency  chains 
midway  between  the  lifting  cables,  to  hold 
the  curtain  which  shall  be  equal  in  strength 
and  efficiency  to    the  lifting  cables. 

(h)  There  shall  be  steel  guides  of  not 
less  than  three-eighth-inch  metal  on  each 
side  of  the  curtain  from  the  stage  floor  to 
the  level  of  the  overhead  sheaves.  The 
metal  guides  shall  lap  the  edges  of  the  cur- 
tain not  less  than  four  inches.  The  curtain 
shall  be  incombustible  in  all  its  parts  and 
its   operating   devices. 

(i)  The  painting  and  the  manner  of  trip- 
ping tins  curtain  and  the  number  of  and 
the  location  of  places  for  tripping  shall  be 
subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Chief  of  Fire 
Prevention   and   Public   Safety. 

(j)  A  permit  shall  be  obtained  from  the 
Department  of  Buildings  for  the  erection 
of  each  such  curtain.  The  Commissioner 
of  Buildings  shall  inspect  each  such  curtain 
semi-annually  for  which  semi-annual  in- 
spection,  a   fee   of   $5.00   shall   be   charged. 

343.  Other  Openings  in  Stage  Walls.) 
Every  other  opening  In  the  proscenium 
wall  or  in  the  other  walls  of  the  stage  shall 
have    self-closing    incombustible    doors. 

344.  Structure  Over  Ceiling — Construc- 
tion.) A  structure  may  be  built  over  the 
ceiling  or  roof  of  any  building  used  wholly 
or  in  part  for  the  purposes  of  Class  IVc, 
provided  such  space  is  not  used  for  sleeping 
or  living  purposes.  Girders  or  trusses  sup- 
porting same  shall  be  of  steel  protected  by 
fireproofing  as  required  in  Section  611  and 
the  entire  ceiling  shall  be  covered  with  in- 
combustible maternal  subject  to  the  approval 
of   the   Commissioner  of   Buildings. 

345.  Picture  Machine  Booth.)  The  walls, 
floor  and  ceiling  of  every  moving  picture 
booth  or  machine  house  shall  be  built  of 
fcur-inch  hollow  tile  or  four-inch  solid  con- 
crete, supported  on  iron  beams  or  columns, 
the  door  of  operating  room  to  be  metal  clad 
and  swing  outwards.  There  shall  be  a 
metal  smoke  or  flue  pipe  eighteen  inches  in 
diameter  extending  from  ceiling  to  three 
feet  above  roof  of  machine  house  and  ter- 
minating in  the  open  air. 

346.  Standpipes  and  Hose  on  Stage.)  Where 
the  stage  area  exceeds  seventy-two  square 
feet  and  any  scenery  is  used  on  stage,  there 
shall  be  a  standpipe  system  installed  on  said 
stage  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Chief 
of   Fire  Prevention   and   Public   Safety. 

347.  Vent  or  Flue  Pipe  Over  Stage.)  (a) 
When  the  stage  exceeds  seventy-two  square 
feet  in  area  and  combustible  scenery  is 
used,  one  or  more  flue  pipes  of  incombustible 
material  and  equivalent  to  one-twentieth  of 
the  area  of  the  stage  shall  be  built  over  the 
stage  and  shall  extend  eight  feet  above  the 
highest  point  of  roof. 

(b)  All  such  flues  or  vents  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  metal  dampers  which  shall  be 
controlled  or  operated  by  a  small  tarred 
hempen  cord  and  also  by  two  electric 
switches,  one  at  ■  the  electrician's  sta- 
tion on  the  stage,  which  station  shall 
be  fireproof,  and  the  other  at  the  stage 
fireman's  station  on  the  opposite  side  of 
the  stage;  the  arrangement  of  said  cord 
and  said  electric  switches  shall  be  such 
that  the  cord  will  operate  as  a  fusible  link 
between  the  electric  control  and  the  damper 
and  will  release  said  damper,  should  the 
switches  or  either  of  them,  fall  to  operate. 
Such  stations  shall  be  located  in  such 
places  on  the  stage  as  may  be  determined 
by  the  Fire  Marshal,  subject  to  the  pro- 
visions of  this  paragraph,  and  each  switch 
shall  have  a  sign  with  plain  directions  as 
to  the  operation  of  the  same  printed  thereon. 


1  15 


Class   IVcl 


E48  Capacity — Certification  for  License.) 
The  Commissioner  of  Buildings  shall  deter- 
mine the  number  of  persons  any  room  used 
for  the  purposes  of  Class  IVc  may  accom- 
modate according  to  the  provisions  of  this 
chapter,  and  shall  certify  the  same  to  the 
City  Clerk. 

349.  Lighting-  Service  Requirement — Clasa 
IVc.)  Gas  or  electricity  or  both  may  be  used 
for  illuminating  purposes  in  buildings  of 
Class  IVc  but  gas  shall  not  be  used  in  that 
part  of  the  building  known  as  the  stage  side 
of  the  proscenium  wall.  Provisions  shall  be 
made  to  properly  light  every  portion  of  a 
building  of  Class  IVc  and  every  outlet  there- 
from leading  to  the  outside  of  the  building, 
and  all  open  courts,  passageways,  and  emer- 
gency exits.  .Lights  in  vestibules,  halls,  cor- 
ridors, passageways,  stairways  and  other 
means  of  egress  from  the  building  and 
premises  shall  be  on  an  independent  system 
or  circuit  or  service,  and  shall  be  controlled 
separately  and  exclusively  by  a  switch  or  a 
shutoff  located  near  the  main  entrance.  In 
rooms,  halls  or  auditoriums  used  for  the 
purposes  of  Class  IVc  provisions  shall  be 
made  to  furnish  a  light  supplied  by  gas, 
above  if  possible,  otherwise  closely  adjoin- 
ing every  opening  to  an  exit  or  to  an  emer- 
gency exit  from  the  room,  hall  or  audito- 
rium. Where  the  capacity  of  the  room,  hall 
or  auditorium  is  greater  than  three  hundred, 
provisions  shall  be  made  to  furnish  a  light 
supplied  by  electricity  and  on  the  same  cir- 
cuit as  the  corridor  and  vestibule  lights, 
above  if  possible,  otherwise  closely  adjoin- 
ing every  opening  to  an  exit  or  an  emer- 
gency exit  from  such  hall  or  auditorium,  in 
addition  to  the  gas  light  in  such  location 
previously   required. 

350.  Scenery  Shall  Be  Stationary — Chief 
of  Tire  Prevention  and  Public  Safety  to  Ap- 
prove Same — Metal  and  Asbestos  Scenery.) 
All  scenery  on  the  stage  shall  be  made  sta- 
tionary, and  shall  consist  of  not  over  two 
asbestos  curtains,  three  stationary  wings 
on  each  side  and  four  stationary  border 
drops.  All  scenery  and  stage  paraphernalia 
shall  be  treated  with  a  fire-retarding  solu- 
tion subject  to  the  test  and  approval  of 
the  Chief  of  Fire  Prevention  and  Public 
Safety.  Where  all  scenery  is  made  of  metal 
upon  metal  supports,  framing  and  attach- 
ments or  where  all  scei.ery  is  of  pure  long 
fibre  asbestos  twisted  on  brass  wire  and 
woven  into  a  close  cloth  with  metal  fram- 
ing, supports  and  attachments,  it  shall  not 
be  considered  as  scenery  within  the  meaning 
of   the   term   as   used   in   this   chapter. 

351.  Dressing  Boom  Partitions.)  Parti- 
tions forming  dressing  rooms,  except  where 
already  built,  shall  be  constructed  of  in- 
combustible material,  and  such  dressing 
rooms    shall    be    properly    ventilated. 

352.  Frontage  Consents  Required.)  No 
building  of  this  class  shall  hereafter  be 
constructed  for,  or  converted  to  the  use  of 
said  class,  unless  frontage  consents  are 
secured  as  required  by  the  ordinances  of 
the  City  of  Chicago  and  filed  with  the  Com- 
missioner  of   Buildings. 


CLASS IVd 

353.  Class  IVd  Defined.)  In  Class  IVd 
shall  be  included  every  grand  stand  and 
every  baseball,  athletic  and  amusement 
park. 

354.  Loads — Allowance  for  Live  Loads.) 
The  floors  and  stairs  of  grand  stands  and 
bleacher  stands,  existing  or  hereafter  built, 
shall  be  designed  and  constructed  in  such 
manner  as  to  be  capable  of  bearing  in  all 
their  parts  and  supports,  in  addition  to  the 
weight  of  the  floor  construction,  partitions 
and  permanent  fixtures,  that  may  be  set 
upon  the  same,  a  live  load  of  not  less  than 
one  hundred  pounds  for  every  square  foot 
of  surface  of  said  floors,  and  a  live  load 
of     not     less     than     one     hundred     and     fifty 


pounds  for  every  square  foot  of  the  bearing 
surface    of   the    stairs. 

355.  Grandstands  —  Frame  within  Fir* 
Limits — Grandstands  Hereafter  Constructed 
—  Fireproof  —  Frontage  Consents.)  «.a) 
Wooden  grandstands  or  tiers  of  seats  com- 
monly known  and  described  as  grandstands 
now  constructed  or  in  the  process  of  con- 
struction may  be  erected,  repaired  or  en- 
larged  within  the  fire  limits  where  no  part 
of  any  such  structure  shall  be  within  sixty 
feet  of  any  other  building  or  structure.  All 
grandstands  hereafter  erected  within  the 
lire  limits,  except  as  hereinafter  provided, 
shall  be  made  of  fireproof  or  unprotected 
steel  construction.  The  enclosing  walls,  if 
enclosed,  shall  be  made  of  fireproof  or  in- 
combustible materials,  but  the  seats  may 
be  made  of  wood.  Grandstands  outside  the 
fire  limits,  or  inside  the  fire  limits  where  the 
seating  capacity  does  not  exceed  live  thou- 
sand persons,  may  be  constructed  of  wood, 
but  no  part  of  any  such  structure  shall  be 
within  less  than  sixty  feet  of  any  other 
building  or  structure.  The  braces,  supports 
and  the  underside  of  all  seats,  including 
bleacher  seats,  shall  be  treated  with  a  fire-re- 
tarding solution  once  a  year  before  opening 
up  the  premises  containing  such  stand  to 
the  public. 

(b)  Every  person,  firm  or  corporation 
desiring  a  permit  for  the  construction  of  a 
grandstand,  except  in  connection  with  such 
as  are  now  in  existence,  shall  first  obtain 
the  consent  in  writing  of  the  owners  of  a 
majority  of  the  frontage  on  both  sides  of 
the  street  or  streets  on  each  side  of  the 
block  or  square  in  which  it  is  desired  to  erect 
such    grandstand. 

356.  Width  of  Aisles  and  Exits — Number 
of  Seats  Between  Aisles.)  (a)  The  width 
of  aisles  and  exits  in  all  grandstands  con- 
templated in  Section  353,  hereafter  con- 
structed, shall  be  in  no  case  less  than  36 
inches  and  such  width  shall  be  increased 
toward  the  exits  which  serve  as  regular 
entrances,  such  width  being  computed  at 
the  rate  of  eighteen  inches  per  100  seats  or 
fractional  part  thereof  in  non-fireproof 
grandstands,  and  at  the  rate  of  twelve 
inches  for  each  100  seats  or  fractional  part 
thereof   in    fireproof    grandstands. 

(b)  The  number  of  seats  between  aisles 
in  any  row  shall  not  exceed  twenty  in  non- 
fireproof  grandstands,  nor  thirty  in  fire- 
proof   grandstands. 

357.  Temporary  Seating  Structures.) 
Temporary  seating  structures  for  shows 
and  outdoor  exhibitions  and  the  observation 
of  holidays  and  special  occasions  may  be 
built  of  combustile  material,  providing  they 
are  built  structurally  strong  enough  to  sup- 
port a  live  load  of  one  hundred  pounds  per 
square  foot,  and  comply  with  the  provisions 
of  Class  IVb  in  regard  to  means  of  exit, 
aisles  and  rows  of  seats;  and  provided,  fur- 
ther, that  a  permit  be  secured  from  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings,  which  shall  in 
no  case  be  issued  by  him  until  the  party  de- 
siring to  erect  said  temporary  seating  struc- 
ture shall  secure  the  written  consent  of  a 
majority  of  the  property  owners  or  their 
duly  authorized  agents,  on  both  sides  of  the 
street  between  the  two  nearest  intersecting 
streets  on  which  said  temporary  seating 
struction  is  to  be  located.  And  further- 
provided  that  any  permit  issued  for  any 
such  temporary  seating  structure  as  herein- 
above provided  for  in  this  section  shall  not 
entitle  the  person  so  receiving  said  permit 
to  use  said  temporary  seating  structure  for 
more  than  ten  consecutive  days  from  the 
first  day  on  which  it  is  so  used;  and  further 
provided  that  any  temporary  seating  struc- 
ture provided  for  in  this  section  shall  be 
removed  within  ten  days  after  the  use  of 
the  same  as  provided  for  in  this  section, 
and  if  not  so  removed  it  shall  be  the  duty 
of   the    Commissioner   of    Buildings    to    order 


146 


Class  V 


the  same  to  be  removed  or  torn  down  by  the 
Fire    Marshal. 

358.  Use  of  Roofs — Requirements.)  Wher- 
ever the  roof  of  any  building  is  used  for 
any  purposes  whatever,  it  shall  be  consid- 
ered as  a  story  of  the  building  and  sub- 
ject to  such  restrictions  of  use  and  such 
requirements  of  construction  as  are  pro- 
vided for  the  building  by  the  ordinances  of 
the    City    of    Chicago. 

Amusement    Parks. 

359.  Roller  Coaster  Devices.)  No  roller 
coaster,  scenic  railway,  or  other  riding, 
sliding,  or  rolling  device,  shall  be  hereafter 
erected  of  a  greater  height  from  the  ground 
than  55  feet.  All  such  coasters,  railways, 
riding  or  other  devices  shall  be  equipped 
with  safety  clutches.  The  cars,  or  any 
receptacles,  which  persons  are  permitted  to 
occupy,  or  in  which  they  are  permitted  to 
travel,  ascend  or  descend,  shall  have  hand 
rails  of  sufficient  number  and  height  to  pre- 
vent people  from  being  thrown  therefrom, 
and  of  such  character  as  shall  be  approved 
by    the    Commissioner    of    Buildings. 

360.  Frontage  Consents  Required.)  It 
shall  hereafter  be  unlawful  for  any  person, 
firm  or  corporation,  to  build,  construct,  es- 
tablish, produce  or  carry  on,  any  amusement 
within  any  ground,  garden  or  enclosure  of 
the  kind  commonly  known  and  described  as 
amusement  parks,  wherein  shows  of  differ- 
ent classes  are  offered  or  presented  by  one 
or  more  concessionaries,  without  first  se- 
curing written  frontage  consents  as  re- 
quired by  the  ordinances  of  the  City  of 
Chicago.  Such  frontage  consents  shall  be 
filed  with  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings 
before  a  permit  shall  be  issued  for  the  con- 
struction of  any  building  or  structure  con- 
nected in  any  way  with  such  amusement 
park. 

361.  Requirements.)  (a)  Buildings  here- 
after erected  within  an  amusement  park, 
located  outside  the  fire  limits,  shall  comply, 
except  as  herein  otherwise  specified,  with 
the    provisions    of    Class    IVb. 

(b)  Buildings  hereafter  erected  within 
amusement  parks  located  outside  of  the  fire 
limits  and  not  exceeding  one  story  in  height 
and  which  do  not  contain  more  than  one 
balcony  may  be  built  with  a  self-supporting 
steel  frame  designed  as  required  by  this 
chapter.  Such  structures  may  be  enclosed 
with  metal  lath  covered  with  cement  plaster, 
which  plaster  shall  be  not  less  than  one 
and  one-third  inches  thick,  or  such  struc- 
tures may  be  enclosed  with  galvanized  iron. 
The  roofs  of  such  structures  may  be  of 
ordinary  construction  supported  on  steel 
trusses  and  covered  with  a  gravel  or  com- 
position roof,  approved  by  the  Commissioner 
of    Buildings. 

(c)  Every  moving  picture  theatre  here- 
after  built  within  an  amusement  park  shall 
comply   with   the  provisions   of  Class   IVc. 

362.  Open  Space  Between  Buildings.) 
There  shall  be  an  open  and  unobstructed 
space  of  not  less  than  four  feet  between 
each  and  every  frame  building  hereafter 
erected  in  an  amusement  park,  where  the 
buildings  do  not  exceed  twenty  feet  in 
height,  and  of  not  less  than  six  feet  where 
the  buildings  are  over  twenty  feet  and  less 
than  thirty  feet  in  height,  and  of  not  less 
than  ten  feet  where  the  buildings  are  over 
thirty  feet  in  height.  Where  brick  or  con- 
crete or  other  fireproof  walls  of  full  seven- 
teen inches  in  thickness  are  used  between 
such  buildings  and  where  such  buildings 
are  built  of  slow-burning  construction,  these 
spaces  shall  not  be  required,  but,  in  such 
cases,  there  shall  be  a  space  of  ten  feet  in 
width  at  intervals  of  every  two  hundred 
feet. 

363.  Roller  Coasters — Scenic  Railways, 
Etc. — Permit    Pee — Certificate    of    Test    and 


Safety.)  Before  any  roller  coaster,  scenic 
railway,  water  chute,  or  other  mechanical, 
riding,  sailing,  sliding  or  swinging  device 
is  erected,  either  in  existing  or  new  amuse- 
ment parks,  a  detailed  plan  shall  be  sub- 
mitted to  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings,  for 
his  approval  or  rejection,  and,  if  approved, 
a  permit  shall  be  procured  by  the  person, 
firm  or  corporation  desiring  to  erect  such 
device.  The  permit  fee  shall  be  fifty  dollars 
for  each  such  device.  Before  such  device 
is  opened  to  the  public  each  season,  a  certifi- 
cate of  inspection,  signed  by  a  competent 
engineer,  approved  by  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings,  must  De  furnished,  certifying  to 
the  practicability,  strength  and  safety  of 
such  devices,  and  all  such  device  or  devices 
shall  be  examined  by  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings  or  his  employees  upon  completion 
and  each  year  before  opening  up  to  the 
public. 

364.  Must  Comply  With.  All  Ordinances.) 
It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person,  firm 
or  corporation  to  construct,  alter  or  operate 
any  amusement  park  or  any  building  or 
structure  therein  unless  they  comply  with 
the  ordinances  of  the  city  relative  there- 
unto. 


ARTICLE  VIII. 

(Note:  See  end  of  ordinance,  page  223. 
for  special  ordinance  on  regulations  for  oper- 
ation  of  theatres.) 

Class    V. 

365.  Class  V  Defined.)  In  Class  V  shall 
be  included  every  building  which  is  used  as 
a  public  theater  where  an  admission  fee  is 
charged  and  in  which  movable  scenery  is 
used,  and  every  assembly  hall  hereafter 
erected  having  a  seating  capacity  of  over 
300  and  containing  a  permanent  stage  on 
which  scenery  and  theatrical  apparatus  are 
used  and  regular  theatrical  vaudeville  per- 
formances are  given;  provided,  however, 
that  public  halls  and  club  halls  with  a  seat- 
ing capacity  of  less  than  six  hundred,  al- 
though occasionally  used  for  theatrical 
presentation,  shall  not  be  considered  as  pub- 
lic theatres  within  the  meaning  of  the  term 
as  used  in  this  section,  notwithstanding  the 
fact  that  movable  scenery  is  used  upon  the 
stages  thereof  on  such  occasions,  and  such 
public  halls  and  club  halls  shall  not  be  con- 
sidered as  buildings  of  Class  V  as  herein 
defined.  Such  public  halls  and  club  halls 
shall  be  included  in  Class  IV  as  defined  in 
this  section. 

366.  Must  Comply  With  General  and 
Special  Provisions.)  Every  building  of 
Class  V  shall  comply  with  the  general  pro- 
visions of  this  chapter  and  shall  also  com- 
ply  with   the   following  special   provisions: 

3  67.  City  Officers  Empowered  to  Enter 
Buildings.)  The  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings, Commissioner  of  Health,  Fire  Marshal, 
City  Electrician,  Superintendent  of  Police, 
or  any  of  them,  and  their  respective  assist- 
ants, shall  have  the  right  to  enter  any 
building  used  wholly  or  in  part  for  the  pur- 
poses of  Class  V,  and  any  and  all  parts 
thereof,  at  any  reasonable  time,  and  at  any 
time  when  occupied  by  the  public,  in  order 
to  examine  such  buildings,  to  judge  of  the 
condition  of  the  same  and  to  discharge 
their  respective  duties,  and  it  shall  be  un- 
lawful for  any  person  to  interfere  with 
them,  or  any  of  them,  in  the  performance 
of    their   duties. 

368.  City  Officers  Empowered  to  Close.) 
The  Commissioner  of  Buildings,  Commis- 
sioner of  Health,  Fire  Marshal,  City  Elec- 
trician and  the  Superintendent  of  Police, 
or  any  one  of  them,  shall  have  the  power, 
and  it  shall  be  their  joint  and  several  duty, 
to  order  any  building  used  wholly  or  in  part 
for  the  purposes  of  Class  V,  closed,  where  it 
is  discovered   that   there   is  any  violation   of 


1  I' 


any  of  the  provisions  of  the  chapter,  and 
keep  same  closed  until  such  provisions  are 
complied    with. 

369.  License — Mayor  Shall  Revoke.)  Upon 
i  report  I"  the  Mayor  by  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Buildings,  Commissioner  of  Health, 
Fire  Marshal,  City  Electrician  or  the  Super- 
intendent of  Police  that  any  requirement  of 
this  chapter  or  that  any  order  given  by 
them  or  any  of  them  In  regard  thereto  has 
been  violated,  or  not  complied  with,  the 
Mayor  shall  revoke  the  license  of  any  such 
theatre  or  place  of  amusement  so  reported 
and    cause    the    same    to    be    closed. 


Buildings  of  Class  V  Now  in  Existence. 

3  70.  Buildings  of  Class  V  Now  in  Exist- 
ence.) The  following  provisions  shall  apply 
to  Class  V  buildings  in  existence  at  the 
time  of  the   passage  of  this   ordinance: 

371.  Walls — Outside — Must  Comply  with 
Requirements  of  Section  506.)  The  outside 
walls  of  all  such  buildings  in  existence  at 
the  time  of  the  passage  of  this  ordinance, 
the  roofs  or  ceilings  of  which  are  carried 
on  trusses  or  girders  of  a  span  of  fifty  feet 
or  more  shall  comply  with  the  requirements 
of   Section    506. 

372.  Columns  in  Walls — Alterations.)  If 
iron  or  steel  columns  are  introduced  in 
the  walls  referred  to  in  Section  371,  the 
brick  work  around  the  same  shall  be  bonded 
into  that  of  the  connecting  walls,  and  each 
of  such  columns  shall  be  fireproofed  as  pro- 
vided in  Sections  610  and  611  of  this  chap- 
ter. All  alterations  in  such  existing  build- 
ings, to  make  them  comply  with  the  re- 
quirements of  this  chapter  may  be  executed 
with  the  same  kind  of  materials  as  those 
originally  used  in  the  construction  of  such 
buildings;  provided,  that  after  the  said 
building  is  brought  into  compliance  with  the 
provisions  of  this  chapter,  then  all  subse- 
quent alterations,  enlargements,  repairs,  re- 
placed or  strengthened  structural  parts 
damaged  by  fire,  wear  and  tear,  or  other- 
wise, shall  be  made  of  fireproof  construction 
or  iron  or  steel  construction  covered  with 
fireproof  materials,  as  provided  by  this 
chapter. 

373.  Other  Classes  Built  in  Conjunction 
with  Class  V — Doors  for  Openings  Between 
Connecting  Buildings.)  In  all  cases  where 
existing  buildings  used  wholly  or  in  part  for 
the  purposes  of  Class  V  are  built  in  conjunc- 
tion with  or  as  part  of  buildings  devoted  to 
the  uses  of  other  classes  and  where  such 
buildings  of  the  other  classes,  as  specified 
in  this  ordinance,  are  not  built  entirely  of 
fireproof  construction,  double  iron  doors  shall 
be  placed  at  each  connecting  opening  be- 
tween such  buildings  of  Class  V  and  the 
building    connected    therewith. 

374.  Floor    Levels — Limitations    of.)       (a) 

Any  audience  room  used  for  the  purposes  of 
Class  V  now  in  existence  containing  in  the 
aggregate  not  more  than  five  hundred  seats, 
if  in  a  fireproof  building,  may  be  maintained 
in  any  storv  thereof,  but  in  such  case  there 
shall  be  at  least  two  stairways  to  the 
ground,  from  the  floor  or  floors  on  which 
each  such  room  is  located,  each  of  which 
stairways  shall  be  not  less  than  four  feet 
in  width  in  the  clear. 

(b)  in  existing  buildings  of  fireproof 
construction,  having  an  audience  room  with 
a  seating  capacity  of  more  than  five  hun- 
dred and  less  than  fifteen  hundred,  the  low- 
est bank  of  seats  of  the  main  floor  thereof 
shall  be  not  more  than  twelve  leet  above 
the  street  level,  and  every  such  building 
shall  in  all  other  respects  conform  to  the 
requirements  of  this  ordinance.  The  main 
floor  of  any  existing  theatre  of  any  kind  ot 
construction  shall  not  be  raised  above  its 
present    elevation. 


3  7;">.       Loads — Allowance     for    Live     Loads 
in   Construction  of  Floors   of  Class  V.)      For 

all  buildings  of  Class  V  all  floors  shall  be 
designed  and  constructed  in  such  manner  as 
to  be  capable  of  supporting  in  all  their 
parts,  in  addition  to  the  weight  of  floor 
construction,  partitions  and  permanent  fix- 
tures and  mechanisms  that  may  be  set  upon 
the  same,  a  live  load  of  one  hundred  pounds 
for  every  square  foot  of  surface  in  such 
floors. 

376.  Stairways — Entrances  and  Exits.) 
(a)  Stairways,  affording  egress  from  any 
room  or  rooms  used  for  the  purposes  of 
Class  V  shall  be  equivalent  in  width  to 
twenty  Indies  for  every  one  hundred  of 
seating  capacity  of  such  room,  and  for  frac- 
tional parts  of  one  hundred  a  proportionate 
part  of  twenty  inches  shall  be  added,  but 
no  such  stairway  shall  be  less  than  four 
feet  wide  in  the  clear,  except  as  hereinafter 
provided    in    this    section. 

(b)  All  such  stairways  shall  have  hand 
railings  on  each  side  thereof  and  shall  not 
ascend  to  a  greater  height  than  thirteen 
feet  six  inches  without  a  level  landing,  and 
the  length  and  width  of  such  landing  shall 
not  be  less  than  the  width  of  the  stairs. 
No  run  of  stairs  shall  consist  of  less  than 
six  risers  between  platforms,  and  risers 
shall  not  be  placed  on  return  platforms. 
Stairways  which  are  over  7  feet  wide  shall 
have  double  intermediate  handrails  with  end 
newel   posts  at  least   5y2    feet  high. 

(c)  Steps  shall  not  have  a  greater  rise 
than  8  inches,  treads  shall  not  be  narrower 
than  10  inches,  and  winders  shall  not  be 
used  on  any  staircase,  except  where  circu- 
lar  staircases   are   expressly   permitted. 

(d)  In  existing  theatres  every  balcony 
and  gallery  shall  have  separate  and  dis- 
tinct entrance  stairways  from  the  sidewalk 
level,  except  that  in  cases  where  the  vesti- 
bule or  entrance  to  any  such  theatre  is  not 
more  than  fifteen  inches,  or  two  steps, 
above  the  sidewalk  level  and  such  steps 
are  at  or  near  the  building  line,  the  stair- 
ways to  such  balcony  and  gallery  may 
ascend  from  the  floor  of  such  vestibule  or 
entrance,  but  if  the  run  of  the  stairs  at 
the  bottom  is  not  toward  the  street,  there 
shall  be  a  hand  rail  or  rails,  three  feet 
above  the  floor  constructed  from  the  foot 
of  such  stairways  for  a  distance  of  not  less 
than  five  feet  leading  toward  the  street.  All 
doors  intervening  between  such  stairways 
and  the  street  shall,  during  each  and  every 
performance,    be    kept    unfastened. 

(e)  There  shall  be  an  iron  stairway  or 
stairways  from  the  stage  to  the  fly  gal- 
leries and  gridiron,  continuing  to  the  roof 
of  the  building  or  to  some  fireproof  passage- 
way or  exit.  Such  stairways  may  be  cir- 
cular. Such  circular  stairways,  however, 
shall  not  be  used  for  access  to  the  dressing 
rooms. 

(f)  Every  stairway  leading  to  a  box  or 
boxes  shall  be  independent  of  all  other 
stairs  or  seats;  and  such  stairway  shall 
not  be  less  than  two  feet  eight  inches  wide 
in  the  clear,  when  such  box  or  boxes  seal 
not  to  exceed  thirty  people,  and  an  addi- 
tional width  of  one  inch  shall  be  added  to 
such  stairway  for  each  additional  five  per- 
sons  for  whom   seating  capacity   is  provided. 

(g)  Every  stairway  on  the  stage  side  of 
the  proscenium  wall  shall  be  not  less  than 
two   feet   six   inches   wide. 

(h)  Instead  of  increasing  the  width  re- 
quired for  entrances,  aisles,  exits  and  stair- 
ways to  that  required  by  this  chapter,  the 
owner,  lessee  or  manager  of  any  such  the- 
atre shall  have  the  privilege  of  reducing 
the  number  of  permanent  seats  therein  until 
the  same  ratio  between  such  width  and  num- 
ber   of    seats    as    hereinbefore    provided    for 


148 


shall  be  established,  and  if  such  privilege 
be  taken  advantage  of,  it  shall  be  the  duty 
of  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  to  make 
inspection  and  certify  that  such  ratio  actu- 
ally exists  before  a  license  for  the  opera- 
tion  of  any  such   theatre  shall   be   issued. 

377.  Floors  and  Exits.)  Floors  at  all 
exits  shall  be  level  and  flush  with  adjacent 
inside  floors  and  shall  extend  for  an  un- 
broken width  of  not  less  than  four  feet  in 
front  of  each  exit,  and  shall  be  two  feet 
wider   than   such   exit. 

378.  Seats  in  Rows  Between  Aisles.) 
(a)  Not  more  than  ten  seats  in  any  row 
shall  be  permitted  between  aisles  in  any 
gallery.  On  the  main  floor  and  balcony  not 
more  than  eleven  seats  shall  be  permitted 
between  aisles;  except  in  rows  of  seats 
which  are  within  twenty  feet  from  the 
exits,  in  which  case  thirteen  seats  shall 
be  permitted  between  aisles. 

(b)  Seats  shall  be  not  less  than  twenty 
inches  in  width  measured  at  the  top  of  the 
seat  backs.  Rows  of  seats  shall  be  not  less 
than  two  feet  eight  inches  from  back  to 
back. 

No  bank  of  seats  shall  be  of  greater  rise 
than  twenty-two  inches. 

(c)  All  groups  of  seats  shall  be  so  ar- 
ranged that  there  shall  be  an  aisle  at  each 
side  of  each  group,  except  that  groups  of 
five  seats  or  less  may  abut  upon  a  tunnel 
at  one  side  and  an  aisle  at  the  other.  And 
except  that  a  bank  of  seats  abutting  boxes 
or  walls  on  main  floor,  balcony,  and  gallery, 
of  not  over  five  seats  in  a  row,  shall  be  re- 
quired to  abut  upon  one  aisle  only. 

(d)  The  number  of  banks  of  seats  on  the 
main  floor  shall  not  exceed  fifteen  unless 
an  intervening  or  cross  aisle  is  provided 
between  each  fifteen  banks  of  seats  or  un- 
less  a  direct  exit   is  provided   for  each  aisle. 

(e)  The  number  of  banks  of  seats  in  the 
balcony  shall  not  exceed  nine  unless  an 
intervening  or  cross  aisle  is  provided  be- 
tween each  nine  banks  of  seats  or  unless 
a   direct   exit   be    provided   for  each   aisle. 

379.  Limits  of  Vertical  Rise  and  Require- 
ment for  Tunnels  in  Cross  Aisles — Open- 
ings in  Foyer  Wall.)  (a)  There  snail  be 
no  more  than  twelve  feet  rise  measured  ver- 
tically in  any  aisles  in  any  floor  or  in  any 
balcony  or  in  any  gallery  without  a  direct 
exit  by  tunnel  or  otherwise  to  a  corridor 
with  free  opening  on  to  the  gallery  stairs 
or  other  direct  discharge  to  the  street,  or 
at  such  elevation  of  twelve  feet  an  in- 
tervening or  cross  aisle  leading  directly  to 
an  exit.  No  tunnel  shall  be  less  than  three 
feet  wide  in  the  clear. 

(b)  There  shall  be  no  openings  in  the 
foyer  wall  between  the  foyer  and  theatre 
proper   other   than    the   exit   openings. 

380.  Main  Floor — Balcony  and  Gaxiery — 
Designation  of.)  (a)  The  lower  floor  of 
all  theatres  shall  be  designated  the  "Main 
Floor." 

(b)  Where  there  are  balconies  or  gal- 
leries, the  first  balcony  or  gallery  shall  be 
designated  the  "Balcony,"  and  the  second 
and  third  balcony  or  gallery  shall  be  desig- 
nated, respectively,  "Gallery"  and  "Second 
Gallery." 

381.  Aisles — Width  of — Shall  Lead  Direct 
to  Exit — Steps  in  Aisles.)  (a)  The  mini- 
mum width  of  aisles  with  diverging  sides 
in  any  room  used  for  the  purposes  of  ("lass 
V  shall  be  two  feet  eight  inches  at  the 
end  near  the  stage  and  not  less  than  three 
feet  at  the  other  end. 

(b)  The  minimum  width  of  aisles  with 
parallel   sides   shall   be   three  feet. 

(c)  Every  aisle  shall  lead  as  nearly  as 
possible  directly  to  an  exit,  but  in  no  case 
shall  the  center  line  of  such  exit  be  more 
than  three  feet  from  the  center  line  of  any 
such  aisle  leading  thereto. 


(d)  Steps  shall  not  be  permitted  in  aisles 
except  as  extending  from  bank  to  bank  of 
seats,  and  no  riser  shall  be  greater  than  8 
inches,  and  no  tread  shall  be  less  than  10 
inches,  and  whenever  the  rise  from  bank  to 
bank  of  seats  is  less  than  five  inches,  the 
floor  of  the  aisles  shall  be  made  as  an  in- 
clined plane,  and  where  steps  are  placed  in 
outside  aisles  or  corridors  they  shall  not 
be  isolated,  but  shall  be  grouped  together 
and  a  light  shall  be  maintained  so  that 
every  place  where  there  are  steps  in  inclos- 
ing aisles  or  corridors  shall  be  clearly 
lighted. 

382.  Corridors,  Passageways,  Hallways 
and  Doors — Widtn  of.)  (a.)  The  width  ot 
corridors,  passageways,  hallways  and  doors 
shall  be  computed  in  the  same  manner  as 
that  hereinbefore  provided  for  stairways, 
excepting,  however,  that  no  corridor  shall 
be  anywhere  less  than  four  feet  in  width, 
and  no  door  less  than  three  feet  wide,  ex- 
cept  as   otherwise    herein   provided. 

(b)  All  corridors,  passageways,  hallways 
and  stairways  leading  from  any  balcony  or 
gallery  to  any  toilet  room,  retiring  room, 
smoking  room,  check  room  or  private  office, 
shall  lead  directly  to  an  outer  exit  of  the 
building.  Such  corridors,  passageways, 
hallways  and  stairways  shall  be  at  least 
three  feet  in  width  in  every  part,  and  shall 
be  unobstructed  in  every  part  except  by 
doors,  not  less  than  three  feet  in  width  in 
the  clear,  which  shall  swing  outward  and 
which  shall  not  have  locks  or  catches  of 
any   kind  whatever. 

383.  Doors — Entrance.)  (a)  The  width 
of  entrance  doors  to  every  theatre  shall  be 
computed  on  the  basis  of  twenty  inches  in 
the  clear  to  each  one  hundred  permanent 
seats  in  the  audience  room  and  in  addition 
thereto  a  proportionate  part  of  twenty 
inches  for  the  fractional  part  of  one  hun- 
dred   seats    shall    be    added. 

(b)  No  mirror  or  architectural  feature 
shall  be  so  arranged  as  to  give  the  appear- 
ance of  a  doorway,  exit,  hallway  or  corridor 
where   none   exists. 

384.  Dressing  Room  Partitions.)  Parti- 
tions forming  dressing  rooms,  except  where 
already  built,  shall  be  constructed  of  in- 
combustible material,  and  such  dressing 
rooms  shall  be  properly  ventilated. 

385.  Emergency  Exits — Width — Emer- 
gency Stairs — Width — Emergency  Exits  In- 
side Walls  of  Buildings — Fire  Escapes, 
Construction — Fire  Escapes  Leading  to 
Street  or  Alley — Doors  Open  Outward.) 
(a)  Emergency  exits  and  stairways  shall 
be  provided  separately  for  each  door,  bal- 
cony and  gallery  and  shall  be  of  the  same 
aggregate  width  as  that  provided  for  the 
main  exits,  and  shall  not  be  less  than  three 
feet  in  width.  Such  emergency  exits  shall 
be  kept  free  of  obstructions  of  every  kind, 
including   snow   and   ice. 

(b)  Such  emergency  exits  and  stairways 
may  be  built  inside  the  walls  of  the  build- 
ing, provided  they  are  enclosed  by  a  fire- 
proof partition  not  less  than  four  inches 
thick  separating  the  exits  and  stairways 
from    the   audience   room   or   auditorium. 

(c)  If  said  emergency  exits  lead  outside 
the  building,  the  opening  leading  thereto 
shall  have  metal  doors  with  wired  glass 
panels.  The  doors  shall  open  outward,  and 
shall  be  hung  from  the  inside  corner  of 
the  jambs,  and  so  constructed  as  not  to 
project,  when  opened,  beyond  the  outside 
face  of  the  wall.  Outside  shutters  will  not 
be  permitted,  except  when  they  open  auto- 
matically from  the  interior,  without  resist- 
ance, and  when  used  or  open  will  automat- 
ically fasten,  securely,  flat  against  the  wall, 
so  as  not  to  obstruct  the  passage  on  the 
outside;  all  such  automatic  devices  or  at- 
tachments to  said  doors  or  shutters  shall 
be   subject   to   the   approval    of   the   Commis- 


149 


Class  V 


sioner    of    Buildings    and    the    Fire    Marshal 
of  the  City  of  Chicago. 

(d)  Whenever  any  such  emergency  stair- 
way passes  over  an  exit  door,  window  or 
other  opening,  such  stairway  shall  be  com- 
pletely inclosed  for  a  space  of  five  feet 
greater  in  width  than  such  opening,  by  iron, 
steel    or   other   incombustible    material. 

(e)  All  such  emergency  exits  and  stair- 
ways shall  land  at  the  ground  level  in  a 
public  thoroughfare  or  in  some  space  that 
connects  directly  with  a  street  or  alley,  and 
direct  and  immediate  exit  to  such  public 
thoroughfare  shall  not  be  obstructed  by  any 
doors,  gates,  bars  or  obstruction  of  any 
character. 

(f)  Every  court  in  which  there  is  an 
emergency  stairway  shall  have  direct  and 
unobstructed  access  along  the  surface  of 
the  ground  to  a  street,  alley  or  yard  open- 
ing into  an  alley,  or  street,  without  enter- 
ing into  or  passing  through  or  over  any 
building  unless  by  a  fireproof  passage  at 
least  four  feet  wide  and  seven  feet  high  on 
the    court    or    ground    level. 

(g)  All  doors  in  openings  from  any  and 
all  exits  and  stairways  shall  be  so  con- 
structed that  when  opened  they  shall  not 
obstruct  any  portion  of  any  other  doorway, 
opening  or  passageway. 

(h)  All  doors  affording  ingress  to  or 
egress  from  any  theatre  shall  open  outward 
and  such  doors  shall  be  so  constructed  and 
maintained  as  to  require  no  special  knowl- 
edge or  effort  to  open  them  from  the  in- 
terior. 

386.  Proscenium  Wall — Curtain — Require- 
ments for  Other  Openings  in  Proscenium 
Wall.)  (a)  There  shall  be  in  every  theatre 
a  solid  brick  wall  of  the  same  construction 
and  thickness  as  is  required  in  outside  walls 
between  the  auditorium  and  the  stage.  The 
main  proscenium  opening  shall  have  a  sub- 
stantial steel  curtain  vertically  operated  and 
fireproofed  on  the  stage  side,  which  shall 
be  raised  and  lowered  by  mechanical  power 
and  shall  be  in  constant  use  as  the  regular 
curtain   and   act   drop. 

(b)  No  combustible  material  other  than 
painted  decorations  shall  be  applied  to  the 
audience   side   of  such  curtains. 

(c)  Plans  for  such  curtains  shall  be  ap- 
proved by  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings 
and  a  permit  obtained  previous  to  its  erec- 
tion. The  Commissioner  of  Buildings  shall 
inspect  such  curtain  semi-annually,  for 
which  inspection  a  fee  of  five  dollars  shall 
be  charged. 

(d)  All  other  openings  in  such  proscen- 
ium wall  shall  have  iron  doors,  frames  and 
thresholds. 


387.  Stag"e — Construction  of — Praming 
for  Scenery.)  The  framing  for  the  floor 
of  every  stage  shall  be  of  iron,  steel,  or 
reinforced  concrete.  The  stage  floor  may  be 
of  wood  not  less  than  one  and  three-quar- 
ters inches  thick,  provided  the  underside  of 
stage  floor  shall  be  saturated  with  a  fire- 
proof solution  satisfactory  to  the  Chief  of 
Fire  Prevention  and  Public  Safety.  The  en- 
tire floor  construction  and  the  floor  of  fly 
galleries,  rigging  lofts  and  paint  gallery, 
all  railings  and  supports  and  stanchions 
thereon,  and  all  sheaves,  pulleys  and  cables 
and  their  supports,  shall  be  of  iron,  steel 
or  reinforced  concrete.  All  framing  for 
scenery  and  all  stage  paraphernalia  shall 
be  saturated  with  a  fireproof  solution  the 
same   as   prescribed   for   stage   flooring. 

388.  Vestibule  for  Stage  Doors.)  All 
doorways  and  openings  in  the  rear  or  sides 
of  the  stage  shall  be  vestibuled  or  arranged 
in  a  manner  satisfactory  to  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Buildings  so  as  to  protect  the  cur- 
tain, scenery  and  auditorium  against  draughts 
of  air. 

3S9.  Vents — Plue  Pipes,  Size  of — Damp- 
ers— Switches  for  Dampers.)  (a)  One  or 
more  vents,  or  flue  pipes,  of  metal  construc- 
tion or  other  incombustible  material,  suit- 
able for  carrying  away  smoke,  approved  by 
the  Commissioner  of  Buildings,  and  extend- 
ing not  less  than  fifteen  feet  above  the 
highest  point  of  the  roof  and  equivalent 
in  area  to  one-twentieth  of  the  area  of  the 
stage,  shall  be  built  over  the  stage. 

(b)  In  buildings  where  additional  stories 
are  built  above  the  stage,  such  vents  or 
flue  pipes  may  be  carried  out  near  the  top 
of  the  stage  walls  and  shall  be  continued 
and  run  up  on  the  exterior  of  the  building 
to  a  point  five  feet  above  the  highest  point 
of  such  additional  stories. 

(c)  All  such  flues  or  vents  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  metal  dampers  which  shall  be 
controlled  or  operated  by  a  fused  cord  and 
by  two  electric  switches,  one  at  the  elec- 
trician's station  on  the  stage,  which  sta- 
tion shall  be  fireproof,  and  the  other  at  the 
stage  fireman's  station  on  the  opposite  side 
of  the  stage;  the  arrangement  of  said  cord 
and  said  electric  switches  shall  be  such  that 
the  cord  will  operate  as  a  fusible  link  be- 
tween the  electric  control  and  the  damper 
and  will  release  said  damper,  should  the 
switches  or  either  of  them  fail  to  operate. 
Such  stations  shall  be  located  in  such  places 
on  the  stage  as  may  be  determined  by  the 
Thief  of  Fire  Prevention  and  Public  Safety, 
subject  to  the  provisions  of  this  paragraph, 
and  each  switch  shall  have  a  sign  with  plain 
directions  as  to  the  operation  of  the  same 
printed     thereon. 


P     A 


A    Q  E. 


Fig.   3. 


EMERGENCY    EXITS. 
Section   385c. 


Suggestion   how  to  swing  doors,   so  as  not  to  obstruct    passageway. 


150 


New  Class  V 


(d)  All  fuse  boxes  shall  be  surrounded 
by  two  thicknesses  of  fireproof  material, 
with  an  air  space  between,  and  no  fuses 
shall  be  exposed  to  the  air  between  the 
switch  board. 

390.  Automatic  Sprinklers.)  (a)  A  sys- 
tem of  automatic  sprinklers  subject  to  the 
approval  of  the  Chief  of  Fire  Prevention 
and  Public  Safety,  shall  be  provided  and 
installed    in    every    theatre. 

(b)  Where  water  for  such  system  of  au- 
tomatic sprinklers  is  supplied  from  a  tank, 
the  supports  and  installation  of  such  tank  or 
tanks  shall  be  subject  to  the  approval  of  the 
Commissioner    of    Buildings. 

391.  Lighting  Requirements  —  Building's 
Class  V  N"ow  in  Existence.)  Lighting  of 
every  building  of  Class  V  shall  comply  with 
the  requirements  for  buildings  of  Class  V 
hereafter    erected. 

392.  Capacity — Certification  for  License.) 
The  Commissioner  of  Buildings  shall  de- 
termine the  number  of  persons  which  every 
room  used  for  the  purpose  of  Class  V  may 
accommodate  according  to  the  provisions 
of  this  chapter  and  shall  certify  the  same 
to  the  City  Clerk.  No  more  than  the  num- 
ber so  certified  shall  be  allowed  in  such 
room   at   any  one   time. 

393.  Theatres  in  Frame  Buildings  Pro- 
hibited.) On  and  after  July  first,  1911,  no 
frame  building,  or  part  thereof,  within  the 
city,  shall  be  used  as  a  moving  picture,  vau- 
deville or  other  theatre;  provided,  that  noth- 
ing herein  contained  shall  be  held  to  apply 
to  any  frame  building  existing  at  the  time  of 
the  passage  of  this  ordinance  and  in  which 
a  moving  picture,  vaudeville  or  other  theatre 
is  being  maintained  at  the  time  of  the  pas- 
sage of  this  ordinance,  where  all  the  scenery, 
if  any,  used  in  connection  with  such  moving 
picture,  vaudeville  or  other  theatre,  is  con- 
structed of  either  sheet-metal  or  asbestos, 
and  where  the  amount  of  exit  space  for 
such  theatre  is  at  least  fifty  (50>  inches  for 
each  one  hundred  (100)  seats  therein  con- 
tained, and  where  there  is  no  living  apart- 
ment of  any  kind  used,  maintained  or  occu- 
pied as  such   in  any  part  of  said  building. 


To   Buildings   of  Class   V   Hereafter   Erected. 

The    following    provisions    shall    apply    to 

buildings   of   Class   V    hereafter   erected   and 

used    wholly    or    in    part    for    such    purposes: 

394.  Construction — "Walls — Outside  Walls 
— Structures.)  All  buildings  of  Class  V  here- 
after erected  shall  be  built  of  fireproof  con- 
struction. 

395.  Prontage — Open  Spaces — Pireproof 
Passageways.)  (a)  All  buildings  hereafter 
erected  used  wholly  or  in  part  for  the  pur- 
poses of  Class  V  shall  be  located  so  that 
they  adjoin  at  least  two  public  thorough- 
fares, one  of  which  shall  be  a  public  street 
and  the  other  may  be  a  public  alley  not  less 
than   ten    (10)    feet    in   width. 

(p)  The  audience  room  of  every  such 
building  used  for  the  purposes  of  Class  V 
shajl  have  either  a  public  thoroughfare  or 
an  open  space  not  less  than  ten  feet  wide 
extending  from  the  lowest  first  floor  level 
to  the  sky,  on  each  of  the  two  sides  other 
than  the  proscenium  and  the  foyer.  Exit 
doors  shall  open  onto  such  public  thorough- 
fare or  the  bottom  of  such  open  space  from 
the  respective  sides  of  the  stage  and  of  the 
main  floor  of  the  audience  room,  and  onto 
balconies  or  platforms  built  in  such  public 
thoroughfare  or  open  space  at  both  the 
highest  ar>d  the  lowest  floor  levels  of  each 
and  every  balcony  and  gallery  and  the 
doqrs  opening  into  such  public  thoroughfare 
or  open  space  from  any  balcony  or  gallery 
or  from  the  main  floor  shall  comply  with 
all  the  requirements  prescribed  in  Section 
410    of    this    chapter. 

(c)  AH  such  balconies  or  platforms  shall 
be    connected     with     stairway     fire     escapes 


leading  to  the  street  level  or  to  the  bottom 
of  such  open  space  and  in  the  latter  case 
they  shall  have  their  bottom  run  toward 
the  public  thoroughfare  and  such  balconies 
or  platforms  and  such  fire  escapes  shall 
comply  with  all  the  requirements  prescribed 
in  Sections  653,  654  and  657  of  this  chapter. 
Every  such  open  space,  if  it  does  not  open 
into  a  public  thoroughfare  shall  communi- 
cate with  the  public  thoroughfare  at  the 
front  side  of  the  theatre  by  a  fireproof  pas- 
sageway leading  from  the  bottom  level  of 
such  open  space  to  the  sidewalk  level. 
Where  there  is  a  public  thoroughfare  behind 
the  stage  every  such  open  space  shall  also 
communicate  with  such  public  thoroughfare 
by  a  fireproof  passageway  leading  from 
the  bottom  level  of  such  open  space  to  the 
level  of  the  public  thoroughfare  behind  the 
stage,   and   passing   under   the   stage. 

(d)  The  walls  of  a  fireproof  passageway 
shall  be  not  less  than  four  inches  thick, 
and  each  and  every  part  of  such  passageway, 
including  each  and  all  of  its  supports,  shall 
be  built  of  fireproof  construction  as  re- 
quired in  the  general  provisions  of  this 
chapter  relating   thereto. 

(e)  Radiators  for  warming  passageways 
shall  be  in  recesses  sufficient  in  depth  to 
prevent  them  from  obstructing  the  passage- 
way. 

(f)  There  shall  be  no  steps  or  risers  in 
fireproof  passageways,  but  where  necessary, 
inclined  floors  of  the  full  width  of  the  fire- 
of  the  floor  shall  not  exceed  two  and  one- 
half  inches  in  height  per  foot  measured 
horizontally,  and  no  such  incline  shall  be 
proof  passageway  may  be  built;  the  incline 
less  than  ten  feet  in  length.  No  fireproof 
passageway  shall  be  less  than  ten  feet  wide 
and  eight  feet  high  in  any  part  thereof  ex- 
cept at  doors,  and  these  door  openings  shall 
be  not  less  than  eight  feet  wide  and  seven 
feet    high. 

(g)  If  the  principal  entrance  corridor  of 
a  theatre  is  at  one  side  and  approximately 
at  right  angles  to  the  central  axis  of  the 
audience  room,  then  the  center  line  extended 
of  such  principal  entrance  shall  intersect 
the  center  axis  of  the  stage  and  the  audi- 
ence room  between  the  back  of  the  seat 
most  remote  from  the  stage,  on  said  center 
axis  of  the  stage  and  the  audience  room  and 
at  a  point  midway  between  such  seat  and 
the    wall    opposite    the    proscenium    wall. 

396.  Buildings  of  Other  Classes  Built  in 
Conjunction  with  Class  V.)  If  buildings 
used  wholly  or  in  part  for  purposes  of 
Class  V,  are  built  in  conjunction  with  or  as 
part  of  buildings  devoted  to  the  uses  of 
other  classes,  then  such  buildings  of  other 
classes  shall  be  built  of  fireproof  construc- 
tion. 

397.  Ploor  Levels  —  Live  Loads.)  (a) 
The  floor  level  of  the  highest  bank  of  seats 
on  the  main  floor  shall  not  be  more  than 
three  feet  above  the  sidewalk  level  and 
the  floor  level  of  the  lowest  bank  of  seats 
shall  not  be  more  than  eight  feet  below  the 
sidewalk   level. 

(b)  All  floors  shall  be  designed  and  con 
structed  in  such  manner  as  to  be  capable  of 
hearing  in  all  their  parts,  in  addition  to  the 
weight  of  floor  construction,  permanent  fix- 
tures and  mechanisms  thai  may  set  upon 
the  same,  a  live  load  of  one  hundred  pounds 
for  every  square  foot  of  surface  In  such 
floors. 

39S.  Stairways — Entrances  and  Exits.) 
(a)  Stairways  affording  ingress  to  or 
egress  from  any  room  used  for  the  purposes 
of  Class  V  shall  be  in  width  equivalent  to 
twenty  Inches  for  each  one  hundred  of  seat- 
ing capacity  of  such  room,  and  for  fractional 
parts  of  one  hundred  a  proportionate  part 
of  twenty  inches  of  width  shall  be  added, 
but  in  no  event  shall  any  such  stairways 
be  less  than  four  feet  in  the  clear,  except 
as   hereinafter  provided. 


151 


New   Class  V 


Tig 

STAIRWAYS. 
Sections    398,    441,    449,    452,    486,    650,    652    and       others. 
Fig.      4      (A)      Shows     measurement     of      stairways  Fig.    6      (A)      Landing, 

where   hand   rails  are  required  on  each  side.  (B)      stairways    shall    not    ascend    to    an    unlimited 

(B)      Shows     measurement    of    landing.  heighi     (B)     without    .,    ianding     (Ali    and     (A)     snan 

Fig.     5.       Measurement     of     sfttirway     where     hand         not    be    less    in    width    and    length    than    (A)    Fig. 
rail   is   required    on   one   side   only.  measurement   of   stairs. 


S        .  .       S 

HH  c 
u 


Tig-.  7. 


rig-.  8. 


Fig.  7.  Over  7'  0"  (for  exceptions  see  ordinance) 
wide  stairways  (C)  shall  have  double  intermediate 
hand    rails    (Fig.    7).      In    plan     (Fig.    Sec.    AAi. 

(B)  Measurement  of  stairs  where  double  inter- 
mediate  hand    rails   occur. 

(C)  Measurement  of  stairs  where  double  inter- 
mediate hand  rails  do  not  occur,  as  in  general  case, 
Fig.    4    (A). 

Fig.  S.  Newel  post  5%'  0"  high  (A)  required 
for   stairs   as    referred    to   in   Fig.    s. 


(b)  All  such  stairways  shall  have  hand 
rails  on  each  side  thereof,  and  shall  not 
ascend  to  a  greater  height  than  thirteen 
feet  six  inches  without  a  level  landing,  and 
the  length  and  width  of  such  landing  shall 
be  not  less  than  the  width  of  the  stairs; 
no  run  of  stairs  shall  consist  of  less  than 
six  risers  between  platforms,  and  risers 
shall  not  be  placed  on  return  platforms. 
Stairways  which  are  over  seven  feet  wide 
shall  have  double  intermediate  hand  rails 
with  end  newel  posts  at  least  five  and  one- 
half  feet  high. 

(c)  Steps  shall  not  have  a  greater  rise 
than  eight  inches,  treads  shall  not  be  nar- 
rower than  eleven  inches,  and  winders  shall 
not  be   used  on  any   staircase. 

(d)  Every  balcony  and  gallery  shall 
have  one  or  more  separate  and  distinct  exits 
and  stairways  to  the  sidewalk  level.  All 
erallery  stairways  shall  lead  to  the  top  gal- 
lery   and    there    shall    be    doors    in    same    nt 


each  floor  for  exit  purposes  only.  The  bot- 
tom run  of  the  stairs  shall  be  directly 
toward  the  street.  Such  stairs  may  ascend 
from  the  vestibule  or  entrance  inside  of  the 
buildings,  but  the  bottom  riser  of  such  stairs 
shall  be  not  more  than  sixty-five  feet  from 
the  building  line.  All  doors  between  such 
stairs  and  the  street  shall  be  kept  unlocked 
and  unfastened  during  each  and  every  per- 
formance and  until  the  audience  has  left 
the    building. 

(e)  There  shall  be  an  iron  stairway  or 
stairways  from  the  stage  to  the  fly  gallery 
and  gridiron,  continuing  to  the  roof  of  the 
building  or  to  some  fireproof  passageway 
or  exit.  Such  stairway  may  be  circular. 
Such  circular  stairways,  however,  shall  not 
be  used  for  access  to  the  dressing  rooms. 

(f)  Stairs  leading  to  a  box  or  boxes 
seating  not  to  exceed  thirty  people  in  the 
aggregate  shall  be  independent  of  all  other 
stairs  and  seats,  and  not  less  than  two  feet 
eight  inches  wide  in  the  clear.  For  each 
additional  twenty-five  persons  for  whom 
seating  capacity  is  provided,  or  major  por- 
tion thereof,  in  such  box  or  boxes  there 
shall  be  an  additional  five  inches  in  width 
of   such    stairway. 

(g)  All  stairways  on  the  stage  side  of 
the  proscenium  wall  shall  be  not  less  than 
two   feet   six   inches   wide. 

399.        Floors      at      Exits  —  Seating.)        (a) 

Floors  at  all  exits  shall  be  level  and  flush 
with  adjacent  inside  floors  and  shall  extend 
for  an  unbroken  width  of  not  less  than 
four  feet  in  front  of  each  exit,  and  shall  be 
two   feet   wider   than    such    exit. 

(b)  There  shall  not  be  more  than  ten 
seats   in  any   one  row   between  aisles.    . 

(c)  Seats  shall  not  be  less  than  twenty 
inches  in  width,  measured  at  the  top  of  the 
seat   backs. 

(d)  Rows  of  seats  shall  not  be  less  than 
two   feet   ten   inches   from   back  to  back. 


New  Class  V 


(e)  No  bank  of  seats  shall  have  a  greater 
rise  than  twenty  inches.  A  bank  of  seats 
abutting  boxes  or  wall  on  main  floor,  bal- 
cony or  gallery  of  not  over  five  seats  in 
a  row,  shall  be  required  to  abut  upon  one 
aisle    only. 

(f)  Seats  in  loges  and  boxes  shall  be 
limited  in  the  ratio  of  one  seat  for  every 
six  hundred  and  eighty  square  inches  of 
floor  area  in   such  loge   or  box. 

(g)  All  groups  of  seats  shall  be  so  ar- 
ranged that  there  shall  be  an  aisle  at  each 
side  of  each  group,  provided  groups  of  five 
seats  or  less  may  abut  upon  a  tunnel  at 
one  side  and  an  aisle  on   the  other  side. 

(h)  The  number  of  banks  of  seats  on 
the  main  floor  shall  not  exceed  fifteen,  unless 
an  intervening  or  cross  aisle  is  provided 
between  each  fifteen  banks  of  seats  or  a 
direct  exit  is  provided  for  each  aisle.  The 
number  of  banks  of  seats  in  the  "balcony" 
and  "galleries"  shall  not  exceed  nine,  unless 
an  intervening  or  cross  aisle  is  provided 
between  each  nine  banks  of  seats  or  a 
direct   exit   is   provided   for  each   aisle. 

400.  Limit  of  Rise  in  Floors — Openings 
in  Foyer  Wall.)  (a)  There  shall  be  no 
more  than  eleven  feet  rise,  measured  ver- 
tically, in  any  main  floor  or  in  any  gallery 
or  in  any  balcony  without  a  direct  exit 
by  tunnel  or  otherwise,  to  a  corridor  with 
free  opening  onto  the  gallery  stairs  or  other 
direct  discharge  to  the  street  or  at  any 
such  elevation  of  eleven  feet  an  intervening 
or  cross  aisle  leading  directly  to  an  exit. 
No  tunnel  shall  be  less  than  four  feet  wide 
in    the   clear. 

(b)  There  shall  be  no  openings  in  tne 
foyer  wall  between  the  foyer  and  theatre 
proper    other    than    the    exit    openings. 

401.  Main  Floor — Balcony  and  Gallery — 
Designation  of.)  (a)  The  lower  floor  shall 
be  designated  the  "Main  Floor." 

(b)  Where  there  are  balconies  or  gal- 
leries, the  first  balcony  or  gallery  shall  be 
designated  the  "Balcony"  and  the  second 
and  third  balcony  or  gallery  shall  be  desig- 
nated, respectively,  "Gallery"  and  "Second 
Gallery." 

402.  Width,  of  Aisles — Exit  from  Aisles — 
Steps  in  Aisles.)  (a)  The  minimum  width 
of  aisles  with  divergent  sides  in  any  room 
used  for  the  purpose  of  Class  V  shall  be 
two  feet  eight  inches  at  the  end  nearest 
the  stage  and  not  less  than  three  feet  at 
the  other  end.  The  minimum  width  of  aisles 
with   parallel   sides   shall   be   three   feet. 

(b)  Every  aisle  shall  lead  directly  to  an 
exit.  An  exit  located  at  the  end  of  any  aisie 
and  at  right  angles  thereto  shall  be  con- 
sidered  a   direct   exit. 

(c)  Steps  shall  not  be  permitted  in  aisles 
except  as  extending  from  bank  to  bank  of 
seats,  and  no  riser  shall  be  more  than  eight 
inches  in  height,  and  no  tread  shall  be  less 
than  ten  inches  in  width,  and  wherever  the 
rise  from  bank  to  bank  of  seats  is  less  than 
five  inches,  the  floor  of  the  aisle  shall  be 
made  as  an  inclined  plane,  and  where  steps 
are  placed  in  outside  aisles  or  corridors  they 
shall  not  be  isolated  but  shall  be  grouped 
together,  and  a  light  shall  be  installed  so 
that  every  place  where  there  are  steps  in 
such  aisles  or  corridors  shall  be  clearly 
lighted. 

403.  Corridors — Passageways — Hallways 
and  Doors — Width  of — Leading  from  Toilet 
Rooms  and  Cloak  Rooms  to  Outer  Exits 
of  the  Building — Width  of  Entrance  Doors.) 
(a)  The  width  of  corridors,  passageways, 
hallways  and  doors  shall  be  computed  in  the 
same  manner  as  that  hereinbefore  provided 
•for  stairways,  excepting  however,  that  no 
corridor  shall  be  less  than  five  feet  in  width 
and  no  doorway  less  than  three  feet  wide, 
except   as   otherwise    herein    provided. 

(b)  Every  toilet  room,  retiring  room, 
smoking  room,  cloak  room,  check  room  or 
privnte    office    which    is    accessible    from    any 


corridor,  passageway,  hallway  or  stairway 
leading  from  any  floor,  balcony  or  gallery 
shall,  in  addition  to  the  entrance  thereto, 
have  an  exit  arranged  in  such  manner  as  to 
permit  of  direct  passage  through  such  room 
or  office,  without  returning,  to  an  outer  exit 
of  the  building.  Corridors,  passageways, 
hallways  and  stairways  shall  be  at  least  four 
feet  in  width  in  every  part  between  such 
balcony  or  gallery  and  such  outer  exit,  and 
shall  be  unobstructed  in  every  part,  except 
by  doors  not  less  than  three  feet  in  width 
in  the  clear,  which  shall  swing  outward  and 
which  shall  not  be  provided  with  locks  or 
catches    of    any    kind    whatever. 

(c)  The  width  of  entrance  doors  to  every 
theatre  shall  be  computed  on  the  basis  of 
twenty  inches  in  the  clear  to  each  100  per- 
manent seats  in  the  audience  room,  and  in 
addition  thereto  a  proportionate  part  of 
twenty  inches  for  the  fraction  part  of  100 
seats   remaining   shall   be   added. 

404.  Emergency  Exits  and  Stairs — Width 
of — Emergency  Stairs — Construction,  of,  Re- 
quirements— Shall  Not  be  Obstructed — Emer- 
gency Exits  Inside  Walls  of  Buildings — 
Doors  to  Open  Outward.)  (a)  Emergency- 
exits  and  stairways  shall  be  provided  sep- 
arately for  each  floor,  balcony  or  gallery 
and  shall  be  of  the  same  aggregate  width  as 
that  provided  for  the  main  exits,  and  shall 
not  be  less  than  three  feet  in  width.  Such 
emergency  stairway  shall  be  made  of  iron, 
steel    or    other    incombustible    material. 

(b)  Such  emergency  exits  and  stairways 
may  be  built  inside  the  walls  of  the  build- 
ing, provided  they  are  enclosed  by  a  fire- 
proof partition  not  less  than  four  inches 
thick,  separating  the  exits  and  stairways 
from   the   audience   room  or  auditorium. 

(c)  If  such  emergency  exits  lead  outside 
the  building,  the  openings  leading  thereto 
shall  have  metal  doors  with  wired  glass 
panels.  The  doors  shall  open  outward,  and 
shall  be  hung  from  the  inside  corner  of  the 
jambs,  and  so  constructed  as  not  to  pro- 
ject, when  opened,  beyond  the  outside  face 
of  the  wall,  and  outer  shutters  shall  not 
be    permitted. 

(d)  Whenever  such  emergency  stairway 
passes  above  an  exit  door,  window  or  other 
opening,  such  stairway  shall  be  completely 
enclosed  by  iron,  steel  or  other  incombustible 
material  for  a  space  of  five  feet  greater  in 
width  than  such  opening,  and  such  openings 
below  such  emergency  stairway  shall  be 
equipped  with  approved  metal  frames  and 
doors    or    metal    sash    and    wired    glass. 

(e)  All  such  emergency  exits  and  stair- 
ways shall  land  at  the  ground  level  in  a 
public  thoroughfare  or  in  some  space  that 
connects  directly  with  a  street  or  alley, 
and  direct  anl  immediate  exit  to  such  public 
thoroughfare  shall  not  be  obstructed  by  any 
door,  gate,  bars  or  obstructions  of  any  char- 
acter. 

(f)  Every  court  in  which  there  is  an 
emergency  stairway  shall  have  direct  and 
unobstructed  access  along  the  surface  of 
the  ground  to  a  street,  alley  or  yard  open- 
ing into  an  alley  or  street,  without  enter- 
ing into  or  passing  through  or  over  any 
buildings  unless  by  a  four-foot  wide  fire- 
proof  passage   on   the   court   or   ground   level. 

(g)  All  doors  in  openings  from  emergency 
exits  and  stairways  shall  be  so  constructed 
that  when  opened  they  will  not  obstruct 
any  portion  of  any  other  doorway,  opening 
or    passageway. 

(h)  All  doors  affording  ingress  to  or 
egress  from  any  theatre  shall  open  outward. 

405.  Proscenium  Wall  Curtain  and  Re- 
quirements for  Same — Permit  for  and  In- 
spection of  Curtain.)  <a>  There  shall  be 
a  solid  masonry  w.ill  of  the  same  construc- 
tion and  thickness  as  is  required  in  the  out- 
side walls  of  the  building  in  which  such 
tneatre  is  located  between  the  auditorium 
and  the  stage. 


1 53 


(b)  The  main  proscenium  opening  shall 
have  a  vertically  operated  steel  curtain 
which  shall,  when  it  is  lowered,  completely 
close  such  proscenium  opening.  The  cur- 
tain shall  be  raised  and  lowered  by  hydrau- 
lic power,  and  shall  be  in  constant  use  as 
the    regular    curtain    and    act    drop. 

(c)  The  lowering  of  the  curtain  shall  be 
('"ntrolled  from  not  less  than  two  points  in 
the  building,  one  of  which  shall  be  from  the 
stage    level    and    the    other    shall    be    desig- 

I    by   the   Commissioner  of   Buildings. 

(d)  The  curtain  shall  have  a  steel  cov- 
ering on  the  outer  or  auditorium  side.  The 
stage  side  covering  shall  be  of  a  non-heat- 
conducting  substance  of  such  a  thickness 
and  such  material  as  shall  stand  a  test  of 
two  thousand  degrees  Fahrenheit  on  the 
stage  side  for  fifteen  minutes  without  heat- 
ing the  opposite  side  to  a  higher  tempera- 
ture than  three  hundred  and  fifty  degrees 
Fahrenheit. 

(e)  All  metal  work  with  the  exception  of 
the  frame  shall  be  covered  with  such  non- 
heat-conducting  substances  on  the  stage 
side. 

(f)  The  curtain  shall  operate  vertically 
in  steel  guides  of  such  a  cross  section  that 
the  edges  shall  engage  and  secure  the  edges 
of  the  curtain  and  prevent  the  curtain  from 
leaving  the  guiding  channel  or  channels  if 
the  curtain  should  tend  to  buckle  or  bag 
either  inward  or  outwTard.  No  metal  in  the 
guide  channel  or  in  the  engaging  edge  of 
the  curtain  shall  be  less  than  three-eighths 
of  an  inch  thick.  The  joints  of  the  curtain 
with  the  proscenium  wall,  with  the  stage 
floor  and  with  the  head  of  the  opening  shall 
be   made  gas   tight   as   nearly  as   practicable. 

(g)  The  calculations  for  the  strength  of 
the  curtain,  the  curtain  guides  and  the  guide 
anchors,  and  the  workmanship,  shall  be  ac- 
cording to  the  best  modern  engineering 
practice.  The  stresses  in  the  material  and 
in  the  various  sections  of  steel  shall  be 
within  the  safe  limits  of  stress  described  in 
this  ordinance. 

(h)  No  part  of  a  curtain  or  of  the  cur- 
tain guides  shall  be  supported  by  or  fas- 
tened   by   any   combustible   material. 

(i)  The  supports  of  the  curtain  and  the 
curtain  guides  and  edges  and  the  curtain 
shall  be  of  sufficient  strength  to  safely  re- 
sist either  inward  or  outward  a  pressure  of 
five  pounds  for  each  and  every  square  foot 
of    the    curtain. 

(j)  No  combustible  material  other  than 
painted  decorations  shall  be  applied  to  the 
audience   side  of  any   such   curtain. 

(k)  Plans  for  every  such  curtain  shall  be 
approved  by  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings 
and  a  permit  obtained  therefor  previous  to 
its  erection.  The  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings shall  inspect  such  curtain  semi-annu- 
ally, and  for  each  such  inspection  a  fee  of 
five   dollars   shall   be   charged. 

(1)  Every  other  opening  in  such  pros- 
cenium wall  shall  have  self-closing  regula- 
tion standard  iron  fire  doors  and  iron  frames 
and  thresholds;  such  doors  and  frames  shall 
be  built  in  such  a  manner  as  to  resist  warp- 
ing. 

406.  Stage — Construction  of — Framing  for 
Scenery.)  The  framing  for  the  floor  of  every 
staere  shall  be  of  iron,  steel  or  reinforced 
concrete.  The  stage  floor  may  be  of  wood 
not  less  than  two  and  three-quarters  inches 
thick,  provided  the  underside  of  stage  floor 
shall  be  saturated  with  a  fireproof  solution 
satisfactory  to  the  Chief  of  Fire  Prevention 
and  Public  Safety.  The  entire  floor  construc- 
tion and  the  floor  of  fly  galleries,  rigging 
lofts  and  paint  gallerv.  all  railings  and  sup- 
ports and  stanchions  thereon,  and  all  sheaves, 
pul'eys  and  permanent  cables  and  their  sup- 
shall  be  of  iron,  steel  or  reinforced 
concrete.       All     framing     for     scenery     and     all 


stage  paraphernalia  shall  be  saturated  with 
a  fireproof  solution  the  same  as  prescribed 
for   stage   flooring. 

407.  Vestibules  for  Stage  Doors.)  All 
doorways  and  openings  in  the  rear  or  sides 
of  the  stage  shall  be  vestibuled  or  arranged 
in  a  manner  satisfactory  to  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Buildings,  so  as  to  protect  the 
curtain,  scenery  and  auditorium  against 
draughts    of    air. 

108.  Structures  Over  Ceiling — Construc- 
tion.) If  any  structure  is  built  over  the 
ceiling  or  roof  of  any  theater,  the  different 
members  of  the  girders  or  trusses  sup- 
porting same  shall  be  fireproofed  in  the 
manner  prescribed  for  columns  of  fireproof 
buildings  as  specified  in  the  General  Pro- 
visions   of    this    chapter. 

409.  Vents — Size  of — Flue  Pipes — Damp- 
ers— Switches  for  Dampers.)  (a)  One  or 
more  vents  or  flue  pipes  of  metal  construc- 
tion, or  other  incombustible  material,  suit- 
able for  carrying  away  smoke,  and  approved 
by  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings,  and  ex- 
tending not  less  than  fifteen  feet  above  the 
highest  point  of  the  roof,  and  equivalent  in 
area  to  one-twentieth  of  the  area  of  the 
sta^e,   shall  be  built  over  the  stage. 

(b)  In  buildings  where  additional  stories 
are  built  above  the  stage,  such  vents  or 
flue  pipes  may  be  carried  out  near  the  top 
of  the  stage  walls  and  shall  be  continued 
and  run  up  on  the  exterior  of  the  building 
to  a  point  five  feet  above  the  highest  point 
of   such   additional   story. 

(c)  All  such  flues  or  vents  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  metal  dampers  which  shall  be 
controlled  or  operated  by  a  small  tarred 
hempen  cord  and  also  by  two  electric 
switches,  one  at  the  electrician's  station  on 
the  stage,  which  station  shall  be  fireproof, 
and  the  other  at  the  stage  fireman's  station 
on  the  opposite  side  of  the  stage;  the  ar- 
rangement of  said  cord  and  said  electric 
switches  shall  be  such  that  the  cord  will 
operate  as  a  fusible  link  between  the  elec- 
tric control  and  the  damper  and  will  re- 
lease said  damper,  should  the  switches  or 
either  of  them,  fail  to  operate.  Such  sta- 
tions shall  be  located  in  such  places  on  the 
stage  as  may  be  determined  by  the  Fire 
Marshal,  subject  to  the  provisions  of  this 
paragraph,  and  each  switch  shall  have  a 
sign  with  plain  directions  as  to  the  opera- 
tion   of    the    same    printed    thereon. 

(d)  All  fuse  boxes  shall  be  surrounded 
by  two  thicknesses  of  fireproof  materials, 
with  an  air  space  between,  and  no  fuses 
shall  be  exposed  to  the  air  between  the 
switchboards. 

410.  Standpipes — Automatic  Sprinklers — 
Tanks  for  Water.)  (at  A  system  of  stand- 
pipes  and  of  automatic  sprinklers  subject 
to  the  approval  of  the  Chief  of  Fire  Preven- 
tion and  Public  Safety,  shall  be  provided  and 
installed   in  every   theatre. 

(b)  The  supports  and  installation  of  all 
tanks  used  to  supply  water  to  such  system 
of  standpipes  and  such  automatic  sprinkler 
system  shall  be  subject  to  the  approval  of 
the   Commissioner    of   Buildings. 

411.  Ice  Making  Machinery — Prohibition 
of.)  It  shall  be  unlawful  to  install  any  ma- 
chinery or  compressors  of  any  description 
to  be  used  in  conjunction  with  ammonia  in 
the  manufacture  of  artificial  ice  in  the  audi- 
torium or  stage  parts  of  any  building  of 
Class  V.  and  it  shall  be  unlawful  to  convey 
ammonia  or  to  install  any  piping  for  the 
conveying  of  ammonia  into  any  building  of 
Class  V  for  the  purpose  of  manufacturing 
artificial  ice  from  any  machinery  or  com- 
pressors situated  outside  of  any  building  of 
Class  V. 

412  Iii<rhtin<r  Service  Requirements — 
Class  V — Hereafter  Erected.)  Gas  or  elec- 
tricity or  both  may  be  used  for  illuminating 
purposes    in    buildings    of   Class    V    hereafter 


154 


ClagB  VI 


erected.  Gas  shall  not  be  used  in  that  part 
of  the  building  known  as  the  stage  side  of 
the  proscenium  wall.  Provisions  shall  be 
made  to  properly  light  every  portion  of  a 
building  of  this  class  and  every  outlet  there- 
from leading  to  the  outside  of  the  building 
and  all  open  courts,  passageways  and  emerg- 
ency exits.  Lights  in  vestibules,  halls,  cor- 
ridors, passageways,  stairways  and  other 
means  of  egress  from  the  building  and 
premises  shall  be  on  an  independent  cir- 
cuit or  service  and  shall  be  controlled 
separately  and  exclusively  by  a  switch  or 
shutoff  located  near  the  main  entrance.  In 
rooms,  halls  and  auditoriums  used  for  the 
purposes  of  this  class,  provisions  shall  be 
made  to  furnish  a  light  supplied  by  gas 
and  a  light  supplied  by  electricity  above  if 
possible,  otherwise  closely  adjoining  every 
opening  to  an  exit  or  to  an  emergency  exit 
from    the    room,    hall    or    auditorium. 

413.  Dressing-  Boom  Partitions.)  Parti- 
tions forming  dressing  rooms  shall  be  con- 
structed of  incombustible  material,  and  such 
dressing   rooms   shall   be   properly  ventilated. 

414.  Capacity — Certificate     for     License.) 

(a)  The  Commissioner  of  Buildings  shall 
determine  the  number  of  persons  which  each 
room  used  for  the  purpose  of  Class  V  may 
accommodate  according  to  the  provisions 
of  this  chapter,  and  shall  certify  the  same 
to  the  City  Clerk.  No  more  than  the  num- 
ber so  certified  shall  be  allowed  in  such  room 
at  any  one  time. 

(b)  Before  a  license  shall  be  issued  for 
the  operation  of  a  theatre  the  Commissioner 
of  Buildings  shall  first  certify,  in  writing, 
that  such  theatre  complies  with  the  pro- 
visions   of   this   chapter    in    every    respect. 

415.  Scenery — Definition — Movable  Scen- 
ery.) (a)  "Scenery"  as  used  in  this  chap- 
ter shall  include  all  scenery,  drop  curtains, 
borders  and  wings  which  are  constructed  or 
made  of  cloth,  canvas  or  combustible  ma- 
terial,   whether    stationary    or    movable. 

(b)  "Movable  Scenery"  shall  include  all 
scenery,  drop  curtains,  borders,  and  wings 
which  are  made  movable  for  the  purpose  of 
changing  an  entire  set  of  scenery  and  sub- 
stituting another  set  during  or  between  the 
various  stage   acts. 

416.  Changing  from  Class  IV  to  Class  V.) 
Whenever  an  existing  Class  IV  theatre  is 
changed  into  a  Class  V  theatre,  the  same 
shall  be  made  to  comply  with  all  of  the 
provisions  for  Class  V  theatres  hereafter 
erected. 

ARTICLE  IX. 
Class  VI. 

417.  Class  VI  Defined.)  In  Class  VI  shall 
be  included  every  tenement  and  apartment 
house  or  building  or  portion  thereof,  which 
is  used  or  intended  to  be  used  as  a  home 
or  residence  for  two  or  more  families  living 
in    separate    apartments. 

418.  Requirements — General.)  Every  build- 
ing of  Class  VI  shall  comply  with  the 
provisions  of  this  chapter,  and  in  addition 
to  the  general  provisions  shall  comply  with 
the  following  special  provisions: 

41ft.  Definition  of  "New  Tenement  House" 
— "Apartment" — "Yard" — "Court"  — "Shaft" 
"Public  Hall'" — "Stair  Hall" — "Basement" 
— 'Cellar" — "Story" — "Solid  Masonry".)  (a) 
"New  tenement  house"  shall  include  every 
tenement,  fiat  and  apartment  house  her 
erected  and  every  tenement  house  which 
shall  be  increased  or  diminished  in  size  or 
otherwise  altered  after  its  erection  and  every 
building  now  or  hereafter  in  existence  not 
now  used  as  a  tenement  house  but  hereafter 
converted   or  altered   to  such   use. 

(b)  "Apartment"  is  a  room  or  suite  of 
two  or  more  rooms  occupied  or  intended  or 
designed  to  be  occupied  as  a  family  domicile. 


(c)  "Yard"  is  an  open  unoccupied  space 
on  the  same  lot  with  a  tenement  house, 
separating  every  part  of  every  building  on 
the  lot  from  the  rear  line  of  the  lot. 

(d)  "Court"  is  an  open,  unoccupied,  un- 
obstructed space  other  than  a  yard,  on  the 
same  lot  with  a  tenement  house;  a  court  en- 
tirely surrounded  by  a  tenement  house  is  an 
"inner  court";  a  court  bounded  on  one  side 
and  both  ends  by  a  tenement  house,  and  on 
the  remaining  side  by  a  lot  line  is  a  "lot 
line  court";  a  court  extending  to  a  street, 
alley  or  yard  is  an  "outer  court." 

(e)  "Shaft"  includes  exterior  and  inter- 
ior shafts,  whether  for  air,  light,  elevator, 
dumb  waiter  or  any  other  purpose;  a  "vent 
shaft"  is  one  used  solely  to  ventilate  or 
light  a  water  closet  compartment,  bath 
room,   or  pantry. 

(f)  "Public  Hall"  is  a  hall,  corridor  or 
passageway    not   within   an   apartment. 

(g)  "Stair  Hall"  includes  the  stairs,  stair 
landings  and  those  portions  of  the  public 
halls  through  which  it  is  necessary  to  pass 
in  getting  from  the  entrance  floor  to  the 
top    story. 


Pig.   9. 


DEFINITION    OF    BASEMENT, 
Sec.    419. 


ETC. 


(H) 
(D) 


fE) 

(F) 


Height    of   basement    (floor    to    oiling). 
Distance    from    street    line    nearest    tbe    build- 
Distance    below    sidewalk    grade. 
Distance    above    sidewalk    grade. 

Explanation  : 

Basemi  nt    is   a   story    parti;    but   not   more    than    '- 

below    i  '_.     Hi    tin-    level    of    the    inside    sidewalk    grade. 

If  floor  of  basement  is  less  than  2  ft.  (E)  below 
sucb  grade,  or  If  ceiling  of  such  basement  is  more 
than  7'  6"  (F)  above  said  grade,  said  Btorj  shall  be 
classed  as  first   story. 

iFi  For  everj  foot  of  (D)  F  may  be  raised  not 
N  ore    than    l  -.".".    .-i<   at    1 1"  i . 

(6)  Equals  distance  from  ground  to  line  of  first 
floor. 

Kx.  for  yard  ground  levels  "r  walks  or  other  Im- 
provements for  a  distance  of  12'  0"  at  every  point 
from  all  outside  walls.  (G)  shall  Dot  he  lower  than 
8'   3". 

144. 

(A)      Not    i"  be   less   than   12".      (See   Sec.   506   for 

onsi. 
<  ro     3"   thickm  red. 

(C)     6"    sand  or  cinders   required. 

Mil  "Basement"  Is  a  story  partly,  but  not 
more  trjan  one-half  *?e)ow  the  u»vel  of  the  in- 
side sidewalk  grade  of  the  street  nearest  the 


155 


CUli   VI 


building.  If  the  floor  of  such  basement  is 
less  than  two  feet  (2  ft.)  below  such  grade 
or  if  the  ceiling  of  such  basement  is  more 
than  seven  feet,  six  Inches  (7  ft.  •'>  in.)  above 
said  grade,  said  story  shall  be  classed  as 
the  first  story  of  the  building  in  which  it  oc- 
curs. Provided,  however,  that  the  ceiling 
height  may  be  raised  above  the  heighl  of 
seven  feet,  ^ix  Inches  (7  ft.  6  in.)  heretofore 
given,  not  more  than  one-third  of  an  inch 
for  every  fool  of  such  distance  said  building 
is  set  back  from  the  street  line  of  the  street 
nearest  the  building,  but  in  no  case  shall 
any  rise  of  ceiling  he  allowed  for  any  dis- 
tance  beyond  thirty  feet  (30  ft.)  said  build- 
ing may  be  set  back  from  the  line  of  the 
street  nean  st  the  building,  and  in  such 
all  rises  in  the  hasement  ceiling  shall 
be  computed  according  to  the  distance  be- 
tween the  street  line  and  the  outside  wall  of 
the  building  nearest  to  said  street  line.  And 
further  provided,  that  the  yard  or  ground 
level,  or  walks,  or  other  improvements 
thereon  for  a  distance  of  twelve  feet  (12  ft.) 
at  every  point  from  all  outside  walls  of 
said  building  shall  not  be  lower  than  eight 
feet  three  inches  (S  ft.  3  in.)  below  the 
floor  level  of  the  first  story  of  said  building. 

(ii  "Cellar"  is  a  story  more  than  one-half 
below  the  level  of  the  inside  sidewalk  grade 
of   the  street   nearest   the   building. 

Where  the  grade  of  a  street  adjacent  to  a 
tenement  house  varies,  the  average  grade  of 
such  street  opposite  the  lot  containing  the 
tenement  house  shall  be  regarded  as  the 
grade  of  such  street  within  the  meaning  of 
this    chapter. 

(j)  "Story"  is  that  portion  of  a  building 
between  the  top  of  any  ficor  beams  and  the 
top  of  the  floor  or  ceiling  beams  next  above. 

420.  Sections  —  Where  Conflicting  With 
Other  Sections.)  In  cases  of  direct  conflict 
with  the  provisions  of  other  sections  of  this 
ordinance  relating  to  other  classes,  the  pro- 
visions of  the  sections  relating  to  Class  VI 
shall   govern   in   respect   to   tenement   houses. 

421.  Changes  or  Alterations — Permits.) 
Every  new  tenement  house  and  every  change 
or  alteration  in  any  existing  tenement  house 
shall  conform  to  the  requirements  of  this 
chapter.  No  new  tenement  house  shall  be 
begun,  nor  shall  any  changes  or  alterations 
in  any  existing  tenement  house,  such  as  are 
referred  to  in  this  chapter,  be  begun  until 
a  permit  therefor  shall  have  been  issued  by 
the  Commissioner  of  Buildings.  Such  per- 
mit shall  be  issued  only  upon  an  applica- 
tion by  the  person,  firm  or  corporation  for 
whom  the  building  is  to  be  erected  or  al- 
tered, and  after  approval  of  the  plans  and 
specifications  for  such  tenement  house  or  for 
such  changes  or  alterations  by  the  Com- 
missioner of  Health  whenever  such  approval 
is  required  by  the  ordinances  of  the  City  of 
Chicago. 

422.  New  Tenement  House — When  to  be 
Occupied.)  (a)  No  new  tenement  house 
shall  be  occupied  in  whole  or  in  part  for 
human  habitation  until  the  issuance  of  a 
certificate  by  the  Commissioner  of  Health 
that  said  building  conforms  to  the  require- 
ments of  this  chapter  relative  to  light  and 
ventilation,  plumbing  and  drainage  applica- 
ble to  said  buildings,  nor  until  the  issuance 
by  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  of  a  cer- 
tificate that  the  said  building  conforms  to 
the  requirements  of  this  chapter  relative  to 
fire  escapes  and  means  of  egress  applicable 
to  new  tenement  houses.  "Within  five  days 
from  date  of  application  for  any  certificate 
above  mentioned,  such  certificate  shall  be 
issued  or  the  official  concerned  shall  state  in 
writing  his  reasons  for  his  refusal  to  issue 
said   certificate. 

(b)  The  certificate  above  referred  to  may 
be  issued  in  the  case  of  a  new  tenement 
building  comprising  more  than  three  apart- 
ments so  as  to  allow  the  occupation  of  any 
section  of  the  building  extending  from  cel- 
lar to  roof  in  advance  of  the  completion  of 
the   other  portions   of   the  building. 


(c)  When  the  outer  walls  of  a  new  tene- 
ment house  have  been  erected  so  as  to  out- 
line the  position  of  the  courts  and  shafts 
required  for  the  lighting  and  ventilation  of 
habitable  rooms,  the  owner  of  the  building 
or  his  representatives  shall  be  entitled,  upon 
application  in  writing,  to  an  inspection  of 
tii'  same  by  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings, 
and  if  the  work  to  that  point  is  in  compli- 
ance with  the  provisions  regarding  the  size 
of  shafts  and  the  location  of  the  building,  to 
a    certificate    setting    forth    those    facts. 

(d)  When  the  work  of  constructing  par- 
titions has  advanced  to  a  degree  on  any 
floor,  that  the  rooms  on  that  floor  are  de- 
termined in  their  dimensions,  the  owner  or 
his  representatives  shall  be  entitled  to  an 
inspection  from  the  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings, and  if  the  rooms  thus  outlined  con- 
form in  their  dimensions  to  the  plans  filed 
and  to  the  requirements  of  this  chapter,  to 
a   certificate   stating   that   fact. 

(e)  If  a  new  tenement  house  is  occu- 
pied as  a  place  of  habitation  in  any  of  its 
parts  in  violation  of  this  section,  it  shall 
forthwith  be  subject  to  notice  from  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings  and  shall  be  va- 
cated upon  such  notice  and  shall  not  again 
be  occupied  until  made  to  conform  with  the 
provisions  of  this  chapter  nor  until  after 
the  issuance  of  the  two  certificates  required 
in    this    section. 

423.  Plat  to  be  Piled.)  At  the  time  of 
applying  for  a  permit  for  the  erection  of, 
alteration  of,  addition  to  or  moving  of  a 
tenement  house  or  for  the  erection,  alteration, 
adding  to  or  moving  of  any  building  upon  a 
lot  upon  which  a  tenement  house  stands,  the 
applicant  shall  submit  to  the  Commissioner 
of  Buildings  a  plat  of  the  lot,  showing  the 
dimensions  of  the  same  and  the  position  to 
be  occupied  by  the  proposed  building  or  by 
the  building  to  be  altered  or  added  to  or  by 
the  building  to  be  moved  thereon,  and  the 
position  of  any  other  building  or  buildings 
that  may  be  on  the  lot.  The  measurements 
shall  in  all  cases  be  taken  at  the  top  of  the 
first  story  and  shall  not  include  any  portion 
of  any  street  or  alley. 

4  2  4.  Corner  Lot  Defined — Prontages.)  By 
"corner  lot"  is  meant  a  lot  situated  at  the 
junction  of  two  streets  or  of  a  street  and 
a  public  alley  at  least  sixteen  feet  wide,  pro- 
vided that  if  such  alley  be  less  than  sixteen 
feet  wide,  and  the  lot  be  estimated  on  a  line 
sixteen  feot  from  the  opposite  side  of  the 
alley,  such  lot  may  be  considered  a  corner 
lot.  Any  portion  of  the  width  of  such  lot 
distant  more  than  fifty  feet  from  such  junc- 
tion shall  not  be  regarded  as  part  of  a  cor- 


•  SECTION  •  a 
Fig.    10. 


156 


1ST    ST-     ««'                                            Q 

•  a 

, 

U 

TenewentJ 

S 

:_L 

u 

TENEMENT 
•1 

z 

.. 

< 

•  3B 

.D-  ST-   A-»  10O' 

I  HStN  ' 

■  *■"-*■  =r> ' 
•1 


•PLAN- 
Pig".    11. 

SECTION"    425    a    b. 

Height    of    Tenement    House ;    How    Measured. 

A — width  of  widest  street  (in  this  case  3rd  St.) 
on  which  tenement  house  Xo.   1   abuts. 

B — width  of  widest  street  (in  this  case  2nd  St.) 
on  which  tenement  house  Xo.  2  abuts. 

C — distance  tenement  house  Xo.  2  sets  back  from 
2nd   St. 

D — width  of  1st  St.,  other  street  on  which  tene- 
ment  house   Xo.    2    abuts. 

E — distance  tenement  house  Xo.  2  sets  back  from 
1st   St. 

F — allowable  height,  which  in  this  illustration  is 
measured  as  shown  by  the  perpendicular  distance 
from  the  inside  sidewalk  grade  of  the  street  nearest 
the  building,  to  the  highest  point  of  the  external 
bearing  walls.  For  exceptions,  where  elevator  en- 
closures and  cornices  or  bulkheads  are  used,  see 
section  425  b,  last  paragraph. 
Explanation : 

F — tenement    house    Xo.    1    shall    not    exceed    1%    A. 

F — tenement  house  Xo.  2  shall  not  exceed  IY2 
(B+C)  unless  1%  (D+E)  is  greater  than  1V>  (B-fC)~. 
then   F  shall   not   exceed   1 V2    (D+E). 

ner  lot,  but  shall  be  subject  to  the  provi- 
sions of  this  chapter  respecting  other  than 
corner  lots.  Where,  in  corner  lots,  the  two 
frontages  are  of  unequal  length,  the  lesser 
street  frontage  shall  be  taken  as  the  width 
of  the  lot.  Street  frontage  alone,  and  not 
alley  frontage  shall  be  considered  in  de- 
termining  such    lesser   frontage. 

42T).  Height — How  Measured.)  (a)  The 
height  of  a  new  tenement  house  shall  not 
exceed  by  more  than  one-half  the  platted 
width  of  the  widest  street  on  which  It  abuts, 
and  no  existing  tenement  house  shall  be  in- 
creased   beyond    such    height. 

(b)  Provided,  however,  that  any  distance 
the  building  sets  back  from  the  lot  line 
shall  be  added  to  the  width  of  the  street  in 
making  this  computation.  Such  height  shall 
be  the  perpendicular  distance  from  the  in- 
side sidewalk  grade  of  the  street  nearest 
the  building  to  the  highest  point  of  the  ex- 
ternal bearing  walls  and  shall  not  include 
any  cornice  or  bulkhead  less  than  eight  feet 
high  or  any  elevator  enclosure  less  than 
sixteen  feet  high  Where  such  street  grade 
varies,  the  mean  or  average  grade  tl 
opposite  such  building  shall  be  the  data  from 
which    such    height    is    measured. 

426.  Distance  Between  Buildings.)  No 
existing  tenement  house  shall  hereafter  be 
enlarged  or  its  lot  be  diminished,  so  that 
the  rear  line  of  any  building  on  such  lot 
approaches  nearer  than  ten  feet  to  the  rear 
line    of    the    lot,    unless    the    rear    of    the    lot 


■PLAT'- 

Fig.    12. 


-4-STOEY-. 


C   TWHONO*  NEW-ONE    STORV 

SECTION  a.  ■ 

3  i-TDBY 


'POSITION  O*    N£W'  HOUSE 

Wt5EHT  SECTION-  b 

3STTENCM6NT  3  STORY 

t).  so' 


POSITION-  OF    NIWHOU51 

-  SECTlON-o 
Tig.    13. 

SECTION    42<i 

A.— distance    from    rear    line   of   addition, 
tenement   house   No.   1.  to  rear  line  of  b>t. 

B  distance  from  rear  line  of  addition,  to  present 
tenement  house  No.  2,  to  roar  line  of  lot,  abutting 
public  8  Hey. 

C — distance    from    rear    line    c.f    addition,    t"    |>r.-s«-iit 
tenement     bouse     No,     2,     t" 
alley. 

1 1     distance    from    present     tenement     hi   .-•     N 
standing  on  an  inner  l"t.  t"  new  building. 

Explanation : 
\   gball   not   be   less  than    10   ft   either  by  addition 

diminishing   present    tenement    house    No.    1. 
It    If  is  less  than    10   ft.,   then  C  must   not   be  less 
than   18  ft     Sections  a,  b,  c,  are  explanatory  diagrams 
of    diffi  -    of    ri-i |ui n-.l    distances    D, 

tenement     house    No.    3    and    new    house.       Exception 
to  this  rule  is  stated  in  last  paragraph  of  Section  426. 


157 


Class  VI 


upon  which  it  stands,  abuts  upon  a  public 
alley,  in  which  case  the  rear  line  of  such 
building  shall  be  not  less  than  sixteen  feet 
from  the  opposite  side  of  such  alley.  Where 
a  tenement  house,  now  existing  or  hereafter 
erected,  stands  upon  a  lot  other  than  a  cor- 
ner lot,  no  other  building  shall  hereafter  be 
placed  upon  the  from  or  rear  of  that  lot, 
-  the  minimum  distance  between  such 
buildings  be  at  least  ten  feet,  if  neither 
building  exceeds  the  height  of  one  stay; 
or  fifteen  feet,  if  either  building  exceeds  the 
height  of  one  story,  but  not  the  height  of 
two  stories,  and  so  on,  live  additional  feet  to 
be  added  to  such  minimum  distance  of  ten 
feet  for  every  story  more  than  one,  in  the 
height  of  the  highest  building  on  such  lot: 
Provided,  that  a  one-story  building  without 
basement,  and  not  used  for  habitation,  may 
l"-  placed  "ii  the  rear  of  a  lot  containing  a 
tenement  house,  if  a  minimum  distance  of 
ten  feet  is  maintained  between  every  point 
of  such  building  and   the   tenement   house. 

427.  Percentage  of  Area  Allowed  to  be 
Covered.)  Xo  existing  tenement  house  shall 
hereafter  be  enlarged  nor  its  lot  be  dimin- 
ished, nor  other  buildings  be  placed  on  its 
lot,  nor  a  tenement  house  be  moved  on  a 
lot  on  which  there  is  an  existing  building, 
so  that  after  such  change  a  larger  propor- 
tion of  any  corner  lot  or  other  lot  upon 
which  it  is  situated  is  covered  by  buildings, 
than  the  following  proportions,  respectively: 
Xo  new  tenement  house  alone  or  with  other 
buildings  now  or  hereafter  erected,  shall  oc- 
cupy above  the  first  story  more  than  eighty- 
five  per  centum  of  the  area  of  a  corner  lot, 
provided  that  in  the  case  of  a  fireproof 
building,  in  which  the  windows  of  every 
habitable  room  open  directly  on  a  street, 
the  portion  of  the  lot  covered  may  be  ninety 
per  centum  of  the  area  of  said  lot,  subject 
to  the  requirement  that  a  ten  foot  space 
must  be  left  above  the  first  story  opposite 
the  lesser  frontage;  or  more  than  ninety  per 
centum  of  the  area  of  such  corner  lot  if  such 
corner  lot  is  bounded  on  at  least  three  sides 
oy  streets  or  alleys;  or  more  than  seventy- 
five  per  centum  of  the  area  of  any  other 
lot,  provided  that  the  space  occupied  by  fire 
escapes,  constructed  and  erected  according 
to  law  and  not  more  than  four  feet  wide, 
shall  be  deemed  unoccupied.  Provided,  how- 
ever, that  in  case  of  a  lot,  triangular  or  ir- 
regular in  shape  bounded  on  two  or  more 
sides  by  a  street  and  having  a  number  of 
lineal  feet  street  frontage  exceeding  one- 
twentieth  of  the  number  of  square  feet  in 
the  area  of  such  lot,  it  shall  not  be  neces- 
sary to  comply  with  the  conditions  of  this 
section  as  to  percentage  of  lot  which  may 
be    covered. 

428.  Must  Have  Alley  or  Yard  in  Rear — 
Size  of  Yard  Increased.)  At  the  rear  of 
every  lot  containing  a  tenement  nouse,  there 
shall  be  a  yard  open  and  unobstructed  from 
the  earth  to  the  sky.  except  by  fire  escapes 
not  more  than  four  feet  wide,  constructed 
and  erected  according  to  law,  unless  the 
rear  of  such  lot  abuts  upon  a  public  alley 
at  least  ten  feet  wide,  in  which  case  the 
rear  line  of  such  building  shall  be  not 
less  than  16  feet  from  the  opposite  side  of 
such  alley;  every  part  of  such  yard  shall 
be  directly  accessible  from  every  other  part 
thereof;  such  yard  shall  have  an  area  of 
at  least  eight  per  centum  of  the  superficial 
area  of  the  lot  on  corner  lots  except  as 
otherwise  provided  in  this  section;  and  on 
other  lots,  such  yards  shall  have  an  area 
of  at  least  ten  per  centum  of  the  superficial 
area  of  the  lot.  Every  such  yard  shall  be 
increased  one  per  centum  of  the  superficial 
area  of  the  lot  for  every  story  above  three 
stories  in  height  of  the  tenement  house  sit- 
uated thereon. 

429.  Courts — Inner — Outer — Lot  Line.) 
(a)       "Inner    courts"    of    all    new    tenement 

ned    in    Section    419   of   this   or- 


dinance, shall  have  minimum  widths  at  every 
point   and   minimum   areas  as   follows: 

Courts — ■         Least  width  Least  area 

Height  of  in  feet.         in  square  feet. 

1   story     6 100 

-   stories    6 120 

3  stories    8 160 

4  stories    S 160 

5  stories    12 260 

6  stories    16 400 

7  stories    20 625 

8  stories    or    more. 24 840 

(b)  The  height  of  a  court  shall  be  the 
number  of  stories  having  habitable  rooms 
with    windows    in    its    walls. 

tc)  "Outer  courts"  and  "lot  line  courts" 
of  all  new  tenement  houses  as  defined  in 
i  419  "1  tnis  chapter  shall  have  mini- 
mum widths  at  every  point  equal  to  one- 
half  of  the  minimum  widths  required  by  this 
section,  and  lot  line  courts  shall  have  mini- 
mum areas  equal  to  one-half  of  the  mini- 
mum areas  required  herein  for  "inner 
courts."  If  an  outer  court  or  lot  line  court 
has  windows  ■>•.,  opposite  sides,  its  minimum 
widtli  shall  conform  to  tin-  width  given  in 
the   table. 

(d>  The  minimum  widths  hereinbefore 
specified  for  outer  courts  and  the  minimum 
widths  and  areas  specified  for  lot  line  courts 
are  to  be  provided  irrespective  of  the  pres- 
ence of  or  dimensions  of  courts  on  other 
premises    bounded    by    the   same   lot   line. 

(e)  Every  "inner  court"  and  every  "lot 
line  court"  of  every  new  tenement  shall  be 
connected  directly  with  a  street,  alley,  yard, 
or  outer  court  by  an  opening  extending  from 
grade  at  the  building  to  a  height  of  at  least 
fifteen  feet,  and  kept  unobstructed  save  by 
an  openwork  grill  or  gate,  such  opening  to 
be  at  least  two  feet  wide  for  an  inner 
court  and  one  foot  wride  for  a  lot  line  court. 
In  case  of  a  three-story  tenement  on  a  lot 
twenty-five  feet  or  less  in  width,  a  con- 
tinuous lot  line  passage  open  to  the  sky, 
and  six  inches  in  width,  shall  be  accepted 
for  the  opening  specified  above  as  one  foot 
wide  for  a  lot  line  court.  If  such  inner 
court  or  lot  line  court  starts  from  any  point 
above  finished  grade  at  building,  such  start- 
ing point  shall  be  considered  as  grade  for 
purpose  of  determining  the  location  of  the 
opening    to    outer    air   herein    specified. 

(f)  In  case  of  a  three-story  tenement  on 
a  lot  of  twenty-five  feet  or  less  in  width  a 
continuous  lot  line  passage  open  to  the  sky, 
and  at  least  three  feet  wide,  shall  be  ac- 
cepted in  lieu  of  a  lot  line  court  or  outer 
court  hereinbefore  specified  in  Paragraph 
(a).  In  case  of  a  three-story  tenement  on  a 
lot  thirty  feet  or  less  in  width,  a  continuous 
lot  line  passage  open  to  the  sky.  and  at 
least  three  feet  six  incnes  wide  shall  be  ac- 
cepted in  lieu  of  a  lot  line  court  or  outer 
court  hereinbefore  specified  in  Paragraph 
(a). 

(g)  In  case  of  a  two-story  tenement  on 
a  lot  twenty-five  feet  or  less  in  width,  a 
lot  line  court  having  an  area  of  at  least  fifty 
square  feet  shall  be  accepted  in  lieu  of  a 
lot  line  court  heretofore  specified  in  Para- 
graph (a)  of  this  section,  and  in  case  of  a 
three-story  tenement  on  a  lot  of  twenty-five 
feet  or  less  in  width,  a  lot  line  court  having 
an  area  of  at  least  sixty  square  feet  shall 
be  accepted  in  lieu  of  a  lot  line  court  here- 
inbefore specified  and  required  by  Paragraph 
(a)   of  this  section. 

(h)  In  case  of  two  or  three-story  tene- 
ment buildings  on  lots  twenty-five  feet  or 
less  in  width,  where  there  is  only  one  apart- 
ment on  each  story  containing  not  more 
than  four  rooms  in  such  apartment,  the 
light  courts  hereinbefore  specified  in  Para- 
graph (a)  may  be  omitted,  provided  there 
is  a  continuous  passageway  open  to  the  sky 
and  not  less  than  three  feet  wide  on  one 
side   of   said   building. 

430.  Vent  Shafts — Area  Of.)  (a)  "Vent 
shafts"   of  all   new    tenement  houses,   as   de- 


158 


fined  in  Section  441  of  this  ordinance,  shall 
have  minimum  widths  at  every  point  and 
minimum   areas    as    follows: 

Vent  shafts        Least  width        Least  area 
Height  of  in  feet         in  square  feet. 

1  story     3 21 

2  stories    3 22  Ms 

3  stories    3 27 

4  stories    3 36 

5  stories    5 48 

6  stories    6 72 

7  stories    8 96 

8  stories  or  more. 8 120 

(b)  Every  such  vent  shaft  in  every  new 
tenement  house  more  than  two  stories  high, 
shall  be  connected  directly  with  a  street, 
alley,  yard  or  court  by  one  or  more  hori- 
zontal ducts  or  intakes  at  a  level  not  lower 
than  the  finished  grade  of  building  nor 
higher  than  second  story  floor;  the  total 
area  of  such  ducts  to  be  not  less  than  three 
per  cent  of  the  area  of  such  vent  shaft, 
and  no  single  duct  to  be  of  less  area  than 
one  hundred  square  inches;  such  total  and 
individual  duct  area  shall  be  net  over  and 
above    all    obstructions. 

431.  Stair  Hall  and  Shaft — Well-Hole 
Dimensions.)  (a)  Every  public  stair  hali 
in  every  new  tenement  house  shall,  for  each 
story,  have  a  window  of  an  area  of  at  least 
twelve  square  feet,  opening  directly  on  a 
street,  alley,  yard  or  court;  or  on  a  shaft 
of  minimum  area,  as  hereinafter  provided; 
or  shall  have  an  unobstructed  vertical  well- 
hole  of  the  following  minimum  area  at  each 
floor  line  above  the  first,  and,  directly  over 
such  well-hole,  there  shall  be  a  skylight  of 
twice  the  following  minimum  area: 
Building —  Least  area  in  square  feet  of 
Height  of  stair  shaft  or  well  hole. 

2  stories — if    there    is    more    than 
one    apartment    on    a    floor 8 

3  stories — if    there    is    more    than 
one    apartment    on    a    floor 13 

4  stories    19 

5  stories    25 

6  stories    or    more 38 

(b)  Such  window,  if  any,  shall  be  so 
placed  that  light  may  pass  directly  to  the 
opposite  end  of  the  hall,  or  else  there  shall 
be  at  least  one  window  opening  directly 
upon  a  street,  alley,  yard  or  court  In  every 
twenty  feet  in  length  or  fraction  thereof 
of  such  hall,  except  in  so  much  of  any  en- 
trance hall  as  lies  between  the  entrance 
and  the  flight  of  stairs  nearest  the  entrance, 
in  any  such  public  hall,  recesses  or  returns, 
the  length  of  which  does  not  exceed  twice 
the  width  of  the  hall,  will  be  permitted, 
without  an  additional  window,  but,  other- 
wise, each  recess  or  return  shall  be  regard- 
ed for  the  purposes  of  this  section  as  if  it 
were  a  separate  hall.  Any  part  of  a  public 
hall  which  is  shut  off  from  any  other  part 
by  a  door  or  doors  shall  be  deemed  a  separ- 
ate public  hall  within  the  meaning  of  this 
section. 

(c)  Skylights  shall  be  ventilating  sky- 
lights and  shall  have  over  them  a  wire  net- 
ting mounted  on  wire  frame  and  6-inch  iron 
legs,  of  wire  not  lighter  than  No.  12  and 
with  mesh  not  coarser  than  one  inch  by  one 
inch,  unless  constructed  of  wired  glass  or 
prismatic   light   glass. 

432.  Booms — Sizes  and  Height  Of — Attic 
Rooms.)  (a)  In  every  new  tenement  house, 
all  habitable  rooms  shall  be  of  the  following 
minimum    sizes: 

(b)  In  each  apartment,  there  shall  be  at 
least  one  room  containing  not  less  than  one 
hundred  twenty  square  feet  of  floor  area, 
and  every  other  room  shall  contain  at  least 
eighty  square  feet  of  floor  area,  provided, 
however,  that  in  the  case  of  a  room  having 
a  window  not  less  than  eighteen  feet  In  area 
opening  upon  a  public  street,  the  floor  area 
need  not  be  greatei   than  seventy  feet.    Each 


room  shall  be  in  every  part  not  less  than 
eight  feet  six  inches  high  from  the  finished 
floor  to  the  finished  ceiling;  provided,  how- 
ever, an  attic  room  need  be  eight  feet  six 
inches  high  in  but  one-half  of  its  area,  pro- 
vided there  are  not  less  than  750  cubic  feet 
of  air  space   therein. 

4.;:;.  Alcoves  and  Alcove  Booms.)  (a) 
For  the  purpose  of  buildings  of  Classes  III 
and  IV,  an  alcove  shall  be  defined  as  a  re- 
cess connected  with  or  at  the  side  of  a 
larger  room.  The  floor  of  such  an  alcove 
shall  be  counted  as  a  part  of  the  floor  area 
and  its  cubic  contents  as  a  part  of  the  cubic 
contents  of  the  room  with  which  it  is  con- 
nected. 

(b)  In  every  new  tenement  house  every 
alcove  shall  be  deemed  a  separate  room  for 
all  purposes  within  the  meaning  of  this 
chapter,  except  an  alcove  that  has  a  floor 
area  of  not  to  exceed  thirty-five  square  feet 
and  that  has  an  unobstructed  opening,  equal 
in  area  to  twenty  per  centum  of  its  entire 
wall  surface,  into  an  adjoining  habitable 
room;  provided  that  in  constructing  addi- 
tional habitable  rooms  by  raising  or  alter- 
ing existing  one  story  dwellings,  the  limi- 
tation of  the  floor  area  of  an  alcove  may  be 
disregarded,  provided  such  alcove  has  an  un- 
obstructed opening,  equal  to  the  floor  area 
of  such  alcove,  into  an  adjoining  habitable 
room. 

(c)  This  section  shall  not  be  construed 
as  forbidding  the  erection  of  pilasters  or 
other  decorative  effects  projecting  not  more 
than  eighteen  inches  from  the  plane  of  the 
wall    of    a    habitable   room. 

(d)  No  part  of  any  room  in  a  tenement 
house  shall  be  enclosed  or  sub-divided  at 
any  time,  wholly  or  in  part,  by  a  curtain, 
portiere,  fixed  or  movable  partition  or  other 
contrivances  or  device,  unless  each  part  of 
the  room  so  enclosed  or  sub-divided  shall 
contain  a  separate  window  as  herein  re- 
quired, and  shall  have  a  floor  area  of  not 
less  than  SO  square  feet  as  herein  required 
for  habitable  rooms,  except  as  heretofore 
provided  in  this  section. 

434.  Air — Quantity  of  for  Each  Person.) 
No  room  in  any  tenement  house  shall  be 
occupied  so  that  the  allowance  of  air  to 
each  adult  person  living  or  sleeping  in  such 
room  shall  at  any  time  be  less  than  four 
hundred  cubic  feet  or  less  than  two  hun- 
dred cubic  feet  for  each  person  under  twelve 
years  of  age. 

135.  Habitable  Booms — Bath  Booms — 
Pantries — Bequirement  as  to  Ventilation 
and  Lighting.)  (a)  In  every  new  tene- 
ment house  every  habitable  room  shall  have 
a  window  or  windows  with  a  total  glass 
area  equal  to  at  aleast  one-tenth  of  its  floor  area 
opening  onto  a  street,  alley,  yard  or  court.  None  of 
such  required  windows  shall  have  a  glass  area  of 
less  than  ten  square  feet,  and  each  such  window 
shall  have  its  top  not  less  than  seven  feet  above  the 
floor  and  shall  be  so  constructed  that  at  least  its 
upper  half  may  be  opened  its  full   width. 

(b)  In  every  new  tenement  house  every 
bath  room,  water  closet,  or  urinal  compart- 
ment shall  have  at  least  one  window  with 
a  glass  area  of  at  least  six  square  feet  and 
a  minimum  width  of  one  foot,  opening  upon 
a   street,   alley,   yard,  court  or  vent  shaft. 

(c)  In  every  new  tenement  house  every 
pantry  shall  have  at  least  one  window  of 
nut  less  than  six  square  feet  in  area,  with  a 
width  of  not  less  than  one  foot,  opening  into 
i  street,  alley,  yard,  court  or  vent  shaft, 
which  vent  shaft  shall  be  at  least  six  square 
feet  in  area. 

(Sec   Illustration   Sec.   258b). 

136.  New  Tenements — Habitable  Booms 
in  Basements — Prohibited  in  Cellars.)  In 
no  new  tenement  house  shall  any  room  in 
the  cellar  be  constructed,  altered,  converted 
or  occupied  for  living  purposes;  and  no  room 
in    the    basement    of    a    new    tenement    house 


L59 


shall  be  constructed,  altered,  converted  or 
occupied  for  living  purposes  unless  such 
rooms  shall  be  at  least  eight  feet  six  inches 
high  in  the  clear  and  shall  have  at  least 
one-half  of  such  height  above  the  finished 
grade  of  said  premises  at  the  building,  and 
at  least  four  feet  three  inches  of  such  height 
above  the  average  street  grade  at  the  build- 
ing. "Provided  thai  onlj  (1)  living  apart- 
menl  nol  exceeding  six  (6)  rooms  shall  be 
allowed  in  the  basemenl  of  any  tenement 
house  hereafter  to  be  constructed." 

437.  Tenement  Houses — Requirements  for 
Fireproof  and  Slow-burning  Construction.) 
Every  new  tenement  house  more  than  five 
stories  and  basement  high  shall  be  of  fire- 
proof  construction.  Every  new  tenement 
house  more  than  three  stories  and  base- 
ment high,  but  not  more  than  five  stories 
and  basement  high  shall  be  of  slow-burning 
or  fireproof  construction.  In  case  slow- 
burning  construction  be  required,  the  cellar 
and  basement  construction,  including  the 
floor  construction  of  the  first  story  above 
the  cellar  or  basement,  shall  be  of  fireproof 
construction. 

438.  Frame  Tenement — Requirements.) 
In  every  new  frame  tenement  house  out- 
side the  fire  limits,  each  suite  of  apartments 
shall  be  separated  from  the  next  suite  in 
such  building  by  a  partition  of  four-inch 
tile  or  of  metal  studding  and  metal  lath, 
and  the  enclosing  walls  around  the  stairs. 
where  there  are  two  or  more  apartments  on 
a  floor,  shall  be  of  fireproof  construction  or 
of  solid  n\asonry  of  the  same  dimensions  as 
are    required    by   Section    506. 

439.  Frame  Additions  to  Frame  Tene- 
ment Houses  Within  Fire  Limits  Not 
Permitted — removal  of  Frame  Tenement 
Houses.)  No  frame  addition  shall  be  per- 
mitted to  any  frame  tenement  house  within 
the  fire  limits,  either  by  adding  to  its  height 
or  its  superficial  area. 

If  a  tenement  house,  standing  on  wooden 
supports,  is  moved  to  another  lot,  it  shall 
not  again  be  placed  en  wooden  supports,  but 
shall  be  placed  on  a  masonry  or  concrete 
foundation. 

If  a  frame  tenement  house,  not  more  than 
two  stories  high,  is  moved  from  one  location 
to  another  upon  the  same  lot,  it  may  be  set 
upon  wooden  posts  and  a  basement  or  cellar 
not  to  exceed  six  feet  six  inches  in  height 
from  the  floor  to  the  ceiling  thereof  may  be 
maintained  thereunder,  and  no  habitable 
rooms  shall  be  constructed  or  occupied  in 
said  basement  or  cellar. 

440.  Entrance  Halls — Solid  Masonry — 
Exceptions — Ceilings.)  Every  main  entrance 
hall  in  a  new  tenement  house  shall  be  at 
least  three  feet  six  inches  wide  in  the  clear 
from  the  entrance  up  to  and  including  the 
stair  enclosure  and  beyond  this  point  at 
hast  three  feet  wide  in  the  clear.  In  every 
new  non-fireproof  tenement  house,  except 
where  there  be  only  one  apartment  on  each 
floor,  such  entrance  hall  shall  be  inclosed 
with  solid  masonry  walls  and  with  ceilings 
covered  with  incombustible  material  and 
shall  comply  with  all  the  conditions  of  the 
following  sections  of  this  ordinance  as  to 
the  construction  of  stair  halls.  If  such 
main  entrance  is  the  only  entrance  to  more 
than  one  flight  of  stairs,  the  several  por- 
tions of  such  main  entrance  hall  which  sep- 
arate the  entrance  of  the  building  from  the 
several  flights  of  stairs,  respectively,  shall 
be  increased  respectively  at  least  one  foot 
in   width  for  each  additional  flight  of  stairs. 

441.  Stair  Halls — Construction  Of.)  (a) 
The  stairs  and  stair  halls  in  all  new  tene- 
ment houses  more  than  three  stories  and 
basement  or  cellar  high  shall  be  constructed 
of  ineombustib1^  material  throughout,  ex- 
cept that  the  .reads  of  stairs  may  be  of 
wood  not  less  than  one  and  three-eighths 
inches  thick  and  all  handrails  may  be  of 
hardwood. 


KILOW    <J«A.DE 


-J'tCTION-  A- A     •     5E.CTION  B-B- 

Fig.    15. 

SECTION    441    B. 

Beginning,    where    the    main    entrance    vestibule,    etc. 

If  walls  F  II  G  I,  also  floor  and  ceiling  of  entrance 
hall  A,  and  floors  and  ceiling'  of  vestibule  B,  are  of 
fireproof  construction,  and  door  C  is  a  fireproof  door 
\vi|li  fireproof  frames,  the  vestibule  B  may  be  built 
2"  above  level  of  outside  grade  without  changing 
the  definition  of  the  word  "basement" — see  section 
■41!). 

Doors  B  and  D  do  not  have  to  be  fireproof — see 
section   A.V   and   BB  for  condition  at  hand. 

(b)  In  every  new  non-fireproof  tenement 
house  all  stair  halls  shall  be  enclosed  on 
all  sides  with  walls  of  solid  masonry  of  the 
dimensions  required  by  Section  506.  All 
windows  in  stair  halls,  except  where  same 
open  into  a  street,  alley,  outer  court,  or 
yard,  shall  have  metal  frames  and  sashes, 
glazed  with  wired  glass.  This  section  shall 
not  apply  to  tenement  houses  which  are  not 
more  than  three  stories  and  basement  high 
with  only  one  apartment  on  each  floor. 
Where  the  main  entrance  vestibule  and  en- 
trance hall  or  corridor  of  said  building,  in- 
cluding the  floor  and  ceiling  thereof,  are  of 
fireproof  construction  as  defined  in  this  chap- 
ter, from  the  outside  face  of  the  building  at 
said  entrance  to  and  including  the  floor  of 
stair  hall,  and  all  doors  leading  therefrom 
or  thereto  except  the  ttreet  doors  are  fire 
retarding  doors,  the  floor  of  said  entrance 
and  vestibule  may  be  built  at  a  level  of  two 
inches  (2  in.)  above  the  level  of  the  outside 
grade  of  the  building  at  the  entrance  of 
same,  without  changing  the  definition  of 
the  word  "Basement"  with  regard  to  height 
of  floors,  as  contained  in  Section  419  of  The 
Chicago  Code  of  1911.   as  amended. 

(See    Illustration    See.    39S). 

442.  Apartments  Divided  by  Masonry.) 
(a)      There  shall   be  a   wall  of  solid  masonry 


Kill 


of  thickness  as  required  by  Section  506 
extending  from  the  ground  to  the  roof  be- 
tween each  set  of  apartments  and  around 
each  court  and  each  light  shaft,  except  as 
hereinafter  provided;  (a)  provided,  how- 
ever, that  a  wall  between  apartments  and 
extending  from  the  main  stair  hall  to  the 
outer  wall  of  the  building  may  be  offset  at 
the  second  story  floor  line  to  some  point 
nearer  the  center  of  the  building,  or  of  the 
group  of  apartments,  to  admit  of  an  even 
distribution  of  space  in  the  rooms  adjacent 
to  such  wall,  if  such  wall  is  supported  at 
the  second  story  floor  line  on  fireproofed 
steel  or  iron  beams  which  extend  from  the 
brick  wall  surrounding  the  main  stair  hall 
to  the  outer  wall  of  the  building;  and  pro- 
vided, further,  that  such  offset  wall  may  be 
reduced  to  the  thickness  of  eight  inches,  if 
supported  at  each  floor  line  above  the  first 
story  on  fireproofed  steel  or  iron  beams 
carried  by  masonry  walls  as  above  speci- 
fied; (b)  and  provided,  however,  thatt,  in 
case  there  is  a  store  or  stores  in  the  first 
story  of  a  building  of  this  class,  a  mason- 
ry dividing  wall  between  apartments  may 
begin  at  the  second  story  floor  line,  if  such 
dividing  line  wall  is  supported  on  fireproofed 
steel  or  iron  beams  carried  by  masonry; 
and  provided,  further,  that  such  dividing 
wall  may  be  reduced  to  the  thickness  of 
eight  inches,  if  supported  at  each  floor  line 
above  the  first  story  on  fireproofed  steel  or 
iron  beams  carried  by  masonry.  And  pro- 
vided that  in  buildings  of  fireproof  construc- 
tion the  partitions  between  apartments,  and 
around  stairs  may  be  of  burnt  clay  tile  not 
less  than  three  inches  in  thickness  or  re- 
inforced concrete  partitions  not  less  than 
three   inches   in   thickness. 

(b)  In  buildings  of  ordinary  construction 
two  separate  thicknesses  of  metal  lath  and 
fire-resisting  plaster  shall  be  used  as  fire- 
proofing    as    required    by    this    section. 

443.  Ceilings  Over  Stores — Courts  and 
Shafts  Beginning-  Above  First  Story.)  (a) 
In  every  new  non-fireproof  tenement  house 
in  which  there  is  a  store  or  stores  in  the 
first  story,  if  the  building  is  three  stories 
or  less  in  height,  the  portions  of  the  first 
story  ceiling  directly  under  all  public  halls 
shall  be  of  slow-burning  construction,  and 
if  the  building  is  four  or  more  stories  in 
height  the  entire  basement  and  first  story 
construction  and  the  second  story  floor  con- 
struction shall  be  of  fireproof  construc- 
tion. 

(b)  In  every  new  non-fireproof  tenement 
house  the  masonry  walls  enclosing  every 
court  or  light  or  vent  shaft  beginning  above 
the  first  story  shall  be  supported  on  fire- 
proofed steel  or  iron  beams  carried  by  ma- 
sonry or  by  fireproofed  steel  or  iron  col- 
umns; and  such  court  or  shaft  enclosing 
walls  may  bo  reduced  to  the  thickness  of 
eight  Inches  if  supported  at  every  intersect- 
ing floor  line  on  fireproofed  steel  or  iron 
beams  carried  as  above  specified. 

444.  Damp-Proofing — Basement  Walls  to 
Be  Masonry — Cement  Floor.)  In  every  new 
tenement  house  constructed  of  brick  or 
frame,  the  foundations  and  basement  walls 
shall    be    built    of    masonry    or    concrete    not 

:  less  than  twelve  inches  in  thickness,  ex- 
cept as  provided  in  Section  506  and  shall 
have  all  outside  walls  below  the  adjacent 
ground    level    plastered    on    the    outside    with 

i  Portland  cement  or  treated  with  other  ap- 
proved    damp-proofing     material,     and     such 

'  walls,  as  high  as  the  ground  level,  shall  be 
laid  in  cement  mortar.  The  basement  or 
cellar    of    every    existing    and    new    tenement 

'  house  shall  have  a  floor  of  Portland  cement 
concrete  not  less  than  three  inches  in  thick- 
ness laid  on  not  less  than  six  inches  of  sand 
or    cinders. 

(Soe    Illustration    Sec.    419). 


445.     Bay  Windows — Courts — Vent  Shafts.) 
a)     The    walls    of    every    bay    window    ana 


every  court  in  masonry  constructed  new 
tenement  houses  shall  be  built  of  brick  or 
other  fireproof  construction  as  required  for 
exterior    walls. 

(b)  The  walls  of  every  interior  vent 
shaft  in  masonry  constructed  tenement 
houses  shall  be  built  of  masonry  or  of  fire- 
proof material  not  less  than  four  inches 
in   thickness,    supported   by   steel    or   iron. 

446.  Porches.)  (a)  Where  porches  are 
constructed  in  courts  of  now  existing  or  new 
tenement  houses,  the  amount  of  area  of  un- 
obstructed space  in  such  courts  shall  be 
exclusive  of  space  occupied  by  stairs  and 
porches.  No  additional  rear  porch  shall  be 
constructed  on  any  existing  tenement  house 
in  such  way  that  the  buildings  on  the  lot 
with  all  their  porches  shall  occupy  a  greater 
proportion  of  the  lot  than  is  permitted  in 
Section  427  of  this  chapter.  No  rear  porch 
on  any  existing  tenement  house  where  the 
total  area  of  buildings  and  all  porches  ex- 
ceeds the  proportion  of  the  lot  permitted  in 
Section  427  of  this  chapter  shall  be  recon- 
structed until  the  plan  for  such  re-con- 
structior.  shall  have  been  submitted  to  and 
approved  by  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings. 
No  rear  porch  built  of  combustible  materials 
and  more  than  eight  feet  in  width,  except- 
ing stairways,  shall  be  constructed  on  any 
new  tenement  house  nor  added  to,  nor  re- 
constructed on  any  existing  tenement  house. 
(b)  Front  porches  of  buildings  in  exist- 
ence at  the  time  of  the  passage  of  this 
amendatory  ordinance  may  be  enclosed  tem- 
porarily from  the  first  day  of  November  in 
each  year  to  the  first  day  of  the  following 
May  with  wood  sash  glazed  with  ordinary 
glass;  provided  that  the  glass  area  shall  be 
as  large  as  is  consistent  with  good  con- 
struction and  the  ordinances  of  the  city; 
and  further  provided,  that  the  sashes  are 
fitted  with  hinges  or  hung  in  such  a  manner 
as  to  allow  them  to  open  at  least  one-half 
cf  their  area,  or  that  one-half  of  all  the  sash 
installed  are  so  fitted  or  hung  as  to  open 
their  entire  area,  and  the  area  of  such  open 
sash  shall  be  at  least  twice  the  area  of  all 
windows  from  adjacent  rooms  opening  on  to 
porches  so  enclosed,  unless  such  room  adjoin- 
ing said  porch  shall  have  windows  opening 
on  to  a  street,  alley,  yard  or  court  of  proper 
legal  dimensions  as  required  by  this  chapter 
for  habitable  rooms  in  addition  to  the  win- 
dows opening  on  to  the  porch,  in  which  case 
the  amount  of  movable  sash  in  porch  en- 
closure shall  be  not  less  than  ten  per  cent 
of  the  floor  area  of  said  porch  and  in  no 
case  less  than  ten  square  feet  of  glass  area, 
fcl  Rear  porches  and  side  porches  of 
buildings  in  existence  at  the  time  of  the 
passage  of  this  amendatory  ordinance,  where 
every  part  of  said  porch  is  at  least  ten  feet 
distant  from  any  other  building,  porch  or 
structure  located  upon  the  samp  lot  with  the 
building  of  which  such  porch  is  a  part,  may 
be  enclosed  temporarily  from  the  first  day 
of  November  in  each  year  to  the  first  day  of 
The  following  May  with  wood  sash  glazed 
with  ordinary  glass;  provided,  that  the  glass 
area  of  the  enclosure  shall  be  as  large  as  is 
consistent  with  good  construction  and  the 
ordinances  of  the  city;  and  further  provided, 
that  the  sashes  are  fitted  with  hinges  or 
hung  in  such  a  manner  as  to  allow  them  to 
open  at  least  one-half  their  area,  or  that 
cne-half  of  all  the  sash  installed  are  so  fitted 
or  hung  as  to  open  their  entire  area,  and  In 
no  case  shall  be  less  than  three  times  the 
area  of  all  windows,  doors  and  transoms 
opening  on  to  said  porch,  and  that  in  every 
ease  the  top  of  the  sash  In  such  enclosure 
shall  be  at  least  six  Inches  higher  than  the 
top  of  the  windows  and  doors  opening  on  to 
such  porch.  The  framing  of  tie  porch  en- 
closure may  be  of  wood,  and   the  glass  area 

Of  each  side  and  of  each  end  of  such  porch 
shall  be  not  less  than  fifty  per  cent  of  the 
entire  side  or  end  of  such  porch  enclosure 
measured   from   the  floor  of  the   porch   to   the 


1(51 


Class  VI 


under  side  of  joists  immediately  above  such 
porch  In  each  story. 

(d)  In  every  building  erected  after  the 
passage  i>f  this  amendator>  ordinance,  every 
I'rmii  porch,  rear  porch  or  side  porch  which 
is  intended  to  be  enclosed  must  have  en- 
closing walls  as  required  by  the  ordinances 
nt  the  city  for  enclosing  walls  of  a  building 
of  the  type  of  which  said  porch  is  a  part, 
.ml  every  porch  so  enclosed  shall  be  con- 
sidered a  separate  habitable  room  and  shall 
i  umi  ly  with  all  the  requirements  of  this 
chapter  for  habitable  rooms,  and  such  porch 
enclosure  shall  not  in  any  manner  intercept 
the  light  or  the  ventilation  of  any  adjoining 
room. 

(ei  W'lere  buildings  do  not  exceed  three 
Stories  in  height  the  stairways  in  rear 
porches  may  be  partially  enclosed  as  fol- 
lows; the  end  of  the  porch  outside  the  stair- 
way, alsn  the  back  of  the  porch  around  said 
stairway  not  to  exceed  eleven  feet  in  ex- 
tent, may  be  enclosed  with  wood  or  frame 
construction  and  a  window  with  glass  area  of 
nine  square  feet  shall  be  placed  in  the  back 
enclosure  or  in  that  part  of  the  porch  fac- 
ing   the    yard    or   court    on    each    story. 

4  4  7.  Flues  and  Chimneys.)  In  every 
building  used  for  the  purposes  of  Class  VI, 
the  flues  ii  chimneys  shall  conform  to  the 
following  regulations:  For  one  stove  open- 
ing, the  flue  area  shall  not  be  le-ss  than 
forty-nine  square  inches.  For  more  than 
one  stove  opening  and  one  furnace  opening, 
the  flue  area  shall  not  be  less  than  seventy- 
seven  square  inches.  All  such  flues  shall  be 
constructed  according  to  the  requirements  of 
Section    570    of   this    chapter. 

44S.  Bulkhead  in  Roof — Construction  of 
— When  Required.)  There  shall  be  in  the 
roof  of  every  new  tenement  house,  unless 
the  pitch  of  the  roof  thereof  exceeds  one 
foot  rise  in  four  foot  run,  at  least  one  bulk- 
aead  or  scuttle,  fireproof  or  covered  with 
fireproof  material,  with  stairs  or  ladder 
leading  thereto;  no  such  roof  opening  shall 
be  Jess  than  two  feet  by  three  feet.  Where 
such  tenement  house  is  provided  with  rear 
stairs,  there  shall  be  a  bulkhead  or  scuttle 
accessible  from  each  of  such  rear  stairs.  No 
scuttle  or  bulkhead  door  shall  have  any  lock 
on  it  but  may  be  fastened  on  the  inside  by 
movable    bolts    or   hooks. 

4  1c  Stairways — Width  and  Construction 
of.)  fa)  Every  now  existing  and  every 
new  tenement  house  shall  have  at  least  two 
flights  of  stairs,  which  shall  extend  from  the 
entrance  floor  to  the  top  story,  and  which 
.-tilts  shall  be  as  far  apart  as  practicable. 
''in  of  said  stairways  shall  be  an  interior 
stairway.  Such  stairs  and  the  public  halls 
in  every  tenement  house  shall  each  be  at 
least  three  feet  wide  in  the  clear,  and 
every  apartment  shall  bs  directly  accessible 
from  both  such  nights  of  stairs  without 
going  through  any  other  apartment.  An 
apartment  whose  gross  floor  area  does 
not  exceed  1,000  square  feet  and  having 
not  to  exceed  six  habitable  rooms  in  an 
■xistlriL.-  tenement  hou-s^  and  which  at 
the  time  of  the  passage  of  this  ordinance 
had  in >t  access  to  two  stairways,  may  have 
exit  to  a  second  stairway  through  another 
•partment.  providing  the  door  between  the 
two  apartments  is  equipped  with  a  glass 
panel  not  less  than  five  feet  high  and  twenty 
inches  wide,  with  the  bottom  of  same  not 
hss  than  eighteen  inches  above  the  floor. 
•  ir  where  the  floor  level  of  said  apartment  is 
not  more  than  twelve  feet  above  the  sur- 
face of  the  yard  or  ground  •surrounding  the 
building,  a  balcony  with  an  area  not  less 
than  eighteen  square  feel  equipped  with  a 
drop  ladder  to  the  ground  may  tie  attached 
to  the  outside  wall  of  said  building  accessi- 
ble by  a  door  or  window  from  such  apart- 
ment and  may  be  considered  as  a  secondary 
means  of  exit  from  said  apartment,  if  in 
the  judgment  of  the  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings such  glass  panel  door,  balcony  and  lad- 
der   will    afford    safe    means    of    exit    for    any 


such  apartment.  Where  halls  or  stairs  in 
an  existing  tenement  house  have  been  dam- 
aged  by  fire  or  otherwise  to  an  extent  great- 
er than  one-half  the  value  thereof,  such  halls 
or  stairs  so  damaged  shall  be  repaired  so 
as  to  conform  to  the  requirements  of  this 
chapter  with  regard  to  halls  and  stairways 
relating    to    new    tenement    houses. 

(b)  All  enclosed  stairs  in  every  tene- 
ment house  shall  have  at  least  one  hand- 
rail, and  where  the  width  of  such  stairs  is 
greater  than  3  feet  6  inches,  such  stairs 
shall  have  a  handrail  on  each  side  thereof. 
All  open  stairs  shall  be  provided  with  suita- 
ble  and   substantial   handrails  on   each   side. 

(See    Illustration    Sec.    398). 

450.  Stairs  in  Non-Pireproof  Buildings, 
Eighty  or  More  Rooms.)  Every  new  non- 
fireproof  tenement  house  containing  over 
eighty  rooms,  exclusive  of  bath  roams,  shall 
have  one  additional  flight  of  stairs,  over  and 
above  tne  flights  hereinbefore  provided  for, 
for  every  additional  eighty  rooms,  or  frac- 
tion thereof;  but  if  such  building  contains 
not  more  than  one  hundred  and  twenty 
rooms,  exclusive  of  bath  rooms,  at  the  own- 
er's option,  in  lieu  of  an  additional  stair- 
way, the  stairs  and  public  halls  throughout 
the  entire  building  shall  be  at  least  one-half 
wider  than  is  provided  in   this  chapter. 

451.  Stairs  in  Fireproof  Buildings,  One 
Hundred    and    Twenty    Rooms    and   Upward.) 

Every  new  fireproof  tenement  house  con- 
taining over  one  hundred  and  twenty  rooms, 
exclusive  of  bath  rooms,  shall  have  one  ad- 
ditional flight  of  stairs,  over  and  above  the 
flights  hereinbefore  provided  for,  for  every 
additional  one  hundred  and  twenty  rooms  or 
fraction  thereof;  but  if  such  building  con- 
tains not  more  than  one  hundred  and  eighty 
rooms,  exclusive  of  bath  rooms,  at  the  own- 
er's option,  in  lieu  of  an  additional  stairway, 
the  stairs  and  public  halls  throughout  the 
entire  building  may  be  made  at  least  one- 
half  wider  than    is   provided   in   this   chapter. 

452.  Stairs — Entrance  to — Treads  and 
Risers.)  Every  flight  of  stairs  required  in 
a  tenement  house  shall  have  an  entrance  on 
the  entrance  floor  from  a  street  or  alley, 
or  from  a  yard  or  court  which  opens  into  a 
street  or  alley.  All  stairs  except  rear  stairs, 
in  new  tenement  houses,  shall  have  risers 
not  more  than  seven  and  three-quarters 
inches  high  and  treads  not  less  than  nine 
and  one-half  inches  wide  exclusive  of  nos- 
ings, except  in  winding  stairs,  where  all 
treads  at  a  point  eighteen  inches  from  the 
strings  on  the  well  side  shall  be  at  least 
nine  and  one-half  inches  wide,  exclusive  of 
nosings. 

tSoe   Illustration    Sec.    39Si. 

453.  Fire  Escapes.)  Every  tenement 
house  four  or  more  stories  in  height  shall  b« 
provided  with  a  fire  escape  or  fire  escapes, 
such  as  are  required  by  this  chapter.  In 
every  case  each  separate  apartment  shall 
have  direct  access  to  at  least  one  such  fire 
escape  unless  such  apartment  shall  have 
direct  access,  without  passing  through  any 
other  apartment,  to  at  least  two  separate 
flights  of  stairs  leading  to  the  ground,  one 
of  which  is  placed  in  front  and  one  in  the 
rear  of  such  building,  and  one  of  which  may 
be  placed  outside  of  the  building;  but  where 
such  separate  apartment  shall  not  have  ac- 
cess to  two  such  flights  of  stairs,  then  such 
apartment  shall  have  direct  access  to  a 
stairway  fire  escape.  Every  court  in  which 
there  is  a  fire  escape  shall  have  direct  and 
unobstructed  access  along  the  surface  of 
the  ground  to  a  street  or  alley  or  to  yard 
opening  into  an  alley  or  street  without  en- 
tering into  or  passing  through  or  over  any 
building  unless  by  a  four  foot  wide  fire- 
proof passage  on  the  court  or  ground  level. 
Except  as  herein  specifically  provided,  the 
number,  location,  material  and  construction 
of    fire    escapes    shall    be    controlled    by    the 


162 


Class    VII 


general  provisions  of  this  chapter  on  fire 
escapes. 

454.  Shafts,  Courts,  Yards,  Graded — 
Concrete — Drained.)  In  every  now  existing 
and  new  tenement  house,  the  bottom  of  all 
shafts,  courts  or  yards  shall  be  provided 
with  sanitary  drainage  and  shall  be  graded 
or   paved. 

455.  Access  to  Rooms — Otherwise  than 
Through  Bedroom.)  In  each  apartment  in 
every  new  tenement  house,  access  to  every 
living  room  and  bedroom,  and  to  at  least 
one  water  closet  compartment  shall  be  had 
without  passing  through  any  bedroom. 

45  Water     Closets — Windows     in — Arti- 

ficial Light.)  (a)  In  every  new  tenement 
house  there  shall  be  a  separate  water  closet 
in  a  separate  compartment  within  each 
apartment,  except  that  where  there  are 
apartments  consisting  of  only  one  or  two 
rooms,  in  which  case  there  shall  be  at  least 
one    water   closet   for   every   two   apartments. 

(b)  Every  water  closet  compartment  in 
every  existing  tenement  house  shall  be  ven- 
tilated by  such  a  window,  or  else  by  a  vent 
shaft  of  at  least  one-half  the  minimum  area 
required  in  Section  430.  Every  water  closet 
compartment  in  every  tenement  house  shall 
be  provided  with  proper  means  of  artificially 
lighting  the  same.  If  fixtures  for  gas  or 
electricity  are  not  provided  in  any  such 
compartment,  then  the  door  thereof  shall 
have    ground    glass   panels    or    transoms. 

457.  Sinks — Requirements.)  In  every 
new  tenement  house  there  shall  be  in  each 
apartment  at  least  one  kitchen  sink  with 
running  water.  In  every  existing  tenement 
(f  there  be  not  one  such  sink  in  each  apart- 
ment there  shall  be  on  every  floor  at  least 
one  kitchen  sink  with  running  water,  ac- 
cessible to  all  the  tenants  of  the  floor,  with- 
out passing  through  any  other  apartment. 
In  no  tenement  house  shall  there  be  wood- 
work inclosing  sinks;  the  space  underneath 
sinks    shall    be   left   entirely   open. 

458.  Pipes  Through  Floors — Catch  Bas- 
ins— Water  Closets.)  (a)  In  every  new 
tenement  house  where  plumbing  or  other 
pipes  pass  through  floors  or  partitions,  the 
openings  around  such  pipes  shall  be  sealed 
tight  with  plaster  or  other  incombustible 
material,  so  as  to  prevent  the  passage  of 
ail  or  the  spread  of  fire  from  one  floor  to 
another  or  from   room   to   room. 

(b)  In  the  premises  of  a  tenement  house 
the  catchbasin  shall,  whenever  practicable, 
be  placed  in  a  court  or  yard,  and  shall  be 
covered  with  a  stone  or  iron  cover,  flush  with 
the  surface  so  that  access  to  such  basin 
shall    be   convenient. 

(c)  Where  it  is  for  any  reason  imprac- 
ticable to  place  a  catchbasin  in  a  court  or 
yard,  the  Commissioner  of  Health  may  au- 
thorize the  use  of  an  iron  catchbasin  with 
air-tight  cover,  located  in  the  cellar  or  base- 
ment. 

459.  Buildings  Damaged  by  Tire,  Etc.) 
If  any  existing  tenement  house  is  hereafter 
damaged  by  fire  or  other  cause,  including 
ordinary  wear,  so  that  at  any  time  its  value 
be  less  than  one-half  its  original  value  ex- 
clusive of  the  value  of  the  foundations,  such 
building  shall  not  be  repaired  or  rebuilt  ex- 
cept in  conformity  with  the  provisions  of 
this  ordinance  applicable  to  now  tenement 
houses. 

460.  Provisions  of  this  Article  Not  to 
Apply  to  Existing  Buildings,  Except  Under 
Certain  Circumstances — Then  Commissioner 
to  Notify.)  (a)  Nothing  in  this  Article 
contained  shall  be  construed  as  requiring 
alterations  in  the  construction  or  equipment 
of  buildings  in  existence  at  the  time  of  the 
passage  of  this  Article  and  which  at  the 
time  of  their  construction  were  built  in  com- 
pliance with  the  ordinances  then  in  force, 
unless  ttiey   are  in   conflict   with   the  require- 


ments of  Sections  434,  453,  457,  462,  463,  464. 
454.  i  475  i  or  unless  such  buildings  shall  not 
have  sufficient  or  adequate  means  of  egress 
theretrom,  by  reason  of  insufficient  or  inade- 
quate  stairways,  improperly  Located  or  insuf- 
ficient or  inadequate  elevators  or  elevator 
equipment,  doors,  fire  escapes,  windows  or 
other  means   df  egress   or   ingress. 

(b)  Where  it  shall  appear  to  the  Com- 
missioner of  Buildings  that  any  such  build- 
ing has  insufficient  means  of  egress  there- 
from as  aforesaid,  he  shall  notify  the  owner, 
agent  or  person  in  possession,  charge  or  con- 
trol of  such  building  of  such  fact  and  direct 
him  forthwith  to  make  such  alterations  and 
changes  in  the  construction  or  equipment  of 
such  building,  as  are  necessary  to  lie  made 
in  order  to  promote  the  safety  of  the  occu- 
pants of  such  building  and  of  persons  using 
the   same   and   of   the   public. 

461.  Rooms  and  Halls — Additional.) 
Every  room  or  hall  that  may  hereafter  be 
constructed  or  created  in  an  existing  tene- 
ment house  shall  comply  in  all  respects  witti 
the  provisions  of  this  ordinance  as  to  size, 
arrangement,  light  and  ventilation  of  rooms 
and   halls. 

462.  Rooms — Change  in  Existing.)  No 
room  in  any  now  existing  tenement  house 
shall  hereafter  be  constructed,  altered,  con- 
verted or  occupied  for  living  purposes,  un- 
less it  contains  a  window  having  a  super- 
ficial area  not  less  than  one-twelfth  of  the 
floor  area  of  the  room,  which  window  shall 
open  upon  a  street  or  alley  or  upon  a  yard 
or  court  having  a  superficial  area  of  not 
less  than  twenty-five  square  feet  and  a  mini- 
mum width  of  not  less  than  two  feet  six 
inches,  or  unless  such  room  adjoins  another 
room  in  the  same  apartment,  which  other 
room  shall  have  such  a  wrindow  opening  upon 
such  a  street,  alley,  yard  or  court,  between 
which  two  adjoining  rooms  there  shall  be  an 
alcove  opening  equal  in  extent  to  at  least  20 
per  cent  of  the  entire  wall  surface  of  said 
room,  provided,  however,  that  all  of  the  re- 
quirements of  Sections  426  and  427  of  the 
Chicago  Code  of  1911  shall  be  complied  with. 

Where  a  frame  tenement  house  is  moved 
from  one  lot  to  another,  or  from  one  loca- 
tion to  another  on  the  same  lot,  it  shall 
comply  with  the  provisions  of  Section  439 
of   this   Chapter. 

(See  Illustration  Sec.  258b). 

463.  Windows — Courts — Attic.)  No  room 
in  any  now  existing  tenement  house,  which 
has  no  such  window  as  aforesaid,  opening 
upon  a  street  or  alley  or  upon  a  yard  or 
court  having  a  superficial  area  of  not  less 
than  twenty-five  square  feet,  shall  hereafter 
be  constructed,  altered,  converted  or  occu- 
pied for  living  purposes,  unless  it  contains 
a  floor  area  of  at  least  sixty  square  feet 
and  also  at  least  six  hundred  cubic  feet  of 
air  space;  nor  unless  every  part  of  the  fin- 
ished ceiling  of  such  room  be  at  least  seven 
feet  six  inches  distant  from  every  part  of 
the  finished  floor  thereof;  provided,  that  an 
attic  room  need  be  seven  feet  six  inches 
high  in  but  one-half  of  its  area,  and,  pro- 
vided, further,  that  such  attic  room  has  not 
less  than  seven  hundred  fifty  cubic  feet  of 
air  space  therein;  and  such  attic  room  shall 
not  be  used  for  purposes  of  human  habita- 
tion other  than  as  a  sleeping  room. 

(See   Illustration   Sec.    258b). 

164.  Existing  Tenements — Living  Rooms 
in  Cellars  or  Basements — When  Permitted.) 
I  i  i  In  every  existing  tenement  house,  no 
room  in  an  existing  cellar  or  basement   shall 

i. cupied   for   living  purposes   unless  such 

room  shall  be  al   least  seven   feet  six  inches 
high    in    ti  ■  and    have   not    more   than 

four  feet  eight  Inches  of  such  cellar  or 
ment  below  the  finished  grade  at  build- 
ing; provided  that  no  Buch  room  shall  be 
used  for  living  purposes  unless  such  room 
shall    have   a    window    opening   upon   a    street, 


163 


Class  VII 


alley,  yard  or  court,  and,  provided,  that 
when  the  windows  of  any  living  room  front 
solely  upon  a  street  and  the  floor  of  such 
basement  is  four  feet  eight  inches  below 
the  sidewalk  grade,  such  windows  shall  be 
located  not  less  than  three  feet  back  of  the 
lot  line;  provided,  however,  that  in  every 
case  where  the  height  of  ceiling  of  any  liv- 
ing room  is  less  than  eight  feet  six  inches 
in  the  clear,  the  window  area  of  such  room 
shall  be  at  least  15  per  centum  of  the  floor 
area. 

(b)  When  a  brick  or  frame  tenement 
house  is  moved  from  one  lot  to  another, 
or  from  one  location  to  another  on  the  same 
lot  and  a  basement  or  story,  or  both,  is  con- 
structed under  the  same,  the  total  height 
of  which  is  more  than  six  feet  six  inches 
from  the  floor  to  the  ceiling,  the  walls  of 
such  basement  shall  be  constructed  of  ma- 
sonry according  to  the  provisions  of  Section 
644  of  The  Chicago  Code  of  1911,  and  the 
habitable  rooms  therein  shall  comply  with 
the  provisions  of  Section  462  of  The  Chicago 
Code  of  1911,  and  the  space  on  the  lot  shall 
comply  with  the  provisions  of  Section  427 
and  Section  417  of  The  Chicago  Code  of 
1911. 

465.  Insanitary  Conditions  —  Nuisance.) 
A  tenement  house  or  part  thereof  which  is 
in  an  insanitary  condition  by  reason  of  the 
basement  or  cellar  being  damp  or  wet,  or 
by  reason  of  the  floor  of  such  basement  or 
cellar  being  covered  with  stagnant  water  or 
by  reason  of  the  presence  of  sewer  gas,  or 
by  reason  of  any  portion  of  such  building 
being  infected  with  disease,  or  being  unfit 
for  human  habitation,  or  which  by  reason  of 
any  other  insanitary  condition  is  a  source 
of  producing  sickness  among  the  inhabitants 
of  this  city,  or  which  in  any  way  endan- 
gers the  public  health,  is  hereby  declared  to 
constitute  a  public  nuisance. 

ARTICLE  X. 
Class  VII. 

466.  Class  VII  Defined.)  In  Class  VII 
shall  be  included  every  building  used  for 
the  sale  at  retail  of  dry  goods  and  other 
articles  of  general  merchandise  and  com- 
monly known  and  described  as  a  department 
store. 

467.  Must  Comply  With  General  and 
Special  Provisions.)  Every  building  of 
Class  VII  shall  comply  with  the  general 
provisions  of  this  chapter,  and,  in  addition 
to  the  general  provisions,  shall  comply  with 
the   following   special   provisions: 

468.  Buildings  of  Class  VH — Construc- 
tion of.)  Buildings  three  stories  or  less 
in  height,  used  either  wholly  or  in  part  for 
the  purpose  of  Class  VII,  may  be  of  ordinary 
construction.  Such  buildings  more  than 
three  and  not  exceeding  five  stories  in  height 
shall  be  of  slow-burning,  mill  or  fireproof 
construction.  Such  buildings  over  five 
stories  in  height  shall  be  of  fireproof  con- 
struction. 

469.  Stores  Used  for  Retail  Sale  of  Goods 
or  Manufacturing  Purposes — Occupation  of 
Basement — lockers.)  (a)  Not  more  than 
the  lower  twelve  stories  above  the  street 
grade  shall  be  used  for  the  retail  sale  of 
goods,  or  for  locker  provisions  in  excess  of 
accommodations  for  the  number  of  em- 
ployes on  the  floor  on  which  they  are  em- 
ployed, or  for  manufacturing  purposes  in  a 
building  devoted  wholly  or  in  part  to  pur- 
poses of  Class  VII  except  as  hereinafter 
provided;  provided,  however,  the  stories 
above  the  twelfth  story  may  be  used  for 
these  or  other  purposes  when  equipped  with 
an  approved  automatic  sprinkler  system  ap- 
proved by  the  Fire  Marshal;  and  further 
provided,  that  all  such  buildings  hereafter 
erected  to  be  used  for  these  purposes,  or  so 


used,  above  the  twelfth  story  shall  in  addi- 
tion to  being  equipped  with  an  approved 
automatic  sprinkling  system  have  enclosed 
stairways. 

(b>  Not  more  than  one  floor  of  any  base- 
ment or  cellar  shall  be  used  for  the  retail 
sale  of  goods.  Such  floor  shall  be  the  near- 
est to  the  inside  street  grade.  Such  floor 
used  for  the  retail  sale  of  goods  shall  not 
be  more  than  twenty  feet  below  the  inside 
street  grade. 

(c)  No  sub-basement,  cellar  or  part  of 
a  basement  below  such  floor  shall  be  used 
for  the  sale  of  any  goods  in  any  manner, 
but  locker  and  dressing  rooms  may  be 
placed  in  the  sub-basement,  provided  the 
space  thus  occupied  be  separated  from  the 
remainder  ot  the  basement  by  fireproof  par- 
titions, and  that  there  be  at  least  two  flights 
of  stairs  placed  as  far  apart  as  practicable 
leading  therefrom  to  the  first  floor,  inclosed 
in  fireproof  partitions.  Such  stairs  from 
such  locker  or  dressing  rooms  shall  be,  in 
addition  to  other  stairways  required  by  this 
chapter  for  such  buildings,  and  at  least  one 
of  such  stairways  shall  open  directly  on  a 
street,  alley  or  court  opening  on  a  street  or 
alley,  or  on  a  fireproof  passage  leading  to 
the  street,  alley  or  such  court.  Where  more 
than  five  lockers  are  in  one  room,  such  lock- 
ers   shall    be   of    incombustible    material. 

(d)  Where  stories  above  the  twelfth 
story  are  used  for  the  purposes  of  Class 
VII  as  hereinbefore  described  for  locker 
provisions  in  excess  of  accommodations  for 
employes  on  the  floor  on  which  they  are  em- 
ployed, then  the  stairways  from  the  first  to 
the  topmost  floor  shall  be  built  and  inclosed 
as  described  in  Section  652,  but  the  stair- 
ways shall  be  in  number  and  aggregate 
width  as  required  in   the  table  for  stairways 

set  forth  in  Section  650  of  this  chapter. 

4  70.  Ploor  Areas — Maximum.)  (a)  The 
floor  area,  except  as  hereinafter  provided, 
of  any  one  story  or  portion  of  a  story  used 
for  the  purposes  of  Class  VII  of  any  build- 
ing of  ordinary  construction  shall  not  ex- 
ceed   nine    thousand    square    feet. 

(b)  The  floor  area,  except  as  hereinafter 
provided,  of  any  one  story  or  portion  of  a 
story  used  for  the  purposes  of  Class  VII  of 
any  building  of  slow-burning  or  mill  con- 
struction shall  not  exceed  twelve  thousand 
square    feet. 

(c)  The  floor  area,  except  as  hereinafter 
provided,  of  any  one  story  or  portion  of  a 
story  used  for  the  purposes  of  Class  VII  of 
any  building  of  fireproof  construction  shall 
not  exceed  25,000  square  feet,  unless  the 
building  is  completely  equipped  with  an  ap- 
proved automatic  sprinkler  system,  but  in 
no  case  shall  such  area  exceed  30,000  square 
feet. 

4  71.  Floor  Areas — Exceeding  the  Maxi- 
mum Limits  Defined  in  Section  470.)  (a) 
Where  any  floor  or  portion  of  a  floor  used 
for  the  purposes  of  Class  VII  in  any  build- 
ing shall  exceed  in  area  the  maximum  num- 
ber of  square  feet  allowed  in  the  preceding 
section  for  the  type  of  construction  of  such 
building  in  which  such  floor  is  contained, 
each  such  maximum  amount  of  floor  area  so 
used  shall  be  separated  from  other  parts  of 
such  floor  by  fire  walls,  or  dividing  walls 
built  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of 
Section  251  of  this  chapter  relating  to  di- 
viding   walls    in   buildings    of   Class    I. 

(b)  Where  any  such  floor  so  used  is  di- 
vided by  such  fire  walls  or  dividing  walls, 
each  such  division  of  such  floor  shall  be 
provided  with  stairs,  aisles,  exits,  and  fire 
escapes  as  required  in  this  chapter  for  sep- 
arate and  distinct  buildings,  and  each  such 
division  shall  be  considered  as  a  separate 
building,  except  as  provided  in  Section  497 
of  this  chapter. 


164 


472.  Galleries.)  (a)  The  area  of  any  or 
all  of  the  galleries,  mezzanine  or  Intermedi- 
ate floors  in  any  one  story  used  wholly  or  in 
part  for  the  purposes  of  Class  VII  in  any 
building  shall  not  exceed  ten  per  centum  of 
the  area  of  such  story.  Galleries,  mezzanine 
or  intermediate  floors  of  a  larger  size  than 
the  above  shall  be  considered  as  full  stories. 

(b)  Every  gallery,  mezzanine  or  inter- 
mediate floor  shall  have  at  least  one  stair- 
way not  less   than  three   feet  wide. 


SECTION    472    C. 
A — height    from    tlotir    of   any    gallery,    mezzanine    or 
intermediate    lioor    to    ceiling    over    same. 

B — space  between  the  bottom  of  such   gallery,   mez- 
zanine or  intermediate  floor  and   the  floor  of  the   story 
in  which  such  gallery,  etc.,  is  placed. 
Explanation  : 
A — shall  not  be  less  than  7'0". 
B — shall  not  be  less  than  7'0". 

(c)  The  height  from  the  floor  of  any 
gallery,  mezzanine  or  intermediate  floor  to 
the  ceiling  over  same  shall  not  be  less  than 
seven  feet,  and  there  shall  be  not  less  than 
seven  feet  of  space  between  the  bottom  of 
such  gallery,  mezzanine  or  intermediate 
floor  and  the  floor  of  the  story  in  which  such 
gallery,  mezzanine  or  intermediate  floor  is 
placed. 

(d)  Every  gallery,  mezzanine  or  inter- 
mediate floor  in  any  building  used  for  the 
purposes  of  Class  VII  shall  be  built  to  con- 
form to  the  construction  applicable  to  such 
building,  but  galleries  not  exceeding  five 
per  centum  of  the  area  of  such  story,  may 
be  built  of  incombustible  material  without 
fireproof  protection. 

(e)  No  gallery,  mezzanine  or  intermediate 
floor  shall  be  built  without  a  permit  from 
the  Department  of  Buildings,  and  plans 
showing  the  construction  and  size  of  such 
proposed  gallery,  mezzanine  or  intermediate 
floor  shall  be  filed  with  the  Department  of 
Buildings   when   a   permit   is   applied   for. 

473.  Courts   of   Class   VII  Buildings.)     (a) 

Every  court  or  light  shaft  of  every  build- 
ing used  wholly  or  In  part  for  the  purposes 
of  Class  VII  shall  be  open  and  unobstructed 
from  the  bottom  of  such  court  to  the  sky, 
with  the  exception  that  fire  escapes  may  be 
built  therein,  and  such  courts  shall  have 
walls  constructed  in  the  same  manner  as  is 
required  for  the  exterior  walls  of  such  build- 
ings: provided,  that  no  walls  inclosing  such 
courts  are  required  on  street  or  alley  lot 
lines. 

(b)  All  windows,  doors  or  other  open 
ings  in  court  walls  of  such  buildings  shall 
have  metal  frames,  metal  sashes  and  meta' 
doors,  with  the  glazed  portions  thereon  oi 
wired    glass. 

474.  Stories — Number  of.)  The  first  story 
above  the  inside  street  grade  shall  be  desig- 
nated and  known  as  the  first  story  for  all 
purposes  of  this  chapter,  and  the  stories 
above  shall  be  numbered  consecutively,  the 
second,    third,    and   so   on. 


475.  Stairs  —  Halls  —  Passageways  and 
Aisles — Signs  and  Lights.)  (a)  The  stair 
halls,  passageways  and  stair  aisles  shall  be 
unobstructed  and  be  as  wide  as  the  stair 
and  not  less  than  four  feet  wide  in  the  clear 

(b)  The  exit  door  or  doors  between  floors 
and  stair  halls  shall  be  not  less  than  ninety 
per  centum  of  the  width  of  the  stairway 
to  which  they  afford  access,  and  for  each 
elevator  opening  into  such  a  stair  hall,  the 
doors  to  floors  shall  be  increased  six  Inches 
in    width. 

(c)  The  stairways  and  stair  halls  of  any 
building  used  wholly  or  in  part  for  the  pur- 
pose of  Class  VTI  shall  be  illuminated  by 
gas  or  electric  light,  and  the  gas  piping  and 
the  electric  wiring  shall  be  accomplished  by 
piping  and  circuits  separated  and  distinct 
from  the  general  illuminating  piping  and 
circuits  of  the  premises.  Each  stair  light 
shall  have  a  red  glass  inclosure. 

(d)  At  the  bottom  of  each  such  stair- 
way there  shall  be  an  illuminated  red  glass 
sign  with  the  number  of  the  story  in  which 
It  is  situated  inscribed  thereon  In  letters 
not   less    than    six    inches   high. 

476.  Exit  Signs  and  Lights.)  (a)  All 
exits  in  buildings  used  wholly  or  In  part 
for  the  purposes  of  Class  VII  shall  be  clear- 
ly indicated  by  illuminated  red  signs  with 
the  word  "Exit"  thereon  In  letters  not  less 
than  six  inches  high.  At  the  bottom  of  each 
stairway  on  the  street  floor  level  there  shall 
be  similar  signs  indicating  the  direction  of 
the  nearest   exit   to  a  street   or   alley. 

(b)  Fire  escape  doors  or  windows  shall 
be  indicated  by  illuminated  red  signs  with 
the  words  "Fire  Escape"  thereon  in  letters 
not   less   than   six    inches   high. 

4  77.  Doors  at  Street  Level — Revolving 
Doors.)  The  clear  width  of  the  exit  openings 
shall  be  computed  in  the  same  manner  as 
that  provided  in  this  article  for  main  aisles, 
and  no  door  openings  shall  be  less  than 
five  feet  wide,  and  all  doors  shall  swing 
outward.  Revolving  doors  shall  not  be  con- 
sidered as  complying  with  this  section  unless 
the  revolving  wings  of  such  revolving  doors 
are  so  arranged  that  by  the  application  of 
a  force  slightlv  more  than  is  necessary  to 
revolve  said  doors  and  which  one  person 
of  ordinary  strength  is  capable  of  exert- 
ing, all  the  wings  of  said  doors  fold  flat 
on  each  other  and  in  an  outward  direction, 
or  unless  the  revolving  wings  of  said  re- 
volving doors  are  so  arranged  that  they  may 
be  readily  collapsed  or  removed  by  pressure 
or  simple  mechanical  means,  to  be  approved 
by  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings,  and  leave 
sufficient  opening  for  two  or  more  persons 
to  pass  through  with  a  minimum  width  of 
not  less  than  twenty-two  inches  on  each 
side   of   said   collapsed   doors. 

Where  revolving  doors  are  used  as  exits 
thev  shall  be  credited  as  exits  only  to  the 
extent  of  the  clear  space  remaining  when 
the  doors  are  collapsed,  and  all  deficiencv 
of  required  exits  must  be  made  up  by  addi- 
tional   doors. 

47S.  Doors  in  Dividing  "Walls.)  (n.)  Door 
openings  mav  be  built  in  dividing  walls  of 
such  buildings;  provided,  however,  that  such 
dr.or  openings  shall  be  not  less  than  five 
feet  in  width  and  shall  be  provided  with 
fireproof  doors  built  as  described  in  Section 
R59  of  this  chanter  and  that  each  door  shall 
have  an  efficient  closing  device  which  will 
operate  automatically  in  the  event  of  a  fire 
In  close  proximit"  to  either  side  of  such 
door. 

(b)  Each  such  openiner  shall  have  exit 
sijrns  and  lights  as  provided  for  street  doors 
and    exits    in    Section    47fi    of    this    chapter. 

470  Loads — Allowance  for  Live  Loads  in 
Construction  of  Floors  of  Buildings  of  Class 
VH.)  For  all  buildings  of  Class  VII  the 
floor    shall    be    designed    and    constructed    In 


1  c..- 


Class  VIII 


such  a  manner  as  to  be  capable  of  support- 
ing, in  addition  to  the  weight  of  the  floor 
construction,  partitions,  permanent  fixtures 
and  mechanisms  that  may  be  set  upon  the 
same,  a  live  load  of  one  hundred  pounds 
for  every  square  foot  of  surface  in  such 
floors,  and  shall  be  figured  in  accordance 
with    Section    503    of    this    chapter. 


ARTICLE  XI. 

Class  VIII. 

4S0.  Class  VIII  Denned — Provisions  of.) 
In  class  VJII  shall  be  Included  every  build- 
ing used  for  school  purposes  and  every 
building  containing  class  rooms  for  special 
or  general  instruction,  other  than  halls  for 
the  purpose  of  instruction  as  included  in 
i 'lass  jv.  where  such  building  so  used  shall 
have  a  seating  capacity  of  more  than  fifty 
students. 

181.  Must  Comply  With  General  and 
Special  Provisions.)  All  buildings  of  Class 
V 1 1 1  shall  comply  with  the  general  provi- 
sions of  this  chapter  wherever  the  same  are 
applicable  thereto,  and  in  addition  to  the 
general  provisions  shall  comply  with  the 
following    special    provisions: 

482.  Construction  of.)  (a)  All  build- 
ings hereafter  erected  and  used  or  intended 
to  be  used  wholly  for  the  purposes  of  Class 
VIII  shall  be  constructed  in  accordance  with 
the  provisions  of  this  chapter  relating  to 
Class  VIII;  and  existing  school  buildings 
shall  comply  with  the  provisions  of  Class 
VIII  with  reference  to  stairs,  exits  and  fire 
escapes. 

(b)  Euildings  which  have  a  seating 
capacity  of  two  hundred  or  less  and  which 
are  not  over  two  stories  and  basement  in 
height,  may  be  built  of  ordinary  construc- 
tion; provided,  that  no  portion  of  such  build- 
ing shall  be  used  for  assembly  hall  purposes. 

(c)  Buildings  which  have  a  greater  seat- 
ing capacity  than  two  hundred  and  not  ex- 
ceeding four  hundred,  and  which  are  not 
over  three  stories  and  basement  in  height, 
shall  be  built  of  slow-burning  or  fireproof 
construction. 

(d)  Buildings  which  have  a  greater  seat- 
ing capacity  than  four  hundred,  or  which 
are  more  than  three  stories  and  basement 
in  height,  shall  be  built  entirely  of  fireproof 
construction. 

(e)  Additions  to  existing  buildings  shall 
be  built  of  the  several  types  of  construction 
required  by  this  section;  provided,  however, 
that  the  sum  total  of  the  seating  capacity 
of  the  entire  building,  including  additions, 
shall  be  counted  in  determining  the  type  of 
construction     required     for    such     addition. 

(f)  All  alterations  in  existing  buildings 
used  for  the  purposes  of  Class  VIII,  other 
than  new  additions  thereto,  and  intended  to 
make  them  comply  with  the  requirements  of 
this  chapter,  may  be  executed  in  the  same 
kinds  of  materials  originally  used  in  such 
buildings,  unless  otherwise  distinctly  pro- 
vided   herein. 

4S::.  Walls — Window  Openings  in.)  No 
wall  of  any  building  used  for  the  pur- 
poses of  Class  VIII  and  containing  a  window 
opening  shall  be  nearer  than  five  feet  to  any 
lot  line  of  adjoining  property,  street  and 
alley    lines   not    included. 

484.  Portable  Frame  Buildings.)  Porta- 
ble frame  buildings  used  wholly  for  the 
purposes  of  Class  VIII,  not  larger  than  28 
by  36  feet  and  not  over  one  story  high,  may 
be  erected,  provided  exterior  walls  and  roof 
of  same  are  covered  with  metal  or  other 
Incombustible  material,  and  the  interior 
woodwork  painted  with  fire-retarding  paint 
approved  by  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings; 
and,    provided,    further,    that    the    location    of 


such  buildings  shall  be  approved  by  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings.  Such  portable 
buildings  shall  not  be  located  nearer  than 
ten  feet  to  any  other  building,  and  shall  not 
be  maintained  on  any  one  lot  or  block  for  a 
longer  period  than  two  years  alter  the  date 
of  the  issuance  of  the  original  permit. 

485.       Assembly    Halls — Limitations    as    to 
Seating  Capacity  and  Floor  Level.)      (a)    The 

limit  of  height  at  floor  level  and  the  maxi- 
mum seating  capacity  of  assembly  halls  or 
auditoriums  or  other  single  rooms  in  build- 
ings Of  this  Class  must  not  exceed  the  num- 
bers given  in  the  following  table,  for  the 
specified   type   of   construction,    to-wit: 

Type  of  Construction 

Slow  burning  oi  Mill  Construct- 
tion   Ha\  ing   Fit  cproof 
Floor—  St. ui-  Ordinary 

Height  of  Fireproof  and  Construe 

Above  Grade.         Construction.    Corridors,      tion. 
Persons.    Persons.   Persons. 


Over     GO     ft 

60  ft.  or  Less. 

4  5  ft.  or  less. 

30  ft.  or  less. 

ft  or  less. 

ft.  or  less. 

ft.  or  less. 


20 
10 


500 
600 
700 
1000 
1500 
2000 
2500 


100 

300 

500 

800 

250 

900 

500 

1000 

800 

1200 

1000 

(b)  All  assembly  halls  or  other  single 
rooms  having  a  seating  capacity  larger  than 
that  given  in  the  above  table  must  have  the 
highest  part  of  the  main  floor  within  not 
more  than  one  foot  of  grade  level  and  must 
have  exits  leading  directly  to  three  streets, 
public   alleys,    or   to   open   public   grounds. 

(c)  Seating  capacity  of  all  assembly  halls 
in  buildings  of  this  Class  shall  include  the 
total  aggregate  seating  capacity  of  all  bal- 
conies, galleries,  stages  and  platforms  as 
well  as  the  main  portion  of  such  assembly 
hall    or    rooms. 

(d)  Heights  of  assembly  hall  floors  shall 
be  measured  from  sidewalk  level  at  en- 
trance of  building  or  open  school  grounds 
to  highest  part  of  main  floor  of  such  assem- 
bly   hall    or   rooms. 

486.  Stairways  —  Width  of.)  (a)  Stair- 
ways in  buildings  used  for  the  purposes  of 
Class  VIII  shall  be  equivalent  in  width  to 
fifteen  inches  for  every  hundred  of  seating 
capacity  in  such  building  as  measured  by 
the  aggregate  seating  capacity  of  the  audi- 
torium, assembly  rooms  and  school  rooms; 
provided,  however,  that  the  number  of  per- 
sons allowed  in  such  buildings  at  any  one 
time  shall  be  limited  by  the  width  of  stair- 
ways  available   as   exits   therefrom. 

(b)  No  stairway  shall  be  less  than  four 
feet  in  the  clear,  except  where  more  than 
two  stairways  lead  down  from  any  floor,  in 
which  case  stairways  three  feet  in  width 
in  the  clear  may  be  counted  in  the  total 
width   of  stairs  required. 

(c)  Where  two  or  more  stairways  are 
used,  they  shall  be  placed  at  opposite  ends 
of  the  building  or  as  far  apart  as  practi- 
cable, and  all  such  buildings  hereafter 
erected  shall  have  at  least  two  separate  and 
distinct  .stairways  from  the  ground  floor  to 
the  top  floor,  and  all  existing  buildings 
shall  have  two  such  separate  and  distinct 
stairways,  or  one  stairway  and  one  sliding 
or   stairway    fire    escape. 

li  All  stairways  in  buildings  of  Class 
V  I  I  I  shall  have  hand  railings  on  each  side 
thereof.  No  stairway  shall  ascend  a  greater 
height  than  thirteen  feet  six  inches  without 
.i  level  landing,  the  dimensions  of  which. 
ii  the  direction  of  the  run  of  the  stairs,  shall 
nol  be  less  than  four  feet,  or  which,  if  at  a 
turn  of  the  stairs,  shall  be  of  not  less  width 
than  the  width  of  the  stairs.  No  winder 
shall  be  permitted  in  any  stairs.  Stairways 
which    are    over    nine    feet    wide    shall    have 


166 


Class   VIII 


double  Intermediate  hand  rails  with  end 
newel  posts  at  least  five  and  one-half  feet 
high  at  each  stair  landing.  All  stairways 
shall  discharge  at  the  bottom  directly  to  a 
public  thoroughfare  or  open  ground. 
(See    Illustration    Sec.    39S). 

487.  Stairways  in  Building's  Hereafter 
Erected — Fireproof.)  In  buildings  hereafter 
erected  more  than  two  stories  and  basement 
in  height,  the  stairways  and  their  enclosing 
walls    shall    be    of    fireproof   construction. 

488.  "Width  of  Corridors,  Passageways, 
Hallways  and  Doorways.)  The  width  of 
corridors,  passageways,  hallways  and  door- 
ways shall  be  equivalent  in  width  to 
eighteen  inches  for  every  one  hundred  of 
seating  capacity  of  such  portions  of  build- 
ing as  will  be  required  to  use  same  for  exit. 
No  corridor,  passageway  or  hallway  shall 
be  less  than  five  feet  in  width,  and  no  door- 
way less  than  three  feet  in  width,  except 
where  two  or  more  doors,  each  two  feet 
eight  Inches  or  more  in  width,  are  grouped 
together. 

489.  Boors  to  Open  Outward — Covering1 
of.)  All  doors  in  such  buildings  shall  open 
outward.  All  exit  doors  from  assembly  halls 
to  other  parts  of  the  building  shall  be  cov- 
ered with  metal  or  other  fireproof  material 
approved  by   the   Commissioner   of   Buildings. 

490.  Aisles — Width  of — In  Assembly  Halls 
and  in  Recitation  and  Study  Rooms.)  (a) 
Aisles  in  assembly  halls  in  buildings  of  Class 
VIII  shall  be  equivalent  in  width  to  eighteen 
inches  for  every  one  hundred  sealing  ca- 
pacity in  such  assembly  hall,  but  no  such 
aisles  shall  be  less  than  two  feet  six  inches 
in  its  narrowest  part.  All  groups  of  seats 
shall  be  so  arranged  that  they  shall  have  an 
aisle  on  each  side,  and  not  more  than  twelve 
seats  in  any  one  row  shall  be  placed  be- 
tween  aisles. 

(b)  Aisles  in  class  rooms,  recitation  rooms 
and  study  rooms  of  such  buildings  shall  be 
equivalent  in  width  to  eighteen  inches  for 
every  one  hundred  permanent  seats  in  any 
such  room,  but  no  aisle  shall  be  less  than  six- 
teen inches  in  width  and  no  main  or  cross 
aisle  be  less  than  two  feet  six  inches  in 
width. 

491.  Emergency  Exits  for  Assembly 
Rooms — Aggregate  Width  of.)  All  assem- 
bly halls  of  such  buildings  having  a  seat- 
ing capacity  of  eight  hundred  or  more  shall 
be  provided  with  at  least  two  emergency 
exits.  The  aggregate  width  of  such  emer- 
gency exits,  which  shall  be  provided  for 
each  floor,  balcony  or  gallery  of  such  as- 
sembly hall,  shall  be  not  less  than  nine 
inches  In  width  for  every  one  hundred  of 
seating  capacity  or  portion  thereof.  No 
emergency  exit  or  stairway  shall  be  less 
than  three  feet  in  width.  Emergency  exits 
must  be  located  as  far  apart  and  as  far 
from  main  exits  as  practicable,  subject  to 
the  approval  of  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings. 

492.  Bights  in  Buildings — Windows — Sky- 
lights.) 7a)  Provisions  shall  be  made  to 
properly  light  every  port  inn  of  any  such 
building  devoted  to  the  uses  or  accommo- 
dations of  the  public  and  all  outlets  there- 
from leading  to  the  street,  including  the 
open  courts  and  corridors,  stairways  and 
exits,  during  the  entire  time  such  building 
\s   in   use. 

(b)  All  gas  or  electric  lights  in  the  class 
rooms  of  main  building  and  in  halls,  corri- 
dors, lobbies,  stairs  and  exits  leading  from 
the  assembly  halls  shall  be  independent  of 
lights  in  assembly  hall.  By  "independent" 
shall  be  construed  a  separate  pipe  from 
meter  or  separate  circuits  from  switch- 
board. 

(c)  The  total  glass  area  of  outside  win- 
dows and  skylights  of  each  class  room, 
recitation  room  or  study  room  in  such  build- 
ings shall  be  not  less  than  one-fifth  of  the 
floor    area    of    such    room. 


(d)  Class  rooms,  recitation  rooms  and 
study  rooms  that  have  exterior  windows  on 
one  side  only  must  have  the  top  of  glass  in 
such  windows  at  a  height  above  the  floor 
of  such  room  of  not  less  than  one-half  of 
the  distance  to  the  opposite  parallel  wall 
or  partition. 

(e)  Such  rooms  having  exterior  windows 
on  two  opposite  sides  of  the  room  shall 
have  the  top  of  glass  in  such  windows  not 
less  than  one-fourth  the  distance  between 
walls  in  which  the  windows  are  placed. 
The  height  of  windows  in  corner  rooms 
having  windows  in  adjacent  walls  shall  be 
computed  from  nearest  wall  or  partition  to 
opposite    window. 

(f)  Where  skylights  or  skylights  and 
windows  of  sufficient  size  to  give  the  proper 
glass  area  are  used  these  heights  of  win- 
dows shall  not  be  required. 

493.  Scenery — Sliding  Curtains — Screens.) 
No  curtains  or  scenery  shall  be  used  in 
any  assembly  hall,  except  only,  that  it  shall 
be  permissible  to  use  a  pair  of  sliding  cur- 
tains hung  on  horizontal  metal  rods  not 
over  twelve  feet  above  the  floor  of  stage 
and  portable  screens  set  on  the  floor  and 
not  over  eight  feet  high.  Provided,  however, 
in  assembly  halls  located  on  the  first  floor 
or  ground  floor  of  a  fireproof  building,  it 
shall  be  permissible  to  use  curtains  hung 
from  the  ceiling  or  top  of  proscenium  open- 
ing. 

494.  Moving  Picture  Machines.)  Moving 
picture  machines  may  be  installed  and  used 
in  assembly  halls  located  on  the  first  floor 
or  ground  floor  of  fireproof  buildings  of 
Class  VIII.  When  moving  picture  machines 
are  so  used  they  shall  be  located  in  booths 
constructed  of  fireproof  materials  with  metal 
clad  doors  and  a  vent  duct  to  the  outside 
air  having  a  cross  sectional  area  of  at  least 
100    square    inches. 

495.  Basement  When  Used  for  Class 
Rooms.)  (a)  In  every  such  building  in 
which  the  lower  or  basement  floor  is  below 
the  surface  of  the  ground  surrounding  such 
building,  and  is  used  in  part  or  as  a  whole 
for  heating  or  ventilating  apparatus,  such 
floor  shall  be  considered  the  basement  story 
of    such    building. 

(b)  Class  rooms,  recitation  rooms  or 
study  rooms  shall  not  be  allowed  in  base- 
ments less  than  twelve  feet  in  height  in 
the  clear  nor  where  the  floor  is  more  than 
two  feet  below  the  level  of  the  sidewalk  at 
nearest  entrance  of  building  nor  in  base- 
ments which  are  not  properly  lighted  by 
windows  or  skylights  as  defined  elsewhere 
in   this  Chapter  for  such   rooms. 

496.  Stories — Height  of.)  No  story  above 
the  basement  shall  be  less  than  twelve  feet 
in    height    in    the    clear. 

497.  Eire  Escapes.)  (a)  Everj  building 
used  for  the  purposes  of  class  V 1 1 1  of  four 
or  more  stories  in  height  shall  be  provided 
and  equipped  with  stairway  tire  escapes  or 
sliding    tire    escapes    as    herein    proviaeu. 

(b)  All  such  buildings  having  a  seating 
capacity  of  less  than  two  hundred  on  any 
one  floor  above  the  second  floor  shall  have 
at   least    one   such    fire    escape. 

(c)  All  sucli  buildings  having  a  seating 
capacity  of  over  two  hundred  but  less  than 
four  hundred  in  any  one  story  above  the 
second  floor  shall  have  at  least  two  such 
fire  escapes. 

(d)  All  sucli  buildings  having  a  seating 
capacity  of  more  than  four  hundred  but 
less  than  six  hundred  on  anv  floor  above 
the  second  floor  shall  have  at  least  three 
such    fire    escapes. 

fe)  At  least  one  additional  stairway  oi 
sliding  fire  escape  shall  be  provided  for 
every  Increase  of  two  hundred  seating 
capacity  in  any  one  story  above  the  second 
flonr. 


167 


Class  IX 


(f)  Stairway  fire  escapes  snail  be  built 
in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of 
Sections  653,  654  and  657,  and  shall  be  sub- 
ject to  the  approval  of  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings. 

(g)  Sliding  fire  escapes  shall  be  securely 
anchored  or  fastened  to  the  building  and 
shall  have  a  radius  or  width  of  not  less 
than  thirty-six  inches,  and  the  inner  side 
of  the  same  shall  be  entirely  smooth  and 
made  of  metal.  There  shall  be  an  entrance 
to  each  sliding  fire  escape  from  each  floor 
above  the  first  story.  They  shall  be  of  a 
pitch  of  not  less  than  thirty  degrees  nor 
more  than  forty-five  degrees  for  straight 
runs.  They  shall  be  so  constructed  that 
they  will  discharge  people  not  more  than 
twenty-four  inches  from  the  adjacent  ground 
or  floor.  They  shall  be  of  such  pattern  and 
design  as  will  best  secure  the  safety  of 
the  public,  and  their  construction,  location 
and  maintenance  shall  be  subject  to  the 
approval  of  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings. 
Spiral  sliding  fire  escapes  shall  have  two 
complete  turns  for  each  story  height  of 
more  than  thirteen  or  less  than  sixteen  feet. 

(h)  All  the  provisions  of  this  Chapter 
relating  to  outside  sliding  or  stair  fire 
escapes  shall  apply  to  buildings  of  Class 
VIII,  unless  such  buildings  are  fireproof,  in 
which  case  interior  fire  escapes  from  ground 
to  roof  may  be  substituted  for  exterior  fire 
escapes,  provided  such  interior  fire  escapes 
shall  comply  with  each  and  all  of  the  fol- 
lowing   conditions: 

(i)  Interior  fire  escapes  in  fireproof 
buildings  shall  be  enclosed  in  brick  or  con- 
crete walls  on  all  sides  from  top  to  bottom, 
and  shall  be  enclosed  at  the  top  with  a  fire- 
proof penthouse.  The  treads  and  risers  ol 
such  interior  fire  escapes  shall  be  the  same 
as  those  used  for  stairs  elsewhere  in  the 
building  and  the  width  of  such  fire  escapes 
shall  not  be  less  than  forty  inches  in  their 
narrowest  part  between   hand   rails. 

(j)  The  landings  of  such  fire  escapes 
shall,  exclusive  of  and  in  addition  to  the 
space  covered  or  occupied  by  swinging 
doors,  be  at  least  equal  to  the  stairs  in 
width.  All  doors  leading  to  such  fire 
escapes  shall  be  incombustible  doors  and 
the  glass  portion  thereof  shall  be  glazed 
with  polished  wired  glass  not  less  than 
one-quarter  of  an  inch  thick,  which  shall 
be  large  enough  to  enable  persons  to  see 
other  persons  on  the  opposite  side  of  the 
door.  The  combined  width  of  said  doors 
on  each  landing  shall  exceed  the  stair  width 
twenty-five  per  cent,  but  no  single  door 
shall  be  more  than  three  feet  wide.  They 
shall  be  hinged  and  equipped  with  auto- 
matic opening  and  closing  devices  and  shall 
open  outward.  Windows  lighting  such  fire 
escapes  shall  have  metal  frames  and  sash 
and   wired   glass. 

(k)  The  number  and  capacity  of  such 
interior  fire  escapes  shall  in  no  case  be  less 
than  is  elsewhere  in  this  Chapter  required 
for  outside  fire  escapes,  and  the  locations 
of  the  same  shall  be  as  far  apart  as  prac- 
ticable and  so  placed  as  to  best  secure  the 
safety  of  the  persons  using  the  same  in 
case   of   fire,    accident   or   panic. 

(1)  Such  interior  fire  escapes  which  com- 
ply with  all  the  conditions  above  enumer- 
ated   may    be    used    daily   as    ordinary   stairs. 

498.  The  Commissioner  of  Buildings,  the 
Chief  of  Tire  Prevention  and  Public  Safety, 
City  Electrician  and  Superintendent  of  Police 
Shall  Close  Buildings  for  Violations.)  The 
commissioner  of  Buildings,  the  Chief  of  Fire 
Prevention  and  Public  Safety.  City  Elec- 
trician and  Superintendent  of  Police,  or  any 
of  them,  shall  have  the  power  to  close  or 
order  closed  any  building  used  wholly  or  in 
i  .irt  for  the  purposes  of  Class  VIII  wherein 
t'^ere  is  any  violation  of  any  ordinance 
which    it    is    their    duty    to    enforce,    and    to 


keep    the   same    closed    until   such   provisions 
are   complied   with. 

Note:  Article  Xl-a  was  added  to  the  Code 
May  8,  1916,  and  is  inserted  at  this  point  be- 
tween Sections  498  and  499  where  it  properly 
belongs,  following  XI  in  regular  sequence. 


ARTICLE   Xl-a. 
Class  IX. 

511a.  Class  IX  Defined.)  In  Class  IX  shall 
be  included  every  building  maintained  by  the 
City   of  Chicago   for   police   station   purposes. 

511b.  Requirements  General.)  Every  build- 
ing of  Class  IX  shall  comply  with  the  gen- 
eral provisions  of  this  chapter  and  in  ad- 
dition to  the  general  provisions  shall  com- 
ply   with    the    following    special    provisions: 

511c.  Construction.)  (a)  All  buildings  of 
Class  IX  not  more  than  two  stories  and 
basement  in  height  may  be  of  ordinary  mill, 
slow-burning    or    fireproof   construction. 

(b)  All  buildings  of  Class  IX  more  than 
three  stories  and  basement  high  shall  be 
built    of    fireproof    construction. 

All  buildings  of  Class  IX  containing  a 
court  room  or  court  rooms  above  the  second 
story  shall  be  built  of  fireproof  construc- 
tion. 

All  buildings  of  Class  IX  three  stories 
and  basement  or  less  in  height  which  do 
not  contain  a  court  room  or  court  rooms 
above  the  second  story  may  be  built  of  or- 
dinary construction  excepting  that  part  of 
the  building  containing  the  cell  room  or 
lockup  and  the  patrol  wagon  quarters,  or 
either  of  them,  wrhich  part  shall  be  built  of 
fireproof  construction  and  shall  be  sepa- 
rated from  all  other  parts  of  the  same  build- 
ing by  a  wall  of  the  same  character  and 
thickness  as  is  required  by  this  chapter  for 
the  outside  walls  of  such  building  and 
where  necessary  by  a  fireproof  floor  and 
ceiling  of  the  same  thickness  as  the  brick 
walls  by  which  said  floor  and  ceiling  is  sup- 
ported. 

(c)  Buildings  erected  for  or  converted  to 
the  use  of  police  stations  for  temporary  pur- 
poses may  be  of  mill  oi  slow-burning  con- 
struction not  more  than  ninety  feet  in  height 
from  the  average  inside  sidewalk  grade  of 
the  street  in  front  of  the  building  to  the 
highest    part    of    the    roof   of    the    building. 

511  d.  Allowance  for  Live  Loads  and 
Construction  of  Floors  of  Class  IX.)  The 
floors  of  all  buildings  of  Class  IX  shall  bo 
designed    and    constructed    as    follows: 

In  all  buildings  of  Class  IX  the  floors  of 
all  court  rooms,  and  of  all  public  corridor^, 
and  of  all  stairways  leading  to  same,  shall 
be  designed  and  constructed  in  such  a  man- 
ner as  to  be  capable  of  bearing  in  all  their 
parts,  in  addition  to  the  weight  of  floor  con- 
struction, partitions,  permanent  fixtures  and 
mechanisms  that  may  be  set  upon  the  same, 
a  live  load  of  one  hundred  pounds  for  every 
square  foot  of  surface,  and  all  other  floors, 
or  parts  thereof,  shall  be  designed  as  afore- 
said capable  cf  carrying  a  live  load  of  fifty 
pounds  for  every  square  foot  of  floor  sur- 
face, and  such  floor-bearing  capacity  shall 
be  computed  in  accordance  with  the  pro- 
visions of  this  chapter. 

511e.  Windows.)  (a)  In  every  building 
of  Class  IX  every  room,  including  court 
rooms,  public  and  private  offices,  shall  have 
at  least  one  window  opening  directly  upon 
a  street,  alley,  yard  or  court;  the  total  glass 
area  of  such  window  or  windows  shall  not 
be  less  than  one-tenth  of  the  floor  area  of 
such  room.  The  top  of  such  windows  shall 
be  at  least  seven  feet  above  the  floor  and  at 
least  the  upper  half  of  such  windows  shall 
be  capable  of  being  opened.  Such  window 
shall  have  a  glass  area  of  at  least  ten 
square  feet  unless  it  be  a  window  in  excess 
of  one-tenth  of  the  floor  area  as  required 
by  this  paragraph.  Cell  blocks  shall  have 
at  least  three  outside  walls  of  same  to  face 


168 


General  Provisions 


upon  a  street,  alley,  yard  or  court  and  where 
windows  are  placed  in  the  three  -sides  with 
a  total  glass  area  equal  to  one-fourth  oi' 
the  floor  area  of  such  block  and  each  win- 
dow is  arranged  -so  that  it  may  be  opene<l 
for  one-half  of  its  area,  it  shall  not  be  re- 
quired that  each  cell  open  onto  a  street, 
alley,  yard  or  court.  No  sleeping  rooms  or 
cell  rooms  shall  be  allowed  below  the  first 
floor  level  in  any  building  of  Class  IX. 

(b)  In  every  building  of  Class  IX  every 
pantry,  bath  room,  water  closet  and  urinal 
compartment  shall  have  at  least  one  win- 
dow which  opens  directly  upon  a  street,  al- 
ley, yard,  court  or  vent  shaft;  the  total  glass 
area  of  such  windows  shall  be  not  less  than 
one-tenth  of  the  floor  area  of  such  room  or 
compartment.  The  top  of  such  windows 
shall  be  at  least  seven  feet  above  the  floor 
and  at  least  the  upper  half  of  such  windows 
shall  be  capable  of  being  opened;  and  no 
such  windows  shall  have  a  glass  area  of 
less  than  six  square  feet  or  a  glass  width 
of  less  than  one  foot;  provided,  however, 
that  such  room  or  compartment,  if  located 
on  the  upper  story  of  such  building,  may  be 
lighted  and  ventilated  by  means  of  a  sky- 
light having  a  glass  area  of  at  least  one- 
tenth  the  floor  area  of  the  room  it  serves 
and  is  equipped  with  an  efficient  ventilator 
or  ventilators  equal  in  effective  area  to  one 
twentieth    the   floor  area  of   such   room. 

511  f.  Courts  and  Shafts.)  In  every  build- 
ing of  Class  IX  courts  shall  be  of  the  mini- 
mum width  and  area  as  prescribed  in  Sec- 
tion 442  of  this  chapter  and  vent  shafts  shall 
be  of  the  minimum  width  and  area  as  pre- 
scribed  in   Section   443   of   this  chapter. 

511  g.  Height  of  Rooms.)  In  every  build- 
ing of  Class  IX  the  height  of  all  rooms  ex- 
cept basement  rooms  shall  be  not  less  than 
ten  feet  from  the  level  of  the  floor  to  the 
ceiling  thereof,  and  the  height  of  court 
rooms,  if  any,  shall  not  be  less  than  eleven 
feet  from  the  level  of  the  floor  to  the  ceiling 
thereof. 

511  h.  Thickness  of  Walls.)  The  walls  of 
every  building  of  Class  IX  shall  comply  in 
thickness  with  the  requirements  of  Section 
519  of  this  chapter  as  therein  prescribed  for 
buildings   of   Class   I. 

511  i.  Stairways  and  Fire  Escapes.)  Every 
building  of  Class  IX  shall  be  equipped  with 
stairways  and  fire  escapes  in  number  and  di- 
mensions   as    follows: 

In  buildings  of  ordinary,  slow-burning  or 
mill  construction  which  do  not  contain  a 
court  room  or  court  rooms  and  with  a  floor 
area  of  5,000  square  feet  or  less,  two  stair- 
ways. 

With  floor  area  of  5,000  to  9,000  square 
feet,   three  stairways. 

In  buildings  of  ordinary,  slow-burning  or 
mill  construction  which  contain  court  rooms 
and  with  a  floor  area  of  less  than  5,000 
square  feet,  two  stairways  and  one  stairway 
fire  escape. 

With  floor  area  of  5,000  to  9,000  square 
feet,  three  stairways  and  one  stairway  fire 
escape. 

In  buildings  of  fireproof  construction  with 
a  floor  area  of  7,000  square  feet  or  less,  two 
stairways. 

With  floor  area  of  7,000  to  15,000  square 
feet,    three   stairways. 

With  floor  area  of  15,000  to  21,000  square 
feet,   four  stairways. 

All  buildings  over  four  stories  in  height 
must  be  equipped  with  stairway  fire  escapes 
as  follows: 

With  a  floor  area  of  7,000  square  feet  or 
less,  one  stairway  fire  escape,  three  feet  in 
width. 


With  a  floor  area  of  7,000  to  21,000  square 
feet,  two  stairway  fire  escapes  not  less  than 
three   feet   in    width. 

No  stairways  in  buildings  of  Class  IX 
shall  be  less  than  four  feet  in  width  be- 
tween  hand   rails. 

In  buildings  less  than  three  stories  high 
and  in  buildings  three  stories  high  which 
may  be  built  of  ordinary  construction  by  the 
provisions  of  this  article,  stairways  may  be 
of  ordinary  construction  enclosed  in  brick 
walls  of  thickness  as  required  by  paragraph 
(h).  Sec.  519  of  this  chapter,  or  stairways 
may  be  of  fireproof  or  incombustible  mate- 
rial enclosed  in  partitions  of  fireproof  or 
incombustible   material. 

511  j.  Exits  from  Court  Booms.)  (a) 
There  shall  be  two  direct  exits  located  as  far 
apart  as  practicable  from  every  court  room 
in  a  building  of  this  class;  the  width  of  such 
exits  shall  be  computed  on  a  basis  of  twenty 
inches  for  each  100  persons  of  the  aggre- 
gate capacity  of  such  court  room,  and  for 
fractional  parts  of  100  capacity,  a  propor- 
tionate part  of  twenty  inches  shall  be  addea 
to  the  width  of  such  exits,  but  no  such 
exists  shall  be  less  than  three  feet  wide  in 
the  clear.  One  of  such  exits  shall  open  onto 
a  public  corridor  not  less  than  six  feet  wide 
from  which  there  is  a  stairway  leading  to 
the  ground  at  least  four  feet  wide  in  the 
clear  between  hand  rails.  Where  there  is  but 
one  stairway  from  such  public  corridor  an 
additional  exit  from  each  court  room  must  be 
afforded  by  a  stairway  at  least  four  feet 
wide  in  the  clear  between  hand  rails  or  by 
means  of  an  outside  iron  stairway  not  less 
than  three  feet  wide;  the  platform  of  which 
shall  be  placed  approximately  level  with  the 
floor  of  the  court  room  and  accessible  by  a 
door   not   less    than   three    feet   in   width. 

511k.  Doors  to  Open  Outward.)  In  build- 
ings of  Class  IX  all  doors  which  afford  in- 
gress or  egress  from  all  rooms,  except  pri- 
vate offices,   shall  open   outward. 

(See  note  at  end  of  Section  498  for  explanation  as 
to  insertion  of  Art.  Xl-a,  Sec.  511    (a)   to  (K)   above). 


ARTICLE   XII. 
General   Provisions. 

499.  Construction  or  Alteration  of  Build- 
ing—  Requirements.)  Every  building  or 
structure  or  part  thereof,  hereafter  con- 
structed, erected,  altered,  enlarged,  repaired 
or  changed  within  the  City  shall  be  so  con- 
structed, erected,  altered,  enlarged,  repaired 
or  changed,  in  accordance  with  the  pro- 
visions   of   this    Chapter. 

500.  Class  of  Buildings  Not  to  Be  Changed 
Without  Conforming  to  Provisions  of  Thii 
Chapter.)  If  buildings,  the  uses  of  which 
bring  them  within  any  of  the  classes  men- 
tioned in  this  Chapter,  are  to  be  applied  to 
the  uses  of  any  other  class  for  which  a 
better  system  of  construction  is  required  by 
this  Chapter,  the  construction  and  equip- 
ment of  such  buildings  shall  first  be  made 
to  conform  to  the  requirements  of  this  Chap- 
ter as  specified  for  their  intended  use.  And 
it  shall  be  unlawful  to  use  any  such  build- 
ing for  a  new  or  different  purpose  from  that 
to  which  its  structure  and  equipment  adapts 
it  tinder  this  Chapter,  unless  the  require- 
ments of  this  Chanter  for  such  new  or  dif- 
ferent use  shall  first  have  been  complied 
with,  and  a  permit  for  such  alteration  or 
use  shall  have  boon  first  obtained  from  the 
Commissioner   of    Ruildings. 

"ill  Alterations  of  Existing  Buildings.) 
fat  In  construing  the  several  sections  of 
this  Chapter,  said  sections  shall  not  be  con- 
strued as  requiring  alterations  in  the  con- 
struction     or      equipment      of      buildings      or 


i<;<» 


Walls,  Piers  and   Columns 


structures  in  existence  at  the  time  of  the 
passage  of  this  Chapter,  except  where 
specifically  provided,  unless  such  buildings 
shall  not  have  sufficient  or  adequate  means 
of  egress  therefrom  or  ingress  thereto,  by 
reason  of  insufficient  or  inadequate  stair- 
ways or  stairways  improperly  located  or 
insufficient  or  inadequate  elevators  or  ele- 
vator equipment,  doors,  fire  escapes,  win- 
dows or  other  means  of  egress  or  ingress 
and  except  also  in  sections  which  are  herein 
made   retroactive. 

(b)  Whenever  an  Inspector  of  Buildings 
shall  make  a  report  to  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings  that  any  such  building  has  in- 
adequate or  insufficient  means  of  egress 
therefrom  or  ingress  thereto,  as  aforesaid, 
the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  shall  notify 
the  owner,  agent,  or  person  in  possession, 
charge  or  control  of  such  building  of  such 
fact  and  direct  him  forthwith  to  make  such 
alterations  and  changes  in  the  construction 
or  equipment  of  such  building  as  are  neces- 
sary to  be  made  in  order  to  make  such 
building  comply  with  the  requirements  of 
this    Chapter. 

(c)  If.  however,  it  is  desired  to  enlarge, 
or  in  any  manner  materially  modify  the 
construction  of  any  existing  building,  or  to 
make  a  change  in  its  use  or  occupation 
which  will  transfer  it  from  one  class  as 
recognized  by  this  Chapter  to  another  class, 
then,  before  such  enlargement  or  structural 
'-•hange  or  modification  of  building  is  made, 
or  before  such  change  in  its  use  or  occu- 
pation may  be  made,  written  notice  shall  be 
given  to  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  of 
the  intention  to  change  the  character  of 
the  use,  and  the  entire  building  shall  be 
reconstructed  or  modified  in  such  manner 
as  to  bring  the  same,  when  enlarged  or 
altered,  or  when  occupied  for  its  new  and 
different  purposes,  into  compliance  with  the 
provisions  of  this  Chapter. 

~>ft-.  Removal  of  Brick,  Stone,  Frame  or 
Concrete  Buildings.)  It  shall  be  unlawful 
for  any  person,  firm  or  corporation  to  move 
any  brick,  stone,  frame  or  concrete  building 
from  one  location  to  another,  unless  the 
same  shall  be  altered  or  re-constructed  so 
as  to  conform  to  the  ordinances  governing 
the  construction  of  such  building  at  the 
time  of  moving  the  same  and  in  its  new 
location;  provided,  however,  that  whenever 
t  tenement  house  is  moved,  the  same  shall 
be  mail.-  to  comply  with  the  requirements 
of  Section  462  and  Section  464  of  The  Chi- 
cago   Code    of    1911.    as    amended. 

503.  Dive  and  Dead  Loads — Wind  Resist- 
ance.) (a)  The  "dead  load"  shall  include 
all  permanent  portions  of  the  building,  also 
partitions  and  permanent  fixtures  and 
mechanisms    supported    by    the    building. 

(b)  All  buildings  shall  be  designed  to 
resist  a  horizontal  wind  pressure  of  20  lbs. 
per  square  foot  for  every  square  foot  of  ex- 
posed surface.  In  no  case  shall  the  over- 
turning moment  due  to  wind  pressure  ex- 
ceed seventy-five  pe  •  c<=nt  of  the  moment  of 
stability  of  the  building  due  to  the  dead 
load   only. 

(c)  The  "live"  loads  per  square  foot  of 
floor  areas,  except  stairs,  for  the  classes  of 
buildings  except  portions  of  Class  VIII  as 
hereinafter  provided  shall  be  not  less  than 
the  following: 


r . . 
n 


Class 
Class 
Class  TTI. 
Class  rv. 
Class    V.. 


Pounds. 
100 

50 

40 
100 
100 

40 


Class   VI 

Class   VII 100 

Class    VIII 75 


(d)  Provided,  however,  that  in  Claas 
VIII  the  portions  of  the  building  exclusive 
of  the  floors  in  assembly  halls,  the  corridors 
and  the  stairs,  shall  not  be  required  to  be 
constructed  to  support  a  live  load  in  excess 
of   40   pounds  per  square  foot. 

(e)  The  roofs  of  all  buildings  shall  be 
designed  and  constructed  in  such  a  manner 
that  they  will  bear  a  load  in  addition  to  the 
weight  of  their  structure  and  covering,  of 
at  least  twenty-five  pounds  for  each  square 
foot    of    horizontal    surface. 

(f)  The  live  loads  on  stairways  for  build- 
ings of  all  classes  shall  not  be  less  than  100 
pounds  per  square  foot  of  treads  and  land- 
ings. 

"114.  Structural  Details — Strength  Tests — 
How  Made.)  (a)  All  structural  details 
and  workmanship  shall  be  in  accordance 
with  accepted  engineering  practice,  and  sub- 
ject to  the  approval  of  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings. 

(b)  "Floors,  joists  and  beams  shall  be 
designed  for  the  full  dead  and  live  loads. 
Floor  girders  shall  be  designed  for  the  full 
dead  and  not  less  than  eighty-five  per  cent 
of   the    live    load. 

(c)  In  buildings  of  Classes  III  and  VI,  ex- 
cept frame  buildings,  where  the  distance  be- 
tween enclosing  walls  or  intermediate  walls 
is  more  than  twenty-five  feet  in  the  clear, 
intermediate  supports  for  the  joists  shall 
be  either  brick,  or  concrete,  or  iron,  or  steel 
columns,    beams,    trusses,    or    girders. 

(d)  If  brick  walls  are  used  for  this  pur- 
pose, they  may,  in  all  cases  where  the  thick- 
ness of  walls  is  given,  in  Section  506,  as  16 
inches  or  more,  be  made  four  inches  less  in 
thickness    than    the    dimensions    stated. 

(e)  Tests  shall  be  made  by  the  owner, 
upon  the  demand  of  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings,  on  all  forms  of  floor  construction 
involving  spans  over  eight  feet.  Such  tests 
shall  be  made  to  the  approval  of  the  Com- 
missioner of  Buildings,  and  must  show  that 
the  construction  will  sustain  a  load  equal 
to  twice  the  sum  of  the  live  and  dead  loads, 
for  which  it  was  designed,  without  any  in- 
dication of  failure.  The  construction  may 
be  considered  as  part  of  the  test  load.  Each 
test  load  shall  remain  in  place  at  least 
twenty-four  hours.  On  arch  construction, 
this  test  load  shall  be  placed  on  one-half  of 
the  arch,  covering  the  area  from  the  sup- 
port   to   the   crown    of   the   arch. 

505.  Walls,  Piers  and  Columns — Dead  and 
Dive  Loads.)  (a)  The  full  live  load  on 
roofs  of  all  buildings  shall  be  taken  on 
walls,    piers,    and    columns. 

(b)  The  walls,  piers  and  columns  or  an 
buildings  shall  be  designed  to  carry  the  full 
dead  loads  and  not  less  than  the  proportion 
of  the  live  load  given  in  the  following  table: 

(c)  The  proportion  of  the  live  load  on 
walls,  piers,  and  columns  on  buildings  more 
than  seventeen  stories  in  height  shall  be 
taken    in    same    ratio   as    the   above    table. 

(d)  The  entire  dead  load  and  the  per- 
centage of  live  load  on  basement  columns 
piers  and  walls  shall  be  taken  in  determin- 
ing   the    stress    in    foundations. 

(e)  In  addition  to  the  entire  dead  loads, 
not  less  than  the  following  proportion  of 
the  percentage  of  live  load  on  the  basement 
columns,  piers  and  walls  shall  be  taken  in 
determining  the  number  of  piles  for  pile 
foundations  and  the  area  of  concrete 
caissons. 

Classes    T   and    VII 75   per  cent. 

Classes   TT.    TIT   and   VT 50   per  cent. 

Classes  TV.  V  and  VIII 25   per  cent. 

In  all  foundations  eccentric  loading  must 
be   provided    for. 


170 


Walls 


Floor 17  16  15 

17 85  per  cent. 

16 80  85 

15 75  80  85 

14 70  75  80 

13 65  70  75 

12 60  65  70 

11 55  60  65 

10 50  55  60 

9 50  50  55 

8 50  50  50 

7 50  50  50 

6 50  50  50 

5 50  50  50 

4 50  50  50 

3 50  50  50 

2 50  50  50 

1 50  50  50 


14      13      12      11      10 


S5 

80 

85 

75 

80 

85 

70 

75 

80 

85 

65 

70 

75 

80 

85 

60 

65 

70 

75 

80 

85 

55 

60 

65 

70 

75 

80 

85 

50 

55 

60 

65 

70 

75 

80 

85 

50 

50 

55 

60 

65 

70 

75 

80 

85 

50 

50 

50 

55 

60 

65 

70 

75 

80 

85 

50 

50 

50 

50 

55 

60 

65 

70 

75 

80 

85 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

55 

60 

65 

70 

75 

80 

85 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

55 

60 

65 

70 

75 

80 

85 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

55 

60 

65 

70 

75 

80 

506.  Requirements  for  Enclosing-  Walls — 
Table  of  Tliickness — Exceptions — Definition 
of  the  Leng-th  of  Wall — Provisions  Where 
Buttresses,  Piers  or  Pilasters  are  Used — 
Provisions  for  Inserting1  Columns  in  Walls — 
Anchorage  of  Walls  and  Floors — Definition 
and  Limits  for  Height  of  Stories — Require- 
ments   for   Curtain   Walls — Interior   Walls   to 

Base 

merit.    1  2 

One-story 12 

Two-story 16        12        12 

Three-story 16        16        12 

Pour-story 20        20        16 

Five-story 24        20        20 

Six-story 24        20        20 

Seven-story 24        20        20 

Eight-story 24        24        24 

Nine-story 28        24        24 

Ten-story 28        28        28 

Eleven-story 28        28        28 

Twelve-stnry 32        28        28 


Support   Fireproof   Floor   Construction.)       (a) 

The  walls  of  all  buildings,  excepting  the  en- 
closing walls  of  frame  buildings,  shall  be 
of  brick,  stone  or  concrete.  The  walls  shall 
be  solid  and  of  solid  material  and  except 
as  otherwise  herein  provided  shall  be  of 
the  thickness  in  inches  indicated  in  the  fol- 
lowing   table: 

—  Stories 

4  5  6  7  8  9         10111 2 


12 

16 

12 

16 

16 

16 

20 

16 

16 

16 

20 

20 

16 

16 

16 

20 

20 

20 

16 

16 

16 

24 

20 

20 

20 

16 

16 

16 

24 

24 

24 

20 

20 

20 

16 

16 

24 

24 

24 

20 

20 

20 

16 

16 

16 

28 

24 

24 

24 

20 

20 

20 

16 

16 

16 


(b)  In  Class  VIII  buildings  the  thick- 
ness of  surrounding  walls  and  of  all  divid- 
ing walls  carrying  loads  of  floors  and  roof 
shall  be  as  indicated  in  the  following  table, 
to-wit: 

Base- Stories 

ment.       12        3        4        5 
in.        in.    in.    in.    in.    in. 

One    story     16  12 

Two    stories     16  16  12 

Three    stories    16  16  16     12 

Four    stories    20  20  16      16      12 

Five    stories     24  20  20      16      16      16 

(c)  In  Class  VIII  buildings,  walls  around 
stairs,  elevators  and  air  shafts  and  joist 
supports  shall  comply  with  the  require- 
ments   of    Section    627    of    this    Chapter. 

(d)  The  basement  walls  of  two-story 
buildings  and  the  first  story  walls  of  three- 
story  buildings  in  Classes  III  and  VI  may 
be  twelve  inches  in  thickness.  The  first 
story  walls  of  one-story  buildings  and  the 
second  story  walls  of  two-story  buildings 
in  Classes  III  and  VI  may  be  eight  inches 
in  thickness,  provided  that  where  a  pressed 
brick  face  is  used  no  wall  shall  be  loss  than 
twelve  inches  in  thickness,  and  an  eight- 
Inch  brick  or  solid  concrete  partition  wall 
may  be  built  in  a  building  of  any  class,  but 
in  no  case  shall  any  eight-inch  brick  wall 
be  more   than  fourteen  feet  in  height. 

(e)  The  basement  walls  of  two-story 
buildings  in  ('hisses  II,  III  and  VI  may  be 
12    inches    in    thickness. 

(f)  In  buildings  of  skeleton  fireproof  con- 
struction, the  thickness  of  walls  shall  be 
governed    by   Section   609   of   this   Chapter, 

(g)  Walls  less  than  fifty  feel  In  length 
and  walls  less  than  fifty  feel  between  cross 
walls,  may  be  built  tour  Inches  less  in  thick- 
ness than  the  thickness  given  In  the  afore- 
said table,  but  no  such  wall  in  sueh  build- 
ings shall  be  less  than  twelve  inches  in 
thickness,  provided,  however,  that  sueh  walls 
in   buildings   of   Classes    III    and   VI    may   be 


sixty-five  feet  in  length;  and  further  pro- 
vided, that  eight-inch  walls  may  be  used  in 
one-story  brick  buildings  and  In  the  second 
story  of  two-story  brick  buildings  of  said 
last  mentioned  classes  where  said  eight-inch 
walls  are  not  more  than  fourteen  feet  in 
height  and  are  supported  by  a  foundation  or 
wall  not  less  than  twelve  inches  in  thick- 
ness. 

(h)  A  brick  wall  not  more  than  twenty- 
five  feet  long  and  forming  one  side  of  a 
brick  shaft  for  stair,  elevator  or  other  pur- 
poses, need  not  exceed  sixteen  inches  in 
tliickness.  nor  its  upper  fifty  feet  twelve 
inches  in  thickness,  provided  that  in  no  case 
shall  the  load  on  such  brick  wall  exceed  the 
safe  load  for  brickwork  prescribed  by  this 
ordinance. 

(i)  The  length  of  a  wall  shall  be  the  dis- 
tance in  which  the  walls  extends  in  a 
straight  line  and  shall  be  measured  between 
angles  of  the  masonry  or  between  exterior 
and    cross    walls. 

( See  illustration  on    following   page.) 

(j)  Where  masonry  buttresses  or  piers 
Or  pilasters  are  employed  on  either  or  both 
sides  of  a  wall,  then  said  walls  may  be 
reduced     in     thickness    by    one-halt'    of    the 

projection  or  projections  of  the  buttresses 
Or     piers     or     pilasters,     but     no     wall     shall     be 

reduced  to  less  than  twelve  Inches  In  thick- 
ness. The  reduction  In  thickness  may  be 
made  throughout  the  height  of  the  wall,  ex- 
cept that  no  twelve-inch  wall  shall  be  higher 
than  thirty  feet  and  no  sixteen-inch  wall 
shall  be  higher  than  fifty  feet.  The  stress 
It  the  brickwork  In  any  part  of  such  walls 
shall    not    ex d    the  stress   per  square  inch 

allowed  by  this  chapter  On  the  kind  of  ma- 
sonry employed.  Buttresses  or  piers  or  pi- 
asters shall  be  at  least  one  tenth  as  wide. 
measured  on  face  of  same,  as  the  spacing 
between  the  buttresses  or  pilasters.  Twelve 
inch  walls  between  buttresses  or  piers  or 
pilasters  shall  not  be  used  where  the  dis- 
tance between  buttresses  or  piers  or  pilasters 
Is   greater   than   eighteen    feet.     Sixteen-inch 


171 


Thickneas  of  Walls 


walls  shall  not  be  used  between  buttresses  or 
piers  or  pilasters  where  the  distance  be- 
tween buttresses  or  piers  or  pilasters  is 
greater  than  twenty-four  feet.  Twentv-inch 
walls  shall  not  be  used  between  buttresses 
or  piers  or  pilasters  where  the  distance  be- 
tween the  buttresses  or  piers  or  pilasters 
is   greater   than  thirty  feet. 

(k)  Where  buttresses  are  used,  they  shall 
be  so  placed  that  the  principal  girders  and 
trusses   shall    bear   on    them. 

(1)  If  the  loads  carried  by  trusses  and 
girders  are  supported  by  iron,  steel,  or  re- 
inforced concrete  columns,  then  such  but- 
tresses as  are  herein  described  shall  not  be 
required  except  for  the  firepro-ofing  of  steel 
and  iron  columns.  The  walls  between  such 
columns  shall  be  built  as  required  by  this 
Chapter,  and  said  walls  shall  be  anchored  to 
such  columns  by  metal  anchors  in  every 
eeven    feet   to    the    height   of   such   column. 

(m)  A  structural  floor  system  shall  ex- 
tend from  one  wall  to  an  opposite  wall,  and 
the  walls  shall  be  anchored  to  floor  joists 
or  girders  or  both  with  iron  anchors  placed 
opposite  one  another,  secured  to  the  same 
joists  or  girders  in  pairs,  every  seven  feet 
or  less  of  length  of  said  walls.  Where  said 
joists   or   girders   are   of   such    length    that  it 


upper  fifteen  feet  shall  be  not  less  than 
sixteen  inches  in  thickness,  and  the  walls 
shall  be  increased  four  inches  in  thickness 
at  each  interval  of  fifteen  feet  or  fractional 
part    thereof   of   height. 

(p)  Curtain  walls  in  skeleton  construction 
buildings  may  be  built  of  hollow  clay  tile 
subject  to  the  requirements  and  limitations 
of  paragraph  (e).  Section  553  of  this  chap- 
ter, or  may  be  constructed  of  reinforced 
concrete  subject  to  the  provisions  and  limi- 
tations   of    Section    540   of   this   chapter. 

(q)  The  walls  of  buildings  to  be  used 
for  the  purposes  of  Classes  III  and  VI  and 
not  more  than  two  stories  in  height  may  be 
of  hollow  clay  tile  or  moulded  hollow  con- 
crete blocks  not  thinner  than  the  thickness 
herein  required  for  brick  walls,  subject  to 
the  approval  of  the  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings. 

(r)  Interior  brick  walls  used  to  support 
fireproof  floor  construction,  where  brick  walls 
are  not  required  by  this  chapter,  may  be 
built  thinner  than  the  thickness  required 
by  the  provisions  of  paragraph  (a)  of  this 
section,  provided  the  proportion  between  the 
thickness  of  such  walls  and  the  free  height 
between  floors  does  not  exceed  fifteen,  and 
further  provided  the  unit  stresses  do  not  ex- 


^^^^^^^ 

y^^^^^^M, 

WA 

1B 

^P^^^ 

W/a 

B 

m 

C 

I> 

c 

A  =  thickness  of    wall. 

A'  =  thickness  of    wall    after    reduction. 

B  =  projection  of    buttresses,    piers    or    pilasters. 

C  =  width    of  butfresses,    piers    or    pilasters. 


Pig-.   17. 
THICKNESS    OP    WALLS.      Section    506j. 
Explanation  : 

A  may  be  reduced  by    %   B  as  at  A' 
C  =  1-10    D. 


is  not  practicable  to  make  them  of  one  piece, 
then  the  several  pieces  shall  be  joined  ai 
each  splice  or  joint  by  the  tie  plates  or  tie 
bars  or  other  metal  connections  of  the  same 
strength  as  the  anchors.  Such  anchors  shall 
have  not  less  than  four-tenths  of  a  square 
inch  of  metal  in  its  smallest  cross-sectional 
area.  The  spikes,  bolts  or  screws,  securing 
said  anchors  and  tie  plates,  shall  be  of  such 
number  and  size  as  to  transmit  the  tensile 
strain  which  the  anchor  is  capable  of  re- 
sisting into  the  joists  or  girders  to  which 
said  anchors  are  connected.  All  pin  anchors 
shall  extend  at  least  eight  inches  into  the 
supporting   masonry. 

(n)  The  story  height  of  buildings  shall 
be  the  distance  between  structural  floor  sys- 
tems or  between  such  structural  floor  sys- 
tems and  structural  roof  systems  and  shall 
be  as  follows: 

Where  12-inch  walls  are  used,  the  story 
height   shall   not   exceed    18   feet. 

Where  16-inch  walls  are  used,  the  story 
height  shall  not  exceed  24  feet. 

Where  20-inch  walls  are  used,  the  story 
height  shall   not  exceed  30  feet. 

(o)  Where  the  story  height  is  greater 
than  thirty  feet,  the  walls  shall  not  be  of 
\ess     thickness     than     the     following:       The 


Tig.    18. 

Explanatory  diagram  of  maximum  allowable  heigh 
spacing  and  "  length  of  walls  with  or  without  but 
fresses,    piers    or    pilasters. 


Walls 


ceed  the  stresses  allowed  by  this  chapter, 
and  provided,  also,  that  no  such  wall  shall 
be  constructed  of  a  thickness  less  than  twelve 
inches. 


such  buttresses  are  sufficient  in  number  ajid 
in  area  to  make  the  resultant  structure  of 
equal  strength  with  the  solid  wall  already 
specified.      Provided,    however,    that    steel    or 


Pig-.    19. 


Fig*.    20. 

LEDGES— JOIST    SUPPORTS. 
Secfion    507a,    b,    c. 


Pig1.    21. 


Fig.  19    (A)    Corbelling   to    be   not    less   than    four 

courses  of    brick. 

(B)  Upper    course    shall    project   four    inches. 

(C)  The  joists  shall  be  protected  from  top  to 
bottom  by    brick. 

507.  Ledges — Joist  Supports.)  (a)  In 
buildings  two  stories  or  more  in  height 
wherever  party  walls  or  partition  walls 
twelve  inches  or  less  in  thickness  are  used 
for  the  support  of  wood  joists  in  buildings 
of  Classes  I,  II,  IV,  V,  VII  and  VIII  the 
joists  shall  be  supported  on  ledges  of  brick 
formed  by  corbeling  not  less  than  four 
courses  of  brick  and  the  upper  course  shall 
project  four  inches  beyond  the  face  of  the 
wall,  and  the  joists  shall  be  protected  from 
the  bottom  to  the  top  of  same  for  the  dis- 
tance of  the  projection  of  the  corbel  by  solid 
brick   work    laid   in    mortar. 

(b)  Wherever  iron  or  ateel  joist  and  gir- 
der boxes  having  five  complete  sides  of  iron, 
nowhere  less  than  ^-inch  in  thickness,  are 
used,  corbels  and  ledges  as  herein  specified 
may  be   omitted. 

(c)  In  buildings  of  every  class  where 
wood  furring  is  used  on  brick  walls,  the 
brick  between  joists  shall  be  projected  from 
the  bottom  of  the  joist  to  the  top  of  the 
joist  for  the  full  thickness  of  the  furring 
and  in  no  case  shall  such  projection  be  less 
than    two   inches. 

508.  Walls  of  Altered  Buildings — Increas- 
ing Thickness  of.)  If  the  walls  of  a  build- 
ing are  not  of  sufficient  thickness  to  comply 
with  the  requirements  of  this  Chapter  for 
an  enlarged  or  modified  building,  then  the 
thickness  of  the  existing  walls  shall  be  in- 
creased by  building  alongside  of  them  a  new 
wall,  which  shall  not,  however,  be  less  in 
any  part  thereof  than  twelve  inches  thick, 
and  which  shall  be  increased  in  thickness  by 
four  inches  for  at  least  every  forty  feet  in 
the  height  of  such  wall.  Such  new  wall 
shall  be  laid  in  Portland  cement  mortar  and 
shall  be  anchored  to  the  old  wall,  but  bond- 
ing with  brick  or  masonry  will  not  be  con- 
sidered as  complying  with  this  Chapter;  and 
if  an  increase  in  the  height  of  the  building 
is  contemplated,  the  wall  from  the  top  of 
the  old  wall  shall  be  built  jointly  upon  the 
new  and  old  walls.  If  solid  masonry  but- 
tresses are  introduced  in  connection  with 
such  thickening  and  strengthening  of  exist- 
ing walls,  the  intervening  wall  may  be  re- 
duced  to  eight   inches  in  thickness,   provided 


Fig.    20    (A)    Metal    joist    hanger    allowable. 
(B)      %    inch   metal   required. 

Fig.     21     (A)     Brick     shall    project    between    joists. 
(B)      Projection    of    brick    to    be    two    inches. 

iron  columns  or  beams  may  be  used  instead 
of  such  new  wall,  such  columns  or  beams  to 
be  bolted  or  bonded  to  the  existing  wall  In 
a  manner  satisfactory  to  and  approved  by 
the   Commissioner  of*  Buildings. 

509.  Walls — Party.)  The  provisions  of 
the  preceding  section  shall  also  apply  to 
all  cases  where  existing  party  walls  are  to 
be  joined  to  for  the  erection  of  new  build- 
ings. But  in  the  case  of  party  walls,  which 
at  the  time  of  their  erection  were  built  in 
accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  city  ordi- 
nances then  in  force,  such  walls,  if  sound 
and  in  good  condition,  nay  be  used  without 
increase  of  thickness  for  any  building  not 
higher  than  and  of  the  same  class  as  the 
building  for  which  the  original  wall  was 
built. 

510.  Walls — Erection  of — Walls  and  Skele- 
ton   Framework     Securely    Braced.)      In     the 

erection  of  buildings  of  masonry  construc- 
tion, no  wall  shall  be  carried  up  at  any  time 
more  than  two  stories  above  another  wall 
of  the  same  building.  The  walls  and  skele- 
ton framework  of  all  buildings  shall  be  kept 
securely  braced  and  otherwise  protected 
against  the  effects  of  the  weather  during 
all    building    operations. 

511.  Parapet  Walls — When  Required  on 
Walls  and  Porches — Thickness  and  Height 
of.)  (a)  On  all  flat  roof  buildings  parapet 
walls  shall  be  erected,  except  as  hereinafter 
provided,  on  all  exterior  walls  and  on  all 
partition  walls  required  by  this  ordinance 
by  reason  of  the  area  of  such  buildings; 
provided,  that  such  parapet  walls  may  be 
dispensed  with  on  any  wall  of  a  fireproof 
building,  and  on  street  and  alley  walls  and 
on  yard  and  court  walls  of  buildings  of 
other  types  where  the  entire  framing  and 
materials  of  the  roof  are  strictly  fireproof 
or  where  all  portions  of  the  roof  nearer 
than  fifteen  feet  to  the  lot  line  of  such 
street  or  alley  or  bounding  such  yard  or 
court  are  protected  against  fire  by  a  con- 
tinuous covering  of  porus  or  hollow  tiles, 
not  less  than  two  inches  thick  and  surfaced 
with  mortar,  on  top  of  the  roof  boards. 

(b)  Such  parapet  walls  may  be  eight 
inches  thick  wherever  this  ordinance  permits 


173 


Fuiiutl.itii.ins 


the  use  of  eight-inch  walls;  elsewhere  they 
shall  be  not  less  than  twelve  inches  in 
thickness. 


Fig".    23. 


Fig.    K 

A — distance  from  division  lot  line  to  building 
line. 

B  height  of  parapet  wall  above  roof  on  division 
lot   line  side. 

C — parapet    wall   on   other  sides  when    required. 
Explanation  : 

If   A    is   less    than    3'0",    15   shall   be   3'0". 

C  shall   b(  than    18". 

SE<  TION   .'11  D. 

Fig.    Xo.    23. 

A- — distance   from   division   lot   line   to  building  line. 

B — height     of     parapet     wall     above     roof,     with     a 
pit)  h    than    '■'•"    per   horizontal   foot,    on   division 
lot    line    side. 

C — parapet    wall    on    other    sides    when    required. 

If  A   is   less   than   3'0",    B   shall  be  3'0". 

('   shall   not    be   !•  SS   than    1 8". 

For    exceptions    where    fireproof    construction     is 
see  ordinance   Se?.    511   d,   second   paragraph. 

(c)  Such  parapet  walls  shall  extend  at 
any  point  not  less  than  three  feet  verti- 
cally above  the  roof  on  all  such  required 
partition  walls  and  on  all  other  walls  within 
less  than  three  feet  of  any  division  lot  line 
and  approximately  parallel  therewith;  else- 
where they  shall  extend  not  less  than 
eighteen    inches    above    the    roof. 

(d)  On  all  buildings  whose  roofs  have  a 
greater  pitch  than  three  inches  per  hori- 
zontal foot,  parapet  walls,  of  thickness  and 
height  as  above  specified,  shall  be  erected 
on  required  partition  walls,  on  exterior 
walls  approximately  parallel  with  and  less 
than  three  feet  distant  from  a  division  lot 
line,  and  on  walls  abutting  on  another 
building.  Provided,  that  such  parapet  walls 
may  be  dispensed  with  where  the  entire 
framing  and  materials  of  the  roof  are  fire- 
proof or  where  the  cornice  and  roof  cover- 
ing are  of  incombustible  material  and  the 
top  of  the  roof  boards  is  protected  against 
fire  for  at  hast  five  feet  up  from  such  wall 
by  a  coating  of  plaster  on  poms  or  hollow 
tiles  at  least  two  inches  thick;  and  further 
provided  that  such  parapet  walls  and  such 
protection  against  tire  may  be  dispensed 
with  on  buildings  of  Classes  III  and  VI, 
three  stories  or  less  in  height  when  such 
buildings  have  cornices  of  incombustible  ma- 
terial and  roof  coverings  of  slate  or  terra 
cotta  roofing  tile. 

512.  Allowable  Stresses  and  Special  Re- 
quirements for  Foundations — Bearing  on 
Various  Soils.)  (a)  If  the  soil  is  a  layer 
of  pure  clay  at  least  fifteen  feet  thick,  witn- 
out     admixture     of     any     foreign     substance 


other  than  gravel,  it  shall  not  be  loaded 
ceed  3,500  pounds  per  square  foot.  If 
the  soil  is  a  layer  of  pure  clay  at  least  fif- 
teen feet  thick  and  is  dry  and  thoroughly 
■"inpri'ssed.  it  may  be  loaded  not  to  exceed 
4,500    pounds  per   square   foot. 

(b)  [f  the  soil  is  a  layer  of  firm  sand 
fifteen  feet  or  more  in  thickness,  and  with- 
out admixture  of  clay,  loam  or  other  foreign 
substance,  it  shall  not  be  loaded  to  exceed 
5,000   pounds   per   square   foot. 

(c)  If  the  soil  is  a  mixture  of  clay  and 
sand,  it  shall  not  be  loaded  to  exceed  3,000 
pounds   per   square    foot. 

513.  Foundations  in  Wet  Soil — Trenches 
to  Be  Drained.)  In  all  cases  where  founda- 
tions  are  built  in  wet  soil,  it  shall  be  un- 
lawful to  build  the  same  unless  trenches 
in  which  the  work  is  being  executed  are 
kept  free  from  water  by  bailing,  pumping,  or 
otherwise,  until  after  the  completion  of  work 
upon  the  foundations  and  until  all  cement 
has  properly  set.  In  all  cases  a  connection 
with  the  street  sewer  shall  be  established 
before  beginning  the  work  of  laying  foun- 
dations. 

>il  Foundations — Where  noo  Permitted 
— Depth  Below  Surface — Independent  of 
Underground  Construction  Owned  or  Con- 
trolled by  the  City.)  (a)  Foundations 
shall  not  be  laid  on  tilled  or  made  ground 
or  on  toam,  or  on  any  soil  containing  admix- 
ture of  organic  matter,  and  must  rest  on 
hard,  sound  soil.  Foundations  shall  in  all 
cases  extend  at  least  four  feet  below  the 
finished  surface  of  the  ground  upon  which 
they  are  built,  unless  footings  rest  on  bed 
rock. 

(b)  Foundations  shall  in  all  cases  extend 
at  least  four  feet  below  the  surface  of  the 
ground  upon  which  they  are  built,  and  in 
the  case  of  all  buildings  luO  feet  or  more 
in  height,  foundations  shall  extend  at  least 
to  the  depth  drained  by  the  street  sewer 
in  the  adjacent  streets  or  alleys;  but  if  such 
sewers  are  at  a  greater  depth  than  ten  feet 
below  the  sidewalk  grade,  such  foundations 
need  not  extend  to  a  greater  depth  than  ten 
feet,  provided  that  sound,  hard  soil  is  found 
at   that   depth. 


Finished 


Fig.    24.  Fig.    25. 

FOOl  I  MIS. 

Sei  i  ions   31  '■'.    b. 
I    _■     -24     (B)     Shall     in     all     cases    extend    4'     0" 
below   finished    grade   at    building,    unless   footings   rest 
on    bed    rock     Sec.    51  la. 

Fig.    25    ((  )    Buildings   100    ft.    or   more   in   height; 
gs    shall    extend    at    least    to    a    depth    drained   by 
sewer    in    adjacent    streets    and    alleys. 

Exception    if    sewer    is    greater    than    10    ft.    below 
sidewalk   grade.      Such   foundation   need    not    extend   to 
ter   depth    than    10    ft.    if   soil    conditions    are   as 
per   ordinance     Sec.    514b. 

(c)  Every  building  forty  feet  or  more  in 
neight.  hereafter  erected,  which  is  located 
adjacent  to  any  street  or  alley  containing 
any  then  existing  water  main,  water  tunnel, 
sewer,  conduit,  tunnel,  subway  or  other 
underground  construction,  owned  or  con- 
trolled by  the  City,  shall  be  so  constructed 
that  the  foundation  or  superstructure  thereof 


174 


Foundations 


shall   not   be   supported    In   whole   or   in    part 
by    any    such       underground      construction. 

ol5.  Foundation  Construction.)  Founda- 
tions shall  be  constructed  of  stone,  gravel 
or  slag  concrete,  dimension  stone  or  rubble 
stone,  sewer  or  paving  bricks,  iron  or  steel 
imbedded  in  concrete  or  piles,  or  a  combina- 
tion of  any  of  the  same.  All  masonry  foun- 
dations  shall    be    laid    in   cement   mortar. 


Fig.    26. 
SECTION    51C. 
A — old    or    present    wall. 
B — new   wall. 

A — foundation   under   eld    wall. 
B — required    new    foundation. 

516.  Foundation  of  New  and  Old  Walls.) 
In  all  cases  where  there  is  an  increase  in 
the  thickness  of  walls,  a  new  foundation 
shall  be"  built  in  such  a  manner  as  to  carry 
jointly  both  the  new  and  old  walls,  and 
the  soil  under  such  foundations  shall  not 
be  loaded  beyond  the  limits  specified  in  this 
Chapter. 

All  foundations  shall  be  protected  against 
the  effects  of  frost,  and  cement  mortar  which 
has  been  affected  by  frost,  shall  not  be  used 
in    building    operations. 

517.  Foundations — File  Borings  Required 
— Safe    Load    Required — Fiber    Stress.)      (a) 

Where  pile  foundations  are  used,  the  Com- 
missioner of  Buildings  may  require  auger 
borings  of  the  soil  to  be  made  to  determine 
the  position  of  the  underlying  stratum  of 
hard  clay  or  rock.  The  heads  of  the  piles 
shall  be  protected  against  splitting  while 
they  are  being  driven.  The  piles  shall  be 
sawed  off  to  a  uniform  level  at  least  one 
foot  below  Chicago  datum  after  being  driven, 
and  the  heads  shall  be  imbedded  in  concrete 
or  covered  with  a  grillage  so  proportioned 
that  in  the  transmission  of  the  load  from 
the  structure  to  the  pile  the  stresses  in  the 
materials  shall  not  exceed  that  prescribed 
in  this  Chapter.  The  top  of  timber  grillage 
shall  be  at  least  one  foot  below  Chicago 
datum. 

(b)  The  center  of  gravity  of  a  pile  foun- 
dation shall  coincide  with  the  center  of 
gravity  line  of  the  load  or  loads  which  It 
carries. 

(c)  No  pile  of  less  than  six  inches  diam- 
eter  at   small    end    shnJ"    De    used. 

(d)  The  safe  load  on  a  pile  shall  be  de- 
termined by  and  shall  not  exceed  the  follow- 
ing  formula: 


P=- 


2wh 

for   steam    hammer; 

1 

S+- 

10 

2wh 

P=: for   drop   hammer; 

S+l 
In  which  formula 
S=set   in   Inches. 
h=fall    In    feet. 
w=welght    of  hammer. 
P=safe   load   in   pounds. 

(e)  The   maximum   load   on    a   timber   pile 
shall    not   exceed    50,000   pounds. 

(f)  A  wood  follower  shall  not  be  used  in 
determining  the  safe  load. 


(g)  Plans  for  pile  foundations  shall  be 
submitted  to  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings 
for  approval  and  shall  specify  the  least 
diameter  of  small  end  of  piles,  and  no  piles 
with  smaller  diameter  of  points  than  that 
specified   for  the  job  shall   be  used. 

(h)  There  shall  not  be  less  than  two 
rows  of  piles  under  all  external  party  walls 
or  other  walls  less  than  seventy  feet  high, 
and  not  less  than  three  rows  under  all  walls 
over  seventy  feet  high,  excepting  under 
walls  not  exceeding  fifty  feet  in  height  a 
single  staggered  row  of  piles  may  be  used 
if  other  conditions  of  stability  are  complied 
with. 

518.  Concrete  Piles  Allowable — Compres- 
sion— Tests — How  Made,  (a)  Where  con- 
crete piles  are  used  test  piles  shall  be  driven 
and  loaded  under  the  general  direction  of 
the   Commissioner   of   Buildings. 

(b)  The  allowable  compression  of  con- 
crete piles  shall  not  exceed  400  pounds  per 
square  inch  at  a  section  six  feet  from  the 
surface  of  the  ground  in  immediate  contact 
with   the   pile. 

(c)  These  tests  shall  conform  to  the  fol- 
lowing regulations:  Tests  shall  be  made  on 
at  least  two  piles  in  different  locations  and  as 
directed  by  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings. 
Not  less  than  three  piles  to  be  driven  for 
each  test.  The  pile  to  be  loaded  to  be 
driven  first,  the  second  pile  to  be  driven 
within  six  hours  of  the  driving  of  the  first, 
the  third  pile  to  be  driven  within  twenty  to 
twenty-four  hours  after  the  first.  The  two 
latter  shall  each  be  driven  with  centers  not 
to  exceed  twice  the  greatest  diameter  of 
pile,  from  the  center  of  the  test  pile. 

(d)  The  tests  shall  not  be  started  until 
at  least  ten  days  after  the  piles  to  be 
loaded  are  driven,  except  that  piles  that  have 
been  cast  and  set  up  before  driving  may  be 
tested  as  soon  as  practicable  after  driving. 
The  piles  shall  be  loaded  with  twice  the 
proposed    carrying    load    of    the    piles. 

(e)  The  settlement  shall  be  measured 
daily  until  twenty-four  hours  shows  no 
settlement. 

(f)  One-half  of  the  test  load  shall  be 
allowed  for  the  carrying  load,  if  the  test 
shows  no  settlement  for  twenty-four  hours 
and  the  total  settlement  has  not  exceeded 
cne  one-hundredths  of  an  inch  multiplied 
by  the  test  load   in   tons. 

519.  Steel  Rails  or  Beams  in  Concrete.) 
If  steel  or  iron  rails  or  beams  are  used  as 
parts  of  foundations,  they  shall  be  entirely 
imbedded  in  concrete  extending  not  less 
than  four  inches  beyond  the   metal. 


,tlook,  i.Nt  — r 


Ft 


\ 


FF? 


Fig.    27. 
Section   519. 
(A)     Steel    and    Iron    mils    and    beams    t"    !"■    Im- 
bedded   in    concrete,   extending   ii"t    less   than   -1    Incbea 
beyond    metal. 

(See  Special  Ruling  V,   Page  241.) 

520.  Allowable  Stresses  and  Special  Re- 
quirements for  Masonry.)  (at  Allowable 
stresses   in   pounds   per  square   inch   on   plain 


175 


concrete  and  stone  masonry  shall  not  exceed  r  J,^  "^*°£,  °*    Terms    YvBfd  /or    ?*" 

thp   following-  Construction   oi    v/aus.)      (a>      Wherever   tne 

e                     B'                                                            tv.s  tonus    masonry,    masonry    walls    or    masonry 

,~, „,         .  ,  ,      0 h„„j „♦    „„„♦„..   .>nri  construction,      incombustible     wall,     nreprooi 

Coursed   rubble   Portland   cement   mortar  200  ^        wall'ut  nrepr0oi  or  incomDustible  ma- 
Ordinary  rubble  Portland  cement  mortar   100  tenul   are   used   w/th   reference   to  ur   ]n   con. 

Coursed    rubble   lime   mortar 120  nection  with  tne  construction  Of  walls  in  tins 

Ordinary     rubble    lime    mortar.                           60  criapter,    such    terms    are    hereby    denned    to 

First-class     granite     masonry,     Portland  mean  solid  walls  01  bricK|  stone  or  concrete, 

cement    mortar... bOO  built  or   solid   material,   except  sucti  walls   as 

First-class   lime  and  sandstone   masonry,  are  unowed   under   tne   provisions   of   Section 

Portland   cement   mortar 400  &53   01    Ulis  chapter.     Wnere   brick  is   used  m 

Portland   cement   concrete    1-2-4   mixture,  tne  construction  of  any   wall,   tne  lengtn  and 

machine     mixed 400  thickness   of   such    bride  may    vary,    but  eacn 

Portland    cement   concrete   1-2-4   mixture,  brick    must    be    at    least    tnree    and    •seven- 
hand     mixed 350  eighths   inches    in    width. 

Portland    cement    concrete    1-2^-5    mix-  (\y)      Ordinary   rubble  shall     be    defined    as 

ture,    machine    mixed 350  masonry   composed   of    unsquared  atones   laid 

Portland    cement    concrete    1-2^-5    mix-  witnout  attempting  any  regularity  of  courses 

ture,    hand    mixed 300  or    bond. 

Portland   cement   concrete   1-3-6   mixture,  Coursed  rubble  shall   be  defined  as  mason- 
machine     mixed 300  ry  having   approximately   level  joints;  •stones 

Portland   cement   concrete   1-3-6   mixture,  to    be    roughly    shaped    so    as    to    lit    approxi- 

hand    mixed     250  mately;    joints    in   wall   or   pier   to    be   leveled 

Natural    cement    concrete    1-2-5    mixture  150  off  every   three    (3)    feet  in   height  and  to   be 

(b)  Allowable  compression   in  pounds  per  well    bonded. 

square   inch    on   brick   masonry   shall   not   ex-  First    class    masonry    shall    be    defined    as 

ceed  the   following:  masonry   built   of   stones    in    regular   courses, 

Lbs.  tne    bearing    surfaces    of    which    as    well    as 

No.    1   paving   brick,    1    part   Portland   ce-  ends,    to    be    roughly   tooled    off    and   shall    be 

ment,    3    parts    torpedo    sand 350  laid    with    alternate    headers    and    stretchers 

No.    2    pressed    brick    and    sewer    brick,  so as,   to  secure  perfect  bond 

mortar    same    as    referred    to    above...    250  522-      Ashlar  Facing-.)      (a)      Ashlar  facing 

No.  3  hard  common  select  brick,  Portland  of    masonry    walls    shall    only    be    considered 

cement    mortar,    same    as    referred    to  as  P"1   of  wall   for  the   purpose  of  carrying 

above                                                                        200  weight,    when    it    has    a    minimum    bond    as 

No.   4    hard   common   select  brick,    1   part  follows: 

Portland,    1    lime,    3    sand    as    referred  (b>      Every    second    course    to    be    a    bond 

to  above    175  course,    this    bond   course   to   extend   into   the 

No.  5  common' brick,  ail  grades,  Portland  backing   a  distance   equal   to  the  least   thick- 
cement    mortar    175  ness    of    ashlar.      In    addition    to    such    bond, 

No.  6  common  brick,' ail  grades,' good  lime  each    stone    in    all    courses    shall    be    tied    to 

and    cement    mortar 125  backing  by  two  galvanized  iron  anchors.     No 

No.   7   common  brick,  all' grades,' natural  ashlar  shall   be  less   than  four   inches  thick, 

cement   mortar    150  nor    shall    the    height    of    any    stones    exceed 

No.    8    common    bri'c'k, "all    "grade's, "good  five    times    its   thickness. 

lime    mortar    100  523.      Soft  Bricks — Where   Hot  Permitted.) 

(c)  Prick  under  Nos.  1  and  2  shall  not  Soft  bricks  shall  not  be  used  in  any  part 
crush  at  less  than  5,000  pounds  pressure  per  of  a  building  where  exposed  to  the  weather, 
square   inch   of  gross   area.  nor   in   external   or   internal   piers   of  bearing 

(d)  Erick    under    Nos.    3    and    4    shall    not  walls. 

crush  at  less  than  2,300  pounds  pressure  per  524       Brickwork— Bond   of.)      The   bond   of 

square  inch  of  gross  area.  ali   brickwork   shall  be  formed  by  laying  one 

(e)  Brick  under  Nos.  5  6,  7  and  8  shall  co  f  headers  for  every  flv£  c(/urs*s  of 
not  crush  at  less  than  1,800  pounds  pressure  stretchers;  provided  that  in  the  case  of 
per  square  inch  of  gross  area.  Sand  lime  pressed  brick  facing,  two  headers  and  a 
brick,  of  this  crushing  strength  may  be  used  stretcher  may  be  laid  alternately  in  every 
where   common    brick    is   permitted.  sixth    course    or    an    equivalent    number    of 

(f)  Isolated  piers  of  concrete,  brick,  or  full  headers  may  be  used  in  any  other  ar- 
masonry  shall  not  be  higher  than  six  times  rangement  approved  by  the  Commissioner  of 
their  smallest  dimensions  unless  the  above  Buildings;  and  provided  further,  that 
unit  of  stresses  are  reduced  according  to  the  pressed  brick  facing,  when  not  counted  as 
tonowing    iormuia.  part  of  the   bearing  wall,   may  be  laid  with 

_            .      ~    ,,  oc        .      «,         %  fewer   or   no   header   courses   if   anchored   to 

r    equals    c    (\..tt>    minus— -)  the  backing  by  metal  ties  of  design,  material, 

T          ,  .   ,     - .                        *vu  weight   and    quantity   approved   by   the   Com- 

In   which   formula  missioner    of   Buildings. 
P   is   the    reduced    allowed   unit    stress. 

C  is  the  unit  stress  in  the  above  table.  525       Bricks— How    Laid.)       All    brick    laid 

H  is  the  height  of  the  pier  in  feet.  up    in    cement,    or    lime    and    cement    mortar, 

D  is  the  least  dimension  of  the  pier  in  feet  shall    be    thoroughly    drenched    immediately 

(g)  No  pier  shall  exceed  in  height  twelve  before  being  laid  unless  laid  in  freezing 
times  the  least  dimension.  Weight  of  pier  weather.  Both  horizontal  and  vertical  joints 
shall  be  added  to  other  loads  in  computing  shall  be  filled  with  mortar  in  all  kinds  of 
load   coming  on   the  pier.  brick    masonry. 

526.        Allowable  Stresses  and  Special  Requirements  for  Timber.)     The  maximum  allow- 
able stresses  in  pounds  per  square  inch  on  actual  sections  for  timber  shall  be  as  follows 

Compression     Compression 

Extreme  Across  Grain         Across 

Fibre  Stress  in  Build-              Grain                Shear 

and  Tension  Compression         ings  Hereafter     in  Existing            with 

with  Grain.          with  Grain.  Erected.            Buildings.         Grain. 

Douglas   Fir   and    Long   Leaf    Yellow    Pine 1,300  1,100                       250                      WO                      130 

Oak     1,200  900                       500                      600                      200 

Short   Leaf    Yellow    Pine 1,000  800                      250                      300                      120 

Norway     Pine     800  700                       200                      300                        80 

White    Pine    800  700                     200                     300                       80 

Hemlock     600  500                       150                      300                        60 

The  unit  stress  on  timber  posts  shall  comply  with  the  formula: 

L, 

C   (1 ) 

*ftr> 

176 


Stresses 


In  which  formula: 

C  equals  compressive  strength  of  timber  with  the  grain  as  given  In  the  table 

L  equals  length   in   inches. 

D  equals   least   diameter   inches. 
The    maximum    length    of    a    timber    post    shall    not    exceed    thirty    diameters. 
Timber  columns  shall   not   be  used  in   buildings   of   greater   height  than  twice   the   width 
of  the  building  nor  in  buildings  over  one  hundred  feet  in  height. 

527.  Quality  of  Timber.)  Timber  used  for  building  purposes  shall  be  sound,  well 
manufactured,  close  grained,  free  from  wind  shakes,  or  from  dead^  loose,  decayed,  encased 
or  pitch  knots,  or  knots  and  other  defects  that  will  materially  impair  its  strength  and  dura- 
bility. 

528.  Maximum  Allowable  Stresses  and  Special  Requirements  for  Metals.)  (a)  The 
maximum  allowable  stresses  in  pounds  per  square  inch  in  steel  and  iron  shall  not  exceed 
the  following:  Rolled  Cast       Wrought       Cast 

Steel.  Steel.           Iron.           Iron. 

Tension   on   net   section 16,000  16,000         12,000         

Maximum   compression   on   gross   section 14,000  14,000          10,000 

Bending   on   extreme  fibre 16,000  16,000          12,000 

Bending   on   extreme   fibre    tension 

Bending   on    extreme    fibre   compression 

Bending  on   extreme   fibres   of   pins 25,000         

Shear:   shop   driven   rivets  and   pins 12,000  

Shear:   field    driven    rivets 10,000         

Shear  on   rolled   steel    shapes 12,000         

Shear  plate   girder  webs;  gross  section 10,000         

Shear  on    brackets    

Bearing,   shop  driven  rivets   and  pins 25,000         

Bearing,  field     rivets     20,000  

(b)  The  allowable  compressive  stresses  per  square  inch  shall  be  determined  by  the 
following  formulae: 


10,000 


3,000 
10, I 


2,000 


Steel     16,000 — 70 — 

R 
L. 

-60— 
R 
L. 

-60— 
R 


Wrought    iron    12,000- 


Cast    iron     10,000- 


In  the  above  formulae: 
L  equals  length   in  inches. 
R  equals  least  radius  of  gyration  in  inches. 

(c)  In  no  case  shall  the  allowable  com- 
pressive stress  exceed  that  given  in  para- 
graph (a)  of  this  section. 

(d)  For  steel  columns  filled  with,  and  en- 
cased in  concrete  extending  at  least  three 
inches  beyond  the  outer  edge  of  the  steel, 
where  the  steel  is  calculated  to  carry  the  en- 
tire live  anl  dead  load,  the  allowable  stress 
per  square  inch  shall  be  determined  by  the 
following  formulae: 

L 
18,000—70 — , 
R 
but    shall    not   exceed    16,000    pounds. 

(e)  For  steel  columns  filled  with,  but  not 
encased  in,  concrete  the  steel  shall  be  calcu- 
lated to  carry  the  entire  live  and  dead  load. 
In  this  case  the  above  formulae  may  be  used, 
but  the  allowable  stress  shall  not  exceed 
14,000  pounds. 

(f)  Stress  due  to  eccentric  loading  shall 
be  provided  for   in  all   compressive  members. 

(g)  The  length  of  rolled  steel  compressive 
members  shall  not  exceed  one  hundred  twen- 
ty times  the  least  radius  of  gyration,  but  the 
limiting  length  of  struts  for  wind  bracing 
only  may  be  one  hundred  fifty  times  the 
least  radius  of  gyration.  The  limiting  length 
for  cast  iron  columns  shall  be  seventy  times 
the  least   radius  of   gyration. 

(h)  Cast  iron  columns  shall  not  be  used 
in  buildings  of  greater  height  than  twice  the 
least  width,  or  in  buildings  over  100  feet 
high. 

(See   Special   Ruling  vm,   Page   241.) 

529.  Live  and  Dead  Loads — Stress.)  (a) 
Wherever  the  live  and  dead  load  stresses 
are  of  opposite  character,  only  70  per  cent 
of  the  dead  load  stress  shall  be  considered 
as  effective  in  counteracting  the  live  load 
stress. 

(b)  For  stresses  produced  by  wind  forces 
combined  with  those  from  live  and  dead 
load,  the  unit  stress  may  be  increased  fifty 
per  cent,  over  those  given  above;  but  the 
section  shall  not  be  less  than  required  if 
wind  forces  be  neglected. 


530.  Riveting — Tension.)  (a)  In  propor- 
tioning tension  members  the  diameter  of 
the  rivet  holes  shall  be  taken  one-eighth  of 
an  inch  larger  than  the  nominal  diameter  of 
the  rivet. 

(b)  In  proportioning  rivets  the  nominal 
diameter   of   the   rivet   shall   be   used. 

(c)  Pin-connected  riveted  tension  mem- 
bers shall  have  a  net  section  through  the 
pin-hole  at  least  25  per  cent  in  excess  of 
the  net  section  of  the  body  of  the  member 
and  the  net  section  back  of  the  pin-hole, 
parallel  with  the  axis  of  the  member,  shall 
not  be  less  than  the  net  section  of  the  body 
of  the  member. 

531.  Plate  Girders  —  Flanges  —  Compres- 
sion.) (a)  Plate  girders  shall  be  propor- 
tioned either  by  the  moment  of  inertia  of 
their  net  section,  or  by  assuming  that  the 
flanges  are  concentrated  at  their  centers  of 
gravity  and  a  unit  stress  used  such  that  the 
extreme  fibre  stress  does  not  exceed  16,000 
pounds  per  square  inch,  in  which  case  one- 
eighth  of  the  gross  section  of  the  web,  if 
properly  spliced,  may  be  used  as  flange 
section. 

(b)  The  gross  section  of  the  compres- 
sion flanges  of  plate  girders  shall  not  be 
less  than  the  gross  section  of  the  tension 
flanges;  nor  shall  the  stress  per  square  inch 
girder  of  a  longer  length  than  25  times  the 
in  the  compression  flange  of  any  beam  or 
width    exceed. 

L, 
20,000—160— 
B 
In   which  formula 

Li    equals    unsupported    distance    and 
B    equals    width    of    flange. 

(c)  The  flanges  of  plate  girders  shall  be 
connected  to  the  web  with  a  sufficient  num- 
ber of  rivets  to  transfer  the  total  shear  at 
any  point  in  a  distance  e.pial  to  the  effective 
depth  of  the  girder  at  that  point  combined 
with  any  load  that  is  applied  directly  on  the 
flanges. 

(d)  Webs  of  plate  girders  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  stiffeners  over  all  bearing  points, 
under  all  points  of  concentrated  loading 
and  elsewhere  when  required  by  good  en- 
gineering  practice. 


Reinforced    Concrete. 

(See  Special  Ruling  II  and  III.  Page*  231 
and  233.) 

f>."2.  Reinforced  Concrete  —  Definition  — 
Plans.)  The  term  "Reinforced  Concrete" 
means  any  combination  of  metal  imbedded 
in  concrete  to  form   a  structure  so  that  the 


177 


Reinforced    Concrete 


two  materials  assist  each  other  to  sustain 
all  the  stresses  imposed.  Before  a  permit 
to  erect  any  reinforced  concrete  structure 
is  issued,  complete  plans  and  specifications 
shall  be  filed  with  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings,  showing  all  details  of  the  con- 
struction. Including  detail  of  working  joints, 
the  size  and  position  of  all  reinforced  rods, 
stirrups  or  other  forms  of  metal,  and  giving 
the  composition  and  proportion  of  the  con: 
crete;  provided,  however,  that  permission 
to  erect  any  reinforced  concrete  structure 
does  not  in  any  manner  approve  the  con- 
struction until  after  tests  have  been  made 
of  the  actual  construction  to  the  satisfac- 
tion of  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings. 

(See    Special   Ruling-   III,    Page   233.) 

:>:;.'..  Ratio  of  Moduli  of  Elasticity — Ad- 
hesion— Bond.)  (a)  The  calculations  fot 
the  strength  of  reinforced  concrete  shall  be 
based  on  the  assumed  ultimate  compressive 
strength  per  square  inch  designated  by  the 
letter  "U"  given  in  the  table  below  for  the 
mixture  to  be  used. 

(b)  The  ratio  designated  by  the  letter 
"R"  of  the  modulus  of  elasticity  of  steel  to 
that  of  the  different  grades  of  concrete  shall 
be  taken  in  accordance  with  the  following 
table: 

Mixture.  U         R 

1    cement,    1    sand,    2    broken    stone, 

gravel    or    slag    2,900     10 

1   cement,   1*4    sand,   3   broken  stone, 

gravel    or    slag    2,400     12 

1    cement,    2    sand,    4    broken    stone, 

gravel    or    slag    2,000     15 

1   cement,   2V2   sand,   5  broken  stone, 

gravel    or   slag    1,750     18 

1    cement,    3    sand,    7    broken    stone, 

gravel    or    slag    1,500     20 

(See  Special  Ruling  II,  Page  231.) 

Tj3  4.  Unit  Stresses  for  Steel  and  Con- 
crete.) (a)  The  stresses  in  the  concrete 
and  the  steel  shall  not  exceed  the  following 
limits: 

(b)  Tensile  stress  in  steel  shall  not  ex- 
ceed one-third  of  its  elastic  limits  and  shall 
not   exceed   18,000   pounds  per   square   inch. 

(c)  Shearing  stress  in  steel  shall  not  ex- 
ceed  12,000   pounds  per  square  inch. 

id)  The  compressive  stress  in  steel  shall 
not  exceed  the  product  of  the  compressive 
stress  in  the  concrete  multiplied  by  the 
elastic  modulus  of  the  steel  and  divided  by 
the  elastic  modulus  of  the  concrete. 

(e)  Direct  compression  in  concrete  shall 
be  one-fifth  of  Its  ultimate  strength.  Bend- 
ing in  extreme  fibre  of  concrete  shall  be 
thirty-five  one-hundredths  of  the  ultimate 
strength. 

(f)  Tension  in  concrete  on  diagonal  plane 
shall  be  one-fiftieth  of  the  ultimate  com- 
pressive   strength. 

(g)  For  a  concrete  composed  of  one  part 
of  cement,  two  parts  of  sand  and  four  parts 
of  broken  stone,  the  allowable  unit  stress 
for  adhesion  per  square  inch  of  surface  of 
imbedment    shall    not    exceed    the    following: 

Pounds  Per 
Sq.  Inch. 
On  plain  round  or  square  bars  of  struc- 
tural  steel    70 

On   plain   round   or   square   bars  of  high 

carbon    steel    50 

On  r>lain  flat  bars,   in  which  the  ratio  of 

V.  e  sides   is  not  more  than   2    to   1....    50 
Oil  twisted  bars  when  the  twisting  is  not 
less  than   one  complete  twist  in   eight 

diameters     10° 

(h)  For  specially  formed  bars,  the  allow- 
able unit  stress  for  bond  shall  not  exceed 
one-fourth  of  the  ultimate  bond  strength  of 
such  bars  without  appreciable  slip  which 
shall  be  determined  by  tests  made  by  the 
person,  firm  or  corporation  to  the  satisfac- 
tion of  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings,  but 
provided  that  in  no  case  shall  such  allow- 
able unit  stress  exceed  100  pounds  per 
square  Inch   of  the  specially  formed  bars. 


535.  Design  for  Slabs,  Beams  and  Gird- 
ers.) Reinforced  concrete  slabs,  beams 
and  girders  shall  be  designed  in  accordance 
with  the  following  assumptions  and  re- 
quirements: 

(a)  The  common  theory  of  flexure  shall 
be  applied  to  beams  and  members  resisting 
bonding. 

(b)  The  adhesion  between  the  concrete 
and  the  steel  shall  be  sufficient  to  make  the 
two   materials   act   together. 

(c)  The  steel  to  take  all  the  direct  ten- 
sile   stresses. 

(d)  The  stress  strain  curve  of  concrete 
in   compression    is   a  straight  line. 

(e)  The  ratio  of  the  moduli  of  elasticity 
of  concrete  to  steel  shall  be  as  specified  in 
the   table   in   Section   533. 

(See  Special  Ruling  II  and  IV,  Pages  331 
and    241.) 

536.  Moments  of  External  Forces.)  (a) 
Beams,  girders,  floor  or  roof  slabs  and  joists 
shall  be  calculated  as  supported,  or  with 
fixed  ends,  or  with  partly  fixed  ends,  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  actual  end  conditions, 
the  number  of  spans  and  the  design. 

(b)  When  calculated  for  ends  partly 
fixed  for  intermediate  spans  with  an  equally 
distributed  load  where  the  adjacent  spans 
are    of   approximately    equal    lengths: 

Bending   moment   at   center  of   spans  shall 

not  be   less  than  that   expressed   In   the   for- 

WL'  WL' 

mula for   intermediate   spans   and  

12  10 

for  end  spans. 

(c)  The  moment  over  supports  shall  not 

WL" 

be  less  than  the  formula  ■ and  the  sum 

18 
of  the  moments  over  one  support  and  at  the 
center  of  span  shall  be  taken  not  less  than 
WL2 

the    formula   . 

6 
In    the   formula   hereinabove   given    "W"   Is 
the  load  per  lineal  foot  and   "L"   the  length 
of   span   in    feet. 

(d)  In  case  of  concentrated  or  special 
loads  the  calculations  shall  be  based  on  the 
critical  condition  of  loading. 

(e)  For  fully  supported  slabs,  the  free 
opening  plus  the  depth,  for  continuous  slabs, 
the  distance  between  centers  of  supports,  Is 
to   be    taken   as    the   span. 

(f)  Where  the  vertical  shear,  measured 
on  the  section  of  a  beam  or  girder  between 
the  centers  of  action  of  the  horizontal 
stresses,  exceeas  one-fifth  of  the  ultimate 
direct  compressive  stress  per  square  inch, 
web  reinforcement  shall  be  supplied  suf- 
ficient to  carry  the  excess.  The  web  rein- 
forcement shall  extend  from  top  to  bottom 
of  beam,  and  loop  or  connect  to  the  horizon- 
tal reinforcement.  The  horizontal  rein- 
forcement carrying  the  direct  stresses  shall 
not   be   considered   as    web   reinforcement. 

(g)  In  no  case,  however,  shall  the  verti- 
cal shear,  measured  as  stated  above,  exceed 
one-fifteenth  of  the  ultimate  compression 
strength    of   the    concrete. 

(h)  For  T  beams  the  width  of  the  stem 
only  shall  be  used  in  calculating  the  above 
shear. 

(i)  When  steel  is  used  in  the  compres- 
sion side  of  beams  and  girders,  the  rods 
shall  be  tied  in  accordance  with  require- 
ments of  vertical  reinforced  columns  with 
stirrups  connecting  with  the  tension  rods 
of   the   beams   or    girders. 

(j)  All  reinforcing  steel  shall  be  accu- 
rately located  in  the  forms  and  secured 
against  displacement;  and  inspected  by  the 
representative  of  the  architect  or  engineer  in 
charge  before  any  surrounding  concrete  be 
put  in  place.  It  shall  be  afterwards  com- 
pletely inclosed  by  the  concrete,  and  such 
steel  shall  nowhere  be  nearer  the  surface 
of   the   concrete   than    1%-Inch    for   columns. 


178 


Reinforced   Concrete 


IVi  inch  for  beams  and  girders,  and  ^-inch, 
but  not  less  than  the  diameter  of  the  bar, 
for   slabs. 

(k)  The  longitudinal  steel  in  beams  and 
girders  shall  be  so  disposed  that  there  shall 
be  a  thickness  of  concrete  between  the  sep- 
arate pieces  of  steel  of  not  less  than  one 
and  one-half  times  the  maximum  sectional 
dimension    of    the   steel. 

(1)  For  square  slabs  with  two-way  rein- 
forcements the  bending  moment  at  the  cen- 
ter  of   the   slab   shall    not   be   less   than    that 

WL1 

expressed    in    the    formula    for    inter- 

24 
WL* 

mediate   spans,   and  for  end  spans. 

20 

(m)     The  moment  over  supports  shall  not 
WL' 

be  less  than  the  formula  and  the  sum 

36 
of  the  moments  over  one  support  and  at  the 
center   of   the   span    shall   be   taken   not  less 
WLa 

than  the  formula  . 

12 

In  which  above  formula  "W"  Is  the  load 
per  lineal  foot  and  "L"  the  length  of  the 
span. 

(n)  For  squares  or  rectangular  slabs, 
the  distribution  of  the  loads  in  the  two  di- 
rections, shall  be  inversely  as  the  cubes  of 
the    two   dimensions. 

(o)  Exposed  metal  of  any  kind  will  not 
be  considered  a  factor  In  the  strength  of 
any  part  of  any  concrete  structure,  and  the 
plaster  finish  applied  over'  the  metal  shall 
not  be  deemed  sufficient  protection  unless 
applied  of  sufficient  thickness  and  so  se- 
cured as  to  meet  the  approval  of  the  Com- 
missioner   of     Buildings. 

(p)  Shrinkage  and  thermal  stresses  shall 
be   provided   for   by   introduction   of   steel. 

(See  Special  Ruling  II,  Page  231.) 

537.  Limiting  Width  of  Flange  in  "T" 
Beams.)  (a)  In  the  calculation  of  ribs, 
a  portion  of  the  floor  slab  may  be  assumed 
as  acting  in  flexure  in  combination  with  the 
rib.  The  width  of  the  slab  so  acting  in 
iiexure  is  to  be  governed  by  the  shearing 
resistance  between  rib  and  slab,  but  limited 
to  a  width  equal  to  one-third  of  the  span 
length  of  the  ribs  between  supports  and 
also  limited  to  a  width  of  three-quarters  of 
the  distance  from  center  to  center  between 
ribs. 

(b)  No  part  of  the  slab  shall  be  consid- 
ered as  a  portion  of  the  rib,  unless  the  slab 
and  rib  are  cast  at  the  same   time. 

(c)  Where  reinforced  concrete  girders 
support  reinforced  concrete  beams,  the  por- 
tion of  floor  slab  acting  as  flange  to  the 
girder  must  be  reinforced  with  rods  near 
the  top,  at  right  angles  to  the  girder,  to  ena- 
ble It  to  transmit  local  loads  directly  to  the 
girder  and   not   through    the   beams. 

(See  Special  Ruling  IV,  Page  241.) 

538.  Reinforced  Concrete  Columns — Limit 
of  Length — Per  Cent  of  Reinforcement — 
Bending  Moment  in  Columns — Tying  Verti- 
cal Rods.)  (a)  Reinforced  concrete  may 
be  used  for  columns  in  which  the  concrete 
shall  not  be  leaner  than  a:l:2:4  mixture  and 
in  which  the  ratio  of  length  to  least  side  or 
diameter  does  not  exceed  twelve,  but  in  no 
case  shall  the  cross  section  of  the  column 
be  less  than  64  square  inches.  Longitudi- 
nal reinforcing  rods  must  be  tied  together 
to  effectively  resist  outward  flexure  at  in- 
tervals of  not  more  than  twelve  times  least 
diameter  of  rod  and  not  more  than  18 
inches.  When  compression  rods  are  not  re- 
quired, reinforcing  rods  shall  be  used,  equiv- 
alent to  not  less  than  one-half  of  one  per 
cent  (.005)  of  the  cross  sectional  area  of  the 
column;  provided,  however,  that  the  total 
sectional  area  of  the  reinforcing  steel  shall 
not   be   less    than   one   square   inch,    and   that 


no  rod  or  bar  be  of  smaller  diameter  or 
least  dimensions  than  one-half  inch.  The 
area  of  reinforcing  compression  rods  shall 
be  limited  to  three  per  cent,  of  cross  sec- 
tional area  of  the  column.  Vertical  rein- 
forcing rods  shall  extend  upward  or  down- 
ward into  the  column,  above  or  below,  lap- 
ping the  reinforcement  above  or  below 
enough  to  develop  the  stress  in  rod  by  the 
allowable  unit  for  adhesion.  When  beams 
or  girders  are  made  monolithic  with  or  rig- 
idly attached  to  reinforced  concrete  col- 
umns, the  latter  shall  be  designed  to  resist 
a  bending  moment  equal  to  the  greatest  pos- 
sible unbalanced  moment  in  the  beams  or 
girders  at  the  columns,  in  addition  to  the 
direct  loads  for  which  the  columns  are  de- 
signed. 

(b)  When  the  reinforcement  consists  of 
vertical  bars  and  spiral  hooping,  the  con- 
crete may  be  stressed  to  one-fourth  of  its 
ultimate  strength  as  given  in  Section  533, 
provided,  that  the  amount  of  vertical  rein- 
forcement be  not  less  than  the  amount  of 
the  spiral  reinforcement,  nor  greater  than 
eight  per  cent,  of  the  area  within  the  hoop- 
ing; that  the  percentage  of  spiral  hooping 
be  not  less  than  one-half  of  one  per  cent, 
nor  greater  than  one  and  one-half  per  cent.; 
that  the  pitch  of  the  spiral  hooping  be  uni- 
form and  not  greater  than  one-tenth  of  the 
diameter  of  the  column,  nor  greater  than 
three  inches;  that  the  spiral  be  secured  to 
the  verticals  at  every  intersection  in  such 
a  manner  as  to  insure  the  maintaining  of 
its  form  and  position,  that  the  verticals  be 
spaced  so  that  their  distance  apart,  meas- 
ured on  the  circumference  be  not  greater 
than  nine  inches,  nor  one-eighth  the  circum- 
ference of  the  column  within  the  hooping. 
In  such  columns,  the  action  of  the  hooping 
may  be  assumed  to  increase  the  resistance 
of  the  concrete  equivalent  to  two  and  one- 
half  times  the  amount  of  the  spiral  hooping 
figured  as  vertical  reinforcement.  No  part 
of  the  concrete  outside  of  the  hooping  shall 
be  considered  as  a  part  of  the  effective  col- 
umn  section. 

539.  Structural  Steel  Columns.)  When 
the  vertical  reinforcement  consists  of  a 
structural  steel  column  of  box  shape,  with 
lattice  or  battenplates  of  such  a  form  as  to 
permit  its  being  filled  with  concrete,  the 
concrete  may  be  stressed  to  one-fourth  of 
its  ultimate  strength  as  given  in  table  in 
Section  533,  provided  that  no  shape  of  less 
than  one  square  inch  section  be  used  and 
that  the  spacing  of  the  lacing  or  battens  be 
not  greater  than  the  least  width  of  the  col- 
umns. 

(See   Special  Ruling  X,   Page   243.) 

540.  Curtain  Walls  in  Skeleton  Construc- 
tion Buildings.)  Buildings  having  a  com- 
plete skeleton  construction  of  steel  or  of 
reinforced  concrete  construction,  or  a  com- 
bination of  both,  may  have  exterior  walls  of 
reinforced  concrete  eight  inches  thick;  pro- 
vided, however,  that  such  walls  shall  sup- 
port only  their  own  weight  and  that  such 
walls  shall  have  steel  reinforcement  of  not 
less  than  three-tenths  of  one  per  cent  in 
each  direction,  vertically  and  horizontally,  the 
rods  spaced  not  more  than  twelve-inch  cen- 
ters and  wired  to  each  other  at  each  intersec- 
tion. All  bars  shall  be  lapped  for  a  length 
sufficient  to  develop  their  full  stress  for 
the  allowable  unit  stress  for  adhesion.  Ad- 
ditional bars  shall  be  Bet  around  openings. 
the  verticals  wired  to  the  nearest  horizon- 
tal bars,  and  the  horizontal  bars  at  top  and 
bottom  of  openings  shall  be  wired  to  the 
nearest  vertical  bars.  The  Steel  rods  shall 
be  combined  with  the  concrete  and  placed 
where  the  combination  will  develop  the 
greatest  strength,  and  the  rods  shall  be 
staggered  or  placed  and  secured  so  as  to 
resist  a  pressure  of  thirty  pounds  per  square 
toot,  either  from  the  exterior  or  from  the 
interior  on  each  and  every  square  foot  of 
each    wall    panel. 


179 


541.  Bending-  and  Elong-ation  of  Steel.) 
The  bending  and  elongation  of  steel  used 
in  reinforced  concrete  construction  shall 
conform  to  the  following  requirements:  (a) 
Steel  having  a  diameter  of  three-fourths  of 
an  inch  or  less  shall  be  capable  of  bending 
cold  ninety  degrees  over  a  diameter  equal 
to  twice  the  thickness  of  the  piece  without 
fracture;  steel  over  three-fourths  inch  in 
diameter  shall  be  capable  of  bending  cold  to 
ninety  degrees  over  a  diameter  equal  to 
three   times    the   diameter   of   the   piece. 

(b)  The  material  of  reinforcement  shall 
be  such  form  that  it  will  not  elongate  un- 
der working  stress  to  exceed  one  fifteen- 
hundredth. 

(c)  Reinforcing  steel  used  in  reinforcing 
concrete  construction  shall  not  be  painted, 
but  shall  be  free  from  all  mill  scale  and 
loose   rust. 

■"> 4 J .  Cement  Tests.)  (a)  Only  Portland 
cement  shall  be  used  in  reinforced  concrete 
construction.  All  cement  shall  be  tested  in 
car  load  lots  when  delivered,  or  in  quanti- 
ties equal  to  the  same.  Cement  failing  to 
meet  the  requirements  of  accelerated  test 
shall    be    rejected. 

(b)  Pats  of  neat  cement  must  be  allowed 
to  harden  twenty-four  hours  in  moist  air, 
and  then  be  submitted  to  the  accelerated 
test  as  follows:  A  pat  is  exposed  in  any  con- 
venient way  in  an  atmosphere  of  steam,  and 
above  boiling  water,  in  a  loosely  closed  ves- 
sel for  three  hours,  after  which  before  the 
pat  cools,  it  is  placed  in  the  boiling  water 
for  rive  additional  hours.  To  pass  this  test 
satisfactorily,  the  pat  shall  remain  firm  and 
hard,  and  show  no  signs  of  cracking,  dis- 
tortion   or    disintegration. 

(c)  Portland  cement  when  tested  shall 
have  a  minimum  tensile  strength  as  fol- 
lows: Neat  cement  after  one  day  in  moist 
air  shall  develop  a  tensile  strength  of  at 
least  200  pounds  per  square  inch;  after  one 
day  in  air  and  six  days  in  water  shall  de- 
velop a  tensile  strength  of  at  least  500 
pounds  per  square  inch,  and  after  one  day 
in  air  and  twenty-seven  days  in  water,  shall 
develop  a  tensile  strength  of  at  least  600 
pounds  per  square  inch.  Cement  and  sand 
tests  composed  of  one  part  of  cement  and 
three  parts  of  sand  shall  after  one  day  in  air 
and  six  days  in  water,  develop  a  tensile 
strength  of  at  least  175  pounds  per  square 
inch;  and  after  one  day  in  air  and  twenty- 
seven  days  in  water,  shall  develop  a  tensile 
strength  of  at  least  240  pounds  per  square 
inch. 

(d)  A  certificate  that  the  cement  used 
has  been  tested  and  has  met  the  require- 
ments of  this  section  and  that  the  tests 
have  been  made  in  accordance  with  the 
standard  methods  prescribed  by  the  Ameri- 
can Society  for  Testing  Materials,  on  pages 
149  to  164.  both  inclusive,  of  the  proceedings 
of  the  Eleventh  Annual  Meeting  of  the 
American  Society  for  Testing  Materials, 
adopted  Auerust  15,  1908.  shall  be  furnished 
by  the  architect  or  engineer  in  charge  to 
the    Commissioner   of   Buildings. 

•"43.  Sand.)  The  sand  to  be  used  for  con- 
crete shall  be  clean,  hard,  coarse  sand,  of  the 
grade  known  as  torpedo  sand,  and  free  from 
loam  or  dirt,  not  less  than  45  per  centum 
shall  be  returned  on  a  screen  of  400  mesh 
to   the   square   inch. 

544.  Stone.)  The  stone  to  be  used  in 
concrete  shall  be  clean  crushed  hard  stone 
or  clean  crushed  blast  furnace  slag  or  gravel 
of  a  size  to  pass  through  a  one-inch  square 
mesh.  If  limestone  or  slag  is  used,  it  shall 
be  screened  to  remove  all  dust;  if  gravel  is 
used,  it  shall  be  thoroughly  washed.  Stone 
shall  be  drenched  immediately  before  us- 
ing. If  slag  Is  used,  it  shall  be  of  such 
character  that  when  made  into  concrete  the 
concrete  will  develop  a  crushing  strength 
equal  to  that  specified  for  stone  or  gravel 
concrete. 


545.  Mixing.)  All  concrete  shall  be  mixed 
in  a  mechanical  mixer  except  when  limited 
quantities  are  required,  or  when  the  condi- 
tions of  the  work  make  hand  mixing  pref- 
erable; hand  mixing  to  be  done  only  when 
approved  by  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings. 
In  all  mixing,  the  separate  ingredients  shall 
be  measured  and  shall  be  thoroughly  mixed 
and  must  oe  uniform  in  color,  appearance 
and    consistency    before   placing. 

546.  Placing  Concrete.)  In  filling  in  con- 
crete around  reinforcing  steel,  the  concrete 
must  be  worked  continuously  with  suitable 
tools,  as  it  is  put  in  place.  Filling  the  forms 
completely  and  puddling  afterward  will  not 
be  permitted.  In  placing  the  concrete,  the 
work  shall  be  so  laid  out  that  partly  set 
concrete  will  not  be  subjected  to  shocks 
from  men  wheeling  or  handling  material 
over   it. 

547.  Concrete  Placed  in  Preezing  Weath- 
er.) When  concreting  is  carried  on  in  freez- 
ing weather,  the  material  must  be  heated, 
and  such  provisions  made  that  the  concrete 
can  be  put  in  place  without  freezing.  The 
use  of  frozen,  lumpy  sand,  or  stone  depend- 
ing on  hot  water  used  in  mixing  to  thaw  it 
out  will  not  be  permitted.  All  reinforced 
concrete  shall  be  kept  at  a  temperature  above 
freezing  for  at  least  forty-eight  hours  after 
being  put  in  place.  All  forms  under  con- 
crete placed  in  freezing  weather  shall  re- 
main until  all  evidences  of  frost  are  absent 
from  the  concrete  and  the  natural  harden- 
ing of  the  concrete  has  proceeded  to  the 
point  of  safety. 

548.  Concrete  Placed  in  Warm  Weather.) 
Concrete  laid  in  warm  weather  shall  be 
drenched  with  water  twice  daily,  Sunday 
included,  during  the  first  week  after  being 
put    in   place. 

549.  Cement  Finish.)  Cement  finish 
added  to  the  top  of  slabs,  beams,  or  girders, 
shall  not  be  calculated  in  the  strength  of  a 
member  unless  laid  integrally  with  the 
rough  concrete.  No  greater  unit  stress  shall 
be  allowed  on  such  cement  finish  than  on  the 
rough  concrete. 

(See   Special   Ruling-  IV,    Page   241.) 
(See   Special   Baling  IX,   Page  243.) 

550.  Fireproof  Concrete  Construction.) 
Reinforced  concrete  construction  will  be  ac- 
cepted for  fireproof  buildings  if  designed  as 
prescribed  in  this  paragraph.  The  aggre- 
gate for  such  concrete  shall  be  clean,  broken 
stone  or  clean  crushed  blast  furnace  slag, 
or  clean  screened  gravel,  together  with  clean, 
coarse  sand  of  the  grade  known  as  torpedo 
sand;  stone,  slag  or  gravel  shall  be  of  a 
size  to  pass  through  a  screen  of  three-quar- 
ter inch  mesh.  The  minimum  thickness  of 
concrete  surrounding  the  reinforcing  mem- 
bers of  reinforced  concrete  beams  and  gird- 
ers shall  be  two  inches  on  the  botton,  and 
one  and  one-half  inches  on  the  sides  of  said 
beams  and  girders.  The  minimum  thick- 
ness of  concrete  under  slab  rods  shall  be 
one  inch:  and  all  reinforcement  in  columns 
shall  have  a  minimum  protection  of  two 
inches  of  concrete  except  as  hereinafter  pro- 
vided, if  a  supplementary  metal  fabric  is 
placed  in  the  concrete  surrounding  the  re- 
inforcing, simply  for  holding  the  concrete, 
the  thickness  of  concrete  under  the  rein- 
forcing may  be  reduced  by  one-half  inch, 
then  such  fabric  shall  not  be  considered  as 
reinforcing    metal. 

551.  Removal  of  Forms.)  In  no  case 
shall  the  props  and  shores  used  in  rein- 
forced concrete  construction  be  removed 
from  under  floors  and  roofs  in  less  than  two 
weeks,  except  as  is  provided  herein.  Col- 
umn forms  shall  not  be  removed  in  less  than 
four  days.  The  centering  from  bottom  of 
slabs  and  sides  of  beams  and  girders  may 
be  removed  after  the  concrete  has  set  for 
one  week,  if  the  floor  has  obtained  sufficient 
hardness  to  sustain  the  dead  weight  of  the 
said  floor.     No  load  or  weight  shall  be  placed 


180 


Cinder   Concrete — Skeleton   Construction 


on  any  portion  of  the  construction  until  the 
concrete  has  fully  set  and  the  centers  have 
been    removed. 

552.  Tests.)  The  contractor  for  the  re- 
inforced concrete  construction  shall  make 
load  tests  on  any  portion  of  the  work 
within  a  reasonable  time  after  erection,  as 
may  be  required  by  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings.  Such  tests  must  be  made  under 
the  direction  of  the  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings in  his  presence  or  in  the  presence  of 
his  representative,  and  must  show  that  the 
construction  will  sustain  a  load  twice  the 
sum  of  the  live  and  dead  loads  for  which  it 
was  designed,  without  any  sign  of  failure. 
The  construction  may  be  considered  as  part 
of  the  test  load.  Each  test  load  shall  cover 
two  or  more  panels  and  shall  remain  In 
place  at  least  twenty-four  hours.  The  de- 
flection under  the  full  test  load  at  the  ex- 
piration of  twenty-four  hours  shall  not  ex- 
ceed one  eight-hundredth  of  the  span. 
These  tests  shall  be  considered  as  tests  of 
workmanship    only. 

553.  Reinforced  Terra  Cotta  Hollow  Tile.) 
(a)  The  term  reinforced  hollow  tile  is  here- 
by defined  to  mean  a  system  of  hollow 
burned  clay  tile  in  combination  with  rein- 
forced concrete,  in  which  combination  the 
hollow  tile  may  be  used  to  resist  compres- 
sive and  shearing  stresses  subject  to  the 
following   provisions: 

The  provisions  renting  to  reinforced  con- 
crete construction  shall  hold  as  far  as  applic- 
able to  this  system. 

All  tile  to  be  hard  burned  terra  cotta  tile 
of  uniform  quality,  free  from  shrinkage 
cracks,  with  true  beds  and  having  an  ulti- 
mate compressive  strength  of  not  less  than 
4,000  pounds  per  square  inch  of  net  area 
of    surface    tested. 

The  following  stresses  and  values  shall 
not  be  exceeded:  Extreme  fibre  stress 
(compressive)  on  hollow  tile,  500  pounds  per 
square  inch. 

Shearing  stress  on  hollow  tile.  200  pounds 
per  square  inch. 

Adhesion  between  tile  and  1:2:4  concrete 
to  1:3  cement  mortar,  40  pounds  per  square 
inch. 

Ratio  of  modulus  of  elasticity  of  steel  to 
that   of   tile   with    cement    mortar   joints,    10. 

(b)  Special  Provisions  as  to  Workman- 
ship in  Reinforced  Hollow  Tile  Construc- 
tion.) The  hollow  tile  shall  be  thoroughly 
soaked  with  water  at  the  time  concrete  is 
poured  and  be  kept  drenched  for  at  least 
thirty-six  hours  afterwards.  The  joints  be- 
tween tiles  shall  be  staggered,  buttered  and 
slushed  full  of  mortar  consisting  of  one  (1) 
part  of  Portland  cement  and  three  (3)  parts 
of  clean,  sharp  sand,  thoroughly  mixed. 

(c)  Terra  Cotta  Tile  Columns.)  Columns 
of  solid  terra  cotta  or  of  hollow  terra  cotta 
in  which  the  sectional  area  of  the  open  holes 
in  each  block  shall  not  exceed  twenty  (20) 
per  cent  of  the  gross  sectional  area  of  such 
block,  may  be  used  for  structural  purposes 
provided  the  height  of  such  column  shall  not 
exceed    twelve   times   the   least  dimension. 

The  allowable  stress  shall  not  exceed  350 
pounds  per  square  inch  and  shall  be  sub- 
ject to  the  reduction  formula  given  in  Sec- 
tion  520  in  paragraph   f. 

All  terra  cotta  tile  used  for  construction 
of  columns  shall  be  hard  burned  terra  cotta 
tile  of  uniform  quality,  free  from  shrink- 
age cracks,  with  true  beds  and  having  ulti- 
mate compressive  strength  of  not  less  than 
6,000  pounds  per  square  inch  of  net  area  of 
cross    section    of    samples    tested. 

Mortar  used  in  setting  terra  cotta  tile 
walls  and  columns  to  be  composed  of  one  (1) 
part  Portland  cement  and  three  (3)  parts 
clean,    sharp    sand,    thoroughly    mixed. 

(d)  Special  Provisions  as  to  Workman- 
ship    in     Tile     Column      Construction.)      All 


terra  cotta  tile  must  be  thoroughly  wet  be- 
fore using  and  when  used  in  columns  must 
be  set  on  end  with  the  voids  running  verti- 
cally and  directly  over  each  other,  and  with 
the   webs   in   direct  line  of   pressure. 

All  vertical  joints  must  stagger  and  terra 
cotta  blocks  must  be  of  proper  dimensions 
to  meet  this  condition  as  no  broken  tile  will 
be  allowed. 

All  work  to  be  set  plumb,  with  uniform 
horizontal  joints,  thickness  to  average  three- 
eighths  (3-8)  of  an  inch.  The  minimum 
time  which  shall  elapse  between  the  finish- 
ing of  the  work  and  before  any  load  is 
placed  thereon  shall  be  not  less  than  seven 
days. 

(e)  Terra  Cotta  Tile  Walls.)  Hollow  tile 
may  be  used  for  building  primary  bearing 
walls,  which  are  defined  as  walls  that  may 
be  used  to  receive  directly  the  loads  from 
floors  or  roofs  in  addition  to  their  acting 
as  partition  walls,  provided  the  proportion 
between  thickness  of  wall  and  free  height 
between  the  floors  does  not  exceed  fifteen 
(15)  and  the  load  including  the  weight  of 
the  construction  does  not  exceed  three  hun- 
dred and  fifty  (350)  pounds  per  square  inch 
of  net  sectional  area  of  tile,  and  shall  be  of 
the  thickness  specified  by  this  chapter  for 
brick  walls.  Hollow  terra  cotta  tile  may  be 
used  for  exterior  walls,  but  when  so  used 
the  thickness  and  height  of  the  work  must 
conform  to  the  dimensions  required  for 
brick  walls  in  this  chapter,  but  must  in  no 
case  exceed  four  stories  in  height  in  any 
building.  The  thickness  of  walls  shall  be 
calculated  as  the  outside  dimensions  of  the 
tile  and  each  tile  shall  be  full  thickness  of 
wall.  The  thickness  of  the  plastering  is 
not  to  be  Included  as  a  part  of  the  thickness 
of  the  wall.  Walls  having  a  thickness  of 
4  inches  may  be  used  when  the  height  does 
not  exceed  five  (5)  feet.  The  quality  of  the 
tile  and  mortar  and  special  provisions  as  to 
workmanship  as  specified  for  terra  cotta 
columns  shall  apply  to  terra  cotta  tile  walls, 
(f)  Terra  Cotta  Grain  Bin  Construction.) 
Fireproof  storage  bin,  grain  elevators  and 
grain  warehouses  may  be  built  in  cylindri- 
cal form  with  terra  cotta  tile  of  such  height, 
diameter  and  thickness  as  is  allowed  by  safe 
engineering-  practices,  provided  that  the  ma- 
terial shall  not  be  stressed  in  excess  of  the 
limits  prescribed  in  this  chapter  for  walls 
nrd    columns. 

554.  Cinder  Concrete.)  (a)  Cinder  con- 
crete construction  may  be  used  for  all  build- 
ings in  which  fireproof  construction  is  man- 
datory by  this  chapter,  or  where  ordinary 
construction.  mill  construction  or  slow- 
burning   construction    may  be   used. 

(b)  Only  clean,  thoroughly  burnt,  steam 
boiler  cinders,  free  from  matter  other  than 
cinders  may  be  used.  The  cinders  used  shall 
be  of  such  size  that  they  will  pass  through 
a  one-inch  square  mesh.  Cinder  concrete 
piers  or  walls  shall  not  be  permitted  to  car- 
ry loads  and  shall  not  be  given  credit  there- 
for. 

(c)  The  ultimate  compressive  strength 
per  square  inch  of  cinder  concrete  shall  be 
taken  as  not  exceeding  seven  hundred 
pounds.  The  ratio  of  the  modulus  of  elas- 
ticity of  steel  divided  by  the  modulus  of 
elasticity  of  cinder  concrete  shall  be  taken 
as    thirtv. 

(d)  There  shall  not  be  less  than  one 
part  of  Portland  cement  to  seven  parts  of 
cinders  and  sand  of  the  grade  known  as  tor- 
pedo sand  in  cinder  concrete.  All  other 
special  requirements  and  methods  of  calcu- 
lation for  reinforced  concrete  as  required 
in  this  chapter  shall  modify  and  regulate 
the   use   of   cinder   concrete    in    buildings. 

(e)  All  steel  and  all  metal  pipe  and  con- 
duits enclosed  in  cinder  concrete  shall  be 
protected  by  a  coating  of  cement  grout  or 
plastered  with  good  lime  mortar  before  th* 
cinder    concrete    Is    placed. 


181 


Miscellaneous  Provisions 


(f)  For  fireproof  construction,  the  mini- 
mum thickness  of  cinder  concrete  covering  on 
structural  metal  shall  be  the  same  as  re- 
quired for  brick  or  concrete  covering  for  fire- 
proof buildings  by  this  chapter.  In  slow- 
burning  or  mill  construction  buildings,  the 
minimum  thickness  of  cinder  concrete  cover- 
ing on  structural  metal  shall  be  three  inch- 
es on  columns  and  two  inches  on  beams, 
girders  and  other  structural  steel  or  iron 
members. 

(g)  Wherever  cinder  concrete  is  used  for 
the  covering  of  columns,  beams,  girders  or 
other  structural  steel  members  of  a  build- 
ing the  cinder  concrete  covering  shall  have 
metal  binders,  or  wire  fabric,  imbedded  in 
and  around  said  columns,  beams,  girders  or 
other  structural  steel  members.  If  wire  is 
used  for  said  metal  binders,  it  shall  not  be 
smaller  than  No.  8  gauge  wire  and  shall  be 
spaced  not  less  than  sixteen  inches  apart 
along  the  length  of  the  steel  member  cov- 
ered. 

(h)  Where  cinder  concrete  construction 
is  used  for  a  building  which,  by  this  chap- 
ter, is  required  to  be  of  fireproof  construc- 
tion, all  parts  that  carry  weights  or  resist 
strains,  shall  be  made  entirely  of  incom- 
bustible material,  and  all  metallic  struc- 
tural members  shall  be  protected  against 
the  effects  of  fire  by  cinder  concrete  propor- 
tioned, mixed,  applied  and  secured  as  herein 
described. 

(i)  All  other  parts  of  a  building  of  cin- 
der concrete  construction,  built  where  fire- 
proof construction  is  mandatory  by  this 
chapter,  shall  be  built  and  made  of  the  ma- 
terial required  by  this  chapter  for  buildings 
of  fireproof  construction:  provided,  however, 
that  cinder  concrete  as  described  herein,  and 
of  the  same  thickness  elsewhere  specified, 
may  be  used  for  all  protective  covering  of 
structural  metal,  after  such  metal  has  been 
protected  by  a  coating  of  cement  grout  or 
plastered  with  good  lime  mortar,  as  re- 
quired by  this  chapter. 

Skeleton    Construction. 

(See  Special  Ruling  I,  Page  231.) 
oor>.  Skeleton  Construction.)  (a)  The 
term  "Skeleton  Construction"  shall  apply  to 
all  buildings  wherein  all  external  and  inter- 
nal loads  and  stresses  are  transmitted  from 
the  top  of  the  building  to  the  foundations 
by  a  skeleton  or  framework  of  metal  or  re- 
inforced   concrete. 

(b)  In  metal  frame  skeleton  construc- 
tion the  beams  and  girders  shall  be  riveted 
to  each  other  at  their  respective  junction 
points.  If  columns  made  of  rolled  iron  or 
steel  are  used,  their  different  parts  shall  be 
riveted  to  each  other,  and  the  beams  and 
girders  shall  have  riveted  connections  to 
unite  them  with  the  columns.  If  cast  iron 
columns  are  used,  each  successive  column 
shall  be  bolted  to  the  one  below  it  by  at 
least  four  bolts  not  less  than  %  inch  in  di- 
ameter, and  the  beams  and  girders  shall  be 
bolted  to  the  columns.  Bolt  holes  in  flanges 
for  connection  from  column  to  column  shall 
be  drilled.  At  each  line  of  floor  or  roof 
beams,  lateral  connections  between  the  ends 
of  the  beams  and  girders  shall  be  made  in 
such  manner  as  to  rigidly  connect  the  beams 
and  girders  with  each  other  in  the  direction 
of    their   length. 

(c)  All  steel  trusses  shall  be  riveted  and 
the  steel  work  in  buildings  more  than  100 
feet  high  and  in  a  building  whose  height  ex- 
ceeds  twice   its   width    shall    be   riveted. 

(d)  Wherever  it  is  found  impossible  to 
rivet  connections  as  herein  described  and 
such  connections  are  bolted,  cold  rolled  or 
turned  bolts  of  exact  fit  and  diameter  in 
reamed  holes  may  he  used  in  place  of  rivets 
with  the  same  allowable  stresses  as  field 
driven    rivets. 

(e)  All  structural  members  which  are 
temporarily  bolted  together  shall  be  well 
bolted    in    every   alternate  hole. 


(f)  After  the  bases  or  base  plates  and 
columns  have  been  set  in  place,  both  shall 
be  protected  by  a  covering  of  cement  con- 
crete applied  direct  to  the  metal,  measuring 
not  less  than  two  and  one-half  inches  thick 
from  th"  extreme  projection  of  the  metal, 
filled  solid  into  all  spaces,  and  forming  a 
continuous  concrete  mass  from  the  grillage 
or  other  foundations  to  an  elevation  six 
feet  above  the  floor  level  nearest  the  column 
base  plate  or  column   stool. 

(g)  All  metal  shall  be  clean  and  shall  be 
free  from  loose  rust  and  scale,  and  all  metal 
except  that  to  be  embedded  in  concrete  shall 
be  protected  with  at  least  two  coats  of  metal 
protecting   paint. 

(h)  All  structural  details  and  workman- 
ship shall  be  in  accordance  with  accepted 
engineering  practice. 

(il  All  trusses  shall  be  held  rigidly  in 
position,  both  temporarily  and  permanently 
by  efficient  lateral  and  sway  bracing. 


Miscellaneous    Provisions. 

5  5  6  Porches — Verandas — Porticos — Con- 

struction of  Inside  Fire  Limits.)  (a)  The 
enclosing  walls  of  porches,  verandas,  or  por- 
ticos shall  be  of  incombustible  material  on 
buildings  inside  the  fire  limits,  except  that 
where  such  porches,  verandas,  or  porticos 
constitute  part  of  a  storm  house  or  of  a 
storm  door  enclosure,  they  may  be  of  com- 
bustible material,  providing,  that  they  be 
not  more  than  twelve  feet  high,  nor  occupy 
a  greater  frontage  than  two  feet  more  than 
the  width  of  the  inner  doors  protected  by 
such    storm    enclosure. 

(b)  On  buildings  more  than  three  stories 
in  height,  porches  hereafter  erected,  if  of 
combustible  material,  shall  not  exceed  one 
story  in  height.  Where  porches  of  incom- 
bustible material  are  continuous  and  extend 
fifty  feet  or  more  across  the  rear  of  build- 
ings, there  shall  be  a  partition  of  incombus- 
tible material  separating  each  fifty  feet  of 
porch    from    the   adjacent   porch. 

557.  Tanks  on  Roofs — Permits — Pees.)  It 
shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person,  firm  or 
corporation  to  construct,  maintain  or  allow, 
or  permit  to  remain  in  or  upon  the  roof  of 
any  building  in  the  city,  any  tank  of  a 
larger  capacity  than  four  hundred  gallons, 
unless  such  tank  shall  rest  upon  a  good  and 
sufficient  foundation  of  solid  brick  or  stone 
masonry,  or  upon  iron  girders  set  on  steel 
plates  which  rest  upon  a  good  and  sufficient 
foundation  of  solid  brick  or  stone  masonry, 
or  upon  iron  or  steel  construction.  No  tank 
of  a  capacity  exceeding  four  hundred  gal- 
lons shall  be  constructed  in  or  upon  any 
building  without  first  submitting  for  the 
approval  of  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings 
a  complete  set  of  plans,  showing  the  con- 
struction in  detail  of  the  supports  and  foun- 
dations of  such  tank.  If  such  plans  shall 
be  satisfactory  to  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings,  they  shall  be  approved  by  him. 
The  owner  or  his  agent  or  the  contractor 
erecting  such  tank  shall,  before  proceeding 
with  the  erection  of  such  tank,  procure  from 
the  Department  of  Buildings  a  permit  for 
the  sub-structure  work,  for  which  permit 
a  fee  of  five  dollars   shall  be   charged. 

55  S.  Door  and  "Window  Openings,  When 
Protected  in  Buildings  of  Classes  I,  U.  IV. 
V,  VII  and  VIII — Iron  Doors — Wired  Glass 
Set  in  Metal  Frames.)  See  illustration, 
section  258b.  (a)  Where  the  distance 
from  door  to  window  openings  in  build- 
ings of  Classes  I,  II,  IV.  V.  VII  and 
VIII  is  less  than  thirty  (30)  feet  from  the 
opposite  side  of  the  established  alley  line 
and  where  the  windows  and  doors  of  two 
or  more  areas  of  the  same  building  which  is 
required  to  be  separated  by  dividing  walls 
by  this  chapter,  are  on  a  court,  every  such 
window  and  door,  distant  less  than  thirty 
feet  from  another  window  or  door  of  an- 
other   such    area    and    where    also    the    doors 


1S2 


Miscellaneous  Provisions 


and  window  openings  are  within  fifteen  (15) 
feet  of  an  inside  lot  line,  such  openings  shall 
be  provided  with  windows  and  doors  con- 
structed of  wire  glass  set  in  metal  frames 
and  sash;  provided,  further,  that  doors  may 
be  automatic  rolling  steel  shutters  or  steel 
plate  doors  or  metal-clad  wood  doors,  ana 
further  provided  that  at  least  one  of  the 
first  or  ground  floor  doors  must  be  a  swing- 
ing door. 

(b)  Where  iron  doors  are  used  to  fulfill 
the  requirements  of  this  section  they  shall 
be  made  of  sheet  iron  or  steel,  of  not  less 
than  No.  14  U.  S.  gauge  metal,  and  shall  lap 
the  wall  at  least  one-half  inch  all  around  the 
opening,  and  the  bottom  shall  fit  the  sill 
closely  where  it  is  not  practicable  to  lap  it. 
The  frames  and  crossbars  shall  be  made  of 
one  and  one-half  by  one  and  one-half  by 
one-fourth  inch  angles  and  in  no  case  shall 
there  be  less  than  two  crossbars,  and  where 
the  doors  are  over  six  feet  high,  such  cross- 
bars shall  be  spaced  not  more  than  two 
feet  apart.  Lever  bars  shall  be  made  of 
one  and  one-half  by  three-eighths  inch  iron, 
extending  at  least  one-third  of  the  distance 
across  the  opposite  leaf.  The  number  and 
spacing  of  such  lever  bars  shall  be  the  same 
as  the  crossbars.  Where  hinges  are  used 
they  shall  be  made  of  two  by  one-fourth 
inch  iron,  extending  at  least  three-fourths  of 
the  way  across  the  door.  The  number  and 
spacing  of  such  hinges  shall  be  the  same  as 
is  required  for  the  crossbars.  Pin  bolt  or 
eyes  shall  be  one-half  inch  round  and  shall 
be  securely  fastened  to  the  building. 

(c)  Where   metal   frames,   metal   sash   and 
wired    glass    are    used    to    fulfill    the    require- 
ments   of    this    section,     the    glazed    portion 
of    the    frames    and    sash    shall    be    set    with 
fire-resisting  glass  such  as  is  elsewhere  here- 
in   defined.       The    glass    must    be    supported 
by    frames    and    sash    and    shall    be    retained 
by   the  structural   part   of  the  frame   or  sash 
independently  of  the  material  used  for  water- 
proofing purposes.     Non-inflammable  material 
only    shall    be    employed    for    the    structural 
members     used     for    retaining    glass     in    the 
sash.      Frames    and    sash    shall    be    made    of 
sheet     metal     or     of     rolled     steel     sections. 
Frames    shall     be    of    such    form    as    to    be 
retained    in     the    wall     opening    either    with 
flanges    of   at    least    one    and    one-half    inches 
in  width  or  by  fixed  anchors  of  proper  length 
spaced   not   exceeding   twenty-four  inches   se- 
curely set  into  the  wall.     Sheet  metal  frames 
and    sash    shall    be    made    of    galvanized    iron 
of  not  less  than  No.  24  gauge  and  of  a  qual- 
ity soft  enough  to  permit  of  necessary  bend- 
ing   without    breaking,    or    of    not    less    than 
20-ounce    copper,    or    other    metal     of    equal 
strength    and    durability    and    which    will    not 
melt    at    a    lower    temperature    than    copper. 
All    joints    shall    be    made    with    interlocking 
seams,    securely   riveted    together,    and    in    no 
case    shall    solder    be    used    for    other    than 
weather-proofing  purposes.      The  head  of   the 
frame    shall    be    closed    at    the    top    and    the 
piece   forming   this   closure   shall   be   securely 
fastened  to   each  side  at  all  points.     The  sill 
shall   be  filled   with  concrete  or  other  incom- 
bustible   material.      Movable   or   sliding   sheet 
metal    sash    shall    have    stiles    and    rails    of 
thickness    and    of    width    at    least    one    and 
three-quarter    inches    respectively,    and    shall 
be  securely  fastened   together  at  each  corner 
and  so  constructed  that  they  will  correspond 
with  the  construction  of  the  frames  at  every 
place    of    contact.      Where    frames    are    made 
of  solid   rolled  steel   sections   the  metal   shall 
be  not  less  than  one-eighth  inch  in  thickness 
securely    riveted    or    locked    together    at    all 
corners  and   junctions  so   as   to  possess   suf- 
ficient   strength     and     rigidity     to    withstand 
shipment,    handling    and    Installation    without 
distortion.      Where    sash    are    made    of    solid 
rolled    steel    sections    the   metal    shall    not   be 
less    than    one-eighth    inch    in    thickness    ex- 
cepting   the    removable    members    for    retain- 
ing    the     glass     and     the     weathering     strips 
which    shall    not    be    less    than    one-sixteenth 


inch   in    thickness.     The   sash   members   shall 
be  securely   riveted  or  locked  together  at  all 
corners   and   junctions   so   as   to   possess   suf- 
ficient  strength   and   rigidity    to   safely   with- 
stand   the    stresses    occasioned    by    handling, 
installation,  operation  and  by   wind  pressure. 
Frames  and  sash  in  the  construction  of  which 
solid    rolled    steel    section    members   are    used 
shall  have  all   their  parts  protected  from   the 
effects   of  rust  and   corrosion    by   a    covering 
of    durable    enamel    or    by    the   application    of 
two    coats    of    approved    mineral    paint.      All 
glazing    of    frames    or    sash    shall     be    with 
wired     glass     at     least     one-quarter     inch     in 
thickness.      The    exposed    area    of    any    single 
pane  or  light  of  glass,  measured  on  the  inner 
side    of    the    window    shall    not    exceed    seven 
hundred  and  twenty    (720)    square  inches   nor 
shall    the    width    or    length    of    any    pane    or 
light  of  glass,  exceed  forty-eight   (48)    inches. 
Glass    shall    be    held    in    position    by    a    metal 
ledge   on  each   side   of  same.      Ledges   on    the 
back   or   inner   side   of   the   glass   shall    be    at 
least    three-quarter    inches    high    for    lights 
where    the    unsupported    glass    area    is    seven 
hundred  and  twenty   <720»   square  inches  and 
for  glass  of  an  unsupported  area  of  less  than 
seven    hundred     and     twenty      (720)      square 
inches    a    reduction    in    height    of    the    inside 
ledges    may    be    made    at    the    rate    of    one- 
sixteenth    inch    for    each    one    hundred    (100) 
square  inches  reduction  of  unsupported  glass 
area,   but   in  no   case   shall   the  height  of   the 
inside  ledges  be  less  than  one-half  inch.    The 
ledges   on    the    outer   or    weather   side    of   the 
glass    shall    not    be    less    than    one-half    inch 
in   height  for  unsupported  glass  areas   in  ex- 
cess of  three  hundred  and  fifty   (350)    square 
inches.       For    unsupported    glass    areas    less 
than    three    hundred    and    fifty    (350)    square 
inches,    the   weather   side    ledge   may    be    one- 
half    the    height    of    the    inside    ledge    but    in 
no    case    shall    it    be    less    than    one-quarter 
inch    high.      Clearance    between    the    edge    of 
the     glass    and     the    bottom    of    the    groove 
formed   by   the   ledges   shall    not   exceed   one- 
eighth    inch    and    all    glass    shall    be    set    in 
suitable     putty.       Movable     sash     shall     have 
stiles  and  rails  to  constructed  that  they  will 
properly  engage  with   the  frame  members  at 
all   points   of   contact,    afford   ample   weather- 
proof  qualities    and    not    warp    or    bulge    ma- 
terially  under    heat    or    rapid    cooling. 

(d)  Lifting  or  sliding  sash  shall  be  coun- 
ter-weighted so  as  to  balance  and  if  double- 
hung  the  sash  weights  shall  be  separated  by 
parting  strips  in  the  weight  boxes  and  the 
weights  shall  be  accessible  through  the 
croxes.  Such  sash  shall  be  provided  witli 
metallic  sash  chain,  cord  or  tape,  and  smooth 
running  sash  pulleys  securely  riveted  or 
bolted  in  place.  The  sash  chain,  cord  or 
tape  shall  be  of  sufficient  strength  to  with- 
stand severe  heat  without  parting  and  be 
thoroughly  protected  against  moisture  or 
corrosion.  Sash  shall  be  fitted  into  frame 
with  suitable  stops  and  parting  beads  of 
metal  or  their  equivalent.  Sash  shall  Ir- 
removable. Meeting  rails  of  the  sashes  shall 
be  so  constructed  as  to  prevent  the  passage 
of  heat  and  flame  and  shall  be  equipped  with 
one  or  more  substantial  sash  locks  securely 
riveted    or    bolted    in    place. 

(e)  Horizontally  pivoted  sash  and  mova- 
ble sash  shall  be  provided  with  steel  pivots 
at  least  three-eighths  inches  in  diameter  se- 
curely attached  above  the  middle.  Pivots 
shall  work  in  substantia]  Iron  or  stei 
plates  hushed  with  brass  and  securely  at- 
tached in  place.  Sheet  metal  frames  shall 
be  reinforced  where  the  pivots  enter  bj 
riveting    mi    one-eighth    Inch    Iron    strips    s<> 

drilled  as  to  receive  the  pivots.  Such  sash 
must  be  provided  with  suitable  stops  and  an 
effective  attachment  for  holding  them  open 
or  closed  and  witli  such  substantial  gravity 
locks  or  ledges  that  will  be  positive  in  ac- 
tion and  hold  the  snshes  tightly  closed  when 
exposed  to  heat.  Where  either  sash  is  si 
tionary  or  where  two  pivoted  sash  are  used 
the  transom  bar  dividing  such  sash  shall  be 
si nstructed     that      it     will     not     wnrp     or 


183 


bulge  materially  under  heat  or  rapid  cool- 
ing. Rails  or  transom  bars  where  used  shall 
be  made  so  as  not  to  be  easily  affected  by 
rust  and  to  afford  ample  weatherproof  quali- 
ties. 

(f)  Vertically  pivoted  sash  shall  comply 
generally  with  the  requirements  for  hori- 
zontally pivoted  sash  and  movable  sash.  They 
must  be  constructed  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
afford  proper  stiffness  and  in  such  manner 
as  to  prevent  material  warping  or  bulging 
under    heat    or    rapid    cooling. 

(g)  Hinged  sash  or  casement  windows 
must  be  hinged  with  substantial  iron  or  steel 
hinges  securely  bolted  or  riveted  in  place, 
and  provided  with  substantial  iron  or  steel 
latches  or  locks  securely  fastened  in  place. 
Such  sash  shall  be  constructed  so  as  to 
tit  the  frame  closely  and  afford  ample 
weatherproof  qualities  at  all  points.  They 
shall  be  provided  with  stops  and  fastenings 
that  will  prevent  material  warping  or  bulg- 
ing   under    heat    or    rapid    cooling. 

(h)  Where  the  area  of  wall  openings  is 
In  excess  of  5  by  9  feet,  the  metal  frames 
containing  the  sash  or  glass  must  be  rein- 
forced at  every  point  of  division  by  not  less 
than  five-inch  "I"  beams  securely  fastened 
into  the  brickwork,  proper  allowance  being 
made  for  expansion  of  the  beams  when 
heated.  "I"  beams  shall  be  protected  on 
the  flanges  with  at  least  two  inches  of  tile, 
concrete,  or  other  material  approved  by  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings,  and  next  to  the 
web  with  at  least  two  and  one-half  inches 
of  such  material,  which  thickness  shall  be 
increased  on  large  beams.  Metal  frames 
shall  be  securely  attached  to  the  reinforcing 
members. 

(i)  Electro-glazed  prism  glass  may  be 
used  in  lieu  of  wired  glass,  when  approved 
by  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  as  to  ma- 
terial and  construction  of  same,  providing 
the  frames  and  sash  of  same  comply  with 
the  requirements  of  this  section  for  wired 
glass  window   frames  and  sash. 

(j)  In  cases  in  which  it  is  claimed  that 
equally  good  or  more  desirable  mode  or  man- 
ner of  constructing  and  installing  metal 
frames,  metal  sash  and  fire-resisting  glass, 
other  than  specified  in  this  chapter,  can  be 
used  in  the  erection  or  alteration  of  build- 
ings, the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  upon 
written  application  to  him  for  a  permit  to 
use  the  same,  shall  cause  a  test  to  be  made 
of  such  construction  in  a  laboratory  of  rec- 
ognized standing,  and  may  appoint  an  archi- 
tect or  a  fire  prevention  engineer  to  repre- 
sent the  City  at  such  test.  A  requirement 
of  testing  said  frame  and  sash  shall  be  that 
it  will  be  capable  of  withstanding  exposure 
to  fire  on  the  weather  side  for  one  hour 
with  temperatures  rising  gradually  to  at 
fifteen  hundred  (1500)  degrees  Fahr. 
without  loss  of  glass  or  material  passage 
of  flame,  and  immediately  after  exposure 
to  before-described  fire  conditions  it  shall 
be  required  to  withstand  application  to  the 
er  side  of  a  stream  of  water  at  least 
.•isrhth  inches  in  diameter  applied  from 
a  distance  of  twenty  feet  at  sixty  (60) 
pounds  pressure.  The  results  of  the  test 
shall  sho-w  also  thai  the  proposed  material 
and  construction  will  lie  equal  or  better  in 
fire-resisting  and  structural  qualities  to  a 
and  sash  of  dimensions  not  greater 
than  five  feet  bv  nine  feet  built  as  per  re- 
quirements of  this  section.  All  expenses  of 
this  test  shall  he  borne  entirely  by  the  be- 
fore-mentioned applicant  for  a  permit.  In 
the  event  of  such  examination  and  test  being 
satisfactorv  t"  the  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings he  shall  authorize  the  use  of  such  frames 
and  sash  as  in  compliance  with  this  section. 
(k)  This  section  shall  not  anplv  to  frame 
buildings  n«r  to  buildines  outside  the  fire 
limits  twenty-eight  hundred  square  feet  or 
l-ss  in  area,  nor  to  buildings  of  Class  I. 
-ne  story  in  height,  nor  to  buildings  of 
'  lnss  TI  not  more  than  two  stories  in  height, 
ror     to    store     windows     in    the    first    story, 


where  the  same  are  located  on  an  alley  and 
not  more  than  sixteen  feet  from  the  street. 
559.  Dividing  Walls  and  Iron  Doors — 
Openings  Inserted.)  (a)  Wherever  open- 
ings are  to  be  inserted  in  dividing  walls  in 
buildings,  where  such  dividing  walls  are  re- 
quired  by  reason  of  the  large  area  of  such 
building,  or  in  dividing  walls  between  two  or 
more  connected  or  attached  buildings,  they 
shall  be  provided  with  incombustible  doors 
as    f"l lews: 

(b)      Such     doors     may    be     either     sliding 
doors    or    swinging    doors,    and    shall    be    so 


Fig.    28. 


DIVIDING    WALLS    AND    IRON    DOORS— OPENINGS 

INSERTED. 

Section  559c,  f. 

(A)  Distance   to   ceiling. 

if  A  is  less  than  3'  0"  fusible  link  at  ceiling  may 
be    omit  fed. 

(B)  Steel    plate.    No.    12    U.    S.   gauge  or  greater. 

(C)  Continuous  2"   x  2"    x    %"   Ls. 

(D)  2  x  2  x  %"  Ls  forming  panels.  Angles 
not   less   than  2'   0"   apart. 

(E)  Rivets    spaced    from    4"    to    6"    o.    c. 

I 1'  I  Door  frames  3  x  4  x  7s "  Ls  (or  alternate 
as   by  ordinance). 

(G)  %"  bolts,  not  more  than  2'  0"  o.  c.  fasten- 
ing  frame   to   wall. 

(H)      *£"   iron  or  steel  sill  required. 

(I)  Sill  fastened  to  frame  by  1%  x  1%  x  M"  Ls 
on    inner   side   of   frame.       (Sec.    559f). 

Exception :  Sill  plates  may  be  omitted  where 
floors    are    of    concrete    construction. 

constructed,  installed  and  maintained  that 
they  can  be  easily  opened  or  closed  from 
either  side  at  all  times  by  any  person:  pro- 
vided, however,  rolling  steel  shutters  may 
be  used  when  such  openings  are  not  used 
as    exits. 

(c)  Every  such  door  shall  be  equipped 
with  a  device  containing  a  fusible  link  or 
other  releasing  arrangement  of  equal  effi- 
ciency, approved  by  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings.  There  shall  be  one  of  these 
immediately  above  the  door  opening  and  one 
above  the  opening  near  the  ceiling.  Where 
the  ceiling  is  less  than  three  feet  above 
the  door  opening,  the  last  mentioned  fusible 
link  or  releasing  device  may  be  omitted,  if 
the  doors  are  so  arranged  that  the  opera- 
tion of  any  one  of  the  thermostats,  or  other 
releasing  devices,  will  result  in  the  closing 
of  the  doors  on  both  sides  of  the  walls. 
Fusible  links,  or  other  approved  substitute, 
shall  be  made  so  that  they  will  fuse  or 
operate    when    subjected    to    a    heat    of    160 


184 


to  165  degrees  Fahrenheit.  If  said  doors 
are  of  steel  plate,  the  plate  or  plates  shall 
be  of  No.  12  U.  S.  gauge  or  greater  thick- 
ness, with  a  continuous  two  by  two  by 
three-eighths  inch  angle  iron  frame  extend- 
ing all  around  the  same  and  two  by  two  by 
three-eighths  inch  panel  bars  not  exceed- 
ing twenty-four  inches  apart,  riveted  to 
the  plate  of  the  door  with  not  less  than 
three-eighths  inch  rivets  spaced  four  inches 
to  six  inches  between  centers.  Pairs  of 
swinging  doors  shall  be  so  constructed  that 
when  the  doors  are  closed,  they  will  be  of 
strength  equal  to  that  of  a  single  door,  and 
shall  be  so  arranged  that  they  will  operate 
automatically.  All  doors  shall  be  hung  on 
wall  frames  of  four  by  three  by  three- 
eighths  inch  angle  iron  or  of  four  by  three- 
eighths  inch  bar  iron  stiffened  by  one  and 
one-half  by  one  and  one-half  by  one-fourth 
inch  angles  riveted  on  the  back  and  fitting 
snugly  to  the  wall.  The  frame  shall  be 
fastened  together  by  three-fourths  inch  bolts 
extending  through  the  wall,  such  bolts  be- 
ing not  more  than  two  feet  apart.  All  doors 
to  be  made  to  fit  closely  to  the  wall  frame 
on  all  sides.  Lintels  of  door  openings  shall 
be  made  of  brick,   iron  or  concrete. 

(d)  Swinging  iron  doors  shall  swing  on 
three  wrought  iron  hinges  made  of  two  by 
three-eighths  inch  bar  iron  and  shall  be 
secured  by  at  least  three  lever  bars  of  one 
and  one-half  by  three-eighths  inch  iron, 
working  together  and  so  arranged  as  to  be 
operated    on    either    side    of    the    door. 

(e)  Sliding  iron  doors  shall  slide  In 
channels  at  the  top  and  bottom;  bottom 
channels  shall  be  formed  by  two  angles  two 
and  one-half  by  three-eighths  inch  and  one 
and  one-half  by  one-fourth  inch;  top  chan- 
nels to  be  formed  by  two  angles  two  by 
three-eighths  inch  and  one  and  one-half  by 
one-fourth  inch;  channels  shall  be  securely 
riveted  or  bolted  through  the  wall  frame 
and  where  they  extend  beyond  the  wall 
frame  shall  be  firmly  bolted  to  the  wall  by 
expansion  bolts.  Track  shall  be  without 
incline,  of  one-half  by  one-half  inch  iron 
securely  riveted  on  the  upper  side  of  the 
angle  iron  channel.  Hangers  shall  be  of 
the  anti-friction  pattern  and  securely  fas- 
tened to  the  door  plate  by  at  least  four 
one-half  inch  bolts.  Wheels  shall  be  of 
cast  iron  three-fourths  by  four  and  one- 
half   inches. 

(f)  Sills  between  iron  doors  shall  be  of 
one-fourth  inch  iron  or  steel  with  edges 
securely  fastened  to  one  and  one-half  by 
one  and  one-half  by  one-fourth  inch  angle 
iron  or  heavier,  on  the  inner  side  of  the  wall 
frame.  Where  adjoining  floors  are  of  con- 
crete construction,  sill  plates  may  be 
omitted. 

(g)  When  tin-clad  doors  are  used  they 
shall  be  made  of  three  thicknesses  of  thir- 
teen-sixteenths  inch  seasoned,  non-resinous 
wood,  of  good  sound  quality,  free  from  sap 
and  large  or  loose  knots,  tongued  and 
grooved,  dressed  on  both  sides  and  not  ex- 
ceeding eight  inches  in  width.  The  outside 
layers  shall  be  vertical,  the  inside  layer 
shall  be  horizontal;  layers  shall  be  securely 
fastened  together  by  wrought  iron  clinch 
nails  driven  in  flush  and  clinched  so  as  to 
leave  smooth  surfaces.  The  woodwork  shall 
be  thoroughly  covered  with  terne  plate  tin 
of  size  fourteen  by  twenty  inches,  weighing 
not  less  than  one  hundred  and  thirteen 
pounds  p»r  box  of  one  hundred  and  twelve 
sheets;  all  joints  shall  be  locked  one-half 
inch  and  nailed  under  seams,  except  on 
edges  of  door;  vertical  joints  shall  be  double 
locked,  horizontal  joints  single  locked. 
Nails  used  to  fasten  tin  shall  be  No.  13 
gauge,  flat  head,  full  barbed  wire,  two 
inches    long. 

(h)  Swinging  tin-clad  doors  shall  have 
three-eighths  by  two  and  one-half  inch 
wrought    iron    hinges    bolted    to    doors    with 


four  three-eighth  inch  bolts.  Doors  in  ex- 
cess of  seven  feet  in  height  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  three  hinges  and  have  wrought 
iron  wall  eyes  built  in  wall,  or  riveted  to 
wall  frame,  or  bolted  through  wall  with 
three-fourth  inch  bolts.  They  shall  have  at 
least  three  level  bars  of  one  and  one-half 
by  three-eighths  inch  iron  working  together; 
the  latch  shall  be  placed  so  it  can  be  oper- 
ated from  either  side  of  the  door  and  pro- 
vided with  proper  keepers  bolted  through 
the  door,  with  the  spring  to  insure  latching; 
catches  shall  be  made  of  one-half  inch 
wrought  iron  securely  bolted  to  wall  or 
wall    frame. 


Fig.   29. 


Pig.   30.  Fig.   31. 


-OPENINGS 


DIVIDING    WALLS  AND    IRON   DOORS- 
INSERTED —  (Continued). 

Section   559g. 

Fig.  29.    Tin-clad    Doors. 

(A)  Three    thicknesses    of    1-S/1G"    required. 

(It  i  Boards  not  wider  than  8".  Outside  layers 
vertical    and    inside    layer    horizontal    laid. 

(C)  Nails    clinched    as     (C). 

Fig.  30.   Single  locked    tin   plate  seam. 

Fig.  31.    Double   locked    tin    plate  seam. 

(i)  Sliding  tin-clad  doors  shall  have 
tracks  inclined  three-fourths  inch  to  the 
foot,  made  of  three  and  one-half  by  three- 
eighths  inch  rolled  steel,  or  round  bars,  or 
round  pipes  of  equal  strength,  se'curely 
bolted  through  wall  with  three-fourths  inch 
bolts.  Hangers  shall  be  made  of  three- 
eighths  by  three  and  one-half  inch  wrought 
Iron  attached  by  not  less  than  one-inch 
bolts.  Wheels  shall  be  of  malleable  or 
wrought  iron  with  not  less  than  one  and 
one-half  inches  bearing  on  axle.  Doors 
over  six  feet  wide  shall  have  three  hangers 
and  shall  be  provided  with  necessary  bind- 
ers, chafing  strips,  bumpers  and  bumper 
shoes. 

(j)  Sills  between  tin-clad  doors  shall  be 
of  one-fourth  inch  iron  or  steel  riveted  to 
a  three  and  one-half  by  five  by  three- 
eighths  inch  angle  iron  on  each  side  of  the 
wall;  angle  irons  to  be  fastened  together 
through  the  wall  by  thre^-fourths  inch  bolts 
spaced  not  to  exceed  eighteen  inches  apart; 
provided,  that  where  adjoining  floors  are 
of  concrete  construction,  sill  plates  may  be 
omitted. 

(k)  Rolling  steel  doors  used  as  dividing 
wall    floors   shall    i>o   made   either   of   wooden 


185 


Miscellaneous    Provisions 


slats  covered  with  steel  or  bronze,  or  of 
number  20  U.  S.  gauge  painted  steel,  or  of 
number  24  U.  S.  gauge  galvanized  steel. 
The  edges  of  such  doors  shall  run  in  steel 
channels  not  less  than  one  and  one-half 
inches  deep,  and  three-sixteenths  of  an  inch 
in    thickness. 

(1)  Such  doors  shall  be  hung  on  winding 
shafts  and  helical  springs  of  sufficient 
strength  to  counterbalance  the  door  at  any 
position,  and  shall  be  equipped  with  a  de- 
vice  to    hold    the   doors    in   a   closed   position 


Tin-  clau 
UookS 


Fig.    32. 


Section    559j. 
Fig.    32.    (H)    %    inch  iron   or   steel   sill. 

(F)  3"   x   5"   x    %"   L  riveted   to  iron  sill. 

(G)  %   inch  bolt   18"   o.   c. 

Exception :  Sill  plates  may  be  omitted  where  floors 
are   of   concrete    construction. 

if  the  spring  is  destroyed.  The  head  of 
the  door  opening  shall  have  baffle  plates  of 
number  12  U.  S.  gauge  steel,  which  shall  De 
reinforced  around  the  edges  by  one  and  one- 
half  inch  angles,  to  act  as  fire  and  smoke 
stops.  The  openings  for  such  doors  shall 
have  steel  frames  and  sills  as  herein  re- 
quired   for    steel    swinging    doors. 

(m)  Wherever  incombustible  doors  are 
to  be  used  in  openings  to  vertical  shafts  for 
stairways,  passenger  and  freight  elevators, 
pip<  s.  conduits,  and  in  corridor  and  room 
partitions,  they  may  be  made  of  two  thick- 
nesses of  wood  and  covered  with  tin  as  de- 
scribed in  paragraph  (g)  of  this  section,  or 
of  No.  20  T".  S.  gauge  steel  with  stiles  and 
rails  not  less  than  one  and  three-fourths 
inch  and  panels  one-quarter  inch  thick,  and 
the  interior  of  said  'Incus  shall  be  filled  with 
asbestos  or  non-rosinous  wood;  provided 
further,  that  in  fireproof  buildings  of  Classes 
TTa  lib.  III.  except  when  used  in  part  as  a 
stable    or    garage,    IV.    VI,    and    VIII.    and    in 


fireproof  buildings  of  Class  I,  when  equipped 
with  an  automatic  sprinkler  system,  and 
when  the  occupancy  does  not  constitute  a 
special  fire  hazard  in  the  opinion  of  the  Chief 
of  Fire  Prevention  and  Public  safety,  these 
openings,  with  the  exception  of  openings  to 
freight  elevators,  may  be  provided  with  in- 
combustible doors  consisting  of  a  structure 
of  clear,  non-resinous  wood  not  less  than  one 
and  five-eighths  inch  thick  assembled  in  the 
form  of  a  long  fibre  asbestos  fabric,  weigh- 
ing one  and  twenty-eight  one-hundredths 
ounces  per  square  foot,  or  other  protective 
coating  equally  as  incombustible  and  me- 
chanically bonded  therewith  and  veneered,  or 
consisting  of  a  structure  of  clear,  non-resin- 
ous wood  with  panels  not  less  than  three- 
quarters  inch  thick  and  stiles  and  rails  not 
less  than  one  and  five-eighths  inch  thick 
assembled  in  the  form  of  a  core  and  covered 
on  all  .surfaces  with  an  asbestos  fabric  and 
sheet  steel,  copper  or  bronze;  provided,  fur- 
ther, that  nothing  contained  in  this  para- 
graph shall  be  construed  as  prohibiting  the 
use  of  such  incombustible  doors  as  are  de- 
scribed in  paragraphs  (c),  (g)  and  (k)  of 
this  section  and  paragraph  (b)  of  Section 
558.  The  frames  and  trim  shall  be  of  ma- 
terials as  herein  described. 

(n)  No  glass  panels  shall  be  permitted 
in  incombustible  doors,  except  that  in  fire- 
proof buildings  of  Classes  I,  Ha,  lib,  III 
except  when  used  in  part  as  a  stable  or  gar- 
age,  IV.  VI  and  VIII,  doors  to  passenger 
elevators,  stairs,  halls,  courts,  fire  escapes, 
corridor  and  room  partitions,  wired  glass 
panels  may  be  used  not  exceeding  one  thou- 
sand four  hundred  forty  square  inches  in 
total  area,  no  division  of  which  shall  exceed 
720  square  inches  in  area  and  no  dimension 
of  which  shall  exceed  forty-eight  inches  in 
extent.  Where  an  elevator  or  stairway  is 
enclosed  with  incombustible  partitions  and 
doors  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  credit  for 
additional  exits,  no  glass  of  any  kind  shall 
be   permitted   in   these   partitions   or  doors. 

560.  Metal  or  Reinforced  Concrete  Chim- 
neys    in     Fireproof     Buildings — Air     Space.) 

(a)  Internal  chimneys  of  rolled  steel  or 
iron  may  be  built  in  buildings  of  fireproof 
construction,  provided  that  the  rolled  steel 
shall  be  not  less  than  three-eighths  inch  in 
thickness,  except  that  the  upper  fifty  feet 
of  such  chimney  may  be  one-quarter  of  an 
inch  in  thickness,  riveted  in  every  joint,  or 
of  cast  iron,  providing  same  shall  not  be 
less  than  three-fourths  inch  in  thickness 
and  jointed  by  bell  and  spigot  joints  or 
flanged  bolted  joints.  All  joints  in  cast 
iron  work  shall  be  filled  and  pointed  with 
fire  clay.  Such  metal  internal  chimneys 
shall  be  securely  and  firmly  anchored  to  the 
framing  of  such  fireproof  building  at  each 
floor  line  and  at  the  roof.  The  lower  part 
of  each  such  chimney  shall  be  lined  with 
insulating  lining  for  a  height  herein  re- 
ouired  for  the  respective  area  by  Section  631 
of  this  Chapter.  The  insulating  lininer  shall 
hp  one  of  the  linings  described  in  Section 
566    of  this   Chapter. 

(b)  Reinforced  concrete  not  less  than 
four  inches  in  thickness  may  be  used  on 
the  interior  of  fireproof  buildings,  provided 
the  requirements  for  reinforced  concrete 
and  for  reinforced  concrete  stacks  else- 
where required  by  this  Chapter  shall  be 
•vmplied    with. 

(e)  Internal  metal  or  re-inforced  con- 
crete stacks  on  fireproof  buildings  shall  be 
surrounded  by  continuous  air  space  from 
the  lowest  story  through  the  roof  not  less 
than  four  inches  across  at  any  point,  and 
said  air  space  shall  be  surrounded  by  brick, 
hollow  tile,  or  reinforced  concrete.  No 
structural  metal  In  such  air  space  shall  be 
without    such    fireproof    covering. 

561.  Reinforced  Concrete  Chimneys — 
How  Built.)  Reinforced  concrete  chimneys 
in  which  the  temperature  of  the  gases  is 
intended    to    exceed    750    degrees    Fahrenheit, 


186 


Miscellaneous  Provisions 


shall  be  lined  with  fire  brick  or  magnesia 
or  asbestos  insulating  lining  for  the  height 
and  in  the  manner  elsewhere  required  by 
this  Chapter.  If  the  insulating  is  stopped 
anywhere  below  the  top  of  a  reinforced 
concrete  chimney  or  if  the  cross  section  of 
such  a  chimney  is  changed,  then  the  rein- 
forcing shall  be  increased  at  such  points 
sufficiently  to  prevent  the  formation  of  tem- 
perature   cracks. 

562.  Tenement  and  Apartment  House 
Boiler  Chimneys.)  Chimneys  for  the  heat- 
ing apparatus  of  tenement  and  apartment 
houses  shall  not  be  considered  as  flues  used 
for    domestic    purposes. 

563.  Height  of  Chimneys  Above  Roof.) 
(a)  The  height  of  all  chimneys  and  flues 
of  stoves  used  for  domestic  purposes  or 
open  fireplaces  shall  be  not  less  than  five 
feet  higher  than  the  highest  point  of  the 
roof  of  the  building  of  which  they  are  a 
part. 

(b)  The  height  of  all  chimneys  and  flues 
above  the  highest  portion  of  the  roof  of 
which  they  are  a  part,  where  such  chimneys 
or  flues  are  used  for  other  than  domestic 
purposes  or  for  open  fireplaces,  shall  be 
determined  by  dividing  the  greatest  diameter 
in  inches  by  four,  and  the  quotient  thereby 
obtained  in  terms  of  feet,  with  five  feet 
added,  shall  be  the  minimum  height  from 
the  tops  of  such  chimneys  and  flues  above 
the   highest   portion   of   roof  of   the   building. 


In  no  case  shall  the  height  of  any  chimney 
or  flue  be  less  than  five  feet  above  the  roof 
of    the   building   of    which    it    is   a   part. 

(c)  The  sum  of  the  horizontal  distance 
of  any  wood  tank,  pent  house  or  roof  house, 
on  the  same  building  of  which  any  chimney 
shall  be  a  part,  and  the  vertical  distance  of 
top  of  such  wood  tank,  pent  house,  or  roof 
house,  on  the  same  building  to  a  horizontal 
plane  passed  through  the  top  of  the  chim- 
ney shall  not  be  less  than  one  and  one-half 
times  the  required  height  of  the  top  of  the 
chimney  above  the  roof.  The  tops  of  chim- 
neys within  a  radius  of  twenty-five  feet  of 
any  wood  tank,  pent  house,  or  roof  house, 
on  the  same  building  of  which  such  chim- 
ney shall  be  a  pprt  shall  be  at  least  as  high 
is  the  top  of  said  wood  tank,  pent  house,  or 
roof  house.  The  tops  of  chimneys  on  ridge 
roofs  shall  be  not  less  than  three  feet  above 
the    ridge. 

564.  Insulating  Cavities — "Where  Re- 
quired.) All  flues  having  a  greater  area 
than  four  hundred  square  inches  shall  be 
lined  on  the  inside  with  an  insulating  ma- 
terial, which  lining  shall  start  at  least  two 
feet  below  the  smoke  inlet  and  shall  ex- 
tend upwards  for  at  least  ten  times  the 
diameter  of  the  flue,  or  if  said  flue  is  not 
circular  or  square  in  cross  section  for  ten 
times  the  average  diameter,  when  the  flues 
are  of  brick,  stone  or  concrete,  said  insul- 
ating   lining   shall    be    fire    clay    brick    or    fire 


IE 


T 


'  •<■■■■■ 


m 


/  ° 


'E  AMINO-    ABOUND' 


Fig.    33.  Pig.    34.  Fig 

CHIMNEYS— INSULATING      CAVIT 

Seel  inn 


Fig.    36. 


IKS      WHERE      REQUIRED. 
564. 


Fig.    37. 


Figs.    33,    34    (A)    Area    of   flue. 

i  E  i      Insulating  lining. 

1 1  i      Insulating   cavity. 

Explanation:      If    A    is    more    ti 400    sq.    In.    an 

Insulating  lining  (E)  is  required-  (see  Sec.  564  for 
further  details).  If  A  is  more  than  400  sq.  In.  the 
w:i]is  surrounding  shall  have  an  Insulating  cavity  F 
not  less   than   '■'■"   wide. 

Ii  E  in  Fig.  34  is  of  fire  brick  of  4"  or  more  in 
thickness  it  maj  be  considered  as  ;i  portion  of  thick- 
Dees  required  tor  walls  surrounding. 

Si'i-ticpii   :.t,7.    Framing   Around  Chimneys. 

Fig.  35.  (C)  Is  distance  joists  or  timbers  are 
to  be  kept  away   from   wals   of  chimneys   rr  2". 

(HI  is  distance  to  be  kepi  away  from  inside  of 
flue    lining    =r    7". 


Section  570.     Wails  Forming  Smoke  Flues. 

Fig.  36.     Shows  chimney  without   flue  lining. 

If   A    —    144   or    less,    i;   =    8". 

If  A  —  more  than  ill  mm  I  not  more  Chan  GOO, 
B    =    12". 

If   A   =   more   than    GOO,    R   =    16". 

For    exceptions    s flinaiice,    Sec.    ."'To. 

Fig.  ::7.  Shows  Chimney  with  flue  lining,  Dot 
less    than    "i "    thickness. 

If  A  is  144  sq.  in.  or  less,  walls  surrounding  may 
be    (B)    or   4". 

If  A  is  more  than  I  14  sq.  in.  and  not  more  than 
300    sq.    iu.    R    =:    9". 

If   A   is   more   than   300   and    not   more   than   600.    B 

=     1L'". 

ir    a    is    greater    than    600,    I'.  16"    (exceptions 

ami    reductions    being    stated    in    Sec.    570). 


clay  blocks,  and  if  such  bricks  or  blocks 
are  four  inches  or  more  in  thickness,  they 
may  be  considered  as  a  portion  of  the  thick- 
ness required  for  the  surrounding  walls. 
The  walls  surrounding  chimneys  having  an 
area  greater  than  four  hundred  square 
inches  shall  have  an  insulating  cavity  not 
less  than  three  inches  wide  surrounding  the 
inner  four  inches  of  fire  brick  or  fire  clay 
blocks,  for  not  less  than  the  height  required 
above  for  Insulating:  lining  and  said  inner 
core  shall  be  built  Independent  <>t"  the  sur- 
rounding brick  work  and  shall  be  free  to 
expand   or   contract. 

565.      Metal    Chimneys    in   Buildings   of    Or- 
dinary   Slow-Burning    or    Mill    Construction.) 


Interior  stacks  or  smoke  flues  of  metal 
shall  not  be  used  in  buildings  of  ordinary 
<>r  slow  burning  or  mill  construction,  unless 
they  are  surrounded  by  self-supporting  brick 
or  ro-inforced  concrete  walls  of  the  thick- 
ness herein  required  for  flues  of  the  re- 
spective area;  provided,  however,  that  if 
an  interior  smoke  pipe  of  steel  of  not  less 
than  three-eighths  inch  in  thickness  riveted 
in  every  joint,  or  an  interior  smoke  pipe  of 
cast  iron  not  less  than  five-eighths  inch  in 
thickness  is  used,  then  the  brick  work  re- 
ciuirod  inside  of  the  Insulating  cavity  of  a 
stack  may  be  omitted,  but  such  metal  lin- 
ings shall  be  lined  with  such  Insulating 
material  for  the  height  herein  elsewhere 
required    for  stacks.      If  a   chimney  or  stack 


187 


Is  not  a  part  of  the  walls  of  such  a  build- 
ing, it  shall  be  designed  as  an  isolated 
chimney  as  required  by  Section  569  of  this 
Chapter. 

566.  Insulating-  Material  for  Metal  Chim- 
neys and  Metal  Stacks.)  (a)  Fire  clay 
brick  or  fire  clay  blocks  may  be  used  for 
the  insulating  lining  of  metal  chimneys  and 
stacks  but  not  of  a  lesser  thickness  than 
two  inches.  The  material  shall  be  increased 
in  thickness  or  supported  on  structural  steel 
ledges  and  the  material  shall  be  stressed 
not  to  exceed  the  safe  limits  of  stress  else- 
where herein  fixed  for  the  material,  or 
metal  chimneys  and  metal  stacks  may  be 
lined  with  blocks  of  magnesia  insulation  or 
with  fused  asbestos  board  insulation,  or 
metal  stacks  or  chimneys  may  be  lined  with 
any  other  insulating  material  tested  and 
approved   by   the  Commissioner  of   Buildings. 

(b)  Magnesia  block  insulation  shall  con- 
tain not  less  than  45  per  cent  of  magnesia 
and  50  per  cent  asbestos  fibre  formed  into 
blocks  not  less  than  lhi  inches  in  thick- 
ness by  hydraulic  pressure.  After  said 
magnesia  blocks  have  been  set,  they  and 
all  metal  bands  and  ties  exposed  with  the 
flue  shall  be  plastered  with  cement  not 
less  than  one-half  inch  in  thickness  on  one 
and  one-half  inch  blocks,  and  one-fourth 
inch  in  thickness  on  one  and  three-fourths 
inch   and   thicker  blocks. 

(c)  Fused  asbestos  board  shall  be  made 
of  alternate  flat  and  corrugated  sheets  of 
asbestos  board,  cemented  together  and  fused 
under  a  heat  of  not  less  than  1,000  degrees 
Fahrenheit  to  a  minimum  thickness  of  1*4 
inches.  After  said  fused  asbestos  boards 
have  been  set  into  the  flues,  they  and  all 
exposed  metal  bands  or  ties  shall  be  pointed 
with   cement. 

(d)  Such  magnesia  blocks,  fused  asbestos 
boards,  pointing  cement  and  any  other  in- 
sulating material  approved  by  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Buildings  shall  resist  the  disin- 
tegrating, dissolving,  or  diminishing  action 
of  moist  steam  and  the  acid  and  gaseous 
fumes  present  in  the  flue  at  any  degree  of 
heat  obtainable  by  the  combustion  of  the 
fuel    used. 

567.  Chimneys  —  Interior  —  Framing 
Around.)  In  case  of  chimneys  which  are 
enclosed,  or  form  part  of  the  interior  of 
any  building,  no  joists  or  girders  shall  rest 
or  be  supported  on  the  walls  of  such  chim- 
ney, and  the  framing  around  chimneys  of 
all  kinds  shall  be  so  constructed  that  in 
no  case  will  any  joists  or  timbers  be  placed 
nearer  than  two  inches  from  the  outside 
face  of  walls  of  flues,  and  in  no  case  shall 
the  distance  from  the  inside  of  any  flue  to 
any  joists  or  timbers  be  less  than  seven 
inches. 

568.  Chimneys — External  Location  of.) 
(a)  Chimneys  built  outside  of  the  walls 
of  buildings  shall  not  encroach  upon  any 
street  or  alley,  and  shall  be  built  as  follows: 

(b)  If  at  least  one  side  of  such  chimney 
abuts  entirely  upon  the  wall  of  an  existing 
building  and  the  chimney  is  throughout  its 
entire  length  securely  and  firmly  anchored 
to  the  walls  of  such  existing  building,  the 
wall  of  such  chimney  may  be  built  of  hol- 
low tiles,  in  which  case,  however,  it  shall 
have  a  cast  iron  base,  lined  with  fire  brick, 
extending  to  a  height  of  at  least  ten  feet 
above    the    street    or    alley    grade. 

569.  Chimneys — Isolated — Walls  Surround- 
ing Smoke  Flues.)  Isolated  chimneys  shall 
he  so  designed  and  constructed  that  the 
stress  in  every  part  thereof,  due  to  the 
weight  of  the  stack  itself  and  from  wind 
pressure,  shall  not  exceed  the  safe  limits  as 
provided  in  this  Chapter  for  the  material 
used. 

570.  "Walla  Forming  Smoke  Flues.)  The 
walls    forming    smoke    flues    of    one    hundred 


and  forty-four  square  inches  area  or  less 
shall  be  of  brick,  concrete,  stone,  or  of 
any  one  of  these  and  burnt  fire-clay  flue  tile 
lining,  and  such  flue  linings  shall  extend  from 
the  lowest  opening  to  a  distance  of  at  least 
two  feet  above  the  roof  joints.  If  only  one  of 
the  above  materials  is  used  it  shall  not  be  less 
than  eight  inches  in  thickness.  Provided,  how- 
ever, that  such  flues  having  walls  at  least 
three  inches  in  thickness  of  continuous  con- 
crete or  interlocking  or  rabbited  joint  con- 
crete sectional  flues  may  be  used  without 
burnt  fire-clay  flue  tile  linings.  If  any  one  of 
the  above  materials  is  used  in  combination 
With  burnt  fire-clay  tile  flue  lining  it  shall  be 
not  less  than  four  inches  in  thickness,  and 
the  burnt  fire-clay  flue  lining  shall  be 
not  less  than  three-fourths  inches  in  thick- 
ness, and  built  as  herein  described.  The 
walls  forming  smoke  (lues  of  more  than  one 
hundred  and  forty-four  square  inches  area 
and  not  more  than  three  hundred  square 
inches  area  shall  be  of  brick,  concrete,  stone, 
or  any  one  of  these  and  burnt  fire-clay  flue 
tile  lining.  If  any  of  the  above  materials  is 
used  alone,  it  shall  be  not  less  than  thir- 
teen inches  in  thickness.  If  any  one  is  used 
in  combination  with  burnt  clay  flue  tile 
lining,  it  shall  be  not  less  than  nine  inches 
in  thickness  and  the  fire-clay  flue  tile  lining 
shall  be  not  less  than  three-fourths  inch  in 
thickness  and  built  as  herein  required.  The 
walls  forming  flues  having  an  area  greater 
than  three  hundred  square  inches  and  less 
than  six  hundred  square  inches  shall  be 
built  of  one  of  the  materials  described  above 
not  less  than  twelve  inches  in  thickness, 
and  flues  having  an  area  greater  than  six 
hundred  square  inches  shall  have  walls  of 
one  of  the  materials  described  above  not 
less  than  sixteen  inches  in  thickness,  and 
these  walls  may  be  reduced  to  twelve  inches 
in  thickness  at  a  point  /lot  less  than  fifty 
feet  above  the  top  of  the  breeching;  pro- 
vided, however,  that  the  material  of  which 
all  chimneys  are  constructed  shall  be  so 
proportioned  that  it  will  not  be  subjected 
to  a  greater  stress  than  elsewhere  herein 
fixed  as  the  maximum  safe  stress  for  such 
material. 

571.  Ventilating  Ducts — Chutes — Walls 
Forming.)  Walls  forming  ventilating  ducts 
and  rubbish  and  ash  chutes  shall  be  con- 
structed in  accordance  with  the  regulations 
governing  the  construction  of  smoke  flues 
elsewhere  herein  contained.  "Walls  forming 
ventilating  ducts  shall  not  be  less  than  four 
inches  thick,  and  when  the  ventilating  duct 
is  larger  than  two  hundred  and  sixty  square 
inches  the  walls  shall  be  not  less  than  eight 
inches    thick. 

572.  Smoke  Fipes  Passing  Through  Parti- 
tions.) In  buildings  hereafter  erected  it 
shall  be  unlawful  to  allow  smoke  pipes  of 
greater  diameter  than  six  inches  to  pass 
through  a  combustible  partition.  "Where  a 
smoke  pipe  of  six  inches  or  less  passes 
through  a  combustible  partition  it  shall  be 
surrounded  by  a  ventilated  thimble  of  in- 
combustible material  or  by  incombustible 
material  with  a  diameter  at  least  eight 
inches  greater  than  the  diameter  of  the  pipe. 

573.  Boilers — Location  of — Permit  for.) 
In  all  cases,  boilers  shall  be  so  placed  as 
to  give  ample  room  between  any  ceiling, 
wall  or  partition  to  connect  or  operate  any 
valves  or  pipes  or  other  connections  used  on 
such  steam  boilers.  The  size,  number  and 
location  of  boilers  to  be  installed  in  any 
building  shall  be  marked  on  the  plans  and. 
except  in  buildings  of  Class  III,  approved 
by  the  Department  of  Smoke  Inspection  of 
Steam  Boilers  and  Steam  Plants,  and  by  the 
Department  of  Smoke  Inspection,  before  a 
permit  Is  issued  by  the  Department  of 
Buildings   for  the   erection   of  such   building. 

574.  Foundry  Cupolas — Construction  of 
Charging  Floors  and  Roofs — Height  Above 
Roof.)     There  shall  be  no  combustible  mater- 


188 


Miscellaneous  Provision! 


JtCTION 
Fig".    38. 

SMOKE    PIPES    PASSING    THROUGH    PARTITIONS 
AND   WOOD   WORK    AROUND. 
Section    572. 
i  A  i      Diameter    of    smoke    pipe,    6"    or   less, 
i  I!  i      Diameter  of   thimble   required    S"   greater   than 
illameter  of   smoke   pipe. 

(C)      Ventilation    holes   required. 


ial  used  in  the  construction  of  a  charging 
floor  or  a  roof  within  thirty-six  inches  of 
the  foundry  cupola.  Where  the  charging 
floor  is  less  than  eight  feet  above  the  dump 
floor  no  combustible  material  whatever  shall 
be  used  in  the  construction  of  such  charging 
floor.  Foundry  cupolas  shall  extend  twenty- 
five  feet  above  the  highest  point  of  any 
roof  within  a  radius  of  forty  feet  from  such 
cupola,  unless  such  roof  is  of  metal  or  fire- 
proof construction. 

575.  Cornices  —  Eaves  —  Gutters  — Pipes 
from  Roof.)  (a)  No  wood  shall  be  used 
for  any  purpose  in  connection  with  cornices, 
eaves  and  external  gutters  on  any  building 
more  than  fifty  feet  in  height.  The  entire 
exterior  covering  of  cornices  and  eaves  of 
buildings  hereafter  to  be  erected  within  the 
fire  limits  shall  be  of  incombustible  material. 

(b)  Wherever  sheet  metal  cornices  or 
eaves  or  external  gutters  are  used,  their 
entire  exterior  covering  shall  be  of  metal 
or  other  incombustible  material  approved 
by  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings.  Bracket 
supports  for  same  shall  be  firmly  secured 
to  the  wall  at  least  every  four  feet,  and  the 
walls  shall  be  carried  full  height  under  and 
behind   same   throughout   their  entire   length. 

(c)  The  water  from  all  roofs  shall  be 
carried  to  the  sewer  in  metal  conductor 
pipes.  Every  such  conductor  shall  be  con- 
tinually maintained  in  good  condition,  and 
if  such  conductors  are  within  the  exterior 
walls,  they  shall  be  of  screwed-joint  iron 
or  steel  pipe,  or  of  cast  Iron  pipe  with 
calked  joints. 

576.  Towers,  Domes  and  Spires — Con- 
struction of.)  Towers,  domes  and  spires 
may  be  built  on  top  of  the  roofs  of  build- 
ings, but  shall  not  occupy  more  than  one- 
quarter  of  the  street  frontage  of  any  build- 
ing. Such  towers,  domes,  or  spires,  if  any 
part  thereof  is  built  to  a  height  of  more 
than    fifty    feet    and    less    than    ninety    feet. 


shall  be  of  slow-burning  construction,  and, 
if  of  a  greater  height  then  ninety  feel 
above  the  sidewalk,  shall  be  of  tireproot 
construction;  and,  in  all  cases  where  the 
area  of  such  tower,  dome,  or  spire  exceeds 
one  hundred  square  feet,  its  supports  shall 
be  carried  down  to  the  ground,  and  shall 
be,  if  the  structure  supported  is  more  tnan 
fifty  feet  and  less  than  ninety  feet  high,  ol 
slow-burning  construction,  and,  if  more  than 
ninety  teet  high,  of  fireproof  construction. 
No  tower,  dome,  or  spire  shall  exceed  thirty- 
six  hundred  (3,600)  square  feet  in  area, 
and  in  no  case  shall  the  area  exceed  fifteen 
per  cent  of  the  total  area  of  the  building  on 
which  it  is  erected,  nor  shall  the  height  of 
any  tower,  dome  or  spire  exceed  four  hun- 
dred feet  measured  from  the  established 
inside    grade. 

5  7  7.  Structures — Construction  and  Limi- 
tations of.)  All  structures  built  within  the 
City  other  than  those  otherwise  specifically 
provided  for  herein  shall  be  designed  and 
constructed  according  to  established  engi- 
neering practice,  and  shall  comply  with  the 
provisions  of  this  section.  No  structure  of 
frame  or  mill  construction  within  the  fire 
limits  shall  exceed  35  feet  In  height  from 
the  ground  to  the  highest  point  thereof. 
No  structure  of  mill  or  frame  construction 
outside  the  fire  limits  shall  exceed  the 
height  of  45  feet  from  the  ground  to  the 
highest    point    thereof. 

All  structures  over  thirty-five  feet  in 
height  within  the  fire  limits,  and  all  struc- 
tures over  forty-five  feet  in  height  outside 
the  fire  limits  shall  be  built  of  structural 
steel,  concrete  or  masonry;  provided,  how- 
ever, that  viaducts  or  runways  to  be  used 
for  the  purpose  of  transferring  livestock 
from  one  building  or  place  to  another  may 
be  built  of  wood  not  to  exceed  eighty  feet 
in  height  either  within  or  without  the  fire 
limits. 

If  it  is  desired  to  enclose  any  structure, 
such  structure  shall  be  enclosed  with  con- 
crete or  masonry  walls,  or  incombustible 
material  of  such  construction  as  shall  be 
approved  by  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings; 
provided  that  structures  outside  the  tire 
limits  not  exceeding  2,800  square  feet  in 
area,  or  45  feet  in  height,  may  be  enclosed 
with     combustible     material. 

In  every  structure  contemplated  by  this 
section  safe  and  adequate  means  of  ingress 
and  egress  shall  be  provided  for  persons  em- 
ployed   in    and    about    the    same. 

All  structures  whose  height  exceeds  twice 
their  least  dimensions  at  their  base  shall 
be  so  designed  as  to  safely  resist  a  wind 
pressure  of  30  pounds  per  square  foot  of 
surface  exposed  to  the  action  of  the  wind. 

5  7S.  Skylights — Construction  of — Glass  in.) 
(a)  Any  skylight  on  the  roof  of  any  build- 
ing less  than  ninety  feet  in  height,  other 
than  a  frame  building,  shall  have  the  sides, 
sashes  and  frames  constructed  of  metal,  or 
of  wood,  metal  clad  on  all  exterior  surfaces. 
Any  skylignt  on  a  building  more  than  ninety 
feet  in  height  shall  be  entirely  of  incom- 
bustible material. 

(b)  Every  skylight  shall  be  provided 
with  ventilation  opening  of  an  area  of  at 
least  three  per  cent  of  the  base  area  of  the 
skylight. 

(c)  The  glass  in  all  such  skylights,  ex- 
cept in  buildings  in  Classes  III  and  VI,  not 
exceeding  three  stories  in  height,  shall  have 
at  least  six  inches  over  same  a  strong  wire 
netting  with  wire  not  lighter  than  number 
twelve  gauge,  galvanized  after  weaving, 
and  mesh  not  coarser  than  one  by  one  inch, 
unless  the  glass  contains  a  wire  netting 
within  itself.  Supports  for  screen  shall  not 
be  less  in  size  than  the  hats  supported  and 
of  the  same  material. 

579.  Enclosure  Upon  Roofs.)  It  shall 
be    permitted    to    erect    on    the    roofs    of    all 


1S9 


Miscellaneous    Provisions 


buildings  more  than  fifty  feet  and  less  than 
ninety  feet  high,  skylights,  inclosures  for 
water  tanks  and  inclosures  for  elevator  ma- 
chinery, the  construction  of  all  of  which  in- 
closures shall  be  entirely  of  incombustible 
material;  provided,  however,  that  the  roofs 
of  same  may  be  built  of  mill  or  slow-burn- 
ing construction. 

580.  Roof — Construction  of — Pitch  of.) 
Buildings,  other  than  frame  buildings  when 
permitted  by  this  Chapter,  less  than  fifty 
feet  in  height  with  roofs  which  have  a 
slope  of  more  than  three  inches  per  hori- 
zontal foot,  shall  have  the  roofs  covered 
with  incombustible  material.  Buildings 
more  than  fifty  feet  and  less  than  ninety 
feet  in  height  with  roofs  which  have  a  slope 
greater  than  three  inches  per  horizontal 
foot  and  which  are  of  timber  construction, 
shall  have  such  roofs  covered  with  an  in- 
combustile  covering  upon  the  roof  boards, 
which  shall  be  made  either  of  mortar  or 
porous  terra  cotta  or  plaster  boards  or  other 
incombustible  material,  which  shall  be  at 
least  two  inches  thick.  Where  this  cover- 
ing is  placed  upon  the  roof  boards  wooden 
strips  shall  be  inserted,  which  shall  be  se- 
curely fastened  to  the  wooden  structure  at 
regular  intervals  between  the  incombustible 
covering  and  a  weatherproof  covering  of 
incombustible    material. 

581.  Boots — Shingle  or  Gravel.)  (a)  The 
use  of  shingles  or  other  forms  of  combus- 
tible roof  covering  erected  or  altered,  other- 
wise than  provided  in  Section  643,  within 
the  fire  limits,  is  prohibited,  except  as  here- 
inafter provided.  In  existing  frame  build- 
ings not  more  than  three  stories  high,  the 
shingle  roofs  may  be  repaired  with  shingles 
or   other   materials. 

(b)  Boofs,  the  slope  of  which  is  not 
more  than  three  inches  per  foot  horizontal, 
and  the  covering  of  which  is  made  of  a 
composition  of  felt  and  gravel,  shall  be  con- 
sidered incombustible  under  the  provisions 
of  this  Chapter,  and  may  be  used  upon 
buildings  of  all  classes.  Other  forms  of 
composition  roof  shall  be  permitted  if  ex- 
pressly approved  as  an  incombustible  roof 
by    the    Commissioner    of    Buildings. 

582.  Window  and  Door  Sills — Columns 
and  Lintels  Supporting  Store  Fronts — In- 
combustible.) (a)  For  buildings  other  than 
frame  buildings  window  and  door  sills  shall 
be  made  of  incombustible  material.  Oak 
timber  used  for  door  sills  and  not  less  than 
eight  inches  thick  by  the  full  width  of  the 
wall  in  which  such  sills  occur,  shall,  for 
the  purpose  of  this  Chapter,  be  counted  in- 
combustible. 

(b)  In  buildings  other  than  frame  and 
excepting  buildings  of  Classes  III  and  VI, 
lintels  shall  bo  of  incombustible  material; 
provided  that  in  one-story  store  front  build- 
ings columns  and  lintels  may  be  of  combus- 
tible   material. 

583.  Buildings — Height  of — Parapet  Walls 
— Boof  Houses — Housing  Tanks — Skylights 
and  Scuttles.)  (ai  The  limits  of  heights 
of  buildings  heretofore  given  for  non-fire- 
proof buildings  shall  be  from  the  average  es- 
tablished sidewalk  level  to  the  highest  point 
of  the    roof  thereof. 

(b)  The  height  of  fireproof  buildings  shall 
be   measured   fmm   the   average  grade  of   the 

•  frontage  of  the  building  to  the  top  ot 
the  highest  point  of  the  external  bearing 
walls. 

(c)  No  buildings  shall  be  erected  of 
greater  height  than  two  hundred  feet  from 
tne  sidewalk  level  to  the  highest  point  of 
external  bearing  walls;  provided,  however, 
that  buildings  may  be  erected  of  a  height 
of  two  hundred  sixty  feet  from  the  side 
walk  level  to  the  highest  point  of  external 
bearing  walls  up  to  and  until  the  first  day 
of  September,  1911,  where  a  permit  has  been 
secured  therefor  and  the  work  incident  to 
the    erection    of    said    building    has    been    be- 


gun before  September  1.  1911.  The  erection 
of  parapet  walls  or  of  balustrades  construct- 
ed entirely  of  'ncombustible  material  shall 
be  permitted  above  the  roof  level  of  build- 
ings of  all  classes,  in  addition  to  the  height 
fixed    herein    foi    the  same. 

i'l>  Hunt  houses  for  elevators,  tanks,  sky- 
lights,  stairs  or  scuttles  may  be  built  above 
the   height    ..i    the    main   roof. 

584.  Basement — Defined.)  The  upper 
surface  of  the  floor  of  the  first  story  of 
buildings  of  every  class  excepting  Classes 
VI  and  V 1 1 1  shall  be  not  more  than  ten  feet 
three  inches  above  the  Inside  sidewalk  grade 
Of  the  sire,  t  nearest  the  building  and  that 
portion  of  the  building  below  said  floor  shall 
be  designated  as  the  basement  of  the  build- 
ing   of   which    it    is    a   part. 

Note:      See   Section    419    (h). 

585.  Sub-basements  and  Cellars — Con- 
struction of.)  i  a)  No  building  shall  have 
more  than  one  basement  or  cellar  of  ordi- 
nary or  slow-burning  or  mill  construction; 
all  additional  basements  or  cellars  shall  be 
of  fireproof  construction  as  described  in 
this  Chapter,  the  elevator  enclosures  shall 
be  of  brick  from  the  lowest  basement  floor 
level  to  the  first  story  floor,  and  the  stair- 
ways shall  be  inclosed  in  fireproof  partitions 
from  the  lowest  basement  floor  level  to  the 
first  story  floor  level  with  automatic  closing 
standard    iron     doors,    opening    outwards. 

(b)  In  cases  where  a  pipe,  conduit,  dumb- 
waiter, cable,  wire,  conveyor  or  belt,  or  any 
combination  thereof,  passes  through  a  floor 
from  one  basement  to  another,  the  open- 
ing in  the  floor  shall  be  inclosed  as  speci- 
fied    in    this    Chapter. 

(c)  The  number  and  width  of  stairs  from 
the  lowest  basement  floor  to  the  first  story 
shall  be  the  same  as  required  for  the  four 
highest  stories  of  a  building  of  the  same 
area. 

Note:  See  Ordinance  covering  "Concrete 
floors  in  basements — Bequirements"  on 
page    222. 

5S6.  Canopy  —  Plans  Must  be  Approved 
by  Conimissioner  of  Buildings  Before  Permit 
Issued  by  Department  of  Public  Works. — 
Fee  for  Permit — No  Advertising  Matter  or 
Obstructions  Permitted.)  It  shall  be  un- 
lawful for  any  person,  firm  or  corporation  to 
erect  or  construct  any  canopy  attached  to 
n  building  or  structure  under  any  general 
or  special  ordinance  now  in  force  or  which 
shall  or  may  hereafter  be  adopted  by  the 
City  Council  of  the  City  of  Chicago,  with- 
out first  submitting  the  plans  of  such  can- 
opy, and  also  of  the  part  of  the  building  or 
other  structure  to  which  it  is  to  be  attached. 
to  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  for  his  ap- 
proval. No  permit  shall  be  issued  by  the 
Department  of  Public  Works  unless  the 
plans  of  such  canopy  shall  be  approved  by 
the  Department  of  Buildings  and  a  permit 
to  attach  said  canopy  to  the  building  for 
which  it  is  intended  shall  lie  obtained  from 
the  Commissioner  of  Buildings.  The  owner 
or  agent  shall  pay  to  the  Department  of 
Buildings  a  fee  of  $5.00  for  said  permit.  No 
canopy  that  has  been  or  may  hereafter  be 
authorized  by  any  general  or  special  ordi- 
nance, which  projects  over  any  street  or 
other  public  place  shall  at  any  time  be 
enclosed  by  canvas  or  other  cloth  or  material 
in  whole  or  in  part  so  as  to  obstruct  free 
passage  underneath  same,  nor  shall  any  such 
■■■;■■      bi  pped     with     or    have    attached 

-  to  any  illuminated  or  other  signs,  trans- 
ncies,  placards,  streamers  or  other  ad- 
vertising devices  of  any  kind;  and  in  case 
,,ny  such  i  anopy  shall  at  any  time  contain 
such  advertising  matter  or  device  it  shall 
be  the  dutv  of  the  owner,  lessee,  or  person 
in  charge  or  control  of  such  canopy,  upon 
notice  from  the  Mayor,  to  forthwith  remove 
such    advertising    matter    or    device. 

587.  Courts  and  Light  Shafts  in  Build- 
ings.) ia)  Every  court  or  light  shaft  of 
every     building     shall     be     open     and     unob- 


190 


Misc.   Prov.  Lath   and   Plaster 


structed  from  the  bottom  of  such  court  to 
the  sky,  with  the  exception  that  fire  es- 
capes may  be  built  therein,  and  such  courts 
shall  have  walls  constructed  in  the  same 
manner  as  is  required  for  the  exterior  walls 
of  such  buildings;  provided,  that  no  walls 
inclosing  such  courts  are  required  on  street 
or  alley   lot    lines. 

(b)  All  windows,  doors  or  other  openings 
in  court  walls,  except  as  otherwise  provided 
in  this  Chapter,  shall  have  metal  frames, 
metal  sashes  and  metal  doors,  with  the 
glazed    portions    thereof    of    wired    glass. 

588.  Bay  Windows — Light  Courts — Shafts 
— Construction  of.)  (a)  The  walls  of  every 
bay  window  and  every  court  in  every  ma- 
sonry constructed  building,  except  buildings 
of  Class  III,  shall  be  built  of  brick  or  other 
fireproof  construction  throughout  as  re- 
quired for  exterior  walls. 

(b)  The  walls  of  every  vent  shaft  of 
every  masonry  constructed  building,  except 
buildings  of  Class  III,  shall  be  built  of 
masonry  or  a  fireproof  material  not  less 
than  four  Inches  in  thickness  supported  by 
steel   or  Iron. 

(c)  Every  court,  light  shaft,  or  vent 
shaft  in  every  building  shall  be  open  and 
unobstructed  from  the  bottom  of  such  court 
to  the  sky  with  the  exception  that  fire  es- 
capes may  be  built  in  courts  or  light  shafts, 
subject  to  all  the  provisions  of  this  Chapter. 

(d)  All  windows,  doors,  or  other  open- 
ings    In    court    walls,     except    as     otherwise 


provided  in  this  Chapter,  shall  have  metal 
frames,  metal  sashes  and  metal  doors  with 
the    glazed    portion    thereof    of    wired    glass. 

589.  Windows,  Cleaning  of — Safety  De- 
vices.) The  owner  or  agent  of  every  build- 
ing in  the  city  shall  equip  each  and  every 
window  in  any  such  building  above  the 
first  story  thereof  with  a  suitable  device  or 
devices  which  will  permit  the  cleaning  of 
the  exterior  of  each  and  every  window  In 
such  building  above  the  first  story  without 
danger  to  the  person  cleaning  such  win- 
dows, and  such  devices  shall  be  of  such 
pattern  and  construction  as  will  reasonably 
and  safely  answer  the  purposes  for  which 
they  are  intended;  provided,  however,  that 
if  windows  are  of  such  construction  that 
they  may  be  easily  cleaned  from  the  inside 
they  need  not  be  equipped  with  such  devices. 

(See  Illustration,    S>c.   258b 

590.  (a)  Wood  Lathing  and  Plastering.) 
In  all  buildings  of  frame  or  ordinary  con- 
struction, where  the  use  of  wood  lath  and 
plaster  is  permitted  under  the  provisions  of 
this  chapter,  such  wood  lath  and  plaster 
shall  be  done  in  accordance  with  these  speci- 
fications: 

Wood  lath  shall  not  be  over  one  and  one- 
half  Inches  wide,  and  shall  be  nailed  to  each 
stud,  joist  or  bearing  with  not  less  than 
a  three-penny  fine  16  gauge  nail;  lath  to  have 
joints  broken  with  not  over  seven  lath  to  a 
break;  lath  to  be  spaced  not  less  than  one- 
fourth  of  an  inch  apart.  All  wood  lath 
must   be   covered   with    at    least   two    coats   of 


OtCTION- 


# 


I         I 


I         I 


Lath 


1 r 


I  UVATK2N 


Fig.    39. 


(A)      Lath    to    lw    1  V    Wide. 

Oil     Break    Joints    "f    lath    every    Beventb    lath. 

mi     Spacing  of  liuii  aot   to  be  less  than   ',"  apart. 


WOOD    I. a  ill    ami    PLASTERING. 
s  ctlon   590. 

(Exception   Class    i     Jfc"   spacing  allowed     see  Bee. 
590h). 

il»i     Plaster   coating    to   finish    '„"    thick. 
(Exception     Class     i       j  "     thick     Bnlsh     Bee     Bee 
590b). 


plaster;  such  lath  ami  plaster  to  finish  to 
a  total  thickness  of  at  least  seven-eighths  of 
an  inch;  no  dirty  or  loamy  Band  t"  be  used 
in    the    mortar   or   plaster. 


(in      In  every  building  of  frame  or  of  ordi- 
nary  construction  which  contains  one  or  more 

r.Miins      used      for     ha  hit  at  ion      nr     living      pur- 
poses,   the    walls   and   ceilings    of   all    rooms, 


l!»l 


Street  Obstructions 


including   store-  :nent    and    attic 

not  used  for  habitation  or  living 
purposes.*,  throughout  the  building  shall  be 
covered  with  not  less  than  two  coats  of 
piaster  of  the  thickness  and  quality  herein- 
before   in    this    section    prescribed. 

Provided,  however,  that  where  such  build- 
ing does  not  exceed  one  story  and  base- 
ment in  height  .  iins  a  room  or  rooms 
used  for  the  purposes  of  Class  I  as  defined 
in  this  ordinance,  a  metal  ceiling  may  be 
installed  in  the  room  used  for  th  •  purpose 
of  Class  I:  and  provided  further,  that  ■■ 
such  building  "t"  frame  or  of  ordinary  con- 
struction and  containing  one  or  more  living 
rooms  is  more  than  one  story  and  basi 
in  height  and  contains  a  room  or  rooms  used 
for  the  purposes  of  class  I  as  defined  in  this 
ordinance,  a  metal  ceiling  may  be  installed 
in  such  room  used  for  the  purpose  of  Cli  ss  I 
according   to   the   following   provisions: 

The  celling  of  the  room  or  rooms  used 
for  the  purpose  of  Class  I  shall  be  plastered 
with  at  least  one  coat  of  plaster  on  wood 
iath;  wood  lath  to  be  not  over  one  and  one- 
half  Inches  wide,  and  shall  be  nailed  to 
each  stud,  joist  or  bearing  with  not  less 
than  a  three-penny  fine  16  gauge  nail;  lath 
to  have  joints  broken  with  not  over  seven 
lath  to  a  break;  lath  to  be  spaced  not  less 
than  three-eighths  of  an  inch  apart.  All  wood 
lath  to  be  covered  with  a  heavy  coat  of 
mortar;  such  lath  and  plaster  to  finish  to 
a  total  thickness  of  three-quarters  of  an 
inch  in  thickness.  Before  applying  such 
rret&l  ceilings,  a  wood  strip  not  less  than 
seven-eighths  of  an  inch  by  one  and  one- 
quarter  inch  wide  shall  be  used  under  every 
lap  bead,  or  nailing  flange  at  the  intersec- 
tion of  all  plates.  Strips  to  be  not  more 
than  two  feet  on  centers  in  the  direction 
cf  length  of  rooms  with  a  cross  strip  every 
four  feet  on  centers.  A  wire  nail  not  less 
than  three  inches  long  shall  be  used  in 
every  strip  at  every  joist  in  the  surface 
to  be  covered.  Metal  plates  to  be  not  lighter 
than  29  gauge  in  thickness  and  nailed  to 
every    six    Inches    on    the    lap. 

(c)  Where  said  metal-plates  are  applied 
on  walls  of  buildings  of  frame  or  of  ordi- 
nary construction  containing  one  or  more 
rooms  used  for  habitation  or  living  purposes, 
plastering  upon  walls  must  conform  with  the 
requirements  of  this  ordinance  for  plastered 
walls.  A  strip  three-eighths  of  an  inch  in 
thickness  may  be  used  upon  which  to  apply 
the  metal,  same  to  be  nailed  to  every  stud- 
ding with  a  nail  not  less  than  two  and  three- 
quarter  inches  long;  steel  plates  used  on 
walls  to  be  not  lighter  than  29  gauge  and 
applied  same  manner  as  herein  provided  for 
ceilings. 

(d)  Wallboard  or  plasterboard  of  gyp- 
sum, asbestos,  or  other  approved  incombus- 
tible material  containing  not  more  than  four 
per  cent  (4%)  by  volume  of  paper  or  other 
combustible  fabric  reinforcement  may  be 
used  as  a  substitute  for  wood  lath  where  the 
use  of  wood  lath  is  permitted  by  the  provi- 
sions of  this  chapter  in  buildings  of  frame  or 
of  ordinary  construction.  When  such  wall- 
board  or  plasterboard  is  attached  to  metal 
studding  or  metal  furring  and  is  used  as  a 
base  for  two  coats  of  plaster  or  mortar,  the 
wallboard  or  plasterboard  and  plastering 
finishing  to  not  less  than  seven-eighths  of  an 
inch  In  thickness  in  ceilings  and  in  hollow 
partitions  and  not  less  than  two  inches  in 
thickness  in  solid  partitions,  it  may  be  used 
in  this  manner  in  such  buildings  and  under 
such  conditions  as  follows: 

In  buildings  of  slow  burning  and  mill  con- 
struction for  partitions  other  than  corridor 
partitions  and  other  than  enclosing  parti- 
tions around  stairways,  elevators,  shaft?  or 
other   floor   openings. 

In  buildings  of  fireproof  construction  of 
Class  II.  Class  III  and  Class  VI  for  suspend- 
ed or  false  ceilings  below  a  fireproof  floor 
system  or  roof  system  built  in  accordance 
with   the    provisions   of   this    chapter   and    foi 


partitions  other  than  corridor  partitions  and 
other  than  enclosing  partitions  around  stair- 
ways, elevators,  shafts  or  other  floor  open- 
ings. The  ingredients  and  the  propor- 
tions thereof  for  mortar  and  plaster  and  the 
manner  of  mixing  and  preparing  same  for 
plastering,  as  used  in  accordance  with  the 
requirements  of  this  section,  s'.all  be  subject 
to  the  approval  of  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings. 

591.  Scaffold! — Protection  During  Build- 
ing Operation* — Temporary  Ploori.)  (a)  All 
scaffolds  erected  In  this  city  for  use  in  the 
erection,  repair,  alteration,  or  removal  of 
buildings,  shall  be  well  and  safely  sup- 
ported, and  of  sufficient  width,  and  properly 
secured,  so  as  to  insure  the  safety  of  per- 
sons working  thereon  or  passing  under  or 
by  the  same;  and  to  prevent  the  falling 
thereof,  or  of  any  material  that  may  be 
used,    placed    or    deposited   thereon. 

(b)  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  every  owner, 
person  or  corporation  who  shall  have  the 
supervision  or  control  of  the  construction 
of  or  remodeling  of  any  building  having 
more  than  three  framed  floors,  whether  some 
or  all  of  such  floors  are  above  the  estab- 
lished street  grade,  to  provide  and  lay  upon 
the  upper  side  of  the  joists  or  girders,  or 
both,  of  the  first  floor  below  the  riveters 
and  structural  steel  setters,  a  plank  floor, 
which  shall  be  laid  to  form  a  good  and  sub- 
stantial temporary  floor  for  the  protection 
of  the  employes  and  all  persons  engaged 
above  or  below  or  on  Much  temporary  floor 
in    such    building. 

(c)  Provided,  however,  that  where  the 
permanent  floor  is  in  place  on  the  floor 
herein  required  to  be  planked,  a  temporary 
protective   floor   shall   not   be   required. 

(d)  A  good  and  substantial  temporary 
floor  shall  be  laid  on  the  joists  or  girders 
of  the  next  lower  floor  where  the  temporary 
or  permanent  floor  of  the  second  story  or 
the  floor  or  floors  above  the  second  story  or 
roof  is  being  placed  previous  to  the  placing 
of  the  permanent  floor  or  floors  immediately 
below  the  floor  which  is  being  arched  or 
planked.  The  lowest  framed  floor  in  a 
building    shall    be    considered    the    first    floor. 

(e)  In  buildings  more  than  three  stories 
high  where  persons  are  working  on  a  scaf- 
fold or  scaffolds  on  the  outside  of  such 
building  such  persons  shall  be  protected 
by  well  secured  planking,  set  over  the  heads 
of  such  persons  for  the  full  width  of  the 
scaffolding  on  wThich  they  are  working  if 
another  story  or  other  stories  are  being 
raised  above  such  persons  during  the  time 
they  are  working  on  such  outside  scaffold 
or    scaffolding. 

(f)  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  all  owners, 
contractors,  builders  or  persons  having  the 
control  or  supervision  of  all  buildings  in 
course  of  erection  which  shall  be  more  than 
thirty  feet  high,  to  see  that  all  stairways, 
elevator  openings,  flues  and  all  other  open- 
ings in  the  floors  shall  be  covered  or  prop- 
erly protected,  and  it  shall  be  their  further 
duty  to  comply  with  an  act  of  the  State 
Legislature  providing  for  the  protection  and 
safety  of  persons  in  or  about  the  construc- 
tion, repairing,  alteration  or  removal  of 
buildings,  bridges,  viaducts  and  other  struc- 
tures, approved  June  3,  1907,  and  in  force 
July    1,    1907. 

(g)  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  vio- 
lating any  of  the  provisions  of  this  section 
shall  be  fined  not  less  than  one  hundred 
dollars  nor  more  than  two  hundred  dollars 
for  each  offense,  and  any  permit  granted  for 
the  construction  of  such  building  may  be 
revoked  in  the  discretion  of  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Buildings  where  such  violation 
occurs. 

592.  Sidewalk  and  Street — Occupation  of 
— Limitation!.)  (a)  The  extent  of  occupa- 
tion of  sidewalk  and  street  to  be  covered 
by  the  terms  of  a  permit  for  street  obstruc- 
tion  or   building,    shall    be   as   follow!: 


192 


Street   Obstructions 


(b)  Such  permit  shall  not  authorize  the 
occupation  of  any  sidewalk  or  street  or 
part  thereof  other  than  that  immediately 
in  front  of  the  lot  or  lots  upon  which  any 
building  is  in  process  of  erection  and  in  re- 
lation to  which   such  permit  is  issued. 

(c)  During  the  progress  of  building  op- 
erations, a  sidewalk  not  less  than  six  feet 
in  width  shall  be  at  all  times  kept  open 
and  unobstructed  for  the  purpose  of  passage 
in  front  of  such  lot  or  lots.  Such  sidewalk 
shall,  if  there  are  excavations  on  either 
side  of  the  same,  be  protected  by  substan- 
tial railings  which  shall  be  built  and  main- 
tained thereon  so  long  as  excavations  con- 
tinue to  exist.  It  Is  not  intended  hereby  to 
prohibit  the  maintenance  of  a  driveway  for 
the  delivery  of  material  across  such  side- 
walk from   the  curb  line  to  the  building  site. 

593.  Sidewalks — Delivery  of  Material — 
Elevated  Sidewalks.)  It  shall  be  permitted 
for  the  purposes  of  delivering  material  to 
the  basements  of  buildings  in  process  of 
erection  to  erect  elevated  temporary  side- 
walks to  a  height  of  not  exceeding  four 
feet  above  the  curb  level  of  the  street,  and 
in  case  a  sidewalk  Is  so  elevated  it  shall  be 
provided  with  good,  substantial  steps  or 
easy  Inclines  on  both  ends  of  the  same  and 
shall    have   railings   on    both   sides   thereof. 

594.  Temporary  Roof  Over  Sidewalk — 
Time  Maintained.)  When  buildings  are 
erected  of  a  height  greater  than  four  stories 
and  such  buildings  are  near  the  street  line, 
there  shall  be  built  over  the  adjoining  side- 
walk a  roof  having  a  framework  composed 
of  supports  and  stringers  of  three  by  twelve 
timbers  not  more  than  four  feet  from  cen- 
ter to  center,  covered  by  two  layers  of  two- 
inch  plank.  When  additonal  stories  are 
added  to  an  existing  building  and  such 
building  is  located  near  the  street  line, 
there  shall  be  built  over  the  sidewalk,  at 
the  point  where  the  new  stories  commence, 
a  scaffold  not  less  than  six  feet  wide,  which 
shall  form  a  covering  over  the  sidewalk 
composed  of  a  framework  of  stringers  and 
supports,  covered  by  two  layers  of  two-Inch 
planks.  Such  framework  and  covering  shall 
be  of  such  construction  and  design  as  shall 
be  satisfactory  to  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings.  Such  roof  shall  be  maintained 
as  long  as  material  is  being  used  or  handled 
on  such  street  front  above  the  level  of  the 
sidewalk.  Temporary  sidewalks,  their  rail- 
ings, approaches  and  roofs  over  same,  shall 
be  made  with  regard  to  ease  of  approach, 
strength,  and  safety,  to  the  satisfaction  of 
the    Commissioner    of    Buildings. 

595.  Storage  of  Building  Materials — 
Limitations.)  The  occupation  of  the  street 
for  the  storage  of  building  material  for  any 
one  building  or  for  temporary  sidewalks, 
shall  never  exceed  one-third  of  the  width  of 
the  roadway  of  the  same,  and  In  no  event 
shall  any  material  be  stored  or  placed  within 
four  feet  of  any  steam  or  street  railway 
track,  and  In  all  cases  where  such  obstruc- 
tion of  the  street  is  made  there  shall  be  a 
clear  space  of  not  less  than  one  foot  between 
such  obstruction  and  the  curb  line.  Pro- 
vided, that  the  Commissioner  of  Ruildings 
and  the  Commissioner  of  Public  Works,  or 
either  of  them,  may  limit,  or  entirely  re- 
strict, the  storage  of  material  on  any  street 
or  alley  where  a  tunnel,  conduit,  or  any 
underground  passageway  or  subway  Is 
located. 

596.  Sidewalks  and  Street — Excavated 
Material  and  Rubbish  On — How  Cared  for.) 
Earth,  other  than  sand  to  be  used  In  the 
construction  of  the  building,  taken  from  ex- 
cavations, and  rubbish  takrn  from  buildings 
shall  not  be  stored  either  upon  the  sidewalks 
or  roadways  of  streets,  and  shall  be  removed 
therefrom  from  day  to  day  as  rapidly  as 
produced.  When  dry  rubbish  is  being 
handled,  It  shall  be  kept  wetted  down  so  as 
to  prevent  Its  being  blown  about  by  the 
wind. 


597.  Use  of  Derricks.)  For  all  buildings 
more  than  four  stories  in  height  the  use 
of  derricks  set  upon  the  sidewalk  or  street 
is  prohibited.  In  no  case  shall  the  guy  lines 
be   less    than   fifteen   feet   above  the   roadbed. 

59S.  Frontage  Adjacent — How  Occupied 
for  Building  Purposes.)  If  the  written  con- 
sent of  and  a  waiver  of  claims  for  damages 
against  the  city  by  the  owners  of  properties 
adjoining  the  site  of  any  proposed  building 
is  first  obtained  and  filed  with  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Public  Works,  the  permission  to 
occupy  the  roadway  and  the  sidewalk  may 
be  extended  beyond  the  limits  of  such  build- 
ing in  front  of  the  property  for  which  the 
consent  of  the  owner  or  lessee  thereof  has 
been  secured  upon  the  same  terms  and  con- 
ditions as  those  herein  fixed  for  the  occu- 
pation of  sidewalk  and  street  in  front  of 
the  building  site. 

599.  Street — Use  of  for  Building  Pur- 
poses— When  Terminated — Red  Lights.)  (a) 
The  permission  to  occupy  streets  and  side- 
walks for  the  purposes  of  building  Is  in- 
tended only  for  use  in  connection  with  the 
actual  erection,  repair,  alteration  or  re- 
moval of  buildings,  and  shall  terminate 
with  the  completion  of  such  operation.  It 
shall  be  unlawful  to  occupy  any  sidewalk 
or  street  after  the  completion  of  the  opera- 
tion for  which  a  permit  has  been  issued  by 
the  Department  of  Buildings.  It  shall  also 
be  unlawful  to  occupy  a  sidewalk  or  street, 
under  authority  of  such  permit,  for  the 
storage  of  articles  not  intended  for  imme- 
diate use  In  connection  with  the  operations 
for    which    such    permit    has    been    issued. 

(b)  Red  lanterns  shall  be  displayed  and 
maintained  during  the  whole  of  every  night 
at  each  end  of  every  pile  of  material  in  any 
street  or  alley  and  at  each  end  of  every 
excavation. 

600.  Street  Obstructions — Permits — Bonds 
— Fees.)  (a)  Permits  for  the  obstruction 
of  streets  shall  be  issued  by  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Public  Works  and  shall  be  paid 
in  proportion  to  the  street  frontage  occu- 
pied at  the  rate  of  two  dollars  per  month 
for  every  twenty-five  (25)  feet,  or  fractional 
part  thereof,  of  frontage  so  occupied,  and 
before  any  permit  shall  be  granted  to  any 
person,  firm  or  corporation  for  the  obstruc- 
tion of  any  street  or  streets  or  sidewalk,  an 
estimate  of  the  cost  of  restoring  said  street 
and  sidewalk  to  a  condition  equally  as  good 
as  before  it  shall  have  been  obstructed, 
with  a  fair  additional  margin  for  contingent 
damages,  shall  be  made  by  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Public  Works,  which  in  no  case 
shall  be  less  than  one  dollar  per  foot,  or 
fractional  part  thereof,  frontage  of  the 
portion  of  the  street  to  be  obstructed,  and 
a  deposit  shall  be  required  of  the  person, 
firm  or  corporation  desiring  to  obstruct 
said  street  or  sidewalk.  Such  deposit,  less 
the  charge  of  two  dollars  per  month  for 
each  twi'iity-live  fo.-t  of  frontage  used,  shall 
be  returned  upon  the  restoration  of  the  said 
street  and  sidewalk  to  a  condition  equally 
as  good  as  before  It  was  obstructed.  When 
the  Commissioner  of  Public  Works  shall  re- 
ceive  satisfactory  proof  that  said  street  and 
sidewalk  have  been  restored  to  a  condition 
equally  as  good  as  before  It  was  obstructed, 
he  shall  Issue  a  certificate  to  the  Comptrol- 
ler, certifying  to  said  fact,  and  the  comp- 
troller shall  thereupon  forthwith  Issue  a 
warrant  on  the  City  Treasurer  for  the 
amount  of  money  thus  deposited  less  the 
deduction  herein  provided  for.  But  If  the 
person,  firm  or  corporation  thus  obstructing 
Bald  Street  or  sidewalk  shall  fall  to  restore 
the  same  to  a  condition  equally  as  good  as 
before  It  was  obstruct.',!  within  three  (3) 
days  from  and  after  the  completion  of  the 
building  or  structure  for  whirl)  said  de- 
posit wan  required,  then  the  city  shall  have 
the  right  to  use  such  portion  of  said  deposit 


193 


Plreproof   Construction 


as  may  be  necessary  to  remove  the  obstruc- 
tions and  to  restore  the  said  street  and 
sidewalk  to  a  condition  equally  as  good  as 
It  was  before  It  was  obstructed,  and  the 
amount  thus  expended  shall  be  deducted 
from  the  amount  of  said  deposit;  provided, 
however,  that  nothing  herein  contained 
shall  preclude  the  city  from  maintaining  an 
action  against  the  person,  firm  or  corpora- 
tion to  recover  for  damage  done  to  any 
street  or  sidewalk.  No  permit  shall  be 
Issued  until  the  applicant  therefor  shall 
have  executed  and  hied  with  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Public  Works  a  bond,  with  sure- 
ties to  be  approved  by  said  Commissioner, 
and  in  an  amount  to  be  designated  by  him, 
in  no  case  to  be  less  than  ten  thousand  dol- 
lars, conditioned  to  indemnify,  save  and 
keep  harmless  the  city  from  any  and  all 
loss,  cost,  expense  or  liability  of  any  kind 
whatsoever  which  it,  the  city,  may  suffer 
of  any  building  or  place  for  such  purpose. 
or  be  put  to,  or  which  may  be  recovered 
from  It  from  or  by  reason  of  the  issuance  of 
such  permit,  or  by  reason  of  any  act  or 
thing  done  or  neglected  to  be  done  under 
or  by  virtue  of  the  authority  given  In  such 
permit  and  the  requirements  of  the  city 
ordinance!. 

(b)  Any  permit  Issued  pursuant  to  the 
terms  of  this  ordinance  may  be  revoked  by 
the  Commissioner  of  Public  Works  at  any 
time. 

601.  Stables  and  Barns — Regulation!.) 
(a)  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person, 
firm  or  corporation  to  convert  any  building 
for  the  use  of  or  to  construct  or  maintain 
any  stable  or  barn  for  the  housing  or  keep- 
ing of  more  than  two  horses  or  other  animals 
on  any  lot  abutting  on  a  street  or  alley  in 
which  a  public  sewer  is  constructed  without 
providing  such  stable  or  barn  with  an  im- 
pervious floor  properly  drained  to  such  sewer. 

<b)  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person, 
firm  or  corporation  to  construct,  locate,  con- 
duct or  maintain  any  boarding,  sales  or  pri- 
vate stable  or  barn  for  stabling  or  keeping 
of  horses  on  the  front  two-thirds  of  any  lot 
on  any  street  where  one-half  of  the  build- 
ings on  both  sides  of  the  street  between 
the  next  nearest  Intersecting  streets  are  used 
exclusively  for  residence  purposes  without 
the  written  consent  of  a  majority  of  the 
property  owners  according  to  frontage  on 
both  sides  of  the  streets.  Such  written  con- 
sent shall  be  obtained  and  filed  with  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings  before  a  permit 
Is  issued  for  the  construction  or  alteration 
Provided  that  in  determining  whether  one- 
half  of  the  buildings  on  both  sides  of  the 
street  are  used  exclusively  for  residence 
purposes  any  building  fronting  upon  another 
street  and  located  upon  a  corner  lot  shall 
not    be    considered. 

(c)  It  shall  hereafter  be  unlawful  for 
any  person,  firm  or  corporation  to  locate, 
build,  construct  or  maintain  any  building  or 
structure  for  stabling  or  keeping  of  ten  or 
more  horses  within  a  distance  of  four  hun- 
dred feet  from  any  school,  church,  hospital, 
public   park   or   public   playground. 

(d)  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  vio- 
lating any  of  the  provisions  of  this  sec- 
tion shall  be  fined  not  less  than  twenty-five 
dollars  ($25.00)  nor  more  than  two  hun- 
dred dollars  ($200.00)  for  each  offense  and 
each  and  every  day  on  which  such  person 
shall  conduct  or  maintain  a  stable  or  barn 
in  violation  of  the  provisions  of  this  section, 
shall  constitute  a  separate  and  distinct 
offense. 

602.  Tannery  Kot  to  Be  Placed  "Within 
600  Feet  of  Any  Church,  Publio  or  PriTata 
School.)  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  per- 
son, firm  or  corporation  to  build,  construct, 
locate  or  maintain  any  building  used,  or  to 
be  used,  for  a  tannery  within  six  hundred 
feet  measured  from  the  nearest  point  of 
the    tannery    to    the    nearest    point    of    any 


building   used    for   a    church    or   for   a   public 
or    private    school. 

603.  Gas  Reservoir  Not  to  Be  Placed 
Within  500  Peet  of  any  Public  School.)  It 
shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person,  firm  or 
corporation  to  build,  construct,  locate  or 
maintain  any  tank  used  or  to  be  used  for  a 
gas  reservoir  within  500  feet  of  any  public 
school.  Said  distance  to  be  measured  from 
the  nearest  point  of  the  building  or  struc- 
ture used  for  a  gas  reservoir  to  the  nearest 
point  of  any  building  used  for  a  public 
school.  |   ,| 

604.  Architect — Must  Certify  That  Plana 
Comply  With  Building  Ordinances.)  It  shall 
be  unlawful  for  any  architect  or  other  per- 
son permitted  under  the  state  law  to  pre- 
pare plans  to  prepare  and  submit  to  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings  for  his  approval 
any  final  plans  for  any  building  or  structure 
which  do  not  comply  with  structural  re- 
quirements of  this  Chapter.  It  shall  be  the 
duty  of  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  to 
require  that  all  final  plans  submitted  to  him 
for  approval  of  any  building  or  structure 
shall  be  accompanied  by  a  certificate  of  such 
architect  or  such  other  person  preparing 
plans  that  the  plans  and  specifications  sub- 
mitted comply  with  the  structural  require- 
ments   of   this    Chapter. 

ARTICLE    XIII. 
Fireproof   Construction. 

605.  Plreproof  Construction — Definition 
of.)  The  term  "fireproof  construction"  shall 
apply  to  all  buildings  in  which  all  parts 
that  carry  weights  or  resist  strains  and  also 
all  exterior  walls  and  all  interior  walls  and 
all  interior  partitions  and  all  stairways  and 
all  elevator  inclosures  are  made  entirely  of 
incombustible  material,  and  in  which  all 
metallic  structural  members  are  protected 
against  the  effects  of  fire  by  coverings  of  a 
material  which  shall  be  entirely  incombusti- 
ble, and  a  slow  heat  conductor,  and  herein- 
after termed  "fireproof  material."  Rein- 
forced concrete  as  defined  in  this  ordinance 
shall  be  considered  fireproof  construction, 
when    built    as    required    by    Section    550. 

606.  Plreproof  Material — Definition  of.) 
The  materials  which  shall  be  considered  as 
filling  the  conditions  of  fireproof  covering 
are:  First,  burnt  brick;  second,  tiles  of 
burnt  clay;  third,  approved  cement  con- 
crete;   fourth,    terra   cotta. 

607.  Plreproof    Construction — Tests    Por.) 

(a)  In  cases  in  which  it  is  claimed  that 
any  equally  good  or  more  desirable  mode  or 
manner  of  construction,  or  material,  or  de- 
vice for  fireproofing,  other  than  specified  in 
this  Chapter,  can  be  used  In  the  erection  or 
alteration  of  buildings,  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings,  upon  written  application  to  him 
for  a  permit  to  use  the  same,  shall  have 
power  to  appoint  a  Board  of  Examiners,  con- 
sisting of  not  less  than  three  nor  more 
than  five  members,  each  of  whom  shall  have 
at  least  ten  years'  experience  as  an  architect, 
engineer  or  builder,  who  shall  take  the 
usual  oath  of  office.  Said  oath  of  office 
shall  be  administered  by  the  Commissioner 
of  Buildings.  The  said  examiners  shall 
adopt  rules  and  specifications  for  examining 
and  testing  such  mode  or  manner  of  con- 
struction or  material,  or  device  for  fireproof- 
ing, and  furnish  a  copy  of  the  same  to  the 
applicant.  And  such  specifications  shall 
provide  that  the  material  to  be  tested  shall 
withstand  successfully  a  fire  of  two  hours' 
duration,  rising  to  1,700  degrees  tempera- 
ture, Fahrenheit,  in  the  first  thirty  minutes 
and  remaining  at  that  temperature  for  the 
following  ninety  minutes.  At  the  end  of 
the  two  hours  the  material  shall  be 
quenched  with  at  least  a  lV6-inch  stream  of 
water  for  five  minutes,  at  a  nozzle  pressure 
of  fifty  pounds  per  square  inch.  The  said 
examiners    shall    notify    such    applicant     to 


194 


fireproof  OoMtrnotlon 


submit  the  proposed  material  for  such  ex- 
amination and  test;  and  such  tests  shall  be 
made  in  the  presence  of  the  said  examiners, 
or  a  majority  thereof,  according  to  such 
rules  and  specifications.  All  expenses  of 
such  examiners  and  such  examinations  and 
tests,  shall  be  paid  by  the  applicant,  and 
said  examiners  may  require  security  there- 
for. 

(b)  The  said  examiners  shall  within  30 
days  after  such  examination  and  tests,  cer- 
tify the  results  of  such  test,  and  their  de- 
cision on  the  said  application  to  the  Com- 
missioner of  Buildings,  who  shall  in  the 
event  of  the  examination  and  tests  being 
satisfactory,  authorize  the  use  of  such  ma- 
terial   or    construction    as    fireproof   material. 

(c)  A  complete  record  of  the  proceedings 
and  all  acts  and  decisions  of  the  said  Board 
of  Examiners  shall  be  kept  by  the  Commis- 
sioner of   Buildings   in  his  office. 

(d)  The  Commissioner  of  Buildings  shall 
have  the  power  to  pass  upon  any  question 
relative  to  the  mode  or  manner  of  construc- 
tion or  materials  to  be  used  for  ftreproottng 
in  the  erection  or  alteration  of  any  building 
or  structure  to  make  the  same  conform  to 
the  true  intent  and  meaning  of  the  several 
provisions    of    this    Chapter. 

608.  Incombustible  Material.)  The  fol- 
lowing materials  shall  be  considered  as  in- 
combustible material:  A  metal  or  fire-resist- 
ing glass  not  less  than  one-quarter  of  an 
inch  in  thickness,  metal,  plastering  on  metal 
lath  and  metal-studding,  plaster  blocks, 
stone,  granite,  marble,  approved  cinder  con- 
crete, or  one  of  the  fireproof  materials  de- 
scribed  in   this   chapter. 

609.  Walls — Unclosing  in  Buildings  of 
Steel  Skeleton  Construction.)  If  buildings 
are  made  of  fireproof  construction,  and 
have  skeleton  construction  so  designed  that 
their  enclosing  walls  do  not  carry  the 
weight  of  floors  or  roof,  then  their  walls 
shall  not  be  less  than  twelve  Inches  in 
thickness;  provided,  such  walls  shall  be 
thoroughly  anchored  to  the  iron  skeleton, 
and  whenever  the  weight  of  such  walls  rests 
upon  beams  or  columns,  such  beams  or 
columns  shall  be  made  strong  enough  in 
each  story  to  carry  the  weight  of  wall  rest- 
ing upon  them  without  reliance  upon  the 
walls  below  them.  All  walls  shall  be  of 
fireproof   or   incombustible   material. 

610.  Columns — Exterior.)  (a)  All  iron 
or  steel  used  as  vertical  supporting  mem- 
ber of  the  external  construction  of  any 
building  exceeding  fifty  feet  in  height  shall 
be  protected  against  the  effects  of  external 
change  of  temperature,  and  of  fire  by  a 
covering  of  fireproof  material  consisting  of 
at  least  four  inches  of  brick,  hollow  terra 
cotta  concrete,  burnt  clay  tiles,  or  of  a 
combination  of  any  two  of  these  materials, 
provided  that  their  combined  thickness  is 
not  less  than  four  inches.  The  distance  of 
the  extreme  projection  of  the  metal,  where 
such  metal  projects  beyond  the  face  of  the 
column,  shall  be  not  less  than  two  inches 
from  the  face  of  the  flreproofing;  provided, 
that  the  inner  side  of  exterior  columns  shall 
be  flreproofed  as  hereafter  required  for  in- 
terior  columns. 

(b)  "Where  stone  or  other  Incombustible 
material  not  of  the  type  defined  In  this 
ordinance  as  fireproof  material  is  used  for 
the  exterior  facing  of  a  building,  the  dis- 
tance between  the  back  of  the  facing  and 
extreme  projection  of  the  metal  of  the 
column  proper  shall  be  at  least  two  inches, 
and  the  Intervening  space  shall  be  filled 
with    one    of    the    fireproof    materials. 

(c)  In  all  cases,  the  brick,  burnt  clay, 
tile  or  terra  cotta,  if  used  as  a  fireproof 
covering,  shall  be  bedded  in  cement  mortar 
close  up  to  the  iron  or  steel  members,  and 
all  Joints   shall   be  made   full   and   solid. 


(Exterior    and    Interior    Illustrations    on 
the  next  page.) 

611.  Columns — Interior.)  (a)  Covering 
of  Interior  columns  shall  consist  of  one  or 
more  of  the  fireproof  materials  herein 
described. 

(b)  If  such  covering  Is  of  brick  It  shall 
be  not  less  than  four  inches  thick;  if  of 
concrete,  not  less  than  three  inches  thick; 
if  of  burnt  clay  tile,  such  covering  shall  be 
in  two  consecutive  layers,  each  not  less 
than  two  inches  thick,  each  having  one  alt 
space  of  not  less  than  one-half  Inch,  and 
in  no  such  burnt  clay  tile  shall  the  burnt 
clay  be  less  than  five-eighths  of  an  inch 
thick;  or  if  of  porous  clay  solid  tiles,  it 
shall  consist  of  at  least  two  consecutive 
layers,  each  not  less  than  two  inches  thick; 
or  if  constituted  of  a  combination  of  any 
two  of  these  materials,  one-half  of  the 
total  thickness  required  for  each  of  the  ma- 
terials shall  be  applied,  provided  that  if 
concrete  is  used  for  such  layer  It  shall  not 
be   less    than    two    inches    thick. 

(c)  In  the  case  of  columns  having  an 
"H"  shaped  cross  section  or  of  columns 
having  any  other  cross  section  with  channels 
or  chases  open  from  base  plates  to  cap  plates 
on  one  or  more  sides  of  the  columns,  then 
the  thickness  of  the  fireproof  covering  may 
be  reduced  to  two  and  one-half  Inches,  meas- 
uring in  the  direction  in  which  the  flange 
or  flanges  project,  and  provided  that  the 
thin  edge  in  the  projecting  flange  or  arms 
of  the  cross  sections  does  not  exceed  three- 
quarters  of  an  inch  in  thickness.  The  thick- 
ness of  the  fireproof  covering  on  all  sur- 
faces measuring  more  than  three-quarters 
of  an  inch  wide  and  measuring  in  a  direc- 
tion perpendicular  to  such  surfaces  shall  be 
not  less  than  that  specified  for  interior 
columns  in  the  beginning  of  this  section, 
and  all  spaces,  including  channels  or  chases 
between  the  fireproof  covering  and  the  metal 
of  the  columns,  shall  be  filled  solid  with 
fireproof  material.  Lattice  or  other  open 
columns  shall  be  completely  filled  with  ap- 
proved   cement    concrete. 

612.  Columns  —  Wiring  Clay  Tile  On.) 
(a)  Burnt  clay  tile  column  covering  shall 
be  secured  by  winding  wire  around  the 
columns  after  the  tile  has  all  been  set 
around  such  columns.  The  wire  shall  be 
securely  wound  around  tile  in  such  manner 
that  every  tile  is  crossed  at  least  once  by 
a  wire.  If  iron  or  steel  wire  is  used  it  shall 
be  galvanized  and  no  wire  used  shall  be  less 
than  number  twelve  gauge. 

(b)  In  places  where  there  is  trucking  or 
wheeling,  or  handling  of  packages  of  any 
kind,  the  lower  five  feet  of  every  column 
with  hollow  tile  shall  be  incased  in  a  pro- 
tective covering  of  No.  16  U.  S.  gauge  steel 
embedded   in   concrete. 

613.  Concrete — Approved  Cement — When 
Fireproof.)  (a)  All  approved  cement  con- 
crete shall  consist  of  a  standard  Portland 
cement,  torpedo  sand,  and  crushed  stone  or 
gravel,  or  crushed  blast  furnace  slag,  or 
crushed  burnt  clay,  the  volumetric  quantity 
of  any  one  of  these  materials  In  addition  to 
the  torpedo  sand  shall  not  exceed  eight 
times  the  volume  of  the  Portland  cement. 
All  of  the  ingredients  of  cement  concrete 
shall  be  thoroughly  worked  and  wet  so  as 
to  cover  each  piece  of  stone  or  gravel  or 
slag  or  burnt  clay  with  moistened  cement; 
and  the  cement  and  sand  shall  fill  the  voids 
between  the  coarse  material  of  the  cement 
concrete. 

(b)  Cement  concrete  to  be  considered  a 
fireproof  material  shall  comply  with  the 
provisions  of  Section  550  and  shall  be  cast 
and  worked  in  an  unset  condition  against 
the  metal.  In  all  cases  where  cinder  con- 
crete is  \ised,  the  metal  shall  be  protected  as 
required   by   Section   554    of   this   Chapter. 


106 


614.  Concrete  Ingredients.)  (a)  The 
separate  ingredients  of  concrete  shall  be 
measured  for  each  batch,  and  shall  be 
thoroughly  mixed  and  must  be  uniform 
in  color,  appearance  and  consistency  before 
placing}  The  concrete  shall  bo  worked  con- 
tinuously with  suitable  tools,  as  it  is  put  in 
place,  filling  the  forms  completely. 

(b)  The  sand  to  be  used  for  concrete 
shall    be   clean    coarse    sand,    free    from    loam 


or    dirt.       If    crushed    stone    grit    is    used    It 
shall   bo  clean,   gritty,   and  free  from   dust. 

(c)  The  stone  to  be  used  in  concrete 
shall  be  clean  crushed  hard  stone,  or  clean 
crushed  blast  furnace  slag,  or  gravel,  and 
of  a  size  to  pass  through  a  1%-inch  square 
mesh.  If  limestone  or  slag  is  used,  it  shall 
be  screened  to  remove  all  dust;  if  gravel  is 
used,  it  shall  be  thoroughly  washed.  Stone 
shall   be   drenched   immediately   before   using. 


Fig.    40. 


Pi*.    41. 


Fig.    42. 


•  Stonc    OS'STKlf 

MCOMBUJTIBLti 


Jtt    *.«ticlC   £24  b 


Hollow-  -rite. 


PLAN 
Tig.    43.  Fig.    44. 

PROTECTION   OF  EXTERIOR  COLUMNS. 
Secflon  610. 


Figs.  40,  41,  42.  Requirement  for  protection  of 
columns  of  building  exceeding  50  ft.  height  from 
external     change     of     temperature     and     Are. 

Fig.   40.      (A)   4"  concrete    required. 

(Hi      4"    brick    required. 

Fig.   41.      (A)    4"  solid   porous   tile   required. 

(II)      4"    hollow    tile    required. 


Fig.  42.  (A)  If  stone  or  other  incombustible  ma- 
terial is  used  for  exterior  facing  then  (A)  can  equal 
2". 

(B)  (C)  Combination  of  materials  in  fire-proof- 
ing, etc.,  is  allowed  as  af  (B  plus  C),  providing 
their    combined    thickness    is    not    less    than    4    Inches. 


PROTECTION    OF    INTERIOR    COLUMNS. 
Section     Gil. — Requirements     fur     Interior     Columns. 


Fig.   40.      (A')    Concrete    3"    (shown    dotted). 

(B)      Brick    4". 

Fig.  41.  (A)  Solid  porous  tile,  two  layers  of  2" 
each    tile. 

(B>      Hollow    tile,    2    layers    of   2"    each. 

For  hollow  tile  (C)  Is  to  equal  1%"  air  space, 
and    (I)i    not    less    than    %". 

Fig.  42.  (B  plus  C).  Each  equal  %  thickness 
required.  If  used  singly,  provided  If  concrete  (B) 
Is   used   It   shall   not   be   less  than  2". 


SectioD    Gllc. 

Fig.  43.  In  case  of  II  shaped  cross  section  of 
columns,  etc.,  fire-proof  covering  may  be  reduced  to 
2%"  (A)  providing  (B)  flange  projection  is  %"  or 
less. 

If  (B)  is  more  than  %"  ns  at  (R')  then  A  must 
be  as  before  specified  for  interior  'oluiuns  as  at  (A'). 
Section    612b. 

Fig.  44.  Drawing  showing  protective  casing  for 
lower    part    columns.    (A)    —   5'    0". 


196 


(d)  In  all  cases,  the  brick  or  hollow  tile, 
solid  or  terra  cotta  shall  be  bedded  in  ce- 
ment mortar  close  up  to  the  iron  or  steel 
member  and  all  joints  shall  be  made  full 
and   solid. 

615.  Pipes  Enclosed  by  Covering1-)  (a) 
Pipes  shall  not  be  enclosed  in  the  fireproof- 
ing of  columns  or  in  the  fireproofing  of 
other  structural  members  of  any  fireproof 
building;  provided,  however,  gas  or  electric 
light  conduits  not  exceeding  one  inch  diam- 
eter may  be  inserted  in  the  outer  three- 
fourths  inch  of  the  fireproofing  of  such 
structural  member,  where  such  fireproofing 
is    entirely    composed    of    concrete. 

(b)  Pipes  or  conduits  may  rest  upon  the 
tops  of  the  steel  floor  beams  or  girders, 
provided  they  are  imbedded  in  cinder  con- 
crete to  which  slaked  lime  equal  to  five 
per  cent  of  the  volume  of  concrete  has  been 
added  before  mixing  or  their  being  imbedded 
in    stone   concrete. 

616.  Shafts — Doors — Frames — Enclosure.) 
(a)  In  cases  where  a  pipe,  conduit,  dumb 
waiter,  cable  wire,  conveyor,  belt,  or  any 
combination  thereof,  passes  from  one  story 
to  another  story  through  an  open  hatch  or 
floor  opening,  a  shaft  or  enclosure  of  fire- 
proof material  shall  be  built  from  floor  to 
floor  around  such  hatch  or  floor  opening  in 
each  story  above  and  below  such  hatch  or 
floor  opening  in  the  same  manner  as  de- 
scribed for  fireproof  partitions  in  this  chap- 
ter, and  no  wood  shall  be  used  in  the  con- 
struction, support  or  fittings  of  such  shaft. 
The  area  of  space  thus  enclosed  shall  not 
exceed  the  area  of  the  floor  opening  by  more 
than  one  hundred  per  centum. 

(b)  All  burnt  clay  or  terra  cotta  parti- 
tions or  walls  around  such  shafts  shall  be 
plastered  on  the  outside  and  plastered  or 
pointed  on   the  inside. 

(c)  All  doors,  frames,  sashes,  casings 
and  windows  in  partitions  or  walls  around 
such  floor  openings,  shall  be  built  of  incom- 
bustible material.  The  supports  of  such 
doors,  frames,  sashes,  casings  and  windows 
shall  also  be  of  incombustible  material.  In 
the  case  of  doors,  such  supports  shall  be  of 
rolled  structural  metal  extending  from  floor 
to  ceiling  and  secured  to  both.  Where  there 
are  brick  walls  of  twelve  inches  or  more  in 
thickness,  the  supports  need  not  extend  to 
celling  as  above  specified.  All  glass  used 
in  connection  with  such  partitions  or  walls 
shall  be  wired  glass. 

(d)  Such  fireproof  enclosures  may  be 
omitted  if  all  of  the  space  in  each  floor 
opening  not  occupied  by  pipes,  conduits, 
cables,  wires,  or  any  combination  thereof, 
are  filled  in  solid  fireproof  material  not  less 
than   eight   inches   thick. 

617.  Spandrel  Beams,  Girders,  Lintel.) 
The  metal  of  the  exterior  side  of  the  span- 
drel beams  or  spandrel  girders  of  exterior 
walls,  or  lintels  of  exterior  walls,  which 
support  a  part  of  exterior  walls,  shall  bo 
covered  In  the  same  manner,  and  with  the 
same  material  as  specified  for  the  exterior 
columns  in  this  chapter;  provided,  however, 
that  shelf  angles  connected  to  girders  by 
brackets  or  projections  of  girder  flanges  not 
figured  as  part  of  the  flange  section,  may 
come  within  two  inches  of  the  face  of  the 
brick  or  other  covering  of  such  spandrel 
beams,  girders  or  lintels.  The  covering 
thickness  shall  be  measured  from  the  ex- 
treme projection   of   the   metal    In   every   case. 

(Illustrations   of  beams   on  next  page.) 

618.  Beams,  Girders  and  Trusses — Cover- 
ings of.)  (a)  The  metal  beams,  girders 
and  trusses  of  the  Interior  structural  parts 
of  a  building  shall  be  covered  by  one  of  the 
fireproof  materials  hereinbefore  specified  so 
applied  as  to  be  supported  entirely  by  the 
beam  or  girder  protected,  and  shall  be  held 
in  place  by  the  support  of  the  flanges  of 
such  beams  or  girders  and  by  the  cement 
mortar   used    in    setting. 

(b)  If  the  covering  Is  of  brick.  It  shall 
be    not    less    than    four    Inches    thick;    If    of 


hollow  tiles  or  If  of  solid  porous  tiles,  or  If 
of  terra  cotta,  such  tiles  shall  be  not  less 
than  two  inches  thick,  applied  to  the  metal 
in  a  bed  of  cement  mortar;  hollow  tiles 
shall  be  constructed  in  such  a  manner  that 
there  shall  be  one  air  space  of  at  least 
three-fourths  of  an  inch  by  the  width  of 
the  metal  surface  to  be  covered  within  such 
clay  coverings  the  minimum  thickness  of 
concrete  on  the  bottom  and  sides  of  metal 
shall   be   two   inches. 

(c)  The  top  of  all  beams,  girders,  and 
trusses,  shall  be  protected  with  not  less 
than  two  inches  of  concrete  or  one  inch  of 
burnt  clay  bedded  solid  on  the  metal  in 
cement   mortar. 

(d)  In  all  cases  of  beams,  girders  or 
trusses,  in  roofs  or  floors,  the  protection  of 
the  bottom  flanges  of  the  beams  and  girders 
and  so  much  of  the  web  of  the  same  as  is 
not  covered  by  the  arches  shall  be  made  as 
hereinbefore  specified  for  the  covering  of 
beams  and  girders.  In  every  case  the  thick- 
ness of  the  covering  shall  be  measured  from 
the  extreme  projection  of  the  metal,  and  the 
entire  space  or  spaces  between  the  covering 
and  the  metal  shall  be  filled  solid  with  one 
of  the  fireproof  materials,  excepting  the  air 
spaces  in  hollow  tile. 

The  fireproofing  herein  required  for  metal 
structural  roof  members  may  be  omitted  In 
buildings  used  exclusively  for  purposes  of 
Class  IV  and  of  Class  V,  when  such  struct- 
ural roof  members  support  only  roof  loads 
and  ceiling  construction  over  interior  open 
spaces  under  the  following  conditions.  A 
continuous  ceiling  of  incombustible  material 
shall  be  suspended  below  the  roof  from  the 
structural  roof  members.  There  shall  be  no 
openings  in  ceilings  other  than  those  re- 
quired for  ventilation.  "Where  the  plane  of 
the  celling  is  twenty  feet  or  more  above  the 
floor  of  the  open  space,  all  structural  mem- 
bers er  parts  thereof  projecting  below  said 
ceiling  shall  be  flreproofed  as  required  by 
the  provisions  of  this  Chapter.  The  fire- 
proofing to  extend  upward  two  Inches  above 
the  ceiling  level.  Where  the  plane  of  the 
ceiling  is  nearer  than-  twenty  feet  to  the 
floor  of  the  open  space  all  structural  mem- 
bers above  or  below  such  ceiling  to  the 
height  of  twenty  feet  above  the  highest 
point  of  the  floor  of  the  open  space  shall  be 
flreproofed  as  required  by  the  provisions  of 
this  Chapter.  Openings  in  ceilings  for  ven- 
tilation shall  be  connected  by  a  conduit  or 
duct  to  the  outside  of  the  building.  Pucts 
shall  be  of  metal  or  other  incombustible 
material  and  if  of  metal  where  such  ducts 
have  an  area  greater  than  400  square 
inches  same  shall  be  constructed  double  with 
an   intervening  air  space. 

(e)  Provided,  however,  that  all  girders 
or  trusses  when  supporting  loads  from  more 
than  one  story  shall  be  flreproofed  with  two 
thicknesses  of  fireproof  material  or  a  com- 
bination of  two  fireproof  materials  as  re- 
quired for  exterior  columns  in  Section  611 
of  this  chapter,  and  each  covering  of  fire- 
proof material  shall  be  bedded  solid  in  ce- 
ment  mortar. 

610.  Fireproofing  of  Exterior  Sides  of 
Mulllons.)  In  buildings  required  by  this 
chapter  to  be  of  fireproof  construction  on 
exposures  where  metal  frames,  doors,  snsh 
and  wind  glass  are  not  required,  all  verti- 
cal door  or  window  mulllons  over  eight 
Iru-hos  wide  shrill  he  faced  with  Incombus- 
tible material,  and  horizontal  transom  bars 
over  six  Inches  wide  shall  be  faced  with  a 
fireproof   or   with    an    Incombustible    material. 

620.  Fireproof  Covering,  Independent.) 
The  fireproof  covering  of  brick,  concrete. 
burnt  clay  tiles,  hollow  terra  cotta  or  of  a 
combination  of  any  two  of  these  materials 
shall  be  applied  to  all  of  the  structural 
members  of  the  exterior  of  a  fireproof  build- 
ing previous  to  and  Independent  of  the  appli- 
cation of  th"  architectural  facing  of  such 
fireproof  building  with  an  Incombustible  or 
fireproof   material. 


1TJ7 


621.  Walli,  Support  and  Flreprooflng  of.) 
Where  skeleton  construction  Is  used  for 
the  whole  or  part  of  a  building'  the  en- 
veloping material  and  the  walls  shall  be 
Independently  supported  on  the  skeleton 
frame    for   each    Individual    story. 

622.  Iron  or  Steel  Plates  for  Support  of 
Wall.)  Where  Iron  or  steel  plates  or  an- 
gles are  used  In  each  story  for  the  support 
of  the  facings  of  the  walls  of  such  story, 
such  plates  or  angles  shall  be  of  sufficient 
strength  to  carry  the  weight  within  the 
limits  of  fibro  stress  for  iron  and  steel  else- 
where specified  in  this  chapter  of  the  en- 
veloping material  for  such  story,  and  such 
plates  or  angles  may  extend  to  within  two 
inches    of   the    exterior   of   such    covering. 

623.  Cut-out  Boxes,  Chases,  Etc. — Fire- 
proof Covering'.)  No  electric  service  cut- 
out box,  switch  box,  cabinet,  chase  or  any 
other  recess,  shall  encroach  on  the  mini- 
mum thickness  required  for  any  fireproof 
covering  on  structural  metal,  except  as  pro- 
vided in  this  chapter.  If  the  depth  of  any 
cut-out  box,  switch  box,  cabinet,  or  chase, 
or  if  any  other  recess  is  to  be  concealed,  or 
partially  concealed,  then  the  thickness  of 
the  fireproof  covering  shall  be  Increased 
correspondingly. 

624.  Segmental  and  Flat  Arches.)  (a) 
Segmental  arches  shall  have  a  rise  of  at 
least  one  inch  for  each  foot  of  span  of  arch. 

A 


(b)  The  least  thickness  of  a  hollow  tile 
or  porous  terra  cotta  segmental  arch  shall 
be  one-half  of  an  inch  per  foot  of  span,  but 
no  such  hollow  tile  or  terra  cotta  arch  shall 
be    of    a    thickness    less    than    five    inches. 

(c)  Both  fiat  and  segmental  arches  shall 
be  so  constructed  that  the  joints  of  the  same 
radiate  from  a  common  center  and  there  shall 
be  a  cross  rib  for  every  four  inches,  or 
fractional  part  thereof,  in  height  In  each  tile 
block.  The  skewback  of  the  arches  shall 
be  carefully  fitted  to  the  beams  supporting 
them,  and,  in  addition  to  the  cross  ribs, 
there  shall  be  additional  diagonal  re-enforc- 
ing ribs  in  the  skewback.  Such  arches, 
whether  flat  or  curved,  shall  have  their 
beds  well  rilled  with  cement  mortar,  and  the 
centers  shall  not  be  struck  until  the  mortar 
has  set. 

(d)  Burnt  clay  skewbacks  shall  be  mold- 
ed in  such  a  manner  as  to  support  the  burnt 
clay  covering  on  the  under  sides  of  beams 
or  girders. 

625.  Fireproof  Floor  and  Hoof  Construc- 
tion.) Brick,  hollow  tile,  porous  terra  cotta, 
or  approved  cement  concrete,  or  approved 
cinder  concrete,  shall  be  used  for  the  con- 
struction of  floor  and  roofs  of  fireproof 
buildings.  Flat  arch  hollow  tile,  or  flat 
arch  porous  clay  tile  floor  arches  shall  have 
a  height  of  at  least  one  and  one-half  Inches 
for  each   foot  of  span. 


Fig.    45. 


(A)  Fire-proof  covering  for  beams,  girders,  etc., 
for  exterior  strucfurnl  parts.  Sec.  617.  See  pro- 
vision   for    columns    (Sec.    610)    for    A. 

Fig.  45.  (B)  Allowable  covering  (or  shelf  an- 
gles,  etc..    not   figured   part  of   flange   section   to   be  2". 

Figs.  45,  46,  47.  Necessary  fire-proof  covering 
for  beams,  girders,  etc.,  for  Interior  structural  parfs 
iS.-c    618). 


PROTECTION    OF    BEAMS. 
Section    617,    618. 

Fig.    46.     (A)   4"    for  brick   (Sec.   618b). 

Fig.  47.     (B)     2"     for    hollow    tile     or    solid     tile 
(Sec.    618b). 

(A)      2"    for   concrete    (See.    618b). 

(C)  %"    air     space    by    width     of     metal     surface 
to    be    covered    as    required     (Sec.     618b). 

(D)  Concrete    covering    for    tops    of    beams,     gir- 
ders,    etc.,     to    be    2"     (Sec.     618c). 


Fig.  48. 


Fig.  49. 


Where  lintels  are  flreproofed  previously  and  ln- 
d>[*>ndently,  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  has  ruled 
that  the  application  of  the  architectural  facing  may 
be   supported    as   shown    (Fig.    48,    49). 


62  6.  Wood  Flooring  and  Nailing  Strips.) 
(a)  Wood  flooring  and  wooden  nailing 
strips  for  such  flooring  may  be  used  in  fire- 
proof  buildings. 

(b)  Where  such  flooring  is  used  In  a 
fireproof  building,  the  space  Immediately 
under  the  flooring,  and  between  the  nailing 
strips  and  under  such  nailing  strips,  shall 
be  filled  with  a  cement  or  a  cinder  concrete 
tamped  into  place  in  an  unset  state,  or  with 
such  other  incombustible  material  as  shall 
be  approved  by  the  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings. 

627.  Partitions  In  Fireproof  Buildings.) 
(a)  Where  stairs,  shafts  and  elevators 
are  enclosed  they  shall  be  enclosed  In  fire- 
proof partitions,  as  described  in  Section 
628  of  this  chapter;  all  other  partitions, 
shall  be  incombustible  partitions.  Where 
blocks  are  used  for  building  partitions  or  as 
enclosing  walls,  the  joints  shall  be  well 
filled    with    mortar. 


198 


Slow  Burning:  Contraction 


Pig".  50. 


PifiT.  51. 

Section    629c. 
Fig.   50.       Area    of   cross   section   A   B    C   D    E    shall 
not  be  less  than  60  sq.   Inches. 

Sccfion    629d. 
Fig.    51.      If    area    of   cross    section    (A    B    C    D)    is 
Jess    than    60    sq.    inches    or    (E)     (thickness    of    plat- 
form)   less    than    7    in.,    then    metal    sub-tread    F    and 
sub-platform    F'    (—    3/32    in.    thickness)    is   required. 
Section    629e    gives    exception    to    above. 

(b)  The  partitions  shall  be  wedged  tight 
between  floor  and  ceilings  with  incombus- 
tible   wedges. 

628.  Partitions  —  Pireproof  —  Incombusti- 
ble.) (a)  Only  fireproof  material  shall  be 
used  for  fire  proof  partitions;  if  of  brick,  they 
shall  be  not  less  than  four  inches  thick,  and 
If  of  partition  blocks,  not  less  than  three 
inches  thick.  If  fireproof  partitions  are  of 
reinforced  concrete  they  shall  be  not  less 
than  three  inches  thick. 

(b)  All  fireproof  partitions  required  by 
this  ordinance  shall  be  supported  directly 
on  the  steel  construction,  or  on  the  fireproof 
floor  arches,    or   on   concrete,    or  on   brick. 

(c)  Only  fireproof  or  incombustible  ma- 
terial shall  be  used  in  the  construction  of 
partitions  not  required  to  be  fireproof,  ex- 
cepting that  frames,  casings,  doors,  sash  and 
the  rough  carpenter  work  required  for  the 
proper  fastenings  of  such  frames,  casings, 
doors  or  sash,  may  be  of  wood,  and  that 
ordinary  glass  may  be  used  in  doors  and 
partition    windows. 

(d)  All  corridor  partitions  of  incombusti- 
ble or  fireproof  material  in  fireproof  build- 
ings, shall  be  supported  directly  on  the 
steel  construction,  on  the  fireproof  floor 
arches,    on   concrete   or   on    brick. 

629.  Stairs — Landings.)  (a)  Stairs  In 
fireproof  buildings  shall  be  built  of  approved 
cement  concrete,  reinforced  concrete,  stone 
or  metal,  or  a  combination  of  one  or  more 
of  such  materials. 

(b)  The  handrails  of  such  stairways  may 
be  of  wood. 

(c)  If  stairs  are  constructed  of  solid 
stone  or  plain  concrete,  having  the  tread  and 
riser  in  one  piece,  then  there  shall  be  not 
less  than  sixty  square  inches  of  stone  or  con- 
crete in  the  cross  section  of  such  combined 
tread  and  riser. 

(d)  If  stone  treads  have  less  than  sixty 
inches  of  cross  section  and  platforms  less 
than  seven  inches  in  thickness  are  used, 
they  shall  have  a  metal  sub-tread  and  sub- 
platform  three  thirty-seconds  of  an  inch 
thick. 

(e)  If  platforms  have  a  floor  arch  sub- 
constructlnn  as  described  in  Section  624  and 
625  of  this  chapter,  then  the  metal  sub- 
platform   may  be   omitted. 

630.  Boofs — Rise  of  Boof  Above  Limit  of 
Height.)  In  the  case-  of  buildings  which  aro 
fireproof  in  their  construction,  the  roof  may 
rise  above  the  limit  of  height  of  wall  fixed 
by  this  chapter  for  such  buildings  at  a  slope 
not  to  exceed  thirty  degrees  with  the  horizon, 
and  to  a  height  not  exceeding  twenty  feet 
above  such  limitation  of  the  height  of  the 
wall.  The  space  enclosed  bv  such  roof  above 
the  limitation  of  the  height  of  such  wall 
may  be  used  as  an  lnclosure  for  pipes,  ven- 
tilating or  elevator  machinery  or  for  ven- 
tilating ducts,  but  It  shall  not  be  lawful  to 
use  such  space  for  purposes  of  storage,  busi- 
ness   or    residence. 


631.  Sheet  Metal  Work — Support  Of.) 
Wood  shall  not  be  used  as  the  support  of 
any  sheet  metal  work  or  of  any  gutter  or 
cornice  of  a  building  more  than  ninety  feet 
in    height. 

ARTICLE    XIV. 
Slow   Burning  Construction. 

632.  Slow-Burning  Construction  Defined.) 
The  term  "Slow-Burning  Construction"  shall 
apply  to  all  buildings  in  which  the  struc- 
tural members,  other  than  walls  elsewhere 
required  to  be  of  masonry,  which  carry  the 
loads  and  strains  which  come  upon  the  floor 
and  roofs  thereof  are  made  wholly  or  in  part 
of  combustible  material,  but  throughout 
which  the  structural  metallic  members.  If 
used,  are  fireproofed  as  required  for  fire- 
proof construction.  Where  metallic  lintels 
are  used  to  cover  wall  openings  the  fire- 
proofing  on  the  underside  may  be  omitted 
where  such  lintels  are  fireproofed  on  the 
other  three  sides  and  all  voids  in  them  are 
filled  solid  with  fireproof  material.  The 
lower  five  feet  of  metal  columns  shall  be 
protected  as  required  in  Section  620  of  this 
Chapter.  Underside  of  joists  shall  be  pro- 
tected by  a  covering  of  three  coats  of  plas- 
ter laid  on  metal  lath;  and  a  layer  of  mor- 
tar or  other  incombustible  material  at  least 
one  and  one-half  inches  thick  shall  be  applied 
on  all  floors  and  roof  surfaces  above  the 
joists  of   same. 

The  flreproofing  herein  required  for  metal 
structural  roof  members  may  be  omitted  in 
any  building  of  slow-burning  construction 
used  exclusively  for  purposes  of  Class  IV 
of  seating  capacity  less  than  one  thousand 
persons  or  in  any  building  of  slow-burning 
construction  used  for  purposes  of  Class  IV 
in  combination  with  any  other  Class  where 
such  part  of  such  building  as  is  used  for 
purposes  of  Class  IV  has  a  seating  capacity 
of  less  than  one  thousand  persons  and  Is 
separated  from  all  other  parts  of  such  build- 
ing by  brick  walls  of  thickness  required  in 
this  Chapter  and  also  by  floors  of  fireproof 
construction,  when  such  structural  roof 
members  support  only  roof  loads  and  ceil- 
ing construction  over  interior  open  spaces 
under    the    following    conditions.  A    con- 

tinuous ceiling  of  incombustible  material 
shall  be  suspended  below  the  roof  from  the 
structural  roof  members.  There  shall  be  no 
openings  in  ceiling  other  than  those  required 
for  ventilation.  Where  the  plane  of  the 
ceiling  is  thirty  feet  or  more  above  the  floor 
of  the  open  space  all  structural  members  or 
parts  thereof  projecting  below  said  ceiling 
shall  be  fireproofed  as  required  by  the  pro- 
visions of  this  Chapter,  the  flreproofing  to 
extend  upward  two  inches  above  the  ceiling 
level.  Where  the  plane  of  the  ceiling  is 
nearer  than  thirty  feet  to  the  floor  of  the  open 
space  all  structural  members  above  or  below 
such  ceiling  to  the  height  of  thirty  feet 
above  the  highest  point  of  the  floor  of  the 
open  space  shall  be  fireproofed  as  required 
by  the  provisions  of  this  Chapter.  Openings 
in  celling  for  ventilation  shall  be  connected 
by  a  conduit  or  duct  to  the  outside  of  the 
buildings.  Ducts  shnll  be  of  metal  or  other 
incombustible  material,  and  if  of  metal 
where  such  ducts  have  an  area  greater  than 
400  square  inches  same  shall  be  constructed 
double  with  an  intervening  air  space.  The 
floor  levels  of  balconies  and  galleries  having 
a  gross  area  of  less  than  fifteen  per  cent 
CI  5%)  of  the  gross  area  of  the  floor  of  such 
open  space  shall  not  he  used  as  a  basis  for 
calculating  the  height  of  such  flreproofing. 

633.  Posts,      Girders      and      Partitions.) 

Wood  posts,  if  used,  shall  be  of  not  less 
than  one  hundred  square  Inches  sectional 
area.  Wood  girders,  if  used,  shall  be  of 
not  less  than  seventy-two  square  inches  sec- 
tional area.  All  partitions  In  buildings  of 
this  type  shall  be  made  entirely  of  Incom- 
bustible     material.        Wood      furring,      wood 


1!W 


Mill  Construction — Frame  Buildings 


studs  and  wood  lath  shall  not  be  permitted 
in    buildings   of    this    type. 

634.  Stairs,  Construction  of.)  Where 
buildings  are  required  to  be  of  "slow  burn- 
ing" construction,  all  stairs  In  such  building 
shall  be  of  Incombustible  material,  except 
as  hereinafter  pro\  Ided.  Said  stairs  may  be 
of  ordinary  construction,  if  said  building  is 
equipped  with  an  automatic  sprinkler  sys- 
tem, and  stairs  are  enclosed  in  a  fireproof 
wall. 

ARTICLE    XV. 
Mill    Construction. 

635.  Definition — Mill  Construction  Re- 
quirements.) Thr  term  "Mill  Construction" 
shall  apply  to  all  buildings  in  which  wooden 
posts,  if  us. mi.  have  a  sectional  area  of  not 
less  than  one  hundred  square  inches,  and 
wooden  girders  and  joists  a  sectional  area 
of  not  less  than  seventy-two  square  inches, 
and  roofs,  if  of  wood,  a  thickness  of  not 
less  than  two  and  five-eighths  inches  in  a 
single  layer,  except  where  the  building  is 
equipped  throughout  with  a  sprinkler  sys- 
tem, subject  to  the  approval  of  the  <'hief  of 
Fire  Prevention  and  Public  Safety,  when 
such  layer  may  be  not  less  than  one  and 
five-eighths    Inches    thick,    and    floors,    if    of 

w 1.   a   thickness   of  not  less  than   three  and 

one-half  inches  in  not  more  than  two  layers, 
the  lower  one  of  which  shall  be  not  less 
than  two  and  five-eighths  inches  in  thick- 
ness, and  in  which  all  structural  metallic 
members,  if  used,  are  fireproofed  as  required 
for  fireproof  construction.  Where  metallic 
lintels  are  used  to  cover  wall  openings  the 
fireproofing  on  the  underside  may  be  omit- 
ted where  such  lintels  are  fireproofed  on 
the  other  three  sides  and  all  voids  in  them 
are  filled  solid  with  fireproof  material.  All 
floors  and  roofs  not  constructed  as  above 
shall  be  of  fireproof  construction  as  else- 
where required  for  fireproof  construction  in 
this  ordinance. 

636.  rireprooflng.)  (a)  Partitions  in 
buildings  of  mill  construction  shall  be  made 
entirely  of  incombustible  material.  If  iron 
columns,  girders,  or  beams  are  used  in 
buildings  of  this  type  they  shall  be  pro- 
tected as  specified  in  this  Chapter;  but  the 
wooden  posts,  girders  and  joists  need  not 
be  protected  by  fireproof  covering.  Wood 
furring,  wood  studs  and  wood  lath  shall  not 
be  permitted  in  buildings  of  this  type. 

(b)  If  reinforced  cinder  concrete  con- 
struction Is  used  In  the  structural  parts 
of  a  building  which  is  required  to  be  of 
slow-burning  or  mill  construction  by  this 
chapter,  then  all  partitions  shall  be  of  in- 
combustible material  and  all  parts  other 
than  structural  parts  and  partitions  of  the 
building  shall  be  as  required  for  slow-burn- 
ing or  mill  construction  buildings  by  this 
chapter. 

637.  Stair  Construction  Where  Automatic 
Sprinkler  System  is  Installed.)  In  build- 
ings required  to  be  of  "mill  construction." 
all  stairs  in  such  buildings  shall  be  of  "in- 
combustible" material,  except  as  hereinafter 
provided.  Said  stairs  may  be  of  wood  con- 
struction if  said  building  is  equipped  with 
an  automatic  sprinkler  system  and  stairs  are 
enclosed  in   a   fireproof  wall. 

ARTICLE    XVI. 
Ordinary    Construction. 

638.  Ordinary  Construction  Defined.)  The 
term  "ordinary  construction"  as  used  in  this 
chapter,  means  the  ordinary  system  of  con- 
struction in  which  timber  and  iron  struc- 
tural parts  are  not  protected  with  flre-re- 
sistlng  coverings  and  In  which  the  walls 
are  of  masonry  built  as  required  by  this 
chapter. 

ARTICLE    XVII. 
Frame    Buildings. 

639.  Repairing  of  Frame  Buildings  With- 
in   Fire    Limits.)       Frame    buildings    within 


the  fire  limits  which  have  been  damaged  by 
fire,  decay  or  otherwise,  to  an  extent  not 
greater  than  fifty  per  cent  of  their  value 
may  be  repaired,  provided  there  is  no  in- 
crease In  size  of  such  buildings  over  their 
original  dimensions,  and,  provided  that  in- 
combustible roof  covering  required  by  Sec- 
tion 581  is  used.  And,  provided,  further, 
that  where  any  frame  building  is  raised  for 
the  purpose  of  erecting  a  basement  story 
under  the  same,  the  walls  enclosing  such 
basement   shall   be   of  masonry. 

610.  Frame  Buildings  Prohibited — Excep- 
tions.) (a)  Hereafter  no  frame  building 
shall  be  erected,  nor  any  frame  addition 
made  to  any  existing  frame  building,  within 
the  fire  limits  of  the  city,  except  where  ex- 
press provision  is  made  in  this  chapter  there- 
for. 

(b)  Outside  the  fire  limits  it  shall  be 
lawful  to  erect  frame  buildings  not  exceed- 
ing forty  feet  in  height  from  the  sidewalk 
to  the  highest  point  of  roof.  If  such  frame 
buildings  have  a  basement  story  of  masonry, 
their  height  above  the  sidewalk  may  be 
made  not  to  exceed  forty-five  feet.  Provid- 
ed, however,  that  in  no  case  shall  any  por- 
tion of  any  frame  building  above  the  second 
floor  be  used  as  a  separate  living  apart- 
ment. 

(c)  It  shall  be  lawful  to  surround  frame 
buildings  with  a  veneer  of  brick  not  less 
than  four  inches  in  thickness,  provided  the 
said  brick  is  not  carried  higher  than  the 
second  story,  or  twenty-two  feet  above  the 
basement  ceiling;  and  provided  further  that 
the  said  veneer  is  anchored  to  the  studding 
or  other  frame  construction  in  a  manner 
satisfactory  to  the  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings. Such  brick  veneer  is  not  to  be  placed 
on  gables  or  any  other  parts  of  frame  build- 
ings above  the  height  herein  specified.  All 
frame  buildings  which  it  is  desired  to  sur- 
round with  brick  veneer  must  have  their 
basement  walls  and  foundations  of  solid 
masonry,  as  provided  in  Section  644  of  The 
Chicago  Code  of  1911. 

641.  Frame  Buildings  Within  the  Fire 
Limits  Changed  Into  Flat  Buildings — Fire 
Walls.)  Whenever  any  frame  building  with- 
in the  fire  limits  shall  be  remodeled,  altered 
or  changed  for  the  purpose  of  using  the 
same  for  fiats  or  apartments,  or  whenever 
such  frame  building  shall  re  occupied  for 
flat  or  apartment  purposes,  each  suite  of 
apartments  in  such  building  shall  be  sep- 
arated from  every  other  suite  of  apartments 
in  such  building  by  a  wall  of  incombustible 
material,  of  such  dimensions  and  thickness 
as  required    by    this   chapter. 

612.  Frame  Buildings — Raising — Require- 
ments— Changing  Gable  or  Hip  Roofs  to  Flat 
Roofs.)  Permission  may  be  granted  by  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings  for  the  raising 
of  existing  frame  buildings,  whether  within 
or  without  the  fire  limits,  to  the  limits  of 
height  hereinbefore  fixed  for  new  frame 
buildings,  and  no  more,  and  inside  the  fire 
limits  for  the  purpose  of  putting  a  masonry 
basement  thereunder.  The  Commissioner  of 
Buildings  is  also  authorized  to  issue  permits 
for  changing  gable  or  hip  roofs  of  existing 
frame  buildings  to  flat  roofs,  and  for  the 
raising  of  walls  incident  to  such  change.  But 
if  such  hip  or  gable  roof  is  changed  to  a 
flat  roof  and  the  walls  raised  in  connection 
with  such  change,  the  t  ">tal  cubic  contents 
included  by  the  walls  so  raised  and  the  roofs 
so  altered  shall  not  exceed  the  cubic  con- 
tents originally  included  in  such  gable  or 
hip  roof,  and  in  no  case  shall  a  two-story 
and  attic  building  be  converted  into  a  three- 
story  building  thereby. 

613.  Frame  Buillings  Carried  to  a  Uni- 
form Height.)  Where  the  different  parts 
of  a  frame  building  Inside  the  fire  limits 
are   of   different   heights    a  one-story    portion 


200 


Frame  Building* 


may  be  raised  to  the  height  of  two  stories, 
provided  the  greatest  height  thereof  does 
not  exceed  the  limits  of  height  prescribed  In 
this  chapter  for  frame  buildings  and  pro- 
vided, that  no  room  In  the  existing  building 
or  in  the  addition  thereto  shall  violate  the 
requirements  of  this  chapter  for  habitable 
rooms. 

644.  Basement  or  Story  Placed  Beneath 
Frame  Buildings.)  A  frame  building  may 
be  raised  for  the  purpose  of  erecting  a  base- 
ment or  story,  or  both,  thereunder,  but  the 
principal  floor  of  such  frame  building  shall 
not  be  raised  to  a  higher  level  than  16  feet 
above  the  grade  of  the  sidewalk  upon  which 
such  premises  abut.  Where  a  building  so 
raised  one  story  In  height  only  and  the  same 
is  raised  so  as  to  permit  a  basement  under 
the  same  not  to  exceed  six  feet  six  inches 
in  height  from  the  basement  floor  to  the 
celling  of  said  basement,  the  said  house  may 
be  placed  upon  cedar  posts.  In  all  other 
cases  the  walls  enclosing  such  basement 
or  story  shall  be  of  masonry  and  not  less 
than  12  inches  thick  except  where  a  one- 
story  frame  building  is  raised  and  has  a 
basement  only  built  thereunder,  the  ma- 
sonry walls  of  such  basement  may  be  eight 
Inches  thick  above  grade  and  12  Inches 
thick  below.  The  foundation  of  such  wall 
shall  be  constructed  as  provided  In  this 
chapter;  provided,  however,  that  no  frame 
building  shall  be  raised  for  the  purpose  of 
constructing  a  basement  or  story,  or  both, 
under  the  same  to  a  greater  height  to  the 
top  of  its  roof  than  that  elsewhere  herein 
given  as  the  maximum  height  above  grade 
for  frame  buildings.  The  thickness  of  walls 
hereinbefore  required  shall  also  apply  to 
brick    walls    In    new    frame    buildings. 

645.  Chimneys  in  Frame  Buildings — Chim- 
ney Flues  Through  Partitions.)  Chimneys 
in  frame  buildings  shall  be  built  as  required 
by  Section  570  of  this  chapter.  The  wood 
framing  of  frame  buildings  shall  be  trimmed 
around  chimneys  in  such  a  manner  as  not 
to   come  within   two   inches  of  same. 

64  6.  Iiot  lines — Requirements  as  to — 
Number — Dimensions.)  Frame  buildings, 
excepting  sheds  not  exceeding  three  hun- 
dred square  feet  in  area  shall  not  be  built 
nearer  than  one  foot  to  any  line  of  the  lot 
upon  which  they  are  built,  street  and  alley 
lines  excepted,  except  as  hereinafter  pro- 
vided. It  shall  not  be  lawful  to  erect  a 
frame  building  wider  than  forty  feet  nor 
deeper  than  seventy  feet,  unless  such  build- 
ing be  divided  by  a  fire  wall  or  fire  walls, 
built  of  incombustible  material  and  of  a 
thickness  of  not  less  than  four  inches  and 
of  construction  to  be  approved  by  the  Com- 
missioner of  Buildings,  so  that  no  more 
than  two  thousand  eight  hundred  square 
feet  of  superficial  area  shall  be  contained  in 
any  section  or  part  of  such  building,  unin- 
closed  by  such  fire  walls,  and  if  openings  are 
inserted  in  such  fire  walls,  then  such  walls 
shall  be  built  of  brick  not  less  than  eight 
inches  thick,  and  such  openings  shall  have 
doors  as  described  in  Section  559.  Ench 
section  of  such  buildings  shall  be  regarded 
as  a  separate  building  for  the  purpose  of  de- 
termining the  number  and  construction  of 
its  stairways  and  means  of  egress.  If  more 
than  one  frame  building  Is  built  In  the 
direction  of  the  depth  of  any  one  lot,  such 
buildings  shall  not  be  built  with  a  less  dis- 
tance than  ten  feet  between  them  except 
where  both  buildings  are  used  for  living  pur- 
poses, and  In  that  case  the  distance  shall 
be  governed  by  Sections  426  and  427  of  this 
chapter. 

647.  Sheds — Open  Shelter — Height  of  Walls 
and  Foundations — Enclosed.)  (;i)  Except 
as    hereinafter    provided)    open    shelter    sheds 

not  exceeding  eight  hundred  square  feet  in 
area  not  exceeding  fourteen  feet  In  height 
from  the  ground  may  be  erected  within  the 
fire  limits,  provided  they  havo  roofing  of  In- 


combustible material  and  the  highest  point  Is 
not  over  fifteen  feet  above  the  ground,  and 
provided  that  the  roofs  be  supported  on 
sufficient  posts  or  piers;  provided,  however, 
that  such  sheds  may  be  built  with  an  area 
not  to  exceed  sixteen  hundred  square  feet, 
if  they  are  kept  at  least  twenty-five  feet 
from  any  lot  line  and  any  other  building  or 
structure.  Such  sheds  shall  have  no  com- 
bustible enclosing  walls  or  wooden  floors,  ex- 
cept that  a  floor  of  two-inch  planking  laid 
directly  upon  the  ground  may  be  used.  Such 
sheds  shall  only  be  erected  upon  the  rear  of 
the  lot,  and  not  more  than  one  such  shelter 
shed  or  any  other  shed  shall  be  erected  on 
any    lot    of    twenty-five   feet    in   width. 

(b)  If  it  is  desired  to  enclose  an  open 
shelter  shed,  the  enclosing  walls  shall  be 
made  of  brick,  hollow  tile,  or  other  incom- 
bustible material,  and  such  walls  shall  have 
foundations  extending  to  solid  ground  and  at 
least  four  feet  below  the  surface  of  the 
ground. 

(c)  Open  shelter  sheds  may  be  erected 
outside  the  fire  limits  not  to  exceed  twenty- 
eight  hundred  square  feet  in  area  and  sub- 
ject to  the  approval  of  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings;  provided,  however,  that  shelter 
sheds  which  comply  In  other  respects  with 
the  requirements  of  this  section,  may  be 
built  not  to  exceed  nine  thousand  square 
feet  in  area  where  such  sheds  are  located  at 
least  twenty  feet  distant  from  any  other 
structure  and   from   any   lot   line. 

(d)  Sheds  not  exceeding  fourteen  feet  In 
height  from  the  ground  to  the  highest  point 
thereof,  and  not  exceeding  three  hundred 
square  feet  in  area,  with  an  incombustible 
roof,  may  be  constructed  of  wood  within  the 
fire  limits.  Such  sheds  shall  not  be  located 
on  the  front  part  of  any  lot,  nor  shall  they 
be  used  as  a  dwelling  or  as  an  addition  to 
a  dwelling  house,  or  for  any  business  pur- 
pose whatever,  nor  shall  more  than  one  shed 
be  erected  on  any  one  building  lot  of  twenty- 
five   feet   in   width. 

64  8.  Sheds — Coal,  Brick,  Stone,  Cement 
and  Salt  Sheds  and  Sheds  for  Icing1  Cars 
Along  Railroad  Tracks  and  Navigable 
Streams.)  Open  shelter  sheds  to  be  used 
for  the  storage  or  handling  of  coal,  brick, 
stone,  cement,  salt  or  such  commodities 
which  are  incombustible,  or  for  the  icing  of 
cars,  may  be  erected  within  or  without  the 
fire  limits  upon,  along  or  adjacent  to  steam 
railroad  tracks,  or  along  or  adjacent  to 
navigable  waters;  provided,  such  sheds  shall 
have  incombustible  roofing  and  shall  not  ex- 
ceed 35  feet  In  height  from  the  ground  to 
the  highest  point  of  the  roof;  provided,  fur- 
ther, that  said  sheds  shall  be  located  at 
least  25  feet  distant  from  any  other  struc- 
ture and  from  any  side  lot  line.  If  it  Is 
desired  or  intended  to  enclose  any  such 
sheds,  the  enclosing  walls  shall  be  of  in- 
combustible material.  No  such  shed  shall 
be  built  upon  any  lot  or  parcel  of  ground 
fronting  upon  any  street  within  200  feet  Of 
any  building  used  exclusively  for  residence 
purposes,  unless  the  consent  of  the  owners 
of  the  majority  of  the  frontage  on  both  sides 
of  such  street  between  the  two  nearest  in- 
tersecting cross  streets  shall  first  have  been 
obtained  by  the  person,  firm  or  corporation 
desiring  to  erect  and  maintain  such  shed, 
and  said  written  consents  shall  be  filed  with 
the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  before  a  per- 
mit  shall    be    Issued    for    such    shed. 

640.  Ice  Houses.)  <a)  Houses  within  the 
Are  limits  to  be  us^d  exclusively  for  thfl 
storage  of  ice,  not  exceeding  forty-five  feet 
In  height,  and  of  a  floor  area  not  exceeding 
9,000  square  feet,  may  be  constructed  of  wood 

with    it mbustible   roofing,    the   wails   to   he 

enclosed  with  an  envelope  of  Incombustible 
material;  eight-Inch  walls  of  brick  or  tile  or 
approved  cemenl  concrete  with  proper  foun- 
dations of  masonry  shall  be  used  for  such 
envelopes. 


12(11 


at*lrway« 


(b)  Houses  to  be  used  exclusively  for  the 
storage  of  Ice.  located  outside  of  the  Are 
limits  and  contiguous  to  any  lake  and  six 
hundred  feet  from  any  other  building,  except 
buildings  used  in  connection  with  the  con- 
duct of  said  business,  may  be  constructed  of 
frame  with  incombustible  roofing,  and  the 
floor  area  of  any  such  building  shall  not  ex- 
ceed eighty  thousand  square  feet,  unless  the 
building  is  divided  by  a  solid  wall  of  ma- 
sonry for  each  additional  80,000  square  feet 
of  floor  area,  or  fractional  part  thereof; 
and  shall  extend  at  each  end  not  less  than 
one  foot  beyond  the  enclosure  of  said  build- 
ing and  such  wall  shall  be  subject  to  the 
approval    of   the   Commissioner   of   Buildings. 

(c)  Houses  to  be  used  exclusively  for  the 
storage  of  Ice.  located  outside  of  the  fire 
limits,  and  contiguous  to  railroad  tracks 
and  not  within  one  hundred  feet  of  any 
other  building,  may  be  constructed  of  frame 
with  incombustible  roofing,  and  the  floor  area 
of  any  such  building  shall  not  exceed  20,000 
square  feet  unless  the  building  is  divided  by 
a  solid  wall  of  masonry  for  each  additional 
20,000  square  feet  of  floor  area  or  frac- 
tional part  thereof;  said  wall  shall  extend 
at  least  one  foot  beyond  the  enclosure  of  said 
building  on  each  end  and  shall  be  approved 
by  the  Department  of  Buildings. 

(d)  All  dividing  walls  must  extend 
through  and  above  the  roof  of  any  building 
in  which  they  are  built  to  a  distance  of  three 
feet  and  must  be  covered  with  incombusti- 
ble coping.  No  dividing  wall  shall  be  of 
less  thickness  than  twelve  inches  at  any 
point  thereof. 

ARTICLE  XVIII. 

Stairways. 
fi50.  Stairways,  Number — Location — Con- 
struction.) (a)  Fireproof  office  buildings 
existing  at  the  time  of  the  passage  of  this 
ordinance  which  are  equipped  either  with 
one  stairway  and  two  or  more  stairway 
fire  escapes  or  with  two  stairways  and  one 
or  more  stairway  fire  escapes,  shall  not  be 
required  to  have  additional  stairways  or 
stairway  fire  escapes. 

(b)  Except  as  otherwise  expressly  pro- 
vided In  this  Article,  it  shall  be  unlawful 
to  construct  or  maintain  any  building  or 
structure  of  Classes  I,  II  and  VII  unless 
its  stairway  or  stairways  comply  with  the 
following     provisions: 

(c)  In  every  existing  building  of  ordi- 
nary construction  having  an  area  greater 
than  9,000  square  feet  or  of  mill  or  slow- 
burning  construction  greater  than  12.000 
square  feet,  there  shall  be  not  less  than 
three  stairways.  The  width  of  stairs  shall 
be  at  least  eighty  per  cent  of  the  width  of 
stairs  as  computed  by  the  formulae  given 
herein  and  in  no  case  less  than  twelve  feet. 

(d)  Every  building  shall  have  at  least 
one  stairway  from  the  ground  to  the  top 
floor  and  one  stairway  from  the  lowest 
basement  or  cellar  to  the  street  grade,  and 
no  stairway  shall  be  less  than  three  feet  In 
width. 

(e)  The  width  of  stairs  required  for  a 
building  shall  be  constructed  as  the  total 
width  of  all  stairways  required  on  the  build- 
ing. Stairs  shall  be  measured  between  the 
wall  and  handrail  for  a  single  stair  and 
between  handrails  where  two  or  more  hand- 
rails   are    required    by    this    chapter. 

(f)  In  buildings  of  Class  I  and  Class  Ha 
the  width  of  stairs  and  fire  escapes  required 
for  a  building  shall  be  determined  by  the 
floor  area  measured  on  the  third  floor  of  the 
building  and  such  area  shall  not  Include 
walls,  columns,  stairs,  elevator  shafts,  well 
holes,  chimneys  and  corridors.  In  all  cases 
where  the  building  is  loss  than  three  stor- 
Ips  in  height  the  width  of  stairs  shall  be 
determined  by  the  floor  area  of  the  second 
floor   as    hereinafter   specified. 


(g)  Where  the  enclosed  space  between 
a  ceiling  and  the  roof  of  a  building  of  any 
Class  is  of  greater  average  height  than 
two  feet  in  the  clear,  access  shall  be  pro- 
vided by  means  of  at  least  one  stairway  not 
less  than  three  feet  wide  leading  from  a 
public   hallway   or   corridor. 

(See   Illustration,    Sec.    308). 

651.  Stairs — Number  and  Width  of  In 
Classes  I,  II  and  VII.)  (a)  In  buildings  of 
Class  lib.  Class  lie  and  Class  VII  the  num- 
ber and  width  of  the  stairs  and  fire  escapes 
shall  be  determined  by  the  area  of  that  por- 
tion of  the  third  floor  not  occupied  by  walls, 
columns,  stairs,  elevator  shafts  and  well- 
holes. 

In  buildings  of  Class  I,  II  and  VII  the 
number  and  width  of  stairs  required  shall 
be  as  follows: 

(b)     In    Ordinart    Constriction. 

With  floor  area  of  5,000  square  feet  or 
less,   two  stairways; 

With  floor  area  of  5,000  to  9,000  square 
feet,    three    stairways. 

Provided,  however,  that  in  buildings  of 
ordinary  construction,  existing  prior  to  De- 
cember 5,  1910.  with  floor  area  of  5.000 
square  feet  or  less,  one  stairway  only  shall 
be  required  where  the  building  is  also 
equipped  with  an  outside  stairway  fire  escape, 
and  in  all  such  buildings  with  floor  area  of 
from  5,000  to  9,000  square  feet,  two  stair- 
ways only  shall  be  required;  provided  such 
building  is  also  equipped  with  an  outside 
stairway  fire  escape. 

(c)  The  width  of  stairs  required  in  build- 
ings of  ordinary  construction  shall  be  com- 
puted   as    follows: 

The  width  of  stairs  in  Inches  shall  be 
equal  to  the  result  obtained  by  deducting 
3.000  from  the  floor  area  of  the  building  in 
square  feet  and  multiplying  the  remainder 
by  twelve  and  dividing  the  product  by  1,000 
and  adding  72  Inches  to  the  quotient,  ex- 
pressed   in   the   formula   as    follows: 

(area — 3000)    times    12 

72   Inches   plus   

1,000 

(d)     In  Mill  or  Slow-Burninq  Construction. 

With  floor  area  of  6,000  square  feet  or 
less,    two    stairways. 

With  floor  area  of  6,000  to  12,000  square 
feet,    three   stairways. 

(e)  The  width  of  stairs  required  In 
buildings  of  mill  or  slow-burning  construc- 
tion  shall   be  computed  as   follows: 

The  width  of  stairs  In  inches  shall  be 
equal  to  the  result  obtained  by  deducting 
3,000  from  the  floor  area  of  the  building  in 
feet  and  multiplying  the  remainder  by  eight 
and  dividing  the  product  by  1,000,  and  add- 
ing 72  inches  to  the  quotient;  expressed  in 
the  formula  as   follows: 


72   inches   plus 


(area — 3,000)    times    8 


1.000 
(f)     In    Fireproof   Construction. 

With  floor  area  of  7,000  square  feet  or  less, 
two   stairways. 

With  floor  area  of  7,000  to  15,000  square 
feet,    three    stairways. 

With  floor  area  of  15,000  to  21,000  square 
feet,    four    stairways. 

With  floor  area  of  21,000  square  feet  and 
ever,    five    stairways. 

(g)  Provided,  however,  that  in  fireproof 
buildings  having  an  area  of  21.000  square 
feet  or  more  only  four  stairways  shall  be 
required  if  such  building  is  completely 
equipped  with  an  approved  automatic 
sprinkler    system. 

(h)  The  width  of  stairs  required  In  build- 
ings of  fireproof  construction  shall  be  com- 
puted  as   follows: 

The  width  of  stairs  In  Inches  shall  be 
equal    to    the    result    obtained    by    deducting 


202 


Fireproof   Construction 


3,000  from  the  floor  area  of  the  building  In 
feet  and  multiplying  the  remainder  by  six 
and  dividing  the  product  by  1,000,  and  add- 
ing 72  inches  to  the  quotient;  expressed  in 
the   formula   as   follows: 

(area — 3,000)   times  6 

72   inches   plus  

1,000 

(1)  Provided,  however,  that  where  build- 
ings of  Class  I  are  of  fireproof  construc- 
tion and  are  used  solely  for  storage  ware- 
house purposes  and  the  number  of  persons 
employed  on  any  one  floor  does  not  exceed 
the  number  specified  hereafter  in  this  sec- 
tion they  shall  comply  as  to  number  of 
stairways  as  follows: 

With  floor  area  less  than  8,000  square  feet 
where  not  more  than  ten  persons  are  em- 
ployed  on   a   floor,    two   stairways. 

"With  floor  area  greater  than  8,000  square 
feet  and  less  than  15,000  square  feet  where 
not  more  than  fifteen  persons  are  employed 
on   a   floor,   three   stairways. 

With  floor  area  greater  than  15,000  square 
feet  where  not  more  than  twenty  persons 
are   employed   on   a   floor,    four   stairways. 

(j)  The  width  of  stairs  shall  be  com- 
puted  as   follows: 

The  width  of  stairs  in  Inches  shall  be 
equal  to  the  result  obtained  by  deducting 
3,000  from  the  floor  area  of  the  building  in 
feet  and  multiplying  the  remainder  by  four 
and  dividing  the  product  by  1,000,  and  add- 
ing 72  inches  to  the  quotient;  expressed  in 
the   formula   as    follows: 

(area — 3,000)   times  4 

72   Inches  plus  

1000 

(k)  Provided,  however,  where  buildings 
of  Class  I  are  used  solely  for  storage  or 
warehouse  purposes  and  the  number  of  per- 
sons regularly  employed  above  the  floor 
nearest  the  street  level  does  not  exceed  ten 
persons  or  where  the  number  of  persons  oc- 
casionally employed  above  the  floor  nearest 
the  street  level  does  not  exceed  twenty  per- 
sons, the  floor  area  of  such  building  may  be 
increased  fifty  per  cent  (50%)  in  excess  of 
the  area  limits  as  provided  in  this  Section 
for  buildings  of  Class  I  of  ordinary,  slow^ 
burning  mill  or  fireproof  construction  for 
the  given  number  of  stairways.  The  width 
of  such  stairways  shall  be  as  determined  by 
use  of  formula  given  for  each  separate 
type  of  construction,  by  using  two-thirds  of 
the  actual  floor  area  of  such  building  as  a 
basis  for  the  calculation,  and  by  substituting 
the  words  and  figures,  "54  inches."  for  the 
words  and  figures,  "72  inches,"  where  they 
occur  in  said  formula.  There  shall  be  not 
less  than  two  stairways,  or  one  stairway 
and  a  stairway  fire  escape  directly  accessi- 
ble from  each  area  of  such  building,  and  the 
location  of  all  stairways  and  fire  escapes 
shall  be  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Com- 
missioner of  Buildings.  The  minimum 
width  of  any  stairway  in  such  buildings  now 
In  existence  shall  be  not  less  than  thirty 
inches  (30"),  the  minimum  width  of  any 
stairway  In  such  buildings  hereafter  erected 
or  hereafter  converted  to  such  use  shall  be 
not  less  than  thirty-six  inches  (36"),  and  the 
minimum  width  of  any  tire  escapes  shall  be 
not   less   than   twonty-four   inches    (24"). 

652.  Stairs — Other  Requirements.)  (a) 
The  width  of  stairway  fire  escapes  and  three- 
quarters  of  the  width  of  sliding  fire  escapes 
required  by  this  chapter  may  be  deducted 
from    the  width   of  stairs   required. 

(b)  Stairways  shall  be  located  as  far 
from  each  other  as  practicable.  The  bot- 
tom of  each  stairway  shall  be  In  the  Imme- 
diate vicinity  of  the  top  of  the  stairs  lead- 
ing to  the  next  lower  story  and  the  line  of 
travel  from  stairway  to  stairway  shall  be 
direct  and  easily  accessible  each  to  the 
other.  At  least  one  stairway  shall  extend 
to    the    roof    of    every    building.     In    Classes 


I,  II  and  VII,  the  whole  number  of  stair- 
ways required  for  each  building  shall  be 
complete  in  every  respect  from  the  first  to 
the    topmost    story. 

(c)  Every  story  below  the  street  grade 
shall  have  not  less  than  two  stairways  to 
the  first  story  and  each  such  stairway  shall 
be  not  less  than  three  feet  wide,  but  where 
a  basement  or  cellar  Is  used  for  the  retail 
sale  of  goods  the  stairway  from  such  base- 
ment or  cellar  shall  in  number  and  aggregate 
width  comply  with  the  requirement  of  this 
section  for  the  first  four  stories  above  side- 
walk   grade. 

(d)  Where  two  areas  of  the  same  build- 
ing adjoin  and  are  separated  by  fireproof 
dividing  walls  they  may  have  a  stairway 
In  common,  provided  such  stairway  is  not 
less  than  five  feet  wide  and  is  inclosed  in 
all  stories  of  the  building  by  fireproof  walls 
in  non-fireproof  buildings  and  by  fireproof 
partitions  in  fireproof  buildings;  and  where 
the  stairways  and  landings  are  built  as  re- 
quired by  this  chapter  for  buildings  of  fire- 
proof construction,  and  where  the  doors, 
frames,  sashes  and  casings,  and  the  glazed 
portion  thereof  are  built  as  described  in 
Sections  558  and  559  then  in  such  case  such 
stairway  may  be  considered  as  equivalent 
to  one  open  stairway  from  each  such  area, 
and  where  such  stairway  provides  exit  from 
only  one  floor  area  such  stairway  may  be 
considered  as  equivalent  to  two  open  stair- 
ways but  In  no  case  shall  there  be  less  than 
two  stairways  In  any  such  building  except 
as   otherwise    provided    In    this    chapter. 

(e)  Where  adjoining  buildings  or  build- 
ings on  opposite  sides  of  an  alley  or  other 
open  space,  and  of  the  same  class,  used 
by  the  same  person,  firm  or  corporation, 
are  connected  by  fireproof  bridges  or  pas- 
sageways with  fireproof  doors  at  each  end, 
or  by  fireproof  doors  on  each  floor  built 
and  equipped  as  required  by  this  chapter  for 
dividing  wall  doors  if  such  bridge  or  pas- 
sageway or  fireproof  door  is  located  as  far 
as  practicable  from  the  stairways  in  both 
said  buildings,  then  said  bridge  or  passage- 
way or  fireproof  door  may  be  considered  to 
be  equivalent  to  a  stairway  for  each  of  the 
two   areas. 

(f)  In  buildings  of  Classes  I,  II  and  VIT, 
where  an  interior  stairway  is  enclosed  in 
a  tower  and  built  as  required  by  the  provi- 
sions of  Section  653  paragraph  (n)  of  this 
Chapter,  then  such  stairway  shall  be  con- 
sidered the  equivalent  of  two  stairways,  <>r 
a  stairway  and  a  fire  escape;  provided,  how- 
ever, that  if  such  stairway  is  considered  the 
equivalent  of  two  stairways  the  building 
must  be  equipped  with  a  stairway  fire  escape, 
or  fire  escapes,  as  is  required  by  this  Chap- 
ter. 

(g)  Exterior  stairways  In  buildings  of 
Class  I,  II  and  VII  built  entirely  of  steel 
and  iron,  having  ice-proof  treads  not  less 
than  ten  Inches  wide  from  nosing  to  riser 
and  a  riser  of  eight  inches  or  less  for  each 
riser,  and  otherwise  made  as  required  for 
stairway  fire  escapes  in  this  chapter  and 
where  such  stairway  fire  escape  extends 
from  the  inside  grade  to  the  top  floor  of  the 
building  or  is  supplied  from  the  second 
floor  to  the  ground  with  a  counterbalanced 
section  and  has  a  steel  ladder  from  the  top 
landing  to  the  roof,  then  such  stairway  may 
be  considered  the  equivalent  of  one  Interior 
stairway  and  one  stairway  fire  escape  if  the 
Width  of  such  stairway  and  that  of  the  one 
or  more  stairways  In  the  building  equals 
the  width  of  stairs  required  by  this  chapter; 
provided,  that  In  such  case  the  respective 
floors,  door  sills,  and  stairway  platforms 
are  flush,  and  that  the  doors  do  not  ob- 
Btruct  the  stairs  or  platforms  and  that  the 
doors  are  each  at  least  90  per  cent  of  the 
width  "f  said  stairway  and  that  the  win- 
dows, doors  and  frames  passed  by  such 
stairway  and  platforms  are  built  of  Incom- 
bustible  material   and   wired   glass. 


203 


Fire   Escapes 


(h)  In  buildings  of  Class  I  not  more 
than  three  stories  in  height,  a  stairway 
fire  escape  not  less  than  three  feet  wide  lo- 
cated and  built  as  required  by  this  chapter 
for  such  fire  escape  and  placed  as  far  as 
practicable  from  the  stairway,  may  be  con- 
sidered as  a  stairway  and  may  be  deducted 
from  the  "width  of  stairs"  required  for  the 
building. 

(1)  The  width  of  different  stairways  need 
not  be  alike,  and  for  each  four  stories  or 
fractional  number  of  stories  of  the  build- 
ing above  the  first  four  stories  each  stair- 
way may  be  reduced  six  inches,  but  no  stair 
in  a  Class  V 1 1  building  shall  be  less  than 
three   feet   In    width. 

(j)  Stairways  which  are  less  than  three 
feet  three  inches  wide  shall  have  not  less 
than  one  hand  rail  and  stairways  which 
ire  more  than  throe  feet  three  inches  wide 
shall  have  not  less  than  two  handrails. 
Stairways  which  are  over  eight  feet  wide 
shall  have  double  Intermediate  handrails 
with  end  newel  posts  at  leasl  five  and  one- 
half   feet    high   at   all    stair   landings. 

(k)  Stairways  hereafter  erected  shall 
not  be  spiral  stairways  or  have  any  wind- 
ers. Provided,  however,  that  circular  or 
elliptical  stairways  may  be  used  if  the  width 
of  treads  one  foot  from  the  center  of  the 
handrail  next  to  the  well-hole  is  nine  and 
one-half   inches,    including   nosings. 

(1)  Stairways  shall  not  have  risers  more 
than  eight  inches  high  nor  treads  less  than 
ten    Inches    wide,    inclusive    of    nosings. 

(m)  The  bottom  of  any  counter-balance 
stairway  or  ladder  fire  escape  hereafter 
erected  on  any  public  thoroughfare  when 
raised  shall  be  not  less  than  fourteen  feet 
above  the  pavement  or  surface  of  the  street 
or  alley. 

(n)  The  location  of  every  stairway  re- 
quired by  this  article  shall  be  subject  to 
the  approval  of  the  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings. 

(See    Illustrations,    Sec.    398). 

ARTICLE   XIX. 

Fire  Escapes. 

653.  Fire  Escapes — Number  and  Loca- 
tion.) (a)  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any 
person,  firm  or  corporation  to  construct  or 
maintain  any  building  of  Classes  I,  II,  III, 
VI,  and  VII  within  the  city,  unless  the  same 
shall  be  equipped  with  fire  escapes  as  fol- 
lows: 

(b)  Every  building  four  or  more  stories 
In  height,  except  such  as  is  used  exclusively 
for  a  residence  for  one  family  shall  have  one 
or  more  incombustible  sliding  or  stairway 
fire  escapes,  as  required  by  this  chapter, 
except    as    otherwise    herein    provided. 

(c)  There  shall  be  at  least  one  stairway 
fire  escape  constructed  as  required  by  the 
provisions  of  this  chapter  for  each  250  per- 
sons, or  fractional  part  thereof,  who  occu- 
py any  floor  of  any  building  habitually  and 
daily  or  for  whom  working,  sleeping  or  liv- 
ing accommodations  are  provided  on  any  one 
floor  above  the  third  floor  of  any  building 
or    structure. 

(d)  Buildings  op  Ordinary  Constriction  Shall  be 
Equipped  with  Firb  Escapes  as  Follows: 

With  floor  area  of  6,500  square  feet  or 
less,    one    24-inch    stairway    fire    escape. 

"With  floor  area  of  6,500  square  feet  to 
9.000  square  feet,  two  24-inch  stairway 
fire    escapes. 

(e)  Buildings  of  Mill  or  Slow-Bi  rnino  Construc- 
tion Shall  be  Equipped  with  Fire  Escapes  as 
Follows : 

"With  floor  area  of  8,000  square  feet  or  less, 
one    2  4-inch   stairway  fire  escape. 

With  floor  area  of  8.000  square  feet  to 
12,000  square  feet,  two  24-inch  stairway 
fire    escapes. 


(f)  Buildings    op    Fireproop    Construction    Shall 
bt  Equipped   with  Fire  Escapes  as  Follows: 

With  floor  area  of  10,000  square  feet  or 
li  ss,    one    24-inch    stairway   fire    escape. 

With  floor  area  of  10,000  to  20,000  square 
feet,   two   24-inch  stairway   fire   escapes. 

With  floor  area  of  more  than  20,000  square 
feet,    three    24-inch    stairway    fire    escapes. 

(g)  Fireproof     Warehouse     Buildings     Shall     be 
Equipped  with  Fire  Escapes  as  Follows: 

With  floor  area  of  12,000  square  feet  or 
less,  one  24-inch  stairway  fire  escape. 

With  floor  area  exceeding  12,000  square 
feet,    two    24-inch    stairway    fire    escapes. 

(h)  A  fireproof  bridge  built  as  described 
In  Section  652  and  connecting  each  floor 
of  two  neighboring  buildings  occupied  by  the 
same  person,  firm  or  corporation,  shall  be 
considered  the  equivalent  of  a  fire  escape, 
or  of  an  interior  stairway,  but  not  the 
equivalent  of  both. 

(i)  In  buildings  of  Class  II  there  shall 
be  a  stairway  or  a  fire  escape  as  near  as 
practicable  to  the  end  of  each  corridor,  and 
where  a  corridor  is  endless  the  stairs  and 
the  fire  escapes  shall  be  located  around  and 
connected  to  said  hall  or  corridor  at  dis- 
tances  approximately   equal   to   each   other. 

(j)  The  openings  leading  to  fire  escapes 
on  hospitals  shall  be  flush  with  the  floor 
leading  to  the  fire  escape  which  may  be 
inclined  not  more  than  2  Vi  inches  vertical  to 
12  inches  of  horizontal  measurement,  and 
shall  be  constructed  and  maintained  with 
no    obstructions    thereon. 

(k)  In  buildings  hereafter  erected  wher- 
ever stairway  fire  escapes  are  considered 
the  equivalent  of  an  interior  stairway  or  as 
taking  the  place  of  any  of  the  "Width  of 
Stairs"  required  by  this  chapter,  there  shall 
be  a  door  or  casement  window  leading  to 
such  fire  escape  from  each  floor.  Windows 
and  doors  to  such  fire  escapes  shall  not  be 
less  than  24  inches  in  width  and  not  less 
than  72  inches  in  height.  The  sill  of  such 
windows  or  doors  shall  not  be  more  than 
24  inches  above  the  floor,  unless  a  stair  is 
built    leading    to    the    same. 

(1)  Where  a  building  is  divided  into  sep- 
arate areas,  each  such  area  shall  be  con- 
sidered as  a  separate  building  and  shall  be 
equipped  with  stairs  and  fire  escapes  as  is 
required  for  buildings  by  this  chapter,  unless 
otherwise  herein  provided. 

(m)  Exterior  stairway  fire  escapes  rjullt 
as  required  by  this  chapter  and  having 
treads  not  less  than  10  inches  wide  from 
nosing  to  riser  and  risers  not  more  than  8 
inches  in  height  and  having  stairways  ex- 
tending from  the  inside  grade  to  the  top 
floor  of  the  building  or  having  a  counter- 
balance section  from  the  first  story  to  the 
ground  and  a  steel  ladder  from  the  top  land- 
ing to  the  roof,  shall  be  considered  the 
equivalent  of  one  interior  stairway  and  one 
stairway  fire  escape,  if  the  width  of  such 
stairway  fire  escapes  with  that  of  one  or 
more  stairways  in  the  building  equals  the 
"Width  of  Stairs"  required  for  the  area  of 
the  respective  buildings  by  this  chapter. 

(n)  Where  a  Fire  Shield  Stairway  is  con- 
structed according  to  the  following  provi- 
sions and  requirements,  such  Fire  Shield 
Stairway  shall  be  considered  the  equivalent 
of  a  stairway  or  stairways  or  a  fire  escape 
and  stairway  or  stairways  combined,  as  pei 
the  provisions  of  Paragraph  "f"  of  this  sec- 
tion. 

The  Fire  Shield  Stairway  shall  be  divided 
or  separated  from  the  building  by,  and  com- 
pletely enclosed  with,  brick  walls  or  walls 
of  fireproof  material  not  less  than  twelve 
inches  thick,  or  by  a  wall  of  reinforced  con- 
crete and  tile  in  combination  not  less  than 
ten  inches  thick  subject  to  the  approval  of 
the  Commissioner  of  Buildings.  The  walls 
of  said  Fire  Shield  Stairway  are  to  be  built 


"wr 


from  the  lowest  floor  level  to  and  at  least 
thirty-six  Inches  above  the  roof,  except  as 
otherwise  herein  provided.  The  roof  of  said 
Fire  Shield  Stairway  shall  be  built  of  fire- 
proof construction.  The  stairs  of  said  Fire 
Shield  Stairway  shall  be  of  fireproof  con- 
struction, and  all  door  openings  must  be 
provided  with  fireproof  thresholds,  metal 
frames  and  approved  incombustible  doors. 
The  risers  of  all  stairs  shall  be  not  more 
than  eight  inches  and  the  tread  not  less  than 
nine  inches,  and  winders  in  stairs  shall  not 
be  permitted.  The  nearest  riser  of  the  stair 
in  a  downward  direction  must  be  remote 
from  the  entrance  to  the  Fire  Shield  Stair- 
way a  distance  not  less  than  the  width  of 
the  stairs.  The  entrance  to  the  Fire  Shield 
Stairway  shall  be  by  a  fireproof  vestibule  or 
by  an  outside  balcony.  Said  balcony  shall 
be  constructed  on  private  property  and  shall 
not  encroach  on  or  overhang  a  public  street 
or  alley.  Said  vestibule  or  balcony  shall  be 
not  less  than  five  feet  wide  and  the  floors, 
ceiling  and  sides  thereof  shall  be  of  fire- 
proof material.  One  side  of  said  Fire  Shield 
Stairway  shall  face  a  street  or  alley  or  an 
open  space  leading  directly  to  and  connect- 
ing with  a  public  street  or  alley.  The  side 
of  said  vestibule  facing  the  street,  alley  or 
other  open  space,  shall  be  open  for  the  full 
width  thereof  from  a  point  four  feet  above 
the  floor  to  the  underside  of  ceiling  in  each 
story. 

The  open  space  above  said  wall  may  be 
enclosed  by  a  fire  shield  in  the  following 
manner  only: 

A  metal  frame  constructed  of  steel  of 
commercial  shape,  or  a  sheet  metal  frame 
filled  witli  concrete,  with  a  horizontal  cross 
piece  midway  between  the  top  and  bottom 
of  said  frame,  may  be  fitted  in  the  opening 
flush  with  the  inside  face  of  the  wall.  This 
frame  may  be  hung  with  two  sashes,  sash 
to  be  of  metal  and  glazed  with  fire-resisting 
glass,  hinged  at  the  bottom  and  arranged  to 
open  out  from  the  top,  and  restrained  by 
angle  iron  or  chain  attached  to  the  inner 
part  of  jambs  of  the  opening,  so  as  to  allow 
sash  to  rest  on  same  in  an  open  position,  in 
such  a  manner  that  the  top  edge  of  sash 
will  be  flush  with  the  outer  face  of  the  wall. 
The  mason  work  at  the  head  of  the  wall 
opening  shall  be  beveled  off  at  an  angle  of 
forty-five  degrees.  The  opening  and  closing 
of  these  sashes  are  to  be  controlled  by  a 
mechanical  device  to  be  approved  by  the 
Commissioner   of   Buildings. 

Where  sash  exceed  Ave  feet  in  width,  in- 
termediate piers  of  masonry  sixteen  inches 
wide  by  the  breadth  of  wall  in  thickness 
may  be  built,  and  the  resulting  openings 
shall  be  each   treated  as  hereinbefore  stated. 

All  metal  sasli  and  fire-resisting  glass  in- 
stalled shall  be  subject  to  specifications  and 
requirements  elsewhere  contained  in  this  or- 
dinance. 

The  entrance  from  the  building  Into  the 
Fire  Shield  Stairway  shall  be  through  the 
vestibule  or  by  means  of  the  balcony  only. 
All  openings  from  the  building  to  the  bal- 
cony or  vestibule  and  from  the  balcony  or 
vestibule  to  the  Fire  Shield  Stairway  shall  be 
not  less  than  six  feet  nor  more  than  seven 
feet  in  height  and  not  less  than  four  feet 
In  width,  and  shall  be  provided  with  ap- 
proved incombustible  doors  hung  in  metal 
frames  and  may  be  glazed  with  fire-resisting 
glass.  In  all  cases,  the  floor  of  the  vesti- 
bule or  balcony,  or  floor  landing  of  stairs, 
and  the  floor  of  the  building  containing  Fire 
Shield   Stairway   shall   be   at   the   same   level. 

Where  balconies  are  used  as  a  means  of 
access  from  the  building  to  the  Fire  Shield 
Stairway,  tlio  floors  of  same  shall  be  solid 
and  built  of  fireproof  material,  and  shall  be 
of  sufficient  strength  to  sustain  a  load  of 
one  hundred  pounds  per  square  foot  within 
the  safe  limits  of  stress  for  materials,  as 
elsewhere  specified  in  this  chapter.  Said 
balcony  on  each  story  shall  be  provided  on 
the  open  side  with  an  incombustible  enclos- 
ure!  four   feet    high.      There   shall    be   a   suffi- 


cient number  of  windows  in  the  wall  be- 
tween the  vestibule  and  stairway,  or  the 
doors  to  stairway  shall  be  fitted  with  fire- 
resisting  glass  of  sufficient  area  to  prop- 
erly light  the  said  Fire  Shield  Stairway. 
All  said  window  openings  to  be  equipped 
with  metal  frames  and  sash  and  fire-resist- 
ing glass.  The  entire  stairway,  vestibule 
and  balconies  on  all  floors  shall  be  provided 
with  adequate  means  of  illumination  by  gas 
or  electricity  on  a  separate  circuit,  and  shall 
be  lighted  during  all  the  time  any  part  of 
the  building  in  which  they  are  located  is 
being  used  after  sunset  or  whenever  lighting 
shall  be  required.  The  Fire  Shield  Stairway 
shall  terminate  at  a  landing  on  a  level 
with,  or  not  to  exceed  six  inches  above  the 
street,  alley  or  other  open  space  on  which 
said  Fire  Shield  Stairway  faces;  and  ac- 
cess from  said  landing  to  said  street,  alley 
or  other  open  space,  shall  be  direct  by  means 
of  an  incombustible  door  or  doors  equipped 
with  a  metal  frame  and  fire-resisting  glass, 
not  less  than  six  feet  nor  more  than  seven 
feet  in  height,  and  not  less  than  four  feet 
in  width.  Connection  to  said  Fire  Shield 
Stairway  from  first  floor  will  not  be  re- 
quired if  first  floor  has  sufficient  exits  prop- 
erly located.  All  doors  to  Fire  Shield  Stair- 
way shall  be  of  the  style  known  as  "double 
acting  doors."  In  buildings  other  than  skel- 
eton construction  a  slip  joint  must  be  pro- 
vided in  the  masonry  walls  between  the 
tower  and  any  wall  connecting  or  abutting 
thereto,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Com- 
missioner  of   Buildings. 

Plans  in  detail,  showing  the  construction 
and  equipment  and  all  other  features  of  a 
Fire  Shield  Stairway  shall  be  submitted  in 
addition  to  the  general  plan  showing  the 
proposed  location  of  same.  Such  details 
shall  be  drawn  to  an  enlarged  scale,  and 
shall  consist  of  a  typical  floor  plan,  a  typical 
elevation  and  cross  section  of  one  or  more 
stories  and  other  stories  which  deviate  from 
typical  plan,  and  shall  be  approved  by  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings  before  a  permit 
for   construction   of  same   is    issued. 

(o)  In  buildings  not  more  than  two  stories 
in  height  one  stairway  may  be  omitted  If 
the  building  is  equipped  with  a  three-foot 
stairway  fire  escape  built  as  required  for 
fire  escapes  in  this  section  with  counter- 
balance drop  and  placed  as  far  as  practicable 
from   the   remaining   stairway. 

(p)  Where  fireproof  buildings  have  a 
frontage  upon  public  alleys  or  have  courts 
of  an  area  of  not  less  than  320  square  feet, 
and  where  such  courts  lead  directly  to  a 
public  thoroughfare,  fire  escapes  may  be 
permitted  to  be  erected  on  such  courts  or 
such  alleys  and  shall  not  be  required  to  be 
erected  upon  the  street  fronts  of  such  build- 
ings. Such  fire  escapes  shall  be  located  as 
far  as  possible  from  stairways  in  the  build- 
ings, and  where  it  is  possible  to  erect  the  fire 
escapes  on  an  alley  or  in  a  court  they  may 
be  thus  erected  subject  to  the  approval  of 
the   Commissioner  of  Buildings. 

(q)  In  fireproof  buildings  of  Class  Ha, 
fire  escapes  may  be  located  in  light  courts 
of  fifty  feet  in  the  least  dimension,  having 
no  opening  onto  a  street  or  alley,  but  such 
fire  escape  must  be  connected  with  a  stair- 
way of  the  building  at  a  level  no  higher  than 
twenty-five  feet  above  finished  grade  at  the 
building,  said  stairway  to  terminate  at  the 
first  floor  level  in  a  public  corridor,  giving 
direct  egress  from  the  building. 

(r)  Such  fire  escapes  shall  not  be  con- 
sidered as  part  of  the  width  of  stairs  as 
defined  in  Section  650  of  this  chapter  for 
such  buildings  unless  that  portion  of  the 
stairway  used  in  connection  with  the  fire 
escape  is  Increased  by  the  width  of  the  fire 
escape,    from    their    junction    to    the    ground. 

Hospitals  two  or  more  stories  in  height 
shall  he  provided  with  one  or  more  stair- 
way fire  escapes  not  less  than  40  inches  be- 
tween   handrails.      Sliding    fire   escapes    shall 


205 


rire   Escapea 


have  a  radius  or  width  of  not  loss  than  42 
inches.  Sliding-  fire  escapes  shall  not  be 
built  on  public  thoroughfares  and  shall 
deposit  tiie  person  from  same  not  more  than 
twenty-four  inches  from  the  surrounding 
ground,  and  sliding  fire  escapes  on  Class 
VIII  buildings  shall  be  constructed,  located 
and  maintained  in  accordance  with  the  pro- 
visions   relating    to    Class    VIII. 

Wherever  stairway  fire  escapes  are  con- 
sidered by  this  chapter  to  be  the  equivalent 
of  an  interior  stairway  or  as  taking  the 
place  of  any  of  the  width  of  stairs,  there 
shall  be  a  door  leading  to  said  fire  escape 
from  each  floor.  Sucli  door  shall  not  be  less 
than  24  inches  in  width  and  not  less  than 
72  inches  in  height.  The  sill  of  such  door 
shall  not  be  more  than  24  inches  above  the 
floor  and  the  door  shall  be  as  wide  as  the 
stairway  required  on  the  fire  escape.  Where 
the  sill  is  more  than  24  inches  from  the 
floor,  a  small  stairway  shall  be  built  from 
the  floor  to  the  window  sill  with  treads  not 
less  than  10  inches  wide  and  risers  not  more 
than    9    inches    in    height. 

(s)  A  stairway  fire  escape  placed  on  an 
exterior  wall  adjacent  to  a  dividing  or  party 
wall  shall  be  considered  as  a  stairway  fire 
escape  for  each  building  area  to  which  it 
is  adjacent.  In  such  cases  there  shall  be 
at  least  one  door  or  window  from  each  build- 
ing area  leading:  to  the  fire  escape  plat- 
form, and  the  width  of  each  such  fire  es- 
cape   shall    not    be    less    than    36    inches. 

(t)  All  fire  escapes  shall  be  located  and 
constructed  to  conform  to  the  building  for 
which    they   are   respectively    intended. 

(u)  If  any  building  used  wholly  or  in 
part  for  the  purposes  of  Class  VII  be 
equipped  with  automatic  sprinklers,  and  be 
connected  with  another  building  similarly 
used,  and  distant  not  less  than  twenty-five 
feet  and  used  by  the  same  occupant,  by  a 
fireproof  bridge  or  passageway  similarly 
equipped,  then  each  such  tier  of  bridges  or 
passageways  shall  be  held  to  be  equivalent 
to  and  take  the  place  of  one  outside  stair- 
way fire  escape  on  each  of  the  buildings  so 
connected. 

(See   Special   Ruling'    VI,    Page    241.) 

654.  Stairway  Fire  Escapes — Fees — Erec- 
tion of  —  Location  —  Painting  —  Component 
Parts.)  (a)  The  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings and  his  assistants  shall  determine  upon 
the  location  of  all  stairway  fire  escapes  be- 
fore   erection   of   same   is    commenced. 

(b)  Before  the  work  is  commenced  a  per- 
mit shall  be  obtained  from  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Buildings  for  which  a  fee  of  $2.uu 
shall    be    exacted. 

(c)  No  permit  for  a  stairway  fire  escape 
more  than  twenty-four  inches  in  width  shall 
be  granted  unless  a  detailed  plan  for  the 
fire  escape,  approved  by  a  licensed  architect 
or  a  structural  engineer,  is  submitted  -to  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings,  and  a  copy  of 
such  plans  shall  be  left  on  file  with  said 
Commissioner. 

(d)  All  anchors  for  stairway  fire  escapes 
shall,  wherever  possible,  pass  through  the 
wall  of  building  and  be  secured  on  inside 
of  same.  Where  it  is  possible  to  anchor 
through  walls,  anchors  shall  be  put  in  wall 
not  less  than  fifteen  inches  at  an  angle  of 
thirty-five  degrees.  On  buildings  of  steel 
construction,  where  walls  are  less  than 
twenty  inches  in  thickness  there  shall  be 
steel  channels  at  least  four  inches  wide  set 
on  inside  of  building  from  column  to  column 
and  bolted  or  riveted  to  columns,  and  an- 
chors  shall   be   bolted   on   inside   of   channels. 

(e)  Anchors  for  a  platform  four  feet 
two  inches  or  less  in  width  shall  be  made 
of  or.e  inch  square  iron;  over  four  feet  two 
Inches  and  not  over  six  feet,  shall  be  one 
and  one-fourth   Inch   square  iron   with  brace; 


over    six     feet    shall     be    one    and     one-half 

inch  square  iron  with  brace.  All  anchors 
shall  be  turned  up  not  less  than  eight  inches 
at  the  outside  of  the  platform  on  which 
to    bolt    the    post. 

(£)  Braces  shall  be  the  same  thickness 
as  the  anchors.  The  spread  of  the  braces 
shall  be  the  width  of  the  platform.  Where 
tiie  platforms  are  over  five  feet  in  width, 
anchors  shall  have  double  braces,  one  to  the 
outside  and  one  to  the  center  of  the  plat- 
form. 

(g)  Platforms  shall  be  not  less  than 
fifty  inches  wide  at  ends;  passageways  shall 
be  not  less  than  twenty-four  inches  between 
buildings  and  railings.  Platforms  shall  be 
not  less  than  five  feet  in  length.  The 
frames  and  crossbars  shall  be  made  as  pro- 
vided  in  this  chapter.  Platforms  shall  have 
clips  at  each  end  bolted  to  anchors.  No 
door  or  window  or  shutter  shall  open  so  as 
to  obstruct  in  any  way  the  free  passage  on 
or  along  a  platform  or  a  stairway  fire  es- 
cape. 

(h)  All  stairway  fire  escapes  for  apart- 
ment buildings,  hotels,  boarding  houses,  fac- 
tories and  office  buildings,  where  there  are 
less  than  100  people  on  any  one  floor,  shall 
be  not  less  than  two  feet  wide  between  hand 
rails.  Stringers  for  a  24-inch  stairway  fire 
escape  shall  be  not  less  than  2  inches  by  % 
inch  set  1^  inches  apart.  Where  stairway 
fire  escapes  and  their  balconies  and  sup- 
ports are  designed  and  constructed  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  provisions  of  this  chap- 
ter relating:  to  materials  permitted  for  such 
stairway  fire  escapes,  balconies  and  sup- 
ports, so  as  to  sustain  a  load  of  100  pounds 
per  square  foot,  they  may  be  built  of  steel 
channels,  angles,  or  I-beams,  but  when  so 
constructed,  they  shall  comply  with  the  pro- 
visions of  this  chapter  in  all  other  respects. 
All  stairway  fire  escapes  for  halls,  churches, 
theaters,  hospitals,  schools,  department 
stores  and  buildings  where  large  numbers 
of  people  congregate  shall  not  be  less  than 
three  feet  wide  in  the  clear,  and  all  passage- 
ways shall  not  be  less  than  three  feet  wide 
in  the  clear.  Stringers  for  a  36-inch  stair- 
way fire  escape  shall  be  made  of  two  bars, 
3  inches  byT55  inch,  about  one  inch  apart, 
or  4*£  inches  by  %  inch  flat  iron,  or  of 
steel  channels,  angles  or  I-beams;  where 
over  12  feet  in  length,  they  shall  have  an- 
chor and  brace  in  the  center.  The  tread 
shall  be  made  of  one-half  inch  square  steel 
or  iron,  corner  upwards,  not  to  exceed  1% 
inches  center,  riveted  at  ends  to  2  by  i 
inch  flat  iron  or  steel.  There  shall  be  not 
less  than  four  bars  to  a  tread  where  treads 
are  less  than  twenty-seven  inches  in  length; 
where  treads  are  over  twenty-seven  inches 
in  length  there  shall  be  not  less  than  six 
bars  to  a  tread;  there  shall  be  a  truss  sup- 
porting treads  made  of  bar  iron  2  inches 
by  %  of  an  inch  in  thickness  riveted  to 
bars  of  treads  in  center,  supported  by  not 
less  than  two  inches  by  seven-sixteenths  of 
an  inch  rods  bolted  at  each  end  of  treads. 
All  stairs  shall  have  an  incline  of  about 
forty-five  degrees.  The  rise  shall  be  not 
more  than  nine  inches  and  the  tread  not 
less   than  nine   inches. 

(i)  All  stairs  shall  have  three  bar  rail- 
ings made  of  one-inch  bar  iron  for  top  rail, 
and  three-fourths  inch  bar  iron  for  lower 
rail,  and  when  such  stairs  are  more  than 
three  inches  from  the  wall  of  the  building, 
there  shall  be  one  or  more  hand  rails  on 
the   wall   side  of   such  stairs. 

(j)  All  posts  used  for  stair  fire  escapes 
shall  be  made  of  one  and  one-half  inch  an- 
gle or  channel  iron  not  less  than  three  feet 
six  inches  high,  measured  at  right  angles 
with  the  treads  of  such  fire  escapes,  and 
shall  have  braces  on  the  outside  turned  up- 
wards and  fastened  to  the  frame  of  the  bal- 
cony or  stairs,  which   shall  be  not  less  than 


206 


half  way  up  the  posts;  all  stair  fire  escapes 
shall  extend  to  the  ground  either  by  coun- 
terbalance drop  or  stairs.  All  ladder  fire 
escapes  shall  have  either  extension  ladder 
or  counterbalance  drop  from  the  first  story 
of  said  building  to  the  ground  or  sidewalk. 
All  fire  escapes  if  not  continued  to  the  roof 
shall  be  equipped  with  a  ladder  built  in 
conformity  with  the  specifications  for  ladder 
fire  escapes  contained  herein  from  top  story 
or  attic  platform  to  the  roof.  Their  location, 
material  and  construction  shall  be  subject 
to  the  approval  of  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings.  When  cables  are  used  for  coun- 
terbalance stairs  they  shall  not  be  less  than 
three-quarters  of  an  inch  in  size  and  shall 
be  well  oiled  or  greased  when  hung  up  and 
shall  be  oiled  or  greased  at  least  twice  a 
year.  All  pulleys  and  cables  holding  coun- 
terbalance drop  shall  be  covered  at  bracket 
so   as   to   be   protected   from   snow   or   ice. 

(k)  Wherever  a  stairway  fire  escape 
passes  a  window  or  door  on  buildings  here- 
after erected,  the  windows  or  doors  shall 
be  of  wired  glass  and  shall  have  metal 
frames  and  sash,  and  whenever  such  a  fire 
escape  passes  above  a  window,  door  or  other 
opening  not  fitted  with  wired  glass  and 
metal  frames  the  said  fire  escape  shall  be 
protected  on  the  under  side  by  sheet  metal 
of  not  less  than  No.  20  United  States  gauge 
opposite  such  opening  and  for  a  distance  of 
three  feet  on  each  side  thereof.  The  use  of 
intermediate  platforms  shall  be  permitted 
on  all  buildings  now  ouilt  or  hereafter  con- 
structed whenever  it  is  possible  by  their 
use  to  avoid  the  necessity  of  stairway  fire 
escapes  passing  windows.  All  fire  escapes 
shall  be  painted  with  two  coats  of  mineral 
paint  when  erected,  one  at  the  shop  and  one 
upon  completion  at  the  building,  and  they 
shall  be  painted  at  least  once  every  year 
thereafter. 

(1)  Wherever  it  is  impossible  to  erect 
stairway  fire  escapes  according  to  the  pro- 
visions of  this  chapter,  plans  shall  be  sub- 
mitted to  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings 
showing  the  location,  material  and  con- 
struction of  such  stairway  fire  escapes  as 
are  proposed  to  be  built  before  a  permit  is 
Issued  for  the  same,  and  if  it  is  found  to 
be  impracticable  to  locate  and  construct  fire 
escapes  in  accordance  with  the  provisions 
of  this  chapter  and  that  fire  escapes  built 
according  to  the  plan  presented  would  afford 
safe  and  practical  means  of  exit  from  the 
building  on  which  they  are  to  be  placed, 
then  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  may  in 
his  discretion  approve  the  same.  All  such 
fire  escapes  shall  be  inspected  by  the  Com- 
missioner of  Buildings  on  their  completion 
and  if  found  to  be  safe,  satisfactory  and  in 
compliance  with  said  approved  plans,  a  cer- 
tificate shall  be  issued  to  such  effect  upon 
the  payment  of  $2.00  to  the  City  Collector. 
All  fire  escapes  other  than  such  as  it  is  im- 
possible or  impracticable  to  build  In  accord- 
ance with  the  provisions  of  this  chapter 
shall  be  inspected  by  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings  on  their  completion,  and  if  found 
to  be  in  compliance  with  the  provisions  of 
this  chapter  a  certificate  shall  be  issued  by 
the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  upon  the 
payment  of  a  fee  of  $2.00  to  the  City  Col- 
lector. 

(m)  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person, 
firm  or  corporation  to  use  any  building  un- 
til the  provisions  of  this  article  shall  have 
been    complied    with. 

655.  Ladder  Tire  Escapes — When  Permit- 
ted.) Where  a  building  of  Class  III  or  VI, 
not  more  than  four  stories  in  height  has 
two  flights  of  stairs  leading  from  the 
ground  to  the  top  floor  of  the  building  and 
where  also  each  occupant  shall  have  access 
to  at  least  two  separate  and  distinct  stair- 
ways located  as  required  by  the  provision 
of  this  chapter  from  the  top  floor  to  the 
ground,    a    ladder    fire    escape    may    be    used 


in  lieu  of  the  stairway  fire  escape  required 
herein,  where  a  counter  balance  drop  is 
placed  from  the  ladder  fire  escape  to  the 
ground. 

656.  Specifications  for  Ladder  Tire  Es- 
capes.) (a.)  All  single  and  double  ladder 
fire  escapes  hereafter  erected  shall  be  in 
strict  accordance  with  the  following  pro- 
visions: 

(b)  There  shall  be  not  less  than  three 
one-inch  square  wrought  iron  anchors  to 
every  five-foot  balcony  and  not  less  than 
six  for  a  twelve-foot  balcony.  Such  an- 
chors shall  pass  through  the  wall  of  the 
building  and  be  bolted  on  the  inside  with  a 
three-fourths  by  two-inch  nut  and  three 
and  one-half  inch  iron  washer  back  of  the 
nut,  where  the  wall  is  not  over  twenty  inches 
thick;  but  where  the  wall  is  over  twenty 
inches  thick  anchors  shall  be  inserted  at 
least  eight  inches  into  the  wall  at  an  angle 
of   thirty-five   degrees. 

(c)  Where  a  ladder  fire  escape  is  permit- 
ted by  this  chapter,  the  side  guards  shall 
be  two  by  three-eighths  inch  flat  iron.  All 
ladder  fire  escapes  shall  be  seventeen  inches 
or  more  in  width  in  the  clear.     No 

pipe  nor  rusted  or  defective  material  shall 
be  used  in  the  construction  of  ladder  fire 
escapes.  Rungs  of  ladders  shall  be  of  not 
less  than  one-half-inch  square  iron  with 
corners  upward,  so  as  to  give  a  safe  foot- 
ing. Rungs  shall  be  riveted  and  shall  be 
constructed    with    fourteen-inch    centers. 

(d)  The  brace  for  the  anchors  shall  be 
at  least  twenty  inches  spread  and  shall  ex- 
tend into  the  wall  four  inches;  no  other 
form  of  anchor  shall  be  allowed  except  by 
special  permit  from  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings. 

657.  Balconies — Construction  of.)  All 
balconies  hereafter  erected  shall  be  either 
steel  or  wrought  iron  and  capable  of  sus- 
taining a  weight  of  one  hundred  pounds  to 
the  square  foot.  The  balcony  frame  shall 
be  made  of  not  less  than  two-inch  by  two- 
inch  by  one-fourth  inch  angle  iron  which 
shall  be  securely  riveted  together  with  cross- 
bars every  two  feet.  Such  bars  shall  be 
punched  one-half  inch  square  close  to  the 
top  of  the  bar  on  two  inch  centers  and  one- 
half  inch  square  iron  bars  shall  be  forced 
through  the  same.  The  crossbars  shall  be 
securely  riveted  to  the  angle  iron  frame. 
The  crossbars  for  a  balcony  twenty-eight 
inches  wide  shall  be  two  inch  by  three- 
eighths  inch.  Balcony  frames  over  twen- 
ty-eight inches  wide  shall  be  made  of 
not  less  than  two  by  three-eighths 
inch  iron  and  made  to  conform  with  the  in- 
creased dimensions  of  iron  in  crossbars; 
for  thirty-six  inch  balcony  or  more  they 
shall  be  two  and  one-half  inch  by  three- 
eighths  inch.  All  balconies  over  this  width 
shall  have  a  two-inch  "T"  iron  through  the 
center  of  the  balcony  for  the  bars  to  rest 
upon;  provided  that  such  balconies  and  plat- 
forms of  buildings  of  Class  He  may  be 
built  as  described  in  Section  270  of  this 
chapter.  Such  balconies  shall  have  a  sub- 
stantial cast  or  wrought  iron  post  every 
three  feet  bolted  to  the  balcony.  No  bal- 
cony shall  have  less  than  three  guard  rails 
which  shall  be  of  wrought  iron  or  new  iron 
pipe  not  less  than  three-fourths  inch  in  di- 
ameter and  the  ends  shall  be  securely  an- 
chored to  the  wall  of  the  building  and  shall 
be  not  less  than  ten  inches  on  an  angle  of 
thirty-five  degrees.  Where  stairway  fire  es- 
capes and  their  balconies  are  designed  and 
constructed  in  accordance  with  the  provis- 
ions of  this  chapter  to  sustain  a  load  of 
one  hundred  pounds  per  square  foot,  they 
may  be  built  of  steel  channel  angles  or  I- 
beams.  but  in  such  cases  they  shall  comply 
with  the  requirements  of  this  chapter  in  all 
other   respects. 

<;.".v  Stairs  and  Pire  Escapes — Chang*  in 
Construction.)       No    change    in    the    position 


207 


Ventilation 


or  construction  of  any  stairway  or  of  any 
fire  escape  shall  be  made,  unless  the  per- 
mission   of    the    Commissioner    of    Buildings 

shall    lirst    have    been   obtained. 


ARTICLE  XX. 
Ventilation. 

659.  Ventilation  in  Buildings  of  Classes 
IV,  V,  VII  and  VIII.)  (a)  The  air  in  any 
room  used  as  an  auditorium  in  buildiii-rs  of 
Class  IV  and  V,  hereafter  erected  and  the 
air  in  any  room  used  as  a  classroom  or  as- 
sembly  hall  in  buildings  of  Class  VIII,  here- 
after erected,  shall  be  changed,  so  as  to  pro- 
vide each  person  for  whom  seating  accom- 
modation is  provided  in  such  auditorium,  class- 
room  or  assembly  hall  with  at  least  1,5U() 
cubic    feet    of   air   per    hour. 

(b)  In  buildings  of  Class  VII.  hereafter 
erected,  on  floors  frequented  by  the  public  the 
air  in  such  rooms  shall  be  supplied  at  the 
following    rates  : 

For  each  person  In  basement,  2,000  cubic 
feet   per   hour. 

For  each  person  in  1st  to  3rd  stories,  both 
Inclusive.    1,500   cubic   feet   per   hour. 

For  each  person  in  4th  story  and  above, 
except  as  hereinafter  provided,  1,300  cubic 
feet  per  hour. 

For  each  person  In  grocery  departments  and 
restaurants,    l,f>00   cubic   feet  per   hour. 

(c)  For  the  purpose  of  determining  the 
number  of  people  on  any  floor  in  buildings 
of  Class  VII,  in  calculating  the  means  o/ 
ventilation,  the  following  floor  area  per  per 
son  per  floor  shall   be  taken  as  the  basis  : 

Basement,  per  person,  20  square  feet  ol 
floor  area  exclusive  of  walls,  stairs  and  ele 
vators. 

First  story,  per  person.  20  square  feet  of 
floor  area,  exclusive  of  walls,  stairs,  elevators, 
and    enclosed    show    windows. 

Second  story,  per  person,  50  square  feet  of 
floor  area,  exclusive  of  walls,  stairs,  elevators, 
and    enclosed    show   windows. 

Third  story,  per  person,  60  square  feet  of 
floor  area,  exclusive  of  walls,  stairs  and  ele- 
vators. 

Fourth  story  and  above,  per  person,  80 
square  feet  of  floor  area,  exclusive  of  walls, 
stairs  and  elevators,  except  as  hereinafter  pro- 
vided. 

(d)  Grocery  departments  and  restaurants, 
per  person,  40  square  feet  of  floor  area,  ex- 
clusive of  walls,   stairs  and   elevators. 

(e)  The  amount  of  carbon  dioxide  in  the 
air  of  any  such  auditorium,  classroom  or 
assembly  hall  or  space  frequented  by  the  pub- 
lic in  Class  VII  buildings  shall  not  be  per- 
mitted to  rise  above  10  parts  of  carbon  dioxide 
per  10,000  parts  of  the  air,  measurements 
being  taken  at  levels  from  two  and  one-half 
feet  to  eight  feet  above  the  floor,  generally 
distributed,  and  the  temperature  in  such  spaces 
when  artificially  heated  shall  not  exceed  68 
degrees  Fahrenheit.  Relative  humidity  shall 
not  be  less  than  45  degrees  nor  more  than 
80   degrees. 

(f)  The  air  In  any  room  used  as  an 
auditorium  In  buildings  of  Classes  IV  and  V, 
constructed  prior  to  the  passage  of  this  or- 
dinance, and  the  air  in  any  room  used  as  a 
classroom,  or  assembly  hall  in  buildings  of 
Class  VIII,  constructed  prior  to  the  passage 
of  this  ordinance,  shall  be  changed,  so  as 
to  provide  each  person  for  whom  seating  ac- 
commodation is  provided  in  such  auditorium, 
classroom  or  assembly  hall  with  at  least  1,200 
cubic  feet  of  air  per  hour. 

(g)  The  air  in  any  rooms  and  floors  In 
buildings  of  Class  VII,  erected  prior  to  the 
passage  of  this  ordinance,  shall  be  supplied, 
by  mechanical  or  other  means,  at  the  follow- 
ing rates: 


For  each  person  In  basement,  1,600  cubic 
feet    per    hour. 

For  each  person  in  1st  to  3rd  stories,  both 
Inclusive,    1,200   cubic   feet   per   hour. 

For  each  person  in  4th  story  and  above, 
except  as  hereinafter  provided,  1,040  cubic 
feet    per    hour. 

For  each  person  in  grocery  departments  and 
restaurants,    1.200    cubic    feet    per    hour. 

(h)  For  the  purpose  of  determining  the 
number  of  people  on  any  floor  in  buildings 
of  Class  VII,  in  calculating  the  means  of 
ventilation,  the  following  floor  area  per  per- 
son  per  floor  shall   be  taken  as  the  basis  : 

Basement,  per  person,  20  square  feet  of 
floor  area  exclusive  of  walls,  stairs  and  ele- 
vators. 

First  story,  per  person,  20  square  feet  of 
floor  area  exclusive  of  walls,  stairs,  elevators 
and    enclosed   show   windows. 

Second  story,  per  person,  50  square  feet  of 
floor  area  exclusive  of  walls,  stairs,  elevators 
and    enclosed    show   windows. 

Third  story,  per  person,  60  square  feet  of 
floor  area  exclusive  of  walls,  stairs  and  ele- 
vators. 

Fourth  story  and  above,  per  person,  80 
square  feet  of  floor  area  exclusive  of  walls, 
stairs  and  elevators,  except  as  hereinafter  pro- 
vided. 

Grocery  departments  and  restaurants,  per 
person.  40  square  feet  of  floor  area  exclusive 
of  walls,   stairs  and   elevators. 

(1)  The  amount  of  carbon  dioxide  in  the 
air  of  anv  such  auditorium,  classroom  or 
assembly  hall  or  space  frequented  by  the  pub- 
lic in  Class  VII  buildings  shall  not  be  per- 
mitted to  rise  above  12  parts  of  carbon  dioxide 
per  10,000  parts  of  air,  measurements  being 
taken  at  levels  from  two  and  one-half  feet 
to  eight  feet  above  the  floor  generally  dis- 
tributed ;  and  the  temperature  in  such  spaces 
when  artificially  heated  shall  not  exceed  70 
degrees  Fahrenheit.  The  relative  humidity 
shall  not  be  less  than  40  degrees  nor  more 
than   85  degrees. 

(jl  The  word  "auditorium"  as  used  In 
this  section  in  connection  with  buildings 
of  Classes  IV  and  V  shall  be  construed  as 
including  the  main  floor,  balcony  and  gal- 
leries. 

(k)  In  buildings  hereafter  erected  for  or 
converted  to  the  use  of  a  factory,  mill  or 
workshop,  the  air  shall  be  changed,  except  as 
hereinafter  provided,  so  as  to  provide  each 
person  for  whom  working  accommodations  are 
provided  therein  with  at  least  1,500  cubic  feet 
of  air  per   hour. 

(1)  In  buildings  used  for  the  purpose* 
of  a  factory,  mill  or  workshop  at  the  time 
of  the  passage  of  this  ordinance,  the  air 
shall  be  changed,  except  as  hereinafter  pro- 
vided, so  as  to  provide  each  person  for 
whom  working  accommodations  are  provided 
therein  with  at  least  1,200  cubic  feet  of  air 
per    hour. 

(m)  In  any  building  or  room  hereafter 
erected  for  or  converted  to  the  use  of  a 
factory,  mill  or  workshop  the  amount  of  car- 
bon dioxide  in  the  air,  except  as  hereinafter 
provided,  shall  not  be  permitted  to  rise  above 
ten  parts  of  carbon  dioxide  per  10.000  parts 
of  air. 

(n)  In  buildings  or  rooms  used  for  the 
purpose  of  a  factory,  mill  or  workshop  at 
the  time  of  the  passage  of  this  ordinance, 
the  amount  of  carbon  dioxide  in  the  air,  ex- 
cept as  hereinafter  provided,  shall  not  be  per- 
mitted to  rise  above  twelve  parts  of  carbon 
dioxide  per  10,000  parts  of  air.  The  measure- 
ments in  each  case  above  enumerated  in  this 
paragraph  shall  be  taken  at  levels  from  two 
and  one-half  feet  to  eight  feet  above  the  floor, 
distributed  generally :  and  the  temperature  in 
such    spaces,   when   artificially    heated,    shall    not 


208 


BUVMOH 


exceed  S8  degrees  Fahrenheit,  except  as  here- 
inafter provided ;  the  relative  humidity  shall 
not  be  less  than  40  degrees  nor  more  than 
85    degrees. 

(o)  The  above  provisions  and  standards 
as  to  ventilation  shall  not  apply  to  storage 
rooms  or  vaults  or  any  place  where  the 
manufacturing  processes  therein  conducted 
would  be  materially  interfered  with,  or 
where  manufacturing  processes  therein  con- 
ducted would  produce  considerable  quantities 
of  free  carbon  dioxide,  except  that  the  air 
in  such  rooms  or  vaults  or  in  any  places  of 
manufacture  shall  not  be  permitted  to  be- 
come detrimental  to  the  health  of  those  who 
enter  or   work   therein. 

(p)  No  part  of  the  fresh  air  supplied  in 
compliance  with  the  requirements  of  this 
section  shall  be  taken  from  any  cellar  or 
basement. 

(q)  No  person,  firm  or  corporation,  either 
as  owner,  proprietor,  lessee,  manager  or 
superintendent  of  any  factory,  mill,  work- 
shop or  any  other  building  where  one  or 
more  persons  are  employed,  shall  cause,  per- 
mit or  allow  the  same  or  any  portion  or 
apartment  of  any  room  in  such  factory,  mill 
or  workshop,  to  be  overcrowded  or  to  have 
inadequate,  faulty  or  insufficient  light  or 
ventilation. 

(r)  No  person  shall  be  exposed  to  any 
direct  draft  from  any  air  inlet,  nor  to  any 
draft  having  a  temperature  of  less  than 
sixty    degrees. 

(s)  All  poisonous  or  noxious  fumes  or 
gases  arising  from  any  process,  and  all  dust 
of  a  character  injurious  to  the  health  of  the 
persons  employed,  which  is  created  in  the 
course  of  a  manufacturing  process,  within 
such  factory,  mill,  workshop  or  laundry, 
shall  be  removed,  as  far  as  practicable,  by 
either    ventilating    or    exhaust    devices. 


ARTICLE    XXI. 
Elevators  and  Their  Enclosing  Walls. 

660.  Elevator — Passenger  and  Freight — 
Permit  for  Construction — Pee — Penalty.) 
(a)  Before  proceeding  with  the  construc- 
tion or  alteration  of  any  passenger  or  freight 
elevator,  except  such  as  are  hereinaft*>-  spe- 
cially exempted  from  the  provisions  of  this 
chapter,  a  permit  for  such  construction  or 
alteration  shall  be  obtained  from  the  Com- 
missioner of  Buildings  either  by  the  owner 
or  agent  of  the  building  in  which  such  ele- 
vator is  to  be  constructed  or  in  which  such 
alterations  are  to  be  made,  or  by  the  con- 
tractor who  is  about  to  construct  or  alter 
such   elevator. 

(b)  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  such 
owner,  agent,  or  contractor  to  permit  or  al- 
low the  construction  of  any  such  elevator 
or  the  making  of  such  alterations,  or  to 
proceed  with  or  in  or  about  any  of  the  work 
of  construction  or  alteration  of  any  such 
elevator  until  such  permit  shall  first  have 
been  obtained.  Such  permit  shall  be  issued 
by  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  after  ap- 
plication shall  have  been  made  to  him  there- 
for by  any  such  owner,  agent  or  contractor, 
specifying  the  number  and  kind  of  elevators 
which  it  is  desired  to  construct,  or  the  na- 
ture of  the  alternations  to  be  made  and 
the  location  of  the  building  or  structure  in 
which  the  same  is  or  are  to  be  placed  or 
made.  Such  application  shall  be  accom- 
panied with  such  plans  and  specifications 
as  shall  be  necessary  to  advise  and  inform 
said  Commissioner  of  the  plan  of  construc- 
tion, type  of  elevator,  kind  of  alterations 
and  the  location  thereof.  If  such  plans  and 
specifications  shall  show  that  such  elevator 
or  elevators  is  or  are  to  be  constructed  or 
erected  or  altered  in  conformity  with  the 
provisions  of  this  chapter,  the  Commissioner 
shall    approve    the    same    and    shall    issue    a 


permit  to  such  applicant  upon  the  payment 
of  such  applicant  of  a  fee  of  two  dollars  for 
each  elevator  to  be  constructed,  erected  or 
altered,  and  such  fee  shall  be  known  as  a 
permit  fee  and  shall  not  be  held  to  cover 
the  cost  of  any  inspection  which  shall  at 
any  time  thereafter  be  made  of  such  ele- 
vator or  elevators  when  constructed,  or  of 
any  alterations  made. 

(c)  All  contractors  or  persons,  firms,  or 
corporations,  engaged  in  the  manufacture 
and  work  of  installing  iron  doors  on  pas- 
senger or  freight  elevators,  or  of  installing 
wire  work  enclosures  around  elevators  shall 
secure  a  permit  from  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings  for  the  work  on  each  such  ele- 
vator, the  fee  for  which  shall  be  two  dol- 
lars for  each   elevator. 

(d)  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person. 
Arm  or  corporation  either  as  owner,  lessee, 
contractor  or  agent  of  any  building  or  struc- 
ture in  which  any  elevator  or  elevators  are 
to  be  constructed  or  altered  to  proceed  with 
said  work  without  securing  a  permit  as 
herein  required  for  such  construction  or  al- 
teration, and  no  such  permit  shall  be  issued 
until  such  person,  firm  or  corporation,  lessee, 
contractor  or  agent  shall  have  complied  with 
all    the  requirements   of   this   chapter. 

661.  Enclosure  of  Elevator  Shafts  in  Non- 
Fireproof  Buildings.)  In  all  non-fireproof 
buildings  hereafter  erected  all  passenger  ele- 
vators and  all  freight  elevators,  except  such 
as  are  expressly  excepted  by  this  chapter, 
shall  be  inclosed  in  a  wall  of  brick,  tile  or 
such  incombustible  material  as  may,  from 
time  to  time,  be  approved  by  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Buildings  as  proper  and  suitable 
for  the  purpose;  such  inclosure  shall  extend 
from  the  foundation  to  the  roof  of  such 
building,  and  shall  be  supported  independent- 
ly of  the  floor  construction;  provided,  fur- 
ther, however,  that  the  provisions  or  this 
section  shall  not  apply  to  any  non-fireproof 
building  which  is  equipped  throughout  on 
every  floor  and  in  every  room  thereof  and  in 
all  stairways,  platforms,  elevator  shafts,  ele- 
vator hoistways  and  well  holes  with  an  au- 
tomatic sprinkler  system  approved  by  the 
Fire  Marshal. 

662.  Enclosure  of  Fits  and  Shafts  in 
Basements.)  In  all  buildings  heretofore  or 
hereafter  erected,  whenever  any  elevator 
shaft  extends  down  into  a  basement  or  sub- 
basement,  that  portion  thereof  extending  be- 
low the  street  level  shall  be  inclosed  in 
walls  of  brick,  tile  or  other  fireproof  ma- 
terial, and  the  door  openings  in  such  in- 
closure shall  be  protected  by  incombustible 
doors.  Where  such  elevator  shafts  do  not 
extend  down  into  the  basement  they  shall 
be  provided  with  fireproof  pits  at  the  lower- 
most floor  level  above  which  they  serve,  and 
such  pits  shall  have  no  openirgs  except  for 
cables  or  other  elevator  equipment. 

663.  Enclosure  of  Dumb  Waiter  Shafts — 
Materials.)  In  all  non-fireproof  buildings 
hereafter  erected,  the  dumb  waiter  shafts 
shall  be  inclosed  with  brick,  tile,  reinforced 
concrete,  or  cement  plaster  not  less  than 
two  inches  thick  or  metal   studs  and  lath. 

664.  Boors — On  Elevators.)  in  all  ele- 
vator shafts  which  are  herein  required  to  be 
enclosed  with  fireproof  walls,  the  door  open- 
ings shall  be  equipped  with  doors  of  In- 
combustible material,  whicb  shall  be  made 
to  open  from  the  outside  by  means  of  a 
key  or  other  device  satisfactory  to  the  Com- 
missioner  of   Buildings. 

665.  Hatch  Doors — Freight  Elevators.) 
Elevators,  used  exclusively  as  freight  ele- 
vators constructed  and  in  operation  at  the 
time  of  the  passage  of  this  ordinance  need 
not  have  enclosing  walls,  but  in  all  such 
cases  there  shall  be  at  every  floor  through 
which  such  freight  elevators  pass  automatic 


2t  K) 


hatch  closers  or  automatic  doors,  made  in 
such  manner  that  they  will  fully  close  each 
well  hole  when  the  temperature  in  such  well 
hole  exceeds  140  degrees  Fahrenheit;  and  it 
shall  be  the  duty  of  the  owner,  agent  or 
person  in  possession,  charge  or  control  of 
a  building  in  which  such  elevator  is  main- 
tained to  keep  such  hatch  closers  or  doors 
at  all  times  in  good  working  order.  Such 
automatic  hatch  closers  shall  be  examined 
by  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  and  the 
Fire  Marshal  and  if  said  officials  shall  find 
that  such  doors  will  automatically  close 
when  the  temperature  at  or  near  such  doors 
exceeds  140  degrees  Fahrenheit,  and  that  the 
conditions  of  construction  and  operation  of 
such  doors  or  hatch  closers  are  sucli  that 
there  is  no  reasonable  probability  of  their 
getting  out  of  order  and  failing  to  operate 
when  required,  and  that  in  their  construc- 
tion or  operation  there  is  nothing  that  is 
likely  to  cause  accidents  to  or  interference 
witli  the  elevator  service  in  such  hatch  holes 
which  they  were  intended  to  close,  and  that 
the  building  in  which  such  freight  elevator 
is  in  use  is  equipped  witli  stairways,  fire 
escapes  and  passenger  elevators  sufficient  to 
offer  ample  means  of  escape  from  such 
building  in  case  of  fire,  for  all  persons  em- 
ployed or  for  all  persons  In  such  building, 
then,  and  in  such  case  only,  shall  the  use 
of  such  hatch  doors  or  closers  be  permitted. 
All  freight  elevators  in  non-fireproof  build- 
ings shall  comply  with  the  preceding  re- 
quirements of  this  section,  or  shall  have  in- 
closing walls  of  incombustible  or  fireproof 
construction.  Such  elevators  are  to  be  in- 
spected semi-annually  and  oftener  when,  in 
the  opinion  of  the  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings, such  inspection  is  necessary  and  such 
fees  shall  be  paid  for  said  inspection  as 
otherwise   provided    in    said    chapter. 

Safety  Device.)  (a)  Every  pas- 
senger and  freight  elevator  now  in  operation 
or  hereafter  installed,  except  such  as  are 
hereinafter  exempted  from  the  provisions 
of  this  chapter,  shall  be  provided  with  a 
speed  governor  and  such  other  efficient  de- 
vice to  secure  the  safe  operation  of  such 
passenger  or  freight  elevator,  and  to  pre- 
vent the  cab  or  car  of  such  elevator  from 
falling,  and  to  secure  the  safety  of  the  cab 
or  car  and  its  load  in  case  it  does  fail,  as 
may  be  required  by  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings.  Such  speed  governor  and  other 
rlevices  shall  be  subjected  to  such  a  prac- 
tical test  as  may  be  determined  by  the  Com- 
missioner of  Buildings  for  the  purpose  of 
ascertaining  the  efficiency  of  such  safety  de- 
vice. 

(b)  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Buildings  to  make  such  test  of 
each  and  every  device  upon  all  elevators, 
and  no  elevator  shall  be  permitted  to  be 
run  until   such   test   has  been  made. 

(c)  That     whenever    .-my     accident    shall 
causing   injury  to   any   person   affecting 

or  limb,  in  or  about  an  elevator,  or 
while  getting  on  or  off  an  elevator,  or  in 
any  way  impairing  the  safety  of  the  eleva- 
tor, tli.  same  shall  be  reported  at  once  by 
the  owner,  superintendent,  lessee  or  man- 
ager  of  tin-  building,  or  the  operator  of  the 
elevator,  to  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings. 
Xo  broken  or  damaged  part  of  such  eleva- 
all  be  moved  "T  displaced,  or  repairs 
made  thereon,  nor  shall  said  elevator  be 
operated  until  an  investigation  into  such 
accident  lias  been  mad.,  by  the  Commissioner 
of  Buildings  or  his  duly  authorized  ag-ent. 
A  full  report  in  writing  of  the  result  of 
each  investigation  shall  be  filed  in  the  De- 
partment of  Buildings,  and  the  Commis- 
sioner   of    Buildings    shall    keep    a    complete 

■!     of    all     such     accidents     and    reports 

on. 

(d)  Tt  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  oper- 
ator of  any  elevator  in  the  City  "f  Chicago 
wherein  passengers  an  to  start 
such    elevator    until    .all    doors    of    such    ele- 


vator and  leading  into  such  elevator  shall 
losed.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  such 
operator  t>>  open  the  doors  of  such  elevator 
until  said  elevator  has  come  to  a  full  stop. 
i  >•  i  Any  person  violating  any  of  t lie  pro- 
visions of  thi-<  section  shall  be  fined  not  less 
than  twenty-five  dollars  nor  more  than  two 
hundred    dollars    for    .a.  li     .  a'tVns.-. 

667.  Safeguards  for  Elevators.)  iai 
Where  the  counterweights  travel  in  the 
same  hatchway  with  an  elevator  car,  the 
portion  of  tli,-  car  contiguous  t"  the  weights 
shall  be  protected  from  the  top  to  t lie  bot- 
tom   of    tin'    car    by    a    suitable    guard. 

(b)  All  freight  elevators  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  a  guard  at  least  six  feet  high. 
All  elevator  cabs  or  cars,  whether  used  for 
freight  or  passengers,  shall  be  provided  with 
some  device  whereby  the  car  or  cab  may  be 
held  in  the  event  of  accident  to  the  shipper 
rope  or  hoisting  machinery  or  controlling 
apparatus. 

(c)  No  passenger  elevator  hereafter 
erected  shall  be  installed  with  a  freight 
compartment    either  below  or  above   the   car. 

a]  i  All  hoistways,  hatchways,  elevator 
wells  and  wheel  holes  in  any  building, 
whether  occupied  or  vacant,  ^iiall  be  se- 
curely fenced,  inclosed  or  otherwise  safely 
protected,  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the 
owner,  occupant  or  agent  of  any  such  build- 
ing to  keep  all  such  means  of  protection 
closed  at  all  times,  except  when  it  is  neces- 
sary to  have  the  same  open,  in  order  that  the 
said  hatchways,  elevators  or  hoisting  ap- 
paratus may  be  used. 

(e)  It  shall  be  unlawful  to  erect  or  main- 
tain an  elevator  where  such  elevator  or  its 
counterweight  descends  into  any  passage- 
way   or    thoroughfare. 

(f)  There  shall  be  directly  under  the 
sheaves  at  the  top  of  every  elevator  hatch- 
way, a  grating  of  steel  or  heavy  wire  mesh 
properly  supported  by  steel  or  iron  and  cap- 
able of  sustaining  a  load  of  not  less  than 
500   pounds. 

(g)  All  counterweights  hereafter  in- 
stalled shall  have  their  component  parts  so 
fastened  together  as  to  provent  any  piece  or 
pieces  from  becoming  detached  from  the 
guides  should  the  counterweights  be  acci- 
dentally  drawn    to   the  top   of  the   hatchway. 

(h)  Where  drum  counterweight  cables 
run  through  or  pass  by  the  car  counter- 
weights to  weights  underneath,  they  shall 
be  provided  with  a  suitable  covering  to  pre- 
vent their  chafing  and  wearing  on  the  coun- 
terweights. 

(i)  Where  elevators  other  than  hand- 
hoists  and  sidewalk  elevators  are  not  in- 
closed with  fireproof  or  incombustible  ma- 
terial, as  is  elsewhere  herein  specified  In 
this  Article,  the  well-hole  of  such  elevator 
shall  be  enclosed  with  a  wire  guard  not  less 
than  six  feet  high.  The  counterweights  and 
the  immediate  space  through  which  they 
travel  must  be  protected  from  the  floor  to 
the  ceiling  with  a  wire  guard  or  with  other 
incombustible  material.  There  must  be  on 
all  elevators  hereafter  constructed  a  clear 
space  of  not  less  than  two  feet  between  the 
bottom  of  the  hatchway  and  the  level  of  the 
lower  floor  landing  when  the  car  is  at  its 
lowest  position,  and  there  must  be  a  clear- 
ance of  at  least  four  feet  from  the  top  of 
the  crossbeam  of  the  car  to  the  lower  side 
of  the  grating  under  the  overhead  sheaves. 
Whenever  there  is  conflict  in  regard  to  the 
manner  of  enclosing  any  elevator  shaft  or 
portion  thereof  between  this  section  and 
Sections  661.  0»'>2  and  663.  the  provisions  of 
the   latter   sections   shall    prevail. 

(j)  All  passenger  and  freight  elevators 
hereafter  installed,  except  sidewalk  or  hand 
elevators,  shall  have  an  artificial  traveling 
gas  or  electric  light  attached  to  the  car  and 
maintained    in    good    working    condition. 


2KI 


Billboard* — Signs — Fences 


(kl  All  power  driven  elevators  hereafter 
constructed  or  installed  shall  have  at  least 
two  hoisting  cables  for  the  cage  and  two 
cables  for  each  counterweight.  The  lifting 
and  counterweight  cables  shall  have  at  least 
one  full  turn  of  the  cable  on  the  drum  when 
the  car  has   run   its   limit. 

(1)  It  shall  be  unlawful  to  change  a 
hand-hoist  to  a  power-driven  elevator  with- 
out first  making  application  to  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Buildings  for  a  permit  for  such 
change,  and  it  shall  be  unlawful  to  connect 
an  electric  motor  or  any  other  appliance  to 
the  hand  elevator  machinery  without  the 
approval    of   the   Commissioner  of    Buildings. 

(m)  All  elevators,  except  hand  elevators 
operated  by  a  pulley  rope  and  sidewalk  ram 
or  chain  hoist  elevators,  and  elevators  used 
in  tunnels  for  freight  service  only,  shall  be 
equipped    with    a    safety    speed    governor. 

(n)  Where  ropes  or  cables  are  used  to 
operate  safety  devices,  a  weight  shall  be 
properly  atiaclieu  lu  the  same  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  insure  the  necessary  tension 
on  such  rope  or  cables  for  proper  perform- 
ance of  the  safety  devices. 

(o)  All  elevators  propelled  by  electricity 
shall  be  provided  with  an  additional  device 
not  operated  by  a  link  belt  or  sprocket  chain 
which  will  automatically  stop  the  elevator 
maciiinery  when  the  car  has  reached  its 
limit  ot  travel.  It  shall  be  unlawful  to  con- 
struct or  maintain  any  elevator  equipped 
with  a  sprocket  chain  or  link  belt  device  or 
devices  connecting  the  operating  device  and 
controller. 

(p)  An  emergency  switch  which  will  dis- 
connect the  current  shall  be  provided  in  all 
passenger  elevators  hereafter  installed  which 
are  operated  by  an  electric  controller  car 
switch,  and  such  cars  shall  be  so  construct- 
ed that  tney  will  automatically  stop  when 
the  current  is  disconnected. 

(q)  The  underside  of  the  floors  or  other 
parts  of  a  building  which  project  into  pas- 
senger elevator  shafts  shall  be  equipped 
with  a  smooth  steel  guard  curved  and  sloped 
from  the  enclosure  of  said  elevator  to  the 
edge  of  such  projection  for  the  width  of 
the  door  to  such  elevator  car  and  the  slope 
of  the  guard  plate  shall  not  be  less  than 
sixty   degrees    with    the   horizon. 

(r)  The  provisions  of  this  section  re- 
quiring the  equipment  of  elevators  with 
safety  devices  shall  not  apply  to  any  hand 
hoists,  elevator  or  hoist  used  solely  for 
hoisting  materials  or  tools  in  any  building 
in  course  of  construction,  but  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Buildings  shall  make  such  reason- 
able requirements  as  he  may  deem  neces- 
sary tor  public  safety  in  the  operation  of 
Such  hand  liolsts.  elevators  or  hoists  used 
Solely  lor  hoisting  materials  or  tools  in  such 
buildings   while   under  construction. 

66S.  Inspection — Test — Certificate  to  Be 
Posted.)  lai  Kvery  elevator  now  in  opera- 
tion or  which  may  be  hereafter  installed, 
together  with  the  hoistway  and  all  equip- 
ment thereof,  shall  be  inspected  under  and 
by  the  authority  of  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings  at  least  once  every  six  months, 
and  in  no  case  shall  any  new  elevator  be 
placed  in  operation  until  an  Inspection  of 
the   same   has   been    made. 

(b)  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  every  owner 
or  agent,  lessee  or  occupant  of  any  building 
wherein  any  elevator  is  installed  and  the 
person  in  charge  or  control  of  any  elevator 
to  permit  the  making  of  a  test  and  inspec- 
tion of  such  elevator  or  elevators  and  all 
devices  used  in  connection  therewith  upon 
demand  being  made  by  the  Commissioner 
of  Buildings  or  by  a  duly  authorized  Eleva- 
tor Inspector  within  five  days  after  such  de- 
mand  has   been   made. 

(c)  Whenever  any  such  elevator  has  been 
Inspected  and  the  tests  herein  required  shall 


have  been  made  of  all  safety  devices  with 
which  such  elevator  is  required  to  be  equipped 
and  the  result  of  such  inspection  and 
tests  shows  such  elevator  to  be  in  good 
condition,  satisfactory  to  the  Commissioner 
of  Buildings,  and  that  such  safety  devices 
have  been  provided  in  accordance  with  the 
requirements  of  this  chapter  and  are  in 
good  working  condition  and  in  good  repair, 
it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings  to  issue  or  cause  to  be  issued  a 
certificate  setting  forth  the  result  of  such 
inspection  and  tests  and  containing  the  date 
of  inspection,  the  weight  which  the  eleva- 
tor will  safely  carry  and  a  statement  to  the 
effect  that  the  shaft  doors,  hoistway  and 
all  equipment,  Including  safety  devices,  are 
constructed  in  accordance  with  the  provis- 
ions of  this  chapter,  upon  the  payment  of 
the   inspection   fee   required   by   this   chapter. 

(d)  It  shall  be  the  joint  duty  of  the 
owner,  agent,  lessee  or  occupant  of  the 
building  in  which  such  elevator  is  located 
and  of  each  person  in  charge  or  control  of 
such  elevator  to  frame  the  certificate  and 
place  same  in  a  conspicuous  place  in  each 
elevator. 

(e)  The  words  "safe  condition"  in  this 
section  shall  mean  that  it  is  safe  for  any 
load  up  to  the  amount  of  weight  named  in 
such    certificate. 

(f)  Where  the  result  of  such  inspection 
or  tests  shall  show  such  elevator  to  be  in 
an  unsafe  condition  or  in  bad  repair,  or 
shall  show  that  the  safety  devices,  or  any 
of  them,  which  are  required  by  this  chap- 
ter, have  not  been  installed,  or  if  installed, 
are  not  in  good  working  order  or  not  in 
good  repair,  such  certificate  shall  not  be 
issued  until  such  elevator,  its  hoistway  and 
its  equipment  or  such  device  or  devices 
shall  have  been  put  in  good  working  order, 
satisfactory  to  the  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings. The  inspection  fees  herein  required 
shall  be  paid  either  at  the  time  application 
is  made  for  inspection  or  upon  the  comple- 
tion of  such   inspection  and  tests. 

669.  Power  of  Commissioner  to  Stop 
Operation  of  Elevators.)  (a)  Whenever  any 
building  or  elevator  inspector  finds  any  pas- 
senger or  freight  elevator  or  any  of  its 
running  parts  or  automatic  devices  or  other 
equipment  out  of  order,  or  in  an  unsafe  con- 
dition, he  shall  immediately  report  the  same 
to  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings,  together 
with  a  statement  of  all  the  facts  relating 
to  the  condition  of  such  elevator  or  eleva- 
tors. 

(b)  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Buildings  upon  receiving  from  any 
inspector  a  report  of  the  unsafe  condition 
of  any  elevator,  to  order  and  cause  such 
elevator  not  to  be  used  until  the  same  shall 
have  been  placed  in  a  safe  condition,  and  it 
shall  be  unlawful  for  any  owner,  agent, 
lessee,  or  occupant  of  any  building,  wherein 
any  such  passenger  or  freight  elevator  Is 
located  within  the  city,  to  permit  or  allow 
any  such  elevator  to  be  used  after  the  re- 
ceipt of  a  notice  in  writing  from  the  Com- 
missioner of  Buildings  that  any  such  eleva- 
tor is  out  of  order  or  is  in  an  unsafe  condi- 
tion and  until  said  elevator  has  been  put  in 
a  safe  and  proper  condition  as  required  by 
the    provisions    of    this    chapter. 

ARTICLE  XXIII. 
Billboards,     Signboards,     Signs,     and     Fences. 

070.  BilJboardB  and  Simbcards  on  Build- 
ings— Construction — Height.)  No  billboard 
or  signboard  shall  be  erected  or  placed  upon 
or  above  the  roof  of  any  building  or  struc- 
ture within  the  limits  of  the  City  of  Chi- 
cago; and  it  shall  he  unlawful  for  any  per- 
son, firm  or  corporation  to  attach  any  bill- 
board or  signboard  to  the  front,  sides,  or 
rear  walls  of  any  building1,  unless  the  same 
shall    be    placed    fiat    against    the    surface    of 


211 


Billboards — Signs — Fences 


the  building-  and  safely  and  securely  an- 
chored or  fastened  thereto  in  a  manner  sat- 
isfactory  to    the   Commissioner   of   Buildings. 

671.  Size  and  Construction  of  Billboards 
and  Signboards  Erected  Within  Fire  Limits 
Otherwise  Than  on  Buildings.)  The  face  of 
billboards  <>r  signboards  erected  within  the 
fire  limits  as  now  defined  or  as  they  may 
hereafter  be  defined  by  ordinances  of  the 
City  of  Chicago  other  than  signboards  and 
billboards  referred  to  in  Section  673  hereof, 
shall  not  exceed  twelve  feet  in  height,  and 
the  same  shall  be  constructed  of  galvanized 
iron  or  some  other  equally  incombustible 
material,  except  that  the  stringers,  uprights 
and  braces  thereof  may  be  of  wood.  All 
such  billboards  or  signboards  shall  be  se- 
curely anchored  or  fastened  so  as  to  be 
safe   and    substantial. 

672.  Height  and  Distance  From  the 
Ground  of  Billboards  and  Signboards  Erect- 
ed "Within  the  Fire  Limits.)  It  shall  be  un- 
lawful for  any  person,  firm  or  corporation 
to  construct  or  erect  any  billboard  or  sign- 
board, except  those  specified  in  Section  673 
hereof,  within  the  fire  limits  of  the  City  of 
Chicago  at  a  greater  height  than  fifteen 
feet  six  inches  above  the  level  of  the  ad- 
joining street.  Where  the  grade  of  the  ad- 
joining street  or  streets  has  not  been  estab- 
lished, no  billboard  or  signboard  shall  be 
constructed  or  erected  at  a  greater  height 
than  fifteen  feet  six  inches  above  the  level 
of  the  ground  upon  which  such  billboard 
or  signboard  is  erected.  The  face  of  every 
billboard  or  signboard  within  the  fire  limits 
shall  be  of  incombustible  material,  but  the 
supports  and  framework  of  the  same  shall 
be  of  wood.  The  base  of  the  billboard  or 
siunboard  shall,  in  all  cases,  be  at  least 
three  feet  six  inches  above  the  level  of  the 
adjoining  street.  If,  however,  the  level  of 
the  ground  where  the  billboard  or  signboard 
is  to  he  erected  is  above  the  level  of  the 
street,  then  the  bottom  of  the  face  of  the 
billboard  or  signboard  must  be  at  least  three 
feet  six  inches  above  the  level  of  the  ground 
at  the  point  where  the  board  is  to  be  erect- 
ed. Every  said  billboard  or  signboard  must 
be  constructed  and  located  in  accordance 
with  the  provisions  of  this  Article  and  shall 
be  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Commis- 
sioner  of    "Buildings. 

673.  Wooden  Billboards  or  Signboards — 
Construction — Size — Exceptions.)  Billboards 
oi-  signboards  not  exceeding  twenty-four  (24) 
square  feet  in  area  when  attached  to  the 
front,  skies,  or  rear  walls  of  any  building, 
so  that  the  flat  surface  of  same  is  against 
the  building-,  or  when  erected  on  the  ground. 
if  not  erected  nearer  than  ten  feet  to  inv 
building,  structure,  other  signboard  or  public 
valk.  which  are  used  to  advertise  tne 
sale  or  leas"  of  the  property  upon  which 
they  shall  be  erected,  mav  be  built  of  wood 
or  other  combustible  material,  and  such  bill- 
boards or  signboards  shall  be  exempt  from 
the  provisions  of  this  article,  except  that 
they  shall  be  safely  and  securely  anchored 
or  fastened  and  shall  be  so  constructed,  an- 
chored and  fastened  that  they  will  withstand 
the  wind  pressure  specified  in  Section  678 
of  this  Article.  Tt  shall  be  unlawful  to 
erect  any  such  billboard  or  signboard  ex- 
ceeding  twenty-four  (24)  square  feet  in  area 
before  a  permit  therefor  has  been  procured 
from  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings,  the  ap- 
plication for  which  must  include  the  plans 
and  specifications  of  such  board  and  its  sup- 
ports   and    fastenings. 

>;"<  Billboards  and  Signboards  Erected 
Outside  the  Fire  Limits — Construction — < 
Size.)  Tt  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  per- 
son, firm  or  corporation  to  construct,  erect 
or  locate  any  billboard  or  signboard,  ex- 
cept thos°  specified  in  Section  673  hereof, 
outside  the  fire  limits  of  Chicago  at  a  greater 
height  than  fifteen  feet  six  inches  above 
the    level    of    the    adjoining    street.       Where 


the  grade  of  the  adjoining  street  has  not 
been  established,  no  billboard  or  signboard 
shall  be  constructed  or  erected  at  a  greater 
height  than  fifteen  feet  six  inches  above  the 
level  of  the  ground  upon  which  such  bill- 
board  or  signboard  is  erected.  The  base  of 
the  billboard  or  signboard  shall,  in  all  cases, 
be  at  least  three  feet  six  inches  above  the 
level  of  the  adjoining  street.  If.  however, 
the  level  of  the  ground  where  the  bill- 
board is  to  be  erected  is  above  the  level 
of  the  street,  then  the  bottom  of  the  face 
of  the  billboard  or  signboard  must  be  at 
least  three  feet  six  inches  above  the  level 
of  the  ground  at  the  point  where  the  board 
Is  to  be  erected.  The  braces,  supports  and 
face  of  the  billboard  or  signboard  outside 
the  fire  limits  may  be  made  of  wood,  unless 
the  billboard  or  signboard  shall  be  erected 
or  located  so  that  any  part  of  the  face  of 
said  board  is  nearer  than  ten  feet  to  any 
building  or  structure  in  which  case  the  face 
of  the  same  shall  be  constructed  with  in- 
combustible material.  Every  such  billboard 
or  signboard  shall  be  safely  and  securely 
constructed,  anchored,  fastened  and  located 
in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this 
article  and  shall  be  subject  to  the  approval 
of   the   Commissioner   of   Buildings. 

675.  Provisions  of  This  Article  Shall  Ap- 
ply to  Other  Similar  Structures.)  The  pro- 
visions of  this  article  shall  apply  to  other 
similar  structures  of  like  size  and  construc- 
tion without  regard  to  their  use  whether 
erected  on  or  near  the  surface  of  the  ground 
or  anchored  to,  or  fastened  to  any  building 
or  structure. 

676.  No  Billboard  or  Signboard  Shall  be 
Erected  Without  Permit.)  No  billboard  or 
signboard  or  other  similar  structure  such  as 
is  described  in  this  article  shall  be  erected 
or  maintained  within  the  city  unless  a  per- 
mit shall  first  have  been  secured  by  the  per- 
son, firm  or  corporation  desiring  to  erect  or 
maintain  such  billboard  or  signboard  from 
the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  to  whom  ap- 
plication for  such  permit  shall  be  made;  and 
such  application  shall  be  accompanied  by 
such  plans  and  specifications  of  the  pro- 
posed billboard  or  signboard  and  location  of 
same  as  are  necessary  to  fully  advise  and 
acquaint  the  said  Commissioner  with  the 
construction  of  such  proposed  billboard  or 
signboard.  If  the  plans  and  specifications 
accompanying  such  application  shall  be  in 
accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  ar- 
ticle, said  Commissioner  shall  thereupon  is- 
sue a  permit  for  the  erection  of  such  bill- 
board or  signboard  upon  the  payment  by  the 
applicant    of    a    fee    as    hereinafter   fixed. 

677.  Alteration  and  Repair  of  Billboards 
and  Signboards.)  No  material  alteration  of 
any  billboard  or  signboard  nor  removal  from 
one  location  to  another  shall  be  made  ex- 
cept upon  a  written  permit  issued  by  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings  authorizing  such 
alteration  or  removal;  and  such  permit  shall 
be  issued  upon  application  in  writing  madt 
to  such  Commissioner  by  the  owner  of  such 
billboard  or  signboard  or  by  the  person  in 
charge,  possession  or  control  thereof,  accom- 
panied by  a  plan  of  the  proposed  alterations 
or  repairs  to  be  made  and  a  written  state- 
ment covering  the  proposed  removal  from 
one  location  to  another  and  its  reconstruc- 
tion in  the  new  location,  which  said  altera- 
tion and  repairs  or  removal  shall  be  made 
in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  ar- 
ticle and  the  ordinances  of  the  City  of  Chi- 
cago. Where  such  plans,  specifications  and 
location  are  in  compliance  with  the  require- 
ments of  this  article  and  are  satisfactory  to 
and  approved  by  the  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings, such  Commissioner  shall  issue  a  per- 
mit upon  the  payment  of  a  fee  therefor  as 
hereinafter  fixed;  but  such  alteration  shall 
not  be  construed  to  apply  to  the  changing 
of    any    advertising    matter    of    any    billboard 


or  signboard,  nor  the  refacing  of  the  frame- 
work  supporting   same. 

678.  Wind  Pressure — Strength — Billboards 
Now  Existing  or  Hereafter  Constructed.) 
All  billboards  and  signboards  now  in  exist- 
ence, or  hereafter  to  be  constructed,  erected 
or  maintained,  shall  be  made,  constructed, 
erected  and  maintained  of  sufficient  strength 
to  withstand  a  wind  pressure  of  twenty-five 
pounds  per  square  foot  of  surface  without 
stressing  the  material  beyond  tha  safe  limit 
of   stress   given   elsewhere   in   this   chapter. 

679.  Changes  in  Existing  Billboards  and 
Signboards.)  No  surface  billboard  or  sign- 
board constructed  or  erected  prior  to  the 
passage  of  this  ordinance  shall  be  main- 
tained after  six  months  from  and  after  the 
passage  of  this  ordinance  where  the  height  of 
such  billboard  or  signboard  exceeds  seven- 
teen feet,  nor  shall  such  billboard  or  sign- 
board be  maintained  after  such  date,  unless 
there  is  a  clear  space  of  at  least  three  feet 
six  inches  above  the  level  of  the  adjoining 
street.  If,  however,  the  level  of  the  ground 
where  the  billboard  or  signboard  is  erected 
or  maintained  is  above  the  level  of  the  street 
then  there  must  be  a  clear  space  of  at  least 
three  feet  between  the  bottom  or  face  of 
the  billboard  or  signboard  and  the  level  of 
the  ground  at  the  point  where  the  billboard 
or  signboard   is  erected   or  maintained. 

6S0.  Duty  of  Commissioner — Owner's  Name 
to  Be  Placed  on  Top  of  Billboard  or  Sign- 
board— Annual  Inspection.)  It  shall  be 
the  duty  of  the  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings to  inspect  all  plans  and  specifications 
submitted  in  connection  with  the  erection 
or  construction  or  the  alteration  or  repair 
of  any  billboard  or  signboard  and  to  approve 
same  if  the  method  of  construction  and  pro- 
visions made  for  fastening,  securing,  anchor- 
ing and  maintaining  such  billboard  or  sign- 
boards are  such  as  will  serve  to  protect  the 
public  and  to  render  such  billboards  safe 
and  substantial.  It  Is  further  made  the 
duty  of  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  to 
exercise  supervision  over  all  billboards  and 
signboards  erected  or  being  maintained  un- 
der the  provisions  of  this  article:  and  to 
cause  inspection  by  inspectors  in  his  de- 
partment of  all  such  billboards  and  sign- 
boards to  be  made  once  each  year  and 
oftener  where  the  condition  of  such  boards 
so  require;  and  whenever  it  shall  appear  to 
said  Commissioner  that  any  such  billboard 
or  signboard  has  been  erected  in  violation 
of  this  ordinance  or  is  in  an  unsafe  condi- 
tion or  has  become  unstable  or  insecure  or 
is  in  such  a  condition  as  to  be  a  menace  to 
the  safety  or  health  of  the  public,  he  shall 
thereupon  issue  or  cause  to  be  issued  a  no- 
tice in  writing  to  the  owner  of  such  bill- 
board or  signboard  or  person  in  charge, 
possession  or  control  thereof,  if  the  where- 
abouts of  such  person  is  known,  informing 
such  person,  firm  or  corporation  of  the  viola- 
tion of  this  ordinance  and  the  dangerous 
condition  of  such  billboard  or  signboard  and 
directing  him  to  make  such  alterations  or 
repairs  thereto,  or  to  do  such  acts  or  things, 
as  are  necessary  or  advisable  to  place  such 
billboard  or  signboard  in  a  safe,  substantial 
and  secure  condition  and  to  make  the  same 
comply  with  the  requirements  of  this  or- 
dinance within  such  reasonable  time  as  may 
be  stated  in  said  notice.  Tf  the  owner  or 
person  In  charge,  possession  or  control  of 
any  billboard  or  signboard  when  so  notified 
shall  refuse,  fail,  or  neglect  to  comply  with 
and  conform  to  the  requirements  of  such 
notice,  said  Commissioner  shall,  upon  the  ex- 
piration of  the  time  therein  mentioned,  alter, 
change,  tear  down  or  cause  to  be  torn  down 
such  part  of  such  billboard  or  signboard  as 
Is  constructed  and  maintained  in  violation 
of  this  ordinance,  and  shall  charge  the  ex- 
pense to  the  owner  or  person  in  possession, 
charge  or  control  of  such  billboard  or  sign- 
board   which    shall    be    recovered    from    them 


by  appropriate  legal  proceedings.  If  the 
owner  of  such  billboard  or  signboard  or 
the  person  in  charge,  possession  or  control 
thereof  cannot  be  found,  or  his  or  their 
whereabouts  cannot  be  ascertained,  the  Com- 
missioner shall  attach  or  cause  to  be  at- 
tached to  said  billboard  or  signboard,  a  no- 
tice of  the  same  import  as  that  required  to 
be  sent  to  the  owner  or  person  in  charge, 
possession  or  control  thereof,  where  the 
owner  is  known;  and  if  such  billboard  or 
signboard  shall  not  have  been  made  to  con- 
form to  this  ordinance  and  be  placed  in  a 
secure,  safe  and  substanital  condition,  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  requirements  of  such  no- 
tice, within  thirty  days  after  such  notice 
shall  have  been  attached  to  such  billboard 
or  signboard,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings  to  thereupon 
cause  such  billboard  or  signboard  or  such 
portion  thereof  as  is  constructed  and  main- 
tained in  violation  of  this  ordinance  to  be 
torn  down;  provided  that  nothing  herein  con- 
tained shall  prevent  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings  from  adopting  such  precautionary 
measure  as  may  be  necessary  or  advisable 
in  case  of  imminent  danger  in  order  to  place 
such  billboard  or  signboard  in  a  safe  con- 
dition, the  expense  of  which  shall  be  charged 
to  and  recovered  from  the  owner  of  such 
billboard  or  signboard  or  person  in  charge, 
possession  or  control  thereof  in  any  appro- 
priate proceedings  therefor.  No  permit  shall 
be  issued  to  any  applicant  for  permission  to 
erect  a  billboard  or  signboard  unless  such 
applicant  shall  agree  to  place  and  maintain 
on  the  top  of  such  billboard  or  signboard 
the  name  of  the  person  or  corporation  own- 
ing same  or  who  is  in  charge,  possession  or 
control  thereof.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings  to  require  that 
the  name  of  the  person  or  corporation  own- 
ing or  in  possession,  charge  or  control  of 
such  billboard  or  signboard  is  placed  upon 
such  billboard  or  signboard  forthwith  upon 
the  erection  thereof  and  is  kept  thereon  at 
all  times  such  billboard  or  signboard  Is 
maintained;  and  in  case  the  owner  of  such 
billboard  or  signboard  or  the  person  in 
charge,  possession  or  control  thereof  shall 
fail  or  refuse  to  place  and  maintain  such 
name  on  the  same,  they  shall  be  subject  to 
the  penalty  hereinafter  provided  for.  Every 
person,  firm  or  corporation  engaged  In  the 
business  of  erecting  billboards  or  signboards 
for  the  purpose  of  display  advertising  shall 
file  with  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings 
within  ninety  days  after  the  passage  of  this 
ordinance  a  full  and  complete  report  of  the 
location  and  size  of  all  existing  billboards  or 
signboards. 

681.  Pees  and  Permits  and  Annual  In- 
spection— Indemnifying  Bond.)  (at  The  fee 
to  be  charged  for  permits  issued  for  the  erec- 
tion or  construction  of  billboards  or  sign- 
boards or  for  the  alteration  thereof  shall  be 
two  dollars  for  eaeh  twenty-five  lineal  feet 
of  billboard  or  signboard  erected  or  altered. 
and  an  annual  insp  ction  fee  shall  be  charged 
every  person,  firm  or  corporation  as  owner, 
or  in  possession,  charge  or  control  of  any 
billboard  or  signboard  now  in  existence  or 
hereafter  to  be  erected,  which  shall  be  one 
dollar  for  each  twenty-five  lineal  feet  of  bill- 
board or  signboard  or  fractional  part  there- 
of: provided,  however,  tint  where  such  sicn- 
board  does  not  exceed  sixty-five  square  feet 
in  area  and  is  attached  to  the  surface  of  a 
permanent  building  in  accordance  with  the 
provisions  of  Section  670  and  is  designed  t" 
give  publicity  i"  the  business  carried  on 
within  such  buildi'  g.  and  no  part  of  said 
sign  is  more  than  eighteen  feel  above  the 
average  inside  grade  at  tin1  front  of  the 
building1,  no  fees  for  erection  or  inspection 
shall  be  charged;  but  not  more  than  one 
sign  of  sixty-five  square  feet  shall  lie  al- 
lowed for  eaeh  twenty-five  lineal  feet  Of 
frontage,  unless  the  fees  for  erection  and  In- 
spection  are  paid  as  herein  provided  for. 


213 


Billboard* — Slg-n» —  f»ncei 


(b)  Every  person,  firm  or  corporation  en- 
gaged In  the  business  of  constructing  and 
erecting  billboards  or  signboards  shall  file 
with  the  City  Clerk  a  penal  bond,  with  sure- 
ties to  be  approved  by  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings,  in  the  sum  of  twenty-five  thou- 
sand ($25,000.00)  dollars,  conditioned  that 
such  person,  firm  or  corporation  shall  faith- 
fully comply  with  all  the  provisions  and  re- 
quirements of  this  ordinance  with  respect 
to  the  construction,  alteration,  location  and 
safety  of  billboards  or  signboards  and  for 
the  payment  of  the  inspection  fees  required 
by  said  ordinance;  and  conditioned,  further, 
to  indemnify,  save  and  keep  harmless  said 
City  of  Chicago  and  its  officials  from  any 
and  nil  claims,  damages,  liabilities,  losses, 
actions,  suits  or  judgments  which  may  be 
presented,  sustained,  brought  or  secured 
against  the  City  of  Chicago  or  any  of  Its 
officials  on  account  of  the  construction, 
maintenance,  alteration  or  removal  of  any 
of  said  billboards  or  signboards,  or  by  rea- 
son of  any  accidents  caused  by  or  resulting 
therefrom. 

682.  Frontage  Consent!  Required.)  It 
shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person,  firm  or 
corporation  to  erect  or  construct  any  bill- 
board or  signboard  in  any  block  on  any 
public  street  In  which  one-half  of  the  build- 
ings on  both  sides  of  the  street  are  used 
exclusively  for  residence  purposes  without 
first  obtaining  the  consent  in  writing  of  the 
owners  or  duly  authorized  agents  of  said 
owners  owning  a  majority  of  the  frontage 
of  the  property  on  both  sides  of  the  street 
in  the  block  in  which  such  billboard  or  sign- 
board Is  to  be  erected,  constructed  or  located. 
Such  written  consents  shall  be  filed  with  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings  before  a  permit 
shall  be  issued  for  the  erection,  construc- 
tion or  location  of  such  billboard  or  sign- 
board. 

683.  Penalty.)  Any  person,  firm  or  cor- 
poration owning,  operating,  maintaining  or 
In  charge,  possession  or  control  of  any  bill- 
board or  signboard  within  the  city,  who  shall 
neglect  or  refuse  to  comply  with  the  provisions 
of  this  article,  or  who  erects,  constructs  or 
maintains  any  billboard  or  signboard  that  does 
not  comply  with  the  provisions  if  this  article 
shall  be  fined  not  less  than  twenty-five  ($25.00) 
dollars  nor  more  than  two  hundred  ($200.00) 
dollars  for  each  offense:  and  each  day  on 
which  any  such  person  shall  permit  or  allow 
any  billboard  or  signboard  owned,  operated, 
maintained  or  controlled  by  him  to  be  erected, 
constructed  or  maintained  In  violation  of  any 
of  the  provisions  ot  this  article  shall  con- 
stitute  a   separate   and    distinct   offense. 

6S4  Fences — Walls — Height  of — Wind  Re- 
sistance.) No  wooden  fence  shall  be  con- 
structed of  greater  height  than  eight  feet 
above  the  sidewalk  grade  or  eight  feet  above 
the  surface  of  the  ground  where  no  grade 
is  established.  No  fence  of  any  other  ma- 
terial shall  be  constructed  on  a  lot  along- 
side a  street  or  alley  or  within  eight  feet 
of  such  street  or  alley  and  parallel  thereto 
of  greater  height  than  eight  feet  above  the 
surface  of  the  street  or  alley  where  a 
grade  is  established  or  eight  feet  above  the 
surface  of  the  street  or  alley  where  no  grade 
is  established.  No  single  or  isolated  wall 
of  any  material  whatever,  which  forms  no 
part  of  a  building  or  structure  that  may  be 
lawfully  erected,  shall  be  constructed  upon 
any  portion  of  a  lot  where  the  distance  from 
such  wall  to  the  lot  line  is  less  than  the 
height  of  the  wall,  unless  such  isolated  wall 
shall  have  lateral  supports  on  at  least  one 
side  of  same  with  braces  extending  to  the 
top  of  the  wall  and  is  so  constructed  that  it 
shall  be  capable  of  resisting  a  horizontal 
wind  pressure  under  the  provisions  of  this 
chapter  must  be  designed  to  resist. 

In  all  rases  where  a  fence  or  wall  has 
bepn  or  shall  hereafter  be  erected  contrary 
t.  it'-  provisions  of  this  section,  the  Com- 
missioner of  Buildings  shall  forthwith  notify 


the  owner  or  agent  of  the  land  on  which 
same  is  located,  or  the  contractor  engaged 
in  erecting  same,  and  shall  specify  briefly 
in  such  notice  in  what  manner  such  fence 
or  wall  violates  the  provisions  of  this  or- 
dinance,  and  the  said  Commissioner  of  Build- 
ings shall  require  the  person  so  notified 
to  forthwith  make  such  fence  or  wall  con- 
form to  and  comply  witli  the  provisions 
of  this  ordinance,  specifying  in  such  notice 
the  time  within  which  such  work  shall  be 
done. 

If  at  the  expiration  of  the  time  set  forth 
in  the  notice  provided  for  in  this  section, 
the  person  so  notified  shall  have  refused, 
neglected  or  failed  to  comply  witli  the  requesl 
made  in  such  notice  and  shall  not  have 
torn  down  or  changed  the  said  fence  or 
wall  so  as  to  conform  to  and  comply  with 
tlic  provisions  of  tins  ordinance,  the  Com- 
missioner of  Buildings  shall  have  authority 
and  it  shall  be  his  duty  to  proceed  forth- 
with to  tear  down,  or  cause  to  be  torn  down, 
such  fence  or  wall  or  so  much  thereof  as 
is  being  maintained  or  shall  have  been  erected 
anu  constructed  in  violation  of  the  provi- 
sions of  this  section,  and  the  cost  of  such 
tearing  down  shall  be  charged  to  and  re- 
covered from  the  owner  of  such  fence  or 
wall  or  from  the  person  for  whom  such  fence 
or  wall  has  been  or  is  being  erected. 
(See  Special  Ruling  VII,  Page  241.) 
»'>vr,.  Illuminated  and  Other  Roof  Signs 
of  Steel  Skeleton  Construction — Definition — 
General  Requirements  —  Fees.)  (a)  Illumi- 
nated and  other  roof  signs  regulated  by  this 
section  shall  be  defined  as  signs  constructed, 
erected  and  maintained  upon  or  over  the 
roof  of  any  building  which  have  all  or  any 
part  of  its  letters  of  which  said  signs  may 
be  constructed  either  in  an  outline  of  In- 
candescent lamps  or  which  have  painted, 
Hush  or  raised  letters  where  the  face  of  the 
sign  presents  a  surface  to  be  affected  by 
wind  pressure  not  in  excess  of  the  require- 
ments hereinafter  contained  ;  or  signs  having 
a  border  of  incandescent  lights  attnehpd 
thereto  and  reflecting  light  thereon  ;  or  trans- 
parent  glass  signs  where  they  are  lighted 
by  electricity  or  other  illuminant.  Every 
such  sign  as  hereinabove  described  shall  be 
constructed  with  steel  skeleton  construc- 
tion so  as  to  present  a  surface  to  be  iffected 
by  wind  pressure  which  shall  not  exceed 
fifty  per  cent,  of  the  face  of  the  sign.  No 
Illuminated  roof  sign  shall  be  erected  or 
maintained  upon  or  over  the  roof  of  any 
building  unless  the  framework  thereof  shall 
he  entirely  of  metal  or  some  other  equally 
Incombustible  material,  and  no  material,  except 
such  material  as  is  used  for  insulating  wires 
and  conductors,  which  is  less  combustible  than 
metal,  shall  be  used  in,  on  or  about,  or  com- 
prise a  part  of  any  illuminated  roof  sign,  ex- 
cept that  the  material  to  which  the  framework 
of  any  such  sign  shall  be  anchored,  may  be 
substantial  beams  anchored  or  securely  fas- 
tened to  the  roof  or  walls  of  the  buildings 
upon  or  over  which  any  such  sign  is 
erected. 

(b)  The  distance  between  the  roof  of 
said  building  or  structure  and  the  lower 
edge  of  such  sign  shall  not  be  less  than  five 
(5)  feet.  The  height  of  any  such  sign  from 
the  roof  of  the  building  or  structure  to 
which  the  same  is  anchored  or  attached  shall 
not  exceed  sixty  (60)  feet.  No  such  sign, 
hereafter  erected,  shall  be  constructed  closer 
than  six  (R)  feet  from  the  edge  of  the  roof 
of  the  building  or  structure  upon  which 
same  Is  erected.  No  such  illuminated  roof 
sign  shall  be  constructed  on  any  building  or 
structure  which  Is  over  eight  stories  in 
bek'ht.  Any  illuminated  roof  slcn.  less  than 
twelve  (12)  feet  in  height,  shall  be  exempt 
from  the  provisions  of  this  section  and  shall 
be  held  to  be  governed  by  the  ordinances  of 
the  City  of  Chicago  reiating  to  billboards 
and     signboards.        No     illuminated     roof     sign, 


214 


such  as  is  described  in  this  section,  shall  he 
constructed,  erected,  maintained  or  put  in 
place  until  the  person,  firm  or  corporation 
desiring  to  construct,  erect,  maintain  or  put 
in  place  such  sign  shall  have  made  applica- 
tion in  writing  to  the  Commissioner  of  Build 
ings  for  permission  so  to  do.  submitting  with 
such  application  plans  and  specifications  show- 
ing tbe  size,  nature  and  construction  of  the 
sign  proposed  to  be  erected,  and  shall  pre- 
sent to  tbe  City  Electrician  plans  showing 
the  insulation,  location  and  construction  of 
the  electrical  part  of  such  sign.  If  the  Com- 
missioner of  Buildings  shall  be  of  the  opinion 
that  such  sign,  if  erected,  constructed  and 
maintained  in  accordance  with  the  plans  and 
specifications  so  submitted,  shall  be  safe  and 
secure,  he  shall  approve  the  application  so 
submitted,  providing  the  plans  bear  the  ap- 
proval of  the  City  Electrician,  and  the  Com- 
missioner of  Buildings  shall  note  bis  ap- 
proval upon  such  plans  and  specifications 
and  keep  a  copy  thereof  at  all  times  on 
file  in  his  office.  All  signs  shall  be  con- 
structed, erected  and  maintained  of  sufficient 
strength  to  withstand  a  wind  pressure  of 
not  less  than  thirty  pounds  per  square  foot 
of  surface  without  stressing  the  material 
beyond  the  safe  limits  of  stress  given  else- 
where In  this  chapter.  It  shall  be  the  duty 
of  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  to  cause 
his  building  Inspector  or  inspectors  to  make 
an  inspection  annually  of  each  illuminated 
roof  sign  erected  or  constructed  or  being 
maintained  under  the  provisions  of  this  or- 
dinance for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining 
whether  such  sign  is  safely  and  securely 
constructed  and  so  anchored  and  fastened 
to  the  building  or  structure:  provided,  how- 
ever, that  the  provisions  of  this  section  shall 
not  anply  to  the  erection,  construction  and 
maintenance  of  signboards  and  billboards  as 
reeulated  by  the  ordinances  of  the  City  of 
Chicago. 

(c)  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  de 
siring  to  erect  or  maintain  an  illuminated 
roof  sign,  as  described  in  this  ordinance, 
shall  pay  to  the  city,  to  cover  the  cost  of 
the  inspection  and  approval  by  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Buildings  of  the  plans  and  speci- 
fications of  such  sicn.  when  erected,  a  fee 
of  fifty  dollars  ($.r>0.0O)  for  the  first  five 
hundred  (500)  square  feet  of  snnerficlal 
area  of  such  sign  or  fractional  part  thereof, 
and  for  each  additional  square  foot  two 
cents  (2c).  For  each  annual  inspection  by 
the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  subsequent 
to  the  first  inspection  there  shall  be  paid  a 
fee  of  fifty  dollars  ($50,001  for  each  illumi- 
nator! roof  sign.  In  addition  to  the  fees 
herein  required  to  be  paid  for  inspection 
hv  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings,  there 
shall  be  paid  hv  the  owner  or  person  having 
charge  or  control  of  any  illuminated  roof 
sign,  as  herein  described,  an  annual  inspec- 
tion fee  tn  cover  the  cost  of  such  Inspection 
which  shall  be  mode  by  the  City  Electrician, 
and  such  fee  shall  he  nt  the  rate  provided 
by  the   ordinances  of  Chicago. 

(d)  Every  illuminated  roof  sign  erected, 
constructed  or  maintained  under  the  pro- 
visions of  this  ordinance  shall  have  the 
name  of  the  owner  thereof  placed  thereon 
In  a  legible  and  conspicuous  manner.  No 
person,  firm  or  corporation  shall  be  per- 
mitted to  erect  or  maintain  an  illuminated 
roof  sign  unless  he  shall  execute  and  file 
with  the  City  Clerk  of  Chicago,  with  sure- 
ties to  be  approved  by  the  Commissioner  of 
Rulldintrs.  a  bond  to  the  City  of  Chicago  In 
the  penal  sum  of  fifteen  thousand  dollars 
($15,000.00),  conditioned  to  indemnify,  save 
and  keep  harmless  the  City  of  Chicago,  and 
Its  officers  and  agents,  from  any  damage 
which  it.  the  said  city,  or  any  of  said  officers, 
may  suffer,  or  from  any  costs,  liability  or 
expense  of  any  kind  whatsoever  which  it, 
the  said  city,  or  any  of  its  officers,   may  be 


put  to  or  which  may  be  recovered  against 
the  said  city,  or  any  of  its  officers,  from  or 
by  reason  of  the  construction,  erection  and 
maintenance  of  such  sign,  and  conditional 
further  to  faithfully  observe  and  perform 
all  the  provisions  and  conditions  of  this 
ordinance  and  of  any  ordinance  now  in  force 
or  which  may  hereafter  be  passed  by  the 
City  Council  of  the  City  of  Chicago,  relating 
to  or  governing  the  erection,  maintenance, 
use   or   inspection    of   illuminated    roof   signs. 

(e)  The  permission  and  authority  granted 
by  this  ordinance  shall  cease  at  any  time 
hereafter  at  the  discretion  of  the  Mayor. 
In  case  of  the  termination  of  the  prlviliges 
herein  granted  by  the  exercise  of  the  May- 
or's discretion  as  aforesaid,  all  such  elec- 
trical signs  erected  by  virtue  of  the  author- 
ity conferred  by  this  ordinance,  shall  be  re- 
moved at  the  expense  of  the  owner  or  own- 
ers of  the  building  or  the  person,  firm,  cor- 
poration or  individual  who  are  then  main- 
taining same  without  any  cost  or  expense 
of  any  kind  whatsoever  to  the  City  of  Chi- 
cago, provided  that  in  the  event  of  the  fail- 
ure, neglect  or  refusal  on  the  part  of  the 
owner  of  the  building  or  structure  upon 
which  said  illuminated  electric  sign  is  con- 
structed or  the  person,  firm,  corporation  or 
Individual  operating  and  maintaining  said 
electric  sign  to  remove  said  electric  sign 
upon  the  revocation  of  the  permit  by  the 
Mayor  as  herein  provided,  the  Commissioner 
of  Buildings  may  proceed  to  remove  same 
and  charge  the  expense  thereof  to  the  owner 
of  the  building  or  structure  upon  which 
said  illuminated  electric  sign  is  constructed 
or  the  person,  firm,  corporation  or  individual 
operating  or  maintaining  same. 

(f)  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation  who 
shall  erect,  construct  or  maintain  an  illumi- 
nated roof  sign  in  violation  of  any  of  the 
provisions  of  this  section  shall  be  fined  not 
less  than  fifty  dollars  ($50.00)  nor  more  than 
two  hundred  dollars  ($200.00)  for  each  of- 
fense. 

ARTICLE   XXIV. 
Frontage    Consents. 


1 

t- 

i  i  ! 

i- 

t 

-  a  t  m    aw  a  - 

• 

"  * 

— 

i- 

« 

6 

■ 

• 

Fig.    52. 

686.  Definition  of  Word  "Block"  as  Used 
In  This  Chapter.)  Whenever  a  provision  is 
made  in  this  chapter  that  frontage  consents 
shall  be  obtained  for  the  erection,  construc- 
tion, alteration,  enlargement  or  maintenance 
of  any  building  or  structure  In  any  block. 
the  word  "block,"  so  used,  shall  not  be  held 
to  mean  a  square,  but  shall  be  held  to  em- 
brace only  that  part  Of  a  street  bounding 
the  square  which  lies  between  the  two  near 
est  intersecting  streets,  one  on  either  side 
of  the  point  at  which  such  building  or  struc- 
ture is  to  be  erected,  constructed,  altered. 
enlarged  or  maintained,  unless  it  shall  be 
otherwise  specifically  provided. 

687.  Frontage  Consents — Cfas  Reservoir — 
Facking-  House — Rendering  Plant — Soap  Fac- 
tory— Tannery — Blacksmith  Shcp — Foundry 
— Smelter — Metal  Refinery — Machine  Shop — 
Faccory,  Etc. — Laundry,  Etc. — Eivery  Stable 
— Boardinar  Stable — Sale  Stable — Medical  Dis- 
pensary— Textile  Factory — Second-hand  Store 
or  Yard — Smoke  House.)  It  shall  be  unlaw- 
ful for  any  person,  firm  or  corporal  ion  to  lo- 
cate,  build,   construct   or   maintain   on   any   1  >t 


515 


Fire    Limits 


fronting  on  any  street  or  alley  in  the  city 
in  any  block  in  which  one-half  of  the  build- 
ings on  both  sides  of  the  street  are  used  ex- 
clusively for  residence  purposes,  or  within 
fifty  feet  of  any  such  street,  any  building  or 
place  used  for  a  gas  reservoir,  packing  house, 
rendering  plant,  soap  factory,  tannery,  black- 
smith shop,  foundry,  smelter,  metal  refinery, 
machine  shop,  factory  combined  with  n 
foundry,  laundry  to  be  run  by  machinery, 
livery  stable,  boarding  stable,  sale  stable, 
medical  dispensary,  textile  factory  or  manu- 
factory, second-hand  store  or  yard,  smoke 
house  or  place  where  tish  or  moats  are 
smoked  or  cured,  without  the  written  consent 
of  a  majority  of  the  property  owners  accord 
ing  to  frontage  on  both  sides  of  such  street 
or  alley.  Such  written  consent  shall  be  ob- 
tained and  filed  with  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings   before  a   permit    is   issued   for   the 

(  oust  ruction  or  alteration  Of  any  building  or 
place  for  any  of  the  above  purposes;  pro- 
vided, that  in  determining  whether  one-half 
of  the  buildings  on  both  sides  of  the  street 
are  used  exclusively  for  residence  purposes 
any  building  fronting  upon  another  street 
and  located  upon  a  corner  lot  shall  not  be 
considered. 

688.  Frontage  Consents — For  What  Re- 
quired.) It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  per- 
son, firm  or  corporation  to  locate,  build  or 
construct  any  store  for  the  sale  at  retail 
of  goods,  wares  and  merchandise,  on  any 
street  in  any  block  in  which  all  the  build- 
ings are  used  exclusively  for  residence  pur- 
poses, without  first  securing  and  filing  with 
the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  the  written 
consent  of  a  majority  of  the  property  own- 
ers according  to  frontage  on  both  sides  of 
the  street  in  the  block  in  which  the  building 
to  be  thus  used  is  located;  provided,  in  de- 
termining whether  all  the  buildings  in  the 
said  block  are  used  exclusively  for  residence 
purposes,  any  building  fronting  upon  an- 
other street  and  located  upon  a  corner  lot 
shall   not  be  considered. 

689.  Reformatories — Sheltering  Institu- 
tions.) fa)  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any 
person,  firm  or  corporation  to  build,  con- 
struct, maintain,  conduct  or  manage  any  re- 
formatory, rescue  or  sheltering  institution 
in  any  block  or  square  in  which  one-half  of 
the  buildings  on  both  sides  of  the  street  or 
streets  on  which  the  proposed  reformatory, 
rescue  or  sheltering  institution  may  front, 
are  used  exclusively  for  residence  purposes 
without  the  written  consent  of  a  majority 
of  the  property  owners,  according  to  front- 
age on  both  sides  of  the  streets  bounding 
such  block.  Snch  written  consent  shall  be 
obtained  and  filed  with  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings  before  a  permit  is  issued  for  the 
construction,  alteration,  or  maintenance  of 
such    building. 

(b)  Provided,  that  in  determining 
whether  one-half  of  the  buildings  on  both 
sides  of  the  street  are  used  exclusively  for 
residence  purposes,  any  building  fronting 
upon  another  street  and  located  upon  a  cor- 
ner  lot   shall   not   be  considered. 

690.  Permit  for  Moving  Frame  Buildings 
— Requirements — Written  Consents  Must  Be 
Obtained — Affidavits     Made — Space     Occupied 

on  Lot.)  (a)  No  person,  firm  or  corpor- 
ation shall  be  permitted  to  move  any  build- 
ing which  has  been  damaged  to  any  extent 
greater  than  50 %  of  its  value  by  fire, 
decay  or  otherwise;  nor  shall  be  permitted 
to  move  any  frame  building  of  such  a 
character  as  is  prohibited  to  be  constructed 
within  the  fire  limits  from  any  point  outside 
the  fire  limits  to  any  point  within  the  fire 
limits:  nor  shall  be  permitted  to  move  any 
building  to  a  location  at  which  the  uses  for 
which  such  building  is  designed  are  pro- 
hibited by  ordinance.  Permits  for  t he  mov- 
ing of  frame  buildings,  other  than  those 
the  moving  of  which  is  herein  prohibited, 
shall  be  granted  upon  the  securing  and 
filing    the    written    consent    of    two-thirds    of 


the  property  owners  according  to  frontage 
on  both  sides  of  the  street  in  the  block 
in  which  such  building  is  to  be  moved.  No 
permit  shall  be  issued  to  move  any  building 
used  or  designed  to  be  used  for  purposes 
for  which  frontage  consents  are  required 
until  frontage  consents  in  the  block  to  which 
sucli  building  is  to  be  moved  have  also  been 
secured  and  filed  as  required  by  the  ordi- 
nances  relating   to   such    use. 

(b)  No  building  used  for  residence  or 
tenement  house  purposes  shall  be  moved 
from  one  lot  to  another  or  from  one  location 
to  another  upon  the  same  lot  unless  the 
space  to  be  occupied  on  such  lot  shall 
comply  with  the  provisions  of  Section  427 
of    this    chapter. 

(c)  No  frontage  consent  shall  be  re- 
quired of  any  person,  firm  or  corporation 
for  removing  a  building  upon  his  own  prem- 
ises and  not  going  upon  the  premises  of  any 
other  person,  or  upon  any  street,  alley  or 
other  public  place,  in  making  such  removal. 

691.  Amusements — Frontage  Consents 
Required.)  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any 
person,  firm  or  corporation  to  construct  or 
erect  any  building  designed  or  intended  to 
be  used  for  the  purpose  of  presenting  or 
carrying  on  therein  any  entertainment  for 
which  a  license  is  required  by  the  ordinances 
of  the  City  of  Chicago  without  first  obtain- 
ing the  written  consent  of  the  property 
owners    as    required    by    the   City   ordinances. 

692.  Buildings  for  the  Storage  of  Shav- 
ings, Sawdust  and  Excelsior — Frontage  Con- 
sents.) It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person, 
firm  or  corporation  to  construct  or  erect 
any  building  designed  or  intended  to  be  used 
for  the  purpose  of  storing  shavings,  sawdust 
or  excelsior  therein  within  the  city  without 
first  obtaining  the  written  consent  of  the 
property  owners  as  required  by  the  City 
ordinances. 

693.  Frontage  Consents — Business  of 
Selling  Meats,  Etc.)  It  shall  be  unlawful 
for  any  person,  firm  or  corporation  to  carry 
on  the  business  of  selling  meats,  poultry, 
fish,  butter,  cheese,  lard,  vegetables  or  any 
other  provisions  from  any  place  of  business 
located  in  any  block  in  which  all  the  other 
buildings  are  used  exclusively  for  residence 
purposes,  without  first  securing  and  filing 
with  the  City  Collector  of  the  City  of  Chica- 
go the  written  consent  of  three-fourths  of 
the  property  owners  according  to  frontage 
en  both  sides  of  the  street  in  the  block 
in  which  the  building  to  be  thus  used  is 
located,  provided  in  determining  whether  all 
the  buildings  in  said  block  are  used  ex- 
clusively for  residence  purposes,  any  build- 
ing fronting  on  another  street  and  located 
upon   a   corner   shall    not   be   considered. 

694.  No  permit  shall  be  issued  for  the 
erection  or  remodeling  of  anv  building  in 
any  block  in  which  the  use  of  buildings  is 
restricted  or  regulated  by  ordinance  if  such 
building  is  designed  to  be  used  for  con- 
ducting therein  any  business  or  store,  with- 
out first  requiring  the  applicant  for  such 
nermit  to  file  with  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings  a  plat  showing  the  use  to  which 
all    the   property   in    such   block   is   devoted. 


ARTICLE   XXV. 

Fire   Limits. 

695.  Fire  Limits — Provisional  Fire  Lim- 
its.) (a.)  The  fire  limits  of  the  City  of  Chi- 
cago, within  which  wooden  buildings  shall 
not  be  erected,  shall  be  and  they  are  hereby 
defined,  as  follows:  All  that  part  of  the  City 
of  Chicago  bounded  bv  the  following  limits: 
Commencing  at  the  intersection  of  the  shore 
of  Lake  Michigan  and  the  center  line  of 
Rogers  avenue,  thence  southwesterly  along 
the  center  line  of  Rogers  avenue  to  the  east 
line  of  the  right  of  way  of  the  Chicago  and 
Northwestern  Railway  Company,  thence  south 


216 


along  the  east  line  of  said  right  of  way  of 
the  Chicago  and  Northwestern  Railway  Com- 
pany to  a  line  125  feet  north  of  the  north 
line  of  Foster  avenue,  thence  west  along 
said  line  125  feet  north  of  the  north  line  of 
Foster  avenue  to  the  center  line  of  the  North 
Sh-  re  channel,  thence  southeasterly  along  the 
center  line  of  said  North  Shore  channel  to 
the  center  line  of  the  north  branch  of  the 
Chicago  river,  thence  northwesterly  and  west- 
erly along  tne  center  line  of  said  north 
branch  of  the  Chicago  river  to  a  line  125 
feet  west  of  the  west  line  of  North  Kedzie 
avenue,  thence  south  along  said  line  125  feet 
west  of  the  we«t  line  of  North  Kedzie  ave- 
nue to  a  line  125  feet  south  of  the  south  line 
of  Irving  Park  boulevard,  thence  east  along 
said  line  125  feet  south  of  the  south  line  of 
Irving  Park  boulevard  to  the  center  line  of 
the  north  branch  of  the  Chicago  river,  thence 
northerly  along  the  center  line  of  the  north 
branch  of  the  Chicago  river  to  a  line  125  feet 
south  of  the  south  line  of  Montrose  avenue, 
thence  east  along  said  line  125  feet  south  of 
the  south  line  of  Montrose  avenue  to  a  line 
125  feet  west  of  the  west  line  of  North  West- 
ern avenue,  thence  south  along  said  1  ne  125 
feet  west  of  the  west  line  of  North  Western 
avenue  to  the  center  line  of  Addison  street, 
thence  east  along  the  center  line  of  Addison 
street  to  the  center  line  of  North  Western 
avenue,  thence  south  along  the  center  line 
of  North  Western  avenue  to  the  center  line 
of  Belmont  avenue,  thence  east  along  the 
center  line  of  Belmont  avenue  to  the  center 
line  of  Southport  avenue,  thence  south  along 
the  center  line  of  Southport  avenue  to  the 
center  line  of  Ful'erton  avenue,  thence  west 
along  the  center  line  of  Fullerton  avenue  to 
the  center  lire  of  the  north  branch  of  the 
Chicago  river,  thence  northwesterly  along  the 
center  line  of  the  north  branch  of  the  Chi- 
cago river  to  a  line  125  feet  north  of  the 
north  line  of  Belmont  avenue,  thence  west 
along  said  line  125  feet  north  of  the  north 
line  of  Belmont  avenue  to  a  line  125  feet 
west  of  the  west  line  of  North  Kostner  ave- 
nue, thence  south  along  said  line  125  feet 
west  of  the  west  line  of  North  Kostner  ave- 
nue to  a  line  125  feet  north  of  the  north  line 
of  Diversey  avenue,  thence  west  along  said 
line  125  feet  north  of  the  north  line  of  Di- 
versey avenue  to  a  line  125  feet  west  of  the 
west  line  of  North  Cicero  avenue,  thence 
south  along  said  line  125  feet  west  of  the 
west  line  of  North  Cicero  avenue  to  a  line  125 
feet  north  of  the  north  line  of  Armitage 
avenue,  thence  west  along  said  line  125  feet 
north  of  the  north  line  of  Armitage  avenue 
to  a  line  125  feet  northeasterly  of  the  north- 
ens'erlv  line  of  West  Grand  avenue,  thence 
northwesterly  along  said  line  125  feet  north- 
easterlv  of  the  northeasterly  line  of  West 
Grand  avenue  to  a  line  125  feet  north  of  the 
n^rth  line  of  Fullerton  avenue,  thence  west 
along  said  line  125  feet  north  of  the  north 
line  of  Fullerton  avenue  to  a  line  125  feet 
northeasterly  of  the  northeasterly  1  ne  of 
West  Grand  avenue,  thence  northwesterly 
alomr  said  line  125  feet  northeasterly  of  the 
northeasterly  line  of  West  Grand  avenue  to 
the  center  line  of  Ilar'em  avenue,  thence 
south  along  the  renter  line  of  Harlem  avenue 
to  a  line  125  feet  southwesterly  of  the  south- 
wesferly  line  of  West  Grand  avenue,  thence 
southeasterly  along  said  line  125  feet  south- 
westerly of  the  southwesterly  line  of  West 
Grand  avenue  to  a  line  125  feet  south  of  the 
south  line  of  Fullerton  avenue,  thence  east 
along  the  said  line  125  feet  south  of  the 
south  line  of  Fullerton  avenue  to  a  line  125 
feet  southwesterly  of  the  southwesterly  line 
of  West  Grand  avenue,  thence  southeasterly 
along  said  line  125  feet  southwesterly  of  the 
southwesterly  line  of  West  Grand  avenue  to 
the  southerly  line  of  the  right  of  way  of  the 
Chicago.  Milwaukee  and  St.  Paul  Railway 
Company,  thence  northwesterly  and  westerly 
along  the  southerly  lino  of  said  right  of  wav 
of  the  Chicago.  Milwaukee  and  St.  Paul  Rail- 
way   Company    to   the   center   line   of   Narra- 


gansett  avenue,  thence  south  along  the  cen- 
ter line  of  Narragansett  avenue  to  the  cen- 
ter line  of  West  North  avenue,  thence  east 
along  the  center  line  of  West  North  avenue 
to  the  center  line  of  North  Central  avenue, 
thence  south  along  the  center  line  of  Nortn 
Central  avenue  to  the  center  line  of  Le  Moyne 
street,  thence  west  aloi.g  the  center  line  of 
Le  Moyne  street  to  the  center  line  of  Nortli 
Menard  avenue,  thence  south  along  the  cen- 
ter line  of  North  Menard  avenue  to  the  cen- 
ter line  of  Hirsch  street,  thence  east  along 
the  center  line  of  Hirsch  street  to  the  cen- 
ter line  of  Led  aire  avenue,  thence  north  along 
the  center  line  of  Leclaire  avenue  to  the  cen- 
ter line  of  West  North  avenue,  thence  east 
along  the  center  line  ot  West  North  avenue 
to  a  line  125  feet  west  of  the  west  line  of 
North  Cicero  avenue,  thenc  •  south  along  said 
line  125  feet  west  of  the  west  line  of  Nortli 
Cicero  avenue  to  a  line  125  feet  nortn  of  the 
north  line  of  West  L-ivisicn  street,  thence 
west  along  said  line  125  feet  north  of  the 
north  line  of  West  Division  street  to  tue 
center  line  of  North  Austin  avenue,  thence 
south  along  the  center  line  of  North  Austin 
avenue  to  a  line  125  feet  south  of  the  south 
line  of  West  Division  street,  thence  east 
along  said  line  125  feet  south  of  the  south 
line  of  West  Division  street  to  the  center 
line  of  North  Laramie  avenue,  thence  south 
along  the  center  line  of  North  Laramie  ave- 
nue to  the  center  line  of  West  Chicago  ave- 
nue, thence  west  along  the  center  line  of 
West  Chicago  avenue  to  the  center  line  of 
North  Austin  avenue,  thence  south  along  the 
center  line  of  North  Austin  avenue  and  South 
Austin  avenue  to  the  center  line  of  West 
12th  street,  thence  east  along  the  center  lin? 
of  West  12th  street  to  the  center  line  of 
South  Kenton  avenue,  produced  north,  thence 
south  along  the  center  1  ne  of  South  Kenton 
avenue,  produced  north,  to  the  center  line 
of  West  39th  street,  produced  west,  thence 
east  along  the  center  line  of  West  39th 
street,  produced  west,  to  the  center  line  of 
the  Illinois  and  Michigan  Canal,  thence  north- 
easterly along  the  center  line  of  the  Illinois 
and  Michigan  Canal  to  ..ne  center  line  of 
South  Western  Avenue  boulevard,  thence 
south  along  the  center  line  of  South  Western 
Avenue  boulevard  to  the  center  I  ne  of  West 
39th  street,  thence  east  along  the  center  line 
of  West  39th  street  to  the  center  line  of 
South  Robev  street,  thence  south  along  the 
center  line  of  South  Robey  street  to  the  cen 
ter  line  of  West  4Hrd  street,  thence  east 
along  the  center  line  of  West  43rd  stre  t  to 
a  line  125  feet  west  of  the  west  line  of 
South  Ashland  avenue,  thence  north  along 
said  line  125  feet  west  of  the  west  line  of 
South  Ashland  avenue  to  the  center  line  of 
West  41st  street,  thence  east  along  the  cen- 
ter line  of  West  41st  street  to  the  center 
line  of  South  Ashland  avenue,  thence  north 
along  the  center  line  of  South  Ashland  ave 
nue  to  the  center  line  of  West  40th  street, 
thence  east  along  the  center  line  of  West 
40th  street  to  a  line  125  feet  east  of  the  east 
line  of  South  Ashland  avenue,  thence  south 
along  said  line  125  feet  east  of  the  east  1  ne 
of  South  Ashland  avenue  to  the  center  line 
of  West  43rd  street,  thence  west  along  the 
center  line  of  West  43r  l  street  to  the  center 
line  of  South  Ashland  avenue,  thence  south 
along  the  center  line  of  South  As'-Iand  ave- 
nue to  the  center  line  of  West  47th  street, 
thence  east  along  the  center  line  of  West 
47th  street  to  a  l;ne  125  feet  west  of  the 
west  line  of  South  Ha.lsted  street,  thence 
smith  along  said  line  125  feet  west  of  the 
west  line  of  South  Flalsted  street  to  the  cen- 
ter line  of  West  51st  street,  thence  west 
along  the  center  line  or  West  51st  street  to 
the  center  line  of  South  Racine  avenue,  thence 
BOUth  along  the  center  line  of  South  Racine 
avenue  tu  a  line  125  feet  north  of  the  north 
line  of  West  63rd  street,  thence  west  along 
said  line  125  fe  t  north  of  the  north  line  of 
West  63rd  street  to  the  .-enter  line  of  South 
Western  avenue,  thence  north  along  the  cen 


217 


Pure    Limn. 


ter  line  of  South  Western  avenue  to  the  cen- 
ter line  of  Wesl  51st  street,  thence  west 
along  the  center  line  of  West  r>  l  s t  street 
to  the  center  line  of  So  ith  Rockwell  street, 
thence  south  along  the  center  line  of  South 
Rockwell  stre<  t  to  the  center  line  ot  West 
59th  street,  thence  west  along  the  center  line 
01  West  59th  street  to  tlie  center  line  of 
South  Kedzie  avenue,  thence  south  along  the 
center  line  of  South  Kedzie  avenue  to  a  line 
125  feet  south  of  the  south  line  ol  Wes1  67th 
street,  thence  east  along  said  line  125  feet 
south  of  the  south  line  of  West  67th  street 
to  the  center  line  of  Smith  Richmond  street, 
thence  north  along  th<j  center  line  of  South 
Richmond  street  to  a  line  one  hundred  and 
twenty-five  feel  south  of  the  south  line  of 
West  63rd  street,  thence  east  along  said 
line  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  feet  south 
of  the  south  line  of  West  63rd  street  to  the 
enter  of  South  Rockwell  street  and  thence 
south  along  the  center  line  of  South  Rock- 
well street  to  the  center  line  of  West  66th 
street,  thence  cast  along  the  center  line 
of  West  66th  street  to  the  center  line  of 
South  Western  avenue,  thence  north  along 
the  center  line  of  South  Western  avenue  to 
a  line  125  feet  south  of  the  south  line  of 
Wesl  63rd  s'reet,  thence  cast  along  said  line 
125  feet  south  of  the  south  line  of  West  63rd 
street  to  the  center  line  of  South  Racine  ave- 
nue, thence  south  along  the  center  line  of 
South  Racine  avenue  to  (he  center  line  of 
Wesl  75th  street,  'hence  west  along  the  cen- 
ter line  of  West  75th  street  to  a  line  125  feet 
east  of  the  east  line  of  South  Ashland  ave- 
nue, thence  north  along  said  line  125  feet 
east  of  the  east  line  of  South  Ashland  avenue 
to  t  •■  center  line  of  West  71sr  street,  thence 
west  along  the  center  1  ne  of  West  71st  street 
to  a  line  125  feet  west  of  the  west  line  of 
South  Ashland  avenue,  thence  south  along 
said  lin°  125  feet  west  of  the  west  line  of 
South  Ashland  avenue  to  the  center  line  of 
West  75th  street,  thence  west  along  the  cen- 
ter line  of  West  75th  street  to  the  center 
line  of  South  Cicero  avenue,  thence  south 
along  the  center  line  of  South  Cicero  avenue 
to  the  cent  r  line  of  West  87th  street,  thence 
east  along  the  center  line  of  West  87th 
street  to  the  center  line  of  South  Western 
avenue,  thence  south  along  the  center  line 
of  South  Western  avenue  to  the  center  line 
of  West  99th  street,  thence  west  along  the 
center  line  of  West  99th  street  to  the  center 
line  of  South  California  avenue,  thence 
south  along  the  center  line  of  South  Cali- 
fornia avenue  to  the  center  line  of  "West 
115th  street,  thence  east  along  the  center 
line  of  West  115th  street  to  the  center  line 
of  South  Western  avenue,  thence  south  along 
the  center  line  of  South  Western  avenue  to 
the  center  line  of  West  119th  street,  thence 
east  along  the  center  line  of  West  119th 
street,  to  the  center  line  of  Vincennes  ave- 
nue, thence  northeasterly  along  the  center 
lire  of  Vincennes  avenue  to  a  line  125  feet 
north  of  the  north  line  of  West  95th  street, 
thence  east  along  said  line  125  feet  north  of 
the  north  line  of  West  95th  street  to  the 
center  line  of  South  Halsted  street,  thence 
south  along  the  center  line  of  South  Halsted 
street  to  the  center  line  of  West  103rd  street, 
thence  west  along  the  center  line  of  Wesc 
103rd  street  to  the  (enter  line  of  Beverly 
avenue,  thence  northwesterly  along  the  cen- 
ter line  of  Beverly  avenue  to  West  87th 
street,  thence  northwesterly  and  northerly 
along  the  east  line  of  the  right  of  way 
of  the  P.,  C,  C.  .V-  St.  I..  Railway  to  a 
line  125  feel  south  of  the  south  line  of 
West  R3rd  street,  thence  east  along  said 
line  125  feet  south  of  the  south  line  of 
West  SSrd  street  to  the  center  line  of  South 
Winchester  avenue,  thence  south  and  south- 
easterly along  the  center  line  of  South  Win- 
chestei  avenue  to  the  northwestern  bound- 
ary line  of  the  right-of-wav  of  the  Chicago, 
Rock  Island  &  Pacific  Railway  Co.,  in  South 
avenue,  thence  southwesterly  in 
South    Hermitage    avenue    along    said    north- 


western boundary  line  of  the  right-of-way 
of  the  Chicago,  Rock  Island  &  Pacific  Rail- 
way Co.,  to  the  center  line  of  West  91st 
street,  thence  east  along  the  center  line  Of 
West  91st  street  to  a  line  125  feet  west 
of  the  west  lino  of  South  Ashland  avenue, 
thence  south  along  said  line  125  feel  west  of 
the  west  line  of  South  Ashland  avenue  to  a 
line  125  feet  south  of  the  south  line  of 
West  95th  street,  thence  east  along  said 
line  125  feet  south  of  the  south  line  of 
West  95th  street  to  a  line  125  feet  east 
of  the  east  line  of  Vincennes  avenue,  thence 
northeasterly  along  said  line  125  feet  east 
of  the  east  line  of  Vincennes  avenue  to  a 
line  125  feet  north  of  the  north  line  of  West 
90th  street,  thence  west  along  said  line  125 
feet  north  of  the  north  line  of  West  90th 
street  to  the  center  line  of  South  Racine 
avenue,  thence  north  along  the  center  line  of 
South  Racine  avenue  to  a  line  125  feet  south 
of  the  south  line  of  West  83rd  street, 
thence  east  along  said  line  125  feet 
south  of  the  south  line  of  West  and 
Fast  83rd  street  to  a  line  125  feet  west  of 
the  west  line  of  South  Park  avenue,  thence 
south  along  said  line  125  feet  west  of  the 
west  line  of  South  Park  avenue  to  a  line 
125  feet  north  of  the  north  line  of  East  95th 
street,  thence  west  along  sai  1  line  125  feet 
north  of  the  north  line  of  Fast  and  West 
95th  street  to  a  line  125  feet  west  of  the 
west  line  of  South  State  street,  thence  south 
along  said  line  125  feet  west  of  the  west 
line  of  South  State  street  to  a  line  125  feet 
south  of  the  so  ith  line  of  West  99th  street, 
thence  east  along  said  line  125  feet  south 
of  the  south  line  of  West  9''th  street  and 
Fast  99th  street  to  a  l'ne  125  feet  west  of 
the  west  line  of  South  Michigan  avenue, 
thence  south  along  said  line  125  feet  west 
of  the  west  line  of  South  Michigan  avenue 
to  a  line  125  fe  t  north  of  the  north  line  of 
Fast  119th  street,  thence  west  along  said 
line  125  feet  north  of  the  north  line  of  East 
and  West  119th  street  to  a  line  125  feet  west 
of  the  west  line  of  South  Morgan  street, 
thence  south  along  said  line  125  feet  west 
of  the  west  line  of  South  Morgan  street  to 
a  line  125  feet  south  of  the  south  line  of 
West  119th  street,  thence  east  along  said 
line  125  feet  south  of  the  south  line  of  West 
and  East  119th  street  to  a  line  125  feet  east 
of  the  east  line  of  South  Michigan  avenue, 
thence  north  along  said  line  of  125  feet  east 
of  the  east  line  of  South  Michigan  avenue 
to  a  line  125  feet  south  of  the  south  line  of 
Fast  99th  street,  thence  east  along  said  line 
125  feet  south  of  the  south  line  of  Fast  99th 
street  to  a  line  125  feet  west  of  the  west 
line  of  South  Park  avenue,  thence  south 
along  said  line  125  feet  west  of  the  west  line 
of  South  Park  avenue  to  the  center  line  of 
Fast  115th  street,  thence  east  along  the  cen- 
ter line  of  East  115th  street  to  the  north- 
easterly line  of  the  right  of  way  of  the 
Michigan  Central  Railroad  Company,  thence 
south  and  southeasterly'  along  said  north- 
easterlv  line  of  the  right  of  way  of  the 
Michigan  Central  Railroad  Company  to  the 
center  line  of  Fast  127th  street,  thence  east 
along  the  center  line  of  East  127th  street  to 
the  shore  line  of  Fake  Calumet,  thence  north- 
westerly and  northeasterly  along  the  shore 
line  of  said  Lake  Calumet  to  a  line  125  feet 
east  of  the  east  line  of  Stony  Island  avenue, 
thence  north  along  said  line  125  feet  east 
of  the  east  line  of  Stonv  Island  avenue  to  a 
line  125  feet  north  of  the  north  line  of  Fast 
95th  street,  thence  west  along  said  line  125 
feet  north  of  the  north  line  of  Fast  95th  street 
to  a  line  125  feet  east  of  the  east  line  of  the 
right  of  wav  of  the  IlFnois  Central  Railroad 
Company,  thence  northeasterlv  alone  said  line 
125  feet  east  of  the  east  line  of  the  right  of 
wav  of  the  Ill'nois  Central  Railroad  Com- 
pany to  a  lin°  125  feet  south  of  the  south 
line  of  Fast  79th  street,  thence  east  along 
Raid  line  125  feet  sooth  of  the  south  line  of 
Fast  79th  street  to  the  center  line  of  Bran- 
don avenue,  thence  south  along  the  center 
line   of  Brandon  avenue  to  the  center  line  of 


•J  IS 


East  83rd  street,  thence  east  along  the  cen- 
ter line  of  East  83rd  street  to  the  center  line 
of  Burley  avenue,  thence  south  along  the 
center  line  of  Burley  avenue  to  the  center 
line  of  East  89th  street,  thence  west  along 
the  center  line  of  East  89th  street  to  a  line 
125  feet  west  of  the  west  line  of  Manistee 
avenue,  thence  south  along  said  line  125  feet 
west  of  the  west  line  of  Manistee  avenue  to 
the  northeasterly  line  of  the  right  of  way  of 
the  Lake  Shore  and  Michigan  Southern  Rail- 
road Company,  thence  southeasterly  along 
said  northeasterly  line  of  the  right  of  way 
of  the  Lake  Shore  and  Michigan  Southern 
Railroad  Company  to  the  easterly  and  south- 
easterly line  ot  the  South  Chicago  branch  of 
the  Pittsburgh,  Fort  Wayne  and  Chicago 
Railroad  Company,  thence  southwesterly 
along  said  easterly  and  southeasterly  line  of 
the  South  Chicago  branch  of  the  Pittsburgh, 
Fort  Wayne  and  Chicago  Railroad  Company 
to  the  center  line  of  East  106th  street,  thence 
east  along  the  center  line  of  East  106th 
street  to  a  line  200  feet  east  of  the  east  bank 
of  the  •""alnmet  river,  thence  north  along  said 
lin«  200  feet  east  of  the  east  bank  of  the 
Calumet  river  to  the  center  line  of  Fast 
05th  street,  thence  east  along  the  center  line 
of  East  95th  street  to  the  shore  of  Lake 
Michigan,  thence  northerly  and  northwesterly 
along  the  shore  of  Lake  Michigan  to  the  place 
of   beginning 

(b)  Also,  commencing  at  the  intersection 
of  the  center  line  of  Addison  street  and  the 
center  line  of  the  north  branch  of  the  Chi- 
cago river,  thence  west  alone:  the  center  line 
of  Addison  street  to  the  center  line  of  North 
Wtrpple  street,  thence  south  along  the  cen- 
ter line  of  North  Wlrpple  street  to  the  cen- 
ter line  of  Flston  avenue,  thence  southeast- 
erly along  the  center  line  of  Flston  avenue 
to  the  center  lin"  of  R'  scoe  street,  thence 
east  alone:  the  center  line  of  Roscoe  street 
to  the  center  line  of  the  north  branch  of  the 
Chicago  river,  thence  north  alone:  the  center 
line  of  the  north  branch  of  the  Chicago  river 
to  the  place  of  beginning. 

fbl)  Also,  commencing  at  the  intersec- 
tion of  the  center  line  of  South  Western 
avenue  boulevard  and  the  center  line  of 
West  45th  street,  thence  west  alone:  the  cen- 
ter line  of  West  45th  street  to  the  center 
line  of  Souh  Cicero  avenue,  thence  south 
along  the  center  line  of  South  Cicero  ave- 
nue to  the  center  line  of  West  51st  street, 
thence  west  along  the  center  line  of  West 
51st  street  to  the  southerly  line  of  the  right 
of  way  of  the  Chicago  &  Alton  Railroad, 
thence  southwesterly  along  said  southerly 
line  of  the  right  of  way  of  the  Chicasro  & 
Alton  Railroad  to  the  center  line  of  South 
Harlem  avenue,  thence  south  along  the  cen- 
ter line  of  South  Harlem  avenue  to  the  cen- 
ter line  of  West  59th  street,  thence  east 
along  the  center  line  of  West  59th  street  to 
the  centei  line  of  South  Narragansett  ave- 
nue, th°nce  south  along  ttie  center  line  of 
South  Narragansett  avenue  ami  Narragan- 
sett  avenue  produced  south  to  the  center 
line  of  West  65th  street,  produced  west, 
thence  east  along  the  center  line  Of  West 
65th  street  produced  west  and  'West  65th 
street  to  the  center  line  of  South  Cicero  ave- 
nue, thence  south  along  the  center  line  of 
Smith    Cicero    avenue    to    the    center    line    of 

West   69th   sti t   produced   west,  thence  east 

alone  the  center  line  of  Wesl  69th  streel 
produced  west  and  Wesi  69th  streel  to  the 
center  line  of  South  Western  avenue,  thence 
north  along  the  center  line  of  South  Western 
avenue  to  the  center  line  of  West  66th  street. 

thence     west     along     tli liter    line    Of    West 

66th  street  to  the  center  line  of  South  Rock- 
well street,  thence  north  along  the  center 
line  of  South  Rockwell  street  to  >  line  125 
feet  south  of  the  south  line  of  West  63rd 
street,  thence  west  alone;  said  line  125  feet 
south  of  ttie  south  line  of  West  63rd  street 
to  the  center  line  of  South  Richmond  street, 
thence  south  along  the  center  line  of  South 
Richmond   street   to  a    line   125   feet   south  of 


the  south  Hne  of  West  67th  street,  thence 
west  along  said  line  125  feet  south  of 
the  south  line  of  West  67th  street  to  the 
center  line  of  South  Kedzie  avenue,  thence 
north  along  the  center  line  of  South  Kedzie 
avenue  to  a  line  125  feet  south  of  the  south 
line  of  West  59th  street,  thence  west  along 
said  line  125  feet  south  of  the  south  line  of 
West  59th  street  to  a  line  125  feet  west  of 
the  west  line  of  South  Kedzie  avenue,  thence 
north  along  said  line  125  feet  west  of  the 
west  line  of  South  Kedzie  avenue  to  a  line 
125  feet  north  of  the  north  line  of  West 
53rd  street,  thence  east  along  said  line  125 
feet  north  of  the  north  line  of  West  53rd 
street  to  a  line  125  feet  east  of  the  east 
line  of  South  Whipple  street,  thence  south 
along  said  line  125  feet  east  of  the  east 
line  of  South  Whipple  street  to  a  line  125 
feet  south  of  the  south  line  of  West  57th 
street,  thence  east  along  said  line  125  feet 
south  of  the  south  line  of  West  57th  street 
to  the  center  line  of  South  Rockwell  street, 
thence  north  along  the  center  line  of  South 
Rockwell  street  to  the  center  line  of  West 
51st  street,  thence  east  along  the  center  line 
of  West  51st  street  to  the  center  line  of 
South  Western  avenue  boulevard,  thence 
north  along  the  center  line  of  South  West- 
ern avenue  boulevard  to  the  place  of  begin- 
ning. 

(cl)  Also  all  of  that  territory  bounded  on 
the  west  by  Stony  Island  avenue,  thence 
along  a  line  one  hundred  and  twenty-five 
feet  south  of  Fast  83rd  street  on  the  south, 
east  to  the  center  line  of  Yates  avenue, 
thence  north  to  a  line  one  hundred  and 
twenty-five  feet  south  of  East  79th  street 
on  the  north,  thence  west  to  Stony  Island 
avenue. 

C  2. 

(c)  Also  commencing  at  the  intersec- 
tion of  a  line  125  feet  north  of  the  north 
line  of  West  59th  street  and  125  feet  east  of 
the  east  line  of  Rockwell  street,  thence  west 
along  said  line  125  feet  south  of  the  south 
line  of  Wrest  59th  street  to  a  line  125  feet 
west  of  the  west  line  of  South  Kedzie  ave- 
nue, thence  north  along  said  line  125  feet 
west  of  the  west  line  of  South  Kedzie 
avenue  to  a  line  125  feet  north  of  the  north 
line  of  West  53rd  street,  thence  east  along 
said  line  125  feet  north  of  the  north  line  of 
53d  street  to  a  line  125  feet  east  of  the  east 
line  of  Whipple  street,  thence  south  alone  said 
line  125  feet  east  of  the  east  line  of  Whipple 
street  to  a  line  125  feet  north  of  the  north 
line  of  West  57th  street,  thence  east  along 
said  line  125  feet  north  of  the  north  line 
of  West  57th  street  to  a  line  125  feet  south 
of  the  east  line  of  Rockwell  street,  thence 
east  along  said  line  125  feet  east  of  the 
ea-st  line  of  Rockwell  street  to  the  place 
of  beginning.  Also  commencing  at  the  in- 
tersection of  a  line  125  feet  south  of  the 
south  line  of  East  83rd  street,  and  125 
feet  west  of  the  west  line  of  South  Park 
avenue,  thence  south  alone:  the  said  line 
125  feet  west  of  the  west  line  of  South  Park 
avenue  to  a  line  125  feet  north  of  the  north 
line  of  95th  street,  thence  west  along  said 
line    125    feet    north    of   the   north    line    Of    95th 

street    to    a    line    125    feet    east    oi    tl ist 

line  of  Stewart  avenue,  tie  nee  north  along 
said  line  125  feet  ea^t  of  the  east  line  of 
Stewart  avenue  to  a  I1n<  125  feet  south  of 
the  south  line  of  Fast  83rd  street,  thence 
West  along  said  line  125  feet  south  of  the 
south  line  of  Fast  83rd  street  to  the  center 
line  of  EJggleston  avenue;  thence  south  on 
the  center  line  of  Egel  ston  avenue  to  a 
line  125  feet  south  of  the  south  line  of 
West    o.",th    street:    thpnee    west    on    the    line 

125     fed     south      Of     the        nuth      Mi f     W<»Sl 

95th    street    to    a    H'e    (25    ''•■■  i    east    of    Vtn- 

•  -      es      riven",.-      thenee     aloe-     tie      Hue      I  "  5 

reel    east    of   Vlucennea   avenue   to   a   line   125 

feet      north     Of     W--     t     90th     str.-ct:     th.-"ee     W6St 

alone   the   line    125    feet    north    nf   West    90th 

■  i  reet    to    th nter    line    of    South     i : 

avenue;    thence    north    along    the    center    line 


219 


of  South  Racine  avenue  to  a  line  125  feet 
south  ol  the  south  line  of  83rd  street;  thence 
cast  along  said  line  125  feet  south  of  the 
south  line  ol  S3rd  street  to  me  place  of 
beginning. 

A.lso  commencing  at  the  intersection  of  a 
line  125  feel  south  of  the  south  line  of  East 
83rd  street  and  125  feel  west  of  the  west 
in.  oi  STates  ;|\  mue,  thence  south  along 
said  line  125  feel  west  of  the  west  line  of 
Yat<  s  avenue  to  the  righl  of  way  of  the  Lake 
Shore  &  Michigan  Southern  Railroad,  thence 
northwest    al  >ng    said    right    of    way    of    the 

Shore  &  Michigan  Southern  Railroad  to 
a  line  l-.".  feet  south  of  the  south  line  of 
East  83rd  street,  thence  east  along  said  line 
125     feet    south    ol     the    south    line    of    East 

stre<  t    to   the   place    »f   beginning. 

C  3. 

(c)  Excepting,  the  district  bounded  as 
follows;  Commencing  at  the  intersection  of 
a  line  125  feet  south  of  the  south  line  of  Fos- 
ter avenue  and  the  center  line  of  North 
Feavitt  street,  thence  west  along  said  line 
125  feet  south  of  the  south  line  of  Foster 
avenue  to  a  line  125  feet  east  of  the 
east  line  of  North  Western  avenue,  thence 
south  along  said  line  125  feet  east  of  the 
cast  line  of  North  Western  avenue  to  a  line 
125  feet  east  of  the  east  line  of  Lincoln  ave- 
nue, thence  southeasterly  along  said  line  125 
feet  east  of  the  east  line  of  Lincoln  avenue 
to  a  line  125  feet  north  of  the  north  line  of 
Lawrence  avenue,  thence  east  along  said  line 
125  feet  north  of  the  north  line  of  Lawrence 
avenue  to  the  center  line  of  Nortli  Leavitt 
street,  thence  north  along  the  center  line  of 
Nortli  T.eavitt  street  to  the  place  of  begin- 
ning. 

(d)  Excepting,  also,  the  district  bounded 
ns  follows:  Commencing  at  the  intersection 
of  a  line  125  feet  south  of  the  south  line  of 
Relmont  avenue  and  the  center  line  of  North 
Kedzie  avenue,  thence  west  along  said  line 
125  feet  south  of  the  south  line  of  Belmont 
avenue  to  the  center  line  of  North  Crawford 
avenue,  thence  south  along  the  center  line 
of  Nortli  Crawford  avenue  to  the  center  line 
of  Fullerton  avenue,  thence  east  along  the 
center  line  of  Fullerton  avenue  to  the  center 
line  of  North  Central  Park  avenue,  thence 
north  along  the  center  line  of  North  Central 
Park  avenue  to  the  center  line  of  Diversey 
avenue  thence  east  along  the  center  line  of 
Pi-  ersev  avenue  to  the  center  line  of  North 
Kedzie  avenue,  thence  north  along  the  center 
line  of  Nortli  Kedzie  avenue  to  the  place  of 
beginning. 

(e)  Excepting,  also,  the  district  bounded 
ns  follows:  Commencing  at  the  intersection 
of  a  line  125  feet  south  of  the  south  line  of 
Armitage  avenue  and  a  line  125  feet  west  of 
the  west  line  of  North  Cicero  avenue,  thence 
west  aPng  said  line  125  feet  south  of  the 
south  line  of  Armitage  avenue  to  a  line  125 
feet  northeasterly  of  the  northeasterly  line 
of  West  Grand  avenue,  thence  southeasterly 
alo^g  said  line  125  feet  northeasterlv  of  the 
northeas'erlv  line  of  West  Grand  avenue  to 
a  line  125  feet  west  of  the  west  line  of  North 
r'lcero  avenue,  thence  north  along  said  line 
125  feet  west  of  the  west  line  of  North 
Cicero   avenue    to    the   place    of   beginning. 

(f>  Excepting,  also,  the  district  bounded 
as  follows:  Commencing  at  the  intersection 
of  the  center  line  of  West  40th  street  and 
the  center  line  of  Normal  avenue,  thence 
west  along  the  center  line  of  West  40th 
street  to  the  center  line  of  Wallace  street, 
thence  south  along  the  center  line  of  Wal- 
lace street  to  the  center  line  of  West  43rd 
s*reet.  thence  west  along  the  center  line  of 
Wi  st  43rd  street  to  a  line  125  feet  east  of  the 
east  line  of  South  Halsted  street,  thence 
south  along  said  line  125  feet  east  of  the 
east  line  of  South  Halsted  street  to  the  cen 
ter  line  of  West  51st  street  thence  east  along 
the  center  line  of  West  51st  street  to  the 
center  line  of  South  Fnion  avenue,  thence 
south   along   the   center  line   of   South   Union 


avenue  to  the  center  line  of  West  Garfield 
boulevard,  thence  east  along  the  center  line 
of  W'esi  Garfield  boulevaru  to  a  line  125  feel 
west  of  the  west  line  ol  Wentworth  avenue, 
thence  north  along  said  1  ne  125  feet  west 
of  the  west  line  of  Wentworth  avenue  to  the 
center  line  ol  West  13rd  street,  thence  west 
along  the  center  line  of  West  43rd  street  to 
the  center  line  of  Normal  avenue,  thence 
north  along  the  center  line  of  Normal  avenue 
to  the  place   of  beginning. 

(g)  Excepting,  also,  the  district  hounded 
as  follows:  Commencing  at  the  center  line  of 
West  '13rd  street  and  a  line  125  feet  west  of 
the  west  line  of  South  State  street,  thence 
west  along  the  center  line  of  West  43rd 
street  to  a  line  125  feet  east  of  the  east  line 
of  Wentworth  avenue,  thence  south  along 
said  line  125  feet  east  of  the  east  line  of 
Wentworth  avenue  to  the  center  1  ne  of  Wesi 
Garfield  boulevard  thence  east  along  the  cen- 
ter line  of  West  Garfield  boulevard  to  a  line 
125  feet  west  of  the  west  lin  of  South  State 
street,  thence  north  along  said  line  125  feet 
west  of  the  west  line  of  South  State  strett 
to    the   place    of   beginning. 

(h)  Excepting,  also,  the  district  hounded 
as  follows:  Commencing  at  the  intersection 
of  the  center  line  of  West  5  2nd  street  and 
the  center  line  of  South  Peoria  street,  thence 
west  along  the  center  line  of  West  52nd 
street  to  the  center  line  of  South  Morgan 
street,  thence  south  along  the  center  line 
of  South  Morgan  street  to  the  center  line  of 
West  53rd  street,  thence  east  along  the  cen- 
ter line  of  West  53rd  street  to  the  center 
line  of  South  Peoria  street,  thence  north 
along  the  center  line  of  South  Peoria  street 
to  the  place   of  beginning. 

(i)  Excepting,  also,  the  following  terri- 
tory, which  shall  be  known  as  a  provisional 
fire  limit  district:  Commencing  at  the  inter- 
section of  the  shore  of  Lake  Michigan  and 
the  center  line  of  Rogers  avenue,  thence 
southwesterly  along  the  center  line  of  Rog- 
ers avenue  to  the  east  line  of  the  right  of 
way  of  the  Chicago  &  Northwestern  Railway 
Companv,  thence  south  along  the  east  line 
of  the  right  of  wav  of  the  Chicago  tV-  North- 
western Railway  Company  to  the  center  line 
of  Devon  avenue,  thence  east  along  the  cen- 
ter line  of  Devon  avenue  to  the  shore  of 
Lake  Michigan,  thence  northwesterly  along 
the  shore  of  Lake  Michigan  to  the  place  of 
beginning. 

(j)  Excepting,  also,  the  following  terri- 
tory, which  shall  be  known  as  a  provisional 
fire  limit  district:  Commencing  at  the  In- 
tersection of  the  shore  line  of  Lake  Michi- 
gan and  the  center  line  of  East  67th  street, 
thence  west  along  the  center  line  of  Fast 
67th  street  to  the  center  line  of  Cottage 
Grove  avenue,  thence  n<  rth  along  the  center 
line  of  Cottage  Grove  avenue  to  the  center 
line  of  East  63rd  street,  thence  west  along 
the  center  line  of  Fast  6?,rd  street  to  the 
center  line  of  South  Park  avenue,  thence 
south  along  the  renter  line  of  South  Park 
avenue  to  the  center  line  of  East  67th  street, 
thence  west  along  the  center  line  of  Fast 
67th  street  to  the  northeasterly  line  of  the 
right  of  wav  of  the  Lake  Shore  &  Michigan 
Southern  Railroad  Company,  thence  north- 
westerlv  along  the  northeasterly  line  of  the 
right  of  wav  of  the  Lake  Shore  .V-  Michigan 
Southern  Railroad  Company  to  the  center  line 
of  South  State  street  thence  south  along  the 
center  line  of  South  State  street  to  the  cen- 
ter line  of  Fast  75th  street,  thence  east  along 
the  center  line  of  past  75th  street  to  the 
center  line  of  Cottage  Grove  avenue,  thence 
south  along  the  center  line  of  Cottage  Grove 
avenue  to  a  line  125  fe«t  south  of  the  south 
line  of  East  79th  street,  thence  east  along 
said  line  125  feet  south  of  the  south  line  of 
East  79th  street  to  the  shore  of  Lake  Michi- 
gan, thence  northwesterly  along  the  shore  of 
Lake  Michigan  to  the  place  of  beginning. 

(k)  Excepting,  also.  *he  following  terri- 
tory, which  shall  be  known  as  a  provisional 
fire  limit  district:  Commencing  at  the  center 
line  of  East  87th  street  and  a  line  125   feet 


220 


Occupation  of   Basement — Ret.   Stores 


east  of  the  east  line  of  the  right  of  way  of 
the  Illinois  central  Railroad  Company,  thence 
west  along  tne  center  line  of  .hast  87  tn 
street  to  a  line  125  leet  west  of  the  west 
line  of  South  ParK.  avenue,  thence  south 
along  said  line  126  leet  west  of  tne  west 
line  ol  South  Par*  avenue  to  the  center  line 
oi  East  9otn  street,  thence  east  along  the 
center  line  of  East  95tu  street  to  a  line  125 
leet  east  ol  the  east  line  ot  tne  right  oi  way 
of  the  ULnois  Central  Railroad  company, 
thence  northeasterly  along  said  line  12o  feet 
east  of  the  east  line  of  the  right  of  way  ot 
tne  Illinois  central  Railroad  Company  to  the 
place    ol    beginning. 

(1)  The  following  described  territory  out- 
side the  above  described  nre  limits  is  hereby 
established  as  a  provisional  nre  limits  dis- 
trict: commencing  at  the  intersection  of  tne 
southwesterly  line  ot  the  right  ot  way  oi  the 
Pittsourgh,  Ft.  Wayne  ana  Chicago  Railroaa 
and  a  line  125  feet  easterly  of  the  easterly 
line  of  the  right  of  way  oi  the  Illinois  Cen- 
tral Railroad,  thence  southwesterly  along 
said  line  125  feet  easterly  of  the  easterly 
line  ot  the  right  of  way  ot  the  Illinois  Cen- 
tral Railroad  to  the  center  line  of  East  83rd 
street,  thence  east  along  the  center  line  of 
East  S3rd  street  to  the  center  line  of  Stony 
Island  avenue,  thence  nortu  along  the  center 
line  of  Stony  Island  avenue  to  tne  south- 
westerly line  of  the  right  of  way  of  the 
Pittsburgh,  Ft.  \vayne  and  Chicago  Rail- 
road, thence  northwesteily  along  the  south- 
westerly line  of  the  right  of  way  of  the 
Pittsburgii,  Ft.  Wayne  and  Chicago  Railroau 
to  the  said  line  125  feet  easterly  of  the  east- 
erly line  of  the  right  of  way  of  the  Illinois 
Central  Railroad,  the  place  of  beginning. 

(m)  Any  person  desiring  to  erect  a  irame 
or  wooden  buildin*  to  be  used  for  residence 
or  mercantile  purposes  within  the  provisional 
fire  limits  above  described  shall  have  a  right 
to  do  so,  upon  presenting  a  petition  to  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings  together  with  a 
plat,  plans  and  specifications  showing  the 
place  where  such  building  is  to  be  erected. 
Such  petition  shall  be  verified  by  the  athda- 
vit  of  the  applicant  and  shall  contain  the 
written  consent  ol  the  owners  of  a  majority 
of  the  frontage  upon  both  sides  of  the  streets 
surrounding  the  square  in  which  the  build- 
ing Is  to  be  erected. 

(n)  No  frame  or  wooden  residence  or 
mercantile  building  shall  be  erected  within 
the  said  provisional  fire  limits  exceeding 
forty   leet   in    height. 

696.  Nuisance.)  (a)  Every  building  or 
structure  constructed  or  maintained  in  vio- 
lation of  this  chapter,  or  which  is  in  an  un- 
sanitary condition,  or  in  an  unsafe  or  dan- 
gerous condition  or  which  in  any  manner 
endangers  the  health  or  safety  of  any  per- 
son or  persons,  is  hereby  declared  to  be  a 
public    nuisance. 

(b)  Every  building  or  part  thereof  which 
Is  in  an  unsanitary  condition  by  reason  of 
the  basement  or  cellar  being  damp  or  wet, 
or  by  reason  of  the  floor  of  such  basement 
or  cellar  being  covered  with  stagnant  water, 
or  by  reason  of  the  presence  of  sewer  gas, 
or  by  reason  of  any  portion  of  a  building 
being  infected  with  disease  or  being  unfit 
for  human  habitation  or  which  by  reason  of 
any  other  unsanitary  condition,  is  a  source 
of  sickness,  or  which  endangers  the  public 
health,  is  hereby  declared  to  be  a  public 
nuisance. 

697.  Penalty.)  Any  person,  or  eorpi 'ra- 
tion who  violates,  neglects  or  refuses  to 
comply  with,  or  who  resists  or  opposes  the 
enforcement  of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this 
chapter,  shall  be  fined  not  less  than  twenty- 
five  nor  more  than  two  hundred  dollars  for 
each  offense,  and  every  such  person  or  cor- 
poration shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  separ- 
ate offense  for  every  day  on  which  such  vio- 
lation, neglect  or  refusal  shall  continue; 
and  any  builder  or  contractor  who  shall  con- 
struct any  building  in  violation  of  any  of 
the   provisions   of    this   chapter,    and   any   ar- 


chitect designed,  drawing  plans  for  or  hav- 
ing charge  of  such  building  or  who  shall 
permit  it  to  be  constructed,  shall  be  liable 
to  the  penalties  provided  and  imposed  by 
this    section. 

698.  Ho  Amusement  License  to  Issue 
Wituout  Certincate  from  City  Officials.) 
No  license  shall  be  issued  to  any  person, 
mm  ur  corporation  to  produce,  present,  con- 
duct, operate  or  offer  for  gain  or  profit,  any 
theatricals,  shows  or  amusements  until  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings,  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Health,  the  Eire  Marshal  and  the 
City  Electrician  shall  have  certified  in  writ- 
ing that  the  room  or  place  where  it  is  pro- 
posed to  produce,  present,  conduct,  operate 
or  offer  such  theatricals,  shows  or  amuse- 
ments complies  in  every  respect  with  the  or- 
dinances of  the  City  of  Chicago. 


OSDINANCES 

Fertaining  to  builain,?  operations  not  having 
Code  numbers,  and  referred  to  from  time 
to  time  in  the  foregoing  Building  Ordi- 
nance : 

Be    it    ordained    by    the    City    Council    of    the 

City   of  Chicago: 

Section  1.  That  Section  480  of  the  Chi- 
cago Code  of  1911  be  and  the  same  is  hereby 
amended  so  as  to  read  as  follows: 

"Section  480.  Stores  used  for  retail  sale 
of  goods  or  manufacturing  purposes — Occu- 
pation of  basement — .Lockers.)  (a)  iSot 
more  than  the  lower  twelve  stories  above 
the  street  grade  shall  be  used  for  the  re- 
tail sale  of  goods,  or  for  locker  provisions  in 
excess  of  accommodations  for  the  number 
of  employes  on  the  floor  on  which  tney  are 
employed,  or  for  manufacturing  purposes  in 
a  building  devoted  wholly  or  in  part  to  pur- 
poses of  Class  VII,  except  as  hereinafter 
provided;  provided,  however,  the  stories  above 
the  twelfth  story  may  be  used  for  these  or 
other  purposes  when  equipped  with  an  ap- 
proved automatic  sprinkler  system  approved 
by  the  Chief  of  Fire  Prevention  and  Public 
Safety;  and  provided,  further,  that  all  such 
buildings  hereafter  erected,  to  be  used  for 
these  purposes,  or  so  used,  above  the  twelfth 
story  shall,  in  addition  to  being  equipped 
with  an  approved  automatic  sprinkler  sys- 
tem,   have    enclosed   stairways. 

(b)  Not  more  than  one  floor  of  any  base- 
ment or  cellar  shall  be  used  for  the  retail 
sale  of  goods.  Such  floor  shall  be  the  floor 
nearest  to  the  inside  street  grade.  Such 
floor  used  for  the  retail  sale  of  goods  shall 
not  be  more  than  twenty  feet  below  tne 
inside  street  grade:  Provided,  however,  that 
in  all  existing  buildings  of  fireproof  con- 
struction having  a  floor  not  more  than  thirty- 
two  feet  below  the  inside  street  grade,  and 
having  a  partial  intermediate  floor  or  gal- 
lery between  such  floor  and  the  level  of  the 
inside  street  grade,  with  an  opening  through 
smh  intermediate  floor  not  less  than  fortj 
feet  by  forty  feel  In  area,  and  having  direct 
exits  on  such  floor  and  Intermediate  floor 
or  gallery  connecting  on  substantially  the 
same  levels  with  the  floors  of  adjacent 
buildings  of  fireproof  construction,  t lie  re- 
tail sale  of  goods  shall  be  permitted  on  such 
floors  not  more  than  thirty-two  feet  below 
the  inside  street  grade  if  such  Boors  shall  be 
properly  and  thoroughly  ventilated  and  me- 
chanically supplied  with  not  less  tnan  two 
thousand  cubic  feel  of  air  per  hour  for 
each  twenty  square  feel  of  floor  area,  ex- 
clusive Of  walls,  stairs  and  elevators,  ano 
If  such  buildings  arc  equipped  tnroughoul 
and  on  such  floors  below  the  inside  street 
grade  with  an  automatic  sprinkler  system 
approved  by  the  Chief  of  Fire  Prevention 
and  Public  Safety,  and  If  the  number  and 
character  of  stairways  and  emergency  exits 
comply  with  the  provisions  of  tins  chapter 
applicable  to  buildings  of  Class  V 1 1  of  fire- 
proof construction;  and  further  provided  that 
in  addition  to  the  foregoing  requirements 
there  shall  be  at   least  one  fireproof  stairway 


■1-21 


enclosed  in  a  fireproof  tow<  r  i  \  tending  from 
sucn  sab-basement  to  the  Brst  floor  of  such 
building  with  no  openings  into  said  tower 
except  from  the  sub-basement  and  lirst  door. 
Except  as  above  provided  in  para- 
graph  (b)  01  this  section  in  relation  to  ex- 
isting buildings,  no  sub-basement,  cellar  or 
part  of  a  basement  below  such  floor  shall 
be  used  for  the  sale  ol  any  goods  in  any 
manner,  but  locker  and  dressing  rooms  may 
be  placed  in  the  sub-basement,  provided  the 
space  thus  occupied  be  separated  from  the 
remainder  of  the  basemenl  by  fireprool  par- 
titions, and  that  there  be  at  least  two  flights 
of  stairs  placed  as  far  apart  as  practicable 
Leading  therefrom  to  the  first  floor,  enclosed 
in  fireprool  partitions.  Such  stairs  from  sucn 
-nig  room  shall  be,  in  addition 
tn  other  stairways  required  by  this  chapter 
for  such  buildings,  and  at  least  one  ot  such 
stairways  shall  open  directly  on  a  street, 
alley  or  court  opening  on  a  street  or  alley, 
or  on  a  fireproof  passage  leading  t<>  the 
street,  allej  or  such  court.  Win-re  more 
than  Ave  lockers  are  in  one  room,  such  loi  kers 
shall   tie  ol    incombustible  material. 

i  ili  Where  stories  above  the  twelfth  story 
are  used  lor  the  purposes  of  'lass  VII, 
as  hereinbefore  described,  for  locker  provi- 
sions in  excess  of  accommodations  for  em- 
l  loyes  on  the  floor  on  which  they  are  em- 
ployed, then  the  stairways  from  the  first 
to  the  topmost  floor  shall  be  built  and  en- 
closed as  described  in  Section  652,  but  the 
stairways  shall  be  in  number  and  aggregate 
width  as  required  in  the  table  tor  stairways 
set    forth    in   Section    650    of   this   Chapter. 

Section  2.  This  ordinance  shall  be  in  force 
from  and  after  its  passage  and  due  publi- 
cat  i<  in. 

Passed  July  6.  1917. 

FLOORS  IN  BASEMENTS — DRY  CLEANING 
PLANTS. 

Be    it    ordained    by    the    (  ity    Council    of    the 

City    of    Chicago: 

Section  1.  That  Article  XII,  Chapter  XVI, 
of  the  '  hicago  Code  of  1911  be  and  the  same 
is  hereby  amended  by  adding  a  new  section 
to  said  article  to  be  inserted  after  present 
Section  600  and  to  be  known  as  Section 
600 14,  said  new  section  to  consist  in  words 
and    fig  ires   as    1  ollows : 

"600 %.  Concrete  FloorB  in  Basements — 
Beiuireinents.)  Wherever  concrete  floors  are 
laid  in  basements  of  buildings  now  in  exist- 
ence or  buildings  hereatter  to  be  erected, 
the  concrete  of  such  floors  shall  be  at  least 
three  (3)  inches  in  thickness  and  such  floors 
shall  be  laid  on  a  sand  or  cinder  foundation 
not    less    than    six    (6)    inches    in    thickness." 

S(  ction  2.  This  ordinance  shall  be  in 
force  and  effect  lrom  and  after  its  passage 
and    due    publication. 

lassel    Marjh    18,    1917. 


DRY-CLEANINCJ       PLANTS:       ORDINANCE 
FERTAININO  TO. 

Be  it  ordained  by  the  City  Council  of  the 
<   ity    of    <  'hicago: 

Section  1.  That  the  ordinance  creating 
the  Bureau  of  Fire  Prevention  and  Public 
Safety  passed  July  22,  L912,  and  appearing 
on  pages  1543  to  1620  inclusive,  of  the 
Journal  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  City 
ii  of  that  date,  as  subsequently 
amended,  be  and  the  same  is  hereby  further 
amended  so  that  Section  164,  Article  XI  of 
said    ordinance    shall    read    as   follows: 

Section  164.  Frontage  Consents — Building 
acquirements — Ventilation — Fire  Prevention 
— Equipment — Lljntin^ — "Water  Troug-h — 

Asbestos  Blanket.)  (a)  Whenever  applica- 
tion is  made  for  a  permit  to  build  or  license 
to  use  or  occ  ipy  any  building  for  the  pur- 
pose of  conducting  or  carrying  on  the  busi- 
ness of  drv  cleaning  or  drying,  as  defined  in 
this  ordinance,  in  any  block  or  square  in 
which  two-thirds  of  the  improved  property, 
ling  to  frontage  on  both  sides  of  the 
streets   surrounding  such  block  or  square,   is 


used  exclusively  for  residence  purposes,  such 
application  shall  be  accompanied  by  the 
written  consent  of  a  majority  of  all  the 
property  owners  according  to  frontage  on 
both  sides  of  the  streets  surrounding  such 
block  or  square  before  a  permit  or  license 
may  be  issued:  and  such  building  or  build- 
ings shall  be  constructed  and  equipped  ac- 
cording  to   the   following  specifications: 

(b»  Every  such  building  shall  be  built  of 
brick,  stone  or  concrete,  with  no  basement, 
and  shall  not  exceed  two  stories  in  height; 
provided,  however,  that  the  use  of  any 
building  not  exceeding  three  stories  in 
height  in  which  a  dry  cleaning  business  was 
carried  on  prior  to  July  22.  1912,  may  be 
continued  it  such  building  complies  in  all 
other  respects  with  the  provisions  of  this 
ordinance.  1  he  first  floor  Of  such  building 
shall  be  higher  than  the  surface  of  the 
ground  surrounding  such  building  and  shall 
be  so  laid  that  there  shall  be  no  space 
underneath  the  same.  The  floor  or  floors  of 
both  dry  cleaning  room  and  drying  room, 
and  the  ceiling  or  roof  of  dry  cleaning  room 
shall  be  of  fireproof  construction,  and  the 
roof  on  the  drying  room,  if  of  combustible 
material,    shall    be    without    concealed    spaces. 

There  shall  be  no  openings  through  the 
floors,  excepting  in  two-story  buildings,  in 
which  a  stairway  leading  from  the  second 
floor  to  the  first  floor  may  be  permitted,  if 
properly  enclosed  with  walls  of  incom- 
bustible material.  Such  stairways  shall  lead 
to  the  outside  of  the  building  without  any 
doors  or  openings  leading  into  the  dry 
cleaning   room. 

Every  such  building  shall  be  detached  and 
at  least  fifty  (50)  feet  from  any  other 
building  or  structure  or  to  line  of  adjoin- 
ing property  which  may  be  built  upon;  pro- 
vided, however,  that  the  use  of  any  build- 
ing in  which  a  dry  cleaning  business  was 
carried  on  prior  to  the  passage  of  said  ordi- 
nance on  July  22,  1912,  may  be  continued 
where  such  building  is  separated  from  all 
other  buildings  by  a  fire  wall,  with  no 
openings  into  any  adjoining  building;  and 
further  provided,  that  any  building  previous- 
ly used  for  dry  cleaning  but  not  so  occu-. 
pied  or  used  for  such  purpose  for  a  period 
of  three  (3)  consecutive  months  immediate- 
ly prior  to  the  passage  of  this  amendatory 
ordinance,  shall  not  again  be  used  for  the 
business  of  dry  cleaning  unli  ss  all  require- 
ments governing  new  buildings  or  dry  clean- 
ing plants   have  been  complied   with. 

A  building  used  for  dry  cleaning  or  dry- 
ing shall  not  be  occupied  for  any  purpose 
other  than  the  conduct  of  a  dry  cleaning 
and  dry  room  plant.  The  walls  of  such 
building  shall  be  not  less  than  twelve  inches 
thick  and  shall  have  vent  holes  at  the  floor 
line  not  less  than  sixteen  (16)  square  inches 
in  area  when  ventilation  by  means  of  ex- 
haust fan  or  fans  is  employed,  and  not  less 
than  thirty-two  (32)  square  inches  in  area 
when  ventilation  by  means  of  paddle-wheel 
type  fan  or  fans  is  employed;  such  vent 
holes  shall  be  not  more  than  six  (6)  feet 
apart,  measured  from  center  to  center,  and 
shall  be  protected  by  screens  of  thirty  (30) 
mesh  brass  wire  on  the  inside  of  such  walls 
and  by  iron  bars  or  screens  of  large  mesh 
on  the  outside  of  such  walls. 

(c)  Such  building,  unless  divided  into 
compartments,  as  hereinafter  described,  shall 
be  further  ventilated  by  means  of  an  ex- 
haust fan  or  fans  of  sufficient  capacity  to 
change  the  air  in  the  building  every  three 
minutes  and  shall  be  kept  in  operation  at 
all  times  during  the  use  of  such  building. 
Such  exhaust  fan  shall  be  located  in  an  air 
conduit  whose  inlet  openings  shall  be  at 
or  near  the  floor  level  in  the  wall  farthest 
away  from  any  other  building  or  structure, 
and  the  discharge  end  of  such  conduit  shall 
be  cnrried  above  the  roof  of  such  building. 
If  such  building  be  divided  into  fireproof 
compartments,  by  partitions  of  six-inch  hol- 
low tile,  or  equivalent,  extending  from  floor 
to  ceiling,  each  such  compartment  having 
a  capacity  of  not  to  exceed  twenty-five 
hundred    (2,500)    cubic   feet,    the   exhaust    fan 


222 


Theatrei — Oarages. 


or  fans  and  air  conduit  before  mentioned 
may  be  omitted  from  each  of  such  compart- 
ments, and  in  lieu  thereof  there  shall  be 
a  paddle-wheel  type  fan  attached  to  the 
line  shalting  in  each  compartment,  of  suffi- 
cient size  to  displace  an  amount  of  air  equal 
to  the  cubical  contents  of  the  compartment 
at  least  once  each  minute.  All  doors  in  any 
such  building  shall  be  constructed  of  in- 
combustible materials  and  shall  open  out- 
ward. All  window  openings  of  such  build- 
ing shall  be  protected  by  fire-resisting  glass 
with  metal  sash  and  frames,  or  by  outside 
iron    shutters. 

(d)  Every  such  building  two  stories  high 
shall  be  provided  with  two  stairways  lead- 
ing from  the  second  to  the  first  floor,  at 
least  one  of  which  must  be  placed  on  the 
outside   and   be   constructed   of   iron   or   steel. 

(e)  Every  such  dry  cleaning  plant  shall 
be  equipped  with  a  high  pressure  steam 
boiler  of  a  capacity  equivalent  to  one  (1) 
horse  power  for  each  one  hundred  (100) 
cubic  feet  contents  of  the  dry  cleaning  or 
benzine  room  to  admit  of  flooding  the  dry 
cleaning  and  dry  rooms  with  steam  in  case 
of  fire.  A  steam  pressure  of  at  least  thirty 
(30)  pounds  must  be  maintained  in  said 
boiler  at  all  times  while  plant  is  in  oper- 
ation. Each  room  of  such  building  shall 
be  equipped  with  a  line  of  one  and  one-fourth 
( 1 14  )  inch  pipe  connected  with  a  one  and 
one-fourth  (  1  ]i )  inch  supply  line  leading 
from  such  high  pressure  boiler  and  having 
down  spouts  of  at  least  two  (2)  inches  in 
length  and  not  less  than  ten  (10)  feet  apart 
distributed      over     washers      and      extractors. 

The  valves  operating  such  lines  of  pipe 
shall  in  every  case  be  placed  outside  of  such 
building;  provided,  however,  that  every  such 
dry  cleaning  plant,  constructed  and  main- 
tained prior  to  the  passage  of  said  ordi- 
nance on  July  22.  1912.  may  in  place  of  such 
high-pressure  boiler  be  equipped  with  such 
adequate  and  practical  fire  extinguishing 
system  as  may  be  approved  by  the  Chief  of 
Fire    Prevention    and    Public    Safety. 

(f)  Whenever  steam  power  shall  be 
used  for  the  operation  of  any  machinery 
contained  in  any  such  dry  cleaning  estab- 
lishment, the  boiler  generating  such  power 
shall  bo  located  in  a  separate  building  and 
so  situated  that  the  line  of  travel  for  gnses 
between  the  boiler  and  the  nearest  open- 
ing into  the  cleaning  or  drying  room  shall 
be  not  less  than  twenty  (20)  feet,  and 
whenever  electrical  power  is  used,  the  elec- 
tric motor  furnishing  such  power  shall  be 
similarly  located;  provided,  however,  that 
such  boiler  and  electric  motor  may  be  lo- 
cated in  the  same  building  where  such 
building  was  used  for  dry  cleaning  purposes 
prior  to  the  time  of  passage  of  said  ordi- 
nance on  July  22.  1912.  if  such  boiler  or 
electric  motor  is  separated  from  the  dry- 
cleaning  or  drying  room  by  fire  wa'ls  hav- 
ing ro  openings  into  such  dry  cleaning 
or  drying  r"om.  pxcept  such  openings  as 
mav  ho  required  for  shafts  in  operating  the 
machinery    contained     therein. 

(g)  Every  such  building  shall  be  lighted 
hy  incandescent  electric  lamps  having  key- 
less sockets,  protected  bv  vapor-tight  outer 
globes,  and  controlled  by  outside  switches. 
No  open  light  or  flnme  of  any  kind  whatso- 
ever   shall    be    allowed    or    used    therein. 

(h)  Every  such  establishment  shall  be 
provided  with  an  open  tank  not  less  than 
four  (4)  feet  long,  two  (2)  feet  wide  and 
three  <3)  feet  deep,  which  shrill  be  placed 
near  the  entrance  to  the  dry-cleaning  room 
and    shall    be   kept    filled    with    water. 

(i)  Everv  such  establishment  shall  be 
equipped  with  an  asbestos  blanket  of  a 
size  not  less  than  six  ffi)  feet  by  nine  (9) 
feet;  <;aid  blanket  to  bo  placed  inside  of 
the  drr  cloaninp  or  henzino  room  near  the 
door  thereof  and  in  such  a  position  that  it 
shall  be  easily  accessible  for  use  in  case 
of   fire. 

Section  2.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect 
and  be  in  force  fmm  and  after  its  passage, 
approval    and    publication. 

Passed    June    25,    1917. 


ORDINANCE  CONCEENTNG  GAEAOES 

AN  ORDINANCE 

Amending    an    Ordinance    passed    on    July    17, 

1»11,   as  published  in  the  leit  hand  column 

on  page    962   of  the   Journal   for   the   years 

1911    and    1912,    in    regard    to    the    location 

of   garages. 
Be    it    ordained    by    the    City    Council    of    the 

City    of   Chicago: 

Section  1.  That  Section  1  of  an  ordinance 
relating  to  garages,  passed  by  the  City  Coun- 
cil on  July  17,  1911,  as  published  in  the 
left  hand  column  on  page  9fi2  of  the  Journal 
of  the  proceedings  of  the  City  Council  of  the 
City  of  Chicago  for  the  years  1911  and  1912, 
as  such  ordinance  is  amended  by  an  ordi- 
nance passed  on  December  7,  1914,  and  pub- 
lished on  page  2393  of  the  Journal  of  the 
proceedings  of  said  City  Council  for  the 
years  i914  and  1915,  be  and  the  same  is 
hereby  further  amended  so  as  to  read  as  fol- 
lows: 

Section  1.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any 
person,  firm  or  corporation  to  locate,  build, 
construct  or  maintain  any  garage  within 
the  territory  bounded  by  the  Chicago  River 
and  the  south  branch  thereof  on  tne  north 
and  west,  by  Lake  Michigan  on  the  east  and 
by  Van  Buren  Street  on  the  south,  any  part 
of  which  is  within  eighty  feet,  or  the  en- 
trance or  exit  to  or  from  which,  for  the  use 
of  automobiles,  is  either  within  one  hun- 
dred and  sixty  feet,  of  any  portion  of  the 
street  front  of  any  building  used  as  and 
for  a  hospital,  church  or  public  or  parochial 
school,  or  upon  a  street  containing  street 
car  tracks,  and  within  one  (1)  block  of  the 
entrance  of  a  street  railway  tunnei,  or  which 
shall  house  within  said  distance  of  one  Hun- 
dred and  sixty  feet  of  such  street  front, 
more  than  seventy-five  cars.  It  shall  be  un- 
lawful to  locate,  build,  construct  or  main- 
tain any  garage  within  two  hundred  teet 
of  any  building  used  as  and  for  a  hospital, 
church  or  public  or  parochial  school,  or  the 
ground  thereof,  in  any  portion  of  the  City 
of  Chicago  outside  of  the  territory  above 
named,  and  it  shall  be  unlawful  for  any 
person,  firm  or  corporation  to  locate,  build, 
construct  or  maintain  any  garage  in  the 
city  on  any  lot  in  any  block  in  which  two- 
thirds  of  the  buildings  on  both  sides  of 
the  street  are  used  exclusively  for  residence 
purposes,  or  within  one  hundred  feet  of  any 
such  street  in  any  such  block,  without  se- 
curing the  written  consent  of  a  majority 
of  the  property  owners  according  to  frontage 
on  both  sides  of  the  street  as  provided  by 
the  ordinances  of  the  City  of  Chicago;  pro- 
vided, that  all  lots  which  abut  only  on  a  pub- 
lie  alley  or  court  shall  be  considered  as 
fronting  on  the  street  to  which  such  alley 
oi    court    leads. 

Such  written  cons  nt  shall  be  obtained  and 
filed  with  the  '  om  nissioi  er  ol  Buildings  be- 
lore  a  permit  it-  issued  for  the  construction 
of  any  such  buiding.  pr  >vlded,  that  in  de- 
termining whether  tio-th  rds  of  the  build- 
ings on  both  si  les  of  s.  ch  street  are  used 
mi  isively  tor  residence  purposes,  anj  bull  I 
ing  fronting  upon  another  Street  and  located 
upon  a  corner  lol  shall  not  be  considered; 
only  that  part  of  the  street  in  question  which 
lies  between  the  two  nearest  intersecting 
streets. 

Sees,   j    tn   7   p>  rtain    to   licensing 

Passed    July    17,    191  1. 

Section   1   amended   December   7,    1914. 

Section     1     further    amended     .tune    29,     1917. 


AN    ORDINANCE 

Declaring    theatres    located     above    the    first 

floor  of  buildings  nuisance:     exception. 
Be    it    ordained    by    the    City    Council    of    the 
City   of   Chicago: 

Section  1.  That  It  shall  be  and  it  is 
hereby  declared  t"  be  a  nuisance  to  conduct 
a  public  theatre  in  a  room  located  on  any 
floor  above   the  first   floor  level   of  a  building 


223 


Joseph    H.    Butt. is  John   W.    Buttas 


B-W  Construction  Company  noting 

BUTTAS   BROS. 

GENERAL  CONTRACTORS 

1  0  South  La  Salle  Street 

CHICAGO 

Telephones:      Franklin   5298;    Franklin   85  1 


William  Mavor  Company 

Contractors  and  Builders 

72  West  Adams  street 
CHICAGO 

JOHN'  MAVOR,   1'kes.   and   Treas.  TELEPHONE 

JIOKTOX   K.  MAVOR,   Secy,  CENTRAL  2435 


lutl&mg  QlmtirarttfrB 

fHaaonru        IBrmfflmft  (Ecttrrrip        (Hatrinitrij 

FACTORIES.  WAREHOUSES.  MERCANTILE  AND  INDUSTRIAL  BUILDINGS 
MILL.  STEEL  AND  REINFORCED  CONCRETE  CONSTRUCTION 

yhtrnra:   fflam  48f  an&  488.  artfli  tfranklitt  1492  10fi   N.  ICa  S>allr  8>t.,  (Cljirago 

HENRY  "MENKE  Phone  Randolph  849 

R.  W    MENKE 

Menke-Thielberg  Co. 

GENERAL  CONTRACTORS 

Masonry       Carpentry       Concrete  Work 

Main  Office  and  Yards 
2128-30   W.   Lake  St. 
City    Office,    1419-20    City    Hall   Sq.   Bldg.  C  H  I  C  AG  O 


224 


Hospitals — Cooling-   Plant  a — Street   Obstruction 


of  other  than  fireproof  construction  or  a 
building  which  did  not  comply  with  the 
■ordinances  of  the  City  of  Chicago  with  ref- 
erence to  fireproof  construction  in  force  at 
die  time  such  building  was  built,  and  that 
all  such  public  theatres  now  being  con- 
ducted in  ruoms  on  any  floor  above  the  first 
fluur  level  of  a  building  ot  other  than  fire- 
proof construction  or  a  building  which  did 
not  comply  with  the  ordinances  of  the  City 
of  Chicago  with  reference  to  fireproof  con- 
struction in  force  at  the  time  such  building 
was  built,  with  a  seating  capacity  ot  more 
man  three  hundred,  shall  be  and  they  are 
hereby  declared  to  be  nuisances;  and  it  shall 
be  unlawful  to  continue  to  use  such  rooms 
for  public  theatrical  purposes  whether  the 
same  are  equipped  with  a  stage  and  scenery 
or  are  used  for  moving  picture  shows  only. 
The  provisions  of  the  foregoing  paragraph 
shall  not  apply  where  the  theatre  is  altered 
so  as  to  bring  the  main  audience  room  on 
the  first  floor  level  and  siow-burning  con- 
struction is  used  in  the  reconstruction  work 
and  in  making  such  alterations  and  all  re- 
quirements of  the  ordinances  of  the  City 
applying  to  Class  IVb  are  complied  with, 
nor  shall  said  provisions  apply  where  the 
following  conditions  are  fully  complied  with: 

(a)  The  building  shall  be  used  for 
theatre   purposes  only. 

(b)  The  seating  capacity  shall  not  ex- 
ceed the  seating  capacity  at  the  time  of 
passage    of   this    ordinance. 

(c)  Metal  scenery  only  shall  be  used; 
provided,  however,  one  proscenium  drop, 
one  back  drop  and  three  borders  may  be 
used  provided  they  are  of  asbestos  cloth 
subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Fire  Mar- 
shal. 

(d)  All  seats  shall  be  at  least  eighteen 
inches  wide  and  spaced  thirty-two  inches 
from   back  to   back. 

(e)  There  shall  be  no  boxes,  stalls 
or  loges. 

(f)  No  stove  or  furnace  heating  shall 
be  allowed. 

(g)  All  lighting  shall  be  by  electricity; 
provided,  however,  that  gas  may  be  used 
in    connection    with    exit    lights. 

(h)  At  least  sixty  inches  of  exit  space 
shall  be  provided  for  every  one  hundred 
seats. 

(i)  The  stage  shall  not  be  more  than 
twenty-two   feet   from    front   to   rear. 

(j)  The  audience  room  shall  be  sur- 
rounded  by   brick    walls. 

(k)  In  all  cases  where  dressing  rooms 
are  placed  back  of  the  stage  the  brick 
wall  shall  extend  between  the  stage  and 
such  dressing  rooms,  but  the  stage  wall 
may  contain  a  door  leading  to  such  dress- 
ing  room   located   behind   said   wall. 

(1)  All  dressing  rooms  shall  have  in- 
combustible partitions  and  all  existing 
wooden  partitions,  wherever  located,  shall 
be    removed. 

(m)  There  shall  be  an  open  space  on 
at  least  three  sides  of  the  building  con- 
taining such  theatre,  except  as  otherwise 
herein  provided,  which  space  shall  be  open 
from  the  floor  level  of  the  auditorium  to 
the   sky. 

(n)  One  of  such  open  spaces  must  be 
a  public  street  and  the  others  public  or 
private  alleys  or  open  spaces  leading  di- 
rectly to  a  street  or  public  or  private 
alley,  and  in  all  cases  where  such  open 
space  is  private  ground,  it  must  be  at 
least  five  feet  wide  where  the  seating  ca- 
pacity does  not  exceed  six  hundred,  and 
six  inches  additional  width  must  be  pro- 
vided for  each  one  hundred  seats  installed 
in  such  theatre  in  excess  of  six  hundred; 
provided,  however,  that  in  all  cases  where 
a  sprinkler  system  is  installed  over  the 
stage,  together  with  an  approved  power 
pump    and    pressure    tank    subject    to    the 


approval  of  the  Fire  Marshal,  it  shall  be 
sufficient  if  there  are  open  spaces  as  abo^e 
required  on  two  sides  of  the  building  in 
which    such    theatre    is    located. 

(o)  Wherever  the  side  of  an  audience 
room  adjoins  an  open  space,  as  herein- 
above required,  which  open  space  is  on 
private  ground  or  is  a  private  or  public 
alley,  there  shall  be  a  five-foot  open  iron 
platform  extending  the  entire  length  of 
the  audience  room,  with  an  open  iron 
stairway  leading  to  the  ground  from  said 
platform  at  each  end  thereof,  and  in  all 
such  cases  there  shall  be  a  stairway  fire 
escape  leading  from  the  gallery  of  the 
theatre,  if  there  is  a  gallery,  to  such 
platform. 

(p)  Where  the  only  open  space  adjoin- 
ing the  side  of  the  audience  room  is  a 
public  street,  there  shall  be  a  five-foot 
stairway,  enclosed  by  walls  of  incombusti- 
ble material,  leading  from  the  middle  of 
the  audience  room  on  the  side  contiguous 
to  such  street  to  the  first  floor,  at  the  bot- 
tom of  which  dtairway  there  shall  be  an 
exit  opening  directly  to  the  street,  and 
in  such  cases  there  shall  be  a  three-foot 
stairway  leading  from  the  gallery,  if  there 
is  a  gallery,  to  the  main  floor  of  the  audi- 
torium, the  bottom  of  which  shall  be  with- 
in ten  feet  of  the  stairway  leading  from 
such   main   floor   to   the  ground    floor. 

(q)  There  shall  be  an  exit  at  least  five 
feet  wide  on  each  side  of  the  stage,  which 
exit  shall  lead  tnrough  a  passageway  con- 
structed entirely  of  incombustible  material 
to  a  stairway  which  shall  be  completely 
enclosed  with  incombustible  material.  Said 
stairway  shall  lead  to  the  ground  level 
and  communicate  through  a  passageway 
of  incombustible  material  directly  with  a 
public  street  or  alley  or  a  private  alley 
which  leads  directly  to  a  public  street 
or   alley. 

(r)  An  exit  shall  be  provided  on  each 
side  of  the  balcony  or  gallery  at  the  end 
nearest  the  stage  by  means  of  a  stairway 
of  incombustible  material  leading  to  the 
main  floor  of  the  audience  room. 

(s)  The  exits  at  the  front  of  the  the- 
atre shall  communicate  with  stairways  of 
incombustible  material  leading  directly  to 
the  ground  level  and  either  opening  di- 
rectly out  upon  the  street  or  communi- 
cating with  the  street  through  fireproof 
passageways,  and  in  no  case  shall  any 
stairway  leading  from  the  main  audience 
flnnr  to  the  ground  level  communicate  or 
connect  with  any  other  such  stairway. 

(t)  All  doors  leading  through  the  pros- 
cenium wall  or  from  the  stage  to  the 
dressing:  rooms  shall  be  of  incombustible 
material. 

(u)  All  alterations  made  In  buildings 
containing  such  theatres  shall  be  of  slow- 
burning  construction,  except  as  herein 
otherwise    provided. 

Section  2.  Anv  person,  firm  or  corpora- 
tion that  shall  violate  any  of  the  provisions 
of  this  ordinance  shall  ho  fined  not  less  than 
twenty-five  ($25. 001  dollars  nor  more  than 
two  hundred  ($200  001  dollars  for  each  of- 
fense, and  each  dav's  operation  contrary  to 
this  ordinance  shall  he  considered  a  dis- 
tinct   and    separate   offense. 

Section    3.      This    ordinance    shall    take    ef- 
fect   and     be    1n     force    from    and    after    its 
pn^ia^e    and    due    publication. 
Passed    July    22.    1912. 

ORDINANCE       LIMITING       LOCATION       Or 
HOSPITALS. 

Bi     it    ordained    by    the    City    Council    of    the 
City  of  Chicago: 

Section  1.  That  Section  1220  of  The  Chi- 
cago Code  of  1911  be  and  the  same  Is  here- 
by  amended   so   as   to   read   as   followe: 

1220.  (Location  of  Hospital  near  School 
or  Playground.)      No  hospital  of  any  kind  or 


ll-< 


Telephone   Main    2383 


Ralph  Sollitt  £?  Sons  Construction  Co, 

GENERAL  CONTRACTORS 
AND  BUILDERS 


30  N.  La  Salle  St.  CHICAGO 


HENRY  L.   APPEL  A.  W.  APPEL 

Pres.  and  Trea3  Vice  Pre». 

Henry  L.  Appel  Co. 

General  Contractors 

Telephone  Main  85 

Room  406,    30  N.   La  Salle  St.  CHICAGO 

TELEPHONE  CENTRAL  5167 

JOHN   HAMMOND  CO. 
General  Contractors 

68  WEST  WASHINGTON  STREET  CHICAGO 

PHONES   MAIN    3  797,    MAIN    4397 

E.  P.  STRANDBERG  COMPANY 

General    Contractors 

1809  CONWAY  BUILDING,  CHICAGO 

22C 


Licensing  of   Employing  Maton  Contractors 


description  shall  hereafter  be  erected  or  es- 
tablished within  four  hundred  feet  of  any 
property  used  for  public  or  parochial  school 
purposes   or  as   a   public   playground. 

Section  2.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect 
and  be  In  force  on  and  after  Its  passage 
and   due   publication. 

Passed   April    29.    1912. 


ell  of  that  date  be  and   the   same  Is   hereby 
repealed. 

Section  3.  This  ordinance  shall  take  ef- 
fect and  be  in  force  from  and  after  its  pas- 
sage,   approval    and    publication. 

Ordinance  passed  April   27,   1914. 


Buildings,    Etc.,    in   Streets. 
He    it    ordained    by    the    City    Council    of    the 
City  of  Chicago: 

Section  1.  That  The  Chicago  Code  of  1911 
be  and  the  same  is  hereby  amended  by  in- 
serting after  Section  2444  thereof  three  (3) 
sections  numbered  respectively  2444a,  2444b 
and  2444c,  to  read  as  follows: 

2444a.  Erection  of  Building'  or  Other 
Structure  in  Street  Forbidden.)  No  person 
or  corporation  shall  erect  or  place  any 
building  or  jther  structure,  in  whole  or 
in  part,  upon  any  street,  alley,  sidewalk 
or  other  public  ground  within  the  city, 
and  every  person  or  corporation  that  vio- 
lates or  fails  to  comply  with  any  of  the 
provisions  of  this  section  shall  be  fined 
not  less  than  twenty-five  dollars  nor  more 
than    two   hundred    dollars. 

2444b.  Obstruction  Upon  Streets — New 
Street.)  The  owner  of  any  building,  struc- 
ture, fence,  porch,  steps,  gallery  or  other 
obstruction  now  standing  or  which  may 
hereafter  be  erected  or  placed  upon  any 
street,  alley,  sidewalk  or  public  ground 
within  this  city,  or  which  may  be  left 
standing  upon  any  new  street  that  has 
been  opened,  or  may  hereafter  be  opened, 
shall  remove  the  same  within  such  reason- 
able time,  not  exceeding  thirty  days,  as 
may  be  fixed  by  the  Commissioner  of  Pub- 
lic Works  in  a  written  notice  to  be  served 
as  hereinafter  provided  for,  but  the  time 
fixed  therein  shall  not  be  less  than  five 
days  after  such  service.  Such  written  no- 
tice may  be  served  upon  the  owner  or  upon 
the  person  or  corporation  in  possession  or 
occupancy  of  the  premises,  or  by  posting 
the  written  notice  upon  such  building, 
structure,  fence,  porch,  steps,  gallery  or 
other    obstruction. 

Any  person  or  corporation  violating  any 
of  the  provisions  of  this  section  shall  be 
fined  not  less  than  twenty-five  dollars  nor 
more  than  two  hundred  dollars,  and  shall 
be  fined  a  further  sum  of  ten  dollars  for 
each  and  every  day  such  building,  struc- 
ture, fence,  porch,  steps,  gallery  or  other 
obstruction  shall  remain  after  the  expira- 
tion of  the  time  fixed  for  the  removal  of 
same  in  the  written  notice  given  as  in  this 
section   provided. 

2444c.  Refusal  to  Remove — Nuisance.) 
"Whenever  the  owner  of  any  building, 
structure,  fence,  porch,  steps,  gallery  or 
other  obstruction  upon  any  street,  alley, 
sidewalk  or  public  ground  in  this  city, 
shall  refuse  or  neglect  to  remove  the  same, 
after  notice  served  as  prescribed  in  the 
preceding  section,  the  same  shall  be 
deemed  a  nuisance,  and  the  Commissioner 
of  Public  Works  shall  cause  the  same  to 
be  removed  or  taken  down,  and  the  ex- 
pense of  such  removal  or  taking  down 
shall  be  recoverable  from  the  owner  in  an 
action  of  assumpsit,  and  every  person  who 
shall  forcibly  and  unlawfully  resist  the 
execution  of  any  order  of  the  Commission- 
er of  Public  Works  in  the  premises  shall 
be  deemed  guilty  of  disorderly  conduct  and 
shall  be  subject  to  a  penalty  of  not  less 
than  five  dollars  nor  more  than  two  hun- 
dred dollars. 

Section  2.  That  an  ordinance  amending 
The  Chicago  Code  of  1911  by  inserting  after 
Section  2444  three  sections  numbered  2444a, 
2444b  and  2444c,  passed  by  the  City  Council 
of  the  City  of  Chicago  on  March  9,  1914.  and 
appearing  on  pages  4355  and  4356  of  the 
Journal  of  the  Froceedlngs  of  the  City  Coun- 


AN    ORDINANCE 

To  provide  for  the  licensing  and  regulation 
of  mason  contractors  and  employing  ma- 
sons. 

Be  it  ordained  by  the  City  Council  of  the 
City  of  Chicago: 

Section  1.  Any  person,  firm  or  corpora- 
tion engaged  in  or  desiring  to  engage  in  or 
work  at  the  business  of  masonry  or  mason 
work:  either  as  contractor,  sub-contractor  or 
employing  mason,  in  the  City  of  Chicago, 
shall  submit  to  an  examination  and  shall  ob- 
tain a  license  as  a  mason  contractor  or  em- 
ploying mason  in  the  manner  hereinafter 
provided  for;  provided,  that  whenever  a  firm 
or  corporation  consists  of  more  than  one 
master  or  employing  mason,  it  shall  not  be 
necessary  for  more  than  one  member  of  said 
firm  or  one  officer  of  said  corporation  to 
undergo  such  examination  in  order  to  obtain 
a  license  for  such  firm  or  corporation.  The 
words  "masonry"  or  "mason  work"  as  here- 
in used  shall  include  all  work  in  brick,  stone, 
concrete,  terracotta,  tile  and  fireproofing,  or 
any  combination  of  these  materials,  as  used 
in  and  about  the  construction  of  buildings 
or  structures  above  or  below  the  surface  of 
the  ground,  witn  the  exception  of  laying 
brick  or  concrete  sidewalks  and  brick  or 
concrete    paving. 

Section  2.  There  is  hereby  created  a  board 
of  examiners  of  mason  contractors,  consist- 
ing of  three  members,  all  of  whom  shall  be 
practical  masons,  and  who  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Mayor,  by  and  with  the  advice  and 
consent  of  the  City  Council,  and  their  term 
of  office  shall  extend  until  the  first  day  of 
May  following  their  appointment,  and  their 
successors  shall  be  appointed  in  like  manner 
for  the  term  of  one  year  annually  before  the 
first  day  of  May.  Said  board  shall  select  its 
own  chairman.  Each  member  of  said  board 
so  appointed  shall,  before  entering  upon  the 
duties  of  his  office,  execute  a  bond  to  the 
city  in  the  sum  of  Five  Thousand  Dollars 
($5,000),  with  sureties  to  be  approved  by  the 
City  Council,  coniitioned  for  the  faithful  per- 
formance of  the  duties  of  the  office  to  which 
he  has  been  appointed.  Each  of  the  mem- 
bers of  the  said  board  of  examiners  of  ma- 
son contractors  shall  receive  such  salary  as 
may  be  provided  therefor  in  the  annual  ap- 
propriation   bill. 

Section  3.  The  secretary  to  the  Board  of 
Examiners  of  Plumbers  shall  act  as  secre- 
tary to  the  said  board  of  examiners  of  mason 
contractors.  It  shall  be  his  duty  to  pre- 
serve and  keep  all  of  the  records,  books  and 
papers,  which  are  required  by  law  to  be  kept 
by  or  filed  with  the  said  board  of  examin- 
ers of  mason  contractors,  and  to  do  and  per- 
form such  other  service  as  may  be  from  time 
to   time   required   of  him   by  said  board. 

Section  4.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation 
desiring  to  procure  a  license  as  a  mason  con- 
tractor or  employing  mason  shall  make  ap- 
plication to  the  board  of  examiners  of  ma- 
son contractors  and  shall,  at  such  time  and 
place  as  said  board  may  designate,  undergo 
such  examination  as  to  qualifications  and 
competency  to  engage  in  such  business  as 
the  said  board  of  examiners  may  direct. 
Said  examination  shall  bo  made  in  whole  or 
in  part  in  writing  and  shall  be  of  a  practical 
and  elementary  character,  sufficiently  strict, 
Id  test  the  qualifications  of  the  applicant 
Where  tin-  applicant  is  a  firm  or  corporation 

such  applicant  shall  state  in  writing  the 
name  or  names  .if  the  person  >>r  persons 
connected  therewith  who  will  submit  to  such 
examination  as  to  qualifications,   and   in  case 


Cadenhead  Co.,  30 N.  La  Salle  St. 


407-8  Stock  Exchange  B)  ig. 


AKPENTBJRS 

AND    GENERAL 

ONTRACTORS 


Telephone   Franklin  2810-2811  CHICAGO 


SUMNER  SOLLITT  COMPANY 

BUILDERS 


PULLMAN  BLDG. 

Adams  St.  and  Michigan  Ave.  telephone 

CHICAGO  HARRISON  5812 


TELEPHONE  FRANKLIN  2810-2811 

EdwardAAndekson  [oapany 

Mason  and  General  Contractors 

30  North  La  Salle  Street 


Formerly 
Anderson-Stevens  Co.  CHICAGO 


Telephone  Franklin  4316  JAS.  THOMSON,  President 

George  Thomson  &  Son  Co. 

MASON  AND  GENERAL 

CONTRACTORS 

30  NORTH  LA  SALLE  STREET  CHICAGO 


228 


Registration  of  Building1  Contractors 


such  firm  or  corporation  receives  a  license 
and  thereafter  severs  its  connection  with 
such  person  or  persons,  so  that  no  member 
of  said  firm  or  office  of  said  corporation 
has  qualified  as  a  mason  contractor  or  em- 
ploying mason  as  required  by  this  ordinance, 
the  license  granted  to  such  firm  or  corpora- 
tion shall  no  longer  be  in  force,  and  such 
firm  or  corporation  shall  be  required  to  make 
a  new  application  for  a  license  in  the  same 
manner  as  before. 

Section  5.  Said  board  of  examiners  of 
mason  contractors  shall  examine  such  appli- 
cants as  to  their  practical  knowledge  of  ma- 
sonry and  mason  construction  and  all  mat- 
ters pertaining  to  mason  construction  and, 
if  satisfied  of  the  competency  of  any  such 
applicant,  shall  thereupon  issue  a  license  to 
such  applicant,  authorizing  him  to  engage  in 
the  business  of  mason  contracting  or  em- 
ploying mason.  The  fee  for  such  examina- 
tion, including  the  first  year's  license  fee, 
shall  be  fifty  dollars,  and  thereafter  the  an- 
nual license  fee  for  such  mason  contractor 
or  employing  mason  shall  be  twenty-five  dol- 
lars; said  license  shall  be  valid  and  have 
force  for  a  period  of  one  year  from  the  date 
of  issuance,  except  as  herein  otherwise  pro- 
vided, and  may  be  renewed  upon  its  expira- 
tion by  paying  in  advance  the  annual  re- 
newal fee.  All  fees  received  for  said  exam- 
inations and  Jicenses  shall  be  paid  into  the 
city   treasury. 

Section  6.  All  mason  work  placed  in  or 
upon  or  in  connection  with  any  building  or 
other  structure  in  the  City  of  Chicago  shall 
be  done  in  accordance  with  the  ordinances 
regulating  materials,  construction,  alteration 
and  inspection  of  such  work  now  or  here- 
after in  force  in  the  City  of  Chicago,  and 
no  mason  work  shall  be  done  upon  any 
building  without  a  permit  being  first  issued 
therefor  by  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings. 
In  every  case  where  any  mason  work  forms 
a  part  of  the  work  to  be  done  in  or  about 
the  construction  of  a  building  or  other 
structure  for  which  a  building  permit  is  re- 
quired under  the  ordinances  of  the  city,  such 
permit  shall  only  be  issued  upon  the  applica- 
tion of  a  person,  firm  or  corporation  licensed 
as  a  mason  contractor  or  employing  ma- 
son, or  upon  an  application  containing  a 
statement  that  all  mason  work  on  such  build- 
ing or  other  structure  will  be  performed  by 
a  licensed  mason  contractor  or  employing 
mason;  and  in  case  any  masonry  or  mason 
work  on  any  such  building  or  other  struc- 
ture shall  be  performed  by  any  contractor 
or  employing  mason  not  licensed  as  herein 
provided,  such  permit  shall  be  revoked,  and 
the  person  or  persons  performing  such  work 
and  the  person  or  persons  having  such  work 
done  shall  be  subject  to  the  penalty  herein 
prescribed. 

Section  7.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation 
engaged  in  the  business  of  contracting  for 
masonry  or  mason  work  that  shall  fail  to 
procure  a  license  as  herein  provided  for,  or 
any  person,  firm  or  corporation  that  shall 
violate  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  ordi- 
nance, shall  be  fined  not  less  than  five  dol- 
lars nor  more  than  fifty  dollars  for  each  of- 
fense, and  in  addition  to  such  penalty  the 
license  of  any  person,  firm  or  corporation 
licensed  hereunder  may  be  revoked  for  cause 
in    the   discretion   of   the   Mayor. 

Section  8.  This  ordinance  shall  take  ef- 
fect and  be  In  force  from  and  after  its  pas- 
sage   and    due    publication. 

Ordinance  passed  January  16.   1914. 

Amended  as  to  selection  of  chairman  (Sec. 
2),    November    1,    1915. 


AST  OEDIKANCE 
■testrlctlng  the  noise  of  buildin?  operation* 
at  night  In  residential  districts. 
Section  1  It  shall  he  unlawful  for  any 
person,  firm  or  corporation,  in  conducting 
any  butldintr  operations  between  the  hours 
of  ten  o'clock  in  the  evening  and  four  o'clock 


in  the  morning,  to  operate  or  use  any  pile 
drivers,  steam  shovels,  pneumatic  hammers, 
derricks,  steam  or  elecric  hoists  or  other 
apparatus,  the  use  of  which  is  attended  with 
loud  or  unusual  noise,  in  anv  bloc'c  in  wh.ch 
more  than  half  of  the  b  wildings  on  tit  her 
side  of  the  street  are  us  d  exclusively  for 
residence  purposes. 

Section  2.  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation 
violating  any  of  i.ie  provisions  of  Section  1 
hereof  shall  be  fined  not  less  than  five  dol- 
lars, nor  more  than  one  hundred  dollars  for 
each  offense,  and  each  day*s  violation  of  same 
shall   be  considered   a    separate   offense. 

Section  3.  This  ordinance  shall  take  effect 
and  be  in  force  from  and  aft<-r  its  passage 
and   due  publication. 

Ordinance  passed  November  13,   1911. 

Contractors  for  Buildings — Requiring  Reg- 
istration with  Commissioner  of  Buildings. 
Section  1.  That  every  person,  firm,  com- 
pany or  corporation  engaged  in  the  busi- 
ness of  constructing  or  repairing  the  whole 
or  any  part  of  buildings  or  the  appurte- 
nances thereto  in  the  City  of  Chicago,  shall 
before  undertaking  the  erection,  enlarge- 
ment, alteration,  repair  or  removal  of  any 
building,  for  which  permits  are  required  by 
the  ordinances  of  the  City,  register  the  name 
and  address  of  such  person,  firm,  company 
or  corporation  in  a  book  kept  by  the  Com- 
missioner of  Buildings  and  used  for  this 
purpose. 

No  permit  shill  be  granted  to  any  per- 
son, firm,  company  or  corporation  for  the 
erection,  enlargement,  alteration,  repair  or 
removal  of  any  building  in  the  City  for 
which  a  permit  is  required  unless  the  name 
and  address  of  the  person,  firm,  company 
or  corporation  undertaking  the  work  of  con- 
struction involved  in  the  erection,  enlarge- 
ment, alteration,  repair  or  removal  of  such 
building  is  contained  in  the  registration 
book  kept  by  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings. 
When  application  is  made  for  a  permit 
and  the  work  of  construction  involves  ma- 
sonry construction  only  the  above  provisions 
shall  not  apply  to  any  person,  firm  or  cor- 
poration licensed  as  a  mason  contractor  or 
employing  mason  as  provided  in  and  by  an 
ordinance  passed  by  the  City  Council  on 
January  16.  1914,  as  amended  on  March  9. 
1914.  Where  the  work  of  construction 
for  which  a  permit  is  sought  involves 
construction  other  than  masonry  construc- 
tion, any  mason  contractor  or  employ- 
ing mason,  licensed  as  aforesaid,  engaged 
in  or  undertaking  the  work  of  such  other 
construction  than  masonry  construction 
must  register  his.  their  or  its  name  or 
names  and  complv  with  the  other  require- 
ments of  this  ordinance  as  herein  provided 
before  a  permit  as  required  by  the  ordi- 
nances of  the  City  for  such  work  is  issued. 
Section  2.  If  any  person,  firm,  company 
or  corporation  whose  name  is  registered  in 
the  registration  book  kent  by  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Buildings,  shall  fail  in  the  exe- 
cution of  nnv  work  for  which  a  permit  was 
issued  as  aforesaid  to  comply  with  the  or- 
dinances of  the  City  relative  to  the  .-reel  ion 
enlargement,  alteration,  renair  or  removal 
of  anv  building,  either  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings  or  the  Commissioner  of  Health 
may,  according  to  the  ordinances  of  the 
Citv  of  Chicaeo.  brine  suit  and  prosecute 
said  person,  firm,  companv  or  corporation 
for  such  failure  or  violation,  and  if  such 
person,  firm,  company  or  corporation  is  con- 
victed of  any  violation  of  the  said  ordi- 
nances of  the  City  of  Chlcacro.  his  their  or 
its  name  or  names  shall  he  stricken  from 
the  registration  hook  kept  bv  the  Commis 
sioner  of  RllildlnBTfl  and  shall  not  he  re-en- 
tered or  re-ipsta  ted  durinr  such  time  as  nnv 
violation  exists  or  nnv  Jtlflsrmenl  remains 
unsatisfied   with   regard   to  nnld   conviction. 

Section  3.  Any  person,  firm  eomnanv  or 
corporation  thai  mav  have  been  convicted 
of  violating  any  of  the  ordinances  relating 
to    the    erection,    enlargement,    alteration,    re- 


229 


WELLS  BROTHERS 

for  Construction 


We  operate  under  Cost-Plus-Fixed-Fee  Contracts.     Write  for 

our  booklet,  "Building  Within  the  Estimate." 

914  Monadnock  Building,  Chicago. 


MARK    SALOMON,    Pres.  C.    WATERTON,    Secy,    and  Treas. 

SALOMON-WATERTON  CO. 

General  Contractors 

Telephone    Harrison    7210 

343  SOUTH  DEARBORN  STREET,  CHICAGO 


PHONE 

WABASH  2043 

JACOB 

RODATZ 

GEN 

E  R  A  L 

CONTRACTOR 

THE 

ROOKERY 

CHICAGO 

Telephone:       Randolph    2024 


Schmidt  Bros.  Construction  Co. 
GENERAL  CONTRACTORS 

74  W.  Washington  Street  CHICAGO 


230 


pair  or  removal  of  any  building  that  may 
have  had  his,  their,  or  its  name  or  names 
stricken  from  the  registration  book  kept  by 
the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  as  aforesaid, 
may  have  his,  their  or  its  name  or  names 
re-entered  in  said  registration  book  for  the 
purpose  of  obtaining  building  permits,  on 
filing  with  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings 
certificates  fnm  the  City  Prosecutor,  the 
Commissioner  of  Buildings  and  the  Com- 
missioner of  Health  to  the  effect  that  all 
violations  upon  the  premises  with  reference 
to  which  conviction  was  secured,  have  been 
corrected  and  are  non-existent  and  that  all 
claims  and  judgments  with  regard  to  such 
conviction  have  been   paid. 

Section  4.  This  ordinance  shall  be  in  full 
force  and  effect  from  and  after  its  passage 
and  due  publication. 


AN     ORDINANCE. 

Section  1.  That  Chapter  XXVI  of  The 
Chicago  Code  of  1911  be  and  the  same  is 
hereby  amended  by  adding  thereto  a  section 
which  shall  be  known  as  Section  "44501™" 
in   the  words  and   figures   following: 

Workmen's  Temporary  Closets.)  It  shall 
be  unlawful  for  the  owner  of  any  building 
or  any  person,  firm  or  corporation  employ- 
ing or  in  charge  of  any  men  to  begin  the 
construction,  alteration  or  repair  of  any 
building,  or  the  construction  of  any  public 
or  private  works  without  having  provided 
proper  and  sufficient  toilet  facilities,  viz, 
water-closets,  chemical  closets,  privies,  or 
incinerators  of  a  type  approved  by  the  Com- 
missioner of  Health  for  the  use  of  all  em- 
ployes engaged  in  the  construction,  altera- 
tion or  repair  such  building,  or  the  con- 
struction   of    any   public    or    private    works. 

There  shall  be  at  least  one  such  water- 
closet,  chemical  closet,  privy  or  incinerator 
for    every    thirty    (30)    employes    or    a    frac- 


tion, thereof.  Such  toilet  facilities  in  due 
proportion  shall  be  provided  on  at  least  ev- 
ery  fifth    floor   of  a   building. 

It  shall  be  unlawful  to  install  such  water 
closets,  chemical  closets,  privies  or  incin- 
erators without  having  first  applied  for  and 
obtained  a  permit  issued  by  the  Commis- 
sioner of  Health,  and  they  shall  be  installed 
and  maintained  in  accordance  with  the  pro- 
visions  of   such   permit. 

A  chemical  closet  shall  be  construed  to  be 
any  closet  or  privy  in  which  human  excreta 
and  urine  are  deposited  in  a  receptacle  con- 
taining a  solution  of  caustic  hydrates.  The 
receptacle  in  such  a  closet  shall  be  water 
tight.  The  capacity  of  such  receptacles 
shall   be   as    follows: 

Gallons 

For   10   persons   or   less 60 

For    20    persos    or    less 100 

For   40   persons   or   less 300 

"A  solution  containing  at  least  16.42  per 
cent  crude  caustic  hydrates  (1  2-3  lbs.  to 
1  gallon  of  water)  shall  be  used  in  such  re- 
ceptacles, and  such  chemical  closets  charged 
with    such   a   solution. 

The  contents  of  such  chemical  closets 
shall  be  removed  and  disposed  of  by  a  regu- 
larly licensed  night  soil  scavenger,  in  com- 
pliance with  the  requirements  of  Sections 
1444,  1445,  1446  and  1450  to  1455  of  The  Chi- 
cago Code  of  1911  and  as  amended.  Every 
such  closet  shall  be  cleaned  before  being 
removed  from  one  premises  to  another  and 
as  often  otherwise  as  may  be  deemed  neces- 
sary   by    the    Commissioner    of    Health. 

Penalty.)  Any  person,  firm  or  corporation 
violating  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  sec- 
tion shall  be  fined  not  less  than  Ten  Dollars 
($10.00)  nor  more  than  One  Hundred  Dol- 
lars   ($100.00)    for  each   offense." 

Section  2.  This  ordinance  shall  be  in  full 
force  and  effect  from  and  after  its  due  pas- 
sage,   approval    and    publication. 


Special  Rulings  of  the  Building  Department 
of  the  City  of  Chicago 

These  rulings  are  not  a  part  of  the  Code  of  the  City  of  Chicago;  but  are  re- 
quirements of  the  Building  Department. 


BRACING  OP  TRUSSES,  COLUMNS,  WALIS, 
ETC.,  IN  STEEL  SKELETON  CONSTRUC- 
TION. 

I 

fci  regard  to  Section  555  of  the  Revised 
Building  Ordinances,  the  Commissioner  has 
ruled  that  the  following  interpretation  shall 
be  placed  upon  the  section  concerning  brac- 
ing: 

(a)  All  skeleton  buildings,  trusses,  and 
structures  shall  be  securely  braced  during 
erection  bv  guvs,  cables  or  such  other  tem- 
porarv  supports  as  may  be  necessary  to  pro- 
vide for   stresses   due  to   erection. 

(b)  Special  wind  bracing  shall  be  pro- 
vided in  steel  skeleton  buildings  over  one 
hundred  (100)  feet  in  height  or  higher  than 
twice  the  least  width.  Whenever  it  is  im- 
possible to  avoid  rivets  being  in  tension 
to  resist  such  wind  stresses,  the  same  shall 
be  assumed  at  three-fourths  (%)  the  re- 
sisting value   of   the    rivet    in   single   shear. 

(c)  For  permanent  construction  bracing 
shall  be  of  the  same  material  as  the  struc- 
ture itself  and  it  shall  he  so  designed  that 
the  skeleton  will  be  self -supporting  and  safe 
against  lateral  and  bucklin™'  or  cript>lln<r 
forces  before  any  of  the  inclosing  walls  or 
roofs   are  bnilt  in  place. 


(d)  In  cases  where  wind  forces  are  nom- 
inal and  to  prevent  buckling  or  crippling, 
the  minimum  amount  of  bracing  required 
shall  be  %"  rod  for  steel  tension  members 
or  equivalent  in  other  material.  Compres- 
sion members  shall  be  limited  in  length  to 
one  hundred  and  fifty  (150)  times  the  least 
radius  of  gyration  or  otherwise  as  speci- 
fied   in   the   Ordinances. 

(e)  Trusses  shall  be  properly  anchored 
to  the  walls  at  the  point  of  bearing  in  such 
a  way  as  not  to  strain  the  masonry  on  ac- 
count of  the  temperature  stresses  In  the 
truss. 

(f)  In  general,  all  eccentric  loading  on 
the  foundations  shall  be  avoided  and  where 
not  possible  to  do  so.  proper  bracing  between 
opposite  walls  shall  be  provided,  sufficient 
to  offset  the  bending  moment  due  to  eccen- 
tricity. 

NOTES    ON    REINFORCTD    CONCRETE    DE- 
SIGN. 

II 
(a)  In  regard  to  Section  537  is  applying 
to  a  combination  of  tile  and  pnncret*  con- 
struction, the  Commissioner  has  ruled  that 
the  width  of  flange  of  the  concrete  loists 
mav  he  assumed  as  the  full  distance  c  to  c. 
of    ribs    but    nol    exceeding    eight    (8)    times 


23 1 


Phones   Rand.    3374,    4719 

THE  SCHARMER  CONSTRUCTION  CO. 

Carpenters  and  General 

Contractors 

1913  City  Hall  Square  Bldg.                  1  39  N.  Clark  St.,  Chicago 

PHONE  FRANKLIN  4695 

C.  RASMUSSEN 

BUILDING  CONSTRUCTION 


154  W.  RANDOLPH  STREET 
CHICAGO 


TELEPHONE  OAK  PARK    5012 


Guy  &  McClintock  Company 

(Incorporated  j 

Mason  and  General  Contractors 

246  LAKE  STREET  OAK  PARK,  ILL. 


Telephone    Randolph    1136  &A&        fck^^  Telephone   Randolph    1867 


Mutual  Construction  Company 

ALTERATION  SPECIALISTS 

607  ASHLAND  BLOCK,  CHICAGO 


232 


the  thickness  of  the  concrete  on  top  of  tile 
tillers,    plus    the   average    width   of   rib. 

(b)  In  computing  the  shear  at  supports, 
the  average  width  of  the  concrete  rib  plus 
the  thickness  of  the  tile  on  one  side  of  the 
rib  may  be  figured  as  the  effective  width  of 
joist,  provided  that  joints  in  tile  are  properly 
staggered. 

(c)  When  steel  or  plaster  fillers  are  used 
between  concrete  joists,  the  width  of  flange 
shall  be  limited  to  three-fourths  (%)  of  the 
distance  center  to  center  of  ribs  as  per  Sec- 
tion  537. 

In   regard   to   Section   534    (e) 

(a)  When  compression  is  applied  to  a  sur- 
face tff  concrete  of  at  least  twice  the  loaded 
area,  a  stress  of  thirty  (30)  per  cent  of  the 
ultimate  may  be  allowed,   and 

(b)  In  continuous  beams  and  girders  the 
compressive  stress  in  extreme  fibre  at  the 
support  may  be  fifteen  (15)  per  cent  greater 
than    at    the    center   of    span. 

In  regard  to  Section  536  (1) 

The  total  amount  of  steel  required  for 
square  slabs  with  two-way  reinforcement 
may  be  reduced  twenty  (20)  per  cent  by 
gradually  increasing  the  rod  spacing  from 
the    third    point    to    the    edge    of   the    slab. 

THE     DESIGN     Or     FLAT     SLABS     SHALL 
BE     IH     ACCORDANCE     WITH    THE 

POLLOWING   RULING. 
Ill 

Definitions. 

(1)  Flat  slabs  as  understood  by  this  rul- 
ing are  reinforcpd  concrete  slabs,  supported 
directly  on  reinforced  columns  with  or  with- 
out plates  or  capitals  at  the  top,  the  whole 
construction  bping  hingeless  and  monolithic 
without  any  visible  beams  or  girders.  The 
construction  may  be  such  as  to  admit  the 
use  of  hollow  panels  in  the  ceiling  or  smooth 
ceiling  with   depressed  panels  in   the  floor. 

(2)  The  column  capital  shall  be  defined  as 
thp  grad"al  flaring  out  of  the  top  of  the 
column  witho"t   any  marked  offset. 

(3)  The  dror>  panel  shall  b°  defined  as  a 
snnare  or  rectangular  depression  around  the 
column  capital  extending  below  the  slab 
adjacent  to  it. 

(4)  The  panel  length  shall  be  defined  as 
the  distance  center  to  center  of  columns  of 
the  side  of  a  square  panel,  or  the  average  dis- 
tance center  to  center  of  columns  of  the  long 
and  short  sides  of  a  rectangular  panel. 
Columns. 

(5)  The   least    dimension   of   any   concrete 
column    shall    be    not    less    than    one-twelfth 
(1/12)      the     panel     length,     nor     one-twelfth 
(1/12)    the   clear   height   of    the   column. 
Slab   Thickness. 

(6)  The  minimum  total  thickness  of  the 
slab    in    inches    shall    be    determined    by    the 

\Y  I , 

formula:    t= =  square    root    of    W    di- 

44 
vided    bv    fortv-four.    where    t   =   total    thick- 
ness   of   slab    in    inches.    W   =    total    live    and 
dead   load   in  pounds  on   the  panel,  measured 
center   to   center   of   columns. 

(7)  In  no  case  shall  the  thickness  be  less 
than  one  thirtv-second  of  the  Dan  el  length 
(L/32)  for  floors,  nor  one-fortieth  of  the 
panel  length  (L./40)  for  roofs.  (L.  bein^;  the 
distance  center   to   center  of  columns). 

(8)  In  no  case  shall  the  thickness  of  slab 
be  less  than  six  Inches  (6")  for  floors  or 
roofs. 

Column    Capital. 

(9)  Wb->n  used  the  diameter  of  the  col- 
umn capital  shall  be  measured  whir.'  its 
vertical    thic^n^ss    is    at    le^t    one    ami 

h-'K  inches  (IV,"),  and  shall  be  at  leas!  two 
hundred  and  twenty-five  thousandths  (.225) 
of  t>ie  nanel   lene-th. 

The  slr.po  of  the  column  capital  shall  no- 
where make  an  angle  with  the  vertical  of 
more  than  forty-five  degrees.  Special  atten- 
tion   shall     be    given     to    the    design    of    the 


column  capital  in  considering  eccentric  loads, 
and  the  effect  of  wind  upon  the  structure. 
Drop   Panel. 

(10)  When  used,  the  drop  panel  shall  be 
square  or  circular  for  square  panels  and 
rectangular    or    elliptical    for    oblong    panels. 

(11)  The  length  of  the  drop  shall  not  be 
less  than  one-third  of  the  panel  length 
(L/3)  if  square,  and  not  less  than  one-third 
of  the  long  or  short  side  of  the  panel  re- 
spectively,  if  rectangular. 

(12)  The  depth  of  the  drop  panel  shall  be 
determined  by  computing  it  as  a  beam,  using 
the  negative  moment  over  the  column  cap- 
ital  specified   elsewhere   in   this   ruling. 

(13)  In  no  case,  however,  shall  the  di- 
mensions of  the  drop  panel  be  less  than  re- 
quired for  punching  shear  along  its  perim- 
eter, using  the  allowable  unit  shearing 
stresses  specified  below. 

Shearing-  Stresses. 

(14)  The  allowable  unit  punching  shear 
on  the  perimeter  of  the  column  capital  shall 
be  three-fiftieths  (3/50)  of  the  ultimate  com- 
pressive strength  of  the  concrete  as  given 
in  section  533  of  the  building  ordinance.  The 
allowable  unit  shear  on  the  perimeter  of  the 
drop  panel  shall  be  three  one-hundredths 
(3/100)  of  the  ultimate  compressive  strength 
of  the  concrete.  In  computing  shearing 
stress  for  the  purpose  of  determining  the  re- 
sistance to  diagonal  tension  the  method 
specified   by   the   ordinance  shall   be   used. 

Panel  Strips. 

(15)  For  the  purpose  of  establishing  the 
bending  moments  and  the  resisting  moments 
of  a  square  panel,  the  panel  shall  be  divided 
into  strips  known  as  strip  A  and  strip  B. 
Strip  A  shall  include  the  reinforcement  and 
slab  in  a  width  extending  from  the  center 
line  .of  the  columns  for  a  distance  each  side 
of  this  center  line  equal  to  one-quarter  ( ^4 ) 
of  the  panel  length.  Strip  B  shall  include  the 
reinforcement  and  slab  in  the  half  width 
remaining  in  the  center  of  the  panel.  At 
right  angles  to  these  strips,  the  panel  shall 
be  divided  into  similar  strips  A  and  B.  having 
the  same  widths  and  relations  to  the  center 
line  of  the  columns  as  the  above  strips. 
These  strips  shall  be  for  designing  purposes 
only,  and  are  not  intended  as  the  boundary 
linps   of   any   bands   of   steel    used. 

(16)  These  strips  shall  apply  to  the  system 
of  reinforcement  in  which  the  reinforcing 
bars  are  placed  parallel  and  at  right  angles  to 
the  center  line  of  the  columns,  hereinafter 
known  as  the  two-way  system,  and  also  to 
the  svstem  of  reinforcement  in  which  the 
reinforcing  bars  are  placed  parallel,  at  right 
angles  to  and  diagonal  to  the  center  line  of 
the  columns  hereinafter  known  as  the  four- 
way  system. 

(17)  Any  other  system  of  reinforement  in 
which  the  rpinforcing  bars  are  placed  in 
circular,  concentric  rings  and  radial  bars,  or 
systems  with  steel  rods  arranged  in  any 
manner,  whatsoever,  shall  comply  with  the 
requirements  of  eithpr  tin-  two-way  or  the 
four-way  system  herein  specified. 

Bending  Moment   Coefiicients,   Interior   Panel, 
Two-way   System. 

(18)  In    panels    where    standard    drops    and 

column  capitals  are  used  as  above  specified, 
the     negative     bending     moment      taken     at     a 
cross-section  of  each   strip  a   at   the  ed| 
the  column  capital  or  over  it.  shall  be  taken 

WL 
as  

30 

(19)  The  positive  bending  moment  taken 
a1  a  cross-section  of  each  strip  A  midway  be- 
tween    column    centers,     shall     be    taken     as 

\VI. 

60 

(20)  The  positive  bending  moment  taken 
at     a     CrOSS-sectiOn     Of    each     strip     B     in     the 

WL 

middle  of  the  panel   shall   be   taken   as  

120 


233 


Telephone   Randolph     2576 


GERHARDT  F.  MEYNE 

BUILDING,  CONTRACTING 
REMODELING 


127  North  Dearborn  Street,    Chicago 


B.   J.   REGNELL,   Pres.   and  Treas.  J.   A.   REGNELL,   Vice-Pres. 

A.  V.  REGNELL,  Secy. 

B.  J.  REGNELL  CO. 

Carpenters  and  General 
Contractors 

Telephones — Offices:  Randolph  480  and  Majestic  7990 

1 9  SOUTH  LA  SALLE  STREET,  CHICAGO 


Telephone  Franklin  1  747 

DOWLING  &  RUTHERFORD 

Building  Contractors 

CARPENTER  WORK  A  SPECIALTY 

Room  42,    1  28  N.  La  Salle  Street  CHICAGO 


Phone  Main    1735  Residence   Phone,    Austin    649 

FRANK  E.  DOHERTY 

Carpenter  and  General  Contractor 

Heavy   Construction   and   Coal   Yard 
Plants  a  Specialty 

1009  CHAMBER  OF  COMMERCE  BUILDING,  CHICAGO 


234 


(21)  The  negative  bending  moment  taken 
at  a  cross-section  of  each  strip  B  on  the 
center  line  of  the  columns  shall   be  taken  as 

WL 


120 


(22)  In  the  fomulas  hereinabove  given 
"W"  =  total  live  and  dead  load  on  the  whole 

panel   in   pounds, 
"L"    =  panel  length,   center   to  center  of  col- 
umns. 
Bending-   Moment    Coefficients,    Interior   Panel, 
Tour-way  System. 

(23)  In  panels  where  standard  drops  and 
column  capitals  are  used  as  above  specified, 
the  negative  bending  moment  taken  at  a 
crrss-section  of  each  strip  A  at  the  edge  of 
column   capital  or  over  it,   shall   be   taken  as 

WL 

30 

(24)  The  positive  bending  moment  taken 
at  a  cross-section  of  each  strip  A,  midway 
between    column    centers    shall    be    taken    as 

WL, 


80 

(25)      The   positive   bending   moment    taken 
at  a   cross-section  of  each   strip,   B,   taken   in 
the    middle    of    the    panel    shall    be    taken    as 
WL 


120 


(26)      The   negative  bending  moment   taken 
at  a  cross-section  of  each  strip  B  on  the  cen- 
ter   line    of    the    columns    shall    be    taken    as 
WL 


120 


Bending  Moment   Coefficients,  Wall  Panels. 

(27)  Where  wall  panels  with  standard 
drops  and  capitals  are  carried  by  columns 
and  girders  built  in  walls,  as  in  skeleton 
construction,  the  same  coefficients  shall  be 
used  as  for  an  interior  panel,  except  as  fol- 
lows: The  positive  bending  moments  on 
strips  A  and  B  midway  between  wall  and  first 
line  of  columns  shall  be  increased  twenty- 
five   (25%  )   per  cent. 

(28)  Where  wall  panels  are  carried  on 
new  brick  walls,  these  shall  be  laid  in  Port- 
land cement  mortar  and  shall  be  stiffened 
witli  pilasters  as  follows:  If  a  sixteen-inch 
wall  is  used,  it  shall  have  a  four-inch  pilas- 
ter. If  a  twelve-inch  wall  is  used,  it  shall 
have  an  eight-inch  pilaster.  The  length  of 
pilasters  shall  be  not  less  than  the  diameter 
of  the  column,  nor  less  than  one-eighth  (K) 
of  the  distance  between  pilasters.  The  pil- 
asters shall  be  located  onposite  the  columns 
as  nearly  as  practicable,  and  shall  be 
corbeled  out  four  inches  at  the  top,  starting 
at  the  level  of  the  base  of  the  column  capi- 
tal. Not  less  than  eight  (8")  inches  bearing 
shall  be  provided  for  the  slab,  the  full 
lene-th  of  wall. 

The  coefficients  of  bending  moments  re- 
quired for  these  panels  shall  be  the  same  as 
those  for  the  interior  panels  except  as  pro- 
vided herewith:  The  positive  bending  mo- 
ments on  strips  A  and  B  midway  between 
the  wall  and  first  line  of  columns  shall  be 
increased    fifty    (50%)    per    cent. 

(29)  Where  wall  panels  are  supported  on 
old  brick  walls,  there  shall  he  columns  with 
standard  drops  and  capitals  built  against  the 
wall  which  shall  be  tied  to  the  same  in  an 
approved  manner,  and  at  least  an  eight-inch 
bearing  provided  for  the  slab,  the  full  length. 
Where  this  is  impracticable,  there  shall  be 
built  a  beam  on  the  underside  of  slab  ad- 
jacent to  the  wall  between  columns,  strong 
enough  to  carrv  twenty-five  (25%)  per  cenl 
of   the   panel    load. 

The  coefficients  of  bending  moments  for 
the  two  cases  of  slab  support  herein  de- 
scribed shall  be  the  same  as  those  specified 
in  Sec.  27  and  Sec.  2s  for  skeleton  and  wall 
bearing  condition   respectively. 

dot  Nothing  specified  above  shall  be  con- 
strued as  applying  to  a  case  of  slabs  merelv 


resting  on  walls  or  ledges,  without  any 
condition  of  restraint.  These  shall  be  figured 
as  in  ordinary  beam  and  girder  construction 
specified  in  the  Ordinances. 
Bending  Moment  Coefficients,  Wall  and  In- 
terior  Columns. 

(31)  Wall  columns  in  skeleton  construc- 
tion shall  be  designed  to  resist  a  bending  mo- 

WL  WL 

ment  of  at  floors  and  at  roof.     The 

60  30 

amount  of  steel  required  for  this  moment 
shall  be  independent  of  that  required  to  carry 
the  direct  load.  It  shall  be  placed  as  near 
the  surface  of  the  column  as  practicable  on 
the  tension  sides,  and  the  rods  shall  be  con- 
tinuous in  crossing  from  one  side  to  an- 
other. The  length  of  rods  below  the  base  of 
the  capital  and  above  the  floor  line  shall  be 
sufficient  to  develop  their  strength  through 
bond,  but  not  less  than  forty  (40)  diameters. 
nor  less  than  one-third  (1/3)  the  clear  height 
between  the  floor  line  and  the  base  of  the 
column    capital. 

(32)  The  interior  columns  must  be  ana- 
lyzed for  the  worst  condition  of  unbalanced 
loading.  It  is  the  intention  of  this  ruling 
to  cover  ordinary  cases  of  eccentric  loads 
on  the  columns  by  the  requirement  of  Sec.  5. 
Where  the  minimum  size  of  column  therein 
specified  is  found  insufficient,  however,  the 
effect  of  the  resulting  bending  moment  shall 
be  properly  divided  between  the  adjoining 
slab  and  the  columns  above  and  below  ac- 
cording to  best  principles  of  mechanics  and 
the  columns  enlarged  sufficiently  to  carry  the 
load    safely. 

Bending-  Moment  Coefficients,  Panels  Without 
Drops,   or  Capitals,  or  Both. 

(33)  In  square  panels  where  no  column 
capital  or  no  depressions  are  used,  the  sum 
total  of  positive  and  negative  bending  mo- 
ments shall  be  equal  to  that  computed  by 
the    following    formula: 

WL 

B.M.  = (1.53  —  4k  +  4.18  k3) 

8 
where  B.M.  =  numerical    sum    of   positive   and 
negative  bending  moments,  re- 
gardless of  algebraic  signs. 
W  =  total   live  and   dead   load   on  the 

whole    panel. 
L=  length  of  side  of  a  square  panel. 

c.  to  c.  of  columns. 
K  =  ratio    of    the    radius    of    the    col- 
umn or  column  capital  to  panel 
length,    L. 
This  total  bending  moment  shall  be  divided 
between    the    positive    and    the    negative    mo- 
ments in   the  same  proportion  as  in  the   typi- 
cal   square    panels    for    two-way    or    four-wav 
systems  specified  above  for  interior  and  wall 
panels   respectively. 
Points   of  Inflection. 

(34)  For  the  purpose  of  making  the  cal- 
culations of  the  bending  moment  at  the  sec- 
tions away  from  the  column  capitals,  the 
point  of  inflection  shall  be  considered  as  be- 
ing one-quarter  (  '4  I  the  distance  center  to 
center  of  columns,  both  cross-wise  and  di- 
agonally, from  the  center  of  the  column. 
Tensile     Stress     in     Steel     and     Compressive 

Stress  in  Concrete. 

(35)  The  tensile  stress  in  steel  and  the 
compressive  stress  in  the  concrete  to  resist 
the  bending  moment  shall  be  calculated  on 
the  basis  of  the  reinforcement  and  slab  In 
the  width  included  in  a  given  strip,  and  ac- 
cording to  the  assumption  and  requirements 
given  in  sections  532  to  535  inclusive  of  the 
building  ordinance. 

The  steel  shall  be  considered  as  being  con- 
centrated at  the  center  of  gravity  of  all  tin 
bands  of  steel  In  a  g  i  ven  s(  rip. 

(36)  For  the  four-way  system  of  reih- 
forcemenl  the  amount  of  steel  to  resist  the 
negative  bending  moment  over  the  support 
i"  each  strip  A  shall  be  taken  as  the  sum 
of  the  areas  of  steel  In  one  cross  band  and 
one  diagonal    band.     The  amount   of  steel    to 


235 


Phone   Central    5262 

BULLEY  &  ANDREWS 

CONTRACTORS 
Masonry,  Carpentry  and  Concrete 

25  NORTH  DEARBORN  STREET,  CHICAGO 

Phone  Main  613  v„„t  *  2'29  w-  Congress  St. 

1     Q  )  2728-30  W.  Harrison  St. 

Wm.MorriceCo. 

BUILDING  CONTRACTORS 

17  N.  La  Salle  Street 

Room  850  CHICAGO 


O.   W.   ROSENTHAL,   Pres.  W.   W.   KRIEBEL,   Secy. 

J.  B.  CORNELL,  V.  Pres.  and  Treas. 


0.  W.  ROSENTHAL  COMPANY 

Builders 

RAILWAY  EXCHANGE  Harrison  3676 

Phone  Seeley   5586 

JONES  CONSTRUCTION  CO. 

GENERAL  CONTRACTORS 

BRICK  AND  TILE  WORK 
CARPENTER  WORK  -  ALTERATIONS 
HEAVY  CONCRETE  CONSTRUCTION 

1  748  W.  Madison  Street  CHICAGO 

236 


resist  the  positive  bending  moment  of  each 
strip  B  shall  be  considered  as  the  area  of 
the  steel  in  a  diagonal  band.  The  amount  of 
steel  to  resist  the  positive  bending  moment 
in  each  strip  A  shall  be  considered  as  the 
area  of  tne  steel  in  a  cross-band,  and  the 
amount  of  steel  to  resist  the  negative  mo- 
ment in  eacn  strip  B  shall  be  the  steel  in- 
cluded in  the  width  of  strip  B. 

(37)  For  the  two-way  system  of  rein- 
forcement the  amount  of  steel  to  resist  the 
bending  moment  in  any  strip  shall  be  consid- 
ered as  the  area  of  steel  included  in  the 
width    of    the    strip. 

(38)  In  both  systems  of  reinforcement  the 
compressive  stress  in  the  concrete  in  any 
strip  shall  be  calculated  by  taking  the  area 
of  steel  considered  for  each  strip,  and  apply- 
ing it  in  a  beam  tormula  based  on  the  princi- 
ples of  section  535  of  the  building  ordinance. 

(.39)  Where  drop  panels  are  used,  the 
width  of  beam  assumed  to  resist  the  com- 
pressive stresses  over  the  column  capital 
shall   be   the   width   of   the   drop. 

(40)  The  width  of  beam  where  no  drop 
panels  are  used,  shall  be  the  width  of  steel 
bands.  Where  this  is  tound  insufficient,  the 
area  shall  be  increased  by  introducing  com- 
pression steel  in  the  bottom  of  slab. 

Rectangular   Panels. 

(41)  When  the  length  of  panel  in  either 
two-way  or  four-way  system  does  not  ex- 
ceed the  breadth  by  more  than  five  (5%)  per 
cent,  all  computations  shall  be  based  on  a 
square  panel  whose  side  equals  the  mean 
of  the  length  and  breadth,  and  the  steel 
equally  distributed  among  the  strips  accord- 
ing  to   the   coefficients   above  specified. 

(42)  In  no  rectangular  panel  shall  the 
length  exceed  the  breadth  by  more  than  one- 
third    (1/3)    of   the   latter. 

Rectangular   Panels,   Four-Way   System. 

(43)  In  the  tour-way  system  of  reinforce- 
ment where  length  exceeds  breadth  by  more 
than  five  (5%)  per  cent,  the  amount  of  steel 
required  in  strip  A,  long  direction,  both  posi- 
tive and  negative,  shall  be  the  same  as  that 
required  for  the  same  strip  in  a  square 
whose  length  is  equal  to  the  long  side  of  the 
rectangular   panel. 

(44)  The  amount  of  steel,  strip  A.  short 
direction,  positive  and  negative,  shall  be 
the  same  as  that  required  for  the  same  strip 
in  a  square  panel,  whose  length  is  equal  to 
the  short   side   of   the   rectangular   panel. 

(45)  The  amount  of  steel  in  strip  B, 
positive  and  negative,  shall  be  the  same  as 
that  required  for  similar  strip  in  a  square 
panel  whose  length  is  equal  to  the  mean  of 
the  long  and  the  short  side  of  the  rectangular 
panel. 

(46)  In  no  case  shall  the  amount  of  steel 
in    the    short    side    be    less    than    two-thirds 
(2/3)    of  that  required   for   the   long  side. 
Rectangular    Panels,    Two-way    System. 

(47)  In  the  two-way  system  of  reinforce- 
ment the  amount  of  steel  required  for  the 
positive  and  the  negative  moment  of  each 
strip  A  shall  be  determined  in  the  same 
manner  as  indicated  for  the  four-way  sys- 
tem above. 

(48)  The  amount  of  steel  in  strip  B,  posi- 
tive and  negative,  running  in  short  direction, 
shall  be  equal  to  that  required  for  the  same 
strip  in  a  square  panel  whose  length  equals 
the   long  side  of   the   rectangular   panel. 

(49)  The  amount  of  steel  in  strip  H,  long 
direction,  positive  and  negative,  shall  be 
equal  to  that  required  for  the  same  strip  in 
a  square  panel,  whose  length  equals  the 
short   side  of  the   rectangular   panel. 

(50)  In  no  case  shall  the  amount   of  steel 
in  strip   B,   long  direction,   be   less   than    two 
thirds    (2/3)    of  that    In    the   short    direction. 
Walls   and   Openings. 

(51)  Girders  and  beams  shall  be  con- 
structed under  walls,  around  openings  and 
to   carry   concentrated   loads. 

Spandrel   Beams. 

(52)  The  spandrel  beams  or  girders  shall. 
in    addition    to     their    own    weight    and    the 


weight  of  the  spandrel  wall,  be  assumed  to 
carry  twenty  (20%)  per  cent  of  the  wall 
panel  load  uniformly  distributed  upon  them. 
Placing    of    Steel. 

(53)  In  order  that  the  slab  bars  shall  be 
maintained  in  the  position  shown  in  the 
design  during  the  work  of  pouring  the  slab, 
spacers  and  supports  shall  be  provided  satis- 
factory to  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings. 
All  bars  shall  be  secured  in  place  at  inter- 
sections by  wire  or  other  metal  fastenings. 
In  no  case  shall  the  spacing  of  the  bars  ex- 
ceed nine  inches  (9").  The  steel  to  resist 
the  negative  moment  in  each  strip  B  shall 
extend  one-quarter  ( Vi )  of  the  panel  Length 
beyond  the  center  line  of  the  columns  in  both 
directions. 

(54)  Splices  in  bars  may  be  made  wher- 
ever convenient,  but  preferably  at  points  of 
minimum  stress.  The  length  of  splice  be- 
yond the  center  point,  in  each  direction,  shall 
not  be  less  than  forty  diameters  (40d)  of 
the  bars,  nor  less  than  two  feet  (2'0").  The 
splicing  of  adjacent  bars  shall  be  avoided  as 
far   as   possible.  . 

(55)  Slab  bars  which  are  lapped  over  the 
column,  the  sectional  area  of  both  being  in- 
cluded in  the  calculations  for  negative  mo- 
ment, shall  extend  not  less  than  twenty-five 
one-hundredths  (.25)  of  the  panel  length  for 
cross-bands,  and  thirty-five  one-hundredths 
(.35)  of  the  panel  length  for  diagonal  bands, 
beyond  the  column  center. 
Computations. 

(56)  Complete  computations  of  interior 
and  wall  panels  and  such  other  portions  of 
the  building  as  may  be  required  by  the  Com- 
missioner of  Buildings  shall  be  left  in  the 
office  of  the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  when 
plans  are  presented  for  approval. 

Test   of  Workmanship. 

(57)  The  Commissioner  of  Buildings  or 
his  representative  may  choose  any  two  adja- 
cent panels  in  the  building  for  the  purpose  of 
ascertaning  the  character  of  workmanship. 
The  test  shall  not  be  made  sooner  than  the 
time  required  for  the  cement  to  set  thor- 
oughly, nor  less  than  six  weeks  after  the 
concrete    has    been    poured. 

(58)  All  deflections  under  test  load  shall 
be  taken  at  the  center  of  the  slab,  and  shall 
be  measured  from  the  normal  unloaded  posi- 
tion of  the  slab.  The  two  panels  selected 
shall  be  uniformly  loaded  over  their  entire 
area  with  a  load  equal  to  the  dead  load  plus 
twice  the  live  load,  thus  obtaining  twice  the 
total  design  load.  The  load  shall  remain 
in  place  not  less  than  twenty-four  (24) 
hours.  If  the  total  deflection  in  the  center 
of  the  panel  under  the  test  load  does  not 
exceed  one  eight-hundredth  (1  S00  )  of  the 
panel  length,  the  slab  may  be  placarded  to 
carry  the  full  design  live  load.  If  ii  exceeds 
this  amount  of  deflection,  and  recovers  not 
less  than  eighty  per  cent  <s<i\  i  oi  the  total 
deflection  within  seven  days  after  the  load 
is  removed,  the  slab  may  be  placarded  to 
carry  the  full  design  live  load.  Ii  the  de- 
flection exceeds  the  allowable  amount  above 
specified,  an  1  the  recovery  is  less  than 
eighty  per  cent  (80%)  in  seven  days  after 
the  removal  of  the  test  load,  other  tests 
shall  be  made  on  the  same  or  other  panels, 
the  results  of  which  will  determine  the 
amount  of  live  load  the  slabs  will  be  o,  i 
mitted    to    carry. 

General. 

(i">!i>  The  design  ami  iiie  execution  of 
the  work  shall  conform  to  the  general  pro 
\  isiiais  anil  lie'  spirit  of  tin-  Chicago  Build- 
ing Ordinances  in  points  not  covered  by  this 
Ruling,  and  to  the  best  engineering  practice 
in  general. 

Enforcement. 

(60)     This  ruling  shall  be  in  effect   on  and 
after     March     first,     Nineteen    Hundred    and 
Eighteen    (March    1st,    1918),   and  shall   super- 
sede  all    previous    rulings    on    tlal    slabs. 
Signed:      ('MAS     MOSTUOM 
i  Commissioner  of   Buildings 


Phone    Randolph    5920 


AUSTIN  J.  LYNCH  CO. 

BUILDERS 

622  HARRIS  TRUST  BUILDING,  CHICAGO 


PHONE  RANDOLPH   5239 


F.  A.  SIEBOLD  &  SON 

jVlason  ana  General  Contractors 

64  W.  Randolph  St.  CHICAGO 


A.  T.  KRAMER  &  CO. 


BUILDERS 


230  SOUTH  LA  SALLE  STREET 

TELEPHONE  WABASH  7482  CHICAGO,  ILL. 


Telephone    Main    4266 


A.  J.  Samuelson 

General  Contractor  and  Builder 

189  W.  Madison  Street,  Chicago,  111. 


238 


(?) 

Shomnf  Pan»l  5tr,ps  A*B 
5«rx    Script   .n    Bit*!    D'ftctrt^i 


She 


Lecatcn  <,f5r..i  B.-d> 


„    7W#  Way  System. 

no  i 


5homnja    Location  of  Ott*l  Bona1* 
•n    a    Four   Wou  JosArm 


239 


R.  HANSEN,  President  N.  P.  HANSEN,  Vice-President  C.  A.  NELSFN,  Sec.  and  Treas. 

SIMPSO\  CONSTRUCTION  CO. 

704  Chamber  of  Commerce  Bldg. 
BUILDERS 

REINFORCED  CONCRETE  CONSTRUCTION 

r-  m   ski     ■■  n    •  na  Telephones 

Branch  Office  and  Yard  CcitlCIlt    Walks.  Drives,    Etc.  Main  offjce    FrankHn|  3625 

1113-23  So.  Hermitage  Ave.  Rock    Asphalt    Floors  BranchOff.ee.     West  1673 

CHICAGO 


L.  P.  FRIESTEDT  CO. 

BUILDING  RAISING,  MOVING  AND  SHORING 

SHORING  OF  r'KT/^f  TKTTTTk  C  DEEP 

FRONTS,    WALLS  r/Xlwl/Xrh   #\  .N  TRENCHES 

FLOORS  -L^A  *  V-H-f-l  TM^tM-*iM.^U  AND  CAISSONS 

Contracts    Taken    Anywhere    in    the    United    States 

WORK  GUARANTEED 

Auto    Truck    Service  Emergency    Work    Promptly    Attended    to. 

General    Offices:      1638   TRIBUNE   BLDG.,    TEL.   RANDOLPH    296-297 

Branch    Office    and    Yards:      345    N.    WESTERN    AVE.,    TEL.    WEST  228 


'Phone,  Private  Exchange  to  All  Departments,  Monroe  3232 

W.  J.  NEWMAN  CO. 

Contractors 

Wrecking,  Excavating  and  Caisson  Work 

21  NORTH  CURTIS  STREET 
CHICAGO 


Telephone  Central  4223 

Chicago  Foundation  Company 

Excavating  Work  by  Steam  Shovels  a  Specialty 

Suite  600  -  76  WEST  MONROE  STREET,  CHICAGO 


240 


FIREFROOFING   OP  REINFORCED   CON- 
CRETE COLUMNS. 
IV 

In  reference  to  Section  536-j  and  Section 
550  of  the  Chicago  Building  Ordinance,  the 
commissioner  has  ruled  that  in  buildings 
classed  as  ordinary  construction  the  full 
section  of  the  column  may  be  calculated  in 
columns  reinforced  with  vertical  rods  only. 
In  buildings  classed  as  slow  burning  or  mill 
construction,  the  outside  one  and  one-hall 
inches  shall  not  be  figured  in  columns  re- 
inforced with  vertical  rods  only,  and  in 
buildings  classed  as  fireproof  construction 
the  outside  two  inches  shall  not  be  figured 
in  the  strength  of  columns  with  vertical 
rods  only.  When  spiral  reinforcement  is 
used,  only  the  area  within  the  core  shall  be 
figured   in  accordance   with    Section    538-b. 


CAISSONS. 


Ruling. — The  Commissioner  has  ruled  that 
in  determining  the  area  required  for  con- 
crete caissons,  the  load  on  the  caissons  shall 
be  the  load  for  which  the  basement  column 
was  designed,  and  the  allowable  stress  on 
the  concrete  shall  be  as  given  in  Section  520 
(a).  The  allowable  stress  used  shall  be 
the  stress  at  the  top  of  the  caisson. 


A      RULING     ON     COUNTERBALANCE      OF 
STAIRWAY     FIRE     ESCAPES. 

VI 

The  Commissioner  of  Buildings  has  made 
a  ruling  in  regard  to  the  construction  of  the 
movable  part  of  stairway  fire  escapes  as 
follows: 

All  counterbalance  stairway  fire  escapes 
hereafter  constructed  shall  conform  to  the 
following  requirements  in  addition  to  those 
specified  in  the  Building  Ordinance  for  fixed 
stairway  fire  escapes,  Section  654. 

(a)  The  stringer  carrying  the  counter- 
weight may  be  built  of  steel  channels,  angles 
or  "I"  beams  or  any  combination  thereof, 
not  less  than  eight  inches  deep  and  %" 
metal,  but  it  shall  be  so  designed  that  the 
maximum  fibre  stress  over  the  support  shall 
not  exceed  8,000  pounds  per  square  inch  and 
the  moment  of  inertia  about  the  vertical 
axis  parallel  to  the  web  of  the  stringer  shall 
not  be  less  than  33%  of  the  moment  of 
inertia  about  the  horizontal  axis  perpendic- 
ular to  the  web  and  passing  through  the  cen- 
ter, which  shall  be  accomplished  by  riveting 
an  angle  or  angles  onto  the  channel  or  "I" 
beam   stringer. 

(b)  The  same  section  of  stringer  shall  be 
continued  for  equal  distances  on  either  side 
of  the  support  and  the  reinforcement  shall 
be  extended  as  close  to  the  counterweight 
as    practicable 

(c)  The  truss  rod  from  the  counterweight 
to  the  opposite  end  of  the  stringer  shall  al- 
ways be  used  either  as  an  independent  brace 
or  in  connection  with  the  railing  to  pn 
any  sag  of  the  stringer  and  shall  be  at  least 
%"  in  diameter  firmly  connected,  the  strength 
of  connection  to  be  sufficient  to  develop  the 
strength  of  the  rod,  but  in  figuring  stresses, 
the  stringer  must  be  assumed  to  carry  the 
total  dead  and  live  load  as  required  by  the 
ordinance. 

(d)  The  connection  between  the  stringer 
and  the  supporting  rod  must  be  designed  to 
stiffen  the  stringer  securely  against  hori- 
zontal or  twisting  motion  by  means  of  a 
steel  casting  or  forging  riveted  to  the 
stringer  b«th  tbroueii  the  web  and  the  fiance. 

(e)  Tn  order  to  secure  prood  hearing  against 
the  wall  under  the  bracket  supporting  the 
platform,  the  square  bracket  rods  shall  be 
turned    up    about    two    inches    to    a   flat    bear- 


ing   before    entering    the    wall,    the    said    two 
inches   to   bear  snugly   against  the   wall. 

U>  All  shutters  ul  any  description  must 
be  removed  uum  an  windows  and  exits  to 
uie   escapes   hereafter   erected. 


ILLUMINATES    AND    OTHER   ROOF   SIGNS 
OF    STL£L    SKi.Li.TUN    CON- 
STRUCTION. 
VII 

In  regard  to  Section  685,  of  revised  Build- 
ing Uruiuances,  toe  commissioner  nas  ruled 
tnat  all  illuminated  rooi  feigns  ul  steel  con- 
struction Snail  cuniuriii  to  tne  loiiowing  sue- 
cnic   requirements: 

ca.)  .All  compression  members  snail  be 
proportioned  uy  tne  usual  iurniula,  Iti.UUO-iU 
1  except  mat  tne  leiigtn  01  tne  main  or  prin- 
cipal inemuers  fi  may  be  increased  to  one 
hundred  and  seventy-live  tiioj  times  tne 
least  radius  oi  gyration,  and  the  length  of 
all  secondary  or  sub-members  may  ue  in- 
creased to  two  hundred  tzuuj  times  tne  same. 

(.b.)  The  anchorage  of  every  roui  sign 
shaii  be  uesigueu  wiin  a  lactor  of  saiety  not 
less  than  two  (2),  i.  e.,  there  shall  ue  at 
least  twice  as  much  weight  of  masonry  or 
concrete  resisting  the  pun  on  tne  alienors 
as  ngured  from  the  overturning  effect  of 
wind. 

tc>  The  thickness  of  all  structural  steel 
memoers  snan  not  be  less  than  one-fourth 
(V^)    of   an    inch. 

(d)  Wnere  a  sign  structure  is  so  de- 
signed as  to  allow  free  access  to  the  roof 
lrum  all  sides  oi  tne  uuiiuing  and  wiiere  me 
minimum  clearance  between  roof  and  the 
lower  edge  or  tne  sign  is  hve  (5)  feet  the 
sign  may  be  erected  directly  over  and  flush 
with  tne  face  of  the  wail  on  the  street  or 
alley  side  of  the  building,  provided  that  no 
part  projects  over  the  coping  or  the  lot 
line,  and  the  lower  edge  of  the  sign  is  at 
least  hve  (o)  feet  above  the  top  of  the  wall. 
Chicago,   March    loth,    1916. 

With  reference  to  Section  517  (h)  of  the 
Revised  Building  Ordinances,  the  Commis- 
sioner has   ruled   that, 

ta>  Whenever  two  or  more  rows  of  piles 
tre  required,  the  distance  between  the  cen- 
ter lines  shall  not  be  less  than  the  largest 
diameter   of   the  piles. 

(b)  When  a  single  staggered  row  of  piles 
is  used,  the  distance  between  the  center  lines 
shall  not  be  less  than  one-half  the  largest 
diameter  of  the  piles,  except  that  in  one- 
story  buildings  or  walls  less  than  twenty 
feet  high  a  single  row  without  any  stagger- 
ing  may   be   used. 

(c)  The  piles  shall  be  driven  so  that  the 
distance  between  centers  shall  not  be  less 
than  twice  the  largest  diameter  nor  two  feet 
six   inches   minimum. 


RULING    GOVERNING    THE    MINIMUM 

THICKNESS  OF  METALS. 

VIII. 

In  steel  construction  exposed  to  the 
weather,  no  metal  in  principal  members  shall 
be  less  than  5-l»;  Inch  thick.  For  secondary 
members,  no  metal  shall  be  less  than  1-4 
inch  thick,  except  that  webs  of  channels  or 
••["  beams  used  as  secondary  members  may 
be  3-1 G  Inch  thick,  but   nol  This  ruling 

is  not  to  apply  to  electric  signs  or  fire  es- 
capes  or   canopies. 

In  steel  construction  protected  by  build- 
ings no  metal  In  a  principal  member  shall 
be  less  than  1-4  Inch  thick,  except  that 
closed  filled    with   concrete   and    the 

webs  ol  channels  and  "I"  beams  may  be  8-16 
Inch  thick,  but  not  less  For  secondary  mem- 
bers  metal   may  be  3-16   inch,  but  not  less. 

The  above  rulings  to  take  effect  August  28 
1916. 


.'I! 


MORRIS  L.  GREELEY.  Pres.  FRED  NORLIN,  Vice-Pres.  and  Treas.  SYLVESTER  N.  HOWARD,  Sec. 

GREELEY-HOWARD-NORLIN  CO. 

Surveyors  and  Engineers 

ESTABLISHED    IN   1854 

We  have  records,  notes,  maps  and  plats  of  one  hundred  thousand 
surveys  in  our  vaults 

Suite  517,  30  N.  La  Salle  Street 

Telephone  Main  67  CHICAGO 


A.  I.  SILANDLR 

Phone  Franklin  2716 

SELANDEE 

SURVEYOR 

OFFICE: 

30  NORTH  LA  SALLE  STREET,  CHICAGO 

S.    W.    Corner   Washington   Street 

WM.  KRAMER 

SURVEYOR 

Licensed  Structural  Engineer 

914,  30  N.  LA  SALLE  STREET 

STOCK  EXCHANGE  BLDG. 
TELEPHONE  MAIN  2396  CHICAGO 


W.D.JON 


SURVEYOR  AND  CIVIL    ENGINEER 

ESTABLISHED     1888 

Special  facilities  for  accurate  and  prompt  surveys  in  Chicago, 
&  Cook  County,  III.  and  in  Lake  County,  Ind. 
8  S.  DEARBORN    ST. 

^f^  'SEIHiS  Ji   Residence  Tel.  KEDZIE7406 
And      CENTRAL45  2  3 

242 


RULING  ON  REINFORCED  CONCRETE 
FLOORS. 

IX. 

In  regard  to  Sec.  550  referring  to  fireproof- 
ing  concrete  floors,  the  Commissioner  has 
mled  that  the  following  interpretation  shall 
apply  to  concrete  joist  and  floor  tile  con- 
stiuction: 

(a)  Whenever  a  combination  of  reinforced 
concrete  joists  and  hollow  burned  clay  tile 
fillers  is  used,  the  same  shall  be  assumed 
same  as  solid  concrete  slabs  as  far  as  fire- 
proofing  of  steel   rods  is  concerned. 

(b)  Whenever  a  system  of  concrete  joists 
and  steel  or  plaster  domes  instead  of  clay 
tiles  is  used,  whether  same  is  left  in  place 
or  withdrawn  afterwards, "  the  combination 
shall  be  assumed  and  be  subject  to  same  re- 
quirements as  reinforced  concrete  beams  and 
girders,  with  the  exception  that  steel  rein- 
forcement in  the  top  of  the  joists  may  be 
considered   as    in   solid   slab   construction. 

(c)  Whenever  cement  plaster  ceiling  on 
metal  lath  is  used  in  connection  with  the  lat- 
ter type  of  construction,  one-half  inch  may 
be  deducted  from  the  required  amount  of  fire- 
proofing  at  the  bottom  and  the  sides  of 
joists,  provided  that  cement  plaster  not  less 
than  three-fourths  inches  thick  be  applied 
directly  to  the  under  side  of  joists. 

RULING    GOVERNING    STAR-SHAPED 

COMPRESSION   MEMBERS. 

X. 

In  regard  to  columns  or  struts  built  of  two 
angles    placed    back    to    back     in     star-shape 


J  r,  the  Commissioner  has  ruled  that  the 
same  should  comply  with  the  following 
specifications: 

1.  Star-shaped  compression  members  shall 
be  tied  together  by  pairs  of  batten  plates  or 
pairs  of  angle  lugs  in  opposite  directions 
spaced  not  more  than  three  (3)  times  the 
width  of  main  member  center  to  enter  of  each 
successive  pair. 

2.  Each  batten  plate  or  angle  lug  shall 
have  enough  rivets  connecting  it  to  each 
angle  of  ihe  column  or  strut  to  be  able  to 
transfer  fifteen  (15%)  per  cent  of  total  stress 
in  the  member  from  one  angle  to  the  other 
through  the  rivets  when  these  are  figured 
in   single  shear. 

3.  Minimum  size  of  rivets  shall  be  as  fol- 
lows: 

%"  diameter  for   8"  angles. 
%"  diameter  for   6",  5"  and   4"  angles. 
%"  diameter  for  3"  and  2%"  angles. 

4.  Minimum  spacing  of  rivets  shall  be 
three  (3)  inches  for  single  row  and  two  and 
one-half  (2%)  inches  for  double  row,  stag- 
gered, measured  parallel  to  the.  gage  lines. 
When  two  gage  lines  are  used,  rivets  must 
be  staggered. 

5.  Minimum  thickness  of  strut  angles  or 
batten  plates  shall  be  one-fourth  of  an  inch 
( % )  when  exposed  to  weather,  and  three- 
sixteenth  (.3-16)  inches  when  protected  within 
a  building,  but  batten  plates  or  angle  lugs 
shall  not  be  less  than  two-thirds  (2-3)  the 
thickness  of  the  main  compression   members. 


STATE  ZONING  BILL 

Senate  Bill  125 
(see  city  ordinance  passed  July  21-1919  Page  245) 


For  an  Act  to  confer  certain  additional  pow- 
ers  upon   city   councils   in   cities   and  presi- 
dents   and    boards    of    trustees    in    villages 
concerning    buildings,    the    intensity   of   use 
of    lot    areas,    the    classification    of    build- 
ings,  trades  and  industries  with   respect  to 
location    and     regulation,     the    creation    of 
residential,       industrial,      commercial      and 
other     districts,     and     the     exclusion     from 
and     regulation     within     such    districts     of 
classes  of  buildings,  trades  and  industries. 
Section    1.     Be   it  enacted  by  the  People   of 
the  State  of  Illinois,  represented   in  the  Gen- 
eral    Assembly:      That    in    addition    to    exist- 
ing   powers,    and    to    the    end    that    adequate 
light,  pure  air  and  safety  from  fire  and  other 
dangers    may    be    secured,    that    the    taxable 
value   of   land   and   buildings    throughout    the 
city    or    village    may    be    conserved,    that    con- 
gestion in  the  public  streets  may  be  lessened 
or  avoided,  and  that  the  public  health,  safety, 
comfort   and    welfare   may   otherwise   be  pro- 
moted,  the   city   council   in   each    city   and   the 
president   and   board   of   trustees   in    each   vil- 
lage, shall   have   the  following  powers: 

To  regulate  and  limit  the  height  and  bulk 
of  buildings  hereafter  to  be  erected,  to  regu- 
late and  limit  the  intensity  of  the  use  of  lot 
areas  and  to  regulate  and  determine  the  ana 
of  yards,  courts  and  other  open  spaces  within 
and  surrounding  such  buildings;  to  classify, 
regulate  ami  restrict  the  location  of  trades 
and  industries  and  the  Ideation  of  buildings 
designed  for  specified  uses;  to  make  regu- 
lations designating  the  trades  and  industries 
that  shall  be  excluded  or  subjected  to  spe- 
cial regulations  within  fixed  districts  and 
designating  uses  for  which  buildings  may 
not  be  erected  or  altered  in  such  district,  to 
divide  the  city  or  village  or  portions  of  same 


into  districts  of  such  number,  shape  and  area 
as  may  be  deemed  best  suited  to  carry  out 
the  purposes  of  this  Act,  including  the  power 
to  create  and  establish  residential  districts 
within  which  new  buildings  designed  for 
business  may  be  excluded,  redistrieted  or 
limited,  and  including  the  power  to  regulate 
and  restrict  the  location  of  tradi  s  and  in- 
dustries and  buildings  designed  for  same  in 
such  a  way  that  classes  of  industries  whicn 
affect  the  general  comfort  of  the  public 
may  be  excluded  from  districts  where  i  Ou»- 
mercial  and  professional  pursuits  which  oo 
not  affect  the  comfort  of  the  public  are  car- 
ried on;  and  to  prevent  the  alteration  or  re- 
modeling of  existing  buildings  in  such  a  way 
as  to  avoid  the  restrictions  and  limitations 
lawfully  imposed  on  any  such  district;  pro- 
vided, that  in  ordinances  passed  under  the 
authority  of  this  Act  due  allowance  shall  be 
made  for  existing  conditions,  the  conserva- 
tion of  property  values,  the  direction  of 
building  development  to  the  best  advantage 
of  the  entire  city  or  village,  and  the  uses  tc 
which  property  is  devote  1  at  the  time  of  the 
enactment  of  any  such  ordinance,  and  that 
the  powers  by  this  Act  given  shall  not  be 
exercised  so  as  to  deprive  the  owner  of  any 
existing  property  of  Its  use  Cor  the  pur- 
pose to  which  it  is  then  lawfully  devoted, 
and.  provided  further,  that  nothing  In  this 
Act  shall  be  construed  to  prevent  additions 
to  and  alterations  of  any  existing  plant  oi 
building  made  to  further  the  purpose  to 
which    t   Is  then  lawfully  devoted. 

Section  -.      No  ordinance  under  the  authority 

or  this  Act  shall  be  enacted  until  a  public 
hearing  has  been  held  upon  the  subject  mat- 
ter of  the  proposed  ordinate,  before  a  com- 
mission,   board    or    committee    authorized    by 


•_'i:; 


No  Delay  To  Get  The  Glomes  Dry  On  Wash  Day 


Modern  Residence  Laundry  Room  showing  installation 
"CHICAGO-FRANCIS'"  Dryer  and  Laundry  Stove 


When  using  the  "CHICAGO-FRANCIS"  Combined  Clothes 
Dryer  and  Laundry  Stove.  Clothes  are  dried  without  extra 
expense  as  the  waste  heat  from  laundry  stove  dries  the 
clothes.  Can  furnish  stove  suitable  for  burning  wood,  coal  or 
gas.  Dries  the  clothes  as  perfectly  as  sunshine.  Especially 
adapted  for  use  in  Residences.  Apartment  Buildings  and  In- 
stitutions. All  Dryers  are  built  to  order  in  various  sizes  and 
can  be  made  to  fit  almost  any  laundry  room,  Write  today  for 
No.  H  14  catalog  which  describes  and  illustrates  our  Clothes 
Dryers,  also  Electric  Washing  Machines.  Ironing  Machines, 
etc.,  especially  adapted  for  residences  and  small  institutions. 

CHICAGO  DRYER  CO. 

Dept.  H 
630  S.  Wabash  Avenue,  CHICAGO,  ILL. 

Tel.  Harrison  3774 


troy  Eaundry  machinery  go. 


(Cimitcd) 


We  are  prepared  to  furnish  estimates  for  Laundry  Equipment  for  any  sized 
plant  from  the  small  hand  to  the  largest  steam  laundry. 

Our  complete  Ii.ie  of  up-to-the-minute  machinery  and  our  long  experience  in 
all  branches  of  the  business  enable  us  to  guarantee  absolute  satisfaction. 


:WE  INVITE  CORRESPONDENCE: 


la  Salle  ano  23o  Sts. 


TELEPHONE   225    CALUMET 


Cbicaao. 


LAUNDRY  MACHINERY 

lor 

HOTELS,  HOSPITALS,  INSTITUTIONS 
or  SPECIAL  PURPOSES 

Our  Engineering  Department  is  at  Your  Service 

THE  American  Laundi^  Machinery  Ox 

208  W.  Monroe  St.  CHICAGO,  ILL. 


DUMB    WAITERS-REFRIGERATORS 


OF  EVKRY   DESCRIPTION 


COOLING  ROOMS— COED  STORAGE  DOORS 
PORTABLE    COLD    STORAGE    HOUSES 

PROMPT  SERVICE  V  QUICK  ESTIMATES 

D.  A.  MATOT 


MANUFACTURE K 


Main-  Office 
and  Factory 


Phones 

Lincoln  2  -3 


1538  -  1546  Montana  St. 


CHICAGO 


244 


the  city  council  in  cities,  or  the  president 
and  board  of  trustees  in  villages,  to  inves- 
tigate and  make  recommendations  concern- 
ing such  subject  matter,  and  an  opportunity 
afforded  the  owners  of  land  or  lots  within 
the  proposed  district  to  file  written  objec- 
tions as  herein  provided  for.  Such  public 
hearing  shall  be  held  only  after  publication 
in  a  new-spaper  of  such  city  or  village  of  a 
notice  of  the  time  and  place  of  such  hearing 
at  least  thirty  days  in  advance  thereof  and 
the  posting  of  -such  notice  at  not  less  than 
four  different  places  within  such  district, 
which  notice  shall  indicate  the  boundaries  of 
the  territory  to  be  affected  both  by  the  desig- 
nation of  the  street  and  house  numbers  in- 
cluded and  by  the  legal  description  of  the 
property  therein,  and  shall  state  what  regu- 
lations under  the  authority  of  this  Act  affect- 
ing such  territory  are  to  be  considered  at 
such  hearing.  In  addition  to  making  publi- 
cation and  posting  notices  as  herein  provided, 
the  officer  or  officers  authorized  to  hold  said 
public  hearing  shall  cause  a  notice  of  simi- 
lar import  to  be  mailed  to  the  person  shown 
by  the  records  of  the  county  collector  as 
the  one  who  paid  the  taxes  during  the  last 
preceding  calendar  year  on  each  lot.  block, 
tract,  or  parcel  of  land  situated  within  such 
territory,  at  the  residence  of  the  person  so 
paying  the  taxes  on  each  lot,  block,  tract  or 
parcel  of  land,  if  the  same  can  on  diligent  in- 
quiry be  found,  and  if  the  same  cannot  on 
diligent  inquiry  be  found,  such  notice  shall  be 
directed  to  such  person  at  the  general  de- 
livery of  the  post  office  in  the  city  or  vil- 
lage in  which  said  district  is  proposed  to  be 
made.  The  affidavit  of  the  officer  designated 
by  ordinance  as  the  one  to  give  such  notice 
to  the  effect  that  such  publication  was  made 
in  such  newspaper  and  by  such  posting  and 
that  such  notices  were  mailed  shall  be  taken 
as  conclusive  evidence  that  sufficient  notice 
was  given  to  all  parties  interested.  When 
a  district  is  first  created  no  ordinance  shall 
be  passed  hereunder  which  shall  enlarge  or 
reduce  or  otherwise  change  the  boundaries 
of  the  territory  as  indicated  in  such  notice 
without  another  such  notice  and  public  hear- 
ing. Said  public  hearing  shall  be  conducted 
by  the  said  commisson,  board  or  committee 
and  mav  be  temporarily  adjourned  and  recon- 
vened from  time  to  time  until  final  adjourn- 
ment at  the  discretion  of  the  said  commis- 
sion, board  or  committee.  After  such  final 
adjournment  said  commission,  board  or  com- 
mittee shall  make  its  report  and  recommen- 
dation to  the  city  council  or  board  of  trus- 
tees, as  the  case  may  be.  and  file  the  same 
with  the  city  or  village  clerk  within  ten  (10) 
days  of  the  date  of  such  adjournment. 

Section  3.  At  any  time  after  the  public 
hearing  herein  provided  for.  and  not  more 
than  thirtv  (30)  days  after  such  commis- 
sion, board  or  committee  shall  file  its  re- 
port as  renuired  herein,  the  owners  of  a  ma- 
joritv  of  the  land  or  lots  within  the  proposed 
district  according  to  frontae-f  on  the  streets 
dedicated  to  public  use  shall  have  the  right 
to  file  their  objection  in  writing  to  the  for- 
mation of  such  district  or  to  (lie  regula- 
tions or  restrictions  proposed  therein.  Such 
written  objection  may  consist  of  one  sheet 
or  of  a  number  of  sheets  bound  together 
with  the  signature  of  such  owners,  the  lo- 
cation of  the  propertv  and  the  amount  of 
frot'taere  owned  bv  each  stated  thereon  after 
each  name,  and  the  same  mav  be  filed  with 
the  commission,  board  or  committee  desig- 
nated as  the  proper  authority  to  conduct  snch 
prneeedincs.  TTnon  the  filins:  of  such  objec- 
tion, if  it  shall  annear  that  the  owners  of 
such  a  maioritv  according  to  frontage  are 
n^riocjod  to  the  formation  or  creation  of  snch 
district  is  is  r ronosed  or  to  the  regulations 
or  r°s*r'ct1ons  proposed  for  anv  such  district, 
all  proceedings  for  same  shall  be  disrontin- 
ued.  and  no  ordinance  for  the  creation  or 
formation  of  such  district  in  such  territory 
shall   be  passed,   and  no  new  proceedings   for 


the  formation  or  creation  of  such  district 
within  the  said  territory  shall  be  begun 
within  one  year  after  the  filing  of  such  ob- 
jection: Provided,  that  if  said  objection 
shall  state  that  it  is  directed  only  against 
certain  of  the  proposed  regulations  and  re- 
strictions, specifying  same,  new  proceed- 
ings as  herein  provided  for  may  be  begun  at 
any  time  for  the  purpose  of  creating  such 
district  after  changing  or  modifying  the 
prcposed  regulations  and  restrictions: 

Section  4.  The  regulations  imposed  and 
the  districts  created  under  the  authority  of 
this  Act  may  be  amended,  supplemented  or 
changed  from  time  to  time  by  ordinance 
after  the  ordinance  establishing  same  has 
gone  into  effect,  but  no  such  change  shall 
be  made  without  notice  and  public  hearing 
in  the  same  manner  as  when  such  district  is 
first  created,  and  ir  case  of  written  protest 
against  a  proposed  amendment,  supplement 
or  change,  signed  by  tne  owners  of  twenty 
per  cent  of  the  frontage  propose  1  to  be  al- 
tered, or  by  the  owners  of  twenty  per  <  ent 
of  the  frontage  immediately  adjoining  or 
across  an  alley  therefrom,  or  by  the  own- 
ers of  twenty  per  cent  of  the  frontage  di- 
rectly opposite  the  frontage  proposed  to  be 
altered,  filed  with  the  said  commission,  board 
or  committee  so  designated,  such  amendment 
shall  not  be  passed  except  by  the  favorable 
vote  of  two-thirds  of  the  members  of  the 
city  council  in  cities,  or  of  the  members  of 
the  board  of  trustees  in  villages.  Provided, 
that  it  shall  always  be  within  the  power  of 
the  owners  of  a  majority  of  the  lands  and 
lots  according  to  frontage  within  a  proposed 
addition  to  such  district  to  prevent  such  ad- 
dition by  filing  objection  thereto  as  herein 
provided. 

Section  5.  Upon  the  passage  of  an  ordi- 
nance under  the  authority  of  this  Act  a  cer- 
tified copy  of  the  same,  together  with  a  plat 
of  the  territory  affected,  certified  to  by  the 
mayor  of  the  city  or  president  of  the  board 
of  trustees  of  the  village,  as  the  case  may 
be,  shall  be  filed  for  record  in  the  office  of 
the  recorder  of  deeds  of  the  county  in  which 
the  said  territory  is  located,  and  no  such 
ordinance  shall  take  effect  until  the  same  is 
so  recorded. 

RESIDENCE       DISTRICTS:         TEMPORARY 
WITH-HOLDING   OP    BUILDING   PERMITS. 

Be    it    ordained    by    the    City    Council    of    the 

City    of    Chicago: 

July  21,  1919. 

Section  1.  That  in  all  cas^s  where  an  ap- 
plication for  a  permit  is  made  for  the  erec- 
tion of  a  new  building  in  any  block  in  which 
a  majority  of  the  buildings  are  used  ex- 
clusively for  residence  purposes,  if  there 
shall  be  filed  with  the  Commissioner  of 
Buildings  a  protest  signed  by  not  less  than 
ten  owners  of  property  in  such  block,  or  in 
case  the  majority  of  the  frontag;*  i>  owned 
by  less  than  twenty  persons  then  by  a  ma- 
jority of  the  owners  according  to  frontage, 
the  Commissioner  of  Buildings  shall  with- 
hold the  issuance  of  a  building  permit  until 
the  City  Council  shall  have  ordered  a  public 
hearing  in  accordance  with  an  ac*  of  the 
General  Assembly  entitled  "An  Act  to  COnfi  I 
certain  additional  powers  upon  city  councils 
in  cities  and  Presidents  and  boards  Of  trus- 
tees in  villages  concerning  buildings,  the  in- 
tensity of  use  of  lot  areas,  the  classification 
of  buildings,  trades  and  industries  with  respecl 
to  location  and  regulation,  the  creatton  of 
residential,  industrial,  commercial  and  other 
districts,  and  the  exclusion  from  and  regula- 
tion within  such  districts  of  classes  of  build- 
ings, trades  and  Industries."  In  force  July  I. 
1919.  For  the  purnoses  .m"  tins  ordinance  a 
block  shall  he  understood  to  !>■  a  olol  "i 
ground  containinc  city  lots  surrounded  bj 
public  streets  whether  rectangular  In  ship.' 
or  otherwise. 

Section  2.  This  ordinance  shall  take  offset 
and  be  in  force  from  and  after  its  passage 
and    approval. 


245 


HAZARD  MANUFACTURING  CO. 
WIRES  AND  CABLES 

FACTORY  -  WILKES-BARRE,  PENNA. 


NEW  YORK  CITY 
533  Canal  St. 


CHICAGO 
552  W.  Adams  St. 


PITTSBURGH,  PA. 
2213  First  Nat.  Bank  Bid. 


Trade  Mark 


SPECIFICATIONS    TOR 
HAZARD    30        PARA   INSULATION 

Compound. 
The  compound  shall  contain  not  Less  than 
by  weight  of  dry,  fine  Para  Rubber. 
The  remaining  7"  shall  consist  of  the 
proper  mineral  and  organic  ingredients  to 
give  the  necessary  mechanical  strength  and 
electrical  resistance  to  the  finished  compound 
and  shall  riot  contain  any  deleterious  sub- 
stance. 

Chemical. 

The  vulcanized  rubber  compound  shall  con- 
tain not  mere  than  6 ' I  by  weight  of  Acetone 
Extract. 

The  Acetone  Extract  shall  be  determined 
by  the  method  given  in  the  "Analytical  Pro- 
cedure  for  309!  Hevea  Insulating  Com- 
pound." as  published  in  the  Proceedings  of 
the  American  Institute  of  Electrical  En- 
rs,  January.  1914  and  the  Journal  of  In- 
dustrial and  Engineering  Chemistry,  Janu- 
ary.   1914. 

Mechanical. 

The  rubber  insulation  shall  be  homogeneous 
in  character,  shall  be  placed  concentrically 
about  the  conductor,  and  shall  have  a  tensile 
strength  of  not  less  than  1200  pounds  per 
square    inch. 

A  sample  of  vulcanized  rubber  compound. 
not  less  than  four  inches  in  length,  shall  be 
cut  from  the  wire,  with  a  sharp  knue  held 
tangent  to  the  copper.  Marks  to  be  placed 
on  the  sample  two  inches  apart.  The  sample 
shall  be  stretched  until  the  marks  are  six 
S   apart   and    then    immediately    released; 


one  minute  alter  such  release  the  marks  shall 
not  be  over  2-5  It;  inches  apart.  The  sample 
shall  then  be  stretched  until  the  marks  are 
nine  inches  apart  before  breaking. 

For  the  purpose  of  these  tests,  care  should 
be  used  in  cutting  to  obtain  a  proper  sample, 
as  the  manufacturer  cannot  be  responsible 
for  results  obtained  from  samples  imperfectly 
cut. 

Electrical. 
Each  and  every  length  of  conductor  shall 
comply  with  the  requirements  given  in  the 
following  table.  The  tests  shall  be  made  at 
the  works  of  the  manufacturer  when  the 
conductor  is  covered  with  vulcanized  rubber, 
and  before  the  application  of  tape  or  braid 
or   other   covering. 

Tests  shall  be  made  after  48  hours'  im- 
mersion in  water,  and  while  still  immersed. 
The  test  potential  specified  shall  be  applied 
for  five  minutes.  The  insulation  test  shall 
follow  the  potential  test,  shall  be  made  with 
a  battery  of  not  less  than  ion  nor  mure  than 
500  volts,  and  the  reading  shall  be  taken  after 
one   minute's  electrification. 

Inspection. 

The  purchaser  may  send  to  the  works  of 
the  manufacturer,  a  representative,  who  shall 
be  afforded  all  necessary  facilities  to  make 
the  above  specified  electrical  and  mechanical 
tests,  and.  also,  to  assure  himself  that  the 
30%  of  rubber  above  specified  is  actually  put 
into  the  compound,  but  he  shall  not  be  privi- 
leged to  inquire  what  ingredients  axe  used 
to  make  up  the  remaining  70%  of  the  com- 
pound. 


High    Potential    and    Insulation    Resistance    Tests 
Size   of 

Conductors  Thickness  of  Insulation 

Solids                                    3  64"              1  16"              5  64"              3   32"              7  64"             4  32"  5  32" 

11  B    &    S 2.5    2360        5.0   2890        6.0   3220        7.0   3580        S.O   SS80        9.0  4160  11.0   4660 

12  -        2.5    2010        5.0   2450        6.0   2810        7.5   3140        8.5   3410        9.5  3670  11.5    4130 

10           "         3.0    1710        5.0   2090        6.5    2420        8.0   2730        8.5   2990      10.0  3230  12.0   3660 

8           "         3.0    1440         5.0    1790        7.0    2080         8.0    2350        9.5    2590      11.0  2S10  13.0    3210 

6           "        5.0   1500        6.5   1760        8.5    2010      10.0   2230      11.5  2430  14.0   2800 

4           "        4.5   1250        6.5   1470        8.5    1690      10.0   1900      115  2090  14.5   2430 

2           "         4.0   1040        6.0   1240        8.0   1430      10.0    1600      12.0  1770  15.0   2070 

1     Strand     •■                                                  6.0   1000        8.0   1180      10. 0    1310      12. 0  1460  15.5    1730 

0                        ..                                                    5.5      910        8.0    1060      10.0    1210      12.0  1340  15.5    1590 

00            "          ..                                                    5.0      S30         7.5      970         9.5    1090      11.5  1230  15.5    1460 

000           '•          ..                                                 5.0      750        7.5      880        9.5    1000      11.5  1110  15.5    1340 

0000            "          ..                                                  4.5      680        7.0      800        9.0      910      11.5  1000  15.3    1210 

250,000    C.    M.     ...                                                                          6.5      780        9.0      840      11.0  930  15.5    1130 

500,000          "         ...                                                                          5.0      540        7.5      620      10.0  700  14.5      860 

750,000          "        ...                                                                                                  6.5      500        9.0  560  14.0      680 

1,000,000          "        ...                                                                                                  5.5      450        8.0  520  13.0      630 

1,250,000          "        ...                                                                                                                          7.5  4S0  12.5      560 

1,500,000          "...                                                                                                                          .  'i  460  12.0      480 

1,750.000          "        ...                                                                                                                          6.5  400  11.5      *40 

2,000,000          "        ...                                                                                                                          5.0  300  10.5      400 

First    column    under   each    heading    gives    test    potentials.    Kilovolts — Five-minute   Tests. 

Second   column   gives  insulation   resistance,   Megohms  per   mile,   at    60    degrees  P.,   one-minute 

electrification. 

Data   with    reference   to    HAZARD    HIGH    GRADE    Rubber    Insulation    (Intermediate    between  N.    E.    C. 

Standard  and   HAZARD   30',     PARA)    furn  shed   on  application. 

Makers  of  Quality  Wire  Rope  Since  1848 


24(i 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ELECTRICITY 


CITY  OF  CHICAGO. 


NOTICE. 

Particular  attention   is   called   to   the   different   sections    of   the   ordinance   herein   printed. 

Permits  will  be  issued  only  to  Registered  Electricians. 

The  use  of  electric  current  is  prohibited  previous  to  certificate  or  current  permit  being 
issued. 

Conditions  unsafe  to  life  or  property  must  be  corrected  within  forty-eight  hours. 

Each  building  into  which  electric  current  shall  hereafter  be  introduced  shall  have  inde- 
pendent service  from  the  street  or  alley,  entering  at  right  angles  with  the  street  curb,  except 
where  the  service  wires  are  placed  in  conduits  complying  with  the  rules  of  the  department 
of  gas  and  electricity;  and  no  wires  hereafter  put  up  shall  pass  from  one  building  to  another 
through  any  party  wall  or  along  any  building  wall  or  over  any  roof  or  under  any  sidewalk 
except  where  such   conduits  are   used. 

Temporary  work  must  be  inspected  and  approved  before  current  is  used. 

Alterations  to  existing  wiring  must  not  be  made  without  regular  permit. 

Permits  issued  by  the  Commissioner  of  Public  Works  for  electrical  work  to  be  done 
on  streets  must  be  countersigned  by  the  Commissioner  of  Gas  and  Electricity. 

Violation  of  any  of  the  Sections  of  this  ordinance  constitutes  a  misdemeanor  and  renders 
any  person,  firm  or  corporation  liable  to  arrest  and  fine  of  not  less  than  $50  or  more  than 
$100,  also  the  cutting  off  and  stopping  of  current  used  in  violation  until  the  provisions  are 
complied  with. 


SPECIAL   SUGGESTIONS  TO  ARCHITECTS. 

The  Department  of  Electricity  will  not  al- 
low more  than  sixteen  (16)  sockets  to  be 
attached  to  one  circuit. 

Architects  are  urged  to  make  definite 
specifications  for  electrical  work,  for  the 
benefit  of  both  the  electrical  contractor  and 
the  fixture  contractor,  specifying  the  num- 
ber of  outlets  in  each  job  for  the  electrical 
contractor  to  follow,  and  the  exact  number 
of  40  watt  or  equivalent. 

Frequently  the  fixture  contractor  installs 
more  than  sixteen  lights  on  a  circuit,  which 
is  in  violation  of  the  city  ordinances,  and 
causes  the  consumer  very  much  annoyance 
in  getting  electric  current  to  his  premises. 

It  is  also  suggested  that  the  architects 
demand  of  the  electrical  contractor  that  he 
make  up  all  connections  and  combinations 
relative  to  switches,  complicated  outlets,  etc., 
leaving  only  two  wires  for  the  fixture  hanger 
to  make  his  fixture  connections. 

GENERAL    SUGGESTIONS. 

In  all  electric  work  conductors,  however 
well  insulated,  should  always  be  treated  as 
bare,  to  the  end  that  under  no  conditions, 
existing  or  likely  to  exist,  can  a  grounding 
or  short  circuit  occur,  and  so  that  all  leak- 
age from  conductor  to  conductor,  or  between 
conductor  and  ground,  may  be  reduced  to  the 
minimum. 

In  all  wiring  special  attention  must  be 
paid  to  the  mechanical  execution  of  the 
work.  Careful  and  neat  running,  connecting, 
soldering,  taping  of  conductors  and  securing 
and  attaching  of  fittings,  are  especially  con 
ducive  to  security  and  efficiency,  and  will  be 
strongly   insisted   on. 

In  laying  out  an  Installation,  except  for 
constant  current  systems,  every  reasonable 
effort  should  be  made  to  secure  distribution 
centers  located  in  easily  accessible  places, 
at    which    points    the    cutouts    and    switches 


Commissioner  of  Gas  and  Electricity. 


controlling  the  several  branch  circuits  can 
be  grouped  for  convenience  and  safety  of 
operation.  The  load  should  be  divided  as 
evenly  as  possible  among  the  branches,  and 
all  complicated  and  unnecessary  wiring 
avoided. 

SPECIAL    NOTICE. 

Service  switches,  cutouts  and  meters  must, 
wh<n  practicable,  be  placed  in  basements  or 
other  public  portions  of  the  building.  Ex- 
ception will  be  made  for  cutouts  in  the  case 
of  apartment  bmldings  having  4  circuits  <>r 
more  per  apartment  or  where  the  building 
is  four  stories  or  more  in  height.  Where 
cutouts  are  located  in  apartments  or  on  the 
various  floors  of  residences,  etc.,  they  must 
never  be  located  in  clothes  closets  or  any 
other  location  where  combustible  material 
is   stored. 

Service  switches,  cutouts  and  meters 
should  not  be  installed  above  or  in  close 
proximity  to  laundry  tubs,  sinks,  gas  me- 
ters   or    plumbing    fixtures. 

Meter  nutlet  fittings  must  be  of  approved 
construction. 

A    separate    fitting    is    required    for 
meter. 

Meter  fittings  are  required  on  all  installa- 
tions where  the  mains  are  of  No.  2  B.  &  S 
gauge  or  smaller.  This  includes  both  power 
and    light. 

On  mains  larger  than  No.  2  B.  &  S.  gauge, 
it    fittings,    where   wires   leave 
duit  system  through  separate  insulated  open- 
inns,    must   be   used. 

The   meter  fitting  must    be  placed  so   thai 

ng  for   the   wins   is  at    the   top   o1 

the    fitting,    excepl    where    the    fitting    is    so 

constructed  thai   the  wires  to  meter  leave  at 

the  side 

ah  wires  from  fitting  to  meters  where 
liable  to  come  in  contact  with  wins  or  other 
materials  must  be  protected  by  flexible  tub- 
ing. 


24? 


I^^Bni 

- 

I  o;o  GhQ 

tesfopl 

u  o;o  Rao 

fe*w'©:Q| 

11 

^M'l 

Nfl®"0! 

Deep  Bowl  Reflector 


Benjamin  Dome  Reflector 
R.  L.  M.  Standard 


Dead    Front    Panel    Board 
Mounted  in  Cabinet 


Elliptical  Angle   Reflector 


~H^ 


Cas  and  Vapor-Proof   Fixture 


The  Benjamin  institution  has  brought  into 
being  and  developed  into  necessities  many 
electrical  devices  that  make  electricity  easier 
and  safer  to  control  and  more  convenient  to  use. 

Benjamin  Products  in  the  specifications  mean 
satisfaction  in  the  job.  This  hundreds  of 
architects  know  from  experience. 

From  the  plan  of  lighting  to  the  choice  of 
fixtures,  you  will  find  the  Benjamin  idea 
of  co-operation  with  the  architect,  efficient, 
thorough  and  helpful. 


Two-Way   Plugs 
Wiring   Devices 
Electrical   Specialties 
Weatherproof    Lighting 

Apparatus 
Gas  and   Vapor   Proof  Lighting 

Units 
Store    and    Office    Lighting 

Fixtures 
Marine   Lighting  and    Signaling 

Apparatus 
Benjamin    Industrial    Lighting 
Porcelain    Enameled    Reflectors 

and    Specialties 
Industrial   Signals 
Automobile   Specialties 
Panel    Boards   and   Cabinets 
Punch    Press   Efficiency   and 

Safety   Devices 
Iron,    Brass    and    Aluminum 

Castings 
Drawings,     Stampings    and 

Spinnings   in   Sheet   Metal 
Consulting   and   Engineering 

Service 


"Benco" 
Weatherproof  Socket 


Safety  Flush   Receptacle 


Pull  Chain  Angle  Socket 


Industrial  Signal 


If  you  do   not  have   our  catalogs,   a   post   card   request 
will   bring  them. 


Address  Chicago  Office 

Benjamin  Electric  Mfg.  Co. 


CHICAGO 


NEW  YORK 


BENJAMIN  ELECTRIC  MFG.  CO.  of  Canada,  Ltd. 
Toronto,  Canada 


SAN   FRANCISCO 

THE  BENJAMIN  ELECTRIC.  Ltd. 
London,  England 


248 


SECTIONS    OF   THE   CHICAGO   CODE    OF    1911    OF    THE    CITY    OF    CHICAGO 
GOVERNING  ELECTRICAL  INSPECTIONS 

Passed    March    13,    1911. 
Amended  December  30,  1912;  July  7,  1913;  July  21,  1913;  November  3,  1913,  and  July  21,  1919. 


Section  1.  That  Article  1  of  Chapter 
XXIV  of  The  Chicago  Code  of  1911,  as 
amended,  be  and  the  same  is  hereby  further 
amended  by  striking  out  Sections  831,  831 %, 
832,  833,  834,  834%,  835  and  836,  contained 
therein,  and  by  substituting  the  following  in 
lieu  of  the  said  Sections  to  stricken  out: 

"831.  Applications  —  Contents  —  Permit. ) 
All  persons  or  corporations  desiring  to  in- 
stall wires  or  other  apparatus  lor  the  use  of 
electric  currents  for  any  of  the  purposes  men- 
tioned in  the  foregoing  section,  shall,  before 
commencing  or  doing  any  electrical  construc- 
tion work  of  any  kind  whatever,  either  in- 
stalling new  electrical  apparatus  or  repairing 
apparatus  already  in  use,  rile  an  application 
for  a  permit  therefor  in  the  office  of  the 
Commissioner  Gas  and  Electricity,  which  ap- 
plication shall  describe  in  detail  such  ma- 
terial and  apparatus  as  it  is  desired  to  use, 
with  a  full  description  of  the  same,  giving  the 
locality  by  street  and  number,  such  applica- 
tion to  be  countersigned  by  the  person  under 
whose  supervision  the  work  is  to  be  done;  and 
upon  the  filing  of  said  application,  if  found 
proper,  such  permit  shall  be  given,  and  no 
work  shall  be  started  \mtil  such  permit  has 
been  obtained.  No  work  shall  be  done  unless 
under  the  supervision  of  a  duly  qualified  per- 
son as   provided   in   Section    832. 

"832.  Requirements  for  License — Classifi- 
cation— Suspension  and  Revocation  of  Li- 
cense.) Any  person  or  corporation  making 
application  for  permits  must  first  file  with 
the  Commissioner  of  Gas  and  Electricity  an 
application  containing  an  affidavit  stating 
that  the  work  to  be  done  under  such  permits 
will  be  under  the  supervision  of  a  person 
who  is  not  less  than  twenty-one  (21)  years 
of  age,  who  has  a  thorough  knowledge  of 
electrical  construction  and  who  has  had  not 
less  than  four  (4)  years  of  practical  experi- 
ence in  installing  or  maintaining  electrical 
wires  and  apparatus  in  the  class  mentioned 
in  the  application  for  license  and  provided 
for  in  the  classification  of  licenses  as  given 
below,  and  who  shall  have  regularly  passed 
the  examination  as  provided  for  hereinafter. 
Such  application  shall  be  made  upon  a  form 
prepared  and  approved  by  the  Board  of  Ex- 
aminers to  be  appointed  by  the  Mayor  for  the 
purpose  of  inquiring  into  and  ascertaining 
the  qualifications  of  such  applicant  and  the 
Supervising  Electrician  as  provided  herein. 
Such  application  shall  contain  the  name  and 
signature  of  the  person  under  whose  super- 
vision the  work  is  to  be  done,  together  with 
two  indorsements  from  responsible  citizens, 
made  under  oath,  that  such  person  possesses 
the  qualification  above  designated.  Upon  fil- 
ing such  application  in  proper  form,  and  upon 
the  deposit  of  an  amount  equal  to  the  license 
fee  for  the  class  of  license  being  applied  for, 
with  the  said  Examining  Board,  and  upon 
the  Supervising  Electrician  successfully 
passing  the  examination  hereinafter  provided 
for,  the  said  Examining  Board  shall  cause 
to  be  transferred  to  the  City  Collector  the 
deposit  made  by  such  applicant,  which  de- 
posit the  said  City  Collector  shall  receive 
as  the  license  fee  for  the  said  applicant,  and 
the  Commissioner  of  Gas  and  Electricity 
shall  issue,  or  cause  to  be  issued,  the  license 
applied  for,  which  license  shall  entitle  the 
licensee  to  obtain  permits  to  do  such  work 
as  shall  be  within  the  classification  covered 
by  such  license.  The  license  fee  tor  the  first 
year  for  a  General  Electrical  Oontractoi 
shall  be  two  hundred  dollars  ($200.00)  with 
a  renewal  fee  of  fifty  dollars  ($50.00)  for 
each  year.  The  license  fee  for  the  flrsl  year 
for  Electrical  Construction  sh;i]l  be  one  hun- 
dred dollars    ($100.00)    with  a  renewal    t C 

twenty-five    dollars    ($25.00)     for    each    year. 
The  license  fee  for  the  first   year  for  a    Fix 


ture  License,  including  such  persons  or  cor- 
porations doing  fixture  work  only,  shall  be 
ene  hundred  dollars  ($100.00)  with  a  renewal 
fee  of  twenty-five  dollars  ($25.00)  for  each 
year.  The  license  fee  for  the  first  year  for 
a  Sign  License,  including  such  persons  or 
corporations  doing  sign  work  only,  shall  be 
twenty-five  dollars  ($25.00)  with  a  renewal 
fee  of  ten  dollars  ($10.00)  for  each  year. 
The  license  fee  for  the  first  year  for  a  Main- 
tenance License,  including  such  persons  or 
corporations  doing  maintenance  work  in 
buildings  owned  or  controlled  by  such  per- 
sons or  corporations,  shall  be  twenty-five  dol- 
lars ($25.00)  with  a  renewal  fee  of  ten  dol- 
lars ($10.00)  for  each  year.  The  above  clas- 
sification of  licenses  and  the  fees  pertaining 
thereto  shall  not  immediately  apply  to  those 
Certificates  of  Registration  in  existence  at 
the  time  of  passage  of  this  ordinance  but 
shall  apply  to  such  Certificates  of  Registra- 
tion at  the  expiration  of  the  period  for  which 
they  are  issued  at  which  time  a  renewal  fee 
in  accordance  with  the  above  classification 
must  be  paid  before  such  renewal  is  made. 

Prior  to  the  issuance  of  a  license  for  Gen- 
eral Electrical  Contractor,  Electrical  Con- 
struction. Fixture  License  and  Sign  License, 
the  applicant  shall  file  with  the  City  Col- 
lector of  the  City  of  Chicago,  an  indemnify- 
ing bond  with  good  and  sufficient  sureties  in 
the  penal  sum  of  five  thousand  dollars 
($5,000.00),  such  bond  being  payable  to  the 
Commissioner  of  Gas  and  Electricity  of  the 
City  of  Chicago,  for  the  use  of  any  persons 
or  corporations  with  v/hom  such  applicant 
shall  thereafter  contract  to  do  work,  to  in- 
demnify any  such  persons  or  corporations  for 
damages  sustained  on  account  of  the  failure 
of  such  applicant  to  perform  the  work  so  con- 
tracted for,  in  accordance  with  the  provisions 
and  requirements  of  the  City  of  Chicago,  re- 
lating to  the  installing,  operating  or  main- 
taining of  electrical  wires  or  apparatus.  The 
filing  of  the  above  mentioned  bond  shall  be 
required  previous  to  the  issuance  of  anv 
original  license  or  the  renewal  of  any  Cer- 
tificate of  Registration  in  existence  at  the 
time  of  passage  of  this  ordinance. 

For  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  the  quali- 
fications of  the  applicant  and  of  the  Super- 
vising Electrician,  the  Mayor  shall  appoint 
an  Examining  Board  of  Five  (5)  members  to 
consist  of  the  following:  Commissioner  of 
Gas  and  Electricity,  chairman;  one  membe.' 
to  be  selected  from  the  Board  of  Underwrit- 
ers of  the  City  of  Chicago,  one  member  to  be 
a  General  Electrical  Contractor,  regularl\ 
engaged  in  the  contracting  business  in  the 
City  of  Chicago;  one  member  to  be  a  Jour- 
neyman Fixture  Hanger,  who  has  had  at  least 
five  (5)  years  of  practical  experience  in  gen- 
eral fixture  work;  and  cne  member  shall  be  a 
Journeyman  Electrician  who  has  had  at 
leasi  five  (5)  years  of  practical  experii  rice  in 
general  electrical  work.  Each  member  of 
said  Examining  Board,  with  the  exception  of 
the  Commissioner  of  Gas  and  Electricity, 
shall    receive    as    his    compensation    as    such' 

the    sum    of   ten    dollars    i  $  1 h     ,,,,-    dav    for 

each  day,  not  to  exeeed  thirty  C10)  days  pei 
year,  that  he  shall  be  actively  engaged  In 
Hie  business  of  the  Examining  Board,  and 
such  compensation  shall  be  pa'd  out  of  the 
Corporate  Funds.  Such  members  shall  hold 
office  for  a  period  of  one  yen-  or  until  their 
successors  are  duly  appointed.  Provided 
further,  a  clerk  shall  be  assigned  by  the 
Commissioner  of  Gas  and  Electricity  to  as- 
sist the  said  Examining  Board  in  its  work 
and  such  clerk  shall  be  a  <"i\-ii  Service  era- 
plove.  Provided,  further,  that  the  said  Ex- 
amining Board  shall  have  power  to  adopt  the 
necessary  rules  and  regulations  for  the  li- 
censing of  electricians  and  for  the  examina- 
tion of  Supervising  Electricians  and  such  ^x- 


240 


ECONOMY 

renewable  FUSES 

are  the  right  fuses  to  protect  your  electrical 

circuits 


-because  they  afford  the  right  sort  of  pro- 
tection; their  reputation  lends  assurance 
that  you  can  safely  depend  on  them  for 
accuracy  of  rating  and  all-around  effi- 
ciency in  operation. 

-because  they  cut  annual  fuse  mainte- 
nance costs  80  percent,  as  compared  with 
the  use  of  one-time  fuses,  owing  to  the 
fact  that  an  inexpensive  "Drop  Out" 
Renewal  Link  restores  a  blown  Econ- 
omy Fuse  to  its  original  efficiency. 

-because  it's  the  work  of  a  moment  to 
replace  the  link  and  renew  the  fuse. 

-because  a  good-sized  stock  of  "Drop 
Out"  Renewal  Links  always  on  hand 
represents  but  a  small  outlay. 

Write  for  Catalog  52 


Economy  Fuse  &  Mfg.  Co 


Kinzie  and  Orleans  Sts. 


CHICAGO,  U.  S.  A. 


Sole  manufacturers  of  "ARKLESS" — the  Non-Renewable 
Fuse  with  the  1009t  Guaranteed  Indicator 

ECONOMY  FUSES  ARE  ALSO  MADE  IN  CANADA  AT  MONTREAL 


250 


aminations  shall  be  conducted  by  the  said 
board  by  the  oral  and  written  method  and 
the  judgment  of  the  said  board  as  to  whether 
or  not  an  applicant  or  Supervising  Electri- 
cian is  qualified  and  has  sufficient  experience 
and  knowledge  for  the  particular  class  of 
license  applied  for  shall  be  final. 

Licenses  shall  be  classified  as  follow?: 
General  Electrical  Contractor,  Electrical 
Construction,  Fixtures  License,  Sign  License 
and  Maintenance  License.  Under  the  classi- 
fication of  General  Electrical  Contractor  shall 
be  included  persons  or  corporations  doing 
all  classes  of  electrical  work  in  which  shall 
be  included  general  electrical  contracting, 
electrical  construction,  fixture,  sign  and 
maintenance  work.  Under  the  classification 
of  Electricai  Construction  shall  be  included 
persons  or  corporations  doing  all  classes  of 
electrical  work  excepting  electrical  fixtures 
and  electrical  signs.  Under  the  classifica- 
tion of  Fixture  License  shall  be  included  per- 
sons or  corporations  doing  electrical  fixture 
work  only.  Under  the  classification  of  Sign 
License  shall  be  included  persons  or  cor- 
porations doing  illuminated  sign  work  only. 
Under  the  classification  of  Maintenance  Li- 
cense shall  be  included  persons  or  corpora- 
tions doing  Maintenance  work  only  in  build- 
ings owned  or  controlled  by  such  persons  or 
corporations. 

Where  a  certificate  of  Registration  is  in 
existence  at  the  time  of  passage  of  this 
ordinance  a  renewal  of  such  Certificate  shall 
only  be  made  within  the  classification  previ- 
ously placed  on  such  Certificate  by  the  Com- 
missioner of  Gas  and  Electricity,  and  for 
the  purpose  of  transferring  to  or  renewing  a 
Certificate  of  Registration  in  any  other  class, 
as  provided  for  herein,  the  Supervising  Elec- 
trician must  submit  to,  and  properly  pass,  an 
examination  such  as  will  determine  his  ex- 
perience and  qualifications  to  act  as  Super- 
vising Electrician  in  the  particular  class  of 
business  to  which  he  desires  to  transfer. 

Where  a  license  is  permitted  to  lapse  by 
failure  on  the  part  of  the  licensee  to  renew 
same  on  or  before  the  date  of  expiration  the 
renewal  of  same  will  date  back  to  the  date 
of  expiration  of  the  expired  license,  and  no 
license  shall  be  renewed  after  a  period  of 
one   year   from   date   of  expiration. 

All  licenses  iss"ed  under  the  provisions  Of 
this  ordinance  shall  be  transferable.  All  such 
transfers  shall  be  registered  with  the  Ex- 
amining Board  and  with  the  Commissioner 
of  Gas  and  Electricity.  Such  transfers,  how- 
ever, shall  not  be  made  until  such  time  as 
transferee  has  complied  with  all  the  terms  of 
the  ordinances  of  the  City  of  Chicago.  The 
Supervising  Electrician  may  be  replaced  at 
any  time  with  any  other  Supervising  Elec- 
trician who  shall  comply  with  the  terms  of 
this  ordinance  and  no  fee  shall  be  charged 
for    such    transfer. 

For  the  purpose  of  conducting  examina- 
tions and  for  the  transaction  of  business, 
the  Board  of  Examiners  shall  hold  its  meet- 
ing's when  it  shall  deem  necessary.  All  ap- 
plications for  license  shall  be  submitted  by 
the  applicants  to  the  board  and  placed  on 
file  at  least  fifteen  (15)  days  before  the  time 
set  for  holdiner  the  examination  and  such  i 
plications  shall  be  acted  upon  by  the  board 
within  forty-five  (45)  days  from  date  of 
filing. 

The  Board  of  Examiners,  upon  complaint 
being  made  to  it  by  the  Commissioner  of 
Gas  and  Electricity  respecting  the  eharact  r 
of  the  work  done  liv  any  license,',  shall  have 
the  power,  and  it  shall  be  its  duty,  to  cause 
such  licensee  or  his  Supervising  Electrician 
to  appear  before  the  said  board  for  the  pur 
pose  of  examination.  it'  e«ch  board  shall 
find  the  liee^s-e  or  Supervising  Electrician 
is  rot  finalised  to  do  the  work  for  which  he 
has  b°en  licensed  or  that  such  licensee  or 
S"nervisinK  Flectrician  has  not  complied 
with  the  ordinances  of  the  City  of  Chicago, 
or  with  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  De- 
partment of  Gas  anri  Electricity,  In  the  pei 
formance    of   his    work,    it    shall    be    the    duty 


of  the  said  board  to  certify  such  facts  to 
the  Commissioner  of  Gas  and  Electricity 
with  a  recommendation  for  the  suspension  or 
revocation  of  the  license  as  the  board  shall 
in   its  judgment   deem   advisable. 

The  Commissioner  of  Gas  and  Electricity 
may,  for  any  violation  of  the  provisions  of 
this  article,  or  of  any  rule  or  regulation 
of  the  Department  of  Gas  and  Electricity  of 
which  the  licensee  has  received  notice,  sus- 
pend the  license  of  such  licensee  for  a  per- 
iod not  to  exceed  thirty  (30)  days.  The  May- 
or may  revoke  the  license  of  any  licensee  for 
violation  of  any  ordinance  of  the  City  of  Chi- 
cago relative  to  the  installation,  operation  or 
maintenance  of  electrical  wires  or  appara- 
tus, or  if  in  his  discretion  the  holder  of  such 
license    is    incompetent    or    unfit. 

"833.  Duties  of  Commissioner  of  G-as  and 
Electricity  Thereon.)  The  said  Commission- 
er of  Gas  and  Electricity  or  his  assistants 
shall  have  power,  and  it  shall  be  their  duty 
when  deemed  necessary  by  the  Commission- 
er of  Gas  and  Electricity,  to  carefully  in- 
spect any  such  installation  previous  to  and 
after  its  completion,  and  tiny  shall  nave 
the  right  to  enter  any  building  when  by  them 
deemed  necessary,  to  inspect  any  such  in- 
stallation, and  rt  snail  be  competent  for  them 
to  remove  any  existing  obstructions  which 
may  prevent  a  perfect  inspection  of  the  rur- 
rent-carrying  conductors,  such  as  laths, 
plastering,  boarding  or  partitions;  and  it 
shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  to  inter- 
fere with  them  in  the  performance  of  their 
duties;  and  if  such  installation  shall  prove 
to  have  been  constructed  in  a  safe  and  secure 
manner,  after  the  payment  of  a  fee  as  herein- 
after provided,  the  Commissioner  of  Gas  and 
Electricity  shall  issue  a  certificate  of  such 
inspection,  which  shall  contain  a  general 
description  of  the  installation  and  the  date 
of  such  inspection.  Any  owner  installing  or 
causing  to  be  installed  any  electric  wires  1o 
be  hidden  from  view  shall,  prior  to  such  in- 
stallation, give  said  Commissioner  of  Gns 
and  Electricity  a  reasonable  notice  in  order 
to  give  ample  time  for  inspection.  The  use 
of  electric  current  is  hereby  declared  to  be  un- 
lawful previous  to  the  issuance  of  such  certifi- 
cate; provided,  however,  the  Commissioner 
of  Gas  and  Electricity  may  issue  a  temporary 
permit  for  the  use  of  electrical  current  dur- 
ing the  course  of  construction  or  alteration 
of  buildings,  which  permit  shall  expire 
when  the  electrical  apparatus  for  such  build- 
hie,  is  full  insta'lei.  The  Commissioner  of 
Gas  and  Electricity  may  in  his  discretion, 
receive  a  single  deposit  from  one  or  a 
number  of  different  persons,  firms  or  cor- 
porations to  guarantee  the  payment  of  in- 
spection fees  as  imposed  by  the  ordinances 
of  the  City  of  Chicago,  and  in  such  case 
shall,  at  the  time  of  receiving  such  deposit, 
enter  into  an  agreement  with  the  persons, 
firms,  or  corporations,  on  behalf  of  whom 
said  deposit  is  made,  wherein  among  other 
conditions  shall  be  stated  the  purpose  foi 
which  said  deposit  is  made  and  on  whose  be- 
half, and  such  agreement  shall  provide  that 
in  case  said  deposit  Is  anywise  d<  pleted  to 
the  extent  of  twenty-five  per  cent  (25  *.  the 
persons,  firms  or  corporations  on  whose 
behalf  said  deposit  is  made  shall,  within 
three  ( :!  i  days  after  notice  of  such  de- 
pletion given  by  the  head  of  such  depart- 
ment to  any  one  of  such  persons,  firms  or 
corporations  on  whose  behalf  said  deposit  Is 
made,  deposit  a  sufficient  sum  to  replenish 
said  fund  so  that  the  amount  shall  be  equal 
to  that  originally  deposited;  and.  provided, 
whenever  any  notice  to  replenish  a  deposit 
shall  have  been  eriven  as  herein  provided,  and 
said  deposit  shall  nol  be  replenished  as 
In  provided,  no  permit  shall  thereafter  issue 
to  any  of  the  persons,  Arms  or  corporations 
On  whose  behalf  said  deposit  was  made,  un- 
less such  person,  Arm  or  corporation  slvli 
tirst  deposit  a  sum  as  provided  by  the  ordi- 
nances pursuant  to  which  such  permit  Is 
Issik  d. 

"834.  Power  of  Commissioner  of  Gas  and 
Electricity — Inspections      and     Re-inspections 


251 


Simplicity  Itself 

HOW  DO  YOU  LIKE  IT? 
Any  LOAD Any  SPEED Any  CONTROL 


Montgomery  Elevator  Co. 


FACTORY 

Moline,  Illinois 

N.  B.  Taylor,  Mgr. 


CHICAGO  OFFICE 

122  S.  Michigan  Ave. 

Telephone  Harrison  1035 


.IOI.N      O  I '  li      1,000       SATISFIED      I '  S  E  R  S 


252 


— May     Call    Upon     Police     for    Assistance.) 

The  said  commissioner  or  Gas  and  Hiiecincity 
is  hereby  empowered  to  inspect  and  re-in- 
spect an  overnead,  underground  anu  interior 
wires,  and  apparatus  conuucting  eiectric  cur- 
rent ior  iignt,  neat,  or  power,  and  when  said 
conductors  or  apparatus  are  lound  to  be  un- 
sate  to  me  or  property,  he  snail  nouiy  me 
person  or  corporation  owning,  using  or  op- 
eraung  tuem  to  piace  tne  same  in  a  sale  and 
secure  condition  witnin  iorty-eignt  nours. 
Any  person  or  corporation  laning  or  ni us- 
ing to  repair,  cnange,  or  remove  tne  same 
witliin  iorty-eignt  hours  or  within  such  tur- 
ther  time  as  tne  Commissioner  of  Gas  and 
Electricity  shall  determine  is  necessary, 
alter  tne  receipt  ot  sucn  notice,  snaii  be 
subject    to    tne   penalty    hereinaiter   provided. 

Vv  henever  it  snail  be  necessary  in  the 
opinion  ot  the  commissioner  ot  Gas  and 
Electricity  to  call  upon  the  Department  of 
Police  tor  aid  or  assistance  in  carrying  out 
or  enforcing  any  ot  the  provisions  i>£  the 
ordinances  of  the  City  of  Chicago  governing 
electrical  inspections,  he  shall  have  authority 
to  do  so,  and  it  snail  be  the  duty  of  the 
Department  of  Police  or  any  member  ot  said 
department,  when  called  upon  by  said  Com- 
missioner of  Gas  and  electricity,  to  act  ac- 
cording to  the  instructions  ot  and  to  per- 
form such  duties  as  may  be  required  by 
said  Commissioner  of  Gas  and  Electricity  in 
order  to  enforce  or  put  into  effect  the  pro- 
visions  of   these    rules   and   regulations. 

"835.  Poles  —  Covers  —  Wires  —  electric 
Service  Entrances — Switches.)  All  poles 
now  standing  or  hereatter  erected  and  all 
covers  for  manholes  novv  in  service,  or  here- 
after placed  in  service  for  the  use  of 
electric  conductors,  shall  be  branded  or 
stamped  with  the  name  of  the  person  or  cor- 
poration owning  the  same;  all  electric  serv- 
ice entrances  shall  have  attached  to  the  con- 
ductor or  conductors,  in  a  conspicuous  place, 
a  substantial  tag  designating  the  owner, 
and  giving  such  a  full  description  of  the 
conductors  as  shall  meet  with  the  approval 
of  said  Commissioner  of  Gas  and  Electric- 
ity; and  all  of  said  electric  service  en- 
trances shall  be  properly  equipped  with  ap- 
proved cut-out  service  switches.  Each  build- 
ing into  which  electric  current  shall  here- 
after be  introduced  shall  have  independent 
service  from  the  street  or  alley,  entering 
at  right  angles  with  the  street  curb,  ex- 
cept where  the  service  wires  are  placed  in 
conduits;  and  no  wites  hereafter  put  up  shall 
pass  fiom  one  building  to  another  through 
any  party  wall  or  along  any  building  wall 
or  over  any  roof  or  under  any  sidewalk, 
except  where  such  conduits  are  used. 

"83C.  Pees.)  There  shall  be  paid  by  the 
registered  electrician  and  collected  by  the 
City  Collector  prior  to  the  issuance  of  any 
permit  to  do  electrical  work,  inspection  fees 
in  accordance  with  the  following  classifica- 
tion: 

Wiring  only  for  Lighting  Circuits  (Not  in- 
cluding Fixtures,  Sockets  or  Receptacles.) 
For  the  inspection  of  each  complete  branch 
lighting  circuit  of  660  watts  or  less:  one 
dollar  for  one  circuit,  eighty  cents  for  each 
of  the  next  four  circuits,  sixty-five  cents  for 
each  of  the  next  five  circuits,  fifty-five  cents 
for  each  of  the  next  five  circuits,  fifty  cents 
for  each  of  the  next  five  circuits,  forty-five 
cents  for  each  of  the  next  live  circuits  and 
forty    cents    for   each    succeeding    circuit. 

For  the  inspection  of  each  complete  branch 
lighting  circuit  of  larger  capacity  than  660 
watts  the  charge  shall  be  in  proportion  to 
Ihe  wattage  of  such   circuit. 

For  the  inspection  ,t  additional  outlets  on 
existing  circuits:  twenty  cents  for  each 
outlet  on  which  a  socket,  receptacle,  or  fix- 
ture  will   be   attached. 

Electrical  fixtures,  socket!  and  recepta- 
cles (not  including  the  circuit  feeding 
same).  For  the  inspection  of  fixtures,  sock- 
ets or  receptacles  for  lamps  of  nominal  fifty 
watts  capacity:  one  to  fifteen  lamps,  fifty 
cents;   sixteen   to   twenty   lamps,   seventy-five 


cents;  twenty-one  to  twenty-five  lamps,  one 
donar,  twenty-six  tc  thirty  lamps,  one  dol- 
lar and  twenty-nve  cents;   thirty-one  to  forty 

lamps,     one    dollar    and    Iilty    cents,     lorty-oile 

to  ntty  lamps,  one  dollar  and  seventy-nve 
cents;  fifty-one  to  sixty  lumps,  two  aonars; 
sixty-one  to  seventy  lamps,  t^o  dollars  and 
twenty-nve  cents;  seventy-one  to  eignty 
lamps,  two  dollars  ami  nity  cents;  eiguty- 
one  to  ninety  lamps,  two  dollars  ana  seventy- 
five  cents;  ninety-one  to  one  nunured  lamps, 
three  donars;  one  hundred  and  one  to  one 
hundred  and  ten  lamps,  three  dodars  and 
twenty  cents;  one  hundred  and  eleven  to  one 
hundred  and  twenty  lamps,  three  dollars  and 
forty  cents;  one  hundred  and  twenty-one  to 
one  hundred  and  thirty  lamps,  three  dollars 
and  sixty  cents;  one  hundred  and  thirty-one 
to  one  hundred  and  forty  lamps,  three  dol- 
lars and  eighty  cents;  one-  hundred  ana  forty- 
one  to  one  hundred  and  rilty  lamps,  lour 
dollars;  one  hundred  and  fiity-one  to  one 
hundred  and  sixty  lamps,  lour  dollars  and 
twenty  cents;  one  hundred  and  sixty-one  to 
one  hundred  and  seventy  lamps,  lour  dollars 
and  iorty  cents;  one  hundred  and  seventy- 
one  to  one  hundred  and  eighty  lamps,  lour 
dollars  and  sixty  cents;  one  hundred  and 
eighty-one  to  one  hundred  and  ninety  lamps, 
four  dollars  and  eighty  cents;  one  hunared 
and  ninety-one  to  two  hundred  lamps,  five 
dollars;  above  two  hundred  lampo,  twenty- 
five  cents  for  each  group  of  twenty-live 
lamps  or  less.  For  lamps  of  larger  or  small- 
er capacity  the  charge  shall  be  in  proportion 
to   the   wattage  of  the  lamp. 

"Wiring  and  Fixtures.  For  the  inspection 
of  both  circuit  wiring  and  fixtures,  sockets 
or  leceptacles:  The  aggregate  sum  of  the 
fees  as  shown  above  for  wiring  and  for  elec- 
trical   fixtures. 

"Motors  and  Other  Forms  of  Power.  For 
the  inspection  of  each  electrical  horse  power 
of  seven  hundred  and  forty-six  watts  used 
for  mechanical  or  other  purposes  than  above 
mentioned,  the  sum  of  one  dollar  for  each 
horse  power  from  one  to  five  horse  power, 
inclusive;  for  each  of  the  next  succeeding 
five  horse  power,  seventy-five  cents;  for  each 
of  the  next  succeeding  five  horse  power, 
sixty-five  cents;  for  each  of  the  next  suc- 
ceeding ten  horse  power,  fifty-five  cents;  for 
each  of  the  next  succeeding  twenty-five  horse 
power,  fifty  cents;  for  each  of  the  next  suc- 
ceeding two  hundred  horse  power,  twenty- 
two  hundred  and  fifty  horse  power,  ten  cents; 
five  cents;  for  each  of  the  next  succeeding 
and  for  each  additional  horse  power,  five 
cents. 

"Temporary  Work,  Outside  Work,  Etc. 
Inspections  of  electric  lights,  other  than 
electric  signs  as  herein  defined,  placed  on  a 
public  street  or  alley  for  the  purpose  Of  il- 
luminating the  -same,  temporary  installa- 
tions for  show  window  exhibitions,  conven- 
tions and  the  like,  underground  or  overhead 
wires  and  apparatus,  and  all  other  inspections 
not  specifically  provided  for  herein,  shall  be 
charged  for  according  to  the  time  required 
for  such  inspections  at  the  rate  of  one  dol- 
lar per  hour. 

Re-inspections.  Bach  re-inspection  of  any 
overhead,  underground  or  interior  wirps  or 
apparatus  shall  be  charged  for  according  to 
the  time  required  for  such  re-inspection  at 
the   rate   of  one  dollar   per   hour. 

Extra  Inspections.  Where  extra  inspec- 
tions are  made  on  account  of  any  of  the  fol- 
lowing reasons  a  charge  of  om  dollar  shall 
be  made  for  each  such  inspection:  inaccu- 
rate or  incorrect  information,  failure  to 
make   necessary    repairs,    faulty   construction. 

Minimum  Fee.  No  h  3pection  shall  be 
made  for  a  less  amount   than  one  dollar. 

On  each  installation  where  a  permit  has 
been  Issued  and  work  not  sufficiently  com- 
pleted    within    three   months    for   wiring   only 

certificate  to  be  issued,  an. I  where  inspec- 
tion   has    been    made    on    SUCl      «"i'k.    a    portion 

of  the  regular  fee  must   i harged  to  covei 

the  cost  of  such  inspection,  which  will  be 
credited    on    the    final    certificate. 


253 


Wmm. 


Mesco  Push 
Button  Switch 

A  trouble- 

proof  pushbut- 
ton switch  for 
the  better  class 
structures.  A 
sample  will  tell 
its  own  story — 
may  we  send 
one? 


Mesco  Flush  Plug 
Receptacle 

The  Mesco  has  the  high- 
est rating  capacity  of  any 
similar  receptacle.  Used 
in  hotels  Sherman  and 
Blackstone,  Chicago; 
Washington,  Severin  and 
Clay  pool,  Indianapolis; 
Municipal  Building,New 
York,  and  many  others. 


Manhattan  Electrical  Supply  Co.,  Inc. 


NEW  YORK 


114  So.  Wells  Street,  CHICAGO 

ST.  LOUIS 


SAN  FRANCISCO 


cutter     iFK(o)K3iTii][Ei?iJ3(DKriri's'   ranei   ooaras 
FOUR  EXCLUSIVE  FEATURES 


Neutral  Bus  Bar  Protects  Other  Bus  Bars 
From  Accidental  5hort  Circuits 


Superimposed  Bus  Bars 
Reduce  Width  of  Panel , 


I  .       All   circuit  switches,    fuse  clips,   fuse   receptacles,   branch   and   main   bus  bars  are 
removable  from   the   front. 

2.  Circuit    knife,    push    or    snap    switches,    new    code    fuse    holders    and    plug-fuse 
receptacles   can  be  interchanged   from   the  front. 

3.  The    mounting   holes  are    only   drilled    half   way    through    the   slate,    giving   added 
strength  and  insulation. 

4.  Superimposed   bus  bars   reduce   the   width   of   the   panel   to   a   minimum. 

Write    for   Bulletin   No.   3356   which   gives    complete    information   and    prices. 


Chicago 
Los   Angeles 


GEORGE  CUTTER  COMPANY 

South  Bend,  Indiana 

New  York 
San    Francisco 


Detroit 
Seattle 


254 


The  Commissioner  of  Gas  and  Electricity 
shall  make  a  fee  bill,  in  duplicate,  on  a  form 
to  be  approved  by  the  City  Comptroller,  and 
shall  forward  the  same  to  the  Comptroller  to 
be  recorded  and  rendered.  The  person,  or 
corporation,  receiving  the  fee  bill  shall  pay 
the  amount  thereof  to  the  City  Collector, 
who  shall  endorse  payment  thereon  and  enter 
the  fee  bill  and  payment  in  a  book  in  his 
office,  to  be  provided  for  that  purpose,  and 
thereupon  the  City  Collector  shall  deliver 
the  paid  fee  bill  to  the  person  or  corporation 
paying  the  same.  The  Commissioner  of  Gas 
and  Electricity  shall  thereafter  issue  the 
certificate  as  provided  for  in  Section  832." 

837.  Alterations.)  No  alterations  shall  be 
made  in  any  electrical  installation  without 
first  notifying  the  said  Commissioner  of  Gas 
and  Electricity  and  submitting  the  same  for 
inspection  in  the  same  manner  as  provided 
for    new   work. 

83S.  Duty  to  Test  Meters.)  Electrical 
meters  will  be  tested  upon  filing  proper  ap- 
plication with  Department  of  Gas  and  Elec- 
tricity. 

•  ••••• 

848.  Penalty.)  Any  person  or  corporation 
who  shall  violate  any  of  the  provisions  of 
this  article  or  who  shall  furnish  or  use  any 
electrical  current  or  install  any  electrical 
wires  or  apparatus  shall  be  fined  not  less 
than  fifty  dollars  nor  more  than  one  hun- 
dred dollars  for  each  offense,  and  each  day's 
use  thereof  contrary  to  the  provisions  of  this 
Article  shall  constitute  and  be  a  separate 
and  distinct  offense.  Said  Commissioner  of 
Gas  and  Electricity  may,  for  any  violation 
of  the  provisions  of  this  Article,  also  order 
and  compel  the  cutting  off  and  stopping  of 
such  current  until  the  provisions  of  this 
Article  are  fully  complied  with. 
Table  of  Allowable  Carrying-  Capacities  of 
Wires. 

a.  The  following  table,  showing  the  allow- 
S'.ble  carrying  capacity  of  copper  wires  and 
cables  of  ninety-eight  per  cent  conductivity, 
according  to  the  standard  adopted  by  the 
American  Institute  of  Electrical  Engineers, 
must  be  followed  in  placing  interior  conduc- 
tors. 

For  insulated  aluminum  wire  the  safe  car- 
rying capacity  is  eighty-four  per  cent  of  that 
siven  in  the  following  tables  for  copper  wire 
with  the  same  kind  of  insulation. 


Table  A.  Table  B. 


o  a       o  n. 


Table  A.  Table  B. 

ST.  S3  -•  O 

O     ~  O     r* 

PS         S? 


■O   3 

x     gs 


n 


18 

16 

14 

12 

10 

8 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

00 

000 

0000 


15 
20 
25 
35 

50 

55 

70 

80 

90 

100 

125 

150 

175 

225 


5 

10 

20 

25 

30 

50 

70 

80 

90 

100 

125 

150 

200 

225 

275 

325 


1,624 

2,583 

4,107 

6,530 

10,380 

16,510 

26,250 

33,100 

41,740 

52,630 

66,370 

83,690 

105,500 

133,100 

167,800 

211,600 


250,000 

300,000 

350,000 

400,000 

500,000 

600,000 

700,000 

800,000 

900,000 

1,000,000 

1,100,000 

1,200,000 

1,300,000 

1,400,000 

1,500,000 

1,600,000 

1,700,000 

1,800,000 

1,900,000 

2,000,000 


"2  = 


240 
275 
300 
325 
400 
450 
500 
550 
600 
650 
690 
730 
770 
810 
850 
890 
930 
970 
1,010 
1,050 


3g 
•a  c 


350 

400 

450 

500 

600 

680 

760 

840 

920 

1,000 

1,080 

1,150 

1,220 

1,290 

1,360 

1,430 

1,490 

1.550 

1,610 

1,670 


Materials. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  non-combustible, 
non-absorptive,  insulating  materials  for  the 
benefit  of  those  who  might  consider  hard 
rubber,  fiber,  wood  and  the  like  as  fulfilling 
the    requirements: 


1.     Glass. 

■2.     Marble    (filled). 

3.  Slate  without  metal  veins. 

4.  Porcelain,  thoroughly  glazed  and  vitrified. 

5.  Pure  sheet  mica. 

6.  Lava   (certain  kinds  of). 

7.  Alberene  stone. 

Electric  Gas   Lighting-. 
a.      Electric    gas    lighting,    unless    it    is    the 
frictional    system,    must   not    be    used   on    the 
same  fixture  with  the  electric  light. 

Size   of   Conduit   for   the   Installation   of    Wires. 
Twin    Conductor. 

, Conductors  in  a  conduit ! 

(1)  (2)  (3)  (4) 

Size 

B.  &  S.  , Electrical  Trade  Size , 

14  Vz  %  1  1 

12  y2  %  1  1% 

10  %  1  1%  1V4 

Combinations    Where    Double    Braid,    Twin    or 

Duplex    Wires   Are    Used. 

Size  Conduit,  in. 
No.  of  Electrical 

Wires.  Trade  Size. 

*5    No.    14    R.   C.    solid % 

*10   No.    14   R.    C.    solid 1 

Where   special    permission   has  been   given   in   accord- 
ance with   No.    26,  p,   the  following  table   to   apply: 

18   No.    14    R.    C.   solid Wt, 

24   No.    14    R.    C.    solid 1  % 

40   No.    14    R.   C.   solid 2 

74    No.    14    R.    C.   solid 2% 

90    No.    14    R.    C.    solid 3 

•Combinations    Where    Single    Conductor,    Single 

Braid,    Solid    Wire    Are    Used. 

(This  table   is  not  to  be  used   for  double   braid   wires, 

twin  or  duplex  wires.) 

Size  Conduit,  in. 
No.  of  Electrical 

Wires.  Trade  Size. 

7    No.    14    R.    C.    solid % 

12   No.    14    R.    C.    solid 1 


Size    of    Conduits    for    the    Installation    of 
Wires    and    Cables. 

, Conductors  in  a  conduit 

(1)  (2)  (3) 


(4) 


Vz 
% 
% 

% 
% 
% 
% 
% 

1 

1 

1 

1% 

1% 

IV* 

1% 
1% 
1% 
1% 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2% 

2% 

3 

3 


Electrical  Trade  Si 

% 

% 

% 

% 

% 

% 

1 

1 

1 

1% 

1% 

itt 

1V4 

1% 

IV* 

iy* 

1% 

1% 

1% 

1% 

1% 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2% 

Size 
B.  &  S. 
14 
12 
10 
8 
< 
5 
4 
3 
2 
1 
0 
00 
000 
0000 
CM 

200000 

250000 

300000 

400000 

500000 

600000 

700000 

800000 

900000 

1000000 

1250000 

1500000 

1750000 

2000000 

Single    Conductor,    Single    Braid,     Solid    Wires 

(This    table    is    not    to    be    used     for    double 

wins,    twin    or   duplex   wires   or   stranded    wires) 

14  %  %  % 

12  Vt  Vz  % 

10  tt  %  % 

8  %  %  % 


2 

2% 

2% 

3 

3 

3 

3% 

3% 

3% 

4 

4% 

4% 

5 

5 


2% 

2% 

2% 

3 

3 

3^ 

3% 

4 

4 

4 

4% 

5 

5 

6 


% 
% 

1 

1 

1% 

1% 

IVi 
IVi 
l'.fc 


2% 
2Va 

2  Ms 
3 
3 
3% 

3'/2 


Only. 
braid 


255 


(^ffice  buildings  and   factories   find 

Central  Station  Service  cleanly,  dependable  and 
economical.  Many  of  Chicago's  largest  buildings  are 
using  EDISON  SERVICE  entirely;  have  used  it  from 
the  start.  Many  building  owners  and  managers,  in  these 
trying  times  of  fuel  shortage,  scarcity  of  labor  and  in- 
creasing costs  of  material  of  all  kinds,  have  found  it  profit- 
able to  discard  their  private  generating  plants  and  adopt 
EDISON  SERVICE  a  very  important  factor  to  con- 
sider for  your  next  building. 

""The  true  beauty  of  a  home  is  greatly 

enchanced  by  electric  light.  During  the  day,  the 
uses  of  electricity  in  the  home  are  manifold;  electric  irons, 
toasters,  vacuum  cleaners,  electric  washing  machines  and 
numerous  other  appliances  help  the  housewife  to  conserve 
labor.  We  wire  old  houses  on  a  year-to-pay  basis  and 
include  fixtures  if  desired. 


'Phone  Randolph  1280 — Contract  Department 

Commonwealth  Edison  Company 

Edison  Building,  72  West  Adams  St. 
Chicago 


256 


RULES  AND  INFORMATION  PERTAINING  TO  ELECTRIC 
SERVICE,  METERS  AND  WIRING 

OF 

COMMONWEALTH  EDISON  CO. 


INTRODUCTORY. 

These  Rules  are  supplementary  to  the 
Electrical  Code  of  the  City  of  Chicago  and 
do  not  intentionally  conflict  with  that  Code 
in    any    respect. 

All  registered  electrical  contractors  in  Chi- 
cago have  been  provided  with  a  copy  of  these 
Rules.  When  making  contracts  tor  electri- 
cal wiring  or  apparatus,  it  is  recommended 
that  the  specifications  include  the  require- 
ment that  all  electrical  wiring  and  appara- 
tus shall  conform  to  the  rules  of  this  Com- 
pany. 

Certain  useful  information  relative  to  the 
character  of  the  service  in  different  parts  of 
the  City  and  to  the  appropriate  size  and  ar- 
rangement of  meters  and  service  cutouts  is 
included  in  this  book  for  tne  convenience  of 
customers    and    contractors. 

The  Company  is  desirous  of  serving  its 
customers  promptly  and  satisfactorily.  It 
will  endeavor  to  co-operate  with  contractors 
and  customers  to  the  fullest  extent  in  com- 
pleting service  connections  with  as  little  de- 
lay and  inconvenience  as  possible,  and  will 
gladly  give  especial  attention  to  any  par- 
ticularly difficult  situation  confronting  a  cus- 
tomer. 

Anyone  desiring  information  relative  to 
new  customers  or  to  additional  service  at  a 
location  already  served  by  the  Company 
should  call  at  the  Company's  office,  or  tele- 
phone Randolph  1280  and  inquire  for  "Ap- 
plication  Bureau." 

Anyone  desiring  information  relative  to 
the  location  of  street  mains,  service  outlets 
or  meters,  kind  of  service  (direct  current 
or  alternating  current,  single  phase  or  three 
phase),  or  similar  technical  matters,  should 
call  at  the  Company's  office,  or  telephone 
Randolph  1280,  and  inquire  for  "Distribution 
Division." 

Anyone  desiring  to  give  or  receive  infor- 
mation relative  to  lamp  renewals,  minor  re- 
pairs or  any  interference  with  the  supply  of 
electricity,  should  call  at  the  Company's  of- 
fice, or  telephone  Randolph  1280,  and  inquire 
for   "Service   Bureau." 

SYSTEMS    OF    DISTRIBUTION. 

Electricity  is  delivered  to  customers  of  the 
Company   by   three   different   systems,   viz.: 

1.  Direct  current  three-wire  Edison,  op- 
erating at  approximately  115-230  volts,  for 
light  and   power. 

2.  Alternating  current,  sixty  cycle,  single 
phaso,  three-wire  Edison,  operating  at  ap- 
proximately 115-230  volts,  for  light  and  small 
power. 

3.  Alternating  current,  sixty  cycle,  three 
phase  three-wire,  operating  at  approximate- 
ly   230    volts,    for   power. 

4.  440-volt  service  will  be  furnished  by 
the  Company  only  for  power  installations 
where  there  is  an  aggregate  rated  motor 
capacity   of   250    H.    P.    or    more. 

Direct    Current    Territory. 

Electricity  is  supplied  from  the  Edison 
three-wire  direct  current  system  in  approxi- 
mately the   following   territory: 

North  Side.  South  of  Wisconsin  Street, 
cast  and   north   of  the  Chicago  River 

West  Side.  West  of  the  Chicago  River  to 
Racine  Avenue  between  Grand  Avenue  and 
16th  Street,  except  on  Milwaukee  Avenue, 
where  the  direct  current  extends  to  Wood 
Street;  and  on  West  Madison,  where  it  ex- 
tends to  Ashland  Avenue,  ami  on  nine  Is- 
land Avenue,  where  it  extends  to  Throop 
Street. 

This  Company  will  he  unable  to  supply. 
from  the  direct  current  system,  either  light 
or  power  along  Milwaukee  Avenue,  between 


Ohio  and  Xoble  Streets.  This  applies  to 
both  sides  of  the  street  on  Milwaukee 
Avenue. 

Electricity  between  the  above  streets  en 
Milwaukee  Avenue  will  be  supplied  from 
the  alternating   current   lines. 

This  will  also  apply  to  some  streets  ad- 
jacent to  Milwaukee  Avenue,  and  the  con- 
tractor who  is  installing  electric  wiring 
in  this  territory,  should,  oefore  proceeding, 
call  Randolph  L280,  and  inquire  from  the 
Company's  Overhead  Service  Division,  what 
character  of  current  will  be  supplied  for 
the   particular  installation   in   question. 

South  Side.  From  the  Chicago  River  to 
35th  Street  between  Stewart  Avenue  and 
Cottage  Grove  Avenue.  From  35th  Street 
to  39th  Street  between  Dearborn  Street  and 
Grand  Boulevard,  and  on  Cottage  Grove  Av- 
enue  from    35th    to    38th   Streets. 

Alternating   Current  Territory. 

Electricity  is  supplied  from  the  alternat- 
ing current  Edison  three-wire  system  for 
lighting  and  small  power  in  all  other  parts 
of  the  city  where  the  Company  has  mains. 

It  is  important  that  inquiry  be  made  at  the 
Distribution  Division  of  the  Company  as  to 
the  character  of  the  service  which  will  be 
given  in  locations  which  are  near  the  divid- 
ing lines  above  described,  as  these  bound- 
aries are  subject  to  change  at  any  time  and 
alternating  and  direct  .current  lines  overlap 
each  other  in  some  places. 
SERVICES. 

It  is  issen.tial,  in  order  to-  avoid  error,  that 
the  customer  inform  himself  at  what  point 
the  Company's  service  lines  are  to  be  brought 
to'  his  building.  In  order  to  assist  the  cus- 
tomer in  securing  such  information,  special 
forms  have  been  provided  which  can  be  se- 
cured upon  request.  The  Company,  on  re- 
ceipt of  one  of  these  forms  properly  filled 
out,  will  designate  the  point  of  service  en- 
trance and  also  the  character  of  service  to 
be   supplied. 

The  Company  will  not  be  responsible  for 
mistakes  of  any  nature  whatever,  resulting 
from  information  relative  to  the  character  of 
its  service  or  location  of  its  mains  given 
verbally  or  over  the  telephone  unless  such 
information  is  confirmed  in  writing  by  the 
Company. 

Overhead. 

The  customer's  wiring  must  be  brought 
outside  of  the  building  wall  at  a  point  which 
will  be  as  accessible  as  possible  to  the  Com- 
pany's distributing  line.  If  possible,  the 
position  of  the  outlet  should  ba  such  that 
service  wires  can  be  brought  from  the  Com 
pany's  nearest  pole  without  cross  Ins;  the  ail 
jacent   property. 

Except  as  hereinafter  noted,  the  Company 
will  install  free  of  charge,  for  any  custo 
one  overhead  service  connection,  approxi- 
mately LOO  feel  in  length.  All  poles  and 
other  supports,  and  all  wires  in  excess  oi 
100  feet,  required  on  private  property,  In 
order  to  reach  the  customer's  service  outlet, 
must  be  paid   for  by   the  customer, 

For  buildings  of  more  than  one  story  in 
height,  the  service  outlet  must  be  brought 
at  least  to  the  level  of  the  ceiling  of  the 
second  floor,  and  for  buildings  of  less  than 
two  stories  in  height,  must  be  carried  to 
the  highest  point  of  that  part  of  the  build- 
ing on  which  such  outlet   Is  locate. I. 

Where  the  position  of  a  building  is  such 
that    the  service  outht   cannot    be  located  at 

a     point     which     may    be    reached    by    a 

span    from    the    pole    line   or   where   the   out- 

■  i     ,i    low     hiiihlin-    must     he    brought    nu» 


Telephone  Monroe   2001 

Walter  G.Warren 
&  Company 


Lighting 
Fixtures 

Designers  and  Manufacturers 

Factory  and  Showroom 

1401-5  West  Jackson  Boulevard 
CHICAGO 

Minneapolis    Office,    415    Essex    Bldg. 
Kansas   City    Office,   608    Reliance    Bldg. 


G.^.G 

Lionii 


rrori  £,  Ljo 
>Jix.{urer. 


To, ytesi  Lake  Si.,L>nicaqo 
rnoner-Cjeniral  ,6i3i,-d8rdQ 


RUSH  BROS.  CO. 

Porcelain  Light  Fixtures 

[Patented  in  America,  England,  Germany,  France] 

FOR  DIRECT  OR  INDIRECT 
ILLUMINATION 

Porcelain  Ceiling  Plates,  Ceiling  Units,  Light  Re- 
flection Bowls,  Wall  Brackets. 
Sanitary,    Washable,     Fire  -  Proof,   Shock  -  Proof, 
Moisture-Proof. 

Porcelain  Fixtures  for    Bath,  Toilet    or    Hospital 
Use.      Porcelain  Push  Plates. 

Phone  Franklin  3147 

136  W.  Lake  Street  CHICAGO 


258 


less  than  12  feet  above  the  ground,  some 
form  of  intermediate  support  of  suitable 
strength  and  height  must  be  provided  by  the 
customer. 

When  the  intermediate  support  is  a  pole 
or  timber  placed  in  the  ground,  it  must  not 
be  less  than  6  inches  by  6  inches,  and  16 
feet  long,  3  feet  of  which  is  to  be  set  in 
the  ground. 

When  the  support  consists  of  a  riser  at- 
tached to  the  building  to  which  electricity 
is  to  be  furnished,  the  riser  must  be  at  least 
4  inches  by  4  inches,  fastened  to  the  build- 
ing  by   bolts. 

The  pole  or  timber  mentioned  above  and 
the  riser  must  be  of  clear,  sound,  straight- 
grained    fir,    pine,    or    cypress    wood. 

The  Company  cannot  utilize  as  interme- 
diate support  adjacent  buildings  not  on  the 
property   which   is   being  served. 

The  service  outlet  must  be  so  located  that 
there  will  be  at  least  24  inches  clearance 
between  it  and  any  telephone  or  signal  wires 
attached  to  the  building  and  at  least  36 
inches  clearance  between  the  service  drops 
of   both    systems    in    an    open    span. 

No  service  outlet  shall  be  brought  out 
at  a  height  of  over  30  feet  from  the  ground, 
unless  conditions  are  such  as  to  make  it 
impossible  to  bring  it  out  lower. 

Permission  for  such  exceptions  must  be 
obtained  in  writing  from  the  Company  in 
each  case. 

Where  a  service  outlet  is  terminated  on  a 
post  supporting  a  porch,  galvanized  steel 
straps  or  braces  must  be  fastened  in  such 
a  manner  that  the  post  will  be  firmly  held 
to  the  joist.  Each  strap  must  be  at  least 
l"xl2"  and  ls"  in  thickness,  and  must  be 
fastened  to  the  post  and  joist  by  lag  screws, 
2  into  the  post  and  2  into  the  joist,  such 
lag  screws  to  be  1/4"x21/£".  Two  straps  must 
be   used,   c  ne  on   each   side   of  the  post. 

The  service  wires  must,  in  no  case,  be 
within  easy  reach  from  porches,  windows 
or  any  other  part  of  the  building  ordinarily 
accessible    to    the    occupants. 

In  case  a  pole  line  from  which  service  is 
to  be  given  is  not  in  position  at  the  time 
the  interior  wiring  is  being  done,  inquiry 
should  be  made  at  the  Distribution  Division 
of  the  Company  for  information  as  to  the 
location    of    the    service    outlet. 

Separate  service  will  not  be  installed  for 
more  than  one  building  on  the  same  prem- 
ises for  the  same  customer,  except  at  the 
customer's  expense. 

Not  more  than  one  service  will  be  installed 
for  lighting  or  for  the  same  class  of  powei 
on  the  same  premises,  except  at  the  cus- 
tomer's   expense. 

Underground. 

Where  the  space  rJeneath  the  sidewalk  is 
excavated,  the  service  cables  will  be  termin- 
ated at  a  point  about  three  feet  inside  the 
curb  wall,  and  the  wiring  installed  by  the 
customer  must  be  brought  to  the  nearest 
service  entrance,  if  there  be  one  within  50 
feet    of   his    premises. 

Where  there  is  no  sidewalk  excavation  and 
whiie  there  is  a  basement  within  10  feet 
of  the  street  or  alley  from  which  service  is 
to  be  introduced,  the  service  cables  will  be 
terminated  at  a  point  about  3  feet  inside  of 
such    basement    wall. 

Where  no  basement  is  available  within  10 
feet  of  the  street  or  alky  line,  the  service 
will  be  extended  underground  from  a  point 
10  feet  inside  the  property  line  at  the  cus- 
tomer's expense  to  any  point  which  he  may 
designate. 

In  case  the  customer  does  not  wish  to  bear 
the  expense  of  an  underground  service 
across  his  property,  the  underground  service 
will  be  brought  up  on  a  pole  at  the  lot  line. 
The  pole  and  overhead  service  to  the  build- 
ing will  be  installed  at  the  customer's  ex- 
pense, unless  the  customer  is  willing  to  per- 
mit the  Company  to  use  the  pole  to  supply 
other  customers. 

Where  the   customer  desires    to    install    un- 


derground service  from  an  overhead  line, 
conduit  must  be  installed  by  the  customer 
from  the  building  to  the  base  of  the  pole 
from  which  the  service  is  to  be  taken,  and 
the  customer  must  furnish  sufficient  lead- 
covered  cable  and  likewise  sufficient  conduit 
to  extend  from  the  service  switch  to  the 
cross  arm  on  the  pole.  The  cable  must  be 
installed  in  the  underground  conduit  by  the 
customer.  The  Company  will  install  the 
conduit  and  load-covered  cable  furnished  by 
the  customer  from  the  base  of  the  pole  to 
the  cross  arm.  The  Company  will  make  the 
final  connection  between  the  underground 
cable   and   the  overhead   wires   in   every   case. 

Where  there  is  no  service  available,  ap- 
plication should  be  made  to  the  Contract 
Department  of  the  Company,  to  have  service 
installed. 

Where,  due  to  the  size  of  the  installation, 
it  is  necessary  that  the  Company  install 
more  than  one  underground  service  con- 
nection into  the  customer's  premises,  the 
customer  must  install,  at  his  expense,  a 
fuse  extension  service  switch  on  each  of 
such   service   connection. 

Where  it  is  impractical  to  install  trans- 
formers on  poles  out  of  doors,  they  will 
be  installed  in  a.  fire  proof  vault  or  room 
within  the  customer's  premises,  provided 
such  vault  or  room  is  conveniently  acces- 
sible to  the  point  of  entrance  of  the  service 
cables.  The  space  required  for  such  vaults 
or  rooms  must  be  made  available  and  suit- 
ably  enclosed   by    the    customer. 

Vaults  or  rooms  for  transformers  which 
are  connected  to  the  standard  four-wire 
three  phase  2300/4000  volt  system  of  the 
Company  must  be  constructed  in  accord- 
ance with  rules  14  and  45  of  the  Electrical 
Code  of  the  Department  or  Gas  and  Elec- 
tricity of  the  City  of  Chicago,  and  with  the 
following  specifications: 

(a)  The  square  feet  of  floor  space  re- 
quired for  this  room  depends  upon  the 
transformer  capacity  and  shall  be  as  shown 
in    the    following    table: 

Up  to  and  including  20  k.  w — 36  square 
feet    per    transformer. 

25  to  100  k.  w.  inclusive — 50  square  feet 
per    transformer. 

Larger  than  100  k.  w. — to  be  determined 
by  special  ruling  of  the  Distribution  Di- 
vision of  the  Company  in  each  case. 

All  transformer  vaults  or  rooms  are  to 
have    clear   headroom    of    8    feet. 

(b)  A  suitable  fire-proof  door  of  standard 
height  and  not  less  than  40  inches  in  width 
must    be   provided. 

This  door  should  be  so  arranged  as  to 
facilitate  the  moving  of  transformers  in  or 
out  of  the  room.  A  standard  padlock  for 
the   door   will   be   provided   by   the   Company. 

(c)  In  cases  where  the  transformer  room 
is  located  above  the  ground  floor  and  trans 
formers  cannot  be  taken  to  or  from  the 
room  by  means  of  an  elevator,  a  permanent 
provision  must  be  made  by  the  customer 
for  hoisting  the  transformers  to  the  floor 
on  which  the  room  is  located.  Such  hoist- 
ing facilities  must  be  suitable  for  handling 
a  load  of  approximately  3,000  pounds.  Where 
the  entrance  door  is  not  readily  accessible 
at  the  same  floor  level,  a  suitable  platform 
must  be  provided  in  front  of  the  entrance 
door  with  a  ladder  or  stairway  leading 
ther. -to  so  arranged  as  to  give  ready  ac- 
cess to  the  door  of  the  transformer  room 
at  all  t  Irnes. 

i'ii  Ventilation  must  he  secured  by 
means  of  an  air  inlet  placed  not  more  than 
1  foot  above  the  lloor  and  an  outlet  at  the 
ceiling  line.  The  area  of  the  Inlet  and  the 
outlet  must  not  bo  less  than  100  square 
inches  per  100  kilowatts  or  fraction  thereof 
of  transformer  capacity.  These  openings 
should,  when  exposed  to  the  weather,  be 
protected  by  a  louvre  or  some  other  means 
of  preventing  the  entrance  of  rain  or  snow. 
The  openings  inside  of  the  building  must  be 
protected     by    a     suitable    sereonfh'g. 


259 


J.  N.  PIERCE  TELEPHONE  MAIN  3401  PAUL  PIERCE 

S.  N.  TIDEMAN  R.  A.  MORRISON 


PIERCE  ELECTRIC  COMPANY 

Contracting  Engineers 


215  W.  RANDOLPH  ST.  CHICAGO 


E.  D.  FUCHS  O.  E.  FUCHS 

PRES  &TREAS.  SECRETARY 

E.  D.  FUCHS  ELECTRIC  CO. 

Electrical  (contractors  ana  Engineers 
129  SO.  LA.  SALLE  ST. 

PHONES  RANDOLPH  4746  id  5062  CHICAGO 

Installers  of  all  kinds  of  electical  work  in  all  classes  of  buildings 


HENRY  NEWGARD  &  CO.      EST^8VSHED 

ELECTRICAL  CONTRACTORS,  MANUFACTURERS  AND  ENGINEERS 

WE   I  N  STALL — Power  and  Light  Plants,  Generators  and  Motors,  Electric  Light  and  Power  Wiring  for  Fac- 
tories, Churches,  Schools,  Colleges,  Theatres,  Offices,  Stores  and  Residences. 

Estimates  cheerfully  furnished  for  this  class  of  work  in  any  part  of  the  United  States. 

WE  MANUFACTURE — Switchboards,  Panelboards,  Steel  Cutout  Cabinets,  Junction  Boxes,  Service 
Switch  Boxes,  Theatre  Stage  Plugs,  Experimental  Switchboards  and  appliances 
for  High  Schools  and  Colleges. 

Newgard  Receptacles  and  other  electrical  specialties.  Dynamos  and  Motors  Repaired. 

TELEPHONE    HAYMARKET     991     ALL    DEPARTMENTS 

947-955  Washington  Blvd.,  CHICAGO,  ILL.  Branch,  MILWAUKEE,  WIS.,  Tel.  Grand  631 


J.  B.  HEWITT  &  COMPANY,  Inc. 

ELECTRICAL 
CONTRACTORS  AND  ENGINEERS 

OTIS  BLUG.  Phones  Franklin  2354-5.r>  CHICAGO 

Some  of  our  Installations 

American  Can  Company  Factories  at  Henneberry  Printing  Company.  Chicago 

Chicago,  Joliet,  Maywood,  111,  and  St.  Paul.  Selz-Schwab  Shoe  Company,  Chicago 

Minn.  Union  Bag  &  Paper  Company,  Chicago 

Ford  Service  Stations  at  Wahl  Adding  Machine  Company,  Chicago 

Omaha  and  Oklahoma  City  High  Schools  at  Naperville,  Blue  Island,  Joliet, 
Ajax  Forge  Company  Plants  at  Libertyville 

Chicago  and  Superior  The  Chicago  Arena 


2G0 


(e)  The  necessary  connections  from  tho 
hign  tension  cables  to  the  transformers  and 
from  the  transformers  to  the  secondary  bus 
in  the  transformer  room  will  be  provided  by 
the  Company.  The  customer's  wiring  must 
be  extended  into  the  room  and  provided  with 
suitable  lugs  to  be  connected  to  the  Com- 
pany's secondary  bus.  The  secondary  s£rv- 
ive  switch  must  be  installed  at  the  most 
available  point  immediately  outside  the 
transformer  room.  The  division  of  expense 
of  installing  the  primary  cables  and  conduit 
entering  the  premises  will  be  determined 
in  accordance  with  the  general  rules  for  mi 
derground  services.  Meters  will  not  be  in- 
stalled inside  of  the  transformer  vaults  or 
rooms,  but  should  be  placed  as  near  as 
practicable  to  the  same,  the  location  to  be 
approved  by  the  Company. 

(f)  Where  transformers  are  supplied  from 
the  Company's  transmission  system  at  volt- 
ages above  5,000,  the  requirements  are  great- 
er than  for  the  2300/4000  volt  system,  and 
such  rooms  must  be  constructed  in  accord- 
ance with  specifications  on  file  in  the  office 
of  the  Engineering  Department,  copies  of 
which    will    be    furnished    upon    application. 

WIRING. 
General   Rules. 

1.  Wiring  should  generally  be  so  ar- 
ranged that  a  separate  meter  may  be  in- 
stalled for  each  class  of  service  supplied  un- 
der the  various  rates  shown  in  the 
Company's    Schedule    of    Rates. 

2.  The  general  retail  lighting  service,  in- 
cluding service  for  small  motors  and  small 
household  utensils,  is  supplied  under  Rate 
"A." 

3.  Regular  power  service  for  motors  will 
be   supplied   under   Rate   "B." 

Power  is  defined  as  electric  service  used 
for  any  purpose  other  than  illumination. 
Service  for  photographic  printing  lamps, 
bath  cabinets,  resistance  lamps  and  simi- 
lar devices  which  are  not  used  for  general 
illuminating  purposes  will  be  considered  as 
power  and   should   be   wired   accordingly.. 

4.  Where  the  Company  furnishes  electric- 
ity under  its  Rate  "C"  for  large  users, 
provision  must  be  made  by  the  customer  at 
the  service  entrance  for  the  installation  of 
one  set  of  meters  for  the  measurement  of 
all  electricity  for  both  light  and  power.  In 
the  case  of  alternating  current  service,  how- 
ever, a  separate  meter  may  at  the  option  of 
the  Company  be  installed  for  the  lighting 
service. 

Every  residence  and  apartment  lighting 
installation  which  does  not  exceed  2,640 
watts  or  48  sockets  must  have  a  2-wire 
service  main  and  2-wire  meter  loops,  as  such 
an  installation  will  be  connected  to  the 
Company's  system  by  two-service  wires  at 
115  volts.  Unless  the  installation  exceeds 
2,640  watts  or  48  sockets  the  Company  will 
not  connect  it  by  a  3-wire  service. 

Every  business  lighting  installation  of 
over  1,500  watts  or  30  sockets  must  have  a 
3-wire  service  main  and  3-wire  meter  loops. 
If  the  installation  is  1,500  watts  or  30  sock- 
ets or  less,  it  must  be  wired  with  a  2-wire 
service   main    and    2-wire    meter   loops. 

Single  stereopticons,  outlets  for  battery 
charging  and  other  devices  which  are  most 
economically  operated  at  115  volts  will  bo 
approved  for  this  voltage.  Where  more  than 
one  such  device  is  installed  in  the  same 
premises,  they  must  be  connected  to  a  3-wire 
main    and    balanced    as    nearly    ;is    possible. 

Electric  stoves  and  other  heating  appli- 
ances in  which  the  aggregate  rating  of  the 
heating  units  is  not  more  than  2,000  w:itts, 
will  be  connected  for  115  volt,  2-wire  ser- 
vice. 

Such  appliances  in  which  the  aggregate 
rating  of  the  heating  units  exceeds  2.000 
watts  must  be  so  arranged  thai  they  may 
be  connected  to  a  three-wire  115-230  volt 
circuit  and  the  units  must  be  balanced  as 
nearly  as  possible  on  each  side  of  the  cir- 
cuit. 


Every  alternating  current  vehicle  charg- 
ing mercury  arc  rectifier  in  a  private  gar- 
age must  be  connected  to  ihe  customer's 
garage  lighting  service  providing  such  a 
service  is  already  installed.  If  the  existing 
lighting  service  is  a  2-wire  service,  a  third 
wire   should    be    run    out. 

If  at  the  time  the  rectifier  is  installed 
there  be  no  existing  lighting  installation  in 
the  garage  and  later  the  customer  desires 
to  put  in  a  lighting  installation,  such  in- 
stallation should  be  wired  for  a  3-wire 
service. 

In  a  private  garage  using  vehicle  battery 
charging  service,  the  lighting  circuits  for 
the  garage  must  be  connected  to  the  meter 
for    the    battery    charging    service. 

In  theatres,  single-phase  or  direct  current 
motors,  and  moving  picture  and  spot  arcs 
should    be    connected    to    the    same    meter. 

Where    transformers    are    used    in    connec- 
tion   with    moving   picture    arcs   or   spot    arcs 
they  must  be  operated  at  230  volts. 
Cutouts. 

Fuse  blocks  and  service  switches  must  be 
equipped  with  fuses  of  the  proper  type  anil 
capacity   at   the   time   of   their   installation. 

Three-wire  service  switches  or  cutout 
blocks  for  branch  mains,  except  three  phase. 
must    have    no    fuse    in    Ihe    neutral    wire. 

In  cases  where  cartridge  fuses  are  in- 
stalled, the  Company  will  not  furnish  free 
renewals. 

Switches  and  fuse  blocks  should  not  be 
installed  above  or  in  close  proximity  to 
laundry  tubs,  sinks,  or  other  plumbing  fix- 
tures. 

Sockets. 

All  sockets  must  be  designed  for  use   with 
Edison    base    lamps. 
Grounding  Conduit  on  Neutral  Service  Wire. 

The  use  of  the  neutral  service  wire  for 
grounding  conduit  is  not  permitted.  The 
conduit  should  preferably  be  grounded  to 
the  cold  water  piping  system. 
Welders,  Furnaces,  X-Ray  and  Wireless 
Telegraph    Coils. 

In  general,  a  separate  service  outlet 
should  be  provided  for  all  electric  welders 
or  furnaces  having  a  capacity  of  over  20 
kilowatts. 

A  separate  outlet  must  be  provided  For 
X-Ray  apparatus,  wireless  telegraph  coils 
and  other  similar  devices.  The  cost  of  the 
service  connection  for  wireless  telegraph 
and  X-Ray  apparatus  will  be  charged  to  the 
customer. 

Where  X-Ray  and  wireless  telegraph  ap- 
paratus require  more  than  2,000  watts,  the 
coils   must   be  wound   for   230   volts. 

In  connection  with  wireless  telegraph 
equipment,  a  suitable  condenser  and  spark 
gap  must  be  installed  by  the  customer.  No 
ground  will  be  permitted  in  connection  witli 
the  equipment  except  that  on  the  side  ol 
the  oscillation  transformer  to  which  the 
antennae  are  connected.  This  rule  may  be 
waived  when  a  motor  generator  set  is  em- 
ployed to  convert  the  electricity  received 
from  the  Company's  service  into  another 
form.  All  high  tension  wiring  used  in  con- 
nection with  the  apparatus  must  be  kepi 
away  from  the  meter  and  wiring  of  the 
building. 

Voltage    Regulation. 

The  wiring  installed  in  trie  customer's 
premises  should  be  of  such  capacity  that  the 
entire  connected  load  can  be  carried  with  a 
loss  in  voltage  of  not  more  than  2',  tut  ween 
the  service  entrance  and  the  most  remote 
lamp    on    the    premises 

s«-r*  !<•«■    nnri    Meter    Panela    in    Underground 
Territory. 

One  Company  maintains  In  :i  number  of 
buildings  within  the  underground  service 
territory,  standard  metal  met, ring  panels 
and  distribution  facilities  at  the  terminus 
of  its  street  mains.  All  such  material  and 
equipment  is  the  property  of  this  Company 
and  Is  distinguishable  by  a  distinctive  typo 
of  meter  fitting  and  by  the   red   enamel   paint 


261 


PHONE  MAIN  803 


WHITE  CITY  ELECTRIC  CO. 

Contracting  Engineers 


CHICAGO 


L.  K.  COMSTOCK  8c  COMPANY,  Inc. 

CONSTRUCTING     ENGINEERS 

COMPLETE    ELECTRICAL 
INSTALLATIONS 

Michigan   Ccullvard   Building 

3d    N.    MICHIGAN    BOULEVARD 


TELEPHONE   RANDOLPH    666O 


CHICAGO 


PHONES  CENTRAL  8633-8634 


Dearborn  Electrical  Construction  Co, 

INCORPORATED 

Contracting  Engineers 

Power  Light  Telephone 

27    WEST    KINZIE    STREET 

CHICAGO 


"Yes"  "Diamond  H" 
Remote  Control  Switches 

Operate  motors,  heavy  lighting  circuits,  vacuum  cleaners 
and  burglar  alarm  systems,  economically  and  conven- 
iently. Just  locate  push  button  switches  (momentary 
contact  type)  at  convenient  points  and  save  heavy  wir- 
ing to  point  of  control.  Negligible  operating  current 
lasts    momentarily    only. 

WILLIAM    P.    CROCKETT    CO. 


411    South   Jefferson  Street 


CHICAGO 


262 


with  which  most  of  the  equipment  is  coated. 

In  any  building  where  this  equipment  is 
installed  or  in  any  adjoining-  building  to 
be  served  from  such  mains,  the  contractor 
should,  before  starting  any  work,  secure 
from  the  Inspection  Bureau  of  this  Company 
a  service  location. 

The  contractor  in  such  cases  will  not  be 
required  to  install  the  usual  service  switch 
and  cutout,  but  will  install  his  conduit  to 
a  point  located  by  this  Company  on  the  ceil- 
ing above  the  metering  panel,  terminating 
with  a  piece  of  flexible  metal  conduit  of 
sufficient  length  to  reach  to  the  bottom  of 
the  panel,  this  conduit  to  be  fitted  with  lock- 
nut  and  bushing  on  the  end,  and  not  less 
than  one  foot  of  wires  projecting  from  thfc 
end  of  the  flexible  conduit. 

The  additional  meter  board  will  be  in- 
stalled, and  the  connection  of  the  customers' 
mains  thereto  will  be  made  by  this  Com- 
pany at  the  time  the  meter  is  set. 

No  person  other  than  an  authorized  repre- 
sentative of  this  Company  will  be  per- 
mitted to  make  any  alterations  of  the  meter- 
ing panel  or  other  distribution  facilities. 
No  conduit,  cutout  cabinet,  or  other  device 
will  be  permitted  to  be  attached  to  or 
mounted    on   such    metering   panel. 

"Where  a  metering  panel  is  installed  the 
contractor  must  not  locate  or  make  pro- 
vision for  meters  to  be  located  at  any  place 
other  than  on  the  metering  panel.  If  lie 
is  wiring  for  both  light  and  power  in  any 
part  of  the  building,  it  will  be  necessary 
to  run  both  lines  to  the  metering  panel. 
Exceptions  to  this  rule  will  be  permitted 
in  the  case  of  building  risers  serving  sev- 
eral customers. 

Switchboards. 

Specifications  and  blue  prints  for  service 
and  meter  switchboard  installations  should 
be  submitted  to  the  Distribution  Division 
of  the  Company  for  approval  before  con- 
struction   on    the    switchboard    is    begun. 

Fuses  should  be  so  arranged  that  they 
will  be  readily  accessible  for  t'ne  purpose  of 
replacement,  and  to  this  end  it  is  recom- 
mended that  no  more  than  three  rows  of 
switches   be   placed   on   a   switchboard. 

To  prevent  overheating  of  switches,  fuses 
and  cables,  it  is  recommended  that  all  the 
lugs  have  a  conductivity  not  less  than  60% 
of  that  of  pure  copper  and  that  their  cross 
sectional  area  be  such  that  they  will  not 
be  required  to  carry  more  than  600  amperes 
per   square   inch  continuously. 

The  general  arrangement  of  the  connec- 
tions on  the  back  of  the  board  should  bo 
such  a-s  to  make  it  possible  to  make  repairs 
or  alterations  with  a  reasonable  degree  or 
facility  and  safety  while  the  board  is  in 
service. 

The  bus  bars  should  be  rigidly  supported 
so  as  to  prevent  any  sag  and  the  arrange- 
ment of  t'ne  feeder  cables  between  the  termi- 
nal of  the  conduit  system  and  the  back  of 
the  switchboard  should  be  made  in  a  sys- 
tematic and  orderly  manner  and  the  cables 
should  be  segregated  as  far  as  possible  with 
a  view  to  minimizing  the  possibility  of  se- 
rious interruption  to  the  service.  For  de- 
tails concerning  the  installation  of  meter 
test  links  and  other  matters  pertaining  to 
switchboard  meters.  Set-  "Switchboard 
Meters"    under    "Meters". 

Auxiliary    or    Breakdown     Service. 

Where  a  customer  contracts  to  use  the 
Company's  service  as  an  auxiliary  or  break- 
down service  in  connection  with  his  usual 
source  of  supply,  he  must,  in  case  the  num- 
ber of  kilowatts  which  the  Company  ia 
obliged  to  stand  ready  to  supply  under  the 
contract  be  less  than  the  estimated  maxi- 
mum of  the  customer's  plant.  as  estimated 
by  the  Company,  furnish  and  install  a  cir- 
cuit breaker  approved  by  the  Company, 
which  shall  be  set  to  break  the  connection 
with  the  Company's  service  In  case  his 
maximum    demand    shall    at    any    time    mate- 


rially exceed  the  number  of  kilowatts  which 
the  Company  has  agreed  to  supply. 

The  circuit  breaker  must  be  installed  by 
the  customer  at  a  suitable  location  between 
the  Company's  meter  and  the  customer's 
load  and  must  be  in  a  steel  cabinet  which 
can   be    sealed   by   the   Company. 

Additions  and  Alterations. 
When  any  change  in  the  size  of  a  cus- 
tomer's installation  is  made,  the  Company 
must  be  advised,  so  that  it  may  inspect 
such  installation  and  provide  service  and 
meter  of  the  proper  capacity.  If  alterations 
are  to  be  made  in  a  building,  which  may 
disturb  the  electric  wiring  and  require  the 
moving  or  removal  of  the  Company's  meter, 
tne  Company  must  be  notified  in  advance  in 
order  that  the  changes  may  be  given  prompt 
attention.  If  it  is  necessary  to  move  the 
meter  to  a  new  location,  such  removal  will 
be  made  if  meter  loops  are  provided.  A 
temporary  location  and  meter  loops  must 
be  provided  by  the  customer,  if  electricity 
is  desired  during  such  alterations,  but  un- 
der no  circumstances  will  electricity  be  fur- 
nished  without   a   meter. 

Alternating    Current. 

In  general,  wiring  should  be  so  arranged 
that  all  motors  of  %  H.  P.  or  more  may  1" 
connected    to    a    separate    service    and    meter. 

All  alternating  current  motors  which 
start  frequently,  such  as  those  operating 
coffee  mills,  meat  grinders,  shoe  repairing 
machines,  electric  pianos,  pumps  and  car- 
bonators  must  be  wound  for  and  connected 
for  operation  on  the  company's  230  voll 
service,  except  that  the  repulsion  induction 
type  of  motors  of  less  than  one  horsepower, 
may  be  operated  on  115  volt  service. 

Stationary  vacuum  cleaner  and  pump  mo- 
tors in  houses  and  apartments  may  be  con- 
nected to  the  lighting  service  if  the  motor 
is  less  than  1  H.  P.  and  in  the  case  of 
vacuum  cleaner  motors  is  wound  for  115 
volts.  Pump  motors  must  be  wound  for  230 
volts.  Vacuum  cleaner  and  pump  motors 
of  1  H.  P.  or  more  should  be  wired  for  a 
separate  service  connection.  Permission 
may  in  some  cases  be  obtained  from  the  Dis- 
tribution Division  of  the  Company  to  con- 
nect larger  vacuum  cleaner  or  pump  motors 
to  the  lighting  service,  depending  upon  the 
si/..-  if  the  building  and  the  capacity  of  the 
i  Company's  1  Ine. 

No  motors  larger  than  5  H.  P.  will  be  sup- 
plied on  the  single-phase  system  except  by 
special  permission  given  in  each  case  by 
the    Distribution    Division    of    the    Company. 

Three-phase  service  will  not  be  provid- 
ed for  installations  aggregating  less  than 
5  H.  P.  unless  the  customer  deposits  with 
the  Company  a  sum  equivalent  to  the  ex- 
cess cost  to  the  Company  of  installing  a 
three-phase  service  over  and  above  the  cost 
of  installing  a  single-phase  service.  In  case 
the  customer's  power  installation  shall  sub 
sequently  be  increased  to  a  total  rated  ca- 
pacity of  5  H.  P.  or  more,  the  Company  will 
return  the  amount  of  the  deposit  to  the 
customer. 

Motors  of  5  H.  P.  or  more  are  supplied 
from  the  three-phase  system  In  a  large  part 
of  the  alternating  current  territory,  but  in- 
quiry should  be  nade  of  the  Distribution 
Division  of  the  Company  as  to  the  proxim- 
ity of  three-phase  lines  to  any  particular 
location    where   such    power   may    be   desired. 

All  motors  of  7%  II.  P.  rating,  and  above, 
must    be    equipped    with    starting   apparatus. 

.Motor  starting  equipments  must  be  so  ar- 
ranged thai  In  case  of  an  interruption  of 
the  power  supply  the  connections  will  be 
tin-own  to  the  starting  position  or  the  cir- 
cuit   opened    entirely. 

Motors  of  above  50   h    P.  must  be  of  the 

slip    ring    or    wound     rotor    type,     excepl     that 

where    tho    lighting   service    will    riol    i 
riously  disturbed,   squirrel   cage  type  motors 
may   be  used    to  drive   direct    current    gener- 
ators   if    permission    is    secured    In    advance 


203 


MEMBER    OF        >         ObDEN  A^^\f\t/7^SU^,     ^-   lUfcJ 

Emp.oyers    Ass'n.        <&£r>  N^AS'  t\C^  ^'^trlca."  °f 

Electrical  V*  /  O  » ^        ^===^-^  pfQ  \j ^  Contractors 

Contractors  '  G>\  L    ^ON»3*  and   Dealers 

LAWNDALE  LAWNDALE 


W.  A.  BEILE  &  COMPANY 

ELECTRICAL  CONTRACTORS  &  ENGINEERS 

CONSULTING  ••  INSTALLING 

TOWER  BUILDING 
6  XORTH  MICHIGAN  AVENUE 
PHONE  MAJESTIC  7976  CHICAGO 


T   .      ,  \  Main  4240 

Telephones  -,  Majn  4665 


L.  H.  Lament  &  Company 

Electrical  Contracting  Engineers 

9  South  Clinton  Street,  CHICAGO 


Telephones  Randolph  1815-6-7 


Loop  Electric  Company 

Contracting  Engineers 

123  West  Madison  Street 
Chicago,  111. 


264 


from  the  Distribution  Division  of  the  Com- 
pany. 

Reverse  phase  relays,  or  other  equivalent 
means  must  be  provided  on  all  three  phase 
elevator,  crane  and  similar  motor  installa- 
tions in  order  to  prevent  damage  in  case 
the  direction  of  rotation  of  the  motor  should 
be  reversed.  Where  reverse  phase  relays 
are  not  provided,  application  must  be  made 
to  the  Inspection  Bureau  for  the  approval  of 
the  proposed  equivalent  means  of  protection. 
Applications  for  such  approval  must  be  ac- 
companied by  suitable  diagrams  clearly  in- 
dicating the  method  of  operation  of  the  pro- 
tective equipment. 

The  power  factor  of  all  motors  of  more 
than  5  H.P.  or  other  inductive  apparatus  re- 
quiring more  than  5  K.  V.  A.  must  be  at 
least  80  per  cent  when  operating  at  their 
rated  load. 

In  cases  where  a  separate  service  and 
meter  installation  are  required  for  a  Are 
pump,  the  customer  must  pay  the  cost  of 
such  service  installation.  Where  a  meter 
has  been  furnished  by  the  Company  for  reg- 
ular power  purpose,  the  usual  rental  will 
be  charged  for  the  separate  fire  pump  meter. 
In  case  a  printing  meter  is  desired,  it  will 
be  installed  at  the  expense  of  the  customer. 

It  is  suggested  that  Are  pump  switching 
connections  be  so  arranged  that  the  fire 
pump  may  be  periodically  tested  while  con- 
nected to  the  regular  power  supply.  If 
this  testing  is  done  at  times  when  the  reg- 
ular power  is  not  in  use,  the  demand 
charge  will  be  reduced  by  the  amount  due 
to  the  demand  of  the  fire  pump  motor. 

Diagrams  by  which  such  connections  mav 
be  arranged  will  be  furnished  by  the  Com- 
pany on  application  to  the  Inspection 
Bureau. 

METERS. 

Location. 

All  meters  must  be  installed  in  a  suitable 
location  as  near  as  practicable  to  the  point 
where  the  service  enters  the  building.  The 
wires  should  be  enclosed  in  a  continuous 
metal  conduit  from  the  service  to  the  meter. 
In  office  buildings,  special  meter  closets  of 
ample  size  should  be  provided  on  each  floor; 
in  apartment  buildings,  all  meters  should  be 
installed  in  the  basement,  and  the  separate 
circuits  to  each  apartment  should  be  care- 
fully labeled.  In  residences,  meters  should 
be  installed  in  the  basement  or  a  rear  hall, 
rather  than  the  attic. 

The  requirements  of  a  suitable  meter  lo- 
cation are  as  follows: 

(a)  Meters  should  be  accessible  to  the 
Company's  employees  at  all  times,  and 
should  be  so  located  that  they  may  be  easily 
read,  inspected  and  tested,  with  a  minimum 
of  annoyance  to  the  tenants.  They  must  be 
installed  not  more  than  seven  feet  from  the 
floor,  and  must  not  be  placed  in  bedroom 
closets,  bath  or  toilet-rooms,  or  in  any  room 
commonly  kept  locked,  in  or  near  coal-bins, 
in  elevator  or  ventilating  shafts,  near  stoves, 
radiators,  or  steam  or  gas  piping. 

(b)  The  location  selected  must  be  free 
from  moisture.  A  watt-hour  meter  must 
never  be  placed  under  a  water  pipe,  from 
which,  as  a  result  of  sweating,  water  may 
drip.  When  a  damp  location  is  unavoidable, 
a  moisture-proof  cabinet  must  be  provided 
by   the   customer   to   contain    the    meter. 

(c)  The  location  must  be  free  from  vi- 
bration. Where  traffic  is  heavy,  or  cars 
are  passing,  meters  should  preferably  tie 
placed  upon  a  wall  at  the  building  line 
rather  than  upon  the  front  curb  wall.  They 
must  not  be  placed  on  any  insecure  parti- 
tion or  over  a  doorway. 

(d)  Meters  should  be  located  if  possible 
so  that  they  will  not  be  exposed  to  mechan- 
ical injury.  If  this  is  unavoidable,  a  suitable 
cabinet  must  be  provided  by  the  customer  to 
contain  the  meter,  and  to  thoroughly  protect 
it   from   possible  damage. 

(e)  The   meter   location    must   be   as   free 


as  possible  from  magnetic  disturbance.  Me- 
ters must  not  be  installed  in  close  proximity 
to  motors  or  generators.  Cabinets  where 
necessary  for  direct  current  meters  must  be 
of   asbestos    board    or    non-magnetic    metal. 

Meter  cabinets  must  be  of  ample  size  to 
permit  the  safe  handling  of  wires  when  con- 
necting, disconnecting  or  testing  the  meters. 
If  the  conditions  require  the  installation  of 
a  metal  cabinet,  the  inside  should  be  lined 
with  suitable  insulating  material. 
Installation. 

Meter  loop  fittings  are  required  by  a  city 
ordinance  to  be  provided  on  all  installations 
where  the  mains  are  of  No.  1  B.  &  S.  gauge 
or  smaller.  On  mains  larger  than  No.  1  B. 
&  S.  gauge  conduit  fittings  or  standard  me- 
ter loop  fittings  of  proper  capacity  must  be 
used. 

A  type  of  meter  loop  fitting  is  recommend- 
ed in  which  the  wires  between  the  fitting 
and  the  meter  are  protected  with  a  metal 
housing  and  embodied  in  which  is  a  meter 
test  block.  This  type  of  fitting  renders  the 
customer's  installation  less  liable  to  dis- 
turbance and  his  service  is  not  interrupted 
by  meter  testing  operations. 

On  and  after  August  1st,  1918,  on  all  in- 
stallations where  meter  fittings  are  used, 
a  type  of  fitting  will  be  required  that  has 
on  the  cover  a  holder  designed  for  the  in- 
stallation of  an  identification  card.  A 
card  contained  in  this  holder  will,  after  the 
meter  is  installed,  identify  a  customer  and 
his  location  in  the  building.  The  contrac- 
tor will,  however,  be  required  to  insert  a 
card  or  piece  of  paper  on  completion  of  the 
wiring,  and  show  on  this  card  or  paper  the 
address  and  location  in  the  building  of  the 
apartment  for  wrhich  the  fitting  in  question 
is  installed.  On  or  before  August  1st  this 
type  of  fitting  will  be  on  the  market,  and 
the  contractor  will  have  no  difficulty  in  se- 
curing it.  No  other  type  of  fitting  will  be 
approved  after  this  date. 

Where  meter  loops  are  provided,  a  free 
end  of  at  least  24  inches  must  be  left  to 
give  ample  wire  for  connection  to  the  watt- 
hour  meter,  or  if  the  wires  are  left  in  the 
form  of  loops,  each  loop  must  contain  at 
least   48   inches   of   wire. 

Meter  loops  must  be  so  arranged  that  t lie 
meters  can  be  placed  at  least  6  inches  away 
from  iron  cabinets  and  cutout  boxes,  to  per- 
mit  the  safe  handling  of  wires  during  tests. 

The  distance  between  centers  must  not  be 
less  than  12  inches  for  A.  C.  and  15  inches 
for  D.  C.  meters.  Meters  of  a  capacity  in 
excess  of  50  amperes  should  have  a  distance 
between  centers  of  not  less  than  HI  inches, 
and  the  leads  of  one  meter  should  not  run 
within    12    inches   of   another   meter. 

The  general  arrangement  of  meter  loops 
should,  if  possible,  be  such  that  a  meter  can 
be  installed  without  crossint;  any  wires.  If 
this  is  impracticable,  sufficienl  flexible  tub- 
ing must  be  left  on  the  wires  to  make  pos- 
sible an  installation  which  will  lie  in  accord- 
ance with  the  rules  of  the  Department  of 
Gas  and  Electricity  of  the  City  of  Chicago. 

When  meters  arc  installed  for  construc- 
tion work,  cabinets  of  weather-proof  con- 
struction must  be  provided  by  the  customer, 
to  protect  them  against  injury.  The  Com- 
pany will  provide  an  independent  cabinet 
for  its  service  switch  and  service  fuses,  and 
each  individual  sub-contractor  is  required 
tn  provide  his  own  meter  cabinet  and  in- 
stall tin1  necessary  wiring  between  this 
cabinet  and  the  Company's  service  switch. 
The  final  connections  between  this  wiring 
and  the  Company's  mains,  are,  in  every  in- 
stance, to  be  made  by  the  Company.  When 
it  is  possible,  a  location  should  be  selected 
for  a  meter  a1  the  outset,  which  can  be  used 
throughout    the   construction    period. 

Where  several  meters  are  grouped  togeth- 
er, the  circuit  to  which  each  one  is  connect- 
ed should  be  plainly  Indicated,  and  all  cir- 
cuits should  be  carefully  traced  to  insure 
that  there  is  no  error  in  the  wiring,  whereby 


265 


CHAMBERLIN 

Metal  Weather  Strips 

Keep  Out  Dirt,  Dust  and  Cold 
Save  from  20  to  40  per  cent  in  Fuel 


Harrison  4561 


626  S.  Dearborn  St. 


SAGER    METAL   WEATHERSTRIP 


Let   us   demonstrate  the 
superior  features  of  our 
strip- 
Installed  by  experts 

Casement  windows  made 
waterproof. 


A 
MODERN 

AND 

BETTER 

STRIP 


If  you  want  an  efficient 
up-to-the-minute  strip 

PHONE  FRANKLIN  421 

and  our  expert  will  call 
and  explain  how  to  get 
the  best  results  at  the 
least  expense. 


W.  H.  GRIMM  HARDWARE  COMPANY,  Licensee 

230  West  Randolph  Street,  CHICAGO,  ILL. 


GREENEBAUM  SONS  BANK  AND  TRUST  COMPANY 

CORNER    LA  SALLE  AND  MADISON  STREETS 

LUMBER    EXCHANGE    BUILDING 


FOUNDED  1855 


Capital  and  Surplus,   $2,000,000 


A     STATE      BANK 


Regular  Member  Chicago  Clearing  House  Assn. 

Checking  Accounts  Invited 

3  Per  Cent.  Interest  on  Savings  Accounts 


FIRST   MORTGAGES   AND   BONDS 

Bearing  6  Per  Cent.  Suitable  for  Trust  Funds,  Sav- 


ings and  Private  Investors 

INTEREST  ALLOWED  ON  FUNDS  AWAITING   INVESTMENT 

$3.50  a  Year  and  up,  Boxes  In  New  Safety  Vault 


WE  HAVE  MONEY  ON  HAND 

to  loan  upon  apartment  and  store  properties  in  course  of  construction,  as  well 
as  upon  completed  structures. 

We  give  especially  favorable  consideration  to  loans  upon  buildings  upon 
which   the  architect  superintends  construction. 

Our  service  has  given  satisfaction  for   64   years. 


BAIRD  &  WARNER 


29  South  La   Salle  Street 


Central   8300 


266 


cne    customer    obtains    current    through    an- 
other customer's  meter. 

Both  sides  of  a  230  volt,  two-wire  alter- 
nating current  circuit  must  be  carried 
through  the  meter.  This  practice  should 
also  be  followed  on  direct  current,  230  volt, 
two-wire  circuits,  for  meters  up  to  and  in- 
cluding  50   amperes   capacity. 

Both  outside  wires  of  all  230  volt,  three- 
wire  circuits  must  be  carried  through  the 
meter  and,  in  the  case  of  direct  current  in- 
stallations, a  neutral  potential  tap  must  also 
be   provided. 

Potential  taps  must  be  so  made  that  they 
cannot  become  disconnected.  The  connect- 
ing wire  should  be  as  short  as  possible,  and 
must  be  •soldered  to  the  return  or  neutral 
circuit   without   a   fuse. 

All  watt-hour  meters  and  maximum  de- 
mand indicators  must  be  protected  by  suit- 
able fuses.  Meters  must  never  be  placed 
between  the  service  and  the  service  switch. 

Where  more  than  one  meter  is  dependent 
on  the  service  switch,  fuses  must  be  pro- 
vided in  such  a  manner  as  to  protect  the 
meter  where  the  meter  is  supplied  by  mains 
larger   than   No.    10    B.   &  S.    gauge. 

The  Company  will  install  only  one  meter 
or  one  unified  set  of  meters  for  one  class 
of   service. 

A  monthly  rental  charge  for  each  addi- 
tional watthour  meter  is  made  by  the  Com- 
pany where,  at  the  request  of  the  cus- 
tomer, and  for  his  convenience,  more  than 
one  meter  is  installed  on  his  premises  for 
one  class  of  service.  This  rental  charge 
is   based   on   the   size   of   the   meter   installed. 

A  suitable  meter  board  not  less  than 
%-inch  thick  must  be  provided  by  the  cus- 
tomer. Specifications,  prepared  by  the  De- 
partment of  Gas  and  Electricity  of  the  City 
of  Chicago,  show  the  necessary  dimensions 
of  these  boards  for  installations  of  outlet 
fittings,  watt-hour  meters,  and  maximum 
demand  indicators,  under  100  amperes  ca- 
pacity. 

Types  and  Dimensions. 

Space  should  be  provided  for  the  instal- 
lation of  two  maximum  demand  indicators 
on    three-wire    circuits. 

Standard  three-wire  meters  are  used  on 
the  three-wire  Edison  system  where  the 
load  on  each  side  is  150  amperes  or  less. 
Direct  current  installations  requiring  me- 
ters of  larger  capacity  will  be  provided 
usually  with  two  meters,  one  on  each  side 
of  the  three-wire  system.  Current  trans- 
formers are  used  in  connection  with  alter- 
nating current  meters,  when  the  load  is  in 
excess   of    150    amperes. 

Current  and  potential  transformers  are 
required  on  meter  installations  on  primary 
lines.  Ample  space  should  be  allowed  for 
the  installation  of  current  and  potential 
transformers    when    these    are    required. 

Standard  front-connected  types  of  meters 
are  used  up  to  a  capacity  of  600  amperes 
Earger  meters  are  usually  back-connected 
switchboard  type.  For  installations  requir- 
ing a  meter  capacity  of  over  1,500  amperes 
it  is  customary  to  install  two  or  more  me- 
ters  in  multiple. 

The  Company  should  be  consulted  when- 
ever it  is  necessary  to  know  in  advance  the 
type  and  size  of  the  meter  which  a  given 
installation  will  require.  Information  rela- 
tive to  the  type  of  watthour  meters  and 
maximum  demand  indicators  to  be  used  on 
large  installations  must  be  obtained  from 
the  Distribution  Division  of  the  Company 
before    wiring    is    completed. 

Switchboard   Meters. 

Switchboard  meters  and  the  necessary 
equipment  therefor  will  be  furnished  by  the 
Company  for  large  Installations  If  the  cus 
tomer  makes  arrangements  with  the  Com- 
pany in  advance  and  provides  for  the  neces- 
sary drilling  and  connect iniK  for  both  me- 
ters and  equipment.  Demand  Indicators, 
printometers,  contact-making  clocks  and  re- 
lay   switches    are    part    of    the    meter    equip- 


ment.      Proper    templates     and      wiring    dia- 
grams  will   be   furnished   by   the   Company. 

Test  links  must  be  installed  with  all 
switchboard  meters.  For  2-wire  meters,  two 
test  links  are  required,  one  on  the  service 
side  and  one  on  the  load  side  of  the  meter, 
in  the  side  of  the  circuit  passing  through 
it;  for  3-wire  meters,  four  test  links  are 
required,  one  in  each  of  the  service  leads  to 
the  meter,  and  one  in  each  of  the  load  leads 
from  the  meter.  Test  links  should  be  lo- 
cated on  the  front  of  the  switchboard;  or 
if  this  is  not  practicable,  arrangements  may 
be  made  to  mount  them  on  a  separate  panel, 
placed  at  the  back  of  the  board,  in  the  same 
plane  with  the  fuse  panels.  Meter  test  links 
must  be  approved  by  the  Distribution  Di- 
vision of  the  Company.  The  test  terminals, 
studs  and  links  will  be  furnished  by  the 
Company  and  are  to  be  installed  at  the 
expense  of  the  customer.  In  all  cases,  test 
links  must  be  readily  accessible  and  placed 
at  a  sufficient  distance  from  the  switches. 
bus  liars  and  switchboard  frame,  to  elimi- 
nate, as  far  as  possible,  danger  from  short 
circuits  while  making  connections  for  tests. 

Various  details,  such  as  the  method  of 
metering,  the  type  and  capacity  of  watt- 
hour meters  and  maximum  indicators,  and 
the  size  of  test  links,  must  be  determined 
by  the  Company  for  each  switchboard  in- 
stallation. These  details  should  be  taken 
up  with  the  Distribution  Division  of  the 
Company  by  the  customer  or  his  represent- 
ative before  the  board  is  designed,  and  suf- 
ficiently in  advance  of  its  construction  to 
give  the  Company  time  to  obtain  the  special 
equipment.  Blue  prints  or  sketches  show- 
ing the  proposed  location  and  connections 
of  meters  and  equipment  on  switchboards 
must  also  be  submitted  to  the  Distribution 
Division  for  approval,  before  the  switch- 
board is  constructed.  See  "Switchboards." 
LAMPS. 
Contractors'  Lamps. 

In  the  case  of  buildings  under  construc- 
tion, arc  or  incandescent  lamps  will  be  fur- 
nished only  on  condition  that  the  user  de- 
posit with  the  Company  an  amount  equal  to 
the  value  of  such  arcs  or  incandescent  lamps 
as  are  furnished  by  the  Company.  The  value 
of  the  lamps  not  returned  intact  when  such 
user  discontinues  the  Company's  service  at 
that  location,  will  be  deducted  from  said 
deposit. 

Incandescent. 

Where  a  customer,  whose  contract  entitles 
him  to  the  Company's  lamp  service,  requests 
the  Company  to  furnish  Mazda  lamps  of  100 
to  500-watt  sizes  in  exchange  for  lamps  of 
less  wattage,  such  lamps  will  be  furnished 
subject  to  the  rules  of  the  Department  of 
Gas  and  Electricity  of  the  City  of  Chicago 
with  regard  to  the  number  and  wa.ttage  of 
lamps  to'  be  carried  on  the  circuits. 
INSPECTION. 

All  wiring  which  is  to  be  connected  with 
the  Company's  service  must  be  inspected  and 
approved  by  the  Department  of  Gas  and 
Electricity  of  the  City  of  Chicago,  and  must 
conform  to  the  rules  and  regulations  estab- 
lished by  the  Company  from  time  to  time. 

A  Temporary  Current  Permit,  or  Certifi- 
cate of  Installation,  issued  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  Gas  and  Electricity  of  the  city  of 
Chicago  must  be  presented  at  the  office  of 
the  Inspection  Bureau  of  the  Company  be- 
fore the  electricity  can  be  turned  on.  This 
applies  to  additional  wiring  which  may  be 
connected  at  any  time,  as  well  as  to  original 
installations.  The  Company  reserves  the 
right   to   make  final   connection   of  all   wiring 

to    its    mains   and    in    ease   any    damage    results 

from   unauthorized  connections    the  customer 
will   be   held  responsible   for  such   damai 

Kvery  electrical  contractor  Is  urged  to 
stencil  his  name,  address  and  telephone  num- 
ber on    the  service,   cutout    cabinet   or   meter 

beard.        'I'll  is      information      will      enable      the 
Company  to  communicate   promptly   with   the 

cont  ract   ir    wheii    n  •,  -,-:  s., ,  y. 


Architects  and  Builders 

specify  Gas  pipes  for  every  building.  Gas 
Service  is  eventually  required  no  matter 
for  what  purpose  a  building  is  designed. 

Expense  and  Time  is  Saved 

by  installing  pipes  during  construction  or 
remodeling  period. 

Our  Architects'  and  Builders' 
Service 

includes  free  consultation  with  our  engi- 
neers who  will  offer  suggestions  and  furnish 
specific  detailed  information  to  meet  par- 
ticular requirements. 


WRITE    OR   TELEPHONE 


The 
Peoples  Gas  Light  &  Coke  Company 

Architects '  and  Builders '  Service 
Peoples  Gas  Building  Phone  Wabash  6000 


GAS   FITTERS'  RULES 

Of  the  Peoples  Gas,  Light  and  Coke  Company 

OFFICE  BUILDINGS,  DWELLING  HOUSES  AN  .J  FLATS. 
MANUFACTURED  GAS  FOR  LIGHT 


INDEX    TO    RULES 


Air     compressed      1- 

Alterations    in    house    piping,    etc 5 

Appliances,     connecting     14 

"  domestic    and     industrial,     feet    of    pipe 

allowed       26 

Automatic    water    heater,    feet    of    pipe    allowed 27 

Building    Service,    bringing    to    street    service i2 

"  "  feet    of    pipe    allowed 29 

"  "         finished    rooms    in    basement ">7 

"  "  header      63 

"  "  only,     installing     50 

"  "  in    flat    or    residence 51 

"  "  in    store    52 

"  "         in    unheate  I    basement 55 

"  "  laid    through    a    masonry    wall.... 60 

"  "  location     of     58 

"  "  opening    in     61 

"         solid     wall     porch 56 

"  "         test    pipe    on 62 

"  "  terminating     To 

"  "  underground      53 

"  "         wrapping     59 

Branch    lights,    feet    of    pipe    allowed 24 

Branch   lines,   drops   from 11 

Breaking    sizes    of    pipe     10 

Compressed   air    12 

Defective     material     3 

Drops    from    branch    lines 11 

distance     below     ceiling 4S 

Electric    cut-off    box 38 

Equivalents,     table 19 

Exit    lights     44 

Gas  engines,    feet  of  pipe  allowed 28 

Light   for  public  hall  3   fiat   building  or  over 45 

"  "  "     2     flat     building     46 

Meter,    location    of 31 

"  changing     location     of 75 

Material,    defective    3 

"  not    allowed     4 

Masonry    Walls,    piping    on 7 

Openings,    size  of,    how   to   determine 20 

Outlets,    for   mantel   or    fireplace 49 

"  for    fuel,    height    of 47 

"         capping    of     5 

"  for     fuel     17 

Outside    wall,    piping    on ij 


Ki  LES 

l'iping,    for    fuel    only IT 

tor     launury 35 

"  how    to    avoid    napping y 

"  inspection    of    1 

"  imbedded   in   concrete  or   cement s 

"  obstruction     in     2 

"  on     outside     wall 0 

"  on   masonry    wall 7 

"  office   building,    schools,    hospitals,    resid' 

and     flats 22 

"  rooms   in    rear   of    store -■> 

"  stores   ami    factories '-:; 

Pipe,    single    pipe    system 16 

size    required    and    equivalents 19 

Kiser,    distance    below    ceiling 43 

•'     for     theatre 34 

"      height     of     42 

in    rear   of   a    basement 58 

"     in    other    apartments 39 

in     laundry,     etc 33 

"     in    cold    basement 36 

in      front      hall 41 

"      location      for 32 

"     near  a  vestibule   partition 37 

near   an   elecetric   cut-nil    box 3S 

"     prohibited    location    for 40 

"     size    of    for   combined   line 21 

Rules,      understanding IS 

Sizes,    breaking     1 0 

Single    pipe   system 16 

Services,    disconnecting  and    reconnecting 7."> 

"  for     apartment     buildings 65 

"         for  building  in   rear  "i   corner  lot 68 

"  for     corner     buildings 67 

"  for   court   buildings 66 

"         building  in  rear  of  lot 69 

"  for    stores    64 

"  opening  in   wall   fur 7o 

"  opening    in    floor    for 71 

"  two    in    one    trench .">  I 

"  charge   for   inside   property    line 76 

Testing   of    piping 1 

T\  pesetting     machines 15 

Water   heater,    automatic,    feet    "t    pipe  allowed 27 

Window  lights,   teei   mi    pipe  allowed 24 

Work   charged   for  by   company 7."> 

"       not     allowed i;; 

"       reserved    by    i pany 7t 


The  following  rules  governing  the  piping 
of  buildings  for  the  distribution  of  gas  for 
light  and  fuel  have  be-m  adopted  by  The 
Peoples    Gas    Light    and    Coke    Company. 

General   Instructions. 

1.  Testing  of  Piping.  Piping  should  1"' 
d  sted  both  after  it  is  completed  and  before 
the  interior  of  the  building  is  lathed  or  cov- 
ered. It  must  be  inspected  again  after  the 
building  bas  been  completed  ami  before  tin 
fixtures  are  installed.  Twenty-four  hours' 
notice  will  he  required  for  each  test  Gas 
titters  must  have  the  work  completed  ami 
the  piping  tighl  before  the  tests  are  re- 
quested. 

Before  fixtures  are  installed,  tin'  piping 
must  stand  a  pn  ssure  "f  •;  Inches  on  a  col- 
umn of  mercury  without  showing  any  drop 
in  the  column  for  a  period  of  tin   minutes. 

After  fixtures  are  installed,  piping  must 
stand    a    pressure   of    one   inch    on   a   column 


of    mercury    without    showing    any    drop    for 
the  same  period  of  time. 

2.  Obstructions  in  Pipe.  All  piping  must 
be  free  from  burrs  ami  other  obstructions. 

3.  Defective  Material.  Split  pipe  or  ti t - 
tings  repaired  with  cement  or  lead  must  not 
be  used.     Caulked  fittings  must  not  be  used. 

4.  Material  Not  Allowed.  Unions  or  bush- 
ings  must    not    be   used    in    work    that    is    t"   be 

concealed,   and   east    iron   tittin^s  aif  prohib- 
ited in  either  exposed   or  concealed   work. 

5.  Capping  Outlets.  All  outlets  must  be 
securely  closed  with  iron  caps  until  fixtures 
or  appliances  are  Installed. 

6.  Piping  on  Outside  Wall.  When  it  is 
absolutely  necessary  to  run  pipe  on  an  out- 
side wall  a  furring  strip  must  be  placed  be- 
tween the  pipe  and  the  wall. 


I'd!' 


Established    1883 

F.  D.  RENAUD 

Formerly  Renaud  &  Coxhlun 

FELT,  COMPOSITION  AND  GRAVEL  ROOFER 

Also  manufacturer  of  F-  D.  Renaud  Duplex  Cement  Flashing  Block.     U.  S 

Patent  issued  Sept.  24.  1912.     Canadian.  March  18,  1913. 

The  Block  D  is  to  be  built  in  the  fire  walls  and  chimneys.  It 
replaces  two  courses  of  bricks.  As  the  usefulness  will  be  impaired  if  not 
properly  laid,  care  must  be  taken  to  put  Base  A  flush  wiih  top  of  concrete  or 
roof  boards ;  B  flush  with  inside  of  wall.  Mason  puts  'hat  in.  Shield  C  is 
applied  by  Roofers,  after  felt  is  laid. 

Office    and     Yard: 

545-547  WEST  THIRTY- FIRST  STREET 

Near  Wallace  Street 
Phone    Yards    234  CHICAGO 


Duplex  Flashing  Block 


TELEPHONE  CENTRAL  903 


ESTABLISHED  1847 


M.  W.  POWELL  COMPANY 

ROOFERS 

MARQUETTE  BUILDING 

CHICAGO 

Our  Engineering  department  it:  at  pour  service  to  help  solve  vour  Roofing  problems 


TELEPHONES  FRANKLIN  2810  and  281! 


Quality 


CHARBONNJEAl] 

^COMPANY  **• 


►ervice 


CONTRACTORS 

30  N.  LA  SALLE  STREET 
Get  Our  Advice,  Based  Upon  Twenty  Year*  of  Practical  Experience 


THE  EDWARD  MOORE  ROOFING  CO. 


(INCORPORATED) 


ROOFING  AND  WATERPROOFING  CONTRACTORS 


519   CHAMBER  OF  COMMERCE  BUILDING 
TELEPHONE  FRANKLIN  134 


CHICAGO 

Contracts  Executed  in  Any  Part  of  the  United  States 


270 


7.  Piping-  on  Masonry  Walls.  All  piping 
run  on  masonry  walls  must  be  securely  fas- 
tened thereto  by  strapping  it  to  wooden 
plugs   driven   into    the    wall. 

8.  Imbedding  in  Concrete  or  Cement. 
When  pipe  is  to  be  imbedded  in  concrete  or 
cement,  it  must  be  covered  with  tar  paper 
or  other  suitable  covering,  or  laid  in  a  con- 
duit pipe. 

9.  Trapping  Pipe.  To  avoid  trapping 
pipe  gas  titters  must  grade  it  to  riser  or  to 
drops,   except  as  provided   in   rule   No.    66. 

10.  Breaking  Sizes.  In  every  case  where 
an  extension  is  to  be  made,  pipe  must  be 
broken  at  a  point  where  the  full  size  can  be 
maintained. 

No  extension  must  be  made  from  a  pipe 
of    a    smaller    size. 

11.  Drops  from  Branch  Lines.  Drops  on 
branch  lines  should  have  a  set  of  4  inches 
and  they  must  be  dropped  square.  Outlets 
for  side  brackets  may  be  either  square 
bends  or  long  drop  ells.  The  use  of  nipples 
is   prohibited. 

12.  Compressed  Air.  Compressed  air 
must   not    be   used    for    industrial   appliances. 

13.  Work  Not  Allowed.  Gas  fitters  must 
not  do  any  underground  piping  outside  of  a 
building. 

14.  Connecting  Appliances.  Fitters  are 
particularly  requested  to  see  that  all  gas 
burning  appliances  are  connected  solid  with 
iron  pipe.  Under  no  circumstances  will  this 
Company  approve  of  the  use  of  lead  pipe 
cr  rubber  tubing. 

15.  Typesetting  Machines.  A  linotype  or 
monotype  machine  must  be  supplied  by  a 
separate   fuel  run. 

Rules   and   Tables   for   Piping. 

16.  Single  Pipe  System.  The  following 
tables  and  rules  provide  for  a  single  pipe 
system  in  either  new  cr  old  buildings.  How- 
ever, should  it  be  more  economical  to  in- 
stall a  double  pipe  system,  such  may  be  in- 
stalled, and  outlets  computed  on  the  same 
basis  as  that  for  a  single  pipe  system. 

17.  Puel  Only,  When  piping  is  installed 
for  illumination  in  either  a  new  or  old  build- 
ing,  an  outlet   must  be  left  for  fuel. 

If  gas  for  light  is  not  desired,  a  building 
may  be  piped   for  fuel  only. 

18.  Understanding  Rules.  If,  in  any  in- 
stance, the  rules  governing  the  sizes  of  pipe 
to  be  installed  are  not  clearly  understood, 
or  if  unusual  conditions  not  covered  by  the 
rules  are  met  with,  the  Gas  Company  should 
be   consulted. 

19.  Size  of  Pipe  Required  and  Equiva- 
lents. The  amount  of  gas  passing  through 
a  %-inch  pipe  under  normal  pressure  is  ap- 
proximately 10  cubic  feet  of  gas  an  hour. 
The  capacity  of  a  %-inch  outlet  has  there- 
fore been  called  an  equivalent,  and  the  table 
of  pipe  sizes  below  has  been  figured  out  on 
that  capacity  and  is  to  be  used  in  estimating 
the  size  of  the  pipe  necessary  to  give  an 
adequate    supply   of    gas    to    an    appliance. 

For  example,  a  range  for  a  flat  or  resi- 
dence requires  five  times  the  quantity  of  gas 
supplied  by  a  %-inch  pipe,  or  five  equiva- 
lents. 

Range  for  flat  or   residence.  ..  .5  equivalents 

Grate    or    log 3 

Laundry     appliance 3 

Water   Heater    4 

Arc    Lamp     2 

The  number  of  %-inch  equivalents  for 
any  appliance  not  mentioned  in  the  above 
table    may    be    determined    by    dividing    the 


total  consumption  per  hour  of  that  appli- 
ance by    ten. 

Consumption  of  gas-fired  steam  boilers 
may  be  obtained  by  assuming  80  cubic  feet 
of  gas  per  hour  for  each  horsepower. 

20.  Size  of  Opening.  To  determine  the 
size  of  the  opening  required  when  risers 
are  connected  at  the  meter  end,  the  com- 
bined loads  of  the  risers  must  be  added  to- 
gether.      (See  table  in   Rule  22.) 

21.  Size     of     Riser     for     Combined     Lines. 

When  two  or  more  lines  of  pipe  are  con- 
nected in  order  to  be  supplied  by  one  riser, 
the  riser  must  be  of  sufficient  size  to  supply 
the  combined  load  of  all  the  lines.  (See 
Rule   22.) 

22.  Office  Buildings,  Schools,  Hospitals, 
Residences  and  Plats,  Under  Single  Pipe 
System. 


Size  of  Pipe 

Feet  of  Pipe 

Nu 

mber  of  %-inch 

in  Inches 

Allowed 

Equivalents  allowed 

% 

30 

2 

% 

40 

4 

% 

60 

iO 

1 

70 

15 

ivt 

100 

30 

i% 

150 

60 

2 

200 

100 

2% 

250 

200 

o 

300 

300 

4 

450 

500 

Notes:   Any  ceiling  20  feet  high  or  over  must 
have   %-inch  drops. 

In  a  residence  or  a  flat  building,  a 
%-inch  outlet  for  a  range  in  a  kitchen 
may  be  used  to  supply  two  appli- 
ances, such  as  a  range  with  a  %-inch 
outlet  extended  full  size,  and  a  water 
heater  or  a  laundry  appliance  with  a 
%-inch  extension. 

23.     Stores    and    Factories. 


Size  of  Pipe 

Feet  of  Pipe 

Nun 

ber  of  %-inch 

Inches 

Allowed 

Ol 

tlets  allowed 

% 

30 

1 

% 

60 

8 

1 

70 

12 

1% 

100 

20 

1% 

150 

35 

2 

200 

50 

Notes:  For  stores  the  running  line  must  not 
be  less  than  %-inch  to  the  last  out- 
let. 

Drop    outlets     for    stores    must    be 
%-inch    in    size. 

24.  Bracket  and  Window  Lights.  Thirty 
feet  of  %-inch  pipe  will  be  allowed  for 
bracket  lights.  The  same  length  of  '--inch 
pipe  will  be  allowed  for  window  lights. 

25.  Piping  Rooms  in  Rear  of  Store. 
When  a  store  building  with  living  rooms  in 
the  rear  is  supplied  by  one  riser,  the  run- 
ning line  must  be  %-inch  to  the  outlet  for 
fuel. 

26.  Domestic  and  Industrial  Appliances. 
Gas  to  be  used  at  one  point. 


Size  of  Pipe 

l-Y.'t    m|     I'ipt' 

Number  of  %   Inch 

in  Inches 

Allowed 

Equivalents  allowei 

% 

80 

4 

% 

90 

10 

1 

100 

20 

i  <A 

150 

30 

1% 

200 

40 

2 

250 

60 

271 


Walls  finished  Willi  Cabot's  Old  Virginia  White. 

Koof  finished  with  Cabot's  Creosote  stain. 

j.  w   O'Connor,  Architect,  N.  Y. 


Cabot's  Building   Specialties 

Creosote  Stains  for  Shingles,  Siding,  Clapboards,  Trimmings,  Boards 
and  all  other  Exterior  Woodwork. 

Waterproof  Stucco  and  Brick  Stains  for  waterproofing  and 
artistically  coloring  cement  and  brick  buildings. 

'  'Quilt ' '  for  lining  houses  to  keep  out  cold  or  heat,  for  sound  deaden- 
ing in  floors  and  partitions,  and  for  insulating  cold  storage  and  refrigerators. 

Old  Virginia  White  for  the  clean,  brilliant  "whitewash-white"  ef- 
fect on  shingles  and  other  woodwork. 

Conservo  Wood  Preservative  for  preserving  Posts,  Planks,  Sills 
and  all  other  exposed  timbers. 

Mortar  Colors,  Protective  PaintsforMetals.WaterproofingCompounds,  etc. 

SAMUEL  CABOT,  Inc.,  Manfg.  Chemists 

24  W.   Kinzie  Street,   CHICAGO  Telephone  Central  No.  1 


NEPONSET 


WATERPROOF 
BUILDING  PAPER 


is  made  scientifically  of  only  highest  grade  material  and 
its     quality    never    fluctuates — positively  waterproof. 

Neponset  FLORIAN   Sound  Deadening  Felt.     NEPONSET  Wall  Board. 
NEPONSET  Twin  Shingles 

THE  NEPONSET  BUILT-UP  ROOF 


New  York 


BIRD  &SON, 

Washington 


1472  W.  76th  STREET, 
Vincennes  60 


CHICAGO,  ILL. 

Mills:  East  Walpole,  Massachusetts 


ASPHALT 
SHINGLES 


Fire  destroyed  three  houses  covered  with  wooden  shingles;  Nu-Tile  Asphalt 
Shingles  saved  one  and  gave  the  architect  and  contractor  who  were  responsible 
for  the  roof  a  big  boost — a  big  boost  that  has  resulted  in  several  other  houses 
being   protected    now   by    Nu-Tile   Asphalt    Shingles. 

For  your  benefit  as  well  as  that  of  your  customers  recommend  Nu-Tile  Asphalt 
Shingles — attractive,  red,  moss  green  and  white  water-proof,  fire-resisting,  and 
lasting. 

Address   nearest   office   and   ask    for   Nu-Tile   Catalog. 

AMALGAMATED  ROOFING  CO. 

431  SOUTH  DEARBORN  STREET,  CHICAGO 

Eastern  Office:   Fulton  Bldg.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.      Southern  Office:   18  S.  20th  St.,  Birmingham,  Ala. 


Prestige  — 

is  not  the  result  of  idle  fancy.      It   is  founded  on  fact. 
As  illustrating  the  recognized  superiority  of 

SARCO  MINERAL  RUBBER  ASPHALTS 

We  respectfully  remind  you  of  the  many  instances  where 
they  have  been  preferred  for  construction  projects  of 
unusual  magnitude  and  importance. 


SARCO 

Mineral  Rubber 

Floors 

Waterproofing 

Roofing 

Dampproofing 

Paints,  etc. 


Send  for  complete  directory  of  Sarco  Mineral  Rubber  Asphalts 

fy.  Standard  Asphalt  &  Refining  Co.       ^fS 


IARCo 


208  South  La  Salle  Street 
CHICAGO,  ILL. 


IARCo 


27.  Automatic  Water  Heaters.  An  auto- 
matic water  heater  must  be  supplied  with  a 
separate  pipe.  For  sizes  and  lengths  al- 
lowed  see    table   under    this    rule. 

For  any  automatic  water  heater  or  auto- 
matic storage  heater  not  mentioned  herein, 
first  find  out  the  number  of  gallons  of  hot 
water  to  be  delivered  per  minute  or  per  hour 
by  the  heater  (rated  capacity).  Thereby 
noting  the  corresponding  figure  in  the  first 
column  on  the  left  side  of  the  table  the  size 
of  the  pipe  and  feet  allowed  will  be  obtained. 
Automatic    Water    Heaters. 


Note:   If  the  length  of  pipe  required  exceeds 
the    number    of    feet    allowed,    the    al- 
lowable    length     may     be     doubled     by 
increasing   the   pipe   one   size. 
29.     Building    Services. 


Capacitj 

Size  oi 

Feet  of 

in  gal. 

Humphrey 

Ruud 

Pipe  ir 

Pipe 

per  Min. 

Inches 

Allowed 

1% 

40 — 50   Al. 

1  y2— 60  Al. 

% 

90 

2 

50—55   Al. 

65  Al. 

% 

90 

2 

20 —  2 -A. 

% 

90 

2% 

60   Al. 

2% — 70  Al. 

1 

100 

3 

30—   3-A. 

3 

1 

100 

4 

4- A 

4 

1% 

150 

6 

6-A. 

6 

1% 

200 

8 

8-A. 

8 

250 

Size  of  Pipe 

Feet  of  Pipe 

Number  of  %-inch 

in  Inches 

Allowed 

Equ 

valents  allowed 

1 

70 

16 

1% 

100 

40 

1% 

150 

80 

2 

200 

120 

2y> 

250 

200 

3 

300 

300 

4 

450 

500 

Note:   All     openings     in     a     building     service 
must   be   of   the   same   size    as    that   of 
the    riser    which    in    no    case    must    be 
less    than    %    inch   in   size. 
30.     Plans    of    Piping    and    Their    Explana- 
tion. 

In  determining  sizes  of  piping  for  a  build- 
ing   the   starting  point   must   be   the   extreme 
end   of  the  system   and   all   calculations  must 
be  made   from  there   on   to  the  meter. 
Plan  No.  1.     Residence. 


Automatic  Storage  Heaters. 

Capacity 

Size  of 

in  gal. 

Humphrey 

Ruud 

Pipe  in 

per  Hr. 

Inches 

;j 

30 

::n-  m 

%        90 

:r 

50 

50-50    66-80 

1          100 

100 

2-C 

100 

1           100 

O 

200 

3-C 

200 

li/4      150 

300 

4-C 

300 

1%      150 

_.  ^ 

400 

6-C 

400 

2          250 

a.  <j 

500 

8-C 

500 

2           250J 

Ec 

28.  Gas  Engine.  The  gas  supply  for  a 
gas  engine  must  be  separate.  An  independ- 
ent service  will  be  required,  and  a  govern- 
ing holder  or  other  similar  device  accept- 
able to  the  Company  must  be  used.  Before 
any  work  of  installing  a  gas  engine  or  piping 
for  one  is  done,  consultation  with  the  Gas 
Company   is   advised. 


Horse-power 

Size  of  Pipe 
in  Inches 

Feet  of  Pipe 
Allowed 

1   to        7 

8  to     12 

13  to     22 

23   to     35 

36   to      50 

51   to   100 

101   to   150 

1 

IX 

1% 

2 

2y2 

3 
4 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

I'll!) 

Number  of  %-inch 

Line 

Equivalents  supplied 
by  line 

Length 

Size 

5  to  D 

1 

10'   6" 

%" 

4   to  D 

1 

15' 

%" 

D  to  C 

2 

6' 

%" 

C  to  3 

1 

5' 

%" 

C  to  B 

3 

J  4' 

W 

2   to  B 

1 

5' 

%" 

B  to  A 

4 

14' 

y2" 

1    to   A 

1 

6'   6" 

%" 

A  to  E 

5 

11' 

%" 

J   to   17 

1 

13' 

%" 

K  to   16 

1 

5' 

%" 

K  to  15 

1 

8' 

%" 

K  to  J 

2 

5' 

%" 

J  to   I 

3 

2' 

y2" 

N  to   14 

3 

3' 

w 

N  to   13 

1 

5' 

%" 

N  to  12 

1 

5' 

%" 

N  to  M 

5 

2' 

%" 

I   to  M 

10 

15' 

%" 

I  to  H 

13 

5' 

i    " 

H  to   10 

1 

5' 

%" 

H  to  G 

14 

12' 

i    " 

9   to  G 

1 

12' 

%" 

G  to   F 

15 

5' 

i    " 

8  toL 

1 

7' 

%" 

LtoF 

4 

15' 

%" 

E  to   F 

19 

4' 

i%" 

6   to   E 

1 

15' 

%" 

E  meter 

25 

11' 

Wa." 

Sample  Piping  Plan 

Residence 

i.i.iMiiii  i  1 1 1  i     -    i 


•n:\ 


The  Stevens  System  of  Floor  Deadening 

for 
Fireproof  and  Ordinary  Buildings 


The  nailing  strip  being 
above  conduits,  squeaky 
it. nil-  are  eliminated. 

Saves  ;ill  quilts  and  2- 
inch  insulation  -trips  of 
usual  method  of  deaden- 
ing, with  a  consequent 
of  labor  in  laying 
same. 

The  only  system  that 
deadens  the  partitions. 
Partitions  are  the  great- 
est   conveyors    of    sound 

m    '   '   "'  '"«  A  Practical  Sound-Deadening  System 
labt  ;,-  I^tenat;    3  for  Building.  -NOT  a  Theory 

installed;   economical   and  or  an  Experiment. 

everlasting. 

The  SYSTEM  which  Absolutely    Isolates    Upper   Floors   and   Partitions   from   Lower 

or  Rough  Floors. 

It  Reclaims  First  and  Second  Apartments — Making  Them  as  Desirable  as  the  Top  Floor 

STEVENS  PARTITION  &  FLOOR  DEADENER  COMPANY 

Room  501,  175  W.  Washington  Street,  CHICAGO 

Telephones:  MAIN  3154  and  1272 


In  fire-proof  construc- 
tion you  save  all  of  the 
cinder  concrete  fill,  and 
the  time  it  takes  to  dry, 
which  means  both  time 
and  money. 

This  system  will  insure 
against  buckled  floors, 
one  of  the  greatest  draw- 
backs in  fire-proof  floor 
buildings. 

Approved  by  the  Chi- 
cago Board  of  Under- 
writers,   Aug.     7th,     1916. 


-«0i  GREAT    NORTHERN 

BUILDING 
HONE    HARRISON    53JO 


FIREPROOF 

BUILDING    CONSTRUCTION 

REINFORCED      CONCRETE 

AND 

HOLLOW  TILE   STRUCTURES 
20    WEST    JACKSON     BOULEVARD 


CHICAGO 


Telephone  Harrison  459 


Illinois  Fire  Proof  Construction  Co. 

Manufacturing    Contractors 
and  Dealers  of  Everything  in 

"HOLLOW  TILE" 

Rookery  Building,,   209  South   La  Salle   Street 

R.  W.   RAFTIS.   President  CHICAGO 


Sample  Piping  Plan 
Store  with  Living  Rooms  in  rear 


5-q"  J 


H7-o"    GeoT 


IP 


DROP    •  c*  DROP 

e  5 


*  £&    f 


DROP 


l"o 


-*BR  JACKET 
11      9  LIVING  ROOMS 

-t^-x  RANGE 


El 
SIS 


12 


METER 


Flan    No.    2. 
Rear. 


Store    with    Living-    Room    in 


Number  of  %-inch 

Line 

Equivalents  supplied 
by  line 

Length 

Size 

K  to   12 

5 

12'   6" 

%" 

K  to  J 

6 

12'   6" 

%" 

10   to   J 

1 

8' 

%" 

J   to   I 

i 

5' 

%" 

9   to   I 

1 

8' 

%" 

I   to   H 

8 

8' 

%" 

8   to   H 

1 

2'   6" 

%  " 

H   to   G 

9 

7' 

%" 

2   to  A 

9 

14'   6'' 

%" 

1   to  A 

2 

9'    G" 

%" 

A  to   B 

4 

6' 

34" 

3   to   B 

1 

22' 

%" 

C   to   B 

5 

6' 

%" 

4   to  C 

1 

2'   6" 

%" 

C   to   D 

6 

12' 

3i" 

5   to   D 

1 

2'   G" 

%" 

D  to   E 

7 

12' 

&" 

6   to  E 

1 

2'   6" 

%" 

E   to   F 

8 

6' 

%■' 

7   to  F 

1 

17' 

%" 

G  to   F 

12 

6' 

%" 

G  meter 

21 

20' 

1%" 

METER    AND     RISERS    AND     THEIR 
LOCATION. 

31.  Location  for  Meter.  The  Company 
reserves  the  right  to  determine  in  all  cases 
the   location   for   the   meter. 

32.  Location  for  Risers.  All  risers  must 
be  placed  in  public  basements,  provided  the 
latter  are  dry  and  warm  and  not  less  than 
6  feet  in  height.  The  Gas  Company  posi- 
tively will  not  set  a  meter  in  a  basement 
that   is   less   than   this    height. 

If  no  public  basement  or  meter  room  is 
provided,  the  riser  for  each  floor  should  be 
placed  either  in  the  toilet,  pantry  or  kitchen 
of   that   floor. 

33.  Risers  in  Laundries,  etc.  Risers  may 
be  run  to  laundries,  furnace  or  boiler  rooms, 
provided  the  risers  are  not  placed  closer 
than  10  feet  to  any  appliance  and  in  no  case 
directly  in   front  of  a  boiler  or  a  furnace. 

34.  Riser  for  Theatre.  A  meter  to  sup- 
ply a  theatre  may  be  set  in  a  public  meter 
room  with  other  meters  and  may  be  sup- 
plied by   the   service  supplying  these   meters. 

35.  Piping-  for  Laundry  Room.  In  a  flat 
building  where  appliances,  such  as  laundry 
stoves,  driers,  etc.,  are  installed  for  the  joint 
use  of  tenants,  a  pipe  from  each  tenant's 
meter  must  be  run  to  the  laundry  room  and 
a   header   provided   on   the   wall   adjacent   the 


appliance.  Each  riser  must  be  equipped 
with   a  lock-cock. 

A  meter  tag  with  the  flat  number  plainly 
marked  thereon  must  be  securely  fastened 
to  each  cock. 

One  outlet  for  a  light  in  the  laundry  may 
be  taken  from  the  end  of  the  laundry  header. 

36.  Riser  in  Cold  Basement.  A  riser  in 
an  unheated  basement  should  be  located  4 
feet  from  an  outside  wall.  If,  however,  the 
owner  desires  the  meter  set  on  the  outside 
wall,  this  will  be  permissible,  provided  a 
false  partition  of  wood  is  built  and  an  air 
space  of  2  inches  is  left  between  the  par- 
tition   and   the  wall. 

37.  Vestibule  Partition.  A  riser  must  not 
be  run  closer  than  one  foot  to  a  vestibule 
partition. 

38.  Electric  Cut-off  Box.  A  riser  must 
never  be  brought  to  a  point  nearer  than  5 
feet    from    an    electric    cut-off   box. 

39.  Riser  in  Other  Apartment.  A  riser 
for  one  apartment  must  not  end  in  another 
apartment,  except  as  provided  for  in  Rule 
No.   46. 

40.  Prohibited  Locations  for  Risers.  A 
riser  must  not  end  in  any  place  where  the 
Gas  Company's  meter  will  be  exposed  to 
frost  or  dampness,  or  liable  to  injury  from 
any   cause. 

LOCATIONS    SPECIFICALLY 
PROHIBITED. 

Under  a  bulkhead  or  show-window. 

Horse  stall  or  any  place  in  a  barn  whore 
it  would  be  at  all  liable  to  be  disturbed  by 
horses. 

Sleeping  apartment. 

Stairway  closet. 

Bedroom    closet. 

Under  a   sink  or   washstand 

Over   a  toilet   stool. 

In    the   way   of  a   flush   tank. 

Over  a  gas  or  an  electric  light. 

In  a  closet  that  is  not  properly  ventilated 
by  means  of  either  a  register  <>r  an  opening 
close    to    the   ceiling. 

in  a  room  where  a  moving  picture  ma- 
chine   is    to   be   operated, 

41.  Riser  in  Front  Hall.  If  tin-  riser  in 
an  old  building  must  end  in  the  front  hall. 
the  pipe  must  not  be  run  to  a  point  nearer 
than   4    feet   from    the   outside   wall. 

42.  Heig-ht  of  Risers.  A  riser  must  b€ 
placed  at  a    height   of  not  less  than: 

4  feet  from  the  tloor  for  openings  up  '.• 
ih)    in    number. 


SAUMS   PRESERVATIVE 


"The  Floor  Everlasting" 


For  Wood  Floors 


Penetrates     entirely     thru      I"     floori 
Cannot  be  worn  or  scrubbed  off. 
Waterproof  and  acid-resisting. 
Uniform  appearance. 
No  bare  spots  at  doorways. 
Prevents  warping  and  swelling. 
Prevents    splintering   and    dusting 
Prevents  dry   rot. 
Is  non-inflammable. 
Eliminates   upkeep   expense. 


For  Concrete  and 
Composition  Floors 

ng.       Penetrates   from    \%"    to    J/2"    'n*o   floor. 
Seals  voids  in  surface. 
Is  not  a   chemical   hardener. 
Waterproof  and  acid-resisting. 
Prevents  dusting. 
Prevents    disintegration. 
Cleans  easily. 

Makes   uniform   wearing  surface. 
Even    appearance. 
Eliminates   upkeep    expense. 


Twenty   Years   of   uniformly   successful   use   on  the  largest   and   finest   buildings   in 

United  States   and  Canada. 

Furnished   and    Applied   by 

SCOFIELD,  EVANS  &  COMPANY 

Tel.  Harrison   1188  24  E.  EIGHTH  STREET,  CHICAGO. 

"SECO   SERVICE   FIRST  WILL  ALWAYS   LAST" 


Waterproofing 
Concrete     Hardenci 
Brick  &  Cement  Paint 


Dampproofing 
Plaster  Bond 
Acidproofing 


Ceresit  Protective  Products  cover  the  entire  field  of  waterproofing,  damp- 
proofing,  the  protection  of  concrete  floors,  as  well  as  industrial  enamels  and 
cement  coatings. 

Descriptive  literature,  containing  complete  specifications, 
will  be  sent  on  request. 


CERESIT  WATERPROOFING  CO. 


986  WESTMINSTER 
BUILDING 


CHICAGO 


Plaster  Bond 
Metal  Protection 
Foundation  Coatings 
Concrete  Floor  Hardener 
Alkali 


itAk^ 


Stone  Backing 

Cement  Coatings 

Flat  Interior  Finishes 

Colorless  Waterproofing 

Proof  Coatings 

THE  ANTAKWA  COMPANY 


Main  3893 


Chamber  of  Commerce  Building 


CHICAGO,  ILL. 


27G 


5  feet  from  the  floor  for  60  to  100  open- 
ings. 

6  feet  from  the  floor  for  any  number  over 
100   openings. 

No  riser  must  be  placed  higher  than  9  feet 
from   the  floor. 

43.  Distance  Below  Ceiling-.  A  riser  must 
extend  not  less  than  IV2  inches  below  a  fin- 
ished ceiling,  or  2  inches  be'.ow  an  un- 
finished   one. 

44.  Exit  Lights.  When  running  pipe  for 
exit  lights  in  theatres,  schools,  amusement 
or  assembly  halls,  the  city  building  ordi- 
nance  should   be   referred    to. 

45.  Public     Lights — 3-Flat     Building.       In 

a  three-flat  building  or  over,  outlets  for  ves- 
tibule, public  hall  and  basement  lights  must 
be  taken  from  an  independent  pipe,  and  an 
opening  left  on  the  building  service  so  that 
a  separate  meter  can  be  set  for  these  lights. 
If  so  desired,  the  riser  may  be  connected 
with  a  union,  or  a  right  and  left  coupling 
to  the  meter  of  the  applicant  who  may  wish 
to  pay  for  the  gas. 

46.  Public     Lights — 2-Plat     Building.       In 

a  two-flat  building  the  outlets  for  the  vesti- 
bule and  basement  lights  must  be  taken 
from  a  separate  riser,  the  end  of  which  must 
be  located  near  the  first  floor  riser  so  that 
these  outlets  can  be  connected.  A  separate 
outlet  in  the  building  service  for  the  vesti- 
bule and  basement  lights  will  not  be  re- 
quired. 

OUTLETS. 

47.  Outlet  for  Puel.  If  the  pipe  has  been 
run  under  the  floor,  the  outlet  for  fuel  in  a 
kitchen  must  be  left  3  inches  above  the  floor 
and  2  inches  clear  of  the  baseboard.  If 
the  pipe  has  been  run  overhead  and  down, 
the  outlet  must  be  left  3  feet  from  the  floor 
and  2   inches  clear  of  the  finished  wall. 

48.  Drops.  Drop  outlets  in  a  residence 
must  be  produced  \y2  inches  below  an  un- 
finished ceiling,  or  %  inch  below  a  finished 
one.  In  a  store  the  drop  outlets  must  be 
produced  214  inches  below  an  unfinished 
ceiling,   and   1%    inches  below  a  finished  one. 

49.  Mantel  or  Pireplace.  An  outlet  for 
a  mantel  or  fireplace  must  be  produced  Vz 
inch  above  the  finished  bottom  of  the  fire- 
place, 6  inches  from  the  left  hand  side  and 
6  inches  from   the  back. 

BUILDING    SERVICES. 

50.  Building  Service  Only.  If  it  is  de- 
sired to  install  a  building  service  only  in 
any  building,  instructions  for  size  of  pipe 
and  openings  to  be  left  must  be  obtained 
from  the  General  Office  of  the  Gas  Com- 
pany. 

The  size  of  the  building  service  must  in 
every  case  be  determined  by  the  size  and 
number  of  openings. 

51.  Building  Service  in  Plat  or  Resi- 
dence. A  building  service  for  a  flat  build- 
ing, or  a  residence  must  be  run  overhead, 
and  brought  down  in  an  inside  partition, 
not   less  than   4   feet  from   an   outside  wall. 

No  building  service  must  be  run  under  a 
basement  floor  or  under  a  first  floor  where 
there  is  no  basement. 

52.  Building  Service  in  Store.  A  build- 
ing service  in  a  store  may  be  run  overhead 
if  the  entire  horizontal  run  of  pipe  can  be 
graded  to  the  street  service.  If  not.  it  must 
be   run    under   the   floor. 

When  a  building  service  is  run  overhead 
it  must  be  brought  down  al  leasl  l  feet  from 
the  front  wall   of   the   building. 

53.  Building  Service  Underground.  When 
It  is  necessary  to  extend  a  building  scrvi.  .■ 
underground  from  the  front  to  the  rear  of 
n  store  or  factory  building,  it  must  be  en- 
cased in  tile  pipe  with  cemented  joints. 


54.  Two  Services  in  One  Trench — Door- 
ways. Where  stores  in  one  building  are  to 
be  supplied  with  separate  street  services, 
the  building  services  for  the  adjoining  stores 
must  be  brought  as  close  together  as  pos- 
sible. If  two  building  services  are  within  4 
feet  of  each  other,  the  two  street  services 
will  be  run  in  one  trench;  if  they  are  farther 
apart,    two  street   openings   will    be    required. 

Building  services  may  be  run  so  that 
street  service  will  come  under  doorway,  pro- 
vided the  Gas  Company  is  notified  so  that 
the  service  may  be  run  before  any  mosaic, 
concrete  or  other  floor  is  laid. 

55.  Building  Service  in  Unheated  Base- 
ment. A  building  service  in  an  unheated 
basement  must  be  graded  to  the  street,  and 
the  tee  left  turned  up  so  that  any  condensa- 
tion forming  in  the  pipe  will  run  to  the 
street  and  not  to  the  meter. 

56.  Solid  Wall  Porch.  In  a  building  with 
a  solid  wall  porch,  the  building  service  must 
be  run  to  the  front  and  then  to  the  side  wall 
inside   basement. 

57.  Service  Beyond  Front  Wall  of  Build- 
ing. When  there  are  one  or  more  finished 
rooms  in  the  front  part  of  a  basement  and 
the  owner  does  not  wish  to  have  the  building 
service  appear  in  these  rooms,  it  may  be  ter- 
minated outside  of  them,  but  as  close  to  the 
front  of  the  building  as  the  finished  portion 
of  the  basement  will  permit. 

No  service  pipe  will  be  laid  in  a  space 
covered    or    to    be    covered    with    cement. 

58.  Location  of  Building  Service.  When 
risers  are  located  in  the  rear  of  a  basement 
or  in  a  room  provided  for  that  purpose,  or 
on  the  various  floors,  the  building  service 
must  be  brought  to  within  18  inches  of  the 
wall  through  which  the  street  service  will 
be  produced. 

59.  Wrapping  Building  Service.  A  build- 
ing service  run  under  an  open  porch  and 
connecting  the  front  and  rear  sections  of  a 
building,  must  be  covered  with  mineral  wool 
or  steam  pipe  covering  and  boxed  in. 

60.  Encasing  Building  Service.  A  build- 
ing service  laid  through  a  masonry  wall 
must  be  encased  and  the  pipe  left  resting  on 
the  bottom  of  the  casing  with  a  l^-inch 
clearance   on   top. 

61.  Opening  in  Building  Service.  The 
opening  in  a  building  service  should  always 
be  on  the  left  hand  side  of  the  riser  which 
it  is  to  supply,   and  15   inches  from   it. 

62.  Test-pipe  to  Prove  Work.  Every- 
building  service  must  have  a  %-inch  test- 
pipe  to  which  a  gauge  can  be  attached. 

63.  Building  Service  Header.  When  it  is 
necessary  to  set  more  than  two  meters  to- 
gether, a  building  service  header  must  be 
supplied   with   an    opening    for   each    meter. 

64.  Street  Services  for  Stores.  A  build- 
ing containing  stores  must  have  a  separatf 
service  for  earii  stun',  unless  a  public  meter 
room  or  other  public  pin.  on  the  floor  or 
below  that  where  the  gas  is  to  be  used  Is 
provided 

65.  Street  Services  for  Apartment  Build- 
ings, in  apartment  buildings  of  12  flats  and 
under,  only  one  streel  service  will  be  re- 
quired. This  will  make  it  necessary  to  con- 
nect the  various  building  services  supply- 
ing tb.'  group's  hi'  risers  regardless  of  fire- 
walls, and  extend  mi.'  111111111111;  service  1.. 
the  point  where  tin-  streel  service  "ill  come 
in. 

In  apartment  buildings  containing  mor«" 
than  12  flats,  two  or  more  streel  services 
will  in'  allowed. 

66.  Street  Services  for  Court  Buildings. 
in    a    building    which    faces    on    a    park-way 

<<r   lias    a    park-way    or    courl    in    the 

one  Btreel    service   will   be  run   in   tin 

<>r    park-way    ami     branched     therefrom     to 

supply    the   various   building   services. 


L'77 


Bell  s  JBL  i   System 


Of  Interest  to 
Architects   and  Builders 

It  is  desirable  that  provision  be  made  in  the  origi- 
nal plans  for  office  and  apartment  buildings,  for 
carrying  large  systems  of  interior  wiring  necessary 
for  furnishing  telephone  service. 

Foresight  in  this  detail  will  remove  possibilities 
of  extensive  and  costly  alterations,  for  the  purpose 
of  concealing  the  wires,  after  buildings  have  been 
completed. 

One  of  the  functions  of  the  Engineering  Depart- 
ment of  the  Chicago  Telephone  Company  is  to 
make  complete  studies  of  plans  for  the  accommo- 
dation of  interior  telephone  wiring.  It  offers  to 
architects  and  builders  the  benefit  of  its  experience, 
and  will  consult  without  charge,  as  to  the  system 
best  adapted  to  each  large  building  project. 

Call  James  S.  Ford,  Engineer, 
Official  300 

CHICAGO  TELEPHONE    COMPANY 


278 


The  gas  fitter  may  run  building  services 
through  fire  walls  and  connect  them,  but 
these  must  be  extended  as  close  to  the  front 
of   the   building  as   possible. 

Any  building  service  in  a  court  building 
must    not    be   terminated    in    a   finished   room. 

67.  Locating    Service    to    Corner    Building. 

To  avoid  complications  when  working  on  a 
corner  building,  the  gas  fitter  should  obtain 
from  the  Gas  Company  a  written  notice  giv- 
ing the  exact  location  where  the  street  serv- 
ice will  enter  the  building. 

68.  Building  in  Bear  of  Corner  Lot.  A 
building  on  the  rear  of  a  corner  lot  must  be 
supplied  from  the  side  street  if  a  gas  main 
is  on  that  street.  If  not,  it  may  be  supplied 
either  from  the  front  building  or  directly 
from  the  main,  whichever  is  the  more  prac- 
ticable. 

69.  Building    in    Bear    of    Lot.      "When    a 

building  in  the  rear  of  a  lot  is  to  be  sup- 
plied, a  separate  service  should  be  used 
wherever  possible.  If.  however,  an  inde- 
pendent supply  is  not  practicable,  the  build- 
ing s-ervice  for  the  front  building,  if  there  is 
one,  must  be  extended  to  the  rear  of  the 
building,  and  of  a  size  not  less  than  1% 
inches  so  the  rear  building  can  be  supplied 
from  it  also. 

In  all  cases  where  a  supply  to  a  rear  build- 
ing is  desired  the  Gas  Company  must  be 
consulted. 

70.  Opening  in  Wall  for  Street  Service. 
In  a  new  building,  an  opening  should  be 
provided  in  the  wall  for  street  service.  The 
most  preferable  way  is  to  build  a  sleeve 
of  wood,  rectangular  in  shape,  12  inches  by 
5  inches,  with  an  inside  partition  about  6 
inches   from    ihe  street  end   of   the  sleeve. 

Applicaticn  should  be  made  to  the  Gen- 
eral Office  of  the  Gas  Company  to  locate  the 
wall  and  the  point  in  the  wall  wherein  the 
sleeve  should  be  built,  so  that  when  the  serv- 
ice pipe  is  run.  it  will  pass  through  the 
opening,  provided  therefor.  In  this  way 
the  damaging  of  foundation  walls  will  be 
avoided. 

71.  Opening  in  Floor  for  Stand  Pipe. 
When  a  stand  pipe  connection  may  have 
to    be    made    above    the    floor    level,    an    open- 


ing must  be  left  in  the  floor  so  that  the 
stand  pipe  can  be  introduced  wit  In  nit  dis- 
turbing anything.  The  Building  Inspection 
department  will,  on  notification,  instruct 
the   gas   fitter   where    to    leave    this    opening. 

72.  Bringing  Building  Service  to  Street 
Service.  When  the  street  service  is  into  a 
building  before  the  house-piping  is  com- 
pleted, the  building  service  must  be  In 
directly  over  the  street  service,  except  where 
the  street  service  comes  through  the  bay, 
then  the  building  service  must  be  brought 
to    the    nearest    corner   of    the    bay. 

73.  Terminating  Building  Service.  A 
building  service  must  not  be  terminated  in 
a  coal  hole  or  in  any  other  place  where  it 
will   not  be   easily   accessible. 

WORK  DONE  BY  THE  GAS  COMPANY. 

74.  Work   Reserved.     This   Company   does 

not  permit  any-one  but  its  own  authorized 
employes  to  place  any  piping  or  connections 
on  any  part  of  either  the  outlet  or  inlet 
meter  connections,  turn  on  the  gas,  discon- 
nect, move,  or  interfere  in  any  way  with  its 
piping,  meters  or  connections. 

75.  Alterations  in  Building  or  House 
Pipes.  When  a  customer  desires  to  have 
any  work  done  or  alterations  made  <>n  his 
premises  which  necessitate  the  disconnect- 
ing, or  reconnecting,  or  alteration  "t  the 
service  or  meter  installation  the  Gas  Com- 
pany may  undertake  to  do  the  work  and 
charge   the   customer   the   actual   cost. 

If  the  customer's  pipe  titter  does  the  in- 
terior piping  the  Gas  Company  will  recon- 
nect service  and  reset  meter  and  charge 
the   actual    cost    to    the    customer. 

76.  Charge  for  Service  Pipe  Inside  Prop- 
erty Line.  In  accordance  witli  an  order  of 
the  State  Public  Utilities  Commission  serv- 
ice pipes  shall  hereafter  be  laid  within  the 
property  line  at  the  sole  cost  of  the  ap- 
plicant. 

Where  a  service  is  to  be  laid  in  a  paved 
street,  under  Street  Railway  tracks  or  on 
streets  controlled  by  Park  Boards,  the  ap- 
plicant shall  deposit  with  the  Company  in 
advance  of  laying  the  service  a  sum  suf- 
ficient to  cover  the  cost  of  repaving. 


SUGGESTIONS  FOR  THE  PROVISIONS  OF  WIRING  AND  CABLING  OF 
BUILDINGS  FOR  SERVICE  OF  CHICAGO  TELEPHONE  CO. 


The  extensive  use  of  the  telephone  in  office 
buildings,  hotels  and  large  apartment  build- 
ings renders  it  essential  that  a  provision  be 
made  in  all  modern  buildings  of  these  types, 
in  advance  of  their  completion,  for  carrying 
the  requisite  number  of  wires  necessary  for 
furnishing  telephone  service. 

Where  a  private  branch  exchange  switch- 
board or  a  building  basement  terminal  is 
installed  it  is  necessary  to  carry  at  least 
two  wires  from  each  telephone  to  the  central 
distributing  point  in  the  building.  Where 
these  buildings  are  furnished  telephone  serv- 
ice by  means  of  cable  it  is  generally  neces- 
sary to  extend  a  building  cable  and  estab- 
lish one  or  more  branch  terminals,  from 
which  the  distributing  wires  are  taken. 
Hence,  the  importance  of  making  adequate 
provision  in  advance  for  such  building 
cabling   and    wiring. 

It  Is  advisable  to  have  such  provision  in- 
cluded in  the  building  plans.  Otherwise  the 
walls  may  be  disfigured  by  unsightly  open 
wire  runs,  or  it  will  be  necessary  to  make 
openings  through  the  walls,  floors  and  par- 
titions  after   the   completion    of   the   building. 

The    Telephone    Company    will    be    pleased 


to   furnish    the   owner    or   architect    with    all 

necessary    information    as    to    size,    typi 
location    of    conduits.      Building    wiring    maj 
be    logicallv    divided    as    follows 

(1)       APARTMENT     BUILDINGS. 

The  term  apartment  buildings  as  used 
herein  means  buildings  larger  than  single 
houses  or  stores  and  smaller  than  office 
buildings.  Such  buildings  may  contain  liv- 
ing and  office  apartments,  also  stores,  gen- 
erally on   the   ground   floor. 

In  an  apartment  building  the  maximum 
number  of  telephones  in  any  one  apartment, 
or  on  any  floor,  is  quite  definitely  fixed, 
generally   one   per   apartment. 

Vertical    building    conduit,    with    an    outlel 
at    each    floor,    should    be    installed     In 
tier  of  apartments  in   an  apartment    b  lilding 
(2)      OPFICE    BUILDINGS. 

The  wiring  of  an  office  building 
a  difficult  problem  for  the  follow 
sons: 

The  number  of  telephones  will  depend 
largely    upon    the  -  iness 

and    district.      The    number   of    telephom 
any   floor  of   these   bulldlhgs    Will   depend    upon 
the    requirements    of    the    Individual    tenants 


279 


ASBESTOS  ASBESTOS 

ROOFING  AND  SIDING  BOILER  AND  PIPE  COVERING 

H.   F.   WATSON    CO. 

ASPHALTED    FELTS 

for    DAMP    PROOFING,    TILE 
«=AND  SLATE  LININGS— 

Comfort  Brand  Deadening  Felt 


ESTIMATES   FURNISHED 

TELEPHONE   MAIN   4405-6  319    WELLS    STREET 


HENRY  W.  GREBE,  Pres.  HENRY  F.  GRIER,  Vice-Pres.  ERNEST  BUEHLER.  Secy,  and  Trea». 

Central  Asbestos  8  Magnesia  Go. 

CONTRACTORS  FOR 

Pipe  and  Boiler  Coverings 

Smoke  Stack  and  Breeching  Linings 

Asbestos  and  Magnesia  Products 

Hair  Felt,  Packings,  Etc. 

Telephone  Superior  4830  214  &  216  W.  Grand  Ave.,  Chicago 

I " 


Asbestos  and  Magnesia  Pipe  and  Boiler  Coverings  Cork  Insulation  and  Brine  Pipe  Coverings 

Smoke -Stack  and   Breeching  Linings 

PAUL  J.  KREZ  &  CO. 

Heat  and  Cold  Insulation  Contractors 

Distributors  of 

Asbestos  "Century"  Shingles — Asbestos  Building  Lumber 
Telephone  Franklin  1337  442-444  No.  La  Salle  Street 

Members  of  Building  Construction  Employers'  Association  of  Chicago 


-r  •      i  (  Monroe  6147 

Telephones  /  Monroe  2011 

Standard  Asbestos  Mfg.  Co. 

Manufacturers  and  Contractors  for 

STEAM  PIPE  AND  BOILER  COVERINGS 
ASBESTOS  PRODUCTS— ROOFING 

816-18-20-22  West  Lake  St.  CHICAGO 


280 


This  is  not  constant  for  any  extended  pe- 
riod, as  tenants  may  from  time  to  time  be 
replaced  by  others  using  more  or  less  serv- 
ice. 

In  office  buildings  where  the  floor  is  like- 
ly to  be  divided  into  a  large  number  of 
rooms  or  offices  the  distributing  wires  from 
the  floor  terminals  to  telephones  can  be  run 
in  moulding.  The  floor  terminals  should  be 
located  near  the  ceiling.  A  suitable  mould- 
ing should  be  provided  in  the  halls  for  carry- 
ing the  wires  from  the  terminal  boxes  to 
the  various  rooms.  A  smaller  moulding 
should  also  be  provided  in  the  individual 
rooms,  or  suites  of  rooms,  for  carrying  the 
wires   to    the   proper   location   desired. 

At  certain  intervals,  depending  upon  the 
arrangement  of  the  building  in  question,  it 
will  be  desirable  to  have  a  piece  of  conduit 
extend  across  the  ceiling  of  the  hall  in  or- 
der to  distribute  from  the  floor  terminal  on 
one  side  of  the  hall  to  the  rooms  on  the 
other  side  of  the  hall,  in  case  there  is  no 
terminal   on   the   other   side. 

With  the  system  above  described,  the  wir- 
ing is  practically  concealed  and  the  system 
is  flexible  enough  to  allow  proper  distribu- 
tion of  facilities  among  the  various  rooms 
on  the   floor. 

In  large  office  buildings  it  is  necessary  to 
have  a  cross  connecting  rack  —  to  afford 
means  for  getting  connections  between  dif- 
ferent floors.  In  the  case  of  very  large 
buildings  a  small  room  should  be  designed 
for   this  in  the  basement. 


in  either  the  office  building  class  or  the 
apartment   building   class   or   a  part   of   both. 

Where  a  very  large  use  of  telephones  ia 
contemplated,  outlets  may  be  placed  in  the 
floors  on  approximately  five-foot  centers, 
which  outlets  are  connected  to  distributing 
centers  by  a  lateral  system  of  ducts  or  iron 
conduits. 

The  telephone  system  installed  in  hotel 
buildings  consistp  of  a  telephone  switchboard 
located  at  some  convenient  point,  usually  on 
the  ground  floor,  in  or  near  the  office.  Tele- 
phones are  placed  in  each  room  or  suite  and 
wired  to  the  switchboard,  which  is  connected 
by  one  cr  more  trunk  lines  with  the  nearest 
exchange  of  the  Telephone  Company.  The 
wiring  problem  is,  therefore,  comparatively 
simple,  involving  the  running  of  a  pair  of 
wires  from  some  definite  point  in  each  room 
or  suite  to  a  common  center  near  the  switch- 
board location.  Provision  should  also  be 
made  so  that  the  Telephone  Company  can 
run  its  trunk  wires  from  the  switchboard  to 
the  point  at  which  the  telephone  cable  en- 
ters the  building  from  the  street,  usually  in 
the  basement.  A  two  (2)  inch  conduit  is 
frequently  sufficient   for   this   purpose. 

The  method  of  getting  wires  from  the 
common  point  (switchboard)  up  through  and 
to  the  various  floors,  also  the  provision  for 
terminating  service  cables,  is  the  same  as 
above  described  for  cabling  of  office  build- 
ings. 

From  the  floor  terminal  a  conduit  one-half 
(V2)  inch  inside  diameter  is  run  to  a  desig- 
nated   location   in    the    wall    of   each    room    in 


Cable. 

Conduit 
Twisted  Straight  Run 
Pairs.     Less  than  75'. 

Conduit 
Straight  Run 
More  than  75'. 

Conduit  Run 
Less  than  75'. 
One  90°  Bend. 

Conduit  Run 
More  than  75'. 
One  90°  Bend. 

Outside     Size  of 
Diam.  of      Pull 
Cable.        Boxes. 

2 

w 

y2" 

y2" 

%" 

4"x4" 
2"  deep 

4 

%" 

%" 

%" 

%" 

6"xl8' 
4"  deep 

25-pr. 

1" 

1" 

i" 

iy4" 

23/32" 

6"x20" 
4"  deei 

50-pr. 

1%" 

1%' 

iy2" 

iy2" 

29/32" 

6"x20" 
4"  deep 

100-pr. 

1%" 

2" 

2" 

2"          1 

3/  13- 

8"x24" 
6"  deep 

200-pr. 

2%" 

2  % " 

2y2" 

2yy 

1%" 

10"x30" 
8"  deep 

300-pr. 

3" 

3" 

3" 

3"          2 

1/16" 

12"x32" 
8"  deep 

400-pr. 

3" 

3" 

3" 

3" 

2%" 

12"x32" 
8"  deep 

600-pr. 

3%" 

3  Mi- 

3%" 

3%" 

2%" 

12"x36" 
10"   deep 

Conduits   smaller   than   1"   are   objectionable    for    lead    covered    cable    because 
they   are   frequently    deformed   during   construction    of    building. 
All  runs  exceeding  100  feet  in  length  ) 

All  runs  having  more  than  two  90°  bends  >    should   be   provided   with   pull   boxes. 
All  runs  having  bends  sharper  than  90°     ) 


When  an  entire  office  building,  or  several 
floors  of  a  large  building,  is  devoted  exclu- 
sively to  the  purposes  of  one  firm,  some 
floors  arc  generally  not  subdivided  into  small 
rooms,  yet  it  is  necessary  to  supply  tele- 
phone service  to  many  desks  in  the  large 
rooms,  and  it  is  desirable  to  have  the  tele- 
phone  wiring   concealed. 

If  the  room  has  columns  and  the  desks 
can  be  grouped  along  the  walls  and  about 
the  columns,  outlet  boxes  can  be  placed  ad- 
jacent to  these  groups  of  desks  and  these 
outlets  connected  to  distributing  centers  by 
iron  conduits,  as  described  under  "Hotel" 
wiring. 

Where  a  very  large  use  of  telephones  is 
contemplated,  outlets  may  be  placed  in  the 
floors  on  approximately  five-foot  centers, 
which  outlets  are  connected  to  distributing 
centers  by  a  lateral  system  of  ducts  or  iron 
conduits. 

(3)      HOTELS, 

Depending  upon  the  size  and  location,  type 
and  kind  of  building  and  character  of  serv- 
ice contracted   for,   a  hotel   may  be   included 


which  a  telephone  is  to  be  placed.  The 
height  of  the  outlets  in  each  room  should 
be  about  five  (51  feet  from  the  finished 
floors:  this  will  depend  largely  upon  the  de- 
sire of  the  hotel  aichitect  or  owner.  A  one- 
half  ( y> )  inch  (inside  diameter)  conduit 
should  not  be  over  fifty  (50)  feet  in  length, 
nor  have  more  than  three  bends  with  a  mini- 
mum radius  of  five  (5)  Inches.  Any  con- 
duit one  hundred  (100)  feet  in  length  should 
not  be  less  than  one  (1)  inch  inside  diameter. 
One-half  (%)  inch  (inside  diameter)  conduit 
should  be  provided  for  a  maximum  of  two 
pairs  of  wires;  three-quarters  (%)  inch  (in- 
side diameter")  conduit  for  five  pairs:  and 
one  (1)  inch  (inside  diameter)  conduit  for 
nine  pairs.  In  extending  conduit  from  ter- 
minal boxes  to  rooms  it  is  possible  111  many 
to  use  one  run  of  larger  conduit  to 
supply  three  or  four  rooms,  rather  than  run 
smaller  conduit  to  each  individual  room. 
When  the  floor  area  and  the  number  of  rooms 
are  large  it  may  be  found  economical  to 
have  more   than   one   terminal  box  on  a  floor 


2M 


Truscon  Steel  Company 

16th  FLOOR  MAJESTIC   BUILDING 
CHICAGO,  ILL 


BOWDITCH  &  LOUWERSE, 

District  General  Managers. 


^Ei      SdjVv 


TRUSCON 

BUILDING 
PRODUCTS 


Carried 

In  Our  Own 

Warehouse  — 
Steel   x      20  Minutes 


Steel 


Steel 
Sash 

Inserts 

Hy-Rib 


Steel 


from  the 
Loop  — 
Motor 


Reinforcing 

Bars  \    Truck 

Deliv- 
ery 


Metal  Lath 
Channels 


Cut  to  Length 
Straight  or  Bent 

Hard  or 
Medium 
Grade 


IMMEDIATE  SHIPMENT 


Call  Our  Warehouse  Dept.,  Randolph  4921 


WILL  STRUCTURAL  STEEL  COME  INTO  ITS  OWN  AGAIN? 

By  L.  J.   MENSCH,  Engineer  and  Contractor,  Chicago. 


The  present  cost  of  the  structural  portion 
of  a  manufacturing  or  warehouse  building  is, 
roughly  spoken,  40  per  cent  higher  than  in 
March,  1919.  At  that  time  the  building  busi- 
ness was  hesitating  and  waiting  for  lower 
prices.  This  quite  unexpected  and  extremely 
large  increase  of  cost  is  mainly  due  to  the 
demand  of  all  classes  of  labor  for  higher 
wages,  less  work  performed  in  a  working  day 
and  better  living  conditions,  which  is  again 
a  natural  outcome  of  the  lack  of  immigration 
of  several  hundreds  of  thousands  of  hard- 
working laborers  and  mechanics  per  year  to 
which  we  were  accustomed  in  the  pre-war 
era;  with  all  probability  immigration  will  be 
restricted  for  several  years  to  come  and  will 
further   accentuate   this   condition. 

Only  a  long  lasting  panic  will  make  labor 
reduce  its  pretensions,  but  no  business  man 
wants  to  see  a  remedy  which  is  worse  than 
the  disease.  Probably  never  will  we  be  able 
to  build  as  cheaply  as  in  pre-war  times,  but 
there  is  some  remedy  left  to  counteract  this 
sky-scraping  of  building  cost  and  that  is  a 
radical  revision  of  our  building  code.  While 
conditions  continually  change,  new  inventions 
and  improvements  are  made,  new  experience 
is  gained,  the  code  remains  the  same,  is  un- 
elastic,  prevents  taking  advantage  of  the 
progress  of  the  times.  There  are  hundreds 
of  provisions  in  our  code  which  unnecessarily 
increase  the  cost  of  buildings;  many  of  them 
are  not  contained  in  the  New  York  code, 
others  are  not  contained  in  the  Philadelphia 
code,  others  are  not  contained  in  the  codes  of 
other  large  cities,  which  goes  to  show  that 
the  code  ought  to  be  changed  in  order  to 
facilitate  building  operations.  Last  year  the 
writer  pointed  out  in  this  handbook  that  the 
standard  design  of  buildings  is  in  many  re- 
spects too  conservative  or  not  up-to-date. 
To  a  great  extent  this  is  the  fault  of  the 
iron-clad  rules  of  the  code.  The  adhesion  to 
habitual  design  may.  in  the  end,  cause  a  stag- 
nation of  building  construction,  and  that 
we  are  nearing  such  a  pass  will  be  seen  from 
the  fact  that,  only  five  to  ten  years  back,  fire- 
proof warehouses  and  loft  buildings  have 
been  built  by  many  architects  in  this  city  at 
a  cost  of  8  to  12  cents  per  cubic  foot,  includ- 
ing sprinkler  equipment  while  the  same  class 
of  buildings  are  costing  today  25  cents  per 
cubic  foot.  Even  heavy  mill  construct  ion 
buildings    arc    not    a    hit    cheaper. 


Reinforced  concrete  deserves  the  credit  of 
having  enabled  us  to  build  fireproof  buildings 
at  very  reasonable  cost  in  the  last  15  years. 
To-day  conditions  are  thus  that  the  writer 
really  believes  that  reinforced  concrete  skel- 
eton buildings  will  be  soon  much  more  expen- 
sive than  an  up-to-date  combination  of  struc- 
tural  steel,   concrete   and  tile   construction. 

With  form  lumber  costing  from  55  to  60 
dollars  per  thousand  feet  board  measure,  car- 
penter labor  at  $1.00  per  hour  and  very  in- 
efficient besides,  ordinary  labor  at  70  cents 
per  hour  and  scarce  at  that,  the  concrete 
form  work  is  to-day  about  two  and  one-half 
times  more  expensive  than  5  or  10  years  ago. 
The  writer  constructed  many  concrete  build- 
ings in  which  the  labor  for  bending  and  plac- 
ing of  the  reinforcing  steel  has  cost  from 
$5.00  to  $7.00  per  ton;  it  costs  to-day  from 
$15.00  to  $30.00  per  ton.  In  a  similar  degree 
the  cost  of  handling  the  concrete  materials 
and  placing  of  the  concrete  has  increased. 
With  steel  construction  of  the  habitual  de- 
sign, even  now,  reinforced  concrete  can  com- 
pete, but  with  structural  steel  erected  at 
$80.00  per  ton,  and  designs  which  take  the 
continuous  character  of  the  structure  into 
consideration  and  which  are  not  as  ossified 
as  practiced  by  nearly  all  structural  steel 
designers,  there  is  no  question  that  reinforced 
concrete  skeleton  buildings  will  soon  he 
relegated  again   to  second  rank. 

It  is  an  undeniable  fact  that  the  brightest 
engineers  and  experimenters  in  the  last  fif- 
teen years  have  worked  with  great  enthu- 
siasm on  the  development  of  reinforced  con- 
crete; we  know  today  more  about  the  prop- 
erties of  reinforced  concrete  than  of  steel 
structures,  and  it  is  also  a  fact  that  more 
science  is  used  in  the  design  of  reinforced 
concrete   than  in  steel  construction. 

It  is  quite  customary  in  concrete  design  to 
reduce  the  bending  moments  of  interior 
beams  by  one-third.  Many  architects  will  re- 
member that  about  20  years  ago  a  number  of 
structural  steel  concerns  in  this  city  made 
it  a  practice  to  design  girder  and  beams  as 
cantilevers;  this  is  hardly  ever  done  at  pres- 
ent, is  marly  unknown  to  the  new  genera- 
tion of  engineers,  because  the  progressive 
ones  have  adopted  reinforced  concrete  con- 
struction and  did  not  use  their  brains  and 
energy  for  the  advance  of  steel  construction. 


283 


Hulled    fruni    new    billet    stuck    onl\ 


Include  in  Your  Specifications 

reinforcing  bars  that  will  add  the 

greatest    strength    and    stability    to 
the  structure. 

Kalman  Grip  Bars 

insure  these  features  of  permanency 
of  construction. 

Round    and   square  sections   rolled 
to   identical   weight  of  plain   bars. 

Complete     power     facilities     for 
Bending  and  Fabricating. 

Immediate    Shipment    from    Stock. 
Prompt  Shipment  from  Mill. 

PAUL  J.  KALMAN  CO. 

Executive    Offices 

Merchants    National    Bank    Building 

ST.   PAUL,  MINX. 

District   Offices 
CHICAGO,  ILL.      MILWAUKEE,  WIS.      MINNEAPOLIS,  MINN. 
29  So.  LaSalle  St.       First  Nat.  Bank  Bldg.  Builders  Exchange  Bldg. 

WAREHOUSES 
CHICAGO— ST.   PAUL— MINNEAPOLIS 


Rolled  from  new  billet  stock  onlj 


iiiiiiiiiiiiiimmiiiiiipmiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiii 


l||IIIMIIIIIIIIIl|IIIIIIIIIIMII||||||||lll|lllllllllllllll|||||||l|||||< 


i's-l 


By  taking  the  continuity  of  the  steel  struc- 
ture into  consideration  the  weight  of  the 
steel  beams  can  be  reduced  from  25  to  40% 
and  more;  a  further  reduction  easily  up  to 
50%  can  be  obtained  by  taking-  the  strength- 
ening of  the  beams  through  concrete  fire- 
proofing  into  consideration.  Many  tests  have 
been  made  and  can  be  easily  made  over 
again  to  show  that  a  steel  beam  fireproofed 
with  rich  concrete  can  carry  a  very  much 
larger  load  than  a  steel  beam  alone.  This 
has  been  taken  advantage  of  in  a  number  of 
European  countries  where  special  steel  beams 
with  openings  in  the  webs  are  in  the  mar- 
ket. By  the  use  of  such  beams  and  taking 
the  reduction  of  the  bending  moment  due  to 
continuous  action  into  consideration  rein- 
forced concrete  would  have  to  compete  not 
with  a  price  of  4  cents  a  pound  of  structural 
steel  but,  comparatively,  with  a  price  of  two 
cents  a  pound,  and  the  most  enthusiastic  de- 
signer of  concrete  knows  that  such  a  com- 
petition would  make  reinforced  concrete  skel- 
eton   construction    unprofitable. 

Figure  1  shows  the  arrangement  of  girders 
and  columns  above  referred  to.  The  sus- 
pended girder  of  a  span  of  one-half  the  length 
between  columns  is  subjected  to  a  bending  mo- 
ment of  W.  L./32  both  for  live  and  dead  load, 
while  the  cantilever  girder  is  subjected  in 
the  center  to  a  bending  moment  of  W.  L/32 
from  dead  load  and  W.  L./8  from  Live 
load.  If  the  connection  between  girder  and 
column  Is  properly  designed  we  can  easily 
reduce  the  live  load  moment  in  the  center  to 
W.  L./10  to  W.  L/12.  There  is,  however,  the 
comparatively  large  moment  of  W.  L  10  in 
the  cantilever  beam  at  the  column,  both  for 
live  and  dead  load  moment,  which  20  years 
ago  governed  the  design  of  the  steel  beams. 
In  the  light  of  our  present  knowledge  of  the 
strength  of  reinforced  concrete  construction 
we  have  a  powerful  expedient  at  hand  to 
overcome  this  difficulty.  If  fireproofing  with 
1:2  '4  concrete  is  used  we  can  strengthen  the 
short  length  of  the  steel  beam,  affected  by 
this  large  moment,  by  placing  short  reinforc- 
ing rods  at  the  top  of  the  cantilever  beam  on 
both  sides  of  the  columns,  the  concrete  in 
the  lower  part  taking  up  the  corresponding 
compression.  By  similar  devices  the  weight 
Of  the  steel  beams,  carried  by  the  steel 
girders  can  be  greatly  reduced.  By  spacing 
these  beams  only  two  to  three  feet  apart  and 
using  tiles  made  of  cement,  tile  or  plaster  of 
Paris  blocks,  as  shown  in  Figure  2,  the  only 
formwork  required  would  be  that  for  the 
fireproofing  of  the  girders  and  columns. 

The  writer  stated  last  year  in  this  hand- 
book that  a  great  saving  in  the  weight  of 
steel  columns  could  be  effected  by  fireproof- 
ing the  columns  with  rich  concrete.  Tests 
in  this  respect  have  been  made  by  Dr.  Km- 
perger  and  Prof.  Talbot.  Structural  steel 
columns     fireproofed     with     hooped     concrete 


have  been  made  a  study  by  Prof.  Talbot,  un- 
fortunately the  strength  of  his  test  specimen 
exceeded  the  strength  of  the  testing  ma- 
chines at  his  disposition  and  he  was  not 
able  to  properly  compare  the  strength  of 
the  combination  column  with  the  strength 
of  the   separate   members. 

In  order  to  clear  up  this  point,  the  writer 
made  up  a  number  of  test  columns  at  the 
grounds  of  the  Armour  Institute,  Chicago, 
at  the  end  of  July,  1918,  and  had  them  tested 
by  Prof.  P.  C.  Huntly  of  the  Armour  Testing 
Laboratory. 

Two  columns  were  of  standard  hooped 
concrete  of  1:1:2  mix,  with  one  per  cent  of 
spiral  and  one  per  cent  of  vertical  reinforce- 
ment. The  columns  were  of  7"  core  diam- 
eter, iy2"  outside  diameter  and  6  feet  long, 
representing  a  relation  of  length  to  diameter 
of  about  ten. 

Two  steel  columns,  consisting  of  2"  diam- 
eter mild  steel  bars,  6'  long,  representing  a 
slenderness  ratio  of   1/r   144. 

Two  columns  of  hooped  concrete,  identical 
with  the  first  mentioned  columns,  with  a 
steel  core,  consisting  of  a  2"  mild  steel  bar. 
The  concrete  area  of  these  last  columns  was 
the  same  as  that  of  the  first  two  columns, 
except  that  3.14  sq.  inches  were  displaced  by 
the    2"    cores. 

The  standard  hooped  concrete  columns 
failed  at  an  average  load  of  193,000  lbs.,  or 
5,100   lbs.   per  sci.   in. 

The  2"  steel  bars  failed  at  an  average  load 
of   64,000   lbs.   or   20,375    lbs.   per   sq.    in. 

The  sum  of  the  ultimate  loads  carried  by 
the  standard  hooped  concrete  columns  and 
the  2"  steel  bars  tested  singly  is  193,000 
plus  64,000,  257.000  lbs.;  the  actual  ultimate- 
load  of  the  combination  column  was,  how- 
ever, 354,150  lbs.  in  the  average.  There  is 
nj  reason  whatsoever  to  ascribe  to  the 
hooped  concrete  a  very  much  higher  carry- 
ing capacity  on  account  of  having  a  steel 
core,  and  we  make  probably  a  conservative 
assumption  in  ascribing  to  the  hooped  con- 
crete of  the  coml)ination  column  the  same 
ultimate  load  as  in  the  standard  hooped 
column,  with  the  difference  that  it  must  be 
somewhat  smaller  on  account  of  the  diminu- 
tion of  the  area  by  "..14  sq  in.  which  would 
reduce  the  ultimate  load  on  the  hooped  con- 
crete to  177,300  lbs.  The  difference  between 
354.150  lbs.  and  177.300  lbs.  equal  to  L76.850 
lbs.  must  have  been  carried  by  the  2"  mild 
steel  core,  which  is  nearly  :;  times  the  load 
carried  by  the  naked  steel  bar,  or  56,300  lbs. 
per  sq.  In.  and  shows  the  enormous  stiffening 
power  of  hooped  concrete 

No  building   code  of  any   city   of  the   r.   S. 

allows     today     to     figure    such     a     combination 


USf) 


American  Bridge  Company 

EASTERN  DIVISION 

30  Church  Street,  NEW  YORK,  N    Y. 

PITTSBURG  DIVISION 

Frick  Building,   PITTSBURG,  PA. 

WESTERN  DIVISION 

208  S.   La  Salle  Street,   CHICAGO,  ILL. 

ENGINEERS   and   MANUFACTURERS   of 

STEEL   BRIDGES 
STEEL  BUILDINGS 

AND  ALL   CLASSES  OF 

STEEL  STRUCTURES 

INCLUDING 

Barges,    Hulls  and  Transmission  Towers 
Heroult   Electric   Furnaces 


FORGINGS 

and 

HEAT  TREATMENT 


286 


Fie.  No.  1. 


Fiu.  N< 


column  by  adding  the  strength  of  the  sepa- 
rate members  according  to  their  strength 
contained  in  the  code,  yet,  the  tests  clearly 
showed  that  the  combination  column  carried 
in  this  case  nearly  40%  more  than  the  sum 
of  the  strength  of  the  separate  members. 

This  action  of  hooped  concrete  on  cast  Iron 
or  structural  steel  core  is  very  similar  to 
the  action  of  spiral  hooping  on  concrete.  We 
know  that  concrete  of  a  1:1:2  mixture  fails 
at  about  3,000  lbs.  per  sq.  in.  The  same  con- 
crete with  2%  spiral  hooping  fails  at  about 
6,000  lbs.  per  sq.  in.  The  spiral  hooping  does 
not  change  the  chemical  character  of  the 
concrete,  it  only  prevents  it  from  spreading 
and  thereby  allows  it  to  undergo  higher 
stresses  before  failure. 

To  illustrate  the  possible  saving  of  such  a 
combination  column  if  we  were  allowed  to 
figure  the  strength  as  the  sum  of  the 
strength  of  the  separate  members,  without 
taking  in  account  the  actual  much  higher 
strength   we  will   design   a   column   for  a  car- 


rying capacity  of  500,000  lbs.  The  Chicago 
building  code  allows  a  maximum  strength  of 
16,000  lbs.  per  sq.  in.  on  steel  columns  filled 
with  and  encased  in  concrete  extending  at 
least  3"  beyond  the  outer  edge  of  the  steel. 
A  12"  H  Bethlehem  column  weighing  112  g 
per  lineal  foot  will  answer  the  purpose  and 
the  side  of  the  concrete  fireprooflng  will  be 
18". 

Assuming  the  core  diameter  of  the  com- 
bination at  16"  and  a  1:1:2  concrete  mixture 
and  11%  of  spiral  hooping  the  Chicago  Build- 
ing code  allows  a  stress  on  hooped  concrete 
of  997  lbs.  per  square  inch,  or  on  the  16" 
core  a  load  of  200.000  lbs.,  the  remaining 
300,000  lbs.  must  be  carried  by  the  struc- 
tural steel  core,  requiring  at  16.000  lbs. 
stress  a  8"  Bethlehem  column  weighing  62 
lbs.  per  lin.  foot.  If  the  combination  column 
is  made  round  it  will  be  20"  in  dia.  and  will 
contain  the  same  amount  of  concrete  as  the 
fireprooflng  of  the  steel  column,  18"  square. 
but  will  be  of  richer  concrete  and  contain  8 
lbs.   of   spiral    hooping   per   linear   foot. 


■Js^ 


BARTON  SPIDER-WEB   SYSTEM 

The    Only   Fabricated   Construction 


General  Offices 
KIMBALL 
BUILDING 
CHICAGO 


PHONES 
Wabash  2188 
Wabash  2187 


STRUCTURAL   ENGINEERS 

SPECIALISTS  IN  THE  DESIGN  OF  REINFORCED  CONCRETE  STRUCTURES 
REINFORCING  STEEL  FURNISHED   UNDER  OUR  OWN   OR  YOUR  DESIGN 

PARTIAL,   LIST   OF  ARCHITECTS    WHO    HAVE   USED   THE    SPIDER-WEB    SYS' 


Marshall  &  Fox 
Fiske  A.-  Mel  linnis 
Wolff  &  Ewing 
R.  W\  Layer 
Iver  C.  Zarbell 
Claussen  &  Kruse 


L.  O.  Hallberg-  &  Co. 

B.  H.  Jillson 

<  '•!«  les  &  Mutscheller 

William  H.  Pruyn 

J.  S.  Carey  &  E.  C.  Schmalz 

Arthur  S.  Coffin 


S.  X.  Crowen 
F.  H.  Foster 
WT.  S.  Ferguson 
Arthur  Foster 
Osborn  Eng.  Co. 
Philip  Larman 


TEM 

Frank  Llovd  W*right 
Ash  by.  Ashby  &  Schultz 
William  G.  Carter 
Geo.  H.  Miller 
McLaughling  &  Hulsken 
Geo.  S.  Kingsley 


"PATENTED— Also  Operating  Under  the  Norcross  Patents 


AMERICAN    SYSTEM 

of  REINFORCING 


REINFORCING 
BARS 


CUTTING 

BENDING 

and 

FABRICATING 


PROMPT 
SHIPMENT 


Otis  Building 


Phone  Main   5195 


SPIRALS 

for 

CONCRETE 

COLUMNS 


WIRE  MESH 


"ZIG  ZAG" 

for 

FIREPROOFING 

STEEL  BEAMS 


Chicago 


:  — 


DESIGN  OF  CONCRETE  MIXTURES. 

By    DUPF    A.    ABRAMS. 
Professor  in  Charg-e  of  Structural  Materials  Research  Laboratory,  Lewis  Institute,  Chicajo. 


Introduction. — The  design  of  concrete  mix- 
tures, with  a  view  to  producing  a  given 
result  in  the  most  economic  manner,  involves 
many  complications  which  have  heretofore 
defied   analysis. 

Many  dirrerent  methods  of  proportioning 
have  been  suggested  and  used;  the  most  im- 
portant of  these  may  be  characterized  as  fol- 
lows: 

1.  Arbitrary  selection,  such  as  1:2:4  mix, 
without  reference  to  the  size  or  grading  of 
the    fine   and   coarse   aggregate; 

2.  Density  of  aggregates  in  which  the  en- 
deavor is  made  to  secure  an  aggregate  of 
maximum    density; 

3.  Density  of  concrete  in  which  the  at- 
tempt is  made  to  secure  concrete  of  maximum 
density; 

4.  Sieve  analysis,  in  which  the  grading  of 
the  aggregates  is  made  to  approximate  sieve 
analysis  curve  considered  to  give  the  best 
results; 

5.  Surface   area   of   aggregates. 

It  is  a  matter  of  common  experience  that 
the  method  of  arbitrary  selection  in  which 
fixed  quantities  of  fine  and  coarse  aggregates 
are  mixed  without  regard  to  the  size  and 
grading  of  the  individual  materials,  is  far 
from  satisfactory.  Our  experiments  have 
shown  that  the  other  methods  mentioned 
above  are  also  subject  to  serious  limitations. 
Maximum  strength  of  concrete  does  not  de- 
pend on  either  an  aggregate  of  maximum 
density    or   a   concrete    of    maximum    density. 

The  methods  which  have  been  suggested 
for  proportioning  concrete  by  sieve  analysis 
of  aggregates  are  in  general  based  on  an  er- 
roneous theory.  All  of  the  methods  of  pro- 
portioning concrete  which  have  been  pro- 
posed in  the  past  have  failed  to  give  proper 
attention  to  the  water  content  of  the  mix. 
Our  experimental  work  has  emphasized  the 
importance  of  the  water  in  concrete  mix- 
tures, and  shown  that  the  water  is,  in  fact, 
the  most  important  ingredient,  since  very 
small  variations  in  water  content  produce 
more  important  variations  in  the  strength 
and  other  properties  of  concrete  than  similar 
changes  in  the  other  materials. 

2T*w  Studies  of  Concrete  Mixtures. — During 
the  past  three  years  a  large  number  of  in- 
vestigations have  been  under  way  at  the 
Structural  Materials  Research  Laboratory, 
Lewis  Institute,  Chicago,  which  throw  con- 
siderable new  light  on  the  subject  of  pro- 
portioning concrete.  These  investigations  are 
being  carried  out  through  the  cooperation  of 
the  Institute  and  the  Portland  Cement  As- 
sociation.  These  studies  have  covered  an 
investigation  of  the  inter-relation  of  the  fol- 
lowing factors: 

1.  The  consistency  (quantity  of  mixing 
water). 

2.  The  size  and  grading  of  aggregates. 

3.  The   mix    (proportion  of  cement). 

Any  comprehensive  study  of  proportioning 
concrete  must  take  into  account  all  of  these. 
factors. 

During  this  period  about  50,000  tests  have 
been  carried  out  which  have  a  bearing  on 
this  subject.  These  tests  have  been  largely 
confined  to  compression  tests  of  concrete 
and  mortars.  These  investigations  have 
given  us  a  new  insight  into  the  factors  which 
underly  the  correct  proportioning  of  con- 
crete mixtures  and  show  the  limitations  of 
older  methods.  Certain  phases  of  these  In- 
vestigations  are   still    under   way. 

The  following  may  be  mentioned  as  among 
the  most  important  principles  which  have 
been  established  with  reference  to  the  design 
of  concrete  mixtures.  These  principles  are 
as  follows: 

1.  With  given  concrete  materials  and 
conditions  of  test  the  quantity  of  mixing 
water  used  determines  the  strength  of  the 
concrete,  so  long  as  the  mix  is  of  a  workable 


plasticity,     and     the    aggregate    grading    not 
too  coarse. 

2.  The  sieve  analysis  furnishes  the  only 
correct  basis  for  proportioning  aggregates, 
in   concrete  mixtures. 

3.  A  simple  method  of  measuring  the  ef- 
fective size  and  grading  of  an  aggregate 
has  been  developed.  This  gives  rise  to  a  func- 
tion known  as  the  "fineness  modulus-  or 
the  aggregate. 

4.  The  fineness  modulus  of  the  aggregate 
furnishes  a  rational  method  for  combining 
materials  of  different  size  for  concrete  mix- 
tures. 

5.  The  sieve  analysis  curve  of  the  aggre- 
gate may  be  widely  different  in  form  witnout 
exerting  any  influence  on  the  concrete 
strength. 

6.  Aggregate  of  equivalent  concrete-mak- 
ing qualities  may  be  produced  by  an  infinite 
number  of  different  gradings  of  a  given  ma- 
terial. 

7.  Aggregates  of  equivalent  concrete-mak- 
ing qualities  may  be  produced  from  materials 
of  widely  different  size  and  grading. 

8.  In  general,  fine  and  coarse  aggregates 
of  widely  different  size  or  grading  can  be 
combined  in  such  a  manner  as  to  produce 
similar  results  in  concrete. 

9.  The  aggregate  grading  which  produces 
the  strongest  concrete  is  not  that  giving  the 
maximum  density  (lowest  voids).  A  grading 
coarser  than  that  giving  maximum  density 
is  necessary  for  highest  concrete  strength. 

10.  The  richer  the  mix,  the  coarser  the 
grading  should  be  for  an  aggregate  of  given 
maximum  size;  hence,  the  greater  the  dis- 
crepancy between  maximum  density  of  ag- 
gregate  and   best   grading. 

11.  A  complete  analysis  has  been  made  of 
the  water-requirements  of  concrete  mixes. 
The  quantity  of  water  required  is  governed 
by   the   following   factors: 

(a)  The  condition  of  "workability"  of 
concrete  which  must  be  used — the  relative 
plasticity   or   consistency; 

(b)  The  normal  consistency  of  the  cement, 

(c)  The  size  and  grading  of  the  aggre- 
gate— measured  by   the   fineness    modulus; 

(d)  The  relative  volumes  of  cement  and 
aggregate — -the   mix; 

(e)  The  absorption  of  the  aggregate; 

(f)  The  contained  water  in  aggregate. 

12.  There  is  an  intimate  relation  between 
the  grading  of  the  aggregate  and  the  quan- 
tity of  water  required  to  produce  a  workable 
concrete. 

13.  The  water  content  of  a  concrete  mix- 
is  best  considered  in  terms  of  the  volume 
of  the  cement — the  water-ratio. 

14.  The  shape  of  the  particle  and  the  qual- 
ity   of    the   aggregate    have    less    infiuene i 

the  concrete  strength  than  has  been   reported 
by  other  experimenters. 

Function  of  Water  in.  Concrete.  Tests 
made  in  this  laboratory  have  shown  thai 
the  character  of  the  aggregate  makes  little 
difference  so  lung  as  it  is  clean  and  nol 
structurally  deficient.  The  absorption  of 
the  aggregate  must  be  taken  Into  account  it" 
comparison  is  being  made  of  different  ag- 
gregates. 

The  strength  of  the  concrete  responds  to 
changes  in  water,  regardless  of  the  reason 
for  these  changes.  The  water-ratio  may  be 
changed  due  to  any  of  the  following  causes 

1.  Change  in  mix   (cement  content). 

2.  Change  in   size  or  grading  of  aggreg     i 

3.  Change  in  relative  consistency. 

4.  Any  combination   id"   (li    to    i  :; ) . 

Fig.  l  shows  the  relation  between  the  com- 
pressive strength  and  the  water  content  for 
28-day  tests  of  i!  by  ii'-in.  concrete  cylinders 
Mixes  from  1:15  to  neat  cement  were  used; 
each  mix  was  made  up  of  aggregates  rang 
ing  in  size  from  14-mesh  sand  up  to  L^-in. 
gravel;  a  wide  range  in  consistencies  "was 
used  each  mix  and  grading. 


289 


Vanderkloot  Steel  Works 

Engineers  and  Manufacturers  of  Structual  Steel 

2611  South  Halsted  Street 


All  sections  of  beams,  channels,  angles  and 
plates  carried  in  stock.  Our  stock  is  stored 
under  roof  and  in  perfect  condition.  All 
orders  for  plain  material  will  receive  prompt 
attention. 


Works:  Halsted,  Emerald  and  26th  St.,  Chicago 

Telephone    Yards    1150 


UNION   FOUNDRY   WORKS 


General    Office  Works 

1427    First   National  76th    St.    and 

Bank    Building  Greenwood    Ave. 


Structural  and  Ornamental 

IRON   WORK 


A   Large  Stock   of  Structural  Office    Phone,    Randolph   3663 

Steel  Shapes  on  Hand  Works  Phone,  Hyde  Park  277 


290 


The  water  content  of  the  concrete  is  ex-ent  consistencies.  When  the  compressive 
pressed  as  a  ratio  to  the  volume  of  cement,  strength  is  platted  against  the  water  ratio 
considering    that    the    cement    weighs    94    lb..      ..  . 

per  cu.  ft.  Distinguishing  marks  are  used1'1  thls  way-  a  smooth  curve  is  obtained,  due 
for  each  mix.  but  no  distinction  is  made  be-to  tne  overlapping  of  the  points  for  different 
tween   aggregates   of   different   size   or   differ- mixes. 

PIG.     1.       RELATION     BETWEEN    STRENGTH    AND    WATER    CONTENT    OP    CONCRETE. 

<0  QOOOr 


.50  /.00         /.so        a.oo        2.  so        3.00 

Wafer-  Ratio  to  Vo/ume  of  Cement  ™*  z 


3.  so 


4.00 


A  1:9  mix  may  be  as  strong  as  a  1:2  mix. 
depending  only  on  water  content.  It  should 
nut  be  concluded  that  lean  mixes  can  be 
substituted  for  richer  ones  without  limit. 
We  are  always  limited  by  the  necessity  of 
using  sufficient  water  to  secure  a  workable 
mix.  So  in  the  case  of  the  grading  of  ag- 
gregates. The  workability  ot  the  mix  will 
in  all  cases  dictate  the  minimum  quantity  of 
water  that  can  be  used.  The  importance  of 
the  workability  factor  in  concrete  is  there- 
fore brought  out  in  its   true  relation. 

Problem  of  Design  of  Concrete  Mixtures. 
The     problem     of     designing     concrete     mixes 
resolves  itself  into  this: 

To  produce  a  workable  concrete  which  has 
a  given  water-ratio  using  a  minimum  quan- 
tity of  cement;  or  the  converse,  to  produce 
a  workable  concrete  with  a  minimum  water- 
ratio  using  a  given  quantity  of  cement.  The 
methods  for  securing  the  best  grading  of 
aggregate  and  the  use  of  tin-  driest  concrete 
which  is  workable  are  thus  seen  to  be  only 
devices  which  enable  us  to  accomplish  the 
above-mentioned   results. 

Fineness  Modulus  of  Aggregate. —  The  ex- 
perimental work  carried  out  in  this  labora- 
tory has  given  rise  to  what  we  term  the 
fineness  modulus  of  the  aggregate.  This 
function  furnishes  a  method  of  measuring 
the  size  and  grading  of  the  aggregate.  it 
may   he   denned    as    follows: 

The  sum  of  the  percentage  in  the  sieve 
analysis  of  tie-  aggregate  divided  by   100. 

The  sieve  analysis  is  determined  by  using 
the  following  sieves  from  the  Tyler  standard 
series:  100,  is.  28,  11.  8,  I,  %-in.,  %-in. 
and  1%-in.  These  sieves  are  m  ide  of  s  [uare- 
mesh  wire  cloth.  Bach  sieve  lias  a  clear 
opening  just  double  the  width  < > t"  tie-  preced- 
ing one.  The  dimensions  of  the  sieves  and 
the  method  of  determining  the  fineness  modu- 
lus  will    lie    found    In    Table    1. 

A  well-graded  torpedo  sand  up  tn  No.  1 
sieve  will  give  a  fineness  modulus  of 
3.00;  a  coarse  aggregate  graded  4-l'L.  in. 
will  give  fineness  modulus  of  about  T.nn; 
a  mixture  of  the  above  materials  in  proper 
proportions  feu-  a  1:1  mix  will  have  a 
ness  modulus  of  about  5.80.  A  tine-  sand  such 
as  drift-sand  may  have  a  fineness  modulus 
as   low   as    1.50. 


There  is  an  intimate  relation  between  the 
sieve  analysis  curve  for  the  aggregate  and 
the  fineness  modulus;  in  fact,  the  fineness 
modulus  enables  us  for  the  first  time  to 
properly  interpret  the  sieve  analysis  of  an 
aggregate. 

The  fineness  modulus  may  be  considered 
as  an  abstract  number;  it  is  in  fact  a  sum- 
mation of  volumes  of  material.  There  are 
several  different  methods  of  computing  it, 
all  of  which  will  give  the  same  result.  The 
method  given  in  Table  1  is  probably  the 
simplest  and  most  direct. 

Many  different  series  of  tests  have-  shown 
that  for  a  given  plastic  condition  of  con- 
crete and  the  same  mix  there  is  an  intimate- 
relation  between  the  fineness  modulus  "f  tin- 
aggregate  and  the  strength  and  other  prop- 
erties of  the  concrete.  The  reason  fur  this 
is  that  the  fineness  modulus  simply  reflects 
the  changes  in  water-ratio  necessary  t"  pro- 
duce concrete  of  a  given  plastic-  condition. 
For  all  practical  purposes  and  for  ordinary 
ranges  in  concrete  mixes  the  fineness  modu- 
ulus  strength  relation  may  be  assumed  as  1 
linear  one  A  given  value  for  the  fineness 
modulus  of  an  aggregate  can  be  secured  with 
any  combination  of  percentages  in  the-  sieve 
analysis  which  gives  tin-  same  total,  conse- 
quently, an  infinite  variety  of  gradings  may 
b(  found  which  give  aggregate  of  the  same 
concrete    strength. 

Design  of  Concrete  Mi-ses.  The  following 
outline  will  make  clear  tie-  steps  t"  l"-  fol- 
lowed in  the  design  of  concrete  mixes  on  the 
basis  of  our  studies  of  concrete: 

l.  Knowing  the  compressive  strength  re- 
quired of  the  concrete,  determine  by  ref- 
erence to  the  curve  in  Fit;.  1  tin-  maxi- 
mum water-ratio  which  ma.,-  be  used.  Sub- 
sequent st.ps  in  the  design  ot'  concrete  mixes 
are  only  devices  for  securing  a  workable 
concrete  using  this  water-ratio  and  a  mini- 
mum quantity  of  cement.  It  is  obvious  that 
a  given  water-ratio  can  be  secured  with  a 
minimum  of  cement  if  the  aggregate  is 
graded  as  coarse  as  permissible  (consider- 
ing its  size  and  the  mix  used  1  and  if  we  use 
the  driest  mix  which  can  be  properly  plaeed. 
Securing  a  coarse,  well-grade  1  aggregate 
using  rich  mixes,  employing  tin-  driest  prac- 
ticable consistency,  using  mechanical  methods 


291 


O.  H.  HILL  COMPANY 

FIRE  DOORS  and  SHUTTERS 

Underwriters'  Labeled  MEAKER  Elevator  Doors 

SIDEWALK  DOORS 

2253-2255     ST.    PAUL    AVENUE 

PHONE    HUMBOLDT    5412        CHICAGO 


V.  E.  DUFFIN-ONE    L_  iM    ^      I     r  "V 

ll*  Si  ORNAMENTAL  | Rft. 

A\\\\      l    I  yy^  4837  55  S.  Kedzie  AVE. 

—  ^^r»l)^  Phone  Mckinley  732-733  ^  »,... 

StPu  (Ihtrayu.Jlll, 


292 


of  placing  concrete,  etc.,  are  all  methods 
of  producing  a  workable  mix  with  a  mini- 
mum water-ratio.  Experience  or  trial  is  the 
only  guide  in  determining  the  relative  con- 
sistency of  concrete  necessary  in  the  work. 
Obviously     the     driest     workable     consistency 


should  be  used.  The  size  of  aggregate  avail- 
able, or  which  must  be  used,  and  the  other 
factors  will  furnish  a  guide  as  to  the  mix. 
2.  Make  sieve  analysis  of  fine  and  coarse 
aggregates,  using  Tyler  standard  sieves  of 
the  sizes  shown  in   the   table. 


Table  1 
METHOD    OF    CALCULATING    FINENESS    MODULUS    OF    AGGREGATES. 

The  sieves  used  are  the  Tyler  standard  sieves.  Bach  sieve  has  a  clear  opening  just 
double   that  of  the  preceding  one. 

The    sieve   analysis    may    be    expressed    in    terms  of  volume  or  weight. 

The  fineness  modulus  of  an  aggregate  is  the  sum  of  the  percentages  given  by  the  sievt 
analysis,   divided   by   100. 


Square 

SlZe       Of 

Opening 
in. 

Fine 
(A) 

Per   Cenl 

Sieve 
of   Sarr 

Analysis  of   Aggregates 
pie  Coarser   than   a   Given 

Sieve 

Sand 

Pebbli  - 

i  oncr<  t< 

Sieve 
Size 

Medium 
(B) 

1    n;irse 

(C) 

Fine 
(D) 

Medium 

i  E) 

i  '■  larse 

l  Ki 

Aggregate 
(G)* 

100     

us 

.0058 
.0116 
.0232 
.046 
.093 
.185 
.37 
.75 
1.5 

82 

52 
20 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 

1  54 

91 

70 

46 

24 

10 

0 

0 

0 

0 

2.41 

97 

81 

63 

44 

25 

0 

0 

0 

0 

3.10 

100 
100 
100 

100 

100 

86 

51 

9 

0 

6.46 

100 
100 
100 
100 

100 

95 

66 

25 
0 

.,   - 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

86 

50 

0 

7.36 

98 

48     ... 

H2 

28    

86 

14     

Modu 

81 

8     . 

78 

4     

71 

%      

49 

%     

1!< 

iy2     

0 

Fineness 

5.74 

♦Concrete  aggregate  "G"  is  made  up  of  2  5 
Equivalent  gradings  would  be  secured  by  mixi 
28%    "A"   with   72%    "F,"   etc. 

3.  Compute  fineness  modulus  of  each  ag- 
gregate. 

4.  Determine  the  "maximum  size"  of  ag- 
gregate by  applying  the  following  rules:  If 
more  than  20%  of  aggregate  is  coarser  than 
any  sieve  the  maximum  size  shall  be  taken 
as  the  next  larger  sieve  in  the  standard  set; 
if  between  11  and  20%  is  coarser  than  any 
sieve,  maximum  size  shall  be  the  next  larger 
"half-sieve";  if  less  than  10%  is  coarser 
than  certain  sieves,  the  smallest  of  these 
sieve  sizes  shall  be  considered  the  maximum 
size. 

5.  From  Fig.  2  determine  the  maximum 
value  of  fineness  modulus  which  may  be 
used  for  the  mix,  kind  and  size  of  aggre- 
gate,   and    the    work   under    consideration. 

6.  Compute  the  percentages  of  fine  and 
coarse  aggregates  required  to  produce  the 
fineness  modulus  desired  for  the  final  aggre- 
gate mixture   by  applying  the  formula: 

A — B 
p   =    100 —     — Hi 


A— C 

where  p   =    percentage    of    fine    aggregate    in 
total   mixture. 
A   =   fineness  modulus  of  coarse  aggre- 
gate. 
B   =   fineness    modulus    of    final    aggre- 
gate  mixture. 
C   =   fineness    modulus    of    fine    aggre- 
gate. 
The  distinction  between  fine  and  coarse  ag- 
gregate is  solely  for  convenience  in  securing 
a  uniform  grading;  the  division  may  be  made 
at    any   desired   point. 

7.  With  the  estimated  mix.  fineness  modu- 
lus and  consistency  enter  Fig.  3  and  deter- 
mine the  strength  of  concrete  produced  by 
the  combination.  If  the  strength  shown  by 
the  diagram  is  not  that  required,  the  nec- 
essary readjustment  may  be  made  by  chang- 
ing the  mix,  consistency  or  size  and  grading 
of    the    aggregates. 

Important  Note. — It  must  be  understood 
that  the  values  in  Fig.  :;  were  determined 
from  compression  tests  of  6  by  12-in.  cylin- 
ders stored  for  2*  days  in  a  damp  place.  The 
values  obtained  on  the  work  will  depend  on 
such  factors  as  the  consistency  < > r  the  con- 
crete, quality  of  the  cement,  methods  of  mix 
ing,  handling,  placing  the  concrete,  etc.,  ai  l 
on    age   and    curing    conditions. 

Strength  values  higher  than  given  for  rela- 
tive consistency  of  1.10  should  seldom  be 
considered,  since  it  is  only  in  exceptional 
cases  that  a  consistency  drier  than  this  can 
be    satisfactorily    placed.       Fur     wetter    con- 


%   of  sand  "B"  mixed  with  75%   of  pebbles    T: 
ng  33%  sand  "B"  with  67%   coarse  pebbles  "F"; 

crete  much  lower  strengths  must  be  consid- 
ered. 

This  figure  is  based  on  the  requirements 
of  sand  and  pebble  aggregate.  If  crushed 
stone  or  pebbles  consisting  of  flat  particles 
are  used  as  coarse  aggregate  the  values 
must  be  reduced  by  0.25.  For  other  correc- 
tions, see  Bulletin   1   referred   to  below. 

Chart  for  Design  of  Concrete  Mixes. — Fig. 
3    is   a   nomographic   chart   for   the   design   of 
concrete  mixes.     This  chart  takes  accoui  I 
the  following  four  factors: 

1.  The   mix    (cement    content). 

2.  The    relative    consistency. 

3.  The  grading  of  aggregate  (fineness 
modulus  ). 

4.  The   compressive   strength    of    concrete 
Given  any   three  of  these  factors  the  chart 

enables  us  to  solve  for  the  fourth.  This 
chart  is,  of  course,  based  on  the  results  of 
certain  tests.  For  practical  application  these 
values  must  generally  be  reduced  by  certain 
factors,  which  will  depend  on  the  judgment 
of  the  designer. 

Suppose  we  consider  the  ease  of  concrete 
for  mad  construction.  This  is  generallv 
gregate  graded  up  to  1%  in.  These  mixes 
are  about  the  same  as  what  have  been  termed 
a  1:4  mix,  the  exact  equivalent  depending 
on  the  particular  size  and  grading  of  the 
specified  as  a  1:1%:3  or  a  1:2:3  mix.  with  ag- 
fine  and  coarse  aggregate.  Assume  thai 
grave]  aggregate  will  be  used,  graded  to 
l  \k  in.  Fig  2  shows  thai  we  may  use  a 
fineness  modulus  as  high  as  6.00  —  .25  =5.75. 
Knowing  the  sieve  analysis  and  fineness 
modulus  of  both  sizes  of  aggregate,  applj 
Formula  l  to  determine  the  proportions  of 
each  aggregate  which  must  be  mixed  to 
secure  this  value.  Assume  that  the  concrete 
Will  be  mixed  to  a  relative  consistency  of 
l.io.  which  is  of  such  plasticity  as  will  give 
a  slump  of  ;,  to  6  in.  Place  a  straightedge 
in  Fig.  2  on  mix  1:4  and  fineness  modulus 
5.75,  and  mark  the  point  where  it  crosses  th  ■ 
reference  line  for  consistency;  from  this 
point  project  the  line  horizontally  (as  Indi- 
cated in  other  examples)  to  relative  consis- 
tent l.io.  It  will  be  seen  thai  this  gives 
a  compressive  strength  of  3,400  lb.  per  sq.  In 
at   28  days. 

The  effect  of  using  other  mixes,  gradings 
■  o  consistencies  on  the  strength  can  b< 
at  once  from  tie-  diagram.  For  ins 
If  Mm-  water  were  Increased  to  a  relative 
consistency  of  L.25  (not  nearly  so  u,-t  as 
is  frequently  seen  In  building  work  i  the 
strength    will   be   reduced   to  2,700  lb.  pei 


293 


established  1863  Incorporated  1914 

HOLME,S,  PYOTT  &  CO. 

Structural  Steel 
Architectural    Iron  WorK 

Private  Exchange,  Ail  Departments,  Franklin  1385-1386-1387 

Office,  1 59  No.  Jefferson  St.         SS^KSfi^^:        : :         CHIC  AGO 


PAUL  WILLIS,  Pres.  &.  Treas.  A.  J.  T.   BENNETT,  Secy.  &  Engr. 

KENWOOD    BRIDGE   CO. 

ENGINEERS  AND  BUILDERS  OF 
STRUCTURAL  STEEL  WORK 

Office:  1413-15-16  First  National  Bank  Bidg.,  Chicago.    Works:  Grand  Crossing,  III. 

TELEPHONE    RANDOLPH    14881 

ROOFS,    BRIDGES,   COLUMNS   AND     GIRDERS,   STEEL    MILL    BUILDINGS    A 
SPECIALTY.    WATER  TOWERS.      designs  and  estimates  furnished 


MORAVA  CONSTRUCTION  CO. 

MANUFACTURERS  of 

Structural  Steel 

General  Office  : 

BRIDGE  AND  STRUCTURAL  STEEL  WORKS  suite  «9Cp£P°f  gL  Buiidi„g 

8301  to  8457  Stewart  Avenue  m  Michigan  Boulevard 

Chicago,  III. 
Telephone    Stewart   870  Telephone  Harrison   21 


Established    1856  Incorporated   1898 

A.  BOLTER'S  SONS 

MANUFACTURERS  AND   BUILDERS  OF 

STEEL  AND  IRON  STRUCTURES 

Iron  Founders 
Ornamental  Iron  Work 

Main  Office  and  Works:     Ward  Street  and  Belden  Avenue 

Telephone  Lincoln    155 

Contracting  Office:      53  West  Jackson  Blvd.  fHTP&rn 

Telephone:      Wabash    125  LnlLAUU 


294 


PIG.  2.     MAXIMUM  PERMISSIBLE  VALUES   OP   PHTEOTBSS    MODULUS    OP   AGGREGATE. 


o    /     <?    j     4    s~    £     7     a     9    /o   //   /e 


in. — a  reduction  of  over  20  per  cent.  If  the 
mix  were  changed  to  1:4%  and  other  factors 
the  same  as  in  the  first  example,  the  strength 
would  be  3,200  lb.  per  sq.  in.  We  should 
have  to  change  the  mix  to  as  lean  as  1:5 14 
in  order  to  secure  the  same  reduction  in 
strength  as  was  found  above  for  a  change 
from    1.10   to    1.25  consistency. 

By  using  the  wetter  of 'the  two  consis- 
tencies we  secure  concrete  of  the  same 
strength  as  if  we  had  used  one-third  less 
cement  and  the  drier  mix.  In  other  words, 
increasing  the  mixing  water  13$  causes  the 
same  reduction  in  strength  as  if  we  should 
omit  33%  of  the  cement.  This  example  shows 
the  reason  for  emphasizing  the  importance 
of  proper  control  of  mixing  water  in  con- 
crete. 

This  chart  enables  us  to  answer  such  ques- 
tions  as   the   following: 

Which  is  the  stronger,  a  1:3  mortar  or 
a   1:5   concrete  mixture? 

Assuming  that  concrete  of  the  same  plas- 
ticity is  used,  the  relative  strengths  will 
vary,  of  course,  with  the  grading  of  the  ag- 
gregates and  the  mix.  In  one  ease  we  have 
assumed  1  ::!  mix  with  fineness  modulus  equal 
to  3.00.  This  will  give  a  strength  for  nor- 
mal consistency  of  3.000  lb.  per  sq.  in.  The 
1:5  mix  (fineness  modulus  5.70)  gives  a 
strength  for  normal  consistency  of  about 
3,300  lb.  per  sq.  In.  The  strengths  for  other 
consistencies  can  be  round  by  reading  hori- 
zontally across  the  chart  as  Indicated  by  the 
dotted  lines. 

Quantity  of  Water  Required  for  Concrete. 
— The  Importance  of  the  water-ratio  on  the 
strength  of  concrete  will  be  shown  in  the 
following  considerat  ions : 

One  pint  more  water  than  necessary  to 
produce  a  plastic  concrete  reduces  the 
strength  to  the  same  extenl  as  if  we  should 
omit    2    to    3    ]h.    of    cement     from    a     l-bag 

batch 

Our  studies  give  us  an  entirely  new  con- 
ception of  the  function  performed  by  the 
various  constituent  materials  in  concrete. 
The  use  of  a  coarse,  well-graded  aggregate 
results  in  no  gain  in  strength  unless  we  take 


advantage  of  the  fact  that  the  amount  of 
water  necessary  to  produce  a  plastic  mix 
can  thus  be  reduced.  In  a  similar  way  we 
may  say  that  the  use  of  more  cement  In  a 
batch  does  not  produce  any  beneficial  effect 
except  from  the  fact  that  a  plastic,  work- 
able mix  can  be  produced  with  a  lower  water- 
ratio. 

The  reason  a  rich  mixture  gives  a  higher 
strength  than  a  lean  one  is  not  that  more 
cement  is  used,  but  because  the  concrete 
can  be  mixed  (and  usually  is  mixed  1  with 
a  water-ratio  which  is  relatively  lower  for 
the  richer  mixtures  than  for  the  lean  ones. 
If  advantage  is  not  taken  of  the  fact  that 
in  a  rich  mix  relatively  less  water  can  be 
used,  no  benefit  will  be  gained  as  compared 
with  a  leaner  mix.  In  all  this  discussion 
the  quantity  of  water  is  compared  with  the 
quantity  of  cement  in  the  batch  (cubic  feet 
of  water  to  1  sack  of  cement  1  and  not  to 
the  weight  of  dry  materials  or  of  the  con- 
crete  as    is   generally    done. 

The  mere  use  of  richer  mixes  has  en- 
couraged a  feeling  of  security,  whereas  in 
many  Instances  nothing  more  has  been  ac- 
complished than  wasting  a  large  quantity 
of  cement,  due  to  the  use  of  an  excess  of 
mixing  water.  The  universal  acceptance  of 
this  false  theory  of  concrete  has  exerted  a 
most  pernicious  influence  on  the  proper  use 
Of    Concrete    materials    and     has    proven     to    be 

an  almost  Insurmountable  barrier  in  the  way 
of  progress  In  the  development  of  sound 
principles  of  concrete  proportioning  and  con- 
st ruction. 

Rich  mixes  and  well-graded  aggregates  are 

just  as  essential  as  ever,  but  we  now  have 
a  proper  appreciation  of  the  true  function 
o!  the  constituent  materials  in  concrete  and 
a  more  thorough  understanding  of  the  in- 
jurious effect  of  too  much  water.  Rich  mixes 
and  well-graded  aggregates  are  after  all  only 
a  means  to  an  end;  that  is.  to  produce  a 
plastic,  workable  concrete  With  a  minimum 
quantity    of    water    as    compared     with     the 

cement  used.  Workability  of  concrete  mixes 
is   of   fundamental    significance.      Tliis    factor 

is     the    only     limitation     which     prevent. 


2U5 


Architectural  Iron  Work 

JOSEPH  HALSTED  CO. 

RANDOLPH  AND  ELIZABETH  STS. 

CHICAGO 

TELEPHONE  MONROE  4410 

ORNAMENTAL  IRON  WORK  IRON  STAIRS 

ELEVATOR  DOORS  AND  ENCLOSURES 

IRON  STORE  FRONTS  IRON  FENCES  AND  GRILLES 

STEEL  BEAMS  AND  COLUMNS         FIRE  ESCAPES 


CAST  IRON  FENCE  AND  RAILING  POSTS 
FOR  BUILDINGS  A  SPECIALTY 

Reder  Foundry  Co. 

Iron  Foundry 

ARCHITECTURAL   MACHINERY   AND 
STOVE   PLATE   CASTINGS 

Oakley  Ave.  &  35th  Place 
Telephone  McKinley  3706  One  Block  East  of  Western  Blvd. 


Ornamental  and  Miscellaneous 


Incorporated  1910 


IRON 


CAPITAL  S500.000.00 


HANKE  IRON  &  WIRE  WORKS 

ALBANY,  GRAND  and  CHICAGO  AVES. 
Telephone    Garfield    970 


Representative    Work: 

''Burlington  Bldg." 
'Pennsylvania  Station" 
•Continental  &  Commercial 

National  Bank  B.dg." 
'Carter  H.  Harrison  High 

School" 
'Borland  Bldg." 
'Chicago  Telephone  Co.  Bldg.' 


References: 

Schmidt,  Garden  &  Martia 
Graham,  Anderson,  Probst  &  White 
Holabird  &  Roche 
University  of  Chicago 
John  Griffiths  &  Son  Co. 
Geo.  A.  Fuller  Co. 
Marshall  &  Fox 
Bulley  &  Andrews 


OFFICE:   Main   2722 


WORKS.      BCULEVASD    21  20 


FEDERAL- IRON  -WORKS 

STRUCTURAL  and  ARCHITECTURAL  IRON 
807  STOCK  EXCHANGE.  30  N.  LA  SALLE 
WORKS:   3545-5  5  SHIELDS  AVE..  CHICAGO 


29(3 


FIG.    3.       DIAGRAM    FOR    THE    DESIGN  OF   CONCRETE  MIXTURES. 

This    chart   is    based    on    compression    tests   of  6  by   12-inch  cylinders;  age  28  days;  stored 
in    damp    sand. 

A? 


/-& 


/-J 


/-as 


\" 


* 


MS 


\  /-s 


AXS 


AG 


/-6.S 


/-7 


90    /OO  /./O   /?&  /JO     /</(?  /SO  /60  /70 


reduction  of  cement  and  water  in  the  batch 
to  much  lower  limits  than  are  now  practic- 
able. 

The  above  considerations  show  that  the 
water  content  is  the  most  important  elemeni 
of  a  concrete  mix,  in  that  .small  variations 
in  the  water  cause  a  much  wider  change 
in  the  strength  than  similar  variations  in 
the  cement  content  or  the  size  or  grading 
of  the  aggregate.  This  shows  the  absurdity 
of  our  present  practice  in  specifying  definite 
gradings  for  aggregates  and  carefully  pro- 
portioning the  cement,  then  guessing  at  the 
water.  It  would  be  more  correct  to  carefully 
measure  the  water  and  guess  at  the  cemenl 
in   the    batch. 

The  total  water  required  is  governed  by 
a  large  number  of  different  factors.  How- 
ever, it  is  only  the  water  which  goes  to  the 
cement    (that  is.  exclusive  of  absorbed  water) 


which  affects  the  concrete  strength.  The 
failure  to  recognize  this  fact  has  led  to 
many  erroneous  conclusions  from  tests  made 
to  determine   the  relative  merits  of  differenl 

aggregates. 

Without   regard    to    the   actual   quantity   of 

mixing  water,  the  following  rule  is  a  safe 
one  to  follow:  Use  the  »mallest  quantity  of 
mixing  water  that  will  produce  a  plastic  or 
workable  concrete.  The  importance  of  any 
method  of  mixing,  handling,  placing  and  fin- 
ishing concrete  which  will  enable  the  builder 
to  reduce  the  water  content  of  the  concrete 
to  a  minimum  is  at  once  apparent. 

The  foregoing  is  a  brief  abstract  of  the 
Author's  report  on  the  "Design  of  Concrete 
Mixtures,"  Bulletin  1  of  the  Structural  Ma- 
terials Research  Laboratory,  Lewis  Institute. 
Chicago.  Readers  who  arc  interested  may 
secure  copies  of  this  Bulletin   upon   request. 


297 


Eugene  J.    Sullivan,    President  Fhone    Cana!   4999 

SULLIVAN-KORBER  COMPANY 

HIGH  GRADE 
ORNAMENTAL  IRON  AND  BRONZE 

2437-244]   WEST  TWENTY-FIRST  PLACE 
CHICAGO 

ADELBERT  E.  COLEMAN 

SUCCESSOR  TO 

CHICAGO  ORNAMENTAL  IRON  CO. 

Manufacturers  of 

Ornamental  Iron  and  Bronze 

FOR  BUILDINGS. 
Large  Bovvet  Barff  Furnace  and  Electro-Plating  Plant 
Telephone  Yards  88  Office  and  Works:  37th  St.  and  Stewart  Ave.,  CHICAGO 


GUARANTY   IRON  AND  STEEL  CO. 

Ornamental  nor     r*  r\  r\  a  o  Window  Guards 

Iron  Stairs  FIRE     POORS  Brass  Railings 

Elevator  Enclosures  «— — —     '  Steel  Doors 

Elevator  Cabs  Fire  Escapes 

D  ,„„„  Dli|in„r  APPROVED     ELEVATOR     DOOR     AND  «       ...  . 

Balcony  Railings  wire    work  Counterbalanced 

Wire  Enclosures  Stairways 

Hammered  TELEPHONES  i  GARFIELD  7259  Stand  Pipes 

Grille  Work  tLtrHUNt;,  j  KEDZ|E  1579  ^^  Fjxt|]res 

2847-49-51  WEST  LAKE  STREET  CHICAGO 


Bronze   Memorial  Tablets, 
Signs  and   Name   Plates 


Manton  «S*  Smith  Company 

ORNAMENTAL  AND  ARCHITECTURAL  IRON  AND  BRONZE 

1709   WEST   AUSTIN   AVENUE 

CHICAGO 

Phone    Haymarket   6145 


29S 


STANDARD  SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  STRUCTURAL  STEEL 


ADOFTED,   1901;   REVISED,   1909,   1913,    1914,   1916. 


I.     Manufacture. 

1.  (a)  Structural  steel,  except  as  noted  in 
Paragraph  (b),  may  be  made  by  the  Besse- 
mer  or    the   open-hearth    process. 

(b)  Rivet  steel,  and  steel  for  plates  or 
angles    over    %    inch   in    thickness    which    are 


to   be   punched,    shall    be   made    by    the   open- 
hearth    process. 

H.     Chemical   Properties    and    Tests. 
2.     The  steel   shall   conform   to  the   follow- 
ing   requirements    as    to    chemical    composi- 
tion: 


Phosphorus 

Sulfur    

Bessemer.  . . 
Open-hearth. 


Structural  Steel, 
not  over  0.10  per  cent 
"     0.06      '•     " 


Rivet  Steel. 


not  over  0.06  per  cent 
"      0.045    "      " 


3.  An  analysis  of  each  melt  of  steel 
shall  be  made  by  the  manufacturer  to  de- 
termine the  percentages  of  carbon, 
manganese,  phosphorus  and  sulfur.  This 
analysis  shall  be  made  from  a  test  ingot 
taken  during  the  pouring  of  the  melt.  The 
chemical  composition  thus  determined  shall 
be  reported  to  the  purchaser  or  his  repre- 
sentative, and  shall  conform  to  the  require- 
ments  specified    in   Section    2. 


4.  Analysis  may  be  made  by  the  pur- 
chaser from  finished  material  representing 
each  melt.  The  phosphorus  and  sulfur  con- 
tent thus  determined  shall  not  exceed  that 
specified  in  Section  2  by  more  than  25  per 
cent. 

III.     Physical  Properties   and   Tests. 

5.  (a)  The  material  shall  conform  to  the 
following  requirements  as  to  tensile  proper- 
ties: 


Properties  Considered. 
Tensile   strength,    lb.   per   square   inch.... 
Yield    point,    minimum,    per    square    inch. 

Elongation   in   S  in.,    minimum,   per  cent.. 

Elongation  in   2  in.,   minimum  per  cent... 

a  See    Section    6. 


Structural   Steel. 

55  000 — 65  000 

0.5   tens.   str. 

1  400  000a 


Tens.   str. 

22 


Rivet  Steel. 

46  000 — 56  000 

0.5  tens.  str. 

1  400  000 

Tens.   str. 


(b)  The  yield  point  shall  be  determined 
by  the  drop  of  the  beam  of  the  testing  ma- 
chine. 

6.  (a)  For  structural  steel  over  %  inch 
in  thickness,  a  deduction  of  1  from  the  per- 
centage of  elongation  in  8  in.  specified  in 
Section  5  (a)  shall  be  made  for  each  in- 
crease of  ya  inch  in  thickness  above  %  inch, 
to   a   minimum   of   18   per   cent. 

(b)  For  structural  steel  under  5/16  inch 
in  thickness,  a  deduction  of  2.5  from  the 
percentage  of  elongation  in  8  in.  specified  in 
Section  5  (a)  shall  be  made  for  each  de- 
crease of  1/16  inch  in  thickness  below  5/16 
inch. 

7.  (a)  The  test  specimen  for  plates, 
shapes  and  bars,  except  as  specified  in  Para- 
graphs   (b)    and    (c),   shall  bend   cold  through 


PARALLEL  6ECTION 


FIG.l 

ISO  degrees  without  cracking  on  the  outside 
of  the  bent  portion,  as  follows:  For  mate- 
rial %  inch  or  under  in  thickness,  flat  on 
itself;  for  material  over  %  inch  to  and  in- 
cluding 1%  inch  in  thickness,  around  a  pin 
the  diameter  of  which  is  equal  to  the  thick- 
ness of  the  specimen;  and  for  material  over 
lVi  inch  in  thickness,  around  a  pin  the  diam- 
eter of  which  is  equal  to  twice  the  thick- 
ness  of  the   specimen. 


(b)  The  test  specimens  for  pins,  rollers 
and  other  bars,  when  prepared  as  specified 
in  Section  8(e),  shall  bend  cold  through  180 
degrees  around  a  1  inch  pin  without  crack- 
ing on  the  outside   of  the  bent  portion. 

(c)  The  test  specimen  for  rivet  steel 
shall  bend  cold  through  ISO  degrees  flat  on 
itself  without  cracking  on  the  outside  of  the 
bent   portion. 

8.  (a)  Tension  and  bend  test  specimens 
shall  be  taken  from  rolled  steel  in  the  con- 
dition in  which  it  comes  from  the  rolls,  ex- 
cept   as    specified    in    Paragraph    (b). 

(b)  Tension  and  bend  test  specimens  for 
pins  and  rollers  shall  be  taken  from  the  fin- 
ished bars,  after  annealing  when  annealing 
is   specified. 

Pig-.  1. 

(c)  Tension  and  bend  test  specimens  Cor 
plates,  shapes  and  bars,  except  as  specified 
in  Paragraphs  (d),  (e)  and  (f),  shall  be  of 
the  full  thickness  of  material  as  rolled;  and 
may  be  machined  to  the  form  and  dimen- 
sions shown  in  Fig.  1,  or  with  both  edges 
parallel. 

(d)  Tension  and  bend  test  specimens  Cor 
plates  over  l  •-  inch  in  thickness  m;iy  be 
machined  to  a  thickness  of  at  least  %  inch 
for  a  length  of  at  least   9   inches. 

(e)  Tension  test  specimens  for  pins, 
rollers  and  bars  over  1%  inch  in  thickness 
or  diameter  may  conform  to  the  dimensions 
shown  in  Fig.  2.  In  this  case,  the  ends 
shall  be  of  a  form  to  fit  the  holders  of  the 
testing  machine  in  such  a  way  thai  the  load 
shall  be  axial.  Bend  test  specimens 
may  be  1  by  V2  inch  in  section.  The  axis 
of  the  specimens  shall  be  located  at  any 
point  midway  between  the  center  and  sur- 
face, and  shall  be  parallel  to  the  axis  of 
the   bar. 


299 


Arnold  Hinkens,  Praidmt  M.  Hinkens,  VUt  Pr„  G.  H.  Hinkens,  Stc)  Conrad  Braun,  Treat. 

Phones:      Yards    1265-1268 

Butler  Street  Foundry  S  Iron  Company 

ESTABLISHED  1891 

Structural  and  Architectural  Steel  and  Iron  Work 
Large  Stock  of  Structural  Steel  on  Hand 
All  kinds  of  Boiler  and  General  Castings 

Office  and  Foundry,  3422-32   Normal  Avenue 

Steel  Plant,  3423-43  Parnell  Avenue  CHICAGO 

Vierling  Steel  Works 

Manufacturers  of 

Structural  aud  Ornamental 

Iron  and  Steel 

Office  and  Works:  23rd  St.  &  Stewart  Abe. 

Telephn~*  Coliseum  1900 

Chicago 

Louis   Vierling,   Pres.  and   Treas.  C.   J.    Vierling,    Vice-Pres. 

Norman   Speight,   Secy. 


WOODBRIDGE  ORNAMENTAL  IRON   CO. 

INCORPORATED 

MANUFACTURERS    OF 

ARCHITECTURAL  IRON,  BRASS  AND 
BRONZE    WORK 

Office  and  Works,  400  west  Erie  Street 

TELEPHONE     SUPERIOR   4928  CHICAGO 


WOOD 


TANKS 


.     .     .    —  TOWERS 

STRUCTURAL  STEEL  FOR  BUILDINGS 

WENDNAGEL   CO. 


3  Phones  CANAL  2140 

CHICAGO 

300 


(f)  Tension  and  bend  test  specimens  for 
rivet  steel  shall  be  of  the  full-size  sec- 
lion   of   bars   as   rolled. 

9.  (a)  One  tension  and  one  bend  test 
shall  be  made  from  each  melt;  except  that 
if  material  from  one  melt  differs  %  inch  or 
more  in  thickness,  one  tension  and  one  bend 
test  shall  be  made  from  both  the  thickest 
and  the  thinnest  material  rolled. 

(b)  If  any  test  specimen  shows  defective 
machining  or  develops  flaws,  it  may  be  dis- 
carded   and    another    specimen    substituted. 

(c)  If  the  percentage  of  elongation  of  any 
tension  test  specimen  is  less  than  that  speci- 
lied  in  Section  5  (a)  and  any  part  of  the 
fracture  is  more  than  $4,  inch  from  the  cen- 
ter of  the  gage  length  of  a  2  inch  specimen 
i>r  is  outside  the  middle  third  of  the  gage 
length  of  an  8  inch  specimen,  as  indicated 
by  scribe  scratches  marked  on  the  specimen 
before   testing,   a  retest   shall   be   allowed. 


IV.  Permissible  Variations  in  Weight  and 
Thickness. 
10.  The  cross-section  or  weight  of  each 
piece  of  steel  shall  not  vary  more  than  25 
per  cent  from  that  specified;  except  in  the 
case  of  sheared  plates,  which  shall  be  cov- 
ered by  the  following  permissible  variations. 
One  cubic  inch  of  rolled  steel  is  assumed 
to  weigh  0.2833   lb. 

(a)  When  ordered  to  weight  per  square 
Foot:  The  weight  of  each  lot  in  each  ship- 
ment shall  not  vary  from  the  weight  ordered 
more   than   the   amount   given   in    Table    I. 

(b)  When     Ordered     to     Thickness — The 

thickness   of   each   plate   shall   not  vary   more 
than    0.01    in.    under   that   ordered. 

The  overweight  of  each  lot  in  each  ship- 
ment shall  not  exceed  the  amount  given  in 
Table    II. 


TABLE  I 

Permissible  Variations  of  Plates  Ordered  to  Weight. 

Pnuussau  Variations  is  Atxbaoe  Weights  pes  Sqcarr 

Foot  op  Plates  por  Widths  Gitxn, 

Expresses  in  Percentages  op  Ordered  Weights. 

Ordered 
LB.  PEE  Bo.  IT. 

Coder 
181a. 

48  to 
60  in.. 

CECL. 

excL 

72  to 

Mr., 

St 

96  to 
108  La 
eseL 

IDS  to 

120  id. 
neL, 

120  to 
13210.. 
EECL 

132  io. 

Ordered 

i 

t 

i 

£ 

i 

i 

£ 

i 

S 

| 

p 

i 

i 

jj 

O 

. 

i 

9 

I 

3 

DadnS 

5 

1 

i  s 

3 

1 

4  5 

3  5 

• 

5 

: 

3 
3 
> 

1  5 

2 

; 

« 

5  5 
5 

3 
3 
3 

7.5  "  10       " 

i 

5  5 

3 

3 

7 

6 

3 

3 

8 
7 

3 
3 

10      -  12J    •• 

. 

3 

9 

3 

10 

■  12.5    " 

12.5  "  15       " 

3 

u 

1.1 

2  5 

4 

3 

45 

3 

5 

3 

55 

3 

5 

3 

7 

3 

8 

3 

1223 

'  15       " 

15      "  17.5    " 

2.5 

2.5 

3 

2.53.5 

3, 

3 

45 

3 

• 

3 

5  S 

3 

6 

3 

7 

3 

15 

'  17.5    - 

17.5  "  20       " 

2.5 

2 

2.5 

253 

2.5 

3  5 

25 

* 

3 

4  5 

3 

5 

3 

5  5 

3 

5 

3 

17J 

'  20 

20-25       " 

1 

2 

25 

2 

2.5 

2.5 

3 

25 

3  5 

2.5 

4 

3 

4.5 

3 

5 

3 

5  S 

3 

20 

■  25       " 

25      "  30       " 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2.5 

2 

2.5 

2.5 

3 

2.5 

3.5 

3 

4 

3 

4.5 

3 

5 

3 

25      "  30 

30     "  10 

2 

2 

2 

2 

1 

2 

is 

2 

2  5 

8.5 

1 

25 

3.5 

3 

4 

3 

4  5 

3 

30      "  40       " 

40  of  tntt 

2 

2 

2 

* 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2  S 

2 

M 

'•' 

1 

2  5 

35 

' 

» 

3 

"""" 

TABLE  II 

Permissible  Overweights  of  Plates 

Ordered  to  Thickness. 

TffiCKNESB, 

Permissible  Excess  in  Average 

Socahx  Foot  op  Plates  por  W 

Expressed  in  Percentages  op  No. 

Weights  per 
dths  Giten. 

0„X«D 

LTi  la 

48  id. 

48  to 

.  ... 
... 

goto 

72  in, 

Bd 

72to 
Mil 

...1 

84  to  !  96  to 
Mil    1  eiB. 

108  to   120  to 
120ID..  1321D-, 

UZi. 

Coder  1.8 

'.. 

10 

11 

14 

Under  18 

IS   to3  16excl. 

8 

a 

10 

12 

18    to3,16eic!_ 

3  10  "  14      " 

7 

s 

0 

10 

12 

3/16  '■  1/4      " 

14     "  5  16    " 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

14 

It 

19 

1/4    "  5/16    '• 

3716  "  3/8      " 

i 

s 

7 

8 

0 

10 

12 

14 

17 

5/16  "  3/8      " 

i,S    "  7/16    " 

4  5 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

12 

15 

J/8    "  7/l«    " 

7«6  "  1/2     " 

4 

4  5 

5 

1 

7 

8 

9    :     10 

13 

7  16"1,2      - 

r,2    "  5/8     " 

3.5 

4 

4  5 

5 

( 

7 

8 

< 

11 

1/2    "  5/8      " 

SO    "  3/4      " 

3 

3  5 

4 

4  5 

i 

6 

7 

8 

0 

5,18    "  3.4      - 

3  4    "  1 

2.5 

3 

3.5 

4 

4  5 

5 

6 

7 

8 

3/4    "  1         " 

loioret 

2.5 

2  5 

3 

3  5 

4 

4.5 

5 

6 

7 

lOPOTE, 

Xote. — The  weight  per  sq.  foot  of  individual  plates 
not  vary  from  the  ordered   weight   by  more  than   1  >-; 
the  amount  given  in  this  table. 


shall 
times 


V.     Finish. 

11.  The  finished  material  shall  be  free 
from  injurious  defects  and  shall  have  a 
workmanlike    finish. 

VI.      Marking. 

12.  The  name  or  brand  of  the  manu- 
facturer and  the  melt  number  shall  be  leg- 
ibly stamped  or  rolled  on  all  finished  mate- 
rial, except  that  rivet  and  lattice  bars 
and  other  small  sections  shall,  when  loaded 
for  shipment,  be  properly  separated  and 
marked  for  identification.  The  identification 
marks    shall   be   legibly    stamped    on    the    end 


f< —  2  Gage  Length  ■  -  H 

FIG.  2 
Xote. — The  Gage  Length,   Parallel   Portions  and    Fillets 
shall  be  as  Shown,  but  the  Ends  may  be  of  any  Form  which 
will  Fit  the  Holders  of  the  Testing  Machine. 

of  each  pin  and  roller.  The  molt  number 
shall  be  legibly  marked,  by  stamping  if 
practicable,    on    each    test    specimen. 


VII.      Inspection   and    Rejection. 

13.  The  inspector  representing  the  pur- 
chaser shall  have  free  entry,  at  all  times 
while  work  on  the  contract  of  the  purchaser 
is  being  performed,  to  all  parts  of  the  man- 
ufacturer's works  which  concern  the  manu- 
facture of  the  material  ordered.  The 
manufacturer  shall  afford  the  inspector, 
free  of  cost,  all  reasonable  facilities  to  sat- 
isry  him  that  the  material  is  being  furnished 
in  accordance  with  these  specifications.  All 
tests  (except  check  analyses)  and  inspection 
shall  be  made  at  the  place  of  manufacture 
prior  to  shipment,  unless  otherwise  speci- 
fied, and  shall  be  so  conducted  as  not  to 
interfere  unnecessarily  with  the  operation  of 
the   works. 

14.  (a)  Unless  otherwise  specified,  any 
rejection  based  on  tests  made  in  accordance 
with  Section  4  shall  be  reported  within  five 
working    days    from    the   receipt   of    samples. 

(b)  Material  which  shows  injurious  de- 
fects subsequent  to  Its  acceptance  at  the 
manufacturer's  works  will  be  rejected,  and 
the  manufacturer  shall   be  notified. 

15.  Samples  tested  In  accordance  with 
Section  4,  which  represent  rejected  material. 
shall  be  preserved  for  two  weeks  from  the 
date  of  the  test  report.  In  case  of  dissat- 
isfaction with  the  results  of  the  tests,  the 
manufacturer  may  make  claim  for  a  rehear- 
ing   within    that    time. 


.-.ill 


Specify  HAVEMEYER  J>r°*«*s 

I 


^it^rj^oundj^c^ 


Havemeyer  Round  and  Square  Deformed  Bars 
have  absolutely  uniform  cross  section. 
Same  weight  per  foot  as  plain  bars 

FOUR  WESTERN  WAREHOUSES 

insuring  immediate  deliveries  and 
avoiding  delay  in  building  operations 
Chicago   Youngstown    St.  Louis   Kansas  City 


HAVEMEYER  SPECIALTIES 

AUTOMATICALLY  INSURE 
CORRECT  STEEL  PLACING 

The  integrity  of  your  design  depends 
upon  the  reinforcing  being  placed  and 
firmly  held  where  it  should  function 

Your  Plans  provide — 

A  PLACE  FOR  EVERY  BAR 
But  do  they  provide  for — 

EVERY  BAR  IN  ITS  PLACE? 


Ty-Chairs  for 
Holding  and  Spacing 


Easel  Chairs 
for  Joists 

STAIR -TREADS 


Slotted  Inserts 
Ideal  Shafting  Support 

CURB- BARS 

Send  for  Catalogue  C-3 


Bar  Tys  that  Hold 
BEAM -SADDLES 


Concrete  Steel  Company 


Monadnock  Block 


CHICAGO 


302 


STANDARD  SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  BILLET-STEEL 
CONCRETE  REINFORCEMENT  BARS 


Serial    Designation:     A    15 — 14. 

The  specifications  for  this  material  are 
issued  under  the  rixed  designation  A  15;  the 
final  number  indicates  the  year  of  original 
issue,  or  in  the  case  of  revision,  the  year  of 
last   revision.  ^ 

Adopted,  1911;  Revised,  1912,  1913,  1914. 

(1)  (a)  These  specifications  cover  three 
classes  of  billet-steel  concrete  reinforcement 
bars,  namely:  plain,  deformed,  and  cold- 
twisted. 

(.b)  Plain  and  deformed  bars  are  of  three 
grades,  namely:  structural-steel,  intermedi- 
ate  and   hard. 

2.  (a)  The  structural-steel  grade  shall  be 
used   unless    otherwise   specified. 

(b)  If  desired,  cold-twisted  bars  may  be 
purchased  on  the  basis  of  tests  of  the  hot- 
rolled  bars  before  twisting,  in  which  case 
such  tests  shall  govern  and  shall  conform  to 
the  requirements  specified  for  plain  bars  of 
structural-steel  grade. 

I.     Manufacture. 

3.  (a)  The  steel  may  be  made  by  the 
Bessemer   or   the    open-hearth   process. 

(b)  The  bars  shall  be  rolled  from  new 
billets.     No  rerolled  material  will  be  accepted. 


4.  Cold- twist  til  bars  shall  be  twisted  cold 
with  one  complete  twist  in  a  length  nut  over 
12    times    the    thickness    of   the    bar. 

II.  Chemical   Properties   and   Tests. 

5.  The  steel  shall  conform  to  the  follow- 
ing requirements  as  to  chemical  composition: 
Phosphorus 

Bessemer not  over  0.10  per  cent 

Open-hearth....     "         "      0.05 

6.  An  analysis  to  determine  the  percen- 
tages of  carbon,  manganese,  phosphorus  and 
sulfur,  shall  be  made  by  the  manufacturer 
from  a  test  ingot  taken  during  the  pouring 
of  each  melt,  a  copy  of  which  shall  be  given 
to  the  purchaser  or  his  representative.  This 
analysis  shall  conform  to  the  requirements 
specified    in    Section    5. 

7.  Analysis  may  be  made  by  the  purchaser 
from  finished  bars  representing  each  melt  of 
open-hearth  steel,  and  each  melt,  or  lot  of 
ten  tons,  of  Bessemer  steel,  in  which  case 
an  excess  of  25  per  cent  above  the  require- 
ments specified  in  Section  5  shall  be  allowed, 

III.  Physical  Properties   and   Tests. 

8.  (a)  The  bars  shall  conform  to  the  fol- 
lowing requirements  as  to  tensile  properties: 


Tensile    Properties. 


Plain  Bars 

Deformed  Bars. 

Structur- 

Inter- 

Structur- 

Inter- 

Cold- 

Properties 

al  Steel 

mediate 

Hard 

al  Steel 

mediate 

Hard 

twisted 

Considered. 

Grade. 

Grade. 

Grade. 

Grade. 

Grade. 

Grade. 

Bars. 

Tensile       strength, 

55,000 

70,000 

55.000 

70,000 

Recorded 
only. 

lb.    per   sq.    in.  .  . 

to 

to 

SO.OOOmin. 

to 

to 

SO.OOOmin. 

70,000 

85,000 

70,000 

85,000 

Yield    point,     min., 

lb.  per  sq.  in ... . 

33,000 

40,000 

50,000 

33,000 

40,000 

50,000 

55,000 

Elongation  in  8   in. 

min.,    per    cent.  . 

1,400,000* 

1,300,000* 
Tens.  str. 

1,200,000* 

1,250,000* 

1,125,000* 

1,000,000* 

5 

Tens.  str. 

Tens. str. 

Tens.  str. 

Tens.  str. 

Tens.  str. 

(b)  The  yield  point  shall  be  determined 
by  the  drop  of  the  beam  of  the  testing  ma- 
chine. 

9.  (a)  For  plain  and  deformed  bars  over 
%  in.  in  thickness  or  diameter,  a  deduction 
of  1  from  the  percentages  of  elongation  speci- 
fied in  Section  8  (a)  shall  be  made  for  each 
increase  of  Vs  in.  in  thickness  or  diameter 
above   %   in. 


(b)  For  plain  and  deformed  bars  under 
7/16  in.  in  thickness  or  diameter,  a  deduc- 
tion of  1  from  the  percentages  of  elongation 
specified  in  Section  8  (a)  shall  be  made  for 
each  decrease  of  1/16  in.  in  thickness  or 
diameter  below   7/16   in. 

10.  The  test  specimen  shall  bend  cold 
around  a  pin  without  cracking  on  the  outside 
of   the   bent  portion,   as   follows: 


Bend-Test   Requirements. 


Thickness 

Plain   Bars. 

Deformed    Bars 

Cold- 

or 

Structu 

ral- 

Inter- 

Hard 

Structural-     Inter- 

Hard 

twist 'd 

Diameter 

Steel 

mediate 

Grade. 

Sti'cl           mediate 

Grade. 

Bars. 

of  Bar. 

Grade. 

Grade. 

Grade.            Grade. 

Under  %  in.  .  . 

ISO  deg. 

180  dsg. 

ISO  desr. 

ISO  deg.          ISO  deg. 

]  mi  deg. 

ISO  deg. 

•    d=t 

d=2t 

d=3t 

d=t                d=3t 

d=4t 

a 

%  in.  or  over.  . 

180  deg. 
•    d=t 

90  deg. 
d=2t 

90  deg. 
d=3t 

90  deg.            90  deg. 
d     21                 d  =  3t 

90  deg. 

.:     it 

iso  deg. 

,1    ::t 

Explanatory  Note:    d  =  the  diameter  of  pin  about   which   the  sperimt  n   is  bent; 
t  =  the    thickness    or   diameter  of   the    specimen. 


11.  (a)  Tension  and  bend  test  specimens 
for  plain  and  deformed  bars  shall  be  taken 
from  the  finished  bars,  and  shall  be  of  the 
full  thickness  or  diameter  of  bars  as  rolled; 
except  that  the  specimens  for  deformed  bars 
may  be  machined  for  a  length  of  at  least  9 
in.,  if  deemed  necessary  by  the  manufacturer 
to   obtain    uniform    cross-section. 

(b)  Tension  and  bend  test  specimens  for 
cold-twisted  bars  shall  be  taken  from  the 
finished  bars,  without  further  treatment;  ex- 
cept  as    specified    in   Section    2    (b). 

12.  (a)  One  tension  and  one  bend  test 
shall  be  made  from  each  mell  of  open-heartli 
steel,  and  from  each  melt,  or  lot  of  ten  tons, 


of  Bessemer  steel;  except  that  it'  material 
from  one  melt  differs  :;s  In.  or  more  In  thicl? 
ness  or  diameter,  one  tension  and  one  bend 
test  shall  be  made  from  both  the  thickesl 
i    the   thinnest    material   rolled. 

(t>)  If  any  test  specimen  shows  defective 
machining  or  develops  Haws,  it  maj  be  dis- 
carded and   another  specimen  substituted. 

(c)  If  the  percentage  of  elongation  of 
any  tension  test  specimen  is  less  than  that 
specified  In  Section  8  (a)  and  any  pari  of 
the  fracture  Is  outside  the  middle  third  of 
the  gage  length,  as  Indicated  by  scribe 
scratches  marked  on  the  specimen  before 
testing,   a   rctest    shall    be    allowed. 


•See   Section   9. 


303 


304 


IV.     Permissible  Variations  in  Weight, 

13.  The  weight  of  any  lot  of  bars  shall 
not  vary  more  than  5  per  cent  from  the 
theoretical    weight    of    that    lot. 

V.     Finish. 

14.  The  finished  bars  shall  be  free  from 
injurious  defects  and  shall  have  a  workman- 
like   finish. 

VI.      Inspection    and    Rejection. 

15.  The  inspector  representing  the  pur- 
chaser shall  have  free  entry,  at  all  times 
while  work  on  the  contract  of  the  purchaser 
is  being  performed,  to  all  parts  of  the  manu- 
facturer's works  which  concern  the  manu- 
facture of  the  bars  ordered.  The  manufac- 
turer shall  afford  the  inspector,  free  of  cost, 
all  reasonable  facilities  to  satisfy  him  that 
the  bars  are  being  furnished  in  accordance 
with    these    specifications.      All    tests    (except 


check  analyses)  and  inspection  shall  be  made 
at  the  place  of  manufacture  prior  to  ship- 
ment, unless  otherwise  specified,  and  shall 
be  so  conducted  as  not  to  interfere  unneces- 
sarily with  the  operation  of  the  works. 

16.  (a)  Unless  otherwise  specified,  any 
rejection  based  on  tests  made  in  accordance 
with  Section  7  shall  be  reported  within  five 
working  days  from  the  receipt  of  samples. 

(b)  Bars  which  show  injurious  defects 
subsequent  to  their  acceptance  at  the  manu- 
facturer's works  will  be  rejected,  and  the 
manufacturer  shall  be  notified. 

17.  Samples  tested  in  accordance  with  Sec- 
tion 7,  which  represent  rejected  bars,  shall 
be  preserved  for  two  weeks  from  the  date  of 
the  test  report.  In  case  of  dissatisfaction 
with  the  results  of  the  tests,  the  manufac- 
turer may  make  claim  for  a  rehearing  within 
that   time. 


STANDARD  SPECIFICATIONS   FOR  RAIL  STEEL  CONCRETE 

REINFORCEMENT  BARS 

As  Adopted  by  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials.  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  U.  S.  A.,  1913. 


Classes. 

1.  These  specifications  cover  three  classes 
of  rail-steel  concrete  reinforcement  bars, 
namely:    plain,  deformed,  and  hot-twisted. 

I.  MANUFACTURE. 
Process. 

2.  The  bars  shall  be  rolled  from  standard 
section  Tee  rails. 

Hot-twisted  Bars. 

3.  Hot-twisted  bars  shall  have  one  com- 
plete twist  in  a  length  not  over  12  times  the 
thickness  of  the  bar. 

II.     PHYSICAL    PROPERTIES    AND    TESTS. 

4.  (a)  The  bars  shall  conform  to  the  fol- 
lowing minimum  requirements  as  to  tensile 
properties: 

Deformed 
and  Hot- 
twisted 
bars. 

80,000 

50,000 

1.000,000 

Tens.   str. 


Bend  Test  Requirements. 


Plain  Bars. 


SO, 000 

50,000 

1,200,000 

Tens.  str. 


Properties  Con 
sidered. 

Tensile       strength, 

lb.  per  sq.  in.  .  .  . 
Yield  point,  lb.  per 

sq.  in 

Elongation  in  8  in., 

per    cent* 

*  See   Section   5. 

(b)  The  yield  point  shall  be  determined  by 
the  drop  of  the  beam  of  the  testing  machine. 

Modification    in    Elongation. 

5.  (a)  For  bars  over  %  in.  in  thickness 
or  diameter,  a  deduction  of  1  from  the  per- 
centages of  elongation  specified  in  Section  4 
(a)  shall  be  made  for  each  increase  of  Ya  in. 
in  thickness  or  diameter  above  %  in. 

(b)  for  bars  under  7-16  in.  in  thickness  or 
diameter,  a  deduction  of  1  from  the  per- 
centages of  elongation  specified  in  Section 
4  (a)  shall  be  made  for  each  decrease  of 
1-16  in.  in  thickness  or  diameter  below 
7-16    in. 

Bend    Tests. 

6.  The  test  specimen  shall  bend  cold 
around  a  pin  without  cracking  on  the  out- 
side of  the  bent  portion,  as  follows: 


Thickness  or  Diam- 
eter   of   Bar. 


Under 


%    in.   or  over. 


Plain  Bars. 

180  deg. 
d  =  3  t 
90  deg. 
d  =  3  t 


Deformed 
and  Hot- 
twisted 
bars. 
180  deg. 
d  =  4  t 
90  deg. 
d  =  4  t 


Explanatory  Xote:  d  =  the  diameter  of  pin 
about  which  the  specimen  is  bent:  t  =  the 
thickness  or  diameter  of  the  specimen. 

Test    Specimens. 

7.  (a)  Tension  and  bend  test  specimens 
for  plain  and  deformed  bars  shall  be  taken 
from  the  finished  bars,  and  shall  be  of  the 
full  thickness  or  diameter  of  bars  as  rolled; 
except  that  the  specimens  for  deformed  bars 
may  be  machined  for  a  length  of  at  least  9 
in.,  if  deemed  necessary  by  the  manufacturer 
to  obtain  uniform  cross-section. 

(b)  Tension  and  bend  test  specimens  for 
hot-twisted  bars  shall  be  taken  from  the 
finished  bars,  without  further  treatment. 

Number  of  Tests. 

8.  (a)  One  tension  and  one  bend  test  shall 
be  made  from  each  lot  of  ten  tons  or  less 
of  each  size  of  bar  rolled  from  rails  varying 
not  more  than  10  lb.  per  yd.  in  nominal 
weight. 

(h)  If  any  test  specimen  shows  defective 
machining  or  develops  flaws,  or  if  a  tension 
test  specimen  breaks  outside  the  middle  third 
of  the  gage  length,  it  may  be  discarded 
and  another   specimen   substituted. 


HI.       PERMISSIBLE     VARIATIONS     IN 
WEIGHT. 

Permissible    Variations. 

9.  The  weight  of  any  lot  of  bars  shall 
not  vary  more  than  5  per  cent  from  the  theo- 
retical weight  of   that   lot. 


305 


Olney  J.  Dean  &  Company 

ENGINEERS  AND  MANUFACTURERS 

Steel  Bars  for  Reinforcing  Concrete 

19  South  La  Salle  Street 

Phone    Central     3462  CHICAGO 

WATERTITE  SCUPPERS 

Approved    by    the    Underwriters    Laboratories    August    1st,     1918 

To    secure    maximum    protection    against    fire    and    water 
loss     at     lowest     insurance     rates — Data     on     application 
MANUFACTURED  BY  THE  WATERTITE  DRAIN  &  SCUPPER  CO.,  NEW  YORK 


ESTABLISHED  1884 


F.P.SMITH  WIRE  AND  IRON  WORKS 


Telephone 
Lincoln  7000 


Branch  Office:    175  No.  Dearborn  St. 
Phone  Central  439 


GENERAL  OFFICES  AND  SHOPS 
.    CLYBOURN  &  FULLERTON  AVES.,  CHICAGO 

A  ORNAMENTAL  IRON  and  BRONZE 

Art  Metal  Work,  Iron    Fences,    Stairs,  Stable 

Fixtures,  Jail  Cells,  Guards,  Fire 

Escapes,  Wire  Cloth 

Patent  Spiral  Columns  and  Other  Steel 
for  Concrete   Reinforcement 


SEND     FOR     CATALOGUE 

Sole  Agents  for  Solar  Hollow  Steel  Doors,  Trim  and  Metal  Partitions  Sole  Agents  for  Reliance  Ball  Bearing  Elevator  Door  Hangers 


Standard  Fire  Escape  Co. 

MANUFACTURERS  OF 

Standardized  Fire  Escapes 


Telephone  Haymarket  585 


164-166  North  May  Street 


CHICAGO,  ILL. 


Frederick  Voss 

ARCHITECTS 

Manufacture!   of 

will  serve  the  best  interests  of  their 
clients  by  specifying  Voss  Wire  Lath 

Fire  Proof  Wire  Lathing  and 

Wire  Cloth  and  Metal 

Furring  for  all 

purposes 

for  plastering — either  plain,  painted  or 
galvanized.   We  recommend  18 gauge. 

Always   Specify 

TELEPHONE  MAIN  5333 

552-554  W.  Monroe  St.,  Chicago 

No.  18  Washburn  &  Moen  Gauge  .0475 
?■*,"  Mesh  Wire  Lath.     In  calling  for 
Voss  Lath  you  get  this  gauge  and  mesh. 

306 


SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  STANDARD  HOLLOW  TILE 
FIREPROOFING 


General:  The  Contractor  for  this  work 
will  be  required  to  furnish  all  of  the  ma- 
terial and  labor  of  every  description  re- 
quired to  erect  the  same  in  place  complete. 
The  Contractor  is  referred  to  the  plans  and 
details  for  the  general  construction,  and 
especially  the  steel  diagrams  and  details 
showing  connection  between  the  structural 
steel  and  tile  work. 

Special  Shapes:  The  Contractor  shall  fur- 
nish all  necessary  special  shapes  for  the 
proper    fitting    to    the    steel    work. 

Details:  When  requested  to  do  so  the 
Contractor  shall  furnish  large  scale  details 
or  full  sized  drawings  for  all  special  shapes, 
column  coverings,  lintel  covers,  girder  cov- 
ers, and  general  type  of  arch,  which  shall 
be  submitted  to  the  Architects  for  their  ap- 
proval. 

Scaffolding1,  Tools,  etc.:  Furnish  all  the 
tools,  machinery,  hoisting  apparatus  and 
centering  necessary  to  carry  on  the  work  at 
the  rate  of  progress  stipulated  in  the  con- 
tract. 

Tile*.  All  the  tile  required  for  this  work 
shall  be  of  the  best  quality  of  hard  burned 
fire  clay,  semi-porous,  or  porous  terra  cotta. 
This  tile  to  be  well  manufactured,  no  badly 
split,  cracked  or  warped  tile  will  be  per- 
mitted   to   go   into    the   work. 

Mortar  and  Laying:  All  tile  work  shall  be 
laid  in  mortar  composed  of  one  part  Port- 
land Cement  of  an  approved  brand  and  four 
parts  clean  sharp  sand,  thoroughly  mixed 
together  dry  and  sufficient  water  added  to 
wet  to  the  proper  consistency  and  then 
tempered  with  lime  putty  to  make  it  work 
smooth.  No  more  mortar  shall  be  mixed  at 
one  time  than  can  be  used  immediately. 
All  tile  must  be  laid  with  full  flush  joints, 
plumb  to  a  line  with  horizontal  beds  uni- 
formly level  on,  each  course.  Fill  all  the 
joints,  clinks  and  crevices  between  the  tile 
and  steel  work  with  mortar  well  slushed  in. 

Type  of  Arch:  The  arches  for  the  floors 
In  general  shall  be  —  inch;  flat  or  segment 
arches,  with  side  or  end  construction.  Skew- 
backs  carefully  bedded  in  place  against 
beams. 

Beam  Tile:  The  soffits  of  all  beams  to  be 
protected  with  slabs  of  tile  at  least  2  inches 
in  thickness,  with  an  air  space  at  least  % 
of  an  inch  by  the  width  of  the  metal  sur- 
face to  be  covered. 

Roofs:      The  arches   for  the  main   roof  are 

to  be  ' —  in  segment  or  flat  arches  same 

as    specified    for    the    floors. 

Minor  Roofs:  The  roofs  of  pent  houses, 
roof  over  projecting  portion  In  second  story, 
floor  of  bulkheads,  and  other  portions  indi- 
cated on  details  as  book-tile  shall  be  made 
of  Three-inch  book-tile  set  in  place  between 
tee  Irons.  Tee  irons  to  be  furnished  by  the 
iron  Contractor. 

Partitions:  All  partitions  shown  on  plans 
to  be  built  of  the  thickness  indicated  in 
figures.  Partition  walls  to  be  built  straight. 
true,  plumb  and  well  bonded  with  proper 
"breakjoint"  bond  on  each  alternate  course 
and  all  joints  thoroughly  flushed  up  with 
mortar,  and  to  be  well  wedged  underneath. 

Hollow  tile  used  for  building  primary  bear- 
ing walls,  which  are  defined  as  walls  that 
may  be  used  to  receive  directly  the  loads 
from  floors  or  roofs  in  addition  to  their 
acting  as  bearing  partitions,  must  have  a 
thickness  of  at  least  one-fifteenth  the  free 
height  between  floors  and  the  load  including 
the  weight  of  the  construction  must  not  ex- 
ceed 350  lbs.  per  sq.  in.  of  net  sectional 
area   of  the   tile   in  compression. 

Purriwr  Tile:  Where  indicated  on  plans. 
2    inch    furring    tile  are   to    be    built    against 


the  outside  walls  of  the  building.  These 
tiles  are  to  be  secured  to  the  brick  walls 
with  lOd  spikes  on  every  third  course, 
driven  into  the  brickwork  at  intervals  not 
greater  than   48   inches  apart. 

Curb  Walls:  The  curb  walls  in  basement 
shall  be  furred  with  three  inch  tile  extend- 
ing up  to  the  under  side  of  the  iron  plate 
along  edge  of  curb  walls  and  properly  fitting 
around   all    beams. 

Rough  Frames  and  Blocks:  The  Contractor 
for  carpenter  work  will  furnish  and  erect 
the  rough  wood  frames  at  all  openings  in 
partitions  and  furring.  He  will  also  furnish 
all  wooden  blocks  necessary  to  form  nailing 
facilities  for  attaching  plaster  grounds,  etc. 
These  blocks  must  be  built  in  place  by 
fireproofing  contractor  wherever  directed  by 
the    Architect. 

Column  Covering:  All  column  covering, 
shall  start  in  all  cases,  directly  from  the 
tile  arches  of  floor,  column  covering  shall 
be  designed  to  properly  fit  the  columns  and 
shall  be  secured  by  winding  No.  12  gauge 
galvanized  wire  around  the  columns  after 
the  tile  has  been  set  around  such  columns. 
The  wire  shall  be  wound  around  the  tile  in 
such  a  manner  that  every  tile  is  crossed 
at    least    once   by   a    wire. 

Covering  Exposed  Steel  Work:  All  gird- 
ers, beams,  channels,  etc.,  that  show  be- 
low the  under  side  of  ceilings,  are  to  be 
encased  on  all  sides  with  at  least  2  inches 
thickness  of  fireproofing  tile,  so  applied  as 
to  be  supported  entirely  by  the  girders  or 
beams   protected. 

Boxes  for  Plumbing  Pipes:  All  soil,  vent, 
down  spout  and  water  supply  pipes  shall 
be  boxed  in,  using  three  inch  tile,  starting 
from  the  floor  tile  in  all  cases.  This  boxing 
shall  not  be  done  until  the  pipes  have  been 
properly  tested,  and  covered  by  another  con- 
tractor. There  shall  be  no  openings  into 
boxes  except  for  outlets  on  the  various 
floors.  Where  these  outlets  occur  small 
wood  frames  furnished  by  carpenter  shall 
be    set    by    the    fireproofing    contractor. 

Bulkheads:  All  bulkheads  of  first  and 
second  floors  shall  be  built  of  three  inch 
tile,  the  structural  iron  contractor  furnish- 
ing all  necesary  tee  irons  for  the  support  of 
the  tile.  See  details  for  bulkhead  treatment, 
and    iron   drawings    for   the    support. 

Provide  three  inch  tile  for  the  ends  of 
bulkheads  where  intersected  by  the  entrance 
doors. 

Toilet  Room  Ploors:  All  toilet  room  floors 
where  shown  on  plans  shall  be  raised  ap- 
proximately one  foot  with  fireproofing,  sup- 
ports to  be  so  arranged  as  not  to  interfere 
with   the  piping  of  these   rooms. 

Pent  Houses:  The  contractor  shall  build 
the  walls  of  pent  houses  with  four  inch  hard 
or  glazed  tile,  laid  up  in  Portland  cement 
mortar,  all  joints  to  be  thoroughly  flushed 
up. 

Curbs  of  all  skylights  shall  be  built  of 
four   inch  tile. 

Ploor  Strips  and  Concrete  Pilling:  After 
the  floor  arches  have  been  set  in  place,  and 
at  such  time  as  may  be  designated  by  the 
architect,  the  contractor  for  carpenter's  work 
will  furnish  and  set  the  2x3  inch  wood  floor 
strips  required  as  nailing  ground  for  the 
finished  wood  flooring,  where  wooden  flooring 
is    called    for. 

After  the  strips  have  been  set,  the  fire- 
proofing contractor  must  fill  in  between  the 
same  with  concrete  filling;  this  concrete  is 
to  be  composed  of  one  part  American  Port- 
land cement,  of  approved  brand,  two  parts 
sharp  sand,  and  six  parts  broken  tile,  stone, 
gravel,  or  fine,  clean  coal  cinders,  thoroughly 


30:7 


VARIETY  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 


Manufacturer*  of 


Steel  Fire  Doors,  Art  Metal  Doors, 

Rolling  Steel  Shutters,  Tin  Clad  Fire  Doors, 
Cross  Horizontal  Folding  Doors, 

Freight  Elevator  Doors  (Underwriters  Label) 


Carroll  and  Sacramento  Aves.  :: 

PHONE  KEDZIE  3434 


CHICAGO,  ILLINOIS 


K  I  N  N  E AR 

STEEL  AND  WOOD  ROLLING 
DOORS  AND  SHUTTERS 
APPROVED    FIRE    DOORS 

The  Kinnear  Mfg.  Co. 

I860  Continental  and  Commercial  Bank  Bldg. 
Phone  Wabash  6-474  CHICAGO,  HI.. 


Mr.  Architect— Look  Here! 

Concrete  reinforcing  bars  are 
ineffective  in  exact  proportion 
to  the  inaccuracies  of  their  loca- 
tion in  the  concrete. 
Specify  Securo  Supporting  & 
Locking  Bar-Spacers  and  get 
the  structural  strength  intended 
in  your  plans. 

METAL    BUILDING    MATERIALS    COMPANY 

3129  West  Harrison  Street  -  CHICAGO,    U.S.A. 


NEW  YORK 


BOSTON 


CHICAGO 


LALLY  COLUMN  CO.  of  CHICAGO 

Sole  Manufacturers  of 

LALLY-  Steel  -  Shell  -  Concrete  Filled 
COLUMNS 


4001  Wentworth  Avenue 


Chicago,  Illinois 


30S 


mixed  together  dry,  then  tempered  and  mixed 
and  tamped  in  place.  In  no  case  shall  cin- 
der concrete  be  allowed  to  come  in  contact 
with  structural   steel. 

Tile  Blocking'  and  Pilling  Between  Floor 
Strips:  For  all  wood  floors  on  top  of  tile 
arch  construction  throughout  the  building 
lay  on  top  of  the  tile  arches,  lines  of  tile  of 
special  die  to  receive  the  wood  floor  strips. 
The  tile  shall  have  a  width  on  top  equal  to 
the  width  of  the  floor  strip  at  the  bottom 
and  shall  be  leveled  on  both  sides  in  con- 
tinuation   of    the    level    of    the    wood    strips. 


After  the  wood  strips  are  in  place  the  spaces 
between  them  shall  be  filled  with  2"  special 
tile  formed  so  as  to  firmly  wedge  them  in 
place,  the  upper  surface  of  the  tile  being 
V*  of  an  inch  below  top  of  sleepers,  all  in 
accordance  with   detail. 

Finally:  Do  everything  necessary  to  finish 
the  entire  work  in  a  thorough  and  substan- 
tial manner  in  strict  accord  with  building  laws 
and  ordinances  locally  applicable.  Remove  prompt- 
ly from  the  premises  all  the  tools,  scaffolding,  un- 
used tile,  debris  etc.  as  soon  as  each  portion  is 
completed,  so  as  to  maintain  all  portions  of  the 
premises  as  free  from  obstruction  as  practicable 


RULES 


OF   MEASUREM 
AND  CONC 

The  following  rules  have  been  carefully 
studied  and  analyzed  by  a  joint  committee 
consisting  of  five  (5)  members  of  the  Chi- 
cago Architects  Business  Association,  five 
(5)  members  of  the  Western  Society  of  En- 
gineers, and  five  (5)  members  of  the  Con- 
tractors' and  Masons'  Association  of  Chi- 
cago. 

If  any  new  rules  or  new  applications  of 
old  rules  should  be  found  in  the  following, 
we  can  only  say  for  their  recommendation 
that  we  have  carefully  considered  them  in  all 
their  bearings,  endeavoring  to  secure  equal 
justice  to  owner  as  well  as  contractor,  and 
that  they  will  form  the  standard  for  deduc- 
tions as  well  as  for  compensation  for  extra 
work. 

EXCAVATION    OF    CELLARS   AND    BASE- 
MENTS. 

1.  Excavation  to  be  measured  and  com- 
puted by  the  actual  amount  of  material  dis- 
placed. If  unit  price  is  based  upon  loose 
measurement  add  forty  (40%)  per  cent  to 
actual  bank  measurement,  except  if  con- 
sisting of  sand  and  gravel,  when  only  twenty 
(20%)  per  cent  will  be  added.  If  rehandling 
becomes  necessary,  same  to  be  done  at  a 
special  price  agreed  upon  in  addition  to  the" 
above. 

EXCAVATION    OF    TRENCHES    AND    FITS. 

2.  Excavation  of  trenches,  pier  holes,  or 
pits  when  more  than  3'  wide  to  be  computed 
on  actual  contents  when  less  than  five  (5') 
ft.   deep. 

When  less  than  three  feet  wide  excavation 
of  trenches,  pier  holes,  or  pits  to  be  com- 
puted on  actual  contents  if  less  than  two 
(2')  feet  deep. 

If  more  than  two  feet  (2')  deep  compute 
contents  of  trench  on  base  of  three  foot  (3') 
width,   even   though    same   is  narrower. 

If  less  than  two  (2')  feet  in  depth  estimate 
actual  width. 

For  pits  or  pier  holes  more  than  two  (2') 
feet  deep  and  less  than  twelve  (12)  square 
feet  in  area  estimate  area  of  same  on  base 
of  twelve  (12)  square  feet  multiplied  by 
depth  of  same  down  to  five  (5')  foot,  ami  if 
more  than  five  (5')  feet  deep  estimate  on 
same  basis  as  given  below  for  additional 
depth  of  trenches,  with  the  same  per- 
centages   of   increases   added. 

Add  75%  to  actual  contents  of  excavation 
of  trenches,  pier  holes,  or  pits  for  depth 
between  five   (5')   ft.   to  ten   (10')    ft. 

Add  150%  to  actual  contents  of  excavation 
of  trenches,  pier-holes,  or  pits,  for  depth 
between  ten   (10')   ft.  and  fifteen   (15')  feet. 


ENT  FOR   EXCAVATION 
RETE  WORK. 

Add  225%  to  actual  contents  of  excavation 
of  trenches,  pier  holes,  or  pits  for  depth 
between  fifteen  (15')  feet  and  twenty(20') 
feet. 

Add  300%  to  actual  contents  of  excavation 
of  trenches,  pier  holes,  or  pits  for  depth  be- 
tween twenty  (20')  feet  and  twenty-five  (25'; 
feet. 

Add  375%  to  actual  contents  of  excavation 
of  trenches,  pier  holes,  or  pits  between 
twenty-five  (25')  feet  and  thirty  (30')  feet 
in  depth. 

Add  450%  to  actual  contents  of  excavation 
of  trenches,  pier  holes,  or  pits  between 
thirty  (30')  feet  and  thirty-five  (35')  feet  in 
depth,  and  so  on,  adding  75%  accumulative 
for   every   five    (5')    feet  additional    depth. 

BACK   FILLING   AND    GRADING. 

3.  Soil  required  for  back  filling  or  grad- 
ing to  be  measured  by  computing  from  cross- 
sectioning  cubic  contents  of  area  to  be  filled 
or   graded. 

SHEET    FILING. 

4.  Sheet  piling  and  lagging  to  be  esti- 
mated per  thousand  feet  of  lumber  required. 
Kind  of  lumber  to  be  specified. 

SHORING  OF  EARTH  BANKS. 

5.  Shoring  of  earth  banks  to  be  done  at 
unit  price,  per  square  foot  of  shored  surface 
of  bank. 

DRAINING. 

6.  Pumping  or  bailing  when  required  to 
be  done  at  special  price,  in  addition  to  ex- 
cavation unit  price,  as  the  excavation  rules 
are  based  on  dry  work:  this,  however,  does 
not  apply  to  rain   or  storm  water. 

CONCRETE    FOUNDATIONS. 

7.  Foundations  for  walls  to  be  measured 
actual  contents  when  made  with  square  and 
level    off-sets. 

Footings  with  sloping  or  beveled  off-sets 
less  than  S«' ',  from  the  horizontal  multiply 
area  of  base  by  greatest  height  of  footing. 
This  applies  to  piers  also,  except  when 
courses  in  pier  foundations  are  less  than 
twelve  (12')  feet  in  area,  when  one  (1)  cubic 
foot  will  be  added  for  each  corner  for  every 
foot  in  height  of  such   course. 

8.  Foundations  for  all  projections  such 
as  chimney  breasts,  pilasters,  buttresses,  or 
flues  connected  with  walls  to  be  measured 
actual  contents  contained  therein,  and  one 
cubic  t"""'  added  thereto  for  each  corner  for 
every  foot  in  height. 

9.  Recesses  and  slots  in  foundations  to 
be  measured  solid  and  in  addition  thereto 
allow  two  (2)  cubic  feet  for  every  foot  In 
height   or    length. 


.111!. 


BUILDING     MATERIALS    OF    ALL    KINDS 

White,     Testing,     Torpedo,        ^       »       «yy     »^y 
Bank  and  Moulding  O     A,     IN      \J 

FIRE,    Paving   and    Pressed       O  Ix   1   v^  1^. 

TOCH  BROS.  R.  I.  W PAINT 

Medusa    White,    Atlas    White,    LaFarge    Non-         /^  TT1  A /fT?  TV  T  T"1 
Staining,    Best     Bros.'     and    Victoria    Keeru-'s         V^EjIVICjI^I    1 
STONEKOTE  EXTERIOR 

Chamber  of  Commerce  Bldg.,       CHICAGO 
Telephones  Main  4827 


The  Garden  City  Sand  Co.,  ^utX 


Astrid  S.  Rosing 

INC. 

HARRIS  TRUST  BLDG..  CHICAGO 


Phone     Randolph  4000 


Building  Tile,  Sewer  Pipe,  Flue  Lining,  Wall  Coping, 
Fire  Brick  and  Clay,  Lime,  Sand,  Gravel,  Cement 


PROMPT    DELIVERIES   OUR   SPECIALTY 


Telephone  Franklin  1523  f  Mecca.  Indiana 

Works  i  Newport'  Indiana 
\V  urKf>  <   CayUga,  Indiana 

I  Oak  Hill.  Ohio 

Wm.  E.  Dee  Company 

SEWER   PIPE,    FLUE   LINING,    WALL   COPING 

DRAIN  TILE 

Fire  Brick  and  Clay,  Building  Material,  Etc. 
Manhole  and  Catch  Basin  Covers,  Sanitary  Castings 

Main  Office 

30  North  La  Salle  Street  CHICAGO 


Brownell  Improvement  Company 

MANUFACTURERS  OF 

CRUSHED  STONE  AND  CRUSHED  STONE  SCREENINGS 

Crushed  Stone  and  Screenings   for  Concrete  Construction  Work, 
all  Recrushed  from  Clean  Screened  Stone 

Rail  Connections 
C.  &E.  I.  R.  R.,  B.  &0.  C.  T.  R.  R.,  C.  T.  H.  &  S.  E.  R.  R.,  I.  C.  R.  R. 

General  Offices:   Chamber  of  Commerce  Bldg. 
Telephone  Main  4  4 

Quarries:   Thornton,  111.  CHICAGO 

310 


10.  Arches  In  foundation.  Multiply  length 
of  chord  at  spring  of  arch  by  height  from 
chord  to  extrados  by  thickness  of  arch,  and 
add  to  the  wall  measurement.  Height  of 
arching  equal  to  thickness  of  wall. 
CIRCULAR    OB   POLYGON    FOUNDATIONS. 

11.  Circular  or  polygon  foundations  to  be 
figured  at  double  actual  contents. 

EXTERNAL.     DIVISION    AND    INTERIOR 
CONCRETE    WALLS. 

12.  For  walls  fourteen  (14)  feet  or  less 
in  height,  twenty-four  (24)  inches  or  more 
in  thickness,  use  the  actual  thickness  as 
basis  in  computing  the  volume.  For  walls 
less  than  twenty-four  (24)  inches  in  thick- 
ness, add  one-half  the  difference  between 
the  actual  thickness  and  twenty-four  (24) 
inches  in  computing  the  volume.  If  walls 
are  more  than  fourteen  (14)  feet  in  height 
between  floors  add  to  cubic  contents  fif- 
teen (15)  per  cent  for  every  additional  four 
(4)  feet  in  height,  on  accumulative  scale, 
as   given  for  trench   excavation. 

CIRCULAR   WALLS. 

13.  For  circular  walls  of  radius  suffi- 
ciently large  to  obviate  the  necessity  of 
using  specially  prepared  lumber  for  forms, 
add  one-fifth  (1-5)  of  length  to  girt  of  wall, 
and  figure  cubic  contents  on  the  same  basis 
as  prescribed  for  External  and  Division 
Walls,    Paragraph    12. 

BATTERED    WALLS. 

14.  For  battered,  or  sloping  walls  esti- 
mate contents  on  same  basis  as  for  external 
and  division  walls,  and  add  one-half  (%) 
of  contents  of  wedge,  or  batter  to  same  when 
narrower  on  top  than  twenty-four  (24") 
inches.     See  Paragraphs   12  and  17. 

INTERSECTION  OF  WALLS. 
Intersection  of  division  walls  twenty-four 
(24)  inches  thick  or  less  (bonded  together 
in  any  manner  not  abutting)  to  be  measured 
as  slot  or  recess.  When  thicker  add  (1)  one 
foot  to  length  of  wall  for  every  intersection 
when   measuring. 

RETAINING    WALLS. 

15.  In  retaining  walls  reinforced  with 
beams,  columns,  or  girders  figure  concrete 
casing  a  minimum  thickness  of  twelve  (12") 
inches  from  outside  edge  of  steel  on  side 
next  to  earth  bank  and  six  (6")  inches  from 
outside  edge  of  steel  on  opposite  side — i.  e. 
compute  wall  one  foot,  six  inches  (l'-6") 
thicker  than  width   of  steel. 

For  all  other  retaining  walls  compute  on 
same  basis  as  for  external  or  internal  walls, 
paragraphs  twelve    (12)    and   seventeen    (17.) 

No  deduction  in  cubic  contents  of  con- 
crete to  be  made  for  metal  imbedded  in 
same. 

HOLLOW    WALLS. 

16.  Hollow  walls  to  be  at  special  rates. 

CORNERS. 

17.  For  each  corner  of  wall  more  or  less 
than  ninety  (90)  degrees  add  one  foot,  six 
inches  d'-6")  to  girt  length  of  walls  in 
measuring. 

The  term  corner  is  used  for  salient  angles 
of  walls,   and  angle   for  re-entering  angles. 

PILASTERS,    ETC. 

18.  All  plain  projections,  such  as  chim- 
ney breasts,  piers  connected  with  walls  and 
pilasters  to  be  measured  actual  contents 
contained  therein,  and  one  (1)  cubic  foot 
added  for  each  corner  for  every  foot  in 
height. 


PIERS. 

19.  Independent  plain  square  piers  to  be 
measured  by  the  same  rule,  i.  e.  add  one 
cubic  foot  for  each  corner  for  every  foot  in 
height.  For  plain  polygon  or  round  piers, 
add  four  (4)  cubic  feet  for  each  foot  in 
height. 

RECESSES. 

20.  Recesses  and  slots  to  be  measured 
solid  and  in  addition  thereto  allow  two  (2) 
cubic  feet  for  every  foot  in  height  or 
length. 

ARCHES. 

21.  In  Vaults:  multiply  length  of  chord  at 
spring  of  arch  by  height  from  chord  to  ex- 
trados by  thickness   of  arch. 

In  walls:  find  contents  of  arch  by  same 
rule  and  add  same  to  wall  measurement,  as 
called  for  in  paragraph  ten  (10). 

In  sewers  and  tunnel  arches:  multiply 
length  of  extrados  by  thickness  of  arch. 

OPENINGS   WITH  FRAMES   BUILT   IN. 

22.  Deduct  contents  of  windows,  doora 
and  other  openings,  measuring  from  jamb  to 
jamb  and  from  top  of  sill  to  spring  of  arch, 
and  add  two  (2)  feet  of  wall  for  each  jamb 
for  every  foot  in  height  of  opening  when 
plank  frames  are  used;  if  box  frames  are 
used  add  four  (4)  feet  of  wall  for  each  jamb 
for  every  foot  in  height. 

OPENINGS    WITHOUT    FRAMES. 

23.  Deduct  contents  of  openings,  same  to 
be  measured  from  top  of  sill  to  spring  of 
arch  and  shortest  distance  between  concrete 
jambs  for  width,  and  add  for  each  jamb  two 
(2)  feet  of  wall  for  every  foot  in  height  of 
opening. 

Circular,  oval  or  other  special  shaped  open- 
ings to  be  figured  at  special  price. 

CHIMNEY    BREASTS,    FLUES   AND 
PILASTERS. 

24.  All  flues  and  hollows  in  chimneys  or 
walls  less  than  two  (2)  feet  in  area,  figure 
solid  and  add  two  (2)  cubic  feet  for  every 
foot  in  height.  All  flues  and  hollows  in 
chimneys  or  walls  from  two  (2)  feet  to 
four  (4)  feet  in  area  to  be  measured  solid. 
When  larger,  deduct  one-half  (%)  of  con- 
tents  of  flue. 

Detached  portions  of  chimneys  in  buildings 
and  plain  chimney  tops  above  roof  to  be 
measured  solid,  and  one  (1)  cubic  foot  to  be 
added  for  each  corner  for  every  foot  in 
height. 

DETACHED   STACKS. 

25.  Detached  chimney  stacks  to  be  figured 
at  special   rates. 

TRIMMINGS. 

26.  No  deductions  allowed  for  omissions 
of  concrete  for  cut-stone,  terra  cotta  or 
other  trimmings,  bond  blocks,  timber,  joists 
or   lintels. 

All  ornamental  or  moulded  work  in  cor- 
nices, gutters,  belt  or  sill  courses,  etc,  to 
be  figured   at  special   rates. 

CUTTING    AND    PATCHING. 

27.  Cutting  and  patching  of  joists,  gir- 
ders, or  other  holes,  slots,  panels,  recesses, 
etc.,  to  be  paid  for  on  basis  of  time  and 
material   required. 

TOOTHING. 

28.  When  ordered  by  the  Owner,  Archi- 
tect, Engineer,  or  the  Superintendent  in 
charge  of  the  work,  to  rack  or  block  in  con- 
sequence of  delay  of  delivery  of  iron,  steel, 
stone,  terra  cotta,  or  other  material,  that 
concrete  work   may   connect  with  such   rack- 


311 


"Building  for  the  Future" 

It's  the  name  of  a  book  that  every  architect  should  have. 

It  pictures  many  different  types  of  concrete  .construction 
work  which  have  been  planned  and  erected  by  the  leading 
architects',  engineers  and  contractors  in  this  country;  and 
Marquette    Portland    Cement   was    used   in    all. 

You  will  find  many  helpful  ideas  in  this  book.  A  post-card 
will  bring"  your  copy. 

Marquette   Cement   Manufacturing  Co. 

Marquette  Bldg.  CHICAGO 


Waterproof   and    Wearproof    for    Permanence 

ADVANCE  WATERPROOF  CEMENT  CO. 

MANUFACTURERS   OF 

Advance  Reground  Waterproof  Portland  Cement. 

A  self  contained  waterproof  Reground  Portland  Cement,  ground  to  a  fineness  of 
talcum  powder,  for  the  Permanent,  Dense,  Integral  Method  of  Waterproofing 
Portland   Cement   Concrete,    Plaster,    Stucco   and    Mortar   for   all   purposes. 

Advance  Hydro-Corundum  Portland  Cement 

A  Reground  Portland  Cement  with  a  floor  hardener  combined,  for  a  Dense,  Water- 
proof, Dustproof,  Wearproof  and  Permanent  Portland  Cement  Concrete  Floor 
and    Stair    Finished   Topping. 

(Mills  at  Blue  Island,   111.) 


175  W.  Jackson  Blvd.,  Chicago,  111. 


Tel.  Wabash  2020 


yjsnjNF 


EXTERIOR  STUCCO  INTERIOR   PLASTER 

COMPOSITION    FLOORING 

NATIONAL  KELLASTONE  CO.,5!H^ABGA!H,tLVE 


Robert   W.    Hunt 


Ja».   C.   HalUted 


D.  W.  McNaughor 


Robert   W.  Hunt   &  Co.,  Engineers 


Bureau   of  Inspection 


Tests  and   Consultation 


Inspection  and  Tests  of  Structural  and    Reinforcing  Steel  and  Cement 
Testing  of  Walls,  Floors,  Columns,  Elevators  and  Power  Plant  Equipment 

Inspection  and  Supervision  of  Construction 
Cement,   Physical  and  Chemical  Laboratories 

General  Offices:  2200  Insurance  Exchange,  Chicago 


312 


lng  or  blocking  shall  be  measured  as  extra 
work,  as  follows:  Increase  girt  length  of 
such  line  by  one-half  (V2)  and  multiply  by 
thickness  of  wall. 

CONCRETE    FLOOBS    ON    SOIL    AND    TILE 
ARCHES. 

29.  Floors  to  be  measured  by  the  super- 
ficial surface  between  outside  walls  of  build- 
ing. No  deduction  to  be  made  for  floor 
sleepers,  conduits,  pipes,  drains,  division  or 
partition  walls.  No  deduction  to  be  made 
for  any  piers,  columns,  chimney  breasts, 
pilasters  or  other  projections  of  walls  of  ten 
(10')   feet  or  less  in   area. 

CAISSONS. 

30.  Owing  to  grillage  in  caissons  being 
left  at  different  heights  in  same  building, 
unit  price  for  caissons  will  be  computed  on 
excavated  contents,  including  necessary 
wood-lagging  and  rings  for  same.  Cubic 
contents  of  excavation  of  caissons  to  be 
computed  from  top  of  first  set  of  lagging  to 
bottom  of  caissons  and  from  outside  to  out- 
side of  lagging.  If  steel  or  other  special 
casing  is  required  same  to  be  paid  for  ad- 
ditional,  at  special   unit  price  per  pound. 

BELLS. 

31.  Area  of  bottom  of  bell  to  be  multi- 
plied by  height  of  bell  to  neck  for  cubic 
contents. 

32.  For  Caissons  7'  0"  or  more  in  diameter 
estimate  actual  contents  from  outside  to 
outside  of  lagging. 

For  Caissons  from  seven  to  six  ft.  six 
Inches  inclusive  add  5%  to  actual   contents. 

For  Caissons  under  six  feet  six  inches  to 
six  feet  inclusive,  add  15%  to  actual  con- 
tents. 

For  Caissons  under  six  feet  to  five  feet 
six  inches  inclusive,  add  25%  to  actual  con- 
tents. 

For  Caissons  under  five  feet  six  inches  to 
five  feet  inclusive,  add  35%  to  actual  con- 
tents. 

For  Caissons  under  five  feet  add  fifty 
per  cent    (50%)    to  actual   contents. 

33a.  If  compressed  air  is  required,  same 
to  be  paid  for  in  addition  to  the  above. 

33.  If  rings  are  ordered  left  in  caissons, 
same  to  be  paid  for  additional  at  unit  price 
per  pound. 

34.  Pumping  and  bulkheading  to  be  paid 
for  at  additional   price. 

35.  No  deduction  to  be  made  for  cubic 
contents  of  metal  imbedded  in  concrete. 

CONCRETE    FILLING   IN    CAISSONS. 

36.  Concrete  for  filling  of  caissons  to  be 
computed  on  actual  contents  per  cubic  foot 
of  concrete,  but  no  deduction  to  be  made  for 
any  metal  imbedded  in   same. 

REINFORCED  CONCRETE  WORK. 

37.  Reinforced  "Walls: 

Compute  concrete  on  same  basis  as  speci- 
fied in  Sections  12  and  17,  for  external  and 
division  walls,  and  add  to  same  cost  of  re- 
inforcing metal  put  in  place.  If  through 
changes  or  revisions  cutting  of  reinforcing 
metal  delivered  or  ordered  becomes  neces- 
sary, estimate  the  full  length  of  such  bars 
or  metal  fabric,  and  add  to  same  cost  of  cut- 
ting and  fitting  required.  Reinforcing  metal 
to  be  computed  on  unit  price  per  pound  or 
square  foot.  No  deductions  to  be  made  in 
estimating  cubic  contents  of  concrete  for 
any  metal  imbedded  in  same,  such  as  wire 
netting,  expanded  metal,  bars,  beams,  col- 
umns, etc. 


COLUMNS. 

38.  Measuring  of  plain  uniform  size  col- 
umns to  be  covered  by  the  foregoing  para- 
graph   19    relating   to    piers. 

39.  Capitals,  caps,  brackets,  panels, 
mouldings  or  other  ornamental  or  moulded 
work    to    be    figured   special    rate. 

GIRDERS,     FLOOR     BEAMS     OR     OTHER 

DROP    PROJECTIONS    BELOW 

FLOOR    SLAB. 

40.  For  projections  named  in  this  para- 
graph add  for  each  corner  and  angle  to  cubi"? 
contents  one  (1)  cubic  foot  for  each  foot  in 
length.  For  each  chamfered  or  rounded 
corner  or  angle  add  one-half  (.Y2)  cubic  foot 
for  each  foot  in  length  in  addition  to  the 
above. 

FLOOR    SLABS. 

41.  Floor  and  roof  slabs  to  be  estimated 
on  same  basis  as  called  for  in  paragraph  29 
for  floors  on  soil,  and  at  a  minimum  thick- 
ness of  six  (6)  inches.  Less  than  six  (6) 
inches  in  thickness  will  be  computed  as  six 
(6)    inches 

OPENINGS. 

42.  No  deductions  to  be  made  in  floor  area 
for  openings  of  less  than  twenty  (20) 
square  feet.  For  larger  openings  after  de- 
ducting full  area  of  opening,  add  one  (1) 
superficial  foot  to  floor  area  for  each  foot  in 
length  of  girt  of  opening,  and  one  (1) 
CUBIC  FOOT  extra  for  each  corner  or  angle. 

DEPRESSIONS. 

43.  For  pits,  baskets  or  other  depres- 
sions in  floor,  add  on  superficial  foot  to  the 
area  of  walls  and  floor  of  same  for  each 
foot  in  length  of  each  corner  and  angle. 

SETTING     OF     FACIAS,     FRAMES,     PIPES, 

SLEEVES,    BOLTS,    RODS, 

CLAMPS,     ETC. 

44.  Setting  of  facias,  frames,  pipes, 
sleeves,  bolts,  rods,  clamps,  etc.,  imbedded 
in  concrete  to  be  paid  for  additional  at 
special   price. 

FLOOR    BASE    AND     COVES. 

45.  Floor  base  and  coves  to  be  estimated 
at  special  price  per  lineal  ft.  with  one  foot 
added  to  length  of  same  for  each  corner  and 
angle.  For  base  or  cove  around  round  col- 
umns estimate  three  (3)  times  girt  of  col- 
umn and  for  square  or  polygon  columns  add 
one  foot  for   each  corner   to  girt  of  same. 

46.  Concrete  stairs  to  be  estimated  square 
foot  area  of  face  of  treads  and  risers. 
Stair-landings  and  platforms  between  floors 
to  be  same  unit  price  per  foot  as  stairs. 

47.  Curbs  and  roofs  or  skylights  to  be 
estimated  on  same  basis  as  called  for  in 
sections  40  and  41  except  that  quantities  for 
same   shall   be   doubled. 

48.  Sidewalks  laid  on  soil  or  tile  and 
brick  arches,  to  be  estimated  as  floor-slab 
section    29    with    special   unit   price. 

Sidewalks  reinforced  to  be  estimated  same 
as  called  for  in  sections  40  and  41  with 
special  unit   price. 

Curbs  to  be  estimated  per  lineal  foot  at 
special  unit  price. 

Driveways  to  be  estimated-  square  fool 
area  at  special   unit  price.  (Signed) 

H.    B.    Wheelock,  W.   S.  Shields. 

Thomas  H.   Mullay,  B.   E.   Grant, 

Joseph   C.    Lewellyn,       A.    Lanquist, 
L.  G.  Hallberg,  Addison   E.   Wells. 

Arthur    Woltersdorf,       E.    F.    Pierce, 
Joachim   G.   Giaver,  Henry    Ericsson, 

Louis  E.   Ritter  J.   W.   Snyder. 

Alexander   C.    Warren, 


313 


Practical  Help  on  Your 
Concrete  Problems 


c 


ONCRETE  is  used  in  such  a  variety  of  ways  that  you 
may  not  always  have  at  hand  data  necessary  for  the 
quick  solution  of  special  problems. 


To  meet  the  needs  of  architects,  the  Structural  Bureau  of 
the  Portland  Cement  Association  offers  a  broad  service  — 
personal  consultation,  the  use  of  its  large  library  of  books 
and  photographs,  standard  specifications  on  many  uses  of 
concrete,  and  free  descriptive  pamphlets  on  varied  classes 
of  work.  Association  engineers  are  in  close  touch  with 
current  work  and  this  knowledge  is  a  valuable  supplement 
to  published  matter. 

The  scope  of  the  service  is  only  suggested  in  the  following 

topics : 

Fireproof  Buildings  Roofs 

Houses  Floors 

Garages  Ornamental  Fences 

Mausoleums  Chimneys 

Farm   Buildings 

ARCHITECTS  ARE  INVITED  TO  MAKE  FULL  USE 
OF  THIS  SERVICE 


Portland  Cement  Association 

OFFICES      AT 

Atlanta  Detroit  Milwaukee  Salt  Lake  City 

Chicago  Helena  Minneapolis  San   Francisco 

Dallas  Indianapolis  New  York  Seattle 

Denver  Kansas   City  Parkersburg  St.  Louis 

Des  Moines  Los  Angeles  Pittsburgh  Washington 

CONCRETE     FOR     PERMANENCE 


314 


REVISED  SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  PLAIN  CONCRETE  FLOORS 


WM.  M.   KINNEY,   M.    E. 


That  preference  for  concrete  as  a  build- 
ing material  is  on  the  increase  is  evident 
even  to  the  casual  observer  as  well  as  to 
the  architect  and  engineer.  Any  material  used 
according  to  recognized  best  practice  in  con- 
struction for  which  it  is  adapted,  will  give 
the  maximum  efficiency  capable  with  that 
material.  On  the  other  hand,  no  material 
used  contrary  to  best  practice  can  be  ex- 
pected to  give  satisfactory  results.  Take, 
for  instance,  the  subject  of  concrete  floors. 
That  this  question  is  of  more  than  passing 
interest  is  evidenced  in  the  following  edi- 
torial, which  appeared  in  Engineering 
Record  for  November   14,   1914: 

"Why  is  it  that  in  two  concrete  buildings 
apparently  constructed  under  identical  con- 
ditions, built  by  contractors  of  equal  intel- 
ligence and  integrity,  from  concrete  com- 
posed of  similar  aggregates  and  the  same 
brand  of  Portland  cement,  the  floors  in  one 
will  turn  out  hard,  firm  and  resistant  to 
abrasion,  while  in  the  other  ordinary  usage 
will  result  in  dusting  sufficient  to  make 
necessary   some   remedial   measures? 

"The  fact  that  numerous  dustless  concrete 
floors  have  been  laid  seems  to  indicate  that 
the  trouble  must  lie  in  the  selection,  pro- 
portioning, mixing,  placing  or  finishing  of 
the  material.  The  procedure  and  propor- 
tions described  below  have  given  excellent 
results,  though  undoubtedly  different  mixes 
have   also   been   used   with    satisfaction. 

"Special  precautions  should  be  taken  to 
insure  first-class  work.  A  rich  mixture  is 
desirable,  say,  a  1:1:1  mix,  in  which  the 
aggregate  consists  of  granite,  or  other  hard 
stone,  screening's  graded  from  %  in.  in  size 
down  to  the  finest,  and  crushed  stone  of 
equal  quality  passing  a  %-in.  ring  and  re- 
tained on  a  screen  having  a  %-in.  mesh.  All 
troweling  and  finishing  of  the  floor  surface 
should  be  completed  within  2%  hours  from 
the  time  the  materials  leave  the  mixer. 
This  necessitates  mixing  the  material  for 
the  wearing  course  to  such  consistency  that 
the  mortar  has  to  be  scraped  from  the  wheel- 
barrows and  will  hardly  flatten  out  when 
dumped  upon  the  floor,  yet  wet  enough  so 
that  it  can  be  'struck  off'  with  little  diffi- 
culty when  spread  out  with  shovels.  The 
floor  usually  is  in  a  condition  to  be  trow- 
eled for  the  last  time  within  an  hour  and  a 
half  or  two  hours  after  the  wearing  course 
has  been  mixed.  When  sufficiently  hardened 
to  prevent  pitting  the  floor  should  be 
sprinkled  with  water  until  2  inches  of  saw- 
dust can  be  thrown  on  the  surface  without 
injury.  The  sawdust  should  be  thoroughly 
wet  down  and  kept  moist  by  sprinkling  for 
a   period    of   two    weeks. 

"Numerous  experiments  in  curing  concrete 
have  demonstrated  conclusively  the  superior 
quality  of  specimens  which  are  properlv 
cured  by  being  kept  moist  for  a  period  of 
two  we^ks  or  more.  Wettiner  is  quite  com- 
mon with  other  types  of  concrete  work  and 
can  he  relied  unon  to  give  as  satisfactory 
results   with   floors. 

"There  are  so-called  hardeners  on  the 
market  intended  to  be  used  with  the  finish- 
ing coat.  In  using  these  preparations  care- 
ful supervision  of  the  work  from  the  time 
the  concrete  is  mixed  to  trie  time  that  traf- 
fic is  allowed  on  the  floor  is  made  a  nrime 
requisite  for  success.  Tn  all  probability  if 
the  same  care  and  attention  .-ire  given  to 
the  workmanship  and  curing  or  floors  in 
which  no  integral  nreparation  is  used,  an 
excellent    surface    will    result." 

Extensive  investigation  has  disclosed  the 
fact  that  although  several  factors  may  be 
the  determining  ones  in  the  dusting  of  con- 
crete floors,  none  of  these  is  other  than  a 
departure  from  good  practice  in  any  kind  of 


concrete  construction.  Dusting  may  result 
from  too  fine,  dirty,  or  otherwise  unsuit- 
able sand;  too  little  cement  in  the  mixture; 
too  much  time  allowed  to  elapse  between 
mixing  and  finishing;  troweling  at  several 
intervals  after  hardening  has  commenced 
and  thus  disturbing  the  process  of  crystal- 
lization of  the  cement  in  hardening;  the  use 
of  dryers;  and,  finally,  permitting  the  mor- 
tar  to   dry   out   too   rapidly   after   placing. 

The  following  specifications  apply  to  plain 
concrete  floors  that  are  to  be  subjected  to 
considerable  wear  and  cover  the  prepara- 
tion of  the  sub-base  and  the  laying,  finishing 
and  curing  of  the  floor.  These  are  based  on 
recommendations  made  after  careful  study 
of  the  subject  by  the  American  Concrete 
Institute.  If  the  method  of  construction 
outlined  in  these  specifications  is  followed, 
a  concrete  floor  free  from  dusting,  hence 
one  that  will  give  the  maximum  efficiency 
capable    with    the    material — will    result. 

SUGGESTED    SPECIFICATIONS    TOR    CON- 
CRETE    FLOORS 

GENERAL     REQUIREMENTS. 

I.     materials. 

1.  Cement:  The  cement  shall  meet  the 
requirements  of  the  current  Standard  Speci- 
fications for  Portland  Cement  adopted  by  the 
American    Society    for    Testing   Materials. 

2.  Aggregates:  Before  delivery  on  the 
job.  the  contractor  shall  submit  to  the  archi- 
tect or  engineer  a  fifty  (50)  pound  sample 
of  each  of  the  aggregates  proposed  for  use. 
These  samples  shall  be  tested,  and  if  found 
to  pass  the  requirements  of  the  snecifications. 
similar  material  shall  be  considered  as  ac- 
ceptable for  the  work.  In  no  case  shall 
aggregates  containing  frost  or  lumps  of 
frozen  material   be  used. 

(a)  Tine  Aggregate:  Fine  aggregate  shall 
consist  of  natural  sand  or  screenings  from 
hard,  tough,  crushed  rook  or  gravel,  con- 
sisting of  quartzitic  grains  or  other  enually 
hard  material  graded  from  fine  to  coarse, 
with  the  coarse  particles  predominatin.  Fine 
aggregate,  when  dry,  shall  pass  a  screen  hav- 
ing four  (4)  meshes  to  the  linear  inch: 
not  more  than  twenty-five  (25)  per  cent 
shall  pass  a  sieve  having  fifty  (50)  meshes 
per  linear  inch;  and  not  more  than  five  (5) 
per  cent  shall  pass  a  sieve  having  one  hun- 
dred (100)  meshes  per  linear  inch.  Fine 
aggregate  shall  not  contain  vegetable  or 
other  organic  matter  nor  more  than  three 
(3)  per  cent  by  weight  of  clay  or  loam. 
Field  tests  may  he  made  by  the  architect 
or  engineer  on  fine  aggregate  as  delivered 
at  any  time  during  progress  of  the  work. 
If  there  is  more  than  seven  (7)  per  cent  of 
clay  or  loam  by  volume  in  one  I  i  I  hour's 
settlement  after  shaking  in  an  excess  of 
water,  the  material  represented  by  the  sim- 
ple shall  be  rejected. 

Kine  aggregate  shall  be  of  such  quality 
that  mortar  composed  of  one  u>  oart  Port- 
land cement  and  three  i ::  I  narts  fine  aggre- 
gate, bv  weight,  when  made  into  briouets 
shall  show  a  tensile  str^narth  at  seven  (7"> 
and  twenty-eight  (2S)  days  at  least  equal 
to  the  strength  of  briquets  composed  of  ""■• 
(1)  part  of  the  same  cemenl  and  three  (3) 
parts  Standard  Ottawa  sand,  by  weight.  The 
percentage  of  water  used  In  making  the  bri- 
nuets  of  cemenl  and  fine  aggregate  shall 
be  such  as  tn  produce  a  mortar  of  the  same 
consistencv  as  that  of  the  Ottawa  sand  bri- 
quets of  Standard  consistency.  In  other  re- 
spects all  briquets  shall  be  made  in  accord- 
ance with  the  methods  of  testing  cemenl 
ommended  by  the  American  s...  i.  t>    Cn-  Test- 


315 


Phone  Monroe  1720 

ENTERPRISE  MARBLE  CO. 

Manufacturers  of 

ALL  KINDS  OF  MARBLE 

726-730  N.  Curtis  Street 

CHICAGO 

Phone    Main    3965 

WILLIAMS-WENDT  CO. 
Flooring  Contractors 

'Korkstone"   Composition,    "Mas-Oleum"    Mastic,   Tiles  and    Mosaics, 

Cork  Tile,   Etc. 

Samples,    Estimates   and   General    Information    on    All   Flooring 
Problems    Furnished 

118  N.  La  Salle  Street,  CHICAGO 


WEARY  and  BECK 

CONTRACTORS  FOR 

Wall,  Floor  and   Fireplace  Tiling,   Ceramics, 
Quarries,  Rookwood  and  Grueby  Faience  Tiles 

Office  and  Showroom 
1732  S.  Michigan  Ave.,  Chicago,  I1L 

Telephone  Calumet  4S70 


i 1  REZILITE  i= 

THE  FLOOR  QUESTION  SIMPLIFIED 

ALL  the  advantages  of  cork,  tile,  wood,  linoleum  or  other  floors  at  a  saving 
Rezilile  is  resilient,  noiseless,  never  slippery  wet  or  dry,  acid  and  vermin  proof, 
sanitary    and   water    proof. 

WEARCRETE    ENGINEERING    CO. 

Prices   and   estimates   on   application 
SOLE  MANUFACTURERS 

122  So.  Michigan  Ave.  Chicago 


316 


ing  Materials.  (See  Cement  Specifications 
A.    S.    T.    M.) 

(,b)  Coarse  Aggregate:  Coarse  aggregate 
shall  consist  of  clean,  hard,  tough,  crusned 
rock  or  pebbles  graded  in  size,  free  from 
vegetable  or  other  organic  matter,  and  shall 
contain  no  soft,  flat  or  elongated  particles. 
The  size  of  the  coarse  aggregate  shall  range 
from  one  and  one-half  (ly^)  inches  down, 
not  more  than  five  (5)  per  cent  passing  a 
screen  having  four  (4)  meshes  per  linear 
inch,  and  no  intermediate  sizes  shall  be  re- 
moved. 

(c)      No.  1  Aggregate  for  Wearing  Course: 

No.  1  aggregate  for  the  wearing  course  shall 
consist  of  clean,  hard,  tough,  crushed  rock 
or  pebbles,  free  from  vegetable  or  other 
organic  matter,  and  shall  contain  no  soft, 
flat  or  elongated  particles.  It  shall  pass 
when  dry  a  screen  having  one-half  CA>) 
inch  openings  and  not  more  than  ten  (10) 
per  cent  shall  pass  a  screen  having  four 
(4/    meshes  per  linear  inch. 

3.  Mixed  Aggregates:  Crusher-run  stone, 
bank-run  gravel  or  mixtures  of  fine  ana 
coarse  aggregate  prepared  before  delivery 
on  the  work  shall  not  be  used. 

4.  Subbase:  Only  clean,  hard  material, 
such  as  coarse  gravel  or  steam-boiler  cinders, 
free  from  ash  or  particles  of  unburned  coal, 
shall  be  used  in  the  subbase.  (Note:  Elimi- 
nate this  clause  when  subbase  is  not  re- 
quired.) 

5.  Water:  Water  shall  be  clean,  free  from 
oil,    acid,    alkali    or    vegetable    matter. 

6.  Color:  If  artificial  coloring  matter  is 
required,  only  those  mineral  colors  shall  be 
used  which,  in  the  amount  hereinafter  speci- 
fied, will  not  appreciably  impair  the  strength 
of  the  cement. 

7.  Reinforcement:  The  reinforcing  metal 
shall  meet  the  requirements  of  the  current 
Standard  Specifications  for  Steel  Reinforce- 
ment of  the  American  Society  for  Testing 
Materials.  It  shall  be  free  from  excessive 
rust,  scale,  paint  or  coatings  of  any  charac- 
ter which  will  tend  to  reduce  or  destroy  the 
bond. 

8.  Joint  Tiller:  The  joint  filler  shall  be 
;i  suitable  compound  that  will  not  become 
soft  and  run  out  in  hot  weather,  nor  hard 
and  brittle  and  chip  out  in  cold  weather; 
or,  prepared  strips  of  fibre  matrix  and  bitu- 
men as  approved  by  the  architect  or  engineer. 
The  strips  shall  be  one-half  (V2)  inch  in 
tuickness  and  their  width  shall  at  least  equal 
the   full   thickness   of   the   slab. 

II.  Subgrade. 

9.  Preparation:  All  soft  and  spongy 
places  shall  be  removed  and  all  depressions 
filled  with  suitable  material  which  shall  be 
thoroughly  compacted  in  layers  not  exceed- 
ing six  (6)  inches  in  thickness.  The  sub- 
grade  shall  be  thoroughly  tamped  until  it 
is   brought    to   a  firm,   unyielding   surface. 

10.  Deep  Fills:  All  fills  shall  be  made 
in  a  manner  satisfactory  to  the  architect 
or  engineer.  The  use  of  muck,  quick-sand, 
soft  clay,  spongy  or  perishable  material  is 
prohibited. 

11.  Drainage:  When  required,  a  suitable 
drainage  system  shall  be  installed  and  con- 
nected with  sewers  or  other  drains  indicated 
by  the  engineer. 

12.  Depth:       The    subgrade    shall    be    not 

less    than (00)     inches    below     the 

finished  surface  of  the  floor. 

Note:  Subgrade  to  be  five  (5)  inches 
below  the  finished  surface  of  the  floor  when 
subbase  is  not  required,  and  at  least  eleven 
(11)    inches  below  when  subbase  is  required. 

III.  Subbase. 

(Omit    these    sections    when    subbase    is    not 
required.) 

13.  Thickness:       On     the     subgrade     shall 


be  spread  a  material  as  hereinbefore  speci- 
fied,    which     shall     be    thoroughly     rolled    or 

tamped   to  a  surface  at   least    (00) 

inches  below  the  finished  grade  of  the  floor. 
On  fills,  the  subbase  shall  extend  the  full 
width  of  the  fill. 

14.  Wetting:  While  compacting  the  sub- 
base,  the  material  shall  be  kept  thoroughly 
wet,  and  shall  be  in  that  condition  when  the 
concrete   is   deposited. 

IV.      Forms. 

15.  Materials:  Forms  shall  be  free  from 
warp  and  of  sufficient  strength  to  resist 
springing  out  of  shape. 

16.  Setting:  The  forms  shall  be  well 
staked  or  otherwise  held  to  the  established 
lines  and  grades  and  their  upper  edges  shall 
conform  to  the  established  grade  of  the 
floor. 

17.  Treatment:  All  wood  forms  shall  be 
thoroughly  wetted  and  metal  forms  oiled  or 
coated  with  soft  soap  or  whitewash  before 
depositing  any  material  against  them.  All 
mortar  and  dirt  shall  be  removed  from  forms 
that  have  been  previously  used. 

V.     Construction. 

18.  Size  of  Slabs:  The  slabs  or  inde- 
pendently-divided blocks  when  not  reinforced 
shall  have  an  area  of  not  more  than  one 
hundred  (100)  square  feet,  and  shall  not 
have  dimensions  greater  than  ten  (10)  feet. 
Larger  slabs  shall  be  reinforced  as  herein- 
after  specified. 

19.  Thickness  of  Floor:  The  thickness 
of  the  floor  shall  be  not  less  than  five  (5) 
inches. 

20.  Width  and  Location  of  Joints:  When 
required  by  the  architect  or  engineer  in 
charge,  a  one-half  (V£)  inch  space  or  joint 
shall  be  left  between  the  floor  and  tne  walls 
and  columns  of  the  building,  to  be  filled  with 
the  material  before  specified  under  "Joint 
Filler." 

21.  Protection  of  Edges:  Where  required 
by  the  architect  or  engineer  in  charge,  the 
edges  of  the  slabs  at  the  joints  shall  be 
protected  by  metal.  Unless  protected  by 
metal,  the  upper  edges  of  the  slabs  shall  be 
rounded  to  a  radius  of  one-half   (%)   inch. 

VI.     Measuring  and  Mixing. 

22.  Measuring:  The  method  of  meas- 
uring the  materials  for  the  concrete  or  mor- 
tar, including  water,  shall  be  one  which  will 
insure  separate  uniform  proportions  at  all 
times.  A  bag  of  Portland  cement  (94 
pounds  net)  shall  be  considered  one  (1) 
cubic    foot. 

23.  Machine  Mixing:  When  mixing  by 
machine,  a  batch  mixer  of  an  approved  type 
shall  be  used.  The  ingredients  of  the  con- 
crete or  mortar  shall  be  mixed  to  the  speci- 
tie,l  consistency,  and  the  mixing  shall  con- 
tinue until  the  cement  is  uniformly  distrib- 
uted and  the  mass  is  uniform  in  color.  Raw 
materials  shall  not  be  permitted  to  enter 
the  drum  until  all  the  material  of  the  pre- 
ceding  batch    has   been   discharged. 

24.  Hand  Mixing:  When  it  is  necessary 
to  mix  by  hand,  t  he  materials  shall  lie  mixed 
dry  on  a  water-tight  platform  until  the 
mixture  is  of  uniform  color,  the  required 
amount  of  water  added,  and  the  mixing  con- 
tinued until  the  mass  is  homogeneous  and  of 
uniform   consistency. 

25.  Retempering:  Retempering,  that  is. 
remixing  with  additional  water  or  materials, 
mortar  or  concrete  that  has  partly  hardened, 
will    not    be   permiued. 

VII.     Concrete  Base. 

26.  Proportions:  The  concrete  shall  be 
mixed  in  the  proportions,  by  volume,  of  one 
(1)  sack  Portland  cement,  two  and  one-half 
(2%)  cubic  feet  fine  aggregate  and  five  (5) 
cubic    feet    coarse    aggregate 


:;i; 


CHESTER  N.  MARTHENS  MARBLE  CO. 

53rd  and  Wallace  Sts. 
Chicago 

INTERIOR  FOREIGN  and  DOMESTIC 

MARBLE  WORK  MARBLES 

Telephone    Drover    1166 


TELEPHONE  HARRISON  85 

INTERIOR  TILING  COMPANY 

CONTRACTORS  FOR 

WALL.  FLOOR  AND  FIREPLACE  TILING 

Ceramic  Mosaic,  Vitreous,  Flint,  and  Quarry  Tile  Floors. 
Glazed,  and  Faience  Tile  Wainscotings. 

OFFICE    AND   SHOWROOMS,    5TH    FLOOR    ISABELLA    BUILDING 

21  E.  VAN  BUREN  STREET.  CHICAGO 


V\"M.  SCHLAKE,  Prest. 

1 — 

C.  B.  OBERMEYER,  VlCE-PREST. 

GK  P\  BEFtlvUNTS,  Trkas. 

CARrj  NETTELHORST,  Secy 

Illinois 

Brick  Company 

1717 

CONWAY   BUILDING 

CHICAGO 

TELEPHONE   MAIN  17 

Western  BricK  Company 

DANVILLE,  ILL. 

FACING  BRICK  IN  ALL  SHADES  AND  TEXTURES 

EXCLUSIVE  MANUFACTURERS   OF 

'"Doric"  and  "Gothic"  Shades  STIPPLED  BRICK 

Shale  Common  Brick  and  Hollow  Building  Tile 
Capacity  100,000,000  Annually 

318 


27.  Consistency:  The  materials  shall  be 
mixed  wet  enougn  to  produce  a  concrete  of 
a.  consistency  that  will  hush  readily  under 
slight  tamping,  but  which  can  be  handled 
without  causing  a  separation  of  the  coarse 
aggregate  from  the  mortar. 

28.  Placing:  After  mixing,  the  concrete 
shall  be  handled  rapidly  and  the  successive 
batches  deposited  in  a  continuous  operation 
completing  individual  sections  to  the  re- 
quired depth  and  width.  Under  no  circum- 
stances shall  concrete  that  has  partly  hard- 
ened be  used.  The  forms  shall  be  rilled  and 
the  concrete  struck  off  and  tamped  to  a 
surface  the  thickness  of  the  wearing  course 
below  the  established  grade  of  the  floor. 
The  method  of  placing  the  various  sections 
shall  be  such  as  to  produce  a  straight, 
clean-cut  joint  between  them  so  as  to  make 
each   section  an   independent   unit. 

29.  Reinforcement:  Slabs  having  an  area 
of  more  than  one  hundred  (100)  square  feet, 
or  having  any  dimension  greater  than  ten 
(10)  feet,  shall  be  reinforced  with  wire  fab- 
ric, or  with  plain  or  deformed  bars.  The 
cross-sectional  area  of  metal  shall  amount 
to  at  least  0.041  square  inches  per  linear 
foot  transversely  and  parallel  to  center  line 
of  floor.  The  reinforcement  shall  be  placed 
upon  and  slightly  pressed  into  the  concrete 
base  immediately  after  the  base  is  placed 
and  shall  not  cross  joints  and  shall  be 
lapped  sufficiently  to  develop  the  full 
strength  of  the  metal. 

VIII.     "Wearing    Course. 

30.  Proportions:  The  mortar  shall  be 
mixed  in  the  proportions  of  one  (1)  sack  of 
Portland  cement,  one  (1)  cubic  foot  of  fine 
aggregate  and  one  (1)  cubic  foot  of  aggre- 
gate for  wearing  course. 

31.  Consistency:  The  mortar  shall  be  of 
the  dryest  consistency  possible  to  work  with 
a  sawing  motion  of  the   strikeboard. 

32.  Thickness:  The  wearing  course  of 
the  floor  shall  have  a  minimum  thickness  of 
three-quarter   (%)    inch. 

33.  Placing:  The  wearing  course  shall 
be  placed  immediately  after  mixing.  It 
shall  be  deposited  on  the  fresh  concrete  of 
the  base  before  the  latter  has  appreciably 
hardened,  and  brought  to  the  established 
grade  with   a  strikeboard. 

34.  Finishing:  After  the  wearing  course 
has  been  brought  to  the  established  grade 
by  means  of  a  strikeboard,  it  shall  be  worked 
with  a  wood  float  in  a  manner  which  will 
thoroughly  compact  it  and  provide  an  even 
surface.  When  required,  the  surface  shall 
be  steel  troweled,  but  excessive  working 
shall    be    avoided. 

35.  Coloring:  If  artificial  coloring  is 
used,  it  must  be  incorporated  with  the  en- 
tire wearing  course,  and  shall  be  mixed  dry 
with  the  cement  and  aggregate  until  the 
mixture  is  of  a  uniform  color.  In  no  case 
shall  the  amount  of  coloring  exceed  five  (5) 
per   cent   of  the   weight   of   the   cement. 

IX.     Protection. 

36.  Treatment:  As  soon  as  the  finished 
floor  has  hardened  sufficiently  to  prevent 
damage  thereby,  the  floor  shall  be  covered 
with  at  least  one  (1)  inch  of  wet  sand,  or 
two  (2)  inches  of  wet  sawdust,  which  shall 
be  kept  wet  by  sprinkling  with  water  for  ;it 
least  ten  (10)  days.  The  freshly  finished 
floor  shall  be  protected  from  hot  sun  and 
drying  winds  until  it  can  be  sprinkled  and 
covered  as  above  specified. 

37.  Temperature  Below  35  Degrees  Fah- 
renheit: If  at  any  time  during  the  progress 
of  the  work  the  temperature  is.  or  in  tin- 
opinion  of  the  architect  or  engineer  will 
within  twenty-four  (24)  hours  drop  to  35 
degrees  Fahrenheit,  the  water  and  aggre- 
gates shall  be  heated  and  precautions  taken 
to  protect  the  work  from  freezing  for  at 
least  five  (5)  days.  In  no  case  shall  con- 
crete be  deposited  upon  a  frozen   base. 


These  specifications  plainly  direct  or  im- 
ply the  following  fundamentals: 

Clean,  hard,    well   graded   aggregates. 
Clean  water. 

Proper  consistency   of   concrete. 
Proper  curing. 

The  wearing  course  should  be  placed  im- 
mediately after  depositing  the  base  so  that 
a  perfect  bond  will  obtain  between  the  two 
courses  and  the  consistency  of  the  wearing 
course  should  be  such,  when  deposited,  as 
will  permit  finishing  to  final  surface  in  one 
operation  within,  say,  20  minutes  after 
placing. 

Too  much  water  in  the  top  course  inva- 
riably compels  several  trowelings  to  secure 
the  surface  finish  desired  and  frequent  trow- 
eling after  hardening  of  the  cement  has 
commenced  breaks  up  the  attendant  proc- 
esses of  crystallization,  thus  affecting  the 
ultimate  wearing  quality  of  the  surface. 
Besides,  over-troweling  brings  a  film  of  ce- 
ment and  fine  material  to  the  surface  which 
sets  too  quickly  to  attain  proper  strength, 
thus  resulting  in  a  surface  devoid  of  wear- 
ing quality. 

Proper  curing  of  the  floor.  This  perhaps 
does  more  to  eliminate  subsequent  dusting 
than  does  minute  observation  of  some  of 
the  other  requirements,  although  none 
should    be    slighted. 

Moisture  is  a  necessary  element  for  the 
hardening  of  concrete.  Just  as  soon  as  pos- 
sible after  having  finished  the  top  course 
to  the  desired  surface,  the  floor  should  be 
covered  with  a  layer  of  protective  material 
consisting  of  two  inches  or  more  of  wet 
sand  or  sawdust,  this  covering  to  be  kept 
wet  by  frequent  sprinkling  for  from  ten 
days  to  two  weeks  to  prevent  rapid  drying 
out  of  the  concrete. 

Remedial  treatments  of  several  kinds  may 
be  used  with  from  fair  to  indifferent  suc- 
cess in  temporarily  allaying  dusting  of  old 
concrete  floors,  but  from  the  very  nature  of 
these  treatments,  which  are  essentially  sur- 
face applications,  renewal  is  required  from 
time  to  time.  Turpentine  and  boiled  linseed 
oil  combined  in  such  proportions  as  to  be 
readily  absorbed  by  the  floor  surface  form  a 
mixture  that  will  temporarily  allay  dusting. 
It  is  suited,  however,  only  to  old  or  thor- 
oughly cured  concrete  and  will  somewhat 
darken  the  color  of  the  floor. 

If  the  wearing  course  of  an  old  floor  has 
separated  from  the  base,  or  from  whatever 
cause  disintegrated  so  that  resurfacing  is 
necessary,  a  new  wearing  course  that  will 
be  dustless  may  be  applied  by  following 
the  essentials  of  the  foregoing  specifica- 
tions, if  the  old  base  is  in  good  condition. 
First,  however,  all  loose  particles,  prefer- 
ably all  of  the  old  top  course,  must  be  re 
moved,  so  as  to  expose  the  base,  which  must 
then  be  thoroughly  cleansed  by  brushing  and 
washing,  followed  by  an  application  of  a 
solution  of  1  part  hydrochloric  acid  to  ::  or 
i  parts  of  water,  this  being  applied  by  a 
brusb  containing  no  metal.  Alter  having 
been  allowed  to  remain  from  10  to  15  min- 
utes the  acid  wash  must  be  thoroughly  re- 
moved with  clean  water  applied  by  a  hose. 
An  acid  treatment  such  as  described  will 
expose  the  surface  of  a  e,e,  rebates  in  the  base 
so  that  new  concrete  will  more  readily 
bond.  Before  placing  the  new  top  course,  a 
grout  Of  neat  cement  and  water  mixed  to 
the  consistency  of  thick  cream  should  he 
applied  to  the  cleansed  surface  of  the  base, 
Only  a  small  area  should  he  treated  with 
groul  at  oil''  time  so  that  concrete  for  the 
new  wearing  course  max-  be  applied  before 
the  grout  paint  has  commenced  to  harden 
[f  tie-  requirements  of  consistency,  Boating 
or-  troweling,  and  protection  to  insure  prop*  r 
curing,     are     observed,      the     refinlshed     floor 

Will     be     duStleSS. 


319 


Oldest    Lumber    Company    in    Chicago — Established    1851 


Mears-Slayton  Lumber  Co. 

1237  Belmont  Ave.  105  Chicago  Ave.,  Evanston 

Tel.    Lakeview   765    All    Departments 

DEALERS  IN  ALL  KINDS  OF  LUMBER,  CELEBRATED  "UPSON"  WALL-  BOARD, 

ASPHALT  SHINGLES  AND  ROOFING  MATERIAL 


TELEPHONE  DIVERSEY  2440 

The  Nollau  &  Wolff  Mfg.  Company 

MANUFACTURERS   OF 

GENERAL  MILL  WORK-INTERIOR  FINISH 
CABINET  WORK 


OFFICE   AND   FACTORY 

1705  TO  19  FULLERTON  AVENUE 


CHICAGO 


HARTMAXX  -  SANDERS   CO. 

Sole  Manufacturers 

Roll's  Lock-Joint  Patent  Wood  Columns 


Pergolas, 
Garden   Accessories 

ASK  FOR  CAT.  No.  40 

SPECIAL  MILL  WORK 

Factory  and  Main  Office: 

2155-87  E!ston  Avenue,   CHICAGO.  ILL. 

Telephone  Monroe  4868 

New  York  City  Office:   6  E.  39th  Street 


The  Arrow  System 


means  perfection  in  tm. 

latest  types  of  lightning 
protection.  Specified  by  architects  and  engineers  of  the  largest  cities 
in  the  United  States  and  Canada,  including  Chicago  and  New  York. 
Labeled  and  approved  by  Underwriters'  Laboratories  and  National 
Board  of  Fire  Underwriters. 

Write   for   copy  of   specifications   used   by   most   prominent    Muni- 
cipal and   Industrial  Architects  and   Engineers. 

Chimneys  Banded  and  Repaired  with  Improved  Scaffolding 

THE    ARROW -CONDUCTOR    CO, 

1536  West  Adams  St.,  CHICAGO 


320 


■L 


STANDARD  SPECIFICATIONS  FOR  SOUTHERN  YELLOW 

PINE  TIMBERS 

As  Recommended  by  The  Illinois  Society  of  Architects 


DEFINITION     FOR     SOUTHERN     YELLOW 
FINE. 


(Authorized  reprint  from  the  copyrighted  Stand- 
ards of  The  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials, 
Philadelphia,    Pa.) 

Southern  Yellow  Fine. — This  term  includes 
the  species  of  yellow  pine  growing  in  the 
Southern  States  from  Virginia  to  Texas, 
that  is,  the  pines  hitherto  known  as  long 
leaf  pine  (Pinus  palustris),  short  leaf  pine 
(Pinus  echinata),  loblolly  pine  (Pinus  taeda), 
Cuban  pine  (Pinus  heterophylla)  and  pond 
pine    (Pinus    serotina). 

Under  this  heading  two  classes  of  timber 
are  designated:  (A)  dense  Southern  yellow 
pine  and  (B)  sound  Southern  yellow  pine. 
It  is  understood  that  these  two  terms  are 
descriptive  of  quality  rather  than  of  bo- 
tanical  species. 

(a)  Dense  Southern  Yellow  Fine  shall 
show  on  either  end  an  average  of  at  least 
six  annual  rings  per  inch  and  at  least  one- 
third  summer  wood,  or  else  the  greater 
number  of  the  rings  shall  show  at  least  one- 
third  summer  wood,  all  as  measured  over 
the  third,  fourth,  and  fifth  inches  of  a  ra- 
dial line  from  the  pith.  Wide-ringed  ma- 
terial excluded  by  this  rule  will  be  accept- 
able, provided  that  the  amount  of  summer 
wood  as  above  measured  shall  be  at  least 
one-half. 

The  contrast  in  color  between  summer 
wood  and  spring  wood  shall  be  sharp  and 
the  summer  wood  shall  be  dark  in  color, 
except  in  pieces  having  considerably  above 
the  minimum  requirement  for  summer  wood. 

In  cases  where  timbers  do  not  contain  the 
pith,  and  it  is  impossible  to  locate  it  with 
any  degree  of  accuracy,  the  same  inspec- 
tion shall  be  made  over  3"  on  an  approxi- 
mate radial  line  beginning  at  the  edge  near- 
est the  pith  in  timbers  over  3"  in  thick- 
ness and  on  the  second  inch  (on  the  piece) 
nearest  to  the  pith  in  timbers  3"  or  less  in 
thickness. 

In  dimension  material  containing  the  pith 
but  not  a  5"  radial  line,  which  is  less  than 
2x8"  in  section  or  less  than  8"  in  whit  h. 
that  does  not  show  over  16  sq.  in.  on  the 
cross-section,  the  inspection  shall  apply  to 
the  second  inch  from  the  pith.  In  larger 
material  that  does  not  show  a  5"  radial  line 
the  inspection  shall  apply  to  the  three  inches 
farthest   from   the   pith. 

The  radial  line  chosen  shall  be  representa- 
tive. In  case  of  disagreement  between  pur- 
chaser and  seller  the  average  summer  wood 
and  number  of  rings  shall  be  the  average 
of   the    two   radial   lines   chosen. 

(b)  Sound  Southern  Yellow  Fine  shall 
include  pieces  of  Southern  pine  without  any 
ring  or  summer  wood  requirement. 

GENERAL    TIMBER    SPECIFICATIONS. 

All  timber  except  No.  1  Common  must  in- 
free  from  defects  such  as  injurious  ring  or 
round    shakes,    and    through    shakes    that   ex- 


tend to  the  surface;  unsound  and  loose  knots, 
and  knots  in  groups  that  will  materially 
impair  the  strength.  Seasoning  checks  and 
discolored  sap  shall  not  be  considered  de- 
fects  in  any  grade. 

KNOTS. 

(Adopted  by  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Ma- 
terials,   Augus     21     1915.) 

Knots  shall  be  classified  as  round  and 
spike  in  form  and  for  quality  as  sound, 
encased,    loose   and   unsound. 

A  round  knot  is  one  which  is  oval  or  cir- 
cular in  form. 

A  spike  knot  is  one  sawn  in  a  lengthwise 
direction;  the  mean  or  average  width  shall 
be    considered    in    measuring    these   knots. 

A  sound  knot  is  one  which  is  solid  across 
its  face  and  which  is  as  hard  as  the  wood 
surrounding  it;  it  may  be  either  red  or 
black,  and  is  so  fixed  by  growth  or  position 
that   it  will   retain  its   place  in   the   piece. 

An  encased  knot  is  one  whose  growth 
rings  are  not  intergrown  and  homogeneous 
with  the  growth  rings  of  the  piece  it  is  in. 
The  encasement  may  be  partial  or  com- 
plete; if  intergrown  partially  or  so  fixed  by 
growth  or  position  that  it  will  retain  its 
place  in  the  piece,  it  shall  be  considered  a 
sound  knot;  if  completely  intergrown  on  one 
face,   it  is   a  watertight   knot. 

A  loose  knot  is  one  not  firmly  held  in  place 
by  growth  or  position. 

A  rotten  knot  is  one  not  as  hard  as  the 
wood   it    is    in. 

WANE. 

Wane  is  bark,  or  the  lack  of  wood  from 
any   cause,    on   edges   of  timbers. 

SHAKES. 

Shakes  are  splits  or  checks  in  timbers 
which  usually  cause  a  separation  of  the 
wood    between    annual    rings. 

Ring  shake:  An  opening  between  the  an- 
nual   rings. 

Through  shake:  A  shake  which  extends 
between   two  faces  of  a  timtxjr. 

Shakes  not  hereinbefore  described  unless 
known    to    have    extensive    penetration    shall 

not  be  considered  a  defect  under  this  classi- 
fication. 


SIZES. 

am  rough  timber,  except  No.  1  Common, 
must  be  full  size  when  green.  One-quarter 
Inch  shall  he  allowed  for  each  side  surfaced 


LENGTHS. 

Standard  lengths  are  multiples  of  two 
feet,  eight  to  twenty  feet,  Inclusive,  extra 
lengths    are    multiples    of    two    feet,    twenty- 


two    feet   and   longer 
is    specified,    standard 
multiples  of  one  foot. 


When    lineal   average 
Of    lengths     shall    be 


321 


RUST  CHIMNEYS 

Radial    and    Common    Brick    and    Reinforced    Concrete.      Linings    for    Steel    Stacks    and    Flues 

BOILER  SETTINGS  FOR  ALL  TYPES  OF  BOILERS 

FURNACES  AND  STILLS  FOR  ALL  PURPOSES 

CONCRETE  AND  BRICK  CONSTRUCTION 

FOUNDATIONS  AND   BUILDINGS  FOR  INDUSTRIAL  PURPOSES 
Contracts    Executed    in    All    Parts   of   the   World 

THE   RUST  ENGINEERING   CO. 

Birmingham  ENGINEERS    AND    CONTRACTORS  New    York 

Chicago  GENERAL    OFFICES  Philadelphia 

Cleveland  PITTSBURGH,   PA.  Washington 


BRICK 

.CHIMNEYS-      CONCRETE 

THE  HEINE  CHIMNEY  CO. 

123  W 

MADISON  ST.                                           CHICAGO,  ILLINOIS 

TANKS 

CONCRETE           towers 

RESERVOIRS 

Singer  Chimney  Co. 

Not  Inc. 

2842  Southport  Ave.,  Chicago,  111. 

Phone  Lakeview  980. 

RADIAL  BRICK— CHIMNEYS— COMMON  BRICK 
BOILER  SETTINGS 

CHIMNEYS  REPAIRED  AND  BANDED 


Tel.    Central    7793 


AMERICAN  CHIMNEY  CONSTRUCTION  CO. 

RADIAL  AND  COMMON  BRICK  CHIMNEYS 


614  Reaper  Block  CHICAGO,  ILL. 

BRANCH:      CLEVELAND,   OHIO,    505    Superior   Building 


32: 


GXADES    OF    TIMBERS. 

HEART    TIMBERS. 

All  timber  specifications,  except  "Mer- 
chantable" specifying  heart  requirements, 
shall  be  considered  as  a  special  contract,  and 
shall  specify  whether  the  heart  requirements 
refer  to  cubical  contents  or  surface  measure- 
ments in  each  piece. 


NO.     1     COMMON    TIMBERS. 

May  be  either  Dense  or  Sound  Pine. 

Common  timbers  rough  4x4  and  larger 
shall  be  not  more  than  *4"  scant  at  any 
point  when  green,  and  be  well  manufactured 
and  may  have  1%"  wane  on  one  corner  one- 
third  the  length  of  the  piece,  or  its  equiva- 
lent on  two  or  more  corners;  the  wane  meas- 
ured  on   its   face. 

Timbers  10x10  in  size  may  have  2"  wane 
as  above;  the  larger  sizes  may  have  wane 
as  above  in  proportion  to   sizes. 

The  diameter  of  any  one  knot  shall  not 
exceed  2"  in  4x4  to  6x6;  2V2"  in  6x8  to  8x10; 
3"  in  10x10  to  10x12;  3%"  in  12x12  to  12x14; 
4"  in  14x14  to  14x16;  4y2"  in  16x16  to  16x18. 
In  sizes  not  mentioned  the  diameter  of  knots 
admissible  will  increase  or  decrease  in  pro- 
portion to  the  size  of  the  timbers  on  same 
basis   as    above   specified. 

In  determining  the  size  of  knots,  mean 
or  average  diameter  shall  be  taken,  or  the 
equivalent  of  the  above  in  grouped  knots 
at  any  one  point.  Shakes  one-sixth  the 
length  of  the  piece,  small  unsound  knots 
and  a  limited  number  of  pin  worm  holes, 
well   scattered,   are  inadmissible. 


SQUARE  EDGE  AND  SOUND  TIMBERS. 

May    be    either    Dense    or    Sound    Pine. 
Square    edge    and    sound    timbers    shall    be 
well  manufactured  and  conform  to  the  Gen- 
eral   Timber    Specifications,    admitting    sound 
knots,    and    shall    be    free   from   wane. 


MERCHANTABLE     TIMBERS. 
May  be  either  Dense  or  Sound  Pine. 

All  merchantable  timbers  shall  be  well 
manufactured  and  conform  to  the  General 
Timber    Specifications. 

Sizes  under  9"  on  the  largest  dimension, 
shall  show  two-thirds  or  more  heart  sur- 
face on  one  of  the  wide  faces;  sizes  9"  and 
over  on  the  largest  dimension  shall  show 
two-thirds  or  more  heart  on  both  of  the 
wide  faces.  When  sticks  are  square  the  face 
showing  the  most  heart  shall  govern  tin' 
inspection  on  sizes  under  9",  and  the  two 
faces  showing  the  most  heart  shall  govern 
the  inspection  when  9"  and  over.  Heart 
showing  the  full  length,  even  if  not  two- 
thirds  of  the  area  as  above,  shall  meet  the 
requirements   of  this  quality. 

Wane  not  exceeding  one-eighth  of  tie  di 
mension  of  the  face  and  one-quarter  of  the 
length  of  the  piece  on  one  corner,  or  the 
equivalent  on  two  or  more  corners  on  noi 
to  exceed  ten  per  cent  of  the  pieces,  shall 
be  admitted. 

SELECT    STRUCTURAL    MATERIAL. 

(.4    rule    incorporatin/j    suggestions    by    the    United 

States    Forest   Service.) 

REQUIREMENTS    FOR    DENSITY    AND 
RATE    OF     GROWTH. 

1.  Shall  contain  only  sound  wood  and  be 
well   manufactured. 


2.  Shall  conform  to  the  definition  of  Dense 
Southern  Pine  as  adopted  by  the  American 
Society  for  Testing  Materials,  August  21st, 
1915,    shown   on   page    6. 

For  the  purpose  of  determining  whether 
any  given  piece  meets  the  requirements  for 
density  and  rate  of  growth,  the  following 
rule,  suggested  by  the  United  States  Forest 
Service,  shall  be  applied.  It  will  be  suffi- 
cient if  either  end  passes  the  inspection. 

(1)  Pith  Present  or  Accurately  Located. 

(A)  Radial    line   of   5"    present. 

(a)  Apply  inspection  over  third, 
fourth   and   fifth   inches. 

(B)  Radial  line  of  5"  not  present. 

(a)  Apply  inspection  to  the  second 
inch  on  2x3,  2x4,  2x6,  3x3,  3x4, 
4x4,  or  any  other  dimension 
material  that  has  less  than  16 
square  inches  on  the  cross  sec- 
tion. 

(b)  In  the  larger  material  apply 
inspection  to  the  3  inches  far- 
thest from  the   pith. 

(2)  Pith  Not  Present  or  Cannot  be  Accu- 
rately Located. 

(A)  Material   over   3"   thick   apply   inspec- 

tion to  three  inches  nearest  the  pith. 

(B)  Dimension     material     3"     or     less     in 

thickness  apply  inspection  to  second 
inch  of  the  piece  nearest  the  pith. 

(3)  The  Radial  Line  Chosen  Shall  Show 
a  Representative  Number  of  Annual 
Rings  of  Growth  and  Per  Cent  of 
Summer    Wood. 

Restrictions    on    Knots    in    Beams. 

3.  Shall  not  have  in  Volume  1  sound  knots 
greater  in  diameter  than  one-fourth  the 
width  of  the  face  on  which  they  appear — 
maximum  knot  \xh" ■  Shall  not  have  in  Vol- 
ume 2  sound  knots  greater  In  diameter  than 
one-half  the  width  of  the  face  on  which  they 
appear — maximum    knot    3    inches. 

The  aggregate  diameter  of  all  knots  within 
the  center  half  of  the  length  of  any  face 
shall  not   exceed  the  width  of  that  face. 

The  diameter  of  a  knot  on  the  narrow  or 
horizontal  face  of  a  beam  is  to  be  taken 
as  its  projection  on  a  line  perpendicular  to 
the  edge  of  the  timber.  On  the  width  or 
vertical  face,  the  smallest  dimension  of  a 
knot  is  to  be  taken  as   its   diameter. 

Restrictions   on  Knots  in  Columns. 

4.  Shall  not  have  sound  knots  greater 
in  diameter  than  one-third  the  least  width 
of   the   column — maximum    knots    4    inches. 

Restrictions  on  Shakes  and  Checks  in  Beams. 

5.  Round  or  ring  shakes  shall  not  occupy, 
at  either  end  of  a  timber,  more  than  one- 
fourth  the  width  of  green  material,  nor 
more  than  one-third  the  width  of  seasoned 
material. 

Any  combination  of  checks  and  shakes 
which  would  reduce  the  strength  to  a  great- 
er extent  than  the  allowable  round-shakes 
will  not  be  permitted.  Shakes  shall  not  show 
nn  the  faces  of  either  green  or  seasoned  tim- 
ber. 

Restrictions  on  Cross  Grain  in  Beams. 

6.  Shall  nut  have  diagonal  grain  with 
slope  greater  than  one  in  twenty  in  Vol- 
ume 1. 

ABBREVIATIONS     OF     TIMBER     GRADES. 

For  tiie  purpose  of  branding   timbers  with 

Hi,,    names    of    the    grades    il     is    recommended 
that   the  following  abbreviations  be  used: 
SQ  EDG-SD  —Square  Edge  and  Sound. 
NO  1  COM    — No.  1   Common. 
\i  ER<  mi  — Merchantable. 

SEL    STRUC— Select   Structural. 


:vi\\ 


KSWANEE  B9ILER  COMPANY 

KPW^flPP  Chicago,  111.,  3  28  W.Washington  St.,  Phone  Franklin  4189 

AYA^  VV  dll\^\^,  All. ,  Branches  in  principal  cities  of  the  United  States 

Specialists  in    Steel   Fire-Box,   Brick      T3/^\TT     X^  13  C!1 
Set,  and  Portable  Smokeless  and  Direct      LJ  \J±  I    j  l^v  t\  ^^ 

Built  in  accordance  with  Amer.  Soc.  Mech.  Engs.  Code  of  Boiler  Rules 

Brick-Set  Direct  Draft  Fire-Box 

This  has  been  the  Standard  Boiler  for  general  use  in  the  Central  West  for  many  years,  and  is 
the  Boiler  referred  to  in  specifications  as  "Kewanee  or  equal." 


Capacity,  Steam 
Capacity,  Water 


10  I  11  I  12  I  13 


Diameter  Boiler 

Diameter  of  Stack  -  . 
Minimum  Height  of  Stack 


sqft  900  1050  1200  1400  1700  2000  26OO30O0  3S0O  4000  4500  5500  6500  7500  8700  10000  11000  12000  14000 
sq.  ft  1500  1700  2000  2300  2800  3300  4300  5000  5800  6600  7400.9100  10700  12400  14400  16500  18200  19800  23100 


30   30   30   36   36   36   42   42   48   48   48   54 
14   16   16   18  I  20   20   22   22   26 


12   12 


ft.  40   40   40   40   40   45   45   45   45   50   50   50   50 


Brick-Set  Smokeless  Fire-Box 

A  Boiler  designed  to  burn  soft  coal  without  objectionable  smoke,  and  to  comply  with  municipal 
smoke  prevention  requirements. 


Number    of    Boiler I    1071    1081   109|    110|   111|   112  |    113   |    114    I    115    I   116       117    |   118 

-I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1- 


Capacity,    Steam     sq.  ft.]2600]3100|3600|4000|4700|5500 

(  apacity,    Water    sq.  ft.|43OOJ51OO|59Oo|66O0|7S00|9100 

-I 1 


Diameter    Boiler    

Diameter    Stack     

Minimum    Heiffht    "f   Stack. 


.in.  42  I  42  |  42  |  48  |  48  |  48 
.in. I  20  |  20  |  22  |  22  |  24  24 
.ft. I    50   I    50    I   50   I   50   I   55   I   55 


65001    75001   8500|10000|11500|13000|14000 
10700  12400  14000  16500  19000  21500  23100 


54 

28 
60 


60 
32 

no 


60 
32 
60 


66    I      66    |      72 
34    I      34    |      36 

711    I      70    I      70 


I  11(1011 

26400 


36 
70 


Portable  Direct  Draft  Fire-Box 

Requires  less  floor  space  and  more  height  than  above.     No  special  skill  in  brick  laying. 


Number    of    Boiler j    407|    408,    409|    410|    411|    412  1    413    I    414    I    415    I    4K 

1 1 1 1 1 - 


417       418    I   419 


( lapacity,    Steam  .  .  . 
I  lapacity,    Water.  .  . 


1500 

400 


." :::.oo  moo 

(s(,0   ;,.,(,0   i, Mill 

"I 1 1- 

Diameter   Boiler in.     48   I   48   I   48   I   54   j   54   J   54 

Diameter     Stack in.|   20    |   20    |   20    |   22    |   22    |    22 

Minimum    Height    Stack ft.     50       50    I    55   I    55   I    55   I   60 


..sq.  ft. [2500 
.  .sq.  ft.|4100 
-I 


' ">■"•<"'  >;"""  7i mioo  o: I  I 1. 

S300|  9100|  9900|11600jl3200|15700|18200|21500 


15000 
24800 


no 
24 
60 


72 
32 


Portable  Smokeless  Fire-Box 


A   Smokeless  Boiler  designed  to  burn  cheap  soft  coal 
economical  of  space. 


Breeching  connection  at  front, 


Number   of    Boiler. 


ity,  Steam,  .sq.  ft. 
( lapacity,   Water,  .sq.   ft. 


307     308     309|    310; 
-I- 


: ii 

5000 


3500 

.'.-on 


ter  of   Boiler,  .in.     is   '   48   I  48 

Diameter    Stack in.    20  |   21 

Minim'm   lit    stark.. ft. I   50   I  55      55 


toon   t." 5000  .Void 

noon  Tin"  -: •]  mi 

I 1 


3121  3131  314  I  315  |  316  |  317  I  31i 

-I 1 | 1 1 1- 


10   I   321    I   322 


6000|    6500 
9900110700 


54  |    54       54       60 
22       22   I   22       24 

55  |    55    |    60    |    CO 


60 

2  4 
60     | 


7500|    8500 1 10000 1 1 2000|  14000|16000|18000|20000 


12400  14000  1(1500    IHMiii  2:1100 


60  I  66  I 
26  28  I 
65         65  1 


(in 
30 
70 


26400  29700 


33000 


Garbage  Burners  — Hot  Water  Heaters 

Radiation  s^Sd  Steel  Storage  Tanks 


:;■_'! 


ARCHITECTS     SPECIFICATIONS     FOR 
SOUTHERN     YELLOW     FINE 

STRUCTURAL    TIMBERS. 

(1)  When    Both    Maximum    Durability    and 

Streng-th  Are  Required. 

Longleaf  southern  yellow  pine  of  "select 
structural  material  grade"  in  accordance  with 
t  ne  definition  of  "Dense  Southern  Yellow 
Pine"  as  adopted  by  the  American  Society 
for  Testing  Materials  (August,  1915),  and 
the  Southern  Pine  Association  ("Density 
Rule"  book,  March  15,  1916).  To  be  dressed 
to  standard  sizes  conforming  to  the  rules 
of  the  Southern  Pine  Association  and  brand- 
ed in  accordance  with  the  official  require- 
ments   of    that    Association. 

(2)  When  Strength  Is  Required  Without  Spe- 

cial Reference  to   Durability. 

Southern  yellow  pine  of  "select  structural 
material  grade"  as  defined  in  Section  (1) 
above.  To  be  dressed  to  standard  sizes  con- 
forming to  the  rules  of  the  Southern  Pine 
Association  and  branded  in  accordance  with 
the   official  requirements  of  that  Association. 

(3)  When  Used  Without  Reference  to  Dura- 

bility  or  Maximum   Strength. 

No.  1  Common  southern  yellow  pine  tim- 
bers of  "dense"  grade  as  defined  in  the 
"Timber  Rule"  book  of  the  Southern  Pine 
Association  (March  15,  1916).  To  be  dressed 
to  standard  sizes  conforming  to  the  rules 
of   the   Southern   Pine   Association. 

(4)  When    Used    for    Joists,    Studs,    etc.,    in 

Ordinary  or  Minor  Structures  Without 
Reference  to  Durability  or  Maximum 
Strength. 

No.  1  Common  southern  yellow  pine,  as 
defined  in  the  "Timber  Rule"  book  of  the 
Southern  Pine  Association,  March  15,  1916. 
To  be  dressed  to  standard  sizes  conforming 
to  the  rules  of  that  Association. 

FOR    SOUTHERN    YELLOW    FINE    HEAVY 
FACTORY    AND    LAMINATED    FLOORING. 

(5)  When  Durability  and  Maximum  Strength 

Are  Required. 

"Dense"  southern  yellow  pine  of  "mer- 
chantable grade"  as  defined  in  the  "Timber 
Rule"  book  of  the  Southern  Pine  Associa- 
tion (March  15,  1916).  To  be  dressed  to 
standard  sizes  conforming  to  the  rules  of 
that  Association  and  branded  in  accordance 
with  the  official  requirements  of  that  Asso- 
ciation. 


(6)  When  Strength  Is  Required  Without  Ref- 
erence to  Durability. 

Southern  yellow  pine  of  "No.  1  Common 
Timbers"  as  defined  in  the  "Timber  Rule" 
book  of  the  Southern  Pine  Association 
(March  15,  1916).  To  be  dressed  to  standard 
sizes  conforming  to  the  rules  of  that  asso- 
ciation. 

Note. 

In  lieu  of  the  branding  of  timber  above 
specified,  the  contractor  may  at  his  option 
arrange  to  have  all  material  furnished  un- 
der this  specification  inspected  by  the  In- 
spection Department  of  the  Southern  Pine 
Association,  in  which  event  the  contractor 
shall  furnish  and  deliver  to  the  architect  a 
certificate  showing  that  all  material  deliv- 
ered complies  with  the  architect's  specifica- 
tions. The  entire  expense  of  said  inspection 
must  be  paid  by  the   contractor. 

Reinspection. 

Should  the  architect  demand  that  any 
material  delivered  be  reinspected  the  ■said 
inspection  shall  be  made  by  the  official  in- 
spectors   of    the    Inspection    Bureau    of    the 


Southern  Pine  Association  or  Lumbermen's 
Association  of  Chicago.  Should  ninety-five 
per  cent  (95%)  or  more  of  the  material  in- 
spected be  approved  as  complying  with  the 
grade  specified,  the  inspection  fee  shall  be 
paid  by  the  owner.  Should  five  per  cent 
(5%)  or  more  of  the  material  inspected  be 
rejected  by  the  said  Inspector  as  not  com- 
plying with  said  grading  rules,  all  inspec- 
tion  fees   shall   be  paid  by  the  contract  or. 


STANDARD  SPECIFICATIONS  FOR 

GRADES        OF       SOUTHERN       YELLOW 
FINE     FLOORING    MARCH    15,    1916. 

No.  1  COMMON  FLOORING  is  the  com- 
bined grade  of  C  and  D  Flooring,  and  will 
admit  all  pieces  that  will  not  grade  "B," 
and   are   better   than   No.    2   Common. 

No.     2     COMMON    FLOORING     admits     all 
pieces    that    will    not    grade    as    good    as    "D 
flooring    that    can    be    used    for    cheap    floors 
without    a    waste    of    more    than    one-fourth 
the   length   of   any  one  piece.      (See   Sec.    26.) 

No.     1     COMMON     FACTORY     FLOORING 

will  admit  of  sound  knots  not  over  one-half 
the  cross-section  of  the  piece  at  any  point 
throughout  the  length;  pitch  pockets,  sap 
stain,  shakes  that  do  not  go  through,  firm 
red  heart,  seasoning  checks  which  do  not 
show  an  opening  through  the  piece,  wane 
one-fourth  inch  deep  on  the  face,  a  limited 
number  of  pin  worm  holes  well  scattered, 
loosened  or  heavy  torn  grain  or  other  ma- 
chine defects  which  will  lay  without  waste. 
and  pith  knots  which  will  not  cause  a  leak- 
age of  grain.      (See  Sees.   35   and   123.) 

"A"  FLAT  FLOORING  must  be  prac- 
tically free  from  defects  on  the  face  side 
and    well    manufactured. 

"B"  FLAT  FLOORING  will  admit  any 
two  of  the  following  or  their  equivalent  of 
combined    defects:     15    per    cent,     sap    stain, 

15  per  cent,  firm  red  heart,  three  pin  knots, 
one  standard  knot,  three  small  pitch  pockets, 
one  standard  pitch  pocket,  one  standard  pitch 
streak,  slight  torn  grain,  small  seasoning 
checks,    six    pin    worm    holes. 

"C"  FLAT  FLOORING  will  admit  any  two 
of  the  following  defects  or  their  equivalent 
of  combined  defects:  25  per  cent,  of  sap 
stain.  25  per  cent,  of  firm  red  heart,  two 
standard  pitch  streaks;  medium  torn  grain, 
or  other  machine  defects  that  will  lay  with- 
out waste;  slight  shake  that  does  not  go 
through,  or  seasoning  checks  that  do  not 
show  an  opening  through,  two  standard 
pitch  pockets,  six  small  pitch  pockets,  two 
standard  knots  or  six  pin  knots,  twelve  pin 
worm    holes. 

EDGE  GRAIN  FLOORING  shall  take  the 
same  inspection  as  Flat  Grain,  except  as 
to  the  angle  of  the  grain.    (See  Sec.  23.) 

HEART     FACE     EDGE     GRAIN     shall     be 

free  from   sap   on   face  side. 

"D"  FLAT  FLOORING  will  admit  the  fol- 
loking  defects  or  their  equivalent  of  com- 
bined defects:  Sound  knots  not  over  one- 
half  the  cross  section  of  the  piece  In  the 
rough  at  any  one  point  throughout  Its 
length;  three  pith  knots,  pitch,  pitch  pock- 
ets, sap  stain,  firm  red  heart,  seasoning 
checks  that  do  not  show  an  opening  through, 
shake  that  does  not  go  through,  a  limited 
number  of  pin  worm  holes  well  scattered, 
loosened  or  heavy  torn  grain,  or  other  ma- 
chine defects  that  will  lay  without   wast. 

Pieces  otherwise  as  good  as  "B"  Flooring 
may  have  one  defect  (like  a  knot  hole)  thai 
can  he  cut  out  by  wasting  I  '  L-  Inches  of  the 
length  of  the  piece,  provided  both   pieces  are 

16  inches  or  over  in  length  after  cutting  out 
such   defects. 


325 


"PIERCE" 

MAGAZINE  FEED,  DOWN  DRAFT 

SMOKELESS    BOILER 

For  Soft  or  Hard  Coal 


Long  Firing  Period,  Requires  Little  Attention 

ECONOMICAL,  SMOKELESS 

ACCEPTABLE  IN  ALL  CITIES  THAT  HAVE  SMOKE  ORDINANCES 


WRITE  FOR  GENERAL 

CATALOGUE   AND 

FULL  INFORMATION 


THE  KELLOGG -MACK  AY  COMPANY 

HEATING  AND  PLUMBING  SUPPLIES 

CHICAGO  MINNEAPOLIS  DULUTH  KANSAS  CITY 


526 


HEATING  AND  VENTILATION 


Edited  by  FRED  J.  POSTEL,  Mech.  Engr. 


HEATING. 


It  is  safe  to  say  that  in  the  majority  of 
cases  where  the  installation  of  a  heating  sys- 
tem is  under  consideration,  the  architect  or 
engineer  has  a  reasonable  doubt  as  to  wheth- 
er he  should  install  a  steam  or  hot  water 
system.  It  may  be  well,  therefore,  to  con- 
sider some  of  the  advantages  and  disadvan- 
tages of  the  two  systems.  In  this  compari- 
son the  simple  gravity  heating  system  is  the 
one   referred  to. 

Generally  speaking,  the  advantage  of  the 
steam  over  hot  water  is  lower  first  cost, 
smaller  radiators  and  smaller  piping.  The 
principal  disadvantage  is  the  fact  that  the 
temperature  of  the  radiating  surface  cannot 
be  regulated  to  meet  the  demands  of  the 
weather  conditions.  Again,  the  system  is 
operative  only  so  long  as  there  is  pressure  in 
the  mains.  If  the  pressure  is  allowed  to  fall 
to  atmosphere,  circulation  ceases,  and  the 
building  is,  to  all  intents  and  purposes,  with- 
out a  heating  system,  even  though  there  is  a 
smoldering  fire  in  the  furnace. 

The  advantage  of  the  hot  water  heating 
system  is  that  the  temperature  of  the  water 
may  be  varied  with  the  demands  of  the  serv- 
ice. With  a  properly  designed  system  the 
water  circulates  at  a  very  low  temperature, 
so  that  a  smoldering  fire  will  produce  suffi- 
cient circulation  in  mild  weather.  This  fea- 
ture makes  it  possible  also  to  continue  heat- 
ing the  building  after  the  fires  have  been 
banked  for  the  night. 

The  principal  disadvantages  of  a  hot  water 
system  are  the  greater  first  cost,  larger 
radiators  and  piping,  and  the  ever  present 
possibility  of  damage  to  decorations  and 
furnishings,  as  a  result  of  a  leak  in  the  sys- 
tem. 

Numerous  attempts  have  been  made  with 
varied  success  to  overcome  the  disadvantages 
of  both  systems,  but  so  far  as  I  have  found, 
none  of  these  solve  the  problem  for  all  con- 
ditions. 

To  provide  for  temperature  regulation  in  a 
steam  system  two  general  systems  have  been 
brought  out.  One  depends  on  throttling 
down  the  steam  and  discharging  only  enough 
into  the  radiator  to  provide  the  heat  re- 
quired. The  other  depends  on  air  binding  a 
certain  number  of  loops  in  the  radiator  and 
operating  the  remaining  loops  at  full  press- 
ure. The  latter,  of  course,  can  be  used  only 
where  compressed  air  is  available  and  is  used 
in  connection  with  an  automatic  system  of 
temperature    regulation. 

To  overcome  the  disadvantage  of  large, 
ungainly  radiators  and  piping  in  hot  water 
systems,  various  devices  have  been  used  to 
increase  the  temperature  of  the  water  under 
conditions  of  extreme  demand.  These  sys- 
tems  depend    on    increasing   the   pressure   on 


the  water  above  atmosphere,  and  are  wnat 
may  be  referred  to  as  closed  systems,  either 
wholly   or  in  part. 

STEAM    HEATING. 

In  designing  a  system  of  steam  heating, 
it  should  first  be  determined  whether  the 
conditions  will  be  best  met  by  a  gravity,  or 
a  vacuum  system. 

In  a  gravity  system,  the  mains  and  radi- 
ating surface  are  so  laid  out  that  all  con- 
densation returns  to  the  boiler  by  gravity 
and  no  machinery  is  required  to  keep  the 
system  in  operation.  This  system  is  neces- 
sarily operated  at  a  pressure  above  atmos- 
phere so  that  the  pressure  in  the  radiators 
is  sufficient  to  expel  the  air  from  the  sys- 
tem. 

A  vacuum  system  may  be  either  a  "dry" 
or  "wet"  system.  In  the  dry  system  a  vac- 
uum is  maintained  on  air  valves  which  are 
intended  to  handle  air  only.  In  a  wet  sys- 
tem the  condensation  and  the  entrained  air 
are    removed    through    the    same    pipe. 

There  are  a  number  of  modifications  of 
these  two  systems,  but  broadly  speaking,  all 
steam  systems  may  be  classed  either  as 
"gravity"    or  as    "vacuum"    systems. 

In  determining  whether  the  expense  of  a 
vacuum  system  is  justified  by  the  condi- 
tions, the  advantages  to  be  obtained  by  us- 
ing it  must  be  carefully  considered.  The 
two  things  which  make  a  vacuum  system 
better  than  a  gravity  system  are,  first,  cir- 
culation at  a  lower  pressure;  second,  quick 
circulation  when  new  radiation  is  turned  on. 
The  former  is  of  particular  importance  In 
cases  where  the  exhaust  steam  from  en- 
gines is  used  to  heat  the  building.  The 
efficiency  of  the  engine  is  increased  as  the 
back  pressure  is  decreased.  Therefore,  the 
use  of  a  vacuum  system  may  be  the  means 
of  saving  considerable  coal.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  installation  of  a  vacuum  system 
cannot  be  justified  from  the  standpoint  of 
economy  in  coal  consumption,  if  the  de- 
mand for  exhaust  steam  is  so  heavy  that 
live  steam  must  be  used  to  make  up  the 
deficiency,  even  with  the  engine  running 
against   a   back   pressure. 

Vacuum  systems  are  sometimes  installed 
where  there  are  no  engines  and  where  the 
system  might  as  well  operate  at  5  lbs.  as 
at  %  lb.  back  pressure.  The  net  cost  of 
operating  such  a  system  is  necessarily 
greater  than  would  be  the  case  in  a  gravity 
system  and  the  only  advantage  is  a  some- 
what freer  circulation,  and  the  fact  that 
the  radiators  will  heat  up  promptly  when 
the  inlet  valves  are  opened. 

A  well  laid  out  gravity  system  of  ordinary 


327 


Plan  for  Health  as  Well 
as  Beauty 

Incorporate  the  Kernerator  in  your  plans.  It  pro- 
motes health  by  eliminating  the  garbage  can  and  secur- 
ing clean  kitchen  and  yards.     The 

ERNERATOR 


Btiilt-itt-tHe-CHimnesr 


destroys  kitchen  refuse,  wrapping  paper,  paper  boxes, 
rags,  sweepings,  faded  flowers  by  burning — the  sanitary, 
economical  and  labor-saving  way.  It  disposes  of  tin 
cans,  bottles,  and  other 
non-combustibles.  Re- 
quires no  fuel  other 
than  the  dry  waste 
that  is  deposited  in 
kitchen  hopper. 

Built  at  the  base  of 
kitchen  or  boiler  chim- 
ney when  the  apart- 
ment house  or  resi- 
dence is  erected  and  re- 
quires little  extra  ma- 
sonry work. 

Fully  Guaranteed. 


H.  W.  Ewing,  Mgr. 

CHICAGO  BRANCH 

231  Insurance  Exchange 

Phone  Wabash  2020 


Drop  all  waste  here  —  then  forget  it 

Kerner  Incinerator 
Company 

OF     MILWAUKEE 


::l'.s 


size  should  circulate  freely  with  one  pound 
pressure  under  all  ordinary  conditions  and 
with  not  to  exceed  two  pounds  pressure  in 
extreme  cold  weather,  when  the  demand  for 
steam  and  therefore  the  velocity  of  the 
steam  in  the  pipes  reaches  a  maximum.  A 
vacuum  system  should  not  require  to  exceed 
one-half  pound  pressure  under  any  condi- 
tion. 

A  gravity  system  may  be  either  a  "one- 
pipe"  or  a  "two-pipe"  system  and  either  of 
these  may  be  an  "up-feed"  or  a  "down-feed" 
system.  Except  in  the  case  of  very  high 
buildings  equally  good  results  can  be  ob- 
tained with  either  up-feed  or  down-feed,  but 
where  the  building  is  very  high  there  is  an 
advantage  in  having  a  down-feed  system. 

A  vacuum  system  may  be  either  up-feed 
or  down-feed,  but  will  always  be  a  two-pipe 
or  a  three-pipe  system.  The  wet  vacuum 
system  is  always  necessarily  a  two-pipe  sys- 
tem. The  dry  vacuum  system  when  used  in 
connection  with  cast  iron  radiation  is  usual- 
ly a  two-pipe  system,  the  vacuum  pipe  be- 
ing a  very  small  pipe  with  probably  14 -inch 
branches  and  a  main  seldom  larger  than  one 
inch.  Where  the  dry  vacuum  system  is  ap- 
plied to  a  coil  system  of  heating  in  which 
the  steam  and  returns  are  separate,  the 
vacuum  pipe  will  be  required  in  addition  to 
the  other  two,  thus  making  a  three-pipe  sys- 
tem. 

Inasmuch  as  loss  of  heat  from  build- 
ings is  by  radiation  and  conduction  from 
walls  and  windows  and  by  the  air  which 
must  be  replaced  by  new  air  for  ventilation, 
heating  formulae  must  necessarily  involve 
the  quantities,  area  of  exposed  wall,  area  of 
glass  and  the  cubical  contents,  the  last  be- 
ing in  connection  with  frequency  of  changes 
of   air. 

The  loss  of  heat  through  walls  of  build- 
ings depends  on  the  construction  and  thick- 
ness and  the  materials  used,  and  on  the 
difference  of  temperature  between  outside 
and    inside    surfaces. 

The  amount  of  heat  passing  through  walls, 
and  glass  expressed  in  B.  T.  U.  per  hour, 
per  square  foot  of  surface,  per  degree  dif- 
ference  of   temperature   is   approximately: 

1/3   B.   T.  U.  for  an  8"  brick  or  stone  wall. 

1/20  B.  T.  U.  for  an  8"  (solid)  wood  wall. 
1/4  B.  T.  U.  for  a  12"  brick  or  stone  wall 
with  air  space. 

1   B.   T.  U.   for  a  single  thickness  of  glass. 

2/3  B.  T.  U.  for  a  double  thickness  of 
glass    (air   space   between). 

For  ordinary  temperatures  and  pressures 
55  cubic  feet  of  air  would  require  1  British 
Thermal  Unit  per  degree  rise  of  tempera- 
ture. 

The  foregoing,  together  with  the  fact  that 
heat  emitted  from  radiating  surfaces  per 
square  foot,  per  hour,  per  degree  difference 
of  temperature  above  that  of  surrounding 
air  is  1.8  British  Thermal  Units  when  radi- 
ating surface  is  150  degrees  above  tempera- 
ture of  surrounding  air  to  1.7  British  Ther- 
mal Units,  when  radiating  surface  is  110 
degrees  above  temperature  of  surrounding 
air  furnish  a  basis  for  estimating  the 
amount    of    radiating    surface    required. 

There  are  a  great  number  of  heating 
formulae  in  use  and  it  is  seldom  that  the 
results  figured  by  these  various  formulae 
will  agree.  The  formulae  are  all  empirical 
formulae  and  are  based  on  average  condi- 
tions. If  the  conditions  of  any  particular 
case  vary  considerably  from  the  average,  it 
is  quite  likely  that  none  of  the  formulae 
will  give  correct  results.  For  example,  if 
a   room    with    excessive    exposure   or   an   un- 


usually large  amount  of  glass,  or  a  very 
large  volume  and  comparatively  small 
amount  of  glass  is  figured  by  one  Of  these 
formulae,  the  results  are  bound  to  be  un- 
satisfactory. 

Allowance  must,  therefore,  always  be 
made  with  any  of  the  formulae  for  local 
conditions  and  for  this  reason  the  writer 
has  always  made  it  a  practice  to  use  a  fac- 
tor "C"  in  all  formulae,  this  factor  being 
dependent   upon   the   local   conditions. 

A  simple  formula  which  is  sometimes 
used,  but  which  is  rather  crude  and  not  en- 
tirely accurate,   is  as  follows: 

Heating  surface  =  %  of  net  glass  area 
plus  1/20  of  net  wall  area  plus  1/200  of 
cubic    contents. 

Mr.  Linn,  in  his  article  on  this  subject  io 
Vol.  XIV  of  the  "Hand  Book",  gives  several 
formulae  for  calculating  the  radiating  sur- 
face, any  one  of  which  will  be  found  quite 
satisfactory.  The  following  is  one  of  these, 
summarized  and  reduced  to  algebraic  state- 
ment: 

W  =  Gross  exterior  area  less  "G"  in  sq.  ft. 
of  exposed  walls  of  the  room,  for  which 
radiation  is  to  be  computed,  including  area 
of  ceiling  where  room  or  space  above  is  not 
heated. 

Q  =  Area  in  sq.  ft.  of  exterior  window  and 
exterior  door  openings  measuring  the  entire 
wall  opening  for  window  and  door-frames  of 
room  to  be  heated. 

V  =  Cubic  foot  contents  of  the  room  to 
be  heated. 

Im  =  Factor  for  lowest  recorded  exterior 
temperature.  Determine  lowest  recorded  ex- 
terior temperature  from  weather  bureau  re- 
ports, then  find  "L"  in  table  below  corre- 
sponding. For  Chicago  this  is  —  20°,  there- 
fore L  =  1.14,  for  Chicago. 


Lowest 

Lowest 

recorded  ten  p 

ecorded  temp- 

L 

erature  for 

L 

erature  for 

the  locality. 

the  loo  lily. 

—  45° 

1.5 

—  10° 

1. 

—  40° 

1.43 

4-    0° 

.93 

—  35° 

1.36 

+     5° 

.86 

—  30° 

1.29 

4-10° 

.79 

—  25° 

1.21 

4-15° 

.71 

—  20° 

1.14 

4-  20° 

.64 

—  15° 

1.07 

4-  25° 

.57 

Q  =  Radiation  required  to  heat  the  room 
to    70°    Fah.   under   average   conditions. 

C  =  Factor  for  'ocal  and  special  condi- 
tions exposure,  etc.,  fixed  by  the  judgment 
of  the  estimator  to  coyer  conditions  varying 
from  the  average. 

T  =  Factor  for  thickness  of  enclosing 
walls. 

T  =  10  for  walls     8  to  10  inches  thick. 

T  =  15  for  walls  12  to  2<>  Inches  thick. 

T  =  20  for  walls  20  to  3S  Inches  thick. 

M  =  Factor   for   method    of   heating. 

M   =  .0055   for  steam    heating. 

M  =  .0072  for  hot  water  in  radiators  180*. 

M  =  .0081   for  hot  water  In  radiators  170° 

M  =  .0092  for  hot  water  in  radiators   160". 

Note — If  water  is  175  degrees  in  flow  and 
145  degrees  in  return,  the  average  la  160 
degrees,  and  is  the  temperature  which  should 
be  expected  in  radiators  under  these  con- 
ditions. 


329 


SPECIFICATIONS  READING 


"JENKINS    DISC"  VALVES 

Permit  the  use  of  any  inferior  make. 
Why  not  insure  quality  and  service 

By  Specifying 


Genuine  Jenkins 

Valves  ? 


Fig    168 

Angle  Radiator  Valve 


Fig.  300 
Fractional  Angle  Radiator  Valve 


JENKINS  BROS.,  646  Washington  Blvd.,  Chicago 

"The  Trade  Mark  Protects  the  User." 


HjJMPHRE^ 


Automatic  Water  Heaters 

In  beauty,  convenience  of  instal- 
lation and  adjustment,  in  superior 
efficiency  and  durability,  top  the 
list  and  will  please  your  clients. 

Should  be  equipped  with  one  of  the  many  sizes  and  types  of  Humphrey 
Heaters.  The  coal  situation  makes  the  use  of  these  efficient,  gas-burning 
appliances  real  worth  while  economy.  Tell  us  how  many  fixtures  to  be 
supplied   and   complete   data   and   specifications   will    be   sent.      Ask   for   catalog. 

HUMPHREY  COMPANY 

Div.  of  Ruud  Mfg.  Co. 
Over  50  Service  Branches  Head  Office,  KALAMAZOO,  MICH. 


New  Style  4A  Automatic 


::::o 


Formulae  for  computing  either  steam  or 
hot  water  radiation  required  in  any  room  in 
any   building   in   any   location: 


[(^+G)75  +  V] 


Average 
M   =  Q  Kadiation 
Required 


Mpe 

Two  Pipe 

rk 

Work 

in. 

1^4X1       ii 

in. 

1%X1%    i 

in. 

2     XI,  y2   ii 

in. 

2y2x2        i 

in. 

3      X2%    i 

in. 

3y2X3       i 

in. 

4      X3y2    i 

in. 

4^X4       i 

in. 

5      X4V2    i 

in. 

6      X5        i 

in. 

7     X6       i 

in. 

8      X6       i 

in. 

9      X6       i 

QC  =  Special  radiation  required. 
Above  formula  is  based  upon  using  direct 
radiation  and  provides  for  one  change  per 
hour.  For  more  frequent  changes  increase 
the  cubic  contents  by  as  many  times  as  it  is 
desired  to  change  the  air  per  hour,  the  other 
factors  remain  the  same. 

"Direct"  radiation  is  surrounded  by  warm 
air,  but  cold  air  comes  in  contact  with  the 
surface,  in  "Direct-indirect"  and  "Indirect" 
systems  to  a  greater  or  less  extent;  so  that 
for  "Direct-indirect"  radiation  add  25  per 
cent  and  for  "Indirect"  radiation  add  50  per 
cent. 

SIZES    OF    STEAM    MAINS. 

One  ] 
Radiation  W< 

125   sq.   ft IVz 

250  sq.  ft 2 

400   sq.   ft 2% 

650   sq.  ft 3 

900   sq.   ft 3V2 

1250  sq.   ft 4 

1600   sq.   ft 4% 

2050   sq.   ft 5 

2500   sq.   ft 6 

3600   sq.  ft 7 

5000   sq.    ft S 

6500    sq.   ft 9 

8100  sq.   ft 10 

HOT  WATER  HEATING. 

In  hot  water  heating  the  system  may  be 
a  one-pipe  or  two-pipe  system,  or  may  be 
a  gravity  circulation  system  or  a  forced 
circulation    system. 

The  gravity  circulation  system  is  depend- 
ent for  circulation  upon  the  fact  that  cold 
water  is  heavier  than  hot  water.  Therefore, 
the  pitch  of  supply  line  should  be  upward 
from  the  boiler  (which  is  the  reverse  of  the 
requirement  in  steam  heating)  and  the  re- 
turn should  pitch  downward  toward  th« 
boiler  as  is  the  case,  also,   in  steam  heating. 

In  forced  circulation  systems  which  must 
be  used  when  long  horizontal  runs  are  en- 
countered, as  is  the  case  in  factory  heating, 
where  the  boiler  or  source  of  heat  is  in  a 
detached  power  plant,  a  pump  must  be  em- 
ployed. 

In  one-pipe  systems  the  radiators  are  con- 
nected in  shunt  with  the  supply  lines,  that 
is,  the  water  to  a  radiator  is  taken  from 
supply  line,  passes  through  radiator  and  is 
returned  to  supply  line  at  a  point  further 
along  in  the  direction  of  the  travel  of  the 
water.  Special  fittings  are  sometimes  em- 
ployed in  the  diversion  of  the  water  into  the 
radiators,  especially  in  the  case  of  forced 
circulation  systems. 

Two-pipe  systems,  especially  in  gravity 
circulation  systems,  may  be  considered  to 
have  more  positive  circulation. 

Either  one-pipe  or  two-pipe,  or  gravity  or 
forced  circulation  systems  may  be  closed  or 
open  systems,  though  closed  systems  are 
rarely  found  except  in  larger  forced  circu- 
lation systems.  In  either  system  an  expan- 
sion tank  must  be  used  because  of  the  ex- 
pansion of  water  as  its  temperature  rises. 

The  formulae  which  are  used  in  estimat- 
ing the  amount  of  radiating  surface  required 


for  steam  heating  may  be  used  for  comput- 
ing the  amount  of  radiating  surface  required 
for  hot  water  heating,  providing  a  factor  de- 
pendent upon  the  difference  in  temperature 
of  the  hot  water  and  of  the  steam  is  in- 
troduced. 

SIZE    OF    HOT    WATER    MAINS. 

(For  gravity  circulation  and  low   buildings.) 
Direct  Indirect 

Radiation        Radiation 
Will  Supply,  Will  Supply 

Size  of  Main  Area  Feet  Feet 

iy2    in 2.03  200  135 

2  in 3.35  325  200 

2%    in 4.78  450  300 

3  in 7.38  700  450 

3%    in 9.82  900  600 

4  in 12.73  1200  800 

4%    in 15.93  1500  1000 

5  in 19.99  2000  1200 

6  in 28.88  3000  2000 

7  in 38.73  4200  2800 

8  in 50.03  5600  3600 

9  in 63.63  7000  4600 

10        in 78.83  8500  5600 

In  forced  circulation  systems  it  is  con- 
sidered good  practice  to  so  proportion  mains 
and  returns  that  velocity  of  water  will  not 
exceed   200   feet   per   minute. 

Carpenter  gives  as  a  practical  rule,  ap- 
plicable when  main  and  supply  do  not  ex- 
ceed 200  feet  in  length,  "The  diameter  of 
main  supply  or  return  pipe  in  a  system  of 
direct  hot  water  heating  should  be  one  pipe- 
size  greater  than  the  square  root  of  the 
number  of  square  feet  of  radiating  surface, 
divided  by  9  for  the  first  story,  by  10  for  the 
second  story  and  by  11  for  the  third  story 
of  the  building.  For  indirect  hot  water, 
multiply  above   by   1.5". 

BOILERS    FOR   HEATING    SYSTEMS. 

Boilers  sold  for  heating  installations  are 
rated  by  manufacturers  in  square  feet  of 
radiating  surface,  which  they  will  supply, 
Comparison  of  boilers  sold  by  different 
manufacturers  discloses  the  fact  that  boilers 
of  different  makes,  having  the  same  amount 
of  heating  surface  have  widely  different 
ratings,  as  given  by  the  manufacturers;  the 
difference  being  in  some  cases  nearly  100 
per  cent. 

The  capacity  of  a  boiler  depends  on  the 
form  and  extent  of  the  heating  surface,  the 
water  and  steam  space  and  upon  the  amount 
of    grate   surface. 

A  boiler  horse  power  is  arbitrarily  denned 
as  the  evaporation  of  34  V2  pounds  of  water 
per  hour  from  a  temperature  of  212  degrees 
to  steam  at  atmospheric  pressure,  which, 
as  the  evaporation  of  one  pound  of  water 
under  these  conditions  requires  965.7  Brit- 
ish Thermal  Units,  is  the  equivalent  of  33,316 
British  Thermal  Units.  As  one  square  foot 
of  direct  steam  radiating  surface  emits  ap- 
proximately 250  British  Thermal  Units  per 
hour  a  boiler  horse  power  should  supply 
133   square   feet   of   radiating   surface. 

To  allow  for  less  efficient  management  of 
heating  boilers  than  of  power  boilers,  how- 
ever, it  may  be  considered  good  practice  to 
limit  the  radiating  surface  which  may  be 
supplied  by  one  boiler  horse  power  to  100 
square   feet. 

The  heating  surface  required  per  boiler 
horse  power  in  power  boilers  usually  ranges 


33  1 


IMICO 

House  Heating 
Boilers 

For  Steam  and  Hot  Water 


Low  Ratings,  Perfect  Construction,  Low  Fuel 
Consumption,  Unexcelled  Efficiency 


Illinois  Malleable  Iron  Co. 

1801-1825  Diversey  Boulevard  CHICAGO 


CHICAGO  PUMP  CO. 

Electric  Pumping  Machinery 


Phone  Monroe 

5080 

905  W.  Lake  St.,  CHICAGO,  ILL. 

TABU 

EOF  < 

nA  PACITIF^ 

^/ir /ii<i  M  id  j     ^^—^^—^^———^— 

Multi-Stage 

Turbine 

House   P 

umps 

Electric    Condensation    Pumps    and 

Type  and  Size 

Ca 

pacity 

Maximum  Head 

Receivers 

of  Pump 

n  G 

.  P.  M. 

in  Feet  pe 

r  Stage 

No.  of  Pump        Max.  sq.  ft.        Horse  Power 

Inches 

at  1750  B 

.  P.  M. 

direct  radiation           motor 

B     % 
B   1 

5 
10 

15 
30 

1                            1500                         1/6 
1A                          2000                           Vi 

B  1 

B  l',4 

CI', 
C   IV2 

15 

25 
35 
50 

27 
20 
CO 
45 

2  3000                           % 

3  6000                        y2 

4  1 % 

5  15000                        1 

C   2 

H.  S.  2 

75 

100 

40 
135 

6                             25000                          2 
6A                        350O0                        2 

H.  S.  2V2 

150 

135 

Vacuum  Pumps  for  Heating  Systems 

H.  S.  3 

200 

125 

No.  of  Pump        Max.  sq.  ft.        Horse  Power 

H.  S.  3 

250 

115 

direct  radiation           motor 

1  6000                       1)4 

2  12000                        2 

3  20000                        3 

Electric 

Bilge 

Pumps 

Type  and  Size 

Capacities 

of  discharge 

in  G 

.  P.  M. 

LG  No.     1  —  1 
LG   No.     2 — 1M 

in 
in. 

If 
2E 

-15 
-30 

Type  E  and  LG  Sewage  Ejector 

LG  No.     3 — lVs 

in. 

50 

-  "1 5 

Type  and  Size                                       Capacity 

LG   No.     4 — 2 

in. 

7C 

-75 

of  discharge                                   Gal.  per  min. 

LG  No.     5 — 2Vi 

in 

100 

LG  No.  1 — 2       in.                                             50 

LG   No.     6— 2  V4 

in. 

125 

LG  No.  2 — 2       in.                                             75 

E      No.     7—3 

in. 

150 

LG  No.  3 — 2%  in.                                           100 

E      No.     8 — 4 

in. 

200 

LG  No.  4— 2V2  in.                                           125 

E      No.     9 — 4 

in. 

250 

E      No.  5—3       in.                                           150 

E      No.  10 — 4 

in. 

300 

E      No.  6 — 3V2  in.                                           200 

E      No.  11 — 4 

in. 

350 

E      No.  7 — 4       in.                                           250 

E      No.  12 — 4 

111. 

400 

E      No.  8 — 4       in.                                           350 

332 


from  7y2  to  12  square  feet,  dependent  upon 
the  kind  of  boiler.  For  heating  service,  it 
seems  safe  to  assume  that  the  heating  sur- 
face per  boiler  horse  power,  or  per  100 
square  feet  of  radiation  supplied  should 
rarely   be  less   than    15   square  feet. 

In  power  boilers  the  ratio  of  grate  sur- 
face to  heating  surface  usually  ranges  from 
1  to  40,  to  1  to  60.  In  boilers  for  heating 
service  the  ratio  of  grate  surface  to  heat- 
ing surface  should  not  be  less  than  1  to 
40    and   preferably   more. 

The  satisfactory  operation  of  any  boiler 
is  dependent  upon  sufficient  draft  as  well  as 
upon  other  conditions.  Sufficient  draft  is 
obtained  by  proper  chimney  proportions. 

CHIMNEYS. 

Kent  gives  the  following: 

The  commonly  accepted  theory  of  chim- 
ney draft  based  on  Peclet's  and  Rati- 
kine's  hypotheses  (see  Rankine,  S.  E.),  is 
discussed  by  Prof.  De  "Volson  Wood  in  Trans. 
A.  S.   M.   E.,  Vol.  XI. 

Peclet  represented  the  law  of  draught  by 
the  formula 


1=2u;(u+g+-^) 


in  which  "h"  Is  the  "head,"  defined  as  such 
a  height  of  hot  gases  as,  if  added  to  the 
column  of  gases  in  the  chimney,  would  pro- 
duce the  same  pressure  at  the  furnace  as  a 
column  of  outside  air,  of  the  same  area  of 
base,  and  a  height  equal  to  that  of  the 
chimney; 

"u"  is  the  required  velocity  of  gases  in 
the   chimney; 

"G"  a  constant  to  represent  the  resistance 
to  the  passage  of  air  through   the  coal; 
"1"    the  length   of  the   flues   and    chimney; 
"m"     the    mean     hydraulic    depth     or    the 
area  of  a  cross-section  divided  by  the  peri- 
meter; 

"f"  a  constant  depending  upon  the  nature 
of  the  surfaces  over  which  the  gases  pass, 
whether  smooth,   or   sooty   and  rough. 

Rankine's  formula  (Steam  Engine,  p.  288), 
derived  by  giving  certain  values  to  the  con- 
stants   (so-called)    in  Peclet's  formula,   is 


^= 


To 


(0.0807) 


_  11,(0.084.) 


H— H     (0.96  - 1)H 

i.2 


in  which  H  —  the  height  of  the  chimney  in 
feet; 

T0  =  493°  F.  absolute  (temperature  of 
melting  ice) ; 

T,  =  absolute  temperature  of  the  gases 
in  the  chimney. 

T2  =  absolute  temperature  of  the  exter- 
nal  air. 

SIZES    FOR    CHIMNEYS. 

A  very  essential  adjunct  to  the  working 
of  a  plant  is  the  chimney  Hue,  and  the  form 
of  the  flue  has  much  to  do  with  its  effective- 
ness; thus  as  gases  ascend  in  a  spiral  mo- 
tion   a   round   flue   is   the    best,    and   a   square 


one  is  better  than  one  of  rectangular  shape. 
If  of  brick  it  should  be  evenly  plastered. 
The  flue  should  extend  below  the  smoke  pipe 
connection  only  a  short  distance  to  permit 
the  removal  of  soot;  if  continued  far  below 
it  will  form  an  air  pocket  and  cause  down 
currents. 


Sq.  Feet 

Sq.  Feet 

of  Direct 

of  Direct 

Steam 

Horse 

Size  of 

Water 

Radiation 

Power 

Chimney 

Radiation 

250 

2.5 

8"x  8"x25' 

400 

500 

5.0 

8"xl2"x30' 

850 

800 

8.0 

12"xl2"x35' 

1350 

1400 

14.0 

12"xl6"x40' 

2400 

2200 

22.0 

16"xl6"x50' 

3700 

3500 

35.0 

18"xl8"x60' 

5900 

5500 

55.0 

20"x20"x70' 

9300 

8000 

80.0 

24"x24"x80' 

13000 

AUTOMATIC  HEAT  REGULATION. 

Automatic  heat  regulation  is  now  recog- 
nized as  a  very  convenient  item  in  the  equip- 
ment of  modern  buildings. 

Its  application  naturally  depends  upon  the 
character  of  the  heating  apparatus,  it  being 
essential  in  all  cases  that  each  heated  apart- 
ment be  supplied  with  at  least  one  of  the 
temperature  controlling  instruments  called 
"thermostats,"  this  "thermostat"  regulating 
automatically  the  sources  of  heat  supply  for 
the  apartment  in  which  it  is  placed. 

If  the  system  of  heating  be  direct  radia- 
tion, the  control  of  the  radiators  is  accom- 
plished by  means  of  pneumatic  diaphragm 
valves  taking  the  place  of  the  ordinary  hand 
valves,  these  pneumatic  valves  being  con- 
nected with  the  "thermostat."  If  indirect 
heat  is  used,  the  passage  of  the  warm  air 
through  the  heat  flues  is  usually  controlled 
by  "mixing  dampers,"  so  arranged  as  to 
automatically  mix  hot  and  cold  air  in  the 
proper  proportions  before  it  reaches  the 
apartment,  these  mixing  dampers  being  un- 
der the  control  of  the   "thermostats." 

The  heat  regulation  systems  of  t  recog- 
nized standing  are  generally  operated  by 
compressed  air  supplied  by  a  suitable  com- 
pressor in  the  basement,  and  distributed 
throughout  the  building  by  a  system  of  gal- 
vanized iron  and  lead  piping.  The  manufac- 
turers of  these  systems  invariably  install 
the  apparatus  themselves,  either  as  princi- 
pal or  sub-contractors,  but  in  all  cases  ex- 
ecuting to  the  owner  a  guarantee  covering 
the  operation  and  care  of  the  system.  The 
evidence  seems  to  show  that  a  saving  of 
from  15  to  25  per  cent  in  fuel  consumption 
is  accomplished  in  those  buildings  which 
are  equipped  with  automatic  heat  regulation. 
This  is  a  sufficiently  large  return  upon  the 
cost  of  the  apparatus  to  justify  its  use  in 
the  majority  of  buildings.  In  theaters,  as- 
sembly halls,  schools,  etc.,  its  use  is  impera- 
tive for  hygienic  reasons  as  well. 

WARM     AIR     HEATING. 
Heating  by  use  of  air  as  the  transmitting 

medium,  from  source  of  hoa(  t<>  rooms  to  ]"■ 
heated,  may  be  classified  under  one  of  two 
IicmiIs  gravity  cin-iil.-i  t  ion  or  forced  cir- 
culation. 


333 


THE  EXCELSIOR 
STEEL  FURNACE  COMPANY 


o 


J 


(No.    35.      2   ft.   long') 

Excelsior  Self-Locking 

Double  Wall   Pipe 


114-118  South  Clinton   Street 
CHICAGO,  ILL. 


Makers  of 

Furnaces — Furnace  Pipe 

Warm  Air  Heating 

Specialties 


Excelsior  Steel   Register 


ALL    CAST. 

LOW  DOWN. 

SOLID   BASE 

RING. 

SELF-CLEANING 

RADIATOR. 

EXTENSIVE 

RADIATING 

SURFACE. 


FULL  FRONT. 
LARGE  FEED 

DOOR. 

DOORS  THAT 

LOCK. 

POSITIVE 

CIRCULATION. 

ADJUSTABLE 

WATER   PAN. 


Tin,    4    Pc    90° 
Adjustable  Elbow 


Excelsior 

Vaporized  Warm  Air 

Furnaces 

Give  Results. 


Excelsior    Stove    Pipe 
Elbows 


In  order  that  the  best  possible  results  may  be  obtained  we  co-operate  with  archi- 
tects and  dealers  handling  this  and  other  patterns  of  Excelsior  Furnaces  by  fur- 
nishing plans,  specifications  and  estimates  for  the  guidance  of  installers.  This 
service  is  supplied  by  experts  and  free  of  charge  upon  receipt  of  floor  plans  or 
sketches. 


CATALOGS   UPON    REQUEST 


TELEPHONE    MAIN    4430 


334 


There  are  only  two  methods  of  heat 
production  that  are  generally  used  in  con- 
nection with  warm  air  heating.  The  first 
ol  inese,  indirect  steam  radiation,  where 
steam  radiators  are  placed  in  an  enclosed 
cnamber  and  the  air  supply  passed  through 
this  cnamber  around  radiators,  so  as  to 
come  in  contact  witn  steam  radiator  surfaces, 
and  thence  from  the  chamber  through  ducts 
to  the  various  rooms  to  be  heated.  Second, 
the  warm  air  furnace  system  where  the  air 
is  passed  directly  through  chambers  sur- 
rounding a  furnace,  the  air  being  heated  by 
coming  in  contact  with  the  heated  exterior 
walls  of  the  furnace  and  the  hot  gas  flues 
connecting  the  furnace  with  the  smoke  pipe, 
this  system  being  commonly  known  as 
"Furnace  Heating."  There  is  no  material 
difference  between  these  two  systems  of 
heating,  except  the  source  of  heat — in  one 
case,  heat  units  are  generated  by  combustion 
of  fuel  and  transmitted  through  the  walls 
of  furnace  and  flues  to  water,  which  is  thus 
converted  to  steam,  the  steam  flowing  through 
pipes  to  radiators  in  the  hot  compartment, 
and  the  heat  being  transmitted  through  the 
wahs  of  the  radiators  to  the  air  in  the  hot 
room,  while  in  the  case  of  the  warm  air 
furnace,  heat  generated  by  the  combustion 
of  fuel  in  the  furnace  is  transmitted  directly 
through  the  walls  of  the  furnace  and  flues 
to  the  air  to  be  heated  without  any  inter- 
mediate medium  of  water  or  steam.  As 
there  is  some  consumption  of  heat  in 
mechanical  transmission  from  one  medium 
to  another,  there  is  a  loss  of  efficiency  .in 
the  use  of  the  steam  and  water  transmission 
over  the  direct  system  of  transmission. 
However,  this  loss  is  somewhat  compensating 
by  a  better  control,  which  is  commonly 
maintained,  over  the  temperature  of  surfaces 
radiating  heat  to  the  air  than  is  possible 
with  the  warm  air  furnace.  With  the  steam 
and  water  system  the  maximum  temperature 
is  nominally  limited  to  212  degrees  Fah. — 
a  temperature  which  does  not  materially 
change  the  chemical  composition  of  the  air 
heat  transmitting  medium,  while  with  the 
direct  furnace  system  of  heat  production, 
if  not  carefully  guarded  by  the  use  of  a 
furnace  having  excessively  large  radiating 
surlace  in  proportion  to  the  size  of  fire 
pot,  the  hot  air  furnace  is  likely  to  be  in- 
jurious to  the  air  for  two  reasons — first, 
the  highly  heated  metal  which  is  likely 
to  occur  in  the  case  of  a  large  fire  pot  and 
small  radiating  surface,  on  coming  in  con- 
tact with  the  air  has  a  tendency  to  burn  the 
dust  particles  always  present  in  the  air, 
filling  the  air  with  dust  ash,  which  is  irritat- 
ing to  the  nasal  and  bronchial  passages  of 
the  human  system — second,  the  iron  radiating 
plates  of  the  furnace,  if  heated  to  redness, 
have  a  tendency  to  rob  the  air  of  its  life- 
giving  oxygen  through  a  chemical  trans- 
formation of  same.  It  is  fair  to  say,  how- 
ever, that  where  the  temperatures  of  radiat- 
ing plates  in  warm  air  furnaces  are  con- 
trolled so  as  to  not  allow  the  temperature 
to  raise  to  a  point  which  would  induce 
oxidation,  that  there  is  no  substantial  argu- 
ment that  can  be  offered  against  the  use  of 
warm  air  furnaces  as  a  means  of  heat  pro- 
duction as  in  any  sense  inferior  to  the  use 
of  inuirect  steam. 

Circulation  is  absolutely  essential  to  heat- 
ing by  the  air  transmission  method.  Space 
for  incoming  warm  air  must  be  provided 
in  all  rooms  to  be  heated  by  exhausting 
from  those  rooms  an  equal  volume  of  the 
cooler  air  therein  contained.  This  may  be 
done  by  the  recirculating  system,  taking  the 
air  back  to  the  furnace  supply,  or  it  may  be 
done  by  the  ventilating  system,  by  ex- 
hausting the  air  from  the  room  to  the  out- 
side of  the  building  and  supplying  the  air 
inlet  to  fresh  or  hot  room  with  air  from 
the  exterior.  Too  much  emphasis  cannot 
be  laid  upon  the  necessity  of  providing 
adequate     means     of     circulation.       A     large 


percentage  of  warm  air  systems  that  have 
been  installed  in  the  past  have  failed  be- 
cause of  a  neglect  to  make  proper  pro- 
vision to  secure  ample  circulation. 

The  Gravity  System  of  Warm  Air  Heating 
is  subject  to  objection  on  account  of  the 
difficulty  of  maintaining  uniform  circulation 
in  all  of  the  ducts  at  all  times  and  under 
all  conditions.  The  motive  power  behind 
gravity  circulation  of  air  being  simply  the 
difference  in  the  weight  of  a  column  of 
warm  air  and  the  weight  of  a  column  of 
air  of  the  same  temperature  as  the  room 
supplied,  which  makes  the  motive  power  m- 
tiintesimally  small  and  easily  overcome  by 
adverse  conditions,  the  result  being  that  it  is 
almost  impossible  to  insure  uniform  circula- 
tion of  air  through  long  horizontal  ducts  to 
rooms  remotely  located  and  with  but  a 
slight  elevation  above  the  source  of  heat. 
It  is  likewise  difficult  by  means  of  the 
gravity  system,  to  heat  rooms  on  the  wind- 
ward side  of  buildings,  without  these  rooms 
being  robbed  of  their  proportionate  share 
of    heat    by    the    rooms    on    the    leeward. 

The  gravity  system  of  warm  air  heating 
is  very  practical  for  small  residences  where 
there  are  no  more  than  four  or  five  principal 
rooms  to  the  floor  and  the  furnace  can  be 
located  near  the  center  of  the  building  with 
very  short  horizontal  ducts  or  leaders  ex- 
tending to  the  various  rooms  of  the  building. 
It  is  particularly  easy  to  heat  a  building 
with  small  ground  area  by  gravity  warm 
air  system,  even  though  same  is  several 
stories  in  height  and  contains  considerably 
more  volume  than  a  building  with  all  rooms 
located  in  one  story.  Warm  air  furnaces 
(gravity  system)  therefore,  constitute  the 
most  economical  method  both  in  initial 
cost  and  operation  for  heating  this  class 
of  buildings,  but  are  not  practical  for  low 
one-story  buildings  extended  over  great 
horizontal  area,  unless  it  is  possible  to  in- 
stall more  than  one  furnace  under  different 
parts   of   the   building. 

The  Torced  or  Pan  System  of  Air  Circula- 
tion is  designed  to  overcome  the  difficulties 
of  the  gravity  system  of  circulation  by  in- 
ducing positive  circulation  under  all  condi- 
tions through  the  propulsion  of  the  air 
by  means  of  fans.  This  system  accom- 
plishes two  purposes  in  the  case  of  the 
warm  air  furnace.  It  produces  a  more 
rapid  circulation  of  air  over  the  radiating 
surfaces,  thus  cooling  these  surfaces  at  a 
higher  degree  of  speed  and  preventing  the 
possibility  of  their  being  heated  to  redness, 
and  if  the  fan  is  placed  on  the  air  feed  to 
a  furnace  so  that  the  air  is  blown  through 
the  furnace  by  inducing  a  higher  pressure 
in  the  air  chamber  then  the  pressure  inside 
of  the  furnace  prevents  any  tendency  to 
draw  the  obnoxious  gases  of  combustion  and 
dust  from  the  fire  chamber.  With  the  use 
of  the  forced  circulating  system,  it  is  prac- 
tical   to    satisfactorily    heat     rooms    located 

'''  m"1''    I"''"'"    the    sour. f    heat,    and    also    mi 

the  same  or  even  a  lower  level.  Therefore 
the  fan  or  forced  system  of  circulation  is  to 
be  recommended  for  practically  all  con- 
ditions where  initial  cost  is  not  a  factor, 
for  ordinarily  the  increased  cost  of  power 
for  operation  is  fully  compensated  by  in- 
creased fuel  efficiency.  Of  course,"  the 
initial  cost  is  much  greater  where  the  fan 
system  is  used  than  where  the  gravity  sys- 
tem  is   used. 

Warm  Air  Furnace  Heating-  Plant  Design 
follows  the  same  rules  in  the  method  of 
computing  its  requirements  as  are  heretofore 
set  forth  in  connection  with  the  discussion 
on  steam  and  hot  water  heating,  which  ap- 
pears on  pages  295,  297  and  299.  To  compute 
Hi.  sizes  required  for  warm  air  heating  use 
the  formula  at  the  top  of  page  299  for  com- 
puting  the  value  of  "Q"  and  substitute  "Q" 
in     the    following: 

.0092  CQ=the  number  of  sq.  in.  required 
area    of    air    duct    to    heat    any    room.       The 


335 


Announcing 
a  New  Feature  of 

PRESSWELD 
RADIATION 

This  announcement  of  the  new  Pipe  Bot- 
tom, Self  Drainage  feature  of  Pressweld 
Radiation  proclaims  an  entirely  new  era 
in  heating  by  radiation.  It  gives  to  Press- 
weld  three  additional  and  pronounced  ad- 
vantages: Increased  heating  area,  greater 
air  circulation  between  the  sections,  and 
the  distinction  of  being  the  only  radiation 
positively  drained  of  all  condensation. 
With  the  advent  of  this  Pressweld  develop- 
ment, the  last  possible  objection  to  sheet 
metal  radiation  is  forever  removed.  Press- 
weld,    now,     gives     even     greater     service. 

THE  AMERICAN  PRESSWELD  RADIATION  CORPORATION 

DETROIT,  MICHIGAN 


Imperial  "Super -Smokeless"  Boiler 

Manufactured  by 

UTICA 
HEATER  COMPANY 

Utica,  New  York 

and 

218-220  West  Kinzie  Street 
Chicago,  111. 

Telephone  Franklin  831-832 


Recommended  and  specified  by  these  Architects 
of  Chicago  and  elsewhere 


Alfred    S.    Alschuler 
Awsumb 

F     I.     Barrett 
Rolert    C.    Berlin 
A     S     Coffin 

.:■■   &  Hodgdon 
V    Max   Dunning 
C.    A.    Eckstrom 
Fugard   &   Knapp 
Boy    F.    FTance 
Arthur   A.    Foster 

H.    Grussing 
Ralph    C.    Harris 
C.    <>     Hansen 
Percy  T.   Johnstone 
William  C.  Jones 
Asmus   &  Norton 
Nashville.  Tenn. 


Frank   A.   Carpenter 
Rockford.    111. 


C.  W.   Kallal 
George   S.    Kingsley 
Robert  L.  Layer 
Marshall    &    Fox 
H.    Clyde    Miller 
Edgar  M.    Newman 
Henry   L.   Newhouse 
R.    T.    Newberry 

E.  J.    Ohrenstein 
Ottenheimer.    Stern    &   Reichert 
Purrell   &    Emslie 

William  H.  Pruyn,  Jr. 
LeRoy    Paddock 
R.   G.   Pierce 

F.  E.    Roberts 
L.    E.    Russell 

Albert    Kahn,  ] 

Detroit.    Mich. 


Hugo  Schmidt 

Maurice    Spitzer 

Spever   &   Speyer 

Z.    Erol    Smith 

Shattuck   &    Hussey 

Ira   C.    Saxe 

Henry  J.   Sehlacks 

H.    E.   Stevens 

R.   E.   Schmidt.   Garden  &  Martin 

John   R.    Stone 

Tallmadge   &   Watson 

W.    G.    Fffendahl 

Worthman    &    Steinbach 

Wheelock    &    Shank 

Robert   Work 

W.   P.    Whitney 

Lepley.  Sawyer    &    Watrous. 


Washington.   D.    C. 


Des    Moines.    Iowa 


336 


Value  of  "C1'  being  as  contained  in  the  fol- 
lowing table  with  variation  according  to  the 
judgment  of  the  expert  designer.  The  ducts 
for  exhaust  outlets  from  rooms  may  be 
reduced  in  area  by  about  10%  over  the  air 
inlets  to  same  because  of  a  slight  leakage 
of  air  from  the  room  and  of  the  fact  that 
cold  air  is  less  in  volume  than  warm  air. 

Practice  in  the  designs  of  warm  air  fur- 
naces is  as  broad  and  varied  as  in  the  steam 
and  hot  water  field.  Furnaces  are  only  the 
generators  of  heat,  and  their  efficiency  is 
of  no  less  importance  than  steam  or  hot 
water  boilers  and  if  the  installation  of  the 
piping  is  not  properly  made  they  will  not 
be  effective. 

In  the  selection  of  a  furnace,  particular 
attention  should  be  given  to  the  arrange- 
ment and  amount  of  heating  surface,  the 
facility  for  the  free  passage  of  air,  the  con- 
struction of  the  fire-pot,  the  grate  surface 
and  its  proportion  to  the  radiating  surface. 
The  gases  should  be  directed  into  several 
small  passages  rather  than  into  one  large 
outlet.  This  will  afford  a  more  nearly  even 
temperature  to  the  air  as  it  passes  the  heat- 
ing surfaces.  Heaters  with  projected  winged 
surfaces  that  heat  the  air  by  radiation,  as 
well  as  coming  in  contact  with  the  directly 
heated  surfaces  are  far  superior,  being  more 
economical  in  the  consumption  of  fuel  and 
last  longer,  as  there  is  less  possibility  of 
their  being  over-heated.  The  combination 
system  is  frequently  of  advantage  as  it 
affords  the  opportunity  to  heat  exposed 
rooms  a  considerable  distance  from  the 
furnace.  There  is  frequently  some  objection 
to  this  method  on  account  of  the  non-assur- 
ance of  an  evenly  balanced  job.  This,  how- 
ever, is  easily  overcome  by  placing  an  extra 
radiator  in  the  hall  or  living-room  in  which 
there  is  a  warm  air  register.  The  valve 
at  the  radiator,  and  damper  in  the  pipe 
can  then  be  set  so  as  to  evenly  balance  the 
entire   system. 

The  non-conductive  character  and  air 
tightness  of  leaders  and  stacks  forming 
ducts  for  the  conduct  of  air  to  and  from 
the  furnace  is  a  very  important  factor. 
Such  ducts  should  always  be  double,  having 
a  dead  air  chamber  between  the  inner  and 
outer  walls,  and  all  points  should  be  secure- 
ly air  locked.  The  rules  for  computing  the 
heat  generating  power  of  furnaces  in  con- 
nection with  hot  air  systems  are  the  same 
as  the  rules  for  computing  generating  power 
for  furnaces  in  connection  with  boilers.  It 
requires  a  given  amount  of  grate  area  to 
produce  a  given  amount  of  combustion  of  a 
given  kind  of  fuel  to  generate  the  same 
amount  of  heat  units.  Care  must,  therefore, 
be  taken  to  select  a  furnace  having  sumcient 
grate  area  to  generate  the  necessary  volume 
of  heat  without  the  necessity  of  superheating 
the  furnace  pot,  and  care  must  also  be 
taken  to  see  that  the  radiating  flues  of  the 
furnace  are  sufficiently  ample  to  absorb  and 
transmit  all  of  the  heat  generated  without 
being  overheated  and  without  permitting  loss 
of  heat  through  smoke  stack. 

Let  d  equal  net  cross-sectional  area  of  duct 
required   to   convey   air   from    source   of   heat 


to   a   given   room    then 


9d 


equals   the   cross- 


sectional  area  of  the  return  duct  that  should 
be    provided   for   that   room. 

Let  D  equal  the  sum  of  the  computed 
cross-sectional  areas  required  for  all  of  the 
ducts  to  supply  all  of  the  rooms  in  a 
building. 

D 

Then equals  the  proper  cross-sectional 

10 
area    of    either    the    hall    return    duct    or    the 
fresh-air    duct    from    outdoors   that    must    be 
combined   with   the   return   air   ducts    to   fur- 
nish the  necessary  return  supply  to  furnace. 

Let   S   equal   the   required   total  grate    area 


needed  in  a  furnace  to  properly  heat  a  given 
building. 

Since  the  following  table  is  based  on  the 
proper  proportionate  relations  of  S  to  QC, 
having  computed  the  summation  of  all  of 
the  values  of  QC  for  all  of  the  rooms  in 
the  entire  building,  it  is  only  necessary  to 
select  from  the  following  table  the  value  of 
S  nearest  the  computed  summation  of  the 
values  of  QC  for  all  of  the  rooms  of  the 
given  building,  thus  obtaining  the  approxi- 
mate required  area  in  square  inches  of  grate 
that  will  be  required  to  make  practical  the 
required  combustion  to  do  the  work  of  heat- 
ing that  building  w-ithout  injury  to  the  air 
used   as   a   conducting   medium. 


[f  QC 

Then  S 

If  QC 

Then  S 

sq.  ft. 

=sq.  in. 

=sq.  ft. 

=sq.  in. 

100 

120 

1100 

813 

200 

208 

1200 

872 

300 

288 

1300 

930 

400 

362 

1400 

:is»; 

500 

433 

1500 

1040 

600 

501 

1600 

1100 

700 

567 

1700 

1150 

800 

630 

1800 

1210 

900 

693 

1900 

1260 

1000 

754 

2000 

1310 

Let  E  equal   factors  for  exposure,   the   fol- 
lowing table  gives  approximately  correct  es- 
timates   of   proper   values    for   E: 
North  exposure  E=1.4 
East  "  E=l. 

N.  E.  "  E=1.2 

South  "  E=l. 

S.    E.  "  E=l. 

West  "  E=1.4 

S.    W.  "  E=1.2 

X.   W.  "  E=1.4 

Let  P  equal  factor  for  story  location  in 
the  case  of  the  gravity  system  only,  then 
for: 

First  story  F=1.4 
Second  "  P=1.2 
Third  "        P=1.0 

Fourth       "        F=  .8 

Then  EP  ordinarily  equals  C,  but  for  il- 
lustration in  the  case  of  bath  rooms  C  should 
be  increased  and  in  the  case  of  kitchens  C 
should  be  reduced,  for  C  is  the  factor  where 
the  judgment  of  the  experienced  designer 
must  always  be  applied. 

Example — Assuming  a  room  of  size  15' X- 
20'XlO'  to  be  located  on  the  northeast  cor- 
ner of  a  building  with  one-half  of  the  room 
extending  out  into  a  one-story  part  and  the 
other  half  under  heated  rooms  of  the  stories 
above.  The  room  having  three  windows 
each  3'X5',  one  window  4'X5',  and  one  ex- 
terior door  3'X7'.  Temperature  required  as- 
sumed as  70°  Fah.  with  extreme  exterior 
temperature  — 20°,  wall  8"  to  10". 
Then  Cr=glass  and  door  surfaces 

3X3'X5'  +  4'X5'  +  3'X7'=S6    sq.    ft.: 
W=;exterior  wall   surface  and  exposed  ceil- 
ing surface= 

20' 
(15'X10'  +  20'X10'+15'X — )— G= 
2 
500—86=414   sq.   ft.; 
V=volume   of  room    in    cu.    ft.= 

15'X20'X10'=3000    cu.    ft.: 
M=factor  for  method  of  heating=.0092   for 
warm    air. 

Substituting   in   formulae   see   page   283. 


.009: 


(        -  +  86  J  75+3000     = 


Q=115.51 


EF=C=1.2Xl.4=1.68 

QC=115. 51X1. 68=194. 04  sq.  in.  of  air  duct 
required    to    carry    heat    u<    the    given    room. 

Assume  that  there  are  nine  rooms  in  the 
building  having  QC  values  as  follows:  Room 
No.  1  :194,  X".  ■:  :."..  No.  .".  lio.  x...  4=117, 
No.  5=40,  No.  6=4L\  No.  !  28,  No.  S=43, 
No.   9=52,  or  a  total   661   sq.   in. 

S  (interpolating  from  the  table  of  values 
of  S  corresponding  to  661  sq.  ln.)=641,  so  a 
furnace  should  be  selected  having  as  near 
as  possible  541   sq.   in.  of  grate  surs 


:;.;7 


Pyramid  Ventilators 

They  are  the  last  word  in  roof  ven- 
tilators constructed  so  as  to  exhaust  the 
maximum  quantity  of  foul  air  and 
make  down  drafts  impossible. 

They  are  made  in  a  union  shop  of 
pure  Toncan  or  Ingot  Metals.  No 
cheaper  material  is  used.  No  rough 
edges  or  flat  surfaces  make  it  proof 
against  snow  and  ice  accumulations. 
Screens  at  the  sides  prevent  birds  from 
nesting. 

The  United  States  Government  after 
a  rigid  test  selected  the  Pyramid  Ven- 
tilator for  the  buildings  at  Great 
Lakes,    Illinois. 

700  NOW  IN  USE  AT  GREAT 
LAKES. 

Copy  of  government  test  and  labo- 
ratory test  will  be  sent  on  application. 
Write  for  booklet. 

Our  representative  is  at  your  serv- 
ice and  would  be  pleased  to  call  and 
explain  more  fully  the  superior  quali- 
ties of  the   Pyramid   Ventilator. 

Rohrman-Cooper  Co. 

Marquette    Building 
Tel.  Randolph  2378       Chicago,  Illinois 


VENTILATING 


FANS  and  BLOWERS 

For  Heating  and  Ventilating  Systems  of 
All  Kinds 

ILG  "SELF  COOLED  MOTOR"  PROPELLER  FANS. 
Meet  requirements  of  "state  and  city  codes"  for  factories, 
offices,   restaurants,  etc. 

ILG  UNIVERSAL  BLOWERS.  Direct  connected  or 
belt  drive.  Meet  "state  and  city  code"  requirements  for 
blast  heating  and  ventilating  theatres,  schools,  halls,  offices, 
industrial  plants,  etc. 

ILG  VOLUME  BLOWERS  comply  with  requirements 
specified  in  "state  and  city  code"  for  ventilating  toilet  rooms, 
chemical  laboratories,  telephone  booths,  etc. 

ILG  UNIT  HEATERS  for  Garages  and  Factories.  Sur- 
prisingly  economical. 

Complete   details    and    literature    on    request 


ILG   Electric  Ventilating  Co. 


Telephone  Superior  3433 


CHICAGO,  ILL. 


338 


TABLE  OF  EQUIVALENT  TEMPERATURE 
FOB  TESTING  A  HEATING  PLANT  AT 
DIFFERENT  OUTSIDE  TEMPERATURES. 

For  the  purpose  of  indicating  the  efficien- 
cy of  the  apparatus  for  any  specified  condi- 
tion, Prof.  Carpenter  gives  the  following 
table,  which  has  been  generally  accepted  as 
the    standard   test. 

For  steam,  the  radiator  temperature  in  all 
cases  is  assumed  to  be  that  due  to  a  pres- 
sure of  3  pounds  at  the  boiler,  or  about  220° 
Fahr. 

For  water,  the  radiator  temperature  is  as- 
sumed in  all  cases  to  be  at  an  average  of 
160°    Fahr. 

For  a  plant  proportioned  sufficiently  to 
maintain  a  temperature  of  70°  when  the  out- 
side temperature   is  at  zero. 

Temperature  of  Room  should  be 

Outside  Air  raised    to 

—10  64.7 

0  70.0 

10  75.1 

20  81.0 

30  86.5 

40  93.1 

50  98.7 

60  104.7 

70  110.5 

80  117.1 

90  123.5 

100  130.3 

See  University  of  Illinois  Engineering  Ex- 
periment Station  Bulletin  No.  31  for  meth- 
ods and  results  of  tests  on  house  heating 
apparatus.  These  tests  have  been  made  on 
different  kinds  of  house  heating  apparatus 
with  different  kinds  of  fuel.  The  bulletin 
embodies  the  results  of  about  three  hundred 
tests.  These  bulletins  are  for  free  distribu- 
tion. 

EXPANSION   AND    CONTRACTION. 

Scarcely  anything  can  withstand  the  ex- 
pansion of  iron.  It  expands  from  23°  to 
212°,  about  1/900  of  its  length,  which  in  100 
feet  equals  1%  inches.  The  expanding  power 
of  a  2-inch  pipe  when  heated  to  a  tempera- 
ture of  100  pounds  steam,  or  to  338°,  exerts 
a  force  sufficient  to  move  25   tons. 

cast  iron  expands  1/162000  of  its  length 
for  each  degree  Fahr.  it  is  subjected  to 
within  ordinary  limits  while  in  its  solid 
state. 

Wrought  iron  expands  1/150000  of  its 
length  for  each  degree  Fahr.  To  find  the 
expansion  of  a  line  of  pipe,  multiply  its 
length  in  inches  by  the  number  of  degrees 
of  temperature  applied  and  divide  the  prod- 
uct by  150,000  for  required  expansion  in 
inches;  thus  100'  X  12"  =  1200  X  338°  =- 
405600   ■*■   150000   =   2.7   inches. 

For  example:  find  the  lineal  expansion  in 
a  wrought  iron  pipe  100'  long,  containing 
steam  at  338°.  Expansion  equals  100' X 12" 
x  338°,   divided  by   150,000,   equals   2.7". 

Special  attention,  then,  must  be  given  to 
the  expansion  and  contraction  of  pipes  and 
allowance  made  for  it.  Pipes  and  branches 
must  be  unconfined,  especially  in  the  direc- 
tion of  their  length. 

Expansion  joints  should  not  be  used  if  the 
expansion  can  be  compensated  for  in  any 
other  way. 

RADIATION   OF   HEAT. 

Radiation  of  heat  takts  place  between 
bodies  at  all  distances  apart,  and  follows 
the   laws   for   the   radiation   of   light. 

The    heat    rays    proceed    In    straight    lines. 


and  the  intensity  of  the  rays  radiated  from 
any  one  source  varies  inversely  as  the  square 
of  their  distance  from  the  source. 

This  statement  has  been  erroneously  in- 
terpreted by  some  writers,  who  have  as- 
sumed from  it  that  a  boiler  placed  two  feet 
above  a  fire  would  receive  by  radiation  only 
one-fourth  as  much  heat  as  if  it  were  only 
one  foot  above.  In  the  case  of  boiler  fur- 
naces the  side  walls  reflect  those  rays  that 
are  received  at  an  angle — following  the  law 
of  optics,  that  the  angle  of  incidence  is  equal 
to  the  angle  of  reflection, — with  the  result 
that  the  intensity  of  heat  two  feet  above  the 
fire  is  practically  the  same  as  at  one  foot 
above,    instead  of  only   one-fourth   as   much. 

(Incidentally,  where  the  boiler  is  suffi- 
ciently far  removed  from  the  grates  to  per- 
mit of  thorough  combustion  of  the  gases, 
the  intensity  of  the  heat  is  greater  than 
where   ihe   boiler   is  set  lower.) 

The  rate  at  which  a  hotter  body  radiates 
heat,  and  a  colder  body  absorbs  heat,  de- 
pends upon  the  state  of  the  surfaces  of  the 
bodies  as  well  as  on  their  temperatures.  The 
rate  of  radiation  and  of  absorption  are  in- 
creased by  darkness  and  roughness  of  the 
surfaces  of  the  bodies,  and  diminished  by 
smoothness  and  polish.  For  this  reason  the 
covering  of  steam  pipes  and  boilers  should 
be  smooth  and  of  a  light  color;  uncovered 
pipes  and  steam-cylinder  covers  should  be 
polished. 

The  quantity  of  heat  radiated  by  a  body 
is  also  a  measure  of  its  heat-absorbing  pow- 
er, under  the  same  circumstances.  When  a 
polished  body  is  struck  by  a  ray  of  heat,  it 
absorbs  part  of  the  heat  and  reflects  the 
rest.  The  reflecting  power  of  a  body  is 
therefore  the  complement  of  its  absorbing 
power,  which  latter  is  the  same  as  its  radi- 
ating power. 

The  relative  radiating  and  reflecting  power 
of  different  bodies  has  been  determined  by 
experiment,  but  as  far  as  quantities  of  heat 
are  concerned,  says  Prof.  Trowbridge  (John- 
son's Cyclopaedia,  art.  Heat),  it  is  doubtful 
whether  anything  further  than  the  said  rela- 
tive determinations  can,  in  the  present  state 
of  our  knowledge,  be  depended  upon,  the 
actual  or  absolute  quantities  for  different 
temperatures  being  still  uncertain.  The  au- 
thorities do  not  even  agree  on  the  relative 
radiating   powers. 

HEATING  BY  ELECTRICITY. 

Heating  by  electricity  is  entirely  feasible 
and  practical  where  the  cost  of  electric  cur- 
rent is  very  low.  At  the  ordinary  prevail- 
ing rates,  however,  the  cost  is  prohibitive. 
The  reason  for  this  is  that  where  electricity 
is  generated  in  a  steam  plant  using  simple 
engines,  only  about  4%  of  the  B.  T.  U.  in 
the  steam  is  delivered  to  the  switchboard  in 
the  form  of  electrical  energy.  In  stations 
where  the  highest  type  of  generating  ap- 
paratus is  used,  this  percentage  may  be 
Increased   to  20%. 

While  the  large  power  boiler  is  more 
economical  in  tin-  production  of  steam  than 
the  small  heating  boiler,  the  fact  that  only 
4%  to  20%  of  the  steam  generated  by  the 
large  power  boihr  is  available  as  electrical 
energy  makes  the  cost  of  this  form  of 
heating   prohibitive. 

STEAM    BOEDER    AND    PIPE    COVERINGS. 

Experiments  under  actual  steam  plant  con- 
ditions, conducted  by  Geo.  M.  Brill  (Trans. 
Am  Soc.  Eng.  Vol,  XVI)  show  that  In  ordi- 
nary practice  the  early  results  and  theories, 
advanced  by  Sir  Isaac  Newton  and  Peclet, 
are    too    low.      He    found    that    by    using    an 


339 


Experience  -11  ykahs 


MEHR1NG    &    HANSON    COMPANY 

GENERAL    STEAM    FITTING 
POWER   PLANTS-POWER   PIPING 

HEATING,  COOLING  AND   VENTILATING 
SYSTEMS 

118-120  NORTH  FRANKLIN  6TRE1<:T 
1'ei.kphones  Franklin  t2010-201l  CHICAGO 


American  Heating  and  Plumbing  Corporation 

Central  5927-5928  189  \.  Clark  Street  CHICAGO,   ILLINOIS 

CONTRACTING     ENGINEERS 

for  Power  Installation,  Steam  and  Hot  Water  Heating 
Ventilation,     Sanitary     Plumbing,    Sewerage    Systems 

BRANCH  OFFICES 
3550  North   CiarK  Street  1615   Benson   Avenue,  Evanston,  III. 

Phone   Lake   View  459  Phone   Evanston  97h 


Member   of    National    Association    of    Sheet    Metal    Contractors,    Chicago    Master    Steam    Fitters' 
Association,   Chicago  Association  of  Commerce,   Sheet   Metal   Contractors"  Ass'n  of   Chicago 


ROBERT  GORDON,  Inc. 

Heating  and  Power  Piping  Contractors 
Ventilating  Contractors 

Haymarket  3740-3741  622  W.  MONROE  STREET 


II  E  A  T  I  N  G 

E.  J.  McDONOUGH  CO. 

CONTRACTING  ENGINEERS 

350  N.  Clark  St.  CHICAGO   Main  2639 

V     E     X     T     I     I.     A     T     I     N 1     G 


340 


8  inch  bare  steam  pipe  60  feet  long  with  an 
average  pressure  of  110.5  lbs.  by  gauge,  and 
with  air  75.5  degrees  Fahrenheit,  that  736.546 

B.  T.  U.  per  square  foot  of  surface  per  hour, 
were  lost.  These  results  accord  so  closely 
with  the  experiments   conducted   by   Prof.    R. 

C.  Carpenter  of  Cornell  University,  and  Prof. 
M.  E.  Cooley  of  the  University  of  Michigan, 
that  it  seems  fair  to  use  these  results  as  a 
premise  of  calculation  in  practical  work. 
The  magnitude  of  the  loss  from  a  bare  pipe 
can  be  understood  possibly  more  closely  by 
the   following  calculation: 

Adopt  from  Mr.  Brill's  results  a  loss  of 
736.546  B.  T.  U.  per  square  foot  of  surface 
per  hour  and,  assuming  an  8-inch  pipe  to 
be  100  feet  long,  the  loss  would  then  be 
as   follows: 

736.546  B.  T.  U.  multiplied  by  225  square 
feet  (surface  of  an  8-inch  pipe  100  feet 
long)  equals  165722  B.  T.  U.  lost  per  hour 
or,  divided  by  30,000  B.  T.  U.,  heat  units  in 
one  horse-power  at  above  pressure  (assum- 
ing 3414  lbs.  of  water  from  and  at  212  de- 
grees to  be  a  horse-power)  equals  5.5  horse- 
power per  hour  lost.  The  method  adopted 
for  preventing  in  a  measure  this  loss  is  by 
the  application  of  some  non-conducting  ma- 
terial to  the  radiant  body,  having  for  its 
object  the  protection  of  the  external  sur- 
faces from  loss  of  heat  and  from  any  in- 
jurious action  liable  to  occur  in  consequence 
of  their  exposure.  It  will  therefore  be  seen 
that  a  great  economy  is  effected  by  the  ap- 
plication  of  pipe  covering  or   boiler   lagging. 

VENTH.ATION. 

The  term  ventilation,  when  used  in  the 
ordinary  sense  is  a  purely  relative  term. 
Every  room  or  building,  unless  it  is  her- 
metically sealed  is  "ventilated"  to  a  certain 
extent.  A  room  heated  with  steam  or  hot 
water  direct  radiation  and  with  all  the  win- 
dows and  doors  closed  is  ventilated  by  the 
amount  of  air  leakage,  due  to  ..he  fact  that 
neither  the  doors  nor  window  J  nor  even  the 
walls  are  air  tight  and  there  is  a  constant 
tendency  for  the  interchange  of  air  from  the 
outside  to  the  inside  of  the  building.  With 
the  indirect  system  of  heating,  fresh  air 
from  the  outside  is  introduced  at  a  definite 
point  and  by  means  of  a  system  entirely  un- 
der control  at  all  times. 

The  ducts  supplying  the  air  to  the  indi- 
rect radiation  are  usually  provided  with 
dampers,  so  that  the  amount  of  fresh  air 
can  be  absolutely  regulated.  From  the 
standpoint  of  ventilation,  indirect  radiation 
is  far  superior  to  direct  radiation,  but  on 
account  of  the  very  much  greater  cost  of 
operation,  the  amount  of  indirect  radiation 
is  usually  restricted  to  one  or  two  stacks  in 
the  ordinary  residence. 

In  laying  out  any  system  of  ventilation  it 
is  necessary  to  decide  first  of  all  on  the 
standard  of  purity  to  be  maintained.  Pure 
country  air  contains  about  four  parts  of  C02 
in  10,000.  This  amount  of  C02  can  be  in- 
creased to  6,  8  and  even  10  parts  without 
any  bad  results  to  the  occupants  of  the 
room.  Naturally  there  is  no  sharp,  well  de- 
fined line  above  which  ventilation  is  totally 
bad  or  below  which  the  ventilation  may  be 
referred  to  as  absolutely  good.  As  a  gen- 
eral proposition,  it  may  be  said,  however, 
that  a  system  of  ventilation  which  permits 
the  C02  to  rise  above  12  parts  in  10,000  is 
not  a  good  modern  ventilating  system,  while 


on  the  other  hand,  for  commercial  reasons, 
it  is  seldom  that  an  attempt  to  keep  the  air 
purer  than  6  parts  of  C02  in  10,000  is  made. 
This  assumes  that  C02  is  not  the  only 
impurity  in  the  air,  but  rather  is  an  indi- 
cator of  the  presence  of  other  impurities 
as  well.  In  other  words,  an  artificial  mix- 
ture of  twelve  parts  of  C02  in  10,000  would 
not  contain  the  same  amount  of  impurities 
and  would,  therefore,  not  represent  the  same 
degree  of  ventilation  as  the  air  in  an  as- 
sembly hall  containing  twelve  parts  of  C02 
in   10,000. 

In  calculating  the  probable  impurities,  it 
may  be  assumed  that  the  ordinary  person  in 
average  good  health,  exhales  0.6  of  a  cubic 
foot  of  C02  per  hour  and  a  "5-foot"  gas 
burner  vitiates  about  five  times  as  much  air 
as  the  ordinary  person.  A  gas  grate  or  any 
open  fire-place,  on  the  other  hand,  has  a 
tendency  to  improve  the  ventilation;  for 
while  it  uses  up  oxygen,  it  must  be  kept  in 
mind  that  all  the  gases  which  pass  up  the 
chimney,  must  in  the  natural  course  of 
events  be  replaced  by  fresh  air  through  the 
doors  and  windows. 

As  incandescent  electric  lights  use  up  no 
oxygen,  they  have  no  effect  on  the  ventila- 
tion of  a  room.  In  hospitals  the  amount  of 
fresh  air  required  for  occupants  is  naturally 
much  greater  than  in  buildings  occupied  by 
persons  in  good  health.  The  amount  of  fresh 
air  per  occupant  must  be  doubled  and  some 
times  trebled  to  maintain  the  required 
standard  of  purity. 

The  Chicago  Commission  on  Ventilation  in 
their  report  for   1914,  says: 

"However  satisfactory  the  quantity  of  air 
furnished  for  the  ventilation  of  a  room,  and 
however  satisfactory  may  be  the  means  em- 
ployed for  properly  distributing  it,  both  of 
which  in  the  long  run  are  very  important, 
nevertheless  the  human  body  makes  an  im- 
mediate demand  which  mav  overshadow 
either  or  both.  IMMEDIATE  PHYSICAL. 
COMFORT  IS  THE  STANDARD  OF  THE 
HUMAN  BODY,  whatever  the  consequences, 
as  exemplified  either  in  the  drowsy  stupor 
that  descends  on  one  immersed  in  a  hot,  sti- 
fling atmosphere  on  a  cold  wintry  night,  or 
in  the  quiet  repose  that  comes  from  a  balmy 
summer  breeze  outdoors.  Good  ventilation 
shall   produce    immediate  comfort. 

One  of  the  most  prominent  as  well  as  im- 
mediate factors  in  the  production  of  com- 
fort,   is    temperature.     *     *     * 

The  comfort  of  the  human  body  is  largely 
influenced  by  the  temperature  of  the  sur- 
rounding air,  and  also,  and  at  the  same  time, 
by  the  rate  at  which  perspiration  may  evapo- 
rate into  the  air  from  the  body.  Relative  hu- 
midity influences  the  rate  at  which  such 
evaporation  occurs,  but  it  is  only  in  recent 
years  that  much  consideration  lias  been  given 
to  atmospheric  humidity  in  relation  to  tem- 
perature and  comfort." 

TEMPERATURE   AND   HUMIDITY  IN 
RELATION  TO   COMTORT. 

"It  has  become  traditional  in  this  country 
that  the  best  temperature  to  maintain  in  a 
room  is  68  to  70  degrees.  There  are.  hOW< 
some  who  urge  that  these  temperatures  are 
too  high,  and  they  cite  the  English  practice 
of  59  to  62  degrees  as  evidence  of  their  claim. 
The  difficulty  with  both  these  positions  is 
that  in  deciding  on  the  best  temperature, 
proper  consideration  u  not  given  to  relative 
humidity.  Any  adult  knows  thai  sultry  days 
arc  much  less  comfortable  than  days  of  even 
higher  temperature  when  the  atmosphere  is 
comparatively  dry.  This  well-known  fa  t  of 
outdoor  experience  musl  be  taken  into  ac- 
count,   especially   since    it    is   now    recognized 


34] 


Established    1877 

L.  H.  PRENTICE    COMPANY 

LEON  H.  PRENTICE,  Pres. 

Engineers  and  Contractors  for  Steam  and   Hot  Water 

Heating    and    Ventilating    Apparatus,    Power    Plants    and    Power    Piping 

Hot  Blast  Heating  and  Mechanical  Ventilation 

Stationary  Vacuum  Cleaning  Systems 

Probably  the  largest  firm  of  this  kind  in  the  world,  viz:  exclusively  steam  and  hot  water  healing  apparatus  THAT  HEATS. 

328  and  330  bnerman  ot.       Day  Telephone  Wabash  1188         fHirAnn 

near  Board  of  Trade  Night  Telephone    Austin  1638  WlHwAUU 

OFFICE    AND    SHOP 

15     W.      KINZIE     STREET 

CENT  RAL     2695 


Keh>iBro\s  Company 

CONTRACTORS 

POWER     PLANTS/PIPING 

steam  (h  EATING  APPARATUS)  water 

VENTILATING  SYSTEMS 


Aug     KEW.vi     pres  CHICAGO 


HEATING  VENTILATING  POWER 

PHILLIPS,  GETSCHOW  CO. 

ENGINEERS  AND  CONTRACTORS 
VAPOR  HEATING 

130  W.  Kinzie  St.         Telephone  Franklin  678  CHICAGO 


TELEPHONE   WELLINGTON   2500  ESTABLISHED   1895 

NILSON  BROS. 

PLUMBING  AND  HEATING 

3222-24    X.    HALSTED    STREET  CHICAGO 

:\i2 


that  in  cold  weather  we  need  to  humidify  air 
indoors.  On  this  point  of  humidity,  it  may 
be  said  that  the  human  organism  seems  to 
be  adapted  to  a  large  range  of  relative  hu- 
midity, but  it  is  not  accustomed  to  abrupt 
changes  such  as  one  might  experience  on  a 
cold  day  in  passing  from  the  outdoors  into 
a  heated  room.  In  a  word,  it  seems  impor- 
tant from  the  standpoint  of  health  and  com- 
fort to  maintain  a  fair  degree  of  correspond- 
ence between  the  relative  humidity  of  out- 
doors and  indoors." 

"Any  system  of  ventilation  to  be  practic- 
able, must  produce  a  feeling  of  comfort,  and 
therefore  both  the  temperature  and  the  rela- 
tive humidity  of  the  air  are  important  in 
ventilation.  Temperature  and  relative  hu- 
midity jointly  help   determine  comfort." 

"It  has  generally  been  considered  that  a 
temperature  of  from  6S  to  70  degrees  with  a 
relative  humidity  of  70  percent,  is  a  most 
desirable  condition  to  obtain  (the  70  percent 
relative  humidity  also  is  largely  traditional). 
In  our  tests  it  was  assumed  that  the  best 
temperature  may  or  may  not  be  68  to  70  de- 
grees: and  also  the  most  satisfactory  relative 
humidity  may  or  may  not  be  70  percent." 

Ventilating  systems  may  be  divided  into 
gravity  and  mechanical  systems.  Air  can  be 
moved  into  and  from  a  room  only  by  some 
form  of  power  expenditure.  When  air  is 
warmed,  approximately  one-third  of  the  heat 
imparted  to  it  is  expended  in  work  of  ex- 
panding the  air  and  is,  in  part  at  least,  avail- 
able for  ventilating  purposes. 

In  a  gravity  ventilating  svstem.  the  work- 
ing pressure  13  due  to  the  difference  in 
weight  between  the  air  inside  and  the  air 
outside  of  the  building  or  duct.  This  work- 
ing pressure  is  much  smaller  than  the  pres- 
sures ordinarily  used  in  a  fan  or  mechanical 
ventilation   system. 

If  the  working  pressure  in  a  gravity  venti- 
lation svstem  is  small,  the  supply  and  dis- 
charge ducts  must  be  made  proportionately 
larerer.  The  cross  sectional  area  of  these 
ducts  is  governed  by  the  temperature  of  the 
air  in  the  supply  ducts  and  the  highest  out- 
side temperature  for  which  the  vent  ducts 
are  provided.  The  cross  sectional  areas  also 
are  modified  by  the  straightness  and  smooth- 
ness of  ducts,  the  height  of  ducts  and  numer- 
ous other  local  conditions. 

"With  indirect  svstems  of  heating,  fresh 
air  from  the  outside  is  introduced  at  definite 
points  where  indirect  radiation  is  installed. 
The  ducts  supplying  the  air  to  the  indirect 
radiation  ran«t  be  provided  with  dampers  so 
that  the  amount  of  fresh  air  can  be  regu- 
lated. If  they  were  not  provided  with  damp- 
ers, the  amount  of  air  supplied  in  cold 
weather  would  be  excessive  and  the  cost  of 
heating,  therefore,  would  be  too  great. 

The  so-called  mechanical  ventilation  sys- 
tems are  superior  to  gravity  ventilation  sys- 
tems in  that  they  reouire  relatively  small 
space  for  ducts  and  in  the  uniformity  of 
ventilation  secured,  as  they  are  independent 
of  temperature  or  weather  conditions. 

The  fan  system  of  heating  and  ventilating 
is  desirable  from  the  ventilating  standpoint 
to  just  the  extent  that  fresh  air  is  drawn 
from  the  outside.  It  should  be  understood 
that  it  is  possible  to  operate  a  fan  system, 
drawing  the  entire  supply  from  the  inside 
of  the  building.  In  thi-<  rase,  even  though 
there  is  a  movement  of  air,  the  ventilation 
is  no  better  than  with  the  ordinary  direct 
radiation    svstem. 

Systems   have   been   installed    in    which   all 


the  air  is  recirculated  but  passed  through  an 
air  washer  before  being  again  delivered  to 
the  rooms.  The  theory  is,  that  washing  the 
air  removes  its  objectionable  qualities.  There 
is  a  decided  difference  of  opinion  as  to  the 
merits  of  this  system.  At  this  time  there  is 
insufficient  data  at  hand  to  either  prove  or 
disprove  the  claims  made. 

If  all  the  air  is  taken  from  the  outside, 
the  combined  heating  and  ventilating  system 
will  provide  the  very  best  of  ventilation.  In 
practice,  for  purposes  of  economy,  fan  sys- 
tems are  usually  designed  to  take  most  of 
the  air  from  the  outside,  but  a  by-pass  is 
provided  so  that  in  extreme  cold  weather, 
part  of  the  air  can  be  drawn  from  the  inside 
of  the  building. 

Quite  frequently  a  combination  of  a  direct 
heating  system  and  a  fan  ventilation  system 
is  used.  In  such  cases  the  heating  system 
is  usually  designed  to  provide  sufficient 
temperature  under  all  weather  conditions. 
The  fan  ventilating  system  is  designed  to 
supply  sufficient  air  to  maintain  a  pre-deter- 
mined  standard  of  purity  and  is  then  pro- 
vided with  just  sufficient  radiation  to  heat 
this  air  to  the  room  temperature.  In  other 
words,  the  direct  radiation  is  depended  upon 
for  heat  and  the  fan  system  is  depended  up- 
on  to   furnish   the   ventilation   only. 

In  laying  out  a  fan  system  of  ventilation, 
great  care  must  be  taken  to  avoid  drafts. 
Where  air  is  introduced  at  or  near  the  ceil- 
ing, a  register  velocity  of  600  feet  per  min- 
ute is  permissible,  but  where  air  is  intro- 
duced at  or  near  the  floor  line,  the  velocity 
must  not  exceed  200  feet  per  minute  as  a 
maximum,  and  in  many  cases  where  the 
best  results  are  desired,  the  velocity  is  kept 
down  to  about  125  feet  per  minute.  The  ve- 
locity through  the  register  of  a  vent  flue  may 
be  very  much  greater  than  through  a  fresh 
air  register.  Except  where  the  register  is 
so  located  as  to  directly  expose  the  occu- 
pants of  the  room  to  a  draft,  it  is  not  un- 
usual to  permit  a  register  velocity  of  600 
feet  per  minute. 

In  no  case  are  register  velocities  over  600 
feet  per  minute  desirable  because  even 
though  the  register  may  be  so  located  that 
there  may  be  no  trouble  from  draft,  there 
will  be  a  distinct  "humming"  noise  which  is 
disagreeable. 

AIR  WASHERS: 

The  use  of  air  washers  in  connection  with 
fan  vetilating  svstems.  is  almost  alwavs 
desirable  and  in  most  cases  absolutely  neces- 
sary, in  order  to  assure  a  supply  of  clean, 
pure  air. 

All  air  washers  consist  primarilv  of  a 
sprav  chamber  in  which  the  air  is  made 
to  pass  through  a  fine  spray  of  water,  and 
an  eliminator  or  separator  in  which  the  water 
is   separated   from   the  air. 

The  movement  of  air.  containing  particles 
of  dust  and  dirt,  through  a  system  of  ducts 
Is  bound  to  cause  a  deposit  of  part  of  the 
impurities  on  the  walls  of  the  ducts.  As 
it  is  next  to  impossible  to  clean  the  aver- 
ae'e  ventilating  duct.  this,  in  time,  becomes  so 
dirty  that  no  matter  how  clean  the  air  leav- 
ing the  fan.  some  dirt  will  be  carried  into 
the  room  through  the  fresh  air  registers 
From  this,  it  is  evident  that  even  though 
:n'r  washers  do  not  remove  all  of  the  dust 
in  the  nir.  the  use  of  an  air  washer  improves 
a  ventqnting  svs'om  by  iust  the  amount  of 
dirt    that    the   washer    removes. 

Tt  should  also  be  noted  that  air  washers 
nresent  a  convenient  means  of  increasing  the 
humidity   of  the   air. 


343 


Phones:  Main  2622,  2623 

E.  J.  CLAFFEY  CO. 

Engineers — Contractors 

STEAM  and  HOT  WATER  HEATING,  VENTILATING  SYSTEMS 
GENERAL  STEAM  FITTING,  POWER  PLANTS 

Office:  350  N.  Clark  Street.  PT-TTPAfU^ 

Shop:   12-14  West  Illinois  Street.  UIUWWU 

Phone  Central  5679 

DWYER  &  COMPANY 

Plumbing,  Heating   and 
Ventilating    Contractors 

i  I 


31  W.  Illinois  Street  CHICAGO,  ILLINOIS 

Telephone  Main   45  72 

GLENNON-BIELKE  CO. 

Steam  HEATING  Water 

Vacuum  Vapor 

Power  Plants,  Ventilation 

546  WEST  LAKE  STREET,  CHICAGO 


Office   Phone:   Monroe  2491 


J.  J.  HERLIHY 

CONTRACTOR  AND  ENGINEER 

STEAM,    VAPOR,    VACUUM    AND    HOT    WATER    HEATING,    VENTILATING, 

POWER    PLANTS    AND    REFRIGERATION, 

INSTALLING  AND  REPAIRING 

75  1  W.  VAN  BUREN  ST.  CHICAGO 


344 


SECTIONS  OF  THE  SANITARY  CODE  OF  INTEREST  TO 
ARCHITECTS,  WITH  INDEX 


Amendments  to  Sanitary  Code  passed 
since  March  13,  1911,  amending  Sec- 
tion   2854    

Architects'    penalty     

Architects'    plans    

Bakery   defined    

Distances  between  buildings  on  same 
lot     

Dry  cleaners — Building  requirements — 
Ventilation  —  Equipment — Lighting — 
Water   trough    

Frontage    consents    required,    when 

Handling   of    oils 

Height   of   ceilings — Windows 

Hospitals  defined    

Lodginghouse  defined    


INDEX 

Sec.        Location    of    hospitals    near    schools....    1220 

Lodginghouses,   penalty    1389 

Lodginghouse — 'Ventilation     1378 

4        Seats   for   females 1402 

1        Seats   for  females — Penalty 1403 

140        Slaughtering,    rendering,    packing,    etc..    1330 
Tenement   and    lodging   houses    conform 

1377  to   requirements    1376 

Undertakers;      care      of      dead      human 

bodies;    burials    123S 

2S54       Undertaking    rooms     1239 

1219        Ventilation    of    stores,    factories,    work- 

2855  shops,    etc 1399 

1379        Workshops — Workshops   defined    1390 

1213        Water  supply — Cellar   floor — Ventilation 
1388  of  halls    1380 


Architect — plans.]  Section  1.  Be  it  en- 
acted by  the  People  of  the  State  of  Illinois, 
represented  in  the  General  Assembly:  That 
it  shall  be  the  duty  of  any  architect  or  ar- 
chitects, builder  or  builders  of,  or  other 
person  or  persons  interested  in  any  project- 
ed tenement,  lodging  house,  or  other  places 
of  habitation,  in  any  incorporated  city  of 
fifty  thousand  inhabitants,  to  submit  plans 
and  specifications  of  any  such  building  or 
buildings  to  the  health  commissioner  or 
commissioners  of  such  incorporated  city; 
that  the  said  health  commissioner  or  com- 
missioners may  examine  the  said  plans  and 
specifications,  for  his  or  their  approval  or 
rejection,  as  to  the  proposed  plans  for  the 
ventilation  of  rooms,  light  and  air  shafts, 
windows,  ventilation  of  water  closets,  drain- 
age   and    plumbing. 

Architect — penalty.]  Section  4.  If  any 
architect  or  architects,  builder  or  builders, 
violate  the  provisions  of  this  act,  he  or  they 
shall  be  fined  in  a  sum  not  less  than  one 
hundred  nor  more  than  two  hundred  dollars 
for    each    offense. 

BAKERIES. 

140.  Bakery  defined.]  Any  place  used  for 
any  process  of  mixing,  compounding  or  bak- 
ing, for  sale  or  for  purposes  of  a  restaurant. 
bakery  or  hotel,  any  bread,  biscuits,  pretzels, 
crackers,  buns,  rolls,  macaroni,  cake,  pies  or 
any  food  product  of  which  flour  or  meal  is  a 
principal  ingredient,  shall  be  deemed  a  bak- 
ery for  the  purpose  of  this  chapter;  pro- 
vided, that  licensed  restaurants  in  which  any 
of  the  foregoing  food  products  are  mixed  and 
baked  for  consumption  in  such  restaurant 
only,  on  or  in  ordinary  restaurant  kitchen 
stoves  or  ranges,  and  kitchens  or  rooms  in 
dwellings  where  any  of  the  said  food  prod- 
ucts are  mixed  and  baked  in  an  ordinary 
kitchen  stove  or  range,  shall  not  lie  consid- 
ered bakeries. 

145.  Sanitary  requirements — ventilation.  1 
Every  place  used  as  a  bakery  shall  be  kepi 
in  a  clean  and  sanitary  condition  as  to  its 
floors,  side  walls,  ceilings,  woodwork,  fix- 
tures, furniture,  tools,  machinery  and  uten- 
sils. All  parts  of  the  bakery  shall  be  ade- 
< iii;i  t t-ly    lighted    at    all     times    and     shall    be 


ventilated  by  means  of  windows  or  skylights 
or  air  shafts  or  air  ducts  or  mechanical  ap- 
paratus, if  necessary,  so  as  to  insure  a  free 
circulation  of  fresh  air  at  all  times.  Such 
ventilating  construction  and  equipment  shall 
be  of  such  character  that  a  complete  change 
of  air  in  all  parts  of  the  bakery  may  be  made 
at  least  four  times  each  hour;  provided,  how- 
ever, that  it  shall  not  be  necessary  to  ven- 
tilate at  such  time  or  in  such  manner  that 
the  process  of  mixing  or  rising  of  dough 
shall  of  necessity  be  interfered  with  or  pre- 
vented. 

146.  Floor — how  constructed.]  The  floor 
of  every  place  used  as  a  bakery,  if  below  the 
street  level,  shall  be  constructed  of  concrete, 
cement,  asphalt  or  other  impervious  material, 
or  of  tile  laid  in  cement,  which  floor  may.  if 
desired,  be  covered  with  a  hardwood  floor 
having  tight  joints;  if  above  the  street  level, 
the  floor  may  be  of  hardwood  with  tight 
joints  or  may  be  of  any  impervious  material, 
as  above  provided.  The  angles  where  the 
floor  and  wall  join  shall  be  made  and  main- 
tained so  as  to  be  rat-proof. 

148.     "Walls  and  ceiling's — woodwork.]     The 

side  walls  and  ceilings  shall  be  well  and 
smoothly  plastered,  tiled  or  sheathed  witli 
metal  or  wood  sheathing,  and  shall  be  kept 
in  good  repair.  It'  made  of  mill  construction 
with  smooth  surfaces,  such  walls  and  ceil- 
ings need  not  be  sheathed  or  plastered.  All 
walls  and  ceilings  shall  be  kept  well  painted 
with  oil  paint,  or  lime  washed  and  calei- 
mined,  and  all  woodwork  shall  be  kept  well 
painted  with  oil  paint. 

156.  New  bakeries — requirements.]  No  new 
bakery  shall  be  hereafter  established  in  any 
room,  basement  or  cellar  in  which  the  clear 
height  between  the  finished  floor  and  ceiling- 
is  less  than  eight  feet  six  inches  or  in  any 
room  or  place,  the  floor  of  which  is  more  than 
five  feet  below  the  street,  sidewalk  or  alley 
level  adjacent  to  the  building,  or  in  any  room 
or  place  which  is  not  so  naturally  lighted  by 
means  of  windows,  doors  or  skylights  that 
..ii  clear  days  a  book  or  paper  printed  with 
double  long  primer  type  can  he  read  between 

the  hours  of  ten  o'clock  a.  in.  and  two  o'clock 
p.  m.  in  all  parts  of  the  bakery  which  are 
used    in    mixing  or   handling   bakery   products. 


345 


INSTALLATION  REMODELING 

TELEPHONES  MONROE  4000 

WILLIAM  A.  POPE 

Heating  and  Power  Plants— Power  Plant  Piping 

26  N.  Jefferson  Street,  Chicago 


OUR  REFERERCES 

A  list  of  Owners 
and  Architects 
given  on  request. 

Results     Guaranteed 


Telephone  Haymarket  2310 


W.  B.  Graves  Heating  Co. 

Steam  and  Hot  Watek 

Heating  and  Ventilating 

Powep,  Plants 

162  N.  Desplaines  St. 


HARRY  PECKHAM,  Jr. 

Steam  &  Hot  Water  Heating  &  Steamfitting 

2345  West  Twelfth  Street 

Telephone  Seeley   1854  ::  CHICAGO 


PHONE  MAIN  4208 


ARCADE  VAPOR  VACUUM  HEATING  SYSTEM 
Installed  Complete  by 

Arcade  Steam  Heating  Co. 

JOHN   J.  BOYLSON 
126  WEST  KINZIE  STREET  CHICAGO 


346 


HOSPITALS. 

1213.  Hospital  defined.]  For  the  purpose 
of  this  article  a  hospital  is  hereby  defined 
to  mean  any  institution  or  place  used  for 
the  reception  or  care,  temporary  or  contin- 
uous, of  two  or  more  sick,  injured  or  de- 
pendent persons;  or  used  for  the  treatment 
of  two  or  more  persons  suffering  from  or , 
afflicted  with  any  mental  or  physical  dis- 
ease or  bodily  injury,  including  all  hydro- 
pathic  and   massage    institutions. 

For  the  purposes  of  this  article  a  mater- 
nity hospital  is  hereby  defined  to  mean  any 
institution  or  place  used  for  the  reception 
and  care,  temporary  or  continuous,  of  one 
or  more  women  during  pregnancy  while 
awaiting  confinement,  during  confinement,  or 
for  one  month  or  less  after  confinement 
while    recovering    therefrom. 

Unless  otherwise  specified,  the  worn" 
"hospital"  as  used  in  this  article  shall  be 
held    to    include    maternity    hospital. 

1219.  Frontage  consents   required — when.l 

It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person,  firm  or 
corporation  to  build,  construct,  maintain, 
conduct  or  manage  in  any  block,  in  which 
two-thirds  of  the  buildings  fronting  on  both 
sides  of  the  street  or  streets  on  which  the 
proposed  hospital  may  front  are  devoted  ex- 
clusively to  residence  purposes,  any  hospital, 
unless  the  owners  of  a  majority  of  the 
frontage  in  such  block,  and  the  owners  of 
a  majority  of  the  frontage  on  the  opposite 
side  or  sides  of  the  street  or  streets  on 
which  said  building  faces,  consent  in  writ- 
ing to  the  building,  constructing  or  main- 
taining, managing  or  conducting  of  any  such 
hospital  in  such  block.  Such  written  con- 
sents of  the  majority  of  said  property  own- 
ers shall  be  filed  with  the  commissioner  of 
health  before  a  permit  shall  be  granted  for 
the  building  or  constructing  or  a  license  b" 
issued  for  the  maintaining,  conducting  or 
managing   of  any   such   hospital. 

1220.  Location    of  hospitals   near   school. 1 

No  hospital  of  anv  kind  or  dpscription  shall 
hereafter  be  erected  or  established  within 
four  hundred  feet  of  anv  property  used  for 
public   or   parochial    school    purposes. 

1330  Method  of  slaughtering — offensive 
odors  to  he  destroyed — construction  of  con- 
densers.] The  keeping  and  slaughtering  of 
live  stock  and  the  preparation  and  keeping 
of  all  meat,  fish,  birds  and  fowls,  and  the 
rendering  of  all  animal  matter  and  the  manu- 
facture of  glue  and  all  by-products  from  ani- 
mal matter  shall  be  conducted  in  that  man- 
ner which  is,  or  is  generally  reputed  or 
known  to  be,  the  best  adapted  to  secure  and 
continue  their  safety  and  wholesomeness  as 
food  and  to  avoid  all  offensiveness  of  such 
keeping,  slaughtering,  rendering  and  manu- 
facturing. Blood  from  slaughtered  animals 
shall  not  be  allowed  to  flow  into  any  sewer  or 
into  the  Chicago  river  or  any  of  its  branches, 
but  while  still  fresh  shall  be  treated  so  as 
not  to  become  offensive. 

Ml  offensive  odors  arising  from  the  han- 
dling of  meat  or  other  animal  matter,  melt- 
ing or  rendering,  and  the  treating  of  and 
caring  for  offal,  blood  or  any  other  material 
stored  or  manufactured,  shall  be  destroyed 
by  combustion,  condensation  or  other  means 
eauallv  effective,  and  according  to  the  best 
and  mosl  approved  means  and  pr ocesses,  and 
shall   not   be  allowed   to   escape   into   the  out- 


side air.  In  the  event  that  condensation  shall 
be  adopted  as  a  method  of  destroying  of- 
fensiv?  odors  or  gases,  the  method  of  con- 
densation employed  shall  be  as  follows: 

Every  rendering  establishment  shall  use 
as  condensers,  tanks  or  other  suitable  air- 
tight condensing  appliances,  with  an  over- 
flow connecting  with  a  sewer,  and  shall  have 
a  feed  water  pipe  of  sufficient  diameter  by 
which  a  continuous  stream  of  cold  water 
shall  pass  into  the  condenser  and  escape 
through  the  aforesaid  overflow  at  or  near 
the  top,  and  all  gases  generated  in  the  proc- 
ess of  boiling  shall  be  carried  to  and  en- 
tered into  the  bottom  of  and  under  the  body 
of  water  contained  by  said  condenser,  and 
such  gases  as  are  not  condensed  in  the  water 
shall  be  carried  through  another  pipe  con- 
nected with  the  top  of  the  condenser,  to 
the  boilers  or  other  places  where  heat  of  not 
less  than  six  hundred  degrees  Fahrenheit  is 
maintained,  and  shall  there  pass  through 
such  fire  and  be  consumed.  While  the  con- 
denser is  in  use  it  shall  be  obligatory  on  the 
part  of  the  user  to  allow  sufficient  water  to 
flow  through  the  condenser  to  maintain  a 
temperature  not  higher  than  one  hundred  de- 
grees  Fahrenheit. 

A  condenser  of  the  spray,  jet  or  other  suit- 
able pattern  shall  be  connected  with  all  dry- 
ers operated,  and  a  fan  or  pump  shall  draw 
the  vapors  from  the  dryer  and  force  them 
through  such  condenser,  the  water  from 
which  shall  pass  into  the  sewer,  and  a 
sufficient  quantity  of  water  shall  be  used  to 
thoroughly  condense  any  and  all  vapors  and 
odors   conveyed   thereto. 

To  the  end  that  a  proper  inspection  may 
be  readily  made  by  the  authorities  of  the 
temperature  maintained  in  such  condensers, 
there  shall  be  attached  to  each  of  such  con- 
densers an  automatic  or  self-registering 
thermometer  of  such  a  character  as  will 
automatically  keep  a  daily  record  of  the  tem- 
perature maintained  in  each  such  condenser 
at  all   times  during  the  use  thereof. 

UNDERTAKERS;   CARE   OF   DEAD  HUMAN 
BODIES;    BURIALS. 

1238.  Frontage  consents.]  It  shall  be 
unlawful  for  any  person  to  carry  on  the 
business  of  an  undertaker,  as  defined  in  this 
article,  who,  in  connection  with  such  busi- 
ness, receives  at  his  place  of  business  the 
body  of  any  dead  person,  for  embalming  or 
other  purposes,  where  such  place  of  business 
is  located  on  any  street  in  any  block  in 
which  two-thirds  of  the  buildings  on  both 
sides  of  the  street  are  used  exclusively  for 
residence  purposes,  without  the  written  con- 
sent of  a  majority  of  the  property  owners 
according  to  the  frontage  on  both  sides  of 
such  street  in  such  block;  provided,  how- 
ever, that  nothing  herein  contained  shall 
apply  to  persons  licensed  as  undertakers 
at  the  time  of  the  passage  of  this  ordinance. 

Such  frontage  consents  shall  be  obtained 
and  filed  with  the  department  of  health  be- 
fore  a  license  shall   issue,  for  such   business. 

1239.  Undertaking  rooms.]  No  person 
shall  be  licensed  to  carry  "ii  the  business  of 
undertaking  In  any  establishment,  store  or 
place,  unless  such  establishment,  store  or 
place  shall  be  provided  with  a  compartment 
or  room  completely  shut  off  or  capable  of 
being    completely    shut    off    from    the    other 


347 


MACHINISTS  and  STEAM  FITTERS 

215-219  W.  Congress  St.,  CHICAGO 

(  HARRISON  2896 
REPAIR  DEPARTMENT   OPEN  Telephones  ■'  HARRISON  2897 

DAY  AND  NIGHT  I 


TELEPHONE  MAIN  2959 

WILLIAM  LEES 

Contractor  for 

Steam  and  Hot  Water  Heating  Apparatus 

Ventilating  and  Steam  Power  Plants 

548  Washington  Boulevard  CHICAGO 


We   make   a   specialty    of    repairing  Phone  Harrison     387 

and  remodeling  Automatic  Sprinkler, 
Power,  Heating,  Plumbing,  Ventilat- 
ing, Gas  Fitting  and  Sewer  Systems 


and  remodeling  Automatic  Sprinkler,  Di,„„„  xj„^„-r-^„  aqia 

Power,  Heating,  Plumbing,  Ventilat-  Phone  Harrison  4826 


P.  NACEY  CO. 


ESTABLISHED   1866= 


Automatic  Sprinkler,  Power,  Heating,  Plumbing, 
Ventilating,   Gas  Fitting  and  Sewer   Contractors 

927  and  929  South  State  Street  -  -  CHICAGO 


JOHN  R.  KEHM,  Pres.  &  Treas.  W.  G.  GLOVER,  Secy. 

Telephone  Central  7072 

THE  JOHN  R.  KEHM  CO. 

Piping  Contractors 

General  Steam  Fitting,  Power  Plant  Piping,  Heating  and 
Ventilating,  Process  Piping 

8  East  Austin  Avenue  CHICAGO,  ILL. 


348 


parts  of  such  establishment,  store  or  place; 
such  compartment  or  room  shall  have  free 
outside  ventilation  and  light,  and  its  floor 
shall  be  constructed  of  or  covered  with  a 
non-absorbent  material  and  shall  be  connect- 
ed with  a  sewer  by  an  approved  sanitary 
drain. 

TENEMENTS   AND    LODGING   HOUSES. 

1376.  Conform  to  requirements.]  No  house 
or  building  hereafter  erected  shall  be  used 
as  a  tenement  house  or  lodging  house,  and 
no  house  or  building  heretofore  erected  and 
not  now  used  for  such  purposes  shall  be 
converted  into,  used  or  leased  for  a  tene- 
ment or  lodging  house,  unless  in  addition  to 
the  requirements  hereinbefore  contained  in 
article  IX  of  chapter  XVI  of  this  ordinance, 
it  conforms  to  requirements  affecting  tene- 
ment or  lodging  houses,  or  both,  as  specified 
in    the   following   sections   of   this   article. 

1377.  Distances  between  buildings  on 
same  lot.]  It  shall  not  be  lawful  hereafter 
to  erect  for  or  convert  to  the  purpose  of  a 
lodging  house  a  building  on  any  lot,  other 
than  a  corner  lot,  where  there  is  another 
building  on  the  same  lot.  unless  there  is  a 
clear,  open  space  exclusively  belonging 
thereto,  and  extending  upwards  from  the 
ground,  of  at  least  ten  feet  between  such 
buildings,  if  they  are  one  story  high  above 
the  level  of  the  ground;  if  they  are  two 
stories  high,  the  distance  between  them 
shall  not  be  less  than  fifteen  feet;  if  they 
are  three  stories  high,  the  distance  between 
them  shall  not  be  less  than  twenty  feet;  and  if 
they  are  more  than  three  stories  high,  the 
distance  between  them  shall  be  not  less 
than  twenty-five  feet. 

1378.  lodging  house — ventilation.]  Every 
house,  building  or  portion  thereof  in  the 
city,  designed  to  be  used,  occupied,  leased 
or  rented,  or  which  is  used,  occupied,  leased 
or  rented,  for  a  lodging  house,  shall  have  In 
every  room  which  is  occupied  as  a  sleeping 
room  and  which  does  not  communicate  di- 
rectly with  the  external  air,  a  ventilating 
or  transom  window  having  an  opening  or 
area  of  three  square  feet  over  the  door 
leading  into  and  connected  with  the  adjoin- 
ing room,  if  such  adjoining  room  communi- 
cates with  the  external  air.  and  also  a  ven- 
tilating or  transom  window  of  the  same 
opening  or  area  communicating  with  the 
entry  or  hall  of  the  house;  or  where  this 
is  from  the  relative  situation  of  the  rooms 
impracticable,  such  last  mentioned  ventilat- 
ing or  transom  window  shall  communicate 
with  an  adjoining  room  that  itself  commu- 
nicates with  the  entry  or  hall.  Every  such 
house  or  building  shall  have  in  the  roof  at 
the  top  of  the  hall  an  adequate  and  proper 
ventilator.  No  room  in  any  lodging  house 
shall  be  so  occupied  that  the  allowance  of 
air  to  each  person  living  or  sleeping  in  such 
room  shall  at  any  time  be  less  than  four 
hundred  cubic  feet  for  each  such  person 
more  than  twelve  years  old  and  two  hundred 
cubic  feet  for  each  such  person  of  the  age 
of   twelve  years   or  under. 

1379.  Height  of  ceilings — windows.]  In 
every  such  house  hereafter  erected  or  con- 
verted, every  habitable  room  except  rooms 
in  the  attic  sha'l  be  in  every  part  not  less 
than  eight  feet  >n  height  from  the  floor  to 
the  ceiling;  and  every  habitable  room  in  the 
attic  of  any  such  building  shall  be  at  least 
eight  feet  in  height  from  the  floor  to  the 
ceiling    throughout     not     less    than    one-half 


the  area  of  such  room.  Every  room  shall 
have  at  least  one  window  connecting  with 
the  external  air,  or  over  the  door  an  ade- 
quate ventilator  connecting  it  with  a  room 
or  hall  which  has  a  connection  with  the  ex- 
ternal air,  and  so  arranged  as  to  produce  a 
cross  current  of  air.  The  total  area  of 
window  or  windows  in  every  room  commu- 
nicating with  the  external  air  shall  be  at 
least  one-tenth  of  the  superficial  area  of 
every  such  room;  anl  the  top  of  one  at 
least  of  such  windows  shall  not  be  less  than 
seven  feet  and  six  inches  above  the  floor, 
and  the  upper  half  at  least  shall  be  made  so 
as  to  open  the  full  width.  Every  habitable 
room  of  a  less  area  than  one  hundred  super- 
ficial feet,  if  it  does  not  communicate  di- 
rectly with  the  external  air,  and  is  without 
an  open  fireplace,  shall  be  provided  with  a 
special  means  of  ventilation  by  a  separate 
air  shaft  extending  to  the  roof,  or  otherwise, 
as  the  commissioner  of  health  may  prescribe. 

1380.  Water  supply — cellar  floor — ventila- 
tion of  halls.]  Every  such  house  hereafter 
erected  or  converted  shall  have  proper  con- 
veniences and  receptacles  for  ashes  and 
rubbish;  it  shall  have  water  furnished  at 
one  or  more  places  in  such  house  or  in  the 
yard  thereof,  so  that  the  same  may  be  ade- 
quate and  reasonably  convenient  for  the  use 
of  the  occupants  thereof;  it  shall  have  the 
floor  of  the  cellar  properly  cemented  so  as 
to  be  water-tight;  the  halls  of  each  floor 
shall  open  directly  to  the  external  air,  with 
suiiable  windows,  and  shall  have  no  room  or 
other  obstruction  at  the  end,  unless  suffi- 
cient light  or  ventilation  is  otherwise  pro- 
vided for  said  hall  in  a  manner  approved 
by   the  commissioner  of  buildings. 

1388.  Lodging  house  defined.]  A  lodging 
house  shall  be  taken  to  mean  and  include 
any  house  or  building  or  portion  thereof  in 
which  persons  are  harbored  or  received  or 
lodged  for  hire  for  a  single  night  or  for  less 
than  a  week  at  one  time,  or  any  part  of 
which  is  let  for  any  person  to  sleep  in  for 
any    term    less    than    a   week. 

1389.  Penalty.]  Any  person  who  shall 
violate,  disobey,  neglect  or  refuse  to  com- 
ply with,  or  resist,  any  of  the  provisions  of 
this  article,  or  who  refuses  to  comply  with 
any  of  the  sanitary  regulations  of  the  de- 
partment of  health  concerning  any  of  the 
matters  or  things  mentioned  in  this  article 
shall  be  fined  not  less  than  ten  dollars  nor 
more  than  two  hundred  dollars  for  each 
offense. 

WORKSHOPS. 

1390.  Workshop  defined.]  Any  place 
where  goods  or  products  are  manufactured 
or  repaired,  cleaned  or  assorted,  in  whole  or 
in  part,  for  sale  or  for  wages,  shall  be  taken 
and  be  held  to  be  a  workshop;  and  whenever 
any  house,  room  or  place  is  used  for  the 
purpose  of  carrying  on  any  process  of  mak- 
ing, altering,  repairing  or  finishing,  for  sale 
or  for  wages,  any  coats,  vests,  trousers, 
knee  pants,  overalls,  cloaks,  shirts,  ladies' 
waists,  purses,  feathers,  artificial  flowers,  or 
cigars,  or  any  wearing  apparel  of  any  kind 
whatsoever  intended  for  sale,  it  shall  be 
deemed  a  workshop  for  the  purposes  of  this 
article. 

No  one  of  the  articles  mentioned  in  this 
section  shall  be  made,  finished,  altered  or 
repaired  In  any  room  or  apartment  used  as 
a  living  room  or  a  sleeping  room;  nor  shall 
any  workshop  be  conducted,   maintained,  op- 


349 


DOLE 

Packless   Radiator 

^  alves 

A  Special  Valve  for  Every  System 

Positive  Satisfaction  Guaranteed 

J*^^  THE   DOLE   VALVE   COMPANY 

Dole  Packless  Graduated  Valve  208   North   Wells   Street,   CHICAGO 


Phone  Main  4636 

BEN  RIGBY,inc. 

STEAM  &  HOT  WATER  HEATING 

545  WEST  LAKE   STREET 
CHICAGO,  ILL. 

Established  1859  Telephone  Main  58 

Baker  &  Smith  Company 

Steam  and  Hot  Water 
-  Heating- 

Our   Long   Experience   and   Thorough   Organization   insures   Satisfactory  Results 
408-410  WELLS  STREET 


Telephone:  Monroe  4727-8 
Steam    and    Hot  Piping  Equipment 

Water     Heating  For  All  Services 

xrPt.".8     Brady  &  Company  nd Pes  res 

INC. 

Contracting  Engineers 

INDUSTRIAL   PIPING  A  SPECIALTY 
1  20  NORTH  MAY  STREET  CHICAGO 


35u 


erated    or    carried   on    in   any    cellar    or    base- 
ment. 

STORES,   FACTORIES,   WORKSHOPS — MIS- 
CtLLANtOUi    FROVXSIONS. 

1399.  Ventilation  of  stores,  factories, 
workshops,  etc.]  No  person,  being  the 
owner,  pioprietor,  lessee,  manager  or  super- 
intendent of  any  store,  factory,  workshop 
or  other  structure  or  place  of  employment 
where  workmen  and  workwomen  are  em- 
ployed for  wages,  shall  cause,  permit  or 
allow  the  same  or  any  portion  or  apartment 
of,  or  any  room  in  such  store,  factory, 
workshop  or  other  structure  or  place  of  em- 
ployment, to  be  overcrowded  or  inadequate, 
taulty  or  insufficient  in  respect  of  light,  ven- 
tilation, heat  and  cleanliness;  and  in  every 
such  building  or  apartment,  or  room  in  any 
such  building,  where  one  or  more  persons 
are  employed  as  atoresaid,  at  least  five  hun- 
dred cubic  feet  of  air  space  shall  be  allowed 
to  each  and  every  person  employed  therein, 
and  fresh  air  supplied  by  ventilation  at  the 
rate  of  four  complete  changes  of  air  per 
hour  during  the  hours  of  employment.  No 
part  of  such  air  supply  shall  be  taken  from 
any   cellar  or   basement. 

1402.  Seats  for  female:.]  It  shall  be  the 
duty  of  all  employers  of  females  in  any 
mercantile  or  manufacturing  business  or  oc- 
cupation to  provide  and  maintain  seats  for 
the  use  Jf  such  female  employes,  and  to 
permit,  to  a  reasonable  extent,  the  use  of 
such  seats  by  such  employes  during  the 
hours  of  their  employment,  for  the  preser- 
vation of  their  health.  Seats  shall  be  fur- 
nished at  tne  ratio  of  one  seat  for  every 
four  female  employes.  All  mencantile  and 
manufacturing  occupations  and  establish- 
ments where  females  are  employed  shall 
be  inspected  by  officers  of  the  health  de- 
partment to  ascertain  if  this  section  is  com- 
plied with,  ana  any  employer  violating  any 
of  the  provisions  of  this  section  shall  be 
subject  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  five  dollars 
nor   more   than  one   hundred   dollars. 

1403.  Penalty.]  Any  person  violating, 
disobeying,  neglecting  or  refusing  to  com- 
ply with  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  ar- 
ticle, where  no  other  penalty  has  been  pro- 
vided, shall  be  fined  not  less  than  ten  nor 
more  than  one  hundred  dollars  for  each 
offense. 

DRY  CLEANERS. 
2854.  Building-  requirements — ventilation 
—  equipment  —  lighting  —  water  trough.] 
Every  building  used  or  intended  to  be  used 
for  the  purpose  of  conducting  or  carrying 
on  the  business  of  dry  cleaning,  as  defined 
in  this  chapter,  shall  be  constructed  and 
equipped  according  to  the  following  specifi- 
cations: 

Every  such  building  shall  be  built  of 
brick,  stone  or  concrete,  with  no  basement, 
and  shall  not  exceed  two  stories  in  height; 
provided,  however,  that  the  use  of  any  build- 
ing not  exceeding  three  stories  in  height  In 
which  a  dry  cleaning  business  was  carried 
on  prior  to  the  passage  of  this  ordinance 
may  be  continued,  if  such  building  complies 
in  all  other  respects  with  the  provisions  of 
this  chapter  The  first  floor  of  such  build- 
ing shall  be  higher  than  the  surface  of  the 
ground  surrounding  such  building  and  shall 
be  so  laid   that  there   shall   be  no  space  un- 


derneath the  same.  The  floor  or  floors  anu 
roof  shall  be  of  fireproof  construction,  and 
such  floor  or  floors  snail  be  covered  with  a 
wire  carpet.  There  snail  be  no  openings 
through  the  floors,  excepting  in  two-story 
buildings  in  which  a  stairway  leading  from 
the  second  floor  to  the  first  floor  may  be 
permitted,  if  properly  enclosed  with  walls 
of  incombustible  material.  Such  stairways 
shall  lead  to  the  outside  of  the  building 
without  any  doors  or  openings  leading  into 
the  dry  cleaning  room.  Every  such  building 
shall  be  detached  from  all  other  buildings, 
or  separated  from  all  other  buildings  by  a 
fire  wall,  with  no  openings  to  the  adjoining 
building  thereto,  and  shall  not  be  occupied 
for  any  purpose  other  than  the  conduct  of 
a  dry-cleaning  and  dry-room  plant.  The 
walls  of  such  building  shall  be  not  less  than 
twelve  inches  thick  and  shall  have  vent  holes 
at  the  floor  line,  not  less  than  sixteen  square 
inches  in  area,  not  less  than  six  feet  apart, 
measured  from  center  to  center,  which  vent 
holes  shall  be  protected  by  screens  of  thirty 
mesh  brass  wire  on  the  inside  of  such  walls, 
and  by  iron  bars  or  by  screens  of  large 
mesh   on    the   outside   of   such   walls. 

Such  building  shall  be  further  ventilated 
by  means  of  an  exhaust  fan  or  fans  of  suf- 
ficient capacity  to  change  the  air  in  the 
building  every  three  minutes,  and  shall  be 
kept  in  operation  at  all  times  during  the  use 
of  such  building.  Such  exhaust  fan  shall 
be  located  in  an  air  conduit  whose  inlet 
openings  shall  be  at  or  near  the  floor  level 
in  the  wall  farthest  away  from  any  other 
building  or  structure,  and  the  discharge 
end  of  such  conduit  shall  be  carried  over 
the  roof  of   such    building. 

All  doors  in  any  such  building  shall  be 
constructed  of  incombustible  materials  and 
shall  open  outward.  All  window  openings  of 
such  building  shall  be  protected  by  fire  re- 
sisting glass  with  metal  sash  and  frames, 
or  by  outside  iron  shutters. 

Every  such  building,  two  stories  high, 
shall  be  provided  with  two  stairways  lead- 
ing from  the  second  to  the  first  floor,  at 
least  one  of  which  must  be  placed  on  the 
outside  and  be  constructed  of  iron   or  steel. 

Every  such  dry-cleaning  plant  shall  be 
equipped  with  a  high  pressure  steam  boiler 
of  sufficient  capacity  to  admit  of  flooding  the 
dry  cleaning  and  drying  rooms  with  steam 
in  case  of  Are.  Each  room  of  such  building 
shall  be  equipped  with  a  line  of  one  and 
one-fourth  inch  pipe  connected  with  a  one 
and  one-fourth  inch  supply  line  leading 
from  such  high-pressure  boiler  and  having 
down-spouts  of  at  least  two  inches  in  length 
and  not  less  than  ten  feet  apart,  distributed 
over  washers  and  extractors.  The  valves 
operating  such  lines  of  pipe  shall  in  every 
case  be  placed  outside  of  such  building; 
provided,  however,  that  every  such  dry 
cleaning  plant,  constructed  and  maintained 
prior  to  the  passage  of  this  ordinance,  may. 
in  place  of  such  high-pressure  boiler,  be 
equipped  with  a  suitable  and  adequate  tank 
or  tanks  containing  carbon  dioxide.  At  least 
one  such  tank,  containing  not  less  than  one 
hundred  eighty  cubic  feet  of  gas  under 
pressure,  shall  be  provided  for  each  one 
thousand  cubic  feet,  or  fraction  thereof,  of 
cubic  contents  of  the  room  to  be  protected 
from  fire.  The  valve  or  valves  operating 
such  tank  or  tanks  shall  be  located  on  the 
outside  of  such  building. 


351 


GEO.    H.    KIRK 

Heating  Engineer  and  Contractor 

FOR    STEAM    AND    HOT    WATER    HEATING    APPARATUS 
AND    POWER    PLANTS 

6711    WENTWORTH    AVENUE,     CHICAGO 

MEMBER  AMERICAN  SOCIETY  _  ...  ...-._ 

HEATING  AND  VENTILATING  TELEPHONE     WENTWORTH      1185 

ENGINEERS  "* 


A.  KILANDER  &  CO. 

Contractors 

Steam     emd     Hot     Water     Heating 

Complete  Power   Plant   Equipment 

Telephone  Franklin  855  126  S.   Clinton  Street,  Chicago 


Capacity  and  character  of  material  may  be  defined  in  heating  specifications,  but  the 
success  or  failure  of  any  plant  is  really  determined  by  your  choice  of  contractors. 

C.  W.  JOHNSON,  INC. 

STEAM     HEATING    AND     POWER    PLANT    CONSTRUCTION 
FAN    HEATING  AND  VENTILATING   SYSTEMS 

644  Washington  Blvd.        Phone  Monroe  5 708  CHICAGO,    ILL. 


Phone  Edgewater  644 


George  A.  Henrich  Co, 

Steam  and  Water  Heating 
Power  Pipe  Fitting 

5650  Broadway  Chicago 


352 


Whenever  steam  power  shall  be  used  for 
the  operation  of  any  machinery  contained  in 
any  such  dry  cleaning  establishment,  the 
boiler  generating  such  power  shall  be  lo- 
cated in  a  separate  building  and  so  situated 
that  the  line  of  travel  tor  gases,  between  the 
boiler  and  the  nearest  opening  into  the 
cleaning  or  drying  room,  snail  be  not  less 
than  twenty  feet,  and  whenever  electrical 
power  is  used,  the  electric  motor  furnishing 
sucli  power  snail  be  similarly  located;  pro- 
vided, however,  that  such  boiler  and  electric 
motor  may  be  located  in  the  same  building 
where  sucli  building  was  used  lor  dry  clean- 
ing purposes  prior  to  the  passage  of  this 
ordinance,  if  sucli  boiler  or  electric  motor 
are  separated  from  the  dry  cleaning  or  dry- 
ing room  by  fire  walls  having  no  openings 
into  such  dry  cleaning  or  drying  room,  ex- 
cept such  openings  as  may  be  required  for 
shafts  in  operating  tne  machinery  contained 
therein. 

Every  such  building  shall  be  "lighted  by 
incandescent  electric  lamps  having  keyless 
sockets,  protected  by  vapor-tignt  outer 
globes,  and  controlled  by  outside  switches. 
No  open  light  or  light  or  name  of  any  kind 
whatsoever  shall  be  allowed  or  used  therein. 

Every  such  establishment  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  a  tank  not  less  than  four  feet 
long,  two  feet  wide  and  three  feet  deep, 
which  shall  be  placed  near  the  entrance  to 
the  dry  cleaning  room  and  shall  be  kept 
filled    with    water. 

2855.  Handling  of  oils.]  Tanks  for  the 
storage  of  any  one  or  more  of  the  oils  or 
fluids  mentioned  in  section  2S51  of  this 
chapter  must  be  placed  outside  of  the  build- 
ings used  for  such  dry  cleaning  establish- 
ment and  must  comply  with  the  ordinances 
of  the  city  of  Chicago  relating  to  the  stor- 
age of  oils.  No  such  tank  shall  be  built 
underneath  any  such  building.  Pumps  or 
devices  for  the  removal  of  tne  contents  of 
such  tanks,  which  are  operated  by  hand 
power,  and  which  have  been  approved  by 
the  Are  marshal  of  the  city  of  Chicago,  may 
be  placed  inside  of  any  such  building.  All 
gasoline  used  in  any  such  building  shall  be 
conveyed  to  and  from  the  same  through 
closed  metal  piping;  no  open  troughs  shall 
be  permitted.  There  shall  be  no  piping  or 
connection  whereby  any  of  the  oils  or  fluids 
mentioned  in  this  chapter  may  How  from 
the  cleaning  room  into  any  public  or  pri- 
vate  sewer,    drain,    catch    basin   or   pit. 

AMENDMENTS    TO   THE    SANITARY    CODE 

PASSED    SINCE    MARCH    13,    1911. 
An    Ordinance,     Passed     November    20,    1911, 

Amending    Section   2854   of   The    Chicago 

Code    of    1911. 

Be    it    ordained    by    the    City    Council    of    the 

City    of    Chicago: 

Section  1.  That  the  first  three  paragraphs 
of  Section  2854  of  The  Chicago  Code  of  1913, 
being  all  that  part  of  said  Section  2854  be- 
fore the  paragraph  beginning,  "All  doors  in 
any  such  building."  be  and  the  same  are 
hereby  amended  so  as  to  read  as   follows; 

"2854.  Building  Requirements  —  Ventila- 
tion— Equipment — Lighting — Water  Trough.  | 
Every  building  used  or  Intended  to  l><  used 
for  the  purpose  of  conducting  or  carrying 
on  the  business  of  dry  cleaning  as  del 
in  this  chapter,  shall  bo  construete.i  and 
equipped  according  to  the  following  spi 
cations: 


Every  such  building  shall  be  built  of  brick, 
stone  or  concrete,  with  no  basement,  ami 
shall  not  exceed  two  stories  in  height;  pro- 
sided,  however,  that  the  use  of  any  building 
not  exceeding  three  stories  in  height,  in 
which  a  dry  cleaning  business  was  carried 
on  prior  to  the  passage  of  this  ordinance 
may  be  continued,  if  such  building  complies 
in  all  other  respects  with  the  provisions  of 
this  chapter.  The  first  floor  of  such  build- 
ing shall  be  higher  than  the  surface  of  the 
ground  surrounding  such  building,  and  shall 
be  so  laid  that  there  shall  be  no  space  un- 
derneath the  same.  The  floor  or  floors  and 
roof  shall  be  of  fireproof  construction. 
There  shall  be  no  openings  through  the 
floors,  excepting  in  two-story  buildings,  in 
which  a  stairway  leading  from  the  second 
floor  to  the  nrst  floor  may  be  permitted,  if 
properly  enclosed  with  walls  of  incombus- 
tible material.  Such  stairways  shall  lead  tu 
the  outside  of  the  building  without  any  doors 
or  openings  leading  into  the  dry  cleaning 
room.  Every  such  building  shall  be  de- 
tached from  all  other  buildings;  provided, 
however,  that  the  use  of  any  building  in 
which  a  dry  cleaning  business  was  carried 
on  prior  to  the  passage  of  this  ordinance 
may  be  continued  where  such  building  is 
separated  from  all  other  buildings  by  a  lire 
wall,  with  no  openings  into  any  adjoining 
building.  Such  building  shall  not  be  occu- 
pied for  any  purpose  other  than  the  conduct 
of  a  dry  cleaning  and  dry  room  plant.  The 
walls  of  such  building  shall  be  not  less  than 
iwelve  (12)  inches  thick  and  shall  have  vent 
holes  at  the  floor  line  not  less  than  sixteen 
(.16)  square  inches  in  area  when  ventila- 
tion by  means  of  exhaust  fan  or  fans  is 
employed,  and  not  less  than  thirty-two  (32) 
square  inches  in  area  when  ventilation  by 
means  of  paddle-wheel  type  fan  or  fans  is 
employed;  such  vent  holes  shall  be  not  less 
than  six  (6)  feet  apart,  measured  from  cen- 
ter to  center,  and  shall  be  protected  by 
screens  of  thirty  (30)  mesh  brass  wire  on 
the  inside  of  such  walls,  and  by  iron  bars 
or  screens  of  large  mesh  on  the  outside  of 
such    walls. 

Such  building,  unless  divided  into  com- 
partments, as  hereinafter  described,  shall  be 
further  ventilated  by  means  of  an  exhaust 
fan  or  fans  of  sufficient  capacity  to  change 
the  air  in  the  building  every  three  minutes, 
and  shall  be  kept  in  operation  at  all  times 
during  the  use  of  such  building.  Such  ex- 
haust fan  shall  be  located  in  an  air  conduit 
whose  inlet  openings  shall  be  at  or  near  the 
floor  level  in  the  wall  farthest  away  from 
any  other  building  or  structure,  and  the  dis- 
charge end  of  such  conduit  shall  be  carried 
above  the  roof  of  such  building.  If  sucli 
building  be  divided  into  fireproof  compart- 
ments, by  partitions  of  six-inch  hollow  tile, 
luivalent,  extending  from  floor  to  ceil- 
ing, each  such  compartment  having  a  capac- 
ity   of     not     to    exceed   twenty-live   hundred 

100)  cubic  feet,  the  exhaust  fan  or  fans 
and  air  conduit  before  mentioned  may  be 
l  from  each  of  such  compartments, 
and  in  lieu  thereof  there  shall  be  a  paddle- 
wheel  type  fan  attached  t.>  the  line  shafting 
compartment,  of  sufficient  size  to 
displace     an     amount     of    air    equal    to   the 

cubical  t.nis  of  the  compartment  at  least 

once    each    mini 

Section  2.  This  ordinance  shall  take  ef- 
fect and  he  in  toi-ee  from  and  after  it9 
passage  and  due  publication. 


:;:,;; 


J.     E.     DOUGHERTY  N.    J.     DOUGHERTY 

Tel.  Hyde  Park  7295  Tel.  Midway  4038 

Schampel  &  Dougherty 

HEATING  CONTRACTORS 

173-5  W.Washington  St. 

Bl ,.  (  Main   1272 

Phones  J  Main  3154  CHICAGO 

THOS.  J.  DOUGLASS,  President  FRANK  J.  DOUGLASS,   Secretary 

Thos.  J.  Douglass  &  Co. 

ENGINEERS  AND  CONTRACTORS 

VAPOR— STEAM— HOT  WATER 

HEATING  PLANTS 

Tel.  Central   1156.  441    N.   Dearborn  St. 

SUPERIOR   9868 

WM.  V.  HOIER  CO. 

(Not.  Inc.) 

HEATING,  VENTILATING  and  POWER  PIPING 

701  NORTH  WELLS  STREET 

CHICAGO 

Telephone   Douglas  8S00 

HANLEY  &  COMPANY 

CONTRACTING  ENGINEERS 

Plumbing,  Heating,  Ventilating,  Power  and  Electric  Installations 
3438-3444  Forest  Ave.  CHICAGO 


854 


5000-q- 

—8000 

4500^ 

—7000 

4000^ 

— 

-6000 

3500  — 

\ 

—5000 

3000 — 

'-_                                                200  — 

1 

1-4500                                               I 

_ 

150— 

2500— 

—4000 

- 

- 

-3500 

- 

100 — - 

2000 — 

90— 

- 

—  3000                                80~ 

— 

Z                                                     70— 

Z                                                  60  — 

" 

-2500         -                         ^ 

fed) 

1500— 

bn                       q  50-^ 

c 

c                      (J           = 

'5. 

_ 

:&           „  45~ 

D. 

D.                     .t:  40 — = 

—                                                                 O                 — 

T3 

c 

—2000       £                           ^35  — 

c 

o 

M  8  months. 
(Northwest) 

c 
o 

-                  .1                           <   30_^ 

id 

0) 
CO 

«■  7  months. 

-a 

1                           I     ^ 

fall 

(Buffalo, 

£ 

CO 

1000 — 

-id                         52 

IE                           S             " 

—1500     fe                to  20    : 

c 

0) 

Chicago,  etc.) 

900— 
800— 

0)                                  k- 
-                     rt                                <u               _ 

C                         *      15  — 

°        5    z 

I 

"o 

c 
o 

4i 

2 

d" 

700— 

q    '«  6  months. 

CO 

OT                  §  io  — 

(New  York, 

600- 

-1000                       K      9  - 

8  - 

Washington, 
etc.) 

—  900                                               7   - 
6   - 

500— 

—  800 

5 

-700 

4  - 

400- 

-600                                             3  _ 

—500 

300- 

Chart  Showing 

_400                 Coal  Consumed  during  Heating  Season 

200- 

- 

To   use  the  chart,   select  point  on  left-hand    vertical    line   Indicating   square 

feet 

of  radiation  and  piping.     Connect  this  point  by  means  of  straight  edge  with 

point   on   right-hand    vertical    line    indicating    duration    id'    heating    season.      When 

the 

straight    edge    crosses    the    middle    vertical    line    indicates    the    approximate 

amount  in  tons  of  anthracite  coal  required  per  season. 

:::,:, 


CROWN    OVERALL    CO.,    Cincinnati,    O. 
Thomas    Canary,    Plumber 


"Big  Business" 

Buys 

Wolff  Plumbing 


WHEREVER  long  life,  constant  service 
and  high  efficiency  are  demanded  of 
plumbing  there  WOLFF  products  command 
the  interests  of  owner,  architect  and  contractor. 
For  installations  of  any  size  specify  WOLFF 
Plumbing  and  be  safe. 

L.  WOLFF  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

General   Offices,    255    N.    Hoyne   Ave. 
Showroom,    111    No.    Dearborn   St. 

CHICAGO 


356 


MODERN  SANITATION  OF  BUILDINGS 

By  LEO  H    PLEINS,  Architect  and  Sanitary  Engineer 


The  primary  object  of  this  article  is  to 
present  to  Architects  in  as  brief  a  form  as 
possible,  data,  which  the  writer  trusts  may 
be  of  service  in  their  office  practice  in  the 
preparation  of  plans  and  specifications  cov- 
ering  plumbing  work. 

The  great  importance  of  sanitary  plumbing 
work  is  daily  becoming  more  and  more  recog- 
nized and  hence  if  the  Architect  is  to  give  his 
client  full  service,  plumbing  must  be  given 
the  same  careful  consideration  as  the  other 
structural    parts   of   the   building. 

For  convenience  of  reference  the  article  is 
arranged  und'T  four  headings — "Drainage  of 
Building"; — "The  Water  Supply"; — "Ar- 
rangement of  Toilet  and  Bath  Rooms";  and 
"Plumbing  Fixtures".  Space  does  not  per- 
mit of  covering  all  that  may  be  said  under 
each  heading,  but  endeavor  has  been  made 
to  mention  characteristic  features  of  impor- 
tance, that  should  be  given  consideration  in 
the  proper  analysis  of  each  particular  prob- 
lem. 

DRAINAGE    OF    BUILDINGS. 
I.     Proper   Fall   to   Main    Sewer.      When    a 

survey  is  made  the  location  and  size  of  main 
sewer  should  be  indicated  thereon.  If  stubs 
to  curb  are  in  place  their  location,  size  and 
grade  should  be  shown.  The  basement  P.oor 
grade  should  always  be  given  and  also 
grade  of  main  sewer  at  curb  or  street.  The 
desirable  grade  for  house  sewer  connections 
is  *4"  to  one  foot.  If  this  cannot  be  ob- 
tained, the  grade  may  be  reduced  but  in 
this  case  the  size  of  the  tile  pipe  must  be 
increased  according  to  the  length  of  the  con- 
nection from  building  to  main  sewer. 

See  Table  I  for  carrying  capacity  of  tile 
pipe  at  varying  grades.  Discharge  is  given  in 
cubic  feet  per  second.  Convert  this  into  gal- 
lons by  multiplying  by  7.50 

Flow  or  Watcr.  in  Circulab.   Pipc?     ^ewen.*,  etc.,  Lowing 
Full  Ba^cd  On  Kuttc^  Formula.   wiTn  IX-.0/3 
Discharge,  in  Cuo/c  feet  per  Second. 


Diom- 
eter 

J  lope  or  nea a  Divided  by  Length  of  Pipe 

Im  40 

l,n70 

/in  IOC 

/inlOO 

linJOO 

1  m400 

ImSOO 

/in600 

Jin 
6  . 

8  ■ 
3  ■ 

.762 

l.70 

3->7 

-3  44 

J  76 

1.29 
Its 

2.8* 
^82 
1.08 
I.JO 

20  J 

.341 

■  .76S 

1.06 

166 
278 
A24- 
.8b8 

.144 

.241 

.7-s 

.137 
.23C 

.j/e 
7'7 

./IS 
J37 
■441 
4,13 

10  in 
12 

I  in  60 

2-59 
4J2 

/in  SO 
2. 2  A 
3.T4 

1  in  100 
2.01 
JJS 

/inZOO 

/■42 

2.37 

Iin300 
1.16 
/.S3 

llnM)0 
/  00 
/6J 

//nSOO 
Jo 

/m  600 
42 
/37 

Jbpe 

ISm 

1  in  100 

6.1 8 

1  m200 
4.37 

1  in  300 

j.37 

/  in  400 
3.03 

Im&O 

?77 

Iin600 
2.32 

/in  700 
2.34 

/in  800 
2.  IS 

II.  When  Main  Sewer  is  Above  Level  of 
Baiement  Floor  Grade:  In  this  case  :  1 1 1 
drainage  from  floor  drains  or  fixtures  in 
basement  must  be  run  to  a  sump  basin  and 
elevated  by  means  of  a  pump  if  no  water 
closets  or  urinals  are  to  be  Installed  in  base- 
ment the  pump  will  be  described  as  a  bilge 
pump.  If  water  closets  and  urinals  are  to 
be  provided  in  basement,  the  pump  will  be 
described    as    a    sewage    ejector. 

Obviously  .-ill  wast"  and  soil  lines  thai  may 
be  drained  by  gravity,  such  as  all  drainage 
from  floors  above  the  basement  shall  be  run 
into  a  horizontal  line  ami  this  carried  under 
ceiling  of  basement  and  thence  through  the 
wall    connecting    to    the    main    sewer    at    such 


distance  below  grade  as  necessary  to  prop- 
erly drain  the  system.  The  discharge  from 
Bilge  Pump  or  Sewage  Ejector  shall  be  con- 
nected into  the  horizontal  line  under  celling 
of  basement  at  such  point  inside  of  building 
as    may    be    convenient. 

If  a  Bilge  Pump  is  installed — the  basin  for 
a  single  pump  should  be  as  follows:  For 
pump  from  10  to  30  gallons  per  minute,  basin 
to  be  30"  diameter;  for  a  pump  from  50  to 
100  gallons  per  minute,  basin  to  be  36"  di- 
ameter and  for  a  pump  from  125  to  200  gal- 
lons per  minute,  basin  to  be  42"  diameter. 
For  two  or  duplex  pumps — basin  to  be  48" 
diameter  for  pumps  from  10  to  125  gallons 
per  minute  and  60"  in  diameter  for  pumps 
of  150  to  200  gallons  per  minute  capacity. 
All  basins  should  be  36"  deeper  than  lowest 
inlet    entering    the    same. 

If  a  Sewage  Ejector  is  installed,  the  basin 
for  a  single  ejector  shall  be  as  follows:  For 
an  ejector  from  50  to  75  gallons  per  minute 
— basin  to  be  36"  in  diameter;  for  an  ejector 
of  from  100  to  200  gallons  per  minute,  the 
basin  should  be  42"  diameter  and  for  an 
ejector  of  250  to  350  gallons  per  minute,  the 
basin  should  be  48"  in  diameter.  For  two  or 
duplex  ejectors,  the  basin  to  be  48"  in  di- 
ameter for  ejectors  of  from  50  to  100  gal- 
lons per  minute  and  60"  in  diameter  for 
ejectors  of  from  125  to  350  gallons  per  min- 
ute. All  basins  should  be  48"  deeper  than 
the   lowest   inlet  entering  the  same. 

The  best  motive  power  for  Bilge  pumps 
or  Sewage  ejectors  is  a  direct  connected 
vertical  type  electric  motor — the  operation 
of  which  is  automatically  controlled  by  means 
of    a    float    switch. 

Wherever  possible,  both  Bilge  pumps 
and  Sewage  ejectors  should  be  installed  in 
duplicate  sets.  With  duplex  pumps  the  au- 
tomatic control  is  arranged  so  that  the  same 
will  start  one  pump  when  the  water  level  has 
raised,  holding  the  second  pump  in  reserve, 
and  starting  the  second  pump  when  the  first 
is  not  capable  of  handling  all  the  water. 
Both  pumps  will  then  operate  until  normal 
condition  has  been  restored.  The  automatic 
control  should  be  provided  with  a  four-pole 
transfer  switch  so  connected  up  that  by 
throwing  over  switch,  each  pump  will  oper- 
ate at  alternate  periods,  holding  the  other  as 
reserve  and  in  this  way,  equalize  the  wear  on 
the  pumps. 

Always  ascertain  and  specify  the  correct 
electric  current  and  provide  for  service  wires 
to  within  5  feet  of  pump  to  be  furnished  by 
contractor  for  Electrical  Work.  If  current 
is  Direct  give  the  voltage  and  If  current  Is 
Alternating  give   voltage   cycles  and  phase. 

The  motors  for  pumps  are  usually  mounted 
on  a  cast  iron  or  steel  cover  which  forms  a 
support  for  motors,  contact  apparatus  etc. 
The  basins  may  be  of  cast  Iron,  steel,  brick 
or  concrete.  If  of  the  latter  materials  basins 
must    be    thoroughly    waterproofed. 

A  swinging  check  valv<\  cast  Iron  body. 
brass  mounted  must  be  placed  In  the  hori- 
zontal discharge  pipe  between  pump  and 
sewer. 

Blow-off  drainage  from  boilers  cannot  be 
run  directly  into  bilge  pump  or  sewage  ejec- 
tor basins — but  must  always  discharge  into 
B  cast  iron  or  steel  blow-off  basin  or  muffler 
tank.  From  this  basin  the  drainage  may 
then  he  run  to  bilge  or  sewage  ejector  basins. 
if  it  Is  impossible  to  drain  the  «»ame  by 
gravity. 


Xu 


CLOW  PLUMBING  FIXTURES 

ARE  DESIGNED   PARTICULARLY 

FOR 

SCHOOLS 


J&m^tm 

m  .  H" 

kMSLIBfc: 

imHvMM'M- 

i  m  tiLt&^m  sd 

EL  s;    HI 

■sfppfc 

-^—^  *  mm  ^  Hrr" ■ 

^S<"-.  ™ 

k 

: n^J 

MOZART   SCHOOL,    Chicago,    Illinois 
A.    F.    Hussander,    Architect,    Chicago 


CROVER    CLEVELAND    HIGH   SCHOOL, 

St.   Louis 

Wm.     B.    Ittner,    Architect,    St.    Louis 


INDUSTRIAL  PLANTS 


i^fl 


.»•  I    I     1 

*    - 

I   - 

k     — 

.      - 

;  u 

T        "f  ; 

% 

»     -\ 

~2 

J] 

^!w'*'jl 

TYPICAL    TOILET    ROOM,    ARMOUR    &    CO.,    UNION    STOCK    YARDS,    CHICAGO 

Photo    taken    before    closet    partitions    were    placed 

R.    C.    Clark,    Architect,    Chicago 


HOSPITALS 


^   Mr     *H 

3  !E  IT.       in,        5 , 


I 


OREGON   STATE   INSANE  HOSPITAL 

Salem,    Oregon 

Lazarus,  Whitehouse  &  Fouilhoux,  Architects 


U.    S.    NAVAL    TRAINING    STATION 

HOSPITAL,  North  Chicago 

Jarvis    Hunt,    Architect 


They  Save  50%  of  Water  Bills  and  Repair  Bills 
Let  Us  Send  You  a  Catalogue 

JAMES  B.   CLOW  &   SONS 

534-546  So.  Franklin  Street  CHICAGO,  ILL. 


358 


Boiler  Blow-Off  Basins: 

These  are  usually  included  under  the  head- 
ing of  "Heating  Work."  The  contractor  for 
this  --York  makes  all  connections  between 
same,  boiler  blow-offs,  drips,  etc.  When  di- 
rectly connected  to  tlie  house  sewage  line 
the  plumbing  contractor  makes  such  con- 
nection as  also  the  venting  of  blow-off  ba- 
sins through  roof.  Attention  in  this  con- 
nection is  called  to  the  requirements  of  the 
Chicago   Ordinance   prohibiting   the   discharge 

Equalizing  Table 


from  basins  being  made  Into  tile  sewers  with- 
in any  building,  furthermore,  that  the  water 
discharged  into  a  sewer  shall  not  exceed 
120°  "F."  It  is  necessary  therefore  to  use 
cast  iron  pipe  and  in  order  to  prevent  leaks 
of  joints,  therefor  cast  iron  hub  and  spigot 
pipe  should  be  made  with  iron  cement  instead 
of  lead — or  flanged  pipe  used  with  asbestos 
graphite  gaskets. 

The  following  Table  (II)   may  be  of  service 
to   determine   the   proper  size   of   basin    to   be 
provided: 
of  Areas  of  Taps 


.     ,;     ■„>.      ,-..    B. 

Vi 

a 

1 

Hi 

IH 

2 

2H 

3 

4 

5 

H 

1 

1   7 

2  8 

4  9 

6  6 

11 

15  6 

24. 

32 

65. 

H 

1. 

1  C 

2  6 

3  8 

6  2 

.,  g 

13  s 

23 

37 

l 

1 

1   7 

2  3 

3  8 

5  5 

B  5 

14 

23. 

l« 

1. 

1  3 

2  2 

3  1 

4  9 

H 

13 

1M 

1  6 

2  3 

a  o 

6.2 

9  7 

2 

1. 

1   4 

2  2 

a  8 

5.3 

2M 

1 

1   3 

2.6 

4  1 

3 

1  7 

2  7 

4 

1   6 

5 

1 

Equalizing  Table  of  Delivering  Capacities  of  Pipes 


DIAMETER,  INCHES 

K 

1 

IX 

\H 

2 

2H 

3 

4 

5 

6 

H 

2  27 

4.88 

8  49 

15  8 

31   7 

52  9 

96  9 

205. 

377. 

620 

2.05 

3  43 

6  97 

14  n 

23.3 

42  5 

90  4 

166 

273 

1 

1  62 

3  45 

6  K2 

11  4 

20  9 

44    1 

81   I 

133 

1W 

1  69 

2  67 

5.94 

11  6 

23  7 

47  4 

78 .5 

IM 

1  26 

3  34 

6  13 

13  0 

23  8 

39  2 

2 

1  67 

3  06 

6  47 

11  9 

19  6 

2M 

1  83 

3.87 

7   12 

11    7 

t 

2  12 

3  S3 

6  J9 

4 

1  84 

3  02 

5 

I  65 

Gallons  per  Minute  Delivered  From  Circular  Openings  at  Mains  Under  Various  Net  Pressures 


Pounds 

DIAMETER  OF  OPENING.  INCHES 

Pressure 

H 

'■ 

'.. 

'■ 

H 

1 

iy. 

IH 

2 

10 

4  33 

33 

56 

91 

131 

224 

20 

8  66 

.5 

12 

21 

32 

46 

82 

123 

185 

328 

30 

13  09 

57 

101 

158 

226 

404 

40 

17  32 

7  5 

l« 

30 

46 

66 

112 

182 

262 

466 

SO 

21  65 

73 

130 

206 

299 

520 

60 

25  95 

9 

20 

36 

58 

80 

143 

223 

329 

572 

70 

30.28 

85 

154 

239 

348 

616 

80 

34  65 

10 

23 

V 

64 

92 

164 

258 

370 

656 

90 

38  98 

97 

173 

271 

391 

692 

100 

43  31 

11 

26 

46 

72 

104 

184 

288 

415 

736 

110 

47  64 

109 

192 

300 

432 

768 

120 

51  98 

13 

28 

50 

79 

114 

202 

316 

454 

808 

130 

56  31 

118 

209 

325 

471 

836 

140 

60  61 

13  5 

31 

55 

81 

122 

217 

336 

491 

868 

150 

64  97 

14 

32 

57 

87 

126 

226 

353 

509 

904 

Table  IX. 
For   Boiler   of   25    to    75    H.    P.    use   Basin    42" 

diameter   hv   60"   deep. 
For  Boiler  of  100  to  200  H.  P.  use  Basin  48" 

diameter  by   72"  deep. 
For  Boiler  of  250  to  400  H.  P.  use  Basin   60" 
diameter  by  72"  deep. 
For  more  than   400   H.  P.   use  two  or  more 
basins — using     the     above     as     multiples     ac- 
cording  to   horse    power   of   boiler. 
Downspouts   and  Downspout  Drains: 

In  many  localities  the  drainage  from 
downspouts  must  be  connected  into  a  "Storm 
Water  Sewer" — and  not  to  the  "Sanitary  or 
house  sewer."  In  either  case  arrangement 
of  downspouts  and  drainage  from  same  may 
be  the  same. 

The  best  materia]  to  use  for  vertical  inside 
downspouts  Is  extra  heavy  cast  iron  pipe  and 
fitting  of  proper  size.  All  outside  sheet 
metal  downspouts  should  be  connected  into 
cast  iron  pipe  and  fittings  above  grade  and 
cast  iron  pipe  be  run  to  proper  depth  below 
grade  and  connected  to  tile  pipe  by  means 
of  a   east   iron  quarter-bend. 

Before  making  connection  to  roof — down- 
spouts should  be  increased  'me  size  and  the 
roof  connection  should  be  made  to  allow  Cor 
expansion  and  contraction  by  means  of  a 
copper  or  lead  sleeve.  Roof  tittinps  and 
strainers  should  be  oi  casl  nun  and  well 
flashed  with  copper    u-  li  .  d. 

To  determine  the  proper  size  for  down- 
spouts the  following  maj    i>>-  ■  I  service, 

A   rainfall    of    1-inch    in    depth    on    an 
of   loo   square   feel    will   give   a    run   off  of   62 
gallons. 

Downspouts    proportioned    as    follows    have 
turn    found    in    pracl Ice    to    give    satisfa 
results.      For    small    roofs,    1    sq.    inch    in 
tinnal   area   of  the   leader   foi    each    150   r<\.    ft 
of  roof  surface.     For  medium  sized  roofs  1  s<i 


in.  in  sectional  area  of  the  leader  for  each 
200  sq.  ft.  of  roof  surface.  For  large  roofs, 
1  sq.  inch  in  sectional  area  of  the  leader  for 
each   250   sq.    ft.  of  roof  surface. 

Judgment  must  be  used  in  arranging 
downspouts  so  as  to  equalize  the  square  feet 
of    drainage    as    nearly    as    possibli 

Outside  downspouts  should  be  avoided,  es- 
pecially  in  cold  climates,  as  they  are  con- 
stantly giving  trouble account  of  freez- 
ing and  therefore  cause  damage  to  roofs  and 
walls. 

Where  roofs  are  covered  with  gravel  or  in 
localities  where  high  winds  arc  likely  to 
cover  roof  with  debris,  etc.,  the  downspouts 
should  be  provided  with  cist  iron  gravel  ba- 
sins or  running  traps  with  cleanouts,  Gravel 
basirs  or  traps  must  always  be  used  when 
connecting  downspout  drains  to  sanitary 
sewers,  where  ordinances  do  not  require 
such  downspout  drains  to  be  run  into 
outside  catch  basin  as  required  by  the 
Chicago   ordinance. 

Size   of  Main  House   Drain: 

The  size  of  the  main  house  drain  when 
serving  as  a  combination  drain  (sanitary  and 
tain  water)  may  for  all  practical  purpi  ies 
bi  determined  by  the  total  surface  area  cov- 
ered by  the  building  or  buildings  and  pav>  d 
surface  s  to  be  drained,  by  the  following  table. 
which    is    based    on    cast     Iron    pipe        If    vitri 

fled  tile  sewer  pipe  is  used  tht  diameter  of 
pipe  as  given  must  be  Increased  one  size 
for  same  area  of   drainage 

Square    Feet   of   Drainage    Area. 
Diameter     Fall  '-  In      Pall  ',  In.     Fall  M  la 


per  fool 

pi  r  fool 

p.-r   foot 

J  inch 

1.500 

1.800 

6    " 

3.000 

5.000 

7.500 

S     " 

6.000 

P. 100 

13.600 

10      " 

9.000 

i  i  000 

20.000 

359 


V        ■    w 


No  Need  to  Worry  About 
the  Plumbing 

The  Architect  who  has  come  to  know  the  Standard" 
as  "A  National  Institution  of  Sanitary  Service"  derives  great 
satisfaction  in  relying  upon 

'^andarcf'  Plumbing  Fixtures 

for  assured  satisfaction  to  his  client. 

The  "Standard"  Chicago  Showroom  with  its  large  force 
of  thoroughly  experienced  men  is  typical  of  the  service  we 
are  prepared  to  render  everywhere. 

You  are  cordially  invited  to  make  the  fullest  possible  use 
cf  our  showroom  and  representatives. 

A  representative  will  be  glad  to  call  any  time. 

Standard  £amtar^Tt>fg,Co- 

'Standard"  Showrooms  in  most  large  cities 
Chicago  Showroom  14  North  Peoria  Street 

Telephone    Monroe    6400  (Half-block    North   of    Madison) 


360 


Bock  Water  Valves: 

Whenever  the  grade  or  size  of  sewer  in 
street  is  such  that  there  is  a  possibility  of 
the  same  backing  up — the  house  sewer  must 
be  provided  with  a  cast  iron  back  water 
valve  of  approved  type  and  this  valve  should 
be  placed  in  a  manhole  or  otherwise  located 
so  as  to  be  accessible  for  inspection  or  re- 
pair. It  is  desirable  to  use  a  back  water 
valve  having-  a  flushing  connection  so  that 
the  line  may  be  flushed. 

Flush  Tanks: 

Whenever  the  sewer  in  stre?t  to  which 
connection  must  be  made  forms  what  is 
known  as  a  "dead  end"  it  is  desirable  to  pro- 
vide a  flush  tank  which  when  filled  to  a  proper 
height  with  clean  water,  will  automatically 
discharge  the  contents  into  the  sewer  and 
thereby  keep  the  sewer  free  and  prevent  ob- 
structions that  might  otherwise  occur. 
These  flush  tanks  may  be  of  two  types — as 
illustrate?,  herewith.  Type  A  being  suitable 
for  flushing  more  than  one  dead  end;  Type 
B  may  be  used  if  the  "dead  end"  will  be 
continued  at   some   later  time — in   which   case 


the  flush  tank  may  be  converted  into  a 
standard  manhole  by  taking  off  the  cap  at 
end  of  siphon  and  removing  the  latter. 


Section   or  Flu^h  Tank  •  Type. 


Soil  Pipe  System: 

Cast  iron  extra  heavy  soil  pipe  and  fittings 
is  the  most  permanent  and  best  system  for 
this  work  and  should  be  used  wherever  pos- 
sible. It  may  safely  be  used  for  all  build- 
ings up  to  ten  stories  in  height  and  while 
the  regulations  of  some  of  the  large  cities 
required  wrought  iron  screwed  pipe  and  fit- 
tings to  be  used  for  buildings  over  seven 
stories  in  height — it  is  the  opinion  of  the 
writer  that  it  would  be  better  to  use  screwed 
cast  iron  pipe  and  fittings  for  stacks  and 
cast  iron  calked  joint  pipe  and  fittings  for 
laterals  in  all  buildings  regardless  of  the 
height.  If  wrought  iron  pipe  is  used  not 
less  than  10  feet  of  cast  iron  pipe  should  be 
used  for  all  vent  extensions  up  through  roof. 

Simplicity  in  arrangement  of  soil,  waste 
and  vent  stacks  is  desirable  and  it  is  ex- 
tremely desirable  to  make  diagrams  of  the 
system  that  will  be  of  aid  to  the  plumbing 
contractor  as  well  as  of  being  of  service 
to  the  other  contractors  on  the  work.  In 
order  to  be  of  service  these  diagrams  must 
be  accurately  drawn  and  amplified  by  details 
where    necessary. 

The  importance  of  a  plumbing  plan  care- 
fully laid  out  has  unfortunately  nut  been 
properly  recognized.  At  the  present  time  tin 
cost  of  material  is  such  that  the  Architect 
who  is  going  to  give  his  client  the  service 
for  which  he  is  paid — must  more  than  ever 
consider  every  item  that  will  form  a  part 
of  the   work. 

The  structural  parts  of  a  building  are 
carefully  analyzed,  weights  of  steel  columns, 


Flloh  Tat 


Tyi 


girders,  etc.,  proportioned  to  the  loads  they 
must  carry,  and  all  this  work  carefully  de- 
tailed— and  still  the  plumbing  work  is  very 
rarely  even  laid  out  beyond  a  mere  indica- 
tion of  the.  main  run  of  soil  or  sewer  lines — 
on  the  basement  or  foundation  plan. 

Specifications  very  often  contain  a  clause 
requiring  the  successful  bidder  to  submit 
a  piping  plan  for  the  Architect's  approval 
before  commencing  work.  They  might  just 
as  properly  contain  clauses  asking  the  suc- 
cessful bidders  to  submit  details  for  the 
elevations  of  the  buildings,  etc.,  etc.  It  is 
the  Architect's  duty  to  secure  the  best  propo- 
sition possible  for  his  client  and  therefore 
the  plumbing  work  should  be  drawn — de- 
tailed and  specified  in  such  a  manner  that 
all  bidders  on  the  work  may  estimat e  on 
the  same  fixed  basis  and  not  permit  them 
to  submit  figures  based  upon  their  ideas  and 
conception  of  what  may  be  required  for  the 
work.  Such  methods  are  very  unsatisfactory 
and  can  only  result  in  misunderstanding  and 
most  frequently  in  absolute  failure  at  the  ex- 
pense of  the  client. 

Whenever  wrought  iron  pipe  and  cast  Iron 
drainage  fittings  are  used,  either  asphalted 
in  and  out  or  galvanized— the  stacks  should 
be  placed  in  pipe  shafts  so  that  the  piping 
may  be  inspected  and  sections  replaced  when 
necessary  without  disturbing  walls  and  par- 
titions. All  vents  through  roof  should  be 
of  extra  heavy  cast  iron  soil  pipe  for  a  dis- 
tance of  not  less  than  10  feet  below.  Never 
place  wrought  iron  pipe  under  basement 
floors.  All  such  drainage  pipe  must  be  of 
extra   heavy   cast   iron    soil   pipe   and   fittings. 


36] 


SHOWERS 

WITH  THE    INCOMPARABLE 

NIEDECKEN  MIXER 

PATENTED 


Illustrating    Proper    Shower    Installation 


Niedecken  Mixer — Exposed  Type 


Niedecken  Mixer — Concealed  Type 


Showing   Accessibility   of    Niedecken    Mixer 

PROMINENT  INSTALLATIONS 

Hotel  Statler,  Cleveland;  Hotel  Statler,  Detroit;  Hotel  Pennsylvania,  New  York; 

Y.   M.   C.   A.,   Boston;   Marshall   Apartments,   Chicago;   Sisson   Hotel,   Chicago; 

Hotel  Gibson,  Cincinnati,  etc.,  etc. 

HOFFMANN  &  BILLINGS  MFG.  CO. 

Manufacturers   Since   1855 

MILWAUKEE,  WIS. 

Write  for   Bulletin    1-A-15X 


362 


When  the  building  covers  considerable  area 
— it  is  desirable  to  use  cast  iron  or  water- 
proof concrete  catch  basins  on  the  main  lines 
and  at  intersections  so  as  to  permit  of  rod- 
ding  the  lines.  In  place  of  catch  basins — 
large  cleanouts  may  be  used — which  must 
always  be  the  same  size  of  pipe  up  to  6". 
Such  cleanouts  should  be  placed  in  manholes 
with  cast  iron  covers  large  enough  so  that 
the  lines  can  be  rodded  properly.  Cleanouts 
must  be  placed  at  the  foot  of  all  stacks  and 
wherever  a  change  in  direction  of  a  hori- 
zontal line  occurs.  Cleanouts  for  best  work 
should  be  of  the  heavy  brass  bell  ferrule 
type  with  brass  trap  screw.  With  ferrules 
of  ircn  the  brass  trap  screw  rusts  in  so  that 
it  is   difficult   to   remove   the  same. 

Changes  in  direction  of  horizontal  lines 
should  always  be  made  on  as  full  a  sweep 
as  possible,  using  Y-branches  and  45°  bends. 

Connection  between  vertical  stacks  and 
horizontal  drains  in  basement  must  always 
be  made  by  means  of  Y-branches  and  45° 
bends.  Connection  between  horizontal  lines 
on  upper  floors  may  be  made  by  means  of 
sanitary  tees — although  Y-branches  are  bet- 
ter. 

All  horizontal  soil  and  waste  lines  should 
have  a  fall  of  ^4"  to  the  foot  toward  outlets 
where   possible. 

All  horizontal  vent  lines  must  be  pitched 
so  that  water  of  condensation  will  drain 
freely  into  soil  and  waste  lines  or  stacks, 
and  foot  of  all  vent  stacks  must  be  connected 
into  a  main  soil  or  waste  line  or  stack. 

Reventing  of  each  plumbing  fixture  is  gen- 
erally required.  The  Chicago  ordinance  pre- 
scribes this;  other  localities  permit  circuit 
venting  and  hence,  the  Architect  must  neces- 
sarily familiarize  himself  with  the  require- 
ments of  ordinances  that  may  be  in  force  in 
the  locality  in  which  his  building  is  to  be 
erected. 

The  following  illustrations  show  several 
methods  for  reventing  plumbing  fixtures  in 
accordance  with  the  Chicago  practice  and 
also  by  what  is  known  as  the  "Circuit  Vent- 
ing" system. 


order    to    be    safe    in    case    of    heavy    fall    of 
snow  and  to  avoid  dirt  entering  same. 

In  the  Eastern,  Central  and  North  West- 
ern States  it  is  necessary  to  increase  all  vent 
stacks  at  least  one  size  up  to  6  inch  before 
passing    through    roof.       The    minimum    size 


Batm    Rooms  .(double)  on  one 
Stack.-  usmt  Fj  WC  I    Fittings. 


Gacan    VtNTiNG 

WrOJCMT    ICON   PlPLl  DRAINACt  FlTTlNGS  . 

All  main  vent  stacks  must  be  extended  up 
through  roof.  On  pitched  roofs,  the  vents 
may  extend  above  roof  6  to  12  inches,  on  flat 
roofs    18    inches   to    2    feet   will   be   better   in 


Sinn  Stach.  UJINS  f*W. 
Cajt  Ii-on   FiTTIHii- 


W.I  Pipe  /Drainasc  Fitting. 


vent  through  roof  should  be  4  inch.  All 
extensions  through  roof  must  be  cast  iron. 
Increasing  stacks  makes  it  possible  to  turn 
down  lead  or  copper  flashing  into  the  pipe 
and  leaves  the  extension  free  to  provide  for 
expansion  and  contraction.  While  caps  or 
vent  cowls  should  never  be  placed  on  top  of 
vent  stacks,  it  is  desirable  to  use  a  strainer 


363 


KOHLER  CO. 

— 

FOUNDED   1873                                                        KOHLER,  WIS. 

JVl anufacturers  of 

E 

namelea  Plumbing 

\Vare 

SHIPPING  POINT:    SHEBOYGAN,  WIS. 

BOSTON 

DETRC 

NEW  YORK        PHILADELPHIA       WASHINGTON        PIT 
)IT        CHICAGO         INDIANAPOLIS         ST.  LOUIS         HOUS 
SAN  FRANCISCO                   SEATTLE                         LONDON 

rSBURGH 

;ton 

"It's  in  the   Kohler  Enamel" 

Mott    Plumbing    Fixtures 


We  manufacture  a  complete  line  of 
plumbing  fixtures  in  Imperial  Solid 
Porcelain,  Vitreous  China  Ware  and 
Enameled  Iron  for  every  class  of 
building. 

Sanitary  equipment  for  Hospitals, 
Sanitariums  and  Institutions. 


The  J.   L.   Mott   Iron   Works 

Office    and    Showroom 

104  S.  Michigan  Avenue,  Chicago,  111. 


Warehouse 

438-440    West    Ontario    Street 


Telephone   Central  2971-1154 


364 


of  cast  iron  of  a  removable  type.  Galvanized 
wire   strainers   are   worthless.      See   Drawing. 

Lead  wastes  are  infrequently  used  in  mod- 
ern practice  so  we  will  only  briefly  mention 
them.  When  lead  waste  piping'  is  used — it 
should  be  of  a  weight  known  as  "medium" 
and  when  connected  to  wrought  iron  piping 
the  connection  must  be  made  by  means  of 
extra  heavy  brass  soldering  nipples  and  a 
good  heavy  wiped  joint.  When  connected  to 
cast  iron  pipe — extra  heavy  brass  bell  fer- 
rules must  be  used,  wiped  to  the  lead  pipe 
and  calked  into  the  cast  iron  pipe. 

Jointing  of  pipe  must  be  carefully  done. 
For  cast  iron  soil  pipe — -the  following  is  a 
good  method: 

All  joints  of  cast  iron  soil  pipe  shall  be 
made  with  oakum  and  pure  pig  lead,  bedded 
with  hammer  and  calking  iron.  A  gasket 
of  well  packed  oakum  shall  be  placed  at 
the  bottom  of  the  hub  extending  above  the 
rim  of  the  spigot  to  prevent  the  escape  of 
lead.  The  hub  to  be  filled  at  one  pouring 
and  the  lead  calked  with  such  force  as  to 
make  the  joint  absolutely  water  tight  under 
a  pressure  of  at  least  10  lbs.  per  square  inch. 
All  joints  shall  be  filled  at  one  pouring;  if 
it  fails  to  run  full,  it  shall  be  dug  out  and 
repoured.  Lead  shall  not  be  covered  with 
paint,    putty    or    otherwise. 

Twelve  ounces  of  lead  should  be  allowed  for 
each  inch  of  diameter  of  pipe  or  fitting  on 
which    joint    is    made. 

Joints  between  lead  and  cast  iron  pipe  to 
be  made  by  means  of  brays  ferrules  wiped 
to  the  lead  pipe  and  calked  into  hub  of  cast 
iron  fittings.  Joints  between  lead  and 
wrought  iron  pipe  to  be  made  by  means  of 
soldering  nipples  with  hexagon  nuts.  Joints 
between  wrought  iron  pipe  and  fittings  to  be 
screwed  home  into  couplings  or  fittings  with- 
out the  use  of  any  red  lead  or  other  com- 
pound. 

No  steam  or  cast  bushed  fittings  to  be  used 
on  sny  drainage  or  vent  work. 

Joints  of  tile  pipe  shall  be  made  with  neat 
Portland  cement.  A  cleaner  to  be  run 
through  every  length  of  pipe  as  it  is  laid 
so  that  no  mortar  used  in  jointing  will  ad- 
here to  the  interior  of  the  pipe.  The  connec- 
tion between  cast  iron  and  tile  pipe  shall 
be  made  with  a  collar  of  concrete  6  inches 
thick  and  extending  not  less  than  8  inches 
on   each   side   of  joint.      See  illustration. 


k- a"— 4-_<sH 


zs3zzaaizzzzzzzzzzzzzz| 
pus  ?/PC 

".' v " u i"  "  "  """"" 

V  a[  :::<V..-A\; 

.-  4      .,\J/-  ChnctcU 


Method  roa  Jo/ntin<|  C.I.  to  Tile.  Pipc 


All  soil,  waste  and  vent  piping  shall  be 
tested.  Ordinances  usually  prescribe  the 
manner  ot  testing  which  may  be  by  means 
"t  water,  air,  peppermint  or  smoke  on  new 
work. 

For  good  work  both  watei  and  peppermint 
tests  snould  be  made  and  ii  it  is  desired  to 
be  absolutely  certain  that  integrant  traps 
of  water  closets,  etc.,  are  periect  a  smoke 
test  may  be  made  alter  fixtures  are  set. 

In  alteration  work  a  peppermint  test  must 
always  be  made. 

THE   WATEE   SUPPLY. 

There  are  so  many  failures  in  the  water 
supply  system  of  buildings  that  it  is  evi- 
dent that  little  study  is  given  the  problem 
which   is   one  of  most   vital   impcrtance. 

In  order  to  provide  an  adequate  supply  of 
water  for  the  particular  building  it  is  neces- 
sary to  analyze  the  actual  requirements  based 
on  a  per  capita  consumption  per  day — and 
another  factor  that  enters  into  the  problem 
is  the  pressure  under  which  the  water  will 
be   delivered. 

Per  capita  requirements  may  be  determined 
by  the  following  tables,  which  are  the  mini- 
mam: 

Schools  (not  boarding)  50  gallons  per  cap- 
ita per  day. 

Industrial  Plants  &  Factory  Buildings — 50 
gallons  per  capita  per  day. 

This  does  not  include  water  that  may  be 
required  directly  in  connection  with  plant 
operation  in  various  manufacturing  processes. 

Hotels,  Hospitals,  Asylums,  Sanitariums — 
150   to   200   gallons  per  capita  per  day. 

Jlomes  for  the  Aged,  Orphan  Asylums, 
Boarding  Schools — Dormitories — 100  gallons 
per   capita  per   day. 

To  the  above  must  be  added  water  for 
sprinkling  lawns,  etc.,  which  must  be  based 
on  the  flow  in  gallons  per  minute  of  each  ?4" 
lawn  sprinkler  installed — allowing  for  a 
period  of  3  to  4  hours  for  each  sprinkler  as 
a  fair  average. 

Having  determined  the  total  quantity  re- 
quired for  24  hours — the  next  thing  to  de- 
termine is  the  proper  pressure  required  for 
the  work  and  in  working  this  out  the  fol- 
lowing must  be  considered: 

If  the  average  pressure  is  not  sufficient  to 
deliver  water  on  the  top  floor  of  the  build- 
ing under  at  least  20  lbs.  maintained  press- 
ure, it  is  advisable  to  provide  a  pumping 
system  to  increase  the  pressure  so  as  to 
maintain  an  average  of  at  least  20  lbs.,  on 
the   top   floor. 

It  is  always  advisable  to  install  pumps  in 
duplicate  sets  in  larger  installations. 

Where  city  pressure  is  not  constant  and 
less  than  20  lbs.,  it  is  advisable  to  install 
a  surge  tank  from  which  the  pump  is  sup- 
plied. The  tank  should  contain  not  less  than 
in  times  Hi,,  water  of  the  pump  capacity 
per  minute.  Supply  to  tank  should  not  be 
less  than  2"  and  supply  controlled  by  a 
float   valve. 

The  following  tables  will  be  >>f  value  to 
determine  the  proper  size  of  pipe  to  use  to 
proi  erly  supply  fixtures: 


Stores    &    Shops 75 

Office    Buildings T."> 

Factories     1.00 

Apartment     Buildings 5 

Hotels     8 

Hospital's     1.00 

Schools     8 


gallons   per   minute   per   fixture. 


In   best   work    the    pipe    should    always    be 

of  genuine  wrought  iron.  Where  cost  is  an 
item  to  be  considered — steel  pipe  may  be 
used — both  kinds  should  be  galvanized  and 
fittings  should  be  galvanized  malleable  iron 
— beaded.      Plain   fittings  must   never  be  used. 


All  pipe  up  to  2%"  should  I'e  provided  with 
unions  with  brass  seats— for  best  work  and 
for  over   2%"   flange   unions  should   lie  used. 

Caskets    Should    be    of    "Rainbow"    packing    or 

belter. 

All    fittings    over    2  V    should    be    Hanged. 


305 


Telephones  Main  2002;  Main  2003 

M.  J.  CORBOY  CO. 

Plumbing,  Drainage, 
Gas-Fitting 

178  W.  RANDOLPH  STREET  CHICAGO 


TELEPHONE  MAIN  1972 


HULBERT  &  DORSEY 

Plumbing  Contractors 
212  W.  LAKE  STREET 


CHICAGO 


P.   M.   MURPHY,   President  R.   E.    MURPHY,   Secretary 

Telephone    Harrison    4598 

MURPHY  PLUMBING  CO. 

CONTRACTORS  FOR 

PLUMBING 

GAS  FITTING  and  DRAINAGE 

23  EAST  CONGRESS  STREET  CHICAGO 


J.  J.  DALY 

Plumbing    Contractor 

Our    Facilities   and    Experience    Assure    Results 
408-410    Wells   Street  Telephone  Main  3250 

366 


Valves  should  be  heavy  type  brass  double 
gate  valves  up  to  2V£"  and  iron  body  bronze 
mounted  hanged  end  tor  larger  sizes.  \  alves 
should  be  of  the  •"rising  stem"  type  for 
the  reason  that  with  this  type  it  can  be 
Quickly  observed  if  the  valve  is  "open'  or 
"closed". 

For  service  pipe  to  building — extra  strong 
lead  pipe  may  be  used  tor  sizes  up  to  2^"- 
For  larger  sizes  cast  iron  hub  and  spigot 
water  pipe  of  proper  weight  should  be  used. 
When  cast  iron  pipe-  is  brought  into  the 
building  and  up  through  floor  the  same  should 
terminate  in  a  flanged  end  fitting  about  11" 
above  floor. 

From  this  point  on  the  supply  piping  shall 
be  of  galvanized  genuine  wrought  iron  or 
galvanized  steel  pipe  according  to  the  class 
of   work. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  systems  to  be  con- 
sidered— First  the  one  most  commonly  known. 
a  tank  on  the  roof,  and  the  other  and  more 
recent — a  compression  tank  system  with  a 
closed  pressure  tank  in  the  basement.  The 
roof  tank  system  is  obsolete  and  not  recom- 
mended— for  the  reason  that  in  order  to  main- 
tain a  pressure  of  20  lbs.  on  the  top  floor  it 
would  have  to  be  elevated  50  feet  above  the 
floor  to  give  this  result.  Furthermore  such 
tanks  require  special  provision  to  be  made  for 
their  support,  must  be  enclosed  and  generally 
considered  from  a  standpoint  of  efficiency 
vs.  expenditure,  are  out  of  question  at  the 
present   time. 

The  best  system  is  a  compression  tank 
pumping  system — which  we  shall  briefly  de- 
scribe. These  systems  may  be  divided  in 
two  kinds — one  where  the  pressure  of  the 
water  is  so  low  that  all  must  be  pumped 
and  the  other  where  it  is  only  necessary  to 
increase  the  pressure  for  the  upper  floors — 
in  which  case  the  system  is  known  as  the 
"booster"    type. 

In  the  first  type  the  water  may  be  deliv- 
ered from  a  well,  cistern  or  city  main  and 
depending  upon  the  source  of  supply  a  pump 
designed  for  that  special  work  must  be  used. 
Wherever  possible,  when  pump  is  within 
suction  lift  of  the  water  (.20  feet)  a  cen- 
trifugal or  turbine  type  pump  with  direct 
connected  motor  is  the  best  to  use.  These 
pumps  are  of  greater  efficiency,  less  noisy 
and  are  more  economical  in  operation  than 
piston    pumps. 

In  order  to  determine  the  proper  size  of 
pump  to  install  we  refer  to  the  following 
table — which  should  be  checked  up  with  the 
per  capita  allowance  per  day  previously 
mentioned. 

To  apply  the  above — First  ascertain  the 
number  of  fixtures  pump  is  to  supply — be 
sure  to  include  every  kind  of  fixture.  In 
case  any  fixtures  are  supplied  direct  from 
city  main  these  should  be  deducted.  Second 
— Multiply  the  number  of  fixtures  by  the 
proper  decimal  that  may  apply  according  to 
the  class  of  building. 

The  table  is  based  upon  an  equal  number 
of  males  and  females.  If  the  major  portion 
of  occupants  are  females  increase  pump  ca- 
pacity  25   per  cent. 

Where  more  than  150  fixtures  are  to  be 
supplied  pump  capacity  may  be  reduced  15 
to  25  per  cent. 

Where  actual  water  requirements  have  !"•• 
determined    (by   meter   or   otherwise)    furnish 
a  pumping  unit  capable  of  discharging  three 
times    the   actual    quantity    used. 

Example — The  total  number  of  fixtures  to 
be  supplied  by  pump  in  an  office  building  is 
120.  =120X.75=HO.  Therefore  90  gallons 
per  minute  which  pump  must  discharge 
Now  to  determine  the  bead — The  water  must 
be  elevated   100   feet  and  develop  a  pressure 


of  20  lbs.  The  actual  head  therefore  will  be 
150  feet  and  to  this  must  be  added  the  dis- 
tance of  suction  lilt,  it  any,  and  allowance 
for  loss  of  head  by  triction  in  pipe.  it 
suction  lilt  is  20  feet — this  added  to  150 
makes  a  total  of  170  and  allowance  for  fric- 
tion, 10  per  cent,  makes  a  total  Head  >>t  1>7 
feet  against  wnich  the  pump  would  have  to 
work.  The  problem  wonted  out  in  tins  man- 
ner and  reierence  to  standard  catalogues 
of  pump  manufacturers  will  enable  anyone  to 
select   the    proper   equipment. 

When  tin-  system  is  of  the  second  type 
or  "booster'  system — the  head  against  whicn 
pump  will  wont  is  determined  by  the  follow- 
ing method: 

Pump  location  to  highest  fixture.  ...  100  feet 
Hange  trom  minimum  to  maximum 

pressure    100 


200 
Deduct  City  pressure  25  lbs.   in  feet 
— 60    60 


Pump   required   for  a  total   head  of..  140  feet 

Compression  tanks  should  be  install"  i  i  I 
such  size  that  the  cycies  of  pump  operation 
do  not  exceed  three  to  four  per  hour.  To 
insure  this  condition  the  tank  should  have 
a  storage  capacity  of  2  5  to  30  times  the 
capacity  of  pump  per  minute.  To  illustrate 
for  a  pump  oi  90  gallons  per  minute: — 
30X90: — 30X90=2700  gallons  per  tank — 1/3  to 
I,  2  of  the  storage  capacity  of  tank  should  be 
filled  with  air — at  maximum  working  pres- 
sure. 

The  hot  water  supply  for  the  building 
should  be  determined  upon  the  actual  re- 
quirements to  suit  the  conditions  ol  each 
case. 

For  instance — in  the  case  of  a  hotel  with 
100  bath  rooms — each  containing  lavatory 
and  bath  tub  or  shower — the  demand  for 
hot  water  is  at  a  peak  load — from  6:30  to 
8:00  A.  M.  and  4:30  to  7:00  P.  M.  with  lesser 
demands  at  noon  and  later  at  night. 

To  provide  for  such  service  a  minimum  of 
30  to  40  gallons  should  be  allowed  for  each 
bath  room  per  hour — this  with  100  rooms 
would  mean  a  heater  having  a  capacity  of 
3000  to  4000  gallons  per  hour  to  which  must 
be  added  the  quantity  that  will  be  required 
for   kitchens,    laundry,    etc. 

Generally  speaking  the  following  table  may 
be    used    to    determine    size    of    hot    water 
supply  systems: 

Schools    (not   boarding) : 

5 — gallons  per  pupil  per  day  for  water 

used  in  lavatories, 
6 — gallons  per  minute  for  each  shower 
or 
25 — gallons    for    each    pupil    using    the 
shower. 

Hospital: 

50 — gallons  per  day  for  each  person 
uid  a. id  507o  of  total  for  kitcb  m 
— laundry  and  general  service. 

Hotels: 

50 — gallons  per  day  for  each  bath  room 
and  add  50  of  total  for  general 
service. 

1 1  there  la  a  Turkish  bath  in  connection 
with  the  hotel  add  100  gallons  for  each 
bather — based  upon  the  capacity  per  hour  of 
the  establishmenl . 

Apartments:  Allow  100  gallons  per  day 
for  each  ipartment  having  not  more  than  2 
baths,  for  each  additional  bath  add  26  gal- 
lons and  l'.v,  of  the  total  for  genera]  serv- 
ice. 


:;r,; 


TELEPHONE    LINCOLN    8603-8604 


NOBLE   &  THUMM 

PLUMBING,     SEWERAGE 
HOT  WATER,   STEAM   AND   VAPOR    HEATING 

2313    LINCOLN    AVENUE 


Telephone  Randolph    1614   and    1975 

C.  ALBIN  NILSON 

Plumbing,    Gas    Fitting    and.    Dewerage 

3  1 9  NORTH  CLARK  STREET,  CHICAGO 

Telephone  Monroe  577 

W.  W.  WATSON 

CONTRACTOR  FOR 

Plumbing,  Gas  Fitting,  Drainage  and  Lead 

Burning 

708  N.  Carpenter  St.  CHICAGO 

At   Milwaukee  Avenue 


The  Best 

ALBERENE    STONE 

Laundry  Tubs-  Toilet  Partitions 
Laboratory  Table  Tops — Acid  Sinks 
Nonabsorbent — Positively  Sanitary 

INVESTIGATE  — SEE  US 

ALBERENE  STONE  COMPANY 

214-224  No.  Clinton  St.  CHICAGO 


3(58 


Factories:  Allow  10  gallons  for  each  em- 
ploye per  day  lor  each  wash  basin  and  25 
gallons  lor  each  employe  using  showers. 

Bearding  Schools — Asylums — Homes,  etc.: 
Allow  40  gallons  per  day  for  each  person. 
i<or  showers  25  gallons  for  each  user  and 
add  50%   of  the  total  for  general  service. 

For  smaller  installations  a  hot  watei  stor- 
age tank  with  steam  coils  lor  winter  service 
and  hot  water  heater  for  summer  service 
makes  a  satisfactory  installation.  The  tank 
should  always  be  provided  with  a  thermo- 
static control  to  prevent  overheating  the 
water.  Tanks  with  coils  should  always  have 
a  manhole  at  one  end. 

In  cases  where  the  heating  system  is  a 
vapor  system,  the  water  should  be  heated 
by  means  of  a  hot  water  heater  the  year 
around,  as  the  pressure  of  the  steam  is  too 
low  to  effectively  heat  the  water  by  means 
of   steam   coils   in   the   tank. 

"Where  showers  are  used  it  is  desirable  to 
place  a  thermostatic  hot  water  line  control 
valve  in  the  hot  water  supply  main  in  order 
to  prevent  scalding.  It  is  good  practice  to 
separate  the  system  in  Hotels,  Hospitals, 
etc.,  so  that  the  water  supplied  to  bath  tubs, 
lavatories  and  showers  is  controlled  in  this 
manner.  It  not  only  prevents  possible  scald- 
ing but  saves  fuel  and  increases  the  life  of 
valves,  faucets,  etc.,  which  excessively  hot 
water   materially    shortens. 

In  larger  installations — especially  where 
both  exhaust  and  live  steam  (high  or  low 
pressure)  are  available;  the  hot  water  sys- 
tem should  be  arranged  in  two  units;  the 
first  a  storage  tank  of  proper  size,  called 
the  primary  heater,  in  which  the  water  is 
heated  by  exhaust  steam — from  this  heater 
it  passes  to  the  -secondary  heater  which  is 
provided  with  coils  supplied  by  live  steam 
under  thermostatic  control.  The  latter  heater 
brings  the  water  up  to  the  desired  degree 
of  temperature  at  which  the  control  is  set. 

Another  and  most  economical  type  of 
heater  is  the  instantaneous  type — heated  by 
low  or  high  pressure — controlled  by  an  auto- 
matic thermostatic  device  and  using  only 
such  quantity  of  steam  as  necessary  to  heat 
the  water  actually  used— to  the  temperature 
for  which  the  control  is  set.  This  type  of 
heater  is  very  efficient  and  economical  and 
is  especially  adapted  to  large  installations 
as  Hotels,  Hospitals,  Factories  and  when  ver 
there  may  be  a  large  variation  in  the  de- 
mand for  hot  water  throughout  the  day  or 
night. 

In  order  to  ensure  proper  results,  hot 
water  systems  must  be  in  perfect  circulation 
— wherever  possible  the  overhead  type  sys- 
tem should  be  used  with  a  riser  to  the  top 
floor — horizontal  supply  mains  and  drop  sup- 
plies to  the  fixtures  on  floors  below  with 
circulating  return  in  basement.  Hoi  wat<  r 
riser  should  have  an  air  vent  trap  at  highest 
point. 

Pressure    of    hot    and    cold    water    systems 

should    always    be    the   same. 

In  some  cases  circulating  pumps  are  neces- 
sary. These  should  always  be  of  the  cen- 
trifugal type  with  low  speed  motors  and  If 
direct  current  is  available,  motors  should  be 
provided  with  a  variable  speed  control. 

In  conclusion  of  the  suggestions  for  water 
supply  system — I  would  say  that  in  my  ex- 
perience most  mistakes  have  been  made  In 
having  the  piping  system  too  small  and  this 
is  especially  true  In  the  case  of  hot  wati  i 
tanks  and  heaters. 

A  heater  too  small  for  the  service  will 
waste  more   fuel   than   one   too   large. 


ARRANGEMENT    OF    TOILET    BOOMS    AND 
PLUMBING  FIXTUBES. 

Few  Architects  realize  how  much  the  cost 
of  the  plumbing  and  heating  on  a  building 
is  governed  by  the  design  and  location  of 
toilet  rooms.  Many  buildings  are  up  several 
stories  before  the  location  of  pipe  chases  or 
shafts  are  decided  upon  and  many  botched 
up  piping   jobs  are   the  result  of  this  neglect. 

This  again  brings  up  the  great  need  of 
proper  plumbing  plans  and  diagrams — show- 
ing the  proper  size  and  location  of  the  piping 
and  permitting  the  general  contractor  to  pro- 
vide chases  in  walls — leave  openings  in  floors 
and  provide  pipe  shafts  of  proper  size  for 
the  work. 

In  residences  with  wood  studs  the  parti- 
tion carrying  s>dl  pipe  must  have  at  least  6" 
studs  and  a  still  better  arrangement  is  to 
have  a  hollow  space  and  use  4  or  6"  studs 
flat  wise  and  framed  once  or  twice  in  their 
height  as  this  saves  cutting  of  studs  for 
horizontal  vent   pipes. 


ToiLCT  Dooms  witm  Wook'Vcnt  .Space  bct~ccn  iAMt. 

If  partitions  are  hollow  tile,  6"  thick  tile 
should  !"•  nsi-ii.  Thin  partitions  of  Mackolite, 
Pyro  Bar  or  similar  gypsum  materials  make 
very  unsatisfactory  partitions  for  conceal- 
ment of  piping,  Furthermore,  no  secure  an- 
chorage  can  be  had  In  same  for  bolts  to  fas- 
ten hangers  or  brackets  for  fixtures;  further- 
condensation  mi  pipes  dissolves  sul- 
phuric acid  in  gypsum  and  induces  quick 
corrosion    of    metal. 

With   buildings  of  fireproof  construction   In 

which    the    tl s    arc   of    reinforced    concrete 

the   location   of   hath    and    toilet    rooms   mist 
receive  car<  ful  study. 

Th.Tc  arc  three  schemes  that  may  be  used. 

The  first,  a  pipe  shaft  2'-6"  to  3'  in  width 
extending  up  through  the  building^in  which 
all  piping  may  be  placed  and  fixtures  all 
provided  with  wastes  and  supply  connections 
to    wall.      i  See    Illustration.)      This    arrange- 


369 


r 


TELEPHONE  MONROE  4714 

R.  B.  HAYWARD  COMPANY 
Contractors  and  Engineers 

VENTILATING  AND  EXHAUST  SYSTEMS 
SHEET  METAL  WORK— BOILER  BREECHING 

849-853  WEST  OHIO  STREET,  CHICAGO 

PHONE    FRANKLIN    2395  ESTIMATES    FURNISHED 

Narowetz  Heating  S  Ventilating  Company 

GENERAL  SHEET  METAL  WORK 

Heating  and  Ventilating  Apparatus  Contractors  for  Complete  Ventilating  Systems 

LITTLE  NIAGARA  SANITARY  AIR  WASHER 

223-225  WEST  LAKE  STREET 

Louis  Narowetz.  Pres.  CHICAGO 


Telephone   Seeley  i  ^^3 

THE  HAINES  COMPANY 

Blast  Heating  and  Ventilating 

1929  to  1937  W.  Lake  Street  CHICAGO 

Phone  Belmont  227  Estimates  Cheerfully  Furnished 

K.  A.  GUSTAFSON 

CONTRACTOR 

GENERAL  SHEET  METAL  WORK 

Hot  Air  Blast  Heating  and  Ventilating,  Sheet  Metal  Piping,   Tanks, 
Separators,  Ventilators,  Blast  and  Exhaust  Equipments 

2110-2114  N.  Springfield  Avenue  CHICAGO 

370 


ment  is  very  desirable  for  Hospitals.  Schools, 
Hotels,  Office  Buildings,  etc.;  it  makes  an 
ideal  arrangement  and  is  economical  in  cost 
01  installation  and  maintenance.  All  pipe 
being  exposed  it  is  easily  gotten  at  in  case 
of   repairs. 

The  second  is  to  raise  the  floor  of  toilet 
rooms  7"  to  allow  for  piping  being  concealed 
in  floor.  This  is  sometimes  objectionable 
and  in  the  case  of  Hospitals,  Homes  and  In- 
stitutions should  not  be  done. 

The  third  is  to  run  the  piping  under  the 
ceiling  of  room  below — either  exposed  or  con- 
cealing the  same  by  furring  down  the  ceiling. 

In  planning  toilet  rooms  it  is  most  im- 
portant to  ascertain  the  exact  size  of  the 
various  fixtures  that  are  to  be  installed — so 
that  these  will  be  placed  properly  and  to 
the  best  possible  advantage. 

This  is  especially  necessary  in  the  case  of 
bath  tubs  and  shower  stalls.  If  recessed 
tubs  are  used,  the  exact  length  overall,  dis- 
tance the  ends  and  back  will  extend  into  wall 
must  be  considered  as  there  is  always  a  dif- 
ference between  the  nominal  size  of  bath  tub 
and  their  actual  overall  length;  the  end  at 
which  the  waste  and  supply  fixtures  are  to 
come  should  be  shown  and  a  paneled  door  of 
proper  size  provided  so  that  the  fittings  can 
be  properly  installed  and  accessible  in  case 
of  repairs.  When  recess  tubs  are  used — it 
is  always  desirable  to  tile  around  the  Lop 
of  tub,  as  this  makes  a  more  permanent  in- 
stallation  than  a  finish  of  hard  plaster. 

Shower  stalls  should  never  be  less  than 
3'-0"  x  3'-0"  inside  for  a  comfortable  stall. 
'i'-l"  x  3'-2"  is  the  standard  size  adopted  by 
plumbing  manufacturers  and  should  be  used 
wherever  possible.  Stalls  should  be  at  least 
6'-6"  high.  Solid  porcelain  receptors,  grooved 
to  receive  marble  partitions  are  the  best  and 
are  absolutely  leakproof.  If  marble  floor 
slabs  are  used  they  must  not  be  less  than  2" 
thick  and  should  be  grooved  all  around  to  re- 
ceive  marble   partitions. 

The  placing  of  plumbing  fixtures  against 
outside  walls  should  be  avoided.  It  is  very 
unsatisfactory.  Even  if  the  supplies  are 
carefully  covered  there  is  always  danger  of 
freezing.  The  custom  of  placing  bath  tubs 
under  outside  windows  is  most  objectionable. 
This  has  been  commonly  done  in  apartment 
house  work.  A  little  study  of  grouping 
would   have   produced   better   results. 

In  public  toilet  rooms  the  arrangement  of 
water  closet  stalls  must  be  well  considered. 
Where  a  number  of  these  are  to  be  installed 
the  size  of  the  stalls  must  be  determined. 
The  adopted  standard  wiath  is  2'-6"  centers 
for  schools — they  should  not  be  less — but 
may  be  more.  For  adults  the  stalls  should 
be  2'-10".  Three  (3)  feet  is  the  greatest 
width  that  should  be  used.  To  make  them 
wider  would  be  waste  of  space.  The  depth 
inside  should  not  be  less  than  4'-6"  with 
doors  swinging  in.  This  depth  will  allow 
the  standard  width — 2  foot  door  to  well 
clear  the  front  of  the  closet  bowl. 

In  factory,  etc.,  and  school  work,  especially 
primary  grades,  it  is  better  to  omit  doors 
entirely  and  in  this  case  the  stalls  need  not 
be  more  than  3  feet  at  the  most.  3'-6"  in 
depth. 

If  possible  all  flush  tanks,  piping,  etc., 
should  be  concealed  in  a  work  space  in  rear 
of  closet  stalls.  The  wall  of  work  space 
being  formed  by  the  backs  of  partitions  or 
a  built  up  wall  as  desired.  Frequently  this 
same  work  space  is  also  utilized  as  a  vent 
space,  providing  the  back  of  each  stall  with 
a  vent  opening,  protected  by  a  ventilating 
hood  or  register  face.  This  makes  a  most 
desirable  arrangement  for  ventilating  large 
toilet  rooms — especially  adapted  fcr  schools, 
asylums    and    all    public    toilet    rooms. 


n„,  U, 


S  cctio  im  . 


or  Stalc*    Wo 


MtNJ    loaCT  yooM 


371 


ROBINSON  FURNACE  CO. 

Robinson  Tubular  Furnaces 

Steam  and  Water   Heating 

Ventilating  Systems 


Phone   Franklin    4400 


205  W.  LAKE  STREET,  CHICAGO 


RUSSELL  COMPOUND  COILS  for  Heating  Factory  and  Terminal  Buildings 
RUSSELL  INSTANTANEOUS  HEATER  for  Hot  Water  Service  and  Storage 

J.  E.RUSSELL  &  CO. 

Contractors  for  Power  and  Heating  Plants 
Vacuum,  Vapor  and  Hot  Water  Systems 


2i6  W.KINZIEST. 


PHONE  FRANKLIN  1661 


Telephones  Main  3677,  3678  and  3679 


Mellish-Hayward  Company 

Contractors   and  Engineers 

213-221  West  Austin  Avenue 

Ventilating,  Hot  Air  and  Blast  Sheet  Metal  Piping,  Breechings, 

Heating,  Cooling,  Drying,  Blast  Tanks,  Separators,  Ventilators,  etc., 

and  Exhaust  Equipments,  Lead  Burning  Air  Washers,  A.  &  J.  Floor  Sleeves 

LIGHT  OXY-ACETYLEXE  WELDIXG   AND    CUTTING 


INTERIOR  FIRE  PROTECTION 

We  specialize  in  complete  equipments  and  can  be  of 
great  assistance  to  those  contemplating  installations. 

FIRE    HOSE,    RACKS,    REELS,    EXTINGUISHERS 

We  maintain  large  stocks  of  these  materials  and  man- 
ufacture all  our  brass  goods  in  our  own  Chicago  factory. 

W.  D.  ALLEN  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY 

566  to  570  W.  Lake  St.,  CHICAGO.  Phone  Main  474 


iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiimi 


372 


Water  Closct.  Wall  QuTi-rT. 


The  water  closet  stalls  may  be  of  marble, 
slate  or  steel  according  to  the  class  of  work. 
Steel  partitions  are  very  satisfactory  and 
excellent  for  school   and  factory   work. 

The  bottom  of  all  partitions  should  be  12 
inches  above  the  floor.  When  marble  is  used 
the  pilasters  should  be  1V2  or  2  inches  thick 
and  grooved  to  receive  the  partitions.  The 
backs  should  be  cut  out  to  receive  the  parti- 
tions and  a  top  rail  of  marble  corresponding 
in  thickness  to  the  pilasters  and  3%  or  4" 
high  extend  along  the  entire  front.  The 
bottom  of  rail  should  not  be  less  than  6'-6" 
high  for  schools  and  7  feet  for  public  toilet 
rooms.  This  arrangement  does  away  en- 
tirely with  brass  floor  and  top  standards  and 
all  metal  angles — very  desirable  for  the  rea- 
son that  nickel  plated  brass  work  becomes 
tarnished  very  quickly  and  is  rarely  given 
the  care  it  requires  to  keep  the  same  in 
good  condition. 

If  wood  doors  are  used  they  should  pref- 
erably be  of  the  type  known  as  "sanitary", 
perfectly  flush  without  panels.  The  standard 
size  is  2  feet  wide,  5  feet  high  and  1V»"  thick. 
They  should  be  provided  with  an  adjustable 
N.  P.  box  spring  hinge  and  blank  with  check, 
door  latches  and  stops  and  should  always 
swing  in,  with  spring  set  to  hold  the  door 
open   when   not   in   use. 

While  on  the  subject  of  water  closet  stalls 
a  word  of  caution  regarding  the  floor  is 
apropos.  It  frequently  happens,  especially  in 
school  and  factory  work,  that  the  floors  of 
toilet  rooms  are  pitched  toward  a  floor  drnin 
and  whenever  this  is  done  the  contractor 
doing  the  flooring  work  should  be  cautioned 
to  keep  that  portion  of  the  floor  on  which 
the  water  closets  are  to  set  perfectly  level 
and  establish  his  break  line  at  least  3  inches 
forward  of  the  front  of  the  base  of  the  water 
closet  bowls.  Unless  this  is  done  the  plumber 
when  setting  the  bowls  will  level  them  up 
with  cement  in  order  to  obtain  an  even  bear- 
ing and  the  cement  under  the  base  of  the 
bowls  either  causes  them  to  crack  on  account 
of  unequal  expansion  and  contraction  or  be- 
cause of  improper  support  throughout  the 
entire  base,  the  unequal  strain  on  the  ware 
will  cause  cracks. 

For  connecting  water  closets  to  soil  pipe 
or  fittings  only  cast  iron  bends  of  an  ap- 
proved type  should  be  used — with  a  gasket 
of  asbestos,   graphited. 

Now  as  to  the  type  of  water  closets  to 
lie  used.  There  are  today  practically  only 
two  styles — one  known  as  a  siphon  iet  bowl, 
the  other  a  washdown  with  jet.  There  are 
of  course  a  large  number  of  various  special 
type  bowls  in  the  market  but  they  are  modi- 
fications of  the  above  types. 


The  siphon  jet  bowl  is  the  best  to  use  on 
account  of  its  more  quiet  action  in  flush- 
ing and  also  for  the  reason  that  the  interior 
of  the  bowl  presents  less  fouling  surface, 
owing  to  the  larger  water  surface. 

The  greater  the  cross-sectional  area  of  the 
siphon  limb  the  better  the  operation  of  the 
bowl.  The  minimum  diameter  of  the  siphon 
limb  should  be  2y2"  and  3"  is  better.  The 
more  uniform  the  passage  is  the  less  danger 
of  stoppage.  All  bowls  should  be  tested  out 
under  water  before  shipment  by  the  manu- 
facturer— for  two  reasons:  one  to  determine 
whether  the  ware  is  free  from  cracks — 
called  "dunts"  by  the  potteries,  the  other 
to  be  certain  that  the  construction  of  the 
bowl  is  perfect. 

In  many  localities  the  water  contains  in- 
crusting  ingredients  that  may  cause  clogging 
up  of  the  jet  tubes  in  time.  Such  conditions 
may  be  remedied  by  emptying  the  water  con- 
tained in  the  bowl  and  pouring  a  pint  or 
more  of  "Commercial"  Muriatic  acid  into  the 
bowl.  The  acids  will  dissolve  the  solids  in 
the  jet  opening  in  about  %  to  %  of  an 
hour. 

However,  where  the  water  is  extremely 
bad — it  is  advisable  to  use  the  washdown 
type  of  bowl  with  jet,  which  is  not  as  apt  to 
become  stopped  up  as  the  jet  openings  are 
larger  than  in  the  siphon  jet  type  and  the 
tube  has  no  pocket  in  which  deposits  can 
accumulate. 

Where  it  is  necessary  to  practice  economy 
in  the  selection  of  fixtures — it  is  advisable  to 
use  washdown  water  closets  with  jets.  For 
Schools  and  Factories  this  style  is  generally 
used. 

There  is  another  type  of  closet  used  today 
which  is  a  composite  of  the  siphon  jet  and 
washdown  bowls.  This  bowl  is  known  as  the 
"reversed  trap  type"  and  when  correctly  de- 
signed and  properly  made,  makes  a  very  sat- 
isfactory closet.  It  has  less  fouling  surface 
than  the  washdown  bowl  and  is  siphonic  in 
action. 

The  conditions  that  are  to  be  met  in  each 
case  must  necessarily  determine  thp  partic- 
ular k'nd  of  closet  that  should  be  used. 
Also  whether  the  bowls  should  have  extended 
lips,  floor  or  wall  outlets,  have  low  down 
tank,  or  flush  valves  or  flushed  automatically 
by  seat  operating  valves.  No  fixed  rule  may 
be  prescribed  for  such  selection,  which  can 
only  be  made  according  to  requirements  of 
the  work   itself. 

In  the  selection  of  water  closets  consider- 
ation must  be  given  as  to  the  manner  in 
which  the  closets  are  to  be  flushed.  Water 
closets  with  high  tanks  or  low  down  tanks 
require  a  Vz"  supply  connection,  whereas 
these  fixtures  if  operated  by  means  of  flush 
valves — reouire  1  to  1%"  supply  connections 
to  each  flush  valve.  Water  closets  with  auto- 
matic seat  operating  valves  require  %"  sup- 
ply connections  as  a  rule. 

Where  there  is  more  than  one  water  closet 
in  a  row  or  batterv,  the  main  supplies  for 
such  battery  must  be  of  a  size  that  will  ade- 
quately supply  all  fixtures.  Reference  to 
the  table  hereinbefore,  giving  delivering  ca- 
pacity of   pipe,   will   be   of   service. 

The  water  pressure  must  also  be  carefully 
considered  for  flush  valves  and  automatic 
seat  operating  valve  closets.  For  the  former 
the  minimum  should  be  10  lbs.,  and  for  the 
latter   20   lbs.,    at   each   bowl. 

Consumption  of  water  is  another  item  to 
be  considered.  Tank  closets  will  use  fi  to  S 
gallons  per  flush:  those  with  flush  valves 
from  8  to  10  gallons  according  to  the  pros- 
Bure  and  automatic  seat  operating  closets 
will   only  use  2%   to  3  gallons  per  flush. 


373 


HEAT     REGULATION 


The  Johnson  Pneumatic  System 

THE  RECOGNIZED  STANDARD 


Complete  Systems  for  all  Methods  of  Heating 

Hot  Water  Tank  Regulators 
Reducing  Valves  for  air,  water,  steam 
Control  of  Humidity 


Poised  Mixing  Dampers  for  two  pipe  systems 

JOHNSON    SERVICE    COMPANY 

H.  J.  GILSON,  Mgr.  Chicago  Office,  177  N.  DEARBORN  ST. 


The 
DAVIS 
Pressure 
Regulator 


Pressure  Regulators  Balanced   Valves 

Back  Pressure  Valves  Float    Valves 

Exhaust  Relief  Valves  Damper  Regulators 

Steam   Traps  Pump  Governors 

Stop  and  Check  Valves  Water  Relief  Valves 

Radiator  Air   Valves  Receiver  and  Pump 

Vacuum  Pump  Governors  Governors 


An 

Illinois 

Product 


For 

Illinois 

Architects 


Write  to  the  G.  M.  Davis  Regulator  Co.,  422  Milwaukee  Ave., 

One  of  the        Chicago,    for    catalog    showing   all   the    Davis    Valve    Specialties 
Davis  Steam      and  explaining  their  various  uses. 

Savers 


Recognized  as  the  standard  for  32  years  on  all  questions  relating  to  the  better  utilization 

of   steam   for   heating   purposes 

WARREN  WEBSTER  &  CO. 

Main  Office  and  Works,  Camden,  N.  J. 

ESTABLISHED  1888 

General  Western  Office,    715    Monadnock  Bldg.,  Chicago 

Phone  Harrison  8500 

Age  4-  experience  +  organization  service  +  perfect  apparatus=Guaranteed  Results 


Webster    Vacuum  System  of  Steam  Circulation 
Webster  Modulation  System  of  Steam  Circulation 
Webster  Feed  Water  Heaters,  Purifiers  and  Filters 


Webster  Steam  and  Oil  Separators 
Webstei  Expansion  Joints 


WE  WILL  HELP  YOU  TO  PLAN  THE  KITCHEN 


We  furnish  everything  needed  in  the  modern 
kitchen — and  we  gladly  co-operate  with  the 
architect  by  submitting  layouts  prepared  by 
specialists  in  kitchen  equipment. 

The  "Lang"  Patent  Hot-Blast  Range  is  one  of  our  exclusive 
products.  One  fire-box  for  as  many  as  three  ovens— hot 
blast  draft  — graduated  heat  on  top  — uniform  heat  in  ovens. 
Many  users  report  35  per  cent  reduction  in  fuel  bills. 

Send  for  full  information  and  ask  about 
our  plan  service 

ALBERT  PlCRsCOMPANV 

CHICAGO 


374 


Now  regarding  urinals — At  present  there 
are  four  types.  The  solid  porcelain  urinal 
18  and  24"  wide  which  sets  into  floor  and 
has  a  lipped  extension  base  the  top  of  which 
is  usually  set  flush  with  floor.  Then  there  is 
the  old  style  wall  hung  urinals — either  wash- 
down  or  siphon  jet  type.  The  enameled 
trough  urinal  and  the  slate  or  marble  venti- 
lated stall  urinal  with  porcelain  trough  gut- 
ter set   in   the  floor. 

The  first  type  mentioned  is  the  one  most 
generally  used  except  for  factory  and  school 
work.  For  the  latter  work  the  slate  or  ven- 
tilated stall  urinal  has  several  features  in 
its  favor.  It  is  less  expensive  than  the 
■solid  porcelain  urinal  and  when  equipped 
with  a  proper  flushing  device  and  a  deep 
porcelain  gutter  carrying  not  less  than  2" 
of  water  which  is  automatically  flushed  out 
periodically,  makes  a  most  sanitary  fixture. 
The  urinal  is  the  most  objectionable  of  all 
plumbing  fixtures  and  unless  it  is  properly 
ventilated  and  gutters  contain  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  water  for  proper  dilution  of  the 
urine,    the    fixture    becomes    a    nuisance. 

The  Chicago  ordinance  does  not  permit  of 
a.  urinal  with  gutters  in  the  floor  and  I  be- 
lieve this  a  serious  oversight.  It  permits  of 
the  use  only  of  the  solid  porcelain,  wall  hung 
or  lipped  trough  urinals.  The  two  latter 
types  are  unquestionably  inferior  from  a 
sanitary  standpoint  to  a  slate  or  marble 
ventilated  urinal  with  a  solid  porcelain  gut- 
ter and  siphon   trap. 

When  setting  solid  porcelain  urinals  into 
the  floor  a  depth  of  4"  is  required  to  bring 
the  top  of  the  drip  receptor  flush  with  the 
finished  floor.  Care  should  be  taken  to  set 
these  in  accordance  with  instructions  of  the 
manufacturers.  They  must  never  be  solidly 
set  in  a  cement  grout;  an  inch  or  more  of 
dry  sand  should  be  put  under  same  and  a 
strip  of  expansion  joint  composition  placed 
on    the   front   edge   and    exposed   sides   so   the 


concrete  sub-base  of  floor  will  not  adhere. 
The  finished  tile,  terrazzo  or  cement  may  be 
run  up  against  the  porcelain  ware. 

Regarding  the  other  fixtures  such  as  lava- 
tories, sinks,  slop  sinks,  etc.,  space  will  not 
permit  going  into  details.  The  catalogues  of 
manufacturers  generally  give  all  information 
necessary    regarding   same. 

The  only  question  of  material  interest  to 
the  Architect  regarding  these  is  the  kind  to 
be  used.  This  in  a  measure  may  be  deter- 
mined by  the  class  of  the  work  itself. 

For  lavatories  for  first  class  work — only 
those  of  the  best  vitreous  ware  should  be 
used.  These  are  made  in  many  styles  and 
sizes.  Enameled  iron  lavatories  are  not  as 
desirable   as   those  of  vitreous   ware. 

For  sinks — there  are  a  large  variety — solid 
porcelain,  vitreous  in  certain  sizes,  enameled 
iron;  slate,  alberene  stone  and  copper, 
"Liberty"  silver  and  galvanized  steel.  Each 
has  its  especial  field  and  the  kind  and 
size  must  be  determined  for  each  class  of 
work. 

Cost  today,  more  than  ever,  is  an  import- 
ant factor  in  considering  the  quality  of 
plumbing  fixtures  that  should  be  used.  How- 
ever, it  would  be  very  poor  judgment  to 
sacrifice  quality  of  material  in  any  line  on 
account  of  cost.  The  work  of  the  Architect 
is  not  for  today,  but  for  tomorrow,  and  he 
who  builds  well  in  all  things  will  profit  more 
than  one  who  builds  poorly,  and  hence,  now 
more  than  ever  skill  in  design  and  knowledge 
of  materials  and  their  proper  use  will  be 
required  of  the  Architect  to  secure  results. 

Nothing  will  cause  as  much  annoyance  and 
require  as  constant  repairs  as  a  poorly  de- 
signed and  cheap  installation  of  plumbing. 
Repair  bills  are  a  constant  reminder  to  the 
owner  of  mistakes  made  by  the  Architect, 
who  failed  to  give  in  full  the  service  for 
which    he   was   paid. 


PLUMBING  DESIGN  IN  TALL  BUILDINGS 

By  THOMAS  J.  CLAEFY 


The  tendency  in  the  erection  of  modern 
hotels  and  office  buildings  is  to  increase 
the  height.  As  the  height  of  a  building  ex- 
ceeds 8  to  10  stories,  the  effect  upon  water 
supply,  plumbing  and  ventilation  systems 
is  immediately  noticeable  In  plumbing 
systems,  the  effect  is  noticed  in  the  agita- 
tion of  water  in  closet  bowls  and  traps  of 
other  fixtures.  When  the  height  of  build- 
ings reach  and  even  exceed  16  stories,  the 
effect  upon  traps  and  plumbing  fixtures  be- 
comes such  that  engineers  and  plumbers 
are  forced  to  recognize  the  fact  that  some- 
thing is  wrong  with  the  practice  of  install- 
ing plumbing  systems.  Eittle  attention  has 
been  given  the  enormous  striking  force  ex- 
erted  by  a  column  of  water  falling  from 
the  heigh.1  of  approximately  200  feet  in  a 
vertical  pipe.  The  air  compression  in  a 
plumbing  system  under  such  circumstances 
becomes  so  severe  that  the  ordinary  system 
of  vents  and  revents  as  provided  for  in 
our  present  plumbing  ordinance,  seems  in- 
adequate. 

There  have  been  numerous  examples  of 
extreme  air  compression  brought  to  the  at- 


tention of  the  writer,  brief  reference  to 
two  of  which  will  give  some  idea  of  what 
this  means  to  the  designing  architect  or 
engineer,  as  well  as  to  the  owner  of  a 
building. 

One  of  the  first  of  these  was  an  18-story 
office  building  in  which  the  main  toilet 
rooms  were  on  the  top  floor.  A  6"  soil  pipe 
carried  off  the  waste  and  was  extended 
through  the  roof,  full  size.  A  3"  vent  pipe 
was  connected  into  the  bottom  of  this  line, 
and  extended  through  the  roof  where  it  was 
increased  to  4".  The  revents  for  each  in- 
dividual fixture  wire  connected  to  this  vent 
pipe.  In  spite  of  all  this,  during  periods 
of  heavy  operation  <>f  the  main  toilet  room, 
the  fixture  seals  were  broken  and  water 
blown  out  of  water  closets  and  other  fix- 
tures onto  the  floors  below  the  top  floor. 
It  became  necessary  to  install  an  extra  \" 
relief  vent  pipe  to  take  off  the  excess  air 
pressure  near  the  bottom  of  the  line. 

Another  example  was  in  a  10-story  loft 
building  in  which  the  soil  and  vent  pipes 
wen-    installed    according    to    the    ordinance, 


375 


American   Outside    Center 

Packed   Plunger 

Boiler  Feed   Pump 


One   of   our   many   patti 
We  make  pumps  for  all  kinds  of  service. 


AMERICAN  and 
AMERICAN  -  MARSH 

Steam  and   Power   Pumps 

Air  Compressors 

Centrifugal  Pumps 

AMERICAN    STEAM    PUMP   CO., 

J.  M.  STANNARD,  Mgr. 
CHICAGO 
1220-21    Monadnock      Tel.  Harr.   2300 


Ric-Wil  Underground  Steam  Pipe 
Conduit  and  Improved  Drain  Base 

For  the  proper  insulating  of 
steam  and  hot  water  under- 
ground lines.  Highest  efn- 
ciency,     shipped     complete, 

and.  easy  to  Install.  Insulating 
material  is  moulded  into  the 
vitrified  salt  glazed  tile.  Send 
for  complete  catalogs. 

Stannard  Power  Equipment  Co. 

CHICAGO 

1220-21-22    MONADNOCK    BLK. 

Tel.   Harrison  2300 


Jennings  Turbine  Vacuum  and 
Low  Pressure  Boiler  Feed  Pumps 

ELECTRICALLY  OPERATED. 

MANUFACTURED    BY 

NASH  ENGINEERING  CO. 

VERY   SIMPLE  and  DURABLE 
Especially  Adapted  for  Vacuum  Heating  Systems 

SALES  REPRESENTATIVE 

Stannard  Power  Equipment  Co.,  Chicago 

1220-21-22  Monadnock  Bldg.  Tel.  Harr.  2300 


Yeomans  Centrifugal  Sewage  Ejectors 

Bilge  Pumps,  House  Pumps,  Condensation  Pumps,  Etc. 
SHONE  PNEUMATIC  SEWAGE  EJECTORS 

STANDARD  THE  WORLD    OVER 

YEOMANS  BROTHERS  COMPANY 

Phone  Diversey  5600  1432  Dayton  St.,  Chicago 


376 


and  similar  in  many  respects  to  the  installa- 
tion just  described.  With  the  first  heavy 
rain,  and  before  the  building  was  occupied, 
water  was  blown  from  the  closet  on  the 
first  floor  almost  half  way  to  the  ceiling. 
It  became  necessary  immediately  to  pro- 
vide relief,  and  the  building  being  of  con- 
crete construction,  the  difficulty  of  cutting 
floors  and  extending  a  pipe  through  the  roof 
seemed  insurmountable.  It  was  found  pos- 
sible, however,  to  obtain  a  connection  near 
the  outlet  at  the  curb  wall  which  dis- 
charged into  a  large  receiving  tank  having 
an  overflow  to  the  street  sewer.  The  neces- 
sary safety  valve  was  provided,  but  it  was 
a  job  that  even  the  designing  engineer  was 
not   proud   of. 

It  is  evident  that  the  ordinary  plumbing 
ordinance  does  not  meet  the  requirements 
of  the  exaggerated  conditions  experienced 
in  tall  buildings.  Plumbing  ordinances 
specifying  vent  sizes,  etc.,  were  drawn  in 
days  when  this  type  of  building  was  in  its 
infancy.  We  now  see  the  necessity  for  re- 
vising some  of  the  requirements  specified 
in  ordinances.  It  is  not,  however,  a  revision 
downward  as  many  would  think,  but  in  the 
other  direction.  We  know  from  experience 
and  from  tests,*  that  vent  pipe  sizes  should 
be  increased  over  those  specified  in  our 
present  plumbing  ordinance.  We  are  con- 
vinced that  the  main  vent  pipe  should  be  at 
least  as  large  as  the  soil  or  waste  pipe 
which  it  serves  and  preferably  a  little  larger, 
that  it  should  be  cross  connected  full 
size  at  intervals  as  shown  in  Figure  ( —  >, 
and  should  be  connected  in  a  specific  man- 
ner at  the  bottom  of  the  line.  The  latter 
is  far  more  important  than  appears  at  first 
glance.  From  tests  that  were  made  at  the 
University  of  Illinois,  it  was  clearly  demon- 
strated that  the  efficiency  of  a  plumbing 
vent  system  depends  largely  on  how  this 
connection  at  the  base  is  made.  Unless  pro- 
vision is  made  to  effectually  separate  the 
air  and  water  at  this  point,  there  will  be  a 
seething  mass  of  compressed  air  and  water 
churned  up  in  such  a  manner  as  to  fill  both 
soil  and  vent  pipes  and  to  prevent  the  pas- 
sage of  impounded  air.  By  connecting  in 
the  manner  shown  in  illustration,  the  fall- 
ing water  strikes  the  lower  side  of  the  fit- 
ting, and  connecting  nipple  a  to  the  hori- 
zontal extension,  and  follows  the  wall  of 
the  pipe.  The  air  is  released  and  escapes 
along  the  upper  wall  of  the  pipe  b  and  up 
through  the  free  opening  of  the  vent  e. 
This  provides  for  the  free  escape  of  im- 
pounded air  at  the  base  of  a  vertical  line 
of  pipe  and  full  sized  cross  connections  at 
intervals  above  relieve  pressure  within  the 
system  by  permitting  a  free  circulation  at 
much  lower  speed  than  is  obtained  other- 
wise. 

The  additional  cost  of  these  suggested 
improvements  when  compared  with  the  total 
cost  of  the  system  are  infinitesimal.  We  are 
sure  that  experience  will  demonstrate  the 
justification    for   such    expenditure. 

There  is  no  dependable  data  on  propor- 
tioning pipe  sizes  of  soil  and  vent  pipes. 
Roughly  speaking,  a  vertical  pipe  will  carry 
off  the  discharge  from  any  horizontal  branch 
line,  either  singly  or  on  separate  floors. 
Therefore,  the   horizontal   sol]   or  waste  pipe 


carrying  the  largest  number  of  fixtures  deter- 
mines size  for  the  vertical  to  which  it  con- 
nects. Main  vent  pipes  as  previously  men- 
tioned, should  be  as  large  as  the  vertical 
soil  or  waste  pipe  which  they  serve  and  a 
size  larger  in  buildings  exceeding  16  stories 
high. 

TO   BOOF 


*Note — See  report  of  tests  at  University 
of  Illinois.  Page  66,  Proceedings  1916 — A.  S. 
S.    E. 


BA^f-ME^T 


377 


Standard 
Varnish  Works 


HIGH -GRADE 

ARCHITECTURAL 

VARNISHES 
ENAMELS 
STAINS 

jiuwiiiJiiJiiuiiJifiijiiJijjiiiiimjiiiiiiMuufuiMiiii mmiiiiiiiw""iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiimii 


Standard  Cooper-Bell  Co. 


CHICAGO 


Licensee    and    Western    Manufacturer    Standard    Varnish    Works'  and 
Cooper   Be!l   Varnish   Company's   Products 


::7- 


STAINS,  FILLERS  AND  VARNISHES 

By  R.   W.  LINDSAY,  CHEMIST 


Only  a  few  decades  ago  varnish  making 
bordered  on  an  occult  art.  The  formulas 
and  rule-of-thumb  methods  used  by  different 
manufacturers  were  so  zealously  guarded 
that  the  interest  of  others  did  not  reach 
back  of  the  finished  product.  Then  the  chem- 
ist entered  the  field.  He  made  an  exhaustive 
study  of  the  properties  given  to  varnish  and 
its  allied  products  by  the  different  materials 
entering  into  their  manufacture.  Thus 
equipped,  he  was  able  to  make  products  ex- 
actly adapted  to  all  of  the  increasing  number 
of  purposes  for  which  finishing  materials  are 
used.  This  means  that  to-day  the  architect 
can  find  excellent  materials  for  any  finish 
that  he  may  wish  to  secure;  but  this  be- 
wildering variety  of  materials  also  means 
that  he  must  give  more  thought  than  ever 
before  to  his  selection.  Should  I  specify  an 
acid  stain  or  an  oil  stain?  "Why  should  I 
use  varnish  instead  of  shellac  on  floors? 
These  are  samples  of  the  hundreds  of  ques- 
tions that  can  be  answered  intelligently  only 
when  the  solution  is  based  upon  a  compre- 
hensive, organized  knowledge  of  the  ma- 
terials available.  And  for  the  one  who  will 
delve  deeply  enough,  it  is  a  study  as  fasci- 
nating as  it  is  profitable. 

I  shall  consider  in  order,  stains,  fillers  and 
varnishes.     Stains  may  be  classified  as: 

1st Aniline    Oil    Stains 

2nd Spirit     Stains     (Aniline) 

3rd Pigment   Oil    Stains 

4th Acid  Stains 

By  the  aniline  oil  stain  is  meant  a  stain 
made  by  the  solution  of  an  aniline  color  in 
some  solvent  such  as  benzol,  solvent  nap- 
tha,  turpentine,  benzine,  or  in  other  words, 
an  oil  solvent.  Often  in  combination  with 
these  aniline  colors  is  used  a  considerable 
amount  of  asphaltum  varnish  in  order  to 
obtain  certain  desired  results.  There  has 
always  been,  and  still  is,  a  great  deal  of 
doubt  in  the  minds  of  most  users  as  to  just 
what  is  meant  by  an  aniline  color  and  when 
we  consider  the  great  number  of  organic 
compounds  known  as  aniline  colors,  it  is  not 
strange  that  such  is  the  case.  By  an  aniline 
color  we  mean  one  derived  from  the  chemi- 
cal compound  aniline  which  is  found  in  coal 
tar.  Aniline  is  then  treated  with  various 
acids  and  other  chemicals  and  we  are  able 
to  form  new  compounds  and  from  these 
compounds  still  other  compounds,  and  it  is 
these  various  new  compounds  which  are 
formed  that  are  the  aniline  colors  of  com- 
merce. These  colors  vary  in  their  solubil- 
ity according  to  their  composition  and  con- 
sequently we  have  aniline  colors  soluble  in 
oil,  aniline  colors  soluble  in  alcohol,  aniline 
colors  soluble  in  water  and  in  addition  we 
have  also  many  aniline  colors,  which  we 
may  say  are  "forced"  in  their  solubility, 
i.  e.,  the  aniline  color  may  be  only  slightly 
soluble  in  a  solvent  such  as  benzol,  but 
when  combined  with  a  fatty  substance  such 
as  stearic  or  oleic  acid,  which  is  soluble  In 
benzol,  is  carried  into  solution  in  this  way. 
This  latter  fact  accounts  as  you  may  read- 
ily understand  for  the  non-drying  nature  of 
many  of  the  oil  anilines.  The  aniline  color 
itself  may  be  a  material  which  would  be 
perfectly  dry,  but  of  course,  is  not  permitted 
to  become  so  on  account  of  the  presence  of 
tins.'  non-drying   fatty  acids. 

The  aniline  oil  stains  have  very  strong 
penetrating  powers  and  carry  the  dye  far 
into  the  wood.  They  may  be  used  On  both 
hard  and  soft  woods,  both  open  and  closed 
grains,  but  naturally  better  penetration  is 
secured  in  the  softer  woods.    These  stains,  be- 


ing perfectly  clear  and  containing  no  pig- 
ment, produce  a  beautiful,  clear,  transpar- 
ent stain,  usually  rich  in  color  and  beauti 
ful  to  look  upon.  This  beauty  is  of  course 
brought  out  by  the  application  of  shellac 
and   varnish. 

In  finishing  a  panel  with  a  stain  of  this 
nature  we  find  that  the  stain  works  very 
easily,  giving  a  remarkably  uniform  effect 
and  apparentlv  is  an  excellent  product. 
Shellac  is  then  applied  and  later  the  varnish 
and  the  brilliancy  of  the  stain  is  very  much 
enhanced.  Supposing  that  we  have  a  panel 
finished  up  in  this  way  and  the  same  is 
allowed  to  be  set  aside  for  some  time  and 
then  later  examined,  we  are  very  much  sur- 
prised to  find  that,  first,  instead  of  having 
a  stain  rich  in  color  that  a  great  deal  of  its 
depth  has  disappeared  and  left  in  many 
cases,  a  muddy  effect.  At  any  rate  the 
stain  has  faded  very  considerably.  Secondly 
we  notice  that  the  varnish  itself  has  died 
down  very  materially  and  that  upon 
scratching  the  varnish  film,  we  have  instead 
of  a  firm,  tough  finish,  a  finish  which  looks 
very  much  as  though  it  were  made  entirely 
of  rosin.  This  latter  effect  is  due  entirely 
to  what  is  termed  "Bleeding"  of  the  stain 
due  to  the  following  conditions:  The  stain 
as  applied,  was,  as  stated  above,  composed 
of  aniline  colors  soluble  in  benzol,  turpen- 
tine and  other  solvents  of  a  similar  nature, 
and  consequently  upon  application  of  the 
shellac  over  the  stain,  the  alcohol  pene- 
trated into  the  pores  and  dissolved  out  a 
certain  part  of  the  stain  and  carried  it  in- 
to its  own  film.  The  varnish,  then  follow- 
ing, also  having  the  power  by  means  of  its 
thinner,  to  dissolve  this  dye,  picks  up  the 
color  and  carries  it  into  its  own  film. 
These  colors  are  extremely  susceptible  to 
this  kind  of  an  action  and  have  been 
known  to  have  carried  sometimes  through 
five  or  six  coats  of  paint.  There  is  one 
case,  which  has  come  to  my  attention,  where 
there  has  been  applied  over  a  finish  of  this 
kind  two  coats  of  varnish  and  five  coats  of 
white  enamel,  yet  after  each  successive 
coat  of  enamel  has  dried,  the  pinkish  cast  of 
the  mahogany  aniline  stain  has  appeared 
and  cannot  be  removed  unless  the  entire 
finish  down  to  the  wood  is  taken  off  and 
the  color  itself  removed.  Naturally  the  lay- 
man in  having  his  house  finished  and  notic- 
ing the  condition  of  his  wood  finish  from 
time  to  time,  detects  the  failing  of  the  lus- 
tre of  his  varnish  and  immediately  draws 
the  conclusion  that  the  varnish  applied  to 
his  house  is  of  an  inferior  quality  and  it 
is  my  presumption  that  the  reputation  of 
thi'  varnish  manufacturer  has  been  harmed 
n  great  deal  more  than  we  realize  1>\-  a  . 
conditions.  Of  course,  many  of  the  manu- 
facturers of  stains  of  this  nature  do  pro- 
duce what  are  called  primers,  which  are 
supposed  to  take  care  of  this  "Bleeding" 
effect  and  no  doubt  these  articles  do  retard 
the  "Bleeding"  very  considerably,  yet  there 
are  none  which  are  absolutely  free  from 
this    trouble. 

In  this  same  class  of  materials  of  a  some- 
what different  construction,  arc  the  spirit 
stains.  These,  of  course,  arc  made  by  a 
solution   of  aniline  colors   in   alcohol   and   onlv 

used  to  a  very  limited  extent  on  account  o( 
the  fact  that  they  are  extremely  hard  to 
work  and  apply  evenly,  it  being  almost  im- 
possible to  apply  a  stain  ot"  this  character 
on  a  large  surface  with  any  ih^ii t"  even- 
ness, and  secondly,  they  are  prone  to  work 
up  into  the  shellac  aDplied  over  them,  so 
that  it  is  almost  an  impossibility  to  get  a 
good  finish.  They  naturally  "bleed"  very 
considerably  and  have  cause. i  all  kinds  of 
trouble-    not    only    in    this    respect,    hut    also 


379 


Your  Protection 


SPECIFY  THE  BIG  FOURj 

Pitcairn  Aged  Finishing  Spar 

Pitcairn  Aged  Floor  Spar 

Pitcairn  Wood  Stains 

Pitcairn  Banzai  Enamels 

Made  by 

PITCAIRN  VARNISH  CO.  ™:T» '.T3' 


380 


in  regard  to  their  fading.  Being  used  in 
such  limited  quantities  as  they  are,  it  is  not 
necessary  to  describe  them  further,  but 
merely  to  state  that  they  should  be  avoided. 
The  third  type  of  stain  mentioned  above  is 
what  is  termed  pigment  stains,  and  by  such 
i3  meant  one  made  by  grinding  of  a  pigment 
or  pigments  in  oil,  usually  linseed  oil,  and 
its  subsequent  reduction  with  turpen- 
tine or  some  such  vehicle  sufficient  to  effect 
penetration.  The  pigments  used  in  stains 
of  this  kind  are: 

Chrome   Yellows 
Chrome  Greens 
Carbon    Black 
Prussian   Blue 
Para   Reds,   etc. 

and  as  you  can  readily  see,  their  staining 
effects  must  be  really  due  to  the  lodgment  of 
the  pigment  within  the  pores  of  the  wood. 
In  reality  they  are  nothing  but  a  thin  paint 
sufficiently  reduced  so  as  to  penetrate  the 
pores  of  the  wood.  These  stains  do  not  give 
as  clear  an  effect  as  the  penetrating  stains 
nor  do  they  penetrate  the  wood  so  readily, 
and  consequently  are  limited  almost  entirely 
to  soft  woods  where  a  sufficiently  deep 
penetration  may  be  effected.  However,  even 
though  these  stains  are  not  quite  as  clear 
as  the  previously  discussed  class  of  stains, 
yet  they  are  sufficiently  clear  to  produce 
some  very  beautiful  effects  and  when  we 
consider  the  fact  that  they  are  practically 
non-fading,  have  absolutely  no  tendency  to 
"bleed"  and  that  the  after  results  are  con- 
sequently very  much  more  satisfactory  than 
otherwise,  we  must  concede  that  they  are 
far  superior  to  any  stain  in  which  the  after- 
results  are  very  questionable.  Further- 
more, these  stains  being  made  upon  a  linseed 
oil  base,  have  a  tendency  to  preserve  the 
wood  and  consequently  are  of  material  assist- 
ance in   this  way. 

The  third  class  of  stains  mentioned 
above  are  the  acid  stains.  The  term  arid, 
applied  to  most  of  these  stains  is  a  misno- 
mer on  account  of  the  fact  that  nearly  all 
of  these  stains  of  this  class  are  practically 
neutral  in  their  reactions,  i.  e.,  they  are  not 
made  by  the  solution  of  acids  in  water  as 
the  same  suggests  but  are  made  by  the  solu- 
tion of  various  dyes  in  water  or  a  medium 
miscible  with  water.  These  stains  are  per- 
fectly clear  solutions  and  when  applied  to 
the  work,  they  work  very  easily  under  the 
brush  and  may  be  spread  out  over  large 
areas  with  a  degree  of  evenness.  Having 
been  applied,  and  the  work  finished,  they  are 
very  permanent  as  regards  fading  and  have 
little    tendency    to    "bleed". 

The  reason  for  the  latter  effect  is  due  to 
the  fact  that  the  dye  used  is  a  water  solu- 
ble product  and  consequently  even  though 
the  vehicle  of  the  varnish  applied  over  the 
stain  may  penetrate  Into  the  wood,  yet  the 
dye  is  not  picked  up  and  consequently  does 
not  "bleed"  into  the  successive  coats  "f  var- 
nish. This  point  may  be  very  readily  illus- 
trated by  carrying  out  the  following  experi- 
ment: A  panel,  for  example,  is  finished  at 
one  end  with  coat  of  mahogany  aniline  oil 
stain  and  at  the  other  with  a  coal  of  ma- 
hogany acid  stain  and  a  coat  of  shellac  is 
applied  over  the  entire  panel,  followed  bj  a 
coat  of  white  enamel.  Allow  this  panel  to 
stand  for  a  short  time  and  the  result  is, 
that    within   a   very    short   period   of    time,    it 


will  be  noticed  that  the  enamel  over  the  ani- 
line oil  stain  is  covered  with  reddish  spots, 
showing  the  way  in  which  the  "bleeding" 
has  taken  place.  The  enamel  over  the  acid 
stain  has  not  been  affected,  thus  indicating 
the  "non-bleeding"  nature  of  this  stain. 
These  acid  stains  produce  beautiful, 
clear,  transparent  effects,  are  permanent 
and  "non-bleeding"  and  are  really  the  ideal 
kind  of  stain,  but  like  many  other  materials 
which  are  so  nearly  perfect,  they  have  one 
defect.  This  defect  is  due  to  the  fact  that 
when  the  water  is  applied  to  wood,  the  gr^in 
is  caused  to  raise  very  materially  and  it  is 
the  sanding  down  of  this  grain,  which  re- 
stricts somewhat  the  use  of  the  acid  stain. 
Th.-  acid  stain  is  confined  almost  entirely 
to  the  use  of  hard  woods  on  account  of  the 
fact  that  the  softer  woods  necessitate  a 
large  amount  of  sanding.  The  best  practice 
is,  of  course,  to  sponge  off  the  wood  first, 
sand  and  then  apply  the  stain  and  follow 
with  another  light  sanding.  In  this  way, 
the  maximum  amount  of  stain  is  retained 
in  the  wood  and  the  effect  is  not  spoiled. 
Notwithstanding  this  defect,  however,  these 
stains  are  really  the  most  practical',  most 
lasting  and  produce  the  most  satisfactory 
results. 

Leaving  the  subject  of  stains,  the  next 
class  of  materials  used  in  the  finishing  of 
woods,  are  the  fillers  and  these  may  be  di- 
vided into  two  parts: 

Liquid  Fillers. 
Paste  Tillers. 
When  Liquid  Fillers  were  first  placed  on 
the  market,  they  were  offered  as  substitutes 
for  shellac  and  at  that  time  the  material  sold 
as  such  was  of  far  better  quality  than  most 
of  the  so  called  Liquid  Fillers  of  today. 
Today,  most  of  these  goods  are  composed  of 
nothing  more  than  Gloss  Oil,  a  little  Linseed 
Oil  and  the  cheapest  Pigment  it  is  possible 
to  get.  All  kinds  of  pigments  have  been  used 
but  the  most  satisfactory  are  either  asbes- 
tine or  China  Clay  on  account  of  the  property 
these  pigments  have  of  remaining  in  sus- 
pension. Notwithstanding  the  fact  however, 
that  the  general  run  of  Liquid  Fillers  has  de- 
teriorated so  much,  a  few  of  the  best  man- 
ufacturers are  producing  goods  for  this 
purpose  which  really  have  quality.  These 
goods  are  necessarily  made  so  that  they  dry 
very  hard  and  firm,  carry  sufficient  pigment 
so  as  to  fill  the  pores  to  a  certain  extent 
and  give  a  surface  which  is  very  non-absorb- 
ent and  over  which  the  varnish  may  be  ap- 
plied in  such  a  way  as  to  have  a  good  full 
body  ami  lustre.  This  eiass  of  materials 
is  not  recommended  for  use  upon  floors  or  Cor 
exterior  purposes  on  acount  of  its  extremely 
hard  nature,  yet  for  certain  purposes,  it 
serves  in  a  very  favorable  way,  and  may  be 
recommended. 

The  second  type  of  tiller  is  the  PASTE 
Kll.l.l.k  ano  by  this  product  we  mean  one 
sold  in  paste  form  and  made  by  mixing  or 
grinding  together  of  certain  pigments,  linseed 
oil  and  a  japan  drier.    The  function  of  a  paste 

« filler    is    to   close   all    the   pores   of   the 

more  or  less  open  grained  woods,  so  that. 
while  the  surface  becomes  non-absorbent,  the 
natural  beauty  is  not  obscured,  and  if  the 
wood  is  stained,  the  filler  mast  not  dull  the 
transparency  of  the  stain.  Therefore,  the 
more  translucenl  the  filling  material,  the  more 
valuable  the  product.  Consequently,  while 
barytes,   clay   whiting  and    gypsum   are   still 


381 


Beautiful  Finish 


and 


Greatest  Durability 


Produced  with 


ZZ  VARNISHES  and  STAINS  *t£ 

—      Chi-Vo 


MANUFACTURED  BY 


CHICAGO  VARNISH  COMPANY 

CHICAGO  NEW  YORK 


IMMORTALITY 

Architects,  like  master  painters,  attain  immortality  by  the  beauty  with  which 
they  invest  their  creations.  It  is  the  beauty,  and  the  memory  of  it,  which  recalls 
their  fame  more  than  the  usefulness  of  imposing  structures.  Many  women  are 
useful;  some  are  beautiful  and  useful.   Them  we  remember  throughout  the  ages. 

It  is  to  make  others  see  their  works  of  use  and  beauty  as  they  see  them, 
that  is  the  hope  of  all  architects.  It  is  to  preserve  with  the  finest  finishes  in  the 
world  what  they  have  built,  that  has  impelled  the  famous  architects  of  the  past 
half  century  to  use  Murphy  Varnishes  and  Enamels. 

Send  for-  our  beautiful  book:    "RARE  WOODS." 


Murphy 
Varnish 

"the  varnish  that  lasts  longest 


MURPHY  VARNISH  COMPANY 


NEWARK,  N.  J. 


Franklin  Murphy,  Jr. 
president 


CHICAGO,  ILL 


.;-' 


employed  on  account  of  their  cheapness,  the 
ideal  material  for  a  filler  is  silex  or  silica. 
Silex  or  silica  is  really  powdered  quartz,  and 
is  a  pigment  which  is  extremely  transparent, 
has  considerable  "tooth,"  and  consequently 
makes  an  ideal  pigment  for  this  purpose.  A 
paste  filler  is  generally  made  by  merely  mix- 
ing the  silica  and  its  vehicle,  and  is  received 
by  the  consumer  in  paste  form.  This  is  re- 
duced with  turpentine,  and  is  then  ready  for 
application.  A  good  filler  should  be  dry  in 
twenty-four  hours,  and  then  sanded  and 
dusted  off,  leaving  a  surface  ready  for  the 
application   of   the   material   following. 

Fillers  are  really  materials  to  which  suf- 
ficient attention  has  not  been  given,  and  it 
behooves  the  architect  to  see  that  he  gets 
the  most  translucent  fillers  possible  even 
though  the  same  costs  him  a  little  more,  this 
extra  expense  being  do  doubt  explained  very 
largely  by  the  fact  that  the  pigment  used 
is  more  expensive.  Furthermore,  the  best 
grade  of  fillers  always  contain  a  good  grade 
of  linseed  oil  and  a  good  gum  Japan,  the 
latter  serving  to  harden  up  and  to  make  the 
filler  non-absorbent.  Here,  again,  the  use  of 
a  cheap  filler  necessarily  means  the  use  of 
a  material  containing  a  cheap  japan  which 
will  have  the  effect  of  reducing  the  durabil- 
ity and  stability  of  the  filler.  Colored  fill- 
ers for  various  modern  effects  are,  of  course, 
made  up  by  incorporating  certain  colors  with 
the  regular  paste  filler  and  some  very  beau- 
tiful results  may  be   obtained. 

Following  the  filling  of  the  wood  comes  the 
application  in  many  cases  of  shellac.  Shel- 
lac, as  you  no  doubt  all  know,  is  a  gum 
secured  from  India,  and  is  made  into  liquid 
shellac  by  dissolving  the  gum  in  alcohol. 
There  are  several  grades  of  gum  shellac  upon 
the  market,  and  at  the  same  time  there  are 
a  number  of  products  called  shellac  which 
are  sold  generally  on  the  basis  of  price,  and 
in  many  cases,  contain  absolutely  no  gum 
shellac. 

To  my  mind  one  of  the  most  important 
points  in  an  architect's  specifications  is  the 
question  of  shellac  and  he  should  make  it  a 
point  to  specify  either  a  grade  of  shellac 
which  he  knows  to  be  absolutely  pure  or 
make  a  specification  like  that  of  the  govern- 
ment which  compels  the  use  of  a  shellac  con- 
taining no  rosin  or  other  adulterants.  These 
substitute  shellacs  in  many  cases  contain  a 
large  amount  or  rosin  and  are  really  no  bet- 
ter than  a  coat  of  gloss  oil  upon  the  work. 
The  result  is  that  "bleeding"  and  other  diffi- 
culties occur  in  the  work  and  t lie  ultimate  re- 
sults are  disastrous  for  the  finishing  coat  of 
varnish.  Just  as  no  house  can  be  built  with 
a  foundation  of  sand,  no  finish  should  be 
built  up  with  foundation  coats  which  have 
no  durability,  are  extremely  brittle,  and  in 
fact,  have  no  qualifications  except  their 
cheapness.  To  my  mind,  architects  should 
look  into  this  point  of  their  specifications 
very  carefully  as  I  believe  it  will  save  them 
a  lot  of  trouble  and  insure  for  them  satis- 
factory   results. 

We  now  come  to  the  subject  of  Varnishes, 
and  in  taking  up  this  matter  we  will  dis- 
cuss the  various  materials  used  in  varnish 
making  and  follow  this  with  a  brief  descrip- 
tion   of   the    process    itself. 

"Varnish    has    four    main    constituent    parts. 

First:  The  fossil  resins,  or  gums,  as  they 
are    termed,    which    give    to    the    varnish    its 


brilliancy  and  lustre  and  to  a  certain  degree 
it  durabilty. 

Second:  The  drying  oils  which  render  the 
varnish  elastic,  durable  and  to  a  certain  ex- 
tent  affect   the   lustre. 

Third:  The  metallic  driers  which  are  in- 
corporated with  the  oils  to  hasten  the  dry- 
ing of  the  varnish  film,  acting  as  carriers 
of  oxygen  from   the  air  to  the  drying  oil. 

Fourth:  The  volatile  solvents  which  aid 
in  the  spreading  of  the  varnish  upon  the 
work. 

First  we  shall  take  up  the  various  raw 
materials  used  in  making  varnish,  and  de- 
scribe the  source  from  which  these  various 
materials  come,  and  then  later,  the  way  in 
which  these  materials  are  used  in  the  ac- 
tual   varnish    making   process. 

The  first  of  the  raw  materials  to  be  con- 
sidered are  the  fossil  resins,  which  are  di- 
vided into  three  classes.  We  first  have  the 
fossil  resins,  which  are  the  exudation  of 
trees  which  existed  thousands  of  years  ago, 
the  sap  having  flowed  from  the  trees  to  the 
ground  where  it  was  covered  with  decayed 
vegetation,  etc.,  and  fossilized.  Second,  we 
have  the  semi-fossil  resins,  which  are  the 
exudation  of  trees  of  more  recent  origin, 
and  third,  we  have  the  crop  resins,  which 
are  gathered  directly  from  the  tree,  the  tree 
being  cut  in  such  a  way  that  the  sap  will 
flow   and   this    sap   is   hardened   by    oxidation. 

Zanzibar  Animi  is  a  fossil  resin  coming  to 
us  from  Zanzibar  on  the  eastern  coast  of 
Africa,  and  is  characterized  by  the  goose 
skin  effect  which  we  find  upon  the  various 
pieces  of  gum.  The  gum  is  extremely  hard, 
and  was  formerly  used  in  the  manufacture 
of  our  best  grade  of  piano  varnishes  and  ex- 
terior varnishes.  It  was  used  in  the  piano 
varnishes  on  account  of  the  fact  that  it 
makes  an  extremely  hard  varnish,  and  one 
which  may  be  readily  rubbed  and  polished. 
It  was  used  in  the  spar  varnishes  on  account 
of  the  fact  that  it  made  a  varnish  which  was 
very  durable.  This  resin  is  not  used  today 
on  account  of  the  fact  that  it  is  practically 
impossible  for  us  to  obtain  sufficient  quan- 
tites  for  use  in  a  practical  way. 

The  next  resin  is  that  of  the  Congo  Copal, 
the  term  Copal  being  applied  to  the  gum 
found  upon  the  west  coast  of  Africa,  to  dif- 
ferentiate between  these  and  the  ones  found 
on  the  east  coast  of  Africa,  of  which  tin- 
Zanzibar  is  a  type.  The  Congo  Copal  is  very 
light  in  color,  makes  a  varnish  which  dries 
with  a  good  hard  film,  and  is  used  in  large 
quantities  in  high  grade  varnishes.  For  this 
reason  it  is  used  in  high  grade  baking  var 
nishes  and  interior  varnishes  where  color 
is   an   essential   feature. 

The  Benguela  Copal  is  very  similar  to  Con- 
go, coming  from  the  same  general  district 
on  the  west  coast  of  Africa,  but  differs  In 
thai  the  varnishes  made  from  this  gum  are 
darker.  The  Benguela  Is  characterized  bj 
the  greenish  east  which  Is  displayed  through- 
out  the  various  pieces  of  gum. 

The  Sierra  I. eon.'  i  lopal  Is  one  of  the  most 
elastic   resins   known    to   the   varnish   maker. 

K,ir  this  rea:  on  il  lias  been  used  with  won- 
derful success  in  the  pale  coach  and  ear  var- 
nishes and  in  spar  varnishes,  when'  elasticity 
is  the  most  essential  feature.  At  the  sane 
time  it  makes  a.  varnish  which  lias  a  very 
light     color,     and     for     this    reason     it     is    also 


383 


W.  P.  NELSON  COMPANY 

Established  1856  N.  J.  NELSON.  President  Phone  Harrison  -J  ^ 

INTERIOR  DECORATORS 


Special  Furniture,  Draperies,  Wall  Hangings 
Fine  Wall  Paper  and  Painting  ::  Estimates, 
Schemes  and  Designs  furnished  upon  request 


CHICAGO  NEW  YORK 

6 1  4  So.  Michigan  Ave.  209  W.  33rd  Street 


BUILDERS'   AND  TRADERS'   EXCHANGE,   BOX  384 

T.  C.  GLEICH,  President  FRANKLIN  MARLING,  JR.,  Sec'y-Treas. 

Telephone  Lake    View  759 

T.  C.  GLEICH  CO. 

INTERIOR  DECORATING 
FINE    WOOD    FINISHING    AND    PAINTING 

2860  BROADWAY 

CHICAGO 
LACE   CURTAINS,   DRAPERIES  AND  SPECIAL  FURNITURE 


J84 


very  suitable  for  pale  baking  Varnishes  and 
also  for  varnishes  where  elasticity  is  a  most 
important  factor.  This  resin  comes  to  us 
also  from  the  west  coast  of  Africa,  coming 
from    the    district   of   Sierra   Leone. 

The  next  class  of  resins  is  the  Kauri,  com- 
ing to  us  from  an  entirely  different  region 
— from  New  Zealand.  Kauri  is  one  of  the 
most  popular  resins  in  the  varnish  industry 
on  account  of  the  fact  that  by  it  may  be 
made  a  most  durable  varnish,  and  also  a 
varnish  which  is  excellent  for  rubbing  and 
polishing  purposes,  due  to  the  fact  that  when 
this  resin  is  handled  properly  varnish  may 
be  made  which  has  less  tendency  to  "sweat 
out"  in  the  process  of  rubbing  than  a  var- 
nish made  with  other  gums.  Furthermore, 
Kauri  has  very  good  durability,  and  is  con- 
sequently used  in  the  high  grade  exterior 
varnishes.  Kauri  comes  to  us  in  various 
grades,  ranging  greatly  in  physical  charac- 
teristics and  price.  The  better  quality  Kauri, 
for  instance,  costs  at  the  present  time  $.i)0 
per  pound.  The  No.  1  Kauri  costs  $.50  per 
pound,  while  the  Brown  Kauri  costs  $.15 
per  pound.  The  varnishes  made  with  these 
various  grades  of  Kauri  have,  of  course,  the 
same  general  properties,  yet  differ  so  con- 
siderably that  it  is  most  important  that  the 
grade  of  gum  be  considered  very  carefully 
in    the    manufacture    of    a   varnish. 

The  Manila  Copal  is  a  type  of  the  resins 
which  are  termed  soft  resins,  and  comes 
to  us  mostly  through  the  port  of  Manila, 
being  found  largely  in  the  East  Indies.  White 
Manila  is  used  a  great  deal  in  the  cheaper 
interior  and  medium  priced  varnish,  and 
when  handled  properly  some  very  good  re- 
sults can  be  obtained.  However,  it  carries 
quite  a  large  amount  of  free  acid  and  has 
the  property  of  causing  a  varnish  to  have 
a  softer  film  than  one  made  with  the  Kauri 
or  the  other  harder  gums.  Manila,  like 
Kauri,  comes  to  us  in  various  grades,  the  best 
being  the  White  Manila  and  a  cheaper  grade 
being  the  Manila  Nubs,  which  is  a  form  very 
popular  with  the  varnish  manufacturers  on 
account  of  the  fact  that  the  Manila  Nubs, 
being  small  pieces,  are  much  easier  to  handle 
than  the  White  Manila,  which  comes  in  ex- 
tremely large  pieces.  The  Manila  gum  is 
derived  from  one  of  the  most  prolific  gum- 
bearing  trees  known,  and  some  of  the  pieces 
of  gum  which  have  been  found  are  very  large 
in  size,  being  sometimes  two  or  three  feet  in 
diameter. 

The  Damar  resin  is  a  gum  which  is  prob- 
ably very  familiar,  having  been  used  for 
years  in  the  manufacture  of  Damar  varnish. 
Its  one  important  feature  is  its  color,  and 
that  is  about  all  which  we  can  say  for  it. 
It  has  no  durability,  is  very  soft,  and  a  resin 
with  a  very  low  melting  point,  so  that  it 
cannot  be  used  in  any  of  our  high  grade  var- 
nishes. Damar  resin  has  been  used  for  a 
great  many  years  for  the  manufacture  of 
white  enamels  and  for  a  considerable  length 
of  time  all  the  white  enamels  on  the  mar- 
ket were  made  upon  this  base.  Today,  how- 
ever, the  highest  grade  of  white  enamels  con- 
tain no  Damar  on  account  of  the  fact  that 
it  is  lacking  in  durability.  We  still,  how- 
ever, have  a  great  many  cheaper,  quicker 
drying,  and  less  durable  enamels,  which  are 
made   upon   a   Damar   base. 

The  Asphaltum  is  not  really  a  resin,  be- 
ing a  cross  between  soft  coal  and  petroleum, 
and  comes  to  us  largely  at  the  present  time 
from  Utah.  This  bituminous  material  is  used 
in  the  manufacture  of  our  black  air  drying 
and  baking  japans,  being  used  largely  upon 
iron  work. 

While  the  above  does  not  describe  all  of 
the  resins  which  are  used  by  the  varnish- 
maker,  yet  it  gives  an  Idea  of  the  various 
properties  which  the  varnishmaker  obtains 
by  using  the  different  grades  and  kinds  of 
resins,  and  we  shall  now  proceed  to  give 
a  brief  description  of  the  various  ways  In 
which    these    resins    are    gathered.      As    men- 


tioned above,  these  resins  are  formed  by  a 
fossilization  of  the  sap,  which  came  from 
trees,  which  existed  thousands  of  years  ago, 
and  it  is  of  particular  interest  that  many 
of  these  resins  are  found  as  deep  in  the  earth 
as   twenty  or  more  feet. 

The  gum  digging  industry  in  the  early 
days,  particularly  in  New  Zealand,  was  for 
many  years  carried  on  in  a  desultory  man- 
ner, with  the  result  that  practically  no  gum 
was  procured  except  that  which  lay  on  the 
surface.  The  gum  diggers  in  the  olden  days 
would  start  out  in  the  morning  with  what 
they  termed  their  prodding  stick  and  knap- 
sack on  their  backs  and  by  the  use  of  this 
stick  would  determine  places  where  the  gum 
could  be  found.  They  would  proceed  to  dig 
up  the  gum  and  carry  it  with  them  until 
evening,  when  they  would  sit  around  their 
camp  fires  and  scrape  the  gum  and  prepare 
it  for  the  market.  Today,  however,  the  gum 
digger  is  more  like  our  modern  miner.  He 
starts  off  with  his  various  prospecting  sticks, 
his  spade  and  coarse  tooth  saw,  with  which 
he  saws  around  the  roots  and  moss  in  order 
to  unearth  the  gum.  The  surface  of  the 
earth,  is  then  dug  up  and  the  gum  and  dirt 
thrown  to  one  side.  This  digging  goes  on 
until  at  times  we  find  diggers  have  proceeded 
to  a  depth  of  twenty  feet  below  the  sur- 
face of  the  earth  in  their  search  of  gum. 
The  gum  is  then  thrown  upon  a  screen,  where 
it  is  washed  and  the  earth  and  other  de- 
cayed matter  separated  from  it.  The  gum 
is  then  all  scraped  and  sorted,  and  then 
carried  down  to  a  general  warehouse,  where 
it  is  further  sorted  and  graded.  The  gum 
is  then  taken  to  the  brokers'  warehouse  where 
it  is  further  sorted  by  men  who  have  wide 
experience  in  this  line.  These  men  start 
as  mere  boys,  first  working  on  the  cheaper 
gums  and  then  they  are  gradually  promoted 
to  work  on  the  higher  grades  of  gum.  This 
is  very  important  work  when  we  realize  the 
variations  in  its  price.  The  gum  is  then 
put  into  bins,  and  from  the  bins  is  packed 
in    cases,    then    shipped    to    foreign    ports. 

We  now  pass  on  from  the  subject  of  gums 
to  that  of  oils,  and  the  first  oil  we  shall 
mention  is,  of  course,  Linseed  Oil,  which  is 
made  from  the  flaxseed  grown  in  Canada, 
United  States,  Argentine,  India,  and  around 
the  Baltic  Sea,  and  it  is  very  curious  to  note 
that  the  oil  from  these  various  parts  of  the 
world  should  differ  so  much,  due  probably 
to  climatic  conditions  and  also  to  methods 
of   harvesting. 

The  flax  is  cut  in  the  field  and  the  flax- 
seed is  then  separated  from  the  flax  stalk. 
This  seed,  in  the  case  of  that  grown  in  our 
own  country,  is  then  carried  to  the  various 
lake  ports  and  comes  down  the  lakes  in 
large  grain  boats.  The  seed  is  then  con- 
veyed from  the  boats  to  the  grain  elevator, 
and  is  separated  according  to  the  various 
grades  and  the  source  from  which  it  comes; 
it  is  then  carried  by  means  of  large  con- 
veyors  to  the  rolls.  These  consist  of  large 
steel  corrugated  rolls  between  whi<  h  Un- 
seeds pass  until  they  are  entirely  crushed 
Into  the  form  of  a  tine  powder.  This  powder 
is  then  emptied  into  the  tempering  kettle 
on  the  floor  below,  where  a  certain  amount 
of  moisture  and  heat  Is  applied  by  means 
of  steam,  the  proper  amount  of  moisture 
and  the  correct  temperature  being  Judged 
by  the  workman,  who  is  very  expert  at  this 
particular  trade,  gauging  the  temperature 
ami  moisture  by  the  feel  of  the  seed  in  bis 
hand.  when  the  powdered  flaxseed  is  in 
proper  condition  the  seed  passes  out  under 
the  "former"  between  two  camelhair  mats. 
it  is  then  placed  in  the  presses,  the  mats 
being  one  above  the  other  and  when  the 
oress  is  entirely  set  up  a  large  hydraulic 
ram  forces  the  mats  together,  pressing  out 
the   oil   from   the   seed. 

The  material  left  in  the  press  is  the  lin- 
seed oil  cake,  and  all  the  surplus  oil  is  found 
at   the   edge  of   the  cake.     The   cake    is   con- 


:;s.-. 


Spierling  &  Linden 


ESTABLISHED 


INTERIOR   DECORATORS 
and  FURNISHERS 


TELEPHONE 
CAL.  541 


Office  and  Studio,    1216   Michigan  Ave.,   Chicago 

We  invite  architects  and  owners  of  fine  residences  and  public  buildings  to 

avail   themselves   of   our   superior  facilities    and    the   high 

ability  of  our  artists   and    craftsmen. 

Sketches  and  estimated  of  cost  cheerfully  furnished  upon  request. 


/%//V77/V<?  WOO0/7/V/S////Y6 

♦  DEco/?dr/M6  ♦ 


OAALAA'D  337 


4S/S  /MA/A/YA  A  V£. 


HERMANN    OLSON,    Pres.  J.    O.    NELSON,    Vice-Pres.  E.    S.    NELSON,    Sec*y-TYea». 


HERMANN   [ 


Blson  &  (2. 


Painting,  Wood  Finishing,  Paperhanging,  Interior  Decorating 

2568-2570  NORTH  CLARK  STREET  CHICAGO 

TELEPHONE   LINCOLN   8761 


TELEPHONE  RANDOLPH 


J  6920 
\  6921 


Plamondon  &  Xetze  Co. 

INTERIOR 

DESIGNERS  AND  CONTRACTORS 
PAINTERS  AND  DECORATORS 


110  S.  Dearborn  St. 


CHICAGO 


386 


sequently  passed  through  a  trimming  ma- 
chine, which  takes  oft  this  edge  and  the 
cake  is  then  baled  up  ready  for  shipment 
and  the  trimmings  are  sent  back  to  go 
through  the  process  once  again.  This  cake 
is  used  largely  for  a  cattle  food,  and  the 
largest  portion  of  it  is  shipped  abroad  to 
Belgium   and   Holland. 

The  oil  is  then  filtered  by  filter  presses, 
passing  through  filter  cloths,  and  is  now 
ready  to  be  filled  into  the  barrels.  Thus 
we  have  our  raw  linseed  oil.  The  oil  at 
this  point,  however,  is  not  in  proper  con- 
dition for  use  by  the  varnish  maker  on 
account  of  the  fact  that  when  heated  to 
a  temperature  of  about  450  degrees  F.,  mucil- 
aginous material,  otherwise  known  as  the 
"Break,"  separates  from  the  oil.  Conse- 
quently it  is  necessary  that  the  linseed  oil 
manufacturers  further  refine  the  oil,  which 
is  done  by  means  of  various  chemicals  and 
mechanical  devices  in  order  to  produce  an 
oil  which  will  meet  conditions  imposed  by 
their  customers.  At  this  point  also  the  vari- 
ous driers  are  added  to  the  oils  in  order 
to  prepare  the  boiled  oils  found  upon  the 
market. 

The  next  oil  we  shall  consider  is  an  oil 
which  perhaps,  is  not  quite  so  familiar  as 
linseed  oil,  being  our  China  Wood  Oil,  an 
oil  made  from  the  nuts  of  the  Tung  tree, 
a  tree  indigenous  to  China,  growing  largely 
in  the  interior  of  China,  particularly  along 
the  banks  of  the  Yangtse  River.  These  trees 
bear  fruit  about  the  size  of  a  small  orange, 
each  fruit  containing  five  segments,  each 
segment  containing  a  kernel.  The  fruit  is 
roasted  over  a  fire,  which  breaks  open  the 
segments,  the  kernels  separate  and  these  ker- 
nels are  then  placed  in  the  crushing  ma- 
chines. 

The  Chinese  in  the  olden  days  used  an 
extremely  crude  piece  of  apparatus  for  crush- 
ing these  kernels,  being  nothing  more  or 
less  than  a  large  stone,  which  is  rolled  back 
and  forth  in  a  trough  and  crushes  the  ker- 
nels. A  more  modern  crusher  consists  of 
a  large  stone  weighing  several  tons;  this 
is  drawn  around  within  the  circular  trough 
by  means  of  mules,  horses  or  other  ani- 
mals, and  the  kernels  as  they  are  crushed, 
gradually  move  toward  the  center.  It  is 
a  very  primitive  means  of  carrying  out 
these  processes,  but  it  must  be  remembered 
that  individual  Chinamen  carry  out  the  pro- 
cess on  their  own  farms  and  therefore,  the 
machinery  cannot  be  very  complex.  The 
powdered  China  Wood  Oil  nuts  are  then  tem- 
pered and  placed  between  bamboo  mats,  and 
heated  over  a  kettle  of  boiling  water  until 
the  powdered  nuts  have  picked  up  sufficient 
moisture  and  the  mats  are  then  placed  edge- 
wise in  the  large  press.  This  press  also 
is  of  primitive  style,  consisting  of  large 
wise,  and  a  large  wooden  ram  forces  the 
logs  between  which  the  mats  are  set  edge- 
mats  together,  pressing  out  the  oil.  The  oil 
is  then  filtered  through  bamboo  cloths,  and 
is  then  carried  down  to  the  China  Wood 
Oil  broker  in  large  baskets,  the  baskets  be- 
ing lined  with  a  peculiarly  oiled  paper.  Each 
Chinaman  carries  four  baskets,  two  being 
suspended  from  two  sticks  swung  across  the 
shoulders;  each  basket  of  oil  which  is  pur- 
chased is  tested  and  its  richness  determined. 
The  oil  is  then  emptied  into  the  tanks,  and 
from  these  tanks  is  drawn  off  into  the  bar- 
rels,  in  which  it  is  shipped  to  varnish  manu- 
facturers. China  Wood  oil  being  very  dif- 
ferent from  linseed  oil,  and  in  fact,  from 
any  of  the  other  oils,  we  will  mention  three 
of  its  chief  characteristic  properties.  China 
Wood  Oil  when  allowed  to  dry  by  itself  on 
glass,  instead  of  drying  with  a  clear,  trans- 
parent film  as  does  linseed  oil,  dries  with 
a  cloudy  opaque  film,  very  much  resembling 
a  piece  of  ground  glass.  Secondly,  China 
Wood  Oil  when  heated  at  a  temperature  of 
about  450  degrees  F.,  instead  of  gradually 
thickening  as  does  linseed  oil,  it  almost  in- 
stantly goes  over  to  a  solid  jelly  very  much 


resembling  soft  rubber.  Thirdly,  China  Wood 
oil  when  placed  in  a  bottle  and  exposed  to. 
the  light,  even  though  the  bottle  is  air-tight, 
will,  by  the  actinic  rays  of  the  sun  be  con- 
verted to  a  iard  like  mass.  This  last  prop- 
erty is  very  easily  overcome  by  the  heat- 
ing of  the  oil.  The  gelatinizing  of  the  oil 
is  also  very  easily  taken  care  of  by  proper 
treatment  with  various  gums,  etc.  However, 
the  most  difficult  feature  to  overcome  is  that 
of  the  "dry-flat,"  as  the  varnish  maker  terms 
it.  This  is  due  to  a  wrinkling  of  the  var- 
nish film,  and  I  would  add  it  has  cost  the 
varnish  manufacturer  a  great  deal  of  money, 
and  they  have  spent  a  great  deal  of  time 
in  order  to  overcome  this  very  serious  draw- 
back. However,  after  years  of  study  the 
larger  manufacturers  understand  this  prop- 
erty thoroughly  and  have  overcome  it  en- 
tirely. 

You  may  ask  with  all  these  drawbacks, 
why  it  is  that  the  varnish  maker  should 
care  to  use  China  Wood  Oil  at  all.  In  the 
first  place,  China  Wood  oil  has  two  important 
properties  which  are  not  found  in  linseed 
oil.  A  varnish  made  with  China  Wood  Oil 
will  be  very  much  more  waterproof  than 
that  made  with  Linseed  Oil.  In  the  second 
place,  China  Wood  Oil  has  the  property  of 
causing  the  varnish  to  harden  very  much 
quicker  than  when  Linseed  Oil  is  used.  These 
two  properties  make  China  Wood  Oil  a  very 
important  and  essential  feature  in  certain 
classes  of  varnishes.  On  the  other  hand  Lin- 
seed Oil  produces  in  a  varnish  greater  elas- 
ticity fuller  body  and  lustre,  better  flow- 
ing properties  than  can  be  obtained  with 
China  Wood  Oil.  In  producing  a  varnish, 
it  can  readily  be  seen  that  it  is  necessary 
to  utilize  each  of  these  oils  according  to  the 
results  desired  in  the  varnish.  If,  for  in- 
stance, we  desire  to  produce  a  spar  varnish 
which  must  needs  have  a  maximum  amount 
of  elasticity  in  order  to  stand  expansion  and 
contraction  due  to  weather  conditions,  it  is 
necessary  ior  us  to  use  the  most  elastic 
materials  which  we  can  possibly  obtain, 
consequently  Linseed  Oil  gives  us  for  this 
purpose  the  best  results.  China  Wood  Oil, 
on  the  other  hand,  when  used  in  a  spar  var- 
nish attains  its  waterproof  qualities  very 
much  quicker  upon  exposure,  will  retain  a 
perfect  film  only  for  a  short  period  of  time 
after  which  the  film  deadens,  cracks  and 
makes  an  extremely  poor  surface  for  re- 
finishing.  The  Linseed  Oil  varnish  on  the 
other  hand  while  it  dries  and  hardens  more 
slowly  and  possibly,  if  rained  upon,  before 
it  has  hardened,  will  turn  white  (this  white- 
ness disappearing  upon  its  drying  out)  yet, 
at  the  end  of  about  six  months,  the  film 
will  have  worn  evenly,  and  the  varnish  will 
have    retained   a   good   portion   of   its   lustre. 

If  we  now  desire  to  produce  a  floor  var- 
nish, we  must  bear  in  mind  that  the  neces- 
sary requisites  of  a  varnish  of  this  kind 
are  that  it  must  be  very  tough,  elastic,  water- 
proof and  hard  drying.  This  last  property 
meaning  that  it  must  not  soften  up  in  warm, 
humid  weather.  In  designing  a  floor  varnish, 
we  must  of  course  look  to  the  China  Wood 
Oil  for  our  waterproofness  and.  to  a  COn- 
siderable  degree,  our  hard  drying  properties. 
At  the  same  time,  we  must  look  to  our  Lin- 
seed Oil  in  order  to  obtain  the  maximum 
amount  of  elasticity  in  the  varnish  film. 
This  latter  property  is  one.  which  la  ex- 
tremely important  ami  which  really  deter- 
mines whether  or  not  a  varnish  will  wear 
down    evenly    or    whether    it    will    crack    and 

chip.      Most   people   do    nol    realize    the   amount 

of  stress  caused  by  the  impression  of  heels 
on    a    varnished    floor,    but    upon    considering 

this    point,    you    can    readily    understand    that 

it  is  necessary  to  have  the  maximum  amount 

of  elasticity  in  order  to  obtain  the  very  best 
results.  Thus,  you  can  realize  that  in  mak- 
ing  a    varnish    for    a   definite    purpose    it    is 

i Bsary    to    use   those   properties    found   in 

each  of  these  oils   in  order  to  obtain   a  prop- 


387 


PAINTING  FINISHING  DECORATING 

x 


■     r 


J.  1  i.  Noi'LLE  Company]     j-^ 


702     N.    WELLS    STREET 
Superior    1964  CHICAGO 


u_ 


Telephone    Franklin    1479 


F.  W.  BREINER  CO. 

PAINTERS    AND    DECORATORS 

186  North  La  Salle  Street 

Paper  Hanging 
Finishing 

Calcimining,  etc.  UrilUALiLf 


Branch    Offices 

444    S.    Wabash    Ave. 
24    Van    Buren    St. 


CROFOOT,  NIELSEN  &  CO. 

BLUE  PRINTERS 

Blue  Printing,  Black  Printing,  Blue  Line  and  Color  Printing 

Special     Service     Always Speed     and     RESULTS 

Big  Floor  Space  and   Equipment   for   Rush   Orders 

1  72  W.  Washington  Street  CHICAGO 

Telephones   Main    759-684,    Harrison    8597 


4£?BLUE  PRINTS 

AND  DRAWING  MATERIAL 

'  '      HARRISON  8600 

American  Slue  Print  Paper  (En. 

pnif  \  c~> (~\  Branch    Offices 

LH1LAUU  104   s    Michigan  Ave. 

Main    Office  35    No     Dearborn   St. 

335   Plymouth    Place  208   So.   La   Salle  St. 


388 


erly  balanced  product,  and  this  only  serves 
to  emphasize  the  importance  of  specifying 
for  definite  kinds  of  work  the  varnish  which 
has  been  especially  designed  for  that  pur- 
pose. 

We  will  next  take  up  the  subject  of  Tur- 
pentine which  is  made  from  the  sap,  that 
comes  from  our  southern  pine  trees.  These 
trees  were  formerly  cut  according  to  the 
"Box  Method;"  that  is,  a  box  was  dug  at 
the  base  of  the  tree  and  the  bark  then  cut 
from  its  side.  The  sap  flowed  down  the 
side  of  the  tree,  ran  into  the  box  and  was 
emptied  from  the  box  into  a  basket,  then 
into  barrels  in  which  it  was  carried  to  the 
still.  Today,  however,  on  account  of  the  fact 
that  this  method  shortens  the  life  of  the 
tree,  undermines  its  resistance  to  storms  and 
thus  permits  great  losses,  we  have  perfected 
what  is  known  as  the  "Cup  and  Gutter 
System."  That  is,  the  sap  runs  down  the 
side  of  the  tree  into  a  gutter  and  then  from 
the  gutter  into  the  cup,  thus  the  tree  is  not 
wounded  except  on  its  side,  and  it  is  found 
that  the  produ<  tion  of  sap  is  greatly  in- 
creased as  well  as  its  quality  improved.  Fur- 
thermore, the  trees  last  a  great  deal  longer 
and  there  is  not  the  danger  of  the  entire 
destruction  of  forests  by  wind  storm.  The 
sap  after  being  gathered  from  the  tree  is 
then  taken  to  the  still,  where,  a  small  amount 
of  moisture  having  been  added,  it  is  heated 
in  a  large  copper  retort;  the  turpentine  passes 
over  as  a  vapor,  through  coils,  is  condensed 
and  we  have  our  gum  spirits  of  turpentine. 
The  residue  left  in  the  retort  is  rosin,  which 
is  subsequently  strained,  cooled  and  prepared 
for    the   market. 

The  material  which  I  have  just  described 
is  known  to  the  trade  as  Gum  Spirits  of  Tur- 
pentine and  it  may  be  well  to  mention  the 
difference  between  this  product  and  Wood 
Turpentine.  Gum  Spirits  of  Turpentine  is, 
as  I  have  described,  made  by  the  distillation 
of  the  sap  of  the  pine  tree,  whereas,  Wood 
Turpentine  is  made  by  the  distillation  of  the 
wood  itself  usually  utilizing  for  this  pur- 
pose, the  stumps  of  pine  trees  which  have 
fallen.  Both  of  these  products  are  very 
similar  in  chemical  constitution  and  in  many 
cases  can  only  be  distinguished  by  their 
odor.  It  may  be  of  interest  to  know  that 
the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials 
in  drawing  up  their  specifications  for  tur- 
pentine have  adopted  a  specification  to  which 
a  high  grade  of  Wood  Turpentine  can  con- 
form based  upon  the  fact  that  the  latter 
when  conforming  to  this  specification  is  equal 
in  every  way  to  the  Gum  Spirits.  It  is  im- 
portant however,  in  permitting  the  use  of 
Wood  Turpentine  to  insist  that  it  conform 
to  such  specifications  as  these,  as  there  are 
upon  the  market  many  grades  which  have 
entirely  different  properties  and  which 
should,    under    no    circumstances,    be    used. 


Having  discussed  the  various  raw  mater- 
ials used  in  varnish  making,  we  will  now 
describe  briefly  the  varnish  making  pro- 
cess. 

The  gum  or  resins  usually  in  approxi- 
mately one  hundred-pound  lots  are  placed  in 
a  copper  kettle,  which  stands  about  three 
feet  high  and  about  two  and  one-half  feet 
in  diameter.  The  kettle  is  then  rolled  upon 
the  fire,  the  gum  melted  and  held  there  un- 
til a  certain  proportion  of  the  gum  has  been 
distilled  off.  At  this  endpoint,  which  is  de- 
termined by  the  varnish  maker,  the  melt  is 
drawn  from  the  fire  and  the  oil,  which  has 
been  heating  at  an  adjacent  chimney  and 
which  had  been  previously  prepared,  is  emp- 
tied into  the  kettle.  The  gum  and  oil  are 
then  thoroughly  stirred  together,  the  kettle 
being  run  back  on  the  fire  and  the  gum 
and  oil  heated  until  thoroughly  amalgamated. 
This  endpoint  is  also  determined  by  the 
varnish  maker,  who  has  his  own  particular 
way  of  judging  as  to  when  the  melt  is  fin- 
ished and  when  the  batch  is  completed.  The 
kettle  is  then  withdrawn  from  the  fire  and 
allowed  to  cool,  when  it  is  taken  to  the 
thinning  room,  where  the  turpentine  or  other 
thinners  are  added.  The  varnish  Is  then 
pumped  into  coolers,  where  it  is  allowed  to 
cool  to  a  certain  extent  before  passing  to 
the  filter  presses,  which  take  out  all  the 
dirt.  This  is  done  very  carefully,  in  order 
to  take  out  the  most  minute  particles  of 
dirt  and  the  varnish  is  then  pumped  to  the 
ageing  tanks,  where  it  is  allowed  to  age  for 
a  certain  period  of  time,  according  to  the 
quality  of  the  varnish. 

The  question  of  ageing  a  varnish  is  one 
which  has  been  given  a  great  deal  of  study, 
and  it  has  been  proven  that  the  ageing  of 
varnish  does  improve  it  very  considerably, 
both  as  regards  its  brilliancy  and  durability. 
This  is  apparently  due  to  the  fact  that  the 
various  constituents  of  the  varnish  gradu- 
ally become  more  and  more  closely  knit  to- 
gether, which  results  in  the  improvement  of 
the   varnish. 

While  the  matter  of  ageing  is  one.  which 
has.  in  many  cases,  been  very  much  over- 
drawn, yet.  at  the  same  time  all  manufac- 
turers of  the  highest  grade  varnishes,  even 
at  the  cost  of  tying  up  their  capital,  deem 
it  sufficiently  important  to  age  their  var- 
nishes from  one  month  to  twelve  months 
according  to  the  character,  grade  and  com- 
position of  the  varnish.  The  completion  of 
the  ageing  process  is  determined  by  tests 
made  upon  the  varnish  itself.  After  the 
varnish  has  been  properly  aged,  it  is  then 
pumped  to  the  filling  tanks,  from  which  it 
is  drawn  into  the  can  or  package,  which  is 
then  labelled,  and  we  have  our  finished 
product   ready   for   the  market. 


PREPARED    PAINTS. 


There  are  many  advantages  in  the  use  of 
the  so-called  prepared  paints  over  tin  use 
ni'  paints  mixed  mi  the  job  by  the  painting 
contractor.  But  all  sucb  advantages  must 
he  premised  <>n  the  assumption  that  such 
paints  ai<-  manufactured  by  responsible 
manufacturers  With  large  investments  in 
plants  and  equipment,  such  that  they  cannol 
afford  i"  tnm  nut  anything  but  the  best 
products. 

The  principle  advantage  to  he  obtained 
from  the  use  of  prepared  paints  is  uniform- 
ity of  mixture  under  proper  conditions  and 
the  right  selection  of  Ingredients  t'"r  the 
purpose   intended. 

Where  prepared  paints  are  used,  the  archi- 
tect should  specify  that  they  be  delivered 
to     the     building    in    sealed     cms     and     not 


opened,  except  in  the  presence  of  an  in- 
spector and  it  should  he  definitely  specified 
that  they  should  not  be  diluted  or  modified 
in  any  way,  except  as  may  he  specifically 
directed   by   the  manufacturer. 

Many  manufacturers  put  up  the  same  sort 
of  paint  for  priming  as  for  succeeding  coats 
anil  then  instruct  in  their  printed  directions 
that     such     paint     he    thinned     with     linseed    oil 

to  bring  to  the  thinner  consistency  required 
tor  priming   coats. 

Wherever  an  architect  is  depending  on  the 
guarantee  of  a  manufacturer,  it  is  a  good 
policy  to  specify  that  the  material  should  he 
applied  in  strict  accord  with  the  manufac- 
turer's directions  and  subject  to  then-  ap- 
proval. This  pia.es  the  responsibilitj  def- 
initely  where   it    belongs. 


189 


SPECIFICATIONS    FOR    FLAT 
WALL  WORK. 

Preparation  of  Surface. — Wash  or 
scrape  off  all  calcimine,  loose  paint, 
diit.  grease,  etc.  Smooth  or  glossy 
paint  should  be  roughened  with  steel 
wool  or  sandpaper.  Fill  cracks  with 
a  stiff  paste  made  from  Velumina  and 
plaster  paris  and  allow  at  least  24 
hours    for  drying'. 

Two  Coat  Finish— Old  or  Now  Work. 

First  Coat. — Thin  one  gallon  of 
Velumina  with  one-quarter  gallon  of 
pure  boiled  linseed  oil,  except  for  new, 
exceedingly  porous  walls  where  one- 
half  gallon  of  oil  is  required.  Under 
no  circumstances  use  any  Leptyne, 
turpentine  or  benzine  in  first  coat. 
Allow  at  least  24  hours  for  drying, 
more  time  being  required  in  cold  or 
damp  weather. 

Suction  or  so  called  ''hot  spots" 
which  may  show  through  first  coat 
should  be  touched  up  with  first  coat 
mixture,  allowing  at  least  24  hours 
for  drying,  otherwise  these  suction 
spots  may  appear  in  the  following 
coat,  due  to  imperfect  priming,  and 
then  will  require  treatment  as  above 
before  another  coat  of  Velumina  is 
applied.  To  insure  perfect  results, 
never  apply  finishing  coat  until  first 
coat  presents  a  uniform  subdued  gloss 
surface.  Extremely  bad  walls  may  re- 
quire an  additional  application  of  the 
first  coat  mixture  to  accomplish  this, 
or  if  preferred  a  coat  of  glue  size  may 
he  applied  over  the  first  coat.  Never 
apply  glue  or  varnish  size  direct  on 
the  plaster  as  it  will  prevent  the 
proper  penetration  of  the  paint. 

Finishing  Coat. — Use  Velumina  as 
it  comes  in  the  can.  Do  not  use  any 
of  the  material  left  over  from  first 
coat  in  the  finishing  coat  as  it  will 
impair  the  perfect  flatness  of  Vel- 
umina. If  too  heavy,  add  Leptyne  or 
turpentine,  not  to  exceed  one-eighth 
gallon  to  each  gallon  of  Velumina. 
Best  results  will  be  obtained  by  ap- 
plying Velumina  of  good  heavy  body 
with  a  wide  wall  brush.  After  finish- 
ing coat  has  set  for  about  thirty  min- 
utes it  may  be  stippled,  if  this  finish 
is  desired. 
Send  for  Book  of   Color  Schemes,  Illustrating-  Rooms   in  Full   Color  to 


PATTON     PAINT     CO., 


Milwaukee,  Wis. 


Newark,  N.  J. 


390 


PROTECTIVE,  PRESERVATIVE   AND   DECORATIVE 

COVERINGS 


STANDARD     PAINTERS'     MATERIALS. 

An  attempt  is  made  in  the  following  to  de- 
fine those  materials  which  may  be  readily 
prepared  by  any  competent  painter,  that  are 
generally  accepted  as  standard  for  high  grade 
work.  Such  materials  very  properly  form 
the  basis  of  comparison  for.  all  proprietary 
paints.  No  proprietary  preparation  should 
be  accepted  for  use  that  does  not  equal  in 
enduring  wearing  quality,  appearance,  cost 
and  ground  for  subsequent  coats,  the  materi- 
als  hereinafter   described. 

Classification  of  preservative  and  decora- 
tive coverings  is  commonly  made  according 
to  the  nature  of  the  surfaces  which  these 
materials  are   designed   to  cover. 

Materials  for  painters'  work  are  divided 
according  to  their  nature  under  the  follow- 
ing headings:  Pigments,  Binders  and  Agents 
or  Solvents. 

Faint  consists  of  a  binder  or  binders  and 
a  pigment  or  pigments  incorporated  or  mixed 
together.  Mixing  of  paint  ingredients  may 
be  accomplished  in  a  satisfactory  manner, 
either  by  stirring  or  grinding  together  by 
hand  or  by  machinery.  Machinery  mixing 
with  proper  apparatus  is  most  certain  to 
secure  uniformity  of  result,  and  is  therefore 
advised  where  practical. 

Linseed  Oil  is  the  only  known  universally 
successful  binder  for  paint  and  the  holding 
power  of  the  paint  depends  almost  entirely 
on  the  strength  of  the  linseed  oil  used.  This 
oil  is  adulterated  in  many  ways,  but  the 
most  common  is  with  mineral  oil.  The  man- 
ufacturers of  mineral  oil  substitute  have  per- 
fected their  product  to  such  an  extent  that 
it  is  difficult  to  distinguish  it  from  the  real 
article  except  by  chemical  test  or  actual  use, 
when  its  inferiority  is  quickly  manifest. 

STANDARD    BINDERS. 

Raw  Linseed  Oil  is  the  oil  obtained  from 
the  seeds  of  the  flax-plant,  linum  usitatissi- 
mum,  and  what  is  known  as  commercially 
pure  grade,  has  a  specific  gravity  of  not 
less  than  .931,  nor  in  excess  of  .937,  when 
Lhe  temperature  is  15%  deg.  centigrade.  It 
is  a  straw  yellow  in  color,  weighs  approx- 
imately iyz  lbs.  to  the  gallon,  has  a  boil- 
ing point  at  260  deg.  Fah.  and  solidifies  at 
17    deg.   Fah. 

Boiled  Linseed  Oil,  commercially  pure, 
consists  of  raw  linseed  oil  as  above  defined, 
kettle  boiled  at  a  temperature  not  to  ex- 
ceed 500  deg.  Fah.  nor  less  than  300  deg. 
Fah.;  or  the  same  sort  of  oil  prepared  with 
best  pure  Japan  dryers,  so  as  to  increase 
drying  qualities.  If  salts  of  lead  or  man 
ganese  are  thoroughly  incorporated  into  the 
raw  oil,  very  similar  results  are  produced  t<> 
the  boiling  process.  An  old  method  of  in- 
creasing the  drying  properties  of  linseed  oil 
was  to  heat  the  oil  to  near  the  temperature 
at  which  it  undergoes  destructive  distillation 
(550  deg.  Fah.  or  therabouts),  and  stir  in  at 
the  same  time,  oxide  of  lead  or  oxide  of  man- 
ganese, or  both.  Such  method,  however, 
darkens  the  oil  very  much. 

Spirits  of  Turpentine,  chemically  pure,  is 
composed  of  a  volatile  oil  obtained  by  the 
distillation  of  turpentine  oil  obtained  by 
tapping  or  boxing  yellow  pine  trees.  It  is 
a  clear,  colorless  liquid,  with  a  pleasant, 
pungent  odor  and  shows  a  very  slight  resi- 
due when  evaporated.  Spread  over  any  sur- 
face  in   a   thin    layer,    it    will    dry    in    twenty- 


four  hours,  leaving  hard  dry  varnish.  Tur- 
pentine weighs  about  7  lbs.  to  the  gallon 
of   bulk. 

STANDARD     PIGMENTS. 

Red  Lead,  practically  pure  from  a  com- 
mercial standpoint,  is  equal  to  98  per  cent 
lead  tetroxide;  but  to  secure  this  degree  of 
purity,  without  a  trace  of  soda  or  nitrate 
salts,  requires  a  special  method  of  reduction 
not  employed  by  all  manufacturers.  In  fact 
it  has  only  been  within  the  last  few  years 
that  even  the  best  manufacturers  have  been 
able  to  produce  a  pure  red  lead  without  hav- 
ing present  from  .1  to  .5  per  cent  of  soda  or 
nitrate  salts,  which  salts  have  a  strong  ten- 
dency to  promote  rust.  Paint  is  intended  as 
a  protection  of  metal  against  rust,  and  as 
such  should  not  contain  any  elements  of  a 
rust  inducing  nature.  Specification  should 
therefore  require  that  red  lead  must  be 
wholly  free  from  soda  or  nitrate  salts.  The 
process  now  used  to  get  red  lead  which  is  98 
per  cent  true,  is  by  burning  the  lower  grade 
red  lead,  85  per  cent  true,  for  about  20  to  24 
hours  longer.  This  brings  the  true  red  lead, 
Pbi  04  up  to  the  high  standard  which  has 
lately  been  accepted  as  most  effective  in  pro- 
hibiting rust.  The  American  Society  for  Test- 
ing materials  after  exhaustive  tests  conduct- 
ed within  the  last  nine  years  have  concluded 
that  the  highest  grade  red  lead.  98  per  cent 
true,  is  even  more  lasting  in  character  than 
the  red  lead  which  was  formerly  considered 
best  for  paint  pigment  which  was  about  83 
per  cent  true  red  lead  Pb.i  04  (tevroxide  of 
lead)  plus  17%  litharge  PbO  (mon  oxide  of 
lead).  The  Government  specifications  have 
been  raised  from  S5  per  cent  to  90  per  cent 
true,  and  lately  have  been  increased  to  95 
per  cent  of  true   red   lead. 

This,  therefore,  argues  very  strongly 
for  the  98  per  cent  true  red  had. 
but  it  still  remains  a  fact  that  very  en- 
during paint  can  be  made  in  compliance  with 
the  following  formula:  Pb^O,  (tetroxide  of 
lead),  82.88  per  cent  plus  litharge  PbO  (mon- 
oxide of  lead)  17.12  per  cent.  Owing  to  the 
tendency  of  this  combination  of  red  lead  and 
litharge  pigment  to  unite  with  linseed  oil 
in  chemical  combination,  paint  composed  of 
red  lead  and  linseed  oil  should  not  be  pre- 
pared to  exceed  twenty-four  hours  before 
using.  For  if  this  combination  of  red  had 
and  litharge  is  mixed  with  linseed  oil  and 
sealed  up  in  an  air-tight  can.  it  will  be 
found  after  a  time  that  the  mixture  has 
solidified  showing  that  the  oxygen  of  the  air 
which  is  the  hardening  agent  in  ordinary 
paints  is  not  necessary.  The  chemical  com- 
bination that  thus  takes  place  between  the 
litharge  and  the  oil  in  this  mixture  probably 
gives  an  Increased  toughness  and  endurance 
to  painl  applied  according  to  this  formula, 
provided  this  chemical  action  takes  place  af1 
er  the  paint  is  applied.  Practically,  it  Is  very 
difficult  to  secure  Intelligence  in  the  applica- 
tion pf  paint  to  structural  iH.rii.Mis 
building  and  it  is  therefore  doubtful  practice 
t,,  Ms..  so  large  a  percentage  of  lithargt 
because  it  will  not  make  a  strong  enduring 
paint,  but  because  it  is  extremely  difficult  t" 
get  same  applied  before  chemical  action  takes 

It  has  been  found  alSO  that  the  addi- 
tion of  say  in  per  .'lit  of  a  practically  inert 
pigment  such  as  Princess  mineral  or  oxide  of 
•/.inc.  increases  the  wearing  quality  of  red- 
It  ad  paint  without  other  injurious  eft 


391 


SD-EL-ITF PfllNTS'  varnishes, 

j\ J/J^H *  I  £  STA|NS  ENAMELS?  Etc 

We  maintain  a  special  department,  catering  to  the  require- 
ments of  architects,  rendering  an  important  service  to  those 
seeking  results  in  the  use  of  paint  and  varnish  products. 

Ask  to  see  our  "Architectural  Specification  Book" 


ADAMS  &  ELTING  CO., 


716  -  726  WASHINGTON  BOULEVARD 
Telephone  Monroe  3000.     CHICAGO,  ILL. 

TORONTO  ^NEW  YORK 


se^Bki? 


CEILING 

ecoratlons. 

Kins  Suction. 
ForMle  By  All  Dealers. 


URESCO 

MOST    BEAUTIFUL,    ECONOMICAL   AND    SANITARY 
FINISH  MADE  FOR  ALL 

INTERIOR  DECORATING 

Recommended    by   leading    Architects  and    Contrac- 
tors,  and    used   on  the  finest  residences,   churches, 
schools,    hospitals,    office    buildings,  factories,   etc. 
Write  for  Sample  Card  and  Descriptive  Matter. 

BENJAMIN    MOORE  &  COMPANY 


CHICAGO. 


New  York. 


Cleveland. 


ST.  LOUIS. 


SOLVAY  PROTECTIVE  PAINTS 

For  the  preservation  of 

Architectural  Steel  and  Masonry 

Low  in  Cost  —  High  in  Efficiency 

Made  from  a  refined  pitch  base  —  the  best  waterproofing  known  —  not  acted  on  by 

alkalies.      Send  for  Sample  and  Price  List 


SEMET-SOLVAY  CO. 

Telephone  Harrison  3580  CHICAGO  332  So.  Michigan  Ave. 


Lucaseal  Enamel  White 

A  Dependable  Enamel  for  Interior  and  Exterior  Use 

Made  by 

JOHN  LUCAS  &  CO.,  Inc. 

1362  WEST  37TH  STREET,  CHICAGO 

Philadelphia  New    York  Boston  Pittsburgh  Oakland,  Calif. 


392 


Corroded  Lead,  Basic  Lead  Carbonate  = 
chemically  to  PbC03Pb(OH)2  is  the  form  of 
lead  pigment  which  has  been  in  most  general 
use  for  many  years  past.  A  satisfactory  for- 
mula for  white  lead  pigment  is  70  per  cent 
to  75  per  cent  of  lead  carbonate  to  25  to  30 
per  cent  of  lead  hydrate;  this  is  in  substan- 
tial compliance  with  U.  S.  Government  stand- 
ard specifications.  While  Basic  Lead  Carbon- 
ate is  more  poisous  than  sublimed  lead  it  still 
is  a  perfectly  safe  pigment  to  use  with  prop- 
er precautions.  In  fact  nearly  all  paint  pig- 
ments are  more  or  less  poisonous  anu  so  care 
should  be  taken  by  painter  to  avoid  allowing 
paint  to  come  in  contact  with  the  skin. 

Sublimed   Lead    or   Basic    Lead    Sulphate  = 

chemically  to  PbS04PbO  is  coming  into  gen- 
eral use  for  paints  and  is  practically  non- 
poisonous  and  is  just  as  valuable  as  a  pig- 
ment for  many  purposes  as  the  older  for.m. 
It  is  particularly  satisfactory  as  a  base  for 
tinting  colors. 

White  Lead  Paste  averages  to  contain  by 
weight  92%  dry  lead  pigment  and  S%  linseed 
oil  and  weighs  about  38.1206  lbs.  to  the  gal- 
lon of  bulk. 

Zinc  White  is  oxide  of  zinc  made  by  burn- 
ing zinc  in  air.  It  is  whiter  than  white 
lead  but  is  not  so  opaque,  and  more  coats 
of  zinc  paint  are  necessary  to  get  a  given 
effect  over  a  dark  background  than  of  white 
lead.  Paint  consisting  of  commercially  pure 
zinc  white  and  linseed  oil  makes  a  strong 
and  enduring  wearing  surface  but  does  not 
produce  as  satisfactory  ground  for  repaint- 
ing after  a  period  of  service,  as  paint  com- 
posed of  a  white  lead  pigment  and  linseed 
oil. 

Graphite,  or  plumbago,  may  be  said  to  be 
diamond  plus  heat;  for  if  a  diamond  is  heat- 
ed to  a  very  high  temperature,  without  ac- 
cess to  the  air,  it  swells  up  and  is  converted 
into  a  black  mass  exactly  resembling  graph- 
ite in  every  particular.  This  theory  being 
further  verified  by  the  fact  that  this  change 
takes  place  without  the  loss  or  increase  of 
weight.  Graphite  is  found  in  nature  in  large 
quantities.  It  is  sometimes  found  crystal- 
lized, but  in  a  form  different  from  diamond. 
Graphite  can  be  prepared  artificially  by  dis- 
solving charcoal  in  molten  iron;  from  such  a 
solution  graphite  is  deposited  on  cooling. 
Pure  graphite  is  dark  grayish-black  in  color 
and  of  a  metallic  luster.  It  is  quite  soft. 
leaving  a  leaden-gray  mark  on  paper  when 
drawn  across  same.  It  is  used  in  the  manu- 
facture of  the  so-called  load  pencil  and  is 
sometimes  called  black-lead.  Such  designa- 
tion is  wholly  misleading.  as  it  is  in  no  sense 
metallic  lead.  Graphite  is  pure  carbon,  the 
element  which  is  the  principal  constituent 
of  all  organic  matter,  both  vegetable  and 
animal.  It  is  extensively  used  as  a  paint  pig- 
ment, particularly  for  metal  coating.  Finely 
ground  amorphous  or  non-crystallized 
graphite,  when  mixed  witli  linseed  oil,  forms 
perfectly  an  inert  pigment,  united  in  me- 
chanical mixture  with  the  oil,  and  without 
the  slightest  evidence  of  chemical  combina- 
tion. For  this  reason  prepared  graphite- 
paint  is  not  injured  by  age  as  is  1 1n ■  w-c 
with  oil-paints,  which  are  composed  of  oil 
and  a  pigment  which  will  form  a  more 
or  less  stable  chemical  union  with  same.  It 
is  contended,  by  advocates  of  Graphite 
paint,  that  the  inert  nature  of  graph- 
ite pigment  contributes  to  the  ease  of  it 
application  and  adds  to  its  covering  capac- 
ity and  elasticity,  making  a  better  appear- 
ing mechanical  job  with  less  labor  and  also 
a  covering  which  can  accommodate  Itself 
to  the  contraction  and  expansion  of  the  ma- 
terial covered  without  serious  Injury  to  Its 
efficacy  as  a  protective  covering.  The  non- 
active  nature  of  graphite  pigment  makes  it 
possible  to  coat  surfaces  with  a  much  thin- 
ner coating  than  with  a  paint  containing  a 
pigment  which   acts   chemically    with    its   oil. 


Lamp  Black  is  a  very  finely  divided  form 
of  charcoal  produced  by  the  deposit  on  cold 
surfaces  of  the  imperfectly  combusted  prod- 
ucts from  burning  oil.  Lamp  black  may  be 
said  to  be  the  soot  produced  by  burning  oil 
ut  sufficient  oxygen  present  to  form 
perfect  combustion.  This  soot  is  largely 
made  up  of  fine  particles  of  carbon.  Lamp 
black  is  used  in  the  manufacture  of  ink 
and  as  a  pigment  for  paint  to  be  applied  to 
metal.  Many  of  the  best  contracting  painters 
insist  that  lamp  black  ground  and  mixed 
with  linseed  oil  forms  the  most  enduring  and 
attractive  appearing  paint  for  ornamental 
iron. 

Colors  are  produced  by  mixing  the  various 
color  pigments  with  the  standard  base  pig- 
ments of  lead  or  zinc.  Some  of  those  color 
pigments  contribute  slightly  to  the  endur- 
ance of  the  paint  but  generally  speaking 
most  color  pigments  do  not  add  to  the  pro- 
tective and  enduring  value  of  paint.  The 
volume  of  base  pigment  needs  to  be  reduced 
in  proportion  to  the  amount  of  color  pigment 
added,  so  as  to  maintain  the  same  relative 
relation  of  pigment  to  oil  in  the  various 
coats  as  hereinafter  prescribed.  The  scope 
of  this  article  does  not  permit  a  discussion 
of  the  composition  and  merits  of  the  numer- 
ous commercial  color-pigments  offered  to  the 
trade. 

Chemical  action  between  the  pigments  and 
oil  in  paint  ordinarily  does  not  occur,  but 
there  are  exceptions.  Sabin  states  that 
such  action  takes  place  with  White  Lead  and 
Linseed  Oil,  "probably  between  the  oil  and 
the  lead  hydrate,  which  constitutes  at  least 
a  quarter  of  the  pigment."  "This  change  is 
said  to  be  due  to  resinification  of  the  oil 
converting  into  a  sort  of  varnish."  "Zinc 
Oxide  (White  Zinc)  also  acts  on  oil,  but  in 
a  much  less  degree."  "Paint  consisting  of 
White  Lead  and  White  Zinc  mixed  together 
in  the  proportions  of  twTo  of  lead  to  one  of 
zinc  is  reputed  to  be  superior  to  either  alone 
Zinc  brushes  more  readily,  but  will  cover 
less  surface  than  White  Lead." 

PAINT. 
Primer    of    Lead    and    Oil    for    new    work 
should  be  proportioned  by  bulk,  so  as  to  con- 
tain   27%   of  White   Lead   Paste,    62%  of  Lin- 
seed Oil  and  11%  of  Turpentine. 

Priming  Lead  and  Oil  will  require  10.3  lbs. 
White  Lead,  .62  gal.  Linseed  Oil  and  .11  gal. 
Turpentine  to  make  one  gal.  of  paint. 

One  Gallon  Lead  and  Oil  Primer  will  aver- 
age to  properly  cover  about  2?i  squares  of 
new  wood  work  or  1%  squares  of  common 
brick  work. 

One  Square  of  New  Wood  Work  requires 
to  properly  prime  same  with  lead  and  oil 
334  lbs.  White  Lead.  .23  gal.  Linseed  oil  and 
.04  gal.  Turpentine,  or  if  common  brick  re- 
quires 8.24  lbs.  White  Lead,  .5  gal.  Linseed 
Oil  and  .088  gal.  Turpentine. 

Succeeding  Coats  of  Lead  and  Oil  Paint 
after  primer  should  be  proportioned  by  bulk 
so  as  to  contain  30%  White  Lead,  64%  Lin- 
seed Oil  and  6%  of  Turpentine. 

Succeeding  Coats  of  Lead  and  Oil  Paint 
after  priming  will  require  11.44  lbs.  White 
Lead  Paste,  .64  gal.  Linseed  Oil  and  .06  gal. 
of  Turpentine  to  the  gal. 

One  Gallon  Lead  and  Oil  Succeeding  Coater 
will  average  to  properly  cover,  any  coat, 
about  4 ',2  .squares  of  wood  work  after  same 
has  been  primed,  or  3  squares  of  common 
brick  work,  second  coat.  Third  coat  on  brick 
work,  one  gal.  will  cover  as  much  surface 
as  on  wood. 

One  Square  of  Any  Oil  Succeeding  Coat  on 
wood  work  after  same  has  been  primed  will 
average  to  require  to  properly  cover  sam.' 
2.54  lbs  White  Load,  .14  gal  Linseed  Oil  and 
.0133  gal.  of  Turpentine;  or  for  2nd  coat  on 
common  brick  work,  3.48  lbs.  White  Lead,  .21 


gal.  Linseed  Oil  and  .02  gal.  of  Turpentine. 
(Third  coat  on  brick  work  will  require  the 
same  amount  of  paint  to  unit  of  surface  as 
"Succeeding  Coats"  on  wood. 
Paint  for  metal,  first  coat,  should  not  be 
applied  until  after  the  surface  is  thoroughly 
cleaned  free  from  dirt  or  grease,  as  such 
material  keeps  the  coating  from  coming  in 
contact  with  the  metal,  so  that  it  cannot  ad- 
here to  same.  It  might  be  supposed  that 
grease  would  be  absorbed  by  paint  or  varnish 
but  this  does  not  prove  true  in  practice.  To 
mix  such  materials  would  require  their  thor- 
ough agitation  together.  This  is  prevented 
in  the  application  over  dirty  surfaces  due  to 
ihe  fact  that  the  grease  is  always  mixed 
with  and  covered  by  an  adherent  film  of  dirt, 
which  Interferes  with  the  action  of  the  paint 
or  varnish  upon  it;  consequently  making  a 
loose  film  which  will  not  permanently  sup- 
port  the   paint   coating. 

Primer  for  metal  of  red  lead  to  give  sat- 
isfactory results  can  be  made  by  mixing  23 
lbs.  of  dry  "red  lead  for  painting  metal"  to 
1  lb.  of  "zinc  white,"  adding  sufficient  com- 
mercially pure  "raw  linseed  oil"  to  make  a 
gallon  of  the  mixture,  and  thoroughly  incor- 
porating together.  The  mixing  of  the  oil  and 
pigment  should  only  be  as  required  at  the 
work,  never  to  exceed  24  hours  before  apply- 
ing. The  paint  resulting  will  be  rather  stiff 
and  requires  thorough  and  careful  brush 
work  to  make  the  surface  elastic,  and  the 
material  cover  proper  area.  This  paint  should 
not  be  thinned  by  addition  of  evaporent  liq- 
uids, as  these  have  a  tendency  to  produce 
destructive  chemical  action  on  the  paint,  ef- 
fecting its  permanency  as  a  protective  coat- 
ing. 

Succeeding  coats  on  metal,  after  primer, 
can  very  satisfactorily  be  of  white  lead  and 
oil  or  zinc  paints  as  above  described,  or  a 
combination   of   the  two. 

Primer  for  masonry  surface  which  has  a 
strong  alkaline  reaction,  such  as  plastered 
walls,  brick  masonry  and  concrete,  should 
consist  of  a  solution  of  zinc  sulphate  crys- 
tals dissolved  in  water,  in  the  proportion  of 
3  lbs.  to  the  gallon,  after  which  succeeding 
coats  of  paint  as  defined  above  for  wood 
work  may  be  applied  with  satisfactory  re- 
sults. Oil  paint  should  never  be  applied  di- 
rect to  masonry.  There  are  a  number  of 
proprietary  mixtures  that  are  prepared  es- 
pecially for  this  purpose  and  which  give  ex- 
cellent results. 

Paste  Piller  for  open  grained  hard-wood 
finish  or  floors  requires  for  proper  filling  and 
wiping  123  lbs.  Silex  paste  and  .14  gal.  thin- 
ner to  the  square. 

Wiping  of  paste  filler  is  done  with  bur- 
lap, sea  moss  or  excelsior  and  should  always 
be  done  across  the  grain  of  the  wood  as  if 
rubbed  with  the  grain  of  the  wood  there  is  a 
tendency  to  lift  the  filler  out  of  the  pores  of 
the  wood  and  waste  same,  requiring  more 
filler  to  give  satisfactory  results. 

Thinner  for  paste  filler  may  be  either  Tur- 
pentine or  Benzine  if  the  filler  is  of  best 
quality  of  rock  quartz,  water  floated,  very 
finely  bolted  and  mixed  with  special  Japans 
and  Linseed  Oil.  Benzine  seems  to  give  the 
most  satisfactory  results  for  a  thinner  owing 
to  its  quicker  evaporation.  For  the  cheaper 
fillers  Turpentine  must  be  used. 

Paste  Piller  is  tinted  or  left  transparent 
according   to  'the   color   effect  desired. 

Stains  for  wood  work  usually  form  one 
coat  in  addition  to  filler  and  coats  of  var- 
nish or  wax;  these  are  of  three  kinds,  oil- 
stain,  spirit-stain  and  water-stain,  and  are 
used   according  to   the   effect  desired. 

Oil-Stain  averages  to  require  about  .IS 
gal.  to  the  square. 

Spirit-Stain  averages  to  require  about  .1* 
gal.  to  the  square. 


Water-Stain  averages  to  require  about  .2 
gal.  to  the  square. 

Prepared  Wax  averages  to  require  about 
.33  lbs.  to  the  square. 

Gloss  Oil  is  a  term  used  to  designate  a 
preparation  composed  of  resin  and  naphtha. 
This  is  a  very  cheap  substitute  for  varnish 
often  used  as  a  size  for  plastered  walls 
preparatory  to  tinting.  It  is  a  very  in- 
ferior material  and  when  used  as  a  size 
softens  and  roughs  with  repeated  washings. 
It  is  ruinous  when  used  as  a  varnish  or  as 
a  binder  for  paint. 

Varnish,  Best  light  Interior,  requires  for 
properly  coating  one  square,  1st  coat  over 
filler,  1-5  to  1-7  gal. 

Varnish,  Cheap,  Thick  Rosin,  requires  for 
coating  one  square  one  gloss  coat,  \i  to  1-5 
gal. 

Creosote  Stain  required  to  dip  %  length 
one  M.  shingles  equals  about  2%    gal. 

Creosote  Stain  required  to  brush  coat  one 
square  shingles  equals  one  gal. 

Oil  Paint  to  cover  one  square  metal  work, 
one  coat  requires  about  1-10  gal. 

Size  for  plastered  walls  preparatory  to 
tinting  should  be  varied  according  to  the 
nature  of  the  treatment  to  be  applied  over 
same  and  also  with  reference  to  the  surface 
on  which  it  is  applied.  A  very  good  size  for 
this  purpose  on  smooth  plastered  walls  is  a 
coat  of  medium  grade  varnish,  such  a  size 
would  cost  about  $1.75  per  gallon.  A  stand- 
ard medium  cost  size  for  smooth  plastered 
walls  is  made  up  of  China  wood  oil,  resin 
and  naphtha:  such  a  size  could  be  made  up 
for  about  $1.25  per  gallon.  The  cheap  size 
commonly  used  is  made  up  of  gloss-oil  at  a 
cost  of  not  to  exceed  52c  per  gallon;  but, 
taking  into  consideration  lasting  quality  and 
labor  expended,  this  is  most  expensive  and 
unsatisfactory. 

Fresco  Size  satisfactory  for  use  on  rough 
plastered  ■walls  may  be  made  up  as  follows: 
Dissolve  each  separately  in  the  proportions 
of  one  pound  of  glue  to  one  gallon  of  water, 
one  pound  common  yellow  laundry  soap  to 
one  gallon  of  water  and  one-fourth  pound 
of  alum  to  one  gallon  of  water;  the  glue  and 
soap  solutions  then  being  mixed  together 
first,  and  after  thoroughly  mixed,  the  alum 
solution  added  and  the  whole  well  stirred 
together    ready    for    application    to    the    wall. 

ESTIMATES  ON  PAINTING. 
PAINTER'S  ESTIMATE=  (units  of  surface 
to  be  covered)  ><  (amount  of  material  re- 
quired to  cover  a  unit)  x  (cost  of  a  unit  of 
material)  4-  [(number  of  hours  of  labor  re- 
quired by  a  mechanic  to  apply  the  material 
to  a  single  unit  of  surface)  x  (hourly  wage 
of  mechanic)  x  (number  of  units  of  sur- 
face)] -f-  (overhead  charges,  including  scaf- 
folding, brushes,  drop-cloths,  cartage,  office 
extinn^e  and  expense  of  supervision,  etc.)  4- 
(Contractor'sproflt,  which  varies  with  the 
supply  and  demand). 

UNITS  OP  SURFACE  USED  ARE  (one 
sq.  ft.),    (Bq.  yd.  =  9   sq.   ft.)    or    (square  =  109 

sq.  ft.). 

AMOUNT  OF  SURFACE  UNTTS  assumed 
for  estimating  purposes  are  increased  at  the 
judgment  of  the  estimator.  This  is  done  to 
make  proper  allowance  for  increased  labor 
and  waste  of  material  on  account  of  broken 
and  complicated  surfaces,  and  so  that  prices 
per  unit  of  labor  and  material  can  be  main- 
tained constant,  the  following  enumerations 
being  the  assumptions  most  commonly  used 
by  estimators: 

PLAIN  D.  &  M.  Wainscoting  or  partition 
stuff  is  measured  once,  actual  surface,  and  is 
used  as  the  standard  of  comparison.  Other 
surfaces  are  increased  in  proportion  as  their 
difficulty  of  execution  compares  with  D.  & 
M.  Wainscoting. 


'•Ml 


Sash  for  exterior  are  measured  over  the 
entire  area  instead  of  around  each  bar. 

Shingle  Gable,   1%    X    actual  surface  area. 

Dormer  Wlndowa  2   x   actual  surface  area. 

Shingles,  Bough,  \Vz  to  2  X  actual  surface 
area. 

Shingles,  Dressed,  Dimension,  actual  sur- 
face measure. 

Spindle  work,  measure  4  times  solid  on  one 
side. 

Square  Spindle  work  and  pickets,  4  X  one 
side  measured  solid. 

Verandas  with  heavy  columns  and  railings, 
etc.,  measure  surface  of  ceiling  and  floors 
and  ah  sides  the  same  as  though  enclosed 
veranda.  Very  simple  in  design,  measure 
floor  and  ceiling  and  allow  double  area  of 
brackets  and  columns. 

Outside  Blinds,  measure  3  X  actual  surface 
of  one  side. 

INTERIOR. 

Base  Boards,  measure  not  less  than  1  foot 
in  width  regardless  of  actual  width. 

Picture  Mouldings,  measure  1-3  foot  in 
width. 

Single  Doors,  including  trim,  count  as  35 
sq.  ft.  to  a  side  or  70  sq.  ft.  for  both  sides. 

Interior  Side  of  Windows,  including  trim 
and   tracing  of  sash,  average  at   35   sq.   ft. 

Wall  Decorations,  measure  ceiling  solid  and 
sidewalls  8-10  of  actual  area  to  allow  for 
openings,  or  measure  actual  area  and  deduct 
%  to   %  of  all  openings. 

Badly  Weathered  wood  work  or  cracked 
and  damaged  plaster,  add  from  1-10  to  3-10 
to  measurements  determined   as  above. 

Prices  of  standard  materials  are  quoted  In 
market  reports  and  fluctuate  with  supply  and 
demand.  The  estimator  should  verify  these 
preceding  each  estimate.  At  time  of  going 
to  press   the  following  prices   obtain: 

White  Lead   Paste,   11  %c  per  lb. 

Linseed  Oil  raw  $2.55  per  gal. 

Turpentine,   $1.S8   per  gal. 

Paste  Tiller,  about  14c  per  lb.  in  100-lb. 
packages  or   12c   in   bbls. 

Interior  Varnishes,  about  $3.25  to  $3.50  per 
gal. 

Stains  vary  so  much  in  price  that  they  can 
not  be  listed. 

Pirst  Class  Exterior  Varnishes,  about  $4.25 
per  gal.  (It  should  be  explained  that  owing 
to  the  slow  drying  or  hardening  qualities  of 
best  exterior  varnishes,  a  cheaper  and  less 
durable  grade  is  usually  used,  costing  about 
$3.00  per  gal.) 

Proprietary  Oil  Paints  of  best  quality  are 
sold  to  the  painters  at  about  $4.2".  to 
per  gal.,  depending  on  color.  The  materials 
in  a  gal.  of  White  Lead  and  Linseed  Oil 
"Succeeding  Coat"  of  paint  costs  exclusive 
of  labor  and  coloring  matter  about  $4.7".  a1 
present  market  prices  and  the  labor  of  mix- 
ing by  hand  and  the  expense  for  colors 
brings  this  hand-mixed  paint  up  in  price 
to  about  the  same  as  proprietary  paints  of 
equal  quality.  Unless  the  Ingredients  com- 
posing paint  are  thoroughly  incorporated 
the  paint  is  not  satisfactory.  This  proper 
mixing,  if  done  by  hand,  requires  consider- 
able expensive  labor. 

LABOR     REQUIRED. 

COST     OP     LABOR  =  (number     of    hours     of 
labor    required    by    a    mechanic    to    apply 
the   material    to    the   single    unit    of    sur- 
face)   X    (hourly  wage   of  mechanics)    x 
(number  of  units   of   surface). 
"Wage   per   Hour  =  union    scale  obtaining   in 
the    locality    where    the    work    is    to    be    exe- 
cuted.    (In  Chicago,   this   is    v;1;.-   per   hour 
under  an   agreement   expiring   April    1,    1920.) 
Stopping    knots    with    shellac    requires    in 


labor  .2  of  an  hour's  time  to  the  square  of 
surface. 

Puttying  defects  in  ordinary  wood  work 
requires  in  labor  .3  of  an  hour's  time  to  the 
square  of  surface. 

Oil  painting,  single  coat,  requires  in  labor 
.57  of  an  hour's  time  to  the  square  of  sur- 
face. 

Paste  Piller  Coat,  including  cleaning  of 
wood  work,  requires  in  labor  1.33  hours' 
time  to  the  square  of  surface. 

Varnish,  single  coat,  Including  light  sand- 
papering, requires  in  labor  .66  of  an  hour's 
time  to  the  square  of  surface. 

Creosote  staining-  of  shingles  by  %  dip- 
ping, requires  in  labor  1  hour  of  a  mechanic's 
time  to  dip  1,000  shingles,  which  average  to 
cover  when   laid,   one  square  of  roof  surface. 

Creosote  staining,  one  brush  coat  on  roof, 
requires  in  labor  .8  hour's  time  to  cover  one 
square  of  surface. 

Sizing  of  plaster  walls  with  either  glue  or 
hard  oil  size  requires  in  labor  .33  of  an  hour's 
time    to   the  square  of   surface. 

Tinting  with  water  color,  fresco  tints  or 
calcimine  averages  to  require  in  labor  .44 
hour's  time  to  the  square  of  surface  to  the 
man  employed,  providing  not  less  than  two 
men  are  employed  on  the  work.  (Ordinarily, 
one  man  cannot  work  alone  at  tinting  of 
walls,  for  if  he  does  so  work,  the  work  can- 
not be  satisfactorily  done  and  more  time  Is 
required  in  proportion  to  the  surface  cov- 
ered.) 

Sponging  and  washing  walls  requires  in 
labor  a  variable  amount  of  time  to  the  square 
according  to  the  amount  of  size  used  in  coat 
to  be  removed  and  must  be  approximated  by 
the  estimator  after  examination  and  test. 

ILLUSTRATIVE  CEARQB3  FOB  CON- 
TBACT  WORK. 

The  following  items  Illustrate  some  of  the 
average  charges  made  by  contractors  for  ma- 
terial and  labor  at  the  time  of  going  to 
press: 

Day  work  should  be  charged  for  at  the 
rate  of  $1.35  per  hour  plus  material. 

Whitewashing  (machine  applied)  Includ- 
ing material,  labor  and  coi  tractor's  profit, 
about  35c  per  square,  varying  according  to 
the  size  of  the  job,  sometimes,  in  case  of 
very  large  jobs,  being  figured  as  low  as  30c. 

Whitewashing  (hand  brush  applied),  in- 
cluding material  and  labor  and  contractor's 
profit,    about    85c   per   square. 

Painting,  two  coat  work,  is  estimated  as 
worth  $3.30  per  square;  Itemized,  $1.54  for 
all    material    and    $2.2>;    for    labor    and    profit. 

Varnish  work,  including  one  coat  of  paste 
filler  and  two  coats  of  varnish,  is  worth 
aiM.ut    85c  per  square. 

Sizing  Walls  is  worth  about  70c  per  square 
for  hard  oil  size. 

Tinting  wallB,  depending  on  color,  averages 
i<>  be  worth  $1.20  per  square. 

FIXED    CHARGES. 

The  expenses  of  conducting  the  painting 
contracting  business  vary  according  to  the 
efficiency  of  organization  and  range  from  25 
to  35  per  cent  of  the  cost  of  executing  the 
work. 

THE    ESTIMATE. 

After  surfaces  are  measured   and  mat. 'rials 
and  labor  are  priced,  as  described  abo\  • 
items   totalled,   abo  should   be 

added   to  cover  fixed  charges  and   a  perceni 

i..r  profit,  varying  according  to  the  rep- 
utation of  the  contractor,  which  will  cive 
the   probable   contract  price   of   the    work. 


395 


44 


WIRE  GLASS 

When  set  in  proper  metal 
sash  and  frames  furnishes 
one  of  the  best  forms  of  fire 

Protection,   Provided 

The  Standard  Product, 
which  bears  this  label, 
printed  in  red,  is  installed. 


To  obtain  the  Standard,  and  there  is  no  equal,  Specify 

Polished  "Wire  Glass,"    "Factrolite"  "Wire  Glass/'  Syenite  "Wire 

Glass,"  Maze  "Wire  Glass,"  Rough  "Wire  Glass,"  Ribbed 

"Wire  Glass,"  or  Penticor  "Wire  Glass." 


The  Product  of  the 


Mississippi  Wire  Glass  Co. 


7  W.  Madison  Street 
Chicago 


220  Fifth  Avenue 
New  York 


4070  N.  Main  Street 
St.  Louis 


396 


GLASS  AND  GLAZING 


The  following  data  is  given  to  satisfy  the 
need  of  architects  and  draftsmen  for  definite 
information  regarding  conditions  of  manu- 
facture, qualities  and  sizes  of  glass  which 
are  essential  to  accurate,  practical  specifi- 
cation and  detail. 

WINDOW  GLASS  is  blown  glass  in  distinc- 
tion from  plate  or  rolled  glass.  This  glass 
being  blown  out  in  cylinders,  either  by  hand 
or  machinery,  and  the  glass  cylinders  cut 
and  straightened  out.  Such  glass  is  likely  to 
show  a  slight  bulge  and  is  frequently  broken 
in  setting  or  after  setting,  on  account  of  the 
difference  in  tension  between  the  two  sur- 
faces of  the  glass  produced  by  straightening 
out  or  developing  the  cylinders  of  glass  and 
not  from  any  fault  of  the  glazier. 

Machine-Made  "Double  Strength"  measures 
about  nine  lights  to  the  inch  in  thickness. 
By  far  the  major  portion  of  all  sheet  glass 
on  the  market  is  machine  made.  It  is  not 
unusual  to  find  large  glazing  houses  with 
almost  no  hand-made  glass  in  stock. 

Hand-Made  "Double  Strength"  sheet  glass 
measures  about  eight  lights  to  the  inch  in 
thickness.  Inasmuch  as  it  takes  about  fif- 
teen men  to  blow  and  make  the  same  amount 
of  glass  as  one  man  with  a  machine,  the 
purchaser  must  expect  to  pay  more  for  hand- 
made than  for  machine-made  glass,  but  hand- 
made glass  of  the  same  grade  will  show  far 
less  defects  and  is  of  greater  strength. 

"AA"  Grade  Sheet  Glass  is  especially  se- 
lected glass  designed  for  picture  use  and  is 
not  manufactured  in  sufficient  quantities  to 
supply  the  demand  of  the  market  for  Sheet 
Window  Glass,  so  that  where  this  glass  is 
specified,  the  glazier  usually  substitutes  "A" 
grade. 

"A"  Grade  Sheet  Glass  is  the  standard 
quality  of  Sheet  Window  Glass  used  for  the 
glazing  of  windows  in  the  general  run  of 
buildings  and  is  the  best  quality  on  the 
market  in  sufficient  quantities  to  meet  the 
demands   for  sheet  glass   window   glazing. 

"B"  Grade  Sheet  Glass  is  an  inferior  grade, 
full  of  air  bubbles  and  other  defects,  suit- 
able only  for  cheap  factory,  greenhouses  and 
similar  work. 

PLATE  GLASS  is  poured  and  rolled,  after 
which  it  is  polished  down  on  each  side  to 
the  desired  thickness.  As  it  is  almost  im- 
possible to  gauge  a  polishing  machine  so 
that  it  will  polish  each  end  of  the  sheet  the 
same  thickness,  plate  glass,  therefore,  varies 
in  thickness  from  3/16"  to  %",  usually  from 
K"   to   5/16". 

CAST  OB  ROLLED  GLASS:  This  is  real- 
ly not  a  plate  glass  but  it  is  a  sheet  glass 
and  is  cast  on  a  table  and  then  rolled,  and 
in  order  to  get  the  desired  thickness  what 
is  known  as  trangs  are  used  on  the  side  of 
the  table  to  govern  the  thickness  of  the 
glass. 

"Bough"  Glass  gets  its  name  from  the 
rough  surface  of  the  table  on  which  the 
glass    is    poured    and    then    rolled,    the    lower 


surface  being  rough  and  the  upper  surface, 
which    is    the    natural    surface,    being    glossy 

"WIBE  GLASS"  is  rolled  glass  wherein 
the  wire  mesh  is  mechanically  set  at  equal 
distance  from  each  surface  during  the  course 
of   manufacture. 

"Bough  Wire"  Glass  is  wire  glass  just  as 
it  comes  from  the  rollers,   without  polishing. 

BOUGH,  BIBBED,  MAZE,  ROMANESQUE 
and  SYENITE  "WIBE  GLASS"  determine 
the  style  of  surface  which  comes  from  the 
use   of  different   figured   tables. 

POLISHED  "WIBE  GLASS"  is  made  in 
the  same  way  as  Rough.  Ribbed  or  Maze 
"Wire  Glass"  but  is  rolled  in  a  rough  sheet 
of  sufficient  thickness  to  polish  down  either 
side  after  the  glass  has  been  properly  an- 
nealed. Quite  frequently  the  mistake  of 
specifying  Polished  Plate  Wire  Glass  is 
made,  whereas,  Polished  "Wire  Glass"  is 
not  supposed  to  be  a  plate  glass  as  it  is 
taken  from  a  tank  furnace  by  a  ladle  which 
does  not  produce  a  product  as  free  from 
bubbles  as  pouring  the  glass  from  a  pot 
furnace  as  they  do  in  making  Polished  Plate 
glass,  therefore,  specifications  should  call 
for   Polished    "Wire   Glass". 

BIBBED  "WIBE  GLASS"  is  wire  glass 
with  the  corrugated  or  grooved  surface  on 
the  table  side,  thus  allowing  the  smooth 
side  of   the  glass   to   be   glossy. 

MAZE  "WIBE  GLASS"  which,  by  the  way, 
is  highly  recommended  on  account  of  its 
light  diffusive  powers  is  a  figured  rolled 
glass  and  the  figure  is  produced  on  the  table 
side  of  the  glass,  thus  leaving  the  upper 
surface  glossy. 

OBNAMENTAL  GLASS,  which  is  more 
commonly  known  as  figured  glass,  includes 
the  following  designs  which  are  most  popu- 
lar: Romanesque,  Apex,  Pentecor,  Maze, 
Syenite,  Florentine,  Ondoyant,  together  with 
other  styles  which  are  known  according  to 
the  manufacturer's  number,  such  as  No.  1, 
No.  2.  No.  3,  etc.  This  style  of  glass  is  all 
rolled,  some  of  the  figures  being  produced 
on  the  table  surface  of  the  glass,  thus  leav- 
ing the  upper  surface  glossy,  while  others 
are  produced  from  a  roller  which  necessi- 
tates the  figure  being  on  the  upper  surface 
and  the  lower  surface  of  the  glass  which  is 
flat  has  a  dull  appearance  unless  polished, 
which  adds  considerable  to  the  cost  of  man- 
ufacture and  naturally  increases  the  retail 
price. 

"Chipped"  Glass  may  either  be  chipped 
plate  or  chipped  sheet  glass,  as  chipping  is 
accomplished  by  treating  the  surface  of  the 
glass  with  hot  oil  and  then  peeling  off  same, 
thus  chipping  the  surface.  Double  chipping 
is  accomplished  by  repeating  the  process,  so 
that  the  architect  when  he  specifies  "chipped" 
glass  should  be  particular  to  say  whether 
he  wishes  sheet  or  plate,  single  or  double 
chipped. 

"Ground"  Glass  is  produced  by  grinding 
the  surface  of  any  sort  of  glass  with  a  sand 
blast    process,    so    that    the    architect    should 


397 


Daylight  your   buildings  with  3-Way  Prism  Glass 

American  3 -Way  Prism  Co. 

CICERO,  ILLINOIS 

Manufacturers  of— , 


Sidewalk  Lights,  Skylights,  Sidewalk    Doors,   Prismatic  Transom   Lights, 
Sheet  Prism  and  Wired  Sheet  Prism 


N.  NELSON.  President 

Olson  &  Nelson  Cut  Stone  Co. 

DEALERS  IN 

Rough,  Sawed,  Dressed  and  Turned  Stone 

3401  La  Salle  Street,  CHICAGO 

TELEPHONE  YARDS  1273 


WHEN  YOU  BUY  TERRA  COTTA 

FROM 

THE  AMERICAN  TERRA  COTTA  &  CERAMIC  CO. 

YOU  BUY 
SERVICE— EFFICIENT  &  DEPENDABLE 
QUALITY—  EXCELLENT  &  UNSURPASSED 
EXPERIENCE— THIRTY-FIVE  YEARS  OF  IT 

OFFICE:      1945    PEOPLES  GAS  BUILDING,  CHICAGO 
FACTORY:     TERRA  COTTA,  ILL. 


Fully  guaranteed.      Black.  Green  and  Brown  colors. 


A  Better  Blackboard 

Than   Slate   at   Substantially   Less   Cost 

Framed  Back  Reinforcement  makes 
bulging  or  warping  impossible. 

Surface   Coat  not   a    paint   but    a 

Plastic  Composition  applied  with  a 
trowel. 

Four    Surface    Coats.      Each    one 
troweled  on  by  hand. 

CAXTON  SCHOOL  SUPPLY  CO. 
570    W.    Monroe    Street  CHICAGO 


398 


specify  whether  he  wants  plate  or  sheet  glass        lng;   also  details  for  metal  sash  and   ventila- 


when  he  specified  ground  glass. 

We  give  below  details  approved  and  recom- 
mended by  the  National  Ornamental  Glass 
Manufacturers'  Association  of  the  United 
States  and  Canada  as  the  minimum  size  of 
rabbets,   jambs   and   sills    for   art   glass   glaz- 


tor  construction.  Rabbets  for  ordinary  win- 
dow glass  glazing  should  never  be  less  than 
J/4  of  an  inch  in  depth  but  should  always 
be  made  at  least  %  of  an  inch  where  this 
is  practical  from  the  standpoint  of  design. 


-Single  Glazing  y2   Size — Double  Glazing 

Some  Details  for  Stone  Omitting  Loose  Strips 


1 2  Size — Metal  Division  Bars  and  for  framing 


y2   Size 


-Stone   Detail  for  Heads 
and   Jambs 


\2  Size — For  Sills  and  Showing  Ventilator 
Setting 


COLORED  GLASS  is  produced  by  intro- 
ducing various  substances  into  the  molten 
glass  and  by  complicated  processes  of  manu- 
facture, the  more  expensive  glass  coming  in 
sheets  of  irregular  shape  and  thickness,  the 
price  varying  according  to  the  value  of  the 
coloring  matter  introduced.  The  precious 
metals  such  as  gold  and  silver,  are  required 
for  the  production  of  certain  colors  which 
necessarily  makes  these  expensive.  On  ac- 
count of  the  big  variation  in  price  of  the 
different  coloring  matter  used  in  the  manu- 
facture of  opalescent  glass,  this  glass  varies 
In   cost  according  to  color. 

"Cathedral"  Glass  measures  eight  sheets  to 
the  inch  and  is  practically  uniform  in  color, 
this  being  practically  the  cheapest  colored 
glass  on  the  market. 

"Opal  Cathedral"  Glass  measures  about 
eight  sheets  in  thickness  to  the  inch  and  is 
practically  uniform  in  thickness,  but  show- 
ing in  a  measure  the  variation  in  color  of 
opalescent  or  opal  glass. 

PRISMATIC  GLASS.  Tile  prisms  are  made 
In  4"  and  5"  and  glazed  in  hard  white  meW.al 


and  then  copper  plated.  These  tile  prisms 
are  very  greatly  improved  by  a  lens  cut  sur- 
face running  in  a  vertical  direction  on  the 
outside  at  right  angles  to  horizontal  pris- 
matic projections  on  the  inner  side.  These 
prisms  are  made  in  various  angles  to  suit 
all  possible  conditions  and  will  increase  the 
strength  of  the  daylight  in  any  room  from  50 
to   100  per  cent. 

Opalescent  Glass  varies  in  thickness 
from  1/16"  to  ?i"  and  also  varies  in  color 
almost  without  limit.  It  is  practically  Im- 
possible to  get  exactly  the  same  shade  in  two 
successive  meltings  of  opalescent  glass;  in 
fact,  many  of  the  most  beautiful  sheets  of 
opalescent  glass  have  been  mere  accldi  nts 
of  manufacture.  Where  the  art  glass  cutter 
and  glazier  is  unable  to  secure  the  peculiar 
shade  of  color  required  in  cartoon  by  cutting 
from  any  one  sheet  of  glass  in  his  stock  he 
accomplishes  this  result  by  plating  several 
sheets  over  each  other,  thus  by  a  combina- 
tion of  the  colors  in  the  different  sheets  pro- 
ducing  the   shade   desired. 


399 


Flaxlinum 
Insulating  Company 


ST.  PAUL,  MINN. 


Manufacturers    of 


Slaxlinum 


FLAXLINUM 
FLAXLINUM 
FLAXLINUM 

FLAXLINUM 
FLAXLINUM 


HOUSE 

ROOF 

FLOOR 

PARTITION 

ICE  HOUSE 


INSULATION 

INSULATION 

DEADENING 

DEADENING 

INSULATION 


0 


FLAXLINUM  mark 
KEYBOARD  Sfi 


FLAXLINUM   KEYBOARD 

INSULATED  BASE  FORo 
MAGNESITE  cylnd 
PORTLAND  STUCCO  cAlso 
HARDWALL  PLASTER^ 


LET  US  FURNISH 

DETAILS  AND 
SPECIFICATK  >NS 


FLAXLINUM    INSULATING   CO. 


CHICAGO  OFFICE 
INSURANCE  EXCHANGE  BLDG. 


PHONE  WABASH  2020 
175  W.  JACKSON  BLVD. 


400 


STANDARD  RULES  OF  THE  MEASUREMENT 
OF  PLASTERING. 

Adopted  by  the  Employing  Plasterers'  Association  of  Chicago. 


LATH     AND      PLASTERING 
to     be     measured     by     the     superficial     yard, 
from    floor    to    ceiling    for    walls,    and    from 
wall    to    wall    for    ceiling. 

In  rooms  containing  one  or  more  hori- 
zontal angles  between  the  floor  and  ceiling 
line,  the  ceiling  to  be  measured  from  wall 
to  wall,  as  though  all  walls  were  vertical, 
for  contents  of  ceiling,  and  from  floor  to 
highest  point  of  ceiling  for  height  of  wall. 
OPENINGS. 

Openings  in  plastering  to  be  measured 
between  grounds.  No  deductions  to  be  made 
for  openings  of  two  feet  or  less  in  width. 
One-half  of  contents  to  be  deducted  for 
openings  two  feet  or  more  in  width.  The 
contents  on  all  store  front  openings  to  be 
deducted,  and  the  contractor  to  be  allowed 
one  foot  six  inches  for  each  jamb  by  the 
height. 

All  beams  or  girders  projecting  below 
ceiling  line  to  have  one  foot  in  width  by 
total  length  added  for  each  internal  and 
external    angle. 

No  openings  to  be  deducted  from  "solid" 
or  "hollow"  metal  lath  and  plaster  parti- 
tions nor  for  openings  in  suspended  ceil- 
ings containing  less  than  100  square  feet, 
where  furring  is  carried  around  such  open- 
ings by  plasterer.  No  openings  to  be  de- 
ducted from  cement  wainscot  or  base. 
CORNER    BEADS,     ARCHES.     ETC. 

All  corner  angles  of  more  or  less  than 
90  degrees,  beads,  "bullnoses,"  quirks,  rule 
joints,  and  moldings,  to  be  measured  by 
the  lineal  foot  on  their  longest  extension, 
and  one  foot  for  each  stop  or  miter. 
CORNICES. 

Length  of  cornices  to  be  measured  on 
walls.  Plain  cornices  of  one  foot  girth  or 
less  to  be  measured  on  walls  by  the  lineal 
foot.  Plain  cornices  exceeding  one  foot 
girth  to  be  measured  by  the  superficial  foot. 
Add  one  lineal  foot  to  giith  for  each  stop  or 
miter.  Enriched  cornices  (cast  work),  by 
the    lineal    foot    for    each    enrichment. 

Arches,  corbels,  brackets,  rings,  center 
pieces,  pilasters,  columns,  capitals,  bases, 
rosettes,  bosses,  pendants  and  niches  by  the 
piece.  Ceiling  or  frieze  plates  over  eight 
inches  wide  by  the  square  foot. 
COLUMNS. 

All  columns  to  be  measured  by  the  lin- 
eal   foot    for    plain    plastered    columns. 

CEMENT    WAINSCOTING     AND     BASE. 

All  cement  wainscot  to  be  measured  by 
the  square  foot,  and  cement  base  by  the 
lineal    foot. 

GROUNDS. 

All  grounds  for  various  classes  of  work 
to  be  as  follows,  unless  expressly  specified 
to  the  contrary: 

Grounds    for    2-coat    lath    work %    inch 

Grounds     for    3-coat    lath     work 1   inch 

Grounds   for   3-coat   metal    lath   work.%    inch 
Grounds    for    3-coat    metal    lath    work, 

on    %-inch    iron    furring 1  '/a    inch 

Grounds   for   3-coat   metal    lath   work, 

on    1-inch    iron     furring 1%   inch 

Grounds    for   hard   mortar   metal    lath 

work     %    Inch 

Grounds    for   hard    mortar    metal    lath 

work,  on  14-inch  Iron  furring...  iya  inch 
Grounds   for   2-coat   work   on   brick  or 

tile     %    inch 

Grounds    for    hard    mortar    on    brick 

or    tile     %    inch 

Grounds   for   hard    mortar  lata   work.%    inch 
Grounds     for    plaster    board %    Inch 

Where  metal  lath  is  spoken  of  it  applies 
to  all  wire  or  metal  lath. 


The  Employing  Plasterers'  Association  of 
Chicago  solicit  the  co-operation  and  support 
of  Architects  and  others  in  the  Association's 
efforts  to  set  the  highest  standard  possible 
for  plastering. 

In  many  of  the  branches  of  building  con- 
struction, efforts  are  tending  towards  the  use 
of  better  material  and  workmanship,  no  ma- 
terial or  finish  for  a  building  combines  so 
fully  the  essentials  for  fire  protection  and 
sanitation  at  so  low  a  cost  to  the  owner 
as  does  plastering,  and  no  other  material 
that  enters  so  largely  into  the  construction 
of  a  building  presents  so  large  an  area  of 
visible  surface  as  does  plastering.  The  cost 
of  plastering  represents  only  a  small  per- 
centage of  the  total  cost  of  a  building. 

It  is  a  necessary  base  for  the  most  expen- 
sive decorations  and  in  itself  provides  the 
requisites  necessary  for  a  finish  interior.  The 
association  believes  that  so  important  an  ele- 
ment in  the  construction  and  finish  of  a 
building  is  worthy  of  being  well  done,  and 
that  the  best  workmanship  and  material  if 
specified  and  called  for  will  more  than  com- 
pensate owners  and  architects  in  their  re- 
quirements for  such  grade  of  work.  The  Em- 
ploying Plasterers'  Association  of  Chicago 
respectfully  submits  the  following  outline 
specification  for  lath  and  plaster  work;  all 
trade  names  of  material  have  been  omitted. 
Architects  will  find  a  list  of  standard  ma- 
terials in  the  Hand  Book  and  elsewhere. 
TENTATIVE  OUTLINE  SPECIFICATION 
FOR    LATH    AND    PLASTER    WORK. 

Sand.  All  sand  to  be  clean,  sharp  lake 
sand. 

Lime.  All  lime  to  be  fresh  burned  lump 
lime. 

Lath.  All  wood  lath  to  be  No.  1  white 
pine  lYz"  lath  free  from  sap  and  bark  and 
even   edged. 

Nails.  To  be  3  penny  fine  16  gauge  wire 
nail. 

Wire  Lath.  To  be  No.  18  Washburn  and 
Moen  gauge  .0475 ?8"  mesh  painted  or  No.  24 
gauge  metal  lath  painted  with  ribs  not  less 
than  ig"  wide,  lath  cut  from  sheet  metal 
shall  weigh  not  less  than  4#  per  square 
yard. 

Stucco.     To   be  fresh. 

Hair.     To   be  well  whipped   cattle   hair. 

Fibre.     To  be  long  vegetable  fibre. 

Portland  Cement.  To  be  a  brand  that 
shall  meet  the  requirements  of  the  standard 
specifications  for  Portland  Cement  of  the 
American  Society  for  testing  materials  as 
revised  to   date  by   said   Society. 

Hard  Plaster.  To  be  an  approved  straight 
gypsum  plaster. 

Metal  Corner  Beads.  To  be  a  bead  not 
less   than   24   gauge   galvanized. 

Lathing.  All  wood  lath  to  be  nailed  to 
each  stud  joist  or  bearing  with  joints  broken 
not  over  seven  lath  to  a  break,  no  diagonal 
nor  vortical  lathing  allowed,  a  Cull  %"  key 
to  be  left  for  lime  mortar  and  not  less  than 
a   lull    1 ,  "   Cor  hard  plaster, 

Lime  Mortar.  To  ho  composed  of  chan 
coarse  sand,  fresh  lump  lime  and  hair  and 
fibre  In  proper  proportions  and  to  be  well 
slaked   and    protootod. 

Putty.     Lime  putty  to  be  run  off  tn  a 
putty   box,   thoroughly   tempered  and  son 
through  a   fine  putty   Bcrei 

Hard  Finish.     To  be  composi  d   of  cold  run 
lime  putty,    fresh   plaster  of  parls  ami  sand 
to   be   well   troweled   to   a  smooth    even    sur- 
ra...   free    from    blisters,    checks    and 
Imperfect  ions. 

Sand  Finish.  All  float  sand  finish  to  be 
composed     of    lime     putty     and     sand     to    be 


401 


Edward  Middleton  Co. 

PLAIN    AND    ORNAMENTAL   PLASTERING 
CONTRACTORS 

liaa   CHAMBER   OF  COMMERCE 

133  WASHINGTON  ^T. 

CHICAGO 

TELEPHONE   MAIN   8683 


McNulty  Bros.  Company 

Architectural  Sculptors 
and  Plasterers 

1028  W.  Van  Buren  St.  CHICAGO 

Telephone  Haymarket  7615 

Pittsburg  and  Cleveland 


OSCAR   A.   REUM,   President  "LMER    W.    ZANZZTi,  T.\:«tsure*  H.    E.   REUM,    Secretaiy 

ZANDER-REUM  CO. 

Contracting  Plasterers 

STANDARD  TRUST  AND  SAVINGS  BANK  BLDG. 

105  W.  MONROE  ST. 

ROOMS  16C2-3 
TELEPHONE  RANDOLPH   15S3  OHICAGO 


CHICAGO  CLEVELAND 

Telephone  Harrison  6981 

H.  s.  HALDEMAN,  President  F.  S.  SIMPSON,  Secretary 

LENNOX- HALDEM AN  CO. 

PLASTERING 

Continental  &  Commercial  Bank  Bldg.  208  South  La  Salle  Street 

CHICAGO 


402 


water  floated  with  a  float  to   an  even  granu- 
lar  or   sand   surface. 

Scratch  Coat.  All  scratch  coating  to  be 
well  laid  on  and  surface  covered  with  a  full 
coat  which  is  to  be  scratched  With  wire 
scratcher  to  be  well  under  cut  for  the  brown 
coat,  all  lime  mortar  scratch  coating  to  be 
dry   before   applying   the   brown   coat. 

Brown  Coat.  All  brown  coating  to  be  well 
applied,  allowing  only  sufficient  space  for 
the  finish  coat,  brown  coat  to  be  rodded  and 
screeded  with  all  angles  straight  and  true, 
all  hard  plaster  to  be  mixed  in  accordance 
with  the  directions  of  the  manufacturer  and 
no  hard  mortar  to  be  floated  with  water  nor 
shall  any  "dead"  material  be  retempered 
or   used. 

Wire  or  Metal  Lath.  Shall  be  lapped  at 
each  joint  or  seam  and  shall  be  stapled  every 
six  inches  with  blued  or  galvanized  sta- 
ples. 

Band  Iron  Purring1.  The  following  shall 
be  furred  with  1/4",  %",  %"  or  1"  corrugated 
band  iron  furring,  such  furring  to  be  sta- 
pled to  bearings  and  the  wire  or  metal  lath 
to  be  stapled  over  -such  band  iron   furring. 

Suspended  Ceilings.  To  be  constructed 
with  lVz"  or  2"  flat  bars,  angles  or  channels 
as  may  be  called  for,  such  principals  shall 
be  spaced  4'  0"  on  centers,  hung  with  flat  bar 
or  not  less  %"  rod  hangers  every  4' 0"  se- 
curely fastened  with  approved  clips  to  the 
structural  framing  or  through  the  floor  con- 
struction, in  the  event  these  hangers  go 
through  the  floor  construction  they  shall  be 
provided  with  6"  channels  or  flat  bar  an- 
chors, no  hanger  shall  be  supported  from 
the  bottom  flange  of  the  tile  arch.  The  flat 
bar,  angle  or  channel  runners  shall  be  cross 
furred  12"  on  centers  with  %"  steel  chan- 
nels, securely  secured  to  the  principals  with 
rod  clips,  entire  construction  to  be  lathed 
with  No.  L8  \Y.  M.  gauge  %"  mesh  painted 
wire  lath  or  No.  24  U.  S.  Gov.  standard 
gauge  metal  lath,  lath  to  have  lapped  edges 
at  each  joining  and  to  be  tied  to  the  chan- 
nel furring  every  6"  with  18  gauge  galvan- 
ized   tie    wire. 

Furring.  All  false  beam  or  cornice  f Hi- 
ring to  be  constructed  of  %"  channel  or  1" 
flat  bar  brackets  not  over  2'  0"  apart  lined 
out  with  intermediate  furring  supports  and 
anchored  or  toggle  bolted  into  the  construc- 
tion to  be  made  to  conform  to  the  design  so 
as  to  allow  for  a  minimum  of  plaster,  such 
brackets  to  be  covered  with  IS  gauge  wire 
or  24  U.  S.  Gov.  gauge  metal  painted  lath 
secured  with  18  gauge  galvanized  tie  wire, 
such  furring  to  conform  to  the  latest  and 
best  practice  as  to  durability  of  construction. 

Cornice  Work.  All  moulded  beams  and 
cornices  will  be  screeded  and  run  in  place 
with  moulds,  with  true  lines  and  accurate 
mitres. 

Ornamental  Work.  All  ornamental  work 
to  be  modeled  by  artistic  modelers  who  will 
be  approved  by  the  architects.  Models  to  be 
submitted  for  approval  and  no  casts  to  be 
made  until  such  models  have  been  approved, 
all  patterns  to  be  gotten  out  by  skilled  me- 
chanics with  true  and  accurate  line 

Casts.  All  casts  to  be  well  made,  the  con- 
tractor to  supply  a  sufficient  number  to  meet 
the  requirements  of  the  job,  all  cists  to  1"' 
made  In  line,  well  and  truly  undercul  and 
free  from  warps  and  other  Irregularities 
supplying  all  necessary  shrinkers  and 
stretchers. 

Bough  Casting.  Lath  the  exterior  oi'  the 
house  with  IN  Kau«e  wire  or  21  I'.  S.  Gov. 
metal  painted  lath  stapled  over  I"  band  iron 
furring  scratch  coal  with  mortar  composed 
of  2  vols,  of  coarse,  sharp  sand  1  vol.  of 
Atlas  or  equal,  Portland  cement,  to  which 
mixture  add  15%  of  rich  lime  mortar,  thor- 
oughly scratched  and  undercul  when  this 
coat  was  "set,"  brown  with  mortar  composed 
of  3  vols,  sharp  sand  to  1  vol.  Portland  ce 
ment  rod  and  straighten  all  surfaces  and 
when  this  coat  has  "set"  rough  cast  with 
mortar  composed  of  3  vols,  of  sharp  sand  or 


pebbles  to  2  vols.  Portland  cement  dashed 
on  surface  with  a  scoop  or  paddle  to  an  even 
artistic  finish. 

Exterior  Plastering  on  Wood  Lath.  Lath 
the  exterior  with  No.  1  soft  pine  one-inch 
lath,  nailed  to  each  stud  furring  or  bearing 
with  not  less  than  a  3  penny  nail  with  full 
open  %"  key  space  and  not  over  seven  lath 
to  a  break,  plaster  with  3  coats  of  cement 
plaster  as  called  for  under  exterior  plaster 
on  metal  lath,  note  the  use  of  "hard  plasters" 
so  called  are  not  recommended  for  exterior 
plastering. 

Concrete  Walls  and  Columns.  All  work  on 
concrete  walls  and  columns  shall  have  such 
concrete  well  brushed  with  steel  brushes  and 
such  concrete  shall  then  be  covered  with  a 
light  coat  of  an  approved  bund  cement  as  a 
bonding  coat  for  the  finish  coat. 

Concrete  Ceilings.  Shall  lirst  be  washed 
with  a  solution  of  muriatic  acid  and  such 
ceilings    shall    then    be    plastered    as    above. 

Painted  Walls.  Walls  that  are  to  be  coat- 
ed with  waterproofing  shall  first  be  scratch 
coated,    then    browned   and    finished. 

Patching  of  Plaster.  All  patching  of  plas- 
ter damaged  by  other  mechanics  shall  bo 
paid  for  at  the  uniform  scale  of  prices  adopt- 
ed by  the  Employing  Plasterers'  Association 
of  Chicago,  which  scale  of  prices  is  set  forth 
in   the  Hand  Book. 

Workmen's  Compensation.  This  contractor 
shall  insure  his  workmen  under  the  provi- 
sions of  the  Workmen's  Compensation  Laws 
of  the  State  of  Illinois.  This  contractor 
shall  also  insure  his  liability  for  injury  or 
death   to    "the   public." 

Scaffold.  This  contractor  shall  supply  at 
necessary  tools,  scaffold  and  other  appli- 
ances necessary  to  fulfill  the  requirements, 
of  the  job,  all  scaffolding  to  be  erected  and 
maintained  in  accordance  with  the  laws  ot 
the   State  relating  to   scaffolds. 

Requirements.  By  Building  Code  in  build- 
ings of  ordinary  construction.  At  least  two 
coats  of  plaster  on  all  wood  lath  to  %" 
grounds. 

By  Union.  All  plain  and  ornamental  plas- 
ter to  the  same  contractor,  the  base  coat  of 
Portland  cement  under  encaustic  tile,  cement 
base  when  installed  independent  of  the  floor 
or  if  6"  or  more  in  height.  All  plastering 
regardless  of  the  nature  of  the  structure 
or   of   the   material    used. 

RECOMMENDATIONS. 

The  use  of  soft  pine  lath,  specify  No.  I 
white  pine  lath  nailed  to  each  stud,  joist 
or  bearing  with  3  d.  fine  16  gauge  wire  nails. 
with  joints  broken  at  least  once  in  each  sev- 
enth  course   or   lath. 

For  better  residence  work  specify  one  inch 
lath   as  above. 

Wire  or  metal  lath,  specify  No.  is  Wash- 
burn and  Moen  gauge  wire  lath  %"  mesh, 
painted,  or  No.  24  U.  S.  Gov.  standard  metal 
lath  painted,  for  better  class  work  sp 
wire  lath  woven  from  galvanized  strand  or 
metal   lath   galvanized. 

The  use  of  wire  or  metal  lath  plastered 
insures  slow  burning  construction,  helps  to 
prevent  settlement  cracks  and  bonds  and 
ties  all  parts  of  the  structure  together,  it-; 
use  is  called  Cor  In  almost  every  building, 
particularly  on  basement  ceilings  to  prevent 
or  retard  fire  on  ceilings  with  long  span 
joist  construction  on  store  ceilings  and  un- 
der other  space  subject  to  heavy  use  or 
abuse,  its  use  should  also  be  general  in  all 
belter  class  building,  in  rated  buildings  its 
use  throughout  entities  it  to  better  classi- 
fication   for    Insurance. 

The     Assoeial  jun     i,eom  up  nds     t.ie     use     of 

three  coat  plastering.  This  will  insure  a  far 
better  class  of  work,  a  better  bonding  to- 
gether of  buildings  of  ordinary  constrm 

due  to  the  use  of  .1  greater  bodj  ol  material. 
The  appliea t ion  of  the  second  base  eoat  en- 
abling one  to  straighten  out  rod  and  line 
work  not  possible  in  the  use  of  two-coat 
work.      Specifj    i  I    dry   work,   tirst   COat 


4n:i 


SAM  UELC.  STERN.  President 
WILLIAM  M. Smith/Treasurer 


m 


MICHAEL  I.STERN.V.PRtSiOCN* 
HOBART  E.SMITH, Secretary 


THE  STERN-SMITH  COMPANY 

PLASTERING  CONTRACTORS 


ORNAMENTAL 

PLASTERING  FIRST  NATIONAL  BANK   BUILDING 

IN    ALL    ITS  TELEPHONE  RANDOLPH £805 

BRANCHES 

CHICAGO 


CAST 

CONCRETE 
IN  ALL  ITS 

BRANCHES 


J.  P.  Monahan 


Edward  Monahan 


Monahan  Brothers 

CONTRACTING  PLASTERERS 


Telephone  Central  4584 


1112  Association  Building: 

19  S.  La  Salle  St. 

CHICAGO 


WILLIAM  BALHATCHET  CO. 


Plastering 
Contractors 


1808  Conway  Building 
Chicago 


telephones]  Fra"klin4^j 


JOHN   C.    SUTTON 
Pres.  and  Treas. 


H.I.SUTTON 

Secretary 


SUTTON  PLASTERING  COMPANY 

CONTRACTORS    FOR 

PLASTERING 

PLAIN  AND  ORNAMENTAL 


Suite  1106  Kimball  Building,  Chicago 


Telephone  Harrison  5791 


im 


to  be  a  scratch  coat  well  scratched  and  un- 
der cut.  When  dry,  apply  a  brown  coat,  this 
brown  coat  to  be  screened  and  rodded  and 
when   dry  apply  a  finish  coat. 

The  following  suggestions  are  offered  for 
guidance: 

Sand.  The  use  of  clean,  course,  sharp 
lake  sand  is  essential   for  good   plastering. 

Metal  Lath.  Should  be  laid  with  lapped 
edges  or  joinings  and  should  be  stapled  to 
bearings  every  6".  No  suspended  ceilings 
should  be  supported  from  the  bottom  or 
soffit    of    tile. 

Portland  cement  base  coat  behind  encaustic 
tile,  Opalite  or  kindred  material  should  be 
specified  under  "Plastering"  with  one  rodded 
coat  scratched  on  tile  or  brick  or  a  scratcli 
and  rodded  brown  coat  scratched  on  metal 
or  wire  lath.  We  do  not  recommend  Port- 
land cement  direct  to  gypsum  partition  or 
gypsum   furrings. 

Damp  proofed,  waterproofed  or  painted 
walls  and  ceilings  are  required  to  be  given 
3  coats.  If  a  finish  coat  is  desired,  it  should 
be  so  specified.  All  lathing  plain  and  orna- 
mental plastering  should  be  specified  under 
one  heading  in  order  to  avoid  divided  re- 
sponsibility for   final   results. 

JURISDICTION    CLAIMS. 

By  Plasterers'  Union,  any  and  all  plaster- 
ing regardless  of  the  nature  of  the  mate- 
rial, or  of  the  structure  to  which  it  is  ap- 
plied, including  Scagliola  made  under  the 
"New    Process"    so   called. 

By  Lathers'  Union,  all  lathing,  metal  cor- 
ner beads  and  all  light  iron  furring  designed, 
specified  or  used  primarily  a<*  a  support  for 
lath   and   plaster,   including   "Hi  Rib." 

By  Hodcarriers  and  Building  Laborers' 
Union,  all  scaffolding  erected  for  the  use  of 
plasterers. 

PATCHING  OF  PLASTERING  AFTER 
OTHER  TRADES. 

Patching  of  plastering  after  other  me- 
chanics shall  not  be  done  as  a  part  of  the 
contract  price,  and  shall  be  paid  for  at  the 
following  scale  of  prices  which  have  been 
adopted  by  and  are  recommended  by  the 
Employing"  Plasterers'  Association  of  Chi- 
cago. 

In  accordance  with  wage  agreements  ef- 
fective May  1,  1918,  and  present  prices  of 
materials,  the  following  scale  of  prices  for 
patching  of  plastering  after  other  mechanics 
and  for  work  done  upon  a  time  and  material 
basis,  is  respectfully  submitted — the  prices 
herein  include  cost  of  insurance  of  men  un- 
der the  provisions  of  the  Workmen's  Com- 
pensation Laws  of  the  State  of  Illinois. 

Foremen    plasterers $1.50    per    hour 

Plasterers    1.35 

Foremen     Lathers      1 .50 

Lathers     1.35 

Plasterers'    Laborers    1.05 

Mortar      3.00       "    Mil. 

Putty     3.50 

Neat    Hard    Plaster 1.35       "     bag 

Stucco      1.35 

Metal    Lath    40      "    yard 

Owing  to  abnormal  conditions  material 
prices  are  subject  to  change  without  notice. 
18    gauge    %"    mesh 

painted    wire    lath 

or     24     gauge    ex- 

panded   metal 

painted     40  yard 

\Vi"    pine    lath 50        "     bunch 

Where  seven  or  more  men  are  employed  in 
one  gang  on  same  kind  of  work,  foreman's 
time  will  be  chared  continuous  while  work 
is  going  on;  where  less  than  seven  men  are 
employed  in  one  gang  on  same  kind  of  work, 
foreman's  time  shrill  be  counted  one  hour  for 
each  seven  hours  of  men  aggregate  time  em- 
ployed on  this  work,  unless  foreman's  time 
Is  required  constantly,  when  he  shall  be  so 
paid. 

CITY    ORDINANCE. 
Be    It    ordained    by   the   City    Council    of    the 

City  of  Chicago: 


Section  1.  That  Section  605  of  the  Chica- 
go Cod-3  of  1911  be  and  the  same  is  hereby 
amended  so  as  to  read  as  follows: 

605.     Wood   Lathing  and  Plastering'.)      (a) 

In  all  buildings  of  ordinary  construction, 
where  the  use  of  wood  lath  and  plaster  is 
permitted  under  the  provisions  of  this  chap- 
ter, such  wood  lath  and  plaster  shall  be  done 
in   accordance   with   these  specifications: 

Wood  lath  shall  not  be  over  one  and  one- 
half  inches  wide,  and  shall  be  nailed  to  each 
stud,  joist  or  bearing  with  not  less  than  a 
three-penny  fine  16  gauge  nail;  lath  to  have 
joints  broken  with  not  over  seven  lath  to  a 
break;  lath  to  be  spaced  not  less  than  one- 
fourth  of  an  inch  apart.  All  wood  lath  must 
be  covered  with  at  least  two  coats  of  plas- 
ter; such  lath  and  plaster  to  finish  to  a  total 
thickness  of  at  least  seven-eighths  of  an 
inch;  no  dirty  or  loamy  sand  to  be  used  in 
the    mortar   or   plaster. 

(b)  In  every  building  of  ordinary  con- 
struction which  contains  one  or  more  rooms 
used  for  habitation  or  living  purposes,  the 
walls  and  ceilings  of  all  rooms,  including 
stores  (except  basement  and  attic  rooms  not 
used  for  habitation  or  living  purposes), 
throughout  the  building  shall  be  covered 
with  not  less  than  two  coats  of  plaster  of 
the  thickness  and  quality  hereinbefore  in 
this   section   prescribed. 

Provided,  however,  that  where  such  build- 
ing does  not  exceed  one  story  and  basement 
in  height  and  contains  a  room  or  rooms  used 
for  the  purposes  of  Class  I  as  defined  in  this 
ordinance,  a  metal  ceiling  may  be  installed 
in  the  room  used  for  the  purpose  of  Class 
I:  and  provided  further,  that  where  such 
building  of  ordinary  construction  and  con- 
taining one  or  more  living  rooms  is  more 
than  one  story  and  basement  in  height  and 
contains  a  room  or  rooms  used  for  the  pur- 
poses of  Class  I  as  defined  in  this  ordinance, 
a  metal  ceiling  may  be  installed  in  such  room 
used  for  the  purpose  of  Class  I  according  to 
the  following  provisions: 

The  ceiling  of  the  room  or  rooms  used  for 
the  purpose  of  Class  I  shall  first  be  plas- 
tered with  at  least  one  coat  of  plaster  on 
wood  lath;  wood  lath  to  be  not  over  one  and 
cne-half  inches  wide,  and  shall  be  nailed  to 
each  stud,  joist  or  bearing  with  not  less  than 
a  three-penny  fine  16  gauge  nail;  lath  to 
have  joints  broken  with  not  over  seven  lath 
to  a  break;  lath  to  be  spaced  not  less  than 
three-eighths  of  an  inch  apart.  All  wood 
lath  to  be  covered  with  a  heavy  coat  of  mor- 
tar; such  lath  and  plaster  to  finish  to  a  total 
thickness  of  three-quarters  of  an  inch  in 
thickness.  Before  applying  such  metal  ceil- 
ings, a  wood  strip  not  less  than  seven- 
eighths  of  an  inch  by  one  and  one-quarter 
inch  wide  shall  be  used  under  every  lap 
bead,  or  nailing  flange  at  the  intersection  of 
all  plates.  Strips  to  be  not  more  than  two 
feet  on  centers  in  the  direction  of  length  of 
rooms  with  a  cross  strip  every  four  feet  on 
centers.  A  wire  nail  not  less  than  three 
inches  long  shall  be  used  in  every  strip  at 
every  joist  in  the  surface  to  be  covered. 
Metal  plates  to  be  not  lighter  than  29  gauge 
in  thickness  and  nailed  to  every  six  inches 
on   the  lap. 

(c)  Where  said  metal  plates  are  applied 
on  walls  of  buillings  of  ordinary  construc- 
tion containing  one  or  more  rooms  used  for 
habitation  or  living  purposes,  plastering 
upon  walls  must  conform  with  the  require- 
ments of  this  ordinance  for  plastered  walls. 
A  strip  three-eighths  of  an  inch  in  thickness 
may  be  used  upon  which  to  apply  the  metal, 
same  to  be  nailed  to  every  studding  with  ;i 
nail  not  less  than  two  and  three-quarter 
inches  long;  steel  plates  used  on  walls  to  be 
not  lighter  than  29  gauge  and  applied  same 
manner   as   heroin    provided    for   ceilings. 

Section  2.  This  ordinance  shall  be  in  force 
and  effect  from  and  after  its  passage  and 
due   publication. 


405 


■JOSEM'DU/X 


JOSEPH   DUX 

Arrbttrrtitral  Sculptor 

8TONE    A^JD    WOOD    CAKVINU 

ORNAMENTAL   PLASTER   AND 
DEMENT 

ornamental  patterns 

designing,  modeling 

2112-2118   West  Van   Buren  St, 

NEAR  HOYXE  AVE. 


TEL.  WEST  1703 


CHICAGO 


R.  0.  SCHMIDT.  Pres.  C.  BAUER,  Vice-Pres. 

CHR.  DOD,  Secy.  &  Treas. 

Architectural    Decorating    Lo. 

Ornamental  and  Plain  Plastering 


1600-1608  S.  JEFFERSON  STREET 

Telephone  Canal  1463 

Relief  Decorations  for  exteriors  and  interiors 
in  Cement,  Plaster,  Carton  Piere,  Composition 
and  Wood.  Porch  Columns  and  Capitals  in 
classic  and  modern  designs,  in  all  standard 
sizes,  and  weatherproof  material.  Sketches  for 
ceiling  and  wall  decorations  on  application. 
Ornamental  patterns  for  Brass  and  Iron  Cast- 
ings.    Models  for  Stone  Carving. 

ILLUSTRATED    CATALOGUE    ON    APPLICATION 


Phone   Franklin   2605 


GOSS  &  GUISE 
Plastering  Contractors 

1  306  Security  Building,  CHICAGO 

Madison    Street    and    Fifth    Avenue 


Telephone  Central   4142 


WM.  WILLIAMS 

PLASTERING  CONTRACTOR 


19  SOUTH  LA  SALLE  STREET, 


CHICAGO 


4.06 


MISCELLANEOUS  AND  USEFUL  INFORMATION  CON- 
CERNING BUILDING  ENGINEERING, 
TRADES  AND  MATERIALS. 

The  following  pages  contain  tables,  formulae,  and  miscellaneous  information  in- 
tended to  be  of  assistance  to  architects  in  the  preparation  of  plans,  specifications, 
estimates,  and  the  general  supervision  of  the  construction  work.  In  order  to  make 
the  classification  simple  and  to  follow  a  uniform  system  this  matter  is  classified  ac- 
cording to  the  Dewey  System,  see  page  741,  and  the  file  or  classification  numbers  are 
printed  in  small  type  at  the  head  of  each  piece  of  matter  falling  under  a  different 
classification.  As  far  as  possible  the  names  of  authorities  quoted  are  given  but  in 
some  cases  this  has  been   impossible. 

FILE    690.12 

RULES  AND  FORMULAS  FOR  THE  DESIGN  OF  SIMPLE  WOOD  BEAMS  OR  JOISTS. 

When  a  beam  is  to  be  designed  its  length  and  the  loads  to  which  it  is  to  be  sub- 
jected are  known,  thus  the  maximum  bending  moment  may  be  found. 

The  allowable-working-strength  is  assumed  in  accordance  with  engineering  practice 
and  must  not  be  more  than  allowed  by  building  laws,  locally  applicable.  This  allow- 
able-working-strength is  usually  stated  in  municipal  codes  as  a  fixed  number  of  pounds 
per  square  inch  of  cross  sectional  area,  for  each  kind  of  material.  This  might  just 
as  well  be  stated  in  tons  or  any  other  unit  of  weight  per  square  foot  or  any  other 
unit  of  area,  it  being  only  important  that  whatever  unit  of  dimension  is  used  that  the 
same  unit  shall  be  used  both  for  areas,  lengths  and  breadths. 

Breadth-of-the-beam  times  the-square-of-the-depth  divided  by  six  equals  Bending- 
Moment  divided  by  allowable-working-strength  per  unit  of  area  corresponding  with 
unit  of  length  used  for  stating  the  length  and  breadth  of  beam. 

Bending-Moment  (for  beams  uniformly  loaded)  equals  weight-to-be-supported-per 
unit-of-length   times   the-square-of-the-total-number-of-units-of-length    divided    by   eight. 

For  a  simple  beam  loaded  with  a  single  weight,  the  maximum-Bending-Moment 
(which  is  to  be  used  in  formula)  equals  the-entire-load  times  [(the-length-of-the-beam) 
minus  (the-distance-of-the-load-from-the-left-hand-end)]  times  the-distance-of-the-load- 
from-the-left-hand-end-of-the-beam   divided  by  the-length-of-the-beam. 

If  the  load  be  movable  the-distance-of-load-from-left-hand-end  will  be  variable  and 
the  maximum-moment  will  be  developed  when  the  load  is  at  the  middle  where  the 
maximum-Bending-Moment  is  equal  to  one-fourth-the-load  times  the-length-of-the-beam. 
Placing  the  entire  load  on  a  beam  at  its  center  therefore  produces  the  maximum  strain 
that  it  is  possible  to  produce  on  such  beam  by  any  position  of  such  load. 

APPLICATION   OF  ABOVE   PRINCIPLES. 

M=maximum  bending  moment. 

S=the  tensile  or  compressive  unit  stress  per  square  inch  allowable  by  building  code 

or   engineering   practice  for  the   material    selected    (See   Section   539,   Chicago 

Municipal  Code,  using  the  smallest  value  where  there  is  a  difference  between 

compression  and  tension  strength.) 
1  =s  length  in  inches  of  beam  between  supports, 
b  =  breadth   in   inches  of  the  beam, 
d  =  depth  in  inches  of  the  beam. 
w  =  weight  in  pounds  on  beam  including  the  weight  of  the  beam  itself  per  each  inch 

of  length. 
W  =  total  weight  in  pounds  on  beam  =  1  w. 

FOR   UNIFORM    LOADING. 


3wl!         3W1  ,        |3wl2  I3WI  .      .,       ,    .       m 

b  ^ s —   : —  hrsflilth   iif   I, ..am  d=-\ =  -\  =  depth    of    beam 

D— 4d2S~  4d2S  U  AUbS         V4b8 

To  find  b  it  is  necessary  to  assume  a  value  for  d.  Also  to  find  d  it  is  necessary  to 
assume  a  value  for  b.  In  case  it  is  found  that  the  value  by  formula  is  too  large  or 
too  small  for  practical  use,  then  assumed  value  must  be  changed  so  as  to  bring  the 
computed  value  to  a  practical  size. 


KI7 


LOADS  IN  POUNDS  (Uniformly  Distributed) 

TABLE  OF  STRENGTH  OF  YELLOW  PINE    BEAMS 

WEIGHT  OF  BEAM  INCLUDED 

1910  CHICAGO  BUILDING  ORDINANCE 

Fibre  Stress  1300  lb.  in'.             Shear  130  lb.  in'. 

Each  beam  #$in.  less  than  nominal  width  and  depth 

STRENGTH                                                        DEFLECTION  LIMITED 

Unplastered  Construction                                              Plastered  Construction 

Width  in  Inches                                                                                  Width  in  Inches 

2  in. 

3  in. 

4  in. 

6  in. 

8  in. 

10  in. 

Span 

in 
feet. 

2  in. 

3  in. 

4  in. 

6  in. 

8  in. 

10  in. 

6  in.  Beam=5%  in.  Load  in  pounds. 

6  in.  Beam=5%  in.  Load  in 

pounds. 

1491 

2409 

3327 

5163 

5 

1491 

2409 

3327 

5163 

1243 

2008 

2773 

4303 

6 

1243 

2008 

2773 

4303 

1066 

1722 

237S 

3690 

7 

913 

1475 

2037 

3161 

932 

1506 

20S0 

3228 

8 

699 

1129 

1559 

2419 

828 

1338 

1848 

2868 

9 

553 

893 

1233 

1913 

746 

1205 

1664 

2582 

10 

450 

727 

1004 

1558 

678 

1095 

1512 

2346 

11 

371 

599 

827 

1283 

621 

1003 

1385 

2149 

12 

310 

501 

692 

1074 

8  in.  ] 

3eam=7?8  in. 

8  in.  Beam=:7%  in. 

1955 

3158 

4361 

6767 

9173 

7 

1955 

3158 

4361 

6767 

9173 

1711 

2764 

3817 

5923 

S029 

8 

1711 

2764 

3817 

5923 

8029 

1523 

2460 

3397 

5271 

7145 

9 

1351 

2132 

3013 

4675 

6337 

1370 

2213 

3056 

4742 

6428 

10 

1094 

1767 

2440 

3786 

5132 

1245 

2011 

2777 

4309 

5841 

11 

905 

1462 

2019 

3133 

4247 

1141 

1843 

2545 

3949 

5353 

12 

761 

1229 

1697 

2633 

3569 

1033 

1701 

2349 

3645 

4941 

13 

647 

1045 

1443 

2239 

3035 

978 

1580 

2182 

3386 

4590 

14 

559 

903 

1247 

1935 

2623 

914 

1476 

2038 

3162 

4286 

15 

488 

788 

108S 

1688 

2288 

856 

1383 

1910 

2964 

4018 

1G 

428 

691 

954 

14S0 

2006 

10  in. 

Beam=9^8   in. 

10  in.  Beam=9%   in. 

2709 

4376 

6043 

9377 

12711 

16045 

8 

2709 

4376 

6043 

9377 

12711 

16045 

2426 

3919 

5412 

8398 

113S4 

14370 

9 

2426 

3919 

5412 

8398 

11384 

14370 

2183 

3526 

4S69 

7555 

10241 

12927 

10 

2183 

3526 

4869 

7555 

10241 

12927 

1986 

3208 

4430 

6874 

9318 

11762 

11 

1803 

2913 

4023 

6243 

8463 

10683 

1820 

2940 

4060 

6300 

8540 

10780 

12 

1518 

2452 

3386 

5254 

7122 

8990 

1677 

2709 

3741 

5805 

7869 

9933 

13 

1292 

2087 

2882 

4472 

6062 

7652 

1560 

2520 

3480 

5400 

7320 

9240 

14 

1117 

1804 

2491 

3865 

5239 

6613 

1454 

2349 

3244 

5034 

6824 

8614 

15 

972 

1570 

2168 

3364 

4560 

5756 

1365 

2205 

3045 

4725 

6405 

8085 

16 

855 

1381 

1907 

2959 

4011 

5063 

1284 

2074 

2864 

4444 

6024 

7604 

17 

757 

1223 

1689 

2621 

3553 

4485 

1212 

1958 

2704 

4196 

56S8 

7180 

18 

676 

1092 

1508 

2340 

3172 

4004 

1149 

1856 

2563 

3977 

5391 

6805 

19 

606 

979 

1352 

2096 

2840 

3584 

1092 

1764 

2436 

3780 

5124 

6468 

20 

546 

882 

1218 

1890 

2562 

3234 

Coat  inn 

ed  on  next  page. 

408 


2  in.  1  3in.  4in.  1  5in.  6  in.  8in.  lOin.  12  in. 

Span  in 
feet. 

2  in.  3  in.  4  in.  j  5  in.  6in.  8  in. 

10  in.  12  in. 

12  in.  Beam  =  11%  in. 

12  in.  Beam  =  11%  in. 

3550 

5750 

7930 

10100 

12350 

16600 

21100 

25500 

9 

3550 

575(1 

7930 

10100 

12350 

16600 

21100 

25500 

3200 

5160 

7150 

9100 

11100 

15000 

19000 

23000 

10 

3200 

5160 

7130 

9100 

11100 

15000 

19000 

23000 

2910 

4700 

6500 

8300 

10100 

13  700 

17400 

20900 

11 

2910 

4700 

6500 

8300 

10100 

13700 

17400 

20900 

2650 

4300 

5910 

7560 

9200 

12450 

15750 

19000 

12 

2500 

4050 

5590 

7110 

8670 

11720 

14800 

17900 

2460 

3960 

5470 

7000 

8500 

11500 

14550 

17590 

13 

2125 

3440 

4750 

6080 

7380 

9990 

12600 

15200 

2290 

3670 

5070 

6500 

7890 

10650 

13450 

16300 

14 

1840 

2960 

4100 

5235 

6360 

8  600 

10850 

13160 

2140 

3440 

4740 

6080 

7350 

9930 

12650 

15200 

15 

1600 

2590 

3570 

4550 

5540 

7500 

9450 

11450 

1990 

3210 

4440 

5660 

6900 

9340 

11800 

14250 

16 

1405 

2270 

3140 

4000 

4860 

6590 

8500 

10080 

1870 

3025 

4160 

5330 

6490 

8760 

11050 

13380 

17 

1250 

2020 

2790 

3550 

4325 

5860 

7400 

8980 

1770 

2860 

3950 

5050 

6120 

8300 

10500 

12700 

18 

1115 

1795 

2490 

3160 

3850 

5210 

6580 

8000 

1670 

2700 

3740 

4760 

5800 

7850 

9900 

12000 

19 

1000 

1615 

2230 

2840 

3455 

4695 

5910 

7150 

1590 

2575 

3550 

4530 

5500 

7480 

9430 

11400 

20 

900 

1450 

2000 

2555 

3110 

4220 

5325 

6450 

1530 

2450 

3400 

4335 

52S0 

7200 

9000 

10900 

21 

810 

1320 

1820 

2320 

2820 

3840 

4840 

5840 

1450 

2350 

3250 

4150 

5050 

6850 

8650 

10300 

22 

745 

1200 

1660 

2120 

2580 

3500 

4410 

5340 

1390 

2250 

3100 

3950 

4800 

6550 

8300 

10000 

23 

680 

1100 

1520 

1940 

2350 

3200 

4040 

4870 

1340 

2150 

2970 

3800 

4600 

6250 

7900 

9550 

24 

630 

1010 

1400 

1780 

2160 

2940 

3710 

4500 

14  in.  Beam  =  1358  in. 

14  in.  Beam  =  13%  in. 

4000 

6450 

8900 

11400 

13S50 

18700 

23700 

28700 

11 

4000 

6450 

8900 

11400 

13850 

18700 

23700 

28700 

3660 

5900 

8150 

10400 

12650 

17150 

21600 

26200 

12 

3660 

5900 

8150 

10400 

12650 

17150 

21600 

26200 

3360 

5450 

7520 

9600 

11650 

15800 

20000 

24200 

13 

3360 

5450 

7520 

9600 

11650 

15800 

20000 

24200 

3140 

5060 

7000 

8910 

10850 

14700 

18580 

22500 

14 

3140 

5060 

7000 

8910 

10850 

14700 

18580 

22500 

2925 

4725 

6520 

8310 

10100 

13700 

17300 

20950 

15 

2750 

4450 

6130 

7810 

9500 

12850 

16250 

19700 

2745 

4345 

6130 

7810 

9500 

12850 

16250 

19620 

16 

2400 

3875 

5350 

6830 

8300 

11240 

14200 

17200 

2590 

4170 

5760 

7350 

8940 

12150 

15300 

18500 

17 

2125 

3440 

4750 

6050 

73T60 

9950 

12600 

15210 

2440 

3940 

5450 

6940 

8430 

11410 

14410 

17450 

IS 

1900 

3070 

4250 

5410 

6580 

8930 

11250 

13600 

2310 

3740 

5160 

6590 

8000 

10810 

13650 

16550 

19 

1700 

2740 

3790 

4S40 

5S80 

7960 

10100 

12150 

2195 

3550 

4900 

6240 

7600 

10260 

13000 

15700 

20 

1535 

2480 

3425 

4370 

5320 

7200 

9090 

11000 

2090 

3360 

4660 

5940 

7240 

9800 

12390 

14950 

21 

1395 

2255 

3120 

39S0 

4840 

6550 

8270 

10000 

2000 

3250 

4450 

5700 

6900 

9400 

11900 

14300 

22 

1270 

2050 

2S30 

3600 

4400 

51' 50 

7500 

9100 

1900 

3090 

4250 

5430 

6600 

9000 

11350 

13700 

23 

1160 

1870 

2590 

3300 

4000 

5450 

6850 

8300 

1830 

2950 

4090 

5200 

6320 

8600 

10900 

13100 

24 

1070 

1720 

2370 

3070 

3690 

5000 

6300 

7600 

16  in.  Beam  =  15%  in. 

16  in.  Beam — lby°  in. 

4410 

7150 

9860 

12600 

15400 

20800 

26400 

31600 

13 

4410 

7150 

9S60 

12600 

15400 

20800 

26400 

31600 

41U0 

6625 

9150 

11660 

14200 

19240 

24280 

29380 

14 

4100 

6625 

9150 

11660 

14200 

19240 

24280 

29380 

3830 

6190 

8540 

10890 

13240 

17950 

22650 

27400 

15 

3830 

6190 

8540 

10890 

13240 

17950 

22650 

27400 

35S0 

5790 

8000 

10200 

12400 

16800 

21205 

25650 

16 

3565 

5770 

7970 

10160 

12350 

16750 

21190 

25640 

3380 

5455 

7545 

9620 

11700 

15850 

20000 

24200 

17 

31S0 

5140 

7095 

9050 

11000 

14900 

18830 

22790 

31S5 

5160 

7120 

9095 

11050 

14960 

18900 

22850 

18 

2  8  40 

45S0 

6325 

8060 

9S10 

13300 

16S00 

20250 

3020 

48S0 

6745 

8600 

10450 

14180 

17900 

21600 

19 

2540 

4100 

5655 

7225 

8790 

11900 

15050 

18180 

2865 

4640 

6400 

8160 

9925 

13450 

169S0 

20500 

20 

2290 

3700 

5105 

6520 

7930 

10750 

13550 

16400 

2740 

4425 

6110 

7800 

94S0 

12850 

16200 

19600 

21 

2080 

3360 

4640 

5925 

7200 

9755 

12310 

14900 

2610 

4220 

5S25 

7445 

9050 

12250 

15490 

18700 

22 

1895 

3065 

4240 

5400 

6560 

8900 

11230 

13580 

2500 

4045 

5590 

7125 

8660 

11740 

14810 

17900 

23 

1740 

2805 

3S80 

4950 

6025 

8150 

10300 

12430 

2400 

3890 

5370 

6850 

8150 

11300 

14300 

17200 

24 

1600 

2570 

3580 

4580 

55S0 

7500 

9500 

11400 

2300 

3720 

5150 

6550 

8000 

10900 

13700 

16500 

25 

1470 

2870 

3300 

4200 

5100 

6950 

8750 

10500 

2220 

3580 

4930 

6300 

^7650 

10400 

13100 

15800 

26 

1360 

2200 

3030 

3880 

4700 

6400 

8100 

9700 

18  in.  Beam'.z:  175s  in. 

18  in.  Beam  =  17%  in. 

4875 

7860 

10860 

13S60 

16S80 

22850 

28850 

34950 

15 

4875 

7860 

10S60 

13860 

16880 

22850 

28850 

34950 

4560 

7370 

10180 

13000 

15800 

21400 

27000 

32650 

16 

4560 

7370 

10180 

13000 

15800 

21400 

27000 

32650 

4300 

6950 

9580 

12210 

14S95 

20180 

25300 

30750 

17 

4300 

6950 

9580 

12210 

14S95 

201S0 

25300 

30760 

4050 

6550 

9040 

11520 

14000 

19000 

24000 

29000 

18 

4050 

6550 

9040 

11520 

14000 

19000 

24000 

29000 

3840 

6210 

8560 

10930 

13300 

18030 

22800 

27500 

19 

3640 

5SS0 

8110 

10350 

12550 

17080 

21500 

26100 

3645 

5895 

8140 

10350 

12610 

17100 

21600 

26050 

20 

3295 

5320 

7350 

9350 

11410 

15400 

19450 

23550 

3470 

5610 

7750 

9890 

12030 

16300 

20600 

24850 

21 

3040 

4900 

6760 

8630 

10500 

14200 

17950 

21700 

3310 

5350 

7400 

9450 

11460 

15550 

19630 

23750 

22 

2730 

4400 

6090 

7750 

9410 

12750 

16100 

19600 

3170 

5120 

7060 

9000 

10950 

14850 

18750 

22650 

23 

2545 

4110 

5660 

7230 

8800 

11900 

15000 

18200 

3040 

4920 

6800 

8625 

10520 

14260 

18000 

21S0O 

24 

2290 

3700 

5100 

6510 

7900 

10700 

13550 

16400 

2910 

4700 

6500 

8300 

10100 

13700 

17300 

20800 

25 

2120 

3400 

4700 

6000 

7350 

9900 

12500 

16100 

2800 

4510 

6250 

7980 

9700 

13200 

16600 

20000 

26 

1950 

3150 

4370 

5600 

6800 

9200 

11600 

1*000. 

Ki'.t 


o 

CO 

LU 

Q 


< 

as 

U 

H 

CO 

>■ 

< 
Z 

Q 

a: 
O 


Z    2 

—    jj 

CO      H 
CO     s 

LU     S 

a-"    « 
co    - 

O 
z 

a: 

O 

Ljl 
O 

CO 
LU 
-J 
QQ 
< 


■a  2 

a<  — % 

T.  C 

I  - 

I  * 


W 

a 
H 

to 
w 

< 
to 

< 


5    D 


*•  *J 

0 

ft? 

H 

«fc 

J=  o 

«s 

E 

«  3 

o 

*o 

b 

<_ 

- 

;i 

hi 

5 

D 

O 

_< 

s 

J> 

<  = 


O   C5 

I '-3 

E 


CO         O 


jo  sn[npoj^ 


©©©lout,  in©©©iO 

ro  ro  ro  m  <s  ri  n  ri  rj  ^-i 


o 

_r 

^ 

_r 

,-r 

,-r 

— c 

— .' 

— 

*-' 

— ' 

m 

— 

to 

— 

if 

^ 

ir, 

© 

•O 

© 

ci 

•— 

O^XvOifl 

ro 

(N 

<-> 

ON 

n  o  ■-< 

i-i 

»H 

tH 

?H 

H 

rl 

cccc:::::: 


ir.  t  «  n  h  c  ?  x  in  3 


E 

i-l 

eJ 

o 

H 

a 

E> 

W 

©  ©  ©  ©  ©©©©©© 
©©©©©©©©©io 


ooooooco 
©©©©©©o© 
ooor>oo«jo' 

©  ©  ""-  U";  T  tJ-  ro  to 


0 

^  ^  Q  —.  ^ 

n 

^ 

_ 

_  _ 

lO  O  ©  C  it*. 

c 

— 

o 

—    3 

w 

< 

f)  f)  IT;   fC  f  1 

rt 

C  1 

CM 

n  n 

o  o  ©  ©  c 

0 

— 

— 

o  © 

o 

r-    ^ 

0) 

H 

©   X  ©  X  © 

-r 

ri 

n 

ri  © 

n  n  to  h  h 

rH 

I— ( 

fH 

•— '    *-H 

E 

- 

F 

Q  Q  ©  O  O 

— 

o 

f-) 

©    © 

2 

o 

©  ©  ©  ©  © 

©  c 

©  ON  i/>  ON  00  I> 

©  © 

X 

i-h          rl 

£'3 

go 


cccccocooo 
i"  3  ?i  -t  n  n  h  5  a  oo 


H 

ea 

E 

a 

F 

0 

o 

Li 

fe 

©©©©©©©©©© 

©©©©©©©©©© 
©©©©©©©©©© 

iO  ■*  "i"  to  M  <->   ©  ©  ©  X 


©cc©©©©©©© 


©  c 

©  © 


©©©©©©© 
©  ©  ©  ©  ©  ©  © 
ci  .-  ©  ©  oo  j>  \o 


o 

0 

©    ©    © 

© 

- 

<-, 

-  ~ 

0 

o 

c 

. 

©    ©    © 

©  © 

H 

© 

©    ©    © 

.- 

F 

ON 

On 

X  X  l^ 

O 

vO 

Uj 

—  -r 

F 

© 

0 

©  ©  © 

n 

0 

— 

~    ~ 

>J 

o 

©  ©  © 

-   © 

c 

©  © 

Uh 

© 

NO 

i/j  ir,  rr 

'l- 

-r 

m 

".  ", 

«2 


©©©©©©©o© 
o©©©©©©©© 
©r  ©  x  x  b  c  io  io 


©  ©  ©.©  ©  ©  ©  ©  ©  © 
©©©©©©©©©© 

OOOOOOiOOQua 

O  w.  C  ifl  'l-  ■*  to  to  to  Cl 


©©©©©©©  ©  ©  © 

OgOQOQOOQO 
^^^fOtOtoflMNN 


lOttOClHCrXl'i 


TfOMHCPXNCiO 


t^t^vS  O  u",  VT,  t  -t  to  fO 


*  c 
"S'3 


©c©©©©©©©© 

l^;  f  C  n  H  o  o\  X  b  O 
H  H  rl  H  r(  rt 


©©©©©©©©©© 
©ooooooooo 

XbOhCOvOifl't* 


©©©©©©©C©© 
CCCOCOCiOOO 
tti-tOtOtOtONMN 


Dh    « 


o   0> 
hD.tJ 

0^ 


-    V 

'Cz 

+j   o    5   *> 
°    M    M    _    ^    C  1Q 

c/2  CO  ^^feXcj 


-i  >- 


H,  o 


C^ 


4-1  .3  Ji  «tj 


.t3  « 

O    ^    «J 
3    >  ^ 


o  u  r*  j:  a  o 


fi-S 

s  «  « 


410 


w 

K 

< 
O 

a 

« 
P4 


14 
H 
W 
M 
U 

o 
u 

O 


In 
< 
CO 

o 
< 
w 

H 


D 


3   0 


8 

0 

O 

8 

8 

0 

- 
0 

0 
0 
0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

f*3 

N 

CM 

to 

fO 

8 


00      CM      \D      00 


CM       CM       CM       CM 


3  c3 
O  0> 

c« 

0«H 

«° 

</>  en 

to  t. 
>-.  a> 

--■ 


a> 

0 

O 

O 

IO 

O 

to 

10 

>o 

10 

0 

O 

O 

l-» 

O 

t> 

cm 

t^ 

<N 

10 

ca 

< 

tH 

CM 

fO 

u; 

ifl 

\o 

vO 

t^ 

1> 

O 

O 

O 

O 

0 

0 

0 

O 

0 

0 

0 

O 

O 

O 

0 

0 

0 

O 

O 

0 

H 

ro 

1^ 

O 

iO 

0 

ro 

u> 

t^. 

0^ 

0 

a 

f-H 

rt 

cm 

cm 

n 

CI 

CM 

m 

\D     c\     cm 


a> 
u 

o  ui 

3  V 
„  ©  he 

oO< 

.c.S<» 

DhO 


O 
Q 


CM      fp      vO       tH 


« 

0 

O 

O 

O 

O 

O 

© 

O 

O       O 

0 

0 

0 

O 

O 

O 

£'3 

ss 

0 

O 

O 

O 

O 

O 

O 

O 

O 

a 

0 

O 

c 

O 

O 

O 

O 

O 

© 

3  K> 

0 

O 

0 

O 

O 

O 

O 

O 

O 

T3  rt 

0 

t^ 

vO 

UJ 

Tf- 

CD 

y-< 

Q-> 

vO 

s« 

p 

N 

•  C8  tf] 

>-'  (/] 
*-©  w 
Ota  v 

CA  O 

CS  CO-- 

H£^ 


O  o 

3o-2 
•ago 


5  * 


*      CO 


£    u 


J3 

"So 


CO 


w 


td 
cd 


u  c  >  £ 

.5s«  o  1 

■SggSSn 
e  S  3      3  ' 

a>  rt  o  c  g 

£     c«  •«  ° .: 


O    ••  ~~  <H 


9c 


.a'     3<M 

M  -3  — 

.2-3     52 

"3  o£  cd 

6  3  M  c 


3~ 


■     O  t-  3 
3  2       u  >- 

t,  tfl  ca  ^5^: " 
cue  o     Ht 


'GO 


t-    ©  w 

3„~E 

W33   = 
ffl'M'O    O 
L     3  *    ° 


£  o  o  m  <d 


■3  »!«£»?.; 


tfCt 

03-3 

U5  —  3 

■3  3 

u  O   I- 


3    -  bf! 

3  3  ■-  m  3  w 

t£lbc3*0CWcj) 
C8t.ro 

»     °  « 

O  ni 


t-  3 
«  cd 
>  g 


■O'StO'd  «m  c« 


eo^ceee-n  g£E'~ 

"ai^ile  lbs 

■3^,218  ,-5og  ^g^E 

E-S-2     -a  ®  S"£.3 


j;*j  t.      ""  c  ^  ^^ 

too   CD"'  O?* 

CO  —   05  *j  r-i   U  ■- 


S  <u  s  o 
J2  o  o 

ci-0  J  tB 


r3    O    U    » 

c  at 
1-     am 


i||S 


4}  — 

C  «  e  +•  JS  o  ed 

w-3dS22g« 

C  ^^  -^  >  **r  ^        t- 

o  3  s:  •--         <m  cd 

ra        Zl  r/3  ^*        „  CO 

>£•?  5  *•     i 

cd  c  cd«  «  £.o£      «    .-°£ 

g-g8!°23!gfc2 

-l.t3[j£oC       C£  — 
MO!>mo3CO<t-iCS         tdW3 


411 


06 
< 

D 

CO 

a: 
W 

8 
z 

D 
O 
Ph 


to 

O 

B 
o 
w 

05 
H 
00 

to* 
to 
< 
CO 

a 
< 

< 


0 

en 

©OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOC 

e 

s 

o 

to 

5 

fl 

OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO© 

i 

3 

o 

O 

£ 

■J 

OOOiOOiOi/Jt^Oi/JOOOOOOiOOiOOOmiOO 

CI  CI  rH         rH  CI  rH        CI        tN  C4  J>  f>  CO  CI        ■>»•  N  M  O  N  N  00 

a 

o 

C/. 

< 

CS   Tt  rH 

OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO© 
OOOTfOiOriiOO-'l-iOOQOOO'l-OOvOOQOQ 

ci  ci  rH      t-icir-i      n      i-h  ci  oo  ■<*-  -*  d      'ttOHits^o 

N  n  h  h 

£ 

EH 

s 

fi 

OOOOOOOiOOOOOOOOOOQOQOOQO 

p 

o 

©©LOd'/}cit^ci©cn>ooooocioioooooo 

rH  rH                        rH                 rH                 H  t  f  1  M  H          M  rt—  N  O  00  U) 

Ik 

«-l  »-< 

V 

•  O 

Oifl>OiOOiOOOOiO")0 
O  CI  rO  CI  rH  CI  00  rH  O  1^  Cl  00 

J* 

•  ci 

cfl 

< 

ro  rH                    rH              ro  rH  rH 

•  o 

QOOOOOOOOOOO 
OOOOOOOdOOOO 

o 

•  o 

H 

•  ro 

*ifl<tf)HNOH'tOvOO 

Efl 

eg 

■.  ; 

CI  rH                        rHrH          M  N  rl  H 

R 

•  O 

oooooooooooo 

OOOLOVOOOI^OOOO 

s 

•  rH 

Clt>  CI  rH          00  10          CI  ©  00  I/) 

U< 

* 

t-I                                               rH  rH 

1 

x% 

QOOOOOOOCOOOOOOOOOOOO^C 

o 

©OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO 

oooooooooooooooooooooooo 

u 

H 

o* o  o' d  o  o* o*  d  ©  c  ©  o  ©  o" o  ©  odd  © g'q  <£ <£ 

OOOOOOOOOCOOQOOOOOOOOOOQ 
lOiOLOOiOOOiOiOOCOOOOOiOOOtOOOOOC  o 

H 

o 

tn 

a 

B 

CI  M*  rH  rH  rH  rd  cf  rH  cJ  rH  CJ  rd  rd  CI  CI  rH        rd  N  rH  \£  >0  rd  <~d 

oooooooooooooooooooooooo 

to 

S 

OOOOOOOOOOOOOOQQOC O  O  O  O  O  © 

OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO 

•a 

u 

dddc  dec  dddddddo  oo'do'o  do  d  o" 

fT| 

OOOOOOOOOOOQOOOOOOOOQQQO 

S 

ifliOOKJOOiOO^'O'flOiflOOK'fl'OOUlOOOO 

rH   rH   r-c            rH  CI   rH    rH    rH            H  M"  H  i-  H                    rHi-H            tl   N   H   H 

4) 

h  tu 

u^OOOO'-OOOO'OOOOOOOOOOOOOOO 

(4  - 

NiCOUJONiflOiOiflOiO  »OiOLOOiOOOOOOOO 

« 

CI  CI  CI  rH  CI  CI  CI  CI  C\  rH  CI  CI  ro  CI  CI  CI  rH  Uj  C)  CI  vO  iO  -<t  CO 

(O 

OiOOOOOiOCiOOOLOO'O'OOOO'OOOOCO 

> 

OMflOiOONiONOUlNObNiOOOOuiOiflOO 

c 
o 

02 

< 

CIHHHHMrtHHHrlHMHrtHH'tflH't^rOM 

OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO 

u 

<D 

o 

ooooooooooooooooooo  —  ~ooo 

o. 

H 

OU)OOOOiOO'OiOCinOOi'l«)*u)0\COOCO 

6 
o 
O 

C3 

ro  CI  C)  rH  CI  <T)  CI  CI  CI  rH  CI  CI  ■*  ro  ci  rH        CO  CI  rH  O  CI  O  lO 

a 

CI  rH  rH 

R 

OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO 

p 

oooooooooooooooooooooooo 

t- 

OuOOOOOOuOOiOOOOi/jOOiOOOClLOOOOOOOO 

Eh 

ClrHrH           rHCIrHrHrH           rHrHCIrHrH                  rHt-H           DvO  Ifl  (N 

rH 

ucJUsSu^S 

:  :u 

rsi  rsi  r^i 

^nizJ^zj 

;ua.- 

u 

.B              0.B          USD-.S 

ri^  cv| 

S3 

E-i 

"1               DL-tf          0.J.2.2 

«  a  « 

c  " 
o 

•U     e                           *.       .        5.      £**->*-> 

g    Ji-TJ 

S 

CQ   § 

xc3 

=  : 

•c " 

CQ. 
-a  * 

o 

a. 
cc 

1 

-C 

-    _a 

a 

a 

1 

0 

u 

0- 

« 
1 

z 

z 
z 

CLZ- 

cl'ZclC 

c 
£ 

-I 

0 

i 
s 

m 

412 


I *» ■ 

M  fc  k 

o 

© 

a 

cu 

CM 

£   ft  s 

P       fc 

' 

• 

- 

• 

m 

3      CM      — 

m 

m 

— 

T3       O     S 

"' 

s      | 

o 

©    © 

>> 

o 

o     © 

+■* 

o 

©    © 

© 

o 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

o 

o     . 

© 

© 

© 

- 

o 

O 

© 

o 

©    © 
©    © 

£ 

Q 

© 
in 

o 
© 

c 

© 
o 

© 
© 

o 
o 

© 
© 

ca 

CM       00 

E 

*r 

■*■ 

^* 

CO 

in 

CM 

K 

4) 

CO       r^ 

0) 

— ' 

o 

g 

o 

E 

« 

P 

o 

© 

© 

o 

© 

K 

o 

© 

o 

© 

© 

3 

E 

o 

o 

h 

© 

© 

© 

o 

© 

© 

© 

1 

o     - 
©    ' 

: 

: 

©       © 
©       © 

m 

© 

CO 

© 

CO 

CM 

CM 

in 

CO 

© 

fc 

© 

©       © 

fc 

00 

05       CM 

CM 

CM       r-i 

01 

a,    M) 
cw    es 

5  fc 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

o 

o 

© 

© 

© 

c 

e 

o 

©     ©     ©     ©     ©     ©     © 

cc   g 

£S             £ 

©©©©©©© 

< 

1-1 

•■* 

rH 

'-' 

C/2             ii 

e> 

1       CM       CM       CM       ©       cv 

CM 

< 

c 

K 

o 
Eh 

© 

© 

o 

© 

© 

u 

© 

c 

© 

e 

© 

rt 

©©©©©©© 

0/ 

© 

© 

o 

c 

o 

0! 

c 
H 

©©©©©©© 
©    ©    ©    ©    ©    ©     © 

H 

03 

© 

© 

00 

» 

w 

a 

m    ©    ©    ©    ©    ©    in 

in     cd     co     co     ;o     co     cm 

E 

E 

r 

p 

£ 

o 

© 

© 

© 

© 

S 

©©©©©©© 

© 

o 

- 

©©©©©©© 

fc 

fc 

in     ©     ©     ©     ©     ©     m 

CO 

CO 

CO 

^" 

■*T       in       in       in       in       in       r-l 

tc 

«,    3 

©    ©    ©    ©    c 

©       C 

CJ3 

© 

e 

e 

e 

© 

© 

© 

©    ©    o    c 

e 

C 

© 

ch    P 

© 

e 

o 

c 

o 

©    c 

©    ©    c 

e 

© 

ca  <u 
M 

CO       T 

■V    t 

e 

cc 

m 

K 

a. 

cv 

00 

CO 

^* 

00 

CO 

CO 

CM 

CM       M 

IM 

CN 

■"* 

1-1 

1-1 

CM 

CM 

1-1 

1-1 

03 

oj 

2  9 

1 1 

©    c 

©    c 

c 

c 

© 

©    c 

©    = 

e 

c 

© 

© 

o 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

©    © 

© 

c 

fc 

© 

© 

O 

© 

e 

© 

© 

oc 

cc 

CO     cc 

CM 

CM 

© 

cv 

© 
©" 

© 
e 

o 
© 

© 
© 

© 
© 

© 
© 

© 
© 

< 

fc 

CV 

*■ 

CO 

co 

co 

X 

H 

c 

c 

c 

c 

e 

c 

© 

w 

— 

o 

c 

c 

©    c 

c 

© 

© 

p 

©    c 

©    c 

e 

c 

© 

© 

© 

© 

o 

o 

e 

3 

0T 

£ 

© 

© 

© 

o 

© 

o 

© 

Tt 

o- 

CO     c* 

CM 

a- 

0) 

c 

© 

© 

o 

o 

© 

© 

© 

M 

a 

m 

^ 

^" 

co 

CO 

0/ 

£ 

a 

J3 

E 

P 

E 

© 

c 

©    c 

© 

c 

© 

c 

e 

c 

c 

© 

© 

fc 

fc 

©    c 

CO      c 

e 

e 

© 

c 

c 

© 
© 

c 

c 

c- 

CM 

(M 

cc 

CO 

u 

ca 

<-. 

0 

1 

D 

0 

0 

0) 

V. 

a 

S 

a 

a 

a 

% 

a 

3 
O 

C. 
01 

'Jl 

K 

0i 

> 

> 

"Z 

3 

* 

a 

fc 

u. 

C£ 

y 

£ 

w 

3 

fc 

CC 

X 

P, 

i- 
a 

s 

- 

4 

o 
a 

a 

J 

a 

m 

>    V 

■3 
s- 
« 

X 

5 

01 

S 

o! 

01 
02 

a 
o 
- 
cn 

-3 
0 

fc 

fc 

(ft 

c 

fc 

n:; 


Minimum 

ee 

to 

ee 

ee 

to  \<o  \x 

X 

00 

X 

oo 

X 

- 

© 

- 

&> 

© 

OC 

_ 

pq 

PS 

PS 

<< 

us  us 

ee 

© 

i 

No.  of  Rods 

<* 

** 

ee 

- 

PS    t-    PI 

-  ] 

V 

© 

r— 

- 1 

© 

p- 

us 

PS 



T. 

i 

-.- 

CM 

»-H 

e 

*:  ~- 

C— 

r- 

ee 

•-■ 

- 

us 

us 

us 

us 

Lff 

*r 

i 

o 

H 

rt 

— 

- 

1 

o 

© 

© 

© 

- 

c 

c 

o 

c 

© 

e 

c 

^ 

^" 

us 

c- 

-  .-  - 

•<r 

© 

ee 

r- 

© 

p- 

■a. 

pq 

© 

p- 

irs 

tj« 

r 

r» 

n 

X 

00 

t  - 

p- 

ee 

u 

ee 

irs 

D 

7 

tf 

r. 

■H 

ih 

IH 

—■©'©' 

© 

© 

© 

= 

© 

© 

o 

C 

o 

d 

© 

© 

© 

d 

M 
H 

< 

■ j 

ee 

<C 

ee 

t- 

—     PS     X 

-, 

00 

^" 

© 

p- 

■* 

,_ 

X 

us 

., 

rt 

- 

,- 

-i 

© 

W 

E- 

$ 

^*" 

PS 

pq 

^^ 

p- 

c- 

t- 

to 

to 

ee 

- 

us 

us 

i.-. 

V 

3 

© 

3 

© 

o 

© 

o 

© 

© 

o 

© 

o 

© 

© 

o 

© 

© 

1 

~ 

y 

p- 

ee 

© 

© 

rH 

ps  ko 

OS 

_ 

oc 

<• 

0 

US 

pq 

39 

te 

M 

00 

ee 

r_ 

on 

-, 

o 

H 

c 

--1 

us 

v 

PS 

PI  r- 

© 

© 

-■ 

© 

00 

00 

oc 

t- 

p- 

P- 

t- 

ee 

ee 

ee 

us 

us 

us 

"* 

us 

o 

< 

.-. 

© 

© 

© 

o 

© 

© 

© 

o 

© 

© 

© 

© 

d 

© 

c 

© 

ee 

p 

— 

0 

■ ' 

us 

I 

j 

r- 

OC  I©     P3 

ee 

PI 

o 

© 

ee 

p- 

pq 

ee 

PS 

00    US  IPS    © 

X 

0 

~~ 

N 

IS 

'T 

PS    PS 

pq 

•-i 

— 

© 

© 

-■ 

~ 

X 

X 

oo 

p- 

p- 

p- 

to    to    — 

US      Uff       Lff      Lff 

TT 

o 

N 

2  • 

> 

© 

© 

o 

o 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

©  ,© 

©.© 

© 

© 

0 

cc 

o 
o 
02 

rjj 

fcs 

£ 

r-  © 

so 

pq 

c- 

pq 

00 

p- 

© 

*r 

©   — 

pq 

©  lee 

£ 

i* 

u. 

^J-     PS 

PS 

pq 

rH 

^* 

© 

© 

oa 

© 

-• 

X 

oc 

OC    P- 

p- 

ee  ee 

ee 

US  |US 

US    US 

fc 

«« 

0 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

o 

© 

© 

O 

© 

o 

© 

© 

J 

© 

ee 

© 

us 

© 

us 

o 

p- 

*a« 

s 

© 

p- 

PS 

©fr- 

US   PS 

o 

A  C 

# 

k£ 

^ 

*   M 

pq 

pq 

■H 

r- 

© 

^ 

© 

00 

00 

t- 

p- 

ee 

ee 

ee 

us   US 

Lff 

c 

Hw 

i 

— 

© 

© 

© 

o 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

o 

© 

o 

© 

© 

er 

is 

o 

■5 

s 

,_, 

PS 

ee 

© 

^9» 

X 

PS 

© 

us 

rt 

r- 

Tf 

,_, 

us 

© 

ee 

pq 

00 

irs 

?] 

© 

— 

~ 

0< 

■# 

US 

■"P 

PS     PS 

pq 

i-> 

*-• 

= 

© 

o 

© 

~ : 

© 

00 

X 

p- 

p- 

ee 

ee 

us 

us 

us 

us 

i.-. 

o 

< 

© 

© 

© 

© 

e 

o 

© 

© 

o 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

c 

ba 

c 

8 

~. 

irs 

c« 

PJ 

r- 

pq 

oc  'us 

—    s 

ee 

~ 

_ 

8s 

i 

CM 

© 

©' 

© 

© 

t— 

© 

d 

©  © 

© 

us 
© 

us 

© 

© 

d 

© 

0? 

h 

i 

P5 

E  • 

T}< 

ee 

SC      Lff 

pq 

© 

p- 

us 

© 

CM 

- 

© 

© 

C5 
© 

oc  joe 

©  c 

© 

© 

©  1© 

ee 

© 

iff 

c 

us 

© 

us 

© 

us 

© 

s 

© 

be 

O- 

t 

c- 

p- 

» 

PI 

-     c 

\rs 

t-H 

ee  p» 

© 

p- 

V 

rH 

© 

p- 

_ 

on 

^ 

y. 

:j 

<N 

r-i 

© 

© 

•h 

00 

00 

i-   t- 

c~ 

ec 

ee 

■- 

us 

U5 

iC 

us 

us 

Tf 

O 

< 

rl 

rl 

r* 

— 

©  |C 

© 

© 

©  © 

o 

« 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

0) 

0^ 

£ 

fc  - 
H 

E-1 

» 

XC 

■n 

r. 

OS 

pq  «o  'i-h 

ee 

T1      X 

us 

,_, 

or, 

.- 

PS 

jj 

r_ 

X 

>> 

a> 

~» 

,T 

PS 

pq 

- 

o 

1-5     © 

OS 

© 

oo 

© 

©  I© 

© 

© 

ee 

© 

© 

ee 

© 

ee 

c 

US 

© 

to 

© 

us 

© 

te 

© 

< 

ee 

irs 

US 

t- 

©     PS 

r- 

PS 

X      — 

© 

•• 

© 

p- 

m 

PS 

c 

00 

irs 

ri 

© 

— 

3* 

— 

-.'. 

PJ 

T~l 

"     « 

o> 

OS 

v:    >: 

00 

t- 

p- 

eo 

ee 

ee 

ee 

us 

us 

us 

— 

K 

WO  1 

mZ 

1 

i 

~ 

rt 

~ 

rt 

-     -     = 

© 

©   © 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

o 

© 

© 

o 

= 

o 

s 

US 

r- 

IfS 

IE 

:/:    —    us    c 

us   © 

ee 

pq 

ee 

o 

00 

us 

PS 

© 

ee 

PS 

= 

r^ 

C^ 

/ 

L.'. 

-r 

PS 

PJ 

iH    r-     ©    © 

©    OS 

00 

X 

p- 

p- 

p* 

p- 

ee 

ee 

ee 

us 

us 

us 

i--. 

*r 

w 
u  . 

O 

©  © 

© 

© 

© 

o 

© 

© 

o 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

c 

© 

.c 

or 

X  IrH  Uj>    0C 

pq  oc 

PS 

© 

IfS 

pq 

© 

ee 

PS 

on 

— 

© 

p- 

Tt< 

T*      © 

1- 

S 

S 

p- 

^r 

pq   pa   n   © 

© 

© 
© 

© 
d 

X 

© 

X 

© 

X 

p- 

© 

p- 

© 

p- 

p- 

©' 

ee 
d 

■o 

d 

© 

us 
d 

US 

© 

US 

© 

6 

a 

- 

m?-; 

2 

» 

pq 

Iff 

— 
© 

,- 

_  'o-  1^.  L, 

- 

pH  i 

— 

M 

x 

p- 

c~ 

— 

■x    u-    us  u-. 

^« 

■s. 

< 
- 

bo 

- 

© 

© 

© 

r 

©  ©   ©  c 

© 

w 
o 
C 

s 

t— 

1_) 

i* 

© 

CO  l«    00  !U5 

pq 

r 

oc 

0     r-' 

: 

00 

00 

d 

e 

©' 

'-S      *—      Lff      Iff 

c    ©    ©    © 

u- 

d 

us 
s 

© 

tf 

T. 

> 

0 

^" 

h- 

© 

-      PS 

© 

ee 

— 

-. 

rt 

r 

_-  -r 

»  °° 

V 

c- 

c- 

to  ItO 

us 

us  us 

us 

■* 

o 

Z 

o   © 

© 

© 

© 

© 

d  ]© 

o 

_ 

0 

<— 

o 

5 

— 

1* 

— 

~ 

t— 

i-H 

to 

rH 

r- 

— 

—   x 

US 

PS 

- 

T" 

© 

© 

cc 

i- 

t^ 

- 

ee 

ee   us 

us 

us 

— 

7 

c 

K 
o 

o 
W 

Eh 
- 

~ 

r" 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

- 

5 

SO 

g. 

en 

_ 

_ 

t- 

N 

t~ 

PS 

- 

•- 

pq 

© 

t- 

trs 

_ 

. 

_' 

PS 

— 

© 

© 

3~- 

oo 

S. 

t- 

t- 

ee 

•-: 

ee 

ee 

<r. 

us 

us   us 

■* 

BO 

h 

0 

A 

~ 

- 

- 

rH 

1-1 

1-1 

O 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

tr 

© 

- 

© 

© 

o 

c 

01 

— >— 

S 

s£,; 

— 

C-  1** 

p- 

PS 

r> 

w 

V 

B  |;fS 

X 

ee  Its 

us 

us 

— 

0 

1 

r 

- 

© 

©'  1© 

© 

c 

c 

— 

_/ 

© 

X 

© 
x 

PS    P- 

r-   ee 

pq 

t- 

— 
us 

Iff 

r- 

Eh 
O 

te 

~ 

© 

o 

o 

- 

© 

o 

= 

- 

2 

£ 

£ 

pq 

.. 

_ 

US 

— 1— 

5T    t- 

v 

© 

© 

w 

pq 

PS 

^ 

irs 

ee 

p- 

00 

© 

pq  •* 

ee 

oo 

© 

pq 

^< 

ee 

X 

© 

pq 

* 

w 

— 

"iZ  - 

T~ 

— 

1-1 

— 

T-«  ir^  [r^ 

— 

T  1 

Tl 

pq 

pq 

-i 

pi 

pi 

pq 

SI 

pq 

ps  l^r 

■v 

Tj-IVj^jUSjUS 

Iff 

K 

II 1 


ce 

© 

SO 

00 

30 

00 

30  IsO 

© 

--. 

-~. 

©]© 

= 

© 

r- 

N 

., 

:-■ 

«• 

uO 

m 

CO 

t- 

X 

x  ©  '© 

|      1 

olum 
1+0. 
65.25 
+  0.1 
66p) 
1+1 
+  70p 

rH     Tf 

SO 

PS 

y 

CO  [30 

— 

© 

ht 

X 

01 

j. 

CO 

_ 

m 

CM 

© 

te 

■»■     rH  |© 

IA 

ie 

M 

CM 

CM 

©    © 

© 

X  [so 

t- 

r- 

© 

© 

©   i© 

us 

It 

© 

© 

did 

© 

© 

© 

© 

9 

©     © 

o 

9 

W-+^+       9 
„,^US       9^9 

c 

cr 
te 

H 

ie 

© 

-r 

- 

i- 

© 

CO 

co 

© 

us  !© 

co 

-, 

© 

US 

CM 

©     t- 

us 

e 

te 

3< 

cm 

ie 

XT 

CO 

n 

-\ 

Cvj 

© 

= 

© 
o 

77-. 

c 

X 

e 

9 

© 

t- 

9 

C-     © 

©    9 

© 

9 

cor"r  ,•  a 

B 
'- 

c-f  a+  a+us 

© 

c 

~ 

1— 

CM 

t- 

CM 

H»" 

r— 

© 

ie 

-. 

in 

r- 

f— 

CO 

8 

C~    •»■ 

,_, 

© 

_;l 

ie 

t 

>** 

co 

CO 

CM 

© 

© 

© 

r. 

00 

X 

X 

c-   t- 

t- 

© 

OuS+9+©  + 

X 

© 

© 

9    9 

© 

9 

CO 

£ 

01 

W 

OCMrH9r-  OM 

u  t— •— 'co  -win  --' 
£11  II  II  II  II  II 

•* 

I: 

00 

-] 

c- 

oo 

© 

eo 

CO 

c 

ie 

= 

CO 

CM 

oc 

US 

CM 

© 

^. 

U 

ce 

ie 

'- 

CO 

eo 

n 

- 

© 

30 

V 

c- 

r» 

cV-i       <w       *h 

~. 

S! 

© 

o 

9 

9 

e 

© 

9 

5 

"35     °    i! 

«H 

"  t-     t-    i- 

o 

tc 

00 

oo 

CO 

00 

© 

© 

0) 

©  eo 

^-  o       o       t) 

-^ 

CO 

L.0 

r- 

ro 

eo  cm 

T— 

rH 

© 

9 

© 

© 

© 

oc 

X 

O 
0 

J=     c     c 

01 

9 

C 

© 

© 

9 

o 

u 
ca 

c 
o 

ie 

i- 

©  leo 

co 

O 

us 

c 

© 

CM 

X 

us 

00 

g 

i-O 

HS" 

■w  eo 

CM 

CM 

— 

rH 

9 

9 

© 

© 

oo 

rn 

^   ^  r 

9 

*— 

0 
,1 

0) 

ce 

1 

eo 

m 

c— 

© 

XT 

00 

eo 

T 

t- 

© 

c- 

CM  't^ 

eo 

©  'us 

CM 

© 

r- 

US 

CM 

© 

~ 

\e 

i" 

CO 

co 

cm 

IH 

rH 

c 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

00 

oc  !t- 

c- 

CC  JCO 

co 

CO 

1.0 

us 

1.0 

l0 

T 

1— 

en 

© 

o 

o 

o 

©  © 

© 

o  o 

o 

o 

9 

C 

© 

c 

K  ^       <-.       *-< 

o 

te   Column 
(1+0. 09p 

+  52. 2p 
(1+O.llp 

+  52. 8p 
(l+0.14p 

+  56p 

u 

. 

© 

e 

CO 

© 

e 

— 

© 

■V 

© 

co 

CV1 

© 

us 

© 

^4 

© 

ie 

yH 

or 

m 

CM 

© 

r~ 

m 

c 

— 

u 

C4    2 

US 

l.0 

" 

ro 

01 

© 

- 

© 

oc 

X 

f- 

t- 

co 

© 

ce 

© 

us 

us 

us 

L.0 

ri 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

o 

© 

c 

© 

© 

O 

9 

© 

9 

~ 

< 

> 

0 

K 

5  °' 

v 

r- 

© 

CO 

r- 

,_, 

co 

H 

CO 

CM 

00 

i.O 

sc 

CM 

r— 

eo 

© 

in 

,_, 

00 

m 

eo 

© 

X 

© 

01 

in 

XT 

eo 

CO 

CM 

CM 

s 

c 

© 

© 

X 

i- 

© 

US 

q,99©©9© 

o 

© 

o 

© 

c 

© 

o 

© 

© 

9 

9 

9 

9 

e 

U 

fciX  «  30oC©9 
O  US  US  XT  nr  HT  HT 

C||   II   II  ||   ||   II 

C<H         *-"         »H 

Ufl)      <p      cy 

«  S 

K 
h 

jc    x: 
ce    O 

C    vi 
E     c 
3      01 

g  £ 

0    c 

^ 

© 

?  1 

ie 

o 

XC 

© 

US 

© 

co 

© 

PS 

,^ 

CM 

t— 

^ 

© 

© 

CO 

9 

in 

CM 

X. 

be 

o 

c 

SS 

ie 

1" 

XT 

-r 

CO 

CM 

CM 

CM 

rt 

© 

c 

© 

© 

oo 

00 

c- 

c- 

c- 

t- 

© 

■~ 

© 

1.0 

CM 

© 

© 

o 

© 

© 

© 

9 

© 

~ 

C 

■c «     ui      * 
c  u     u      r 

o  O       cv       o 

*, 

-r 

X 

CM 

t- 

M 

1— 

CO 

us 

© 

M 

r~ 

C-l 

Of 

Hf 

e 

r- 

■>>• 

^H 

or 

■- 

CM 

H 

s-  c      c       c 
CO      o      o 

.- 

XT 

CM 

CM 

© 

- 

CM 

d 

o 

© 

© 

© 

© 

9 

© 

9 

© 

c 

C 

^o    o    c 

c     « 

s  E 

§  o 

-' 

5 

o 
o 
0 

o          eo 

OhCM         -J!        <» 

» 

t- 

— 

U5 

© 

US 

_ 

5jj 

us 

© 

CO 

X 

_ 

© 

in 

CM 

© 

•n 

co 

9 

us 

0) 

ie 

L.0 

xr 

TT 

CO 

TO 

rj 

r^ 

© 

o 

© 

^v 

00 

X 

00 

t- 

t- 

i- 

t»   © 

rH         rH         CM 

r"' 

_ 

- 

1-1 

r"1 

rt 

r* 

1-1 

rt 

rt 

o 

© 

o 

© 

© 

o 

o 

9 

©    © 

.    be 

t  a 

t  2 

; 

1.0 

© 

-r 

o 

,_, 

CO 

CC 

o 

us 

© 

us 

^ 

t- 

«* 

9 

oc 

US    © 

-. 

fft 

'"- 

"?     * 

HT 

CO 

CM 

1-1 

rH 

o 

o 

© 

© 

oc 

X 

oo 

t^ 

I-  t- 

< 

^_ 

E   "3 

*    C5 

"°       CM 

y    us 
x    us 

o 

o 

© 

© 

9 

d 

© 

9 

rH 

tf  -C  "■'  ^ 
1-1  c  v.   V. 

; 

© 

i- 

© 

~ 

CM 

US 

00 

CM 

1— 

-) 

oo 

*»< 

9 

© 

CO 

© 

US 

>" 

CO 

.-. 

US 

■* 

CO 

CM    rH 

rH 

© 

- 

©  © 

© 

00 

oo 

X 

I- 

o 

© 

© 

9 

9 

o 

9 

o 

II. 

Ins.  fn 
(in  II 
numl 
numr 

CM 

rH       cj 

O 
•O    CO 

I 

us 

s 

■h  no 

© 

_ 

.. 

0 

r- 

H»" 

CM 

_ 

r— 

.. 

© 

.. 

M 

- 

00 

eg 

cm   rH   rn  |o  |©  |©   ©  ,x  joe 

00    t- 

c- 

t- 

CC 

cc 

- 

us  ie 

L.0 

ie 

*a* 

O      CJ 

5*   to 

1-1 

r"' 

rt 

"-1 

rH     ©     © 

© 

c 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

- 

© 

© 

c 

s 

- 

M 

•- 

©    xr  1© 

ie 

oo 

X"» 

t— 

1.0 

X      H»< 

00 

1.0 

01 

~ 

© 

w 

Sfld^ 

O 

te 

oi 

© 

© 

o 

© 

© 

© 

© 

o 

P 

= 

© 

© 

c 

© 

- 

o 

'"  tx K  £  5 

c 

re  J- 

- 
z 

1:> 

e 

_ 

co 

te 

©  •# 

© 

f. 

© 

co 

co 

© 

cc 

CO 

- 

■  0 

rt 

t» 

eo 

© 

[- 

in 

CM 

a 

x 

0 

D.C.C,  O 

te 

3 

E 

"?■ 

ro 

7  I 

CM   rH 

© 

9 

O 

© 

© 

oo 

00 

-/: 

00 

f- 

i- 

•^ 

■^ 

•^ 

U0 

us 

US 

i0 

*f 

C^ 

X 

n 

© 

o 

o 

© 

© 

© 

= 

© 

© 

c 

© 

= 

© 

© 

: 

""  o  B.  te  in 

« 

te"  c     rS  fe  S 

:EccXx 

te 

■c 

s 

i- 

X 

© 

eo 

r_ 

03 

CO 

,_, 

t- 

co 

© 

CO 

-m 

T. 

H)> 

- 

1" 

© 

r- 

1- 

,_ 

© 

© 

•i" 

_ 

© 

o 

HH 

c 
£ 

. - 

— 

<M 

o 

r. 

© 

© 

30 

S 

1- 

co 

•- 

m 

tj« 

t- 

CM 

© 

© 

© 

© 

o 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

© 

: 

© 

to 

< 

. .  -o  "  5  2  ®  • 

3 

O 
CJ 

- 

J 
CM 

i  - 

se  co 

© 

1.0 

00 

00 

eo 

© 

ie 

r-  \-v  cm 

© 

r- 

-r 

CM 

e 

r— 

c-£     I  ■■■ 

5  O  i  J; .-  -   be 

<-  c  °  S  5    -. 

i.-. 

- 

■* 

eo 

CM 

CM 

2 

« 

© 

© 

o 

© 

© 
© 

s. 

d 

X 

d 

© 

d 

© 

©  ©  © 

us 
© 

us 
d 

us 

9 

US 

© 

us 

a 

HT 
9 

o 

c 
bo 

*, 

_ 

C 

t. 

_ 

in 

o 

co 

1_l 

r- 

H»" 

© 

us  x 

y. 

© 

US    CM  [X    US 

eo 

© 

oo 

© 

^ 

- 

i- 

xr 

CO 

CO 

ci 

CM 

r-l 

•H 

© 

© 

~ 

-.    s 

30 

t- 

i-   i-   -.r    - 

© 

© 

us 

US 

us 

US 

<D 

o 

o 

o 

© 

O 

© 

o 

© 

9 

o 

9 

9 

© 

o 

E 

:- 

fS 

© 

© 

xr 

X 

CO 

© 

© 

© 

Hf 

© 

■* 

O 

co 

eo 

© 

r- 

H»" 

0*1 

© 

r— 

eo 

^;V  ce  terr  x  b 

•:  -  g  §  ■  s  Kf 

3 

E 

© 

.-. 

XT 

« 

01 

CM 

" 

- 

© 

© 

o 

- 

oo 

o 

o 

o 

© 

t- 

o 

© 
© 

© 

o 

© 
© 

in 

o 

us 

9 

10 

o 

X 

•X 

F- 

CM 

or 

r- 

ie 

© 

CO     CM 

oo 

in 

CM 

- 

© 

t— 

S          V  O    bt   r;    C 

a 

z 

id 

L.O 

— 

xr 

co  ec 

C<I    CM 

rH 

r-t 

© 

© 

© 

10 

K 

■"■ 

— 

rt 

IH 

rH  |„ 

rH 

rH 

rH 

rH 

rH 

rH 

o 

© 

o 

9 

© 

© 

o 

= 

d  I© 

o 

© 

:< 

-_      "v  c  u  t. 
c  *-<  c  C  >  C  01 

(l,<ht-<-- 

II  II  II  II  II  II 

•-;  ^  <    ♦-  a  a 

Q 

_ 

cc 

t— 

X 

© 

- 

_ 

CM 

co 

-r 

us  Ice 

t" 

S. 

— 

~ 

Tl 

■*•  te 

oc 

© 

CM 

,r 

© 

X 

- 

CM  |hT 

© 

9 

: 

: 

u 

1-1 

1-1 

*■' 

'"  i 

co-r 

■■r   ■«• 

HT 

T 

us 

US    US 

us 

© 

f     ppB    JOJOIUBIQ     UUiniO.l    JOJ     'JOJOIUUIQ     -3JOJ- 

" 

11.-. 


TABLE  X. 

Copyrighted  1916,  by  Benj.  E.  Winslow. 
Safe  Extreme  Fiber  stresses  for  Reinforced  Concrete  Beams  in  Accordance  with  the  Chicago 
Building:  Ordinance  Requirements  for  Concrete  of  Various  Mixtures  and  Various  Safe 
Stresses  in  the  Steel  Reinforcement.   Straight  Line  Theory. 

BY  BENJ.  E.  WINSLOW,  Mem.  A.  I.  A.  and  Mem.  Am.  Soc.  C.  E. 

v  to 

Use 

e  ™  " 
g  C  o 

<B%4  « 
PUOh 

Mixture  of  concrete. 
Stone. 

Stress 
in  steel. 

u  to 

t0o  C 
T-  to  u 

ill  O  u 

Mixture  of  concrete. 
Stone. 

Stress 
in  steel. 

C-J 

to 
S 

«* 

w 

© 

o 
o 
o 

o 
o 
© 

00 

ci 

CO 

e<> 

in 

CO 

© 

© 
© 
to 

© 
© 
o 
oo 

0.00 

58 

4S 

40 

35 

30 

0 

0 

0.94 

895 

825 

740 

670 

605 

780 

875 

0.01 

11 

11 

11 

11 

11 

9 

11 

0.96 

920 

835 

745 

675 

610 

795 

895 

0.02 

21 

21 

21 

21 

21 

19 

21 

0.98 

930 

V40 

750 

680 

615 

810 

910 

0.03 

31 

31 

31 

31 

31 

28 

3  1 

1.00 

950 

845 

755 

685 

620 

825 

930 

0.04 

41 

41 

41 

41 

41 

37 

4  'I 

1.1 

980 

870 

780 

700 

635 

905 

1015 

0.05 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

45 

50 

1.2 

1010 

895 

800 

720 

650 

980 

1105 

0.06 

60 

60 

60 

60 

60 

55 

60 

1.3 

1030 

920 

815 

740 

660 

1055 

1190 

0.07 

70 

70 

70 

70 

70 

65 

70 

1.4 

1055 

940 

835 

750 

6  SO 

1135 

1275 

o.ox 

SO 

80 

80 

80 

80 

70 

80 

1.5 

1080 

960 

850 

760 

690 

1205 

1360 

o.oy 

90 

90 

90 

90 

90 

80 

90 

1.6 

1100 

980 

865 

780 

695 

1285 

1445 

0.10 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

90 

100 

1.7 

1120 

995 

880 

790 

710 

1355 

1530 

0.11 

115 

115 

115 

110 

110 

100 

115 

1.8 

1140 

1010 

895 

800 

720 

1435 

1610 

0.12 

125 

12  5 

125 

120 

120 

110 

125 

1.9 

1160 

1025 

905 

810 

725 

1505 

1695 

0.13 

135 

135 

135 

130 

130 

120 

135 

2.0 

1175 

1040 

920 

830 

740 

1580 

1780 

0.14 

145 

145 

145 

140 

140 

125 

145 

2.5 

1250 

1090 

965 

865 

775 

1945 

2190 

0.15 

150 

150 

150 

145 

145 

135 

150 

3.0 

1310 

1150 

1010 

895 

800 

2305 

2590 

0.16 

160 

160 

160" 

155 

155 

145 

160 

3.5 

1360 

1190 

1040 

925 

820 

2660 

2990 

0.17 

170 

170 

170 

165 

165 

150 

170 

4.0 

1405 

1220 

1070 

950 

840 

3010 

3385 

0.18 

180 

180 

180 

175 

175 

160 

180 

4.5 

1440 

1250 

1090 

965 

860 

3355 

3770 

0.19 

190 

190 

190 

185 

185 

170 

190 

5.0 

14  7  0 

1280 

1110 

980 

870 

.3700 

4165 

0.20 

205 

205 

205 

200 

200 

180 

205 

0.22 

220 

220 

220 

215 

215 

195 

220 

TABLE  XI. 
Ultimate  Extreme  Fiber  Stresses  for  Concrete 
Beams  Reinforced  with  High  Carbon  Steel 
— Straight  Line  Theory. 
TTJ]  By  L.  J.  MENSCH,  Mem.  Am.  Soc.  C.  E. 

0.24 

240 

240 

240 

235 

235 

210 

240 

0.26 

260 

260 

260 

250 

250 

230 

260 

0.28 

280 

280 

275 

270 

270 

245 

275 

0.30 

300 

300 

295 

295 

290 

265 

295 

0.32 

320 

320 

315 

315 

310 

280 

315 

to 

Ultimate  Compressive  Stren 

?th  Obtained 
ts. 

0.34 

335 

335 

330 

330 

325 

295 

330 

irom  uviinaer  res 

0.36 

355 

355 

350 

350 

345 

310 

350 

2900 

•  §400 

2000 

1750 

1500 

700 

0.38 

375 

375 

370 

370 

365 

330 

375 

1:1:2 

l:iy2:3 

1:2:4 

l:2y2:5 

1:3:7 

0.40 

395 

395 

390 

390 

385 

345 

390 

0.25 

1040 

1030 

1020 

1010 

1010 

960 

0.42 

415 

415 

410 

400 

400 

365 

410 

0.30 

1240 

1230 

1220 

1200 

1190 

1080 

0.44 

430 

430 

425 

420 

420 

380 

425 

0.35 

1430 

1420 

1400 

13&0 

1370 

1200 

0.46 

450 

450 

445 

440 

440 

395 

445 

0.40 

1630 

1610 

1580 

1560 

1550 

1330 

0.48 

470 

470 

465 

460 

455 

410 

465 

0.45 

1820 

1800 

1760 

1740 

1710 

1440 

0.50 

490 

485 

480 

475 

470 

430 

480 

0.50 

2010 

1970 

1940 

1900 

1870 

1540 

0.52 

510 

505 

500 

495 

490 

445 

515 

0.55 

2190 

2150 

2110 

2060 

2030 

1620 

0.54 

525 

520 

515 

510 

5  0  5 

460 

515 

0.60 

2370 

2330 

2280 

2230 

2170 

1700 

0.56 

545 

540 

535 

530 

515 

480 

535 

0.65 

2540 

2500 

2440 

2370 

2310 

1800 

0.58 

565 

560 

555 

550 

520 

495 

555 

0.70 

2720 

2650 

2600 

2520 

2450 

1800 

0.60 

585 

580 

575 

570 

530 

510 

575 

0.75 

2900 

2820 

2740 

2660 

2590 

1800 

0.62 

600 

595 

590 

585 

535 

525 

595 

0.80 

3070 

2990 

2900 

2800 

2720 

1800 

0.64 

620 

615 

610 

595 

540 

540 

610 

0.85 

3240 

3150 

3040 

2930 

2830 

1800 

0.66 

640 

635 

630 

600 

540 

560 

630 

0.90 

3400 

3300 

3180 

3  0  60 

2950 

1800 

0.68 

660 

655 

650 

605 

545 

575 

650 

0.95 

3560 

3440 

3320 

3200 

3050 

1800 

0.70 

675 

670 

665 

610 

550 

590 

665 

1.00 

3700 

3570 

3450 

3310 

3160 

1S00 

0.72 

695 

690 

680 

620 

555 

605 

670 

1.10 

4020 

3860 

3700 

3520 

3350 

1800 

0.74 

715 

710 

685 

625 

560 

620 

700 

1.20 

4300 

4120 

3930 

3730 

3510 

1800 

0.76 

730 

725 

690 

630 

565 

635 

720 

1.30 

4600 

4380 

4140 

4000 

3600 

1800 

0.78 

750 

745 

695 

635 

570 

655 

735 

1.40 

4860 

4610 

4330 

4000 

3600 

1800 

0.80 

770 

760 

700 

635 

575 

670 

755 

1.50 

5120 

4820 

4520 

4000 

3  600 

1800 

0.82 

790 

780 

710 

640 

580 

685 

770 

1.60 

5370 

5050 

4600 

4  000 

3600 

1800 

0.84 

805 

795 

715 

650 

585 

7  00 

790 

1.70 

5600 

5250 

4600 

4000 

3600 

1800 

0.86 

820 

805 

720 

655 

590 

715 

805 

1.80 

5820 

5450 

4600 

4000 

3600 

1800 

0.88 

840 

810 

725 

660 

595 

730 

825 

1.90 

6040 

5600 

4600 

4000 

3600 

1800 

0.90 

^860 

815 

730 

660 

600 

750 

840 

2.00 

6260 

5750 

4600 

4000 

3600 

1800 

0.92 

875 

820 

735 

665 

600 

765 

860 

2.25 

6700 

5800 

4600 

4000 

3600 

1800 

Se 

a  note 

on  fol 

lowing  page. 

416 


TABLE  XXX. 

Copyright  1916  by  Benj.  E.  Winslow. 
Safe    Extreme    Fiber  Stresses   in  Founds   per   Square    Inch   for  Double    Reinforced    Concrete 
Beams  for  Various  Percentages  of  Top  and   Bottom  Steel.     Straight  Line  Theory. 
BY  BENJ.   E.   WINSLOW,  Mem.  A.   I.   A.   and  Mem.   Am.   Soc.  C.   E. 
Maximum  Compression  on  Extreme  Fiber  of  Concrete=700  Lbs.  per  Sq.  In.     Maximum  Ten- 
sion in  Steel  Reinforcement-— 18000  Lbs.   per  Sq.   In.     Mixture  of  Concrete    1:2:4.     Ratio 
of  Modulus  of  Elasticity  of  Steel  to  That  of  Concrete=15.     Ratio  of  Depth  of  Top  Steel 
to  Depth  of  Bottom  Steel  Below  Top  of  Beam=0.10.     Values  for  Other  Steel  and  Concrete 
Stresses  Are  Directly   Proportionate  to   Those   Given   in   This   Table. 


Percentage  of  Comnressive  Stee 

o.oo 

0.10 

0.25 

0.50 

0.75 

1.00 

1.25 

1.50 

1.75 

2.0  0 

2.25 

2.50 

2.75 

3.00 

0.60 

575 

578 

579 

580 

581 

582 

583 

584 

584 

585 

586 

587 

588 

589 

0.60 

0.62 

595 

596 

597 

599 

600 

601 

602 

603 

604 

605 

606 

607 

608 

609 

0.62 

0.64 

610 

612 

613 

615 

6  1  6 

618 

619 

621 

622 

624 

625 

627 

628 

629 

0.64 

0.66 

630 

632 

633 

635 

636 

638 

639 

641 

642 

644 

645 

647 

648 

649 

0.66 

0.68 

650 

652 

653 

655 

656 

658 

659 

66i 

662 

663 

665 

666 

667 

668 

0.68 

0.70 

665 

667 

668 

670 

671 

673 

674 

676 

677 

678 

680 

682 

684 

686 

0.70 

0.72 

680 

688 

689 

691 

693 

694 

696 

697 

699 

700 

702 

703 

705 

706 

0.72 

0.74 

685 

704 

706 

707 

709 

710 

712 

713 

715 

716 

718 

719 

721 

723 

0.74 

0.76 

690 

720 

726 

728 

729 

731 

732 

734 

735 

737 

738 

740 

741 

743 

0.76 

0.78 

695 

726 

744 

746 

747 

749 

750 

752 

753 

755 

757 

759 

761 

763 

0.78 

0.80 

700 

731 

762 

764 

766 

768 

770 

772 

774 

776 

778 

780 

781 

783 

0.80 

0.82 

710 

739 

779 

782 

784 

786 

788 

790 

792 

794 

796 

798 

800 

802 

0.82 

v  0.84 

715 

743 

790 

800 

802 

804 

806 

808 

810 

812 

814 

816 

818 

821 

O.S4~ 

i0.86 

720 

750 

795 

820 

822 

824 

826 

828 

830 

832 

834 

836 

838 

840 

0-S6- 

%.88 

725 

755 

800 

839 

842 

844 

846 

848 

850 

852 

854 

856 

858 

860 

0.88 

5  0.90 

730 

760 

807 

85S 

861 

863 

866 

868 

870 

872 

874 

876 

878 

880 

0.90  = 

c  0.92 

735 

765 

81.2 

873 

880 

883 

885 

887 

890 

892 

894 

896 

898 

900 

0.92  c 

5  0.94 

740 

770 

si  8 

888 

900 

902 

904 

906 

9  0s 

910 

912 

914 

916 

918 

0.94^ 

M  0.96 

745 

7  75 

823 

892 

920 

922 

924 

926 

9-JX 

930 

9  3  2 

934 

93  5 

937 

0.96^ 

°   0.98 

750 

780 

828 

900 

938 

940 

942 

944 

946 

948 

950 

952 

954 

956 

0.98^ 

So  i.oo 

755 

786 

832 

905 

956 

958 

960 

962 

964 

967 

969 

972 

974 

976 

1.00  Si 

2  l.io 

780 

811 

853 

930 

1010 

1060 

1061 

1063 

1065 

1066 

1068 

1069 

1071 

1072 

1.10.2 

£  1.20 

800 

828 

874 

954 

1031 

1105 

1155 

1157 

1159 

1161 

1163 

1165 

1167 

1170 

1.20  o 

t   1-30 

815 

850 

895 

978 

1058 

1130 

1210 

1252 

1254 

1256 

1258 

1260 

1262 

1265 

1.30  2 

£  1.40 

835 

869 

916 

1006 

1076 

1156 

1232 

1310 

1345 

1348 

1351 

1354 

1358 

1362 

1.40  £ 

1.50 

850 

882 

935 

1020 

1100 

1178 

1255 

1331 

1410 

1450 

1452 

1455 

1457 

1460 

1.50 

1.60 

X65 

899 

950 

1034 

1115 

1196 

1276 

1352 

1435 

1511 

1547 

1550 

1553 

1555 

1.60 

1.70 

880 

913 

967 

1054 

113Q 

1215 

1296 

1374 

1455 

1538 

1630 

1650 

1652 

1655 

1.70 

1.80 

895 

928 

983 

1064 

1149 

1232 

1316 

1394 

1480 

1560 

1645 

1710 

1747 

1750 

1.S0 

1.90 

905 

940 

995 

1082 

1162 

1250 

1332 

1414 

1500 

15  80 

1665 

1725 

1830 

1S-1S 

1.90 

2.00 

920 

952 

1008 

1100 

1178 

1266 

1350 

1432 

1513 

1600 

1680 

1760 

1840 

19  is 

2.00 

2.50 

y65 

1004 

1055 

1152 

1241. 

1331 

1420 

1510 

1595 

1686 

1715 

1855 

1945 

2026 

2.50 

3.00 

1010 

1048 

1105 

1196 

1291 

1385 

1480 

1570 

1660 

1750 

1840 

1930 

2020 

2108 

3.00 

3.50 

1040 

10s0 

1140 

1234 

1334 

1427 

1515 

1615 

1705 

1806 

1890 

1990 

2080 

2174 

3.50 

4.00 

1070 

1115 

1170 

1266 

1366 

1464 

1560 

1665 

1755 

1852 

1940 

2040 

2130 

2230 

4.00 

4.50 

1090 

1145 

1205 

1295 

1395 

1500 

1595 

1700 

1795 

1888 

1980 

2080 

2180 

2278 

4.50 

5.00 

1110 

1160 

1235 

1315 

1415 

1525 

1620 

1730 

1825 

1924 

2020 

2120 

2220 

2318 

5.00 

For  values  above  heavy  line,  tension  in  steel  is  equal  to  18000  lbs.  per  square  inch. 

For  values  below  heavy  lines  compression  in  concrete  is  equal  to  700  lbs.  per  square  inch. 

"Values  for  other  steel  and  concrete  stresses  are  directly  proportional  to  those  given  in 
Tables  I  and  III. 

Table  I  gives  the  Extreme  Fiber  Stress  for  rectangular  reinforced  concrete  beams  for 
various  mixtures  of  concrete  and  stresses  in  the  steel  for  percentages  of  steel  varying  from 
plain  concrete  beams,  to  beams  reinforced  with  as  high  as  5%  of  steel;  all  in  accordance 
with    the    Building    Ordinance    Requirements    for    the    City    of   Chicago. 

In  Table  II  are  given  in  the  headings  the  ultimate  compressive  strength  of  concrete 
as  assumed  by  the  Chicago  Building  Ordinance  for  various  concrete  mixtures.  According 
to  the  theory  of  Mr.  L.  J.  Mensch  as  published  in  the  Journal  of  the  American  Concrete 
Institute  for  December,  1914,  these  compressive  strengths,  if  introduced  in  the  straight 
line  formula  do  not  agree  with  scientific  tests  on  reinforced  concrete  beams  to  rupture. 
In  order  to  make  the  straight  line  theory  agree  with  the  tests  at  rupture  the  ultimate  ex- 
treme fiber  stresses  as  given  in  Table  II  must  be  assumed  instead  of  the  values  given  in 
the  headings. 

The  value  700  in  the  heading  is  for  1:2:4  cinder'-concrete.  It  is  also  valid  for  stone 
concrete  a  few  days  old.  The  depth  of  the  relnforced-concrete  beams  is  of  course  assumed 
to  be  the  depth  to  the  center  of  the  steel.  Tables  I.  II  and  III  assume  only  pure  tension 
or  compression  failures.  Special  calculations  should  therefore  be  made  for  bond,  shear  and 
diagonal  tension. 

Table  III  gives  the  Extreme  Fiber  Stress  for  rectangular  Double  Reinforced  concrete 
beams,  for  various  percentages  of  tensile  and  compressive  steel;  all  in  accordance  with  the 
Building  Ordinance  Requirements  for  the  City  of  Chicago.     See  Sec.   546-567 


417 


.RECOMMENDATIONS     FOE     THE     DESION     OF    HOPPED    COLUMNS. 


Concrete  1:2:4. 

Rods    round — Vs"s    to    1>4"". 

Core  diameter  4"  less  than  column  diam- 
eter. 

As  few  different  sizes  of  columns  as  pos- 
sible. 

Column  diameter  never  less  than  l/12th 
the    story    height. 

Percentage  of  vertical  steel  from  1%  to 
7%. 

Percentage  of  hooping  steel  from  0.5% 
to    1.5  %. 

Maximum  pitch  of  spiral  l/10th  of  core 
diameter,    or    3". 

Minimum  pitch   of  spiral   1%". 

Maximum   size    of    spiral    steel     Vz"°- 

Minimum  size   of   spiral    steel   3/16"°. 

Maximum  spacing  of  vertical  steel  9"  or 
*»    circumference   of  column. 

Minimum  spacing   of   vertical    steel    3%". 

Minimum  lap   of  vertical   steel   18". 

Lap  of  vertical  steel  for  average  core 
stresses    less    than    lOOOit" — 25    diameters. 


Lap  of  vertical  steel  for  average  core 
stresses   greater  than   1000#" — 30  diameters. 

Length  of  plain  round  stub  bars  in  foot- 
ings,   60    diameters. 

Length  of  square  twisted  stub  bars  in 
footings,    40    diameters. 

Stub  bars  embedded  one-half  their  length 
in   footing  and   one-half   in   column. 

Length  of  spirals  to  be  clear  story  height 
with    one    extra    turn    at    top   and   bottom. 

3  vertical  lines  of  spacers  for  all  spirals 
under    18"    diameter. 

4  vertical  lines  of  spacers  for  all  spirals 
over    18"    diameter. 

When  columns  require  a  large  percentage 
of  vertical  steel  it  is  often  more  economical 
to  use  a  structural  steel  column  and  encase 
it  in  concrete.  It  must  be  remembered  that 
the  working  stress  of  reinforcing  steel  is 
only    (nxfc)    while   that   of   a   structural    col- 

1 
umn   encased   in   concrete   is    18000 — 70 — . 


Metric  Tables. 

Approximate 
Equivalent. 

1    inch     [length]  .  .    2% 

1   centimeter    0.4 

1   yard    1 

1   meter     (39.37    inches) 1 

1   foot    30 

1  kilometer  (1,000  meters) % 

1   mile    1% 

1  gramme    [weight] ..  15.% 

1  grain   0.064 

1   kilogramme    (1,000    grammes) 2.2 

1   pound    avoirdupois    % 

1   ounce  avoirdupois    (437%    grains) 28  1/3 

1  ounce    troy,   or   apothecary    (480    grains) 31 

1  cubic    centimeter    [bulk] .  .    1.06 

1  cubic    inch    16  1/3 

1   liter   (1,000   cubic  centimeters) 1 

1   United    States    quart 1 

1  fluid    ounce     29  % 

1   hectare    (10,000    square    meters)  ...  [surface] .  .    2% 
1   acre    0.4 


Accurate 
Equivalent. 

cubic    centimeters    2.539 

inch    0.393 

meter   0.914 

yard    1.093 

centimeters     30. 479 

mile     0.621 

kilometers    1.600 

grains     15.432 

gramme     0.064 

pounds   avoirdupois    2.204 

kilogramme     0.453 

grammes     28-349 

grammes     31.103 

cubic    inch    1.060 

cubic    centimeters    16.386 

U.    S.    standard  quart 0.946 

liter    1.057 

cubic   centimeters    29.570 

acres     2.471 

hectare     0.40 


In  the  nickel  five-cent  piece  of  our  coinage  is  a  key  to  the  tables  of  linear  measures 
and  weights.  The  diameter  of  this  coin  is  two  centimeters,  and  its  weight  is  five  grammes. 
Five  of  them  placed  in  a  row  will  give  the  length  of  the  decimeter,  and  two  of  them 
will  weigh  a  decagram.  As  the  kiloliter  is  a  cubic  meter,  the  key  to  the  measure  of 
length    is   also   the   key   to   the   measure   of   capacity. 


Sandy  Table. 


Diameter  of  a  circle  X   3.1416  =  circumference. 

Radius  of  a  circle  X   6.283185  =  circumference. 

Square   of  the  diameter  of  a   circle  X  0.7854  =  area. 

Square    of    the   circumference   of    a    circle  X  0.07958  = 
area. 

Half    the    circumference    of    a    circle  X  half    its    diam- 
eter =  area. 

Circumference   of   a   circle  X  0.159155  =  radius. 

Square  root  of  the  area  of  a  circle  X  0.56419  =  radius. 

Circumference   of   a   circle  X  0.31831  =  diameter. 

Square  root   of   the  area   of   a   circle  X  1.12838  =  diam- 
eter. 

Diameter    of    a    circle  X  0.86  =  side    of    inscribed    equi- 
lateral triangle. 

Diameter  of   a   circle  X  0.7071  =  side   of   an     inscribed 
square. 

Circumference    of    a    circle  X  0.225  =  side     of     an     in- 
scribed  square. 

Circumference    of 
square. 

Diameter     of     a 


a    circle  X  0.282  =  side   of 
circle  X  0.8S62  =  side     of 


an    equal 
an    equal 


square. 

Base  of  a  triangle  X    Vi   the  altitude  =  area. 
Multiplying   both   diameters   and    .7854    together  =:  are 

of  an  ellipse. 
Su-face  of  a  sphere  X  1/6  of  its   diameter  =  solidity. 


Circumference  of  a  sphere  X  its  diameter  =  surface. 

Square  of  the  diameter  of  a  sphere  X  3.1416  =  sur- 
face. 

Square  of  the  circumference  of  a  sphere  X  0.3183  = 
surface. 

Cube  of   the  diameter  of   a  sphere  X  0.5236  =  solidity. 

Cube  of   the  radius  of  a   sphere  X  4.1888  =  solidity. 

Cube  of  the  circumference  of  a  sphere  X  0.016887  = 
solidity. 

Square  root  of  the  surface  of  a  sphere  X  0.56419  = 
diameter. 

Square  root  of  the  surface  of  a  sphere  X  1.772454  = 
circumference. 

Cube  root  of  the  solidity  of  a  sphere  X  1.2407  =  diam- 
eter. 

Cube  root  of  the  solidity  of  a  sphere  X  3.8978  =  cir- 
cumference. 

Radius   of   a   sphere  X  1.1547  *=  side   of   inscribed    cube. 

Square  root  of  (%  of  the  square  of)  the  diameter  of  a 
sphere  =  side  of  inscribed  cube. 

Area  of  its  base  X  %  of  its  altitude  =*  solidity  of  a 
cone  or  pyramid,  whether  round,  square,  or  triangu- 
lar. 

Area  of  one  of  its  sides  X  6  =  surface  of  a  cube. 

Altitude  of  trapezoid  X  Vz  the  sum  of  its  parallel 
sides  =  area. 


41S 


Square  root  of  (£  of  the  square  of)  the  diameter  of  a  sphere  =  side  of  inscribed  cube. 
Area  of  its  base  x  £  of  its  altitude  =  solidity  of  a  cone  or  pyramid,  whether  round, 

square,  or  triangular. 
Area  of  one  of  its  sides  x  6  =  surface  of  a  cube. 
Altitude  of  trapezoid  x  \  the  sum  of  its  parallel  sides  =  area. 

TABLE  OF  SQUARE  ROOTS. 


No. 

Sq.  Root. 

No. 

Sq.  Root. 

No.               Sq.  Root. 

No. 

Sq.  Root 

25 

5. 

650 

25.46 

1400          37.42 

2600 

50.9y 

50 

7.071 

700 

26.46 

1450          38.08 

2700 

51.96 

75 

8.66 

750 

27.39 

1500          38.73 

2800 

52.91 

100 

10.00 

soo 

28.28 

1550          39.37 

2900 

53.85 

125 

11.18 

850 

29.15 

1600          40.00 

3000 

54.77 

150 

12.25 

900 

30.00 

1650          40.62 

3200 

56.57 

175 

13.23 

950 

30.82 

1700          41.23 

3400 

58.30 

200 

14.14 

1000 

31.62 

1800          42.43 

3600 

60.00 

250 

15.81 

1050 

32.40 

1900          43.59 

3800 

61.64 

300 

17.32 

1100 

33.16 

2000          44.72 

4000 

63.24 

350 

18.70 

1150 

33.91 

2100          45.82 

4200 

64.80 

400 

20.00 

1200 

34.64 

2200          46.90 

4400 

66.32 

450 

21.21 

1250 

35.36 

2300          47.95 

4600 

67.82 

500 

22.36 

1300 

36.06 

2400          48.99 

4800 

69.28 

550 

23.45 

1350 

36.74 

2500          50.00 

5000 

70.72 

600 

24.49 

Dimensions  oi 

a  Barrel 

. — Diameter  of  head,  17  inches;  bung, 

19  inches; 

length, 

28  inches 

>;  volume, 

7,680  cubic  inches. 

Expansion  of  Water  (Dalton). 

Temperature. 


22° 
32 
*46 
52 


Expansion. 


1.0009 

1 

1 

1.00021 


Temperature. 


72° 

92 
112 
13* 


Expansion. 


1.0018 
1.00477 
1.0088 
1.01367 


Temperature. 


152° 

172 

192 

212 


Expansion. 


1.01934 
1.02575 
1.03265 
1.0466 


•Greatest  density  at  39.1°  Fahr. 

A  box  24  inches  long  by  16  inches  wide  and 


28  inches  deep  will  contain  a 
barrel,  or  three  bushels;  24  by  16  inches  and  14  inches  deep  contains  half  a  barrel; 
16  inches  square  and  8§  inches  deep  will  contain  one  bushel;  16  by  8f  inches  and  8 
inches  deep  will  contain  half  a  bushel;  8  by  8f  inches  and  8  inches  deep  will  contain 
one  peck;  8  inches  square  and  44,  inches  deep  will  contain  one  gallon;  7  by  4  inches 
and  4£  inches  deep  will  contain  half  a  gallon;  4  inches  square  and  4£  inches  deep  will 
contain  one  quart;  4  feet  long,  3  feet  5  inches  wide  and  2  feet  8  inches  deep  will 
contain  one  ton  of  coal,  or  36  cubic  feet. 

Table  Showing  the  Pressure  of  Water  at  Different  Elevations. 


Equals 

Equals 

Equals 

Equals 

Equals 

Equals 

Feet 

Pressure 

Feet 

Pressure 

Feet 

Pressure 

Feet 

Pressure 

Feet 

Pressure 

Feet 

Pressure 

per 

per 

per 

per 

per 

per 

Head 

Square 

Head 

Square 

Head. 

Square 

Head 

Square 

Head. 

Square 

Head 

Square 

Inch. 

Iucli 

luch 

Inch. 

Inch 

Inch 

i 

43 

65 

28.15 

•30 

5°-3> 

195 

84  47 

260 

112  62 

350 

151  °i 

5 

2    16 

70 

30.32 

135 

58.48 

200 

86  63 

265 

114  79 

360 

'55-94 

10 

4  33 

75 

32  48 

140 

60.64 

205 

88  80 

270 

J16.96 

37o 

160.27 

'5 

6  49 

8o 

34  65 

US 

62  81 

210 

90  96 

275 

1 19. 12 

380 

164  61 

20 

8.66 

85 

36.82 

150 

64,97 

215 

93  »4 

280 

121 .29 

39°. 

16S  94 

2S 

10.82 

90- 

3898 

'55 

67.14 

220 

95- jo 

285 

123-45 

400 

173  27 

3° 

12  99 

95 

4115 

160 

69.31 

225 

97  49 

290 

125  62 

500 

216  58 

35 

15.16 

100 

43  3' 

165 

71.47 
73-64 

230 

9963 

295 

127.78 

600 

259.90 

40 

17-32 

105 

45 -4S 

170 

235 

101.79 

300 

12995 
134.28 

700 

303    22 

45 

19  49 

1 10 

47  64 

'75 

75.8o 

240 

103.96 

3'o 

800 

346    '4 

5° 

21.65 

"5 

49.81 

180 

77-97 

245 

106  13 

320 

138  62 

900 

389  86 

55 

•23.82 

120 

51. 98 

185 

80.14 

2  so 

loS    .'., 

330 

142  95 

1.000 

433  « 8 

6o 

25  99 

"5 

54.15 

190 

82.30 

255 

no  46 

34o 

147  28 

419 


Lbs. 
Board  It. 

Apple   4.1 

Ash.   American   white 3.9 

Birch   3.9 

Beech    3.7 

1  :"\\\  >i<>d 5. 

i  ledar,    American    2.9 

Cedar,     W.     Indian 3.9 

i  vd.ir,    Lebanon    2.5 

i  !herry   '■'•■'> 

i  Jhestnut    3.4 

Cork     1.3 

Elm    2.9 

Eb  my    6.3 

1  [emlock    2.1 

Hickory 4.4 

1  [ornbeam 2.9 


Weights  of  Materials. 

Dry  Woods. 

Lbs.  Lbs.  Lbs. 

Cubic  1 1  Board  ft.      Cubic  ft. 

49.  1 1 .  .n    Wood    6.  71. 

47.  I. arch    3.  35. 

45.  Lignum    Vitse    6.9  83. 

13  Mahogany,    Honduras    2.9  35. 

60.  Mahogany,    Spanish    4.4  53. 

35.  Maple 4.1  49. 

47.  Maple,    .soft    3.5  42. 

30.  Oak,    live    4.9  59.3 

42.  Oak,    red    3.9  45. 

41.  Oak,    white    4.3  52. 

15.  Pine,    Southern    3.7  45. 

35.  Pine,  white 2.1  25. 

76.1  Pine,    yellow     2.8  34.3 

25.  Spruce    2.1  25. 

53.  Sycamore     3.1  37. 

47.  Walnut     32  38. 


Building    Materials — Stacked. 


Lbs.  per 
cubic  ft. 

Brick — pressed     150 

"         common     125 

soft     100 

Cement — Portland     100 

Cement — Rosedale    56 

Cinders — dry    72 

Cinders — packed    90 

Earth — dry,     shaken 82-   92 

Earth — rammed    92-100 


Lbs.  per 
cubic  ft. 

Glass — window    157 

Granite     170 

Lime — quick 53 

Plaster    of    Paris 70 

Sand      90-106 

Sandstone      151 

Shale    162 

Slate      175 

Trap  rock   187 


Masonry. 


Lbs.  per 
cubic  ft. 

Brick — pressed    or    paving 140 

Brick — hard,   common 120 

Brick — soft     100 

Brick — hollow      90 

Concrete — stone     150 

Concrete — cinder     96 


Lbs.  per 
cubic  ft. 

Granite    160 

Mortar   and   plaster 120 

Rubble — limestone,  common    140 

Rubble — limestone,    cut    face 150 

Rubble — sandstone,    common    140 

Rubble — sandstone,    cut    face 150 


Building'  Materials — In  Construction. 
Roofing. 


Lbs.  per 
square  ft. 

Copper — sheet      0.75  to    1.25 

Felt    and    gravel S        to  10 

Iron — corrugated     1        to    3.75 

Iron — galvanized     1        to    3 

[ron— sheet,  black,  painted 1.5 

Ready    composition    roofing 1        to    1.5 

Sheet    lead    1        to    8 


Lbs.  per 
square  ft. 

Shingles — wood     16" - 

Singles — wood    16"     2 

Slat  i — average     10 

Tile — fancy,    laid    in   mortar 25  to  30 

Tile — plain,    average    1  2 

Tin   and   paint 1 

Zinc     1  to    2 


Floors. 


Lbs.  per 
sq.  I'l. 
Flat  arches   (tile)     3"  thick 17 

4"        "       IS 

6"       "      25 

8"       "      31 

10"       "      35 

Brick  arches  4"  thick  and  concrete.  .  70 


Lbs.  per 
sq.  ft. 

Flat  arches  (tile)  12"  thick 39 

14"   "   43 

16"   -   49 

Book    tile    2"    thick 15 

"       3"        "      17 

Beam    tile     15 


420 


Table    for    Weights    of   Yellow    Pine    Joists, 
One  Board  Foot  of  Y. 
Weight  per 
Sparing                             Size                          Sq.  Foot 

12"                                2"x4"                            1.87 
14"                                     •'                                1.60 
16"                                     "                                1.40 
18"                                     "                                1.25 
20"                                     •                                 1.12 
22"                                     "                                1.02 
12"                              2"xl0"                         1  6* 
14"                                       "                                  4.00 
16"                                     '                                 3.50 
IS"                                     "                                3.13 
20"                                     '•                                2.80 
22"                                   "                              2.55 

Fart 
Lbs.  per 

sq.  ft. 

Gypsum  partition  blocks  3"  thick....         10 

4"       "      12 

5"       "      14 

6"       "      16 

Plaster  on    brick,    tile   or   concrete...          5 

Ceiling-. 

Lbs.  per 

sq.  ft. 

Studs    and 
P.  Weighs 

Size 
2"x6" 

2"xl2" 

itions. 
rail  ition 

Pine,   ,Her 
wood,  p 

Chestnut, 

Foot  of  SI 

1    10    in 
iq 

5    32 

::    u; 
7    32 

30us  Items. 

Wood   sta 

Sidewalk 
Reinforce 
Steel    jois 
Steel  gird 

-age  Wareh 

WhmI^WO 

Hardware 

Sleet     tin 

Wire — ins 

coils    .  . 

Rafters   on   the   Assumption    That 

2.8  Pounds. 

Weight  Per 

Sq.  Foot             Size                Weight 
2.8                   2"xS"                   3.74 
2.  1                        "                        3.20 
2.1                         "                        2.80 
1.87                      "                        2.50 
1.68                      "                        2.24 
1.53                      '•                        2.04 
5.61                  2"xl4"                 6.55 
4.80                      "                        5.60 
4.20                      "                        4.90 
3.75                      "                        4.38 
3.36                      "                        3.92 
3.06                      "                        3.57 

Lbs.  per 
sq.  ft. 
tile      3"   thick 17 

4"       "      

18 

6"       "        .... 

25 

8"       "       .... 

31 

10"       ••     

35 

Sheathing,  Floorin 
nlock.    Spruce,   PopL 

%,  etc. 

ir,    Re 

Lbs.  per 

sq.  ft 
d- 

3 

4 

1/62    inch    thick 

3/64       "            "        .... 

Weiglit 

per  Square 

2        lbs, 
2% 
.3 

eet  Lead. 

•h    thick 

. . . .    7  lbs 

.    8      - 

1/25 

10     •• 
12      " 
14      " 
16      " 

Lbs.  per 

sq.  ft. 

20 

1/16       "            "      

1/14       "            "      .  . 

4 
.5 

1/12       "            "      

While    the    following    items    vary 
ably    in    weight,    the    values    given 
fair    averages   and    may    be    used    f 
inary    computations. 

6 

Miscellan 
consider- 
below    are 
or   prelim- 
Lbs,  per 

sq.  ft. 

50 

lights    in    concn  i e 
ment    of    concrete 
i  s   per  sq.   ft.   of  fir 

•is  per  s  i.  ft.  of  floe 

ouses. 

\\ 

C 
rsteds,    in   cases. . 
,    Etc. 

—  in    boxes 

ulated    copper,    in 

30 
6 

6 

Concrete  stair  construction 

Material. 
Groceries    Etc. 

Beans — in    bag's    

Canned    goods — cases    

Coffee — roasted,    in    bags... 
Coffee — green,     in    bags.... 

Flour — in    barrels     

Molasses — in     barrels 

150 

4 

Con 

Weight 

per 
Cu    ft. 

40 
58 

33 
39 
40 
48 
58 
■u; 
70 
38 
25 
43 
51 

38 
43 

:  v 

28 
12 
23 

1!l 
10 
30 

13 

tsnts  of  Stoi 
Allowable 
Height  of 
Pile  in  ft. 

8 
6 
8 
8 
5 
5 
6 
5 
5 
S 
H 
5 

r. 

6 

6 

8 

8 

S 
8 
8 
8 

8 
v; 

s 

8 

eight 
per 
u.  ft. 
27 

27S 

63 

7  1 
75 

36 

70 
is 

38 

vs 
53 
R0 

1  7  1 

m; 
132 

40 

■•I, 

36 

60 

Alh  '\vable 
Height  of 
Pile  in  ft 
8 

2 

5 

4.5 
6 

6 
6 

5 
6 
6 

3.33 

1   6  6 

4.75 

:: .  7 :. 

8 

8 

6 

6 
6 

Wire  — ga 

vanized     iron,     in 

Wire — ma 
Drugs,  Fa 
<  ;i ycerine 
Linseed   " 
I  ,ogwood 
l  tosin — in 
siieiiac — £ 
Soda    — 

gnet,   "ii    sp< ">ls .  . 
ints,   Oils,   Etc. 

il— in   bbls 

extract      in    boxes 
bbls 

Sal     Soda — in    barrels 

Soap  powder — in  cases 

Sta rch     in  barrels   

Sugar — in    barrels    

Tea      in   chests    

Wines  and  Liquors,  in  Mils. 
Dry    Goods,     Cotton,     Wool, 
Etc. 

Burlap — in    hales     

<  Joir    Yarn,    in    bales 

Cotton    —    in     bales,     com 

Caustic,     in     Iron 

Soda     Sii 
Sulphuric 
while   Le 
White   i-e 
Bed      l  ><  a 

Puttj 
Miscellan* 
Glass  an< 

Hides        .111 

bales 
Paper    — 

St  I'.l  wlm 

i  'a  per — wi 

ill  led 

Rope — in 

ni   Paste     in  cans 

l     and      Litharge 

Iry   

Cott'in    Bleached    Goods   — 

Cotton    Flannel  —  in    cases.. 
Cotton    Sheeting — in    cases. 
Cotton    Yarn — in    cases... 
Excelsior — compressed    .... 
Hemp — Manila,    compn  ssed 
Linen    Goods — in    cases.  .  .  . 
Wool —  in     hales,      not      COIX1- 

sous, 
<  'h  Ina  ware  —  In 

1      1  .■  a  t  her     —     in 

newspaper    a  i  d 

ird    

•it  Ing     and     ca  1  ■ 

l-'l 


NOMENCLATURE  OF  DRAWINGS 


We  present  in  the  following  pages  a  colla- 
tion of  symbols  for  plan  nomenclature,  which 
we  hope  will  be  the  means  of  bringing  about 
a  more  uniform  practice.  In  addition  to  the 
convenience,  which  will  result  from  uniform 
practice  to  those  compelled  to  examine,  esti- 
mate from  or  execute  plans  from  different 
offices;  it  will  be  found  that  the  proficiency 
of  draftsmen  will  not  be  so  seriously  affected 
on  changing  from  office  to  office  if  practice 
becomes    uniform. 

General  symbols  presented  have  been  col- 
la  ted  from  various  sources.  To  assist  mem- 
ory those  symbols  have  been  selected  which 
are  suggestive  in  their  make  up. 

GENERAL  SYMBOLS 


In  color  system 
use 
Earth    Black 


urn 


!|! 
1 1 1 

T 
1 
1 

' 

/;///s//s 

Wm 


J 


E 


%***£■& 


v.vmwA 


sa 


Cinders    GreeD 


Concrete Brown 


Stone Blue 


Structural   tile Brown 

Composition   wall   blocks Blue 

Architectural  terra  cotta Brown. 

Plarter   Blu* 

Structural  iron Green. 

Sheet  metal Green. 

Floor  tile,  tile  and  moaaies Brown 


^m  - 


rble  (in  elevation) Blu 


■fTi  Marble  (in  section). 

ML 


Terrazo Black 


Wood  in  section  (soft  wood)     Yellow 
with  grain,     (hard  wood)     Brown 


Wood  in  section   (aofl  wood)     Yellow 
across  grain     (hardwood)     Brown 


Cork Rrinn 

Glass Blue 


Rubble 


Dressed  ashlar. 


rY  Rubble  stone 


mension  stone 


^n.       Not  described ; 
i  7)       t0  details  and  i 


_Rock  faced  ashlar 


Any  stone  dressed 


For  illustration  all  lines  indicating  water 
pipes  have  a  periodic  double  indentation  sug- 
gestive of  a  "w";  gas  lines  a  periodic  embryo 
"G",    etc. 

Lighting  symbols  are  those  adopted  by  the 
American  Institute  of  Architects  and  the 
National  Electrical  Contractors'  Association, 
except  that  50  watts  is  taken  as  the  standard 
for  one  light  unit  instead  of  16  c.  p. 

Structural  iron  standard  symbols;  the  Os- 
born  systems  are  so  generally  understood 
and  used  that  it  hardly  seems  necessary  to 
publish  same.  (See  Cambria  pocket  book,  1906 
edition,    p.    309.) 


G- 


•Colu 


Small  numeral  indicates  No,  of  particular  column 


IS 

\SOl 


V 


Door:  Small  numeral  indicates  No.  of  particular  door 
Window:  Small  numeral  indicates  No.  of  particular  window 
Indicates  designating  No.  of  a  room  or  space. 


Elevation  of  point;  small  numerals  indicate  elevation  above  zero 
point. 

PIPING  SYMBOLS 

In  color 
syitem 

.    f  Cold  water ,.Blue 


« — w — h- 


-A- 


Hot   water r,.,i 

Hot  water  return Red 

Filtered  or  drinking  water Blue 

Gas  piping Green 

Air  piping Green 

Compressed  air  piping Green 

Vacuum   cleaning Green 


SEWERAGE  AND  DRAINAGE 
_j |  Iron  sewer  pipe Green 


-T- 


Sanitary  iron  sewer  pipe Grewi 

Tile  aewer Red 

Sanitary  Tile  Sewer Red 

Drainage   tile Brown 


O-  5  P  Soil  pipe Green 

O-  W  P  Waste  pipe Green 

O-  D.5.  Down  spout Green 

O-  V.  R.  Vent   riser Green 


Floor  drain. 


0 

"  8 


2  Bracket:   Prefix  with  "F"  if  for  fuel. 

3  Ceiling:    Prefix  with  "F"  if  for  fuel. 


Blue 
Blue 


A-      Combined  gas  and  electric  ;  lower  figure 
2  indicates  No.  of  gas  tips:  upper  figure 

Indicates  No   of  50  watt  electric  lacips 


422 


® 

$4 


Ceiling  outlet;  electric  only.  No. 
in  center  indicates  No.  of  standard 
50  watt  electric  lamps 

Ceiling  outlet;  combination  4/2  in- 
dicates 200  watt  electric  light  ca- 
pacity and  2  gas  burners 

Bracket  outlet;  electric  only.  Nu- 
meral in  center  indicates  No.  .50 
watt  electric  lamps 


Bracket  outlet;  combination  4/2 
4.  indicates  200  watt  electric  light  ca- 
2     pacify  and  2  gas  burners 


Show  as  many  symbols  as  ' 
there  are  switches,  or  in 
case  of  a  very  large  group  , 
of  switches  indicate  the 
number  of  switches  by  a 
Roman  numeral,  thus:  S"  . 
XII  means  12  aingle  pole 
switches. 

Describe  type  of  switch  . 
in  specifications,  that  ia 
flush  or  surface,  push  but- 
ton or  snap. 


Hi 


Wall  or  basehpard  receptacle  outlet :  Numeral  in  center  indicates 
No.  of  stand.  50  watt  electric  lamps 


Floor  outlet:    Numeral  in  center  indicates  number  of  50  watt 
electric  lamps 


I  6     Outlet  for  outdoor  standard  or  pedestal ;  electric  only.    Numeral 
indicates  No.  of  50  watt  electric  lamps 


® 
•0 

3 

coo 

5' 

5J 
6. 

5, 
B 


Outlet  for  outdoor  standard  or  pedestal:   Combination  6  6  indi- 
cates 300  watt  electric  light  capacity  lamps,  6  gas  burners 


Special  outlet  for  lighting,  heating  or  power  current  as  described 
in  specifications 


Drop  cord  outlet 

One  light  outlet  for  lamp  receptacle 

Arc  lamp  outlet 

Ceiling  fan  outlet 


S.  P.  Switch  outlet 

D.  P.  Switch  outlet. .,. . 

3-way  switch  outlet 

Automatic  door  switch 
outlet   


Show  as  many  symbols  as  there  are 
switches,  or  in  case  of  a  very  large 
group  of  switches  indicate  the  No. 
of  switches  bv  a  Roman  numeral 
thus:  S1  XII  means  12  single  pole 
switches.  Describe  type  of  switch  in 
specifications,  that  ia  flush  or  sur- 
face, push  button  or  snap 


m 


Electrolier  aw  itch  outlet 
Meter  outlet 
Distribution    panel 

.Junrtion  or  pull   box 

Motor  outlet:  Numeral  in  center  indicates  horse  power 

Motor   control  outlet 
Transformer 


Circuit  for  clock,  telephone,  bell  or  other  service  nin  und< 
floor  concealed.  Kind  of  service  wanted  ascertained  by  syri 
bol  to  which  line  connects 


H 

a 

D 

-<e> 

■© 
-i 

-© 

® 

lilili 


Main  or  feeder  run  under  floor  concealed 

Main  or  feeder  run  concealed  under  floor  above 
Main  or  feeder  run  exposed 

Branch  circuit  run  concealed  under  floor 
Branch  circuit  run  concealed  under  floor  above 
Branch  circuit  run  exposed 
Pole  line 

Telephone  outlet;  Private  service 
Telephone  outlet ;  Public  service 

Bell  outlet 

Buzzer  outlet 

Push  button  outlet ,  Numeral  indicates  No.  of  pushes 

Annunciator,  Numeral  indicates  No.  of  points 

Speaking  tube 

Watchman  clock  outlet 

Watchman  station  outlet 

Master  time  clock  outlet 

Secondary  time  clock  outlet 

Door  opener 

Special  outlet ,  signal  system  as  described  in  specifications 

Battery  outlet 


Note:  If  other  than  standard  50  watt  electric  lamps 
capacity  is  desired  specifications  should  describe  capacity 
of  lamp  desired 

Suggestions  in  Connection  with  Standard  Symbols  for 
Wiring  Plans 

It  is  important  that  ample  space  be  allowed  for  the  in 
stallation  of  mains,  feeders,  branches  and  distribution 
panels. 

It  is  desirable  that  a  key  to  the  symbols  used  accompany 
all  plans. 

If  mains,  feeders,  branches  and  distribution  panels  IN 
shown  ->n  the  plans  it  is  desirable  that  they  be  designated 
by  letters  or  numbers. 
Heights  of  center  of  wall  ODtletl 

(allies*  oUmtwim  specified) 

Living  rooms. 5'-6" 

Chambers  S'-O" 

Offices 6MT 

Corridors 6'-3" 

Heights  of  Switches  (unless  otherwise  specified)  V-O" 


Circuit  for  clock,  telephone,  bell  or  other  service  run  under 
floor  above,  concealed  Kind  of  service  wanted  ascertained 
[  by  symbol  to  which  line  connects 


123 


r*  -     ..   ■        Steam  main — Arrow  indicates  direction  of  flow 

,          -           <^  ^Z^ZT         Return  steam  main — Arrow  indicates  direction  of  flo 

Temperature  control  piping 

^-   S   F.    7  Strain  feed  vertical  -No   designates  particular  pipe 

#-    5    R    5  Steam  return  vertical     No  designates  particular  pipe1 

— M- 1 —  Flai                                  L-^1             Check  valve 

==fh==  Screw  cross                          (J)                 Pneumatic  valve 


^ 


II  { 


£ 1X1     I 


,Z^LA) 


Reducing  valve 
Temp,  control  thermostat,         *- 


Air  Duct  Exhaust  Ris 


aW 


<■        '7       J-  Radiator;  nail  m rted  numeral  for  identificati.  n 

(    \    I*      [    >•  Radiator;  H •  supported  numeral  for  idenfiBcation 

|-^~^~=^|  P ■'»  I  radiator 

^-6"  Small  numeral  in  inch'es  gives  size,  and  arrow  locates  t  —  I 

K3  Si,i;iii  numeral  in  Inches  gives  size  and  arrow  locates  retur 

VENTILATING  SYMBOLS 

»■- Indicates  directi<  a  of  Son 

*-^^^-^-n-^-  [ndicati  s  direction  of  fowl  air 

> y *-         Indicates  direction  of  hot  air 


Air  Duct  Supply  Droi 


Air  Duel  Supply  Riser 


Enclosed  mini-nil  iri<|i<-;it»-s  puiinular  register, 
!  LicatHSJjrft 


Small  numerals  indicate  Mo  of  leader, 

[nches  indicate  interior  diameter,  Arrow  indicates  flow 


all  numeral  indicates  No  of  particular  stack; 
nches  indicate  size 


Outlet  Register  to  Du 

EZZZZZ  ZZZQ — X2222Z7ZZZZZ2 

YA. *•  YA  CeHi 


MECHANICAL  EQUIPMENT 


^ 


\y, 


Pulley  drive 
Horizontal  dischargi 


/  Floor 


MECHANICAL  EQUIPMENT 


CENTRIFUGAL  PAN 


C^D     Motor  drive 


^P 


PROPELLER  FAN 


Boiler  feed  pump 


Boiler  feed  pump 
Duplex 


oEl 


a 


C1P 


Steam  engine 
Single  cylinder 

Cnter  flywheel 


Steam  engine 
Single  cylinder 
Eccentric  flywheel 


o 


Electric  motor 


WASHER 

Hi! 

o 


r>iii.:'l^.'t  >'  'fJJ^^ 


*,,-•,  m  nillll// 


Vaceum  or  air  pump 
Duplex 


Firebox  Boiler 


424 


Suggestions   for   Setting  Stone. 


Split-  Boulder  Work 


Boulder  Work 


I         I 


i         Coursed    Ashlar 
(  unequal  />e/$fifis  ) 


1 

Coursed  Ashlar 

1 

(equa/  />e/$~/?fe .) 

_L 

1 

J   '       I1 

r= 

-     Rcvndom    Rang-e 


Channele4  jo'mr 


425 


Bonds  Used  in  Laying  Brickwork. 


12  in.  will. 


English  Bond. 

One  row  of  headers  and  one  of  stretchers  in  alternate  courses. 


16  in    tit 


H'lO  Wfell. 


Chicago  Bond. 

One  row  of  headers  and   five  courses  of  stretchers. 


16  in  vfell 


llin  w*ll 


Flemish  Bond. 

Headers  and  stretchers  alternating  in  each  course. 


6'm  *U 


English  Garden  Wall  Bond. 

Three  stretchers  and  one  header 
alternating  in  each  course. 


German  Cross  Bond. 

Two  stretchers  and  one  header 
alternating  in  each  course. 


426 


DETAILS   Of  /PON  ANCHORS  "HANGERS  "STRAPS  "CUPS  "ETC  " 
vsed  iNsrrriMG  architectvral  terra  COTTA" 

JTRVCTVRAL  STEEL' WHEN  ERECTED' ERECtVENTLV   VARIES  Eta  on  EXACT  EICVRED  J>!7fENS/ONS  '  "■  "FOR   TUTS  REASON  ALU  SVFPORTS 
F-OR   TEISRA   COTTA' LNCLVDrNG  .VKLES'ROBS  'ANCNOKJ- ' ETC"  SHOVLS)  BE  OESrONEP  So  AS  TO  RERrnT  OE EASY '.AJKrUSTfTENT  To  THE 
REASONABLE  EEGyiRErtENtt?  Of  CONSTRUCTION  »7tEN  TNE  fTATEELAi.  IS &ELNG  SET*" 


(^f: 


'mis  AT  JOINTS 


r/a'/5" 

H0VBLJ?  ANGLES  SVPPC&YJNG  COJZNJCE"  ' BAIL  COW  AJV2>  Sir^/I-AK  JU.OCK&  * 
JSPAKATtTD  J  'i 


fy^fGmS     AtK/VSTABZ.. 


diagrams  or  coRwrrEf  - Mor>iLi~roN '" And  bracket'  sSvpfor 


ACfTKTJ-  AS&  .*X?Z>/I.LAjW  " 


BRAG 

"I 


or'oavB,  MAHOtSS 


7ANCHOK  KOJyf  P2.ACPD  J  6'   To  3  C 
BOLTING  DOKft  COtm.V\X>V$  CtfAJWWZ.  " 


;D 


We  are  indebted  to  the  National  Terra  Cotta  Society  for  the  admirable  details  given 
above  of  practical  methods  of  supporting  terra  cotta,  covering  most  of  the  conditions  which 
are  likely  to  occur  in  the  general  construction  where  terra  cotta  is  involved. — Editor. 


s  a 

' 

*1«S  " 

cn 

■* 

CO 

X 

o 

o 

CO 

00 

o 

CD 

<r> 

o 

o 

CN 

*1 

CO 

00 

CS 

X 

o 

c 

^•g    . 

*-t 

CM 

CO 

■*• 

,- 

o 

,_, 

^ 

CM 

in 

gs 

rn 

^H 

CO 

in 

a 

c  ** 

Cl 

CM 

CM 

C-l 

CM 

co 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

£ 

S  c 

CO  3.- 

rt 

CO 

"* 

'■- 

CO 

C- 

00 

a> 

o 

s 

o 

rt 

CN 

CO 

■* 

IS 

CO 

c* 

00 

OS 

'_ 

a 

o 

^ 

CN 

CO 

"• 

IB 

CO 

a> 

CM 

co 

•*■ 

US 

8 

as 

CM 

CM 

CM 

Cl 

CM 

Cl 

CM 

CM 

CO 

CO 

CO 

& 

8  c 

o 

cs 

oc 

CN 

o 

O 

r. 

00 

r» 

CO 

US 

■* 

CO 

CN 

o 

o 

Os 

CO 

l> 

CS 

c 

"""""g 

^-, 

»J 

en 

H 

^_, 

CS 

,_! 

Cl 

S 

m 

en 

c- 

a  £ 

CM 

CJ 

Cl 

CM 

CM 

CM 

CJ 

JM 

o 

iijc 

_:' 

C. 

" 

« 

>• 

d 

" 

■-' 

'• 

'• 

j» 

~^ 

^ 

" 

." 

o 

[- 

CO 

CO 

o 

o 

OS 

CO 

CO 

o 

o 

OS 

CO 

CO 

o 

- 

os 

CO 

-»ti 

CO 

mi2 

o^ 

t-) 

CM 

CO 

•*< 

US 

CD 

■* 

8 

-f 

irs 

CO 

<  ct) 

in*- 

8  ri 
OS  " 

o 

00 

CO 

"■* 

c. 

o 

X 

CO 

■♦ 

CN 

o 

p 

X 

CO 

•* 

CN 

o 

o 

00 

CO 

■* 

CN 

o 

O 

X 

CO 

■^ 

CN 

o 

CM 

CO 

CM 

CO 

-f 

in 

fc£ 

CM 

CJ 

CM 

CM 

o£ 

S  a 

„"' 

„e< 

„u* 

,.L' 

„■' 

■' 

:■' 

" 

;' 

J* 

,' 

,"' 

„  ' 

„' 

Wcm 

-"'S~ 

t- 

•* 

CN 

a» 

CO 

•* 

00 

CO 

CO 

- 

X 

CO 

o 

r- 

lO 

CN 

o 

CO 

t- 

^X 

CN 

w  .. 

05-S 

rt 

CM 

co 

n 

■»• 

in 

CO 

t~ 

t- 

CO 

OS 

o 

»-< 

»■< 

CJ 

CO 

•«" 

in 

in 

to 

t- 

OO 

O) 

OS 

o 

C-l 

CJ 
CM 

S3 

8'  c 

«  3 

OS 

to 

CO 

o 

o> 

CO 

CO 

o 

OS 

co 

CO 

o 

OS 

CO 

CO 

o 

OS 

CO 

CO 

o 

OS 

CO 

o 

OS 

CO 

CO 

o 

OS 

CO 

®" 

Rhw 

CM 

co 

co 

■*> 

c- 

o 

on 

on 

OS 

o 

S      c 

<^ 

8  s 

B^  = 

o 

CO 

CO 

00 

OS 

CO 

CN 

•* 

OS 

CN 

o 

r— 

CO 

o 

X 

in 

CO 

<)             C 

. 

co-g 

•"■ 

CM 

CM 

CO 

<t< 

-f 

vn 

co 

l> 

t» 

OO 

Ol 

OS 

<=> 

- 

C) 

Cl 

co 

-f 

-*■ 

m 

CO 

r- 

r- 

OO 

CO 

OS 

C=S 
CM 

CM 

in 

8"  p 

__- 

c 

_-? 

* 

" 

_•» 

- 

■■• 

„- 

- 

g 

b"* 

- 

=' 

n"? 

- 

" 

_- 

- 

c 

_- 

y 

J' 

IC 

o» 

CO 

CO 

o 

CO 

CN 

o 

CO 

H        M 

c/j 

ao-s 

»■« 

CM 

CM 

co 

^f 

Tt< 

\n 

co 

co 

r- 

CO 

oo 

OS 

o 

— 

— 

Cl 

CO 

CO 

-*< 

in 

in 

CO 

t» 

1- 

OO 

OS 

OS 

o 

ho^ 

•8  cv" 

15.C  to 
M       •- 

Sa 

00 

■* 

0 

00 

■* 

o 

oo 

■»* 

o 

X 

^ 

X 

-* 

_ 

X 

■* 

o 

X 

■■* 

0 

00 

* 

o 

CO 

^, 

o 

00 

„ 

o 

00^ 

■* 

-»< 

in 

CO 

uo 

r» 

C3 

CM 

f 

in 

CO 

r~ 

< 

3  a 

,.: 

_-l 

,-°5 

- 

..* 

- 

; 

,:« 

_- 

„» 

" 

_» 

■* 

„cc 

,_- 

-- 

ln« 

'• 

..* 

f 

J° 

^ 

b1 

.--■' 

:£ 

cj? 

^ 

c-**2'~ 

L~ 

co 

s 

'~ 

:c 

rt 

" 

CO 

o 

CO 

CN 

o 

CO 

CM 

o 

CO 

rt 

OS 

in 

1-t 

OS 

lO 

rt 

OS 

•f 

° 

X 

•<* 

o 

M5^ 

CO 

Q 

J5  C 

*"* 

rt 

CM 

CO 

co 

tj< 

m 

110 

co 

r- 

c- 

OO 

OS 

OS 

Cl 

CO 

CO 

f 

in 

m 

CO 

t- 

t- 

OO 

OS 

OS 

»    rl 

- 

-• 

T4I 

n 

^ 

-1 

cl 

r.t 

-, 

'f 

Cl 

-T 

st 

2x 

< 

^s  - 

L~ 

05 

s 

L~ 

CN 

s 

CO 

a 

Cl 

m 

rt 

OS 

■^1 

o 

X 

■* 

H 

t- 

CO 

rH 

CO 

01 

r 

CO 

^ 

OS 

IB 

""■ 

•* 

a: 

*^g  . 

""• 

rt 

CM 

CO 

CO 

■*■ 

m 

in 

CO 

- 

r- 

OO 

OS 

OS 

o 

o 

Cl 

CM 

CO 

^< 

•*■ 

m 

CO 

CO 

r~ 

OO 

OO 

OS 

8'  a 

„.* 

- 

,-■ 

■' 

J- 

Jj^ 

5R 

)j» 

^ 

^ 

" 

- 

_- 

5g 

..• 

- 

,.-'• 

« 

'= 

SI 

.» 

M? 

_•? 

,.; 

J' 

Jx 

_- 

fi-.S 

c- 

o 

CO 

CN 

Oi 

lO 

on 

o 

X 

CO 

o 

OS 

in 

o 

i-i 

»H 

«s 

uu 

O 

•H 

—1 

CM 

CO 

co 

■«< 

in 

U) 

co 

co 

t- 

OO 

OO 

OS 

<=> 

CO 

■I 

Cl 

CM 

co 

CO 

^ 

in 

in 

CO 

t- 

r~ 

CO 

Ol 

H  3  0 

-" 

r 

s« 

-" 

f 

- 

-' 

c 

-' 

Cl 

- 

« 

-s" 

.,c. 

■c 

j'3 

L~ 

5} 

CO 

rt 

en 

-* 

o 

t" 

CO 

~ 

CO 

H 

OS 

•* 

o 

C- 

00 

o 

CD 

rt 

OS 

■w 

o 

t- 

CO 

_ 

CO 

rt 

«  CD 

O   >-.   CD 

W 

f-S 

^H 

rt 

Cl 

CO 

CO 

■« 

IO 

CO 

en 

t~ 

on 

00 

OS 

CS 

o 

^, 

^, 

Cl 

in 

in 

to 

CO 

r^ 

OO 

OO 

-J 

CD 

c  *- 

«5o 

8  = 

S5 

-•> 

_' 

'■ 

^x 

- 

.n° 

,.* 

Nj$ 

^ 

" 

,:• 

j? 

,.'- 

L« 

s 

-*° 

Cl 

f-"0 

- 

b" 

,.-! 

VOS 

^ 

,-■= 

^ 

0XS  "~ 
t^g 

CN 

O 

in 

00 

CO 

CO 

t 

■« 

t- 

CN 

OS 

< 

_, 

^ 

CM 

co 

■# 

KJ 

CO 

r- 

t~- 

OO 

C3 

Cl 

CM 

CO 

-*■ 

-f 

in 

in 

CO 

r~ 

r~ 

OO 

o    E 

a  £ 

S  c  o 

n    o 

8  a 

- 

N 

N-f 

- 

a 

4 

Cl 

- 

c. 

rt 

Jl 

M 

- 

tq 

- 

-- 

r* 

j*5 "" 

CN 

OS 

•o 

o 

C- 

CN 

o 

lO 

O 

C- 

co 

o 

lO 

o 

05 

CO 

o 

•a 

rt 

/. 

CO 

o 

CO 

rt 

X 

CO 

S 

r-( 

E3    *3 

** 

rt 

CM 

:-. 

co 

-*« 

■»• 

uo 

CO 

co 

t- 

t~ 

» 

OS 

OS 

l=> 

CS 

Cl 

CM 

CO 

CO 

-r 

in 

in 

CO 

CD 

r^ 

OO 

tr"5  cd 

^  o  - 

8  d 

_x 

J* 

_* 

- 

,r» 

^ 

f™ 

„» 

Nj 

3; 

^ 

jf» 

_T 

„« 

^? 

-r 

■#> 

:£ 

,n" 

_•? 

,:-'- 

;£ 

- 

r* 

-" 

," 

„-f 

?*g 

t- 

CN 

OS 

•<* 

as 

ou 

CO 

o 

CO 

CO 

o 

>-. 

o 

CN 

~ 

- 

CM 

CM 

co 

■*• 

•*< 

in 

UO 

CD 

t» 

t» 

co 

OO 

OS 

cs 

CS 

CM 

CO 

CO 

<K 

■*< 

in 

CO 

CD 

r~ 

t- 

8  c 

r,« 

r- 

ex 

05 

■* 

CO 

on 

CO 

o 

in 

CM 

CS 

■* 

CO 

tH 

00 

CO 

IB 

o 

t» 

CN 

OS 

■* 

CO 

J   Ct)  01! 
j   cD-r, 

Js 

•-1 

H 

Cl 

Cl 

CO 

-f 

•*■ 

in 

in 

CO 

r- 

t- 

OO 

OO 

OS 

OS 

o 

CM 

Cl 

CO 

•f 

-J< 

in 

m 

CD 

CD 

C- 

8  a 

..-> 

-" 

- 

_-• 

.*. 

- 

_- 

c 

- 

_-f 

" 

- 

^ 

•" 

- 

..- 

j* 

b"* 

-' 

£ 

^-J 

_e' 

—  <M    CD 

o-»a~ 

CO 

rH 

00 

CO 

=> 

■* 

s 

CO 

e 

^ 

Cl 

OS 

CO 

o 

'" 

° 

CO 

rt 

ou 

CO 

OS 

■«l< 

s 

CO 

o 

t- 

CN 

CO 

O    c-" 

co-e 

^-, 

*H 

CJ 

CM 

co 

CO 

■*- 

m 

US 

CO 

CO 

r» 

r- 

OO 

OS 

CD 

<=> 

o 

^H 

,_! 

Cl 

Cl 

CO 

•*< 

-f 

in 

UO 

CD 

CO 

hS    : 

13  £ 

•"• 

^* 

^H 

•^ 

~* 

"* 

•^ 

•"* 

~~ 

'"' 

^ 

■^ 

H2.S 

8*  - 

-c 

Cl 

•' 

" 

Cl 

- 

- 

" 

" 

c. 

^ 

N« 

2? 

i." 

>" 

_-s- 

C0-? 

co 

CN 

■r. 

CO 

c> 

•« 

lO 

CO 

o 

X 

OS 

CO 

rs 

■* 

IB 

o 

CO 

h- 

CN 

X 

_, 

rt 

CJ 

CM 

co 

co 

•* 

-f 

us 

us 

CD 

r~ 

r» 

OO 

OO 

OS 

OS 

o 

CS 

^H 

^_, 

Cl 

CO 

CO 

•*< 

^< 

in 

in 

CO 

- 

" 

-t 

- 

" 

- 

■? 

■• 

\"l 

- 

f 

~-» 

- 

" 

•1 

f 

c 

•f 

- 

., 

NT* 

-r 

-Cl 

■UCN 

CO 

CO 

CN 

K 

00 

CO 

rrs 

OS 

"* 

IS 

CO 

o 

- 

o 

r- 

Si  i 

2  T 

©•g 

_-, 

^H 

Cl 

CM 

co 

CO 

■*■ 

•*• 

m 

in 

CO 

co 

r- 

t- 

on 

OO 

OS 

OS 

CS 

o 

^H 

,_! 

CM 

CO 

CO 

•»■ 

•*< 

in 

US 

a  jj 

s^ 

8  c 

s- 

co 

o 

CO 

o 

CO 

o 

CO 

o 

CO 

o 

CO 

© 

CO 

o 

CO 

3 

CO 

o 

CO 

o 

CS 

o 

CO 

c 

CO 

- 

CO 

o 

CO 

o 

w   || 

CD^ 

^ 

— 

CM 

CM 

CO 

CO 

■*" 

■*• 

in 

in 

CO 

CD 

r- 

e- 

OO 

no 

CS 

o 

_, 

^ 

CM 

CM 

en 

CO 

■*< 

■*< 

U0 

o 

a  a 

~* 

•H 

■^ 

'H 

•"■' 

"-' 

—* 

*"* 

"" 

"" 

.  1 

"°  -3 

H 

N 

• 

/: 

>0 

CO 

r- 

CD 

as 

O 

■H 

o 

W 

rf 

a 

<r 

f- 

CD 

05 

o 

CJ 

co 

# 

lO 

CO 

f^ 

an 

a> 

o 

1 

o      2 

CQ 

CM 

0! 

CM 

0i 

CJ 

Oi 

01 

01 

01 

coj 

w 

428 


SPACE    OCCUPIED    BY    AUTOMOBILES 

Touring-  Cars. 
Length,   13  ft.   6  in.  to  20  ft. 
Height,   7  ft.   3  in. 
Width,    6    ft.    0    in. 
Smallest  practical  door,   8  ft.   0  in.  high  by 

5  ft.  0  in.  wide.  Alley  door  should  be  not 
less  than  11  ft.  4  in.  and  should  be  set  not 
less  than   22  ft.  from  opposite  side. 

Heavy  Trucks. 

Length,  15  ft.  to  26  ft. 

Width,    6    ft.    0   in. 

Height,    10    ft.    0    in. 

Width  on  floor  between  wheel  pockets, 
48  in.     Length  of  wheel  pocket,  34  in. 

Smallest  practical  door,  9  ft.  0  in.  wide  by 
11    ft.    0    in.    high;    for   largest   trucks,    13    ft. 

6  in.   high. 

Doors   to  alley  should   not  be   less   than   12 
ft.   wide   and   should  be   set   not  less   than   2S 
ft.  from  opposite  side  of  alley. 
Moving'  Vans. 

Length,   13  ft.   to  16  ft.   6  in. 

Width,   7  ft.   to  8  ft.  2   in. 

Height,   10  ft.  to  12  ft. 

Smallest  practical  door  10  ft.  0  in.  wide  by 
13  ft.  6  in.  high. 

CLEARANCE   UNDER   OLD   ELEVATED 
RAILWAY  STRUCTURES  AND  TROL- 
LEY WIRES,  12  PT.  0  IN. 

Clearance  required  by  the  city  for  steam 
roads,    13   ft.   6   in. 

Architects  will  be  perfectly  safe  in  mak- 
ing the  maximum  limit  of  door  heights  for 
any  sort  of  vehicle  13  ft.  6  in.,  standard  sub- 
way height,  as  no  vehicle  can  be  used  com- 
mercially on  the  streets  of  Chicago  that  will 
not  clear  steam  road  viaducts.  They  might 
go  around  elevated  viaducts,  but  they  can 
not  go  around  steam  road  viaducts  and  there 
is  a  probability  that  any  future  elevated  via- 
ilucts  would  be  raised  to  the  city  standard 
height  of  13  ft.   6  in. 


FURNITURE  DIMENSIONS.  filc  t2b .<.« 

Chairs — Height  of  seat,  18";  depth  of  seat, 
19";  top  of  back,   38";  arms,   9"  above  seat. 

Lounge — 6'  long,   30"  wide. 

Tables — Writing,  height,  2'-5";  sideboards, 
height,    3'-0";    general    height,    2'-6". 

Note — The  smallest  size  practical  for  knee 
holes,   2'  high  by  l'-8"  wide. 

Beds — .Single,  width,  3'  to  4';  %  bed,  width, 
4';  double  bed,  width,  4'-6"  to  5'-0",  length 
6'-6"  to  6'-8";  standard  double  bed,  4'-6"  x 
6'-6";  footboards,  2'-6"  to  3'-6"  high;  head- 
boards,   5'    to    6'-6". 

Bureaus — Common,  width,  3'-5"  or  4';  depth, 
l'-6"  or  l'-8";  height,   2'-6"  or  3'. 

Commodes — Top,  l'-6"  square  and  2'-6" 
high. 

Chiffoniers — 3'   wide,    l'-8"   deep,    4'-4"   high. 

Cheval  Glasses — Height,  6'-4"  or  5'-0"  or 
5'-2";    width,    3'-2"   or   2'-6"   or   l'-8". 

Washstands — Length,  3'-0";  width,  l'-6"; 
height,   2'-7". 

Wardrobes — Length,  4'-6" — 3'-0";  depth,  2'- 
0" — 1'-5";  height,   8'-0". 

Sideboards — Length,  5'  to  6';  depth,  2'-2". 

Pianos — Upright,  length,  4'-10"  to  5'-6"; 
height,  4'-4"  to  4'-9";  depth,  2'-4".  Square, 
length,    6'-8":    depth,    3'-4". 

Billiard      Tables — 4'-8",       4%"x9, 
Must    have    16'x20'    space. 

Wardrobe   Shelves — 5'-10"   high. 

Coat   Hooks — 5'-6"    high. 

Flour   Barrel — 2S"    to    30"   high    and    20" 
21"   dia. 

DATA  ON  BUILDINGS  WITH  SIDINGS. 

Clearance  from  face  of  building  to  center 
of    track,    7'-0". 

Height   of  loading  decks: 
For  shipping,   4'-0". 
For  receiving,   3'-0". 

Clearance  from  center  of  track  to  edges  of 
I'  ading  decks: 

Upper  edge,  7'-0". 
Lower  edge.  5'-0". 


B'x  10. 


to 


TILE     72 

-a 

"O           ,A 

•a 

a> 

CD 

T3 

2     1 

■ 

*  o 

5?" 

o  «-> 

*J    o 

0> 

d 

o 
w 

O 

a  a  v 

a1 

__,  a; 

si 

0) 

u 

6 
6 

Pi 

O 

CO 

o 

TO  —" 

CQ  J 

FI  n 

QJ 

3 

cr 

ght     Re 
Swell-B 
Large 

Q> 

6 

o  o  <2 

t-»      Em      TO 

'5  t- 

■a 

<D 
Pi 

6 

o  p 

U2 
TO 

^    TO 

2  o  « 

w 

y4 

ii'J 

^  K 

X  <2 

cd 

73 

Z 

fcfcCJ 

>  w 

M-.      C        Cj 

5 

10 

7'  4" 

11'  6" 

12' 

6" 

20 

21 

12' 

9" 

15'  6" 

17' 

7 

n 

8' 

11'  6" 

12' 

6" 

22 

22 

13' 

4" 

15'  6" 

17' 

8 

12 

8' 

12'  6" 

12' 

6" 

23 

23 

13' 

6" 

15'  6" 

17' 

10 

13 

8'  7" 

12'  6" 

12' 

6" 

25 

24 

14' 

15'  6" 

17' 

11 

14 

9'  3" 

12'  6" 

12' 

6" 

26 

25 

14' 

6" 

15'  6" 

17' 

13 

16 

10'  5" 

12'  6" 

12' 

6" 

28 

26 

14' 

6" 

15'  6" 

17' 

14 

17 

11' 

14'  8" 

17' 

29 

27 

14' 

6" 

16'  4" 

17'  6" 

16 

18 

11'  7" 

14'  8" 

17' 

31 

28 

15' 

IQ>     l« 

17'  6" 

17 

19 

12'  2" 

14'  8" 

17' 

32 

29 

15' 

6" 

16'  4" 

17'  6" 

19 

20 

12'  9" 

14'  8" 

17' 

34 

30 

15' 

6" 

17' 

17'  6" 

Add  40" 

more  from 

Front  I 

i ne  of  Case  fi 

>r  Key  desk  Pedals 

and  S 

at. 

429 


PROBLEM  On  TrtEl  ELLIPSE  fit  PARABOLA 


M 


1^  N.P.  <ST^>^V-c/^ME    LCM<STM. 


430 


Table  Showing  the  Length  of  Sides  of  Bays,  Angle  being 
45,  30-60  and  22^-67^  Degrees. 


Examples. 
Angle  of  45  Degrees. 


10  In.  by  2  ft.  10   In 4  ft. 

11  "  "  2  "  11     " 4  " 

0  "  "  3  "  0     " 4  " 

1  "  "  3  "  1     " 4  " 

2  "  "  3  "  2     " 4  " 

3  "  "  3  "  3     " 4  " 

4  "  "  3  "  4     " 4  " 

5  "  "  3  "  5     " 4  " 

6  "  "  3  "  6     " 4  " 

7  "  "  3  "  7     " 5  " 

*  "  3  "  8     " 5  " 

9  "  "  3  "  9     " 5  " 

10  "  "  3  "  10     " 6  " 

11  "  "  3  "  11     " 5  " 

0     "  "  4  "  0     " 5  " 


7ft  in 3   ft. 

Ml     " 3  " 

10%     " 3  " 

0%     " 3  " 

2%     " 3  " 

Ml     " 3  " 

6ft     " 4  " 

7ft     " 4  " 

9ft     " 4  " 

10%     " 4  " 

0%     " 4  " 

2%     " 4  " 

3*1     M 5  " 

5«    " 5  " 

7ft    " 5     " 

9ft    " 5  " 


Angle  of  a*}4"67}4  Degrees. 


1  ft. 

6  in. 

by  3 

rt.   7ft  in. .  . 

.  .    3   ft 

11       in. 

2  ft. 

10  in. 

by  9  ft. 

10ft  in... 

.  .    7   ft. 

4  II  in. 

7    " 

"      3 

"      9%     ".. 

..    4     " 

1%    " 

0       " 

11     " 

..    7    .. 

0%     "  . 

..    7     " 

7ft    " 

8     " 

"     4 

'      0ft    ".. 

..    4     " 

4ft    " 

3     " 

0     " 

"    7     " 

Mi 

..    7     " 

10%     " 

9    " 

"    4 

'       2U    ".. 

.  .    4     " 

6%     " 

3     '• 

1     " 

"    7     " 

5ft     "  • 

..    8     " 

OH    " 

10    " 

"    4 

'       5%     ".. 

..    4     " 

9%     " 

3     " 

2     " 

"    7     " 

7%     •'•• 

.  .    8     " 

3ft    " 

11    " 

"     4 

'       7%     ".. 

.  .    5     " 

0%    - 

3     " 

3    " 

"     7     " 

101,4     "  • 

..    8     " 

6 

0    " 

"     4 

'      Ml    "  .  . 

..    5     " 

Ml    " 

3     " 

4     " 

"     8     " 

0ft     "  ■ 

..    8     " 

8%     " 

2     " 

1     " 

"    5 

1       0  % 

..    5     " 

5%     " 

3     " 

5     " 

h     8     .. 

3         "  .. 

..    8     " 

11%     " 

2    " 

2     " 

"     5 

'       2%     ".. 

.  .    5     " 

Ml    " 

3     " 

6     " 

"     8    " 

5%     "  . 

.  .    9     " 

1%     " 

2     " 

3    " 

"    5 

'       5ft".. 

..    6     " 

10  ft     " 

3     " 

7     " 

"     8     " 

7  II    "  . 

.  .    9     " 

4%     " 

2    " 

4     " 

"    5 

'       7%     ".. 

.  .    6     " 

ift   " 

3     " 

8     " 

"    8     " 

10%     "  • 

.  .    9     " 

7 

2     " 

5    " 

"     B 

"    10         "  .  . 

.  .    6     " 

3%     " 

3     " 

9     " 

"     9     " 

0%     "  . 

.  .    9     " 

9ft     " 

2    " 

6     " 

"    6 

'       0ft".. 

..    6     " 

6%     " 

3     " 

10     " 

"     9     " 

3ft     "  ■ 

..10    •• 

0ft     " 

2     " 

7    " 

"    6 

"      2}|    ".. 

.  .    6     " 

9 

3     " 

11     " 

"     9     " 

6ft    "  • 

..10     " 

2  11     " 

2     " 

8    " 

"    6 

'      5%     ".. 

..    6     - 

11%     " 

4     " 

0     " 

..    9     .. 

9%     "  . 

..10     " 

5ft     - 

2     " 

9     " 

"    6 

"      7  »    "  .  . 

..    7     " 

2%     " 

431 


Sizes  of  Piano. 

7>j  Octaves. 

Height.  Length. 

Upright    about     4  ft.  8  in.  5  ft.    4  in. 

Small    or    Baby    Grand about      3  ft.  2  in.  5  ft.    2  in. 

Parlor    Grand    about     3  ft.  2  in.  6  ft.  11  in. 

Size   of   Large   Victrolas      49%    in.    high;    24   in.   wide;    25^   in.    deep. 


Width. 
2  ft.    3  in. 

4  ft.  10  in. 

5  ft.    0  in. 


SIZES  OF  FREIGHT  CARS. 


In  response  to  the  numerous  requests  of 
architects  tnat  we  give  information  as  to 
car  and  track  sizes,  etc.,  essential  to  the 
proper  planning  of  buildings  where  car  serv- 
ice is  required,  we  have  taken  measures  of 
a  number  of  different  cars  and  present  belov 


a  diagram  indicating  dimensions  of  same 
which  we  hope  to  be  sufficiently  general  to 
meet  the  architect's  needs.  It  will  be  noted 
that  there  is  a  wide  variation  in  the  size  of 
cars  designed  for  various  purposes  and  built 
by    the    different    roads. 


Car. A_ 

North-Western    59" 

Chicago  &  Alton " 

New   York  Central " 

Baltimore  &  Ohio " 

Pacific  Fruit  Express " 

Xorth-Western    Furniture.  .     " 

Cotton    Belt " 

Chicago   &   Alton " 

Xorth-Western     " 

Xorth-Western     " 

Erie    " 


D 


E 


li 


9'-0" 

9'-   4" 

10'-  4" 

lO'-lO" 

38" 

34'-   0" 

60" 

49" 

7'-6' 

9'-3" 

9'-  0" 

10'-   6" 

11'-   0" 

36" 

40'-   6" 

72" 

48" 

7'-8' 

9'-3" 

9'-   2" 

10'-  2" 

lO'-lO" 

42" 

36'-    6" 

72" 

48" 

8'-0' 

9'-4" 

8'-10" 

9'-10" 

10'-   6" 

37" 

36'-    6" 

72" 

42" 

7'-7' 

9 '-3" 

9'-  0" 

9'-10" 

10'-   3" 

40" 

33'-   9" 

48" 

50" 

6'-2' 

9'-6" 

10'-  6" 

11'-   6" 

12'-   0" 

30" 

50'-    6" 

144" 

40" 

9'-8' 

9'-3" 

9'-  6" 

10'-    6" 

11'-    6" 

38" 

36'-    6" 

62" 

48" 

7'-8 

9'-2" 

8'-  8" 

9'-   8" 

lO'-ll" 

37" 

34'-    8" 

66" 

47" 

6'-8' 

9'-4" 

9'-   2" 

10'-   2" 

11'-   2" 

39" 

36'-   6" 

60" 

49" 

7'-6 

9'-2" 

8'-  5" 

9'-   6" 

10'-   7" 

36" 

34'-   6" 

60" 

46" 

6'10' 

9'-6" 

8'-  8" 

9'-   8" 

lO'-lO" 

40" 

34'-10" 

62" 

50" 

6'10 

Quoting  from  Bulletin  Xo.  119,  the  Amer- 
ican Engineering  and  Maintenance  of  "Ways 
Association,  issued  in  January,  1910,  we  find 
they  recommend  that  the  cross  section  of 
single  track  tunnels  shall  be  12'  in  width,  16' 
in  height  from  the  top  of  ties  to  the  spring 
of  arch  and  the  arch  to  have  a  radius  of  8', 
making  the  distance  from  top  of  ties  to  top 
of  arch  20'  and  the  ballast  extend  for  a  dis- 
tance of  2'  below  the  top  of  ties  which 
they  designate  as  sub-grade.  Apparently 
this  would  indicate  that  it  is  undesirable  to 
locate  the  walls  or  columns  of  a  building 
closer  than  S'  from  the  center  of  a  track,  in 
order    to    prevent    the    crushing    of    a    person 


caught  between  the  track  and  the  walls.  The 
committee  reports  under  "Rules  for  Round- 
house Construction"  that  turntables  should 
not  be  less  than  75'  feet  in  length;  that 
length  of  stalls  for  engines  should  not  be 
less  than  85'  clear,  in  length;  that  the  clear 
opening  of  entrance  doors  should  not  be  less 
than  13'  in  width  and  16'  in  height,  which 
would  indicate  that  straight  tracks  can  be 
placed  13'  from  centers.  Allowance,  how- 
ever, should  be  made  for  clearance  of  pro- 
jection of  car  beyond  trucks  at  curves.  The 
old  rules  permitted  entrance  doors  to  be  re- 
duced to  12'  in  width.  Increased  size  in 
cars   account    for   new    recommendation. 


Swimming  tanks  that  can  be  used  for 
swimming  contests  must  be  exactly  20  yards 
in  interior  length,  no  less.  (A  tank  y2  inch 
short  would  be  ruled  out  of  contest.)  Eight 
yards  wide  is  best,  although  7  yards  will 
pass;  4  feet  deep  at  shallowest  point  and  8 
feet  deep  at  deepest  point,  which  deepest 
point  should  be  about  12  feet  from  end  where 
springboard  is  placed.    Depth   at  springboard 


Size  of  Swimming  Tank.  FILE  72674 

end  should  be  six  feet.  Interior  of  tank,  both 
sides  and  bottom,  should  be  white,  and  there 
should  be  three  black  lines  on  the  bottom 
extending-  parallel  with  sides,  and  dividing 
the  tank  into  four  equal  alleys;  there  should 
be  a  line  across  tank  on  bottom  and  up 
sides  at  exactly  2  yards  from  each  end, 
measured  horizontally,  making  lines  exactly 
16   yards   apart   horizontally. 


Size  of  the  Billiard 

The   space   required   for   the   different   sized 
tables   is   as   follows: 

For  table  6  x  12,  Room  should  be  16  x  22 
For  table  5y.  x  11,  Room  should  be  15%  x  21 
For  table  5  x  ]0,  Room  should  be  15  x  20 
For  table  4  y2  x  9,  Room  should  be  14  x  ISV2 
For  table  4  x  8,  Room  should  be  13  x  17 
For  table  3y2  x    7,  Room  should  be  12y2  x  16 

The  following  directions  for  arranging  the 
lights  over  billiard  tables  will  be  found  use- 


Room,  Gas  Light,  Etc. 

ful.  The  distance  of  the  light  from  the  floor 
should  be  about  6  feet  2  inches.  For  a  5^ 
by  11  table,  cross-arms  31  inches  and  long 
arms  62  inches.  For  a  5  by  10  table,  the 
cross-arms  of  the  pendant  should  measure, 
from  light  to  light.  28  inches  and  the  long 
arm  56  inches.  For  a  4y2  by  9  table,  cross- 
arms  25  inches  and  long  arms  50  inches. 
For  a  4  by  8  table,  cross-arms  22  inches  and 
long   arms   44    inches. 


432 


MASONRY,  PLASTERING  AND  FIREPROOFING. 


Weight  of  Brickwork 

Placing  the  weight  of  brickwork  at  112 
lb.  per  cubic  foot,  the  weights  per  super- 
ficial  foot   for   different   walls   are: 

9    inch    wall 84    lb. 

.3    inch    wall 121    lb. 

18    inch    wall 168    lb. 

22    inch    wall 205    lb. 

It     inch     wall 243     lb. 

Measurement  of  Old  Brick 

Uncleaned  rough  from  building  dumped 
from  8  to  10  bricks  per  cubic  foot,  or  aver- 
age of  111  cubic  feet  to  the  M. 

Uncleaned  stacked  on  outside  and  interior 
of  stack  filled  promiscuously  10-12  per  cubic 
foot,    or   average   of   91    cubic   feet   to   the   M. 

Cleaned  and  closely  stacked,  16  to  18  bricks 
per  cubic  foot,  or  actual  average  of  59  cubic 
feet  to  M.  (Usually  sold  at  60  cubic  feet 
to  M   to  allow   for  waste  and  poor  piling.) 

Cleaned  stacked  on  outside  and  interior 
filled  promiscuously,  12  to  14  per  cubic  foot, 
or  actual  average  of  77  cubic  feet  to  M. 
(When  sold  from  pile  measure  customary  to 
count  80  cubic  feet  to  M,  to  allow  for  waste 
and  bats.) 

Measurement  of  New  Brickwork. 

The  Chicago  Masons  and  Builders'  Asso- 
ciation have  arbitrarily  assumed  that  a  cu- 
bic foot  of  wall  contains  22%  common  brick, 
or  7%  brick  to  the  superficial  foot  of  4-inch 
wall  and  15  brick  to  the  superficial  foot  of 
8-inch  wall.  These  figures  of  the  Masons' 
and  Builders'  Association  are  frequently 
used  for  the  appraisal  of  party  walls,  etc., 
but  if  so  used,  the  price  per  M  for  work  in 
wall    should    be    reduced    accordingly. 

The  actual  number  of  Chicago  common 
brick  required  for  a  cubic  foot  of  solid  wall 
varies  from  17%  to  19%,  and  masons  in  pur- 
chasing brick  usually  reserve  18  brick  per 
cubic  foot  of  solid  wall;  and  when  so  doing, 
rarely  find  an  excess  or  shortage  at  the  end 
of  construction.  When  the  walls  are  divided 
into  many  small  piers,  requiring  much  cut- 
ting, and  consequently  much  waste,  it  is 
best  to   figure   20   brick  to   the   cubic   foot. 

On  account  of  the  wide  variance  of  prac- 
tice on  the  part  of  masons  in  estimating, 
architects,  when  calling  for  estimates  on 
brick  work  by  the  thousand,  will  avoid  use- 
less controversy  by  stipulating  that  quan- 
tity of  brick  will  be  determined  by  super- 
ficial wall  measurement  according  to  the  fol- 
lowing rule,  which  is  very  nearly  correct,  as 
Chicago  brick  now  run.  Divide  the  total 
number  of  superficial  feet  of  wall  surface  of 
a  given  thickness  by  160,  and  multiply  the 
result  by  the  number  of  brick  widths  the 
wall  is  thick,  and  the  result  will  equal  the 
number  of  thousands  of  brick  contained.  A 
four-Inch  wall  will  contain  6%  brick  to  the 
superficial  foot,  or  1,000  brick  to  160  square 
feet. 

Miscellaneous  Masonry  Data. 

One  hundred  yards  of  plastering  will  re- 
quire fourteen  hundred  laths,  four  and  a 
half  bushels  of  lime,  four-fifths  of  a  load  of 
sand,  nine  pounds  of  hair  and  five  pounds 
of    nails,    for   two-coat   work. 

A  load  of  mortar  measures  a  cubic  yard, 
requires  a  cubic  yard  of  sand  and  nine  bush- 
els of  lime,  and  will  fill  thirty  hods. 

A  bricklayer's  hod  measuring  one  foot  four 
inches  by  nine  inches,  equals  1,296  cubic 
inches  in  capacity,  and  contains  twenty 
bricks. 

A  single  load  of  sand  or  other  materials 
equals  a  cubic  yard. 


Cement  Mortars.  file  993.2 

S.  W.  Curtiss,  an  authority  on  mortars, 
states  that  the  only  way  lime  mortar  will 
set  is  by  chemical  combination  with  carbonic 
acid  gas.  In  common  practice  this  always 
comes  from  the  atmosphere.  Anything  ex- 
cluding air  from  lime  mortar  will  prevent 
its  setting;  for  this  reason  it  is  detrimental 
to  lay  imporous  brick  in  lime  mortar  as  such 
brick  do  not  conduct  air  through  same  to 
the  mortar  joint  and  the  only  air  that  can 
come  in  contact  with  the  mortar  must  pass 
through    the    mortar    itself. 

Cement  mortar  sets  by  crystallization,  which 
means  that  in  order  to  set  cement  must  be 
supplied  with  water.  In  consequence  cement 
mortar  sometimes  fails  to  set,  or  harden  when 
used  for  laying  porous  brick  because  of  the 
fact  that  capillarity  draws  all  of  the  moisture 
out  of  the  mortar  into  the  brick  and  it  does 
not  have  sufficient  water  for  crystallization. 
Porous  brick  if  laid  in  cement  mortar  should 
be  thoroughly  soaked  so  as  to  fill  the  pores 
and  destroy  the  tendency  to  absorb  moisture 
from  the  mortar.  Nearly  all  stone  products 
if  ground  fine  enough  will  crystallize  when 
mixed  with  water  forming  a  cement  of  great- 
er or  less  strength  according  to  the  character 
of  the  material  and  the  fineness  of  the  grind- 
ing. Calcareous  matters  or  Portland  cement 
which  will  not  pass  a  100  mesh  sieve  are 
incapable  of  crystallization  and  therefore 
valueless  as  a  cementing  material.  The  in- 
troduction of  sand  or  stone  products  in  ce- 
ment not  ground  so  as  to  pass  100  mesh  re- 
duces the  amount  of  cementing  material '  to 
the  volume  and  at  the  same  time  increases 
its  efficiency.  A  one  hundred  volume  of  neat 
cement  that  has  a  tensile  strength  of  700 
pounds  to  the  square  inch  will,  when  used 
with  a  four  hundred  volume  of  properly  as- 
sorted gravel  give  a  tensile  strength  of  three 
hundred  fifty  pounds  to  the  square  inch.  As 
there  are  five  square  inches  the  cement  holds 
five  times  350  or  1,750.  Thus  increasing  the 
efficiency  of  the  cement  two  and  one-half 
times,  and  at  the  same  time  the  proper  pro- 
portion of  graded  gravels  eliminate  shrink- 
ing or  swelling  of  the  mass.  While  neat  ce- 
ment is  stronger  per  cubic  inch  than  the 
concrete,  it  is  necessary  in  practical  use  to 
combine  it  with  proper  quantity  of  proper 
aggregates  to  avoid  craze  cracking  from 
shrinkage.  The  smaller  proportion  of  water 
in  Portland  cement  making  it  workable  gives 
the  greatest  strength.  Neat  Portland  will 
take  22%  of  water  to  make  it  workable.  This 
is  an  excess  of  water  needed  in  the  crystal- 
lization. In  compressing  it  is  impossible  to 
compress  the  water,  causing  a  shrinkage 
when  crystallization  takes  place.  When  Port- 
land cement  is  used  with  four  volumes  of 
aggregates  8%  of  the  five  volumes  of  water 
will  make  a  workable  material.  This  can 
be  compressed  without  the  danger  of  shrink- 
age. The  cement  attacks  the  silica  of  the 
aggregates,  crystallizing  into  one  mass.  The 
introduction  of  quick  lime  into  cement  mor- 
tar means  weakening  the  strength  of  the 
mortar  way  out  of  proportion  to  the  amount 
of  lime  introduced.  The  effect  is  much  worse 
than  the  introduction  of  an  increased  amount 
of  sand  except  that  the  lime  has  a  slightly 
retardative  effect  on  the  setting  of  the  ce- 
ment. 

Hydrated  lime  in  small  quantities  is  prob- 
ably less  injurious  than  slacked  lime,  t'ement 
has  a  tendency  to  prevent  the  setting  of 
lime,  by  excluding  the  atmosphere,  whili 
lime  has  a  tendency  to  prevent  the  setting  of 
cement  by  absorbing  moisture  required  for 
crystallization   of  the  cement. 


133 


OVERLAYING  CONSTRUCTION  SHEET,  SHINGLE  AND 
COMPOSITION  COVERING. 


The  average  width  of  a  shingle  is  four  inches.  Hence,  when  shingles  are 
laid  four  inches  to  the  weather  each  shingle  averages  16  square  inches,  and  900 
are  required  for  a  square  of  roofing  (100  square  feet).  If  4J  inches  to  the  weather, 
800;  5  inches,  720;  5£  inches,  655;  6  inches,  600. 

Siting.  R1CNS.1 

Slating  is  estimated  by  the  "square,"  which  is  the  quantity  required  to  cover 

100  square  feet.     The  slates  are  usually  laid  so  that  the  third  laps  the  first  three 

inches. 

Number  of  Slates  per  Square. 


Size  in  Inches. 

Pieces  per 
Square. 

Size  in  Inches. 

Pieces  per 
Square. 

Size  in  Inches. 

Pieces,  per 
Square. 

6  X  12 

533 

8  X  16 

277 

12  X  20 

141 

7  X  12 

457 

9  X  16 

246 

14  X  20 

121 

8  X  12 

400 

10  X  16 

221 

11  X  20 

137 

9  X  12 

355 

9  X  18 

213 

12  X  22 

126 

7  X  14 

374 

10  X  18 

192 

14  X  22 

108 

8  X  14 

327 

12  X  18 

160 

12  X  24 

114 

9  X  14 

291 

10  X  20 

169 

14  X  24 

98 

10  X  14 

261 

11  X  20 

154 

16  X  24 

86 

The  weight  of  slate  per  cubic  foot  is  about  174  pounds,  or  per  square  foot  of 
various  thicknesses  as  follows: 

Thickness  in  inches %  v3,  ^  %  % 

Weight  in  pounds 1.81  2.71  i  62  5.43        7.25 

The  weight  per  square  foot  of  roof  tiling,  set  in  iron  or  between  wood  rafters 
ready  for  slating,  is  about  12  pounds. 

Tin  Roofs.  F1LE  ,86„ 

Tin  roofs  should  be  laid  with  cleats. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  tin — "bright  tin,"  the  coating  of  which  is  all  tin,  that 
is,  the  tin  proper;  and  "tern,"  "leaded,"  or  "roofing"  tin,  the  coating  of  which  is  a 
composition,  part  tin  and  part  lead.  This  last  will  not  rust  any  quicker,  but  the 
sulphur  in  soft  coal  smoke  eats  through  the  "leaded"  coating  sooner  than  through  the 
"tinned." 

Sizes  of  tin,  10  by  14  and  14  by  20,  and  two  grades  of  thickness — IC  light,  and 
IX,  heavy.  For  a  =teep  roof  (one-sixth  pitch  or  over)  the  IC  14  by  20  tin  ("leaded" 
if  high  up  where  little  smoke  will  get  to  it;  "bright"  if  low  down),  put  on  with  a 
standing  groove,  and  with  the  cross  seams  put  together  with  a  double  lock,  makes 
as  good  a  roof  as  can  be  made.  For  flat  roofs  IX  10  x  14  "light"  is  best,  laid  with 
cleats,  but  the  others  make  good  roofs  and  any  of  them  will  last  twenty-five  years  at 
least,  if  painted  periodically. 

Number  of  Square  Feet  a  Box  of  Roofing  Tin  Will  Cover. — For  flat  seam 
roofing,  using  f-inch  locks,  a  box  of  "14  by  20"  size  will  cover  about  192  square  feet, 
and  for  standing  seam,  using  f-inch  locks  and  turning  1£  and  If  inch  edges,  making 
1-inch  standing  seams,  it  will  lay  about  168  square  feet. 

For  flat  seam  roofing,  using  f-inch  locks,  a  box  of  "28  by  20"  size  will  cover 
about  399  square  feet,  and  for  standing  seam,  using  f-inch  locks  and  turning  14, 
and  If  inch  edges,  making  1-inch  standing  seams,  it  will  lay  about  365  square  feet. 

Every  box  of  roofing  plates  (IC  or  IX  "14  by  20"  or  "28  by  20"  sizes)  contains 
112  sheets. 

For  roofs  and  gutters  use  seven-pound  lead;  for  hips  and  ridges,  six-pound;  for  flash- 
ings, four-pound. 

Gutters  should  have  a  fall  of  at  least  one  inch  in  ten  feet. 

No  sheet  lead  should  be  laid  in  greater  length  than  ten  or  twelve  feet  without  a 
dip  to  allow  for  expansion. 

Jointa  to  lead  pipes  require  a  pound  of  solder  for  every  inch  in  diameter. 


434 


SANITARY  AND  ELECTRIC  POWER  EQUIPMENT 

INCLUDING  PLUMBING,  ILLUMINATION  AND  ELECTRIC  POWER 


Capacity  of  Cisterns.  file«m 

For  a  circular  cistern,  square  the  diameter  and  multiply  by  .7854,  for  the  area; 
multiply  this  by  1,728  and  divide  by  231,  for  number  of  gallons  of  one  foot  in  depth; 
for  a  square  cistern,  multiply  length  by  breadth,  and  proceed  as  above. 


CIRCULAR  CISTERN. 

5  feet  in  diameter  holds    4.66  bbls. 

6  feet  in  diameter  holds    6.71  bbls. 

7  feet  in  diameter  holds    9.13  bbls. 

8  feet  in  diameter  holds  11.93  bbls. 

9  feet  in  diameter  holds  15.10  bbls. 
10  feet  in  diameter  holds  18.65  bbls. 


SQUARE  CISTERN. 

5  feet  by    5  feet  holds    5.92  bbls. 

6  feet  by    6  feet  holds    8.54  bbls. 

7  feet  by    7  feet  holds  11.63  bbls. 

8  feet  by    8  feet  holds  15.19  bbls. 

9  feet  by    9  feet  holds  19.39  bbls. 
10  feet  by  10  feet  holds  23.74  bbls. 


Wrought=iron  Welded  Pipe. 
Dimensions,  Weights,  Etc.,  of  Standard  Sizes   for   Steam,  Gas,  Water,  Oil,  Etc. 


Inside 
Diam- 

Outside 
Diam- 

External 
Circum- 
ference. 

Length  of 
Pipe  per 

Sq    Foot  of 
Outside 
Surface. 

Internal 
Area 

External 
Area. 

Length  of 
Pipe  con- 
taining one 

Weight 

per  Foot 

of 

No.  of 
Threads 
per  Inch 

Contents 

in 
♦Gallons 

Weight 

of  Water 

per  Foot 

of 

Length. 

A 

Cubic  Foot. 

Length 

of  Screw. 

per  Foot. 

In. 

In 

In. 

Ft. 

In. 

In 

Ft 

Lbs. 

Lbs. 

'/» 

40 

1  272 

9-44 

012 

129 

2,500 

■24 

27 

.0006 

005 

% 

■54 

i.6;6 

7-075 

049 

229 

1.385- 

42 

18 

.0026 

021 

67 

2. 121 

5-657 

110 

358 

751-5 

.56 

14 

0057 

•  047 

It 

84 

2  652 

4-502 

106 

554 

472.4 

84 

14 

0102 

085 

"  °5 

3  299 

3  637 

441 

866 

270. 

1.12 

iiH 

0230 

190 

i 

'  31 

4   134 

2  903 

785 

1-357 

166  9 

1  67 

114 

040S 

349 

i"K 

l  66 

5-215 

2   301 

1  227 

2  164 

9625 

2.25 

114 

063S 

527 

■  4 

•  9 

5.969 

2.01 

1.767 

2  835 

70.65 

2.69 

n4 

0918 

760 

a 

2  37 

7.461 

1    6ll 

3141 

4-330 

42.36 

3-66 

8 

1032 

1356 

»4 

2  87 

9  032 

1    328 

4-908 

6.491 

30.11 

5-77 

8 

2550 

2.116 

3 

3  5 

10  996 

I    09I 

7.068 

9.621 

19  49 

7-54 

8 

3673 

3  049 

34 

4 

12.566 

955 
849 

9  621 

12  566 

14-56 

9  05 

8 

•4998 

4    155 

4 

4   5 

«4   137 

1 2 . 566 

15.904 

11.31 

10.72 

8 

6528 

5  405 

44 

5. 

15  708 

765 

I5-904 

19  635 

9  03 

12-49 

8 

8263 

6.S51 

5 

5-56 

17  475 

629 

19  635 

24-299 

7  20 

1456 

8 

1.020 

8.500 

6 

6  62 

20  813 

577 

28  274 

34-471 

4  98 

18  76 

8 

1  469 

12.312 

7 

7.62 

23  954 

505 

38  484 

45-663 

3-72 

23  41 

8 

1.999 

16.662 

8 

8  62 

27.096 

-444 

50.263 

58  426 

2.88 

28  34 

8 

2  611 

21.750 

9 

9  68 

3°  433 

394 

63  617 

73-715 

2   26 

34  67 

8 

3  300 

27  500 

10 

10  75 

33  772 

355 

78.540 

90.792 

1    80 

40  64 

8 

4  0S1 

34  000 

*  The  Standard  U  S.  gallon  of  231  inches. 
Divide  the  external  circumference  column,  A,  by  12  and  the  result  will  be  the  square  feet  of  surface  per  lineal  foot 


Grade  Per  Mile. 

The  following  table  will  show  the  grade  per  mile: 
An  inclination  of 


1  foot  in  15  is  352  feet  per  mile. 
1  foot  in  20  is  264  feet  per  mile. 
1  foot  in  25  is  211  feet  per  mile. 
1  foot  in  30  is  176  feet  per  mile. 
1  foot  in  35  is  151  feet  per  mile. 


1  foot  in    40  is  132  feet  per  mile. 

1  foot  in     50  is  106  feet  per  mile. 

1  foot  in  100  is    53  feet  per  mile. 

1  foot  in  125  is    42  feet  per  mile. 


To  find  quantity  of  water  elevated  in  one  minute  running  at  100  feet  of  piston 
speed  per  minute:  Square  the  diameter  of  the  water  cylinder  in  inches  and  multiply 
by  4.  Example:  Capacity  of  a  5-inch  cylinder  is  desired.  The  square  of  the  diame- 
ter (5  inches)  in  25,  which,  multiplied  by  4,  gives  100,  the  number  of  gallons  per 
minute  (approximately). 


435 


Quantity  of  Brickwork  in  Barrel  Drains  and  Wells. 


Superficial  Feet  of  Brick- 

Number of  Bricks 

Diameter  in  Clear 

Thickness 

ol  B 

rickwork 

work  in  One  Linear 
Yard. 

Required  for  One 
Linear  Yard 

i  foot,  o  inches 

O  feet 

41.- 

inches 

1 6  feet,    6  inches 

115 

1      "      6       " 

O      " 

4  '.• 

" 

21        "           2 

I48 

2       "        O 

O      " 

4/2 

1 ' 

25     "      10       " 

l8l 

2      "        0         " 

O      " 

9 

" 

33     "       0 

462 

2       "        6         " 

O      " 

9 

1 ' 

37     "       8       " 

523 

2       "        6         " 

I 

i 

1  * 

43     "        2       " 

906 

3     "      o 

o      " 

9 

42     "       6 

594 

3     "      °       " 

I 

i 

47     "      10 

1004 

3-6       '• 

o      " 

9 

" 

47     "        1 

659 

3     "       &       " 

1     " 

l 

52     "        7 

1104 

4     "      o       " 

o      " 

9 

51      "      10       " 

725 

4     "       o 

I 

i 

57     "       3       " 

1203 

5     "      °       " 

0      " 

9 

" 

61     "       3      " 

857 

5     "      o 

I     ." 

i 

66     "       9       " 

1402 

6     "     o      " 

I 

l 

1 ' 

76     "        1       " 

•'597 

7     "      o      " 

I     " 

i 

85     "        6       " 

1795 

Tests  for  Pure  Water. 

Color:  Fill  a  clean  long  bottle  of  colorless  glass  with  the  water;  look  through  it 
at  some  black  object.  It  should  look  colorless  and  free  from  suspended  matter.  A 
muddy  or  turbid  appearance  indicates  soluble  organic  matter  or  solid  matter  in  sus- 
pension. Odor:  Fill  the  bottle  half  full,  cork  it,  and  leave  it  in  a  warm  place  for  a 
few  hours.  If  when  uncorked  it  has  a  smell  the  least  repulsive,  it  should  be  rejected 
for  domestic  use.  Taste:  If  water  at  any  time,  even  after  heating,  has  a  disagreeable 
taste,  it  should  be  rejected. 

A  simple  semi-chemical  test  is  known  as  the  "Iieisch  test."  Fill  a  clean  pint 
bottle  three-fourths  full  of  the  water;  add  a  half-teaspoonful  of  clean  granulated  or 
crushed  loaf  sugar;  stop  the  bottle  with  glass  or  a  clean  cork  and  let  it  stand  in  a  light 
and  moderately  warm  room  for  forty-eight  hours.  If  the  water  becomes  cloudy,  or 
milky,  it  is  unfit  for  domestic  use. 

Capacity  of  Drain  Pipe. 


GALLONS  TER  MINUTE. 

Size  of  Pipe. 

'.-in.   F;ill 

3-in.Fall 

6-in.  Fall 

9-in.Fall 

12-in    Fall 

18-in.  Fall 

•M-iii    Fa'l 

3-Mn.  Fall 

per  100  ft. 

per  100  ft. 

per  100  ft 

per  100  ft. 

per  100  ft. 

per  100  ft . 

per  100  ft. 

per  100  ft. 

3-inch 

21 

30 

42 

52 

60 

74 

85 

104 

4     " 

86 

52 

76 

92 

108 

132 

148 

184 

6     " 

84 

120 

169 

206 

240 

294 

338 

414 

9     " 

232 

330 

470 

570 

ceo 

810 

930 

1140 

12     " 

470 

680 

960 

1160 

1360 

1670 

1920 

2350 

15     " 

830 

1180 

1680 

2040 

2370 

2920 

3340 

4100 

18     " 

1300 

1850 

2630 

3200 

3740 

4000 

5270 

6470 

20     " 

1760 

2450 

3450 

4180 

4860 

5980 

6850 

8410 

Table  showing  the  velocity  of  discharge  of  different  sized  sewers. 


Diam.  of  pipe. 

180  feet  per  minute, 
;s  feet  per  second. 

270  feet  per  minute, 
4'/4  feet  per  second. 

360  feet  per  minute, 
6  feet  per  second. 

540  feet  per  minute, 
9  feet  per  second. 

I  nches. 

Fall. 

Gallons 
per  minute. 

Fall. 

Gallons 
per  minute. 

Fall. 

Gallons 
per  minute. 

Fall. 

Gallons 
per  minute. 

3   

1  in    69 
lin   92 
1  in  138 
1  in  207 

54 

96 

216 

495 

lin  30.4 
lin  40. 8 
lin  61.2 
lin  92. 

81 
144 
324 
742.5 

1  in  17.2 
1  in  23. 
1  in  34.5 
lin  51.7 

108 
192 
432 
990 

1  ill    7.6 
lin  10.2 
lin  15.3 
1  in  23 

162 

4 

288 

648 

9 

1,485 

•i:;i! 


HEATING  VENTILATION  AND  STEAM  POWER. 

Hot-Water  and  Steam  Heating— Overhead  System.  F1LE  M7>41 

In  using  steam  for  the  heating  of  high  buildings,  it  is  necessary  to  use  the 
overhead  plan,  unless  some  automatic  system  of  expelling  the  air  is  adopted.  It 
requires  less  power  to  force  the  air  through  the  standpipe  than  it  would  through  a 
large  number  of  risers.  The  air  is  forced  out  on  the  descent  of  the  steam,  and  less 
fuel  and  power  are  necessary. 

The  overhead  hot-water  system  is  coming  into  general  use,  as  it  can  be  put  in 
so  that  the  farthest  radiators  in  a  building  will  heat  at  the  same  time  as  those 
nearer  the  boiler,  and  the  result  will  also  be  felt  in  rooms  in  the  basement — the 
principle  of  the  siphon  causing  the  effect. 

The  pipes  from  the  main  in  the  attic,  from  which  the  several  branches  are 
taken,  can  be  pitched  so  that  heat  in  the  several  parts  of  a  building  will  result  as 
quickly  as  desired;  either  an  open  or  closed  tank  can  be  used.  The  pipes  exposed  in 
attic  should  be  covered.    Opinions  vary  as  to  the  sizes  of  pipe  to  be  used. 

List  of  Sizes  of  Steam  Mains.  FILf  697  42 

To  determine  the  size  of  pipes  no  fixed  rule  can  be  given  which  will  apply  in 
all  cases.  A  rule  that  has  generally  been  accepted  by  steam  fitters  as  good  practice, 
is  to  allow  the  area  of  a  one-inch  pipe  (.7854  square  inches)  for  every  100  square  feet 
of  radiating  surface,  including  mains. 

BOILER     EFFICIENCY     TABLE 


Based  on  evaporat 

on  from  and  a1 

212°   F  . 

B.  T.  1". 

Per  Lb. 

Coal. 

50% 

Efficiency 

55% 

Efficiency 

60% 
Efficiency 

65% 
Efficiency 

707c 
Efficiency 

75% 
Efficiency 

8  0% 

Efficiency 

3  Oh 

o 

-;  * 

I'fi 

.       O 

cs  J  — 
>** 

«  in 

M  -  X 

3£ 

ftSc 

JO, 

go, 

^xg 

2  «-X 

c 
o 

1:1 

© 

°X5 

J~x 

a  to 

o  -J: 

*  '"  X 

7500 

3.8 

9.0 

4.2 

8.2 

4.6 

7.5 

5.0 

6.8 

5.4 

6.4 

5.8 

6.0 

6.2 

5.5 

8000 

4.1 

8.4 

4.5 

7.6 

4.9 

7.0 

5.3 

6.5 

5  7 

<5.0 

6.2 

5.5 

6.6 

5.2 

8500 

4.4 

7.S 

4.S 

7.1 

5.2 

6.6 

5.7 

6.0 

6.1 

5.6 

6  6 

5.2 

7.0 

4.9 

9000 

4.6 

7.5 

5.1 

6.7 

5.5 

6.2 

6.1 

5.5 

6.5 

5.3 

6.9 

5.0 

7.4 

4.6 

9500 

4.9 

7.0 

5.4 

(5.3 

5.9 

5.8 

6.3 

5.4 

6.8 

5.0 

7.3 

4.7 

7.8 

4.4 

10000 

5.1 

6.7 

5.6 

6.1 

6.2 

5.5 

6.7 

5.1 

7.2 

4.7 

7.7 

4.4 

8.2 

4.2 

10500 

5.4 

6.3 

5.9 

5.S 

6.5 

•5.3 

7.1 

4.8 

7.6 

4.5 

^.l 

4.2 

8.6 

4.0 

11000 

5.6 

G.l 

fi.2 

5.5 

6  8 

5.0 

74 

4.6 

7.9 

4.3 

8.5 

4.0 

9.1 

3.7 

1 1500 

5.9 

5.8 

6.5 

5.3 

7.1 

4.8 

7.7 

4.4 

.8.3 

4.1 

S.9 

3.8 

9.5 

3.6 

12000 

6 .  2 

5.5 

6.8 

5.0 

7.1 

4.6 

8.0 

4.3 

.8.6 

4.o 

9.3 

3.7 

9.9 

;;.  t 

12500 

6.4 

5.3 

7.1 

4.8 

7.7 

4.4 

8.4 

4.1 

9.0 

3.8 

9.7 

3.5 

10.3 

3.3 

13000 

6.7 

5.1 

7.1 

4.G 

8.0 

1.3 

S.7 

3.9 

9.4 

3.6 

10.0 

3.4 

10.7 

3.2 

13500 

6.9 

5.0 

7.G 

4.5 

8.3 

4.1 

9.0 

3.8 

9.7 

3.5 

10.4 

3.3 

1  1.1 

3.1 

140(1(1 

7.2 

4.7 

7.9 

4.3 

8.6 

4.0 

9.4 

3.6 

lo.i 

3.4 

10.8 

3.2 

11.5 

3.0 

1  1500 

7.5 

1.6 

8.  _ 

1  2 

'.(  o 

3.8 

9.7 

3.5 

io  :> 

3  2 

112 

3.0 

12  o 

2.8 

SPACE    OCCUPIED    BY    FUEL. 
Coals  of  the  same  size  coming  from  different  mines  vary  in  density,  but  the  space 
given  below  is  an  average  for  best  fuels: 

Stove    Anthracite    33      cubic  feet  per  2,000  lbs. 

Egg  Anthracite    32.5  cubic  feet  per  2,000  lbs. 

Soft   Coal    40      cubic  feet  per  2,000  lbs. 

Coke    68      cubic  feet  per  2,000  lbs. 


437 


Transmission  of  Heat  by  Various  Substances. 

Window     glass     being 1,000 

Oak  or  Walnut 66 

White  Pine   80 

Pitch    Pine     100 

Lath    and    Plaster 75   to    100 


FILE   «8?  o 

Brick    (rough)     200   to    250 

Brick   Whitewashed    200 

Granite   or   Slate 250 

Sheet    Iron    1,030   to  1,110 


Table  Showing  Amount  of  Glass  Surface  which  may  be  Heated  by  i  Square  Foot  of 
Radiating  Surface  in  Good  Buildings. 


llot  Water. 

Steam. 

Temperature  of  radiating  surface  (radiators) 

160° 

180° 

200° 

227° 
5  Lbs. 

240" 
10  Lbs. 

Square  Feet  of  Glass  to  1  Square  Foot  Radiator  Surface. 


Temperature  above  surrounding  air  90" 

"    80° 
"    70 

"     50° 


1.9 
2.3 
3.0 
4.0 
5.0 
6.9 


2.3 

2.9 
3.6 
4.6 
6.0 
8.0 


2.8 
3.5 
4.2 
5 .  25 

6.8 
8.2 


3.3 

4.0 
5.0 
6.0 
8.0 
10.0 


3.8 
4.6 
5.7 
7.0 
9.0 
11.5 


Formulae  for  Figuring  Radiation  for  Factories. 

A  formula  for  figuring  radiation  which  is  used   by  some   of  the  best  heating   engineers 

^1    "T  X  = 


a 


In  determining  the  amount  of  radiation  for  factory   buildings   is   as  follows:    _^_  + 

3  3        10  9       171 
sq.    ft.   of   radiation   in   which,    G  =  Glass   Area. 

W  =  Net  Wall  Area, 
V  =  Volumn  of  air  in   the  Room. 


SIZE 


OP     STANDARD     FLUE     LIKING 
SALE    OK    THIS    MARKET. 


OK 


Outside  size. 

Inside  size. 

Inside  area. 

4%  x    8% 

in. 

3  Mi  x    714    in. 

22.6  sq. 

in. 

8%  x    8^ 

in. 

7x7        in. 

49      sq. 

in. 

13       x  13 

in. 

11%  xll%    in. 

135      sq. 

in. 

4%  x  13 

in. 

3%  xll%    in. 

36.5   sq. 

In. 

Shi  x  13 

in. 

6%  x  11%    in. 

77       sq. 

in. 

13      x  18 

in. 

11^  x  16%    in. 

193      sq. 

In. 

8%  x  18 

in. 

6%  x  16%    in. 

114       sq. 

in. 

18      x  18 

in. 

15%  x  15%   in. 

247       sq. 

in. 

GENERAL    RULE    FOB   BRICK    STACKS. 

Diameter  of  base  should  not  be  less  than 
1/10  of  height  if  square,  or  round,  1/12  of 
height.  Batter  of  stacks  3/100  of  an  inch  to 
the  foot  in  height.  Thickness  of  brick  work 
should  be  not  less  than  one  brick  from  top 
to  25  feet  below  same,  changing  to  IV2  brick 
from  25  feet  to  50  feet  below  top,  increasing 


xh    brick  in  thickness   for  each  succeeding  25 
feet,   measuring  from   the  top  downward. 

Fireplace   Fine  Areas. 

For  three-story  building,  area  at  top  of 
smoke  chamber  should  be  1/12  of  area  of 
fireplace   opening. 

Two-story  building  area  at  top  of  smoke 
chamber  should  be  1/10  of  area  of  fireplace 
opening. 

One-story  building  area  at  top  of  smoke 
chamber  should  be  y9  area  of  fireplace  open- 
ing. 

Throat  of  fireplace  should  never  be  less 
than  3  in.  or  more  than  4%  in.  by  the  width 
of    fireplace   opening. 

Front  edge  of  arch  should  never  be  thicker 
than    one-half   brick,   approximately   4   in. 

Splay  of  sides  of  flue  from  throat  opening 
up  to  flue  lining  should  be  2  in.  to  the  foot. 
The  raise  from  soffit  or  lintel,  or  from  high- 
est point  or  soffit  to  arch  should  be  6  in. 


Proportion  of  Parts  of  Steam  Heating  Boilers. 

From  Pbof.  R.  C.  Cabpenteb. 


FILE  SOT. 43 


Radiating  surface=square  feet. 


Nominal  horse-power 

Ratio  radiating  to  heating  surface. 
Probable  evaporation  per  lb.  coal. 


Pounds  of  steam  per  sq.  ft.  grate  (A). 
Pounds  of  steam  per  sq.  ft.  grate  'B>. 
Ratio  radiating  to  grate  surface  (Ai . . . 
Ratio  radiating  to  grate  surface  (B).  . 

Ratio  heating  to  grate  surface  (A) I  36.5  I  33.2  I  33.2 


2.5 

4.5 

5.5 
55.0 
44.0 
165.0 
132.0 


5.0 

5.1 

5.7 
57.0 
46.0 
171.0 
138.0 


750      1000      1500      2000      3000      4000 


7.5 

5.4 

6.0 
60.0 
48.0 
180.0 
144.0 


Ratio  heating  to  grate  surface  (B). 

Heating  surface,  square  feet 

Grate  surface,  square  feet  (A) 

Grate  surface,  square  feet  ( B) 

Diameter  of  safety  valve,  inches.. 
Diameter  of  smoke  flues,  inches.. 
Square  Inches  in  above  flues 


28.5  !  27.0   26.7 
55.0  98.0  138.0 


1.52 
1.88 
1.5 

7.0 
38.5 


2.92 
3. 

2.25 
10.0 

78.5  I 


4.15 
5.4 
2.50 
11.2 
95.0 


10.0   15.0   20.0   30.0 

5.6   6.0   6.2  j  6.7 

6.5  7.0  7.5  j  8.0 
65.0  70.0  75.0  80.0 
52.0  56.0  60.0  64.0 
225  0  240.0 
180.0  192.0 

36.5 
29.3 

447.0 

5  6H  7.15  8.9  12.4 
6.37  8.92  11.2  |  15.5 
2.75  3.0  3.25!  3.5 
12.0  j  15.0  17.0  19.0 
113.0    176.7    227.0    283.5 


195.0    210.0 
156.0    168.0 

34.8  I  35.0  36  2 
27.7  28.0  29.0 
178.0    250.0    322.0 


4000 

5000 

7500 

40.0 

50.0 

75.0 

6.9 

(      7.0 
(      9.0* 

7.0 
9.0* 

8  5 

9.0 

9.5 

85.0 

90.0 

95.0 

68.0 

72.0 

76.0 

255.0 

270.0 

285.0 

201  0 

216.0 

228.0 

37.0 

38.5 

(    40.5 
/    31.5* 

29.6 

30.8 

\    32.2 
'»    25  2* 

580.0 

710.0 

j  1071 
|    833* 

15.7 

18.5 

26.5 

19.5 

23.2 

32.5 

4.2 

4.0 

2  of  3 

23.0 

25.0 

28 

415.5 

490.9 

615.7 

10000 


100.0 
7.0 
9.0* 
10.0 

100.0 
80.0 

300.0 

240.0 
42.5 
33.3* 
34.5 
26.5* 

1430 

1111* 
33  3 
41.5 
2  of  4 
3A 

907.9 


*  Water  tube  boilers. 

A  When  rate  of  coal  consumption  is  10  pounds  per  hour  each  square  foot  grate  surface. 

BWhen  rate  of  coal  consumption  is  8  pounds  per  hour  each  square  foot  grate  surface. 


438 


THE  ORDERS  AND  THEIR  APPLICATION. 

By  ALFRED  W.  S.  CROSS,  M.  A.,  F.  R.  I.  B.  A.,  and  ALAN  E.  MUNBY,  M.  A. 


Introduction. 

So  many  scholarly  works  upon  the  Orders 
are  in  existence,  that  some  explanation 
seems  to  be  called  for  in  introducing  an- 
other series  of  articles  upon  a  subject  that 
is,   to  all   appearances,   already  well   worn. 

Notwithstanding  the  consensus  of  opinion 
as  to  the  general  proportions  that  ought  to 
be  followed  in  their  delineation,  an  opinion 
based  upon  the  rules  laid  down  by  the  ar- 
chitects of  an  early  period  of  the  Renais- 
sance, a  surprising  divergence  from  the  pre- 
cepts and  practices  of  these  old  masters  of 
their  art  is  to  be  found  in  many  buildings 
of  our   own    time. 

The  writers  are  only  aware  of  the  exist- 
ence of  one  book  which  seems  to  meet  the 
usual  office  requirements,  and  that  is  a  work 
entitled:  "Rules  for  Drawing  the  Several 
Parts  of  Architecture,"  by  James  Gibbs, 
published  in  1732;  a  book  that  has  never 
been  reprinted  and  copies  of  which  are  not 
now  readily  obtainable.  The  object  aimed 
at,  and  successfully  attained,  is  an  illus- 
tration and  description  of  an  example  of 
each  Order,  not  "after  Gibbs,"  but  repre- 
senting one  of  a  good  average  type  of  de- 
sign so  proportioned  that  the  dimensions  of 
the  various  parts  bear  simple  and  easily  dis- 
cernible ratios  one   to  another. 

An  attempt  has  been  made  to  co-ordinate 
the  leading  features  of  the  book  by  re-draw- 
ing some  of  the  illustrations,  retaining  the 
useful  dimensions  shown  thereon  and  entire- 
ly re-writing  the  description  of  the  plates, 
with  the  introduction  of  some  general  prin- 
ciples likely  to  be  of  value  to  the  draughts- 
man and  student,  for  which  purpose  the 
opinions  of  standard  writers,  particularly 
those  of  Sir  William  Chambers,  have  been 
freely   incorporated. 

Before  attempting  such  a  condensation  of 
the  material  in  the  book  it  was  thought  de- 
sirable to  ascertain  how  far  the  generaliza- 
tions adopted  by  Gibbs  really  represent  the 
proportions  used  by  acknowledged  authori- 
ties. For  this  purpose  the  average  ratio 
of  the  diameter  of  the  column  to  the  height 
of  the  entablature,  as  being  a  relation  which 
essentially  affects  the  whole  proportion  of 
the  Order,  was  obtained  by  measuring  a 
number  of  recognized  examples,  and  it  may 
be  of  interest  to  give  the  results,  as  an 
indication  of  the  actual  value  of  the  dimen- 
sions   used. 


The  result  renders  it  evident  that  the 
general  proportions  of  the  Orders  as  recom- 
mended for  adoption  by  this  architect  are 
fully   worthy   of   confidence. 

Hence,  it  would  obviously  seem  prefer- 
able to  master  a  few  main  dimensions,  and, 
having  thus  inculcated  a  general  sense  of 
proportion,  to  rely  upon  gaining  familiarity 
with  the  plates  by  constant  use,  when  the 
proportions  of  the  smaller  members  of  the 
compositions  will  become  naturally  assimi- 
lated. The  Composite  Order  is  given  in 
Gibbs'  book,  but,  owing  to  its  similarity  to 
the  Corinthian  and  to  the  absence  of  a 
consensus  of  opinion  as  to  its  dimensions, 
it  has  not  been  included  in  the  present 
work. 

No  encroachments  have  been  shown  on 
any  of  the  Orders  to  avoid  distracting  at- 
tention from  the  dimensions.  With  the 
exception  of  the  whole  of  the  Tuscan  Order 
and  of  the  frieze  of  the  Ionic  Order  there 
are  few  members,  apart  from  mere  fillets, 
which  have  not  been  enriched,  by  some  form 
of  ornament,  in  one  or  another  example, 
the  Doric  naturally  the  least  and  the  Corin- 
thian the  most.  In  the  latter  Order,  in 
fact,  even  the  cyma  and  corona  of  the  cor- 
nice, in  addition  to  the  frieze,  ogees  and 
beads,  are  often  ornamented,  but,  apart 
from  the  question  of  expense,  it  is  unde- 
sirable to  carry  such  elaboration  too  far, 
as  when  placed  in  close  contact  with  each 
other,  especially  when  a  distant  view  is 
alone  possible,  one  moulding  will  often  rob 
another  of  its  effect,  and,  indeed,  the  value 
of  richness  of  detail  is  more  often  than  not 
lost  in  this  manner. 

The  enrichment  of  columns  beyond  ordi- 
nary flutings  is  generally  to  be  deprecated, 
while  the  application  of  ornament  to  bases 
and  pedestals  is  seldom  either  requisite  or 
desirable. 

However  great  may  be  the  utility  of 
drawings  dealing  with  the  Orders,  it  should 
never  be  forgotten  that  they  are  merely  a 
means  to  an  end.  that  end  being  an  exe- 
cuted building.  Those  whose  work  is  con- 
fined to  a  drawing  board  develop  a  strong 
tendency  to  consider  their  compositions 
solely  from  an  elevational  and  artistic 
draughtsman's  point  of  view,  and  every 
opportunity  should  be  taken  of  checking 
this  habit  and  of  cultivating  the  art  of 
thinking   "in   the   round."     The   study  of  per- 


TABI.E  SHOWING  THE  APPROXIMATE  RATIO   BETWEEN   THE  LOWER  DIAM- 
ETER OF  THE  COLUMN  AND  THE  HEIGHT  OF  THE  ENTABLATURE. 


Tuscan. 


Alberti 
Palladio 
Scamozzi 
Vignola 


.1:1.5 

.1:1.8 
.1:1.9 
.1:1.8 


St.   Paul's   Convent 
Garden   ..  .1:1. 

Average    . . 
Gibbs    


Doric. 


Alberti     1:2.0 

Palladio    1:1.9 

Scamozzi    1:2.1 

Vignola    1:2.0 

Parthenon    1:2.0 

Baths.  Diocletian  1:2.0 
Temple  Psestum.  .1:1.7 
Apollo,  Delos  .  .  .  1:1.8 
Bow        Church, 

Portico    1:1.9 


Average     1 :1.93 

Gibbs    1:2.00 


Ionic. 

Alberti (  ill'*} 

Palladio     1:2.0 

Scamozzi    1 :1.8 

Vignola    1:2.3 

Fortuna  (Rome). 1:2. 3 
Baths,  Diocletian  1 :1.9 
Minerva.    Athens.  1:2.3 

Illius,    Athens 1:2.3 

Banqueting    Hall.  1:2.0 


Average     1:2.00 

Gibbs    1:1.82 


Corinthian. 


Alberti 

Palladio     

Scamozzi    

Vignola    

Pantheon     

Jupiter  Stator  .  .  . 
Jupiter  Tonans.  . 
Temple  Antonius 


1:1.8 

1:2.0 
2:2.0 
1:2.5 
1:2.3 
1:2.5 
i  :2.2 
1:2'3 


Hampden    Court..  1:2. 2 


Average     1 :2.0f> 

Gibbs    1:2.00 


The  above  examples  have  not  been  select- 
ed with  any  intention  of  justifying  the 
proportions  adopted  by  Gibbs,  but  are  mere- 
ly cited  as  those  which  readily  occurred  to 
the  mind,  or  of  which  the  dimensions  could 
be  easily  obtained. 


spective  of  buildings,  and,  best  of  all,  the 
preparation  of  models  of  portions  of  a  pro- 
posed building,  an  occupation  which  often 
results  in  the  discovery  of  latent  defects 
of  design,  are  alike  of  the  greatest  educa- 
tional   value   to   the   student   of  architecture. 


439 


THE   SETTING   UP  OF   AN   ORDER. 

(To  be  studied  in  connection  with  Plates  I., 
II..  III.,   IV.  and  V.) 

The  sequence  followed  in  setting  up  an 
Order  will  be  found  to  influence,  to  some 
extent,  the  rapidity  and  facility  with  which 
It  can  be  accomplished.  An  outline  of  the 
method  of  procedure  may,  therefore,  prove 
useful. 

Usually  the  height  of  the  Order  is  fixed  by 
circumstances,  as,  for  example,  when  it  is  to 
be  applied  to  a  given  story  of  a  building. 

The  total  height  having  been  settled,  draw 
the  limiting  horizontal  lines  and  then  set 
out  the  vertical  centre  lines  of  the  columns, 
thus  dividing  the  frontage  to  be  treated  into 
bays  appropriate  to  the  exigencies  of  the  de- 
sign and  having  due  regard  to  the  correct 
intercolumniation  of  the  Order  adopted.  If 
a  pedestal  is  to  be  placed  under  the  column, 
cut  off  one-fifth  of  the  total  height  for  it, 
and  cut  off  one-fifth  or  one-sixth  of  the  re- 
mainder (measured  from  the  top  limiting 
horizontal  line)  for  the  vertical  height  of  the 
entablature;  the  intervening  space  gives  the 
height  of  the  column,  including  its  cap  and 
base.  If  no  pedestal  is  to  be  used,  divide  the 
whole  of  the  given  height  into  five  or  six 
parts,  cut  off  one  of  these  parts,  from  the 
top,  for  the  entablature,  and  the  remainder 
gives  the  height  of  the  column. 

The  Column,  Since  some  of  the  dimensions 
of  the  entablature  are  in  terms  of  the  di- 
ameter of  the  column,  the  latter  should  be 
next  developed.  The  term  "diameter  of  the 
column"  refers  always  to  its  greatest  diame- 
ter— namely,  that  of  the  shaft  just  above  the 
lower  cincture.  This  dimension  is  one-sev- 
enth to  one-tenth  of  the  height  between  the 
soffit  of  the  entablature  and  the  top  of  the 
pedestal,  or  lower  limit  of  the  Order  in  the 
absence  of  a  pedestal.  If  the  centre  lines 
of  the  piers  do  not  represent  the  centres  of 
the  columns,  as,  for  instance,  when  coupled 
columns  are  used,  the  centre  line  of  one  of 
the  columns  must  now  be  decided  upon  and 
the  diameter  of  the  Order  symmetrically  dis- 
posed horizontally  across  it.  A  semi-diameter 
is  then  cut  off,  from  the  bottom  of  the 
column,  for  the  height  of  the  base,  and  it 
should  be  noticed  that  this — except  in  the 
Tuscan  and  alternative  Doric  Orders — does 
not  include  the  fillet  at  the  base  of  the  shaft, 
the  members  above  the  upper  torus  being 
reckoned  as  part  of  the  shaft,  as  are  also 
the  astragal  and  fillet  below  the  necking 
of  the  capital  of  the  column.  The  plinth 
and  lower  torus  of  the  base  project  one-third 
and  the  upper  torus  one-fifth  of  a  semi- 
diameter  beyond  the  lower  circumference  of 
the  shaft.  The  leading  lines  for  the  base 
having  thus  been  obtained,  cut  off  by  a  hori- 
zontal line  the  height  of  the  capital  from  the 
top  of  the  column,  and  (except  in  the  Ionic 
Order)  again  below  it,  a  height  equal  to  one- 
sixth  of  a  semi-diameter  for  the  astragal 
and   fillet   below   the   necking. 

The  semi-diameter  of  the  shaft  at  one-third 
of  it«  height  from  the  bottom  is  then  divided 
Into  five  or  six  parts,  and  four  or  five  of 
these  parts  are  taken  as  a  semi-diameter  at 
the  top,  below  the  astragal.  The  shaft  may 
now  be  completed,  the  entasis  being  usually 
made  to  start  from  the  greater  diameter,  one- 
third  up  the  shaft,  below  which  point  it  is 
a  true  cylinder  until  the  cincture  at  the  base 
is  reached.  This  is  the  best  method  to  adopt 
in  the  case  of  small  scale  drawings.  Where 
large  detailed  drawings  are  in  question  the 
diameter  may  be  alternatively  divided  at  the 
base  of    the  shaft   instead   of  at  one-third  of 


its  height,  and  the  entasis  extended  through- 
out the  whole  length.  The  completion  of 
the  shaft  enables  the  projection  of  the  capita) 
to  be  marked  off,  and  also  that  of  the  astra- 
gal and  fillet,  which  is  equal  to  their  com- 
bined height. 

The  Entablature.  The  development  of  the 
entablature  can  now  be  proceeded  with,  the 
architrave,  frieze  and  cornice  being  ruled 
off  horizontally  and  the  members  of  each  in- 
serted (see  dimensions).  The  projections 
for  a  returned  end  or  section  are  obtained 
from  the  upper  diameter  of  the  shaft.  The 
lowest  member  of  the  architrave,  and  also 
the  frieze,  lie  vertically  over  the  circumfer- 
ence of  this  upper  end  of  the  shaft.  The 
projection  of  the  cornice  beyond  the  frieze 
line  is  equal  to  its  height,  except  in  the 
Doric  Order,  in  which  the  projection  is  one- 
third  more  than  its  height  of  one  diameter. 
Further  rules  dealing  with  minor  projections 
and  the  position  of  the  modillions,  dentils, 
etc.,  will  be  supplied  by  a  study  of  the  plates 
and    tabulated   dimensions. 

Pedestal.  Finally,  the  pedestal,  if  any, 
should  be  divided  vertically  into  four  parts; 
the  lower  part  is  ruled  off  for  the  height  of 
the  plinth,  one-third  of  the  second  part  for 
the  height  of  the  base,  and  one-half  of  the 
top  part  for  that  of  the  cap.  The  projection 
of  the  die  is  equal  to  that  of  the  base  of  the 
column,  and  the  plinth  and  the  cap  of  the 
pedestal  extends  beyond  this  for  a  distance 
equal  to  the  height  of  the  base  of  the 
pedestal  previously  obtained. 

The  above  dimensions  will  all  be  found  in 
the  subjoined  table,  which  represents  an  en- 
deavour to  bring  together,  In  a  form  suitable 
for  reference,  sufficient  information  to  make 
any  glaring  disproportion  impossible. 

A  few  of  the  minor  divisions  are  only  ap- 
proximations; they  will,  however,  be  found  to 
be  sufficiently  accurate  for  any  but  large  de- 
tail drawings,  in  which  it  is  not  desirable 
to  destroy  all  individuality  by  rigorous  me- 
chanical  rules. 

On  the  left  hand  will  be  found  the  dimen- 
sion required  and,  in  the  intermediate  col- 
umn the  fraction  for  each  Order  of  the  pre- 
viously ascertained  unit  given  in  the  right- 
hand  column. 

Plate  X. 

Plate  I.  represents  the  four  Orders  drawn 
to  a  common  vertical  height. 

The  pedestal  may  or  may  not  be  required 
and,  if  used,  it  is  to  be  regarded  as  an  addi- 
tion to  the  Order,  the  relative  dimensions  of 
the  parts  of  which  are  not  altered  by  its 
removal  or  introduction. 

The  diameter  of  the  column  (by  which  is 
meant  the  diameter  of  the  shaft  following  its 
lower  cincture)  is  the  ruling  dimension  from 
which  most  of  the  others  are  obtained,  and  the 
smaller  circumference  of  the  top  of  the  shaft 
always  coincides  with  the  frieze  line  from 
which  all  the  projections  of  the  entablature 
are  set  out. 

In  judging  the  value  of  such  projections  it 
should  be  borne  in  mind  that  in  execution  the 
higher  vertical  faces  of  the  composition  will 
usually  be  much  foreshortened  to  the  ob- 
server and  that  there  will  be  a  consequent 
increase  in  the  comparative  value  of  neigh- 
boring projections. 

A  perusal  of  the  table  will  indicate  those 
dimensions  which  all  the  Orders  have  in  com- 
mon, but  for  convenience  of  reference  they 
are  further  summarized  thus: 

Height  of  Pedestal,  y5  total  height  of  Or- 
der. 


440 


PLATE  i. 


TV  SCAN 


DORIC 


IONIC 


COK.INTMIAN 


Height  of  Plinth,    %   height  of  Pedestal. 

Height  of  Pedestal  Base,  Ya  height  of  Ped- 
estal Plinth. 

Height  of  Pedestal  Cap,  y2  height  of  Pedes- 
tal Plinth. 

Projection  of  Cap  and  Plinth,  ys  height  of 
Pedestal  Plinth. 

Projection  of  Corona  over  Die,  %  projection 
of  Pedestal  Cap. 

Height  of  Column  Base,  %  dameter  of  Col- 
umn. 

Projection  of  Base  over  Shaft,  V&  semi- 
diameter  of  Column. 

Pilasters.  The  general  proportions  allotted 
to  the  columns  of  the  Orders  apply  also  to 
pilasters,  which  may  be  regarded  as  columns 
square  on  plan,  but  almost  universally  deeply 
engaged.  The  projection  of  pilasters  must  be 
regulated  by  circumstances.  If  impost 
mouldings  or  other  projections  stop  upon 
them,  as  on  the  inner  wall  of  an  arcade, 
these  projections  must  be  sufficient  to  take 
the  mouldings,  and  if  they  line  with  en- 
gaged columns  crowned  by  an  entablature, 
they  must  have  a  projection  similar  to  the 
columns,  and  therefore  in  such  cases  never 
less  than  a  semi-diameter.    Apart  from  these 


considerations,  the  projection  should  be  about 
one-fourth  of  the  diameter.  Pilasters  may  be 
fluted  or  plain;  if  the  former,  the  flutes 
should  be,  as  far  as  possible,  the  same  size 
as  those  of  the  adjoining  columns,  and  al- 
ways an  odd  number. 

*     *     * 

On  plain  faces  7  flutes  (occasionally  9) 
are  used,  and  therefore  in  the  above  case  I 
flutes  (or  5)  would  be  employed  on  each  side 
of  the  re-entering  angle.  The  returned  sides 
of  pilasters  should  never  be  fluted  unless 
the  projection  is  as  much  as  half  of  a  diame- 
ter. The  diameter  assigned  to  a  pilaster  will 
be  that  of  a  column  (if  any)  used  in  conjunc- 
tion with  it.  The  shaft  may  or  may  not  be 
diminished. 

If  the  pilaster  stand  alone  it  is  best  formed 
with  the  same  top  and  bottom  diameter,  but 
if  a  column  stand  in  front  of  it  then  it 
should  be  diminished  to  the  same  extent  as 
the  column.  Entasis  is  not  usually  given  to 
pilasters. 

Unless  columns  and  pilasters  are  monoliths 
the  shafts  should  be  built  up  of  three  drums 
:md  not  two,  as  a  central  joint,  unless  ex- 
ceptionally well  executed,  has  a  very  dis- 
agreeable appearance. 


441 


442 


plate:  z. 


CYNATIVM 


CORONA 


BEPHCMD: 


m 


1  TAENIA 


ABACVS 
ECHINVS 


NECKING 
ASTRAGAL 


O  1      I     ISJ  3 

tcT  s  I     I 


,   i 


tfl 


=S^r 


5  o 

1     T      '      I      T      t 


C1NCTVRE 
TOBYS 


PLINTH 


CORONA 
BEDMOVLB 


k«- 

1 1 

_i_L. 


1 ~r 


v, 


o      1       8,     13 

— i — i — L_ 


J 


P        4 

114 


MSEMCVLP 


H 


Plata  ZZ. 

The  Tuscan  Order,  though  seldom 
used,  Is  suitable  for  situations  In  which 
an  appearance  of  strength  and  simplicity 
Is  required,  and  in  which  the  cost  of 
the  work  Is  an  Important  factor.  It 
should  always  be  devoid  of  any  enrich- 
ment and  the  unbroken  character  of  the 
frieze  and  cornice  makes  It  particularly 
useful  in  designs  presenting  awkward 
problems  of  intercolumniatlon. 

The  ratio  of  the  dimensions  of  Its 
parts  is  exceedingly  simple.  It  should 
be  noticed  that  the  fillet  below  the  cinc- 
ture of  the  shaft  is  included  In  the 
height  of  the  base  of  this  Order.  The 
projection  of  the  cornice  over  the  upper 
circumference  of  the  column  is,  in  this 
and  in  all  Orders,  except  the  Doric, 
equal   to  Its  height. 


TVSCAN 


443 


PLATE  3.    MVTVLE  CORNICE* 1D ,, 

ocj jo        T<         i  a.        j3        {4 


DENTICVLAK,  COR.N1CE 

i                       r 

7 

iUUUUUULU 

i                     / 

i                    ii 

Plate  III. 

The  Doric  Order  is  always  effective 
when  used  in  lower  storeys,  arcades,  and 
door  and  window  openings,  but  owing 
to  the  triglyphs  upon  the  frieze,  which 
must  fall  centrally  over  the  columns,  it 
is  the  most  difficult  to  deal  with  when 
spacing  is  in  question. 

The  dimensions  of  the  cornice  do  not 
lend  themselves  to  any  simple  ratio  and 
its  projection  is  always  greater  than  that 
adopted  for  the  other  Orders.  The  45° 
line  from  the  top  of  the  frieze  at  once 
gives  the  bed  mould  of  the  mutule  course, 
and  one-third  of  the  height  of  the  cor- 
nice added  to  the  top  projection  of  this 
guiding  line  gives  the  total  projection, 
while  the  mutules  are  one-half  a  diam- 
eter in  side  elevation.  Some  consider- 
able modifications  of  the  Order,  as  here 
represented,  will  be  found  to  exist  in 
many  recognised  examples.  Occasion- 
ally the  mutules  are  dispensed  with,  and 
their  bed  mould  is  cut  to  form  a  dentil 
course,  as  in  the  Theatre  of  Marcellus. 
The  cyma  crowning  the  cornice  is  often 
replaced  by  a  cavetto,  while  the  Doric 
base  (shown  alternatively  on  the  plate) 
sometimes  replaces  the  more  graceful 
attic  base.  When  this  base  is  used,  the 
upper  fillet  should  be  included  In  the 
height  of  the  base,  as  in  the  Tuscan 
Order. 


DO  R.I  C 


444 


PLATE  4. 


IONIC 


Plato  rv. 

The  Ionic  Order  shows  smaller  variations 
from  the  pure  Classic  examples  than  any 
other,  and  its  proportions  are  fairly  simple. 

Two  styles  of  cornices  are,  however,  used, 
the  modiilion  and  the  dentil  cornice,  and 
although  the  method  adopted  hy  Glbbs  of 
giving  prominence  to  the  former  has  been 
followed,  It  should  be  stated  that  the  latter 
Is  more  generally  found  in  old  examples, 
whilst  the  former  is  preferred  by  Palladlo. 

Represented  side  by  side  upon  the  plate 
the  extent  of  the  variation  is  easily  discern- 
ible. A  modiilion  or  dentil  should  always  be 
bisected  by  the  centre  line  of  the  column 
and  the  spacing  determined  by  the  distance 
of  this  line  from  the  frieze,  as  set  out  upon 
the  drawing.  The  frieze  is  always  plain 
and  in  larger  works  it  is,  preferably,  kept 
flat.  In  smaller  compositions,  however, 
when  narrow  or  when  used  over  doors  and 
windows  a  pulvinated  frieze  may  be  adopted 
with  good  effect. 

The  earlier  alternative  form  of  the  Ionic 
capital  in  which  the  faces  of  the  volutes 
are  parallel  to  the  plane  of  the  elevation 
(not  shown  upon  the  drawings)  may.  of 
course,  be  substituted  for  the  capital  with 
angle  volutes  at  45°,  though  the  latter  has 
usually  a  much  more  graceful  effect,  partic- 
ularly' In  small  compositions.  Of  course, 
the  geometrical  method  for  setting  out  the 
volutes  cannot  be  used  In  drawing  such  cap- 
itals in  ordinary  elevation.  It  should  be 
noticed  that  the  height  of  the  capital  in 
this  Order  is  measured  from  the  soffit  of 
the   volutes. 

The  centre  of  the  eye  is  one  third  of  the 
height  of  the  capital  from  its  bottom  and  is 
In  elevation  placed  just  outside  the  top 
circumference  of  the  shaft,  while  the  hori- 
zontal fillet  at  the  top  of  the  shaft  Is  Im- 
mediately  below   the   eye. 

When  the  column  is  fluted  the  width  of 
the  fillets  Should  he  one-fourth  to  one-third 
that  of  the  flutes.  The  flutes  generally 
number  twenty  or  twenty  four:  In  the  lat- 
ter case  the  simple  method  of  setting  them 
out  on  plan,  as  shown  on  the  drawing,  will 
be    found    of    service. 

The  attic  base  Is  always  used  with  ths 
Ionic  Order. 


445 


PLATE  5. 


O,    i       Z      Zt>i 


JijJUUL^UUUUUUUUUUUllJUUULU' 


ac 


Ejl    "»j   aa 


T^ 


W 


IPtlP 

L.illifll 


^ 


Plat*  V. 

The  Corinthian  Order  has  been  rep 
resented  with  considerable  variation! 
from  the  original  type. 

The  Ionic  entablature  was  often  used 
by  the  ancients,  supported  by  Corinthian 
columns,  and  the  Corinthian  cornice  It- 
self, though  here  represented  with  a  den- 
til band,  Is  often  found  without  one. 
No  general  rule  appears  to  exist  for 
spacing  the  modllllons  or  for  their  dl 
menslons,  the  ratio  of  the  width  of  the 
modllllon  to  the  space  between  two  of 
them  varying  from  1:1%  to  1:2%, 
and  again  the  number  of  the  dentils  be- 
tween the  modilllons  varies  from  2  to  B 
In  different  examples. 

Both  features  should  be  symmetrically 
placed  with  reference  to  one  another  and 
to  the  centre  line  of  the  column,  a  point 
often  neglected.  To  secure  this  result 
the  following  method  Is  recommended : — 
Draw  a  modilllon  one-sixth  of  the  diam- 
eter of  the  column  In  width,  arranged 
symmetrically  over  the  centre  line  of  the 
column.  Place  another  with  its  outside 
edge  three  and  a  half  times  Its  width 
within  the  total  projection  of  the  cornice, 
and  thus  obtain  the  spacing  between  the 
blocks.  Divide  the  distance  between  two 
modilllon  centres  Into  15  parts,  give  two 
to  a  dentil,  to  be  placed  symmetrically 
under  a  modilllon,  and  one  to  each  space 
between  the  dentils,  which  will  be  found 
to  bring  the  Inside  edge  of  the  last  dentil 
before  the  return,  on  the  frieze  line. 

The  form  and  projection  of  the  leaves 
of  the  capital  are  largely  matters  of  In- 
dividual taste,  but  the  general  method  of 
their  arrangement  will  be  evident  after 
examining  the  drawing.  It  may,  how- 
ever, be  noted  that  the  eye  of  the  volute 
Is  just  outside  the  lower  circumference 
of  the  shaft,  and  that  the  tiers  of  leaves 
divide  the  capital  below  the  abacus  Into 
three  approximate  equal  horizontal  sec- 
tions. 

The  column  may  or  may  not  be  fluted 
as  In  the  Ionic  Order. 

The  attic  base,  as  used  In  the  Ionic 
Order,  Is  very  generally  employed — In 
fact,  It  Is  often  preferable  to  adopt  It, 
omitting  the  additional  mouldings  shown, 
for  the  sake  of  variety,  on  th«  drawing. 


COFU  NTH  IAN 

w 


PLATE  6 


IONIC 


DOIUC 


44, 


Plate  VI. 

The  relations  and  dimensions  given  in  this  and 
similar  subsequent  plates  must,  therefore,  be 
looked  upon  as  necessarily  somewhat  elastic. 
At  the  same  time,  such  dimensions  as  are  given 
should  not  be  disregarded,  but  considered  in  the 
light  of  proportions  to  be  attained  as  far  as 
the  exigencies  of  the   plan   will  admit. 

The  spacing  of  arcading  dealt  with  in  this 
plate  should  be  governed  by  the  height  of  the 
space  to  be  treated,  and  it  will  be  found  that  the 
best  effects  are  obtained  when  the  widths  of  the 


seen  that  a  relation  exists  between  the  diameter 
of  the  column,  the  width  of  the  pilaster,  and  the 
width  of  the  opening.  Again,  the  diameter  of  the 
column  relatively  to  the  opening  will  be  in- 
fluenced  by  the  presence,  or  absence,  of  a  pedes- 
tal to  the  Order.  The  summary  shown,  col- 
lected from  Gibbs's  work,  giving  the  dimensions 
to  be  aimed  at  in  order  to  comply  with  the  above 
relations,  will  be  found  useful : 

The  height  of  the  impost  should  always  be 
about  two-thirds  of  the  height  from  the 
ground  to  the  soffit  of  the  architrave  of  the 
Order,  whether  a  pedestal  is  in  use  or  not. 


Diameter  of   Column 

=  1. 

Tuscan. 

Doric. 

Ionic. 

Corinthian. 

No          With 
Ped.           Ped. 
6             7 

Vz            % 
4              4% 

No           With 

Ped.           Ped. 

6y4          7V2 

%            % 

4%        sy4 

No          With 

Ped.           Fed. 

6              7% 

y2         % 
4           5y4 

No          With 

Ped.          Ped. 

6  5-12     8y6 

A           7-10 
4%          5% 

openings  approximate  to  half  of  their  height,  and 
when  the  total  width  of  the  piers  lies  between 
one-half  and  two-thirds  of  that  of  the  opening. 

The  spacing  must  also  be  considered  in  refer- 
ence to  the  Order  employed,  so  that  when  tri- 
glyphs,  or  modillions,  are  placed  centrally  over 
the  columns  their  proper  spacing  may  be  inter- 
fered  with  as  little  as   possible.      It  will   thus   be 


PLATE  T. 


The  archivolt  or  moulding  running  round  the 
arch  should  be  the  same  width  as  the  pilaster 
(less  any  necessary  clearance  for  the  mouldings) 
— that  is,  about  one-eighth  of  the  width  of  the 
opening,  which  should  also  be  the  height  of  the 
impost  cap  to  the  bottom  of  the  necking.  Further 
details  as  to  the  members  will  be  found  on  Plate 
VII. 


i  / 
a, i^ , 


r----- 


3v 


ZV— 


^ 


IMPOSTS  AND  ARCH   MOVLDS 


TVS  CAN 


DORIC 


IONIC 


CORINTHIAN 


Plate  VH. 
Impost    Mouldings. 

Details  are  here  given  of  impost  mouldings, 
with  their  archivolts,  suitable  for  the  different 
Orders.  The  divisions  of  the  imposts  are  all 
simple  and  similar  in  each  example,  the  height 
of  the  corona  and  of  its  mouldings  above,  if  any, 
being  equal  to  the  height  of  the  mouldings  below, 
which,  again,  are  equal  to  the  necking.  The 
bead  and  fillet  below  the  necking  are  one-sixth 
of  the  height  of  the  impost,  the  bead  being  double 
the  height  of  the  fillet.  The  projection  of  the 
impost  beyond  the  line  of  the  pilaster  is  equal  to 
the  height  of  the  corona  and  member  over  in  the 


first  two  Orders,  while  the  projection  of  the 
corona  itself  is  equal  to  this  height  In  the  last 
two. 

The  pilaster  is  square  on  plan,  and,  therefore, 
the  plan  of  the  archivolt  is  represented  by  this 
square  upon  which  the  mouldings  are  placed.  An 
examination  of  these  mouldings  will  show  that 
they  resemble  the  architraves  given  for  their  re- 
spective Orders,  and  their  forms  admit  of  similar 
variations.  It  will  be  noticed  that  the  innermost 
face  is  always  in  the  plane  of  the  face  of  the 
pilaster,  while  the  projection  of  the  moulding  at 
the  extrados  increases  from  about  one-quarter  the 
width  of  the  whole  archivolt  in  the  Tuscan  to 
one-third   in  the  Corinthian  Order. 


11- 


SUBJECT  INDEX. 

System  of  Classification  for  Filing  Data,  Drawings,  Plates, 
Catalogues,  Etc.,  in  Architects'  and  Contractors'  Offices. 


INTRODUCTION. 

The  decimal  system  of  classification  was 
devised  and  elaborated  by  Mr.  Melvil  Dewey, 
formerly  director  of  the  New  York  State  Li- 
brary. This  system  was  intended  primarily 
for  the  use  of  librarians  in  the  classification 
and  arrangement  of  books  and  pamphlets,  but 
it  was  soon  found  that  the  system  furnished 
also  a  simple  and  effective  me"ans  of  classi- 
fying, indexing  and  filing  literary  matter  of 
all  kinds.  Engineers  have  found  it  useful 
for  indexing  technical  data  and  information, 
catalogs,  reports,  card  systems,  drawings, 
etc.,  and  it  has  been  found  equally  useful  by 
manufacturing  and   business   concerns. 

Much  of  the  following  information  is  taken 
from  the  University  of  Illinois  Engineering 
Experiment  Station,  Bulletin  No.  9,  prepared 
by  L.  P.  Breckenridge,  Professor  of  Mechan- 
ical Engineering,  and  G.  A.  Goodenough,  As- 
sociate Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering, 
and  Bulletin  No.  13  by  N.  Clifford  Ricker, 
D.  Arch.  Professor  of  Architecture. 

EXPLANATION     OF     THE     DECIMAL 
SYSTEM. 

The  essential  characteristic  of  the  Dewey 
System  is  its  method  of  division  and  sub- 
division. The  entire  field  of  knowledge  is 
divided  into  nine  chief  classes  numbered  by 
the  digits  from  1  to  9.  Matter  of  too  general 
a  nature  to  be  included  in  any  of  these  classes 
is  put  into  a  tenth  class  and  indicated  by 
0.  The  following  are  the  primary  classes  of 
the   Dewey    System: 

0  GENERAL    WORKS 

1  PHILOSOPHY 

2  RELIGION 

3  SOCIOLOGY 

4  PHILOLOGY 

5  NATURAL   SCIENCE 

6  USEFUL   ARTS 

7  FINE  ARTS 

8  LITERATURE 

9  HISTORY 

Each  of  these  classes  is  again  divided  into 
nine  divisions,  with  a  tenth  division  for  gen- 
eral matter,  and  each  division  is  separated 
into  nine  sections.  The  sections  are  again 
sub-divided  and  the  process  may  be  carried 
as   far   as    desired. 

It  is  thought  that  this  system  will  be 
especially  valuable  to  architects  for  classi- 
fying drawings,  catalogs,  reports  and  tech- 
nical data.  Our  space  is  too  limited  to  pub- 
lish the  complete  work,  nor  is  it  desirable. 
Should  any  one  be  sufficiently  interested  to 
go  into  the  matter  thoroughly,  they  should 
have  Mr.  Dewey's  complete  text  on  the  sub- 
ject. In  order  to  make  the  application  of  the 
system  clear  in  the  briefest  possible  way, 
the  miscellaneous  information  contained  in 
this  book  has  been  assumed  to  comprise  a 
small  architect's  library  and  has  been  classi- 
fied according  to  the  Dewey  System.  It  is 
hoped  that  this  will  make  clear  the  practical 
application  to  architects'  libraries,  both  large 
and  small.  In  succeeding  years,  we  hope  to 
be  able  to  publish  a  more  extensive  relative 
Index  in  which  the  items  of  the  classification 
are  arranged  alphabetically,  the  one  at  pres- 
ent published  only  covering  the  items  of 
miscellaneous  information  contained  in  thi« 
book,  with  some  of  the  more  important  gen- 
eral topics.  We  are  particularly  concerned 
as  practitioners  of  the  profession  of  archi- 
tecture with  divisions  6  and  7,  "Useful  Arts" 
and  "Fine  Arts,"  comprising  the  following 
subject   numbers: 

600    USEFUL  ARTS 

610  MEDICINE 

620  ENGINEERING 

630  AGRICULTURE 

640  DOMESTIC    ECONOMY 

650  COMMUNICATION   AND   COMMERCE. 


660      CHEMICAL  TECHNOLOGY 
670      MANUFACTURES 
680      MECHANIC    TRADES 
690      BUILDING 

Omitting  all  sub-divisions  of  this  topic, 
with  the  exception  of  690  "Building,"  we  pub- 
lish the  sub-divisions  of  same.  As  distin- 
guished from  "Architectural  Construction," 
"Building"  has  to  do  more  particularly  with 
the  processes  of  construction  and  matters 
pertaining  to  trades  and  materials  involved 
in  the  construction  of  buildings  should  be 
more  properly  classified  under  "Building", 
while  matters  as  to  types  and  component 
architectural  parts  are  more  properly  classi- 
fied under  Architectural  Construction. 


690 


.0 
690.01 
.02 
.03 
.1 
.11 
.12 
.2 
.21 
.23 
690.3 

.31 

.4 

.41 

.5 

.51 

.6 

.61 

.62 

.621 

.63 

.631 
.64 
.65 
.66 
.67 
690.7 
.71 


690.8 

.81 


.9 

.91 


691. 


.1 
.11 
.12 
691.13 
.14 
.15 
.16 
.17 
.2 


BUILDING  —  MATERIALS  — 
TRADES. 

See  721.   for  Architectural  Construc- 
tion,    and      729.      for     Architectural 
Forms   of   Design. 
GENERAL. 

Biography   of   Builders. 
Finance  of  Buildings. 
Operation   of   Buildings. 
THEORIES   OF   CONSTRUCTION. 
Systems  of  Construction. 
Engineering  of  Construction. 
SUMMARIES   OR   COMPENDS. 
Manuals;    .22,    Handbooks. 
Receipts,    Collections   of. 
ALPHABETICALLY         ARRANGED 
KNOWLEDGE. 
Cyclopedias;   .32,  Dictionaries. 
DISSERTATIONS. 
Lectures;    .42,    Discussions;    .43,   Es- 
says. 

PERIODICALS. 

Daily;  .52,  Weekly;  .53,  Monthly;  .54, 
Quarterly;  .55,  Annual. 
SOCIETIES;    PROCEEDINGS. 
Trade  Unions. 
Exhibitions. 

Materials;  .622,  Methods;  .623,  Con- 
struction. 

Contractors'  Associations. 
Estimators'  Clubs. 
Engineering  Societies. 
Inspectors'  Associations. 
Material  Dealers'  Associations. 
Manufacturers'  Associations. 
Education  and  Study. 
Training   of  Workmen;    .72,    Appren- 
ticeship;   .73,    Tools   and   Their   Uses 
(see  special  trade  for  special  tools); 
.74.       Shop       Practice;       .75,      Trade 
Schools;    .76,    Manual   Training. 

Museums. 

Collections;  .82,  Patents;  .83,  Inven- 
tions; .84,  Machines  for  Manufac- 
turing; .S41,  Wood;  .842,  Stone;  .843. 
Steel  and  Iron;  .S44,  Bricks;  .845, 
Tiles;  .S46,  Cement  and  Lime;  .847. 
Concrete;  .S4S.  Asphalt;  .849. 
History  of  Building  Materials. 
Ancient;  .92,  Mediaeval;  .93,  Renais- 
sance; .94,  Modern;  .95.  History  of 
Building  Construction;  .951,  Ancient; 
.952,  Medieval;  .953,  Renaissance; 
.954,  Modern. 

Materials;  Processes;  Preservatives. 
See  620.1  for  Strength  of  Materials. 
See  693.  to  699.  for  Uses  of  Prepared 
Materials.  If  the  user  prefers,  he 
may  classify  all  his  material  on 
Building  Engineering  under  690.120 
Woods. 

Hard  Conifers. 
Soft  Conifers. 
Hard  Leaf  Woods. 
Soft  Leaf  Woods. 
Defects  of  Woods  and  Grading. 
Injuries  to  Woods. 
Preservation   of  Woods. 
Stone;  Material;  Protection. 


It1.' 


691 


692 


.29 
.3 

.31 


.4 

41 
.42 
.432 
.441 
.45 
.451 
.452 
.453 
.1 

.46 

.48 

.5 

.51 

.52 

.53 

.54 

.55 

.6 

.7 
.71 


.8 

.81 

.82 

.83 

.84 

.85 

.86 

.87 

.88 

.89 

.9 
.92 


692 


.95 

.96 

.965 

.966 
.967 
.97 
.98 

.1 
.11 

.16 


Preservation. 

Stone,  Artificial;  Concrete. 
Beton    Coignet;     .32,    Ransome;     .33, 
Hollow    Block;      .34,     Selenitic;     .35, 
Lime    Concrete;     .36,    Cement    Con- 
crete; .39,  Aggregate. 
Ceramic  Products. 
Bricks. 
Tiles. 
Flooring. 
Wall  Tiles. 

Hollow  Structural  Tiles. 
Ploor. 

Hoof  and  Ceiling  Tiles. 
Wall  Tiles. 

Wall  Linings;   .2,   Bond   Courses;   .3, 
Partition. 
Terra  Cotta. 
Sewer  Tiles. 
CEMENTING    MATERIAL. 

Lima, 

Cement. 
Asphaltum. 
Glue. 

Other  Cementing  Materials. 
GLASS.     SHEET,     PLATE.      CATHE- 
DRAL.   OPALESCENT,  PRISMATIC 
Iron;  Steel;  Anti-Bust  Processes. 
Cast  Iron;  .72,  Malleable  Cast  Iron; 
.73,  Wrought  Iron;  .74,  Steel,  Blister 
or    Tool;     .75,     Steel,     Crucible;     .76, 
Steel.    Bessemer;    .77,    Open   Hearth; 
.79,    Protection    of    Iron    and    Steel; 
.791,    Painting;    .792,    Tinning;    .793. 
Zincking    (galvanizing);    .794,    Elec- 
troplating;    .795,     Bower-Barff    Pro- 
cess;    .796,     Cement    Coating;     .797; 
.798;  .799. 
Other  Metals. 
Copper. 
Nickel. 
Zinc. 
Lead. 

Aluminum. 

Tin;  .861,  Tin-coated  Iron. 
Silver. 
Gold. 

Metallic     Alloys;     .891,     Bell-Metal; 
.892,  Brass;  .893,  Bronze. 
OTHEH   MATERIALS. 
Pibriform;    .921,    Hair;    .2,    Jute;    .3, 
Hemp;  .4,  Flax;  .5,  Wool. 
Paper;  .931,   Sheathing;   .2,  Quilt;   .3, 
Slating:    .4,  Roofing;   .5,  Wall  Paper; 
.6,  Board. 

Fabrics,  Woven;  .941,  Duck;  .2,  Bur- 
lap and  Buckram;  .3,  Carpet;  .4, 
Rugs;  .5,  Linings;  .6,  Shades;  .7, 
Curtains  and  Hangings. 
Asbestos,  Serpentine;  .951,  Asbestos 
Cloth;  .2,  Plaster;  .3,  Moulded  Sec- 
tions; .4,  Fiber,  Loose;  .5,  Asbestos- 
Magnesia;  .6,  Asbestos  Board;  .7,  As- 
bestos  Shingles. 

Bitumen;  .961,  Asphalt,   Hard,  Solid, 
Brittle;    .2,    Meltha    or   Mineral    Tar; 
.3,  Petroleum;  .4,  Naphthas. 
Asphalt  Products;  .1,  Paint;   .2.  Wa- 
ter-Proofing;  .3,   Cement;    .4,    Paving 
.5,  Roofing  Cement. 
Coal-Tar;    .6961,    Pitch;    .2,    Roofing 
Cement;   .3,   Mill-Board;  .4,  Felt. 
Wood-Tar;  .6971,  Pitch;  .2,  Resin;  .3, 
Varnish;  .4,  Cement. 
Pelt;   .1,    Roofing;    .2,   Deafening,    .3, 
Insulating. 

Compositions;  .981,  Cork  Carpet;  .2, 
Linoleum. 

PLANS;      SPECIFICATIONS; 
ESTIMATES. 

General  Drawings;  .10,  Drafting 
Boom  Supplies. 

Plan,  Location;  .12,  Plan,  Founda- 
tion; .13,  Flans,  Floor;  .14,  Flan, 
Boof;  .15,  Elevations;  .151,  Front; 
.152,  Side;  .153,  Rear;  .154,  Court; 
.159. 

Sections;     .161,     Longitudinal;     .162, 
Cross;  .169,  Special. 


.19 
.2 

.21 
.22 
.23 
.24 

.25 

.26 

.27 

.28 

.29 

.3 

.30 


.5 

.51 

.52 

.53 

.6 

.7 

.8 


.91 
.92 
.93 
.94 
.95 
.96 
.97 
.98 


693 


.01 

.1 

.11 


Other  General  Drawings. 
DETAIL   DRAWINGS. 
Masonry. 
Woodwork. 
Metal  Work. 

SANITABY  AND  ILLUMINATING 
EQUIPMENT. 
Heating  and  Ventilating. 
Plastering. 
Hoofing  Composition. 
Glass  Work. 
Other  Drawings. 
SPECIFICATIONS. 
Title  Page,  General  Conditions,  Etc.; 
.301,  Excavation  and  Grading;  — 02, 
Mason  Work,  Fire  Proofing  and 
Structural  Concrete  (See  693.);  — 03 
Cut  Stone  (See  693.);  — 04,  Terra 
Cotta  (See  693.);  — 05,  Concrete, 
Walks  and  Floors  (See  693.);  — 06, 
Structural  Iron;  — 061,  Ornamental 
Iron  (See  694.9);  — 07,  Fire  Escapes 
(See  694.927);  — 08,  Carpenter  Work 
and  Rough  Hardware  (See  694.1  to 
8);  — 09,  Cabinet  Work  (See  694.7); 
— 10,  Sheet  Metal  Work,  Slate  and 
Tile  Roofing  (including  metal  frames, 
wire  glass  and  skylights)  (See 
695.2);  — 11,  Composition  Roofing 
(See  695.6  to  8);  — 12,  Drainage,  Sew- 
erage and  Plumbing  (See  696.1  to  6); 
— 13,  Gas  Fitting  (See  696.7);  — 14, 
Electric  Wiring,  Telephones,  Bells, 
and  Speaking  Tubes  (See  696.91  to 
9);  — 15,  Electric  Power  Machinery; 
— 16,  Power  Equipment  other  than 
Electrical;  — 17,  Heating  and  Venti- 
lation (See  697.1  to  9);  — 18,  Pipe 
Covering  (See  697.46,  also  691); 
— 19,  Plastering,  1  Plain  and  2  Or- 
namental (See  693.9);  — 20,  Glazing, 
1  Sheet  Glass,  2  Plain  Glass,  3 
Mirrors  (See  698.5);  — 21.  Art  Glass 
(See  729.8,  also  691.);  — 22,  1  Paint- 
ing, 2  Varnishing,  3  Staining  (See 
698.);  — 23.  Decoration  of  Walls, 
Painted  and  Hung  (See  698.):  — 24, 
Tile,  Mosaic  and  Marble  (See  729.7); 
— 25,  Mantels  and  Consoles  (See 
729.95  and  694.7);  — 26,  Finish  Hard- 
ware (See  (694.24);  — 27.  Elevators, 
Dumb  Waiters,  Parcel  Lifts  and  Con- 
veyors; — 28,  Gas  Range  (See  696.63) ; 
— 29.  Refrigerating  Equipment  (See 
696.62);  — 30,  Shades.  Curtains  and 
Hangings  for  Openings  (See  729.97); 
— 31,  Carpets.  Rugs,  Etc.;  — 32, 
Screens  (See  721.875);  — 33,  Lighting 
Fixtures  (See  729.99);  — 34,  Furni- 
ture, including  Seating,  Tables, 
Desks,  Etc.  (See  729.92);  — 35.  Or- 
gans (See  729.98);  — 36,  Landscape 
Gardening  (See  710.). 
Contracts.  Agreements.  Bids.  Ad- 
vertisements. 

Estimates.     Quantities.     Cost. 
By  Cubical  Contents. 
By  Square  Foot  Floor  Area. 
By  Trades  or  Units,  divided  as  692.3. 
Superintendence. 
Supervision  of  Accounts. 
Professional   Services.     Fees.     Com- 
missions. 

Building    Laws.      Liabilities    of    ths 
Architect,  Owner  and  Contractor. 
State  or  General  Laws. 
City  Ordinances. 
Town  or  Village  Ordinances. 
Trade  Rules. 
Liabilities  of  Architects. 
Liabilities  of  Owners. 
Liabilities  of  Contractors. 
Lien  Laws. 

MASONRY,    PLASTERING, 

FIREPROOFING. 
Mortar  .02  Solids  .03  Metal. 
Stone  Construction. 
Bond  Stone  Work. 


450 


693 


.12 


.2 

.21 
.22 
.3 
.4 

.5 

.51 

.52 
.53 
.54 


.55 
.6 

.61 

.62 
.63 
.64 
.65 
.66 
.7 

.71 
.8 
.81 
.9 
.91 
.92 
.93 
.94 
.95 
.96 


.97 
.98 


694 


.11 

.ill 
.112 
.12 
.121 

.122 
.13 

.131 

.132 
.2 

.21 

.22 
.23 

.231 
.232 


.233 

.24 

.241 

.242 

.243 

.244 
.245 

.246 
.247 


Cutting  and  Dressing  of  Stone  (See 
515.8,  Stercotomy;  736,  Stone  Carv- 
ing). 

Brick  Construction. 
Bond  of  Brick  Work. 
Adobe  or  Sun  Dried  Brick. 
Terra  Cotta  Construction. 
Fire-proofing.     Hollow  Tile   and   Po- 
rous Terra  Construction. 
Concrete    and    Beton    or    Sub-marine 
Construction. 
Massive. 
Layers. 

Hollow  Blocks. 

Sidewalks;   541,  Methods;  .542,  Vault 
Covers      and      Doors;       .543,      Vault 
Lights. 
Ornamental. 
Reinforced  Concrete. 
Systems,  arranged  alphabetically. 
Forms  and  Centers. 
Testing  and   Inspection. 
Data  from  Experiments. 
Formulas. 

Special  applications. 
Marble,  Tile  and   Mosaic.      Sanitary 
Composition. 

Systems,  arranged  alphabetically. 
Water-proofing. 

Systems,  arranged  alphabetically. 
Plastering. 

External  Plastering  and  Stucco. 
Internal  Plastering. 
Ornamental  Plastering. 
Scagliola. 

Wooden  Lath.  Furring  and  Grounds. 
Metal  Lath  and  Furring.  Studs,  Cor- 
ners. 

Mineral  Wool  Linings. 
Plaster  Board   and  Compo  Board. 
FRAMED      &     BOXED      CON- 
STRUCTION,   CARPENTRY    & 
METAL  WORK. 

WOOD  CONSTRUCTION  IN  GEN- 
ERAL, INC.  PAPER  BOARD. 

Ordinary. 

Balloon  Const,  for  Frame  Buildings. 
Joist  Const,   for  Masonry   Buildings. 
Heavy  Timber  Construction. 
Heavy  Post   and   Timber  Const,   for 
Framej  Buildings. 
Mill  Const,  for  Masonry  Buildings. 
Auxiliary   Wood  Const,  for  Fire-proof 
Buildings. 

Centering,  Forms,  Protective  Cov- 
ering. 

Grounds,   Attachment   Strips,   etc. 
JOINTS   OF   WOOD-WORK,    FRAM- 
ING,   ATTACHMENTS. 
Wood-Pins;  2,  Tenons;  3,  Mortise;  4, 
Dove-tail;  5,  Splice,  etc. 
Glue,  Cement,   etc. 

Metal      Formed      Joints,      Concealed 
Rough  Hardware. 
Nails,  Spikes. 

1,  Bolts  and  Rods;  2,  Rivets;  3, 
Washers,  Flitch-plates;  4,  Stirrups, 
Anchors,  Hangers,  Ties,  Box  and 
Wall  Anchors  and  Plates,  etc.;  5. 
Coal  Chutes,  Ash-receptors,  Metal 
Chimney  Caps. 

1,  Pivots;  2,  Hinges;  3,  Pulleys;  4, 
Cords  and  Chains;  5,  Weights,  etc.; 
6,  Door  Hangers;  7,  Turn  Tables. 
Exposed  Metal-formed  Joints  and 
Protections,  Finish  Hardware. 
Hinges,  Butts,  Hooks,  Latches, 
Bolts,  Locks,  Escutcheons,  Roses. 
Key-plates,  Kick-plates,  Pulls,  Sock- 
ets, Lifts,  etc. 

Bumpers,      Strikes.      Angle     Covers, 
Holders,       etc.         Weather       Strips, 
Thresholds,    Treads    f<ir   Stairs. 
Closing  Mechanism  Springs,  Spring- 
checks,  etc. 
Step-ladders. 

Carriers  of  Merchandise.  Derricks 
and   Hoists. 


694.248     Show  Cases. 

.249 

.3  STRENGTHENED   BEAMS. 

.4  POSTS,  COLUMNS   (See  721.31). 

.5  PANELED    AND    LATTICED     CON- 

STRUCTION, HALF  TIMBER 
WORK 

6  JOINERY,  GENERAL  MILL  WORK. 

1,  Frames;  2,  Sash;  3,  Doors,  Panel, 
Revolving  and  Rolling;  4.  Blinds;  5, 
Screens;  6,  Trim;   7.  Flooring. 

.7  ORNAMENTAL      JOINER'S-,      CABI- 

NET  "WORK. 
1,   Cabinets.   Cases,   etc.    (See    729.9). 

.8  STAIR  BUILDING  (See  515.83  Ster- 

eotomy). 

.9  METAL  WORK. 

.91       Structural. 

.911     Material    (See    691.7). 

.912     Cast. 

.913     Wrought. 

.914     Rolled. 

.915     Connections. 

.916     Metal  Lumber. 

.92       Ornamental. 

.921     Material  (See  691). 

.922     Cast. 

.923     Wrought. 

.924      Drawn. 

.925     Guards  and  Grilles,  Enclosures,   Sol- 
id Metal  Sash. 

.926     Stairs. 

.927     Fire-Escapes. 

.928     Vault    Doors,    Fire-Door    and    Shut- 
ters. 

695  SHEET,  SHINGLE  &  COMPO- 

SITION COVERING,  OVER- 
LAYING  CONSTRUCTION. 

WOOD  SHINGLES    (See  694.1). 
Sheet  Metal   and   Allied   Const. 

Materials  (See  691);  .22,  Specifica- 
tions for  (See  692.3-10);  .23,  Cost  of 
(See  692.53-10). 
Formed  Sheet-metal. 
Moulded  Work,  Spun  and  Hammered 
Ornaments,  Ventilator  Caps  and 
Ducts. 

Utensils,    Cans,   etc. 
Sky-light  bars. 

Window  Frames  and  Sash,  Sheet 
Metal  Doors,  Hinged,  Rolling  and 
Sliding. 

Glass  for  Sky-lights  and  Fire-proof 
Windows. 

Shingles  of  Metal,  Slate  or  Compo- 
sition. 

Kinds  of,  arranged  alphabetically. 
Tests,   Sizes,   Preservatives. 
Tile  of  Metal,  Slate,  Terra  Cotta  or 
Composition. 

Kinds  of,  arranged  alphabetically. 
Corrugated  and  Stamped  Metal  Roof- 
ing and  Siding. 


.1 
.2 

.21 


.24 

.241 


.242 
.242 
.243 


.244 

.25 

251 
.252 
.26 

.261 

.27 

.28 
.29 
.3 

.31 
.4 
.5 
.6 

.61 

.62 

.7 
.8 


STAMPED  METAL  WALL  AND 
CEILING    DECORATIONS. 

Kinds  of,  arranged  alphabetically. 
Sheet  Metal  Trim,  and  Furniture. 

COMPOSITION. 

1,  Asphalt;  2,  Tar;  8,  Concrete, 
Melted. 

1,    Felt;    2,    Asbestos;    3,    Paper;    4. 
Mineral   Wool;   5,   Canvas. 
DEAFENING  FELTS  AND  QUILTS. 
TEKTILE     DUCK,     CANVAS,     BUR- 
LAP. 
9.  THATCH      AND      OTHER      COVER- 

INGS. 

696  SANITARY    EQUIPMENT,   IL- 

LUMINATION (Drainage,  Sew- 
erage, Plumbing,  Gas-Fitting, 
Electric   Lighting). 

.1  DB4AINAGE. 

.2  SEWERAGE. 

.21  Sewer  Pipe. 

.22  Catch    Basins. 


451 


696.23 
.24 
.3 
.4 
.41 
.411 
.413 


.42 
.421 
.422 
.5 


.6 
.61 


.62 
.63 


.64 
.7 


.92 
.93 
.94 


.95 
.96 


.97 
.98 
.99 


697 


.2 

.3 
.4 
.41 
.42 

.43 


.44 

.45 
.46 
.47 

.5 

.6 

.7 
.8 


598 


Garbage  Disposal. 
Soil   and   Waste   Pipe. 
PLUMBING. 
WATER  SUPPLY. 
Cold  Water. 
Pumps. 

Tanks;    4,   Hose:    5.    Fire   Protection; 
6,   Filters;  7,   Sterilizers;   S,   Ice  Ma- 
chinery; 9,  Stills,  etc. 
Hot  Water. 
Boilers,  Tanks. 

Heaters,  Coal,  Gas,  Garbage  Burners. 
JOINTS.  ANCHORS  SUPPORTS. 
PIPE. 

FIXTURES  FOR  PLUMBING. 
Water     Closets,     lavatories,     Sinks, 
Wash-trays,  Baths,  elc. 
Refrigerators,  Water  Coolers. 
Gas    Ranges,    Clothes   Dryers,    Laun- 
dry    Machinery. 
Brass  Goods. 

GAS  FITTING  (for  fixtures,  see 
729.99). 

OTHER  BRANCHES.  PNEUMATIC 
CLEANING.  GASOLENE  STOR- 
AGE   TANKS. 

ELECTRIC    EQUIPMENT    FOR    IL- 
LUMINATION,     COMMUNICATION 
AND   POWER   PROTECTION. 
Kinds    of    Conduit,    arranged    alpha- 
betically. 

Wire:  1,  Gauges;  2,   Kinds. 
Insulation. 

Switch-boards;  2,  Switches;  3,  Cut- 
outs; 4,  Transformers;  5,  Sockets, 
Receptacles,  Rosettes. 
1,  Bells;  2,  Speaking  Tubes;  3,  Tele- 
phones; 4,  Batteries;  5,  Letter  Boxes. 
1,  Burglar  Alarms;  2,  Door  Openers; 

3,  Lightning  Rods;  4,  Other 
Branches. 

Fixtures    (See   729.99). 

Power   Machinery. 

Laws.     Company  Restrictions,  etc. 

HEATING,    VENTILATION    AND 

STEAM   POWER 
FIRE   PLACES.     Dampers   and  Ash 
Drops,   Trimmings. 
STOVES. 
FURNACES. 

HOT   WATER   AND    STEAM. 
Hot  Water;  1,  Low  Pressure;  2,  High. 
Steam;  1,  Lew  Pressure;  2,  High;  3, 
Vacuum. 

Boilers;     1,     Steel     Water     Tube;     2, 
Steel    Flue    Tube;    3,    Cast-iron    Sec- 
tional;  4,  Grates;   5,   Setting. 
1,    Valves;    2,    Pipes;    3,    Regulators; 

4,  Trimmings  for  Boilers:  5.  Ther- 
mometers;   6,   Sprinkler   Fittings. 

Radiation,  arranged  alphabetically. 

Pipe   Covering. 
Oil  Engines. 

Feed  Water   Heaters,  etc. 

ELECTRIC       AND         OTHER 

METHODS. 

LAUNDRY  MACHINERY. 

CLOTHES   DRYERS. 

FUELS.     Fuel   Handling  Machinery. 

SMOKE  FLUES.  SMOKE  PREVEN- 
TION. 

VENTILATION.       1,     Air    Ducts;     2, 

Conduits;  3,  Registers;  4,  Fans. 
PROTECTIVE,  PRESERVA- 
TIVE AND  DECORATIVE 
COVERING.  (Painting,  Wall- 
Hanging,  Glazing,  Floor  Cover- 
ing). 

Painting;    .11,    Oil;    .12,    Cold-water; 

.13.  Stains  Ext.;  .14,  Enamel  Ext. 
Distemper  and  Fresco. 

1,  Varnishing;   2,  Polishing  Wax;  3, 

Staining;  4,  Enamel. 

Other  Modes  of  Protection. 

Glazing.     See  748,  Stained  Glass. 
.1,    Stained    Glass;    .2,    Plate    Glass; 

.3.  Ornamental  Glass;  .4,  Prisms;  .5, 
.Mirrors;  6,  Putty  and  Elastic  Ce- 
ment. 


.6  Paper-hanging. 

.7  Textile  Hangings.     Tapestry. 

.8  Relief    Work.      Lincrusta.      Stamped 

Leather,   etc. 
.9  Other  branches.      Carpets,  Awnings, 

Curtains   and   Rugs, 
and  Rugs,  Rubber  Matting  and  Tile. 

699  CAR  AND  SHIP  BUILDING. 

700  FINE  ARTS. 

701  PHILOSOPHY.  THEORIES 
UTILITY.      AESTHETICS. 

702  COMPENDS.      OUTLINES. 

703  DICTIONARIES.       CYCLOPEDIAS. 

704  ESSAYS.  LECTURES.  ADDRESSES 

705  PERIODICALS.     MAGAZINES.     RE- 
VIEWS. 

706  SOCIETIES.    TRANSACTIONS.    RE- 
PORTS     ETC 

707  EDUCATION!  STUDY  AND  TEACH- 
ING  OF    ART. 

708  ART  GALLERIES   AND  MUSEUMS. 

709  HISTORY    OF    ART    IN    GENERAL 
Divided   like   930-999. 

710  LANDSCAPE   GARDENING. 

711  PUBLIC    PARKS. 

712  PRIVATE    GROUNDS.      LAWNS. 

713  WALKS.     DRIVES.     BRIDGES. 

714  WATER.       FOUNTAINS.       LAKES. 

715  TREES.      HEDGES.      SHRUBS. 

See  also  634.9,  Forestry;  582,  Bot- 
any. 

716  PLANTS.      FLOWERS. 

.1,  Plants;  .2,  Flowers;  .3,  Conserva- 
tories; .4,  Window  gardens;  .5,  Fern- 
eries. 

717  ARBORS.       SEATS.       OUTLOOKS. 

718  MONUMENTS.      MAUSOLEUMS. 

719  CEMETERIES.  See  also  393.1,  Earth 
burial;    614.61,   Public  health. 

720  ARCHITECTURE. 

.1  Theories,    Esthetics,    Architectonics; 

.2,  Compends,  Manuals;  .3,  Diction- 
aries, Cyclopedias;  .4,  Essays,  Lec- 
tures; .5,  Periodicals;  .6,  Societies; 
.7,  Education,  Study,  Training, 
Schools  of  Architecture;  .8,  Poly- 
graphy,  Collections;  .9,  General  His- 
tory of  Architecture,  divided  geogra 
ically  like  940-999. 

ARCHITECTURAL  CONSTRUC- 

TION. 

Foundations.      See   Bridge  Engineer- 
ing, 624.1,  Foundations. 
Walls,   Partitions,   etc. 
Piers.     Columns. 
Arched  Constructions. 
Roofs.       See     695,     Roof    Coverings; 
Floors  and  Flooring.     See  620.8. 
Ceilings. 

Doors.     Windows. 
Iron  and  Composite  Structures. 
ANCIENT    ARCHITECTURE. 
Include   under   this   general   classifi- 
cation all  architecture  from  the  be- 
ginning   up    to    about    A.    D.    200    to 
300. 

Prehistoric  Architecture. 
Egyptian    or    Nile    Valley.      (Period 
4000  B.  C.  to  about  527  B.  C. 
.11        Old      and     Middle     Empire.      (4000- 

2000.) 
.12        Shephard  Kings    (2000-1600    ?). 
.13        Thebian    New    Empire     (1600-1250). 
.14 
.2  Mesopotamian    Architecture.    Period 

3800    ?    to   about    536    B.   C. 
.21        Chaldaean   (3800   ?  to  1500   ?  B.  C). 
.22       Assyrian    (1500    ?  to   1020    ?  B.   C). 
.23        Babvlonian    (1020   ?  to  536  B.  C). 
.24        Persian-Median     (536    B.    C.    to    293 

A.   D.). 
.241     First     Empire     founded     by     Cyrus 

(536-334). 
.242      Sasanian  Period   (334  B.  C.  to  A.  D. 

293). 
.3  East  Asian   Architecture.      Little   is 

known  of  Chinese.  Korean,  Japan- 
ese, Indian  and  Phlllpean  Archi- 
tecture of  the  ancient  period  and 
dates  can  hardly  be  approximated. 


721 


.3 

.4 
721.5 

.6 

.7 
.8 

.9 
722 


.00 
.1 


452 


.4  Pelasgic    Architecture.       North    and 

east  Mediterranean,  including  the 
islands  of  that  sea. 

.41  Aegian,  .42,  Pre-Mycaean,  .43  Myce- 
naean, .44,  Post-Mycenaenan,  .45 
Homeric   and   .46    Early   Hittite. 

.5  Grecian   or  Hellenic  Period    (1500    ? 

to   100   B.   C). 

.51       Heroic  Period   (1500   ?  to  776). 

.52  Hellenic  proper  (776  ?  to  100),  .521 
Doric,  no  other  to  430  B.  C; 
.522,  Ionic  (430  to  330  ?  B.  C);  .523, 
Corinthian;   only  a  few  examples. 

.6  Roman,    Period    753    ?    B.    C.    to    323 

A.   D. 

.61        Regal    (753    ?  B.   C.   to   510    ?  B.   C). 

.62        Republic  (510  ?  B.  C.  to  27  B.  C). 

.63        Imperial    (27    B.    C.    to    323    A.    D.). 
.631,   Tuscan,  .632,  Doric;   .633,   Inic; 
.634.   Corinthian;    635,   Composite. 
723  MEDIAEVAL     ARCHITECTURE. 

The  Architecture  of  the  Middle 
Ages  is  generally  undei-stood  to  ex- 
tend over  a  period  from  300  A.  D. 
to    about    1450    A.    D. 

.1  Byzantine  or  Early-Christian. 

Developed  under  the  Roman  Em- 
peror Constantine,  at  Constanti- 
nople, and  to  a  more  or  le-ss  extent 
in  all  countries  bordering  the  Med- 
iterranean. 

.11  Basilacan  Type,  derived  from  the 
Roman  business  exchange,  adopted 
more  generally  as  the  early  Chris- 
tian church  in  Western  and  North- 
ern   Europe. 

.12  Baptistry  Type,  derived  from  the 
Roman  Bath,  adopted  more  gener- 
ally in  Eastern  Europe  and  West- 
ern Asia  and  North  Africa  for  early 
Christian  Church,  motif  for  Mo- 
hammedan Mosque. 
.121,  Early  Christian  subdivided  ac- 
cording to  political  divisions  of  the 
time. 

.122,  Mohammedan-Moorish  effected 
with  Persian  influence  later  be- 
comes   a    distinct    stvle. 

.2  PERSIAN   MEDIAEVAL    (293   A.   D. 

to  1499).  Developed  under  more  oi 
less  Roman  influence  up  to  Moham- 
medan conquest;  after  that  grad- 
ually developed  the  Mohammedan 
Style. 

.21        Sasanian    (293  A.  D.  to  652  A.  D.). 

.22        Mohammedan    (652   to   1499   A.   D.). 

.3  Indian. 

.31        Buddhist. 

.32       Jaina. 

.33        Brahman. 

.34        Indo-Moslem. 

.4  Chinese,    Korean    and   Japanese. 

.5  Mohammedan    Style. 

.51        Moorish.    Turkish,    Persian,    Indian. 

.6  Romanesque.  The  Architecture  of 
Europe  between  the  Roman-Byzan- 
tine period  and  the  Gothic  (Period 
about  900  A.  D.  to  about  1100  A.  D.). 
.61,  Austrian;  .62,  British  Isles; 
.63,  French  and  Belgian;  .64,  Ger- 
man; .65,  Holland  and  Switzerland; 
.66.  Italian;  .67,  Scandinavian;  .68, 
Spanish;    .69,    Unclassified. 

.7  Gothic.   Tlio    Architect  uri-   of   Kurope 

between  the  Romanesque  period  and 
the  Neo-Classic  (Period  about  1150 
A.  D.  to  1450  A.  D.,  traces  in  Spain 
and  Italy  as  tar  bach  as  175  A.  D.). 
The  name  mean-s  Architecture  of 
the   Goths. 

.71  Austrian;  .72,  British  Isles;  .63, 
French  and  Belgian;  .64,  German; 
.65.  Holland  and  Switzerland;  66. 
Italian;  67,  Scandinavian;  6S,  Span- 
ish and  Portuguese;  .69,  Unclassi- 
fied. 

724.  MODERN. 

.1  Renaissance; 

.2  Classical  Revival.     Grecian. 

.3  Gothic  Revival. 

.4  Tudor  Gothic  Revival. 

.5  Queen  Anne  Revival. 

724.6  Neo   Grec. 


725.7  Half -Timber  Swiss. 

.8  Romanesque  Revival. 

.9  Other  Recent  Styles. 

725  PUBLIC   BUILDINGS. 

.1  Administrative.     Governmental. 

.11        Capitols.     Houses  of  Parliament. 

.12       Ministries   of  War,   State,   etc. 

.13        City     and     Town     Halls.       Bureaus. 
Public  Offices.     City  Plans. 

.14        Custom      Houses.        Bonded      Ware- 
houses.    Excise  Offices. 

.15       Court  Houses.     Record  Offices. 
16        Post  Offices,  General  and  Special. 

.17       Official  Residences.     Palaces  of  Rul- 
ers. 

.18        Barracks.       Armories.       Police     Sta- 
tions- 

.19       Engine    Houses.       Fire    Alarm    Sta- 
tions. 

.2  Business  and  Commercial. 

.21       Stores,  Wholesale  and  Retail. 

.22       Mixed    Store,    Office,    and    Apartment 
Buildings. 

.23        Office  Buildings.     Telegraph.     Insur- 
ance.    Loft. 

.24       Banks.     Safe   Deposit.     Savings. 

.25       Exchanges.     Boards  of  Trade. 

.26        Markets. 

.27       Cattle  Markets.     Stock  Yards. 

.28       Abattoirs. 

.29        Other  Business  Buildings. 

.3  Transportation  and  Storage. 

.31        Railway   Passenger  Stations. 

.32        Railway  Freight  Houses. 

.33        Railway   Shops,    Round   Houses,    Car 
Houses,   Tanks,   Stores. 

.34       Dock    Buildings.      Wharf   Boats    and 
Houses. 

.35       1,   Warehouses;    2,    Cold    Storage;    3. 
Safe  Deposit  Storage. 

.36       Elevators,    Grain. 

.37 

.38 

.39        Other. 

.4         Manufactories. 

.41        Textile    Factories    or    Mills.      Wool, 
Cotton,   Silk. 

.42       Breweries.      Malteries.      Distilleries. 

.43        Foundries.       Machine     Shops.       Iron 
and  Steel  Works. 

.44       Wood-working  Mills.  Furniture  Fac- 
tories. 

.45       Carriage  and  Car  Factories. 

.46       Paper  Mills. 

.47        Mills  for  Flour,  Meal,  Feed,  etc. 

.48       Pottery,    Glass,    Terra    Cotta,    Brick 
Works. 

.49       Other  Manufactories. 
725.5  Hospitals    and    Asylums.       See    also 

725.6.     Reformatories. 

.51        Sick    and    Wounded.      Eye    and    Ear. 
Incurables.     Lying-in. 

.52        Insane. 

.53       Idiotic.     Feeble-minded. 

.54       Blind.     Deaf  and  Dumb. 

.55       Paupers.     Almshouses. 

.56       Aged. 

.57       Children.      Orphans. 

.58       Foundling. 

.59        Soldiers'  Homes. 

.6  Prisons  and  Reformatories. 

.61        State  Prisons.     Penitentiaries. 

.62       Jails.      Cell  Houses. 

.63        Reformatories    for    Adults.      Houses 
of  Correction. 

.64        Reform   Schools. 

.65        Inebriate    Asylums. 

.7         Refreshment.     Baths.     Parks. 

.71        Cafes.      Restaurants. 

.72       Saloons. 

.73        Baths:    Warm,    Medicated,    Turkish, 
Russian. 

.74        Swimming  Baths. 

.75        Buildings  for  Watering  Places,  Spas, 
etc. 

.76       Build'ngs     for    Parks     and     Streets 
Public  Comfort  Stations. 

.8  Recreation. 

.81        Music   Halls     Auditoriums. 

.82       Theatres.     Opera  Houses. 


153 


725 

728 

65 

Part  masonry,  part  wood. 

.83 

Halls  for  Lectures,  Readings,  etc. 

66 

All  wood,   1,   less  than  7  rooms,  2, 

.84 

Bowling  Alleys.     Billiard   Saloons. 

7-12  rm;  3,  13  rm  or  over. 

.85 

gymnasiums.      Turn   Halls. 

.67 

Farm  Houses. 

.86 

Skating  Rinks.     Bicycle  Rinks. 

68 

Laborers'     Cottages.     1,     Frame;     2, 

.87 

Boat   Houses.      Bath    Houses. 

Masonry. 

.88 

Riding  Halls  and  Schools. 

.7 

Seaside      and      Mountain      Cottages. 

.89 

Shooting  Galleries. 

Chalets. 

.9 

Other  Public  Buildings. 

.8 

Country  Seats. 

.91 

Exhibition  Halls. 

.SI 

Castles. 

.92 

Temporary  Halls.  Tabernacles.  Wig- 

.82 

Chateux. 

wams. 

.83 

Manor  Houses. 

.93 

Workingmen's   Clubs  and   Institutes. 

.84 

Villas 

.94 

Town  Squares. 

.85 

Log  Houses. 

.95 

Summer   Recuperating    Camps. 

.86 

Bungalows. 

726 

ECCLESIASTICAL       AND       RELIG- 

728.9 

Out-Buildings. 

IOUS. 

.91 

Porters'  Lodges. 

.1 

Temples. 

.92 

Servants'  Quarters. 

.2 

Mosques. 

.93 

Kitchens  and  Laundries. 

.3 

Synagogues. 

.94 

.1,  Stables.     .2,  Carriage  Houses.     .3, 

.4 

Chapels.     Sunday-school  Buildings. 

Garages. 

.5 

Churches. 

.95 

Barns,   Granaries. 

.51 

Frame. 

.96 

Dairies. 

.52 

Brick  or  Stone. 

.97 

Ice  Houses. 

.521 

Small  Audt.,   seating  less   than  600. 

.98 

Conservatories.  Green  Houses.  Grap- 

.522 

Large  Audt.,   seating  more  than  600. 

eries. 

.6 

Cathedrals. 

.99 

Other. 

.7 

Monasteries.     Convents.     Abbeys. 

729 

ARCHITECTURAL      DESIGN     AND 

.8 

Mortuary.      Cemetery   Chapels.      Re- 

DECORATION. 

ceiving  Vaults.     Tombs. 

.1 

The  Elevation. 

.9 

Other.     Y.  M.  C.  A.,  etc. 

.11 

Composition;    .12,    Distribution;    .13, 

727 

EDUCATIONAL   AND    SCIENTIFIC. 

Proportion;    .14,     Light    and    Shade; 

.1 

Schools. 

.15,    Perspective    effect;   .15,    .16,    .17, 

.11 

Ward  and  Grammar. 

.IS,  .19. 

.12 

High  Schools. 

Study   and    Recitation    Rooms.      Not 

including  dormitory  or  boarding. 

For      projection      of     shadows     and 
graphics    of    light    and    shadow    see 
515.63  and  515.7. 

.2 

Academies.       Seminaries.       Boarding 

.2 

The  Plan. 

Schools. 

.21 

Elements  required;  .22,  Distribution; 

.3 

Colleges.     Universities. 

.23,  Proportion;   .24,  .25,  .26,  .27,  .28, 

.4 

Professional   and  Technical   Schools. 

.29. 

Law,  Theology,  etc. 

.3 

Elementary  Forms.   For  construction 

.5 

Laboratories:  Physical,  Chemical.  See 

of  these  forms  see  721. 

542.1,  Biological,  etc.     Zoological  and 

.31 

Walls.      Mouldings.      Cornices.      .32, 

Botanic  Gardens.     See  also  590.7  and 

Piers,    Columns,     Pilasters,   Pedestals 

580.7. 

and    the    Orders.      Colonnades.      .33, 

.6 

.1,   Museums.      .2,    Herbariums.      See 

580.7. 

Arches  and  Arcades.     .34,  Vaults  and 
Domes.     .35,  Roof.     Spires.    Dormers. 

.7 

.1,  Art  Galleries.     .2,  Studios. 

.36,    Towers.      .37,    Gables   and    Pedi- 

.8 

Libraries.      See    022,    Library    Build 
ings. 

ments.       .38,    Doors     and    Windows. 
Bays.     Oriels.     .39,  Stairs  and  Balus- 

.9 

Other.    Learned  Societies,  etc. 

trades.     See  also  515.83,  Stereotomy; 

728 

RESIDENCES. 

604. S,  Building. 

.1 

Tenement  Houses. 

.4 

Painted  Decoration. 

.11 

City  Homes  of  Poor. 

729.5 

Decoration  in  Relief. 

.12 

Country  Homes  of  Poor. 

.6 

Incrustation  and  Veneering. 

.13 

Cit<?s  Ouvrieres. 

.7 

Mosaic  and  Marble. 

.2 

Collective  Dwellings. 

.71 

Mosaic   Ceilings;    .72.    Mosaic   Walls; 

.21 

Flats;  one  family  to  the  floor. 

.73,  Mosaic  Floors;  .74,  Other  Mosaic 

.211 

Small   Flats  less   than  8   rooms. 

designs;  .75,  .76,  .77,  .78,  .79. 

.212 

Large  Flats.   8  rooms  or  more. 

.8 

Stained  Glass  Design.     For  technical 

.22 

Apartment    Houses;    more    than    one 
family  to  floor. 

processes   see  666.1;   for  history  see 
748. 

.221 

Five  Suites  or  Less. 

.9 

Architectural  Accessories  and  Fixed 

.222 

Six  Suites  or  More. 

Furniture. 

.2221 

Elevator   Service. 

.91 

Altars,       Pulpits,       Tribunes,       Dais 

.2222 

No  Elevator  Service. 

Thrones    (Ecclesiastical). 

.3 

City  Houses.     Mansions.     Palaces. 

729.92 

Seating   for   Public   Buildings. 

.31 

Between  party-walls.   Stone. 

.921 

Benches;     2,     Settees;     3,     Portable 

.32 

Between  party-walls.     Brick. 

Chairs   and    Opera  Chairs. 

.33 

Between  party-walls.     Partly  wood. 

93 

Domestic    Chairs,     Tables,     Couches, 

.34 

Semi-detached,  including  end  houses 

Stools,  Beds,  etc. 

in  city  blocks.     Stone. 

94 

Buffets. 

.35 

Semi-detached,  including  end  houses 

95 

Mantels.     Overmantels.     Andirons. 

in  city  blocks.     Brick. 

96 

Steel  Furniture. 

.36 

Semi-detached,  including  end  houses 

97 

Window  Shades. 

in  city  blocks.     Partly  wood. 

98 

.1,  Organs.     .2,  Pianos. 

.37 

Detached.   Stone. 

99 

Lisrhtins'  Fixtures. 

.38 

.39 

Detached.     Brick. 
Detached.  Partly  wood. 

730 

SCULPTURE. 

.4 

Club   Houses.      Buildings   for   Secret 

731 

MATERIALS  AND  METHODS. 

Societies. 

732 

ANCIENT. 

.5 

Hotels. 

733 

GREEK   AND    ROMAN. 

.51 

City  Hotels. 

734 

MEDIEVAL. 

.52 

Summer  Resorts. 

735 

MODERN. 

.53 

Country  Inns. 

736 

CARVING.      SEALS.    DIES.      GEMS. 

.6 

Village  and  Country  Homes. 

CAMEOS. 

.61 

Village  Dwellings.     On  small  lots. 

737 

NUMISMATICS.      COINS.    MEDALS. 

.62 

Stone. 

738 

POTTERY.     PORCELAIN. 

.63 

Brick. 

739 

BRONZES.         BRASSES.         BRIC-A- 

.64 

Concrete  or   stucco. 

BRAC. 

\r<\ 


INDEX  TO  MISCELLANEOUS  AND  USEFUL  INFORMATION 


According  to  Decimal  System  with 
Acoustics,   Architectural,     p.   357,   vol.   XX. 
American    Expression    is    Architecture.      Vol. 

ZUI,  263. 
Ancient   and  Primitive  Architecture.     F.   722 
Apartment   Houses.      Flats.      Family   Hotels. 

F     728  2 
Arch.    To  Find   Radius    of.      F.    692.1.    p.    275, 

Vol.   XII. 
Arched  Construction.     F.   721.4. 
Architect,    His     Duties    and     Responsiblities, 

p.    247.    Vol.   XVI. 
Architecture.      F.     720. 
Architecture,    Orders    of.      p.    439-448. 
Architecture,    American    Expression    of.     Vol. 

XIII,    263. 
Architectural    Accessories   and    Fixed    Furni- 
ture.    F.     729.9. 
Architectural   Construction.      F.   721. 
Architectural  Design  and  Decoration.     F.  729. 
Arithmetical   Tables.      F.    690.12,   p.    420. 
Automobiles,    space    occupied    by.      p.    429. 
Barrels  and  Boxes,  Dimensions  of.     F.  p. 
Bars     Concrete     reinforcement     specifications 

for.      p.    303. 
Base   Plates  for  Columns.      F.    690.12,   p.    219, 

Vol.   XIII. 
Bay    Windows,    692.1,    p.    431. 
Beams,  Small  T,  Functions  of.  p.  239.  Vol.  XV. 
Beams,  Wooden — Formula  F.  690,  p.  375. 
Beams.    Yellow    Pine.    Table    of,    Strength    of. 

p.    408-409. 
Bearing   Plates    for   Columns    and   Beams,    p. 

219,   Vol.  XIII. 
Billiard  Rooms.      Sizes  for.      F.   691'.   p.    432. 
Board  Measure.     F.    694.0,   p.   385.     Vol.  XIX. 
Boiler   Efficiency,    p.    437. 
Boilers,   Steam  and   Hot    Water.    F.   697.43,    p. 

437. 
Bond  Used   in   Brickwork,     p.    426. 
Borings— Hardpan.      p.   285,   vol.   XX. 
Bowling  Alley.      Sizes   for.      F.    377.   p.    429. 
Breweries — Data.      F.    692,   p.    282,   Vol.   XIII. 
Brick    Construction.      F.    693.2,    p.    433. 
Brick,  Old,   Meas.   of.     F.    693.2,  p.    433. 
Brickwork,    Wt.    of.      F.    693.2,    p.    433. 
Building.     F.  690. 

Brick.    Old.    Meas.    of.      F.    693.2.    p.    433. 
Buildings   with   sidings,    data    on.      p.    429. 
Carpentry,  Joinery,  Mill-work,  Cabinet-work, 

Stair-building.     F.  694,  p.  382,  Vol.  XIX. 
Catalogues,    System    of    Filing.      p.    449. 
Classification     for     Filing     Data.    Drawings, 

Plates,  Catalogues,  etc.     p.    1  ID. 
Coal,    Space    Required    in    Bins.      p.    437. 
Code   of   Professional    Ethics,      p.    29. 
Concrete.   Economics   of.      213,   Vol.   XIII. 
Conveying  Machinery  in   City   Buildings.   247, 

Vol.   XIII. 
Conveying  Machinery,   by  S.    F.   Joor.     p.   243 

Vol.   XV. 
Ceilings.     F.  721.7. 
Cement.    Standard   Specifications   for.     p.    199, 

Vol.   XV. 
Cementing  Materials.     F.    691.5,  p.  278,  Vol.  XIII. 
Cement.    Treatment    and    Finish    of.      p.    231. 

Vol.  XVI. 
Ceramic  Products.   691.4. 
Circle,    Mensuration   of.      F.    692,    p 
Cisterns — Capacities.      F.    696,413, 
Clay   Products,   Burned.     F.  691.4. 
Columns,    Cast  Iron — Safe   Loads. 

see  694.912,  p.  261.  Vol.  XII. 
Composition.     F.    695.6. 

Concrete    Hoofs,    specifications    for.      p.    315. 
Concrete   in    Pounds    Per    Sq.    Inch,    Ultimate 

and    Safe   Strength    of.      p.    111. 
Concrete  Work.    Rules  of  Measurement.    309. 
Contracts,      Agreements.      Bids.      Advertise- 
ments.     F.    692.4. 
Conveying    Machinery    in    City    Buildings,    p. 

247.    Vol.    XITT. 
Conveying    of    Materials,    Continuous,     p.    243. 

Vol.   XIV. 
Covering,   Overlaying    (Roofing).      F.    695. 
Crosses    and    Symbols.      F.    726,    p.    299,    Vol. 

XIII. 
Crushed    Stone.    Voids   in.      Vol.    XT.    p.    269 
Design  for  Hooped  Columns,     p.    ni-iiv 
Deafening  Felts  and  Quilts.     F.  695.7. 
Doors,    Grates,    Grilles.    Windows.      F.    721.8, 
see   694.63. 


.     lis. 
p.      119. 

F.    690.12, 


Page  Numbers  and  Relative  Index 

Drainage.     F.    696.1.  , 

Drain  Pipes — Capacities.     F.  see  696.1,  p.  436. 

Drains     and     Wells,     Brickwork    in.      F.    see 

696.22.    also    696,413,    p.    436. 
Drawings,     General;     Helps    in    Preparing    F. 

692.01.       p.     422-423-424 
Editorial,  p.  21. 
Electric     Equipment     for     Illumination     and 

Communication.      F.    696.9. 
Ellipse   and    Parabola,      p.    430. 
Engineering.     F.  620. 
Estimate — Data.    p.   294,   vol.  XVII. 
Estimates   on  Carpentry.     See  F.    694,   p.    382, 

Vol.  XIX. 
Estimates    on    Painting.      F.    698,    p.    391-395. 
Estimates  Quantities,    Cost.     F.    692.5. 
Excavation,  Rules  for  Measurement  of.    p.  309. 
Exposed     Metal-formed     Joints    and     Protec- 
tions, Finish  Hardware.     F.  694.24. 
Filing  Catalogues,  and  Drawings,  and  Plates. 

4  49. 
Finishing,   of  Wood.      p.    255,   Vol.  XIII. 
Fire-proofing.      F.    693.7. 

Flat    Slab   Construction,      p.    249.    Vol.   XX. 
Flat    Slab    Design.      p.    265.    Vol.    XXI. 
Flooring  Material,  of  Wood.     694.67. 
Floor    Loading,      p.    269,    Vol.    XIII. 
Floors  and  Flooring.  F.  721.6. 
Foundations.      F.    721.1. 
Foundations  of  Buildings,    p.  142,  Vol.  I. 
Freight   Cars,    Sizes    of.      p.    132. 
Fuel,    Space   Occupied    by.      p.    137. 
Furnaces.     F.   697.3. 

Foundations  Datum,     p.   285.  Vol.  XX. 
Furniture,    Dimensions    of.      p.     129 
Gas  Fitting.     F.   696.7. 
Gauges    and    Their    Equivalents,    p.    282.    Vol. 

XVI. 
General  Works.  F. 
Glass.      F.    691.6,    p.    277.   Vol.   XIII. 
Glass,    Light    Passing   Through.      F.    691.6,    p 

277,   Vol.   XIII. 
Glass — Surface  Heated  by  Radiation.     F.  697, 

p.    438. 
Glass   and    Glazing,      p.    397. 
Glazing.      F.    698.5. 
Grades,    Per    Mile,    Water    Mains — Table    of. 

F.    696.1    and    .2.      p.    435. 
Gravel    Roofing,    Specifications    for.      p.    291. 

Vol.    XIII. 
Gravel,   Use   in   Concrete.      213.   Vol.   XIII. 
Heating  and  Ventilating.    F.   697,   p.   32  7.   also 

p.    437. 
Hardpan   Datum,    p.    285.   Vol.    XX. 
Heat,   Transmission   of.      F.   697,   p.   438. 
Hollow    Tile    and    Porous    Terra    Cotta    Con- 
struction.    F.    693.4. 
Booping   for    Core,    Diameters   and    Booping    tor 

Reinforced   Concrete  Columns,     p.   414  115. 
Hospitals   and   Asylums.     F.   725.5. 
Hotels.     F.  728.5. 

Hot  Water  Heating.     F.   697.41,  p.   327. 
Hints  and    Formulae,     p.   32  ,  -3  13. 
Impurities    in    Water.       F.    see    696.4,    p.    297, 

Vol.    XV. 
Iron    and    Composite   Structures.     F.    721.5. 
Joinery,  General  Mill-Work.     F.  694.6. 
Joists — Carrving  Capacity.      F.    690.12,  p.   260. 

Vol   XII. 
Landscape  Gardening.     F.   710. 
l.aw     Data    for   Architects,    p.   255,   Vol.  XI\ 
Law    for   the    Licensing   of    Architects,     p.    F. 
t\:r<  95,    p.    L39,    Vol.    ill:    p.    l  15,    Vol.    V;    p. 
81-83,    Vol.    XXI. 
Laws  Pertaining  to  Building.      F.   692.9. 
Lead— Sheet.     F.  see  691.84,  p.  287,  Vol.  XIII. 
Legal      Standing     of    an     Architect.       p.    213. 

Vol.   VII. 
Lien  Law.     p.  139,  Vol.  VI. 
Liejit.   Transmission  of,   277,   Vol,   XIII. 
Lighting  Indirect,  p.   209,   Vol.  XVI. 
Lighting  for  Billiard    Rooms,     p.    132. 
Lighting   Protection,     p.  255,  Vol.  XVII. 
Lighting  Fixtures.     F.  729.99 
Limes— Cements— Plasters.      F.    691.5.    p.    -.8, 

Vol.   XIII  ,,  „    „_ 

Liquids,  Hydrostatics.  Hydraulics.     F.   532. 
Lumber  specifications,     p. 
Manufactories.      F.    725.4. 

Masonry    in    Pounds    Per    Sq.    Inch,    Ultimate 
and   Safe   Strength   of.     p.    412. 

455 


-Mi  I. rials,     Building.      F.      691,     p.     283,     Vol. 

XVII. 
Mat. rials    in    Construction.      Weights    of.     p. 

120-421. 
Materials.    Strength    of.      p.    283.    Vol.    XX. 
Materials.    Wts.    of.      F.    691,    p.    120. 
Measures.    Tables   of.      p.    118. 
Measurement   of    Brick,     p.    433. 

irement    of    Carpentry    Work.      p.    382 

Vol.    XIX. 
Measurement   of  Concrete,      p.    309. 
Measurement   of   Painting,      p.    391. 
Measurement  of  Plastering,   Rules  for.  p.  401. 
Mensuration   Formulae,     p.   276.  Vol.   XV. 
Metal  Formed  Joints,  Concealed  Rough  Hard- 
ware.     F.   694.23. 
Metal   Lath  and   Furring.     F.   693.96. 
Metals,   Except    Iron    and    Steel.      F.    691.8,   p. 

277,    Vol.    XIII. 

Metals-    -Phys.    Properties.     F.    669,    p.    283. 

Vol.    XVII. 
Metallurgy    and    Assaying.     F.     699,     p.     283, 

Vol.   XVll 
Mill-work.  694.6. 
Mortars,      p.    143. 
Mosaic  and  Marble.      F.   729.7. 
Nails  for  Different  "Work.      F   694,231,   p.   385, 

Vol.    XIX. 
Natural   Science.      F.   500. 

Nomenclature  of  Drawings.     F.  692.1,  p.    122. 
Office   Hours  and  Holidays,     p.   199,   Vol.   VII. 
''Hi'.-    Practice    for    Draughtsman,     p.    85. 
Orders    of    Architecture.       File     7 1!  ;< . .': .     p.     139 
Organs,   Pianos.      F.    729.98,   p.   429. 
Paint   and   Fainting.      I-\    698,    p.    391. 
Painted  Decoration.     F.  729.4. 
Painting  Time  an   Important  Factor,    p.   255. 

Vol.    XII. 
Painting  Structural   Work.     p.  259.  Vol.  XIII. 
Paints,   Table   for  Mixing.      F.    698,   p.   391. 
Paints,     Wall,    Sanitary,    Value    of.       p.     233. 

Vol.   XIV. 
Pianos.      Sizes    of.      F.    692,    p.    432 
Piers,  Columns.     F.   721.3. 
Pipe.     Wrought    Iron — Dim.       F.      696.5,      see 

697,142,    p.     Fir.. 
Plans   and    Specifications.      F.    692. 
Plastering.     F.  693.9. 

Plastering,   Rules   for    Measurement       p.    401. 
Plumbing.     F.  696.3. 

Prisons  and   Reformatories.     F.   725.6. 
Protective    Coatings    for    Various    Structural 

Materials.      2f<5.    Vol.    XIII. 
Protective.   Preservative  and  Decorative  Cov- 
ering   CPainting,    Wall    Hanging,    Glazing, 

Floor    Covering).       F.    698,    p.    391. 
Public  Buildings.     F.  725. 
Pullevs.   to  Calculate  Speed  of.      F.   621.85,  p. 

2f<6.    Vol.    XIII. 
Radiation.     F.    697.45. 
Reinforced  Concrete.     F.  693.6. 
Reinforced  Concrete,   Rules  of   Measurement. 

309. 

Reinforced.   Strength   of.     p.   272.  Vol.  XTIT. 
Reinforcement,    Tables    of.      By   B.    E.    Wins- 
low.     F.    690.12,   p.    272.   Vol.   XIII. 
Reinforcing  Bars,    specifications   for.     p.   197, 

Vol.  XXT. 
Reservoirs    for     Storage     and     Service.      F. 

696.413. 
Roofing   and    Roofing   Material.      Vol.   XII,    F. 

695.     p.  215.   281. 
Roofing    Composition,    Specifications    for.      p. 

3ni.    V.,1     XVII. 

Roots.    Square,      p.    119. 
Safe  Strength  of  "Wood,  Table  of.      p.   410. 
Safe    Strength    of    Iron     £-     Steel     in     pounds 

per   square   inch.    p.    413. 
Sanitary  Equipment.   Illumination.      F.    696. 
Sanitary     or     Plumbing    Ordinances.       p.     329, 

Vol.    XXI. 
Sragliola.      F.   693.94. 

lule    of    Professional     Charges.       p.    35. 
Sewerage.     F.  696.2. 
Sewer   Grades.      F.    696.2.    p.    404. 
Sewers.    Design    and    Construction.      F.    696.2. 

pp.    403-404 
Sewer   Pipes.      Discharge  of.      F.   696.2,  p.    }::•'>. 
Sheet    Metal.       F.    695.2.    p.    43  1. 
Shingle   Stains — Data.      F.    698.13    p.    391. 
Shingles,  Wood.     F.  695.1,  Vol.  XI. 
Slate.     F.    695.25,    p.    300. 
Tile.     F.   695.26. 


Sidewalks  and    Vault  Covering.      Vol.   XII    n 
189.  '   p 

Slating — Memoranda.      F.    695.25,    p.    434. 
Smoke  Flues  and  Prevention.    F.  697.8.  d    287 

Vol.  XI. 
Smoke  Inspection,  Rules  of.     Vol.  XII,  p.  185 

Vol.  XV. 
Specifications.     F.   692.3. 
Stables.    Dimensions    of.      F.    728.941,    d     285 

Vol.   XV. 
Stained   Glass   Design.     F.    729.8. 
Stains.    Creosote.       F.    69S.13,    p.    391 
Stair  Building.     F.  694.8. 
Stairs.     F.  694.8. 
stairs — Table     for    Calculating     Treads     and 

Risers.      F.    692.1,    p.    428. 
Stairs,   Table   Treads   and    Risers   of.      p.    il'v 
Steam    Heating.      F.    697.42,    p.    327. 

Hints    and    Formulae.      pp.    327-343. 
Contractors   for.      pp.    298-344. 
Steam  Mains.   Sizes  of.   F.   697.42,  p.  294.  also 

235,  also  Vol.  XI,    28?. 
Steel  Building  Const,     p.  165.  Vol.  VII,  p.  163 

Vol.  V. 
Steel    and    Iron,    Corrosion    of.      F.    691.7,    p 

276.      See   Vol.   XI. 
Steel  Structural,    p.  201,  Vol.  XVII. 
Stone,   Suggestions   for  Setting,      p.   425. 
Stone     Voids.     Settlement     and     Weight     of 

Crushed,     p.  193,  Vol.  XII. 
Strains    Defined.      F.    620.1,    p.    197,    Vol.    XIV 
Strengthened   Beams.      F.    694.3. 
Strength    of  Concrete,    Table    of.      p.    411. 
Strength    of    Masonrv,    Table    of.      p.    412. 
Strength  of  Materials.  F.  620.1.  283.  Vol.  XX. 
Wood.    Joist   and   Timber,     p.    289.   Vol. 

XIII. 
Mechanics    of    Materials,    p.    227,     Vol 

XVI. 
Cast  Iron  and  Steel  Base-Plates,  p.  219. 

Vol.  XIII. 
Reinforced    Concrete    Beams    and    Col- 
umns,   op.    239-247.      See    Vol.    XI    foi 
Talbot    Formula. 
100   lbs.   Live  Floor  Load. 
Stress  in   Materials,     p.   197,  Vol.   XIV. 
Structural     Materials — Cement     and     Steel — 

Specifications,     p.  Vol.  XV. 
Structural   Work.   Painting.      259,   Vol.   XIII. 
Structural      Steel     for     Buildings,      Standard 

Specifications    for.      p.    191,    Vol.    XIV. 
Subject,    Index   for   Filing,      p.    449. 
Swimming    Tanks.      F.    692,    p.    432. 
Tables,   Metric,      p.    386. 

Tables,  Misc.  Measure  of.     F.    389,   pp.    42"- 121. 
Tanks,   Swimming,     p.   380. 
Terra    Cotta    Construction.    F.    693.3. 
Terra   Cotta,   Details  for  Hanging,      p.    427. 
Timber,  Contents  in.     F.  694,  p.  385.  Vol.  XIX 
Timber.   Structural,   Specifications   for.  p.  237. 

Vol.  XVI. 
Tin    Roofs — Data.      F.    695.0,    p.    434. 
Transmission    Machinery.      F.    621.8,    p.    271. 

also  249,  Vol.   XI. 
Transportation  and  Storage.       F.  725.  3. 
Treads  and    Risers.      F.    692.1,   p.    128. 
Trigonometry.      F.    514. 
Useful  Arts.     F.  600. 
Varnish,      p.    379-3S9. 

Vault  Covers  and  Sidewalks.  Vol.  XII..  p.  189 
Vehicles.    Sizes    of.       F.     728.942,    p.     429. 
Voids   in  Crushed  Stone.      Vol.   XI,   p.    259. 
Walls.      F.    721.2. 

Water — Expansion — Wt.    and    Tests,      p.    419. 
Water  PressuVe  at  Different  Elevations,  p.  419. 
Water.   Pure,  Tests  for.      p.   419. 
Weights  and  Measures,     p.  264.  Vol.  XII. 
Weights    of    Building    Materials.      F.    691,    p 

420-421. 
Windows,    Bavs,   Angles   of.      F.    692.1,   p.    431. 
Wind,   Velocity  of.      F.  389,   p.   264,   Vol.   XII 
Wind  Bracing  in  Steel  Skeleton  Construction 

p.    269.      Vol.    XX. 
Wiring  Specifications,  Suggestion   on.    p.   259, 

Vol.   XVI. 
Wood,   Finishing  of.      p.   255.   Vol.   XIII. 
Wood  in  Pounds  Per  Sq.    Inch,  Ultimate  and 

Safe   Strength   of.      p.    410. 
Wo. ,.ien    Buildings,   Preservation   of  Exterior 

of.      p.    223,    Vol.    XIV. 
Woods,    Weight    of.       F.    691.1,    pp.    420-421. 
Yellow    Pine    Beams,    Loads    in    Pounds,      pp. 
10^-409. 


456 


CLASSIFIED  LIST  OF  ADVERTISERS. 

Advertisers  are  classified  with  a  view  to  furnish  Architects  and  others  a 
ready  reference  list  of  houses  engaged  in  the  Building  Business.  Besides  the 
Index  to  Advertisements  on  pages  457-475,  the  number  of  the  pages  on  which 
the  Advertisements  appear  follows  directly  after  each  name  Classified  in 
this  list.  It  is  requested  that  those  using  it  will  kindly  mention  this  book  in 
their  correspondence. 


AIR    COMPRESSORS. 

Am.  Steam  Pump  Co.,   53  W.  Jackson 
Gallaher  &  Speck,   215   W.   Congress  St. 
Scully  Steel  &  Iron  Co.,   2364   S.  Ashland. 

AIR    WASHERS    AND    PURIFIERS. 

Gustafson,  K.  A..   2114   N.  Springfield  Av. 

Haines  Co.,    1933   W.    Lake   St. 

Narowetz    Heafg    &    Vent's    Co.,    22:;    \V. 

Lake  St. 
Webster,  Warren  &  Co.,   53    W.  Jackson. 

ANGLES    AND    CHANNELS. 
American  Bridge  Co.,   208  S.   La  Salle  St. 
Bolter's  A.,  Sons.  Ward  St.  &  Belden  Av. 
Butler  St.  Fdrv  &  Iron  Co.,   3424   Normal 
Holmes,   Pvott  &   Co.,    159   N.   Jefferson 
Kenwood  Bridge  Co.,   1st  Nat.   Bk.   Bldg. 
Morava    Constr.    Co..    122    S.    Michigan. 
Byerson,  Jos.  T.  &  Son,  2558  W.  16th  St. 
Scullv  Steel  &   Iron  Co.,   2364   S.   Ashland. 
Union  Fdrv.  Wks..   38  S.   Dearborn  St. 
Vanderkloot  Steel  Wks..  2607  S.  Halsted. 
Vierling    Steel    Wks.,    23rd    &    Stewart. 


376 
348 

7s 


370 
370 


2N6 
294 
300 
294 
294 
294 
70 
78 
290 
290 
300 


ARCHITECTURAL    IRON    WORK. 

American  Bridge  Co..   208  S.   La  Salle  St.  286 

Bolter's  A..  Sons,  Ward  St.  &  Belden  Av.  294 

Butler  St.  Fdry  &  Iron  Co.,   3424  Normal  300 

Coleman,    Adelbert    E.,    37th    &    Stewart  298 

Duffin    Iron   Co.,    4837    S.    Kedzie    Av.  292 

Federal   Iron   Wks.,    30    N.    La    Salle   St.  29fi 

Guaranty  Iron  &  Steel  Co.,   2847  W.  Lake  298 

Halsted,  Joseph,  Co..   1233   W.    Bandolph  29fi 

Hanke   Iron  &  Wire  Wks.,   840   N.  Albany  296 

Holmes,   Pyott  &   Co.,    159    N.   Jefferson  294 

Kenwood   Bridge  Co..   1st  Nat.   Bk.   Bldg.  29 1 

Lally  Column   Co.,   4001    Wentworth   Av.  308 

Manton  &  Smith  Co..   1709  W.  Austin  Av.  298 

Reder  Fdry.  Co..  3536  S.  Oakley  Av.  296 
Smith,    F.    P.    Wire    &    Iron    Wks.,    2346 

Clybourn   Av.  306 

Sullivan-Korber  Co.,  2437   W.   21st   PI.  298 

Union   Fdrv.  Wks.,   38  S.   Dearborn   St.  290 

Vanderkloot  Steel  Wks..  2607  S.  Halsted.  290 

Vierling    Steel    Wks.,    23rd    &-    Stewart.  300 

Woodbridge  Ornt'l   Iron  Co.,  400  W.  Erie.  300 

ARCHITECTURAL     SCULPTORS. 

Architectural   Dec.   Co.,    1600   S.   Jefferson.  406 

Dux,    Joseph,    2112    W.    Van    Huron    St.  406 

ARCHITECTURAL     AND     STRUCTURAL 
IRON  AND   STEED. 

American  Bridge  Co..   208  S.   La   Salle   St.  286 

Bolter's   A..   Sons.    Ward    St.   ,V    Relden    A  v.  294 

Butler  St.  Fdrv  &  Iron  Co..  3424   Normal  300 

Halsted.  Joseph,  Co..   1233    W.    Randolph  29fi 

Hanke   Iron  &   Wire   Wks.    840    X.    Albany  296 

Holmes,   Pvott    &   Co.,    159    N   Jefferson  294 

Kenwood   Bridge  Co..    1st    Nat.    Bk.    Bldg.  29* 

Lally  Column   Co.,   4001    Wentworth    A  v.  308 

Morava    Constr.    Co..    122    S.    Michigan.  294 

Reder  Fdrv.  Co.,  3536  S.  Oakley  Av.  296 

Scullv  Steel  &   Iron  Co.,   2364   S.   Ashland.  7^ 
Smith.    F.    P.    Wire    &    Iron     Wks..    2346 

Clybourn  Av.  306 

Union    Fdrv.    Wks..   38   S.    Dearborn   St.  290 

Vanderkloot  Steel  Wks..  2607  s    Halsted.  290 

Vierling    Steel    Wks..    23rd    A    Stewart  300 

Wendnagel  &  Co.,   600   W.   22nd  St.  300 


ARCHITECTURAL    TERRA    COTTA. 

Am.    Terra    Cotta    &    Ceramic    Co.,    122    S. 

Michigan    Av.  398 

Midland   Terra   Cotta   Co.,   11    S.   La   Salle.      72 
Northwestern   Terra  Cotta  Co.,    2525   Cly- 
bourn   Av.  10 

ARCHITECTS'    SUPPLIES. 

Am.   Blue   Print  Paper  Co.,  335   Plymouth  388 

Crofoot,   Nielsen   &  Co..    172   W.   Wash.  388 

Dixon.   Jos.  Crucible  Co.,   53   W.   Jackson  68 

ASBESTOS    FIREPROOF    DUMBER. 

Johns-Manville,   H.   W.   Co.,    18th   &   Mich.  8 

ASBESTOS  MANUFACTURERS. 
Cent'l   Asbestos    &    Magnesia    Co.,    214    W. 

Grand    Av.  280 

Johns-Manville,   H.   W.   Co.,    18th   &   Mich.  8 

Krez,   Paul  J..  Co.,   44  4   N.    La   Salle  St.  280 

Standard  Asbestos  Mfg.  Co..  816  W.  Lake.  280 

Watson,   H.   F.   Co..   319   Wells   St.  280 

ASBESTOS   PACKING. 
Cent'l    Asbestos   &   Magnesia   Co.,    214    W. 

Grand    Av.  280 

Krez.  Paul  J.,  Co.,   444   N.  La  Salle  St.  280 

Standard  Asbestos  Mfg.  Co.,  816  W.  Lake.  280 

ASBESTOS — PIPE    AND    BOIDER   COVER- 
ING. 

Cent'l   Asbestos   &   Magnesia    Co.,    214    W. 

Grand    Av.  280 

Johns-Manville.   H.   W.   Co.,    18th   &   Mich.  8 

Krez.   Paul  J..  Co.,   444  N.   La   Salle  St.  280 

Standard  Asbestos  Mfg.  Co..  SI  6  W.  Lake.  280 

Watson,   H.   F.   Co..   319   Wells   St.  280 

ASH    CONVEYORS. 

Link    Belt   Co..    329    W.    39th    St.  2 

Olson,   Samuel   &  Co.,    2418    Bloomingdale.  14 

Weller  Mfg.  Co..   1856   X    Kostner  Av.  84 

ASPHALT  FLOORS. 

Blome-Sinek   Co.,    139    X.    Clark    St. 
Simpson  Constr.  Co.,   133  W.  Washington. 

ASPHALT  SHINGLES. 

Amalgamated  B'f'g  Co.,   431   S.   Dearborn 
Bird    &   Son.    1472    W.    76th    St. 
Moore.     Edw.     Rfg.     Co.,     133     W.     Wash- 
ington   St. 
Patent   Vulcanite   RTg  Co.,   2256   W.   49th. 

AUTOMATIC    SPRINKLING    SYSTEMS. 
ill.  Malleable  Iron  Co.,  1801  Diversey   Bl. 
Nacey,    P,    Co.,    927   S.   State   St. 


98 
!40 


270 

70 


332 
348 


AWNINGS — BRONZE,    WOOD    AND    IRON. 
Dodge,   H.   B.  &  Co..  332  S.   Michigan  Av.      47 

AWNINGS — CANVAS. 
Walger   Awning   ( !o  .    561    w.    Monroe   St. 

BANK   AND    OFFICE    FIKTURES. 
Baumann,   F.  o.   Mfg.  Co.,  1501   Smith  Av.      " 
Brunswick-Balke-Collender     Co.,     623     s. 

Wabash    Av. 
Plamondon  &  Tetze  Co.,   110  S    Dearborn. 
West    Woodworking  Co.,   310   N.    Ada   St. 


BAR    BENDERS 
Am.  Svs.  of  Reinforcing,  10  s.  La  Salle, 
Calumet    Steel   Co.,   208   S.    La   Salle  St. 
Concrete  Steel  Co.,  53   W    Jackson  Bl. 
Dean,  Olney  J.  &  Co.,   19  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Kalman,   Paul  .1.  Co.,  29  S.   La  Salle  St. 
s.-uiiy  Steel  &   iron  Co.,   2364   S,   Ashland. 
Truscon  Steel  Co.,  22  w.   Monroe  st 


40 

386 

1 

288 

30  4 
30  2 
306 

2  st 
7v 


is; 


BANKERS. 

Corn  Exc.   Nat'l  Bank.   134   S.  La  Salle.  42 

Greenebaum   Sons    Bank  \-   Trust    Co.,    9   S. 

I.:i    Sail.'    St.  266 

BAR  SPACERS 
Am.  Sys.  of  Reinforcing,  10  S.  La  Salle.  288 
Calumel  Steel  Co.,  208  S.  La  Salle  St.  304 
Concrete  Steel  Co.,  53  W.  Jackson  Bl.  302 
Dean,  Olney  J.  &  Co.,  19  S.  La  Salle  St.  306 
Kalman,  Paul  J.  Co.,  29  S.  La  Salle  St.  284 
Metal  Bld&.  Materials  Co.,  3127  W.  Har- 
rison St.  308 
Scully  Steel  &  Iron  Co..  2  3  6  4  S.  Ashland.  78 
Truscon   Steel  Co.,   22  W.  Monroe  St.  282 

BARS — IRON  AND  STEEL. 
American  Bridge  Co.,  208  S.  La  Salle  St.  286 
Am.  Sys.  of  Reinforcing,  10  S.  La  Salle.  288 
Calumet  Steel  Co.,  208  S.  La  Salle  St.  304 
Concrete  Steel  Co.,  53  W.  Jackson  Bl.  302 
Kalman.  Paul  J.  Co.,  29  S.  La  Salle  St.  284 
Ryerson,  Jos.  T.  &  Son,  2558  W.  16th  St.  70 
Scully  Steel  &  Iron  Co.,  2364  S.  Ashland.  78 
Truscon   Steel   Co.,    22   W.   Monroe  St.  282 

BATH    ROOM   APPARATUS. 
Hoffmann      &      Billings     Mfg.     Co..     Mil- 
waukee.   Wis.  362 
BATH    ROOM    FIXTURES. 
Clow.  Jas.  B.  &  Sons.  544  S.  Franklin  St.    358 
Imperial    Brass    Mfg.    Co.,    1200    W.    Har- 
rison   St.  6 
Kellogg  Maekay  Co.,  419  W.   18th  St.            326 
Kohler  Co.,   332   S.  Michigan  Av.                        364 
Mutt.    J.    L.    Iron    Wks..    104    S.    Michigan.    364 
Standard  Sanitary  Mfg.  Co.,  14  N.  Peoria.  360 
Wolff,    L.    Mfg.    Co.,    225    N.    Hoyne   Av.        356 

SAT'S   TUBS 
Clow,  Jas.  B.  &  Sons,  544  S.  Franklin  St.    358 
Kellogg  Maekay  Co.,   419  W.   18th  St.  326 

Kohler  Co.,   33  2   S.  Michigan  Av.  3  64 

Mott.    J.    L.    Iron    Wks.,    104    S.    Michigan.   364 
Standard  Sanitarv  Mfg.  Co.,  14  N.  Peoria.  360 
Wolff.   L.    Mfg.    Co.,    225    N.   Hoyne   Av.        356 
BEAMS  AND  COLUMNS— IRON  AND 

American  Bridge  Co..  208  S.  La  Salle  St.  286 
Bolter's  A.,  Sons,  Ward  St.  &  Belden  Av.  294 
Butler  St.  Fdry  &  Iron  Co..  3424  Normal  300 
Halsted,  Joseph,  Co..  1233  W.  Randolph  296 
Holmes,  Pvott  &  Co.,  159  N.  Jefferson  294 
Kenwood  Bridge  Co.,  1st  Nat.  Bk.  Bldg.  294 
Morava  Constr.  Co..  122  S.  Michigan.  294 
Reder  Fdry.  Co.,  3536  S.  Oakley  Av.  296 

Rverson.  Jos.  T.  &  Son,  2558  W.  16th  St.  70 
Scully  Steel  &  Iron  Co.,  2364  S.  Ashland.  78 
Union  Fdrv.  Wks..   38  S.   Dearborn   St.  290 

Vanderkloot  Steel  Wks..  2607  S.  Halsted.  290 
Vierling    Steel    Wks.,    23rd    &    Stewart.        300 

BEDS — DISAPPEARING. 
Van  Dame,  W.  L.,  Co.,  58  K.  Washington.      74 

BEDS — WALL. 
Van  Dame,  V\  L.,  Co.,  58  E.  Washington.      74 

BELTING. 
Link    Belt    Co.,    329    W.    39th    St.  2 

BEET   AND   HAND    POWER   ELEVATORS. 
Kaestner  &  Hecht  Co..   500  S.  Throop  St.     301 
Otis  Elevator  Co.,   600  W.   Jackson  Bl.  24 

Pitt    Engineering   Co.,    120    W.    Kinzie   St. 

Inside  Back  Cover 
BILLIARD   ROOM   SUPPLIES. 
Brunswick-Balke-Collender     Co.,     623      S. 

Wabash    Av.  40 

Pick,   Albert  &  Co..   1200  Wr.   35th   St.  374 

BILLIARD   TABLES. 
Brunswick-Balke-Collender     Co.,      623      S. 
Wrabash    A v.  40 

BLACK    BOARDS    FOR   SCHOOLS. 
Caxton  School  Supplv  Co.;  560  WT.  Monroe   398 

BLACK    PLATE. 
Milwaukee    Corrugating    Co..    Mil.,    Wis.         44 
Scully  Steel  &  Iron  Co.,   2364   S.  Ashland.      78 
Stark    Rolling    Mill    Co.,    140    S.    Dear.    & 
Canton.    O.  32 

BLOWER   REGULATORS. 
Davis.    O.    M.    Reg.    Co..    422    Milwaukee        374 

BLUE   AND    BLACK   PRINTING. 
Am.  Blue  Print  Paper  Co..   335   Plvmouth    388 
Crofoot,    Nielsen    &   Co.,    172    W.    Wash.        388 


64 

76 
66 


40 
374 


BOILERS. 

111.  Malleable  Iron  Co.,  1801   Diversey  Bl.   332 
Kewanee   Boiler   Co.,   328   W.   Washington 

&   Kewanee,    111.  324 

Kellogg  Maekay  Co.,   419  W.   18th  St.  326 

Utica  Heater  Co.,   218   W.   Kinzie   St.  336 

BOILERS — STEAM   AND    HOT    WATER. 
111.  Malleable  Iron  Co.,  1801   Diversey  Bl.   332 
Kewanee   Boiler   Co.,    328   W.   Washington 

&   Kewanee,    111.  324 

Utica   Heater  Co.,   218  WT.  Kinzie  St.  336 

BOILER     SUPPLIES     AND     MACHINERY. 
Scully  Steel  AL-   Iron  Co.,   2364  S.  Ashland.      78 

BONDS. 
Builders    &   Mfgrs.    Mutual    Casualty   Co., 

133    W.    Washington   St. 
Chgo   Bonding   &   Ins.   Co..    79   W.   Monroe 
Sherman  &  Ellis,  Inc.,   11   S.  La  Salle  St. 

BOWLING  ALLEYS. 
Brunswick-Balke-Collender     Co.,     623     S. 

Wabash    A  v. 
Pick,    Albert   &  Co.,    1200   WT.    35th   St. 

BRASS  AND  IRON— ARCHITECTURAL. 
Coleman,  Adelbert  E.,  37th  &  Stewart  298 
Federal  Iron  Wks.,  30  N.  La  Salle  St.  296 
Guaranty  Iron  &  Steel  Co.,  2847  W.  Lake  298 
Halsted.  Joseph,  Co.,  1233  W.  Randolph  296 
Hanke  Iron  &  Wire  Wks.,  840  N.  Albany  296 
Manton  &  Smith  Co.,  1709  W.  Austin.  Av.  298 
Smith,    F.    P.    Wire    &    Iron    Wks.,    2346 

Clybourn   Av. 
Sullivan-Korber  Co.,  2437  W.  21st  PI. 
Woodbridge  Ornt'l  Iron  Co.,  400  W.  Erie. 
BRICK  BUILDING  RAISERS  AND 
MOVERS. 
Friestedt,    L.   P.   Co..    Tribune   Bldg. 
Newman,  W.  J.  Co.,  21  N.  Curtis  St. 

BRICK— COMMON. 
111.    Brick   Co..    Ill    W.   Washington   St. 
WTestern  Brick  Co.,  Danville,  111. 
BRICK — ENAMELED. 
Western  Brick  Co..  Danville.   111. 

BRICK — FACE. 
Garden   City   Sand   Co.,    133   W.   Wash. 
Western  Brick  Co.,  Danville,   111. 

BRICK— FIRE. 
Dee,  Wm.  E.  Co.,   30  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Garden   City   Sand   Co..    133   W.  Wash. 
111.     Fire-Proof    Constr.    Co.,     209     S.    La 

Salle   St. 
Johnson,  E.  V.  Co..  20  W.  Jackson  Bl. 
Rosing,  Astrid  S.,   Ill  W.   Monroe  St. 
Western  Brick  Co.,  Danville,  111. 

BRICK— PAVING. 
Garden   City   Sand   Co.,    133   W.   Wash. 
Western  Brick  Co.,  Danville,  111. 
BRICK — PRESSED. 
Western  Brick  Co.,  Danville,   111. 

BRICK  SAND   MOULD 
Western  Brick  Co.,  Danville,  111. 

BRICK   SEWER. 
111.    Brick   Co..    Ill    W.    Washington    St. 
Western  Brick  Co.,  Danville,  111. 

BRIDGES   AND   ROOFS. 
American  Bridge  Co..   208  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Kenwood  Bridge  Co.,   1st  Nat.   Bk.  Bldg. 
Morava    Constr.    Co..    122    S.    Michigan. 

BRONZE  WORK. 
Coleman,    Adelbert   E.,    37th    &   Stewart 
Halsted,   Joseph,  Co.,   1233   W.   Bandolph 
Manton  &  Smith  Co..  1709  W.  Austin  Av. 
Smith.    F.    P.    Wire    &    Iron    Wks.,    2346 

Clvhourn   Av. 
Sullivan-Korber  Co..   2437  W.   21st  PI. 
Woodbridge  Ornt'l  Iron  Co..  400  W.  Erie. 

BUILDERS — HARDWARE. 
Grimm.    W.    H.,    Hardware    Co.,    230    Wr. 
Randolph    St. 

BUILDING     BOARD. 
Bird   &   Son,    1472   W.    76th    St. 
Cornell  Wood  Products  Co..   190  N.   State 

Inside  Back  Cover 

BUILDING   LOANS. 

Baird   &.  Warner,    29   S.   La   Salle   St.  266 

Corn   EXc.   Nat'l   Bank,    134   S.   La  Salle.  42 

Greenebaum  Sons  Bank  &  Trust  Co.,  9  S. 

La   Salle  St.  266 


306 
298 
300 


240 
240 

318 
318 

318 

310 

318 

310 
310 

274 
274 
310 
318 

310 
31.8 

318 

318 

318 
318 

286 
294 
294 

298 
296 
298 

306 
298 
300 


266 
272 


458 


BUILDING    MATERIALS. 

Brownell   Improve.  Co.,   133  W.  Wash. 

Dee,  Wm.  E.  Co.,   30  N,  La  Salle  St. 

Garden  City   Sand   Co.,    133   W.   Wash. 

Northwestern   Terra  Cotta  Co.,    2525   Cly- 
bourn  Av. 

Rosing,  Astrid   S.,   Ill   W.   Monroe  St. 
BUILDING    PAPERS. 

Barrett   Co.,    10    S.    La  Salle  St. 

Bird   &   Son,    1472   W.    76th    St. 

Cent'l   Asbestos   &   Magnesia  Co.,    214    W. 
Grand    Av. 

Krez,  Paul  J..  Co.,   444   N.  La  Salle  St. 

Patent  Vulcanite  R'fg  Co.,  2256  W.   49th. 

Standard  Asbestos  Mfg.  Co..  816  W.  Lake. 

Union   Insulating  Co.,   20  W.  Jackson  Bl. 

Watson,  H.   F.   Co..   319   Wells   St. 

BUILDING    RAISERS    AND    MOVERS. 

Friestedt,    L.   P.   Co.,    Tribune    Bldg. 

Newman,  W.  J.  Co.,  21   N.  Curtis  St. 
CABINET   WORK. 

Baumann,  F.  O.  Mfg.  Co.,   1501   Smith  Av. 

Brunswick-Balke-Collender     Co.,      623      S. 
Wabash    Av. 

Plamondon  &  Tetze  Co.,   110  S.   Dearborn. 

West   Woodworking  Co.,   310   N.    Ada   St. 
CANDELABRA. 

Everson,  C.  G.  &  Co.,   70  W.  Lake  St. 

Warren,   Walter   G.   &   Co.,    1401    W.   Jack. 
CANOPIES — IRON    &    BRONZE. 

Bolter's  A.,  Sons,  Ward  St.  &  Belden  Av. 

Coleman,    Adelbert   E.,    37th   &   Stewart 

Duffin    Iron   Co.,    4837    S.    Kedzie   Av. 

Federal   Iron   Wks.,   30   N.   La   Salle   St. 

Guaranty  Iron  &  Steel  Co.,   2847  W.  Lake 

Halsted,  Joseph,  Co.,   1233   W.   Randolph 

Hanke  Iron  &  Wire  Wks.,   840  N.  Albany 

Holmes,   Pyott  &  Co.,    159   N.   Jefferson 

Kenwood  Bridge  Co.,   1st  Nat.   Bk.  Bldg. 

Manton  &  Smith  Co..  1709  W.  Austin  Av. 

Milwaukee    Corrugating    Co.,    Mil.,    Wis. 

Smith,    F.    P.    Wire    <fc    Iron    Wks.,    2346 
Clybourn  Av. 

Sullivan-Korber  Co.,  2437  W.   21st  PI. 

Union   Fdry.  Wks.,   38   S.   Dearborn   St. 

Vanderkloot  Steel  Wks.,  2607  S.  Halsted. 

Vierling    Steel    Wks.,    23rd    &    Stewart. 

Woodbridge  Ornt'l  Iron  Co.,  400  W.  Erie. 
CARPENTER   CONTRACTORS. 

Anderson,  A.  &  E.  Co.,   19  S.  La  Salle  St. 

Anderson,   Edward  A.  Co.,  30  N.   La  Salle. 

Appel,   Henry  L.  Co.,   30  N.  La  Salle  St. 

Archibald,  E.  L.   Co.,   Ill  W.  Washington. 

Barnard,   H.   B.,   140   S.   Dearborn   St. 

Brundage,    Avery,    110    S.    Dearborn    St. 

Bullev   &  Andrews,    25   N.   Dearborn   St. 

B.   W.   Constr.   Co.,    10   S.   La   Salle   St. 

Cadenhead   Co.,   30    N.    La   Salle   St. 

Dahl-Stedman   Co.,    11    S.    La    Salle   St. 

Doherty,   Frank   E.,   133    W.   Washington. 

Dowling  &  Rutherford,   128   N.   La   Salle. 

Ericsson.    Henry   Co.,    139    N.    Clark   St. 

Fuller,   Geo.  A.   Co.,   Marquette   Bldg. 

Griffiths,  John  &  Son  Co.,   112  W.  Adams 

Guv     &     McClintock    Co.,     246     Lake    St., 
Oak    Park.    111. 

Hammond,  John,  Co.,  68  W.  Washington. 

Hanson    Bros.    Co.,    127    N.   Dearborn    St. 

Jones   Constr.   Co..    1748   W.    Madison   St. 

Kramer,   A.   T.   &  Co.,    4447    W.    Madison 

Lynch,  Austin  J.  Co.,   Ill    \V.  Monroe  St. 

Mavor,    Wm.    Co..    72    \Y.    Adams   St. 

McKcown    Bros.,    112    W.    Adams   St. 

McLennan  Construction  Co.,   :;ist    &  Calu- 
met Av. 

Mcnke-Thielberg   Co.,    139    X.    Clark   St. 

Meyne,  Gerhanlt    F„    127   N.   Dearborn   St. 

Morrice.   Wm.   Co.,    17    N.    La    Salle   St. 

Moses,   C.   A.   Constr.   Co.,    133    W.    Wash- 
ington   St. 

Mutual   Constr.   Co.,    127   X.   Dearborn. 

Nielsen.   S.   N.,    3059   Augusta   St. 

Olson,    Peter.    Co..    19    S.    La    Salle    St. 

Paschen  Bios.,    l  l  1    W.   Washington   St. 

Rasmussen,  •'.,  154  \v.  Randolph  St. 

Regnell.    B.   J.   Co.,    19   S     La    Sill,.   St 

Rosenthal.  O.  W.  &  Co.,  80  k.  Jackson   Bl. 

Salomon-Waterton   Co.,   343   S.    Dearborn. 

Samuelson,   A.   J.,   l*:i    W.    Madison   St. 

Scharmer   Constr.    Co..    139    N.    Clark    St. 

Schmidt   Bros.   Constr.   Co.,   105   N.   Clark. 


310 
310 
310 

10 
310 


L' 71! 

280 

280 

70 

L'  vii 

28 

280 

240 
240 


40 
386 

1 

258 
258 

294 
298 
292 
296 
298 
296 
296 
294 
294 
298 
44 

301 
298 
290 
290 
300 
300 

108 
228 
226 
100 
106 
110 
236 
224 
228 
108 
234 
234 
92 
94 
94 

232 
226 
lo:> 
236 
238 
238 
224 
96 

'.is 
2  2  t 
234 
236 

1  10 
23  2 
in  J 
106 

90 
2:: -j 
:'::t 
236 
230 
l'::s 

2  3  2 
230 


806      W. 


Shedden,  James  &  Co.,  106  N.  La  Salle.  224 
Siebold.  F.  A.  >v  Sun,  U4  \V.  Randolph  238 
Snyder,  J.  W.  Co..  122  S.  Michigan  Av.  104 
Sollitt,    Ralph    &  Sons   Constr.   Co.,    30    X. 

La  Salle  St.  226 

Sollitt,  Sumner,  Co.,  79  E.  Adams  St.  228 
Sproul,   E.   W.   Co.,   2001   W.    39th   St.  86 

Strandberg,  E.  P.  Co.,  Ill  W.  Washington  226 
Thompson-Starrett  Co.,  175  W.  Jackson.  92 
Thomson,  Geo.  &  Son  Co.,  30  X.  La  Salle  228 
Wells  Bros.  Const.  Co.,  53  W.  Jackson  Bl.  2&0 
Wieboldt,  R.  C,  1534  W.  Van   Buren  St.  96 

Wilson,   R.   F.  &  Co.,   1851   Elston   A  v.  88 

CARPETS  AND  RUGS. 
Pick,    Albert  &   Co..    1200   W.    35th   St.  :;74 

CARVING. 
Dux,   Joseph,    2112    W.    Van    Buren    St.  406 

CASEMENT   ADJUSTERS. 
Wilkins,  George  Lester.    ,iu;,   .\.  Clark  St.     476 

CAST  IRON  PENCE   POSTS. 
Castle,  A.   M.  &  Co.,   715    X.   Morgan  St         74 
Reder  Fdry.  Co.,  3536  S.  Oaklev  Av.  296 

Smith.    F.    P.    Wire    &    Iron    Wks.,    2346 
Clybourn  Av.  306 

CASTINGS — GE  NE  RAL. 
Butler  St.  Fdry  <fc   Iron  Co.,   3424   Xormal    300 
Reder  Fdry.  Co.,  3536  S.  Oakley  Av.  296 

CEILING  UNITES  AND  WALL  BRACKETS. 
Rush  Bros.  Co.,  136   w.   Lake  St 
CEILING    LIGHTS. 
Benjamin     Electric     Mfg.     Co., 

Washington    St.  2  1  8 

Everson,  C.  G.  &  Co.,   70  W.  Lake  St.  25  8 

Rush   Bros.   Co.,   136   W.   Lake  St.  258 

Warren,   Walter   G.   &   Co.,    1401    W.   Jack.   25s 

CEILINGS— METAL. 
Milwaukee    Corrugating    Co.,    Mil.,    Wis. 

CEMENT. 
Garden   City   Sand   Co.,    133    W.    Wash. 
Marquette  Cement  Mfg.   Co.,   140  S.  Dear. 
Rosing,  Astrid  S.,   Ill    W.   Monroe  St. 
Sandusky  Cement  Co.,   10   S.   La  Salle  St. 
Universal    Portland    Cement    Co.,    208    S. 
La  Salle  St. 

CEMENT   COATING. 
Advance  Waterproof  Cement   Co.,    17 

Jackson    Bl. 
Antakwa  Co.,    133    W.    Washington    St. 
Garden   City   Sand   Co.,    133   W.    Wash. 
Semet   Solvay  Co.,    332   S.   Michigan   Aw 
CEMENT    —    DUPLEX    PLASHING 
BLOCK. 
Renaud.    F.   D.,    545    W.    31st   St. 

CEMENT — MANUFACTURERS. 

Marquette  Cement    Mfg.   Co.,    140   S.   Dear.   312 

Sandusky  Cement  Co.,   10  S.    I. a    Sail.-  Si  16 

Universal    Portland    Cement    Co.,    208    S. 

La    Salle    St. 

CEMENT — PORTLAND. 
Garden   City   Sand   Co.,    133    W.    Wash. 
Marquette  Cement  Mfg.  Co.,   140  s.    bear. 
Rosing,  Astrid  S.,   Ill    W.   Monroe   Si. 
Sandusky  Cement    Co.,    in   S.    La    Salle   si 
Universal     Portland    Cement    Co.,    208    S. 
La    Salle  St. 
CEMENT — RE-GROUND    PORTLAND 
Advance   Waterproof  Cement   Co.     17.".   w. 
Jackson    Bl. 

CEMENT  PAVING  AND  FLOORS. 

Pleas  Concrete  Constr.   Co..   I'.n   X.    1 -a   Salle 

CEMENT  SIDEWALKS,   PAVING   AND 

FLOORS. 

Blome-Sinek   Co..    139    X.    Clark    St 

Pleas  Concrete  Constr.  Co..  30  X.  I. a  Salle    100 

Simpson  Constr.  Co.,   133  w.  Washington.  240 

CEMENT   TESTING. 

Hunt.   Robt.  w    &  Co.,   ins.   Exc.   Bldg. 

CHANDELIERS. 
K\  erson,  C.  < :    &  <  :o.,  70  w.   Lake  st. 

Warren,    Walter    C.    &    i  !o..     1  I'M     W.    Jack 

CHEMISTS. 
Hunt.    Robt.    W.    .v    Co.,    Ins.    EXC.    Bldg.        312 

CHIMNEYS. 
Am.  Chimney  Constr.  Co.,    10B   N    Clark       322 
Heine  Chimney  Co.,   123   W.   Madison  SI 
Bust    Eng.  Co.,  :::i  s.   l  .a   Salle  St. 
Singer  Chimney  Co.,  2842  Southporl    Ave.  322 

CHIMNEY  TOPS. 
Northwestern  Terra   Cotta   Co.,   2526  Cly- 
bourn   A\  in 


W. 


!58 


44 

310 

3  1 2 

310 

46 

314 


312 
276 
310 
39"2 


270 


3  1  I 

nil) 

312 

310 

46 

:;i  1 


::  12 


1  no 


98 


31! 


2  :>  v 
2  :>  8 


159 


CHIMNEYS   FOK  FACTORIES. 
Am.  Chimney  Constr.  Co.,    105  X.  ("lark       322 
Heine  Chimney  Co..    123   W.    Madison   St.      322 
Rust   Kiik.  Co.,   39  S.    La   Salle  St.  322 

Singer  Chimney  Co.,   2842  Southport   Ave    322 
CHIMNEYS     FOR     PUMPING     STATIONS — 
ELECTRIC  PLANTS — SCHOOLS — ASY- 

LUMS,    ETC. 
Am.   Chimney   Constr.    Co.,    105    N".    Clark         322 
Heine  Chimney  Co..    123    W.    Madison   St       322 
Rust   Eng.  Co..   :;;>   s.    La    s  ill,,   st.  322 

Singer  Chimney  Co..  2842  Southport    Ave    322 

CISTERNS. 
Wemlnast'l   X-  Co..    600    W.    22nd   St  300 

CLOCKS — TOWER. 
Johnson  Service  Co..   177  X    Dearborn  St     374 

CLOSET  SEATS. 
Brunswick-Balke-Collender     Co.,     623     s. 
Wabash    A  v.  4n 

CLOTHES    DRYERS. 
Am.    Laundry    Mchy   Co.,    208    W.    Mom,,.-      244 
Ohgo.    Dryer   Co.,    630    S.    Wabash    Av.  244 

Trov  Laundrv  Mchv.  Co..  23rd  a-  La  Salle  244 
CLUSTERS,     WIRELESS — STANDARD 
AND    SEPARABLE. 
Benjamin   Elect.   Mfg    Co..   806   W.   Wash.   24s 
COAL  AND  ASH  HANDLING  MACHINERY. 
Link    Belt    Co.,    329    W.    39th    St.  2 

Olson,  Samuel  &  Co.,  2418  Bloomingdale.  14 
Weller    Mfc    Co..    1850    N.    Kostner   A  v.  si 

COAL     CHUTES    AND    COAL     HOLES. 
Smith.     F.     P.     Wire    &     Tron     Wks..     2346 
Clybourn  Av.  306 

COLUMN    CLAMPS. 
Dean,    Olnev   J.    ,\.-    Co.,    1  9    S.    La    Salle   St.      30*1 
COLUMNS — STEEL — CONCRETE      FILLED. 
Lallv   Column    Co..    4001    Wentworth    Av.      30S 

COLUMNS — WOOD. 

Hartmann-Sanders  Co..   215")   Klston   Av.        320 

COMPOSITION   FOR   EXTERIOR   AND 

INTERIOR — ORNAMENTAL 

Architectural    Dec.   Co.,    1600   S.   Jefferson.    406 

Dux,    Josenh.    2112    W.    Van    Ruren    St.  406 

CONCRETE    CONSTRUCTION. 
Am.  Svs.   of  Reinforcing,   10   S.   La   Salle.      288 
Barton    Spider-Web   Svs.    310    S.    Wabash      2ss 
Blome-Sinek   Co..    139    N.   Clark   St.  98 

Meyne.  Gerhardt  P.,  127  N.  Dearborn  St.  234 
Pleas  Concrete  Constr.  Co..  30  N.  La  Salle  100 
Simpson  Constr.  Co.,  133  W.  Washington.  2*0 
Wilson    R.   F.   &   Co..    185]    Flston    Av.  88 

CONCRETE     CONSTRUCTION — FLAT 
SLAB. 
Am.  Svs.   of  Reinforcing,   10   S.  La   Salle.      288 
Barton    SDider-Web   Svs.    310    S.    Wabash      288 
Truscon   Steel   Co..    22   W     Monroe   St.  282 

CONCRETE — ENAMELS. 
Advance   Waterproof  Cement   Co..    175   W. 

Jackson    Bl.  3  1  2 

Antakwa  Co..    133   W.    Washington    St.  270 

CONCRETE     HARDENER. 
Advance   Waterproof  Cement    Co.,    175   W. 

Jackson    Bl.  312 

Antakwa  Co..   133  W.  Washington  St.  2  70 

CONCRETE    FILES. 
Ravmond  Concrete  Pile  Co..    Ill    W.  Mon- 
roe  St.  12 
CONCRETE  REINFORCING  BARS  STEEL. 
Am.   Steel   &  Wire  Co.,   20s   S.    La    Salle  St.      62 
Calumet    Steel   Co..    208    S.    Da    Salle   St.        30 1 
Concrete    Steel    Co.,    53    W     Jackson    Bl.           302 
Kalman.   Paul   J.  Co..  29  S.   Da   Salle  St.        284 
Metal    Bldg.    Materials   Co.,    3127    W.    Har- 
rison   St.                                                                      308 
Smith.    F.    P.    Wire    &     Iron    Wks..     2346 

Clybourn  Av.  306 

Truscon    Steel    Co.,    22    W.    Monroe    St.  282 

CONCRETE   REINFORCING   STEEL 
FABRIC. 
Consolidated     Expanded     Metal     Co.,     562 

W.    Monroe    St.  80 

North    Western    Expanded    Metal    Co..    407 
S     Dearborn    St.  3  4 

CONDUITS — UNDERGROUND— STEAM 
FIFES. 
Stannard    Power    Equipment    Co.,    53    W. 
Jackson   Bl.  376 

CONDUITS. 
Hazard   Mfg.   Co.,   552   W.    Adams   St.  246 

Stannard    Power    Equipment    Co.,    53    W. 
Jackson    Bl.  370 


CONDUCTORS     FOR     LIGHTNING. 
Arrow     Conductor     &     Mfg.     Co.,     153(1     W. 

Adams   St.  320 
CONTRACTORS    AND   BUILDERS. 

Anderson,   ,\.   ,v    E.  Co.,   19  S.  La  Salle  St.  108 

Anderson,   Edward  A.  Co.,  30  N.    La  Salle  228 

Appel.    Henry   L.  Co..   30  X.   La   Salle  St.  226 

Archibald,    E.    I..    Co..    Ill    W.   Washington.  100 

Barnard.    H.   B.,    140   S.   Dearborn   St.  106 

Blome-Sinek   Co.,    139    X.   Clark  St.  98 

Brundage,    Avery.    110   S.    Dearborn    St.  lid 

Bulley   .V-    Andrews,    25    X.    Dearborn   St.  236 

B.    W.    Constr.    Co.,    10    S.    La    Salle    St.  224 

Cadenhead   Co.,   30   X.    La   Salle  St.  228 

Dahl-Stedman   Co.,   n    s.    La    Salle  St.  108 
Doherty,    Frank  E.,   133   W.   Washington. 

Cowling  &  Rutherford..    128   N.   Da   Salle.  2  3  4 

Ericsson,    Henry    Co.,    139    X.    Clark    St.  92 

Fuller.  Geo.  A.  Co.,   Marquette  Bldg.  94 

Griffiths,  John  &  Son  Co.,   112  W.   Adams  94 
Guy     &    McClintock    Co.,     240     Lake    St., 

oak  Park.  111.  232 
Hammond,  John.  Co.,  68  W.  Washington.  226 
Hanson  Bros.  Co.,  127  N.  Dearborn  St.  102 
Jones  Constr.  Co..  174s  W.  Madison  St.  236 
Kramer.  A.  T.  .V:  Co.,  4447  W.  Madison  23* 
Lanquist  &  Illsley  Co.,  1100  X.  Clark  St.  104 
Lynch.  Austin  J.  Co..  Ill  W.  Monroe  St.  238 
Mavor,  Win.  Co..  72  W.  Adams  St.  22  t 
McKeown  Bros.,  112  W.  Adams  St.  96 
McLennan  Construction  Co.,  31st  &  Calu- 
met Av.  98 
Menke-Thielberg  Co..  139  X.  Clark  St.  224 
Meyne,  Gerhardt  F.,  127  N.  Dearborn  St.  234 
Morrice,  Wm.  Co.,  17  N.  La  Salle  St.  236 
Moses,  C.  A.  Constr.  Co.,  133  W.  Wash- 
ington St.  110 
Mutual  Constr.  Co.,  127  X*.  Dearborn.  232 
Nielsen.  S.  X..  3059  Augusta  St.  102 
Olson,  Peter,  Co..  19  S.  La  Salle  St.  100 
Paschen  Bros.,  Ill  W.  Washington  St.  90 
Rasmussen,  C,  154  W.  Randolph  St.  232 
Regnell.  B.  J.  Co.,  19  S.  La  Salle  St.  234 
Rodatz,  Jacob,  209  S.  La  Salle  St.  230 
Rosenthal.  O.  W.  &  Co.,  80  E.  Jackson  Bl.  236 
Salomon-Waterton  Co.,  343  S.  Dearborn.  230 
Samuelson,  A.  J.,  189  W.  Madison  St.  238 
Scharmer  Constr.  Co..  139  X.  Clark  St.  232 
Schmidt  Bros.  Constr.  Co..  105  N.  Clark.  230 
Shedden,  James  &  Co.,  106  N.  La  Salle.  224 
Siebold,  F.  A.  &  Son,  64  W.  Randolph  238 
Snyder,  J.  W.  Co..  122  S.  Michigan  Av.  104 
Sollitt.    Ralph    &   Sons   Constr.   Co.,    30    X. 

La   Salle   St.  220 

Sollitt,    Sumner,    Co..    79    E.    Adams    St.  228 

Sproul.    E.    W.    Co..    2001    W.    39th    St.  86 

Strandberg,  E.  P.  Co..  Ill  W.  Washington  226 

Thompson-Starrett    Co.,    175    W.    Jackson.  92 

Thomson.  Geo.  &  Son  Co.,  30  X.  La  Salle  228 

Wells  Bros.  Const.  Co..  53  W.  Jackson  Bl.  230 

Wieboldt.  R.  C.   1534  W.  Van  Buren  St.  96 

Wilson,   R.   F.  &  Co..   1851   Elston   Av.  88 

CONTRACTORS'    BONDS. 
Builders    &    Mfgrs.    Mutual    Casualty   Co., 

133    W.    Washington    St.  64 

Chgo   Bonding   &    Ins.   Co..    79    W.    Monroe  76 

Sherman  &  Ellis,  Inc..   11   S.  La  Salle  St.  60 
CONTRACTORS    FOR    LIGHTNING     CON- 
DUCTORS. 
Arrow    Conductor    &    Mfg.    Co.,    1530    W. 

Adams   St.  320 
CONTRACTORS — ELEVATORS 

Sasgen    Derrick   Co..    3303   W.   Grand  Av.  470 

CONVEYORS— BELT. 

Link    Belt    Co..    329    W.    39th   St.  2 

Olson,    Samuel   &   Co..    2418    Bloomingdale.  14 

Weller    Mfg.    Co..    1856    X.    Kostner   Av.  84 

CONVEYORS     GRAVITY. 

Link    Bell    Co..    32'.'    W.    39th    St.  2 

Olson,   Samuel   &  Co..    2418    Bloomingdale.  14 

Weller    Mfg.    Co..    1850    X.    Kostner   Av.  st 

CONVEYORS— SPIRAL    STEEL. 

Link    Belt    Co.,    329    W.    39th    St.  2 

Olson,   Samuel   &  Co..    2418    Bloomingdale.  14 

Weller    Mfg.    Co..    1850    X.    Kostner   Av  84 

COOLING    SYSTEMS    FOR    BUILDINGS. 

Gustafson,  K.  A..   2114   X.  Snringfield  Av.  37" 

Haines  Co.,   1933   W.   Dake   St.  370 
Narowetz    Heafg    &    Venfg    Co.,    223    W. 

Dake  St.  370 

W.hster.  Warren   &  Co.,   53   W.  Jackson.  374 


160 


COPING. 

Northwestern   Terra  Cotta   Co.,    2525   Cly- 
bourn  Av.  10 

CORNER    BEADS — METAL 
Milwaukee    Corrugating    Co.,    Mil.,    Wis.        44 

CORNICE    WORK. 
Gustafson,  K.  A..   2114   N.   Springfield  Av.    370 

CORNICES— COFFER,    GALVANIZED. 
Gustafson,  K.  A..   2114   N.  Springfield  Av.    370 

CORNICES — METAL. 
Milwaukee    Corrugating    Co.,    Mil.,    Wis.         44 

CORRUGATED   IRON. 
Milwaukee    Corrugating    Co.,    Mil.,    Wis.         44 
Kyerson,  Jos.  T.  iV-  Son,  2558  W.   16th  St.       70 
Scully  Steel  &   Iron   Co.,    2364    S.  Ashland.      7S 

CREOSOTED     WOOD      BLOCKS. 

Central    Creosoting    Co.,    Ill    W.    Wash.  82 

CREOSOTED       LUMBER — TIES — TIMBER 

AND     PILING. 

Central    Creosoting   Co.,    Ill    W.    Wash.  82 

CRUSHED  STONE. 
Brownell    Improve.   Co.,    133    W.    Wash.  310 

CRUSHED     STONE     SCREENINGS. 
Brownell    Improve.   Co.,    133    W.   Wash.  310 

CURB     GUARDS — CONCRETE. 
Calumet   Steel   Co.,    208   S.    La  Salle   St.        304 
Concrete  Steel  Co.,   53  W.  Jackson  Bl.  302 

CUT   STONE   CONTRACTORS. 
Olson    &    Nelson    Cut    Stone    Co.,    3401    S. 
La   Salle    St.  398 

CUTLERY    AND    TOOLS. 
Pick,    Albert   &  Co.,    1200   W.   35th   St.  374 

DAMP   RESISTING   COMPOUNDS. 
Advance    Waterproof  Cement  Co.,    175   W. 

Jackson    Bl.  312 

Antakwa  Co.,    133    W.    Washington    St.  276 

Barrett   Co.,    10    S.    La  Salle   St.  22 

Ceresit  Waterproofing  Co.,  110  S.  Dear.  276 
Scofield,   Evans  &   Co.,   24   E.   8th   St.  276 

Semet  Solvav  Co..    332   S.   Michigan  Av.        392 

DAMPFROOFING CONCRETE. 

Semet   Solvay  Co.,   332   S.   Michigan   Av.        392 

DEADENING    PELT— QUILT. 
Cabot,   Samuel,    24   W.   Kinzie  St.  272 

DEADENING  MATERIAL. 
Barrett   Co.,    10   S.    La   Salle   St.  22 

Bird   &   Son,    1472    W.    76th    St.  272 

Cabot,   Samuel,    24   W.    Kinzie  St.  272 

Flaxlinum    Insulating   Co.,    175    W.    Jack- 
son  Bl.   &   St.    Paul,   Minn.  400 
Johns-Manville,   H.   W.   Co.,    18th   &   Mich.        8 
Stevens   Partition   &   Floor   Deadener  Co., 

175    W.    Washington    St.  274 

Union  Insulating  Co.,  20  W.  Jackson  Bl.  28 
Watson,   II.   F.   Co..  319   Wells   St.  280 

DECORATORS. 
Breiner,    F.   W.   Co.,    186   N.    La   Salle   St.      388 
Gleich,    T.    C.    Co.,    2850    Broadwav.  384 

Nelson,  W.  P.  Co.,  614  S.  Michigan  Av.  384 
Noelle,   J.    B.   Co..    702   N.   Wells   St.  388 

Olson,  Herman  &  Co.,  2568  N.  Clark  St.  386 
Plamondon  &  Tetze  Co.,  110  S.  Dearborn.  386 
Spierling  &  Linden,  12  16  Michigan  Av.  386 
Sullivan,   J.   P.,    4515    Indiana   Av.  386 

DECORATORS — INTERIOR. 
Breiner,   F.   W.   Co.,   186   N.   La   Salle  St.      388 
Gleich,   T.   C.   Co.,   2850    Broadwav.  384 

Nelson,  W.  P.  Co..  614  S.  Michigan  Av.  384 
Noelle,   J.    B.   Co.,   702   N.   Wells   St.  3ss 

Olson,  Herman  &  Co.,  2568  N.  Clark  St.  386 
Plamondon  &  Tetze  Co.,  110  S.  Dearborn.  386 
Spierling  &  Linden,  1216  Michigan  Av.  386 
Sullivan,    J.    P.,    4515    Indiana    Av.  386 

DERRICKS — PORTABLE    AND 
STATIONARY. 
Sasgen   Derrick  Co.,   3303   w.  Grand   Av.     476 
DOOR    HANGERS — BALL    BEARING 
NOISELESS. 
Smith.     F.     P.     Wire     &     Iron     Wks..     2346 
Clyboum   Av.  306 

DOORS. 
Curtis    Door  X-   Sash    Co.,    1414    S.    Western.    112 
Morgan     Sash     &     Loot-    Co.,     22S7     nine 

Island    Av.  inside    Front    Covi  i 

Nqllau   &   Wolff  MfK.  Co.,   1705   Fullerton     320 

DOORS— CROSS  HORIZONTAL  FOLDING. 

Variety  Mfg.  Co.,  2958  Carroll  Av.  308 

DOORS — CROSS    IMPROVED     KEAKEE. 
Variety  Mfg.  Co.,  2958  Carroll   A  v.  308 


DOORS — FLUSH     VENEERED 

Curtis  Door  &  Sash  Co.,   1414  S.   Western.    112 
Morgan     Sash     &     Door     Co.,     2287     Blue 
Island    Av.  Inside    Front    Cover 

DOORS — HOLLOW    METAL. 
Hill,   O.    H.   Co.,    2253    St.    Paul   Av.  292 

Smith.     F.     P.     Wire    &    Iron     Wks.,     2346 

<  lybourn  Av.  306 

Variety  Mfg.  Co.,  2958  Carroll  Av.  308 

DOOR   MATS — RUBBER  AND   STEEL 
Pick,    Albeit    &   Co.,    1200    W.    35th   St.  374 

Smith,     F.     P.     Wire     &     Iron     Wks.,     2346 
Clyboum   Av.  306 

DOORS— SLIDING    SWING. 
Dodge,   H.    B.  &   Co.,   332   S.    Michigan  Av.      476 
Smith,     F.    P.     Wire    &    Iron    Wks.,    2346 
Clvbourn   Av.  306 

DOORS — VENEERED. 
Curtis   Door  &   Sash   Co.,    1414   S.    Western.    112 
Morgan     Sash     &     Door     Co.,     2287     Blue 
Island    Av.  Inside    Front    Cover 

DRAINAGE. 
Am.   Heat.  &  Plumb.   Corp.,   189   N.  Clark     340 
Baker  X  Smith  Co.,  408  N.  Wells  St.  350 

Corboy,  M.  J.  Co.,  178  W.  Randolph  St.  366 
Dalv.   J.   J..   40S    N.    Wells   St.  366 

Dwyer  &   Co.,    31    W.    Illinois    St.  344 

Hanley   &   Co.,   5   N.    La  Salle   St.  354 

Henrich,    Geo.    A.    Co.,    5650    Broadway  352 

Hulbert  &  Dorsey,    212    W.   Lake  St.  366 

Murphy  Plumbing  Co.,  23  E.  Congress.  366 
Nacey,   P.    Co.,    927   S.    State   St.  348 

Nilson   Bros.,   3222   N.   Halsted    St.  342 

Nilson,  G.  Albin  &  Co.,  319  N.  Clark  St.  368 
Noble  &  Thumm.   2313   Lincoln   Av.  368 

DRAIN    BASE. 
Stannard    Power    Equipment    Co.,    53     W. 
Jackson    Bl.  376 

DRAPERIES. 
Spierling  &   Linden,    1216   Michigan  Av.        386 

DRAWING    MATERIALS. 
Am.  Blue   Print  Paper  Co.,  335   Plymouth    388 
Crofoot,   Nielsen  &  Co.,    172   W.  Wash.  388 

DRAWING   PENCILS. 
Dixon,   Jos.  Crucible  Co.,   53   W.  Jackson        68 

DRINKING    FOUNTAINS. 
Imperial    Brass    Mfg.    Co.,    1200    W.    Har- 
rison  St.  6 
Smith.    F.    P.    Wire    &    Iron    Wks.,    2346 
Clybourn  Av.                                                         306 
DRUG  FIXTURES. 
Brunswick-Balke-Collender     Co.,      623      S. 
Wabash    Av.                                                             40 
DRY   ROOMS. 
Am.   Laundry  Mchy  Co.,   208   W.   Monroe     244 
Chgo.   Dryer  Co.,    630   S.  Wabash   Av.            244 
Kehm   Bros.  Co.,   15   W.  Kinzie  St.                  342 
Troy  Laundry  Mchy.  Co..   23rd  &   La  Salle   244 

DUMB    WAITERS. 

Matot,    D.    A.,    153S    Montana    St.  244 

DUMB    WAITERS — ELECTRIC    AND 

HAND  POWER. 

Matot,    D.    A.,    153S    Montana   St.  244 

DYNAMOS. 
Commonwealth    Edison  Co.,    72   W.    Adams   256 
Comstock,  L.  K.  &  Co.,   30  N.  Michigan       262 
Newgard,    Henry  &  Co.,   941   Washington.   260 

ELECTRIC  BELLS  AND  LIGHTING. 
Beile  W.  A.  .v-  Co.,  >'■  X.  Michigan  A  v.  2''.  1 
Benjamin  Elect.  Mfg.  Co..  B06  w.  Wash.  248 
Commonwealth  Edison  Co,  72  W  Adams  256 
Comstock,  L.  K.  &  Co..  30  N.  Michigan  262 
Dearborn    Electrical    Constr.    Co.,    27    w. 

Kinzie  St.  262 

Fuchs,  E.  1>.  Electric  Co.,  129  S.  La  Salle.  260 
Hewitt,  J.  B.  &  Co..  10  S.  La  Salle'  St.  260 
Hoffman  Electric  Co.,  3711  Ogden  Av  264 
Lamont,  E.  II.  &  Co.,  S  S,  Clinton  St.  264 
Loop  Electric  Co.,  123  W.  Madison  Bt.  264 
Manhattan  Elec.  Supply  Co..  114  s.  Wells 

St.  254 

Newgard,  Henry  &  Co.,  941  Washington:  260 
Pierce  Electric  Co.,  21.".  w  Randolph  St.  260 
winie  Citv   El*>ci    Co.,  14  N.  Franklin  St.     262 

ELECTRIC    ELEVATORS. 
Kaestner  &  Hecht  Co.,  500  S.  Throop  St.       30 
Montgomery    Elevator  Co.,    122   s.    Michi- 
gan   Av.  252 
inis   Elevator  Co.,  600   w.  Jackson   Bl.  24 
Pitt     Engineering    Co.,    120    W.    Kinzie    St. 

Inside   Back  Cov<  r 


4G1 


ELECTRIC    FIXTURES. 
Beile,   \V.   A.  &  Co.,   6   N.   Michigan   Av.         264 
Benjamin   Elect.   Mfg.   Co.,   806   W.   Wash    248 
Comstock,   L.  K.  &  Co.,  30  N.  Michigan       262 
Dearborn    Electrical    Constr.    Co.,    27    W. 

Kinzie  SI  262 

Everson,  C.  I :    &  Co.,   70   W.  Lake  St.  258 

Fiu-hs,  E.  1>.  Electric  Co.,  129  S.  La  Salle.  260 
Hewitt,  J.  B.  &  Co..  10  S.  La  Salle  St.  260 
Lamont,  L.  II.  &  Co..  9  S.  Clinton  St.  264 
l...,,],  Electric  Co.,  123  \v.  Madison  St.  264 
Manhatten  Blec.  Supply  Co.,   ill  S.  Weils 

St.  254 

Newgard,    Henry   &   Co.,   947    Washington.  260 

Pierce  Electric  Co.,  215  W.   Randolph  St.     260 

Bros.   Co.,    136   W.    Lake  St.  258 

Warren,    Walter  G.  &   Co.,    1401    W.   Jack.  25S 

ELECTRIC    MOTORS. 
Beile,   W.   A.  &  Co.,  6  X.   Michigan  Av.         264 
Commonwealth   Edison  Co.,   7.'   W.  Adams  256 
comstock,  L.  K.  &  Co.,   30  X.  Michigan       262 
Dearborn    Electrical    Constr.    Co.,    27     W. 

Kinzie  St.  262 

Fuchs,  E.  D.  Electric  Co.,  1 2 1>  S.  La  Salic  260 
Hewitt,  J.  B.  &  Co.,  10  S.  La  Salle  St.  260 
Hoffman  Electric  Co.,  3711  Ogden  Av.  264 
Lamont,  L.  II.  &  Co.,  9  S.  Clinton  St.  264 
Loop  Electric  Co.,  12::  W.  Madison  St.  264 
Manhattan  Elec.  Supply  Co.,  lit  S.  Wells  254 
Newgard,  Henry  &  Co.,  947  Washington.  260 
Pierce  Electric  Co.,  215  W.  Randolph  St.  260 
White  City  Elect.  Co.,   14  x.  Franklin  St.     262 

ELECTRIC    SWITCHES. 
Benjamin   Elect.   Mfg.   Co..   806    W.    Wash.   248 
Crockett,   W.   P.   Co..   411   S.   Jefferson   St.      262 
Cutter,   Geo.  Co.,    28   E.   Jackson   Bl.  254 

Manhatten  Elec.  Supply  Co.,  114  S.  Wells 
St.  254 

ELECTRIC  WALL  PLUGS. 
Benjamin    Elect.   Mfg.   Co..   806   W.   Wash.   248 
Cutter,   creo.  Co.,    28   E.   Jackson  Bl.  254 

Manhatten  Elec.  Supply  Co.,  114  S.  Wells 
St.  254 

ELECTRICAL  APPARATUS  AND  SUP- 
PLIES. 
Beile,  W.  A.  &  Co.,  6  X.  Michigan  Av.  264 
Benjamin  Elect.  Mfg.  Co.,  806  W.  Wash.  248 
Commonwealth  Edison  Co.,  ,  2  W.  Adams  256 
Comstock,  L.  K.  &  Co.,  30  X.  Michigan  262 
Crockett,  W.  P.  Co..  411  S.  Jefferson  St.  262 
Cutter,   Geo.   Co.,    28   E.   Jackson   Bl.  254 

Dearborn    Electrical    Constr.    Co.,    27    W. 

Kinzie  St.  262 

Fuchs.  E.  D.  Electric  Co.,  129  S.  La  Salle.  260 
Hewitt,  J.  B.  &  Co.,  10  S.  La  Salle  St.  260 
Hoffman  Electric  Co.,  3711  Ogden  Av.  264 
Lamont,  L.  H.  &  Co.,  9  S.  Clinton  St.  264 
Loop  Electric  Co.,  123  W.  Madison  St.  264 
Manhatten  Elec.  Supply  Co.,  114  S.  WTells 

St.  254 

Newgard,  Henrv  &  Co.,  947  Washington.  260 
Pierce  Electric  Co.,  215  W.  Randolph  St.  260 
White  City  Elect.  Co.,   14  X.  Franklin  St.     262 

ELECTRICAL    CONSTRUCTION. 
Beile,    W.   A.   &  Co.,    6   X.    Michigan   Av.  264 

Commonwealth  Edison  Co.,  72  W.  Adams  256 
Comstock,  L.  K.  &  Co.,  30  X.  Michigan  262 
Crockett,  W.  P.  Co.,  411  S.  Jefferson  St.  262 
Dearborn    Electrical    Constr.    Co.,    27    W. 

Kinzie  St.  262 

Fuchs,  E.  D.  Electric  Co.,  129  S.  La  Salle.  260 
Hanley   &  Co.,   5   N.   La  Salle   St.  354 

Hewitt,  J.  B.  &  Co.,  10  S.  La  Salle  St.  260 
Hoffman  Electric  Co.,  3711  Ogden  Av.  264 
Lamont,  L.  H.  &  Co.,  9  S.  Clinton  St.  264 
Electric  Co.,  123  W.  Madison  St.  264 
Xewgard.  Henrv  &  Co.,  9 1  ,  Washington.  260 
Pierce  Electric  Co.,  215  W.  Randolph  St.  260 
White  City  Elect.  Co..   14  X.  Franklin  St.     262 

ELECTRICAL  PUSES. 
Economy  Fuse  &  Mfg.  Co.,   ::2^   W.  Kinzie  250 
Johns-Manville,   H.   W.   Co.,    18th    &   Mich.        S 
ELEVATING  AND   CONVEYING  MACHIN- 

Link    Belt    Co.,    320    W.    39th    St.  2 

Olson,   Samuel   &  Co.,    2418   Bloomingdale.  14 

Weller   Mfg.  Co.,   1856   X.   Kostner  Av.  84 

ELEVATOR    APPLIANCES. 

Shur-Loc  Co.  of  111.,   208  S.  La  Salle  St.  60 


a  ELEVATOR  CABLES. 

t  Gallaher  &  Speck,  2  15  W.  Congress  St.  348 
Hazard    Mfg.    C6.,    ."..".2    W.    Adams   St.  246 

ELEVATOR    DOORS    AND    ENCLOSURES. 

Coleman.  Adalbert  E.,  37th  &  Stewart  298 
Duffln    lion   Co.,    4S37    S.    Kedzie   Av.  292 

Federal  [ron  Wks.,  30  X.  La  Salle  St.  296 
Gallaner  &  Speck,  215  W.  Congress  St.  348 
Guaranty  Iron  &  Steel  Co.,  2S47  W.  Lake  298 
Halsted,  Joseph,  Co.,  1233  W.  Randolph  296 
1  la  nke  Iron  &  Wire  W'ks,  S40  X.  Albany  296 
Hill,    t).    H.    Co.,    2253    St.    Paul    Av.  292 

Smith.     F.     P.     Wire    cV:     Iron    Wks.,    2346 

Clybourn  Av.  306 

Sullivan-Korber  Co.,  2437  W.  21st  PI.  298 

Union    Fdry.    Wks.,   38  S.   Dearborn  St.  290 

Vierling  Steel  Wks..  23rd  ^  Stewart.  300 
Woodbridge  Ornt'l   Iron  Co.,  400  W.  Erie.     300 

ELEVATOR  PIRE  DOORS. 
I  nil,   i  ».    II.   ( •■..,   2253   St.    Paul   Av.  292 

Kinnear   Mfg.   Co.,    208   S.   Ha  Salle  St.  308 

ELEVATOR  MACHINERY. 
Gallaher  &  Speck,  215  W.  Congress  St.  348 
Kaestner  >v  Hecht  Co.,  500  S.  Throop  St.  30 
Montgomery  Elevator  Co.,  122  S.  Michi- 
gan AV.  2"j2 
Otis  Elevator  Co.,  600  W.  Jackson  Bl.  24 
Pitt    Engineering   Co.,    120    W.    Kinzie   St. 

Inside  Back  Cover 
Shur-Loc   Co.   of    111..    20s   S.   La  Salle   St.        60 
ELEVATORS — PASSENGER    AND 
FREIGHT. 
Gallaher  &  Speck,   215   W.   Congress  St.       348 
Kaestner  &  Hecht  Co.,  500  S.  Throop  St.       30 
Montgomery   Elevator  Co.,    122    S.    Michi- 
gan Av.  252 
Otis  Elevator  Co..   600  W.   Jackson  Bl.  24 
Pitt    Engineering   Co.,    120    W.    Kinzie   St. 

Inside  Back  Covei 
ELEVATOR  REPAIRS. 
Gallaher  &  Speck,  215  W.  Congress  St.  348 
Kaestner  &  Hecht  Co.,  500  S.  Throop  St.  30 
Montgomery  Elevator  Co.,  122  S.  Michi- 
gan Av.  252 
Otis  Elevator  Co.,  600  W.  Jackson  Bl.  24 
Pitt    Engineering   Co.,    120    W.    Kinzie   St. 

Inside  Back  Cover 
ELEVATOR  SAFETY  LOCK. 
Shur-Loc  Co.   of   111..   208   S.  La  Salle  St.        60 
ELEVATOR — MECHANICAL    INTER- 
LOCKING   SYSTEM. 
Shur-Loc   Co.   of  111..   208   S.   La  Salle  St.        60 

ELEVATORS — BUILDING    MATERIAL. 
Sasgen  Derrick  Co.,   3303   W.   Grand  Av.     476 

ENAMELS 
Adams  &  Elting  Co.,   722   Washington  Bl.   392 
Chicago    Varnish    Co.,    2100    Elston    Av.        382 
Murphy  Varnish   Co.,   50   W.   22nd   St.  382 

Pitcairn  Varnish  Wks.,  Milwaukee,  Wis.  380 
Standard  Cooper-Bell  Co.,  2606  Federal.  37s 
Union  Insulating  Co..   20   W.  Jackson  Bl.       28 

ENAMELING    STEEL. 
Stark    Rolling    Mill    Co.,    140    S.    Dear.    & 
Canton,    O.  32 

ENGINES. 
Kaestner  &  Hecht  Co.,  500  S.  Throop  St.       30 

ENGINE   BEDS. 
Blome-Sinek   Co..    139   N.   Clark  St.  98 

Olson    &    Nelson    Cut    Stone    Co.,    3401    S. 

La   Salle    St.  398 

Simpson  Constr.  Co.,   133  W.  Washington.   240 

ENGINEERS. 
Hunt,    Robt.   W.   ^   Co.,    Ins.    Exc.    Bldg.        312 

ENGINEERS— CIVIL. 
Creeley-Howard-Xorlin     Co.,      30      X.     La 

Salle    St.  242 

Jones,   W.   D.,   8   S.   Dearborn   St.  242 

Kramer,   Wm.,   30   X.    La   Salle   St.  242 

Silander.  A.   I..  30  X.  La  Salle  St.  242 

ENGINEERS — CONSULTING. 
Hunt,   Robt.   W.   &   Co.,    Ins.    Exc.    Bldg.        312 

ENGINEERS — CONTRACTING. 
Kenwood  Bridge  Co.,   1st  Nat.  Bk.   Bldg.     294 
Morava    Constr.    Co..    122    S.    Michigan.         294 

ENGINEERS — ELECTRICAL. 
Beile.    W.    A.   &   Co.,    6   X.    Michigan   Av.  264 

Comstock,  L.  K.  &  Co.,  30  N.  Michigan  262 
Dearborn    Electrical    Constr.    Co.,    27    W. 

Kinzie  St.  262 

Fuchs,  E.  D.  Electric  Co..  129  S.  La  Salle.  260 
Hanley  &  Co.,   5   N.   La  Salle   St.  354 


462 


Lamont,  L.  H.  &  Co.,  9  S.  Clinton  St.  264 
Loop  Electric  Co.,  123  W.  Madison  St.  264 
Newgard,  Henry  &  Co.,  947  Washington.  260 
Pierce  Electric  Co.,  215  W.  Randolph  St.     260 

ENGINEERS STRUCTURAL. 

Am.  Sys.  of  Reinforcing,  10  S.  La  Salle.  288 
Barton  Spider-Web  Sys.  310  S.  Wabash  288 
Morava   Constr.    Co.,    122    S.    Michigan.        294 

EXCAVATING. 
Chicago   Foundation   Co.,    76    W.   Monroe     240 
Newman,  W.  J.  Co.,  21   N.  Curtis  St.  240 

EXHAUST   FANS. 
Hayward,   R.   B.   Co.,   S49    W.   Ohio  St.  370 

Ilg  Electric  Ventilating  Co..  154  Whiting  338 
Mellish-Hayward  Co.,  213  W.  Austin  Av.  372 
Variety  Mfg.  Co.,   2 '.» 5 8  Carroll  Av.  308 

EXPANDED       METAL       CONCRETE       RE- 
INFORCEMENT. 
Consolidated    Expanded     Metal     Co.,     562 

W.    Monroe    St.  80 

North   Western  Expanded   Metal   Co.,    407 

S.    Dearborn    St.  34 

EXTERIOR      COVERING      FOR      HOUSES. 
Garden  City   Sand   Co.,    133    W.    Wash.  310 

Natl.   Kellastone   Co.,   5   S.   Wabash   Ave.      312 

FEED  WATER  HEATERS. 
Webster,  Warren  &  Co.,   53    W.  Jackson.     374 

FILTEES. 
Everson,  C.  G.  &  Co..   70  W.  Lake  St.  258 

FIRE     APPARATUS. 
Allen,   W.  D.   Mfg.   Co.,   566   W.   Lake  St.     372 

FIRE   BRICK   AND    CLAY. 
Dee,  Wm.  E.  Co.,   30  N.  La  Salle  St.  310 

Garden  City   Sand  Co..    133   W.   Wash.  310 

111.     Fire-Proof    Constr.    Co.,    209     S.    La 

Salle  St.  274 

Johnson,  E.  V.  Co.,  20  W.  Jackson  Bl.  274 

Rosing,  Astrid  S.,  Ill  W.  Monroe  St.  310 

FIRE    DOORS. 
Hill,   O.   H.   Co.,    2253    St.    Paul    Av.  292 

Kinnear  Mfg.   Co.,   208   S.   La  Salle  St.  308 

Smith,    F.    P.    Wire    &    Iron    Wks.,    2346 

Clybourn  Av.  306 

Variety  Mfg.  Co.,  2958  Carroll  Av.  308 

FIRE  ESCAPES. 
Halsted,   Joseph,  Co.,   1233   W.   Randolph      296 
Hanke  Iron  &  Wire  Wks..   840  N.  Albany   296 
Smith,    F.    P.    Wire    &    Iron    Wks.,    2346 

Clybourn  Av.  306 

Standard  Fire  Escape  Co.,  164  N.  May  St.  306 
Union  Fdry.  Wks.,  38  S.   Dearborn  St.  290 

Vierling    Steel    Wks.,    23rd   &    Stewart.        300 

FIRE  EXTINGUISHERS. 
Allen,   W.  D.   Mfg.   Co.,   566   W.   Lake   St.      372 

FIRE    HOSE 
Allen,   W.   D.   Mfg.   Co.,    566   W.   Lake   St.      372 

FIRE    PROTECTION    TANKS 
Wendnagel  &  Co.,   600   W.   2  2nd   St.  300 

FIRE    WINDOWS. 
Detroit   Steel   Prod.   Co.,    Ill    W.    Wash.  38 

Lupton,  David,  Sons  Co.,  28  E.  Jackson  Bl.   68 

FIREPLACES. 
Colonial    Fireplace    Co.,    4626    W.    Roose- 
velt   Rd.  64 
Interior  Tiling  Co.,  21    E.   Van  Buren  St.     318 

FIREPLACE    FURNISHINGS,    ETC. 
Colonial    Fireplace    Co.,    4626    W.    Roose- 
velt   Rd.  64 
Interior  Tiling  Co.,  21   E.  Van  Buren  St.     318 

FIREPROOF    LOCKERS. 
Durand  Steel  Locker  Co.,   7  6   W.    Monroe       IS 
Federal   Steel   Fixture   Co.,    189    W.    Mad- 
ison  St.  76 
Smith,    F.    P.    Wire    &    Iron    Wks.,    2346 
Clybourn  Av.                                                         306 
FIREPROOF    PAINT. 
Barrett  Co.,   10   S.    La    Sail.-  St.  22 
Ceresit   Waterproofing  Co..    lid   S.    Dear.      276 
Moore,    Benj.    &   Co.,    415    N.    Green    St.        392 
Scofield.  Evans  &   Co.,   24   E.   8th  St.              276 

FIREPROOF  PARTITIONS. 
Am.  Cement  Plaster  Co.,   Ill    W.    Wash  20 

Dee,  Wm.  E.  Co..   30  N.  La  Salle  St  310 

111.     Fire-Proof    Constr.    Co.,     209    S.     La 

Salle  St.  27  4 

Johnson,  E.  V.  Co.,  20  W.  Jackson  Bl.  274 

Rosing,  Astrid  S.,   Ill   W.  Monroe  St.  310 

U.   S.   Gypsum   Co.,    205    W.   Monroe  St.  26 


FIREPROOF    SHUTTERS    AND     DOORS. 

Dodge,  H.  B.  &  Co..  332  S.  Michigan  Av.  4  76 
Hanke  Iron  &  Wire  Wks.,  840  X.  Albany  296 
Hill,    O.    H.    Co..    2253    St.    Paul    Av.  292 

Kinnear   Mfg.   Co.,   208   S.   La  Salle  St.  308 

Smith,    F.    P.     Wire    &:    Iron     Wks.,     2346 
Clybourn  Av.  306 

FIREPROOFING. 
Am.  Cement  Plaster  Co.,   Ill   W.   Wash.  20 

Consolidated     Expanded     Metal     Co.,     562 

W.    Monroe   St.  .    80 

111.     Fire-Proof    Constr.    Co.,     209     S.     La 

Salle   St.  274 

Johnson,  E.  V.  Co.,  20  W.  Jackson  Bl.  2  74 

North   Western   Expanded   Metal   «'"..    ("7 

S.    Dearborn    St.  34 

Rosing,  Astrid  S.,  Ill  W.  Monroe  St.  310 

U.   S.  Gypsum   Co.,    2Q5   AV.   Monroe  St.  26 

FIXTURES — STEEL. 
Federal    Steel   Fixture   Co.,    189    W.    Mad- 
ison  St.  76 
FLANGED  FITTINGS. 
Jenkins   Bros.,    646    W.    Washington   Bl.        330 

FLASHING    BLOCKS. 
Renaud,   F.   D.,    545    W.    31st   St.  2  7" 

FLOOR    COVERINGS. 
Bird   &   Son,    1472    W.    76th    St.  272 

Natl.  Kellastone  Co.,   5   S.   Wabash  Ave.     312 

FLOOR  DEADENING. 
Flaxlinum    Insulating   Co.,    175    W.    Jack- 
son  Bl.    &   St.    Paul,    Minn.  400 
Stevens   Partition   &   Floor  Deadener  Co., 
175    W.    Washington    St.  2  74 
FLOORING— HARDWOOD. 
Burns,  John  E.  Lbr.  Co.,   700  W.  Chicago.     52 
Hettler,  Herman  H.  Lbr.  Co.,  2601  Elston     54 
Hines,   Ed.   Lumber  Co.,   2431   S.   Lincoln        4S 
Lord   &  Bushnell  Co.,   2424    Laflin   St.  58 
Mears-Slayton  Lbr.  Co.,  1237  Belmont  Av.   320 
Rittenhouse  &  Embree  Co.,  3500  S.  Racine     56 
Thornton   Claney   Lbr.   Co.,    2315    Elston.        50 

FLOORS — CREOSOTED     WOOD      CLOCKS. 
Central   Creosoting   Co.,    Ill    W.    Wash.  S2 

FLOORS — NOISELESS — JOINTLESS— 
DUSTLESS. 
Flaxlinum    Insulating   Co.,    175    W.    Jack- 
son Bl.   &  St.   Paul,   Minn.  400 
Stevens  Partition   &   Floor  Deadener  Co., 

175    W.    Washington    St.  27  1 

Wearcrete  Engineering  Co.,  122  S.  Mich.  316 
Weary  &  Beck,    1732    S.   Michigan   A  v.  316 

Williams-Wendt  Co.,  118  N.  La  Salle  St.        316 

FLOORING — COMPOSITION. 
Natl.  Kellastone  Co.,   5   S.   Wabash   Ave.     312 
Wearcrete  Engineering  Co.,    122   S.   Mich.     316 
Weary  &  Beck,    1732    S.   Michigan   Av.  316 

William.s-Weii.lt  Co.,  11  S  X.  La  Sail.-  St.  316 
FLOORING — HOSPITALS,  INSTITUTIONS 

AND  PUBLIC  PLACES. 
Natl.   Kellastone   Co.,   5   S.   Wabash   Ave.      312 
Wearcrete  Engineering  Co..   122   S.   Midi.     316 
Weary  &  Beck,    1732   S.   Michigan   A  v.  316 

Williams-Wendt  Co.,  US  N.  La  Salle  St.       316 

FLOORS — SANITARY. 
Natl.  Kellastone  Co.,   :>   s.  Wabash   Ave,     312 
Wearcrete  Engineering   Co.,    122   S.   Midi.      3 1 «', 
Weary  &  Beck,  1732  S.  Michigan   Av.         ::  i -; 
Williams-Wendt  Co.,  lis  N.  La  Salle  St.      316 

FLOOR     PLATES — WROUGHT     IRON. 
Castle,  A.  M.  .v   Co..   715    N.   Morgan   St.       74 
Scully  Steel  &  Iron  Co.,    2364    S.    Ashland.      7^ 

FLOORING   WOOD    BLOCK. 
Dodge,  H.  B.  &  Co.,  332  S.   Michigan  Av.     476 

FLUE   LININGS. 
Dee,  Wm.  E.  Co..  30   N,    La   Salle  SI  310 

Garden  City   Sand   Co.,    133    W.    Wash.  310 

111.     Fire-Proof    Constr.    Co.,     209     S.     La 

Salle  St.  2  7 1 

Johnson,  E.  V.  Co.,  2"  W    Jackson  Bl  27 1 

Rosing,  Astrid  s.,  ill   w,   Monroe  St.  310 

FLUSHING    VALVES. 
Imperial    Brass    Mfg.    Co.,    1200    W.    Har- 
rison  St.  6 
FORGINGS. 
American  Bridge  Co.,  208  S.  La  Salle  St     286 
Kenwood  Bridge  <  to  .    1st    Nal     Bk.   Bldg      294 
FOUNDATIONS. 

Chicago   Foundation  Co.,    76    \v  'Monroi      24" 
Raymond  Concrete  Pile  Co.,   in    W.  Mon- 
roe  St.  12 


463 


30 

14 
24 
84 

334 

334 
370 
3  72 

3  72 

334 

3  7  2 

386 


!50 


FOUNDATIONS — CONCRETE. 

Chicago   Foundation   <'i>.,    76    \V.    .Monroe     240 
Pleas  Concrete  Constr.  Co.,  30  N.  La  Salle   100 
Raymond  Concrete  Pile  Co.,  Ill  W.  Mon- 
roe St.  12 
FOUNDERS. 
Reder  Fdry.  Co.,  3536  S.  Oakley  Ay.               296 

FRAMES — WINDOW    AND    DOOR. 
Curtis  Door  &  Sash  Co.,   1414  .-v   Western.    112 
Morgan     Sash     &     Door     Co.,     2287     Blue 

Island    Ay.  Inside    Front    Cover 

Nollau  &    Wolff  Mfg.  Co.,   1705    Fullerton.   320 

FRICTION   CLUTCHES. 
Kaestner  iSL-  Hecht  Co.,  500  s.  Throop  St. 
Link    Belt    Co.,    329    W.    39th    St. 
Olson,   Samuel  &  Co.,   2418    Bloomingdale. 
Otis    Elevator  Co.,    600    W.  Jackson   Bl. 
Weller  Mfg.  Co..   1N56  N.  Kostner  Av. 

FURNACE    HEATING    SPECIALTIES. 
Excelsior  Steel   Fnrn.  Co..    114    S.   Clinton 

FURNACES. 
Excelsior  Steel   Furn.  Co.,    114   S.  Clinton 
Hayward,    R.    B.   Co.,   849   W.  Ohio  St. 
Mellish-Hayward  Co.,   213   W.  Austin  Av. 
Robinson   Furnace  Co.,  205   W.   Lake  St. 

FURNACES — SMOKELESS. 
Excelsior  Steel   Furn.  Co.,   1 1 4   S.  Clinton 
Robinson   Furnace  Co.,   205   W.   Lake  St. 
FURNITURE,    SPECIAL    DESIGN. 
Spierling   iSi    Linden,    1216   Michigan  Av. 

FUSES. 
Economy  Fuse  &  Mfg.   Co.,  328  W.  Kinzie   250 

FUSES — RENEWABLE. 
Economy  Fuse  &  Mfg.   Co.,   328   W.  Kinzie 

GALVANIZED    IRON. 
Ryerson,  Jos.  T.  &  Son.   2558  W.   16th  St. 
Scully  Steel  &   Iron   Co.,    2364   S.   Ashland. 

GALVANIZING) ELECTRO. 

Kawneer  Mfg.   Co.,    175    W.   Jackson   Bl. 

GARBAGE  CREMATORIES. 
Kewanee   Boiler   Co.,    328    W.   Washington 

&    Kewanee,    111. 
Kerner   Incinerator  Co.,   175   W.   Jackson 
GAS    AND    ELECTRIC   FIXTURES. 
Everson,  C.  G.  &  Co.,   70   W.   Lake  St. 
Warren,   Walter   G.   &   Co.,    1401    W.   Jack. 

GAS    FITTING. 
Am.   Heat.  &  Plumb.   Corp.,   189   N.  Clark 
Baker  &  Smith   Co.,   408  N.   Wells  St. 
Corboy.   M.   J.    Co.,    178   W.    Randolph   St. 
Daly,   J.  J.,   408    N.    Wells   St. 
Dwyer  &  Co.,   31    W.    Illinois   St. 
Henrich,    Geo.    A.   Co..    5650    Broadway 
Hulbert  &   Dorsey,    212    W.    Lake   St. 
Murphy    Plumbing    Co.,    23    E.    Congress. 
Nacey,   P.    Co.,    927   S.    State   St. 
Nilson   Bros.,   3222   N.   Halsted   St. 
Nilson,   G.   Albin  &  Co.,   319   N.  Clark   St. 
Noble  &  Thumm.    2313   Lincoln   Av. 

GAS   APPLIANCES. 
Peoples  Gas   Light   &   Coke   Co.,   Michigan 
Av.    &   Adams    St. 

GAS — ILLUMINATING. 
Peoples  Gas  Light  &   Coke  Co.,  Michigan 
Av.    &   Adams    St. 

GAS  LOGS   AND   GAS    GRATES. 
Colonial    Fireplace    Co.,    4626    W.    Roose- 
velt   Rd. 
Interior  Tiling  Co.,  21   E.  Van  Buren  St. 
Peoples  Gas    Light    &   Coke  Co.,   Michigan 
Av.    &   Adams    St. 

GAS    MACHINES. 
Johnson  Service  Co.,   177  X.   Dearborn   St 

GAS— NATURAL. 
FVoples   Gas    Light    .V    Coke   CO.,    Michigan 
Av.    &    Adams    St. 

GAS    RANGES    AND    STOVES. 
Peoples   Gas    Light   &   Coke  Co.,   Michigan 

Av.  &  Adams  St. 
Pick,  Albert  &  Co..  L200  W.  35th  St 
GENERAL  CONTRACTORS. 
Anderson.  A.  &  K.  Co.,  19  S.  La  Salle  St 
Anderson,  Edward  A.  Co.,  30  N.  La  Salle'.  228 
Appel,  Henry  L.  Co.,  30  X.  La  Salle  St.  226 
Archibald,  E.  L.  Co.,  Ill  W.  Washington.  100 
Barnard.    II.    B.,    140   S.   Dearborn   St.  106 

Blome-Sinek   Co.,    139    N.   Clark   St.  98 

Brundage,    Avery,    110    S.    Dearborn    St.        110 
Bulley   &   Andrews,   25   N.   Dearborn   St.        236 


60 


324 
328 

258 
258 

340 
350 
366 
366 
344 
352 
366 
366 
348 
342 
368 
368 


268 


268 


64 

3  IS 


!68 


26,s 


268 
374 


10S 


B.    W.   Constr.   Co.,    10   S.   La  Salle   St.  224 

Cadenhead  Co.,   30   N.   La  Salle  St.  228 

Dahl-Stedman   Co.,    11    S.    La   Salle   St.  108 

Doherty,   Frank  E.,   133    W.   Washington.  234 

Dowling  &   Rutherford,    128  N.   La  Salle.  234 

Ericsson,    Henry    Co.,    139    N.    Clark   St.  92 

Fuller,    Geo.   A.   Co.,    Marquette   Bldg.  94 

Griffiths,  John  c^-  Son  Co.,   112  W.  Adams  94 
Guy     &     McClintock    Co.,     246     Lake    St., 

Oak  Lark,  111.  232 
Hammond,  John,  Co.,  68  W.  Washington.  226 
Hanson  Bros.  Co.,  127  N.  Dearborn  St.  102 
Johnson.  E.  V.  Co.,  20  W.  Jackson  Bl.  274 
Jones  Constr.  Co..  1748  W.  Madison  St.  236 
Kramer,  A.  T.  &  Co.,  4447  W.  Madison  238 
Lanquist  ^  Ulsley  Co.,  1100  N.  Clark  St.  104 
Lynch,  Austin  J.  Co.,  Ill  W.  Monroe  St.  238 
M.ivor.  Wm.  Co..  72  W.  Adams  St.  224 
McKeown  Bros.,  112  W.  Adams  St.  96 
McLennan  Construction  Co.,  31st  &  Calu- 
met Av.  98 
Menke-Thielberg  Co.,  139  N.  Clark  St.  224 
Meyne,  Gerhardt  F.,  127  N.  Dearborn  St.  234 
Morrice,  Wm.  Co.,  17  N.  La  Salle  St.  236 
Moses,  C.  A.  Constr.  Co.,  133  W.  Wash- 
ington St.  110 
Mutual  Constr.  Co.,  127  N.  Dearborn.  232 
Xielsen,  S.  N.,  3059  Augusta  St.  102 
olson,  Peter,  Co.,  19  S.  La  Salle  St.  106 
Paschen  Bros.,  Ill  W.  Washington  St.  90 
Pleas  Concrete  Constr.  Co.,  30  N.  La  Salle  100 
Rasmussen,  C.  154  W.  Randolph  St.  232 
Regnell,  B.  J.  Co.,  19  S.  La  Salle  St.  234 
Rodatz,  Jacob,  209  S.  La  Salle  St.  230 
Rosenthal,  O.  W.  &  Co.,  80  E.  Jackson  Bl.  236 
Salomon-Waterton  Co.,  343  S.  Dearborn.  230 
Samuelson,  A.  J.,  189  W.  Madison  St.  238 
Scharmer  Constr.  Co.,  139  N.  Clark  St.  232 
Schmidt  Bros.  Constr.  Co.,  105  N.  Clark.  230 
Shedden,  James  &  Co.,  106  N.  La  Salle.  224 
Siebold,  F.  A.  &  Son,  64  W.  Randolph  238 
Snyder,  J.  W.  Co.,  122  S.  Michigan  Av.  104 
Sollitt,    Ralph    &   Sons   Constr.   Co.,    30   N. 

La  Salle   St.  226 

Sollitt,    Sumner,    Co.,    79    E.    Adams    St.  228 

Sproul,   E.   W.   Co.,   2001   W.   39th   St.  86 

Strandberg,  E.  P.  Co..  Ill  W.  Washington  226 

Thompson-Starrett    Co.,    175    W.    Jackson.  92 

Thomson,  Geo.  &  Son  Co.,  30  N.  La  Salle  228 

Wells  Bros.  Const.  Co.,  53  W.  Jackson  Bl.  230 

Wieboldt,  R.  C,   1534  W.  Van  Buren  St.  96 

Wilson,   R.    F.  &  Co.,    1851   Elston   Av.  88 
GLASS— ART,    ORNAMENTAL   AND 
STAINED. 

Spierling  <fc   Linden,    1216  Michigan   Av.  386 
GLASS — METAL    LEADED    FOR    CEIL- 
INGS. 

Spierling  &   Linden,    1216   Michigan   Av.  386 

GLASS — PRISMATIC. 

Am.   3-Way  Prism   Co.,  Cicero,   111.  398 

GLASS— WIRE. 
Mississippi    Wire   Glass   Co.,    7    W.    Madi- 
son   St.  396 

GRAIN  ELEVATOR  MACHINERY. 

Kaestner  &  Hecht  Co.,  500  S.  Throop  St.  30 

Link    Belt    Co.,    329    W.    39th    St.  2 

Olson,   Samuel   &  Co.,    2418    Bloomingdale.  14 

Weller   Mfg.   Co.,   1856   N.   Kostner  Av.  84 

GRANITE  FOR  BUILDING. 
Olson    &    Xelson    Cut    Stone    Co.,    3401    S. 
La   Salle    St.  398 
GRATES    AND   FIREPLACES. 
Colonial    Fireplace    Co.,    4626    W.    Roose- 
velt   Rd.  64 
Interior  Tiling  Co.,  21   E.  Van  Buren  St.  318 

GRAVEL. 

Am.  Sand  &  Gravel  Co.,   133  W.  Wash.  84 

Garden   City   Sand   Co.,    133   W.   Wash.  310 

GRILLE   WORK. 

Architectural   Dec.   Co.,    1600   S.   Jefferson.  406 

Dux,   Joseph,    2112    W.   Van    Buren    St.  406 

GRILLE    WORK— METAL. 

Coleman.    Adelbert   E.,    37th    &    Stewart  298 

Duffin    Iron   Co.,    4837    S.    Kedzie   Av.  292 

Federal    Iron    Wks.,    30    N.    La   Salle   St.  296 

Guaranty   Iron  &  Steel  Co.,   2847  W.   Lake  298 

Halsted,   Joseph,  Co.,    1233   W.    Randolph  296 

Hanke   Iron  &  Wire  Wks.,   840   N.   Albany  296 

Manton  &  Smith  Co.,   1709  W.  Austin  Av.  298 


464 


Smith,    F.    P.    Wire    &    Iron    Wks.,    2346 

Clybourn  Av.  306 

Sullivan-Korber  Co.,  2437  W.   21st  PI.  298 

Union   Fdry.  Wks.,  38  S.   Dearborn  St.  290 

Woodbridge  Ornt'l  Iron  Co.,  400  W.  Erie.  300 

GYPSUM    PRODUCTS. 

Am.  Cement  Plaster  Co.,    Ill   W.   Wash.  20 

U.    S.   Gypsum   Co.,    205    W.    Monroe   St.  26 

HAIR   r ELT. 
Cent'l   Asbestos   &   Magnesia  Co.,    214    W. 

Grand   Av.  280 

Krez,   Paul  J.,  Co..   444  N.  La  Salle  St.  280 

Standard  Asbestos  Mfg.  Co.,  816  W.  Lake.   280 

HANGERS    AND    SHAFTING. 

Scully  Steel  &  Iron  Co.,   2364  S.  Ashland.     78 

HARDWARE — BUILDERS. 

Grimm,    W.    H.,    Hardware    Co.,    230    W. 
Randolph    St.  266 

HARDWARE     SPECIALTIES. 
Van  Dame,   W.  L.,  Co.,  58  E.  Washington.      74 

HARDWOOD    FLOORING. 

Burns,  John  E.   Lbr.  Co.,   700  W.  Chicago.  52 

Hettler,  Herman  H.,  Lbr.  Co.,  2601  Elston  54 

Hines,   Ed.   Lumber  Co.,   2431   S.   Lincoln  48 

Lord   &   Bushnell   Co.,    2424   Laflin   St.  58 

Mears-Slayton  Lbr.  Co.,  1237  Belmont  Av.  320 


Rittenhouse  &  Embree  Co.,  3500  S.  Racine 
Thornton   Claney   Lbr.    Co.,    2315    Elston. 


56 


HARDWOOD    LUMBER. 

Burns,  John  E.   Lbr.  Co.,   700  W.  Chicago.  52 

Hettler,  Herman  H.  Lbr.  Co.,  2601   Elston  54 

Hines,   Ed.   Lumber   Co.,   2431    S.    Lincoln  4S 

Lord   &  Bushnell   Co.,    2424   Laflin   St.  58 

Mears-Slayton  Lbr.  Co..  1237  Belmont  Av.  320 

Rittenhouse  &  Embree  Co.,  3500  S.  Racine  56 

Thornton   Claney   Lbr.    Co.,    2315    Elston.  50 

HEATING    APPARATUS. 

Am.   Heat.  &  Plumb.  Corp.,  189  N.  Clark  340 

Arcade  Steam  Heating  Co.,  126  W.  Kinzie  346 

Baker  &  Smith  Co.,   408  X.  Wells  St.  350 

Brady   &   Co.,    120   N.   May   St.  350 

Claffey,   E.   J.   Co.,   350   N.   Clark   St.  344 

Clow,  Jas.  B.  &  Sons,  544  S.  Franklin  St.  358 

Daly,   J.   J..   408   N.   Wells   St.  366 

Dwyer  &   Co.,   31    W.    Illinois   St.  344 

Excelsior  Steel   Furn.  Co.,   114   S.  Clinton.  334 

Gallaher  &  Speck,   215  W.  Congress  St.  348 

Glennon-Bielke   Co.,    546    W.    Lake   St.  344 

Gordon,   Robert,   Inc.,   622   W.   Monroe  St.  340 

Graves   Heating  Co.,    162    N.    Desplaines.  346 

Gustafson,  K.  A.,   2114  N.   Springfield  Av.  370 

Haines  Co.,   1933  W.   Lake  St.  370 

Hanley  &  Co.,   5   N.   La  Salle   St.  354 

Hayward,   R.   B.   Co.,   849   W.  Ohio  St.  370 

Henrich,    Geo.   A.   Co..    5650    Broadway  352 

Herlihy,  J.  J.,   751    W.   Van   Buren   St.  344 

Hoier,   Wm.  V.  &  Co.,   701   N.   Wells  St.  354 

Hulbert  &  Dorsey,    212   W.    Lake   St.  366 

111.   Malleable  Iron  Co.,   1801   Diversev    Bl.  332 

Johnson,  C.  W.,  inc.,   644  Washington  Bl.  352 
Kewanee   Boiler  Co.,   32*    W.    Washington 

&   Kewanee,    111.  324 

Kehm   Bros.   Co.,    15   W.  Kinzie  St.  342 

Kehm,  John  R.   Co..  8  E.  Austin  Av.  348 

Kilander,   A.   &   Co.,    120    S.    Clinton    St.  352 

Kirk,   Geo.   H.,   67  11    Wentworth    Av.  352 

Lees,   Wm.,    548    Washington    Bl.  348 

McDonough,  E.  J.  Co.,   350   N.  Clark  St.  340 

Mellish-Hayuan!   Co.,    2  13    YV.   Austin   Av.  372 

Nacey,   P.    Co.,    927   S.   State   St.  348 
Narowetz    Heat'g   &    Venfg    Co.,    223    W. 

Lake  St.  370 
Nilson  Bros.,  3222  N.  Halsted  St.  342 
Peckham,  Harry,  Jr.,  2345  W.  Roosevelt.  346 
Phillips,  Getschow  Co.,  130  VY.  Kinzie  St.  342 
Pope,  Wm.  A..  26  N.  Jefferson  St.  346 
Prentice,  L.  H.  Co.,  328  Sherman  St.  342 
Rigby,  Ben,  545  W.  Lake  St.  350 
Robinson  Furnace  Co.,  205  \Y.  Lake  St  372 
Russell,  J.  E.  &  Co.,  216  \v.  Kinzie  St.  372 
Schampel  &  Dougherty,  173  \Y.  Wash- 
ington St.  354 
Utica  Heater  Co.,  218  W.  Kinzie  St.  336 
Watson,  \Y.  W.,  708  Carpenter  St.  30* 
Wolff.    L.    Mfg.    Co..    225    N.    Hovne   Av.  356 


HEATING   SUPPLIES. 

Brady   &  Co.,    120   N.   May   St. 

Clow,  Jas.  B.  <fc  Sons.  544  S.  Franklin  St. 

Davis,    G.   M.    Reg.    Co.,    422    Milwaukee 

Excelsior  Steel  Furn.  Co.,   114   S.  Clinton. 

111.  Malleable  Iron  Co.,   1801  Diversey  Bl. 

Kewanee   Boiler   Co.,    328    W.   Washington 
&    Kewanee,    111. 

Kellogg  Mackay  Co.,  419  W.   18th  St. 

McDonough,   E.  J.   Co.,   350  N.  Clark  St. 

Schampel    &    Dougherty,    173    W.    Wash- 
ington  St. 

Webster,   Warren   &   Co.,   53    W.  Jackson. 

Wolff,   L.   Mfg.    Co.,    225    X.   Hoyne   Av. 
HEAT   REGULATION. 

Johnson  Service  Co.,  177  X\  Dearborn  St. 
HEATING— VACUUM. 

Arcade  Steam  Heating  Co.,   120   W.  Kinzie 

Brady   &   Co.,    120    X.    May   St. 

Glennon-Bielke    Co.,    540    \V.    Lake    St. 

Gordon,   Robert,   Inc.,   622   W.   Monroe  St. 

Hoier,  Wm.   V.  &  Co..   701   X.  Wells  St. 

Kehm,  John  R.  Co.,  8  E.  Austin  Av. 

Noble  &  Thumm,   2313   Lincoln   Av. 

Peckham,   Harry,   Jr.,   2345   W.   Roosevelt. 

Phillips,  Getschow  Co.,  130  W.   Kinzie  St. 

Russell,  J.  E.  &  Co.,  216  W.  Kinzie  St. 

Watson,    W.    W.,  .708   Carpenter   St. 

Webster,  Warren  &  Co.,   53    W.  Jackson. 
HEATING    VAPOR. 

Brady  &  Co.,   120   X.   May   St. 

Douglass,  Thomas  J.   &  Co.,   441   X.   Dear. 

Glennon-Bielke   Co.,    546    W.    Lake    St. 

Gordon,  Robert,  Inc.,  622  W.  Monroe  St. 

Noble  &  Thumm,   2313   Lincoln   Av. 

Phillips,  Getschow  Co.,  130  W.  Kinzie  St. 

Russell,  J.  E.  &  Co.,   210  W.  Kinzie  St. 


350 
358 
374 
334 
332 

324 
326 
340 

354 
374 
356 

374 

346 

350 
344 
340 
354 

34* 
368 
346 
342 

372 

30* 
374 

350 
354 
344 

340 
30* 
342 
372 

HEATING  AND  VENTILATING. 

Am.  Heat.  &  Plumb.   Corp.,   189   X.  Clark     340 
Arcade  Steam  Heating  Co.,   120   \V.   Kinzie   346 

350 
350 
34  4 
366 
344 
Excelsior  Steel  Furn.  Co.,   114   S.  Clinton.   334 

348 

3  1  I 
340 
346 
370 
370 
354 
370 
352 
34  4 
354 
300 


Baker  &  Smith  Co.,  408  X.  Wells  St. 
Brady  &   Co.,   120   X.   May  St. 
Claffey,   E.   J.   Co.,   350    X.   Clark   St. 
Daly,   J.  J.,   408   X.   Wells   St. 
Dwyer  &  Co.,   31    W.    Illinois   St. 


Gallaher  &  Speck,  215  W.  Congress  St. 
Glennon-Bielke  Co..  540  \Y.  Lake  St. 
Gordon,  Robert,  Inc.,  02  2  YV.  Monroe  St. 
Graves  Heating  Co..  102  X.  Desplaines. 
Gustafson,  K.  A..  2114  X.  Springfield  Av. 
Haines  Co.,  1933  YV.  Lake  St. 
Hanley  &  Co.,  5  X.  La  Salle  St. 
Hayward,  R.  B.  Co..  849  W.  Ohio  St. 
Henrich,  Geo.  A.  Co..  5650  Broadway 
Herlihy,  J.  J.,  751  YV.  Van  Buren  St. 
Hoier,  Wm.  V.  &  Co.,  701  X.  Wells  St. 
Hulbert  &  Dorsey,  212  W.  Lake  St. 
Ilg  Electric  Ventilating  Co.,  CI  Whiting  33* 
Johnson,  C.  YV..  inc.,  044  Washington  Bl.  352 
Kehm,  John  R.   Co.,  8  E.   Austin   A  v.  348 

Kilander,  A.  &  Co.,  126  S.  Clinton  St.  352 
Kirk,  Geo.  H.,   6711    Wentworth   A  v.  352 

Lees,  Wm.,   54*   Washington    Bl.  348 

McDonough,  E.  J.  Co.,  350  X.  Clark  St.  340 
Mehring  &  Hanson  Co.,  11*  X.  Franklin,  340 
Mellish-IIavward  Co.,  2  13,  W.  Austin  Av.  372 
Xacey,   P.    Co.,    927    S.    State   St.  3.1* 

Narowetz    Heat'g   &    Vent'g    Co.,    223,    w. 

Lake  St.  370 

Nilson   Bros.,   3222    X.    Halsted   St.  342 

Peckham,  Harry,  Jr.,  2345  W.  Roosevelt.  346 
Phillips.  Getschow  Co.,  But  w.  Kinzie  st.  3,12 
Pope,   w,n.   a..   20  X.  Jefferson  St.  3 16 

Prentice,  B.    II.  Co.,  32*  Sherman  St.  312 

Kigbv,    Ben,    5  15    YV.    Bake    St.  360 

Robinson   Furnace  Co.,  205  W.   Bake  si.       372 
Russell,  j.  !•:.  .v  Co..  210  W.  Kinzie  St,         3.72 
Schampel    &    Dougherty,     17::    w      Wash- 
ington  si.  3:,  t 
Watson,   w.    w,   708   Carpenter  SI  36.8 

HECTOGRAPH    PRINTS. 
Am.  Blue   riint    Paper  Co.,  ■'■■'■:<   Plymouth    3.** 
Crofoot,   Nielsen   &   *',,..    172    w.    Wash,        3** 
HOISTING     AND     CONVEYING     MACHIN- 
ERY. 
Link     Belt     Co.,     3,2'.'     W.     39th    St.  2 

olson.  Samuel  &  Co..  2ii*  Bloomlngdale.  11 
w  ,  Her   Mfg.  Co.,    L856   N    Kostner  A.v.  *i 


ire, 


Scul 


HOISTS — AIB 

Steel  &  Iron  Co 


AND       CHAIN. 

,    2364    S.   Ashland.      78 


HOISTS — MATERIAL. 
Sasgen  Derrick  Co.,   3303   W.  Grand  Av.     476 

HOLLOW  FABTITITION — TILE 

Dee,  Wm.   K.  Co.,  30  N.   La   Salle  St.  310 
111.     Fire-Proof    Constr.    Co.,     209     S.     La 

Salle  St,  274 

Johnson,  i:.  V.  Co.,  20  \v.  Jackson  HI.  274 

Rosing,   Astrid   S.,    Ill    \V.   Monroe  St.  310 

Western   Brick  Co.,  Danville,   111.  318 

HORIZONTAL    FOLDING    DOORS. 

Hill,    O.    H.    Co..    2253    St.    Paul    Av.  2  92 

Kinnear    Mfg.    Co.,    20s    S.    La    Salle    St.  30S 

Variety  Mfg.  Co.,  2958  Carroll  Av.  308 

HOSE.   BACKS  AND   REELS. 

Allen,   W.    I>.    Mfg.   Co.,    566    W.    Lake   St.  372 

HOSPITALS — SURFACING    WALLS    IN 

OPERATING   AND    UTILITY   ROOMS. 

Vitrolite   Co.,    133    W.    Washington   St.  SO 

HOT    AIR    HEATING    APPARATUS. 

Excelsior  Steel  Furn.  Co.,    114   S.  Clinton.  334 

HOT   BLAST   HEATING. 

Excelsior  Steel   Furn.  Co..    114   s.  Clinton.  334 

HOT    BLAST    HEATING    APPARATUS. 

Am.   Heat.  &  Plumb.   Corp.,    189    N.  Clark  340 

Baker  &  Smith  Co.,  40S  N.  Wells  St.  350 

Brady  &   Co.,    120    N.   May   St.  350 

Daly,   J.  J.,    408    N.   Wells   St.  366 

Davis,    G.    M.    Reg.    Co.,    422    Milwaukee  374 

Dwver   &   Co.,    31    W.    Illinois    St.  344 

Gallaher  &  Speck,   215   W.   Congress  St.  348 

Gustafson,  K.  A.,   2114   N.  Springfield  Av.  370 

Haines  Co.,   1933  W.   Lake  St.  370 

Hanley  &  Co.,   5   N.    La   Salle   St.  354 

Hayward,   R.   B.   Co..   849   W.   Ohio  St.  370 

Henrich,    Geo.   A.   Co.,    5650    Broadway  352 

Herlihy,  J.  J.,   751   W.   Van   Buren   St.  344 

Hulbert  &  Dorsey,    212    W.   Lake   St.  366 

Kehm   Bros.   Co.,   15   W.   Kinzie  St.  342 

Kehm.   John   R.   Co.,  8  E.  Austin  Av.  348 

Kilander.    A.    &   Co..    126    S.    Clinton    St.  352 

Lees,    Wm.,    548    Washington    Bl.  348 

McDonough,  E.  J.   Co.,   350   N.   Clark  St.  340 

Mehring  &  Hanson  Co..   1  IS  N.   Franklin.  340 

Mellish-Havward  Co.,   213  W.  Austin  Av.  372 

Nacey.    P.    Co.,    927    S.    State    St.  348 
Narowetz    Heafg    &    Vent'g    Co.,    223    W. 

Lake  St.  3  70 
Phillips,  Getschow  Co.,  130  W.  Kinzie  St.  342 
Pope,  Wm.  A..  26  N.  Jefferson  St.  346 
Prentice,  L.  H.  Co.,  328  Sherman  St.  342 
Robinson  Furnace  Co..  205  W.  Lake  St.  372 
Schampel  &  Dougherty,  173  W.  Wash- 
ington   St.  354 

HOT  WATER  HEATERS. 

Arcade  Steam  Heating  Co.,  126  W.  Kinzie  346 

Bradv  &  Co.,   120   N.   Mav   St.  350 

Dwver   &   Co.,    31    W.    Illinois    St.  344 

Glennon-Bielke    Co..    546    W.    Lake    St.  344 

Gordon,   Robert,   Inc.,   622   W.   Monroe  St.  340 

Hanley   &  Co.,   5   N.    La  Sa'le   St.  354 

Hoier,   Wm.   V.   &  Co..    701    N.   Wells   St.  354 

Humphrey    Co.,    Kalamazoo,    Mich.  330 

111.  Malleable  Iron  Co.,   1801    Diversey   Bl.  332 
Kewanee   Boiler  Co.,   328    W.   Washington 

&  Kewanee,  111.  324 
Kilander,  A.  &  Co..  126  S.  Clinton  St.  352 
Kirk,  Geo.  H.,  6711  Wentworth  Av.  352 
Kohler  Co.,  332  S.  Michigan  Av.  364 
Lees,  Wm.,  548  Washington  Bl.  348 
McDonough,  E.  J.  Co.,  350  N*.  Clark  St.  340 
Mott,  J.  L.  Iron  Wks..  104  S.  Michigan.  364 
Nacey,  P.  Co.,  927  S.  State  St.  348 
Peckham,  Harry,  Jr.,  2345  W.  Roosevelt.  346 
Phillips,  Getschow  Co.,  130  W.  Kinzie  St.  342 
Pope,  Wm.  A..  26  N.  Jefferson  St.  346 
Prentice,  L.  H.  Co.,  328  Sherman  St.  342 
Russell,  J.  E.  &  Co.,  216  W.  Kinzie  St.  372 
Schampel  &  Dougherty,  173  W.  Wash- 
ington St.  354 
Standard  Sanitarv  Mfg.  Co.,  14  N.  Peoria.  360 
Watson,   W.   W.,    708   Carpenter   St.  368 


HOT   WATER   &    STEAM   HEATING. 

Am.   Heat.  &  Plumb.   Corp.,   189   N.  Clark  340 

Arcade  Steam  Heating  Co.,  126  W.  Kinzie  346 

Maker  \-   Smith  Co.,   408  N.  Wells  St.  350 

Brady   &   Co.,    120    N.   May   St.  350 

Claffey,   E.   J.   Co.,   350   N.   Clark   St.  344 

Daly.   J.   J..   40S    N.    Wells   St.  366 

Douglass,   Thomas  J.   &  Co..   441   N.  Dear.  354 

Gallaher   \r    Speck,    2  15    W.    Congress   St.  348 

Dwyer   &    Co.,    ::  1     W.    Illinois   St.  344 

C.lennon-Bielke    Co..    546    W.    Lake    St.  344 

Gordon,   Robert,   Inc.,   622   W.  Monroe  St.  340 

Craves    Heating   Co.,    162    N.    Desplaines.  346 

Haines  Co.,    1933   W.   Lake  St.  370 

Hanley   &   Co.,   5   N.    La  Salle  St.  354 

Henrich.    Geo.   A.   Co.,    5650    Broadway  352 

Herlihy,  J.  J.,   751    W.    Van  Buren  St.  344 

Hoier,    Wm.    V.   &  Co.,   701    N.  Wells  St.  354 

Hulbert  &   Dorsev,   212   W.    Lake   St.  366 

Johnson.  C.   \V.,  inc.,   644  Washington  Bl.  352 

Kehm   Bros.  Co.,   15  W.  Kinzie  St.  342 

Kehm.  John   R.   Co.,   8  E.  Austin  Av.  348 

Kilander,    A.    &   Co.,    126    S.    Clinton    St.  352 

Kirk,   Geo.   H.,    6711    Wentworth   Av.  352 

Lees,    Wm.,    548    Washington   Bl.  348 

McDonough,  E.  J.   Co.,   350  N.  Clark  St.  340 

Mehring  &  Hanson  Co.,   118  N.  Franklin.  340 

Nacey,   P.    Co.,    927   S.    State   St.  348 
Narowetz    Heat'g    &    Vent'g    Co.,    223    W. 

Lake  St.  370 
Nilson  Bros.,  3222  N.  Halsted  St.  342 
Noble  &  Thumm.  2313  Lincoln  Av.  368 
Peckham,  Harry,  Jr.,  2345  W.  Roosevelt.  346 
Phillips.  Getschow  Co.,  130  W.  Kinzie  St.  342 
Pope,  Wm.  A..  26  N.  Jefferson  St.  346 
Prentice,  L.  H.  Co.,  328  Sherman  St.  342 
Rigby,  Ben,  545  W.  Lake  St.  350 
Russell,  J.  E.  &  Co.,  216  W.  Kinzie  St.  372 
Schampel  &  Dougherty,  173  W.  Wash- 
ington St.  354 
Watson,   W.   W.,   708   Carpenter  St."  368 

HOTEL  SUPPLIES. 

Pick,   Albert   &   Co..    1200   W.   35th   St.  374 

HOUSE   MOVEBS   AND    RAISERS. 

Friestedt,    L.   P.   Co.,    Tribune   Bldg.  240 

Newman,  W.  J.  Co.,  21  N.  Curtis  St.  240 

HYDRANTS. 

Jenkins   Bros.,    646    W.    Washington    Bl.  330 

HYDRAULIC    ELEVATOBS. 

Kaestner  &   Hecht  Co..    500   S.   Throop   St.      30 
Otis  Elevator  Co..   600  W.   Jackson  Bl.  24 

Pitt    Engineering   Co.,    120    W.    Kinzie   St. 

Inside  Back  Cover 

ICE   CONVEYING  MACHINEBY. 

Link   Belt   Co.,    329    W.    39th   St. 

Olson,   Samuel  &  Co.,    2418    Bloomingdale. 

Weller   Mfg.   Co.,    1856    N.   Kostner  Av. 

INDUCED    DBAFT   BEGULATOBS. 
Davis,    G.    M.    Reg.    Co.,    422    Milwaukee 

INCINERATORS — GABBAGE. 
Kerner   Incinerator  Co.,    175   W.   Jackson 

INSULATION. 
Flaxlinum    Insulating   Co..    175    W.    Jack- 
son  Bl.   &   St.    Paul,   Minn.  400 
INSEBT — CONCBETE. 
Dean,  Olney  J.   &  Co.,    19   S.   La  Salle  St. 

INSPECTOBS. 

Hunt,    Robt.    W.    &   Co.,    Ins.   Exc.    Bldg. 

INSULATING   FAPEBS. 
Bird    &   Son.    1472    W.    76th    St. 
Flaxlinum    Insulating   Co.,    175    W.    Jack- 
son  Bl.   &   St.    Paul,   Minn.  400 
Johns-Manville,   H.   W.   Co.,    18th   &  Mich.        8 
Union  Insulating  Co.,  20  W.  Jackson   Bl.       28 
INSULATION — BBEWEBIES     AND     COLD 
STOBAGE  WABEHOUSES. 
Union  Insulating  Co..   20  W.  Jackson   Bl. 

INTERIOR  DECOBATOBS. 
Breiner,  F.  W.  Co.,  186  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Gleich.  T.  C.  Co..  2850  Broadway. 
Nelson,  W.  P.  Co.,  614  S.  Michigan  Av. 
Noelle,  J.  B.  Co.,  702  N.  Wells  St. 
Olson,  Herman  &  Co.,  2568  N.  Clark  St. 
Plamondon  &  Tetze  Co.,  110  S.  Dearborn.  386 
Spierling  &  Linden,  1216  Michigan  Av.  386 
Sullivan,   J.   P.,   4515    Indiana   Av.  386 


14 
84 


374 


328 


306 


312 


272 


28 

388 
384 
384 
388 
386 


4  fit! 


INTERIOR    FINISH. 
Baumann,  F.  O.  Mfg.  Co.,  1501  Smith  Av. 
Nollau  &  Wolff  Mfg.  Co.,   1705   Fullerton. 
Plamondon  &  Tetze  Co.,   110  S.   Dearborn. 
West   Woodworking  Co.,   310    N.    Ada   St. 

INTERLOCKING   RUBBER  TILE. 
Standard    Asphalt    &    Refilling   Co.,    208    S. 
La  Salle  St. 

IRON  CASEMENT  ADJUSTERS. 
Wilkins,  George  Lester,  7067  N.  Clark  St. 

IRON  DOORS  AND  SHUTTERS. 
Butler  St.  Fdry  &   Iron  Co.,   3424   Normal 
Halsted,   Joseph,  Co.,    1233   W.    Randolph 
Hanke   Iron  &   Wire   Wks.,   840   N.  Albany 
Hill,    O.    H.   Co.,    2253    St.    Paul   Av. 
Holmes,   Pyott  &  Co.,    159   N.   Jefferson 
111.  Malleable  Iron  Co.,   1801   Diversey  Bl. 
Kinnear   Mfg.   Co.,   208   S.   La  Salle  St. 
Smith,    F.    P.    Wire    &    Iron    Wks.,    2346 

Clybourn  Av. 
Vanderkloot  Steel  Wks.,  2607  S.  Halsted. 
Variety  Mfg.  Co.,  2958  Carroll  Av. 
Vierling    Steel    Wks.,    23rd    &   Stewart. 

IRON   FOUNDRIES. 
Butler  St.  Fdry  &  Iron  Co.,  3424  Normal 
111.  Malleable  Iron  Co.,  1801   Diversey  Bl. 
Link    Belt    Co.,    329    W.    39th    St. 
Reder  Fdry.  Co.,  353  6  S.  Oakley  Av. 
Smith,    F.    P.    Wire    &    Iron    Wks.,    2346 
Clybourn  Av. 

IRON    RAILINGS    AND    FENCES. 
Bolter's  A..  Sons,  Ward  St.  iV:  Belden  Av. 
Butler  St.  Fdry  &  Iron  Co.,  3424  Normal 
Coleman,    Adelbert   E.,    37th   &   Stewart 
Duffin    Iron   Co.,    4837    S.    Kedzie   Av. 
Federal   Iron   Wks.,   30   N.   La  Salle   St. 
Guaranty  Iron  &  Steel  Co.,   2847  W.  Lake 
Halsted,  Joseph,  Co.,    1233   W.    Randolph 
Hanke  Iron  &  Wire  Wks.,   840  N.  Albany 
Holmes,   Pyott  &   Co.,    159    N.   Jefferson 
Manton  &  Smith  Co.,   1709  W.  Austin  Av. 
Reder  Fdry.  Co.,  3536  S.  Oakley  Av. 
Smith,    F.    P.    Wire    &    Iron    Wks.,    2346 

Clybourn  Av. 
Sullivan-Korber  Co.,  2437  W.  21st  PI. 
Union   Fdry.   Wks.,   38   S.   Dearborn  St. 
Vanderkloot  Steel  Wks..  2607  S.  Halsted. 
Vierling    Steel    Wks.,    23rd    &    Stewart. 
Woodbridge  Ornt'l  Iron  Co.,  400  W.  Erie. 

IRON   ROOFS. 
American  Bridge  Co.,  208  S.  La  Salle  St. 
Kenwood  Bridge  Co.,   1st  Nat.   Bk.  Bldg. 
Morava    Constr.    Co.,    122    S.    Michigan. 
Ryerson,  Jos.  T.  &  Son,   2558  W.   16th  St. 
Scully  Steel  &  Iron  Co.,   2364   S.  Ashland. 

IRON  STAIRS. 
American  Bridge  Co.,   208  S.   La  Salle  St. 
Butler  St.  Fdry  &  Iron  Co.,  3424  Normal 
Castle,   A.    M.   &  Co..    715    N.    Morgan   St. 
Coleman.    Adelbert    E„    37th    &   Stewart 
Duffin    Iron   Co.,    4837    S.    Kedzie   Av. 
Federal    Iron    Wks.,    30   N.    La   Salle    St. 
Guaranty  Iron  &  Steel  Co.,   2847  W.  Lake 
Halsted,  Joseph,  Co..   1233   W.   Randolph 
Hanke   Iron  &  Wire   Wks.,   840   N.   Albany 
Holmes,   Pyott  &  Co.,    159   N.   Jefferson 
Manton  &  Smith  Co.,    1709  W.  Austin  Av. 
Ryerson,  Jos.  T.  &  Son,  2558  W.   16th  St. 
Scully  Steel  &  Iron  Co.,   2364   S.   Ashland. 
Smith,     F.     1'.    Wire    &     Iron     Wks.,    2346 

Clybourn   Av. 
Sullivan-Korber  Co.,   2437  W.   21st  PI. 
Union   Fdry.  Wks.,   38  S.   Dearborn  St. 
Vanderkloot  Steel  Wks.,  2607  S.  Halsted. 
Vierling    Steel    Wks.,    23rd    &    Stewart. 
Woodbridge  Ornt'l    Iron  Co.,  400   \V.  Erie. 

IRON  STORE    FRONTS. 
Butler  St.  Fdry  &   Iron  Co.,   3424    Normal 
Coleman,    Adelbert    E.,    37th    &    Stewart 
Duffin    Iron   Co.,    4837    S.    Kedzie    Av. 
Federal    Iron    Wks.,    30    N.    La    Sal  If    St. 
Halsted,  Joseph.  Co..    12:::;    W     Randolph 
Hanke   Iron  &  Wire   Wks.,   840   X.   Albany 
Holmes,  Pvott  <fc  Co..    169   X.  Jefferson 
Manton  &  Smith  Co..   1709  W.  Austin  Av. 
Reder  Fdry.  Co.,  3536  S.  Oakley  A  v. 
Ryerson.  Jos.  T.  &  Son.   2558   W.    16th  St. 
Scullv  Steel  &  [ron  Co.,   2364   s.   Ashland 
Smith,    F.    P.     Wire    &     I  run     Wks.,     2346 
Clybourn  Av. 


320 

386 

1 


476 

300 

296 
296 
292 
294 
332 
308 

306 
290 
308 
300 

300 

332 

2 

296 
306 

294 
300 
298 
292 
296 
298 
296 
296 
294 
298 
296 

306 

298 
290 
290 
300 
300 

28$ 

294 

70 

78 

286 

300 

74 

29S 

292 

296 

298 

296 

296 

294 

298 

70 

78 

306 

298 
290 
290 
300 
300 

300 

L".tS 
29  2 
296 
296 
296 
294 
2  9  8 
296 
Til 
7s 

306 


Sullivan-Korber  Co.,   2437  W.   21st  PI.  298 

Union   Fdry.   Wks.,   38   S.   Dearborn   St.  290 

Vanderkloot  Steel  Wks.,  2607  S.  Halsted.  290 

Vierling    Steel    Wks.,    23rd    &•  Stewart.  300 

Woodbridge  Ornt'l  Iron  Co.,  400  W.  Erie.  300 

IRON    WORK— ORNAMENTAL. 

Bolter's  A..  Sons,   Ward  St.  &   Belden  Av.  294 

Butler  St.  Fdrv  &   Iron  Co.,  3424  Normal  300 

Coleman,    Adelbert    E.,    37th    &    Stewart  298 

Duffin    Iron   Co.,    4837    S.    Kedzie   Av.  292 

Federal    Iron    Wks.,    30    N.    La   Salle   St.  296 

Halsted,   Joseph,   Co..    1233   W.    Randolph  296 

Hanke   Iron  &  Wire   Wks.,   S40   N.   Albany  296 

Holmes,   Pyott  &    Co.,    159    N.   Jefferson  294 

Manton  &  Smith  Co.,  1709  W.  Austin  Av.  298 
Smith,     F.     P.     Wire    &     Iron    Wks.,    2346 

Clybourn   Av.  306 

Sullivan-Korber  Co.,   2437  W.   21st  PI.  298 

Union   Fdry.  Wks.,   38  S.   Dearborn  St.  290 

Vanderkloot  Steel  Wks.,  2607  S.  Halsted.  290 

Vierling    Steel    Wks.,    23rd    &    Stewart.  300 

Woodbridge  Ornt'l  Iron  Co.,  400  W.  Erie.  300 

IRON  WORK — STRUCTURAL. 

American  Bridge  Co.,  20S  S.  La  Salle  St.  286 

Bolter's  A.,  Sons,  Ward  St.   &   Belden  Av.  294 

Duffin   Iron   Co.,    4837    S.    Kedzie  Av.  292 

Federal   Iron   Wks.,   30   N.    La   Salle   St.  296 

Holmes,    Pyott  &  Co.,    159    N.   Jefferson  294 

Kenwood  Bridge  Co.,   1st  Nat.   Bk.  Bldg.  294 

Morava    Constr.    Co.,    122    S.    Michigan.  294 

Union   Fdry.  Wks.,   38   S.   Dearborn   St.  290 

Vanderkloot  Steel  Wks..  2607  S.  Halsted.  290 

Vierling    Steel    Wks.,    23rd    &    Stewart.  300 

IRONERS — WASHERS — WRINGERS. 
Am.    Ironing   Machine   Co.,    168   X.    Mich.        7S 

IRONING  MACHINES    (ELECTRIC) 
Am.    Ironing   Machine   Co.,    168   N.    Mich.        78 

Chgo.   Dryer  Co.,    630   S.   Wabash    Av.  244 

Commonwealth   Edison  Co.,   72   W.   Adams  256 

JAIL   AND   PRISON  BUILDERS. 

Bolter's  A..  Sons,  Ward  St.   \-    Belden  Av.  294 

Butler  St.  Fdrv.  &  Iron  Co.,  3424  Normal.  300 

Halsted,  Joseph,  Co.,   1233   W.   Randolph  296 

Holmes,  Pyott  &  Co.,  159  N.  Jefferson  294 
Smith,    F.    P.    Wire    &    Iron    Wks.,    2346 

Clybourn  Av.  306 

Union   Fdrv.   Wks.,   38  S.   Dearborn  St.  290 

Vanderkloot  Steel  Wks..  2607  S.  Halsted.  290 

Vierling    Steel    Wks.,    23rd    &    Stewart.  300 

K  ALSO  MINX 

Adams  &  Elting  Co.,   722  Washington  Bl.  392 

Moore,    Benj.    &   Co.,    415    N.    Green    St.  392 

LABORATORY — TESTING. 

Hunt,  Robt.  W.  <<•  Co.,  Ins.  Exc.  Bldg.  312 
LAMPS,  EXTERIOR — IRON  AND  BRONZE. 

Coleman,    Adelbert    E.,    37th    &    Stewart  298 

Halsted,  Joseph,  Co.,    1233   W.   Randolph  296 

Manton  &  Smith  Co..  1709  W.  Austin  Av.  298 
Smith,     F.     P.     Wire    &     Iron     Wks.,     2346 

Clybourn  Av.  306 

Sullivan-Korber  Co.,  2437  W.   21st  PI.  298 

Warren,    Walter   G.   &   Co..    1401    W.   Jack.  258 

Woodbridge  Ornt'l  Iron  Co.,  400  W.  Erie.  300 

LAMPS— ORNAMENTAL,  ART  GLASS, 

LANTERNS. 

Pick.    Albert    &    Co..    1200    W.    35th    St.  374 

Warren,    Walter   G.    &    Co.,    1401    W.   Jack.  258 

LATH. 
Burns,  John  E.   Lbr.  Co.,   700  W.  Chicago.      52 
Hettler.   Herman  H.  Lbr.   Co..   2601   Els  ton      54 
Hines,    Ed.    Lumber   Co.,    24::  1    S.    Lincoln        4S 
Lord   &   Bushnell   Co..    2424    Laflin   St.  58 

Mears-Slayton  Lbr.  Co..  1237  Belmont  Av.  320 
Rittenhouse  .\-  Kmbree  Co.,  3500  S.  Racine  56 
Thornton  Claney    Lbr    Co.,    2316    Blston.       50 

LATH — METAL. 
Composite  Metal   Lath  Co,  6  X.  Michigan     36 
Milwaukee    Corrugating    Co.,    Mil  .    Wis.        44 

LATH — METAL    AND    WIRE. 
Consolidated      Expanded      Metal      Co.,      562 

W,    Monroe    St.  BO 

North   Western    Expanded   Metal   Co.,   407 

S.    Dearborn    St.  3  4 

Smith.     1'.     }'.     Wire    &     Iron     Wks.,     2346 

Clybourn  Av.  306 

Voss,    Frederick.    552    \v.    Monroe   St.  306 
LAUNDRY  DRYERS. 

Am.   Laundry   Mchy  Co.,   208   W.   Monroe  244 

ChgO.    I  Tver    CO.,    630    S.    Wabash    Av.  244 

Troy  Laundry  Mchy.  Co.,  23rd  &•  La  Salle  244 


Ml 


LAUNDRY    MACHINERY. 
Am.    Ironing   Machine  Co.,    168   N.   Mich.        78 
Am.   Laundry  Mchy  Co.,   208   W.   Monroe      244 
Chgo.   Dryer  Co.,    630   S.   Wabash   Av.  244 

Troy  Laundry  Mchy.  Co.,   23rd  &  La  Salle   244 
LAUNDRY    MCHY    FOR    SMALLER    HOSPI- 
TALS— INSTITUTIONS,    APT    HOUSES    8c 
HOTELS. 
Am.    Ironing   Machine  Co.,    L68   X.   Mich. 
LAUNDRY    TRAYS    AND    KITCHEN 
SINKS 
Alberene  Stone  Co.,  2  14  N.  Clinton  St. 
Am.  Laundry   Mchy  Co.,   208    \v.   Monroe 
i   low.  J  as.   li.  &  Sons.  544  S.  Franklin  St. 
Kellogg  Mackay  Co.,  419  W.   18th  St. 
Kohler  Co.,   332  S.  Michigan  Av. 
Mott,    J.    L.    Iron    Wks.,    104    S.    Michigan.   364 
Standard  Sanitary  Mfg.  Co.,  14  N.  Peoria.  360 
Wolff,    L.    Mfg.    Co..    225    N.    Hoyne   Av.        356 

LAVATORY    CONTROL. 
Hoffmann     &     Billings     Mfg.     Co.,     Mil- 
waukee,   Wis. 

LEAD    BURNING. 
Gustafson,  K.  A.,   2114   N.  Springfield  Av. 
Hayward,   R.   B.   Co.,   849   W.   Ohio  St. 
Mellish-Hayward  Co.,  213  W.  Austin  Av. 

LEATHER   BELTING. 
Allen,   W.   D.   Mfg.   Co.,   566   W.   Lake  St. 

LIABILITY   INSURANCE. 
Builders    &   Mtgrs.    Mutual   Casualty   Co., 

133    W.    Washington   St. 
Chgo   Bonding  &   Ins.   Co.,    79   W.    Monroe 
Sherman  &  Lllis,  Inc.,  US.  La  Salle  St. 

LIGHT  REFLECTION  BOWLES. 
Rush   Bros.   Co.,   136   W.    Lake  St. 

LIGHTING  FIXTURES. 
Everson,  C.  G.   &  Co.,   70   W.   Lake  St. 
Rush   Bros.   Co.,   136   W.    Lake   St. 
Warren.    Walter   G.   &   Co.,    1401    W.   Jack. 
LIGHTING  FIXTURES — PORCELAIN 


,  s, 


368 
244 
358 
326 
364 


362 

370 
370 
372 

372 


64 

76 
66 

258 

258 
258 
258 


Rush   Bros.   Co.,   136    W.   Lake  St. 
LIGHTNING    RODS 
Arrow    Conductor    &    Mfg.    Co.,    1536    W. 
Adams  St. 

LIME. 
Rosing,  Astrid  S.,   Ill   W.  Monroe  St. 
LIQUID    SOAP    FIXTURES. 
Imperial    Brass    Mfg.    Co.,    1200    W.    Har- 
rison  St. 

LOANS. 
Baird  &  Warner,   29   S.   La  Salle   St. 
Corn  EXc.   Nat'l   Bank.    134   S.   La  Salle. 
Greenebaum  Sons  Bank  &  Trust  Co.,  9  S. 
La  Salle  St. 

LOCKERS — SHEET     METAL. 
Dodge,  H.  B.  &  Co.,  332  S.   Michigan  Av. 
Durand  Steel  Locker  Co.,   76   W.   Monroe 
Federal   Steel    Fixture   Co.,    189    W.    Mad- 
ison  St. 
Smith,    F.    P.    Wire    &    Iron    Wks.,    2346 
Clybourn  Av. 

LOCKERS — VENTILATED. 
Dodge,  H.  B.  &  Co..  332  S.  Michigan  Av. 
Durand  Steel  Locker  Co.,   76   W.   Monroe 
Federal    Steel    Fixture    Co.,    189    W.    Mad- 
ison  St. 
Smith,    F.     P.    Wire    &    Iron    Wks.,     2346 
Clybourn  Av. 

LUMBER. 
Burns,  John  E.   Lbr.  Co.,  700  W.  Chicago. 
Hettler,  Herman  H.  Lbr.   Co.,   2601  Elston 
Hines,   Ed.   Lumber  Co.,   2431   S.   Lincoln 
Lord   &   Bushnell   Co.,    2424   Laflin   St. 


258 

320 
310 


Rittenhouse  &  Embree  Co.,  3500  S.  Racine  56 

Thornton   Claney   Lbr.    Co.,    2315   Elston.  50 

LUMBER— KILN   DRIED. 

Burns,  John  E.   Lbr.  Co.,   700  W.  Chicago.  52 

Hettler,  Herman  H.  Lbr.  Co.,  2601  Elston  54 

Hines,   Ed.   Lumber  Co.,    2431    S.   Lincoln  48 

Lord   &   Bushnell  Co.,   2424   Laflin   St.  58 

Mears-Slayton  Lbr.  Co.,  1237  Belmont  Av.  320 

Rittenhouse  &  Embree  Co.,  3500  S.  Racine  56 

Thornton   Claney   Lbr.    Co..    2315    Elston.  50 
LUMBER — YELLOW   PINE — LONG   LEAF. 

Burns,  John  E.   Lbr.  Co.,  700  W.  Chicago.  52 

Hettler,  Herman  H.  Lbr.  Co.,  2601  Elston  54 

Hines,   Ed.   Lumber  Co.,   2431    S.   Lincoln  48 

Thornton   Claney    Lbr.    Co.,    2315    Elston.  50 


MACHINISTS. 

Gallaher  &  Speck,   215   W.   Congress  St. 

Kaestner  &  Hecht  Co.,  500  S.  Throop  St. 

Link    Belt    Co.,    329    W.    39th    St. 

Weller  Mfg.   Co.,   1856   N.  Kostner  Av. 
MAGNESIA   PRODUCTS. 

Cent'l   Asbestos   &  Magnesia  Co.,   214   W. 
Grand    Av. 

Johns-Manville,   H.  W.  Co.,   18th  &  Mich. 

Krez,  Paul  J.,  Co.,  444  N.  La  Salle  St. 

Standard  Asbestos  Mfg.  Co.,  816  W.  Lake. 

Watson,    11.    K.    To.,    319    Wells   St. 
MANHOLE    COVERS. 

Dee,  Wm.   E.  Co.,   30  N,  La  Salle  St. 
MANTELS. 

Colonial    Fireplace    Co.,    4626    W.    Roose- 
velt   Rd. 

Interior  Tiling  Co.,  21  E.  Van  Buren  St. 


348 

30 

2 

84 


280 
8 
280 
280 
280 

310 


64 
318 


MARBLE    CONTRACTORS. 

Enterprise    Marble    Wks.,    726    Curtis.  316 
Marthens,  Chester  N.   Marble  Co.,   53rd  & 

Wallace    Sts.  318 
MARBLE — INTERIOR   &   EXTERIOR. 

Enterprise    Marble    Wks.,    726    Curtis.  316 
Marthens,  Chester  N.  Marble  Co.,   53rd  & 

Wallace    Sts.  315 

MARBLE   WORKERS  AND   DEALERS. 

Enterprise    Marble    Wks.,    726    Curtis.  316' 
Marthens,  Chester  N.  Marble  Co.,   53rd  & 

Wallace    Sts.  318 

MASON    CONTRACTORS. 

Anderson,  A.   &  E.  Co.,   19  S.  La  Salle  St.  108 

Anderson,  Edward  A.  Co.,   30  N.  La  Salle.  228 

Appel,   Henry  L.  Co.,   30  N.  La  Salle  St.  226 

Archibald,  E.  L.   Co.,   Ill  W.  Washington.  100 

Barnard.   H.  B.,   140   S.   Dearborn  St.  106 

Blome-Sinek   Co.,    139    N.   Clark   St.  98 

Brundage,    Avery,    110   S.    Dearborn    St.  110 

Bulley  &   Andrews,   25   N.   Dearborn   St.  236 

B.   W.    Constr.   Co.,    10   S.    La  Salle    St.  224 

Cadenhead   Co.,   30   N.   La   Salle  St.  228 

Dahl-Stedman   Co.,    11    S.    La    Salle   St.  108 

Doherty,  Frank  E.,   133   W.   Washington.  234 

Dowling  &  Rutherford,   128  N.  Da  Salle.  234 

Ericsson,  Henry  Co.,   139  N.  Clark  St.  92 

Fuller,   Geo.  A.   Co.,   Marquette  Bldg.  94 

Griffiths,  John  &  Son  Co.,   112  W.  Adams  94 
Guy    &    McClintock    Co.,     246    Lake    St., 

Oak  Park,  111.  232 
Hammond,  John,  Co.,  68  W.  Washington.  226 
Hanson  Bros.  Co.,  127  N.  Dearborn  St.  102 
Jones  Constr.  Co.,  1748  W.  Madison  St.  236 
Kramer,  A.  T.  &  Co.,  4447  W.  Madison  238 
Lanquist  &  Illsley  Co.,  1100  N.  Clark  St.  104 
Lynch,  Austin  J.  Co.,  Ill  W.  Monroe  St.  238 
Mavor,  Wm.  Co.,  72  W.  Adams  St.  224 
McLennan  Construction  Co.,  31st  &  Calu- 
met Av.  98 
Menke-Thielberg  Co.,  139  N.  Clark  St.  224 
Meyne,  Gerhardt  F.,  127  N.  Dearborn  St.  234 
Morrice,  Wm.  Co.,  17  N.  La  Salle  St.  236 
Moses,  C.  A.  Constr.  Co.,  133  W.  Wash- 
ington St.  110 
Mutual  Constr.  Co.,  127  N.  Dearborn.  232 
Nielsen,  S.  N.,  3059  Augusta  St.  102 
Olson,  Peter,  Co.,  19  S.  La  Salle  St.  106 
Paschen  Bros.,  Ill  W.  Washington  St.  90 
Rasmussen,  C,  154  W.  Randolph  St.  232 
Regnell,  B.  J.  Co.,  19  S.  La  Salle  St.  234 
Rodatz,  Jacob,  209  S.  La  Salle  St.  230 
Rosenthal,  O.  W.  &  Co.,  80  E.  Jackson  Bl.  236 
Salomon-Waterton  Co.,  343  S.  Dearborn  230 
Samuelson,  A.  J.,  189  W.  Madison  St.  238 
Scharmer  Constr.  Co.,  139  N.  Clark  St.  232 
Schmidt  Bros.  Constr.  Co.,  105  N.  Clark.  230 
Shedden,  James  &  Co..  106  N.  La  Salle.  224 
Siebold,  F.  A.  &  Son,  64  W.  Randolph  238 
Snvder,  J.  W.  Co.,  122  S.  Michigan  Av.  104 
Sollitt,    Ralph   &   Sons   Constr.   Co.,    30   N. 

La  Salle  St.  226 

Sollitt,    Sumner,    Co.,    79    E.    Adams    St.  228 

Sproul,   E.  W.   Co.,   2001   W.   39th  St.  86 

Strandberg,  E.  P.  Co.,  Ill  W.  Washington  226 

Thompson-Starrett   Co.,    175    W.    Jackson.  92 

Thomson,  Geo.  &  Son  Co.,  30  N.  La  Salle  228 

Wells  Bros.  Const.  Co.,  53  W.  Jackson  Bl.  230 

Wieboldt,  R.  C,  1534  W.  Van  Buren  St.  96 

Wilson,  R    F.  &  Co.,   1851  Elston  Av.  88 


n,s 


MATERIAL    HOISTS. 
Sasgen  Derrick  Co.,   3303   W.   Grand  Av.     476 

METAL    LATH. 
Composite  Metal  Lath  Co.,  6  N.  Michigan     36 
Consolidated    Expanded     Metal     Co.,     562 

W.    Monroe    St.  80 

Milwaukee  Corrugating  Co.,  Mil.,  Wis.  44 
North   Western   Expanded   Metal   Co.,   407 

S.    Dearborn    St.  3  4 

Smith,    F.    P.    Wire    &    Iron    Wks.,    2346 

Clybourn  Av.  306 

Truscon  Steel  Co.,   22   W.   Monroe  St.  282 

Voss,    Frederick,    552    W.    Monroe    St.  306 

METAL    SASH    &    FRAMES. 
Detroit   Steel    Prod.    Co.,    Ill    W.    Wash.  38 

Lupton,  David,  Sons  Co.,  28  E.  Jackson  Bl.  68 
Truscon   Steel   Co.,    22   W.   Monroe   St.  282 

METALLIC    DOORS    AND    TRIM. 
Hill,    O.    H.   Co.,    2253    St.    Paul    Av.  292 

MILL    WORK. 
Curtis  Door  &  Sash  Co.,  1414  S.  "Western.    112 
Mmgan     Sash     &     Door     Co.,     2287     Blue 

Island    Av.  Inside    Front    Cover 

Nollau   &  Wolff  Mfg.  Co.,   1705   Fullerton.   320 

MINERAL  WOOL. 
Cent'l   Asbestos   &   Magnesia  Co.,    214    W. 

Grand    Av.  2 SO 

Krez.   Paul  J.,  Co..   444  N.  La  Salle  St.  280 

Standard  Asbestos  Mfg.  Co..  816  W.  Lake.  280 
Union  Insulating  Co..  20  W.  Jackson  Bl.  28 
Watson,  H.  F.   Co..   319   Wells  St.  280 

MORTGAGE    LOANS. 
Baird  &  Warner,    29   S.   La  Salle  St.  266 

Corn   Exc.   Nat'l   Bank,    134   S.   La  Salle.  42 

Greenebaum  Sons  Bank  &  Trust  Co.,  9  S. 
La  Salle  St.  266 

MOSAICS. 
Enterprise    Marble    Wks.,    726    Curtis.  316 

Interior  Tiling  Co.,   21   E.  Van  Buren  St.      318 
Marthens,  Chester  N.  Marble  Co.,   53rd  & 
Wallace    Sts.  318 

MOSAIC — TILE. 
Enterprise    Marble    Wks.,    726    Curtis.  316 

Marthens,  Chester  N.  Marble  Co.,   53rd  & 
Wallace    Sts.  31S 

MOULDINGS. 
Curtis  Door  &  Sash  Co.,  1414  S.  Western.    112 
Morgan     Sash     &     Door     Co.,     2287     Blue 

Island    Av.  Inside    Front    Cover 

Nollau   &  Wolff  Mfg.   Co.,   1705   Fullerton.    320 

MOULDINGS — BRASS,       BRONZE.       COLD 

DRAWN     STEEL,     COFFER,     GERMAN 

SILVER — ALL    METAL    SPECIAL 

SHAPES. 

Kawneer  Mfg.   Co..    175    W.   Jackson   Bl.  60 

MURAL  DECORATIONS. 
Spierling  &-   Linden,    1216   Michigan   Av.        386 

NEEDLE    BATH    WATER    MIXERS. 
Hoffmann      &      Billings      Mfg.      Co.,      Mil- 
waukee.   Wis.  362 
OFFICE     FITTING     &     FURNITURE. 
West  Woodworking  Co.,   310    \"     Ada  St.         1 

OFFICE    FIXTURES. 
Baumann,  F.  O.   Mfg.  Co.,  1501   Smith  Av.      72 
Brunswick-Balke-Collender     Co..      623      S. 

Wabash    Av.  40 

Plamondon  &  Tetze  Co.,  110  S.  Dearborn.  386 
West  Woodworking  Co.,   310    N     Ada   St.  1 

OFFICE     FIXTURE     STEEL. 
Federal   Steel   Fixture   Co.,    L89    W.    Mad- 
ison  St.  76 
ORNAMENTAL    IRON    BANK    AND    OF- 
FICE   FIXTURES. 
Coleman,    Adelbert    E.     :'.7th    &    Stewart         298 
Halsted.   Joseph.   Co..    1233    W.    Randolph      296 
Hanke  Iron  &  Wire   Wks.,   MO   X.   Albany   296 
Manton  &  Smith  Co..  1709  W.  Austin  Av.     298 
Smith.    F.    P.    Wire    &     hoi,     Wks.,    2346 

Clybourn   Av.  306 

Sullivan-Korber  Co.,  2437   W.    2  1st    Pi.  298 

Union    Fdry.    Wks.,    38   S.    Dearborn    St  290 

Woodbridge  Ornt'l  Iron  Co.,  400  W.  Erie.  3<n> 
ORNAMENTAL    PATTERNS    FOR    METAL 

CASTINGS. 
Architectural    Dec.    Co.,    1600    S.    Jefferson.    406 
Dux,    Joseph.    2112    W.    Van    Buren    St.  406 

ORNAMENTAL   TERRA   COTTA. 
Am.   Terra    Cotta    &   Ceramic   Co.,    122   S. 

Michigan    Av.  3ns 

Midland   Terra  Cotta  Co.,   11   S.   La    Salle.     72 
Northwestern    Terra    Cotta   Co.,    2525   Cly- 
bourn Av.  10 


PACKAGE    CONVEYORS. 

Link    Belt   Co..    329    W.    39th   St.  2 

Olson,   Samuel   &  Co.,    2418   Bloomingdale.  14 

Weller   Mfg.   Co.,   1856    N.   Kostner  Av.  84 

PACKING. 

Jenkins    Bros..    646   W.    Washington    Bl.  330 

FAINT — ACID    PROOF. 

Semet  Solvay  Co..   332   S.   Michigan   A  v.  392 

PAINTS. 

Adams   &   Elting  Co..    722    Washington  Bl.  392 

Lucas,  John  &  Co..   1362   W.   37th  St.  392 

Moore,    Benj.    &    Co.,    415    N.    Green    St.  392 

Patton    Paint    Co..    Milwaukee,    Wis.  390 

PAINT— CEMENT. 

Antakwa  Co.,    133    W.    Washington    St.  276 

Garden   City   Sand   Co.,    133    W.    Wash.  310 

Moore,    Benj.    &    Co.,    415    N.    Green    St.  392 

Semet  Solvay  Co.,    332   S.   Michigan   Av.  392 

Union   Insulating  Co.,   20   W.  Jackson  Bl.  28 

PAINT — COLD    WATER. 

Adams  &  Elting  Co..    722   Washington  Bl.  392 

Lucas,  John  &  Co..   1362   W.   37th  St.  392 

Moore,    Benj.    &    Co.,    415    N.    Green    St.  392 

Patton    Paint    Co.,    Milwaukee,    Wis.  390 

PAINT — DAMP    RESISTING. 

Antakwa  Co.,    133    W.    Washington    St.  276 

Barrett   Co.,    10    S.    La  Salle  St.  22 

Ceresit   Waterproofing   Co.,    110   S.   Dear.  276 

Garden   City   Sand   Co.,    133    W.    Wash.  310 

Scofield,   Evans  &  Co.,    24   E.   8th   St.  276 
Standard   Asphalt   &   Refining  Co.,    208   S. 

La  Salle  St.  2  72 

Union  Insulating  Co.,   20  W.  Jackson   Bl.  28 

PAINT — FIREPROOF. 

Adams  &  Elting  Co.,   722  Washington   Bl.  392 

Johns-Manville,   H.  W.   Co.,   18th    &   Mich.  8 

Moore,    Benj.    &    Co.,    415    N.    Green    St.  392 

Patton    Paint    Co..    Milwaukee.    Wis.  390 

PAINT— GRAPHITE . 

Adams  &  Elting  Co.,   722   Washington   Bl.  392 

Lucas,  John  &  Co.,   1362  W.  37th  St.  392 

Moore,    Benj.    &    Co.,    415    N.    Green    St.  392 

Patton    Paint   Co.,    Milwaukee,    Wis.  390 

Union  Insulating  Co.,   20  W.  Jackson   Bl.  28 

PAINT — HEAT  PROOF. 

Semet   Solvay  Co..   332   S.   Michigan  Av.  392 

PAINT— IRON. 

Adams  &  Elting  Co.,    722  Washington   Bl.  392 

Antakwa  Co.,    133   W.    Washington   St.  276 

Barrett   Co.,    10    S.    La  Salle  St.  22 

Ceresit    Waterproofing   Co..    110    S.    Dear.  276 

Garden   City   Sand   Co.,    133    W.   Wash.  310 

Lucas,  John  &  Co.,   1362  W.  37th  St.  392 

Moore,    Benj.    &    Co.,    415    N.    Green    St.  392 

Patton    Paint   Co.,    Milwaukee.    Wis.  390 

Scofield,   Evans  &    Co..    24   E.   8th   St.  276 

Semet  Solvay  Co.,   332  S.  Michigan  Av.  392 

Union   Insulating  Co.,   20  W.  Jackson    Bl  28 
PAINT   FOR   ARCHITECTURAL   AND    SUB- 
MERGED  STEEL. 

Semet  Solvav  Co.,   332   s.   Michigan   Av.  39° 

PAINTS— MIXED. 

Adams  &  Elting  Co.,    722   Washington   Bl.  392 

Lucas,  John  &  Co..   1362  W.  37th  St.  392 

Moore,    Benj.    &    Co..    415    N.    Green    St.  392 

Patton    Paint    Co..    Milwaukee,    Wis.  3  9  0 

PAINTS— ROOFING. 

Adams  &  Elting  Co..    722   Washington   Bl.  392 

Barrett   Co.,    10   S.   La  Salle  St.  22 

Bird   &   Son.    1472    W.    76th    St.  272 
Cent'l    Asbestos    &    Magnesia    Co.,    211    W. 

Grand   Av.  280 

Garden   City   Sand  Co.,   i::3   w.  Wash.  310 

Johns-Manville,   II.   w.  Co.,   18th   X-   Mich.  S 

Krez.   Paul  J.,  Co.,   444   X.   La   Salle  St.  280 

Lucas,   John  &  Co..  1362  W.  37th  St.  392 

Moore,    Benj.    &    Co.,    415    N.    Green    St.  392 

Patton   Paint   Co.,    Milwaukee,   Wis.  390 

Standard   Asbestos  Mfg.  Co..    il'i    \V.   Lake.  280 
Standard    Asphalt    &    Refining   Co.,    208    S. 

La    Salle   St.  272 

i '111.111   insulating  Co.,  20  W.  Jackson   Bl.  28 

Watson.    H.    V.    Co..    319    Wells    St.  2S0 

FAINTING   CONTRACTORS. 

r.teiner.    v.   w.   Co.,    186    N.    La    Salle   S1  388 

Gleich,    T    c.    Co.,    2850    Broadwaj  384 

Xeison.   w.   P.  Co..   614   s.   Michigan   Av.  384 

Noelle    J.    B.  Co.,   702   N.   Wells  SI  388 

else,,,  Herman  &  Co.,  2568   \"    Clark  St.  386 

Plamondon  &  Tetze  Co.,  110  S    Dearborn  886 

Spierling  &   Linden.    1216   Michigan    A  v.  386 

Sullivan.    J.    P.,    4515    Indiana    Av.  386 


469 


FAINT  MILLS  &   MACHINERY. 

Kaestner  &  Hecht  Co.,  500  S.  Throop  St.  30 

PAINTERS'    SUPPLIES. 

Adams  &  Elting  Co.,   722   Washington   Bl.  392 

Lucas,  John  &  Co.,   1362   W.   37th  St.  392 

Patton    Paint    Co.,    Milwaukee.    "Wis.  390 

PALMS ARTIFICIAL. 

Pick,   Albert   &   Co..    1200   W.    35th   St.  374 

PANEL   BOARDS. 
Cutter,   Geo.  Co..    28    K.   Jackson   HI.  254 

PARTITION  AND  FLOOR  DEADENING. 
Stevens    Partition   &    Floor   Deadener   Co., 
17.",    \v.    Washington    St.  274 

PARTITION    DEADENING. 
Flaxlinum    Insulating   Co.,    175    w.    Jack- 
son   Bl.    &   St.    Paul,    Minn.  400 
PARTITION     TILE. 
Dee,   Win.    K.   Co..    30   N.   La  Salle  St.  310 
Johnson,  E.  V.  Co.,   20   W.  Jackson  Bl.  274 
Rosing,  Astrid  S.,   Ill   W.   Monroe  St.            310 
Western  Brick  Co.,  Danville.   111.  318 

PARTITIONS — TOILET. 
Vitrolite   Co..    133    W.    Washington    St.  SO 

PENCILS — DRAWING. 
Dixon.   Jos.   Crucible   Co.,    53   W.   Jackson        6S 

FILING     CONCRETE. 
Ravmond  Concrete  Pile  Co.,   Ill   W.  Mon- 
roe St.  12 
PIPE  AND  BOILER  COVERING. 
Cent'l    Asbestos   &   Magnesia   Co.,    214    W. 

Grand    Av.  280 

Garden   City   Sand   Co.,    133    W.    Wash.  310 

Johns-Manville,  H.  W.  Co.,  18th  &  Mich.  8 
Krez.   Paul  J.,  Co..   444  N.  La  Salle  St.  280 

Standard  Asbestos  Mfg.  Co..  816  W.  Lake.  280 
Watson,  H.  F.   Co..   319   Wells   St.  L'sn 

PIPE — STOVE    AND    WARM    AIR    VENT. 
Excelsior  Steel   Fnrn.   Co..    114   S.   Clinton.   334 

PLASTER. 
Am.  Cement  Plaster  Co.,   Ill   W.   Wash.  20 

U.    S.   Gypsum    Co..    205    W.    Monroe   St.  26 

PLASTER     BASE. 
Flaxlinum    Insulating-    Co.,    175    W.    Jack- 
son   Bl.    &    St.    Paul.    Minn.  400 
PLASTERING    BASE. 
MacAdams  e<:  Tall,   ill   W.  Washington  St.     62 

PLASTER    BOARD. 
Am.  Cement  Plaster  Co..   Ill   W.   Wash.  20 

Bird    &   Son.    1472    W.    76th    St.  272 

U.    S.    Gvpsum    Co..    205    W.    Monroe    St.  26 

PLASTER    BONDS. 
Advance    Waterproof  Cement   Co..    175   W. 
Jackson    Bl.  312 

PLASTER    COVERING. 
Xatl.    Kellastone    Co..    5    S.   Wabash   Ave.      312 

PLASTER — ORNAMENTAL. 
Architectural   Dec.   Co.,    1600   S.   Jefferson.   406 
Dux,    Joseph,    2112    W.    Van    Buren    St.  406 

Stern  Smith  Co..  The.   38  S.  Dearborn  St.      404 

PLASTERING    CONTRACTORS. 
Balhatchet,   Wm.   Co..    Ill    W.   Wash.  404 

Goss   &  Guise.    189   W.   Madison   St.  406 

Lennox-Haldeman  Co.,  208  S.  La  Salle  St.  402 
McNulty  Bros.  Co.,  1028  W.  Van  Buren.  402 
Middleton.   Edw..  Co.,   133  W.  Washington 

St.  402 

Monahan    Bros.,    19    S.   La   Salle   St.  404 

Stern  Smith  Co.,  The,  38  S.  Dearborn  St.  404 
Sutton  Plastering  Co.,  310  S.  Wabash  Av.  404 
Williams.  Wm..  19   S.  La  Salle  St.  406 

Zander-Reum    Co.,    105    W.    Monroe    St.  402 

PLASTERING    MATERIAL. 
Am.  Cement  Plaster  Co.,   Ill   W.   Wash.  20 

Garden    City    Sand    Co.,    133    W.    Wash.  310 

Rosing.   Astrid  S.,   Ill   W.   Monroe  St.  310 

I'.    S.    Gvpsurn    Co.     205    W.    Monroe    St.  26 

PLASTIC  RELIEF. 
Architectural   Dec.   Co.,    1600   S.   Jefferson.    406 
Dux,    Joseph.    2112    W.    Van    Buren    St.  406 

PLUMBING    SPECIALTIES. 
Clow.   Jas.   B.   K-  Sons.   544   S.  Franklin   St.     558 
Hoffman   &   Billings   Mfg.   Co.,    Milwaukee 

Wis.  362 

Kellogg  Mackav  Co.,   419   W.   18th   St.  326 

Mott.  J.  L.  Iron  Wks..  104  S.  Michigan.  364 
Standard  Sanitarv  Mfg.  Co.,  14  X.  Peoria.  360 
Wolff,    L.    Mfg.    Co..    225    N.    Hovne    Av.         356 

PLUMBING    SUPPLIES. 
Clow.  Jas.  B.  &  Sons.  544  S.  Franklin  St.    358 
Hoffmann      &      Billings      Mfg.      Co.,      Mil- 
waukee.  Wis.  362 


Imperial  Brass  Mfg.  Co.,  1200  W.  Har- 
rison St.  6 
Kellogg  Mackay  Co.,  419  W.  18th  St.  326 
Kohler  Co.,  332  S.  Michigan  Av.  364 
Mott,  J.  L.  Iron  Wks.,  104  S.  Michigan.  364 
Standard  Sanitary  Mfg.  Co.,  14  N.  Peoria.  360 
Wolff,  L.  Mfg.  Co..  225  N.  Hoyne  Av.  356 
PLUMBING,  GASriTTING  AND  SEWER- 
AGE. 
Am.  Heat.  &  Plumb.  Corp.,  189  N.  Clark  340 
Arcade  Steam  Heating  Co.,  126  W.  Kinzie  346 
Baker  &  Smith  Co.,  408  N.  Wells  St.  350 
Corboy.  M.  J.  Co.,  178  W.  Randolph  St.  366 
Daly.  J.  J..  408  X.  Wells  St.  366 
Dwyer  &  Co.,  31  W.  Illinois  St.  344 
Hanley  &  Co.,  5  X.  La  Salle  St.  354 
Henrich.  Geo.  A.  Co..  5650  Broadway  352 
Hoier,  Wm.  V.  &  Co.,  701  X.  Wells  St.  354 
Hulbert  &  Dorsey,  212  W.  Lake  St.  366 
Murphy  Plumbing  Co.,  23  E.  Congress.  366 
Xacey,  P.  Co.,  927  S.  State  St.  348 
Xilson.  G.  Albin  &  Co.,  319  X.  Clark  St.  368 
Xilson  Bros.,  3222  X.  Halsted  St.  342 
Xoble  &  Thumm,  2313  Lincoln  Av.  368 
Peckham,  Harry.  Jr.,  2345  W.  Roosevelt.  346 
Watson,    W.    W.,    70S    Carpenter   St.  368 

POWER  EQUIPMENT. 
Stannard    Power    Equipment    Co.,    53     W. 

Jackson    Bl.  376 
POWER    PLANTS. 

Am.   Heat.  &  Plumb.   Corp.,   189   X.  Clark  340 

Baker  &   Smith  Co.,   408  X.  Wells  St.  350 

Claffey,    E.   J.   Co.,    350    X.    Clark   St.  344 

Daly.   J.   J..    408    X.   Wells   St.  366 

Dwyer   &   Co.,    31    W.    Illinois    St.  344 

Gallaher  &  Speck,   215  W.   Congress  St.  348 

Glennon-Bielke    Co..    546    W.    Lake    St.  344 

Gordon,   Robert,   Inc.,   622   W.   Monroe   St.  340 

Graves   Heating   Co..    162    X.    Desplaines.  346 

Hanley  &   Co.,    5   X.    La  Salle   St.  354 

Henrich.    Geo.    A.   Co..    5650    Broadway  352 

Johnson,  C.  W.,  inc.,   644  Washington  Bl.  352 

Kaestner  &  Hecht  Co.,  500  S.  Throop  St.  30 

Kirk,   Geo.    H.,    6711    Wentworth   Av.  352 

McDonough,   E.  J.   Co.,   350  X.  Clark  St.  340 

Xacey,   P.    Co.,    927    S.    State   St.  348 

Prentice.  L.   H.   Co.,  328  Sherman  St.  342 

Rigbv.   Ben,   545   W.   Lake   St.  350 

PREPARED    ROOFING    MATERIALS. 

Amalgamated  R'f'g  Co.,   431    S.  Dearborn  272 

Barrett   Co.,    10    S.    La   Salle   St.  22 

Bird   &   Son,    1472    W.    76th    St.  272 
Cent'l    Asbestos   &   Magnesia   Co.,    214    W. 

Grand    Av.  280 

Krez.   Paul  J.,  Co.,   444  X.   La  Salle  St.  280 

Patent  Vulcanite  R'f'g  Co.,  2256  W.  49th.  70 

Standard  Asbestos  Mfg.  Co..  816  W.  Lake.  280 

Watson,   H.   F.   Co..   319   Wells   St.  280 

PUMPS. 

Am.   Steam  Pump  Co..   53   W.   Jackson  376 

Chicago    Pump   Co..    905    W.    Lake   St.  332 

Xash   Engr.   Co.,    53   W.   Jackson    Bl.  376 

Yeomans   Bros..    1432    Davton    St.  376 
PUMPS— AUTOMATIC   AND    HYDRAULIC. 

Am.   Steam  Pump  Co..   53   W.   Jackson  376 

Chicago    Pump   Co..    905    W.   Lake   St.  332 

Kehm   Bros.   Co.,   15   W.  Kinzie  St.  34^ 

Xash   Engr.   Co.,    53    W.   Jackson   Bl.  376 

Yeomans   Bros..    1432    Davton   St.  376 

PUMPS — VACUUM. 

Xash   Engr.   Co.,    53    W.   Jackson    Bl.  376 

PUMPS— ELECTRIC. 

Chicago    Pump   Co.,    905   W.   Lake   St.  332 

Yeomans   Bros..    1432    Davton    St.  376 

PUMPING   MACHINERY 

Am.   Steam  Pump  Co..   53   W   Jackson  376 

Chicago    Pump   Co..    905    W.    Lake   St.  332 

Kehm   Bros.   Co.,    15   W.   Kinzie  St.  342 

Yeomans   Bros..    1432    Davton    St.  376 

PUSH   PLATES. 

Cutter  Geo.   i",,..   js    E.   Jaekson  Bl.  254 

Rush    Bros.    Co.,    136    W.    Eake   St.  258 

RADIATOR — PACKLESS    VALVES. 

Dole  Valve  Co.,   20s   X.   Wells   St.  350 

RADIATORS. 
Am.     Pressweld     Radiator    Corp.,     414     X. 

Dearborn    St.  336 
Kewanee    Boiler   Co.,    328   W.   Washington 

&    Kewanee.    111.  324 

McDonough,  E.  J.   Co..   350   X.   Clark  St.  340 

Prentice,  L.   H.  Co.,  328  Sherman  St.  342 


470 


RADIATOR    SHIELDS. 
Hayward,   R.   B.  Co.,   849  W.  Ohio  St.  370 

McDonough,  E.  J.  Co.,  350  N.  Clark  St.  340 
Mellish-Hayward  Co.,  213  W.  Austin  Av.  372 
Prentice,  L.   H.  Co.,  328  Sherman  St.  342 

RADIATORS — PRESSED     STEEL. 
Am.     Pressweld    Radiator    Corp.,     414     N. 
Dearborn    St.  336 

RADIATORS — WALL. 
Am.    Pressweld    Radiator    Corp.,     414    N. 
Dearborn   St.  336 

REAL     ESTATE    LOANS. 
Baird  &  Warner.   29  S.   La  Salle  St.  266 

Corn   Exc.   Nat'l   Bank,   134   S.   La  Salle.  42 

Greenebaum  Sons  Bank  &  Trust  Co.,  9  S. 
La  Salle  St.  266 

REFRIGERATORS. 
Brunswiek-Balke-Collender     Co.,     623     S. 

Wabash    Av.  40 

McCrav    Refrigerator    Co.,    1000    S.    Mich. 

Av.    &    Kendallville,    Ind.  66 

Pick,   Albert  &  Co..    1200   W.    35th   St.  374 

Union  Insulating  Co.,  20  W.  Jackson  Bl.  28 
REGISTERS — FLOOR — WALL  &  CEILING. 
Excelsior  Steel  Furn.  Co.,   114   S.  Clinton.   334 

REGULATORS — DAMPER. 

Davis,    G.   M.    Reg.    Co.,    422    Milwaukee        374 

REGULATORS — HEAT — STEAM — AIR — 

WATER. 

Davis,    G.    M.    Reg.    Co.,    422    Milwaukee        374 

Johnson  Service  Co.,  177  N.  Dearborn  St.    374 

REINFORCED    CONCRETE    CONSTRUC- 
TION. 

Am.  Sys.  of  Reinforcing,  10  S.  La  Salle.  288 
Menke-Thielberg  Co.,  139  N.  Clark  St.  224 
Meyne,  Gerhardt  F.,  127  N.  Dearborn  St.  234 
Pleas  Concrete  Constr.  Co.,  30  N.  La  Salle  100 
Wilson,   R.   F.  &  Co.,   1851   Elston   Av.  88 

REINFORCING  BARS— CONCRETE. 
Am.  Steel  &  Wire  Co.,  208  S.  La  Salle  St.      62 
Calumet   Steel   Co..    208   S.    La   Salle   St.        304 
Concrete  Steel  Co.,   53   W.  Jackson   Bl.  302 

Dean,  Olney  J.  &  Co.,  19  S.  La  Salle  St.  306 
Kalman,  Paul  J.  Co.,  29  S.  La  Salle  St.  284 
Truscon   Steel   Co.,    22   W.   Monroe   St.  282 

REINFORCING   STEEL   FABRIC. 
Am.  Sys.  of  Reinforcing,   10  S.   La  Salle.      288 
Consolidated    Expanded     Metal     Co.,     562 

W.    Monroe    St.  80 

Dean,  Olney  J.  &  Co.,   19  S.  La  Salle  St.     306 
Metal   Bldg.   Materials  Co.,   3127   W.   Har- 
rison   St.  308 
North   Western   Expanded   Metal   Co.,   407 
S.    Dearborn    St.  34 
REMODELING    AND     REPAIR    WORK 
Meyne,   Gerhardt   F.,   127   N.   Dearborn   St.   234 
Schmidt   Bros.  Constr.   Co.,   105    N.   Clark.   230 

ROLLING   PARTITIONS  — WOOD   AND 

STEEIi 
Dodge,  H.   B.  &  Co.,   332  S.   Michigan  Av.      476 

ROOF     TRUSSES. 
McKeown    Bros.,    112    W.    Adams    St.  96 

ROOFING. 
Barrett   Co.,    10    S.    La  Salle   St.  22 

Charbonneau,     Henry     I.     Co..     30     N.    La 

Salle   St.  270 

Moore.  Edw.  Rfg.  Co.,  133  W.  Wash- 
ington St.  270 
Patent  Vulcanite  R'f'g  Co.,  2256  W.  49th.  70 
Powell.  M.  W.  Co..  140  S.  Dearborn  St.  270 
Renaud,  F.  D..  545  W.  31st  St.  270 
Standard    Asphalt    &    Refining  Co.,    208    S. 

La  Salle  St.  272 

Watson,  H.   F.   Co.,   319   Wells   St.  280 

ROOF    INSULATION. 
Flaxlinum    Insulating   c<>..    175    W.    Jack- 
son  Bl.   &   St.    Paul,    Minn.  400 
ROOFING — ASBESTOS. 
Amalgamated   R'f'g  Co..   431    S.  Dearborn     272 
Bird    &   Son,    1472    W.    76th    St.  272 
Cent'l    Asbestos   &    Magnesia    Co.,    214    W. 

Grand    Av.  2 so 

Johns-Manville,  H.  W.  Co..  18th  &  Mich.  8 
Krez.  Paul  J..  Co.,   444   N.   La  Salle  St.  280 

Patent  Vulcanite  R'f'g  Co.,  2256  W.  49th.  70 
Standard  Asbestos  Mfg.  Co..  sit;  \V.   Lake.    2S0 


ROOFING) — COMPOSITION. 

Charbonneau,  Henry  I.  Co.,  30  N.  La 
Salle   St.  270 

Moore,  Edw.  Rfg.  Co.,  133  W.  Wash- 
ington   St.  270 

Powell,  M.   W.  Co.,   140  S.  Dearborn  St.        270 

ROOFING — CORRUGATED  IRON. 

Ryerson,  Jos.  T.  &  Son.  2558  W.  16th  St. 
Scully  Steel  &  Iron  Co.,   2364  S.  Ashland. 

ROOFING GRAVEL. 

Barrett  Co.,    10    S.    La  Salle  St. 
Charbonneau,     Henry    I.    Co.,    30     N.     La 

Salle   St. 
Renaud,   F.  D.,    545   W.    31st   St. 


70 


22 


270 
270 


ROOFING — MATERIALS. 

Barrett   Co.,    10   S.    La  Salle  St. 

Bird   &   Son,    1472   W.    76th    St. 

Charbonneau,  Henry  I.  Co..  30  N.  La 
Salle   St. 

Johns-Manville,  H.  W.   Co.,   18th   &  Mich. 

Milwaukee    Corrugating    Co.,    Mil.,    Wis. 

Moore,  Edw.  Rfg.  Co.,  133  W.  Wash- 
ington  St. 

Patent  Vulcanite  R'f'g  Co.,  2256  W.  49th. 

Powell,  M.   W.  Co.,   140  S.  Dearborn  St. 

Standard  Asphalt  &  Refining  Co.,  20S  S. 
La  Salle  St. 

Watson,  H.  F.  Co..  319   Wells  St. 

ROOFING    PAINTS. 

Barrett   Co.,    10    S.    Da  Salle  St. 
Bird    &   Son,    1472   W.    76th    St. 
Johns-Manville,  H.  W.  Co.,   18th   &  Mich. 
Moore,    Benj.    &   Co.,    415    N.    Green    St. 
Watson,  H.  F.  Co..  319  Wells  St. 

ROOFING   PAPER. 
Barrett  Co.,    10    S.    La  Salle   St. 
Bird    &   Son,    1472    W.    76th    St. 
Cent'l   Asbestos   &   Magnesia   Co.,    214    W. 

Grand    A  v. 
Krez.   Paul  J.,  Co..   444  N.  La  Salle  St. 
Patent  Vulcanite  R'f'g  Co.,  2256  W.  49th. 
Standard  Asbestos  Mfg.  Co..  816  W.  Lake. 
Watson,  H.  F.  Co..  319  Wells  St. 

ROOFING    TILE. 
Am.  Cement  Plaster  Co.,   Ill  W.   Wash 
Federal   Cement   Tile   Co.,    110    S.    Dear. 
U.    S.   Gypsum   Co.,    205    W.   Monroe  St. 

ROOFING    TIN. 
Stark    Rolling    Mill    Co.,    140    S.    Dear.    & 

Canton,    O. 

ROPE   TRANSMISSION   MACHINERY. 

Kaestner  &  Hecht  Co.,  500  S.  Throop  St. 
Link    Belt   Co.,    329    W.    39th    St. 
Olson,   Samuel  &  Co.,   2418    Bloomingdale. 
Weller  Mfg.  Co..   1856   N.   Kostner  Av. 


22 
272 

270 

8 

44 

270 

70 

270 

272 
280 


22 
272 


392 

280 


272 

280 
280 
70 
280 
280 

20 
16 
26 


30 


14 

si 


Watson,   H.   F.  Co..  319   Wells  St. 


280 


RUBBER  BELTING. 

Allen,   W.   D.   Mfg.   Co.,   566   W.   Lake  St.     372 
RUBBER  HOSE. 

Allen,   W.   D.   Mfg.   Co.,    566   W.    Lake   St.      372 

BUGS  AND    CARPETS—   ORIENTAL  AND 
DOMESTIC. 

Pick,   Albert  &  Co.,    1200  W.   35th   St.  374 

SAFETY  TREADS. 

Ryerson,  Jos.  T.  &  Son.  2558  W.   16th  St.  70 

SAFETY   SETTING   PLATE    GLASS. 

Kawneer  Mfg.   Co.,    175   W.   Jackson   Bl.  60 

SAND. 

Am.  Sand  &  Gravel  Co.,  133  W.  Wash.  84 
SAND   AND   GRAVEL. 

Am.  Sand  &  Gravel  Co.,   133   W.   Wash.  84 

Brownell    Improve.   Co.,    133   AV.    Wash.  310 

Dee,  Wm.  E.  Co..   30  N.  La  Salle  St.  310 

Garden  City   Sand   Co.,    133    W.    Wash.  310 

Rosing,   Astrid  S.,    Ill    W.    Monroe  St.  310 

SAND  AND  GRAVEL  HANDLING  MA- 
CHINERY. 

Sasgen    Derrick  Co.,   3303    W.   Grand    Av.      476 

SANITARY  PLUMBING  EQUIPMENT. 

Clow.  .las  B.  &  Sons,  5  I  t  S.  Franklin  St.  358 
Kellogg  Mackay  Co.,  419  w.   18th  St.  326 

Kohler  Co.,  332  s.  Michigan  Av.  364 

Mott.  J.  I..  Iron  Wks..  104  S.  Michigan.  364 
Standard  Sanltarv  Mfg.  Co.,  14  N.  Peoria.  360 
Wolff,    L.    Mfg.    Co..    225    N.    Hoyne   Av.        356 


471 


SASH,    BOORS   AND    BLINDS 
curl  is   Door  &  Sash  Co.,  1414  S.  Western.    112 
Morgan      Sash     A:      Door     Co..      2287      Blue 

Island    Av.  Inside  Front  Cover 

Nollau  &    Wolff  Mfg.  Co.,    1705   Fullerton.   320 

SASH     OPERATORS. 
Dean,  Olnev  J.   &  Co.,   19  S.  La  Salle  St.     306 
Lupton,  David,  Sons  Co.,  28  E.  Jackson  Bl.    68 
Wilkins.  George  Lester,  7067  N.  Clark  St.     476 

SASH— SAWTOOTH    CONSTRUCTION 
Lupton,  David,  Sons  Co.,  28  B.  Jackson  Bl.    6S 

SASH — STEEL. 
Qetroil    Steel    Prod.   Co.,    l  1 1    w.    Wash.  38 

Lupton,  David,  Sons  Co.,  28  E.  Jackson  Bl.  68 
Tins. on    Steel  Co.,    22   W.   Monroe   St.  282 

SCALES. 
Dick,    Albert    &   Co..    L200    W.    35th   St.  374 

SCALE    MODELS   OF    BUILDINGS. 
Architectural    Dec.   Co.,    1600   S.  Jefferson.   406 
Dux.    Joseph,    2112    W.    Van    Buren    St.  406 

SCHOOL   BLACK   BOARDS. 
Caxton  School  Supply  Co..  560  W.   Monroe  398 

SCUPPERS     &    FLOOR    DRAINS. 
Dean,  Olney  J.  &  Do..   19  S.  Da  Salle  St.     306 

SCREENS — WINDOW   AND   DOOR. 
Chamberlin   Metal  Weather  Strip  Co.,  626 

S.    Dearborn    St.  266 

Grimm,     W.     IT.,    Hardware    Co.,    230    W. 

Randolph    St.  266 

Van  Dame,   \Y.   L.,  Co.,  58  E.  Washington.      74 

SEATS — CLOSET. 
Brunswick-Balke-Collender     Co.,      623      S. 

Wabash     Av.  40 

SECURITY  BONDS. 
Chgo    Bonding   &    Ins.    Co..    79    W.    Monroe     76 
Sherman  &  Ellis,   Inc.,   11   S.  Da  Salle  St.       66 
SECURITY    BONDS   FOR    CONTRACTORS. 
Builders    &    Mfgrs.    Mutual   Casualtv   Co., 

133    W.    Washington   St.  64 

Chgo  Bonding  &  Ins.  Co.,  79  W.  Monroe  76 
Sherman  &  Ellis,  Inc.,   11   S.  La  Salle  St.        66 

SELF  CLOSING  COCKS. 
Imperial    Brass    Mfg.    Co.,    1200    W.    Har- 
rison  St.  6 
SEPARATORS — STEAM    AND    OIL. 
Webster,   Warren   .X:   Co..   53    W.   Jackson.      374 

SEWER  PIPE. 
Dee,  Wm.  E.  Co.,   30  X.  La  Salle  St.  310 

Rosing,  Astrid  S.,   Ill  W.   Monroe  St.  310 

SEWERAGE       EJECTORS       AND       BILGE 

PUMPS. 
Chicago    Pump    Co.,    905    W.    Lake   St.  332 

Yeomans   Bros..    1432    Dayton   St.  376 

SHEATHING  PAPER. 
Barrett    Co.,    10    S.    La  Salle   St.  22 

Bird   &   Son,    1472    W.    76th   St.  272 

Cabot,   Samuel,    24   W.   Kinzie   St.  272 

Cent'l   Asbestos   &   Magnesia  Co.,    214   W. 

Grand   Av.  280 

Krez,  Paul  J.,  Co.,   444  N.  La  Salle  St.  280 

Patent  Vulcanite  R'f'g  Co.,  2256  W.  49th.  70 
S.tandard  Asbestos  Mfg.  Co.,  816  W.  Lake.  280 
Union  Insulating  Co.,  20  W.  Jackson  Bl.  28 
Watson,  H.   F.   Co..   319   Wells   St.  280 

SHEET    AND    TIN    PLATE. 
Stark    Rolling    Mill    Co.,    140    S.    Dear.    & 

Canton,    O.  32 

SHEET     CORK — HAIR     FELT     AND    MIN- 
ERAL  WOOL   INSULATION. 
Johns-Manville,   H.   W.   Co.,   18th   &  Mich.        8 
Union   Insulating  Co.,   20  W.  Jackson   Bl.        28 

SHEET   METAL    WORKS. 
Gordon,  Robert,   Inc.,   622  W.  Monroe  St.      340 
Gustafson,  K.  A..   2114   N.  Springfield  Av.    370 
Haines  Co.,   1933  W.   Lake  St.  370 

Hayward,   R.    B.   Co.,   849   W.   Ohio  St.  370 

Mellish-Hayward  Co.,  213  W.  Austin  Av.  372 
Narowetz    Heat'g    &    Vent'g    Co.,    223    W. 

Lake  St.  370 

SHEET     STEEL — BLACK     &     GALVANIZED. 
Milwaukee    Corrugating    Co.,    Mil.,    Wis.        44 
Scully  Steel  &  Iron  Co.,   2364   S.  Ashland.      78 
Stark    Rolling    Mill    Co.,    140    S.    Dear.    & 
Canton.    O.  32 

SHELVES — STEEL   FOR   FACTORIES. 
Durand    Steel    Docker  Co..    76   W.    Monroe        18 
Federal    Steel    Fixture    Co.,    189    W.    Mad- 
ison  St.  76 


SHINGLES. 

Burns,  John  E.  Lbr.  Co.,  700  W.  Chicago.  52 
Hettler,  Herman  H.  Lbr.  Co.,  2601  Elston  54 
Hines,  Ed.  Lumber  Co..  2431  S.  Lincoln  48 
Lord   &•   Bushnell  Co..   2424   Laflin   St.  58 

Mears-Slayton  Lbr.  Co.,  1237  Belmont  Av.  320 
Rittenhouse  &  Embree  Co.,  3500  S.  Racine  56 
Thornton   Claney   Lbr.    Co.,    2315   Elston.       50 

SHINGLES — FIREPROOF. 
Amalgamated  R'f'g  Co.,   431   S.  Dearborn     272 
Bird   &   Son,    1472    W.    76th    St.  272 

Johns-Manville,   H.   W.  Co.,   18th   &  Mich.        S 

SHINGLE     STAINS. 
Barrett   Co.,    10    S.    La   Salle   St.  22 

Cabot,   Samuel,    24   W.   Kinzie   St.  272 

Lucas,  John  &  Co.,   1362   W.   37th  St.  392 

Moore,    Benj.    &    Co.,    415    N.    Green    St.        392 

SHORING  CONTRACTORS. 
Friestedt,    L.   P.   Co..    Tribune    Bldg.  240 

Newman,  W.  J.  Co.,  21   N.  Curtis  St.  240 

SHOW   CASE   BARS. 
Kawneer  Mfg.  Co.,   175   W.   Jackson  Bl.  60 

SHOWERS. 
Hoffmann      *      Billings      Mfg.      Co..      Mil- 
waukee,   Wis.  362 
SHOWERS    &    BATH    SUPPLY. 
Hoffmann     &     Billings     Mfg.     Co.,     Mil- 
waukee,   Wis.  362 
SIDEWALK  BUILDERS. 
Blome-Sinek   Co.,    139   N.   Clark   St.  98 
Pleas  Concrete  Constr.  Co.,  30  N.  La  Salle   100 
Simpson  Constr.  Co.,  133  W.  Washington.   240 

SIDEWALK  DOORS. 
Am.   3-Way  Prism  Co.,  Cicero.   111.  398 

Hill,    O.    H.    Co.,    2253    St.    Paul    Av.  292 

Smith.    P.    P.    Wire    &    Iron    Wks.,    2346 
Clybourn   Av.  30ft 

SIDEWALK  AND   VAULT   LIGHTS. 
Am.   3-Way  Prism  Co.,  Cicero,   111.  398 

SKYLIGHTS 
Am.  3-Way  Prism  Co..  Cicero.   111.  398 

Detroit   Steel   Prod.    Co.,    Ill    W.   Wash.  38 

Federal  Cement  Tile  Co.,   110   S.  Dear.  16 

Gustafson,  K.  A..  2114  N.  Springfield  Av.  370 
Lupton,  David,  Sons  Co.,  28  E.  Jackson  Bl.  68 
Milwaukee    Corrugating    Co.,    Mil.,    Wis.        44 

SLUICE    GATES. 
Jenkins   Bros.,    646   W.   Washington    Bl.        330 

SMOKE   STACK  LININGS 
Cent'l    Asbestos    &    Magnesia  Co.,    214    W. 

Grand    Av.  280 

Krez.   Paul  J.,  Co..   444  N.  La  Salle  St.  280 

Standard  Asbestos  Mfg.  Co..  816  W.  Lake.   280 

SPIRAL   CHUTES. 

Link   Belt   Co..    329    W.    39th   St.  2 

Olson,   Samuel   &  Co.,    2418    Bloomingdale.      14 

Weller   Mfg.   Co..   1S56   N.  Kostner  Av.  84 

STABLE    FIXTURES — WIRE    AND    IRON. 

Guaranty  Iron  &  Steel  Co..   2847  W  Lake  298 

Hanke  Iron  &  Wire  Wks.,   840  N.  Albany   296 

Smith,    F.    P.    Wire    &    Iron    Wks.,    2346 

Clybourn  Av.  306 

STAINS 

Chgo.   Varnish   Co.,    2100    Elston   Av.  382 

Murphy  Varnish  Co.,   50   W.   22nd   St.  382 

Pitcairn  Varnish  Wks.,  Milwaukee.  Wis.     380 

Standard   Cooper-Bell   Co.,   2606   Federal.      378 

STAIRS   AND   RAILINGS. 
Baumann,  F.  O.  Mfg.  Co.,  1501   Smith  Av.      72 
Plamondon  &  Tetze  Co.,   110  S.   Dearborn.   386 

STAIRS— IRON   AND    BRONZE. 
Castle,   A.    M.   &   Co..    715    N.   Morgan   St.        74 
Coleman,    Adelbert    E.,    37th   &   Stewart        298 
Duffln    Iron   Co.,    4837    S.    Kedzie   Av.  292 

Federal  Iron  Wks.,  30  N.  La  Salle  St.  296 
Guaranty  Iron  &  Steel  Co.,  2847  W.  Lake  298 
Halsted,  Joseph,  Co.,  1233  W.  Randolph  296 
Manton  &  Smith  Co..  1709  W.  Austin  Av.  298 
Smith,     F.     P.    Wire    &    Iron    Wks.,    2346 

Clvbourn  Av.  306 

Sullivan-Korber  Co.,  2437  W.  21st  PI.  298 

Woodbridge  Ornt'l  Iron  Co.,  400  W.  Erie.     300 

STAND   PIPES. 
Guaranty  Iron  &  Steel  Co..   2847  W.  Lake  298 
Hanke  Iron  &  Wire  Wks.,   840  N.  Albany  296 
Kaestner  &  Hecht  Co..   500   S.   Throop  St.     30 


472 


STEAM    ELEVATORS. 
Otis   Elevator  Co.,   600  W.   Jackson   Bl.  24 

Pitt    Engineering   Co.,    120    W.    Kinzie    St. 

Inside  Back  Cover 
STEAM    FITTERS    &    MACHINISTS. 
Am.  Heat.  &  Plumb.  Corp.,  189   N.  Clark 


Baker  &  Smith  Co.,  40S  N.  Wells  St.  350 

Dalv.   J.  J..   408   X.   Wells   St.  368 

Douglass,  Thomas  J.  &  Co.,  441  N.  Dear.  354 
Dwver   &   Co.,    31    W.    Illinois   St.  344 

Galiaher  &  Speck,  215  W.  Congress  St.  34S 
Gordon,  Robert,  Inc.,  622  W.  Monroe  St.  340 
Henrich,    Geo.   A.   Co.,    5650    Broadway  352 

Herlihv,   J.  J.,   751   W.  Van  Buren  St.  344 

Hoier,  Wm.  V.  &  Co.,  701  N.  Wells  St.  354 
Hulbert  &  Dorsey,   212   W.   Lake  St.  366 

Kirk,   Geo.    H.,    6711    Wentworth   Av.  352 

Nacey,   P.    Co.,    927   S.    State   St.  348 

Peckham,    Harry,   Jr.,   2345   W.   Roosevelt.   346 
Phillips,  Getschow  Co.,   130  W.   Kinzie  St.   342 
Pope,  Wm.  A.,   26  N.  Jefferson  St. 
Watson.    W.   W.,    708   Carpenter   St. 

STEAK    FITTERS'    MATERIAL. 
Davis,   G.   M.   Reg.    Co..    422    Milwaukee 

STEAM    GENERATORS. 
Kewanee   Boiler   Co.,   32S   W.   Washington 

&   Kewanee,    111. 

STEAM  KEATING  APPARATUS. 
Am.  Heat.  &  Plumb.  Corp.,  189  X.  Clark 
Am.    Pressweld    Radiator 

Dearborn   St. 
Arcade  Steam  Heating  Co 
Brady  &  Co.,   120   N.   May 
Claffey,   E.   J.   Co.,   350   N. 


346 
368 


374 


324 


340 
Corp.,     414     N. 

126  W.  Kinzie   346 
St. 
Clark   St. 


350 
344 
358 
354 
344 
344 
340 
346 
370 
370 
352 
344 
354 


Clow.  Jas.  B.  &  Sons.  544  S.  Franklin  St. 
Douglass,  Thomas  J.  &  Co.,  441  N.  Dear 
Dwyer  &  Co.,  31  W.  Illinois  St. 
Glennon-Bielke  Co.,  546  W.  Lake  St. 
Gordon,  Robert,  Inc.,  622  W.  Monroe  St. 
Graves  Heating  Co.,  162  N.  Desplaines. 
Gustafson,  K.  A.,  2114  N.  Springfield  Av. 
Haines  Co.,  1933  W.  Lake  St. 
Henrich,  Geo.  A.  Co..  5650  Broadway 
Herlihy,  J.  J.,  751  W.  Van  Buren  St. 
Hoier,  Wm.  V.  &  Co.,  701  N.  Wells  St. 
111.  Malleable  Iron  Co.,  1801  Diversey  Bl.  332 
Johnson,  C.  W.,  inc.,  644  Washington  Bl.  352 
Kewanee  Boiler   Co.,   328   W.   Washington 

&   Kewanee,    111.  324 

Kehm  Bros.  Co.,   15  W.  Kinzie  St.  342 

Kehm,  John  R.  Co.,  8  E.  Austin  Av.  348 

Kellogg  Mackay  Co.,  419  W.   18th  St.  326 

Kilander,   A.   &  Co.,    126   S.    Clinton    St.        352 
Kirk,   Geo.   H.,   6711   Wentworth   Av.  352 

Lees,   Wm.,    548    Washington   Bl.  348 

McDonough,  E.  J.  Co.,   350  N.  Clark  St.       340 
Nacey,   P.    Co.,   927   S.    State   St.  348 

Narowetz    Heat'g    &    Vent'g    Co.,    223    W. 

Lake  St.  3  70 

Nilson   Bros.,  3222   N.   Halsted   St.  342 

Noble  &  Thumm,   2313   Lincoln   Av.  368 

Peckham,   Harry.   Jr.,   2345    W.   Roosevelt.   346 
Phillips,  Getschow  Co.,  130  W.   Kinzie  St.   342 


Pope.  Wm.   A..   26  N.  Jefferson  St. 

Prentice,  L.   H.  Co.,  328  Sherman  St. 

Rigby.   Ben,   545  W.   Lake   St. 

Russell,  J.  E.  &  Co.,  216  W.  Kinzie  St. 

Schampel    &    Dougherty,    173    W.    Wash- 
ington  St. 

Ctica  Heater  Co.,  218   W.   Kinzie  St. 

Watson.    W.   W.,    708   Carpenter   St. 

Wolff,    L.    Mfg.    Co..    225    NT.    Hovne    Av 
STEAM    PUMPS. 

Am.  Steam  Pump  Co.,  53   W.  Jackson 
STEAM  SPECIALTIES 

Davis,   G.   M.   Reg.   Co.,    422    Milwaukee 

Jenkins    Bros..    646   YV.    Washington    Bl. 

Johnson  Service  Co.,   177  X.   Dearborn  St.    3 

STEEL    BARS    FOR    REINFORCING    CON 
CRETE. 

Am.  Steel  &  Wire  Co.,   20s  s.    I. a   Salle  St. 

Calumet   Steel   Co.,    L'ov    S     La    Salle   St. 

Concrete  Steel  Co.,  53    W    Jackson   Bl. 

Kalman.   Paul  J.  Co.,   29   s    La    Sail.-  St. 

North    Western    Expanded    Metal    Co.,    107 
S.    Dearborn    St.  3  4 

Ryerson,  Jos.  T.  &  Son.  2558  W.   16th  St.       To 

Scully  Steel  &  Iron  Co.,   2364   s.   Ashland.     Ts 

Truscon   Steel   Co.,    22    W.    Monro.,   st  282 


346 
342 
350 
372 

354 

::::>; 
368 
356 

:::>; 

:::i 
330 

:: :  i 


304 
30  2 

I'M 


STEEL   CASEMENT   WINDOWS. 

Dean,  Olney  J.  &  Co.,   19  S.  La  Salle  St.     306 

STEEL    FABRIC    FOR    REINFORCING 
CONCRETE. 

Consolidated  Expanded  Metal  Co.,  562 
W.    Monroe    St.  80 

North  Western  Expanded  Metal  Co.,  407 
S.    Dearborn    St.  34 

STEEL     ROLLING     DOORS     85     SHUTTERS. 

Dodge,  H.  B.  &  Co.,  332  S.   Michigan   Av.      476 

Hanke    Iron  <V-   Wire    Wks.,    s4n    X.   Albany    L".<»; 
Hill,    O.    H.    Co.,    2253    St.    Paul    Av.  292 

Kinnear   Mfg.   Co.,   208   S.   La  Salle  St.  308 

STONE— BRIDGE. 

Olson  &  Nelson  Cut  Stone  Co.,  3401  S. 
La    Salle    St.  398 

STONE— BUILDING. 
Olson    &    Nelson    Cut    Stone    Co.,    3401    S. 
La   Salle   St.  398 

STONE — CUT. 
Olson    &    Xelson    Cut    Stone    Co.,    3401    S. 
La    Salle    St.  398 

STONE    DEALERS — IN    ROUGH    AND 
SAWED  STONE. 
Olson    &    Xelson    Cut    Stone    Co.,    3401    S. 
La  Salle   St.  398 

STONE    COATING. 
Garden   City   Sand   Co.,    133   W.   Wash.  310 

STORE    FRONTS — COPPER,    BRASS    AND 
BRONZE. 

Kawneer  Mfg.   Co.,    175    W.   Jackson    Bl.  60 

STORE     FRONTS — LIGHT     METAL     CON- 
STRUCTION. 

Kawneer  Mfg.   Co.,    175   W.   Jackson   Bl.  80 


STORE    FRONTS — PLATE     GLASS. 

Kawneer  Mfg.   Co.,    175    W.   Jackson   Bl.  60 

STORE    AND    OFFICE    FIXTURES. 

Baumann,  F.  O.  Mfg.  Co..  1501  Smith  Av.  72 
Brunswick-Balke-Collender     Co.,     623     S. 

Wabash    Av.  40 

Pick,   Albert  &  Co..    1200   W.    35th   St.  :'.T4 

Plamondon  &  Tetze  Co.,   110  S.   Dearborn.  386 

West  Woodworking  Co.,   310    X.    Ada   St.  1 

STOVE    PIPE    AND    ELBOWS. 

Excelsior  Steel  Furn.  Co.,   114   S.  Clinton.  334 

jSTOVES— GAS. 

Peoples  Gas  Light  &  Coke  Co.,  Michigan 

Av.    &    Adams    St.  268 

STRUCTURAL    STEEL. 

American   Bridge  Co.,  208  S.  La  Salle  St.  286 

Bolters  A.,  Sons,  Ward  St.  &  Belden  Av.  294 

Butler  St.   Fdry  lV-    Iron  Co.,  3424  Xormal  300 

Halsted,   Joseph,   Co..    1233    W.    Randolph  296 

Holmes.    Pvott    &    Co..    159    X.    Jefferson  294 

Kenwood   Bridge  Co.,   1st  Xat.   Bk.   Bldg.  294 

Morava    Constr.    Co.,    122    S.    Michigan.  294 

Reder  Fdrv.  Co.,  353  6  S.  Oakley  A  v.  296 

Ryerson,  Jos.  T.  &  Son.  2558  W.  16th  St.  70 

Scully   Steel  &    Iron  Co.,   2364   S.   Ashland.  7^ 

Union   Fdrv.   Wks.,   38   S.   Dearborn   St.  290 

Vanderkloot  Stee]  Wks.,  2607  S.  Halsted.  290 

Vierling    Steel    Wks..    23rd    &    Stewart.  300 

STUCCO    BASE. 
Flaxlinum    insulating   Co.,    176    W.    Jack- 
son   Bl.    &   St.    Paul.    Minn.  400 

STUCCO,      INTERIOR      AND       EXTERIOR 

Natl.    Kellastone    Co..    5    S.    Wabash    Ave.  312 

SURETT  BONDS. 
Builders    &    Mfgrs.   Mutual   Casualty   Co., 

1::::    w.    Washington   St.  64 

Chgo.   Bonding  &   Ins.  Co.,   ,  9  W.   Monroe  76 

Sherman    &    Ellis,    Inr.,    11    S.    l.a    Salle    St  66 

SURVEYORS— CITY   AND    COUNTY. 
Greeley-Howard-Norlin     Co.,     30     X.     l.a 

Salle    St.  242 

Jones,    W     l '  .    8    S     1  >earborn    St,  242 

Kramer,   Wm  .   ::"   X.   l.a   Salle  St.  24'.' 

Silander,   A.    I..   30   X.   l.a   Salle  St.  242 

SURVEYORS'    SUPPLIES. 

Am.   Blue   Print   Paper  Co.,  335   Plymouth  388 

Crofoot,    Nielsen    &   Co.,    172    W,    Wash.  388 


473 


TABLETS  AND  NAMEPLATES — ZBON 

AND  BRONZE. 

Coleman,    Adelbert    E.     37th    &    Stewart  298 

Halsted,  Joseph,  Co.,    1233    W.    Randolph  296 

:  &  Smith  Co.,    L709   W.  Austin  Av.  298 

Smith.     F.    P.     Wire    &     Iron    Wks.,    2346 

i  l  i  bourn   Av.  306 

Sullivan-Korber  Co.,  2437   W.  2ls1   PL  298 

\v (bridge  <  irnt'l   Iron  <  '<>..    ton  \v.   Krie.  :;nn 

TANKS— AUTOMATIC    SFBINKLEB. 
Wendnagel   &   Co.,   600    W.   22nd   St.  300 

TANKS  — IRON  AND   STEEL. 
Kaestner  &   Kecht   Co.,  500  S.  Throop  St.       30 
Kewanee    Boiler  Co.,   328    W.    Washington 

&    Kewanee,    111.  324 

Wendnagel   &   Co.,   600    w.   22nd  St.  300 

TANKS — NICKEL    PLATERS. 
Alberene  Stone  Co.,  214   N.  Clinton  St.         368 

TANKS — WOOD. 
Wendnagel   &   Co.,   600    W.   22nd  St.  300 

TELEPHONE    INSTALLATION. 
Chgo.   Telephone  Co.,  212   W.   Washington   278 

TELEPHONES     FOB    PUBLIC    AND     FBI- 
VATE    USE. 

Chgo.  Telephone  Co.,  212   W.  Washington  27s 

TEMPERATURE  BEGULATOBS. 

111.  Malleable  Iron  Co.,    1801    Diversey   Bl.  332 

Johnson  Service  Co...   177  X.   Dearborn  St.  374 

Webster,   Warren   i^c   Co..   53    W.   Jackson.  374 

TEBBA   COTTA. 

Am.    Terra    Cotta    &    Ceramic    Co..     122    S. 

Michigan    Av.  398 

Midland    Terra    Cotta    Co.,    11    S.    La    Salle.      72 
Northwestern   Terra    Cotta   Co..    2525   Cly- 

bourn  Av.  10 

THERMOSTATS. 
Johnson  Service  Co.,  177  X.  Dearborn  St.    374 

TILE — CERAMIC,     ETC. 
Enterprise    Marble    Wks.,    726    Curtis.  316 

Interior  Tiling  Co.,   21    E.  Van  Buren   St.      318 
Marthens,  Chester  X.   Marble  Co.,   53rd  & 
Wallace    Sts.  318 

TILE — FLOOBS. 

Enterprise    Marble    Wks.,    726    Curtis.  316 

Interior  Tiling  Co.,   21   K.  Van  Buren   St.      318 
Marthens,  Chester   X.   Marble  Co.,   53rd  & 
Wallace    Sts.  318 

TILE — GYPSUM. 

Am.  Cement  Plaster  Co..    Ill    W.   Wash.  20 

!       S.    Gypsum   Co.,    205    W.    Monroe   St.  26 

TILE— HOLLOW 

Dee,  Wm.  E.  Co..   30  X.   La  Salle  St.  310 

111.     Fire-Proof    Constr.    Co.,     209     S.  La 

Salle   St.  274 

Johnson,  E.  V.  Co..   20  W.  Jackson  Bl.  274 

Rosing,  Astrid  S.,   Ill    W.   Monroe  St.  310 

TILE — BOOF. 

Federal   Cement   Tile   Co..    110    S.    Dear.  16 

TZLE — BUBBEB. 

Standard    Asphalt    &    Refining  Co.,    208    S. 

La  Salle  St. 

TILE — WALL. 
Interior  Tiling  Co.,   21   E.  Van  Buren   St. 
Enterprise    Marble    Wks.,    726    Curtis. 
Marthens,  Chester  X.  Marble  Co..  53rd  & 

Wallace    Sts. 

TILE    WAINSCOTING. 

Interior  Tiling  Co.,   21    E.   Van  Buren  St. 

TIN    AND    TEBNE    PLATE. 
Milwaukee    Corrugating    Co..    Mil.,    Wis. 
Stark    Rolling    Mill    Co.,    14<i    S.    Dear.    & 
Canton,    O. 

TOILET    PABTITIONS. 
Vitrolite  Co.,    133    W.    Washington   St. 

TBAPS — STEAM. 
Davis.    G.    M.    Reg,    Co..    422    Milwaukee 

TBEADS — SAFETY. 

Scully  Steel  tV-  Iron  Co.,  2364  S.  Ashland. 


272 

318 
316 

318 

318 

44 

32 

80 


78 


TBUSSES — WOOD. 

McKeown    Bros.,    112    W.    Adams   St.  96 

TUBES — BOILER 
Scully  Steel  &  Iron  Co.,   2::64   S.   Ashland.     78 

TUBING — METAL. 
Kawneer  Mfg.  Co.,   175   W.  Jackson   Bl.         60 

TUBN  TABLES. 
American   Bridge  Co.,   208  S.   La  Salle  St     286 
Kenwood    Bridge  Co.,   1st  Nat.   Bk.  Bldg.     294 

UBINAL   STALLS. 

Alherene   Stone   Co..    214    X.    Clinton   St.  368 

Clow.  Jas.  B.  &  Sons.  544  S.  Franklin  St.  358 
Imperial  Brass  Mfg.  Co.,  1200  W.  Har- 
rison St.  g 
Kohler  Co.,  332  S.  Michigan  Av.  364 
Mott,  J.  L.  Iron  Wks..  104  S.  Michigan.  364 
Standard  Sanitary  Mfg.  Co.,  14  N.  Peoria.  360 
Wolff,    L.    Mfg.    Co..    225    X.    Hoyne   Av.        356 

VALVES 
Dole  Valve  Co.,   208   N.   Weils  St.  350 

Jenkins   Bros.,    646   W.    Washington    Bl.        330 

VALVES — AZB. 
Davis,    G.    M.    Reg.    Co.,    422    Milwaukee        374 
Dole  Valve  Co.,   208   N.  Wells   St.  350 

Jenkins   Bros.,    646   W.    Washington    Bl.        330 

VALVES — AIR,    CHECK    BALANCE. 
Davis,    G.    M.    Reg.    Co.,    422    Milwaukee        374 

VALVES — BACK    PBESSUBE. 

Davis,    G.    M.    Reg.    Co.,    422    Milwaukee  374 

Dole  Valve  Co.,   208   N.   Wells  St.  350 

Jenkins   Bros.,    646   W.    Washington    Bl.  330 

VALVE     MANUFACTURERS, 

Davis.    G.    M.    Reg.    Co.,    422    Milwaukee  374 

Dole  Valve  Co.,   208   N.   Wells  St.  350 

Jenkins   Bros..    646   W.    Washington    Bl.  330 

VALVES — PACKLESS. 

Dole  Valve  Co.,   208   N.   Wells  St.  350 

VALVES— PBESSUBE    BEDUCXNG. 

Dole  Valve  Co.,   208   N.   Wells  St.  350 

Jenkins   Bros..    646   W.    Washington    Bl.        330 

VALVES— BEGULATING. 

Davis,    G.    M.    Reg.    Co.,    422    Milwaukee        374 
Dole  Valve  Co.,   208   N.   Wells   St.  350 

VALVES — BELIEF. 

Davis,    G.    M.    Reg.    Co.,    422    Milwaukee        374 

VALVES — VACUUM. 

Davis,    G.    M.    Reg.    Co.,    422    Milwaukee  374 

Webster,  Warren  &  Co.,   53   W.  Jackson.  374 

VALVES — WATEB     MIKEBS. 

Hoffmann      &      Billings      Mfg.      Co..      Mil- 
waukee,   Wis.  362 
VAPOB    HEATING. 

Arcade  Steam  Heating  Co.,  126  W.  Kinzie  346 

Douglass,   Thomas  J.   &  Co..   441    N.  Dear.  354 

Glennon-Bielke    Co.,    546    W.    Lake    St.  344 

Gordon,   Robert,   Inc.,   622   W.   Monroe   St.  340 

Hoier,   Wm.   V.   &  Co.,    701    N.   Wells  St.  354 

Xoble   &   Thumm.   2313    Lincoln  Av.  368 

Phillips,  Getschow  Co.,   130  W.   Kinzie  St.  342 

Russell,  J.  E.  &  Co.,   216  W.  Kinzie  St.  372 

VARNISHES. 

Adams  &  Elting  Co.,    722   Washington   Bl.  392 

Chicago    Varnish    Co.,    2100    Elston    Av.  382 

Moore,    Benj.    &   Co.,    415    X.    Green    St.  392 

Murphy  Varnish   Co.,   50   W.   22nd   St.  382 

Pitcairn  Varnish  Wks.,   Milwaukee,  Wis.  380 

Standard   Cooper-Bell   Co.,    2606   Federal.  378 

VENETIAN    BLINDS. 

Dodge,   H.   B.  &  Co.,  332   S.  Michigan  Av.  476 

VENTILATORS. 

Arex  Co.,  Ill  W.  Washington  St. 
Gustafson,  K.  A.,  2114  X.  Springfield  Av.  3*0 
Haines  Co.,  1933  W.  Lake  St.  3.0 
Havward,  R.  B.  Co.,  849  W.  Ohio  St.  3-0 
Ilg  Electric  Ventilating  Co..  154  Whiting  338 
Imperial  Brass  Mfg.  Co.,  1200  W.  Har- 
rison St.  * 
Mellish-Havward  Co.,  213  W.  Austin  Av.  3<2 
Milwaukee  Corrugating  Co..  Mil.,  Wis.  44 
Narowetz    Heat'g    &    Venfg    Co.,    223    W. 

Lake  St  ■*  '0 

Rohrman  Cooper  Co.,  140  S.  Dearborn  St.  338 


474 


VENTILATING    APPARATUS. 

Am.   Heat.  &  Plumb.   Corp.,   189   N.  Clark 

Arcade  Steam  Heating  Co.,   126  W.  Kinzie 

Arex   Co.,    Ill    W.   Washington   St. 

Baker  &  Smith  Co.,  408  N.  Wells  St. 

Claffey,    E.   J.   Co.,    350    N.    Clark   St. 

Commonwealth   Edison  Co.,   72   W.  Adams 

Daly,   J.  J.,   408    N.    Wells   St. 

Dwyer   &  Co.,    31    W.    Illinois    St. 

Excelsior  Steel   Purn.  Co.,    114   S.  Clinton. 

Gordon,   Robert,   Inc.,   622  W.  Monroe  St. 

Graves   Heating   Co.,    162    N.    Desplaines. 

Gustafson,  K.  A.,  2114  N.  Springfield  Av. 

Haines  Co.,   1933   W.   Lake   St. 

Hanley  &  Co.,   5   N.   La  Salle  St. 

Hayward.   R.   B.   Co.,   849   W.   Ohio  St. 

Henrich,  Geo.  A.  Co.,  5650  Broadway 

Hoier,   Wm.   V.   &  Co.    701    N.   Wells   St. 

Hulbert  &   Dorsey,    212    W.   Lake   St. 

Ilg  Electric  Ventilating  Co..   154  Whiting 

Johnson,  C.  W.,  inc.,   644  Washington  Bl. 

Kehm   Bros.   Co.,    15   W.  Kinzie  St. 

Kehm,   John   R.   Co.,  8  E.  Austin  Av. 

Kilander,    A.    &   Co.,    126    S.    Clinton    St. 

Kirk,   Geo.   H.,    6711    Wentworth   Av. 

Lupton,  David,  Sons  Co.,  28  E.  Jackson  Bl 

McDonough,  E.  J.  Co.,   350  N.  Clark  St. 

Mehring  &  Hanson  Co..   118  N.  Franklin. 

Mellish-Hayward  Co.,  213  W.  Austin  Av. 

Milwaukee    Corrugating    Co.,    Mil.,    Wis. 

Nacey,   P.    Co.,    927   S.   State   St. 

Narowetz    Heat'g    &    Venfg    Co.,    223    W. 
Lake  St. 

Peckham,   Harry.  Jr.,   2345   W.   Roosevelt. 

Phillips,  Getschow  Co.,  130  W.   Kinzie  St. 

Prentice,  L.   H.  Co.,  328  Sherman  St. 

Rigby,   Ben,   545  W.   Lake   St. 

Robinson   Furnace  Co.,   205  W.  Lake  St. 

Rohrman  Cooper  Co.,  140  S.  Dearborn  St. 

Russell,  J.  E.  &  Co.,   216  W.  Kinzie  St. 

Schampel    &    Dougherty,    173    W.    Wash- 
ington  St. 

Watson,   W.    W.,    708   Carpenter   St. 

Webster,  Warren  &  Co.,   53   W.  Jackson. 
VENT    STACKS. 

Excelsior  Steel  Furn.   Co.,    114   S.  Clinton. 


340 
346 

82 
350 
344 
256 
366 
344 
334 
340 
346 
370 
370 
354 
370 
352 
354 
366 
338 
352 
342 
348 
352 
352 

68 
340 
340 
372 

44 
348 

370 
346 
342 
342 
350 
372 
338 
372 

354 

368 
374 

334 

WAINSCOTING  TOR  OFFICE  AND  PUBLIC 
BUILDINGS. 

Vitrolite   Co.,    133    W.    Washington   St.  SO 

WALL    BEDS — OSCILLATING    AND 
PORTABLE. 

Van  Dame,  W.  L..  Co.,  58  E.  Washington.      74 

WALL    BOARD. 
Bird   &   Son,    1472    W.    76th    St.  272 

Cornell  Wood  Products  Co.,   190   N.   State 

Inside  Back  Cover 
WALL    COPING. 
Dee,   Wm.   E.  Co.,   30  N.   La  Salle  St.  310 

Garden   City   Sand   Co.,    133    W.   AVash.  310 

111.     Fire-Proof    Constr.     Co.,     209     S.     La 

Salle  St.  274 

Johnson,  E.  V.  Co.,   20  W.  Jackson  Bl.  274 

Northwestern   Terra  Cotta  Co.,    2525   Cly- 

bourn  Av.  10 

Rosing,  Astrid  S.,   Ill   W.  Monroe  St.  310 

WALL   PAPER. 
Gleich,    T.    C.    Co.,    2850    Broadway.  384 

Nelson,   W.    P.   Co..    614    S.    Michigan    Av.     384 
Noelle,   J.    B.   Co.,    702    N.   Wells   St.  388 

Olson,  Herman  &  Co.,   2568  N.  Clark  St.        386 
Spierling  &   Linden,    1216   Michigan   Av.        386 

WALL    STACKS. 
Excelsior  Steel  Furn.  Co..    114    S.   Clinton.   334 

WARDROBES — VENTILATED. 
Dodge,  H.   B.  &  Co.,  332  S.  Michigan  Av.      476 
Durand   Steel   Locker  Co.,   76   W.   Monroe        18 
Federal    Steel    Fixture    Co.,    189    W.    Mad- 
ison  St.  76 
Smith,    F.    P.    Wire    &    Iron    Wks.,    2346 
Clybourn   Av.                                                         306 
WASHING  MACHINES — ELECTRIC. 
Chgo.    Dryer  Co.,    630   S.   Wabash    Av.             244 
Pick,   Albert   &   Co..    1200   W.    35th   St.             374 

WATER    FILTERS. 
Everson.  <\  G.  &  Co.,   70   W.    hake  St.  258 

WATER    HEATERS — AUTOMATIC. 
Humphrey    Co..    Kalamazoo.    Midi.  330 

Kewanee   Boiler   Co.,   328   W.   Washington 
&   Kewanee,    111.  324 


WATERPROOFING. 

Advance   Waterproof  Cement   Co.,    175    \Y. 

Jackson    Bl. 
Antakwa  Co.,    133   W.   Washington    St. 
Barrett   Co.,    10    S.    La  Salle  St. 
Bird   &   Son,    1472    W.    76th    St. 
Ceresit    Waterproofing   Co..    110   S.   Dear. 
Garden   City   Sand   Co.,    133    W.    Wash. 
Johns-Manville,   H.   W.   Co.,    18th   tv-   Mich 
Scofield,    Evans  &   Co..   24    E.    8th    St. 
Semet  Solvay  Co.,   332   S.   Michigan   Av. 
Smith.     F.     P.     Wirt-    &     Iron     Wks.,    2346 

Clybourn   Av. 
Standard    Asphalt   &    Refining   Co.,    208    S. 

La   Salle  St. 
Union   Insulating  Co..   20   W.  Jackson   Bl. 


312 

276 

•>■> 


2  76 
310 

8 

392 

306 


> 


WEATHER  STRIPS — METAL. 

Chamberlin  Metal  Weather  Strip  Co.,  626 
S.    Dearborn   St.  266 

Grimm.  W.  H,  Hardware  Co.,  230  W. 
Randolph    St.  266 

Van  Dame,  W.  L.,  Co.,  58  E.  Washington.      74 

WINDOWS — WIRE    GLASS. 

Mississippi    Wire   Glass    Co.,    7    W.    Madi- 
son   St.  396 
WINDOW   ADJUSTERS. 

Lupton,  David,  Sons  Co.,  28  E.  Jackson  Bl.    68 
Wilkins,  George  Lester.  7067  N.  Clark  St.     476 

WINDOW  AND  DOOR  SCREENS 

Chamberlin   Metal-  Weather  Strip  Co.,   626 

S.    Dearborn   St.  266 

Grimm.     W.     H,    Hardware    Co.,    230    W. 

Randolph    St.  266 

Van  Dame,  W.  L..  Co..  58  E.  Washington.      74 

WINDOW     OPENERS. 
Wilkins,  George  Lester,  7067  N.  Clark  St.     4  7''. 
WIRE      FABRIC      FOR      CONCRETE      FIRE- 
PROOFING. 
Am.  Steel  &  Wire  Co.,  208  S.  La  Salle  St.      62 

WIRE   GLASS. 
Mississippi    Wire   Glass   Co.,    7    W.    Madi- 
son   St.  396 
WIRE — INSULATED. 
Hazard  Mfg.   Co.,   552    W.    Adams   St.  246 

WIRE    ROPE. 
Hazard  Mfg.   Co.,   552   W.   Adams   St.  24<; 

WIRE — RUBBER    COVERED. 
Hazard  Mfg.   Co.,   552   W.   Adams   St.  2  4'; 

WIRE  WORK. 

Coleman,    Adelbert   E.,    37th    &    Stewart  298 

Duffin   Iron  Co.,    4837    S.    Kedzie   Av.  292 

Federal    Iron   Wks.,    30   N.    La    Salle    St.  296 

Guaranty  Iron  &  Steel  Co..   2847  W.  Lake  298 

Halsted,   Joseph,   Co..    1233   W.    Randolph  296 

Hanke   Iron  &  Wire  Wks..   840   X.    Albany  296 

Manton  &  Smith  Co..   170!*  W.  Austin  Av.  298 
Smith,     F.     P.     Wire    &    Iron    Wks..     2346 

Clybourn   Av.  306 

Sullivan-Korber  Co.,  2437  W.   21st  PI.  298 

1'nion   Fdry.   Wks.,   38  S.   Dearborn   St.  2!tn 

Woodbridge  Ornt'l  Iron  Co.,  400  W.  Erie.  300 

WOOD    BLOCKS    FOR    FLOORS. 

Central   Creosoting   Co.,    Ill    W.    Wash.  S2 

WOOD   CARVING, 

Architectural   Dec.   Co.,    1600   S.   Jefferson.  106 

Dux,  Joseph,    2112    W.   Van    Buren    St.  4i>6 

WOOD   COLUMNS. 

Hartmann-Sanders   Co.,    2155    Elston    Av.  320 

WOOD     FIBRE     BOARD. 
Cornell   Wood   Products  Co..    190    X.    Stati 

inside   Mack  Cover 

WOOD    FINISHING. 

Plamondon  &  Tetze  Co.,   1  1  n  S    Dearborn,   ".s'l 

WOOD    FLOOR    GRATINGS. 
Excelsior  St«el  Purn.  Co..   111   s.  Clinton.   :;:'.4 

WOOD   MANTELS   AND    CONSOLES. 
Colonial     Fireplace    Co..    4626    W.    Roose- 
velt   Rd.  64 
WOOD   TURNING. 
Hartmann-Sanders  Co.,   2155    Elston   Av.     320 
WOVEN      WIRE      FOR      CONCRETE      REIN- 
FORCEMENT. 
Am.   Steel   &   Wire  Co.,   208   S.    I. a    Salle  St.      62 


475 


WE  MAKE  BUILDERS'  DERRICKS,  WINCHES,  MATERIAL  HOISTS,  AND  HAVE 
THEM  IN  STOCK  FOR  IMMEDIATE  DELIVERY 


1 1|  w  19  g  aa  an j!  a  f 


si  i  a  9 1  e  si  n 


Our  Motto  is:  Satisfaction  or  No  Sals.  Derricks 
Sent  on  Trial  to  Reliable  Contractors.  Write  for 
Illustrated  Circular. 

Sasgen  Derrick  Co. 

Grand  and  Albany  Aves.         Phone  Garfield  800-801 


Security  CasementlAdjuster 

Made  only  in  Iron, 
any  finish 


When  you  think  of  casements, 
think  of 

WILKINS  and 
SECURITY 

The  casement  adjusters  that 
always  give  satisfaction  on  out- 
swinging  casements.  Finishes 
to  match  the  other  hardware 
and   a  wide    range    of    prices. 


Wilkins   Casement  Adjuster 

Made  only  in  Brass 
and  Bronze 


Let    me    send   you    further    details 


George  Lester  Wilkins 


7067  North  Clark  Street 
CHICAGO 


Rolling  Partitions,  Shutters,  Blinds  )  ^d 
Enclosures,  Disappearing  &  Space  Saving  (  Metal 
H.  B.  DODGE  &  CO.,  Chicago,  SS5L521SS 

Agents  for  .In..  G.  Wilson  Mfg.  Co. 

It  O  L  L  I  >  <■     PARTITIONS,  Types,   Horizontal  or  Overhead,  Vertical  or  Side  Coiling  which  roll  around 

metal  shaft  into  box  or  case  at  top  or  side  of  opening.     Roll  cover  can  be  treated  architecturally  as  a  beam, 

cornice,  pilaster,  pier  or  buttress,   according  to  location,  or  inserted  above  ceiling  line  or  behind  wall  face 

between  structural  members.     Many  schemes  have  been  devised  to  meet  varying  conditions  and  details  will 

be  furnished  on  application. 
SHUTTER    OF    ItOll   l\«.    TYPE    SHEET   METAL,  including  steel,  bronze  and  copper.    We  can 

arrange  these   shutters  so   that  they   can   be  operated  electrically  and  all  opened  or  closed  at  one  time  by 

pushing  electric  button. 
VENETIAN  BLIXDS  AXD  AWXIXGS  especially    applicable    for    obstructing    sun,  storm  and    view 

through   openings  of  all  sorts,   and  at  the   same  time,   leaving  full   opening  for  air  suitable  for  windows, 

sleeping  porch  enclosures,  etc. 
IYARDRORE  CASES  of  cedar  or  other  woods  with  rolling  doors  that  do  not  take  room  and  arranged  so  that 

cases  can  be  connected  with  ventilating  system. 
ADJUSTERS  FOR  WLVDOW  SHADES  so  as  to  raise  or  lower  shade  roller  without  interfering  with 

'ts  operation. 
BLOCK  FLOORS  OF  WOOD,  EXGLISH  SYSTEM,  to  be  set  direct  on  concrete  or  tile  fireproof 

construction  in  asphaltum  mastic  without  wood  furring  strips  practically  fireproof  and  soundproof. 


476 


INDEX  TO  ADVERTISERS. 


A  Page 

Adams  and  Elting  Co 392 

Advance  Waterproof  Cement  Co 312 

Alberene  Stone  Co 368 

Allen,  W.  D.,  Manufacturing  Co 372 

Amalgamated  Roofing  Co 272 

American  Blue  Print  Paper  Co 388 

American  Bridge  Co 286 

American   Cement  Plaster  Co 20 

American  Chimney  Construction  Co..    322 
American  Heating  and  Plumbing  Corp.  340 

American  Ironing  Machine  Co 78 

American  Laundry   Machinery   Co....  '244 
American  Pressweld  Radiator  Corp...    336 

American  Sand  and  Gravel  Co 84 

American  Steam  Pump  Co 376 

American  Steel  and  Wire  Co 62 

American  System  of  Reinforcing 288 

American  Terra  Cotta  and  Ceramic  Co.  398 

American  3-Way  Prism  Co 398 

Anderson,  A.  and  E.,  Co 108 

Anderson,  Edward  A.  Co 228 

Antakwa  Co.,   The 276 

Appel,  Henry,  Co 226 


Co. 


Arcade  Steam  Heating 

Archibald,  E.  L.,  Co 

Architectural  Decorating  Co 

Arex   Co 

Arrow   Conductor   and   Manufacturing 
Co 


346 

100 

406 

82 


520 


B 


Baird  and  Warner 266 

Baker  and  Smith  Co '.'.'.'.'.  350 

Balhatchet,  William,  Co 404 

Barnard,  H.  B .  106 

Barrett  Co.,  The 22 

Barton  Spider  Web  System 288 

Baumann,  F.  O.,  Mfg.  Co 72 

Beile,  Walter  A.,  and  Co 264 

Benjamin  Electric  Manufacturing  Co.  '.  248 

Bird  and  Son 272 

Blome-Sinek  Co '  "93 

Bolter's,  A.,  Sons [[  294 

Brady  and   Co 350 

Breiner,  P.  W.,  Co 38s 

Brownell  Improvement  Co 310 

Brundage,  Avery  11(1 

Brunswick-Balke-Collender   Co.,   The..  40 
Builders    and    Manufacturers    Mutual 

Casualty    Co.,    The 64 

Bulley  and  Andrews ][  236 

Burns,  John  E.,  Lumber  Co "52 

Butler  St.,  Foundry  and  Iron  Co 300 

B.-W.    Construction    Co 224 


Cabot,  Samuel,  Inc 272 

Cadenhead    Co 228 

Calumet  Steel  Co 304 

Castle,  A.   M.  and  Co 7  1 

Caxton  School  Supply  Co 398 

Central  Asbestos  and  Magnesia  Co.  ...    280 


Page 

Central   Creosoting  Co 82 

Ceresit  Waterproofing  Co 276 

Chamberlin  Metal  Weather  Strip  Co..   266 

Charbonneau,  Henry  I.,  Co 270 

Chicago  Bonding  and  Insurance  Co...     76 

Chicago  Dryer  Co 244 

Chicago  Foundation  Co 240 

Chicago  Pump  Co 332 

Chicago  Telephone  Co 278 

Chicago  Varnish  Co 382 

Claffey,  E.  J.  Co 344 

Clow,  James  B.,  and  Sons 358 

Coleman,  Adelbert  E 298 

Colonial  Fireplace  Co 64 

Commonwealth  Edison  Co 256 

Composite  Metal  Lath  Co.  of  Chicago.     36 

Comstock,  L.  K.,  and  Co 262 

Concrete   Steel   Co 302 

Consolidated  Expanded  Metal  Co.,  The.     80 

Corboy,  M.  J.,  Co 366 

Corn  Exchange  National  Bank,  The.  .      42 

Cornell  Wood  Products  Co 

Inside  Back  Cover 

Crockett,  William  P.,  Co 262 

Crofoot,  Nielsen  &  Co 388 

Curtis  Sash  and  Door  Co 112 

Cutter,  George,  Co 254 


Dahl-Stedman  Co 108 

Daly,  J.  J 366 

Davis,  G.  M.,  Regulator  Co 374 

Dean,  Olney  J.,  and  Co 306 

Dearborn  Electrical  Construction  Co.  .  262 

Dee,  William  E.,  Co 310 

Detroit  Steel  Products  Co 38 

Dixon,  Joseph,  Crucible  Co 68 

Dodge,  H.  B.,  and  Co 476 

Doherty,  Frank  E 234 

Dole  Valve  Co 350 

Douglass,  Thomas  J.,  and  Co 354 

Dowling  and   Rutherford 234 

Duffin  Iron  Co 292 

Durand  Steel  Locker  Co IS 

Dux,  Joseph    406 

Dwyer  and  Co 344 


Economy  Fuse  and  Manufacturing  Co. 

Enterprise  Marble  Co 

Ericsson,    Henry,    Co 

Everson,  C.  G.  and  Co 

Excelsior  Steel   Furnace   Co 


250 
316 
92 
258 
334 


Federal  Cement  Tile  Co. 

Federal    Iron    Works 

Federal  Steel  Fixture  Co. 
Flaxlinum   Insulating   Co. 

Friestedt,  L.   P..   Co 

Fuchs,  E.  D.,  Electric  Co. 
Fuller,  George  A.,  Co.... 


L6 
296 

76 
400 
240 

260 
94 


477 


Page 
G 

Gallaher  and  Speck 348 

Garden   City   Sand  Co 310 

Gleich,   T.    C,   Co 384 

Glennon-Bielke  Co 344 

Gordon,  Robert,  Inc 340 

liuss  and  Guise 406 

Craves    Heating   Co 34ti 

Greeley-Howard-Norlin   Co 242 

Greenebaum  Sons  Bank  and  Trust  Co.  266 

Griffiths,  John  and  Son,  Co 94 

Grimm,  \V.  H.,  Hardware  Co 266 

Guaranty  Iron  and  Steel  Co 298 

Gustafson,   K.   A 370 

Guy  and    McClintock 232 

H 

Haines  Co.,   The 370 

Halsted,    Joseph,    Co 296 

Hammond,   John,   Co 226 

Hanke  Iron  and  Wire  Works 296 

Hanley   and   Co 354 

Hanson  Brothers  Co 102 

Hartman-Sanders   Co 320 

Hayward,   R.   B.,  Co 370 

Hazard  Manufacturing  Co 246 

Heine  Chimney  Co.,  The 322 

Henrich,  George  A.,  Co 352 

Herlihy,   J.    J 344 

Hettler,  Herman  H.,  Lumber  Co 54 

Hewitt,  J.  B.  and  Co 260 

Hill.  O.  H.,  Co 292 

Hines,  Edward,  Lumber  Co 4S 

Hoffman  Electric  Co 204 

Hoffmann  and  Billings  Manufacturing 

Co 362 

Hoier,  William  V.,  and  Co 354 

Holmes,  Pyott  and  Co 294 

Hulbert    and    Dorsey 366 

Humphrey   Company    330 

Hunt,  Robert  W.,  and  Co 312 

I 

Ilg  Electric  Ventilating  Co 338 

Illinois  Brick   Co 318 

Illinois  Fireproof  Construction  Co....  274 

Illinois  Malleable  Iron  Co 332 

Imperial  Brass  Mfg.  Co.,  The 6 

Interior  Tiling  Co 318 

J 

Jenkins   Brothers    330 

Johns-Man ville,  H.  TV.,  Co S 

Johnson,  C.  W.,  Inc 352 

Johnson,  E.  V.,  Co 274 

Johnson  Service  Co 374 

Jones  Construction  Co 230 

Jones,  W.  D 242 

K 

Kaestner  and  Hecht  Co 30 

Kalman,  Paul  J.,  Co 284 

Kawneer   Manufacturing  Co 60 

Kehm  Brothers  Co 342 

Kehm,  John  R.  Co.,  The 348 

Kellogg-Mackey  Co.,  The 320 

Kenwood    Bridge   Co 294 

Kerner  Incinerator  Co 328 


Page 

Kewanee  Boiler  Co 324 

Kilander,  A.,  and  Co 352 

Kinnear  Manufacturing  Co 308 

Kirk,  George  H 352 

Kohler  Co 364 

Kramer,  A.  T.,  and  Co 238 

Kramer,   William    242 

Krez,  Paul  J.,  and  Co 280 


Lally   Column   Co 308 

Lamont,  L.  H.,  Co 264 

Lanquist  and  Illsley  Co 104 

Lees,  William  348 

Lennox-Haldeman  Co 402 

Link-Belt  Co.,  The 2 

Loop  Electric   Co 264 

Lord  Bushnell  Lumber  Co 58 

Lucas,  John  and  Co 392 

Lupton,  David,  Sons  Co 68 

Lynch.  Austin  J.,  Co 238 


M 

MacAdams  and   Call 

Manhattan  Electrical  Supply  Co 

Manton  and  Smith  Co 

Marquette  Cement  Manufacturing  Co. 

Martheus,  Chester  N.,  Marble  Co 

Matot,  D.  A 

Mavor,  William,  Co 

McCray   Refrigerator   Co 

McDonough,   E.   J.   Co 

McKeown  Brothers 

McLennan    Construction   Co 

McNulty  Brothers  Co 

Mears-Slayton  Lumber  Co 

Mehring  &  Hanson  Co 

Mellish-Hayward  Co 

Menke-Thielberg  Co 

Metal  Building  Materials  Co 

Meyne,   Gerhardt   F 

Middleton,  Edward,  Co 

Midland  Terra  Cotta  Co 

.Milwaukee  Corrugating  Co 

Mississippi  Wire  Glass  Co 

Monahan  Brothers    

Montgomery  Elevator  Co 

Moore,  Benjamin  and  Co 

Moore,  Edward,  Roofing  Co 

Morava   Construction   Co 

Morgan  Sash  and  Door  Co 

Inside   Front    C 

Morrice,    William,   Co 

Moses,  C.  A.,  Co 

Mott,  J.  L.,  Iron  Works 

Murphy  Plumbing  Co 

Murphy  Varnish  Co 

Mutual  Construction  Co 


62 
254 
298 
312 
318 
244 
224 
66 
340 
96 
98 
402 
320 
340 
372 
224 
308 
234 
402 
72 
44 
396 
404 
252 
392 
270 
294 


over 
236 
110 
364 
366 
382 
232 


N 

Nacey,    P.,    Co 348 

Narowetz  Heating  and  Ventilating  Co.  370 

Nash   Pump  Co 376 


312 
384 
260 
240 
102 
Nilson  Brothers  342 


National   KeHastone  Co.  . 

Nelson,  W.  P.,  Co 

Newgard,  Henry,  and  Co. 

Newman,  W.  J.,  Co 

Nielsen,  S.  N 


478 


Page 

Nilson,   G.   Albin 368 

Noble  and  Thumm 368 

Noelle,  J.  B.,  Co 388 

Nollau  and  Wolff  Manufacturing  Co.  .  .  320 
North  Western  Expanded  Metal  Co.  ..  34 
Northwestern  Terra  Cotta  Co.,  The.  .  .     10 

O 

Olson,  Herman  and  Co 386 

Olson,  Peter,  Co 106 

Olson,  Samuel  and  Co 14 

Olson  and  Nelson  Cut-Stone  Co 398 

Otis  Elevator  Co 24 

P 

Paschen  Brothers  90 

Patent  Vulcanite  Roofing  Co 70 

Patton  Paint  Co 390 

Peckham,    Harry,   Jr 346 

Peoples  Gas  Light  and  Coke  Co 268 

Phillips  Getschow  Co 342 

Pick,  Albert,  and  Co 374 

Pierce  Electric  Co 260 

Pitcairn  Varnish  Works 380 

Pitt  Engineering  Co.  . .  .Inside  Back  Cover 

Plamondon  and  Tetze  Co 386 

Pleas   Construction   Co 100 

Pope,  William  A 346 

Portland  Cement  Association 314 

Powell,  M.  W.,  Co 270 

Prentice,  L.  H.,  Co 342 

R 

Rasmussen,  C 232 

Raymond  Concrete  Pile  Co 12 

Reder  Foundry  Co 296 

Regnell,  B.  J.,  Co 234 

Renaud,  F.  D 270 

Rigby,  Ben,  Inc 350 

Rittehouse  and  Embree  Co 56 

Robinson  Furnace  Co 372 

Rodatz,   Jacob    230 

Rohrman-Cooper  Co 338 

Rosenthal,  O.  W.,  Co 236 

Rosing,  Astrid  S 310 

Rush  Brothers  Co 258 

Russell,  J.  E 372 

Rust  Engineering  Co.,  The 322 

Ryerson,  Joseph  T.,   Co 70 

S 

Salomon-Waterton   Co 230 

Samuelson,  A.  J 238 

Sandusky  Cement  Co 46 

Sasgen  Derrick  Co 476 

Schampel  and  Dougherty 354 

Scharmer  Construction   Co 232 

Schmidt  Brothers  Construction  Co.  . .  .  230 

Scofield,  Evans  and  Co 276 

Scully  Steel  and  Iron  Co 78 

Sement-Solvay  Co 392 

Shedden,  James  and  Co 224 

Sherman  and  Ellis,  Inc 66 

Shur-Loc  Co.  of  Illinois 60 

Siebold,  F.  A.  and  Son 238 

Silander,  A.I 242 

Simpson   Construction   Co 240 

Singer  Chimney  Co 322 

Smith,  F.  P.,  Wire  and  Iron  Works...  306 


Page 

Snyder,  J.  W.,  Co 104 

Sollitt,   Ralph   and    Sons   Construction 

Co 226 

Sollitt,   Sumner,   Co 228 

Spierling  and   Linden 386 

Sproul,   E.    W„    Co 86 

Standard  Asbestos  Manufacturing  Co.  280 

Standard  Asphalt  and  Refining  Co...  272 

Standard   Cooper  Bell  Co 378 

Standard  Fire  Escape  Co 306 

Standard  Sanitary  Manufacturing  Co.  360 

Stannard  Power  Equipment  Co 376 

Stark  Rolling  Mill  Co.,  The 32 

Stern-Smith    Co 404 

Stevens  Partition  and  Floor  Deadener 

Co 274 

Strandberg,  E.  P.,  Co 226 

Sullivan,  J.  P 386 

Sullivan-Korber  Co 298 

Sutton    Plastering   Co 404 

T 

Thompson-Starrett  Co 92 

Thomson,  George,  and  Son  Co 228 

Thornton-Claney   Lumber   Co 50 

Troy  Laundry  Machinery  Co 244 

Truscon  Steel  Co 282 

U 

Union  Foundry  Works 290 

Union   Insulating  Co 28 

United  States  Gypsum  Co 26 

Utica  Heater  Co 336 

V 

Van  Dame,  W.  L.,  Co 74 

Vanderkloot   Steel  Works 290 

Variety  Manufacturing  Co 308 

Vierling  Steel  Works 300 

Vitrolite  Co.,  The 80 

Voss,  Frederick  306 

W 

Walger  Awning   Co 4 

Warren,  Walter  G.,  and  Co 258 

Watson,    H.   F.    Co 2S0 

Watson,  W.  W 368 

Wearcrete  Engineering  Co 316 

Weary  and  Beck 316 

Webster,  Warren  and  Co 374 

Weller  Mfg.  Co 84 

Wells  Brothers  Co 230 

Wendnagel  Co 300 

West  Woodworking  Co 1 

Western   Brick  Co 318 

White  City  Electric  Co 262 

Wiebolt,  R.  C 96 

Wilkins,   George   Lester 17;: 

Williams-Wendi  Co 316 

Williams,  William 406 

Wilson,  R.  V.,  and  Co 88 

Wolff,  L.,  Manufacturing  Co 356 

Woodbridge  Ornamental  Iron  Works..  300 

Y 

Yeomans  Brothers  Co 376 

Z 

Zander  Reum  Co 402 


179 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 

Page 

Advertisers,  Alphabetical  List  of 477 

Advertisers,  Classified  List  of 457 

Announcement     9 

Architects,   Alphabetical    List    of  Licensed 39 

A  reinfects,   License  Law -81 

Building    Construction    Employers    Assn..    Firms    Comprising    Same    and    Executive 

Committee     99 

Building  Ordinance,  City  of  Chicago   (See  Index,  113) 119 

Canons  of  Professional  Ethics  of  the  Illinois  Society  ot  Architects 29 

Catalogues  and  Printed  .Matter,  Suggestions  for  Firms  Issuing  Same 89 

Charges,  Proper  Minimum,  Schedule  of  and  Professional  Practice  of  Architects....  35 

Chicago  Architectural  Club  Officers  and  Members,  List  of .  .  77 

Chicago  Telephone  Co.   Suggestions   for  the   Provisions  of  Wiring   and   Cabling  of 

Buildings    for    Service 279 

City  Council — Members  and  Committees 101 

City  Hall  and  County  Building  Directory 93 

City    Officials   of    Chicago 91 

Civil  Administrative  Code  of  the  State  of  Illinois,  Extracts  from 107 

Coal  Consumed  During  Heating  Season 355 

Commonwealth  Edison  Co.'s  System,  Rules  and  Information  Pertaining  to  Electric 

Service  Meters  and  Wiring 257 

Concrete  Floors,  Plain,  Revised  Specifications  for 315 

Concrete  Mixtures,  Design  of 289 

Concrete  and  Excavation  Work,  Rules  of  Measurement  for 309 

Contract  Forms,  List  and  Price  of,  Issued  by  the  Illinois  Society  of  Architects 87 

Coverings,  Protective,  Preservative  and  Decorative 391 

Draftsmen,  Right  to  Make  Plans 103 

Editorial,  Illinois  Society  of  Architects 21 

Electricity,  Department  of,  City  of  Chicago ' 247 

Electrical  Inspection,  Sections  of  the  City  Code  Governing  Same 249 

Engravings — 

Board  of  Arbitration  of  the  Illinois  Society  of  Architects 15 

Committee  on  Public  Action  of  the  Illinois  Society  of  Architects 17 

Directors  of  the  Illinois  Society  of  Architects 13 

Examining  Committee  of  Architects,  State  of  Illinois 19 

Officers  of  the  Illinois  Society  of  Architects U 

Excavation  and  Concrete  Work,  Rules  of  Measurement  for 309 

Floors,  Plain  Concrete,  Revised  Specifications  for 315 

Gas  Fitters'   Rules  for  Piping  Buildings,   Peoples  Gas  Light   and  Coke  Company's 

System     269 

Glass  and  Glazing 397 

Heating  and  Ventilating 327 

Hollow  Tile  Fireproofing,  Standard  Specifications  for 307 

Illinois  Chapter,  American  Institute  of  Architects,  Officers  and  Members,  List  of .  . .  .  73 

Illinois  Society  of  Architects,  Officers  and  Committees o 

Illinois  Society  of  Architects,  Officers  and  Members,  List  of 59 

Index  to  Building  Ordinance  (See  Ordinance,  Pages  119-243) 113 

Index  to  Miscellaneous  and  Useful  Information 455 

Labor  Prices  Per  Hour  of  Building  Trades 105 

License  Law,   Architects gl 

Miscellaneous  and  Useful  Information  Concerning  Building,  Engineering  Trades  and 

Materials   (See  Index,  Page  455) 407 

Modern  Sanitation  of  Buildings 357 

Office   Practice    85 

Plastering,  Standard  Rules  of  Measurement  of _"  /    \  401 

Plumbing  Design  in   Tall   Buildings '  375 

Preface    7 

Reinforcement  Bars,  Concrete,  Billet  and  Rail  Steel,  Standard  Specifications  for. . 303-305 

Sanitary  Code,  Sections  of  Interest  to  Architects,  with  Index 345 

Southern  Yellow  Pine  Timbers,  Standard  Specifications  for ' '  321 

Structural  Steel,  Standard  Specifications  for '  299 

Structural  Steel,  Will  It  Come  Into  Its  Own  Again "  "  900 

Title   Page .'.'.'.'.'.'..'.'..'  3 

Varnishes,  Fillers  and  Stains [      379 

Zoning  Bill,  State  of  Illinois 943 

480 


Pitt  Engineering  Company 

Manufacturers  of 

COMPLETE  ELEVATOR  EQUIPMENT 

120  West  Kinzie  St.,  CHICAGO  Telephone  Franklin  451 

PITT  ELEVATORS— electric  and  hydraulic- 
are  noted  for  their  unusually  strong  and  rugged 
construction,  thus  insuring  continuously  satis- 
factory service.  Both  passenger  and  freight  elevators 
are  designed  and  built  by  our  organization.  We  have 
recently  completed  certain  large  installations  for  the 
U.  S.  Government  calling  for  exceptionally  severe 
requirements. 

SERVICE  AND  EQUIPMENT 

A  force  of  elevator  construction  and  repair  experts 
is  maintained  at  all  times  available  for  repair,  recon- 
struction and  inspection  service.  Cables  and  elevator 
parts  supplied  promptly. 

Efficiency  in  Vertical  Transportation 


FOR  ANY  JOB— LARGE  OR  SMALL 
SPECIFY 


CprnellW 


Excels  for  Walls,  Ceilings  and  Partitions 
Repairs.  Alterations  or  New  Vfork 

Super-Sized  (Both  Sides) — Makes  the  Board  Less  Susceptible  to  Atmos- 
pheric Changes. 

WILL  NOT  WARP,  CRACK  OR  BUCKLE 
SERVICEABLE  —  SANITARY— ECONOMICAL 


CORNELL  WOOD  PRODUCTS  CO. 

Executive  Offices:     190  No.  State  St. 
CHICAGO,  ILLINOIS 

Mills:      Cornell,   Wis. 

Branch    Offices:      New    York,    N.     Y. ;     Los    Angeles,     Cal.;     Minneapolis,     Minn.;     Denver,    Colo.; 

Dallas,   Tex.;    Atlanta,   Ga. 
Foreign    Offices:       Wellington.    New    Zealand;    Melbourne,    Australia;    Johannesburg,    So.    Africa